Cnafinst4790.2e W Ama 4-7
Cnafinst4790.2e W Ama 4-7
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
(NAMP)
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record of Changes
Chapter 1 Overview of the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) and Guide to the NAMP Instruction
Chapter 2 Chief of Naval Operation and Commandant of the Marine Corps, System Commands, Aircraft
Controlling, Navy Type Wings and Marine Air Wing, and Operational Commanders
Chapter 3 Maintenance Concepts, Maintenance Activity Standard Organization; Aviation Maintenance Officer
Qualifications; Command, Department, Division, Branch and Work Center Management Responsibilities
Chapter 4 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Maintenance, Ordnance, Supply Activity Organization, and
Information Management Support
Chapter 5 O-level Maintenance Control; I-level Production; Aircraft, Engine, and Equipment Inspection; Aircraft
Acceptance, Transfer, and Ferry
Chapter 6 Material Management and Control
Chapter 7 Quality Assurance (QA)
Chapter 8 Aircraft and Aeronautical Equipment Logbooks and Records
Chapter 9 Aircraft Inventory Management and Material Condition Reporting
Chapter 10 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs)
Chapter 11 Contract Maintenance, Commercial Derivative Aircraft Maintenance Programs, and Common Support
Policies
Chapter 12 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program, Depot Special Process Certification,
and Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center (NATEC) Engineering Technical Services
(ETS)
Chapter 13 Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS)
Chapter 14 Maintenance Data System (MDS), Maintenance Data Reports (MDR), and Data Analysis
Chapter 15 Organizational Level (O-Level) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
Chapter 16 Intermediate Level (I-Level) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
Appendix A Acronyms, Abbreviations, and Definitions
Appendix B Forms and Reports
Appendix C Directives
Appendix D Local Command Procedures
Appendix E Maintenance Documentation Codes
Appendix F Data Entry Procedures
OIX GATEWAY NORFOLK VA SUCCESSFUL PROCESSING REPORT: COMNAVAIRFOR AVIATION
MAINTENANCE ADVISORY (AMA) 2024-06/
GOES MSG_ID: 120001574081
RECORD OF CHANGES
CHANGE DATE DATE CHANGE ENTERED
NO. OF CHANGE ENTERED BY
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 1
Overview of the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) and
Guide to the NAMP Instruction
Table of Contents
Page 1-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 1
Overview of the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) and
Guide to the NAMP Instruction
1.1 Overview of the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)
1.1.1 Purpose
The NAMP directs maintenance policies, procedures, and responsibilities at all levels of
maintenance throughout naval aviation.
1.1.2 Sponsorship and Administration
The NAMP is sponsored and directed by the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) through
OPNAVINST 4790.2 and is administered and managed by Commander Naval Air Forces
(CNAF) via COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. Release of revisions to COMNAVAIRFORINST
4790.2, for example COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D TO 4790.2E, is a responsibility
delegated to CNAF N00. Authority to approve change recommendations, change proposals,
deviations, administrative corrections, and release for changes to COMNAVAIRFORINST
4790.2, for example COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D CH-1 to CH-2 and Interim Changes, is
delegated “By Direction” via this instruction to CNAF N422 and cannot be delegated.
1.1.3 Objective
The objective of the NAMP is to achieve the aviation material readiness and safety standards
established by the CNO and CNAF in coordination with the Commandant of the Marine Corps
(CMC).
1.1.4 Core Principles
The core principles of the NAMP are:
a. Strict adherence to quality and safety procedures.
b. Repair of aeronautical equipment and material at the level of maintenance that most
efficiently uses resources in achieving operational objectives.
c. Application of systematic planned maintenance to minimize material degradation of
aircraft, engines, and equipment.
d. Collection and analysis of data to support changes to improve the efficiency,
effectiveness, quality, and safety of naval aviation maintenance.
1.2 Guide to the NAMP Instruction
1-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
1.2.1 Format
1.2.1.1 Pages
Pages are numbered in sequence for each chapter and appendix, starting with the chapter number
or appendix letter. Examples: The third page in Chapter 1 is numbered 1-3, and the third page
in Appendix A is numbered A-3.
1.2.1.2 Figures
Figures are provided to illustrate text. Figures are numbered in sequence and preceded by the
chapter number, for example, the first figure in Chapter 1 is Figure 1-1. Figures of forms with
multiple pages are either numbered or labeled, for example, a form with a front and back would
be labeled Figure 1-1 (front) and Figure 1-1 (back), and a figure with multiple separately
numbered pages would be labeled as Figure 1-1 (page 1) and Figure 1-1 (page 2).
NOTE: Figures specifically referenced for use in this instruction or a NAMPSOP may not
be modified. Figures without a form number or that are not NAMPSOP required
use forms, may be modified to meet specific aircraft or equipment requirements,
provided minimum NAMP data elements are met.
1.2.1.3 Directives
Appendix C provides the referenced directives in use at time of publication of the NAMP.
Directives cited in this instruction are identified by the basic number, for example, OPNAVINST
3750.6S is identified as OPNAVINST 3750.6. Activities will verify the current status of any
directive being used.
1.2.2 Definitions
Appendix A provides definitions of commonly used acronyms and abbreviations used in the
NAMP.
1.2.3 Terms
Common terms used in the NAMP:
a. “WARNING” refers to a procedure or practice that, if not correctly followed, could result
in injury, long term health hazards, or death.
b. “CAUTION” refers to a procedure or practice that, if not correctly followed, could result
in damage to or destruction of equipment.
c. “NOTE” refers to a procedure or condition that requires emphasis.
d. “Must” and “will” indicate the procedure is mandatory.
1-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Per OPNAV M-5215, the term “Shall” is no longer used in this instruction. When
used in other instructions, “shall” indicates a mandatory procedure.
e. "Should" indicates the procedure is recommended.
f. "May" and "need not" indicate the procedure is optional.
g. “Wing”, unless specifically stated otherwise, refers to both Navy Type Wings and Marine
Aircraft Wings (MAW).
h. “Maintenance Officer (MO)” is equivalent to Aircraft Maintenance Officer for the Marine
Corps, and also refers to personnel performing MO duties for D-level activities.
i. “Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO)” is equivalent to Assistant Aircraft Maintenance
Officer for the Marine Corps and also refers to personnel performing AMO duties for D-level
activities.
j. “Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO)” is equivalent to Production Control
Officer for the Marine Corps and also refers to personnel performing MMCO duties for D-level
activities.
k. "Program Manager" for Organizational level and Intermediate level activities refers to one
individual. For Depot Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC) and Intermediate FRCs where civilian
employees are employed, Program Manager may refer to multiple personnel involved in
managing a process, including at a minimum, a civilian subject matter expert (SME) and various
administrative personnel as required. Depot and Intermediate FRCs may have resources such as
Training Management Offices, Fleet Support Teams (FST), material laboratories, engineering
and logistics capabilities, and civilian SMEs better suited to perform functions such as testing,
training, qualifications, and publication management. To leverage these resources, rather than
assign one individual as the Program Manager, Depot FRC Commanding Officers and
Intermediate FRC Maintenance Officers may assign program management responsibilities per
OPNAVINST 5215.17 as deemed necessary to effectively accomplish the requirement.
l. The term "Program Monitor" at O and I-level activities refers to one individual within
Quality Assurance. For D-level Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC), Program Monitor may refer to
multiple personnel involved in monitoring a program, including, at a minimum, a subject matter
expert (SME) and various administrative personnel as required.
NOTE: Due to the unique organizational structure of Depot FRCs and some Intermediate
FRCs where civilian employees are employed, the duties of the positions specified
above may differ and may be assigned to other qualified military or civilian
personnel. In these circumstances, the person(s) actually performing these duties
must be designated in writing by the Depot FRC CO or Intermediate FRC MO in
ASM, SME Listing, or Monthly Maintenance Plan, as applicable.
1-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
1.2.4 Corrections
Recommendations to correct administrative discrepancies (incorrect spelling, punctuation,
paragraph numbering, code, title, etc.) will be submitted by e-mail directly to
COMNAVAIRFOR (CNAF) N422B at namp_policy@us.navy.mil. CNAF N422B will reply
via e-mail to the originator acknowledging receipt of the correction recommendation and provide
disposition.
1.2.5 Changes
NOTE: Activities will contact their Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) for policy
interpretation prior to submitting a NAMP change proposal.
1.2.5.1 Recommendations to change NAMP policies or procedures will be submitted as follows:
a. Change recommendations must be submitted by naval letter to Commander Naval Air
Forces N422, PO Box 357051, San Diego, CA 92135-7051, via the originating activity’s ISIC for
endorsement. In lieu of mailing, signed letters with endorsements may be scanned and e-mailed
to namp_policy@us.navy.mil. Figure 1-1 is a sample change recommendation letter.
b. Changes to NAMP policy or procedures believed to adversely affect safety of flight or
personnel will be immediately reported by priority naval message to COMNAVAIRFOR SAN
DIEGO CA and the ISIC. Upon release of the message, a copy will be e-mailed to CNAF
N422B at namp_policy@us.navy.mil and the cognizant Wing.
1.2.5.2 NAMP change proposals Figure 1-2 will be processed by the NAMP Committee per
OPNAVINST 4790.2. Approved changes will be incorporated in the next publishing of
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. Changes with NALCOMIS software impact will be
coordinated with Naval Information Warfare Center (NIWC) Norfolk and NAVAIR Enterprise
Services Division, and held in abeyance for publishing until software update. Changes to correct
procedures that adversely affect material readiness, quality of maintenance, or safety, and
changes that significantly improve efficiency or cost will be published by naval message in
advance of the next publishing of the NAMP.
1.2.6 Deviations
NOTE: Activities will contact their ISIC for policy interpretation prior to submitting a
request for deviation from the NAMP.
1.2.6.1 Requests to deviate from NAMP policies, procedures, or responsibilities must be
submitted by the requesting activity’s CO by naval letter to CNAF N422, PO Box 357051, San
Diego, CA 92135-7051 via the requesting activity’s ISIC. Activities will contact their ISIC for
policy interpretation prior to submitting a deviation request from the NAMP. In lieu of mailing,
signed letters with endorsements may be scanned and e-mailed to namp_policy@us.navy.mil.
Figure 1-3 is a sample deviation request letter.
1.2.6.2 Request submitted by NAVAIR activities for NAVAIR ACCO approval to deviate from
NAMP policies, procedures, or responsibilities will be submitted by letter to NAVAIR ACCO,
1-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
22187 Arnold Circle, Bldg 401, Suite 200 Patuxent River, MD 20670-1541. In lieu of mailing,
signed letters with endorsements may be scanned and e-mailed to
NAVAIR_ACCO_NAMP@us.navy.mil. NAVAIR ACCO will send copies of all approved and
disapproved deviation request to CNAF N422.
1.2.6.3 Deviations related to NALCOMIS will include NIWC Norfolk and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Enterprise Services Division as “copy to” on the request letter.
1.2.6.4 Deviation requests based on manpower constraints must include a detailed summary of
the number of billets authorized, onboard manpower, and projected manpower related to the
deviation.
1.2.6.5 Deviations related to maintenance requirements specified in a technical manual or
directive will be submitted to the Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) Class Desk responsible
for the aircraft or equipment.
NOTES: 1. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aircraft Controlling Custodian Program Office
(NAVAIR ACCO) is delegated approval authority by CNAF to approve NAMP
deviations for all aircraft and activities assigned under NAVAIR ACCO
cognizance.
2. NAVAIR ACCO is authorized deviation final approving authority for Fleet
Readiness Center depot specific special processes, for example, Hole Quality,
Plating, Heat Treat Peening, etc. I-Level Fleet Readiness Centers and all core
NAMP procedure deviation requests will be submitted to COMNAVAIRFOR
N422 per paragraph 1.2.6.1.
3. Requests to deviate from NAMP procedures applicable to I-Level Fleet
Readiness Centers must continue to be submitted to COMNAVAIRFOR N422,
per paragraph 1.2.6.1.
1-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Encl: (1) Proposed Change (The proposed change will be a copy of the affected sections of
the NAMP with strikeout to indicate deleted words, and underline to indicate added
words.)
1. Enclosure (1) change proposal to reference (a) is forwarded for review. This proposal was
coordinated with and endorsed by (list any other commands, offices, or codes that were
involved in producing the change and endorse their responsibilities as written in the
change).
2. Summary. This change updates and expands policy in the Component Repair Review and
ICRL Validation Procedures NAMPSOP. Significant changes:
b. Changes the requirement for submitting an ICRL extract from every 6 months to every 3
months.
Justification: Improves the currency of the Combined ICRL in order to assist activities
in researching opportunities for improving productivity.
3. POC: (Name, rank, title, phone number and email address of the submitting activity
POC)
I. M. COMMANDING OFFICER
Figure 1-1 Change Recommendation Letter
1-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
JUSTIFICATION: This change aligns training requirements to the appropriate levels of the
technician’s scope and responsibility.
HIGHLIGHTS:
a. This change is a reorganization of training requirements for all maintenance personnel. :
b. Provides training requirements for technicians not directly involved in EWIS.
CHANGE RECOMMENDATION:
(NOTE: Additions are indicated by underline and deletions are indicated by strikethrough.
1-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4790
Ser CO/123
19 Mar 22
1. Request approval to deviate from reference (a), Chapter 5, requirement for Maintenance
Control personnel to complete Naval Aviation Maintenance Control Management Course (Course
C-555-0053) prior to being authorized to approve Work Orders. VMGR-123 is on deployment
and has experienced the unplanned loss of two Maintenance Control personnel. SSgt John Smith,
DoD ID#, is the best qualified VMGR-123 Marine for assignment to Maintenance Control. He
has completed the Legacy NALCOMIS (Course D/E-555-0040) and the Naval Aviation OMA
Work Center Supervisor’s Course (Course C-555-0045) but will be unable to attend Course D/E-
555-0053 until return from deployment. SSgt Smith has a quota for Course D/E-555-0053 to be
held at MCAS Cherry Point, 30 May 2023.
I. M. COMMANDING OFFICER
1-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 2
Chief of Naval Operations and Commandant of the Marine Corps,
System Commands, Aircraft Controlling Custodians, Navy Type Wings and
Marine Air Wings, and Operational Commanders
Table of Contents
2.1 Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and Commandant of the Marine Corps (CMC) ....... 1
2.1.1 CNO ................................................................................................................................1
2.1.2 CMC ...............................................................................................................................1
2.1.3 Program Objective Memorandum (POM) ......................................................................1
2.1.4 Manpower Planning ........................................................................................................1
2.2 Systems Commands ............................................................................................................... 2
2.2.1 Commander Navy Supply Systems Command...............................................................2
2.2.2 Commander Naval Air Systems Command ....................................................................3
2.2.2.1 Technical Management of Aviation Maintenance .............................................5
2.2.2.2 NAVAIR Authority............................................................................................5
2.2.2.3 NAVAIR Reporting Relationships ....................................................................6
2.3 Aircraft Controlling Custodians (ACCs) ............................................................................. 6
2.3.1 Introduction.....................................................................................................................6
2.3.2 Responsibilities ...............................................................................................................6
2.3.2.1 Funding ..............................................................................................................6
2.3.2.2 Manpower ..........................................................................................................6
2.3.2.3 Training ..............................................................................................................7
2.3.2.4 Material and Equipment .....................................................................................7
2.3.2.5 Aircraft Assignment ...........................................................................................8
2.3.2.6 Inspection ...........................................................................................................8
2.4 Navy Type Wings and Marine Air Wings (MAW) ............................................................. 9
2.4.1 Manpower .......................................................................................................................9
2.4.2 Training.........................................................................................................................10
2.4.3 Material Readiness........................................................................................................10
2.4.4 Inspection ......................................................................................................................12
2-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 2
Chief of Naval Operations and Commandant of the Marine Corps,
System Commands, Aircraft Controlling Custodians, Navy Type Wings and
Marine Air Wings, and Operational Commanders
2.1 Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and Commandant of the Marine Corps (CMC)
2.1.1 CNO
The CNO commands the operating forces of the Navy, OPNAV, and the Chief of Naval
Personnel. In addition, the CNO commands such shore activities as assigned by the Secretary of
the Navy (SECNAV). Figure 2-1 shows CNO Director, Air Warfare Division (N98)
organization for supporting naval aviation.
2.1.2 CMC
The CMC coordinates with OPNAV, NAVAIR, NAVSEA, NIWC, and other support activities
in planning for and acquiring equipment, weapons, weapon systems, material, supplies, facilities,
maintenance, and support services for Marine Corps aviation. CMC also coordinates with the
CNO to ensure the development and modification of equipment, material and systems to meet
Marine Corps aviation operational requirements.
2.1.3 Program Objective Memorandum (POM)
The CNO and CMC annually allocate materials and services to support the NAMP. Allocations
are determined during the development of the Program Objective Memorandum (POM). The
POM contains force and resource recommendations in response to, and in accordance with, the
Guidance for Development of the Force and the Defense Planning Guidance. The POM shows
program needs for five years and conforms to the fiscal guidance issued by the Secretary of
Defense (SECDEF).
2.1.4 Manpower Planning
CNO and CMC direct and coordinate manpower planning to accomplish the NAMP. CNO
exercises policy control and direction of the Navy manpower requirements system, with support
from NAVMAC. CMC exercises policy, control, and direction of Marine Corps manpower as
executed by the Deputy Chief of Staff for Manpower (Code M) in coordination with the Deputy
Chief of Staff for Aviation (Code A). Manpower planning includes:
a. Providing annual guidance to manpower claimants on the submission of manpower
requests for the POM. Manpower claimants are responsible for screening, assigning priorities,
and justifying requests for additional manpower to support aviation maintenance.
b. Determining minimum military and civilian manpower requirements to achieve
operational and mission demands.
2-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Providing staffing standards for functions performed ashore and afloat, based on
recognized management and industrial engineering techniques, and determinations of workload.
d. Providing justification for Navy and Marine Corps manpower requirements during all
stages of the planning, programming, and budgeting system.
e. Relating manpower requirements of the shore establishment to the changing demands of
the operating forces.
f. Providing accurate planning information to manpower inventory managers.
g. Specifying manpower requirements for maintenance and operation of new weapon
systems and equipment sufficiently in advance of fleet introduction to facilitate manpower
planning in the programming cycle.
2.2 Systems Commands
2.2.1 Commander Navy Supply Systems Command
COMNAVSUPSYSCOM (commonly referred to as NAVSUP) is responsible for material
support of the NAMP. NAVSUP Weapons Systems Support (NAVSUP WSS) manages spare
parts for aircraft, engines, systems, components and accessories, safety equipment, support
equipment (SE), and aeronautical photographic and meteorological equipment. NAVSUP WSS:
a. Computes range and depth of aviation material requirements, including conducting and
coordinating provisioning conferences and identification and transfer of items to be managed by
other Inventory Control Points (ICP)
b. Budgets for and funds assigned aviation material requirements
c. Procures material directly from industry or other government agencies
d. Allocates NAVAIR procured material to stock points, distributes material to fill
replenishment stock requirements, and refers requisitions to stock points to meet requirements
e. Disposes of material in excess of system requirements, including SE, when authorized by
NAVAIR
f. Maintains aeronautical spares and spare parts catalogs, including obtaining National Stock
Numbers (NSN) from the Defense Logistics Service Center
g. Determines system asset rework requirements of repairable components processed by
naval, inter-service, or commercial rework facilities
h. Develops, issues, and updates the Allowance Requirements Registers (ARR) and
allowance and load lists applicable to the NAMP
i. Provides primary material support for air launched weapons
2-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA), and Material Condition Inspections (MCI) are the
minimum formal evaluations required, per paragraph 10.24.
NOTES: 1. COMNAVAIRFOR inspects organizational and intermediate level activities
assigned to COMNAVAIRFOR, COMNAVAIRFORES and CNATRA.
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM inspects their organizational and intermediate level
activities, Depot Fleet Readiness Centers, and contractor activities providing
depot level support.
2. Newly established squadrons and squadrons transitioning from one
type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft to another assigned to
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation
(RDT&E) must comply with the Safe for Flight Operations Certification
requirements of NAVAIRINST 3700.4.
3. Newly established squadrons and squadrons transitioning from one T/M/S
aircraft to another within COMNAVAIRFOR must comply with the Safe for
Flight Operations Certification requirements of
COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 5400.1.
2.4 Navy Type Wings and Marine Air Wings (MAW)
Wing Commanders are responsible for manpower, training, material readiness, and inspection of
their activities.
NOTES: 1. MAWs may delegate certain T/M/S specific responsibilities to the Marine
Aircraft Group (MAG), but must monitor and verify accomplishment of
delegated responsibilities.
2. WINGs/MAWs will develop local command procedures to ensure
WING/MAW leadership direct ORM principles are adhered to, WING/MAW
leadership serve as the responsible approving authority for all Memorandums of
Agreement (MOA), and/or Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) in place for
maintenance support provided between their subordinate activities or during
joint operations with other service branches.
3. WINGs/MAWs will develop local command procedures to ensure established
Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) and/or Acquisition and Cross Servicing
Agreement (ACSA) Implementing Arrangements (IA) are in place for
maintenance support provided between their subordinate activities during joint
operations with approved Foreign Militaries.
2.4.1 Manpower
Wings will monitor the manpower status of each activity and coordinate with manpower
authorities to obtain and assign adequate numbers of maintenance personnel to achieve readiness
requirements.
2-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2.4.2 Training
Wings will:
a. Coordinate and monitor accomplishment of formal training, to include prioritization of
training quota assignments for CNATTU classes.
b. Verify activities are submitting Advanced Skills Management (ASM) change requests to
the Maintenance Training Syllabus Sponsor (MTSS) to standardize the syllabi, materials, lesson
guides, certification requirements, and documentation for T/M/S specific in service maintenance
training, per NAVMC 4790.2.
c. Monitor the effectiveness of training received through CNATTU courses by selectively
interviewing students and surveying squadrons to determine the adequacy of knowledge and
skills obtained.
d. Manage and monitor qualifications or certifications and test question data banks.
e. Manage in-service maintenance training per paragraph 10.1.
2.4.3 Material Readiness
Wings will:
a. Monitor and assist activities in achieving aircraft and equipment readiness goals.
b. Manage and coordinate aircraft and equipment assignment to supported activities to
provide sufficient numbers of properly configured aircraft, ancillary equipment, engines, and
avionics to meet operational requirements.
c. Coordinate logistics support and prioritize distribution of repairable and consumable parts
in order to optimize overall material readiness.
d. Manage aircraft and equipment to reduce the length of time aircraft have not flown.
e. Coordinate with air station commanders for the facilities needed to support aircraft
maintenance. Manage the distribution of facilities and verify adequacy to support aircraft and
equipment maintenance. Monitor activities for compliance with policies and regulations
concerning facilities, installed equipment maintenance, security, safety, and storage. When a
tenant activity relocates, assist the activity with arrangements for returning facilities and
installation equipment to the air station.
f. Coordinate support provided by IMAs, depots, Fleet Support Team (FSTs), Naval Air
Technical Data and Engineering Services Center (NATEC), contractors, and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
g. Publish and execute plans to support current and future maintenance operations.
h. Present support issues at Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) and other maintenance or
supply related meetings.
2-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Monitor Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL) inventories and reports to validate
activities are accurately reporting equipment status. Distribute IMRL assets within the Type
Wing or MAW to optimize utilization.
j. Coordinate with the Type Commander (TYCOM) Comptroller to budget and allocate
maintenance and equipment funds.
k. Verify the following reports are accurate and submitted within prescribed timelines:
(1) Aircraft Inventory and Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS) XRAY Reports
(2) Aircraft Material Condition Reports (AMCR)
(3) Budget OPTAR Reports (BOR)
(4) FOD Reports
(5) Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) Reports
(6) Mishap Reports
l. Prioritize the distribution of general purpose and maintenance specific Management
Information Systems (MIS) and provide technical expertise in MIS operation.
m. Monitor and validate the accuracy of information entered in the Maintenance Data
System (MDS) by assigned activities. Provide feedback to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM MDS
Managers on system adequacy, data entry and management process.
n. Periodically inspect activities to validate compliance with Hazardous Material
(HAZMAT) Programs, environmental regulations, and other requirements specified in paragraph
10.19.
o. Coordinate Configuration Management (CM) baseline reviews with subordinate activities
and report discrepancies to NAVAIR via Baseline Trouble Report (BTR).
p. Use Decision Knowledge Programming for Logistics Analysis and Technical Evaluation
(DECKPLATE) and Organizational Maintenance Activity (OMA) or Optimized Organizational
Maintenance Activity (OOMA) data to prepare graphs, spreadsheets, and narrative reports that
track performance trends by total T/M/S aircraft population and by individual squadron. Reports
must include the following information:
(1) A799 Rate by Work Unit Code (WUC)
(2) Cannibalization (total actions, total man-hours, rate per 100 sorties)
(3) Direct Maintenance Man-Hours per Flight Hour
(4) Aircraft Utilization Rate and Day Last Flown by Bureau Number (BUNO)
(5) Number of Hours Out of Reporting (OOR) Material Condition Reporting Status
(MCRS) by BUNO and reasons for OOR
2-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DIRECTOR
AIR WARFARE
DIVISION
N98
DEPUTY
AIR WARFARE
DIVISION
N98B
2-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 3
Maintenance Concepts; Maintenance Activity Standard Organization; Aviation
Maintenance Officer Qualifications; Command, Department, Division, Branch and Work
Center Management Responsibilities
Table of Contents
3-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.2.2.1 Navy O-Level Maintenance Department ...........................................................8
3.2.2.2 Marine Corps O-Level Maintenance Department ..............................................8
3.2.2.3 Autonomous Maintenance Unit (AMU) ............................................................9
3.2.2.4 Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) and Detachments Operating Four or
Less Aircraft .....................................................................................................9
3.2.2.5 Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems Maintenance
Department. ......................................................................................................9
3.2.2.6 Marine Air Traffic Control Detachments (MATCD).........................................9
3.2.2.7 Expeditionary Air Field Maintenance Departments and MCAS Recovery
Units Standard Organization.............................................................................9
3.2.3 O-Level Division Functions ...........................................................................................9
3.2.3.1 Maintenance Control ..........................................................................................9
3.2.3.2 Material Control .................................................................................................9
3.2.3.3 Quality Assurance ..............................................................................................9
3.2.3.4 Aircraft Division ................................................................................................9
3.2.3.5 Avionics/Armament Division ..........................................................................10
3.2.3.6 Ordnance Division (Marine Corps) ..................................................................10
3.2.3.7 Line Division....................................................................................................10
3.2.3.8 Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Division ..................................................11
3.2.4 I-Level Maintenance Activity Standard Organization ..................................................11
3.2.4.1 Shore Based Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Departments (AIMD) and I-
Level Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC).............................................................11
3.2.4.2 CVN and L-Class Ship Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department ........11
3.2.4.3 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) ................................................11
3.2.5 I-level Division Functions ............................................................................................11
3.2.5.1 Production Control ...........................................................................................11
3.2.5.2 Material Control ...............................................................................................11
3.2.5.3 Quality Assurance ............................................................................................11
3.2.5.4 Power Plants Division ......................................................................................11
3.2.5.5 Airframes Division ...........................................................................................12
3.2.5.6 Avionics Division ............................................................................................12
3.2.5.7 Armament Division ..........................................................................................12
3-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.2.5.8 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Division ............................................12
3.2.5.9 Support Equipment (SE) Division ...................................................................12
3.2.5.10 Ship Evolution Support Services ...................................................................12
3.2.6 O-Level and I-Level Maintenance Administration Division ........................................12
3.2.7 Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems Maintenance Department .........13
3.3 Aviation Maintenance Officers ........................................................................................... 14
3.3.1 Basic Qualifications for Designated Career Aviation Maintenance Officers ...............14
3.3.2 Maintenance Billet Training .........................................................................................16
3.3.3 Assignment ...................................................................................................................17
3.4 Command, Department, Division, Branch and Work Center Management
Responsibilities ..................................................................................................................... 17
3.4.1 Commanding Officer ....................................................................................................18
3.4.2 Maintenance Officer (MO) ...........................................................................................19
3.4.3 Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO) ........................................................................20
3.4.4 Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) .........................................................21
3.4.5 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO) ................................................................................21
3.4.6 Material Control Officer ...............................................................................................22
3.4.7 Division Officers ..........................................................................................................22
3.4.8 Branch Officers .............................................................................................................23
3.4.9 Manpower and Training (MP&T) Coordinator ............................................................23
3.4.10 Maintenance Master Chief Petty Officer (MMCPO) (Navy) .....................................23
3.4.10.1 General Responsibilities ................................................................................23
3.4.10.2 (O-Level) MMCPOs ......................................................................................24
3.4.10.3 (I-Level) MMCPOs ........................................................................................24
3.4.11 Aircraft Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps) ..............................................................25
3.4.12 Division Chief.............................................................................................................25
3.4.13 Work Center Supervisor .............................................................................................26
Figure 3-1 (page 1): Aircraft Systems/Components Maintenance Function Applicability ..........27
Figure 3-1 (page 3): Aircraft Systems/Components Maintenance Function Applicability ..........29
Figure 3-2: Power Plant Systems and Propeller/Rotary Wing Dynamic Drive Systems/
Components Maintenance Function Applicability ..........................................................30
Figure 3-3: ALSS and Cartridges, Cartridge Actuated Devices (CAD), and Propellant Actuated
Devices (PAD) Maintenance Function Applicability......................................................31
3-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 3-4: Support Equipment Maintenance Function Applicability .........................................32
Figure 3-5: Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems Maintenance Function
Applicability ....................................................................................................................33
Figure 3-6: Types of Maintenance Activities at Shore Air Fields, Navy .....................................34
Figure 3-7: Types of Maintenance Activities at Shore Air Fields, Marine Corps ........................35
Figure 3-8: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Aviation Ships .....................................................36
Figure 3-9: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Navy Squadrons...................................................37
Figure 3-10: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Marine Corps Squadrons ...................................38
Figure 3-11: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Naval Air Training Activities and Marine Air
Reserve Squadrons and Units ..........................................................................................39
Figure 3-12: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Specialized Activities and Units........................40
Figure 3-13: Navy O-Level Maintenance Department Standard Organization ............................41
Figure 3-14: Marine Corps O-Level Maintenance Department Standard Organization...............42
Figure 3-15: O-Level Autonomous Maintenance Unit Concept O-level Maintenance Department
Standard Organization .....................................................................................................43
Figure 3-16: Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) and Detachments Operating Four or Less
Aircraft Standard Organization .......................................................................................44
Figure 3-17: O-Level Airborne Mine Countermeasures Systems Maintenance Department .......45
Figure 3-18: Shore Based Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department and I-Level Fleet
Readiness Center Standard Organization ........................................................................46
Figure 3-19: CVN and L-Class Ship Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department Standard
Organization ....................................................................................................................47
Figure 3-20: Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) I-Level Maintenance Department
Organization (Marine Corps) ..........................................................................................48
3-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 3
Maintenance Concepts; Maintenance Activity Standard Organization;
Aviation Maintenance Officer Qualifications; Command, Department, Division, Branch
and Work Center Management Responsibilities
3-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.1.1.3 D-Level Maintenance and Rework
D-level maintenance and rework is performed by designated depot activities on aircraft,
equipment and material requiring overhaul, upgrading, or rebuilding of parts, assemblies,
subassemblies, and end items, including manufacture, modification, testing, and reclamation of
parts. Rework requires extensive diagnostic equipment and industrial-level manufacturing
capabilities beyond the capability and resources of O-level and I-level maintenance activities.
Rework typically occurs in depot facilities managed by Commander, Naval Air Systems
Command (COMNAVAIRSYSCOM) or at original equipment manufacturer (OEM) sites.
Selected depot rework and maintenance functions are performed at aircraft operational sites in
order to minimize cost and turnaround time. D-level maintenance and rework includes:
a. Aircraft standard and special rework
b. Rework and repair of engines, components, and SE
c. Calibration by Navy calibration laboratories and Navy Primary Standards Labs (NPSL)
d. Incorporation of D-level technical directives (TD)
e. Modification of aircraft, engines, and support equipment (SE)
f. Manufacture and modification of parts and kits. Depots are authorized to employ various
manufacturing methods to include AM equipment. AM Depot machines are considered plant
equipment and operate under the standard operating procedures developed and approved by the
Depot and COMFRC per NAVAIRINST 4790.41 in direct support of organic AM parts and
manufacturing.
g. Depot Field Team assistance
h. Technical and engineering assistance
i. Age exploration (AE) of aircraft and equipment under Reliability Centered Maintenance
(RCM)
3.1.2 Maintenance Functions
Maintenance functions describe specific types of maintenance performed at each maintenance
level.
3.1.2.1 General Policy
a. Aeronautical material will be repaired at the level of maintenance that most efficiently
uses manpower, material, and equipment resources in achieving naval aviation material readiness
and operational objectives. SM&R codes specify if a component is intended to be repaired at the
O-level, I-level, or D-level of maintenance. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is responsible for
determining maintenance functions during the development, expansion, execution, and support
of maintenance plans for aircraft and component repair. Maintenance activities will advise the
responsible COMNAVAIRSYSCOM program office of administrative or logistic obstacles that
impede component repair at the most effective and efficient level.
b. Regardless of the maintenance level assigned to a function, activities must refer to
technical manuals and references to determine the extent to which a repair can be undertaken on
a particular system, component, or equipment. Chapter 10, paragraph 10.33.2, provides
3-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
procedures for submitting Fleet Engineering Disposition (FED) requests for one-time
authorization to perform repairs damaged beyond allowable repair limits.
c. Although equipment and material allowance lists may reflect an assigned maintenance
level, all activities of the assigned maintenance level may not be outfitted with tools and SE to
perform a particular maintenance function. For example, some tools and equipment required for
O-level maintenance functions may be furnished on a sub-custody basis by the supporting IMA,
ship, or station. The activity’s Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL) is the authoritative
allowance list for the issue of specific equipment.
d. All maintenance activities are authorized to repair consumable materials if a replacement
item is not available in stock locally, and the item is required to offset a NMCS, PMCS, or work
stoppage, and the repair is within their capability.
e. I-level activities are authorized to manufacture aeronautical material, if they have the
capability, regardless of the manufacturing level assigned. Organizations producing AM parts
for aircraft, ALRE, SE and weapons systems must comply with NAVAIR configuration
management policies and procedures as outlined in NAVAIRINST 5400.162 and NAVAIRINST
4130.1 prior to installation of any manufactured material.
f. All maintenance activities are authorized to repair manufactured M series material if it is
economical and within their capability. M series material may be forwarded to the next higher
maintenance level for repair on a customer service basis.
g. Miniature/Microminiature (2M) avionics repairs will be done only by activities designated
2M repair capable by their ACC or TYCOM. Refer to the 2M NAMPSOP, paragraph 10.22 for
additional guidance.
h. The use of Additive Manufacturing is restricted to I-Level and D-Level maintenance as
per NAVAIRINST 4790.41 Policies and Procedures for the Implementation and Execution of
Additive Manufacturing for the Naval Aviation Enterprise. For additional guidance, refer to the
Naval Air Systems Additive Manufacturing Program (NASAMP) NAMSOP, paragraph 10.45.
NOTE: Manufacture of components is restricted to IMA. O-Level may request and install
components manufactured in IMA’s Work Center 550. Deviations from
manufacturing organizations outside of Work Centers 550 must be authorized per
NAVAIRINST 4790.41 Policies and Procedures for the Implementation and
Execution of Additive Manufacturing for the Naval Aviation Enterprise.
3.1.2.2 Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
a. UAS range in size from small tactical individually operated air vehicles to large multi-
mission air vehicles, which include ground control stations and launch and recovery equipment.
To facilitate discussion and development of UAS related policies and processes, the Joint Staff’s
Joint Concept of Operations for Unmanned Aircraft Systems identifies the following UAS
groups based on weight, normal operating altitude, and airspeed. A UA possessing any of the
next higher group is categorized in the higher group:
3-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. The following table identifies general NAMP compliance requirements for UAS:
Group 1 No NAMP compliance – Maintenance Guidance IAW CNAFINST M-3710.9
Group 2 No NAMP compliance – Maintenance Guidance IAW CNAFINST M-3710.9
Group 3 No NAMP compliance – See Notes 1 through 3
Group 4 Fully NAMP compliant for applicable maintenance processes and systems
Group 5 Fully NAMP compliant for applicable maintenance processes and systems
Notes: 1. All UAS will have an approved maintenance plan that addresses the
maintenance related airworthiness requirements for the UAS to support the
issuance of a NAVAIR flight clearance.
2. Cognizant NAVAIR Program Office or NAWCAD AIRWorks will evaluate the
potential for recommending a given Group 3 UAS be required to comply with
appropriately tailored NAMP requirements. If a Group 3 UAS is recommended
for NAMP compliance, the NAVAIR Program Office or NAWCAD AIRWorks will
route the recommendation to CNAF N42/422 for adjudication. CNAF N42/N422
will review the recommendation and notify the cognizant organization of the
determination via naval letter.
3. Group 3 UAS reporting custodians may request from CNAF N45 waivers for
procedures contained in CNAF M-3710.7 and may consider requesting approval to
operate in accordance with the CNAFINST M-3710.9 series.
3.1.2.3 Aircraft Systems and Components
Figure 3-1 lists maintenance functions for aircraft systems and components.
3.1.2.4 Power Plant Systems and Propeller /Rotary Wing Dynamic Drive Systems
Figure 3-2 lists maintenance functions for Power Plant Systems and Propeller /Rotary Wing
Dynamic Drive Systems and Components.
3.1.2.5 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS), and Cartridges, Cartridge Actuating
Devices (CAD), and Propellant Actuating Devices (PAD)
Figure 3-3 lists maintenance functions for ALSS, CAD, and PAD.
3-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.1.2.6 Support Equipment (SE)
Figure 3-4 lists maintenance functions for Support Equipment. For the purpose of classifying
maintenance functions, SE is defined as all equipment required on the ground to make an
aeronautical system, support system, subsystem, or end item of equipment (SE for SE),
operational in its intended environment. Equipment such as drill presses, grinders, lathes,
sewing machines, and welders normally used in aeronautical work centers in support of aircraft,
component, or SE maintenance are included in this classification. SE is primarily the equipment
covered by the Aircraft Maintenance Material Readiness List (AMMRL) Program. General
policy:
a. Maintenance of non-AMMRL Program equipment that is required to support flight
operations or aircraft maintenance will be performed by the supporting I-level activity, as
directed by the ACC. Examples of non-AMMRL equipment are crash and firefighting
equipment, runway sweepers, and forklift trucks.
b. SE installed within a work center, such as hydraulic test stands (A/F 27T-10), electrical
test units (VARIDRIVES), and oxygen and nitrogen generating plants (LOX-30/PLN-430) is
normally maintained by the work center having physical custody.
c. Activities are responsible for O-level maintenance functions on SE assigned on sub-
custody from the supporting IMA, station or ship. When an activity is deploying to an operating
location without an IMA to provide SE support, the pre-deployment planning must include
determination of how scheduled SE maintenance will be accomplished. If in theater I-level
support (ashore or afloat) cannot be provided due to logistical constraints, the deploying unit will
request its supporting IMA provide I-level SE maintenance training for those items of SE that
will have to be maintained during the deployment. This authority excludes maintenance of
aircraft lifting devices that require a functional load test, proof loading that uses a portable or
stationary jack tester, when NDI requirements exist, and in any situation where the special tools
or SE, consumable maintenance materials, or replacement parts are unavailable. Maintenance
documentation will be accomplished per the O-level WO procedures of Chapter 15.
NOTE: Maintenance functions for armament weapons support equipment (AWSE) are
listed in OPNAV M-8000.16.
3.1.2.7 Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems
Figure 3-5 lists maintenance functions for AMCM systems.
3.1.2.8 Airborne Weapon Systems
Maintenance policy for Airborne Weapon Systems (Air/Surface/Sub-Surface Missiles,
Ordnance, Ammunition, Aerial Targets/Drones, Mines/Mine Neutralization Systems, Torpedoes,
Unmanned Air Vehicles (UAV), Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPV), Aircraft Armament Systems
(AAS), Ship Guns, and Armament Weapons Support Equipment (AWSE)) are listed in OPNAV
M-8000.16. Additionally, amplifying AAS maintenance policy is listed in CNAFINST 8380.2.
3.1.2.9 Jet Engine Test Facilities
The structure and basic systems, such as fuel, water, air, and CO2 fire extinguishing systems, of
installed jet engine test facilities (Class C test cells) will be maintained by the station Public
3-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Works Department (ashore) and Engineering Department (afloat). The control console, engine
connector panel, and thrust bed of installed jet engine test facilities will be maintained by the
work center having physical custody.
3.1.3 Assignment of Maintenance Responsibilities
The Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and Commandant Marine Corps (CMC) assign
maintenance responsibilities to naval operating and training forces, Fleet Marine Forces (FMF),
and non-fleet Marine forces. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM assigns maintenance responsibilities to
NAVAIRSYSCOM activities. Navy and Marine Corps air reserve activities and air stations
perform the same standard maintenance functions and are assigned the same responsibilities as
active forces. General policy:
a. Designated activities will perform limited D-level maintenance functions for an entire
logistic area based on ACC recommendations approved by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
b. O-level activities may be assigned responsibility for specific I-level maintenance
functions unique to the assigned mission of the activity or in partial support of their own
operations, if recommended by their ACC and authorized by the cognizant
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM program office. O-level activities assigned I-level responsibilities will
perform only the specific functions authorized and only on their assigned aircraft and equipment.
c. IMAs are authorized to perform any maintenance for which they have capability and
authorization. IMAs may be assigned specific D-level maintenance functions, if recommended
by the ACC and authorized by the cognizant COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Fleet Support Team
(FST). Chapter 10, paragraph 10.33.2 provides procedures for submitting Fleet Engineering
Disposition (FED) requests for one-time authorization to repair an individual component
damaged beyond allowable I-level repair limits. I-level activities are authorized to manufacture
aeronautical material, if they have the capability, regardless of the manufacturing level assigned.
d. All UAS activities are designated as O-level with limited I-level capability because of the
unique characteristics inherent in UAS design and operation. The maintenance functions of
Figure 3-1 are applicable to UAS.
e. Miniature/Microminiature (2M) avionics repairs will be done only by activities designated
2M repair capable by their ACC. Refer to the 2M NAMPSOP, paragraph 10.22 for additional
guidance.
3.1.3.1 Shore Air Field Activities
a. Shore air stations with reporting custody of aircraft must, unless specific deviations are
authorized by the ACC, establish an Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) within the
Operations Department to perform O-level maintenance.
b. Air stations, airfields, and air bases are responsible for providing maintenance facilities
and limited plant property for tenant activities and flight line services for transient aircraft.
Maintenance on transient aircraft may be performed within the station's capability.
c. Figure 3-6 lists the types of maintenance activities located at Navy shore air stations,
fields and bases.
3-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Figure 3-7 lists the types of maintenance activities located at Marine Corps Air Stations
(MCAS) and air facilities. MCAS and air facilities are responsible for performing the levels of
maintenance designated by the Marine Corps Tables of Organization and for providing flight line
services for transient aircraft. MCAS and air facilities will provide maintenance facilities and
limited non-deployable SE or plant property support for tenant activities.
3.1.3.2 CVN, LHA, and LHD Aviation Ships
Figure 3-8 lists the assigned levels of aviation maintenance performed by CVN, LHA, and LHD
class ships. In addition to providing I-level support for aircraft assigned to their strike group,
CVN, LHA, and LHD Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Departments (AIMD):
a. Coordinate preparation of maintenance facilities to support embarked aviation squadrons
and detachments.
b. Update shipboard maintenance facility plans to accommodate new deck loads.
c. Review outstanding ship alterations and submit recommendations concerning AIMD
spaces and installed equipment.
d. Coordinate I-level support personnel requirements with the air wing.
e. Coordinate assignment of O-level maintenance spaces with the air wing.
f. Assume responsibility for upkeep and security of O-level maintenance spaces while the air
wing is debarked.
g. Provide I-level maintenance support to the Weapons Department for maintenance beyond
the capability of the Weapons Department.
h. Receive, manage, and return spare ALSS assemblies to support the deployed air wing per
paragraph 10.40.
NOTE: Non-aviation ships (cruisers, destroyers, frigates, etc.) do not provide I-level
aviation maintenance support for embarked aircraft; they only provide O-level
maintenance facilities with fixed-in-place equipment that cannot be embarked
with deployed aviation units, and space for stowing maintenance materials.
3.1.3.3 Navy Squadrons
Figure 3-9 lists the assigned levels of maintenance performed by Navy squadrons.
3.1.3.4 Marine Squadrons
Figure 3-10 lists the assigned levels of maintenance performed by FMF squadrons.
3.1.3.5 Naval Air Training and Marine Air Reserve Squadrons and Units
Figure 3-11 lists the assigned levels of maintenance performed by Naval Air Training and
Marine Air Reserve squadrons.
3.1.3.6 Specialized Activities
Figure 3-12 lists the assigned levels of maintenance performed by specialized activities, for
example, Defense Contract Management Agencies (DCMA), Naval Weapons Evaluation
3-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Facilities and Tactical Support Centers (TSC) assigned aircraft or equipment originally designed
for use in aircraft.
3.1.3.7 Weapons Departments and Divisions
Weapons Departments and Divisions that perform on-equipment maintenance are authorized to
perform I-level maintenance to the limit of their capabilities. For maintenance beyond those
limits, the supporting IMA will provide I-level support (within assigned capabilities) to the
Weapons Department.
3.2 Maintenance Activity Standard Organization
Standard organization defines specific areas of responsibility and management authority for the
numerous processes involved in producing aircraft, engines and equipment. Codes for O-level
and I-level Divisions and Work Centers are listed in the Table of Work Center Codes, Appendix
E.
3.2.1 Terms
a. “Department” applies to all maintenance activities having a department head. In activities
where maintenance is assigned as a division to another department, the term “division” will be
used in place of department.
b. “Division” is a subsection of a department devoted to performing a specific category of
maintenance, and in which distinct sub-functions of the division are divided into branches. For
example, an O-level Aircraft Division (Work Center Code 100) is often comprised of separate
branches for Power Plants (110), Airframes (120), and Aviation Life Support Systems (130).
c. “Branch” applies to a subsection of a division in which a functional area is divided into
separate shops. For example, the Airframes Branch (Work Center Code 120) may be comprised
of Structures Shop (12A), Hydraulics Shop (12B), and Corrosion Control Shop (12C).
d. “Work Centers” (often called “shops”) are designated functional areas to which personnel
are permanently assigned, for example the Structures Shop (12A), Power Plants Module Repair
Shop (414) and Aviation Tool Issue/Tool Control Center (05D). The number and designation of
work centers will be based upon assessment of required maintenance or support functions,
numbers of personnel, span of control, workload schedules, and work locations.
3.2.2 O-Level Maintenance Activity Standard Organization
NOTE: Any division or branch may be deleted if the activity has no responsibilities
relative to that function or if responsibilities are not extensive and can be
accomplished within another division or branch.
3.2.2.1 Navy O-Level Maintenance Department
Figure 3-13 is the standard organization of a Navy O-level Maintenance Department.
3.2.2.2 Marine Corps O-Level Maintenance Department
Figure 3-14 is the standard organization of a Marine Corps O-level Maintenance Department.
3-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.2.2.3 Autonomous Maintenance Unit (AMU)
Figure 3-15 is an example of an optional AMU O-level Maintenance Department organization
for large training squadrons that maintain several different T/M/S aircraft. The AMU structure
may be modified to suit the unit’s manning and operational scenario. The AMU structure may
also be used by Navy Carrier Air Wings (CVW) and Marine Aviation Combat Elements (ACE)
during shore-based detachments operating several different T/M/S aircraft.
3.2.2.4 Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) and Detachments Operating Four or Less
Aircraft
Figure 3-16 is the standard organization of an OMD and detachments operating four or less
aircraft.
3.2.2.5 Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems Maintenance Department.
Figure 3-17 is the standard organization of AMCM Maintenance Department.
3.2.2.6 Marine Air Traffic Control Detachments (MATCD)
MATCD operate under Marine Air Control Squadrons (MACS). MATCD are responsible for
performing O-level and I-level maintenance on Marine Air Traffic Control and Landing Systems
(MATCALS). COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PMA-213 is the MATCALS program office. Standard
organization and functions of MATCD Maintenance Departments are prescribed in 10.30.
3.2.2.7 Expeditionary Air Field Maintenance Departments and MCAS Recovery Units
Standard Organization
Functions of Expeditionary Air Field (EAF) Maintenance Departments and a MCAS Recovery
Units are prescribed in 10.31.
3.2.3 O-Level Division Functions
3.2.3.1 Maintenance Control
Maintenance Control functions are specified in Chapter 5.
3.2.3.2 Material Control
Material Control functions are specified in Chapter 6.
3.2.3.3 Quality Assurance
Quality Assurance functions are specified in Chapter 7.
3.2.3.4 Aircraft Division
The Aircraft Division performs O-level maintenance functions relative to Airframes, Power
Plants, and Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS).
a. Power Plants Branch. The Power Plants Branch performs O-level maintenance on aircraft
engines and auxiliary power units, fuel systems, propellers, and dynamic components and drive
systems. In Marine squadrons, Power Plants maintenance is a function of the Power Line
Division.
b. Airframes Branch. The Airframes Branch performs O-level maintenance on aircraft
structures, landing gear, and hydraulic systems.
3-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Branch. The ALSS Branch performs O-level
maintenance functions relative to equipment and items needed to allow aircrew members and
aircraft passengers function within all parameters of the flight environment, including safe egress
from disabled aircraft and descent to the ground or ascent to the surface, survival on land or
water, and interface with rescue forces. ALSS includes escape systems, environmental systems,
fire extinguishing systems, aircrew clothing, survival kits, personnel parachutes and the
associated hardware, life rafts and preservers, anti-exposure suits, survival radios and other
emergency signaling equipment, flight helmets, oxygen equipment, anti-G suits and associated
hardware, and other miscellaneous survival and life support items. 10.40 prescribes ALSS
maintenance standard operating procedures.
d. Periodic Maintenance Branch. The Periodic Maintenance Branch is an optional and
usually temporary work center formed to manage the completion of complex Preventive
Maintenance (PM) events, such as phase inspections involving numerous personnel from various
work centers. If commands elect to form a Periodic Maintenance Branch, they must select the
manning arrangement that best fits the content of the periodic maintenance performed. A
permanent crew may be warranted if the number of inspections performed and the man-hours
involved cause a consistent periodic maintenance workload. If the periodic maintenance
workload does not justify establishing a permanent crew, the command may use a temporary
crew concept, in which an inspection supervisor and a work crew from the necessary ratings is
assembled and assigned to the Periodic Maintenance Branch only for the duration of the
inspection. Upon completion of the inspection, the personnel return to their permanently
assigned work center.
3.2.3.5 Avionics/Armament Division
The Avionics/Armament Division performs O-level maintenance on aircraft electronic,
electrical, instrument, flight control, fire control and bombing equipment, armament systems,
armament equipment, including the loading of aircraft ordnance.
NOTE: Marine Corps squadrons operate separate Avionics Divisions and Ordnance
Divisions. Refer to Chapter 4 for details and Figure 3-14 for Marine Corps O-
Level Maintenance Department Standard Organization.
3.2.3.6 Ordnance Division (Marine Corps)
The Ordnance Division performs O-level maintenance on Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS),
weapons and fire control systems, and related components. This includes electrical and
mechanical troubleshooting and weapons systems release and control checks. The Ordnance
Division is also responsible for the proper issue, turn-in, loading, downloading, storage, and
physical security of aircraft weapons.
3.2.3.7 Line Division
The Line Division performs O-level maintenance functions to prepare aircraft for flight, and
launches and recovers aircraft. In Navy squadrons, the Line Division includes Plane Captain and
Troubleshooter Work Centers, and when established, an SE Work Center. In Marine squadrons,
the Power Line Division is responsible for power plants maintenance in addition to Line Division
functions. Personnel from other divisions may be assigned permanently to the Line Division as
3-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Troubleshooters, or may be temporarily assigned as needed to perform Troubleshooter functions
for aircraft launch and recovery.
3.2.3.8 Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Division
The UAS Division, when established within a squadron that also operates manned aircraft,
supervises, coordinates, and completes periodic maintenance, inspections, decontamination, and
rehabilitation of UAS Groups 3 through 5. Crew leaders and other personnel designated by the
MO are permanently assigned to the UAS Division. Additional personnel are made available as
required from other divisions.
3.2.4 I-Level Maintenance Activity Standard Organization
3.2.4.1 Shore Based Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Departments (AIMD) and I-Level
Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC)
Figure 3-18 is the standard organization for Navy shore based AIMDs and I-level FRCs.
3.2.4.2 CVN and L-Class Ship Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department
Figure 3-19 is the standard organization of a CVN and L-Class Ship Aircraft Intermediate
Maintenance Department.
3.2.4.3 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS)
Figure 3-20 is the standard organization of a MALS Maintenance Department. Chapter 4
provides detail on MALS responsibilities and organization.
NOTES: 1. Any division or branch may be deleted if responsibilities relative to that
function do not exist or if responsibilities are not extensive and can be
accomplished within another division/branch.
2. Weapons Department I-level maintenance organization and responsibilities
are in OPNAV M-8000.16.
3.2.5 I-level Division Functions
3.2.5.1 Production Control
Production Control functions are specified in Chapter 5.
3.2.5.2 Material Control
Material Control functions are specified in Chapter 6.
3.2.5.3 Quality Assurance
Quality Assurance functions are specified in Chapter 7.
3.2.5.4 Power Plants Division
The Power Plants Division performs I-level repair and testing for aircraft engines, auxiliary
power units, propellers, rotor dynamic components, auxiliary fuel tanks, and oil analysis for
engines and components. Power Plants Division procedures and responsibilities related to Gas
Turbine Engine Maintenance (GTEM) and Gas Turbine Engine Test Systems (GTETS) and are
outlined in 10.23.
3-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.2.5.5 Airframes Division
The Airframes Division performs I-Level repair and testing for aircraft structures, hydraulic and
pneumatic systems, Non-destructive Inspection (NDI), and Additive Manufacturing services.
3.2.5.6 Avionics Division
The Avionics Division performs I-level repair and testing for aircraft communication and
navigation components, electrical system components, instruments, radar, electronic counter
measures, weapons control systems, acoustic systems, and infrared radar. Avionics Division also
provides Field Calibration Activity services.
3.2.5.7 Armament Division
The Armament Division performs I-level maintenance on Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS)
and weapons in accordance with CNAFINST 8380.2 and OPNAVINST 8000.16.
NOTE: MALS Weapons Department functions are detailed in Chapter 4.
3.2.5.8 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Division
The ALSS Division performs I-level maintenance and testing of ALSS. ALSS Division
procedures and responsibilities are outlined in 10.40.
3.2.5.9 Support Equipment (SE) Division
The SE Division performs I-level maintenance on SE, and maintains a pool of SE for sub-
custody and temporary issue to O-level activities.
3.2.5.10 Ship Evolution Support Services
The Ship Evolution Support Services Division performs surface maintenance material
management (surface 3-M) on CVN, LHA, and LHD AIMD spaces and installed damage control
equipment, and performs other directed ship support services.
3.2.6 O-Level and I-Level Maintenance Administration Division
The Maintenance Administration Division provides administrative services for the Maintenance
Department. General responsibilities:
a. Provide clerical and administrative services for the department, including preparation of
maintenance related correspondence.
b. Maintain distribute, retain, and dispose of correspondence, administrative records, and
reports per SECNAV instructions.
c. Establish and control a central maintenance reporting and record keeping system for all
administrative reports and correspondence, if not already centrally located in the command’s
Administration Department, including a tickler file to assure timely submission of recurring
reports.
d. Prepare, distribute, file, retain, and dispose of maintenance department correspondence,
administrative records, and reports per SECNAV directives.
e. Coordinate with command administrative department on access, distribution, and control
of naval messages.
3-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Coordinate department administrative and security responsibilities with other departments
and divisions (as required).
g. Distribute nontechnical information and publications not managed within the QA Division
Central Technical Publications Library.
h. Maintain a master file of nontechnical instructions.
NOTE: Internal control and distribution of the NAMP is the responsibility of the QA
Division Technical Data Manager.
i. Maintain a current organizational roster in electronic or hardcopy form. The roster will
include, as a minimum, name, rate, and billet assignment. This function may be performed by
the Manpower, Personnel and Training (MP&T) Coordinator (where assigned).
j. In addition, I-level maintenance administration divisions will:
(1) Coordinate with the command’s Administrative Department.
(2) Safeguard and distribute personal mail to department personnel.
(3) Distribute locally issued reports and correspondence.
(4) Control department classified material.
(5) (IMAs without an MP&T Coordinator). Establish and coordinate department training
requirements and obtain school quotas.
(6) Coordinate transportation and communication requirements.
(7) Assign spaces to the divisions and establish responsibilities for security and
cleanliness.
(8) Assume responsibility for vacant or unassigned maintenance spaces.
(9) Arrange department participation in joint inspections of facilities assigned to tenant
activities, including arrival or departure of a tenant activity.
3.2.7 Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Systems Maintenance Department
AMCM Maintenance Departments perform O-level and limited I-level maintenance on AMCM
systems operated by Navy Helicopter Mine Countermeasures (HM) squadrons. AMCM systems
include devices, device towing equipment, aircraft-to-device interface equipment, and related
AMCM tactical support equipment (small craft and Civil Engineering Support Equipment
(CESE)). The AMCM Systems Maintenance Department provides AMCM equipment to the
Aircraft Maintenance Department for aircraft installation by the Configuration Branch (Work
Center 360). Figure 3-17 is the standard AMCM Systems Maintenance Department. The
AMCM Systems Maintenance Department Material Control (Work Center 05M) is a branch of
the Aircraft Maintenance Department Material Control Work Center and is normally collocated
with the AMCM Systems Maintenance Control. The AMCM Avionics and Weapons Division
perform O-level and selected I-level maintenance functions on AMCM equipment. The AMCM
Device Division performs O-level and, when deployed, selected I-level maintenance functions.
The Tactical Support Division is responsible for the maintenance and operation of tactical
support equipment, including CESE and Rigid Hulled Inflatable Boats (RHIB). AMCM
3-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Department detachments are organized and equipped as needed to maintain
AMCM equipment aboard ship and at remote land sites.
3.3 Aviation Maintenance Officers
3.3.1 Basic Qualifications for Designated Career Aviation Maintenance Officers
Navy officers designated 152X, 63XX, or 73XX and Marine Corps Officers designated MOS
6002 or 6004 in route to their first maintenance assignment will complete either the Naval
Aviation Maintenance Program Indoctrination Course (CIN C-4D-2012) or the Naval Aviation
Maintenance Program Management Course (CIN C-4D-2013). The Naval Aviation Maintenance
Program Management Course is designed for personnel possessing at least 2 years of aviation
maintenance or aviation maintenance support experience. Naval Personnel Command (NPC)
may waive the requirement for completion of either of these courses on an individual, case-by-
case basis. As they progress in their career, Aviation Maintenance Officers may require
advanced training in specialized areas, such as logistics, industrial management, aeronautical
engineering, and MIS design. Fundamental knowledge for career Aviation Maintenance Officers
includes:
a. Management principles (planning, organizing, staffing, directing, controlling, and
communication)
b. Department of the Navy organization with emphasis on roles and responsibilities of
OPNAV, NAVAIR, and NAVSUP
c. Basic operational theory of aeronautics and aircraft systems (airframes, power plants,
avionics and electrical, ALSS, armament)
d. Basic maintenance and servicing procedures and related safety precautions regarding:
(1) Servicing, maintenance and operation of aircraft, engines and equipment.
(2) Procedures for corrosion inspection, prevention, and treatment.
(3) Proper positioning, security, and operation of SE.
(4) Ordnance handling.
(5) Aircraft and equipment tie-down requirements for all weather conditions.
e. Aviation supply, including:
(1) Supply references and research procedures.
(2) Material Control (050) functions.
(3) Supply Department organization.
(4) Material Control and Supply Department coordination.
(5) Requisition procedures and documentation.
(6) Supply reports.
(7) Classification and identification of aeronautical material.
3-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(8) Functions and responsibilities of NAVSUP WSS, Inventory Control Points, ship and
shore based Supply Departments, and other supply inventory and distribution activities.
(9) Material requisition documents and flow.
(10) Open purchase procedures and regulations.
(11) Material survey procedures.
(12) Aviation Consolidated Allowance List (AVCAL) and Shore consolidated Allowance
List (SHORCAL) development, and procedures for allowance adjustment.
(13) Repairables pipeline, including Local Repair Cycle Assets (LRCA) management.
(14) Material receipt, control, and inventory.
(15) Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System (SUADPS) procedures.
(16) Management of Local Repair Cycle Assets (LRCA) and Pre-expended Bins (PEB).
(17) Supply performance metrics.
(18) Requisition prioritization and NMCS/PMCS expediting.
(19) Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M).
(20) Shipping and storage of classified components.
f. Aviation budgeting, funding and financial management with emphasis on use and control
of flight operational funds, Aviation Fleet Maintenance (AFM) funds, Aviation Consolidated
Allowance List (AVCAL) funds, aviation Depot Level Repairables (DLR), and flying hour cost
reporting.
g. The Naval Aviation Safety Program with emphasis on safety procedures (ashore and
afloat), command responsibilities and relationships, procedures for handling mishaps, submission
of mishap reports, and composition and function of aircraft mishap boards.
h. Management Information Systems (MIS) and processes:
(1) NALCOMIS, including the foundation tier, mid-tier, and top tier applications.
(2) Aviation 3M Reports and ad hoc reports.
(3) Data analysis.
i. Maintenance Control and Production Control procedures, including:
(1) Planning, scheduling and coordinating maintenance.
(2) Prioritizing workload.
(3) Releasing aircraft and equipment ready for flight/use.
j. Manpower administration and management:
(1) Responsibilities of NAVPERS/Marine Corps Manpower Plans and Policy,
NAVMAC, and ACCs in providing aviation maintenance manpower.
(2) NEC or MOS assignment policy and procedures.
3-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Enlisted evaluation and advancement requirements.
(4) Activity Manpower Document (AMD), Personnel Manning Report (PERSMAR),
Enlisted Manning Inquiry Report (EMIR), Career Management System (CMS)-Interactive
Detailing (ID)/Billet Based Distribution (BBD), and Marine Corps equivalents.
(5) Naval Officer Billet and subspecialty codes, and additional qualification designators
(AQD) (Not applicable to Marine Corps).
(6) Officer fitness reports, preference cards, officer assignment policy, and career rotation
patterns.
k. Maintenance training and scheduling.
l. Maintenance administration:
(1) Aircraft logbooks, Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR), Module Service
Record (MSR), Assembly Service Record (ASR), Equipment History Record (EHR), Scheduled
Component Repair (SRC), Configuration Management Auto Log Set (CM ALS), Weight & Balance
(W&B) logbooks, and Aircraft Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS).
(2) Navy directive system.
(3) Naval correspondence format and procedures related to aviation maintenance
(4) Classified correspondence.
(5) Standard reports, format and submission requirements.
m. SE allowancing and accounting procedures:
(1) Aviation Maintenance Material Readiness List Program.
(2) IMRL management.
(3) Support Equipment Controlling Authority (SECA) functions.
(4) Support Equipment Standardization System (SESS).
n. An understanding of AIRSpeed CPI methods, concepts, and analysis tools, including
completion of the Logistics Chain Management Initial Training Course (NAVAIR-LCM-0001.3)
(https://my.navy.mil) and Champion/Project Sponsor training.
o. Aviation maintenance publications, directives, manuals, and related instructions, and
notices.
p. Aircraft and equipment configuration management.
q. Navy Aviation Maintenance Officers with designator 1520 must complete the Navy
Aviation Maintenance Officer PQS (NAVEDTRA 43438).
r. The Joint Aviation Supply and Maintenance Material Management (JASMMM) Course
(A-8B-0020) is optional for career Aviation Maintenance Officers.
3.3.2 Maintenance Billet Training
a. All officers assigned to a squadron Maintenance Department that are not career aviation
maintenance officers (Navy designators 152X, 63XX, and 73XX and Marine Corps MOS 6002
3-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
and 6004) must complete the CENNAVAVNTECHTRA Aviation Officer Maintenance
Fundamentals Course (C-555-0034) prior to or within 60 days after assuming duties. Officers
who have completed the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Indoctrination Course (C-4D-
2012) or the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Management Course (C-4D-2013) are
exempt from this requirement.
b. All O-Level personnel E-6 through O-5 assigned to the maintenance department must
complete the Corrosion for Managers (CFM) Course (N-701-0039). Within six months of
reporting to an O-Level activity or within six months of promotion to E-6, if not previously
completed. Personnel are required to retake the CFM following a subsequent break in O-Level
assignment, for example, a tour in an I-Level activity or non-aviation maintenance billet
(recruiter, instructor duty, ETC.)
c. Officers assigned as QA Officer must complete the NALCOMIS (Optimized) OMA Naval
Aviation Quality Assurance Administration Course (Course C-555-0046) prior to or within 60
days after assuming duties.
d. Officers assigned as O-level MMCO must complete the Naval Aviation Maintenance
Control Management for Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity Course (C-555-0053)
prior to or within 60 days after assuming duties. I-level MMCOs must complete the Intermediate
Maintenance Activity (IMA) Production Control Procedures Course (C-555-0043).
e. Officers assigned as the MMCO or Material Control Officer must complete the Naval
Aviation Material Control Management Course (C-555-0051) and the Financial Management for
Naval Aviation Operating Target Accounting (OPTAR) Course (C-555-0018) prior to or within
60 days after assuming duties.
3.3.3 Assignment
a. Officers will be assigned to maintenance billets based on their experience in consideration
of the position’s workload, span of control, and specific needs of the activity.
b. All maintenance management and division billets specified in the NAMP will be filled
before assigning assistants or branch heads.
c. An aviation ground officer must be assigned as MO, AMO, or MMCO for O-level
activities. If the MO is an aviation ground officer, then the AMO (if assigned), MMCO, or QA
Officer must be a pilot or NFO assigned to duty in a flying status. Officers assigned to the MO
and the MMCO billets will remain in these billets for a minimum of 1 year. For deploying
squadrons, the period of assignment will include the full work up and deployment cycle.
d. Navy Supply Corps Officers assigned to duty in ship-deployable squadrons will be
assigned as Material Control Officers. During ship-based work-ups and deployment, they will
be assigned TAD to the carrier Supply Department.
NOTE: Aviation ground officer assignments do not apply to OMDs or detachments where
manning authorizations do not include aviation ground officer billets.
3.4 Command, Department, Division, Branch and Work Center Management
Responsibilities
3-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.4.1 Commanding Officer
The CO is responsible for command compliance with the NAMP, including:
a. Promote and enforce procedures that ensure quality maintenance of aircraft, equipment,
and material, and the readiness, training and safety of maintenance personnel under their
cognizance
b. Compliance with the NAVOSH requirements contained in OPNAVINST 5100.19 and
OPNAVINST 5100.23, as applicable to command operations
c. Review active NAMP deviations upon assuming command
d. Assignment of officers to maintenance billets per paragraph 3.3.3
e. Compliance with HMC&M directives, and coordination with federal, state, interstate, and
local pollution control agencies in adhering to standards for the control and abatement of
environmental pollution. For detailed information on HMC&M requirements, refer to the
HMC&M NAMPSOP (paragraph 10.19), OPNAVINST 5090.1, OPNAVINST 5100.19,
OPNAVINST 5100.23, and the Judge Advocate General Manual.
f. Signing directives, designations and licenses specified for CO-level signature.
Designations and licenses will be certified by signing the OPNAV form or ASM equivalent for
those designations and licenses with an applicable OPNAV form. All other designations and
licenses will be made by naval letter or via ASM. CO signature requirements include:
(1) Direction on controls for custody and issue of flight packets
(2) Direction on controls for Aircraft Into-Plane Reimbursement (AIR) card per
paragraph 6.7.2.10
(3) Issuing Aircraft taxi, engine and APU turn-up licenses per paragraph 10.42
(4) Designating personnel authorized to certify aircraft Safe for Flight per Chapter 5
(5) Designating QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs per Chapter 7
(6) Designating the Hazardous Material Control and Management Officer per paragraph
10.19
(7) Designating the Weight and Balance Officer per paragraph 10.32
(8) Designating ordnance certification board members per OPNAV M-8000.16
(9) Designating aviation confined space Entry Authorities (EA) and technicians per
NAVAIR 01-1A-35
(10) Designating Plane Captains per 10.14
(11) Designate Unmanned Aircraft Systems Ground Maintenance Vehicle Operator
Instructors and sign license of GMVO per 10.43.
NOTES: 1. Officers in Charge (OIC) of permanently established units are authorized to
sign all maintenance qualifications, designations, and correspondence required
per this instruction.
3-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. In commands that deploy detachments, the CO will delegate signature
authority to detachment OICs for those areas the CO determines OIC signature
authority is appropriate. Delegation will be in writing, by name, and will expire
upon return from deployment.
3. In squadrons with contractor manning in the Maintenance Department, the
Contractor Site Manager is responsible for certification and designation of
contractor personnel. The Contractor Site Manager authority may not be
delegated.
3.4.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
The MO is responsible for the effective and efficient management of the maintenance
department. MO responsibilities relative to specific programs and processes are listed
throughout the NAMP. General MO duties include:
a. Assign maintenance department personnel to most effectively accomplish the
department’s responsibilities.
b. Publish plans of actions and milestones (POA&M) for significant events, such as
transition to a new T/M/S aircraft, change of station, and deployment work-up.
c. Overall responsible for maintenance data accuracy and compliance of readiness metric
standards to include the accuracy of squadron generated mission capability rates. Periodically
brief the CO on the performance of the Maintenance Department to include the metrics within
activities most current AV3M summary, Type Wing or MAG aggregate AV3M summary, and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM statistical analysis as specified in Chapter 14. Periodicity and
additional content of the briefs is at the discretion of the CO.
d. (O-level) Coordinate with the Operations Officer in planning aircraft and mission system
requirements.
e. Coordinate with IMA Maintenance Officer, Supply Officer and Wing Maintenance
Officer in obtaining resources to accomplish maintenance department objectives.
f. Conduct meetings with Maintenance Department officers and senior enlisted managers at
least once per quarter to review the department’s performance and preparation for upcoming
events. At a minimum, the review must include:
(1) Performance metrics and trends utilizing activity current AV3M summary and Type
Wing or MAG aggregate AV3M summary to identify common errors and areas of improvement
within the activity as specified in Chapter 14. Additionally, ensure Maintenance Department
officers and senior enlisted leaders are showing improvements in data accuracy and integrity
based on previous data to validate training effectiveness.
(2) Aircraft and equipment status, including upcoming transfers and receipts, depot
rework events, and major phase inspections.
(3) Current and projected manpower.
(4) Preparation for inspections, training events, detachments, and deployment.
3-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.4.3 Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO)
The AMO serves as the MO’s assistant department head. AMO responsibilities relative to
specific programs and processes are listed throughout the NAMP. General duties include:
a. Coordinate the accomplishment of the MO’s general responsibilities, including assuming
the MO duties when the MO is unavailable.
b. Make recommendations to the MO for improved departmental policies.
c. Manage the following work centers, as applicable: Maintenance Training/ASM (Work
Center 01B), Manpower (01C), SEAOPDET (01D), AIRSpeed (01E), and Maintenance
Administration (030).
d. Manage the staffing of the Maintenance Department, to include:
(1) Monitor personnel transfer and report dates, and coordinating with manpower
authorities to fill billets with qualified personnel.
(2) Coordinate with the Maintenance Department Master Chief (Navy) or Aircraft
Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps) on recommendations for assignment of senior enlisted
personnel.
(3) Monitor and coordinate TAD assignment of maintenance personnel within the
command and to other activities.
NOTES: 1. I-level AMOs will ensure O-level personnel TAD to the IMA are assigned to
duties within the normal spectrum of their technical specialties.
2. CVN, LHA, and LHD AIMD AMOs will ensure the Ship Evolution Support
Services work center (3.2.5.10) is adequately manned to perform the AIMD’s
surface 3-M workload and other directed ship support services.
(4) Provide Maintenance Department personnel readiness data to the Operations
Department for submission to the Defense Readiness Reporting System (DRRS).
(5) (Navy) Act as the Maintenance Department Activity Manning Manager (AMM) and
comply with the responsibilities of BUPERSINST 1080.54, Enlisted Distribution and
Verification Process.
e. Manage the training, qualification, certification, and designation of personnel assigned to
the department, per 10.1.
NOTE: The Aircraft Maintenance Chief manages training, qualification, and certification
of personnel for O-level Marine units.
f. Manage Maintenance Department administrative responsibilities to include:
(1) Coordinate with the Administration Department on administrative matters regarding
maintenance department personnel, such as fitness reports, evaluations, and administrative
requirements for personnel transfer and receipt.
(2) Control general classified material kept in the maintenance department, excluding
technical manuals and letter-type technical directives.
3-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. Coordinate transportation and communication systems requirements.
h. (O-level) Assign spaces to divisions and establish responsibilities for security and
cleanliness.
i. Conduct inspections of maintenance department spaces.
3.4.4 Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO)
The MMCO is responsible for the overall productive effort of the department. MMCO
responsibilities relative to specific programs and processes are listed throughout the NAMP.
a. Manage Maintenance/Production Control (Work Center 020) per Chapter 5.
b. Coordinate and monitor the maintenance workload.
c. Publish a daily status report on the material condition of aircraft, mission systems, and
other major equipment.
d. Coordinate with the Supply Department on types and quantities of engines, components,
propellers, consumable parts, and maintenance materials required.
e. Review monthly summaries, MDS and NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS reports for
correct documentation on aircraft, engines and equipment.
f. Manage aircraft and equipment logbooks, records, and associated CM ALS per Chapter 8.
g. Review material and equipment allowance lists (IMRL, AVCAL, SHORCAL, etc.) for
accuracy and adequacy, and initiate corrections and revisions.
h. Conduct a monthly maintenance planning meeting with all divisions and prepare the
Monthly Maintenance Plan (MMP) per Chapter 5.
i. Perform the functions of the Material Control Officer (paragraph 3.4.6), if not assigned.
j. Additional O-level MMCO duties:
(1) Conduct a planning meeting in advance of each phase inspection and PMI event per
Chapter 5.
(2) Attend IMA and Supply Department logistics planning meetings.
(3) Establish procedures for controlling aircraft cannibalization.
(4) Coordinate planning and support for deployed or detached operations, including
material, equipment, and facilities requirements.
k. Additional I-level MMCO or Production Control Officer duties:
(1) Manage the Aeronautical Material Screening Unit (AMSU).
(2) Coordinate and monitor Production Control per the procedures of Chapter 5.
3.4.5 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO)
The QAO is responsible for managing quality assurance within the maintenance department,
including the inspection of aircraft, engines, components, equipment, and the monitoring and
auditing of related maintenance processes, per Chapter 7. QAO responsibilities for specific
3-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
programs and processes are listed in Chapter 10. The QAO manages the Quality
Assurance/Analysis Division (040), Technical Library (04A), Maintenance Department Safety
(04B), Analysis (04C, Non-NALCOMIS sites, only), and Quality Assurance/Verification (04D).
3.4.6 Material Control Officer
The Material Control Officer (MCO) is responsible to the MMCO for the operation of the
Material Control Branch.
a. Manage Material Control (050) and applicable processes and work centers (Material
Screening (05A/AMSU), Material Procurement/Accounting (05B), Accountable Material/IMRL
(05C), Aviation Tool Issue/Tool Control Center (05D), and Hazardous Material Control (05H).
b. Be knowledgeable and current in the fundamental aviation supply, allowancing, and
funding processes described in paragraph 3.3.1.e, as they relate to local supply procedures.
c. Verify the Material Control procedures of Chapter 6 are followed.
d. Expeditiously submit survey documents for lost, missing, or damaged material and
equipment.
e. Manage OPTAR accounting and budgeting, to include:
(1) Maintain a separate material control register for each OPTAR held.
(2) Verify the appropriate fund code is applied when submitting material requirements,
such as Operational Functional Category (OFC) 01 for aircraft flight operations and
administrative supplies and OFC 50 for aircraft maintenance. Chapter 6 contains detailed
information regarding appropriate AFM charges.
f. Participate in AVCAL, SHORCAL and Supplemental Aviation Spares Support (SASS)
conferences and other logistics planning meetings.
3.4.7 Division Officers
Division Officers are responsible to the MO for the performance of their division in
accomplishing the department’s mission.
a. Fully employ personnel and resources.
b. Evaluate the division's organization and procedures for the most effective and efficient
accomplishment of the Division’s responsibilities.
c. Verify the security of the aircraft and equipment for which the Division is responsible.
d. Periodically inspect division spaces for security and cleanliness.
e. Verify adherence to classified material handling and security procedures.
f. Verify personnel are complying with safety instructions and procedures.
g. Keep the MO, AMO and MMCO informed of problems that may affect division
productivity.
h. Accomplish Division Officer responsibilities for programs and processes in Chapter 10.
3-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. (I-Level) Manage the Division Maintenance Control (024, 025, 026, 027, 028, and 029), if
established.
j. (I-Level) Use BMT reports to monitor daily workload and assign priorities.
3.4.8 Branch Officers
Branch Officers are responsible to the Division Officer for the performance of the branch in
accomplishing the division’s mission. Branch Officers have the same general duties as a
Division Officer.
3.4.9 Manpower and Training (MP&T) Coordinator
The MP&T Coordinator, normally a Master Chief Petty Officer, performs staff functions under
the MO or AMO of CVN AIMDs and the larger (500 or above manning, including TAD
personnel) Navy shore Intermediate Maintenance Activities (IMA). MP&T Coordinator duties
include:
a. Assist and advise the MO or AMO in the areas of manpower requirements, technical and
professional training, assignment of enlisted personnel, and human resources policies.
b. Make recommendations for improvements to processes affecting personnel performance
productivity, and career development.
c. Coordinate accomplishment of technical and professional training.
d. Coordinate with other activities and departments in matters related to personnel, TAD,
and training.
3.4.10 Maintenance Master Chief Petty Officer (MMCPO) (Navy)
The MMCPO serves as the Maintenance Department Master Chief. The MMCPO must have
NEC 724B and be designated in writing by the MO as the Maintenance Control Program
Coordinator (O-Level) or Production Control Program Coordinator (I-Level).
3.4.10.1 General Responsibilities
a. Advise the MO in all matters affecting department operations and personnel, including
recommendations for assignment of senior enlisted personnel (E-6, E-7, E-8) to billets
commensurate with their qualifications and expertise.
b. Assist the MMCO in planning aircraft and equipment maintenance, including scheduling
and forecasting future maintenance requirements based on operational tempo.
c. Direct Maintenance/Production Control production priorities.
d. Keep the MMCO advised of the material status of aircraft, engines and equipment, and
the progress of maintenance workload.
e. Assist with analyses of maintenance department metrics (Chapter 14).
f. Review inspection records, QA reports, and flight records to verify proper maintenance
procedures are followed.
g. Coordinate with supporting activities (IMA, Supply Department, Depot) to ensure
requirements are known and satisfied.
3-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. Review Aviation Maintenance Material Management (AV3M) summaries, MDS, and
NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS reports to monitor the use of personnel, equipment, and
facilities.
i. Monitor the maintenance of aircraft and equipment logs and records.
j. Monitor Life Limited Components and ensure life limits are not exceeded.
k. Coordinate pre-deployment planning for provisioning personnel, facilities, SE, and
services for the activity or activities.
l. Review active COMFRC FST AMEAs with QA to determine applicability to the
Maintenance Department.
3.4.10.2 (O-Level) MMCPOs
In addition to the responsibilities in 3.4.10.1, O-level MMCPOs will:
a. Manage the Safe for Flight (SFF) qualification program, to include screening candidates,
monitoring progress, and recommending designation to the CO, via the MO.
b. Coordinate follow-on training for Safe for Flight designated personnel to ensure they are
up-to-date on the latest procedures, to include new or changed instructions, publications,
Aviation Maintenance Advisories (AMA), and Hazard Reports (HAZREP).
c. Coordinate submission of I-level work requests.
d. Attend phase and calendar inspection planning meetings.
e. Control and monitor aircraft cannibalization.
f. Ensure FCFs are conducted when required.
g. Monitor Maintenance Control for accurate WO documentation.
h. Coordinate with QA on completing QAR level inspection requirements for major
scheduled maintenance, such as a Phase inspection, and unscheduled maintenance that requires
QAR level inspection, including maintenance requiring FCF.
i. Validate the NMCS/PMCS status listings on a daily basis.
3.4.10.3 (I-Level) MMCPOs
In addition to the responsibilities in 3.4.10.1, I-level MMCPOs will:
a. Manage the qualification process for enlisted production management personnel assigned
to Production Control, to include reviewing candidate qualifications, interviewing candidates,
monitoring qualification progress, and recommending designation to the MO via the MMCO.
b. Coordinate currency training for Production Control personnel to ensure personnel are up-
to-date on the latest procedures, for example, training on procedures in new or changed
instructions, publications, Aviation Maintenance Advisories (AMA), and Hazard Reports
(HAZREP).
c. If necessary to effectively control workload, establish satellite Production Control work
centers for Aircraft, Power Plants, Avionics, Weapons or Support Equipment divisions.
3-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Coordinate with MMCPOs of supported activities on production issues.
e. (Ashore IMAs) Coordinate D-level customer service support to the IMA.
f. Assist the MMCO in managing IMA Component Repair Review and Individual
Component Repair List (ICRL) Validation Procedures, per paragraph 10.20.
3.4.11 Aircraft Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps)
The Aircraft Maintenance Chief serves as the Maintenance Department Senior Non-
Commissioned Officer. The Aircraft Maintenance Chief is responsible to the CO for the core
qualifications and MOS professional development of all enlisted Marines assigned to the
Maintenance Department, and reports to the Aircraft Maintenance Officer (AMO) on all matters
affecting aviation maintenance, assists in directing, supervising, and coordinating all enlisted
personnel performing aircraft maintenance duties. The Aircraft Maintenance Chief must have
MOS 6019 and be designated in writing by the AMO as the Maintenance Control Program
Coordinator (O-Level) or Production Control Program Coordinator (I-Level).
a. Monitor the activity’s maintenance effort to ensure proper maintenance, administration,
and material handling procedures are exercised, directing particular attention to the detection and
removal of all administrative impediments to aircraft readiness.
b. (O-Level) Monitor Maintenance Control for accurate WO documentation.
c. Advise and assist the AMO by identifying maintenance program deficiencies, providing
training, and evaluating and supporting the objective of CPI.
d. Conduct both short and long range planning in support of Marine aviation and facilitate
technical support to provide information flow and assistance from Depots, Fleet Support Team
(FSTs), and other supporting activities.
e. Coordinate pre-deployment planning for provisioning personnel, facilities, SE, and
services for the activity or activities.
f. Monitor the Aviation Maintenance Training Program to ensure all required training
courses are routinely validated.
g. Analyze the mission accomplishment and core competency of the department using
reports provided by ALERTS, ASM, MDS, and NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS on a continuing
basis and provide analytical data (as required) to support the NAE maintenance core competency
readiness objectives.
h. Manage aviation maintenance manpower requirements to optimize the activity’s readiness
through the appropriate assignment of personnel based on experience and core competency.
i. Ensure the core competency requirement standards for aircraft T/M/S are validated and
coordinated with peer activities to ensure discrepancies within the baseline are reported to the
Readiness Leadership Team baseline managers and program managers via the MAG and MAW.
3.4.12 Division Chief
Division Chiefs assist the Division Officer in accomplishing the division’s mission.
3-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3.4.13 Work Center Supervisor
Work Center Supervisors are responsible to the Division or Branch Chief for the performance of
the work center in accomplishing the division’s mission. Work Center Supervisor
responsibilities for specific maintenance programs and processes are detailed throughout the
NAMP.
a. Manage workload per the priorities established by Maintenance Control (O-Level) or
Production Control (I-Level). Additionally, IMA Work Center Supervisors will review BMT
reports throughout the day to monitor accomplishment of workload priorities.
b. Direct CDIs upon receipt and transfer of aircraft, engines, components, SE, AWSE, and
ALSS to perform a physical verification of the item for TD configuration and notify Logs and
Records of current configuration
c. Keep Maintenance Control/Production Control current on workload status (In Work,
AWM, AWP, etc.) by ensuring the accuracy of work orders generated by their work center. At
the beginning and end of the work shift, work center supervisors will review the NALCOMIS
work center workload report for correct EOC and WUC/UNS coding per procedures of
paragraph 9.5.2.a and correct errors. Work orders will be screened for accuracy and
completeness (worker hours, EOC, WUC/UNS, QA and tool control requirements have been
met) before signing the work order supervisor field.
d. Immediately inform Maintenance/Production Control of any parts, equipment or
personnel problems that prevent accomplishing workload priorities.
e. Direct and supervise work center personnel.
f. Assign trainees to work under the direct supervision of qualified personnel.
g. Periodically monitor work-in-progress to verify compliance with NAMP requirements.
Ensure man-hours expended involving research and ordering parts are documented on the work
order per paragraph 15.3.8.2.c or paragraph 16.1.2.1 procedures.
h. Maintain custody and accountability of tools, equipment and facilities.
i. Keep assigned work center, hangar, and flight line spaces clean.
NOTES: 1. Personnel designated as the primary supervisor for an Organizational-level
work center must complete the Naval Aviation OMA Work Center Supervisor’s
Course (C-555-0045).
2. Personnel designated as the primary supervisor for an Intermediate-level
work center must complete the IMA Work Center Management Documentation
Procedures (Optimized) Course (C-555-0041).
3. I-level Work Center Supervisors (including designated Shift Supervisors)
must complete Buffer Management Tool (BMT) training with the AIRSpeed
Officer within 30 days of assignment to become familiar with the functions and
report options available in the BMT.
3-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level
O I
Servicing
Replacement of fluids: LOX. gaseous oxygen. Nitrogen in:
Aircraft and installed systems and components X
Removed systems and components X
Inspections
Daily. Turnaround. Special. Conditional. Inventory acceptance.
Transfer. Phase X
Functional sets (applicable to ejection seat systems and components) X
Functional sets (adjustments/alignments of installed
systems/components) X
Bench check. Functional test. Adjustment. Calibration. Alignment of
removed systems and components X
Preservation
Aircraft level I . II X
Support equipment X X
Repair
Remove/replace aircraft system(s)/components X X
Machine Operations
Drilling. Cutting. Grinding. Sawing. Dimpling. Riveting. Filing X
Metal and metal machine work (plate. Bar. Sheet. Tubing. Rod.
Wire. Cable). Shaping. Milling. Turning. Pressing. Forming.
Flaring. Bending. Punching. Shrinking. Stretching. Spinning.
Shearing. Swaging. Rolling. X
Additive Manufacturing
Remove and Replace X X
Manufacture X
Testing X X
3-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level Note
O I
Cable, Tube, and Rod Work (Controls)
Remove and replace x x 2
Manufacture, swage, and test cables x
3-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level Note
O I
Corrosion Treatment
Strip, treat, and paint aircraft surfaces and installed components x x 2
Strip, treat, and repaint removed surfaces and components (removed for other
than accessibility) x
3-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level Note
O I
Power Plant System and Components
Removal/Replacement of components (engine accessories, propellers,
rotors linkages, cables, common hardware (installed/uninstalled)) X X 1, 2
Minor repair of installed engines/APUs X X 1
Repair installed/uninstalled engines/APUs by replacement of
parts/components (disassembly as authorized for the specific engine
model) X X 1, 2
Perform installed engine/APU inspections per MRCs X X 1
Perform periodic inspections of engines/APUs normally installed X
Perform periodic inspections of engines normally uninstalled X
Repair of removed SEGTE and APUs X 2
Engine turn-up, functional test and adjustments X X
Preservation /depreservation of installed engines and APUs X X 1
Preservation/depreservation of uninstalled engines, APUs, and SEGTEs,
including canning/uncanning X
Assemble QECAs X
Gas turbine engine cleaning X X
Propeller/Rotary Wing Dynamic Drive Systems and Components
Remove/replace propeller, associated components, and common
hardware X X 1
Minor repair (blending of metal propeller blades and composite repair of
fiberglass blades per applicable publications) X X 1
Perform final buildup of quick change rotary wing dynamic drive
assemblies X X 1
Propeller assembly and disassembly X 3
Preservation/depreservation of removed /uninstalled propellers X X
De-icer boot replacement and propeller balancing (not applicable to
aircraft carriers) X
Buildup of quick change rotary wing dynamic drive assemblies X
3-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level Note
O I
Cartridges, Pyrotechnics, Cartridge Actuated Devices, and Propellant
Actuated Devices
Breakout, visual inspection x x
Install/replace in parent equipment x x
Aviation Life Support Systems
Servicing/purging of installed/removed systems/components x x
Inspections (daily, turnaround, special, conditional, inventory, phase,
acceptance, transfer) x x
Inspections (bench check, pressure test, visual, functional test, adjustment,
calibration of components, and proof load test (rescue sling)) x
Removal/replacement of systems/components/associated hardware x x 1
Repair of removed systems and components x 2
Machine operations (sewing, searing, embossing/stamping, fabrication,
pressing, recharging) x x
Repair of emergency reclamation ALSS components x
Corrosion control/treatment (strip, treat, paint, or repaint) x x
Manufacture of liquid oxygen and nitrogen x 2
Figure 3-3: ALSS and Cartridges, Cartridge Actuated Devices (CAD), and Propellant
Actuated Devices (PAD) Maintenance Function Applicability
3-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level Note
O I
Avionic SE
Operational check and test and routine servicing x x
Minor adjustment, removal and replacement of components and minor parts
(knobs, fuses, and light bulbs) x x
Exterior cleaning/preservation, minor corrosion control, and finish touch-up x x
Removal/replacement of major component parts, subassemblies, and modules x
Repair of components by replacement of parts (tubes, transistors, resistors) x
Bench test of components and calibration x
Non-Avionic SE
Pre- and post-operation and daily inspections, servicing x x
Cleaning/preservation, minor corrosion control, and finish touchup x x
Periodic inspections and maintenance x 1
Test and check, fault isolate, adjust, repair, remove, and replace components x
Cleaning, preservation, and corrosion control x x
Minor repair to frames, housings, bodies, fenders, and enclosures, including
welding and repainting x
Calibration of selected equipment and engine test stands, when standards are
provided x
Repair of installed SE Gas Turbine Engines (SEGTE) x 2
Repair and test of automotive components, including transmissions, axles,
differentials, suspension systems, brake drums and rotors, and replacement or
repair of diesel and internal combustion engine components, as well as wheel
alignment. x 3
Functional test of engines and accessories on a run-up stand x
Hydraulic system contamination control x
Hoisting slings and restraining devises classified as SE x 4
NOTES: 1. Deployed O-Level units without IMA support may perform limited I-Level
scheduled maintenance of SE, if conditions of paragraph 3.1.2.6.c are met.
2. I-Level activities assigned SEGTE repair functions per NAVAIR NOTE 4700.
3. Inspected, tested, and maintained Per NAVAIR 17-1-114.1.
3-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. IMA performs full I-level maintenance in all functions for tenant
activity aircraft.
2. IMA performs limited I-level maintenance in all functions for tenant activity
aircraft.
3. IMA performs limited I-level maintenance in selected functions for tenant
activity aircraft and aircraft on detachment.
4. IMA performs limited I-level SE maintenance and tire and wheel build-up for
aircraft on detachment.
5. AIMD Sigonella provides limited SE support for line operations at
NAVSUPPACT Souda Bay and Camp Lemonier, Djibouti.
6. Authorized to operate, maintain, and perform limited D-level maintenance
functions on oxygen and nitrogen generating equipment.
7. Permanently-sited Depot services for Phased Depot Maintenance and Depot
modifications, with support by the aircraft reporting custodian.
8. Permanently-sited Depot In-Service Repair capability.
9. Depot Fleet Readiness Center.
10. Station aircraft support only.
Figure 3-6: Types of Maintenance Activities at Shore Air Fields, Navy
3-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 3-7: Types of Maintenance Activities at Shore Air Fields, Marine Corps
3-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Activity Level
O I Note
CVN (Aircraft Carrier Nuclear) x x 1, 2, 3
LHA (Amphibious Assault Ship (General Purpose)) x x 1, 2, 3
LHD (Amphibious Assault Ship) x x 1, 2, 3
LPD (Amphibious Transport Dock) x x 4
Other Aviation Capable Ships x 5
NOTES: 1. Ship provides O-level and I-level maintenance facilities for use by embarked
aviation units; provides and maintains custody coded (P and E) SE, other than
organizational property, for use by embarked aviation units; and provides I-level
support and O-level maintenance material to embarked aviation units.
2. AIMD responsible for I-level maintenance of crash salvage equipment, flight
and hangar deck cleaning and maintenance equipment.
3. Weapons department responsible for test, repair, calibration, and
maintenance of air launched guided missiles and associated missile test
equipment per OPNAV M-8000.16.
4. LPDs provide and maintain items of SE in support of embarked aviation units.
I-level maintenance is limited to troubleshooting and replacing minor
components, for example, starters, switches, belts, tires and wheels, and corrosion
control. The Strike Group LHA or LHD is the responsible custodian of all SE
subcustody to LPDs, and is responsible for I-Level maintenance beyond the
capability of LPDs.
5. Ship is responsible for O-level maintenance and inventory management of
assigned SE per directives published by the aviation TYCOM. I-level SE
maintenance provided by IMAs designated by COMNAVAIRFOR N423B. D-
level SE rework scheduled through COMNAVAIRFOR N423B.
3-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Activity Level Note
O I
HSC (Helicopter Sea Combat Squadron) X X 1
HM (Helicopter Mine Countermeasures Squadron) X X 1
HSM (Helicopter Maritime Strike Squadron) X
HT (Helicopter Training Squadron) X
VAQ (Tactical Electronic Warfare Squadron) X X 1
VAW (Carrier Airborne Early Warning Squadron) X
VFA (Fighter/Attack Squadron) X
VFC (Fighter Squadron Composite) X
VP ( Patrol Squadron) X X 1
VPU ( Patrol Squadron Special Unit) X
VR (Fleet Logistics Support Squadron) X
VRC (Fleet Tactical Support Squadron X X 1
VRM (Fleet Logistics Multi-Mission) X
VQ (Fleet Air Reconnaissance Squadron) X X 1
VT (Training Squadron) X
VX (Air Development Squadron) X X 1
3-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Activity Level Note
O I
HMH (Marine Heavy Helicopter Squadron) X
HMLA (Marine Light Attack Helicopter Squadron) X
HMLAT (Marine Light Attack Helicopter Training
Squadron) X
HMM (Marine Medium Helicopter Squadron) X
HMMT (Marine Medium Helicopter Training Squadron) X
HMT (Marine Heavy Helicopter Training Squadron) X
HMX (Marine Presidential Support Squadron) X X 1
Marine Air Traffic Control Detachment (MATCD) X X 2
MALS (Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron) X X 3
MWSS (Marine Wing Support Squadron) X X 4
VMA (Marine Attack Squadron) X X 5
VMAQ (Marine Tactical Electronics Warfare Squadron) X X 5
VMAT (Marine Attack Training Training Squadron) X
VMFA (Marine Fighter Attack Squadron) X
VMFA (AW) (Marine Fighter Attack (All Weather)
Squadron) X
VMFAT (Marine Fighter Attack Training Squadron) X
VMGR (Marine Aerial Refueler Transport Squadron) X
VNM (Marine Medium Tiltrotor Squadron) X
VMMT (Marine Medium Tiltrotor Training Squadron) X
VMU (Marine Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Squadron) X
VMX (Marine Tiltrotor Test and Evaluation Squadron) X
3-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Activity Level Note
O I D
Naval Air Technical Training Center (NATTC) Pensacola x 1
Marine Air Reserve x x 2
Naval Air Reserve x x 2
Figure 3-11: Assigned Levels of Maintenance, Naval Air Training Activities and Marine
Air Reserve Squadrons and Units
3-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. I-level maintenance support provided by the IMA on the station or ship from
which the activity operates, or an IMA designated by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM or
ACC.
2. Maintenance on simulators assigned to naval recruiting districts is performed by
individually contracted fixed base operators and conforms to FAA standards using
Navy inspection criteria.
3. May be authorized to perform limited I-level maintenance on NWEF equipment,
including tire and wheel buildup, engine buildup, and avionics maintenance.
4. Authorized to perform I-level maintenance on TSC equipment if supporting IMA
capability does not exist.
5. Authorized to perform I-level maintenance on aviation training device unique
equipment. CENNAVAVNTECHTRAU, at an NAS, will receive support for
aircraft common equipment (modified or unmodified) by the NAS IMA where it is
located. When located aboard an MCAS, the CENNAVAVNTECHTRAU will be
provided support for aircraft common systems or equipment (modified or
unmodified) by the nearest MALS supporting that aircraft or equipment.
3-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
MAINTENANCE/ MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
QUALITY ASSURANCE MATERIAL MASTER CHIEF
ADMINISTRATION
CONTROL OFFICER PETTY OFFICER
MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL CONTROL
CONTROL
LINE
UAS DIVISION AIRCRAFT DIVISION AVIONICS/ARMAMENT DIVISION
DIVISION
AVIATION LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS BRANCH RECONNAISSANCE/PHOTO BRANCH SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BRANCH
3-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/MATERIAL MAINTENANCE
QUALITY ASSURANCE
CONTROL OFFICER (NOTE) ADMINISTRATION
MAINTENANCE/MATERIAL
TOOL CONTROL
CONTROL
COMMUNICATION/
AIRFRAMES POWER LINE
NAVIGATION RADAR
EGRESS/ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS
3-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL CONTROL MAINTENANCE CONTROL QUALITY ASSURANCE
ADMINISTRATION
AVIATION
AIRCRAFT AVIONICS LINE LIFE AIRCRAFT AVIONICS LINE
DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION SUPPORT DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION
SYSTEMS
COMMUNI- COMMUNI-
POWER PLANE POWER PLANE
CATION/ ORDNANCE CATION/
PLANTS CAPTAIN PLANTS CAPTAIN
NAVIGATION NAVIGATION
AIRCREW AIRCREW
PERSONAL PERSONAL
FIRE FIRE
EGRESS EGRESS
CONTROL CONTROL
ENVIRON- ENVIRON-
MENTAL MENTAL
3-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
300 DIVISION
POWER PLANTS
AIRFRAMES
AVIONICS
LINE
ARMAMENT
Figure 3-16: Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) and Detachments Operating Four
or Less Aircraft Standard Organization
3-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AMCM SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
AMCM SYSTEMS
ASSISTANT MAINTENANCE
OFFICER
QUALITY MAINTENANCE
ASSURANCE ADMIN
MAINTENANCE/MATERIAL
CONTROL OFFICER
WC 05M WC 02M
3-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER/
FRC EQUIVALENT
ASSISTANT
MAINTENANCE OFFICER/
FRC EQUIVALENT
POWER SUPPORT
ARMAMENT SUPPORT
PLANTS SERVICES
EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
(NOTE 4)
Breakdown beyond the basic divisions is not provided because of the variety of possible
branches and shops. Activities will establish branches based on their assigned maintenance
functions. Branches will be established only when there is more than one work center
involved, for example, Jet Engine Repair Branch (410) with T64 Engine Repair Shop (41N)
and T700 Engine Repair Shop (41R).
NOTES: 1. Direct authority for production matters only.
2. Authorized for activities with more than 500 personnel (including TAD
personnel).
3. Organizational Maintenance Division (OMD) will be established only if
specifically authorized to combine the OMD and IMA.
4. This is an optional division for general support services, for example IMRL
management, as determined necessary by the MO.
Figure 3-18: Shore Based Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department and I-Level
Fleet Readiness Center Standard Organization
3-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
ASSISTANT
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
Figure 3-19: CVN and L-Class Ship Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department
Standard Organization
3-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
ASSISTANT
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
Breakdowns beyond the basic divisions are not illustrated because of the variety of branches
possible. Activities will establish branches based on their assigned maintenance functions, for
example, Power Plants Division (400) with Jet Engine Branch (41) with T700 Engine Repair
Shop.
3-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 4
Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS)
Maintenance, Ordnance, Supply Activity Organization, and
Information Management Support
Table of Contents
4-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 4
Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS)
Maintenance, Ordnance, Supply Activity Organization, and
Information Management Support
4-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
k. Monitor MAG squadrons to ensure active and effective Quality Assurance (QA) monitoring
programs exist.
l. Monitor MAG squadrons to ensure correct maintenance, administration, and material
handling procedures are used, directing particular attention to the detection and removal of all
administrative impediments to aircraft readiness.
m. Perform joint aircraft inspections periodically with squadron maintenance officers.
n. Assist squadrons in obtaining engineering technical assistance.
o. Coordinate, as required, with other staff organizations to ensure maintenance facility
requirements for both MALS and the O-level are updated and submitted as required.
p. Coordinate with the MAG S-4, the assignment of aircraft parking spaces within the MAG.
q. Ensure an aggressive and effective management program is in place to control
cannibalization of aeronautical equipment. To the maximum extent possible, ensure selective
cannibalization actions are planned to prevent aircraft from being in a nonflyable status for more
than 30 consecutive days.
r. Ensure inter-MALS liaison is maintained for repair of components in the secondary repair site
program.
s. Coordinate D-level drive-in or field modifications of assigned aircraft.
t. Establish procedures for monitoring component repair capability, to include conducting
Component Repair Reviews per paragraph 10.20.
u. Conduct frequent meetings, chaired by the Maintenance Officer (MO) and co-chaired by the
Aviation Supply Officer (AVNSUPO), with supported units to ensure optimum communication and
coordination.
v. Analyze the mission accomplishment and capabilities of the department using reports
provided by the Maintenance Data Systems (MDS) and Navy Tactical Command Support System
(NTCSS) Optimized Naval Aviation Logistics Command Information System (NALCOMIS), and
Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS) on a continuing basis.
w. Ensure the Configuration Management (CM) baselines for aircraft Type/Model/Series
(T/M/S) are validated and coordinated with subordinate activities so that discrepancies within the
baseline are reported to the Type Commander (TYCOM) and COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Baseline
Managers/Program Managers via the MAG and MAW.
x. Generate supplemental instructions for the non-Naval Aviation Maintenance Program
Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOP) programs and processes when required.
4.2 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Aircraft Maintenance Officer (MO)
4-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The MO is responsible to the MALS CO for the accomplishment of the Aircraft Maintenance
Department mission. Responsibilities include:
a. Ensure adequate maintenance support is provided to the subordinate units of the MAG by
interpreting and implementing aircraft maintenance policies and procedures for the MAG.
b. Conduct inspections and assistance reviews on all aspects of aviation maintenance within the
MALS and subordinate units of the MAG.
c. Be responsible for the performance and administration of the Maintenance Department and
advise the MALS CO on readiness, effectiveness, and ongoing or planned projects within the MAG.
d. Maintain liaison with external supporting maintenance activities and higher headquarters
staff to ensure MAG requirements are known and satisfied. In addition, the MO provides direction
to the individual squadrons within the MAG on maintenance operations as they relate to readiness.
e. Be the Military Occupational Specialty (MOS) sponsor for all maintenance personnel (MOS
60XX/61XX) within the MAG and coordinates with and advises the MAG Consolidation
Administration to make personnel assignments (officers and enlisted) to best support operational
commitments.
f. Administer IMA Maintenance Department Operations
(1) Employ sound management practices in handling personnel, facilities, material, and in
work flow methods to ensure redundancy of component repair capabilities within an IMA are
avoided wherever possible, unless MALSP requirements necessitate it to support contingencies.
(2) Define and delegate responsibilities, and define and assign functions and operations per
existing directives.
(3) Organize the department, submit recommendations and initiate change requests relative
to personnel, facilities, and equipment required to accomplish assigned tasks.
(4) Ensure the accomplishment of training for both permanent and TAD personnel.
(5) Continually analyze the mission accomplishments and capabilities of the department,
using reports provided by the MDS, NALCOMIS, NIIN Analysis Tool (NAT), and Buffer
Management Tool (BMT).
(6) Ensure full and effective employment of personnel.
(7) Ensure the production in the Maintenance Department and in satellite production work
centers is the proper quality and quantity.
(8) Maintain liaison with other department heads, representatives of higher authority, and
other maintenance organizations.
(9) Publish and ensure internal compliance with maintenance, safety, and security
procedures to ensure optimum performance is achieved.
4-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
professional personnel development. The management of the MALS Avionics Department is the
responsibility of the MALS Avionics Officer (AVO). This is accomplished by interpreting and
implementing avionics policies and procedures for the MALS commander.
4.3.1.1 All maintenance and support of MALS and supporting activities, to include avionics
equipment, Weapons Replaceable Assemblies (WRA), Shop Replaceable Assemblies (SRA), SE,
and Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), will be performed by personnel
assigned within the Avionics Division. These functions encompass programs, equipment, and
support for activities both internal and, on occasion, external to the MAG.
4.3.1.2 The Avionics Department is responsible to the MO, who has the overall responsibility for
the production effort within the MALS, for matters dealing with the scheduling, prioritization, and
production of avionics equipment.
4.3.2 Branches
An Avionics Department (Figure 4-1) exists within each MALS and consists of functional branches.
The department will be comprised of an Avionics Branch, Precision Measuring Equipment (PME)
Branch, and various production branches necessary to support flying squadrons of a MAG. Each
branch is responsible for the maintenance of its respective avionics equipment, the welfare of their
personnel, an accurate accountability of work center IMRL assets, and individual branch security.
4.3.2.1 The Avionics Branch is responsible for overall division administrative duties, as well as I-
level maintenance on avionics equipment. Depending upon the type of aircraft supported, the
Avionics Branch may contain up to five work centers; Communications/Navigation,
Electrical/Instrument Repair, Automatic Test Equipment (ATE), Electronic Warfare, and Radar.
4.3.2.2 The TMDE branch contains the calibration and repair work centers responsible for I-level
maintenance on MAG and MALS IMRL equipment.
4.4 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Avionics Officer (AVO)
The AVO manages the MALS Avionics Division and is responsible to the MALS MO for the
accomplishment of the division mission. Responsibilities include:
a. Interpret and implement avionics policies and procedures for the CO.
b. Be responsible for the performance of the Avionics Division and the technical and
administrative functions that require specialized avionics training and experience.
c. Advise the MO on avionics matters relating to readiness, effectiveness, training requirements,
safety, calibration requirements, and ongoing and planned projects within the Avionics Division.
d. Sponsor all avionics MOSs (63XX/64XX) within the MAG and will coordinate with, and
advise, the MALS S-1 in all personnel assignments or reassignments to best support the MAGs
operational commitments.
4-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Maintain liaison with the supporting and supported maintenance activities and staff to ensure
avionics requirements pertinent to the MAG and MALS are known and satisfied. The AVO also
maintains liaison with each squadron within the MAG and provides guidance on avionics operations
as they relate to readiness.
f. Administer the Avionics Division operations.
g. Act with team-oriented professionalism under the cognizance of the MALS MO for the
accomplishment of delegated executive tasks and for the continuous improvement of the Avionics
Division.
h. Provide the necessary leadership, technical guidance, and personnel management within the
Avionics Division; establish the most effective and economical procedures to accomplish assigned
tasks; employ available resources to maximum potential within the guidelines of this instruction and
Marine Corps policy directives; and develop performance measurement criteria to facilitate program
monitoring and review processes.
i. Increase the potential of assigned personnel through technical and professional training,
delegate/assign responsibilities within the division to achieve continuing success through qualified
independent action, and provide the professional counseling and performance evaluation processes
that will encourage subordinates to exercise their full technical and professional capacity.
j. Analyze the mission accomplishment and capabilities of the Avionics Division using reports
provided by the MDS and NALCOMIS, ensuring full and effective employment of personnel, and
ensure the production of the Avionics Division is of the proper quality and quantity.
k. Monitor squadrons within the MAG to ensure correct avionics maintenance, administration,
and material handling procedures are used, directing particular attention to the detection and
removal of all administrative impediments to avionics readiness.
l. Act as the central point of contact for avionics matters concerning policy, personnel
assignments, training, support of avionics WRAs, and SE within the MAG or MALS. Maintain
coordinating control of avionics maintenance performed by, and in support of, squadrons and units
under the cognizance of the MAG.
m. Publish MAG and MALS instructions which highlight concepts and policies for the best
conduct of avionics support.
n. Establish MAG and MALS training programs to optimize avionics capability at both the O-
level and I-level and evaluate training programs for their ability to meet future requirements.
o. Coordinate all avionics personnel assignments with the MAG S-1 to ensure the maximization
of experience in support of operational requirements.
p. Publish and ensure internal compliance with maintenance, avionics, safety, and security
procedures to ensure optimum performance is achieved.
q. Schedule and hold periodic planning and information meetings.
4-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
r. Establish an effective technical manual and directive verification and validation program.
s. Provide applicable inputs to the MALS MO regarding avionics requirements for deployments
and contingencies, including Aviation Logistic Support Ships and Maritime Preposition Ship
employment.
t. Maintain liaison between MALS MO, Aviation Supply Division, supported squadrons,
external commands, and activities in connection with avionics matters.
u. Manage the MAG Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) and Aircraft Survivability Equipment
Program. The AVO will coordinate with the MAG S-3 to provide controlled Electronic
Countermeasures (ECM), defensive ECM, and aircraft survivability equipment assets consistent
with availability and mission requirements and will manage and report assets per current directives.
v. Manage the MAG Mobile Facility (MF) Program, to include MF support for all divisions
within the MALS, deployed and deploying units, and other supported units with MF requirements.
w. Manage the MAG Reflectometry Testing Program.
x. Manage other controlled avionics systems not provided on a fully outfitted basis which must
be shared by supported activities.
y. Coordinate predeployment planning with the MALS MO for the provisioning of avionics
personnel, facilities, SE, materials, and services for the squadrons.
z. Screen squadron avionics material to ensure only material considered essential to support the
specific deployment is embarked, and that consolidation of squadron avionics requirements are
made wherever possible.
aa. Screen appropriate IMRL and allowance lists to ensure ATE is tailored to the type aircraft
being deployed and it is made available in Ready for Issue (RFI) status.
ab. Ensure all deploying squadron avionics milestones are accomplished and documented.
ac. Assist squadrons in obtaining avionics engineering and technical service personnel.
ad. Manage an aggressive program to control cannibalization of avionics equipment.
ae. Ensure the proper use and continual evaluation of NALCOMIS.
af. Manage all avionics security requirements, to include the control of classified material,
documents, and security access of personnel.
ag. Ensure personnel comply with command and local directives relating to professional
military education and MOS proficiency attainment through formal and informal technical and
follow-on training.
4.5 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Aviation Ordnance Department
4-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The function of the MALS Aviation Ordnance Department (Figure 4-2) is to provide the MAG with
logistical and management support of Class V (A) ordnance, Aircraft Armament System (AAS), and
Armament Weapons Support Equipment (AWSE). This is done by interpreting and implementing
the ordnance policies and procedures for the MAG. Responsibilities include:
a. Ensure compliance with the policies, procedures, and responsibilities per this instruction.
b. Define responsibilities and assign functions within the Ordnance Department using existing
directives.
c. Ensure the management and coordination of the Noncombat Expenditure Requirement
(NCER) and Noncombat Expenditure Allowance (NCEA).
d. Ensure proper logistical support and storage requirements for prepositioned war reserve
material requirements assets are identified, to include build up and delivery of Class V (A),
ammunition stock points, advanced bases, and forward area refueling and rearming points.
e. Ensure the accomplishment of training for all assigned personnel.
f. Ensure assigned personnel are qualified, certified, and licensed to perform department
missions.
g. Manage the MAGs Ordnance Safety Program and ensure explosive safety policies and
procedures are issued as required. Ensure MAG compliance with the Qualification and Certification
Program.
h. Comply with the policies and procedures of OPNAV M-8000.16 series, OPNAVINST
5102.1/MCO P5102.1 series, and 10.9 when preparing Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR),
Conventional Ordnance Deficiency Report (CODR), Explosive Event Report (EER), Explosive
Mishap Report (EMR), Technical Publication Discrepancy Report (TPDR)s, and Engineering
Investigation (EI) requests.
i. Ensure Class V (A) material is managed per the current NAVSUP Publication 724 and other
related directives.
j. Establish and monitor the Handling, Qualification, and Certification Program for Non-
Nuclear Aviation Ordnance and Non-Nuclear Explosive Devices for the MALS.
k. Establish and maintain a satellite Production Control Work Center.
l. Analyze department production and readiness using reports provided by the MDS.
m. Ensure satellite production efforts support Maintenance Department goals, objectives, and
standards.
n. Publish a Monthly Maintenance and Training Plan for the maintenance of airborne weapons,
training assets, AWSE, AAS, and formal in-Service training of Aviation Ordnancemen.
4-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
o. Ensure all maintenance performed on the AAS pool and AWSE is per the standards and
guidelines established by the MALS Maintenance Department. Maintain all CM ALSs, for
example, Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR), Scheduled Removal Component (SRC),
Tracked Component Record (TCR), and Equipment History Record (EHR).
p. Provide information or data concerning manpower, equipment, Class V (A) material, and
facilities to appropriate authorities.
q. Establish a verification program for technical manuals and directives maintained by the
Maintenance Department.
r. Establish an AAS pool per MAW and ACC/TYCOM directives.
s. Ensure the Fleet Optical Scanning Ammunition Marking System and Standardized
Conventional Ammunition Automated Inventory Record are used to manage Class V(A).
t. Monitor and coordinate nonexpendable aviation ordnance support provided by the MALSP.
u. Ensure the department maintains the capability to operate from advanced bases and forward
area refueling and rearming point sites.
v. Coordinate predeployment planning for ordnance personnel, facilities, SE, ordnance
materials, and services to support squadrons in accordance with (IAW) NAVSEA OP5 VOL III.
w. Screen squadron material requests and the availability of Class V (A) assets to ensure only
material considered essential is embarked.
x. Screen appropriate IMRL allowances to ensure the IMRLs are tailored to support the quantity
and type aircraft assigned to deploying squadrons within the MAG.
y. Ensure appropriate levels of support are identified in the time phased force deployment
database.
4.6 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Aviation Ordnance Officer (ORDO)
4.6.1 ORDO Responsibilities
The ORDO is responsible to the MAG and MALS CO for the accomplishment of the Aviation
Ordnance Department mission. Responsibilities include:
a. Ensure ammunition magazines and lockers are properly maintained and safe handling
procedures are established for all ordnance items stowed.
b. Administer and ensure compliance with the Non-Nuclear Ordnance Explosive Handling
Qualification and Certification Program.
c. Coordinate with assigned aviation unit commanders or their representatives to determine
type, quantity, and allowances of ordnance required to support the unit’s missions.
4-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Administer the NCEA, submit required documentation and reports, and monitor expenditures
of Class V (A) within the MAG.
e. Be responsible for inventory control and accounting for Class V(A) related material within
the MAG.
f. Administer the Aviation Ordnance Department's operations.
g. Maintain liaison with the MAW Ordnance Officer, MAG S-3, and Squadron Ordnance
Officers on NCEA, NCER, and Class V (A) availability and compatibility issues.
h. Organize the department, initiate requests, and recommend changes concerning personnel,
facilities, and equipment.
i. Conduct liaison with MALS MO, AVNSUPO, S-3, and S-4 to ensure production and
operational goals are accomplished.
j. Ensure effective employment of aviation ordnance personnel throughout the MAG and make
personnel assignment recommendations to MAG S-1 after considering requirements for arm and de-
arm, loading, weapons, assembly teams, safety factors, grade structure, maturity, and experience
levels.
k. Publish appropriate airborne weapons maintenance, safety, security, and munitions
management procedures.
l. Ensure a 65XX MOS training program exists to support the MAG spectrum of ordnance and
weapons.
m. Ensure proper documentation of weapons support man-hours are captured through
NALCOMIS.
4.6.2 Ordnance Safety Officer (ORDSO) Responsibilities
The MALS ORDO is also designated as ORDSO and is responsible for aviation ordnance safety for
the entire MAG. Responsibilities include:
a. Be familiar with all instructions promulgating explosive safety regulations.
b. Advise the CO, department/division heads, and other personnel in all matters relating to
explosive safety. The ORDSO has no authority to waive or alter safety regulations nor will the
ORDSO permit violation of regulations by others.
c. Act positively to eliminate any hazardous operations and monitor all evolutions.
d. Ensure Class V (A) safety procedures, regulations, check lists, and other appropriate
publications are understood and complied with during all evolutions.
e. Ensure active and effective ordnance QA and safety programs exist.
4-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Conduct periodic safety visits throughout the MAG and host ordnance safety meetings with all
ordnance personnel within the MAG.
g. Ensure the use of the qualification and certification criteria of Marine Corps Order (MCO)
8023.3.
4.7 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Aviation Supply Department (ASD)
4.7.1 MALS ASD Management Responsibilities
The management of the MALS ASD is the responsibility of the AVNSUPO. Procedures established
here apply to the support of Navy-funded aviation SE assigned to Marine Air Traffic Control
Detachments (MATCD) and Marine Wing Support Squadrons (MWSS). All aviation material
requirements are submitted to ASD. The ASD executes all functions dealing with the inventory,
storage, and management of Navy provided material.
NOTE: Detailed functions of the ASD and various subcomponents are identified in MCO
P4400.177, along with the procedures to be followed to satisfy those responsibilities.
4.7.2 ASD Functions
The ASD staff functions include, but are not limited to, the direct responsibilities listed in paragraph
4.7.3.
4.7.3 ASD Physical Location and Hours
An ASD exists within each MALS (Figure 4-3). The physical location of the divisions within the
ASD can vary depending upon local situations. However, preferred locations are adjacent to the
IMA. The hours of operation will be consistent with the operating hours of supported organizations.
Functional divisions comprise an ASD.
4.7.4 Supply Response Division (SRD)
The SRD is responsible for the initial screening and technical research of all requisitions assigned
by NALCOMIS as Off for Technical Research (OFFTR) or Off for Validation (OFVAL) local
status code. The SRD will refer consumable requisitions that cannot be filled from Supply Officer
Stores to the appropriate supply point of entry. Additionally, the SRD is responsible for the
reconciliation and monitoring of all outstanding Direct Turn Over (DTO) requisitions except for
custodial, Pre-Expended Bin (PEB), and service market items. The SRD consists of two branches:
a. The Technical Research Branch is responsible for the initial screening and technical research
of all requisitions assigned an OFFTR or OFVAL local status code.
b. The Expeditor Reconciliation Branch is responsible for the internal and external
reconciliation, monitoring, and expediting of all DTO requisitions.
4-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: The receipt, issue, storage, and inventory procedures are the same for all repairables.
d. The Awaiting Parts Branch is responsible for storage and management of repairable
components awaiting repair parts.
e. The Supply Shipping Branch is responsible for packaging and shipping all aeronautical-
related components and equipment.
4.7.7 Supply Accounting Division (SAD)
The SAD is responsible for all tasks related to maintaining and reporting the financial accounts
granted to the ASD. The SAD consists of two branches:
a. The End Use Branch is responsible for maintaining and reporting all end use accounts
allocated to the ASD. This branch is divided by Operating Target (OPTAR) (funding).
b. The Stock Fund Branch is responsible for reporting transactions which affect the Navy
Working Capital Fund (NWCF) Special Accounting Class 207 (SAC 207) inventory. Additionally,
it is responsible for verifying the financial processing of all transactions processed by the MALS.
4.7.8 Squadron Support Division (SSD)
The SSD is responsible for receiving, processing, and monitoring all requirements for aeronautical
related custodial material and for maintaining custody records for all organizational allowances.
The SSD consists of two branches:
a. The Customer Assistance Branch is responsible for receiving, processing, and monitoring all
requirements for aeronautical-related custodial material.
b. The Custody Records Branch is responsible for maintaining the custody record cards for all
organizational allowance material, such as IMRL, Table of Basic Allowances (TBA), Consolidated
Allowance List (COSAL), Controlled Equipage listed in the NAVAIR 00-35QH-2 (Section H), and
Maintenance Assist Module (MAM)/Test Bench Installations. This branch is also responsible for
formulation of the quarterly and annual budgets as well as the midyear budget review for all
custodial material.
4.7.9 Supply Management Division (SMD)
The SMD is composed of the most knowledgeable and experienced aviation supply personnel
responsible for monitoring the overall Supply Department operation, technical training, and Marine
Aviation Logistics Support Program (MALSP) allowances and pack-ups (as they pertain to
deployed and contingency operations). The SMD consists of two branches:
a. The Audit Branch monitors all supply functions within the ASD to ensure compliance with
authorized procedures and achievement of established goals.
b. The MALSP Support Branch is responsible for validating and loading MALSP allowances
and monitoring pack-ups.
4-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Evaluation (DECKPLATE) Aircraft Inventory and Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS) and
DECKPLATE Engine Management within the cognizant MAG.
(2) MALS MDS Chiefs will ensure accuracy and timeliness of XRAY submission by
squadrons and initiate corrective action on discrepancies within their cognizant MAG and
geographical location. Additionally, the MALS MDS Chief will validate the status and any status
updates daily within AMSRR.
e. Provide professional and performance counseling within the MAG and geographical location
that will encourage subordinates to exercise their full technical and professional capacity.
f. Increase the potential of assigned personnel through technical and professional training by
scheduling and conducting weekly training for all Maintenance Data Specialist personnel (MOS
6046/6049) within the MALS. The MDS Chief will conduct training for all MDS personnel (MOS
6046/6049) within MAG and geographical location twice a month.
NOTE: The MDS Chief will ensure a training program exists to support the MAG spectrum
of MDS, SA, MDBA, and analyst responsibilities with the current 6046/6049 Training
and Readiness Advance Skills Management (ASM) tasks.
g. Develop an understanding of all Configuration Management (CM) concepts and its
applications to database and baseline management. Ensure that all MAG and geographical location
have the required qualified “C” School trained personnel (Course C555-2018 (O-level) or C555-
2017 (I-level)) to perform SA, MDBA, and Analysis to include CM Auto Log Sets (ALS) duties.
NOTE: The MDS Chief will coordinate with the MDS Chief at the respective Marine Aircraft
Wing (MAW) for all “C” School class seat assignments.
h. Validate with unscheduled and scheduled inspections to include all monitored and managed
programs are maintained per guidelines and instruction within the cognizant MAG and geographical
location.
i. Validate all MAG and MALS instructions, which highlight concepts and policies for
procedures and conduct of MDS, SA, MDBA, and analyst responsibilities.
j. Oversee ASM progression and documentation of all MDS (MOS 6046/6049) within the MAG
and geographical location.
(1) Validate ASM task assignments are correctly administrated based on the Marines billet
and duty assignment.
(2) Administer practical application testing to Marines nominated for Aircraft Logbook
(Paper) and CM ALS signature authority.
(3) Verify Quality Assurance administrated testing within the MAG is being strictly
complied with.
4-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Verify assigned external roles within ASM in order to facilitate the routing of ASM
Aircraft Logbook (Paper) and CM ALS signature request for recommendation.
(5) Validate Marines authorized Aircraft Logbook (Paper) and CM ALS signature authority
has completed the required ASM test requirements and assigned within ASM.
k. Coordinate deployment planning with MAG, MALS AMO, and MAW MDS Chief to ensure
timely compliance of deployment milestones.
NOTE: The MALS MDS Chief will verify all milestones adhering within the time constraints.
This includes SA, MDBA, and analyst responsibilities are completed within all MAG
supported squadrons.
4.11 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) AIRSpeed Department
The function of the MALS AIRSpeed Department is to provide the MAG with CPI support and
training. MALS AIRSpeed Officer (AIRSO) Responsibilities:
a. The AIRSO is responsible to the MAG and MALS CO for the accomplishment of the
AIRSpeed Department mission.
b. Provide monthly AIRSpeed CPI progress reports to MAG and MALS COs.
c. Develop, facilitate, and monitor implementation of the Enterprise Project Alignment Tool
that supports organizational goals.
d. Use AIRSpeed CPI analysis tools to identify, prioritize, and evaluate high impact
improvement opportunities.
e. Execute focused Lean Six Sigma (LSS)/Theory of Constraints (TOC) projects and events
aligned with organizational goals to improve and standardize processes that have a significant
impact on operational readiness, cost, man-hour commitment, or inventory.
f. Liaise with MAG Squadrons and MALS Department heads to ensure AIRSpeed CPI
implementation goals are achieved and the removal of intra-departmental barriers that prevent
successful completion of projects and events.
g. Monitor completed projects to confirm improvements are implemented and sustained by the
process owner.
h. Update AIRSpeed Design Documentation, SOPs and Plan of Action and Milestones
(POA&M) to reflect changes made during process improvement events.
i. Verify all AIRSpeed CPI projects and supporting documentation are recorded in CPIMS
within 15 days of tollgate review or event completion.
j. Manage MAG CPI training, qualifications and succession plans.
k. Verify appropriate AIRSpeed CPI training is completed per paragraph 10.36.3 within 6
months of check in.
4-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
l. Check Advanced Skills Management (ASM) and CPIMS or equivalents are updated with CPI
training and certifications.
m. Attend all tollgate reviews for CPI projects conducted within the MAG.
4-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AVIONICS
DEPARTMENT
AVIONICS PME
BRANCH BRANCH
4-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AVIATION SUPPLY
OFFICER
ASSISTANT
AVIATION SUPPLY
OFFICER AVIATION SUPPLY
CHIEF
SUPPLY
SUPPLY SUPPLY REPAIRABLES SUPPLY CONSUMABLES SQUADRON DATA
PERSONNEL
ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT RESPONSE MANAGEMENT SUPPORT PROCESSING
AND
DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION DIVISION
ADMIN-
ISTRATIVE
DIVISION
SYSTEMS
SUPPLY END USE MALSP REPAIRABLES EXPEDITOR CONSUMABLES CUSTODY
ADMINISTRATION
ADMINISTRATIVE BRANCH SUPPORT DELIVERY RECONCILIATION DELIVERY RECORDS
MANAGEMENT
BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH
BRANCH
AWAITING CONSUMABLES
PARTS CONTROL
BRANCH BRANCH
SUPPLY PRE-EXPENDED
SHIPPING BRANCH
BRANCH
REPAIRABLES CONSUMABLES
STORAGE STORAGE
BRANCH BRANCH
4-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 5
O-level Maintenance Control; I-level Production Control;
Aircraft, Engine, and Equipment Inspection;
Aircraft Acceptance, Transfer, and Ferry
Table of Contents
5-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 5
5-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Complete the Wing mandated Job Qualification Requirement (JQR) for Maintenance Control
and certifying the applicable T/M/S aircraft SFF, prior to being designated to certify aircraft SFF
(paragraph 5.1.6.1).
NOTE: Maintenance Control trainees will be considered Under Instruction (UI). All actions
undertaken by trainees must be monitored and are the responsibility of designated
Safe for Flight personnel (paragraph 5.1.2.1).
5.1.2.2 Support Personnel
Maintenance Control support personnel are those personnel assigned to Maintenance Control that
are responsible for routine Maintenance Control administrative functions, for example, initializing
special inspections, maintenance of NALCOMIS data and Auto Log Sets (ALS) , and logs and
records. For Marine Corps activities, Maintenance Control support personnel include Work Center
030 Maintenance Admin personnel assigned to Maintenance Control Work Center 020. Support
personnel may initiate When Discovered “O” work orders, if directed to do so by Maintenance
Control managers. Inspected By blocks on scheduled maintenance actions that require a control
document (020 work center control work order) are considered administrative actions and may be
signed by any personnel assigned Maintenance Control responsibilities. Typical Maintenance
Control support personnel assignments include:
Maintenance Clerk
Logs and Records
Database Administrator/System Administrator
Phase Supervisor
Technical Directive Coordinator
Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance Coordinator
5.1.3 Workload Management
Maintenance Control is responsible for planning, directing, coordinating, and monitoring the
maintenance-related workload of all divisions, branches, and work centers. This section prescribes
basic Maintenance Control procedures and responsibilities for workload management.
5.1.3.1 Planning
Maintenance is planned in two time frames: Near-term (current day/week/month) and long-term
(future months/year).
a. Near term planning focuses on accomplishing scheduled and unscheduled maintenance for
the current day, week, and month to produce the required number of aircraft, equipment, and
systems to support the published flight schedule. The following maintenance needs to be considered
when setting priorities for near-term maintenance:
(1) Flight preparation inspections and servicing for aircraft assigned to the flight schedule.
(2) Unscheduled maintenance, conditional inspections, and technical directive requirements
that must be completed for aircraft, equipment, and systems needed for the flight schedule.
5-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Scheduled inspections and forced removal requirements required to be completed for the
day or coming due within the work week due to high limitation timeframe.
(4) Accomplishing the Monthly Maintenance Plan.
b. Astute long-term maintenance planning is the most critical factor in enabling the
Maintenance Department to be able to generate manpower and materials capacity to accomplish
both scheduled workload and unscheduled maintenance workload. Long-term planning is
reviewing major maintenance events coming due in the next 3 months or longer, and adjusting
resource availability (capacity) as needed to most efficiently and effectively produce the required
number of aircraft, equipment, and systems to support future operations. Long-term planning is
facilitated by the Monthly Maintenance Plan, paragraph 5.1.4.
5.1.3.2 Direction and Coordination
At the beginning of each work shift, Maintenance Control will meet with Division, Branch, and
Work Center personnel to:
a. Review the flight schedule and assign aircraft to events.
b. Receive updates on ongoing maintenance.
c. Assign workload priorities.
d. Provide direction on coordinating maintenance that requires sequencing the work of different
Divisions, Branches, and Work Centers.
e. Phase Inspections per paragraph 5.1.9.
5.1.3.3 Monitoring
Maintenance Control will monitor the status of maintenance via NALCOMIS Visual Electronic
Display (VED) (Chapter 13). Maintenance Control will scan VEDs throughout the work day for
changes in WO status, and enter brief remarks pertaining to specific maintenance actions affecting
aircraft and related systems that may affect mission capability. NALCOMIS reports will also be
used to monitor workload status, including: Outstanding TD report, Equipment Discrepancy
Report, Aircraft Work Load Report, Work Center Work Load Report, and Inspection Near Due
Report.
NOTE: Maintenance Control must be informed of aircraft armed/dearmed status at all times.
Activities operating aircraft with ordnance must maintain a visual reference of
armed/dearmed status within Maintenance Control. Examples include flagging
Aircraft Discrepancy Books (ADB), maintaining a whiteboard indicating
armed/dearmed status of each BUNO, and an electronic file viewed on a computer or
television screen. The visual reference must be able to be viewed by all personnel and
will, at a minimum, indicate ARMED or DEARMED for each aircraft. All
maintenance personnel must receive training on the use of the armed/dearmed visual
reference, including procedures for keeping Maintenance Control informed of
armed/dearmed status at all times.
5-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
maintenance, such as preparing aircraft for Material Condition Inspection (MCI) and scheduled
training that requires significant amounts of work stoppage time. Figure 5-1 is an example of using
planning factors to generate a three month maintenance workload forecast for a 10-aircraft
squadron.
a. Maintenance requirements to be included and listed by Side Number (MODEX) and Bureau
Number (BUNO), and for each type model equipment or mission system by its Serial Number
(SERNO) as follows:
(1) Due date for each type of calendar based inspection or scheduled maintenance action
requiring more than two work days to complete.
(2) Operating time due and time remaining for inspections or scheduled maintenance based
on operating hours more than 30 hours (based on projected usage).
(3) Cycles remaining for inspections or scheduled maintenance based on cycles, for
example, catapults, arrestments, etc. (based on projected usage).
(4) Time or cycles due or cycles remaining for forced removal components.
(5) Technical Directive (TD) requirements and compliance NLT deadline.
(6) Estimated induction date for on-site depot rework (ISR, MOD) and projected completion
date.
b. Estimated date of receipt or transfer of aircraft, equipment or mission system.
c. Scheduled AMI, MPA, MCI, or training impacting significant work stoppage.
d. SE or METCAL scheduled inspections or inductions.
e. Number of projected flight days and hours.
NOTE: Hard copy or electronic copies of NALCOMIS reports or other maintenance data
sources may be used in the MMP. The MMP may also cross-reference the location of
the information, for example, “Calibration information located in the MEASURE
Format 800 Report.” If the MMP cross-references information, Maintenance Control
must maintain a copy (either hard copy or electronic) of the referenced data.
5.1.4.3 Planning Factors
The MMCPO (Navy) or Maintenance Material Control Chief (Marine Corps) will use the following
planning factors in assisting the MMCO prepare the forecast of maintenance requirements for the
MMP. Due to OPSEC, only UNCLASSIFIED information will be included into the published and
distributed MMP.
a. Projected number of aircraft, equipment, and mission systems onboard, by week.
b. Projection of required number of aircraft, equipment, and mission systems, by week.
c. Projected number of operational aircraft, equipment, and mission systems, by week.
d. Projected readiness surplus or deficit, by week.
e. Estimated time to complete, in work days.
5-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Each type of scheduled inspection that normally takes more than one work day to
complete. For ready reference, information should also include any logistics factors that must be
planned in advance, such as coordinating I-level or D-level support, arranging for specialized
support equipment, and obtaining authorization for aircraft immobilization.
(2) Preparation of an aircraft for transfer.
(3) Preparation of an aircraft after initial receipt.
(4) Preparation of an aircraft for induction for depot rework.
(5) Preparation of an aircraft after return from each type of depot rework.
f. Schedule of detachments or other major training events (UNCLASSIFIED information
only), and any other events that will impact the maintenance schedule, such as Material Condition
Inspections (MCI). Notations will be made for any special preparations, such as requirements to
install and operationally check seldom-used systems that will be required for a training detachment.
5.1.4.4 MMP Preparation and Distribution
The MMCO and the MMCPO (Navy) or Maintenance Material Control Chief (Marine Corps) are
responsible for coordinating preparation of the MMP. The MMP must be distributed no later than
the 25th day of the month prior to the first month covered in the MMP. Prior to distribution, the
MMCO will brief the Maintenance Officer for signature. The Assistant Maintenance Officer
(AMO) and the MMCPO/Maintenance Material Control Chief will attend the brief. The MMCO’s
brief to the MO will include:
a. Progress in achieving the current month’s maintenance schedule.
b. Maintenance schedule for the upcoming months, with emphasis on:
(1) Major scheduled inspections.
(2) Forced removals.
(3) Aircraft and equipment transfers and receipts.
(4) FCF requirements.
c. Expected number of aircraft or systems available to meet projected flight operations for the
upcoming month, and any coordinating actions with the Wing required to transfer aircraft or
systems earlier or later than planned in order to have sufficient assets on hand.
d. Obstacles to producing the required number of aircraft or systems for upcoming training
detachments or deployment. The AMO will brief the MO on any expected deficiencies in numbers
or qualifications of personnel, as they relate to accomplishing the MMP.
e. Coordination required with the Operations Department, such as scheduling FCFs, compass
calibration flight, and flights to operationally check systems used for combat operations.
5.1.5 Maintenance Control Work Order Documentation
Maintenance Control is responsible for the accurate and timely documentation of maintenance in
NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) for all work performed on
5-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
aircraft, engines, and assigned equipment, including Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS),
Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS), and Mission Mounted Equipment (MME). Chapters 15 and 16
provide detailed information on NALCOMIS functionality and OOMA documentation procedures.
5.1.5.1 Maintenance Control Work Order Documentation Requirements:
a. Ensure WOs are initiated per Chapter 15 procedures for all:
(1) Scheduled maintenance.
(2) Scheduled inspections.
(3) Conditional inspections.
(4) Preservation and Depreservation actions.
(5) Technical Directive (TD) actions.
(6) Administrative actions (When Discovered Code O), for example: Inspections, Forced
Removals, Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM), Work Requests, and Configuration Changes.
NOTE: All inspections, technical directives, forced removals, and corrosion treatment WOs
must contain the applicable No Later Than date or time annotated in the system
reason block.
b. Review WOs initiated by Work Centers for correct coding, and modify as required prior to
approval. Maintenance Control has the option to modify all fields of the WO except BUNO,
Assembly Cd, and TM.
c. Review WOs initiated by pilots or aircrew after completion of flight for adequacy of
discrepancy description and correct When Discovered (WD) Code (Appendix E).
d. When parts or materials are required, assign the appropriate project code and priority
designator on the WO, per DOD 4140.1-R and NAVSUP Publication 485 project code policy. The
WO is electronically forwarded to Material Control for DDSN assignment and processing.
e. As a minimum, verify correct job status code changes have been made at time of shift
change.
f. When corrective action has been completed:
(1) If the system does not support required corrections, Maintenance Control will determine
whether a new WO must be created and referenced to accurately document actions taken, such as
the removal and replacement of a tracked component with a specific work unit code (WUC).
NOTE: A repairable component is ordered and received under an incorrect WUC. The new
component will not be able to be installed in the correct location with in configuration
management, a new work order would have to be created to complete the removal
and installation actions.
5-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Verify required QA in-process and final inspections have been documented, per Chapter
7 requirements.
(3) Verify all Work Order data fields for accuracy and coordinate with the Data Base
Administrator to correct modifiable fields in the ALS Que prior to submitting up line through the
approval process.
NOTE: Within the ALS Que modifiable fields are indicated by the field being a different
color (often white) than the majority of data fields. Modifications to these fields is
limited in some cases by the type of corrective action and type of work order.
5.1.5.2 Work Requests
Maintenance Control will issue all work requests. General procedures:
a. An E Block (Removed Item) entry is required for all WOs for items to be turned in to the I-
level on a Work Request. E Block data must be verified against the Auto Log Set for accuracy of
CAGE, Part Number, and WUC. Work requests are the receipt for accepting the equipment, and
must be kept on file until return of the specific item or replacement item, or until action is
completed.
b. Work requests for work done on the aircraft or on-site without turn-in do not require an E
Block entry.
NOTE: Assembled A-series components are normally not stocked. Maintenance Control will
coordinate with the IMA for repair of A-series components.
AMA 5.1.5.3 Aircraft Discrepancy Book (ADB)
2024-07
a. Maintenance Control will maintain an Optimized OMA NALCOMIS (OOMA) Automated
Aircraft Discrepancy Book (AADB) for each aircraft assigned.
NOTE: Hardcopy ADBs will only be used to maintain those items required to determine Safe
For Flight or for which the AADB has no functionality and the item is considered
essential information. For example, Oil consumption, power checks, Weight and
Balance forms, and T/M/S peculiar requirements.
b. The ADB/AADB must accurately reflect the current status of all pending maintenance
requirements, and must be validated against the Work Load Report for completed and outstanding
WOs at least daily.
c. The ADB/AADB must include the following content, at a minimum:
(1) Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) for at least the last ten
flights.
(2) WOs for all active maintenance requirements that have not been completed, regardless of age.
(3) WOs for maintenance and inspections completed within the last ten flights.
5-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) The control document for each type of Special or Phase Inspection will be retained in the
AADB until completion of the next like inspection, regardless of age.
(5) Aircraft with an onboard Health Monitoring System (HMS), such as the F/A-18 and EA-18
Automated Maintenance Environment (FAME), will contain HMS data generated from the last ten
flights.
(6) The most current completed Daily and/or Turnaround Inspection.
NOTES: 1. Hard copy (printed) forms for the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Records
(OPNAV 4790/141) will be maintained if information considered necessary to record
additional safety of flight data is entered in the Block 8. Ordnance, Block 9. Special
Equipment/Limitations/Remarks. The OOMA AADB functionality does not
populate or retain Blocks 8., 9., or 11. to the Summary Back-up, therefore any
information entered into the Ordnance, Special Equipment/Limitations/Remarks
and QA/SO signature block is lost upon issue of a new OPNAV 4790/141 record.
2. The Special Inspection tab under Configuration Management Logset Explorer
for both aircraft and engines may be printed in lieu of maintaining the control
documents for Special and Phase Inspections.
3. Hard copy Daily and Turnaround forms may be printed from the OOMA AADB
and maintained in the hardcopy ADB until next like inspection in order to facilitate
updating portion of inspection as deemed necessary by Maintenance Control for
maintenance actions completed after the Daily and/or Turnaround are completed.
d. The AADB Summary page will be backed up in PDF format on an approved Government
Furnished Equipment (GFE) external media source. For example, GFE external hard drive or share
drive, prior to each flight after the aircrew signs the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record and
at the end of each shift. Backup storage locations will be determined by local procedures and will
be readily available for use during system or network down time. All Maintenance Control
personnel will be familiar with the process of performing an AADB Backup.
NOTE: Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) Maintenance Control is responsible for
maintaining an Equipment Discrepancy Book (EDB) for each AMCM system.
5.1.5.4 Naval Flight Information Record (NAVFLIR) (OPNAV 3710/4)
NAVFLIR entry into NALCOMIS is crucial to flight time accuracy and the Safe for Flight (SFF)
certification process. For Navy activities, Maintenance Control will ensure the pilot or aircraft
commander enters NAVFLIR into OOMA immediately after each flight. For Marine Corps
activities, the pilot or aircraft commander will enter NAVFLIR data utilizing M-SHARP as the
primary flight data source immediately after each flight. The pilot or aircraft commander is
responsible for complete and accurate NAVFLIR data.
NOTES 1. If successive flights occur during operations away from home base, for example,
during a cross-country flight, and the pilot documents each flight on individual
NAVFLIRs vice documenting them as multiple legs on one NAVFLIR, Maintenance
5-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Control will ensure a separate “A” sheet for each NAVFLIR is entered into OOMA
with any maintenance actions that occurred. This will allow for the proper alignment
of the last ten “A” Sheets, flight records and work order documentation within the
OOMA AADB. In such cases the pilot’s name and grade should be entered into the
Released by and Accepted blocks with a brief explanation in the Special Equipment
Box, for example, “Cross Country Flight.”
2. During times of limited or unavailable connectivity where M-SHARP to OOMA
transmission is not possible Maintenance Control will ensure NAVFLIRS are entered
into OOMA immediately after each flight.
5.1.6 Releasing and Accepting Aircraft for Flight
Two of the most critical responsibilities of Maintenance Control are certifying and releasing an
aircraft Safe for Flight (SFF) and the acceptance of the aircraft by the aircrew. Attention to detail in
these processes is essential to ensuring the integrity of the aircraft for flight and the safety of the
aircrew.
5.1.6.1 Designation to Certify Aircraft Safe For Flight (SFF)
The Commanding Officer (CO) will designate in writing all personnel authorized to certify aircraft
SFF. Prior to being designated to certify aircraft SFF, personnel must complete all Maintenance
Control manager training specified in paragraph 5.1.2.1.a. and 5.1.2.1.b.
NOTES: 1. Commanding Officer certification in Aviation Skills Management (ASM) meets
the requirement for written designation of personnel authorized to certify aircraft
SFF.
2. Depot Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC) Flight Check, Flight Test, or Testline
department releasing aircraft safe for flight will comply with this instruction and
will be designated in writing by the FRC Commanding Officer.
3. Contractor personnel authorized to certify aircraft SFF will be designated in
writing by the Contractor Site Manager.
5.1.6.2 Safe For Flight Certification
Prior to releasing an aircraft for flight, the individual certifying SFF must comply with the following
minimum requirements:
a. Review the AADB and verify all outstanding discrepancies for accuracy, including the
correct EOC applied per the applicable Mission-Essential Subsystem Matrix (MESM), correct
maintenance status, and all tools accounted for.
b. Verify all downing discrepancies and flight safety Quality Assurance (QA) inspections are
signed off.
5-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. As applicable to the flight, verify Preflight, Daily, Turnaround, and Postflight inspections
were completed, and are current (paragraph 5.3.5 and Figure 5-2) and correctly documented on the
Preflight/Daily/Turnaround/Postflight Maintenance Record (OPNAV 4790/38) (Figure 5-3).
d. Verify fuel samples were taken and inspected per T/M/S maintenance technical manuals.
Specific intervals for fuel samples are listed in the applicable aircraft maintenance requirement cards
(MRC). Unless otherwise specified in aircraft MRCs, fuel samples must be taken within 24 hours
preceding the aircraft’s initial launch and are valid for no more than 24 hours.
e. Review Engine/Gearbox Oil Consumption Records and verify each engine or gearbox
consumption is within the limit specified in the maintenance technical manuals (as required).
f. If the aircraft has an onboard Health Monitoring System (HMS), such as the F/A-18 and EA-
18 Automated Maintenance Environment (FAME), review the BUNO HMS data and verify all
required actions were taken and documented per applicable T/M/S policy and maintenance technical
manuals.
g. Verify aircraft Weight & Balance (W&B) forms have been updated.
h. Verify pending Forced Removals, Scheduled Inspections, and issued Corrosion Treatment
work orders are within compliance requirements.
i. Verify status of all personal ALSS for the scheduled aircrew for the event using ALSS VEDs
and the Outstanding Transaction Report (OTR).
j. Verify Flight Hour accuracy by review of previous ten Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance
Records (OPNAV 4790/141) and the OOMA Flight Summary report.
k. Verify there are no overdue TDs by reviewing the OOMA Outstanding Technical Directives
Report against the compliance times listed in the MMP.
l. Verify AADB summary pages are backed up in PDF format prior to flight and the last 10
flights are saved.
m. Verify the aircraft has no Partial Mission Capable (PMC) limitations related to the assigned
flight, as specified in the Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix (MESM). Maintenance Control will
brief the aircrew on all aircraft limitations, regardless of mission assigned.
NOTE: UAS Control Stations are not required to be released Safe for Flight separately from
the unmanned aircraft (UA). UAS Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures
Standardization (NATOPS) preflight and system check procedures must be
performed before the Control Station is utilized. For systems that do not have a
NATOPS, approved preflight procedures identified in the IFC must be followed.
Safe for Flight personnel will verify the Control Station is fully operational prior to
signing off Safe for Flight.
5-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5.1.6.3 Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) (Figure 5-4)
An Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) is required for each flight. The
Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record will remain at the place of first takeoff. If the aircraft is
in transit and being certified by an activity other than the parent squadron (transient line, Depot FRC
flight test, etc.), the OPNAV 4790/141 record will be retained by the activity that released the
aircraft and a copy will be forwarded to the parent squadron for entry into OOMA. Prior to
releasing the aircraft to the aircrew, the person certifying the aircraft SFF will verify the Aircraft
Inspection and Acceptance Record has been filled out as follows:
NOTES: 1. A locally produced and controlled Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record
form may be issued for use by TYPEWING or MAG/MAW, provided minimum
data requirements specified in the NAMP are met.
2. Hard copy (printed) forms for the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Records
(OPNAV 4790/141) will be maintained if information considered necessary to record
additional safety of flight data is entered in the Block 8. Ordnance, Block 9. Special
Equipment/Limitations/Remarks. The OOMA AADB functionality does not
populate or retain Blocks 8., 9., or 11. to the Summary Back-up, therefore any
information entered into the Ordnance, Special Equipment/Limitations/Remarks
and QA/SO signature block is lost upon issue of a new OPNAV 4790/141 record.
Block 1 - BUNO. Enter the aircraft BUNO.
Block 2 - T/M/S. Enter the aircraft T/M/S.
Block 3 - RPT. CUST. Enter the aircraft reporting custodian.
Block 4 - OXY. Enter total gaseous or liquid oxygen on board. Not applicable to aircraft with
an on board oxygen generation system.
Block 5 - FUEL. Enter grade and quantity of fuel.
Block 6 - OIL. Enter grade and quantity of oil added to each engine.
NOTE: Due to system limitations, the OOMA AADB Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance
Record (OPNAV 4790/141) does not calculate oil consumption for equipment that
does not require servicing after each flight. T/M/S that cannot use the oil
consumption functionality should disable it in OOMA under the Configuration
Management inventory properties for the engines. Additionally, servicing will be
annotated under the Special Equipment/Limitations/Remarks block within the
AADB OPNAV 4790/141.
Block 7 - DATE. Enter date of pilot-in-command acceptance.
Block 8 - ORDNANCE. This section informs the pilot of ordnance loaded on the aircraft. To
certify ordnance and associated AAS are Safe For Flight, enter the aircraft’s weapons stations,
all loaded ordnance and quantities, to include countermeasures/weapons/stores. Maintenance
Control must verify the Quality Assurance/Safety Observer (QA/SO) certification has been
5-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
completed prior to certifying the aircraft Safe for Flight. Subsequent QA/SO certifications are
not required after the initial QA/SO certification as long as no ordnance or AAS configuration
changes have occurred. This includes, but is not limited to, hot seat crew changes and cross
country flights.
NOTES: 1. Ordnance capable aircraft with no ordnance or AAS installed do not require a
QA/SO certification. The person certifying the aircraft Safe for Flight will enter the
statement “No ordnance or AAS installed.” Empty countermeasures containers are
considered AAS.
2. T/M/S aircraft with no ordnance capability are exempt from QA/SO
certifications.
3. Units unable to meet QA/SO requirements due to manpower constraints must
submit a waiver request to TYCOM/RC via ISIC as per OPNAVINST 8023.24 for
Navy and via MCO 8023.3 for Marine Corps for an ordnance certified QAR or CDI
to conduct QA/SO certifications.
4. The QA/SO will document ordnance certification in the AADB by entering the
ordnance load and configuration and signing the ordnance block in the acceptance
for flight tab.
Block 9 - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT/UAS CONTROL STATIONS/UAS LAUNCH AND
RECOVERY EQUIPMENT/LIMITATIONS/REMARKS. This section informs the pilot of
special equipment loaded on the aircraft, and uncorrected discrepancies or unique characteristics
of the aircraft. For UAS, this section will also list the Nomenclature and S/N for the UA, UAS
Control Stations, launch equipment, and recovery equipment.
Block 10 - SIGNATURE OF PLANE CAPTAIN. OOMA SMQ or printed name, rate or rank,
and signature of the plane captain who inspected the aircraft.
NOTE: In the case of multiple Plane Captains performing inspections, the Plane Captain
signing the Plane Captain signature block is responsible for ensuring all steps of the
inspection have been performed and documented.
Block 11 – SIGNATURE OF QA/SO. Printed name, rate or rank, and signature of the person
certifying the aircraft ordnance load and configuration has been verified. Subsequent QA/SO
certifications are not required after the initial QA/SO certification as long as no ordnance or
AAS configuration changes have occurred. This includes, but is not limited to, hot seat crew
changes and cross country flights.
Block 12 – SIGNATURE SAFE FOR FLIGHT. OOMA SMQ or printed name, rate or rank,
and signature of the person certifying the aircraft Safe for Flight. If the aircraft is away from
home and T/M/S specific SFF certification personnel not available, the pilot-in-command must
sign Block 12 to certify the aircraft is SFF. Signature requirement for Hot Seat Crew Change is
covered in paragraph 5.1.6.4.b.
Block 13 - SIGNATURE OF PILOT IN COMMAND. OOMA SMQ or printed name, rank, and
signature of the pilot accepting the aircraft.
5-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
statement verifying the system was disconnected and reconnected without a change
in adjustment or alignment, and a ground functional check was accomplished.
2. FCF is not required on fixed or movable flight surfaces if removal and
reinstallation of quick-disconnect on aft sections of gas turbine engine aircraft when
no work that requires an FCF is performed on the flight surfaces of the removed
section. Refer to T/M/S specific technical manuals for FCF requirements.
3. FCF is not required for installation or reinstallation of exhaust gas vectored
thrust nozzles (hot and cold) accomplished by pin alignment that does not affect the
adjustment of the nozzle.
4. FCF is not required on aircraft equipped with onboard automated rotor
vibration and diagnostic capability do not require an FCF after making small
incremental adjustments to minimize rotor induced vibrations, provided no other
maintenance actions that require an FCF were performed.
5. Unless directed by the applicable NATOPS, MIMs, MRCs or ULSS, or if all flight
critical systems cannot be fully functionally checked without inflight verification,
UAS require an FCF for acceptance inspection, after completion of standard
rework, and when not flown for 30 days or more. Any additional FCF will be
performed as directed by the applicable UAS NATOPS manual.
f. When an aircraft with a single primary attitude source per pilot station has had the attitude
indicator or display, attitude source, subsystem, or component removed, replaced, or adjusted.
g. When an aircraft with dual or multi-independent attitude reference sources has had the
indicators or displays, attitude reference sources, subsystems, or components removed, replaced, or
adjusted in two or more of the attitude reference systems. Aircraft with four or more independent
attitude reference sources in which two sources are known good, and the integrity of those two
sources has not been jeopardized, do not require an FCF.
NOTES: 1. The CO must determine if an FCF is required when an aircraft undergoes
Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR), paragraph 10.38. If an FCF is required due
to ABDR, the CO will specify the scope of the FCF.
2. FCFs are not required after completion of Phase Inspections unless maintenance
performed during the Phase Inspection meets a mandatory FCF condition.
h. Upon completion of standard depot rework (Phased Depot Maintenance), regardless of where
the standard rework was performed.
(1) FCFs for aircraft that completed standard depot rework within a Depot Fleet Readiness
Center (Depot FRC) facility are normally performed by military pilots and aircrews assigned to the
Depot FRC. When required, designated FCF qualified military aviators assigned to other commands
may be used.
(2) Aircraft that completed standard depot rework within the depot facility will have flight
5-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
profile requirements prescribed in the rework specifications and appropriate T/M/S NATOPS for the
aircraft. The Depot Aviation Safety Officer (ASO) and the Depot Flight Check Officer will
coordinate FCF standards and requirements with the various divisions of the depot Quality
Department ensure the applicable safety of flight, quality, and reliability standards are met prior to
designating an aircraft ready for depot FCF, including aircraft released to the accepting activity at
the depot prior to or after the depot FCF.
(3) FCFs of commercially reworked aircraft may be accomplished by contractor or
government personnel as specified in the rework contract. If a government FCF is required after a
contractor’s FCF, unnecessary duplication of checks successfully conducted and documented by the
contractor will be minimized.
(4) All depot FCF pilots and aircrew members must be designated in writing by the depot
CO, or by the head of the facility if it is commercial rework facility.
NOTES: 1. Aircraft which undergo on-site depot in-service repair or modification do not
require an FCF unless the depot repair or modification process entailed a
mandatory FCF requirement.
2. For commercial derivative aircraft which are commercially reworked, the FCF
may be tailored to only those systems that cannot be fully operationally checked by
ground operations.
5.1.7.2 FCF Checklists
NAVAIR issues FCF checklists based on FCF procedures contained in the applicable NATOPS
manual. Procedures:
a. If an aircraft does not have a NAVAIR FCF checklist, the activity must prepare an FCF
checklist to record the following information, at a minimum:
(1) Required instrument indications.
(2) Satisfactory or unsatisfactory performance of all listed items or systems.
(3) Detailed comments and recommendations concerning the flight.
NOTE: Deleting or modifying requirements of an FCF constitutes a modified FCF and
requires joint concurrence of the Functional Check Pilot, Maintenance Control, and
Quality Assurance. Deleted or modified steps will be annotated and initialed in the
FCF checklist.
b. A complete FCF checklist for each type of FCF profile dictated by T/M/S NATOPS must be
routed through QA and retained in the aircraft historical file. For example, if T/M/S NATOPS
contains profiles A, B, C, and D, the aircraft historical file will contain the last complete FCF
checklist for each of these profiles. If a combined profile is flown, for example, B and C profile are
flown as one complete FCF and documented on one FCF checklist, the one complete checklist will
replace the last B and C profiles in the aircraft historical file. If a complete FCF A profile is flown
with all of the T/M/S NATOPS identified FCF profile checklist steps checked, for example A, B, C,
and D, the complete FCF A profile checklist will replace all profiles in the historical files.
5-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: A modified FCF profile is not a complete profile. Therefore, each modified type FCF
profile checklist for each type FCF performed will be maintained in the aircraft
historical file until completion of that complete type profile. For example, a modified
profile B checklist must be maintained in the aircraft historical file until completion
of the next complete profile B. If additional modified FCF profiles are performed,
only one modified FCF profile checklist is required to be retained for each type FCF
as long as the modified checklist steps are the same.
c. Pencil entries in the FCF checklist by the aircrew are acceptable while performing an FCF.
Upon completion of the FCF, QA will ensure the functional check pilot annotates all entries in pen.
5.1.7.3 FCF Procedures
a. At the discretion of the CO, FCFs may be flown in combination with operational flights
(check and go), provided the operational portion is not conducted until the FCF requirements have
been completed and documented in the FCF checklist.
NOTE: Combining a post-depot rework FCF with an operational flight is prohibited.
b. Pilots and crew members who perform FCFs must be qualified per OPNAVINST 3710.7 and
the applicable aircraft NATOPS manual.
c. Maintenance Control will coordinate an FCF brief by QA and work center personnel to pilots
and crew members, prior to releasing the aircraft for flight. As a minimum, the FCF brief must
cover the maintenance performed, the checklist requirements for the FCF, and the expected results.
d. FCFs will be conducted with the minimum crew necessary to accomplish the check flight
objectives.
e. FCFs will be conducted per the criteria established by the applicable aircraft NATOPS
manual.
f. The pilot and any other crew members required to operationally check systems covered by the
FCF will annotate the FCF checklist, and debrief Maintenance Control, QA and work center
personnel on the results.
g. In the event an FCF cannot be completed, the FCF may be continued using the same pilot or
a different pilot. The original FCF checklist will be used. When a new pilot performs the
continuation FCF, they will determine which elements of the previously completed portions of the
FCF must be performed again. Each pilot will initial next to each completed step that they perform.
Pre and post-FCF briefs are required.
5.1.8 Aircraft Cannibalization Management
Aircraft cannibalization is the removal of serviceable materials, parts or components from one
aircraft for installation into another aircraft. Cannibalization is an acceptable management choice
only when necessary to meet operational objectives. Commands are responsible for eliminating
unnecessary cannibalization that provides no benefit to mission accomplishment. Conditions:
5-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Under no circumstance will cannibalization be performed to create a pool of RFI parts for
general use to support flight operations or detachments.
b. Egress system cannibalization will be minimized. Cannibalization of egress system
cartridges, Cartridge Actuated Devices (CADs) , and Propellant Actuated Devices (PADs) requires
Wing or MAG approval.
c. Maintenance Control will direct all cannibalizations by initiating a cannibalization WO. The
WO will use the most appropriate cannibalization malfunction code (Appendix E) for the
circumstances justifying the cannibalization decision. If the cannibalization requires Wing or
Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) approval, the approval notification will be cited in the
Discrepancy block, for example, “Cannibalization approved by (Wing or ACC, and Rank and Name
of approver) via email 01Feb2017.”
d. Authority for cannibalization between squadrons within the same Type Wing or MAG will
be requested via email from the requesting unit Maintenance Officer to the Wing or MAG
Maintenance Officer. Cannibalization requests will include: Estimated delivery date (EDD) of the
required component or equipment; supply system stock posture; and the effect the cannibalization
will have on the operational readiness of the recipient unit. The approving Wing or MAG will
direct the cannibalization action via email to the providing and recipient units, and will include the
supporting supply activity, operational chain of command, and the ACC as info addressees.
e. Requests to cannibalize aircraft that have been non-mission capable in excess of 90 days or
aircraft assigned to different Wings or MAGs must be requested via email from the Wing or MAG
Commander to the ACC. The Wing will obtain concurrence of need to cannibalize from the
supporting supply activity prior to submitting the request. Approval authorities:
(1) COMNAVAIRFOR (N421/N423) is the approval authority for COMNAVAIRFOR
aircraft or equipment. Email requests to: cnaf_flt_canns@navy.mil.
(2) COMNAVAIRFORES (N42) is the approval authority for Reserve aircraft or equipment.
Email requests to: cnafr_cann.fct@navy.mil.
(3) COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aircraft and Support Equipment Branch is the approval
authority for COMNAVAIRSYSCOM aircraft or equipment.
(4) CNATRA (N421) is the approval authority for CNATRA aircraft or equipment.
f. Requests to cannibalize aircraft that are out of reporting (OOR) for Material Condition
Reporting Status (MCRS), will be sent to the respective ACC approval authority via email. ACC
authorization is also required for diversion of RFI aircraft components intended for aircraft or
equipment undergoing a depot rework event, for example, diversion of an RFI component from a
depot production line to a fleet activity.
g. Squadrons, Type Wings, and MAWs must monitor and trend cannibalization actions. As a
minimum, cannibalization monitoring will include:
(1) Total number of cannibalizations.
5-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
to be more advantageous to establish a permanent Periodic Maintenance Branch (Work Center 140)
when the number of aircraft assigned results in a consistent inspection workload.
5.1.9.3 Phase Inspection Management
Upon commencement of the phase inspection, the phase supervisor is responsible for managing all
aspects of the inspection, to include coordinating the SCCs, directing workload, coordinating
material requirements, coordinating work requests and assistance from other activities, and
completion of related documentation.
NOTE: Cannibalization actions and Project/Priority Codes assignment required during the
phase will be directed by Maintenance Control managers, only (5.1.2.1).
5.1.9.4 Phase Inspection Documentation
Documentation of the phase inspection will be consolidated into a Phase Maintenance Package. The
package will be maintained in the aircraft historical file for one complete phase cycle. The package
will contain:
a. The amended SCCs.
b. A copy of the verified CAD PAD Installed Explosive Device report.
c. A copy of the verified Component Removal Due report.
d. A copy of the verified NA500C, Aeronautical Technical Directive Index Report, per
10.10.3.6.e.
e. Serial Number verification, per 8.3.3.3.
5.1.10 Phased Depot Maintenance (PDM) Preparation
Maintenance Control must perform the following actions prior to delivery of aircraft to PDM:
a. No later than 180 days prior to the scheduled induction date, the MMCO will prepare and
submit a Phased Depot Maintenance Special Work Request (OPNAV 4790/65) to the cognizant
Wing or MAG Maintenance Officer. No later than 30 days after receipt, Type Wing or MAG MO is
responsible for reviewing and forwarding the form to the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk. No later
than 30 days after receipt, the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk is responsible for final approval and
forwarding to the NAVAIR Program Office with a copy sent to the designated rework activity.
PDM Special Work Requests for aircraft going to commercial rework activities will include a copy
to the Contract Administration Office (CAO) at the rework activity.
(1) Blocks A through L, O, Q, and R, are completed by the reporting activity.
(2) Blocks M and N TD information will be filled in by the rework activity.
(3) Special work items requested in block O will be listed in order of priority.
(4) Special request items are workload over and above the planned PDM and result in extra
cost.
5-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(5) Special work will only be requested for maintenance actions beyond the capability of the
operating activity and its supporting I-level activity, such as incorporation of D-level changes or
modifications, correction of continuing or recurring discrepancies, special painting while
disassembled, and tests that require D-level equipment.
(6) The rework activity and the ACC PDM Liaison Officer will mutually decide which of the
items will be performed during PDM.
(7) COMNAVAIRSYSCOM activities will also provide information on peculiar aircraft
instrumentation and configuration data that will assist the rework activity with processing the
aircraft.
b. Remove all loose gear not required during the rework process and, if applicable, annotate the
inventory log.
c. Remove all ammunition.
d. Remove all pyrotechnics, except those required for flight safety.
e. Remove all classified material and equipment.
f. Perform an aircraft transfer inspection per paragraph 5.4.2.
g. If transferring the aircraft to the depot, provide up-to-date logbooks and CM ALS and other
necessary records. Verify all entries are current as of the date of delivery. Verify all MSR, ASR,
EHR, and SRC cards are inventoried and verified against installed equipment. Refer to paragraph
5.4.2 for aircraft transfer procedures.
h. Deliver SE with the aircraft as prescribed in the PDM rework requirements, for example, jury
struts, landing gear ground safety locks, and intake covers.
i. Deliver aircraft to the rework activity no later than 1200 of the day prior to the scheduled
induction date. Refer to paragraph 5.4.3 for aircraft ferry procedures.
NOTES: 1. Depot rework Fixed Induction Dates (FID) or Period End Dates (PED) can only
be adjusted by the CNO (N980L). Refer to OPNAVINST 3110.11.
2. “Special” Rework is non-PDM, non-recurring depot rework performed as
required. Examples of Special Rework include modifications, conversion, and major
repairs that cannot be performed in the field. Refer to Appendix A for full
descriptions of Standard and Special Rework.
3. Depot field team In Service Repair (ISR) and Planner and Estimator (P&E)
services are not categorized as depot rework.
4. For the few remaining T/M/S aircraft not converted to Phased Depot
Maintenance, refer to 10.45 for information on P&E services for Depot Aircraft
Service Period Adjustment (ASPA) evaluations and Depot Material Condition
Inspections (MCI).
5-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
I-Level Production Control is responsible for managing the receipt, repair, and issuance of engines,
components, aircrew survival equipment, support equipment, and other I-level services. Production
Control includes Production Control (Work Center 020, often referred to as “Main” Production
Control) and Division Production Controls (Work Centers 024, 025, 026, 027, 028, and 029),
commonly referred to as “Satellite” Production Controls.
NOTE: Division PCs are not required. Division PCs will be established only if Main PC is
unable to effectively manage the Division’s workload due to scope, volume, and
complexity.
5.2.1 Production Control Manning
5.2.1.1 Production Control Managers
Production Control Managers are personnel assigned to Production Control to manage workload
requirements and maintenance priorities. Production Control Managers are the MMCO/Production
Control Officer, MMCPO/Aircraft Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps), and Production Controllers.
Production Control Manager qualifications:
a. Complete the IMA Production Control course (C-555-0043).
NOTE: Effective 25 May 2020, IMA Production Control course (C-555-0043) consolidated
IMA Production Control and IMA Power Plants Production Control course (C-555-
2021) into one. Personnel that have previously completed C-555-2021 are not
required to take the new C-555-0043 course to remain qualified for assignment to
IMA Production Control and or IMA Power Plants Production Control.
b. Complete the following configuration management courses, based on the assignment of
personnel:
(1) Personnel who maintain logbooks and records must complete the Configuration
Management for Organizational and Intermediate Activities course (C-555-0059).
(2) Personnel responsible for support equipment ALS records must complete the SE
Configuration Management course (C-555-0057).
(3) Personnel responsible for Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) ALS records must
complete the ALSS Configuration Management course (C-555-0056).
NOTE: Production Control managers with CM SMQ must attend one of the above
configuration management courses.
c. Complete JQR/PQS covering the following areas, as a minimum:
(1) AMSU/JASU procedures (6.7.3.2).
(2) Buffer Management Tool (BMT) utilization for workload prioritization and execution
(5.2.3).
5-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) TDs applicable to supported engines and components, to include I-level TDs and D-level
TDs with a compliance timeframe of next I-level repair or based on operating time.
e. Forced removal items for SE and shop-installed equipment, for example, hoses and cylinders.
f. Operational factors anticipated to affect the production effort, such as supported activity
training detachments or deployment that will cause an increase or decrease in the volume of
workload (unclassified, only).
NOTE: Copies of NALCOMIS reports or other maintenance data sources may be used in the
MMP. The MMP may also cross-reference the location of the information, for
example “Calibration information located in the MEASURE Format 800 Report.” If
the MMP cross-references information, Production Control must maintain a copy
(either hard copy or electronic copy) of each referenced document used to build the
current month’s MMP.
5.2.2.2 The Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) or Production Control Officer will
prepare the MMP and brief the Maintenance Officer for signature no later than five working days
prior to the first month covered in the MMP. The Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO) and the
Maintenance Master Chief (Navy) or Aircraft Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps) will attend the
brief. The brief will include:
a. Progress in achieving the current month’s maintenance schedule.
b. Scheduled maintenance for the upcoming month, with emphasis on maintenance that will
impact production.
c. Operational factors anticipated to affect the production effort.
d. Current and projected problems in meeting production.
5.2.2.3 Production Control will maintain a working copy of the MMP and annotate changes and
deviations from the schedule as they occur.
5.2.3 Workload Prioritization
5.2.3.1 Production Control will direct priorities for inspection, repair, testing, certification,
modification, and manufacturing of all aeronautical components inducted into the IMA, including
work requests. All workload, including off-equipment maintenance, component and sub-component
repair, and work in support of the Weapons Department will be assigned one of the following
priorities:
a. Priority 1 - Required to fill an outstanding NMCS or PMCS requisition (EXREP), NMC or
PMC work request, or NMC or PMC test equipment requirement. Additionally, Priority 1 is
assigned to all work requests from activities within 30 days of deployment, regardless of NMC or
PMC status. All Buffer Status Red (BSR) and 0-Design components, including local repair cycle
assets (LRCA), will be Priority 1.
5-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Priority 2 - Items that are Buffer Status Yellow, to include local repair cycle assets (LRCA)
and items of SE or test equipment.
c. Priority 3 - Items that are Buffer Status Green, to include Local Repair Cycle Assets (LRCA),
items of SE or test equipment, and repair or manufacture of material not in NMC or PMC status.
d. Priority 4 - Processing salvaged material and non-aeronautical work.
NOTES: 1. The Aeronautical Material Screening Unit (AMSU) assigns the work priority to
each Maintenance Action Form (MAF) at time of induction, per the procedures of
paragraph 16.1.3.1.
2. Production Control will adjust work priorities as deemed necessary, for example
prioritizing inspection or repair of items required to support an upcoming training
event or deployment.
3. All items inducted under a single Family Group Code (FGC) will have the same
priority. For example, if one item within the FGC has a management code of ER,
then all items in that FGC will be priority 1.
5.2.3.2 The Buffer Management Tool (BMT) will be used to prioritize production. Production
Control will:
a. Use the Abbreviated or Detailed Active TRR Report to monitor daily workload.
b. Use the Physical Buffer Reports to manage daily workload in components divisions.
c. Review the EXREP report (Detailed Active TRR Report with “ER” Management Code
Selected) to determine if other components of the same Family Group Code are in the repair process
and which items should be prioritized to fill EXREP requisitions as quickly as possible.
d. Align workload priorities to inventory allowances and customer demand by conducting
historical repairable component time to reliably replenish (TRR) analysis, utilizing the Historical
Detailed TRR Analysis Report to identify improvement opportunities. For example, if historical
data indicates a specific Work Center or Family Group Code (FGC) consistently does not meet
(TRR), adjustments must be made in order to avoid out of stock (EXREP) conditions.
e. Monitor items in the Black color zone on the Detailed Active TRR or other reports and
determine constraint to production. The Black color zone indicates items that have exceeded the
established TRR (Design TRR), which is usually due to problems with awaiting parts, equipment,
assistance from other work centers, disposition instructions, or lack of personnel. Verify the Job
Status (JS) is correct and any workable MAFs (M3) are put into the work cycle to complete the
maintenance action.
f. Conduct AWP validation by using the BMT AWP Reconciliation Reports to track status of
supply requisitions.
g. Use the Daily Production Report to coordinate turnover between work shifts.
5-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ICRL Capability Code X2 must be assigned along with a Target Capability Code
(TCC) and Target Capability Code Date (TCC DT).
b. BCM 2 - Lack of Equipment, Tools, or Facilities. The repair is authorized but cannot be
performed due to lack of equipment, tools, or facilities, for example, required equipment is on
IMRL but authorized quantity is zero, receipt of authorized individual material repair list (IMRL)
equipment not expected within 30 days (zero quantity on hand), return of required equipment from
repair or calibration not expected within 30 days, non-IMRL tools and equipment not on hand, lack
of permanently installed facilities, or specifically directed by the ACC or TYCOM.
c. BCM 3 - Lack of Technical Skills. The repair is authorized but cannot be performed due to a
lack of technical skills, for example, permanent billet will be vacant for more than 30 days;
temporary additional duty (TAD) billet will be vacant for more than 30 days; billet incumbent
absent (TAD, leave, etc.); formal technical training is nonexistent; formal technical training exists
but cannot be used due to lack of quota or funds; Rating, NEC, or MOS required is not reflected on
manpower authorization; or Rating, NEC, or MOS is on board but billet not assigned to IMA.
d. BCM 4 - Lack of Parts. Repair is authorized but cannot be performed because required parts
will not be available.
NOTE: BCM 4 will be used only when there is a replacement asset in the wholesale system
and the asset is required to resolve a material deficiency that is negatively affecting
an operational requirement. The unit requiring the material meets one of the
following Force Activity Designator (FAD) conditions: Designated FAD II or higher;
FAD III, but directly supporting a deploying or deployed FAD II unit; FAD III and
the lack of parts are preventing the unit from achieving specified aircraft readiness
requirements, e.g., Ready for Tasking (RFT).
e. BCM 5 - Fails Check and Test. The activity's authorized level of maintenance is limited to
check and test only and repair is required.
f. BCM 6 - Lack of Technical Data. Repair is authorized but cannot be performed due to a lack
of technical data.
NOTE: BCM 6 will only be used when Naval Aviation Technical Data and Engineering
Command (NATEC) and the TYCOM or MAW have acknowledged inability to
obtain the required technical data within 30 days, does not exist or does not provide
adequate technical information. Use ICRL Capability Code X6 with accompanying
Target Capability Code (TCC) and Target Capability Code Date (TCC DT), per
10.20.3.4.
g. BCM 7 - Beyond Authorized Repair Depth. Some level of repair beyond check and test is
authorized, but the maintenance function required to return the item to a RFI condition is not
assigned by SM&R code, MIMs, maintenance plan, or other technical decision.
h. BCM 8 - Administrative. Repair is not attempted due to an HMR EI exhibit, missing SRC
data that cannot be determined, item under warranty, repair costs exceed Aviation Depot Level
5-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Repair (AVDLR) Net Price or replacement cost, excessive backlog, budgetary limitations, materials
in excess of requirements, or when specifically directed by the ACC or TYCOM. Conditions for
using BCM-8:
(1) BCM 8 will be performed if the repair costs exceed the AVDLR replacement cost, unless
the additional repair cost is justified due to a critical readiness shortfall.
(2) BCM 8 for excessive backlog will only be used when the BCM will result in improved
delivery time of a component needed to mitigate a critical readiness shortfall. BCM 8 will not be
used to improve a repair site’s TRR metric.
(3) ACC approval is required to BCM 8 for materials in excess of requirements or due to
budgetary limitations.
i. BCM 9 - Condemned. A repairable item is so severely worn or damaged that repair is not
feasible, as determined by local maintenance personnel, or specifically directed by ACC or
TYCOM. The item is locally condemned and returned to the Supply Department for survey,
retrograde, or scrap (as appropriate) per applicable directives.
5.2.5.2 BCM Authorization
a. The MO will specify procedures for authorizing BCM actions in a Local Command
Procedure (Appendix D). The LCP will include direction on which billets can authorize BCM
Action Taken Codes 1, 5, 7, and 9.
NOTE: Authorization to BCM Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS) must be requested from
the AAS TYCOM per COMNAVAIRFORINST 8380.2.
b. The CO/OIC (FRC/MALS) OCONUS (AIMD), MO (CVN/L-Class) must approve all BCM
2, 3, 6, or 8 actions. Authority to approve BCM 2, 3, 6, and 8 can be delegated to the MMCO.
5-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5.2.8.2 Production Control is responsible for the accuracy and currency of logs and records and
associated CM ALS, per Chapter 8. When satellite Production Controls are established, Logs and
Records and CM ALS will be maintained within the satellite Production Control work space.
5.2.8.3 Production Control will screen incoming WOs, Logs and Records and CM ALS for all
inspections and repairs required to be performed. Particular attention will be paid during the
induction of Work Requests submitted from other activities. The Work Request Removal Record
(“E” block) must be verified with the ALS in NALCOMIS prior to starting the induction process.
Inductions with incorrect CAGE, Part Number or Serial Number prevent the link between the I-level
Work Order and the ALS residing on the server. Forcing this action fails to update the inspection
due date and write to the inspection record of items.
5.2.9 Broad Arrow (BA) Reporting
All IMAs are responsible for Broad Arrow reporting. A Broad Arrow Report (Figure 5-6 and
Figure 5-7) will be submitted whenever an item of SE (bench/test set/operational test program set
(OTPS)/rolling stock) is inoperative (loses its capability to perform its designated function ) and the
loss of function impacts, or potentially impacts, the ability of the IMA to provide I-level support. A
BA report will be submitted any time an item of SE is transferred from the owning activity to
another organization, reducing the on hand quantity below the authorized allowance, for rework,
calibration, as a temporary loan, or as a permanent transfer, all transfer transactions will be reported
in SERMIS. The report will be submitted as soon as the BA condition occurs. BA reports are
exempt from communications MINIMIZE restrictions. A BA report must be submitted even though
there are no repair parts on order, for example, when Engineering and Technical Services (ETS)
assistance is required to analyze the problem or to make adjustments or alignments. The BA brings
attention to the lost capability and expedites assistance. The BA report is not a substitute for an ETS
request.
NOTES: 1. New construction ships will be exempt from BA Reporting until IMRL assets are
accepted by CNAL.
5.2.9.1 Broad Arrow Report Usage Not Mission Capable Project (NMC)
Use NMC Project Code ZF7 for all broad arrow categories and assign a GB series document
number. BA Related impact codes:
5-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
• Supply reserves may exist, but are or approaching Pool Zero with on-board/on-station
replacement assets available but at critical level.
5-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
numbers, for example, the Broad Arrow for a CASS ALQ-99 TPS ID will have its own BA report
number, different from the Broad Arrow report number for CASS itself. Additionally, if the CASS
ALQ-99 TPS CAS requires repair, it would have its own BA report number to identify the two
different elements of the TPS affecting the BA condition.
NOTE: Only ACC or TYCOM may direct transfer or temp loan of an IMRL asset.
Operational Test Program Sets (OTPSs) for CASS Family of Testers (FoT) are not
IMRL. Therefore the BA reports must reflect the specific failed TPS IMRL item that
would mitigate the condition driving the BA requirement. (See paragraph 5.2.8.8,
Broad Arrow Temporary Loan and Cannibalization.)
5.2.8.4 Broad Arrow Addendum
A BA Addendum (Figures 5-8 and Figure 5-9) will be submitted when additional problems, directly
related to the original failure, are detected. In most cases a BA Addendum is submitted when
additional repair parts are needed to solve the problem described in the original message. However,
a BA Addendum may also be appropriate to highlight a requirement for additional assistance, for
example, Engineering and Technical Services (ETS), technical data, and FRC field team.
Additional parts should be annotated on the activity’s Aircraft Material Readiness Report (AMRR)
and the BASE (Broad Arrow/Support Equipment) module in Aviation Management Supply and
Readiness Reporting (AMSRR).
5.2.8.5 Broad Arrow Support Equipment In-Service Report
A Broad Arrow SEIS Report (Figure 5-10 and Figure 5-11) must be submitted when the SE is
operational and no further assistance is required.
5.2.8.6 Broad Arrow Requisition Completion Report
A Broad Arrow Requisition Completion Report (Figure 5-12) must be completed within one day of
receipt of parts required to resolve a BA condition. If a BA SEIS Report can be submitted in the
same one day period, the parts requisition information may be included in the BA SEIS report and a
separate BA Requisition Completion Report is not required.
5.2.8.7 Broad Arrow Non-RFI Repairable components
Non-RFI repairable components related to a BA condition that are beyond the IMA’s repair
capability must be requisitioned. Requisitions will be submitted and retrograde component will be
preserved, packaged, documented, and shipped within 24 hours. Shipment of retrograde parts will
be made via fastest traceable means to the organic or commercial Designated Rework Point (DRP)
or Advanced Traceability and Control (ATAC) hub (as appropriate), unless otherwise directed by
the ACC or TYCOM. ACCs will expedite BA material requisitions from the time the requisitions
are first visible until receipt of the BA Requisition Completion Report or BA SEIS Report.
5-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Components with a forced removal requirement based on operating time or cycles will
normally be replaced during the scheduled inspection that falls within the component’s plus or
minus 10 percent operating limitation, unless operation beyond the specified forced removal time is
expressly prohibited by the applicable periodic maintenance information card (PMIC) or other
directive.
5.3.2 Scheduling
Inspections will be scheduled to minimize the number of aircraft or equipment undergoing
inspection at any one time. When an individual special inspection or a group of special inspections
are due simultaneously and loss of the aircraft or equipment will impact operational requirements,
Maintenance Control may divide the inspection into portions performed incrementally as long as the
inspection(s) are completed within the allowable high limit. When this deviation is used,
Maintenance Control or the Periodic Maintenance Branch (WC 140) must maintain the controlling
inspection WO for each inspection performed. QAR and/or CDI in-process inspections must be
documented on the applicable work center WOs.
5.3.3 Inspection Documentation
a. Inspections must be documented in NALCOMIS. The appropriate mission capability impact
and EOC code will be assigned to aircraft inspection WOs. When inspection requirements do not
require a major disassembly of the aircraft and do not affect mission capability, the aircraft is
considered to be mission capable during the entire inspection. However, if panels or components
are removed to conduct the inspections and cannot be replaced within a 2-hour time frame, that
portion of the inspection will be considered to have impacted mission capability and must be
documented using the appropriate EOC code. EOC codes must be applied to material discrepancies
found during inspections.
b. Completed inspection WOs will be maintained in the aircraft’s or equipment’s historical file
or the electronic historical files. Chapter 8 provides direction documenting inspections in Logs and
Records.
c. Depots will make logbook entries for all inspection requirements actually performed during
rework. Entries will contain sufficient detail to enable the receiving activity to accurately determine
when the next inspection is due.
5.3.4 Depot Rework Inspections
5.3.4.1 Special Inspections are normally completed by the depot during standard rework, unless the
rework is performed at the reporting custodian's site. If Special Inspection requirements were not
included in depot standard rework, all Special Inspections due must be completed prior to the post-
depot rework FCF.
NOTE: The FST, with the concurrence of the ACC, will include an MRC exclusion list in
each standard rework specification. The MRC exclusion list will contain all MRC
items that are not performed during standard rework. The accepting squadron must
5-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
complete all deferred Special Inspection requirements prior to the post-depot rework
FCF.
5.3.4.2 When an aircraft returns to the reporting custodian after standard rework, the new base date
for those Special Inspections performed as part of the standard rework will be the date the aircraft
completed rework. If the rework specification satisfied Special Inspection requirements, the depot
may rebase all completed special inspections as of the rework completion date. The new base date
will be entered in the Miscellaneous/History section of applicable AESRs, and NTCSS Optimized
OMA (OOMA) CM procedures will be used to establish the new base dates in OOMA.
5.3.4.3 All MRC tasks required for flight safety or aircraft ferry must be included in the applicable
standard rework specifications and accomplished during rework.
5.3.4.4 Depots will perform conditional inspections when situations requiring conditional
inspection compliance occur during the depot rework process or during depot FCF.
5.3.4.5 Phase Inspections and major engine inspections are not normally included in depot rework
unless specifically requested by the reporting custodian and approved by the ACC and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
5.3.5 Aircraft Preflight, Daily, Turnaround, and Postflight Inspections
5.3.5.1 Aircraft Preflight Inspection
A Preflight Inspection is performed to verify the material integrity and correct servicing of the
aircraft prior to aircrew acceptance of the aircraft for flight. The Preflight Inspection is conducted
per T/M/S aircraft MRCs and NATOPS.
5.3.5.2 Aircraft Daily Inspection
The Daily Inspection is conducted to inspect for defects to a greater depth than the turnaround
inspection.
a. Daily Inspections will be conducted per T/M/S aircraft MRCs.
b. Daily Inspections are valid for a maximum of 72 hours commencing from the date and time
the inspection is completed, provided no maintenance other than servicing is performed and no
flight occurs during the 72-hour period. Once a flight occurs, the aircraft may make multiple flights
within a 24-hour period without performing another Daily Inspection, provided no maintenance
other than servicing is performed. The 24-hour period begins with the first launch following
completion of the Daily Inspection. In no case is a Daily Inspection valid for more than 72 hours
unless the end of the 72-hour period occurs while the aircraft is in flight. Figure 5-2 provides
examples of Daily Inspection requirements under various aircraft flight scenarios.
c. In the event maintenance (other than servicing) is performed after the Daily Inspection is
completed, Maintenance Control must determine if another complete Daily is needed or if a partial
inspection will suffice to return the aircraft to compliance with the Daily requirements.
5-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. When required for a cross-country flight, or when aircraft must be operated away from home
base without qualified maintenance support for periods not exceeding 72 hours, the CO may
authorize the pilot-in-command to conduct applicable T/M/S NATOPS pilot inspection in lieu of a
Daily inspection, certify servicing requirements are accomplished, and sign the Aircraft Inspection
and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) (Figure 5-4) in the certification block. In these cases,
the Daily Inspection must be performed immediately prior to the commencement of the mission.
The expiration of the CO 72-hour authorization may occur during the return flight to home base (or
to a site with maintenance support), per NOTE 3 of Figure 5-2. On a case-by-case basis, Wings and
MAGs may authorize an additional 24 hours (maximum of 96 hours), due to operational necessity.
COs must request the authorization in writing (email, letter, memorandum, or naval message) citing
the specific BUNO, name and rank of the pilot in command, and a description of the mission with
justification of operational necessity. Type Wing or MAG authorization must be in writing. The
email reference, Date Time Group (DTG) of the message, or serial number of letter authorizing the
deviation must be cited in the Daily Inspection WO or in the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance
Record (OPNAV 4790/141) completed prior to commencement of the mission.
NOTE: The local flying area defined as within a 350-mile radius of a unit’s home base per
CNAFINST 3710.4.
5.3.5.3 Aircraft Turnaround Inspection
Turnaround Inspections are performed between flights that occur after completion of the Daily
Inspection. A Turnaround Inspection is conducted to detect material degradation that may have
occurred during the previous flight, verify fluid consumption levels were within limits, and service
the aircraft.
a. Turnaround Inspections are valid for a period of 24 hours commencing from the date and
time the inspection is completed, provided no flight and no maintenance other than servicing occurs
during this period. When required for a cross-country flight, or when aircraft must be operated
away from home base without qualified maintenance support for periods exceeding 24 hours, the
CO may authorize the pilot-in-command to conduct applicable T/M/S NATOPS pilot inspection in
lieu of a Turnaround inspection, certify servicing requirements are accomplished, and sign the
Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) (Figure 5-4) in the certification
block. In these cases, the Turnaround Inspection must be performed immediately prior to the
commencement of the mission.
b. Once the aircraft is weight off wheels, the Turnaround Inspection is considered to be expired.
c. Completing a Daily Inspection does not satisfy Turnaround Inspection requirements.
d. Accomplishment of a complete Turnaround Inspection is not required between repetitive
flight evolutions interspersed with brief ground periods, such as Hot Seating, hot refueling,
passenger or cargo stops, short interruptions for adjustments during helicopter FCFs, or if cold
refueling the aircraft for immediate relaunch when the pilot in command remains the same. When
servicing or other minor maintenance is performed during such ground periods, only those portions
of the Turnaround Inspection applicable to that servicing or maintenance need to be performed, as
directed by Maintenance Control. Periodic inspections or servicing intervals will not be exceeded
5-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
during successive ground evolutions. All applicable NATOPS checklist must be complied with
during ground periods.
e. Turnaround Inspections are not required for Hot Seat evolutions. In the event servicing or
minor maintenance is required during Hot Seat, only those portions of the Turnaround Inspection
applicable to the specific servicing or maintenance must be performed, as directed by Maintenance
Control. This does not limit commands from performing other inspections they deem necessary.
Special Inspection and servicing intervals must not be exceeded during successive Hot Seat
evolutions. All applicable NATOPS checklists must be complied with prior to launch.
5.3.5.4 Aircraft Postflight Inspection
Aircraft Postflight inspection is performed immediately after aircraft shut-down to inspect for
visible damage that may have occurred during flight. Aircraft Postflight Inspection is performed per
T/M/S MRCs.
5.3.5.5 Documentation
Aircraft Preflight, Daily, Turnaround and Postflight Inspections are documented on a
Preflight/Daily/Turnaround/Postflight Maintenance Record (OPNAV 4790/38) (Figure 5-3). The
records may be destroyed on completion of the next like inspection. All other inspections are
documented on the WO per Chapter 15. The Preflight/Daily/Turnaround/Postflight Maintenance
Record (OPNAV 4790/38) is completed by entering the following information:
Block 1 - PREFLIGHT, DAILY, TURNAROUND, and POSTFLIGHT blocks. Check the type of
inspection being performed.
Block 2 - DATE AND TIME. Date and time the inspection is performed.
Block 3 - T/M/S. Aircraft T/M/S being inspected.
Block 4 - BUNO. BUNO of aircraft being inspected.
Block 5 - SIDE NO. Side number of aircraft being inspected.
Block 6 - ACTIVITY. Activity performing inspection.
Block 7 - CARD NUMBER/RTG/MOS. Separate entries are required for each MRC, for example,
PC-1, PC-1.1, and PC-1.2 would be three separate line entries. If desired, rating or MOS may be
included. When using checklists enter one step number per line, for example, steps 1, 2, 3, 4, would
be four separate line entries.
Block 8 - TOOL CONTAINER NUMBER. Tool container number, entered once, on the line where
the using technician's name first appears.
Block 9 - DISCREPANCY / JCN. Enter a brief narrative description of each discrepancy. A JCN
is required for all discrepancies except those corrected by servicing to replace fluids routinely
consumed in flight, such as fuel and LOX. (Chapter 15 contains additional guidance.)
5-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. In some instances, the PMIC may direct more frequent performance of special
inspections as a result of an over limit condition. Cumulative occurrences of an over
limit condition may require performance of a higher level inspection (such as a
major engine inspection), as directed by the applicable aircraft, engine or equipment
maintenance technical manual.
5.3.9.2 One-time inspections directed by higher authority (not directed by a TD) are conditional
inspections for which no predetermined situation or event has been identified, but an inspection is
determined necessary by the CO, MO, Maintenance Control or Production Control, or by an
authority in the chain of command, such as Type Wing, CVW, ACE, MAG, MAW, or ACC. The
discrepancy block for WOs issued for one-time inspections must contain the inspection requirement,
directive and compliance time limit. For example, “Inspect for missing 1-inch spanner wrench per
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 Tool Control NAMPSOP prior to next flight;” and “Inspect for
aircraft identification plate per COMNAVAIRPAC message DTG 010026Z JUL 2018 no later than
15 July 2018.”
5.3.9.3 Aircraft Ground Mishaps (AGM). An AGM is defined as a mishap where there is no intent
for flight that results in reportable damage to an aircraft, UAV death or injury involving an aircraft
or UAV. This applies to both afloat and ashore. At a minimum, an AGM will be documented as a
conditional inspection Work Order (WO) to determine extent of damage and cost. All work centers
are required to perform a look phase to assess damage, cost and repairs. The AGM control, look,
and fix phase (as required) WOs will be issued and documented per para 15.5.38 and 15.5.39.
a. A WO will be initiated regardless of mishap severity defined in the OPNAV 3750.6.
b. Discrepancy block for WOs issued as AGM conditional inspections (control and look phase)
must contain detailed description of damage sustained and date AGM occurred. For example,
“Perform conditional inspection due to aircraft ground mishap damage sustained to RH upper
stabilizer. AGM date: 11FEB2022.”
NOTES: 1. Do not enter sensitive personnel information in WO.
2. One-time inspection Type WOs (OC, OL, OF, OX) will not be utilized to
document discrepancies as result of an AGM.
3. Reportable damage will not be combined on a single WO. All reportable
damage to aircraft or equipment identified with their own WUCs must be
documented on separate conditional fix phase (Type WO CF) WOs.
5.3.9.4 Conditional inspection documentation requirements are in Chapter 15 (O-level activities)
and Chapter 16 (I-level activities).
5.3.10 Inspection Deviations
5.3.10.1 If a plus or minus interval is not specified in the applicable T/M/S MRC or commercial
derivative aircraft task cards, one of the following deviations or a portion thereof may be applied:
5-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Plus or minus three days may be applied to the interval of inspections, including preservation
inspections, that are performed in increments of calendar days. The next inspection is scheduled as
if no deviation had occurred. Deviations within the plus or minus three-day interval do not require
logbook entry.
b. Plus or minus 10 percent may be applied to the interval of inspections based on flight hours,
operating hours, cycles, or events. Intervals that create fractional deviations will be rounded to the
lower value. For example, 10 percent of a 125-hour inspection cycle equates to a 12.5 hours
fractional deviation that must be rounded down to 12 hours. The next inspection will be scheduled
as if no deviation had occurred. Deviations within the plus or minus 10 percent interval do not
require a logbook entry.
NOTE: 1. To facilitate establishing a concurrent airframe and engine inspection cycle, new
engines or engines that have had a major engine inspection are authorized a plus or
minus 10 percent deviation in the scheduled inspection interval without requiring the
next engine inspection to be scheduled as though no deviation has occurred.
2. Inspection deviations do not apply to Technical Directives per 10.10.
5.3.10.2 Plus or minus 10 percent may be applied to the stated operating limitation of components,
unless prohibited by the applicable Periodic Maintenance Information Card (PMIC) or other
directive.
NOTES: 1. Plus 10 percent extension is not authorized for LCF limited items that have
accumulated their assigned cycles or operating hours, or for structural life limited
components (listed in NAVAIRINST 13120.1, NAVAIRINST 13130.1, and
applicable PMICs) that have reached their basic life limitations or would reach
those limitations during the extension.
2. Aircraft Guns Systems (AGS) and Aircraft Crew Served Weapons (ACSW) are
not authorized a plus or minus 10 percent deviation. AGS and ACSW are
authorized plus or minus 500 (+/- 500) round deviation from the specified
inspection interval. This deviation does not apply to weapon system or weapons
system components at end of service life.
5.3.10.3 Aircraft, UAS, and UAS Control Stations that exceed an inspection limit will be restricted
from flight operations until completion of the applicable inspection. Equipment that exceed an
inspection limit must be restricted from use until completion of the applicable inspection.
NOTE: Completion of a past-due inspection does not rebase the inspection and therefore does
not require a Miscellaneous History entry. The next inspection will be performed at
the next due date or time interval as if no deviation had occurred.
5.3.10.4 Inspections may be done earlier (rebased) than the applicable minus three days or 10
percent limit. When an inspection is done earlier than the low limit of the interval, the next
inspection is due based on the hour or cycle the inspection WO was initiated. Document the word
“REBASE” in the discrepancy and the system reason blocks of the WO and include the next
5-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
inspection due date or time. Inspection rebasing will be documented using the OOMA "Inspections
Near Due" queue. Using task properties in CM is not acceptable for documenting inspection
rebasing.
NOTE: Once an inspection is started for rebasing purposes, the aircraft or equipment is
restricted from use until the entire inspection is completed.
5.3.10.5 A one-time deviation in excess of the applicable high (+) limits specified in paragraphs
5.3.10.1 or 5.3.10.2 may be granted due to operational necessity or aircraft ferry schedule only.
Reporting custodians must submit deviation requests via naval message to the cognizant Wing,
COMFAIR, CVW, or Aviation Combat Element (ACE) commander, with the ACC T/M/S aircraft
class desk as an information addressee. The Wing, COMFAIR, CVW, or ACE commander may
grant up to one additional high (+) limit interval. Authorization for additional deviations must be
approved by the ACC. Deviation requests must contain sufficient detail on the conditions of the
deviation. Requests will clearly state the deviation being requested, the circumstances necessitating
the deviation, and the estimated completion of the deferred inspection. For example, “Request
deviation to go 10 flight hours beyond the 10 percent “plus” high limit for the 200 Hour engine
inspection on BUNO 161234. Deviation is required for ferry flight for short notice directive to
transfer aircraft. 200 hour inspection will be performed during acceptance inspection by the
receiving squadron.” If applicable, the request must provide details of any logistics deficiency
related to the deviation, such as requisition number, National Item Identification Number (NIIN)
and part number, and status. If a deviation is authorized, a Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV
4790/25A) logbook entry is required. The next inspection is scheduled as if no deviation had
occurred. Activities operating OOMA will use the CM procedures to change tasking and update
CM ALS to record deviation authorization.
5.3.10.6 During combat, operational commanders are authorized to defer scheduled maintenance of
otherwise functional equipment. Combat operational commanders may also defer the replacement
of high time components, with the exception of LCF or structural life limited components (those
items whose disposition is "RETIRE" in the PMIC). Deferral of scheduled maintenance during
combat should not exceed one interval of that maintenance event; the ACC will be consulted before
authorizing further deferrals. Deferral authority during combat cannot be delegated below the CO
of the ship, Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU) commander, or Air Wing commander, as
appropriate. ACC notification is not required except for deferral of replacement of high time
components, which will be reported to the ACC by priority message when components are at or
beyond high time. Notification will include the following information: T/M/S, BUNO, Component
Nomenclature, P/N, Replacement Due Time/Cycles, Current Time/Cycles, and applicable
requisition numbers and status. As soon as operations permit, deferred maintenance actions must be
brought current.
5.4 Aircraft Acceptance, Transfer, and Ferry
5.4.1 Aircraft Acceptance Inspection
5.4.1.1 An acceptance inspection must be performed when a reporting custodian receives an aircraft
transferred by Aircraft Transfer Order (ATO) and accepted with XRAY Action Code R (receipt of
5-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
an aircraft from another reporting custodian) (Chapter 9). An acceptance inspection must also be
performed whenever an aircraft is received from off-site depot rework, regardless of custody
transfer. Acceptance inspection must include:
a. Inventory of all equipment listed in the Aircraft Inventory Record (AIR), per 6.7.2.7.
b. Visual verification that required cartridge actuated devices (CAD) and propellant actuated
devices (PAD) are installed. Disassembly beyond daily inspection requirements of applicable
planned maintenance system (PMS) publications is not required for visual verification of CADS or
PADs.
c. Hydraulic fluid sampling.
d. Daily Inspection.
e. Aircraft acceptance conditional inspection technical publication requirements (if applicable).
f. Logs and records and configuration verification, including verification of all scheduled
inspection and forced removal times, per paragraph 8.2.5. For CM ALS refer to 8.6.
NOTE: Disassembly of the aircraft beyond T/M/S daily inspection requirements is not
required for visual configuration verification of any component, assembly, CAD or
PAD. Disassembly of an F-35 aircraft beyond the daily inspection requirements is
not authorized without ACC approval.
g. Verification of the aircraft data plate. If the data plate is missing, send a Naval Message to
the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk, with the responsible Wing or MAG and the transferring
squadron as info addressees. The Aircraft Class Desk will arrange replacement.
h. Complete FCF.
NOTE: Wings may waive the acceptance FCF requirement for aircraft transfers within the
same wing, providing all other requirements of 5.4.1.1 are met.
5.4.1.2 Activities may elect to increase the depth of an acceptance inspection if defects found
during external inspection or logs and records verification indicate additional inspection is needed to
verify the material condition of the aircraft.
5.4.1.3 Due to the dynamic nature of Test Evaluation (TE) and Fleet Support (FS),
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM ACC is authorized to waive acceptance inspection and FCF requirements
for all aircraft under its cognizance. This waiver authority does not apply to acceptance of aircraft
from off-site D-level special rework. Administrative requirements listed in paragraph 5.4.1.6 are
required.
5.4.1.4 Squadrons that transfer aircraft between home-guard and detachments are not required to
perform an acceptance inspection or FCF.
5.4.1.5 Aircraft received back from on-site Phased Depot Maintenance (PDM) will complete all
acceptance inspection procedures of paragraph 5.4.1.1. An Aircraft Delivery Deficiency Report
(ADDR) will be submitted per the procedures of 10.9.
5-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5.4.1.6 The following administrative requirements must be completed for aircraft acceptance:
a. Submit DECKPLATE-AIRRS aircraft acceptance XRAY and engine transaction reports per
paragraph 9.1.3.
b. Electronically receive aircraft and associated ALSS equipment in the Virtual Fleet Support
(VFS) CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD, and TRACE LIFE SUPPORT Modules (if applicable).
c. Log the hydraulic fluid sampling results in the Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV 4790/25A)
section of the aircraft logbook.
d. Log completion of the acceptance inspection in the aircraft and AESR logbooks as a
Conditional inspection. Authority for the Conditional inspection entry is COMNAVAIRFORINST
4790.2. Entries will include the following statements:
(1) "This date, the Monthly Flight Summary flight hours in period and since new were
verified to be correct."
(2) “The following scheduled inspection due dates or times verified to be correct:” List all
applicable scheduled inspections and next due date or time immediately following this statement.
e. If the aircraft was received new from the manufacturer or was received from depot standard
rework, submit an Aircraft Inspection Discrepancy Report (AIDR) per 10.9.3.4.
f. Activities not using NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS will submit a MAF for Aircraft
Inventory Gain per 15.4.1.
5.4.2 Aircraft Transfer
5.4.2.1 Transfer Inspection
A transfer inspection must be performed when a reporting custodian is directed to transfer an
aircraft by Aircraft Transfer Order (ATO) to another operating unit. A transfer inspection is also
required when an aircraft and its records are physically transferred to a Depot FRC or commercial
facility for standard or special rework. Transfer inspections must include:
a. Inventory of all equipment listed in the Aircraft Inventory Record (AIR), per 6.7.2.7.1.b.
Verification that cartridge actuated devices (CAD) and propellant actuated devices (PAD) are
installed.
b. Logs and records and configuration verification per paragraph 8.2.5. For CM ALS refer to
8.6.3.4.
c. Verification of the aircraft data plate. If the data plate is missing, the reporting custodian
squadron must send a Naval Message to the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk, with the responsible
Wing or MAG as info addressees. The Aircraft Class Desk will arrange replacement. For aircraft
being transferred to Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Group (AMARG), the reporting
custodian will send a clear picture of the data plate to the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk as proof
the aircraft data plate is installed.
5-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Activities ferrying an aircraft for storage at the Aerospace Maintenance and
Regeneration Group (AMARG) must notify AMARG at least 10 days in advance.
AMARG point of contact information is specified in the Aircraft Transfer Order
(ATO).
2. Refer to the OOMA users guide for documenting ferry movement.
5-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE 1: A Daily Inspection is valid for 72 hours from the date and time completed, provided
no maintenance other than servicing is performed and no flight occurs during the
72-hour period.
Aircraft Daily
Completed
24hr Point 48hr Point 72hr Point
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
The aircraft was not flown and no maintenance other than servicing was performed
during the 72-hour period.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE 2: Once a flight occurs, the aircraft may make multiple flights within a 24-hour period
without performing another Daily Inspection, provided no maintenance other than
servicing is performed. The 24-hour period begins with the first launch following
completion of the Daily Inspection.
Aircraft Daily
Completed
24hr Point 48hr Point 72hr Point
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE 3: In no case is a Daily Inspection valid for more than 72 hours unless the end of the 72
hour period occurs while the aircraft is in flight.
Aircraft Daily
Completed
24hr Point 48hr Point 72hr Point
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Flight
Valid Daily
5-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8. ORDNANCE: 10. I have personally inspected this aircraft in accordance with the
applicable MRCs/checklists. Any discrepancies noted have been
entered on CNAF 4790/38.
a. PRINTED NAME OF PLANE CAPTAIN: b. RANK/RATE:
c. SIGNATURE OF QA/SO:
9. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT/LIMITATIONS/REMARKS: 12. Certification of safe for flight condition by personnel authorized by
the Commanding Officer to release aircraft Safe For Flight.
a. PRINTED NAME b. RANK/RATE
c. SIGNATURE
c. SIGNATURE
Figure 5-4: Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) (Sample)
5-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Date:__________
Work Center:__________________________Nomenclature:____________________________
P/N:_____________________S/N:____________________SM&R Code:_____________
MCN:_____________JCN:___________________DDSN:______________Priority:_________
BCM-8: Administrative (List specific reason: EI exhibit, SRC data unknown, item under warranty,
repair costs exceed AVDLR Net Unit Price or replacement cost, excessive backlog, budgetary
limitations, materials in excess of requirements, or directed by ACC)
5-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM REPORTING UNIT
TO APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIANS
COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMNAVAIRFORES SAN DIEGO CA//N42//(Reserve units)
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//(WESTPAC activities)
APPLICABLE MAW/WING/MARBDE/MAG
INFO APPLICABLE COMCARGRU /COMPHIBGRU/COMPHIBRON
COMNAVSURFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42//
COMMARFORCOM (Marine activities only) COMMARFORPAC (Marine activities only)
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
APPLICABLE FST
UNCLAS //N04790//
SUBJ/BA REPORT NR XXXXXXX//
POC//(POC for the reporting unit)
RMKS/1. FAILURE DATA
A. EQUIPMENT NOMENCLATURE, PART NR, AND SERIAL NR
B. AIRCRAFT (EACH TMS IF MORE THAN ONE), AIRCRAFT SYSTEM SUPPORTED
(EACH SYSTEM IF MORE THAN ONE) AFFECTED
C. CAL REQUIRED/TYPE REQUIRED (NA IF CAL NOT REQUIRED)
D. DTG OF TECH ASSIST MESSAGE (NA IF NOT REQUIRED)
E. PART 1 OF X REQUIRED:
(1) REQUIRED PART DATA: (DOC NR, NOMEN, PART NR, QTY, SM&R, CAGE, NIIN,
TECH DATA)
(2) DISPOSITION OF RETROGRADE (FOR EXAMPLE TURNED INTO SUPPLY, DISPOSED
OF, OR CANNIBALIZED FOR TRANSFER TO XXX IAW AUTHORITY MESSAGE DTG)
PART 2 OF X REQUIRED:
(1) REQUIRED PART DATA: (DOC NR, NOMEN, PART NR, QTY, SM&R, CAGE, NIIN,
TECH DATA)
(2) DISPOSITION OF RETROGRADE (FOR EXAMPLE TURNED INTO SUPPLY,
CONSUMABLE, OR CANNIBALIZED FOR TRANSFER TO XXX IAW AUTHORITY
MESSAGE DTG)
F. NEXT HIGHER ASSY: (NOMEN, PART NR, CAGE, NIIN, TECH DATA)
G. OUTSTANDING DOC NRS/STATUS FOR MAMS REQUISITIONS
H. REMARKS: (NA IF AMPLIFICATION NOT DESIRED)
I. MILSTRIP DATA
5-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM USS NIMITZ
TO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMNAVAIRFORES SAN DIEGO CA//N42//(Reserve units)
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA // (If deployed)
INFO COMCARGRU SEVEN
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
FRCSE JACKSONVILLE FL//
UNCLAS //N04790//
SUBJ/BA REPORT NR 2000001//
POC/A. ARMAGOST/AVCM/DSN 439-0123/COMM 206-479-0123//
RMKS/ 1. FAILURE DATA
A. RADCOM, A31U14200-5, PPD085
B. EACH TMS, SYSTEM
C. NA
D. NA
E. PART 1 OF 2
(1) 8360GB03, CKT CARD ASSY, D8255A, 6, PAOGG, 34649, 4920-01-120-6436, AT-170G1-
000, FIG 7-3, PG 7-12
(2) CONSUMABLE
PART 2 OF 2
(1) NA, NA, DIGITAL WORD GENERATOR, A31U30200-1, 1, PBGGD, 26512, 4920-01-220-
4516, AT-828RA-MMI-000, WP008-00 FIG 1 PG 32 ITEM 173
(2) CANNIBALIZED TO USS LINCOLN IAW COMNAVAIRFOR MSG DTG 101023Z DEC04
F. PART 1 OF 2, AFG DRAWER, A31U13900-1, 26512, 7RH4790-01-220-4821, AT-828RA
MMI-00 WP008-00 FIG 1 PG 32 ITEM 184.
PART 2 OF 2 NA
G. PART 1 OF 2, NA, PART 2 OF 2 0150DP75/265BBN32
H. DIGITAL WORD GENERATOR SHIPPED TP01 GREENSHEET MUST RIDE
TCN R03368-9100-GB99XXX
I. A01N72S662501411704719EA00001R033398360GB03RYS6PMUA9S07R9BU029995
5-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM REPORTING UNIT
TO APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIANS
COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMNAVAIRFORES SAN DIEGO CA//N42//(Reserve units)
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//(WESTPAC activities)
APPLICABLE MAW/WING/MARBDE/MAG
INFO APPLICABLE COMCARGRU/COMPHIBGRU/COMPHIBRON
COMNAVSURFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42//
COMMARFORCOM (Marine activities only) COMMARFORPAC (Marine activities only)
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
APPLICABLE FST
UNCLAS//N04790//
SUBJ/BA ADDENDUM NR XXXXXXX //
POC//
RMKS/1. DTG OF ORIGINAL FAILURE BA REPORT
2. SERIAL NR OF ADDENDUM XX (XX = A THROUGH ZZ CONSECUTIVELY)
3. FAILURE DATA
A. EQUIPMENT NOMENCLATURE, PART NR, AND SERIAL NR
B. AIRCRAFT (EACH TMS IF MORE THAN ONE), AIRCRAFT SYSTEM SUPPORTED
(EACH SYSTEM IF MORE THAN ONE) AFFECTED
C. CAL REQUIRED/TYPE REQUIRED (NA IF CAL NOT REQUIRED)
D. DTG OF TECH ASSIST MESSAGE (NA IF NOT REQUIRED)
E. PART 1 OF X REQUIRED:
(1) REQUIRED PART DATA: (DOC NR, NOMEN, PART NR, QTY, SM&R, CAGE, NIIN,
TECH DATA)
(2) DISPOSITION OF RETROGRADE (FOR EXAMPLE, TURNED INTO SUPPLY,
CONSUMABLE, OR CANNIBALIZED FOR TRANSFER TO XXX IAW AUTHORITY
MESSAGE DTG)
PART 2 OF X REQUIRED:
(1) REQUIRED PART DATA: (DOC NR, NOMEN, PART NR, QTY, SM&R, CAGE, NIIN,
TECH DATA)
(2) DISPOSITION OF RETROGRADE (FOR EXAMPLE, TURNED INTO SUPPLY,
CONSUMABLE, OR CANNIBALIZED FOR TRANSFER TO XXX IAW AUTHORITY
MESSAGE DTG)
F. NEXT HIGHER ASSY: (NOMEN, PART NR, CAGE, NIIN, TECH DATA)
G. OUTSTANDING DOC NRS/STATUS FOR MAMS REQUISITIONS
H. REMARKS: (NA IF AMPLIFICATION NOT DESIRED)
I. MILSTRIP DATA
5-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM USS NIMITZ
TO APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIANS
COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA // (If deployed)
INFO
COMCARGRU SEVEN
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
FRCSW NORTH ISLAND CA//JJJ//
UNCLAS //N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/NIMITZ//
SUBJ/BA ADDENDUM NR 2000001//
POC/H.D. BIKE/LCDR/DEPLOYED/-/MMCO//
RMKS/1. 150125ZJAN 99
2. ADDENDUM E
3. FAILURE DATA
A. RSTS AN/APM446 AND DAG-0011
B. EACH TMS, SYSTEM
C. NA
D. NA
E. PART 1 OF 1 REQUIRED:
(1) 9350GB77, CKT CARD ASSY, 446AS22-131-001, 1, PAGDD, 30003, 7RH4920-00-166-6799,
NA 16-30 APM446-3-22 FIG 002-00 PG 4 ITEM 37
(2) TURNED IN TO SUPPLY
F. BB-22, 446AS22-100-006, 30003, 7RH-4790-LL-R95-2061, NA 16-30 APM447-3-22 FIG 001-
00 PG1320
G. 8355D498/150BBN32 EDD 0020
H. NA
I. A01N72S662501411704719EA00001R3339350GB77RYS6PMUA9S07R9BU029995
5-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM REPORTING UNIT
TO APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIANS
COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMNAVAIRFORES SAN DIEGO CA//N42//(Reserve units)
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//(WESTPAC activities)
APPLICABLE MAW/WING/MARBDE/MAG
INFO
APPLICABLE COMCARGRU/COMPHIBGRU/COMPHIBRON
COMMARFORCOM (Marine activities only) COMMARFORPAC (Marine activities only)
COMNAVSURFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42//
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
APPLICABLE FST
UNCLAS //N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/ACTIVITY//
SUBJ/BA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IN-SERVICE REPORT//
RMKS/1. BA NR XXXXXXX IN SERVICE DATA
A. EQUIPMENT NOMENCLATURE, PART NR, SERIAL NR
B. JULIAN DATE EQUIPMENT RETURNED TO SERVICE
C. COMPLETED DOCUMENT NRS
D. DTG OF BA REPORT//
Figure 5-10: Broad Arrow Support Equipment In-Service Report (Message Format)
5-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM USS NIMITZ
TO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA // (If deployed)
INFO
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
COMCARGRU SEVEN
NAVSUP WSS PHILADELPHIA PA//0332//
FRCSW NORTH ISLAND CA//
UNCLAS //N04790//
SUBJ/BA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IN-SERVICE REPORT//
RMKS/1. BA NR 2000001 IN-SERVICE DATA
A. ENGINE TEST STAND, A/F32T-1, 000027
B. 8360
C. 8330D497, 8330F498
D. 290219ZNOV98//
E. DOCUMENT REMAINS OUTSTANDING AS PAYBACK TO XXX. (IF REQUIRED)//
Figure 5-11: Broad Arrow Support Equipment In-Service Report (Sample Message)
5-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM
REPORTING UNIT
TO
APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIANS
COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N421/N423/N413/N4131C/N423R//
COMNAVAIRFORES SAN DIEGO CA//N42//(Reserve units)
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//(WESTPAC activities)
APPLICABLE MAW/WING/MARBDE/MAG
INFO
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-260//
APPLICABLE COMCARGRU /COMPHIBGRU/COMPHIBRON
COMNAVSURFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42//
COMMARFORCOM (Marine activities only) COMMARFORPAC (Marine activities only)
UNCLAS //N04790//
SUBJ/BA REQUISITION COMPLETION REPORT//
REF/A/GENADMIN/REPORTING UNIT/ORIG BA DTG//
RMKS/1. THE FOLLOWING BA REQUISITIONS WERE COMPLETED JD XXXX:
BA NR REQ NR NIIN RCVD QTY
XXXXXXX XXXXGBXX XX-XXX-XXXX X//
NOTE: List all GB document numbers received each day on one message.
5-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
OAC7VMZ AC7205738 021 10 EHRS (P) 030000A 11 O K 0 000 01 0.0 0.0 97205 AZ3 JONES AZ3 JONES N N
OAC7VN2 AC7205739 021 10 EHRS (S) 030000A 11 O K 0 000 01 0.0 0.0 97205 AZ3 JONES AZ3 JONES N N
OAC7VSB AC7206723 021 O/STRESS 7.0 030 11 O S 0 000 01 0.0 0.0 97206 AZ3 JONES AZ3 JONES N N
OAC7VXN AC7207700 110 NOZ. PUMP T 814 07482 1156M46P08 23781 07482 1156M46P11 VKJE2854
AC7AA8H AC7201188 110 L06 CODE T4B OT/BE R 029 07482 1344M74P01 GDB0201V 07482 1344M74P01 GDBB5217
AC7AAZ3 AC7200700 200 BLGTING A/S IND R 374 26512 21285-1139 239778 26512 21285-1139 316211
AC7AFX4 AC7214A01 13B WATER SEP. BAG 4112K H Y R 105 70210 180849-10 1
AC7AFY1 AC7215048 280 WAVEGUIDE BROKEN 74A1500 H Y R 070 82577 3196864 1
5-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 5-14: Phased Depot Maintenance Work Request (OPNAV 4790/65) (Page 1)
5-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 5-14: Phase Depot Maintenance Work Request (OPNAV 4790/65) (Page 2)
5-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 6
Material Management and Control
Table of Contents
6-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 6
Material Management and Control
6.1 Navy Supply System
6.1.1 Overview
6.1.1.1 The Navy Supply System is part of the Federal Supply System, and is responsible for
procuring, maintaining, and distributing equipment, repair parts, and consumable inventories
(except ordnance ammunition) to Department of the Navy (DON) consumers. The complexity of
installations and activities in the Navy Supply distribution network, such as Fleet Logistics
Centers and Defense Distribution Centers (DDC), are generally termed Designated Support
Points (DSP), where the physical work of receiving, storing, and issuing items takes place.
6.1.1.2 The Navy Supply System provides material in support of the operation and maintenance
of aeronautical equipment with the goal to have material located when and where it is needed by
the customer.
6.1.1.3 Commander Naval Supply Systems Command (commonly referred to as NAVSUP) is
responsible for material support of the NAMP. NAVSUP Weapons Systems Support (NAVSUP
WSS) is the primary organization responsible for naval aviation material support. NAVSUP
WSS manages spare parts for aircraft, engines, systems, components and accessories, safety
equipment, support equipment (SE), and aeronautical photographic and meteorological
equipment. Primary functions of NAVSUP WSS include:
a. Computes range and depth of aviation material requirements, identification and transfer of
items to be managed by other Inventory Control Points (ICP).
b. Develops budgets for and funds assigned aviation material requirements.
c. Procures material directly from industry or other government agencies.
d. Allocates NAVAIR procured material to stock points, distributes material to fill
replenishment stock requirements, and refers requisitions to stock points to meet end-use
requirements.
e. Disposes of material in excess of system requirements, including SE, when authorized by
NAVAIR.
f. Maintains aeronautical spares and spare parts catalogs, including obtaining National Stock
Numbers (NSN) from the Defense Logistics Service Center.
g. Determines system asset rework requirements of repairable components processed by
naval, inter-service, or commercial rework facilities, equipment, e.g. Aviation Depot Level
Repairables (AVDLRs), Weapons Repairable Assemblies, Shop Repairable Assemblies,
containers funded with Operations and Maintenance Navy (OM&N), engine modules (funded
6-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
with APN6) processed by Naval, Inter-Service or Commercial rework facilities during the
Interim Supply Support period as well as Post Material Support and throughout sustainment.
h. Develops, issues, and updates the Allowance Requirements Registers (ARR) and
allowance and load lists applicable to the NAMP.
i. Provides primary material support for air launched weapons.
j. Coordinates and conducts provisioning conferences.
6.1.2 Funding Aviation Materials
6.1.2.1 The aviation wholesale supply system consists of expense and repairable items. Expense
items are consumable items or field level repairables procured by NAVSUP WSS or Defense
Logistics Agency (DLA) with Navy Working Capital Fund (NWCF) or DWCF dollars and
carried in the Navy inventory (for NWCF) account or DLA inventory (for DWCF) account.
Repairable items are aviation depot level repairables (AVDLR) which are carried under a dual
pricing system: standard (full) price (when there is no repairable carcass available) and net price
for replacement of a not-ready for issue (NRFI) asset.
6.1.2.2 The Navy Working Capital Fund (NWCF) is a revolving fund which finances the
purchase of new assets and the repair of common stock of supply items required for support and
operation of the Navy weapon systems. Its basic capital assets are provided from an
appropriation made by the Congress. The NWCF provides a means for managing, financing,
controlling, and accounting for material, supplies, and equipment. It serves as a means to
improve financial control of the consumption of material through budgeting, financing, and
accounting for the use of such material. The NWCF finances procurement of most of the Navy's
repairables and centrally managed consumable spares by purchasing consumable spares
from Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) and Government Services Agency (GSA), which are
then placed in Navy wholesale inventory and at retail stock locations. The capital to acquire
replacement stock is provided by reimbursement for all issues (sales) to the customer from the
Operations and Maintenance Navy (O&MN) funds in the hands of the customer. In this respect,
it differs from appropriation purchase account (APA) material that is issued without charge to the
customer's O&MN fund and is only statistically costed to the customer except under specific
circumstances. Customer orders are the basis for the NWCF budget and the solvency of the fund
is dependent on the receipt of a customer order and a subsequent sale of the material. When
NAVSUP WSS conducts procurement computations for stock fund items the procurement
quantity is based on historical recorded demands, Demand Transaction (DHAs) MILSTRIP
submission for non-supply source material use, and engineering estimates for new items.
6.1.2.3 NWCF components consumed by aviation units are paid for with aviation fleet
maintenance (AFM) operating funds. The NWCF in turn uses the payment to replenish the
material, either by financing a repair at a designated rework point (DRP), formerly a designated
overhaul point, or by purchasing a replacement item in the case of beyond economical repair or
6-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
loss situations. This differs from APA methods that separately fund the procurement and repair
of aviation inventories, where such funding may be inadequate to meet demand. Under NWCF,
the revolving fund receives payment when material is used and those funds will finance the
subsequent D-level repair or replenishment action. Therefore, full funding of the D-level
component repair is a primary benefit of the Aviation Depot Level Repairables (AVDLR)
process. Additional NWCF benefits are:
a. Reduced back orders and customer wait time due to an increase of Ready for Issue (RFI)
components being available in the supply system.
b. Improved financial flexibility due to Defense Finance Accounting Service’s (DFAS)
ability to direct funds to either repair or procure as conditions warrant. This is not possible in an
APA environment where repair or procurement reprogramming actions require congressional
approval.
c. Improved aircraft readiness due to improved material support.
d. A financial incentive for O-level and I-level maintenance activities to maximize repair
permitted under the applicable COMNAVAIRSYSCOM aircraft maintenance plan.
6.1.2.4 Management of NWCF DLR items are under 7-series Cognizant (COG) Symbol and are
issued with a charge to the customers’ operating target (OPTAR) at the point of sale (when the
user is charged for DLR usage). One point of sale is at NWCF activities with RSupply Force
Level (Air Stations, CVN, MALS and MAGS) and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
activities (Air Station) when 7- series COG repairables are issued from stock and the retrograde
turn-in is determined to be beyond the capability of maintenance (BCM) at the I-level activities).
Another point of sale is when a 7-series COG repairable is issued for either stock or direct turn
over (DTO) from a NWCF inventory and the retrograde is not available for turn-in. This charge
will be either at a net or standard price, where:
a. The net price is charged for the RFI replacement of a NRFI asset that is BCM and
returned to the wholesale Supply System. The net price is less than the standard price and is
based on depot repair cost vice new procurement cost.
b. The standard price is charged for issues when the requisitioning activity does not make or
does not have a turn-in. The standard price is based on procurement cost for replacement of the
asset and is usually significantly greater than the net price, encouraging prompt turn-in of the
NRFI component.
6.1.3 Standard Supply References
6.1.3.1 Department of Defense and Federal Government References
a. DOD 4160.21-M is applicable to all DOD activities in the reporting, redistribution, and
use of excess, surplus, and foreign excess personal (as opposed to real) property; in the disposal
6-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Catalog. This catalog lists
approximately 20,000 line items stocked in GSA supply distribution facilities. The items listed
in this catalog are assigned COG 9Q.
6.1.3.2 OPNAV References
a. OPNAVINST 4614.1 contains instructions for using the Uniform Material Movement and
Issue Priority System (UMMIPS), which assigns a Force Activity Designator (FAD) to all
activities for determining priorities for material support. UMMIPS and FAD procedures are
implemented by Fleet Commander and Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) or Type
Commander (TYCOM) instructions. The FAD is correlated with an urgency of need to
determine the priority assigned to requisitions. The priority assigned to material requisitions, not
the project code, determines the speed a requisition is filled by the Supply system. UMMIPS
abuse dilutes Supply System responsiveness in processing MILSTRIP requisitions.
b. OPNAVINST 4440.25 contains responsibilities and procedures for establishing,
maintaining, and modifying Consolidated Remain In Place Lists (CRIPL) for aviation material.
6.1.3.3 COMNAVAIRFOR and Marine Corps References
a. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4440.2 Afloat Supply Operation Manual and
COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 4415.1 Ashore Supply Operation Manual
establish aviation supply procedures, guidelines, and standards for afloat and ashore aviation
support divisions/departments.
b. MCO P4400.177, Marine Corps Aviation Supply Desk-Top Procedures provides
guidelines specific to Marine Corps activities.
6.1.3.4 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM References
Illustrated Parts Breakdowns (IPB), also called Illustrated Maintenance Parts Lists or Illustrated
Parts Catalogs, are prepared by the manufacturer for each model aircraft, engine, accessory,
electronic equipment, or SE. The IPB is designed to assist supply and maintenance personnel to
identify and order replacement parts for aircraft and equipment. All procurable assemblies with
detail parts are illustrated and listed in such a manner as to make quick identification of
assemblies and their component parts possible. The items are arranged continuously in assembly
breakdown order with the illustrations placed as near as possible to their appropriate listing.
a. Illustrated Parts Breakdowns (IPB), also called illustrated maintenance parts list or
illustrated parts catalogs, are prepared by the manufacturer for each model aircraft, engine,
accessory, electronic equipment, or SE. The IPB is designed to assist supply and maintenance
personnel to identify and order replacement parts for aircraft and equipment. All procurable
assemblies with detail parts are illustrated and listed in such a manner as to make quick
identification of assemblies and their components parts possible. The items are arranged
6-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
continuously in assembly breakdown order with the illustrations placed as near as possible to
their appropriate listing.
b. NAVAIR Instruction 4790.41 establishes policy, roles, responsibilities, processes and
procedures for additive manufacturing (AM) in support of the Naval Aviation Enterprise (NAE)
and implements NAVAIR SOP 4790.41. This instruction complements and aligns requirements
set forth in DODINST 5000.93 and Marine Corps Order (MCO) 4700.4. AM parts produced
organically for installation on naval aircraft, ALRE, SE or weapons systems will only be
performed by intermediate level, depot level maintenance activities or Naval Air Warfare
Centers (NAWC), and will be approved by the cognizant technical authority and technical
decision authority for aircraft parts requiring flight clearance prior to use.
6.1.3.5 COMNAVSUP References
a. NAVSUP P409 serves as a reference for personnel responsible for originating and
processing MILSTRIP and MILSTRAP documents. This booklet contains common definitions,
coding structures, and abbreviated code definitions used on a day-to-day basis.
b. NAVSUP Publication 485, NAVAL SUPPLY PROCEDURES, Volume I establishes
policies for the operation and management of afloat supply departments and shore-based units of
the fleet operating forces. It is designed to assist supply personnel in the proper performance of
their assigned duties and to aid them in understanding and performing their individual tasks
associated with afloat Supply operations. NAVSUP Publication 485 is designed for both
automated and non-automated entities. The procedures in NAVSUP Publication 485 are the
minimum essential acceptable processes for supply management and are mandatory unless
specifically stated as being optional. The CO or Supply Officer may prescribe additional
controls when circumstances dictate the requirement for more stringent controls. This
publication is also intended as a training manual for officers and enlisted personnel and as a
guide in handling supply problems that are not a matter of regulation. It is divided into the
following chapters:
c. NAVSUP Publication 485 Volume 2 contains appendices and a glossary for the material
found in Volume 1.
d. NAVSUP Publication 488 issues policy for establishing Consolidated Shipboard
Allowance Listing (COSAL).
e. The NAVSUP Publication 700 (https://tarp.navsup.navy.mil/ ) provides preservation and
packaging requirements for specific repairable components.
f. The NAVSUP Publication 723 provides guidance and standards for wholesale and retail
NWCF inventory.
6-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. NAVSUP Publication 2003 lists current publications, directives, and forms used
throughout the Navy that have stock numbers assigned. Individual directives listed on the
NAVICP Publication 2003 are also stocked at NAVSUP WSS Philadelphia, PA.
h. NAVSUPINST 4423.29 provides direction on Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability
(SM&R) codes. SM&R Codes communicate maintenance and supply instructions for a
particular end item and its components. SM&R codes are published in allowance lists,
maintenance technical manuals, and supply documents. SM&R Codes are assigned based on the
logistic support plan. The primary objective is to establish uniform policies, procedures,
management, and integrated material support within and among the military services.
NOTE: NAVAIRINST 4423.12 provides direction on submitting changes to SM&R codes
specific to aviation material.
6-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
n. Tables of Basic Allowance (TBA) are listings of equipment and material required for
performance of specific missions. They contain both shop equipment and common supporting
spare parts, and include allowances of tools and material required for use by such activities as
Fleet Marine Force (FMF) squadrons, guided missile activities, and drone type activities. TBAs
are approved by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM and published by NAVSUP WSS.
o. Allowance Parts Lists (APL) are provided by NAVSUP WSS. APLs list both an
equipment's technical characteristics and logistics information, and specify all maintenance
significant repair parts associated with the equipment and is the basis for shipboard allowances.
p. Allowance Equipage Lists (AEL) are provided by NAVSUP WSS. AELs describe a
system supported by an authorized range of operating space items. This material falls into the
general categories of tools and equipage to be retained in the custody of the user’s department.
q. Equipment Lists. NAVSUP WSS originates three different types of equipment lists:
(1) Weapons Equipment Lists (WEL) list repairable assemblies, supporting repair parts,
attaching parts, loose equipment, and accessories used on various aircraft. Not all Navy aircraft
have WELs.
(2) Equipment Requirement Lists (ERL) contain information on specific types of
equipment, such as meteorological equipment, aircraft tires and tubes, and specialized shipping
containers, and list the supporting repair parts required to maintain and overhaul the respective
equipment.
(3) Support Equipment Lists (SEL) provide a listing of part numbers and NSNs
applicable to selected types of SE.
6.1.4 Special Programs and Processes
6.1.4.1 Buy Our Spares Smart (BOSS) III Program
6.1.4.1.1 BOSS is a partnership in which the Navy seeks to reduce supply support costs by
improving reliability and maintainability of NAVSUP WSS managed items in fielded weapon or
support systems. The goal of this logistics partnership is to reduce costs and improve readiness.
Sources of candidates are the fleet, Navy Hardware Systems Commands, NAVSUP WSS, FRCs,
NAVAIRWARCENs, Naval Shipyards, in-service engineering activity (ISEA), Program
Management Air (PMA), and private industry. Typical candidates will exhibit low mean time
between failure and high repair costs.
6.1.4.1.2 The BOSS III Program reviews all Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) elements to
determine affordable overall support solutions. Initiatives covered under the BOSS III Program
include:
a. Reliability improvements, for example, logistics engineering change proposals (LECP).
6-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. ILS solutions, for example, technical manual, training, and supply support changes.
Additional emphasis is placed on supply support changes.
c. Maintenance philosophy enhancements.
6.1.4.1.3 The cornerstone of the BOSS III Program is the logistics engineering change proposals
(LECP). An LECP is a reliability or maintainability related ECP (officially, a cost reduction,
justification code "R" ECP) for a NAVSUP WSS managed item, sponsored and funded by
NAVSUP WSS, designed to reduce support costs while maintaining or improving safety and
performance. LECPs are funded by the NWCF if the ROI is two to one over 10 years. Savings
to this account are equal to repair and procurement avoidance. Savings to other accounts may
also be considered. Investment includes non-recurring engineering and logistics costs plus
equipment buys. The benefits evaluation is primarily financial rather than technical. A copy of
the ROI model can be provided from the BOSS III Program Office in hard copy or digital format
via e-mail. BOSS III LECPs are processed as follows:
a. Originator identifies LECP candidate by determining if:
(1) Reliability and maintainability is increased.
(2) Support costs are reduced.
(3) Safety and performance are maintained or improved.
b. Originator submits LECP candidate to the NAVSUP WSS BOSS III Program Office.
c. NAVSUP WSS gathers "Quick ROI" data to determine if the LECP should proceed.
d. NAVSUP WSS coordinates with originator and applicable Systems Command, ISEA, or
PMA to complete BOSS III Cost Analysis Data Requirements if the LECP proceeds.
e. NAVSUP WSS performs cost benefit analysis using ROI model.
f. NAVSUP WSS notifies originator via letter if LECP candidate does not meet ROI
requirements.
g. NAVSUP WSS sponsors the LECP through pre-board review process if LECP candidate
meets ROI requirements.
h. NAVSUP WSS conducts Investment Board for final approval.
i. NAVSUP WSS notifies originator of results.
j. Originator prepares and submits formal LECP to NAVSUP WSS if not already
accomplished.
k. NAVSUP WSS and applicable Systems Command, ISEA, or PMA coordinate LECP
through the implementation process.
6-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
investigate; however, a more complex case may take longer. Upon completion, the Price
Challenge Hotline will provide the challenger with disposition of the case.
6.1.4.3 Shelf Life Management
The objective of shelf-life management is to maintain the required level of stock availability
while minimizing the risk of shelf life expiration prior to issue. The use of shelf life codes and
shelf life action codes are an integral part of the shelf life management program. They are
designed to reflect the assigned time period, at the end of which subject items are unfit for issue
or items are inspected or tested or restorative actions taken as specified by the shelf life action
code. An effective shelf life management program issues the stock that has the earliest
expiration date, and must be in an RFI condition per applicable storage standards. Each site must
develop a local shelf life program to ensure the proper identification and management of Type I
and Type II shelf life materiel in accordance with DoD 4140.27-M, Shelf-Life Item Management
Manual.
6.1.4.4 Warranty Program
6.1.4.4.1 Warranty Contracting
a. Each contract must contain warranties covering design and manufacturing requirements,
defects in materials and workmanship, and essential performance requirements.
b. Warranties will provide ample time, after delivery of the weapon system equipment, for
the government to assess achievement of specification requirements and ensure the equipment is
free from defects in materials and workmanship.
c. Program Manager Air (PMA) will examine the value of warranties on major systems and
pursue such warranties when appropriate and cost-effective. When appropriate, the PMA will
incorporate warranty requirements into major systems contracts per FAR 46.7.
d. If a warranty is cost effective and approved by the chief of the contracting office, the
contract must contain warranties covering design and manufacturing requirements, defects in
materials and workmanship, and essential performance requirements.
e. The warranty contract will include a requirement to identify the warranty administration
process.
6.1.4.4.2 Identifying warrantied items
Aircraft and engine warranties cover the basic aircraft or engine, and the contractor furnished
equipment (CFE). Warranty markings and information are documented in the
Miscellaneous/History section of the aircraft logbook or engine AESR. AVDLR components
under warranty are identified with the warranty information marked on the component, as well as
on associated records. For components that are tracked in NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS, the
CM ALS will perform this function. Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) will have a
6-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
distinct and separate warranty and will have the warranty information marked on the equipment
and on any associated record cards or CM ALS. GFE will usually have a Work Unit Code
(WUC) of 51000 or higher.
6.1.4.4.3 Repairing warranted items
a. Warrantied items will be repaired at the maintenance level which would normally repair
such items as determined by the logistics support analysis process if they were not under
warranty.
b. AVDLR components under manufacturer’s warranty will be processed for repair in the
same manner as repair of AVDLR components no longer under manufacturer’s warranty.
c. Prioritization of warranty item repair will be the same as non-warrantied items.
Components under manufacturer’s warranty will be processed as Expeditious Repair (EXREP)
when the need arises in the same manner as failed components no longer under the
manufacturer’s warranty.
d. Repairs of warrantied items will be documented in the same manner as repairs to non-
warrantied items, with only minor changes to Maintenance Action Form (MAF)/Work Order
(WO) documentation procedures. For example, normal repair of warranted items will be
documented using special indicators to identify repair of a warranted item was accomplished.
Chapters 15 (O-level) and 16 (I-level) provide direction on documenting warranty repairs.
e. Product Quality Deficiency Reports (PQDR) will be processed for warrantied items per
the procedures of 10.9.
f. Determination of any monetary or material re-imbursement to the Navy as the result of
contractual liaison between NAVAIR, NAVSUP WSS and other involved Navy Field Activities
and the equipment manufacturer are based on the Material Data Sheet (MDS)/3M data compiled
by NAVAIR. Determination is made after repairs have been completed. Payback to the Navy
will be per contractual procedures specified by COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department
or NAVSUP WSS. Such determination will be based on MDS data supplied by COMFRC FST
Technical Data Department and will be made after the fact, for example, after fleet maintenance
personnel have made repairs.
6.1.4.5 Consolidated Remain In Place List (CRIPL)
The NAVSUP WSS CRIPL provides for instances where removal of a failed aircraft component
is not feasible or advisable prior to receipt of the replacement component; therefore, qualifies as
a RIP item. The NAVSUP WSS CRIPL designation is based on ACC input with concurrence
from COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. The responsibilities and procedures for establishing,
maintaining, and modifying the NAVSUP WSS CRIPL designation are in NAVSUPINST
4440.182 and OPNAVINST 4440.25.
6-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Shipment Report will indicate the production schedule for the kit. Kit manufacturers must
provide the TD Kit Shipment Report (NAVAIR 13053/1) per the systematic, uniform, and
comprehensive reporting system directed in DID-MGMT-80771A.
(2) NAWC AC Operating Material and Supplies Branch is responsible for inventory
management of TD kits and for the control of TD kit allocation, distribution, and redistribution.
Kits will be scheduled for delivery at a rate which will support the incorporation schedule
specified in the compliance paragraph of the TD and the production delivery schedule of the
modified article. Upon receipt of the first TD Kit Shipment Report and prior to the first
shipment of kits, the Kit Manager will develop a distribution and allocation schedule based on kit
requests and advise the appropriate contract administration service office or FRC. This
allocation is designed to support all requirements for basic equipment, spares, SE, and training
devices. When designating TD kit Wholesale Stock Points (WSP), direct shipments will be
considered for those TDs where depot field teams or contractor modification teams are to be
employed, where installed equipment at fixed facilities will be modified, or where small numbers
of modifications such as developmental or limited production are involved.
(3) The Kit Manager is responsible for the distribution of kits between WSPs in a manner
that will provide the best support for operating units, rework schedules, and special modification
programs. Direct distribution to operating units other than designated WSP is authorized when
directed by the Kit Manager based on the trade-off between economic advantages, possible
dilution of management control, and operational expediency. The Kit Manager may direct
redistribution of kits when advised by a WSP of a requirement for kits that are not available
locally or forthcoming from future deliveries under the basic allocation. The Kit Manager will
direct reallocating kits from WSPs. If the requirement cannot be supported by reallocation, the
Kit Manager will determine the additional quantities of kits required and submit the requirement
to COMFRC Operating Material and Supplies Branch for action.
(4) When a TD reaches its Target Completion Date (TCD), the Kit Manager will
coordinate with COMFRC Operating Material and Supplies Branch to determine if the
modification has been incorporated in all applicable aircraft, components, and equipment and
that all required logistics support actions have been accomplished.
b. TD kits will contain all material required to accomplish the modification in one affected
article (or part of the modification if the TD is being issued in parts) so that a minimum of
requisitioning or local fabrication is required except as authorized by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
Conditions:
(1) Each kit will contain one copy of the kit’s parts listing. A copy of the TD may be
included but is not mandatory.
(2) Classified, hazardous, or shelf life materials requiring special handling will not be
part of a kit. These materials will be identified in the TD as "Other Materials Required." This
6-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
requirement is not mandatory for those quantities of kits which will be retained by the kit
manufacturer for installation during established modification programs.
(3) TD kits will, to the extent that is practical, not contain shelf life items or explosive,
flammable, or other hazardous material which require extraordinary packaging and handling
techniques. Local stock items or items to be fabricated from local stock material may also be
excluded when specifically authorized by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. Other items may be
excluded from kits when authorized by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM for reasons of cost or
impracticability.
c. Wholesale Stock Point are responsible for the receipt, storage, issue, and accounting
functions for kits. Kits may be stocked at any Supply point that submits transaction item reports
to NAVSUP WSS as arranged by COMFRC Operating Material and Supplies Branch.
d. ACCs will use TD Kit Shipment Report data to control the distribution of TD kits;
schedule the modification of aircraft, aeronautical weapons, weapon systems, spare components,
and related equipment; and for phasing provisioning actions to support the modified
configuration.
6.1.4.6.3 TD Kit Requisitioning Procedures
a. Upon receipt of a TD that requires a kit, the activity that will incorporate the TD will
submit a requisition to the supporting Supply point per the TD requisition instructions. Special
requisitioning procedures have been established with the local Supply point to issue controlled
kits by furnishing exception data. COMFRC Operating Material and Supplies Branch will
accept MILSTRIP requisitions for kits sent directly to the kit manager via e-mail, letter,
message, or facsimile.
b. To preclude kit deficits, requisitioning activities must review requirements prior to
submitting requisitions to ensure:
(1) The modification is applicable to the aircraft, component, or equipment for which the
kit is being requisitioned.
(2) The using activity has the level of capability required to incorporate the kit consistent
with the compliance requirements specified by the applicable TD.
(3) The kit requested has not been requisitioned previously and received for the affected
aircraft, component, or equipment.
(4) The kit has not been previously reported as incorporated.
NOTE: A request for a replacement kit will be forwarded to the respective PMA if a kit
has been previously reported as incorporated, but the affected item does not have
the TD.
6-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.2.1 Concept
6.2.1.1 Efficient maintenance requires an adequate range and depth of material and equipment
on hand at the maintenance site. Provisioning is the process of determining the range and
quantity of items, such as spares and repair parts, special tools, test equipment, and SE required
to support and maintain an end item of material for an initial period of service. Provisioning
includes the identification of items of supply, establishment of data for cataloging, technical
manual and allowance table preparation, and preparation of instructions to ensure delivery of
necessary support items with related end articles. A basic input to the provisioning process is the
maintenance plan, which identifies the repairable items and delineates their levels of removal and
repair.
6.2.1.2 One of the significant considerations in determining the size of the overall inventory and
the allowancing at individual supply sites for a given repairable component is the length of time
from when a failed component is removed from use until it is restored to serviceable condition
and made available for use again. The average of this period or interval is defined as turn around
time (TAT). The objective is to keep this TAT as short as practicable. The factors influencing
this objective are:
6-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. The impact on readiness of not being responsive to the needs of the operating forces, since
spares are procured only in quantities sufficient to support requirements or fill the pipeline
during TAT. Pipeline and repair cycle requirements are part of the total spares requirements for
procurement.
b. Inventory investment costs for spares which increase to compensate for long TAT.
c. Additional maintenance costs to support the increased number of spares.
6.2.2 Operational Support Inventory (OSI)
6.2.2.1 Concept
Aviation systems are supported under the Operational Support Inventory (OSI) concept.
NAVSUP WSS retail operation division in collaboration with the cognizant ACC establishes
fixed allowances for DLR and 1RD Field Level Repairable (FLR) items authorized for stock at
each operating site, and are considered part of the site’s OSI. Entities may not exceed NAVSUP
WSS fixed allowances without prior approval. Fixed allowances are based on factors such as
TAT, failure rate, repair capability, mission essentiality, weapons system planning document
(WSPD), flying hours, and other data necessary to ensure operational commitments will be met.
Consumable items are also listed in the SHORCAL or AVCAL and include material controlled
by NAVSUP WSS, DLA, GSA, and other service managers. NAVSUP WSS controlled material
allowances are adjusted quarterly by NAVSUP WSS for TIR activities. NAVSUPWSSINST
4441.15 and NAVSUPWSSINST 4441.16 provide direction on establishing ship (AVCAL) and
shore (SHORCAL) material allowances.
6.2.2.2 Establishing OSI
OSI fixed allowances are established through negotiations between operating sites, the ACC, and
NAVSUPWSS. Conditions:
a. Current 3M data is used in computing the fixed allowance. TAT and monthly usage
determine repairable item fixed allowances. Repairable managers will monitor TAT
performance and liaison with IMAs when excessive TAT begins to impact availability. When
computing allowance requirements, each TAT element will be computed using following
timeframes:
(1) Removal to IMA - 1 day.
(2) Scheduling time - 3 days.
(3) AWP time - 20 days.
(4) Actual repair time - 8 days.
NOTE: Total average TAT will be limited to a maximum of 20 days for each NIIN in each
case. Constraints will be applied to each element before totaling.
6-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. The computed fixed allowance will be provided to each ACC and operating site in a
SHORCAL or AVCAL.
c. Between periodic revisions of the allowance authorization document, changes to the fixed
allowance may be requested by the item manager, ACC, or operating site. Submit fixed
allowance changes to the inventory control point (ICP) using an allowance change request per
NAVSUPWSSINST 4441.15 and NAVSUP Pub 488.
d. Activity operational support inventory (OSI) or fixed allowance repairables are subject to
NAVSUP WSS redistribution (with concurrence from the TYCOM) only to fill an issue Priority
Designator 1, Priority Group 1, NMCS, or PMCS requisition. Otherwise, OSI or fixed
allowance repairables are protected from NAVSUP WSS redistribution.
e. Repairable allowance computations after initial outfitting, or under OSI or fixed
allowance procedures, are based on activity reported data. This database used for allowance
computation will be for the last 12 months except for a new system or aircraft supported less
than 1 year. New systems and aircraft will be supported from the available database or
Allowance Requirements Register (ARR).
f. The OSI or fixed allowance quantity of any repairable item must be determined by taking
the total repairs during the historical time frame used, plus associated TAT constraints as
applicable, following item manager directives and cross-indexing to the allowance quantity.
Compute a BCM level based on the previous 12-month BCM history. For new equipment, the
base may be reduced to a minimum 3-month history. The authorized BCM level is the average
number of BCMs occurring during a 30-day period for continental United States activities, a 60-
day period for overseas shore activities, and a 90-day period for ships and MAGs. The average
monthly BCMs registered for the repairable will be summed with the RFI items average TAT
allowance to obtain total OSI or fixed allowance. If the sum exceeds the existing fixed
allowance quantity, submit an Allowance Change Request - Fixed via the NAVSUP Allowance
Change Request website https://www.navsup.navy.mil/public/navsup/gateways/ (Refer to
NAVSUP P-485 para 2105 for in depth ACR procedure) for the deficiency.
g. The total OSI or fixed allowance quantity will be carried on the Supply Officer's records
in Purpose Code W or L. All or any part of this quantity may be located in the LRCA storage
unit. Addition or deletion of assets from the LRCA storage unit, within the range of the site
fixed allowance, is TYCOM criteria.
h. The fixed allowance is regarded as the maximum level to be maintained.
(1) All assets of each item or family, regardless of condition, location, or status (except
assets installed in aircraft and SE and those BCM off station) are counted towards the fixed
allowance. This includes assets in DIFM, on an exchange basis with the exception of in-use
assets, which are undergoing EXREP, assets sub-custody to an aviation unit, and those due in
from the Supply System or contract.
6-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Strict one-for-one exchange discipline between the O-level, I-level, and Supply
Department must be maintained.
(3) No off-station requisitioning will occur prior to BCM action, excluding the CRIPL
and anticipated NMCS items.
(4) All OSI assets are carried in Purpose Codes W and L on the Supply Officer’s records.
Non-TIR activities will not hold any repairables in excess of TIRs. TIRs are routinely submitted
to the Afloat/MALS Logistics Liaison Office (AMLLO).
(5) Storage of fixed allowance assets is authorized at any location within an operating
site, while meeting the requirement in NAVSUP P-485 and approved by TYCOM N41.
6.2.2.3 Initial OSI Outfitting
Initial allowance for a newly established Navy or Marine Corps aviation unit is issued by an
outfitting directive from the ACC. The ACC will also issue outfitting directives for units making
a change of permanent duty station or as a result of a change in T/M/S or numbers of aircraft or
equipment. OPNAVINST 4441.12 governs aeronautical material outfitting and supply support
of the operating forces. Initially, and every 2 years thereafter, NAVSUP WSS provides air
station Supply departments with preliminary allowance documents. After the air stations review
the documents, an allowance negotiation conference is held at NAVSUP WSS to finalize the
activity's OSI allowances. Air stations will establish their allowance quantity on the stock record
and provide initial issue requisitions (Advice Code 5D) directly to NAVSUP WSS for any
increase to the allowance or new items to be carried as a result of the SHORCAL review. These
initial issue requisitions will have a fund code of QZ for 7 series COG or Y6 for 0 series COG
APA DLRs. NAVSUP WSS will validate these Advice Code 5D 7 series COG requisitions
against the aviation retail management file and reject those that exceed the established allowance
increase.
6.2.2.4 AVCAL Reviews
As a minimum, ship AVCALs will be reviewed and revised incident to major ship overhauls and
prior to each carrier deployment. Marine Air Group (MAG) AVCALs will be reviewed and
revised periodically as determined by COMNAVAIRFOR, COMMARFORCOM, and
COMMARFORPAC, but not more than every 36 months. After the fleet unit review, an
AVCAL Quality Review Conference is held at NAVSUP WSS to negotiate the activity's OSI
allowances. NAVSUP WSS will provide revised AVCAL allowances to the site via electronic
text file for afloat units and update Navy ERP for ashore units no later than 270 days prior to
deployment for CVNs. The site will then load the new allowances to their stock records, and
submit initial issue requisitions (Advice Code 5D) directly to NAVSUP WSS for any increase to
allowance or new items to be carried as a result of AVCAL review. These initial issue
requisitions will have a fund code of QZ for 7 series COG or Y6 for 0 series COG APA DLRs.
6-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAVSUP WSS will validate these Advice Code 5D 7 series COG requisitions against the
aviation retail management file and reject those that exceed the established allowance increase.
6.2.3 Inventory Accounting
The Force Inventory Management Analysis Reporting System (FIMARS) shows visibility of all
fixed allowance repairables at a site. All OSI fix allowance assets are carried in Purpose Code W
or L on the Supply Officer's records.
6.2.4 Inventory Funding
6.2.4.1 At Navy and Marine Corps shore activities, Shore Consolidated Allowance List
(SHORCAL) consumer level retail W and L Purpose Code, 7 series and 0 series COG
inventories are under end-use NWCF funding (Stores Account 51000). MAGs, CVNs, and
LHAs have transitioned in conjunction with RSupply implementation to this process. Only those
assets within authorized allowances (SHORCAL, AVCAL, or packups) were decapitalized.
6.2.4.2 At Depot FRCs, consumable material and supplies required for operation are procured
with Navy Working Capital Fund (NWCF) money and accounted for as NWCF inventory assets
until issued to a customer job order or an expense account. Conditions:
a. The NWCF retail store inventory consumable items are stocked and repetitively ordered
on the basis of historical usage.
b. Direct material inventory items are those ordered for a specific customer job order and in
the quantities required for scheduled work based on a bill of material. Direct material inventory
items include both consumable and APA type material.
c. AVDLRs and APA material are not authorized to be stocked in the NWCF retail store
inventories. When required for a specific job, AVDLR material is requisitioned from the local
DSP under the dual accounting system stated above.
6.3 Material Reporting
6.3.1 Concept
Material reporting is a procedure where all supply action documents in support of maintenance
are entered and merged with the Material Reporting history file maintained by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Enterprise Services Division. Material Reporting information is
collected via the reporting command's end of the month, and is summarized and reported to
higher levels of management by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Enterprise Services Division.
Material usage data allows management to:
a. Relate material issues and turn-ins to weapon systems and components by activity and
maintenance level.
6-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.4.1. Introduction
Management at the DOD level requires the measurement of performance against plans for given
programs and functions. Therefore, resources (funds) are identified, budgeted, and accounted for
in terms of Six Year Defense Plan and budget activities.
6.4.2 Budgeting
Operating resources identified by subhead are allocated by CNO to the major claimants, for
example, the Commander U.S. Fleet Forces Command. The Commander U.S. Fleet Forces
6-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Command issues the expense limitations, by subhead, to themselves for fleet level functions and
to ACCs/TYCOMs. Each ACC/TYCOM issues an operating budget to each assigned unit to
finance the operations, maintenance, administrative, and TAD travel requirements, and issues an
operating budget to fund the operations, administration and TAD requirements of their own staff.
Type and fleet commanders also issue operating budgets to themselves as responsibility centers
for centrally managed programs, such as ship overhaul, the expenses of their own staffs, and
expenses of their ships, squadrons, and units.
6.4.3 Aviation Material Costs
6.4.3.1 Material Cost
Aviation material costs are costs resulting from maintenance performed on, or in support of
aircraft. Aviation material costs are reported against the aircraft units which used the service.
ACCs are responsible for apportioning aviation material costs. O-level, I-level, and D-level
costs are reported separately.
6.4.3.2 Aviation Depot Level Repairables (AVDLR)
Aviation material costs include costs for repair or replacement Aviation Depot Level Repairables
(AVDLR), cost of materials purchased with Flight Operations Funds (OFC-01), and costs of
material purchased with Aviation Fleet Maintenance (AFM) funds.
a. Consumable material is material which after issue from stock, is consumed in use, or
while having continued life, becomes incorporated in other property thus losing its identity when
it is dropped from property accountability. Consumable items under the centralized management
of the DLA or the GSA are procured with Navy stock funds and carried in the Navy stock
account.
b. Aviation Depot Level Repairables (AVDLR) are financed by the Navy Working Capital
Fund (NWCF). Under the NWCF process, the end user finances the D-level repair and
procurement of 7R COG repairables through the local replenishment of these repairables
determined to be non-ready for use (NRFU) and Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM) at
the I-level, and repairables that are lost or missing. Squadrons and Intermediate Maintenance
Activities (IMA) initiate requisitions for AVDLRs, and the T/M/S aircraft maintenance plan
dictates through Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) codes whether repairable
materials can be repaired at the I-level or must be sent direct to the Depot Repair Point (DRP).
AVDLRs repaired at the I-level result in a charge for the actual material costs of the repair.
AVDLRs that are BCM at the I-level result in a set NWCF charge. AVDLRs that are missing or
loss result in a NWCF for full replacement. The Intermediate Maintenance Cost is the gross
adjusted obligations used by the IMA to perform I-level maintenance. Additional information on
AVDLR charges:
6-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) The net price is charged for the RFI replacement of a NRFI asset that is BCM and
returned to the wholesale supply system. The net price is less than the standard price and is based
on depot repair cost vice new procurement cost.
(2) The standard price is charged for issues when the requisitioning activity does not make
a turn-in. The standard price is based on procurement cost for replacement of the asset and is
usually significantly greater than the net price, encouraging prompt turn-in of the NRFI
component.
(3) Turn-in and repair of a NRFI carcass at the I-level is a closed loop process, with all
actions accomplished within the IMA and supporting supply activity. When a NRFI component
cannot be repaired locally and must be turned in for repair at a D-level repair facility CTRs serve
as the basis to monitor user turn-in of exchange carcasses. Transactions recorded on CTRs
determine whether the ICP will generate follow-up actions or additional billing to user activities
for outstanding carcass turn-ins. When a CTR is not closed out within a specified timeframe, the
ICP initiates a carcass tracking action to request status from the delinquent turn-in from the
activity. Afloat and ashore user activities handling NWCF NRFI condition material are
responsible for posting proof of shipment and other carcass tracking functions via electronic
retrograde management system (eRMS) program. Activities must generate carcass tracking
reports available to review and reconcile any pending carcass charges, investigations and actual
bills. Perform continuous monitoring and tracking on regular basis to avoid additional carcass
billing and assure outcome to close tracking record.
NOTE: Complete procedures for DLR requisitioning, turn-in, and carcass tracking are in
NAVSUP Publication 485 and COMNAVAIRFORINST 4440.2.
c. Flight Operations Funds (OFC-01) will be used for:
(1) Aviation fuels consumed in flight operations.
(2) Initial and replacement issues of authorized items of flight clothing and flight
operational equipment for pilots and flight crews.
(3) Consumable office supplies for aviation squadrons.
(4) Aerial film, recording tape, and chart paper consumed in flight.
(5) Flight deck shoes and safety shoes used by squadron personnel directly involved in
the readiness, launch, and recovery of aircraft.
(6) Liquid and gaseous oxygen consumed during flight by the aircrew.
(7) Nitrogen used in aircraft and weapon systems.
(8) COG 1I forms when not directly used in support of maintenance.
(9) Consumable ASW operations center supplies when consumed in flight.
6-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(10) Publications (other than those of a recreational nature) used to impart technical and
professional knowledge to officers and enlisted personnel of the command.
(11) Plaques for CO and XO offices only.
(12) Special identification clothing, for example, flight deck jerseys and helmets, used by
squadron personnel in the readiness, launch, and recovery of aircraft.
d. Aviation Operation Maintenance (AOM) will be used for:
(1) Paints, wiping rags, towel service, cleaning agent, and cutting compounds used in
preventive maintenance and corrosion control of aircraft.
(2) Consumable repair parts, miscellaneous material, and Navy stock account parts used
in direct maintenance of aircraft, including repair and replacement of FLRs, AVDLRs, and
related SE.
(3) Pre-expended, consumable maintenance material meeting requirements of NAVSUP
Publication 485 used in maintenance of aircraft, aviation components, or SE.
(4) Aviation fuel used at I-level in test and check of aircraft engines during engine
buildup, change, or during maintenance. Oils, lubricants, and fuel additives used at both O-level
and I-level.
(5) Allowance list items used strictly for maintenance, such as impermeable aprons,
explosive handler coveralls, industrial face shields, gas welders gloves, industrial goggles, and
nonprescription safety glasses.
(6) Fuels used in related SE (shipboard only).
(7) Replacement of components used in test bench repair.
(8) Maintenance or equipment replacement of aircraft loose equipment listed in the AIR.
(9) Consumable hand tools and IMRL items used in the readiness and maintenance of
aircraft, maintenance and repair of components, and related equipment.
(10) Safety and flight deck shoes used in maintenance shops.
(11) Repair and maintenance of flight clothing and pilots and crew equipment.
(12) Authorized decals used on aircraft.
(13) Items consumed in interim packaging and preservation of aviation fleet maintenance
repairables.
(14) Items, such as MAFs, MAF bags, equipment condition tags, and COG 1 forms, and
publications, used in support of direct maintenance of aviation components or aircraft.
6-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(15) Authorized special purpose clothing for unusually dirty work while performing
maintenance of aircraft.
(16) Civilian labor only when used in direct support of AFM (requires ACC approval
prior to use).
(17) Costs incurred for repair of IMRL items.
(18) Replacement of general purpose electronic test equipment allowance items which
are missing or unserviceable (COG Z).
(19) Oils, lubricants, and fuel additives consumed during flight operations.
(20) Navy stock account repairable material (non-AVDLR) used in direct maintenance of
aircraft component repair, or related SE.
(21) Requisitioning low cost consumable materials required for TD installation, for
example, HAZMAT, not to exceed one hundred dollars per TD installation.
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is responsible for funding all materials valued at one hundred dollars
or more per TD installation.
(22) IMRL and Table of Basic Allowance (TBA) item replenishment or replacement.
e. AFM funds will not be used for:
(1) Housekeeping, office supplies, or habitability items.
(2) Services, such as printing and office equipment maintenance.
(3) General station collateral equipment, including labor-saving devices (Section C
allowance list items).
(4) Packing, crating, and preservation for storage or shipment.
(5) Data processing equipment and supplies.
(6) Operating costs of vehicular and mobile equipment other than shipboard SE.
(7) Non-aviation miscellaneous equipment, even though repair may be performed in the
ship's AIMD, for example, MG-5, automotive vehicles, crash cranes, deck scrubbers, and fork
lifts.
(8) Maintenance of SE by Public Works Departments or Centers.
(9) Initial outfitting of IMRL and TBA items. OFC-01/09 funds with Fund Code 8X will
be used to fund IMRL and TBA initial outfitting.
(10) Labor, unless specifically authorized.
6-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Holding files will be established by fiscal year for each OPTAR received to hold the
appropriate accounting documents and listings pending transmittal to applicable DFAS operating
locations. Holding files contents are defined as follows:
6-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
File 1. Unfilled Order Chargeable Documents For Transmittal. This file contains the
accounting copy DD 1348 green copy, DD 1348M, and DD 1149. Underway replenishment
requisitions and all debit adjustment documents which increase the estimated cost chargeable
based on an advance price change will be included. Requisitions for appropriate purchase
account (APA) items or other non-chargeable material will not be placed in this file. All
documents will be priced, extended, and entered in the estimated cost chargeable section of the
Requisition/OPTAR Log for the period involved, with a corresponding decrease to the OPTAR
balance.
File 2. Unfilled Order Cancellation Documents/Lists for Transmittal. This file contains
lists of confirmed cancellations or copies of individual cancellation documents, advance
downward price adjustments, and copies or lists of administrative cancellations of above
threshold unfilled orders that decrease the estimated cost chargeable (credit adjustment). All
documents will be priced, extended, and entered in the estimated cost chargeable section of the
Requisition/OPTAR Log for the period involved, with a corresponding increase to the OPTAR
balance.
6.4.4.3 Financial Transmittals and Reports
Commands will submit the following financial transmittals and reports:
a. OPTAR Document Transmittal Report (NAVCOMPT 2156). Unfilled orders,
cancellation documents, processed listings (or detail cards) and other transactions documents
which affect the status of the OPTAR will be transmitted to applicable DFAS operating locations
on an accurate and timely basis to permit the up-to-date maintenance of the official accounting
records of the ACC or other operating budget holders (Figure 6-1). On the 15th and last day of
each month, the documents in holding files 1 and 2 for the current fiscal year, will be removed
for transmittal with the OPTAR Document Transmittal Report (NAVCOMPT 2156) to the
applicable DFAS operating locations. If no transactions have taken place since the last
transmittal, a transmittal will not be made for such period or periods.
b. Budget and OPTAR Report (NAVCOMPT 2157). Except when the ship or unit is in the
immediate vicinity of a DFAS operating locations or during periods of message minimize, a
message report of Budget and OPTAR data will be submitted in lieu of the Budget and OPTAR
Report (NAVCOMPT 2157). The message report will be submitted to applicable DFAS
operating locations, with a copy to the ACC on the first work day of the month following the end
of the month being reported. Current and prior year OPTAR reports and any other related
information prescribed by the ACC will be included. The Requisition/OPTAR Log is the
principle source of data required in the preparation of the Budget and OPTAR Report. Prior to
the preparation of the Budget and OPTAR Report, the Requisition/OPTAR Log will be balanced.
c. DFAS Transaction Listings:
6-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Monthly, an N-SABRS Report is sent to each OPTAR Holder listing the itemized
differences between unfilled orders submitted by the OPTAR Holder and expenditures submitted
by the issuing activities.
(2) Overview. Monthly the TYCOM produces two listings for each activity, Obligation
Validation Review (OVR) Difference Listing (DL) and Un-Matched Disbursements (UMD).
(a) OVR. This listing contains all unfilled orders (obligations) held in N-SABRS that
have not matched with related expenditure documents and have not been cancelled. It also lists
unfilled orders that are partially complete; some of the requisitioned material or service has been
received and an expenditure processed, the outstanding quantity and partial dollar value will
appear on the list.
NOTE: An OVR recoupment is identified as a UOL recoupment in R-Supply.
(b) DL. This listing contains DTO documents that have not cleared the matching
cycle at DFAS Operating Locations (OPLOC). As part of the accounting process, TYCOM
personnel match unfilled order documents transmitted by the OPTAR Holder with corresponding
expenditure documents received from supply activities. The DL contains the results of the
reconciliation performed by TYCOM personnel since distribution of the last DL to the activity
(OPTAR Holder). These listings are forwarded to the OPTAR holder for review and processing.
The activity must annotate action taken adjacent to each record. The system generated
Challenge Response Page detailing each challenge will be forwarded to TYCOM.
(c) Unmatched Disbursements (UMD). This listing is produced monthly, typically
before the DL or OVR, and provided to each OPTAR holder for appropriate action. The listing
shows expenditures that do not have a matching obligating document in N-SABRS. Why
UMD’s occur vary, therefore each TYCOM provides guidance on frequency and appropriate
corrective action.
(d) Obtaining Listings. The Financial Support Listings are produced on
approximately the 25th of the month, they report transactions from the prior month (i.e.,
transactions processed in October will populate on the listing released in November). They are
forwarded to the unit via TYCOM.
(3) Command Financial Management System (CFMS) Difference List. The CFMS
(original and 1 copy) will be forwarded monthly by the DFAS to individual OPTAR holders for
each OPTAR held. OPTAR holders will accept and post to the Requisition/OPTAR Log all
differences shown on the CFMS Difference List. After posting the differences, the OPTAR
holder will review the listing and annotate transactions considered invalid with the rejection
codes. Rejection codes are listed in NAVSO P-3013-1. The valid rejections will be revised with
a correction transaction by DFAS and will appear on a later CFMS Difference List.
6.5 Supply Department Organization
6-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.5.1.2 ACCs and TYCOMs issue directives for TAD of logistics specialists. Supply
Departments receive logistics specialist manning augments through TAD assignments from
squadrons to compensate for the added workload per the squadron manning document‘s
integrated support section. When Marine Corps squadrons deploy for short periods of time, the
MAW or MALS MO and the AVNSUPO will negotiate the number of TAD personnel
commensurate with expected operational requirements.
6.5.2 Aviation Support Division (ASD)
ASD is the mandatory point of entry for supply support for O-Level and I-Level maintenance
activities. ASD organization is shown in Figure 6-4. ASD is composed of two sections: Supply
Response Section (6.5.3) and Component Control Section (6.5.9). ASD is located adjacent to
maintenance areas to improve maintenance and material support coordination. Physical location
may vary according to local geographic or facilities layout. ASD, and all its functional elements,
will be manned and operational consistent with the operating hours of supported maintenance
organizations. If maintenance is being performed 24 hours a day, then Supply support is
required 24 hours a day. Manning levels during other than normal working hours will be
consistent with the support required and requisition processing standards. ASD functions
include:
a. Receive requests for material.
b. Perform technical research and prepare requisitions.
c. Pick up and deliver material.
d. Measure Supply response time.
e. Account for all repairable assets.
f. Maintain special LRCA storage areas and publish listings.
g. Establish, maintain, and replenish PEBs and their listings.
h. Initiate inter-IMA repair and return service requests.
6-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Maintain AWP storage areas, control requisitions and piece parts, and initiate follow-ups
on outstanding requisitions.
j. Expedite high priority requisitions.
k. Be familiar with NALCOMIS and its application to supply management and automatic
data processing.
l. Supervise the operation of the SRS and the CCS.
m. Provide the Supply Officer (afloat) or Type Wing Commander (ashore) with status on the
quality of Supply support rendered.
n. Coordinate with the IMA and O-level activities to maintain the authorized level of TAD
personnel.
o. Provide one Supply representative to participate in AIRSpeed CPI Work Center events.
p. Ensure ASD personnel complete job-appropriate CPI training within 6 months of
assignment.
q. Be familiar with aviation 3M reports pertinent to O-level and I-level Maintenance and
Supply Operations, Buffer Management Tool (BMT) functionality and reports (I-level), and the
ad hoc capabilities of NTCSS NALCOMIS, and Optimized OMA or IMA.
r. Attend monthly Maintenance and Supply meetings.
s. Initiate all D-level customer service requests that are not initiated by the IMA. ASDs will
initiate D-level customer service if:
(1) NMCS, PMCS, or work stoppage documents exist.
(2) The unserviceable exchange item requires D-level check and test.
(3) Available Supply System asset status indicates that a replacement is not now
available. ASD will interrogate the ICP (if feasible) to determine system availability.
t. Process specific customer service requests initiated by customers or IMAs requiring
support for repairables of intermediate and depot manufacture of parts (NAVAIRINST 4790.41),
providing an NMCS, PMCS, or work stoppage requirement exist. At a minimum, ASD will:
(1) Prepare a funded Work Request Customer Service (Figure 10.46-3) citing the
malfunction description entered on the MAF or the work requirements obtained from IMAs.
(2) Transship all repairables or material requiring customer service to and from
applicable depots via traceable means.
(3) Maintain suspense and completed records on customer service transaction, record
associated statistics, and usage data.
6-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Coordinate with Work Center 550 across all I-Level maintenance activities in the
distribution of efforts to support supply deficiencies with local additive manufacturing
capabilities.
NOTES: 1. The ASD Officer is responsible to the afloat Supply Officer or the ashore Type
Wing Commander (with or without an attached Wing Supply Officer) for the
performance of the Division. The ASD Officer acts as a direct link between the
IMA Maintenance Officer and the Supply Officer (afloat) or Type Wing
Commander (ashore).
6-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Requests for consumable material that does not have a unique WUC must
indicate the WUC of the subsystem on which the consumable material is being
installed.
4. When an aircraft engine is requisitioned this element must contain the engine
TEC in lieu of the CAGE.
5. For intra-station use only.
6. Project codes are in NAVSUP Publication 485, App 6.
7. Mandatory for repairables.
6.5.4.2. Instances will occur when issued material is incorrect or defective, for example, the
wrong material is received, the material was improperly marked, or the material is correct but
determined to be defective (NRFI). When this occurs, RCU must:
a. If incorrect part is RFI:
(1) Return part to the shelf.
(2) Exchange with correct part, if available.
(3) If not available, use Customer Refusal function to update status to EXREP.
b. If incorrect part is NRFI:
(1) Exchange with correct RFI part, if available.
(2) If not available, use Customer Refusal function to update status to EXREP.
(3) CCS induct non-RFI material into the IMA to make RFI.
c. If correct part, but determined to be defective (NRFI) at time of installation:
(1) If part was RFI’d by I-level, squadron will return the part on a WO with When
Discovered code “Y” (Upon Receipt or Withdrawal from Supply, found to be discrepant upon
installation.)
(2) If the part was new or newly reworked material, the squadron or I-level will submit a
Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) per 10.9.3.9.
6.5.5 Technical Research Unit (TRU)
TRU is under the functional control of SRS, and is responsible for performing research on all
requisitions that fail initial system validation, such as wrong NSN, PN, or CAGE, or excessive
quantity, or high money value. Technical research requests are processed by TRU as follows:
a. Receive requisitions that are OFFTR or OFVAL.
6-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Perform requisition research using publications, catalogs, stock lists, and manuals to
verify data elements.
c. Update NALCOMIS using researched data.
d. Process requisitions using NALCOMIS.
e. Clear mailbox messages.
6.5.6 Material Delivery Unit (MDU)
MDU is under the functional control of SRS, and is responsible for the pickup and delivery of all
material to supported activities. Deliveries should be planned, scheduled, and carried out to the
maximum extent depending upon the number of drivers or vehicles available and the volume of
material to be delivered. MDU must:
a. Receive DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) for carried items
from designated areas (LRCA, RCU, and PEB).
b. Deliver requisitions to indicated storage locations. Fragile material and delicate
components that require special handling, including special padding and racks, will be delivered
by the most direct route to reduce the risk of damage.
c. Pick up and deliver material from appropriate staging areas within the issue response time
goals when drivers are provided from supported squadrons per squadron manning document
integrated support section. When delivering repairable components, an immediate exchange or
proof of prior turn-in is required unless the component is an authorized CRIPL asset.
d. Have customer circle quantity of items received, annotate time, date, print legible name
and signature on the DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD 1348) as receipt
for material (ensure annotations are legible). Provide customer the copy of POD for their records
and deliver original signed copy to RCU.
e. For repairable components (exchange available), have customer annotate time, date, print
legible name and signature on the DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348) as receipt for material. Receive turn-in component from customer with a MAF and
applicable logs and records. Physically validate CAGE, or PN and component serial number
against the MAF. Date and sign a copy of the DD 1348 and provide to the customer as proof of
retrograde turn-in receipt, and deliver turn-in components to AMSU via SSU.
f. For repairable components (exchange not available), unless authorized CRIPL asset, no
issue will be made if NRFI turn-in is not available.
g. Deliver material received in main Supply from off-station requisitions. Local procedures
must be developed to ensure expeditious delivery to customer.
6-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) If LRCA item, forward material with stow notice to LRCA unit.
g. Process RFI EXREP and:
(1) Perform DIFM returns.
(2) Forward material with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348) to MDU.
h. Process BCM, Stock or DTO items and:
(1) Perform DIFM returns.
(2) Forward material with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348) to SSU.
i. Inter-IMA Support. Instances will occur where a repairable component is beyond the
repair capability of the local maintenance activity; therefore, the aviation support entity will ship
the NRFI asset to another IMA for repair and return using NALCOMIS functions and eRMS.
j. Process defective components for shipment or repair to an off-station IMA and:
(1) Perform DIFM return, ensuring action taken code is D.
(2) Indicate UIC of repairing off-station IMAs.
(3) Forward material with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348), MAF, and applicable logs and records to SSU for shipment.
k. Process returned defective components from off-station IMA and:
(1) Perform inter-IMA service return.
(2) Depending on material condition, perform (6.5.10f through 6.5.10h).
l. Process incoming defective components from other IMAs and:
(1) Receive and screen component with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System
Document (DD 1348), MAF, and applicable logs and records or CM ALS. If CM ALS is not
received, query previous unit or OMAWHOLE.GM.fct@navy.mil.
(2) Deliver component to AMSU for induction to IMAs.
(3) Upon completion of repair cycle, perform DIFM return.
(4) Forward component with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348), MAF, and applicable logs and records to SSU for shipment.
6-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. The Supply Officer may temporarily sub-custody SO assets to the local I-Level
activity to assist in the trouble shooting of assets. Upon completion of the repair
action, the SO asset will be returned to the supply officer’s shelf and must be in a
RFI condition.
6-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The SSU should be located next to the AMSU. Rapid movement of BCM DLRs into the DRP
pipeline is required prior to requisitioning replacements for stock or end use. Under fixed
allowance procedures, DLRs must be certified BCM and prepared for shipment to a DRP before
a replacement can be requisitioned for stock or end use (excluding CRIPL items and ZA9 or ZCJ
project code). SSU must:
a. Comply with NAVSUP Publication 485 procedures for retrograding BCM repairables
received from the IMA and will use the eRMS to create and prepare the NRFI shipping
document.
b. Process components for inter-IMA repair and return support as follows:
(1) Receive component with DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348), MAF, and applicable logs and records from DCU.
(2) Ship component to the IMA designated to repair and return.
c. Prepare MAFs for IMA processing of excess or shelf NRFI components
d. Arrange for disposition of BCM unserviceable Field Level Repairables (COG 1R,
MCC=D) per eRMS. .
NOTE: Field Level Repairables (FLR) with SM&R code of PAOOO will be processed
through AMSU for disposition. Refer to 5.2.4.2 for additional direction.
6-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.5.13.3 If the AWP Unit delivers material to the I-level work center that does not satisfy the
intended maintenance action (wrong material is ordered or delivered, material was improperly
marked, or the material is determined to be NRFI on receipt), the AWP Unit will:
a. For material received and determined to be NRFI after installation, the original work
center will requisition replacement material.
b. For material received and determined to be NRFI and not installed or improper
replacement received, the original work center will return erroneous material to AWP. AWP
will perform material turn-in to stock and reorder requisition in NALCOMIS.
6.5.13.4 AWP retention goals and thresholds apply to all fixed allowance assets. Additional
management attention, including a joint review of the overall AWP situation by Maintenance and
Supply management personnel, must be undertaken anytime the number of AWP components on
hand exceeds 15 percent of the average monthly IMA inductions or the number of aged (more
than 60 days) AWP components exceeds 1 percent of the average monthly IMA inductions.
AWP component age will be computed when the AWP repair parts status summary reports is
produced. As part of this review, BCM-4 actions will be considered and decided on a case by
case basis per the guidelines contained in the following paragraphs.
6.5.13.5 Beyond Capability of Maintenance for AWP (BCM-4). All management actions to
resolve AWP status will be taken before BCM-4 action is initiated. Parts requisitions will be
reviewed each day. Follow up action will be initiated if status on a parts requisition is not
received within 10-days period. If satisfactory status is not received within an additional 10-day
period, a request for assistance will be directed to CNAP/CNAL N41. BCM decisions must
consider many variables including:
a. Operational requirement. The component may be required to meet a specific operational
tasking. Even though aircraft readiness may be high, projected tasking may require even higher
aircraft readiness, thus increasing the importance of the single component.
b. Readiness (MC, FMC).
c. IMA production capacity.
d. Supply System availability of repair parts versus availability of the WRA or SRA.
e. Financial impact. The cost of repair parts vice net cost of the WRA or SRA.
NOTE: Refer to 5.2.5.2 for BCM authority policy.
6-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Work Center Supervisor or designee determination that some items item in the repair
cycle that are AWP can be made RFI by cannibalizing piece parts from parts held in the AWP
Storage Unit.
b. CCS screening of NMCS or PMCS repairable requirements on NALCOMIS AWP listings
and determine that cannibalization actions are feasible to satisfy NMCS or PMCS requirements.
If so, CCS will request the Work Center perform the cannibalizations.
NOTE: The cannibalization candidate may be an uninstalled or installed item.
6-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
repair or manufacture. Repeated requests for nonstock numbered items form the basis for a
request to review SM&R code assignment.
l. Assist the IMA in the assignment of repairable and additive manufacturing workload
priorities at the time of induction based on local stock posture and status of requisition (issue
completed or EXREP).
m. Prepare Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedure (MILSTRIP) requisitions
(or automated input) from the customer request and in support of Work Center 550, per
NAVADMIN 226/20 Process for Parts and Supplies Produced by Organic Navy Additive
Manufacturing.
n. Completing on and off-station material requisition processing.
o. Providing on-station pickup and delivery of all material when MDU drivers are TDY
based upon squadron manning document’s integrated service section.
p. Providing daily mechanized or electronically generated listings with complete supply
status for all NMCS or PMCS requisitions, and anticipated NMCS requirements (ZA9 or ZCJ
project code) to O-Level activities and the IMA. Data will be sequenced to expedite the daily
validation process.
q. Providing AWP NALCOMIS generated status listings to IMAs daily. This listing must
contain the following information as a minimum: requisition number, NSN, unit of issue and
quantity, originator code of the requisitioning activity, project and priority, JCN, nomenclature,
WUC, work center, status, and RIC of activity submitting status.
r. Providing work stoppage status listings to O-level activities each week.
s. Validating NMCS and PMCS requirements daily by 0800 and AWP requirements at least
weekly.
t. Maintaining a technical library for supply purposes containing Supply and Maintenance
publications and directives, standard contractor and vendor drawings, military specifications, and
modification directives.
u. Establishing and replenishing PEBs per paragraph 6.5.8.
v. Scheduling weekly meetings between Supply, O-level, and I-level maintenance
representatives, and unit QA NAMDRP personnel to discuss NMCS, PMCS, EI or PQDR
exhibits, and other high priority related requirements.
w. Validating and submitting Material Reporting (MR) data to the local SSCA within 1 work
day after the supply transaction is completed. Subsequent revalidations of MR data will be
performed within 1 work day after receipt of notification of erroneous data. The Supply
Department will maintain an MR document control system to monitor RECTYP transactions
6-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
submitted to the SSCA and will maintain liaison with data services personnel to prevent
backlogs.
6.6.2 Response Time Standards
Supply Departments must meet or exceed standards for response time. Maximum elapsed
response times are established for issuing items available in local supply stocks. Response time
starts when Material Control (O-level or I-level) places a requirement on ASD, the order date
and time; and the response time stops when the requested material is delivered or place at the
delivery point. Initial supply status is furnished automatically to the customer for all
requisitioned material. Issue response standards are based upon when MDU drivers are TDY
based upon squadron manning document’s integrated service section. Response standards:
6-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. The customer will ensure a DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348) is prepared with RECTYP 66 entered in Block V. The DD 1348 original copy will be
forwarded to the SSCA for processing.
6.6.5 Pack-up Kit Management
6.6.5.1 If a determination is made to request a limited long-term augment outfitting of material
at the site of a shore deployment or detachment, the Type Wing or MAW Commander will
forward the request to the ACC.
6.6.5.2 Marine Corps squadrons will submit shore based deployment or detachment support
requirements to their MALS. Upon receipt of the request, the MALS will determine support
available at the deployment site and prepare a pack-up to augment support at the site.
6.6.5.3 When a ship is deployed, the ship Supply Department is responsible for providing pack-
up kit support for embarked squadrons operating ashore. In general, a pack-up kit will be sent
ashore in the custody of the squadron, for those components the squadron cannot get support
from a co-located IMA at the detachment site. Pack-up kit arrangements and requirements will
be established in advance between the ship, squadron, air wing commander, and shore station.
Expenditure requisitions will be returned to the ship. The ship will initiate, coordinate, and
monitor the support and keep the air group commander and squadron advised as to status.
Requisitions should be initiated by the station when the ship is not within range to support the
detached squadron.
6.6.5.4 Type Wing maintenance staff will initiate and coordinate pack-up kit support for non-
deployed squadron detachments operating away from home station. The Type Wing will ensure
pack-up kit support is only for material essential to accomplishment of the detachment mission.
For Marine Corps activities operating ashore, this is a function of the MALS Aviation Supply
Officer.
6.6.5.5 Upon completion of the detachment, the Supply Department will ensure all unused
material is returned, accompanied by the requisitions to replace all consumed material.
6.6.5.6 Air capable ships supporting embarked helicopter detachments are provided a pack-up
kit from ACC-designated shore outfitting sites. Requirements:
a. Air detachments must request material in support of helicopter maintenance from the host
air capable ship by preparing and submitting a DOD Single Line Item Requisition System
Document (DD 1348) (6PT) to the ship's Supply Department. Requisition document numbers
will be assigned only from the unique series provided to the ship by the supporting shore site
point of entry (POE). Requisitions must cite the appropriate job order number in the
supplementary address block (card columns 45-50) as specified by ACC directives.
b. ACCs will designate shore sites to provide aviation maintenance related material support
to air capable ships functioning as the POE. POE functions include:
6-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Furnish each requesting ship with a unique series of document numbers for use in
requisitioning DTO aviation maintenance support and pack-up kit replenishment requirements
from the POE.
(2) Receive and process MILSTRIP requisitions from air capable ships transiting to, or
operating in, the POE assigned area of responsibility.
(3) Issue available material or provide MILSTRIP referral action to the appropriate
source of supply within UMMIPS time frames.
(4) Furnish MILSTRIP status on all requisitions received, via naval message, using
Immediate message precedence for NMCS and PMCS requirements and Priority precedence for
all other requisitions.
(5) Coordinate material shipments with area logistics control and monitor activities to
ensure timely delivery of critical requirements.
(6) Perform AFM, AVDLR accounting functions for supported ships.
(7) Conduct quarterly MOV with supported ships to ensure requisitions held as
outstanding by the POE have not been received or canceled by the ship.
(8) Perform total AVDLR carcass tracking functions for supported ships.
(9) Receive NRFI AVDLR or FLR components from supported ships and process for
induction into the local I-level repair cycle.
(10) Actively follow-up on overdue AVDLR or FLR retrograde shipments and ensure a
final comprehensive reconciliation prior to the ship’s out-chop.
(11) Assemble and stock complete phase A, B, C, and D maintenance kits for supported
helicopter models and issue kits as requisitioned by supported ships.
6.6.6 Stricken Aircraft Reclamation and Disposal Program (SARDIP)
6.6.6.1 The Supply Department will request a SARDIP master save list from NAVSUP WSS for
reclamation of parts from crashed or stricken aircraft, engines, or equipment.
6.6.6.2 When salvaged parts are received, CCS will identify them by NSN, or by PN when the
NSN cannot be determined. CCS will decide which items are to be inducted into the IMA for
test and check or repair for RFI certification. Induction MAFs will be prepared per the
procedures directed in 16.2.3.17. When reclaimed components are returned from the IMA RFI,
they are put in stock as a gain by inventory. If NRFI, the salvaged item will be processed with
BCM Action Type code D and shipped to the designated repair point.
6.6.6.3 After reclamation, the aircraft, engine or equipment carcass will be reported to
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, who will respond within 90 days with final disposition instructions.
6-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Refer to 10.45.12, and OPNAVINST 3750.6 for general procedures for recovery,
reclamation, and transfer of crash damaged aircraft.
6-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
acceptable protection for packaging repairables for shipment. The preferred packaging technique
for each component for shipment is listed in NAVSUP P-700.
6.6.9 Procedures for Components Awaiting Investigation
6.6.9.1 Supply departments must have registered JDRS (https://jdrs.mil) users to process material
pending investigation. Supply departments will hold all defective material related to a
Hazardous Material Report (HMR) or Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) until shipping
or disposition instructions are received from the FST. The shipping instructions will be depicted
within the Preliminary Report. If shipping instructions are not received within 20 days, follow
up with the FST or other directing authority, either by JDRS technical dialog or by message
traffic. Do not ship an exhibit without express shipping instructions from these activities.
6.6.9.2 HMR and PQDR material will be prepared and handled per paragraph 10.9. Material
directed to be shipped for Engineering Investigation (EI) will be handled as follows:
a. The words "Engineering Investigation" or "Product Quality Deficiency Report" will be
conspicuously written on containers and all documents, such as air bills, government bills of
lading, and Navy cargo documents. Cite control number, FRCs customer service, or as
instructed by the FST. All sides of the containers must be marked to assist in special handling.
Parcel post shipments must be registered. Attach a copy of the message report or a description of
the circumstances of the malfunction or failure, photos if practicable, and a statement of
suspected failure cause if circumstances make a statement of this nature possible.
b. Assign Movement Priority designation 03 to all material being shipped for investigation.
PQDRs must have a Project Code of Z66 with a Doc ID of BQD. EIs must have a Project Code
of 754 with a Doc ID of BEI.
c. The DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) will accompany all
HMR and PQDR material shipments.
(1) In the ship to block, enter "investigation material" and the control number.
(2) In CC 1-3, use document identifier BEI for HMR EIs and use BQD for PQDRs.
(3) In CC 71, insert Condition Code L in block P and the EI or PQDR control number in
block D.
(4) Include the contract number in the "Remarks.”
(5) Stamp "EI" or "PQDR" in 3-inch letters on the face of the DD 1348-1 without
obliterating any vital data elements.
(6) Provide a copy to NAVSUP WSS.
d. Notify the receiving activity of the shipment by completing the shipping tool of the
related DR on the JDRS website.
6-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.6.9.3 Additional policy for DLRs shipped for investigation are in NAVSUP Publication 485.
6.6.10 Processing Material Under the Control of Naval Sea Systems Command
Naval Sea Systems Command ship components and equipment processed through an aviation
IMA for repair will be documented using aviation and surface 3M procedures as follows:
a. Defective components removed from a ship or surface craft for repair at an aviation IMA
must be documented on a Ship’s Maintenance Action Form (2-Kilo) (OPNAV 4790/2K) per
OPNAVINST 4790.4.
b. The Supply Department will receive the defective component from the originating ship or
surface craft. CCS will initiate a MAF per Chapter 16 and forward the defective component and
documentation to AMSU. Data blocks on the MAF will be completed as indicated:
Block A22. Enter the WUC.
Block A48. Enter ZBAA.
Block A52. Enter the ship UIC. This will be extracted from Block 1 of the Ship’s
Maintenance Action Form (2-Kilo) (OPNAV 4790/2K). This field will be preceded with a zero
to reflect six positions, that is, UIC 52189 is recorded as 052189.
Block A58. Enter alpha code O.
Block A59. Enter B.
Blocks E08 through E52. Enter the CAGE (Block E08), serial number (Block E13), and
PN (Block 23) from the data plate attached to the component. If the serial number is more than
10 characters, enter the last 10. If the PN is more than 15 characters, enter the last 15. (For
Optimized NALCOMIS the serial number and part number field is unlimited.) Enter the Julian
date the component was removed from the ship or surface craft in Block E38. Obtain this from
the defer data (Block 26) of the Ship’s Maintenance Action Form (2-Kilo) (OPNAV 4790/2K).
Enter the appropriate time or cycle prefix code (paragraph 15.4) followed by four numeric
characters (preceded by zero as necessary) in Block E42.
Blocks A08 through A17. Enter the organization code of the supporting Supply activity
as specified in the NALDA Organization Code Translator
(http://www.navair.navy.mil/logistics/orgtranslator/) in Block A08. Enter the last three numbers
of the when discovered date (Block 17 on the Ship’s Maintenance Action Form (2-Kilo)
(OPNAV 4790/2K)) in Block A11. Enter a local assigned sequence number in Block A14.
DISCREPANCY Block. Transcribe the discrepancy (Section IV on the Ship’s
Maintenance Action Form (2-Kilo) (OPNAV 4790/2K)) to the MAF.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT Block. Enter Julian date and document number on which the
replacement component was ordered.
6-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Provide accurate and timely response to internal and external Material Obligation
Validations.
j. Prepare surveys per paragraph 6.3.4 for loss, damage, or destruction of accountable
material.
k. Prepare and handle HMR and PQDR exhibits per paragraph 10.9.4.
l. Act as approving authority for indirect material requirements.
6-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.7.2.2 Responsibilities
In addition to the general material management and control responsibilities of paragraph 6.6.1,
OMA Material Controls must:
a. Use OOMA (ALIS for F-35 aircraft) to requisition material.
b. Receive and deliver material per paragraph 6.7.2.3.
NOTE: The date and time ordered on the requisition must be the exact time of submission
to ASD. This time is required for determining accurate NMCS/PMCS start time.
c. Validate NMCS/PMCS requisitions daily and maintain (by aircraft BUNO) current
NMCS/PMCS status records and forward the annotated and signed report to the supporting
supply activity.
d. Charge the appropriate fund when submitting organizational material requirements, such
as Operational Functional Category OFC-01 for aircraft flight operations and administrative
supplies, OFC-50 for aircraft maintenance, and OFC-09 for IMRL equipment.
e. Ensure retrograde repairable material is made available for turn-in when a requisition is
submitted.
NOTE: Embarked air detachments will turn-in NRFI repairables to the host ship for
retrograde shipment to the supporting shore site. The turn-in WO must cite the
same document number used to requisition the replacement.
f. Review and verify turn-in documents are complete, accurately match the retrograde
material, and contain the same document number used to requisition the replacement material.
6-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. For retrograde components with an ASR, EHR, or SRC record, ensure the record is
enclosed in a plastic envelope and is securely attached to the outside of the component or its
container, and ensure OOMA Configuration Management Auto Log Set (CM ALS) data is
transferred to the receiving activity at time of turn-in. F-35 activities will ensure the Electronic
Equipment Logset (EEL) data is transferred to the receiving activity via ALIS.
j. To provide short term protection during handling and transportation to Supply, retrograde
material will be packaged using a cushioning material, cellular plastic film (bubble wrap) PPP-C-
795, class 1 or class 2. When available, reusable shipping containers will be used to protect the
non-RFI components awaiting turn-in to Supply. Refer to, paragraph 10.21, for packaging,
handling, and storage requirements of Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) components.
k. Perform Aircraft Inventory Record (AIR) duties per 6.7.2.7.
6.7.2.3 Receipt and Delivery of Parts and Material
When material is received, OMA Material Control must:
a. Receive the material and a DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD
1348) (or facsimile form) from the ASD MDU.
b. Annotate the DD 1348 with legible printed name, signature, date, time and circle quantity.
c. Determine if the component is ASR, EHR, or SRC card trackable and that the appropriate
ASR, EHR, or SRC card is with the component before forwarding it to the work center. Upon
receipt or delivery of a tracked component, activities with NTCSS Optimized OMA
NALCOMIS will ensure the CM ALS has been received. If the appropriate record or card is not
received with the component and a replacement RFI component is not available, contact NAWC
AD Requirements Branch for reconstruction or disposition directions. For activities with
6-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS, contact NAWC AD Requirements Branch for providing
the appropriate CM ALS record.
d. Distribute received material to the appropriate work center, ensuring the material is
annotated with the DDSN and BUNO of the requisition. Work center personnel receiving
material will annotate the DD 1348 with legible printed name, signature, date, and time, and will
circle quantity received.
6.7.2.4 Receipt of Unsatisfactory Material
If material received from Supply is incorrect (not the material that was ordered) or defective,
Material Control must:
a. If part was incorrect, prepare a DOD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document (DD
1348-1A) for turn in, using the NSN of the unsatisfactory material. Ensure blocks V and Y
contain the original JCN and document number, blocks AA through CC (remarks) contain a
statement why the material is being returned, and blocks DD through EE contain the correct part
number of the material being turned in. The remarks section of the DD 1348-1 must include
sufficient data for the Supply Department to prepare a Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR), if
required.
b. If the part was the correct part, but determined to be defective (NRFI) at time of receipt or
installation:
(1) If part was RFI’d by I-level, return the part on a WO with When Discovered code “Y”
(Upon Receipt or Withdrawal from Supply, found to be discrepant upon installation.)
(2) If the part was new or newly reworked material, the squadron QA must submit a
Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) per 10.9.3.9.
c. Return all accompanying documentation, for example, RFI tag, SRC card, and
VIDS/MAF Copy 4, with the items.
d. Reorder material, if required, using a new document number and cite original document
number in remarks of new requisition. Use Advice Code 5G (if applicable).
e. Notify supporting Supply activity the incorrect/defective material is ready for pickup.
6.7.2.5 Deployment and Detachment Planning
OMAs that deploy or operate detachments ashore or afloat must plan and coordinate material
support. OMAs will:
a. Prior to deployment or detachment, the OMA must contact the supporting supply and
intermediate level maintenance activities to determine:
(1) Available materials and I-level services.
6-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Items of equipment subject to pilferage or readily convertible to personal use, for
example, clocks, tool kits, compasses, Aldis lamps, and mirrors.
(4) All classified items which are installed or for which installation provisions have been
incorporated on the aircraft except when items are accounted for by an authorized classified
material accounting system during aircraft transferring actions.
(5) All items of loose equipment applicable to an aircraft that are designated for transfer
by the ACC /COMNAVAIRSYSCOM whenever the aircraft is transferred.
(6) All mission essential equipment that cannot be installed in a given aircraft or
configured for other missions.
c. These items will NOT be included in AIRs:
(1) Items of equipment which are rigidly fixed and are considered to be a basic or integral
part of the aircraft, for example, engines, propellers, wheels, tires, brakes, instruments, and
ejection seats.
(2) Items considered personal issue that are furnished or authorized by a squadron
allowance.
(3) Equipment and material that is authorized by the IMRL.
(4) Equipment and material that is provided on a less than a one-per-aircraft basis and is
accounted for by another material accounting system.
(5) ACC controlled material.
6.7.2.7.2 Initiation
a. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product Support Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems
Group is responsible for producing a standard Master AIR (MAIR) for each T/M/S aircraft. An
AIR will be compiled for each new block or series of operational, tactical, and non-tactical
aircraft, unless exempted by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product Support Management/INTEGR
DEP, Mission Systems Group for reasons such as aircraft that are procured for research and
development only or in small numbers.
b. The AIR will be initiated by the aircraft manufacturer and will be delivered with each
individual aircraft. A copy of the AIR for each block or series (as applicable) will be forwarded
to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product Support Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems
Group for approval prior to delivery to the Navy. This proposed AIR will include Contractor
Furnished Equipment (CFE), Government Furnished Equipment (GFE), and Mission Essential
Subsystem Matrix (MESM) related equipment, which will be provided subsequent to the
delivery of the aircraft.
6-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: When an aircraft is transferred in less than Full Mission Capable (FMC) status
due to AWP for mission impacting subsystem components, the missing equipment
will be listed in the AIR as shortages with the requisition or survey number.
e. The Aircraft Inventory Record Certification and Record of Transfers (OPNAV 4790/104)
(Figure 6-8) lists each transfer and receipt, and must be completed by the transferring and
receiving activities.
6.7.2.7.5 AIR Inventories
Material Control is responsible for accounting for and inventorying all items listed in the AIR.
Requirements:
a. An AIR inventory must be completed prior to aircraft transfer and at time of receipt. In
all other instances when an aircraft is transferred, an inventory of the aircraft is accomplished
based on items of selected equipment and material listed in the AIR.
NOTE: Equipment inventories for aircraft without a COMNAVAIRSYSCOM AIR will be
completed as agreed upon by the transferring and accepting activities.
b. AIR items that are not required by the operating activity’s mission may be removed from
the aircraft and lined out of the applicable Aircraft Inventory Record (Equipment List) (OPNAV
4790/111) (Figure 6-6) after obtaining concurrence from the ACC or COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
Product Support Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems Group. Removed items will be
turned-in to the supporting Supply activity for appropriate disposition. The name of the
removing organization and turn-in control number will be entered in Column E of the Aircraft
Inventory Record (Equipment List) (OPNAV 4790/111) (Figure 6-6). In addition, an entry will
be recorded on Aircraft Inventory Record (Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112) (Figure 6-7).
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product Support Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems Group
will continue to maintain required quantities of such items on the MAIR if other operating
activities require the equipment.
c. Immediately upon receipt of notification of transfer, the transferring activity will
inventory all AIR equipment specifically assigned to the aircraft and all MESM equipment,
including all items which cannot be placed aboard the aircraft for transfer. This "loose
equipment" will be turned in to Supply on a Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document (DD
1149) for shipment to the receiving activity. A copy of the Requisition and Invoice/Shipping
Document (DD 1149) will be attached to the AIR and one will be retained by the shipping
activity for their records. The Aircraft Inventory Record Certification and Record of Transfers
(OPNAV 4790/104) (Figure 6-8) will be certified during the transfer action.
d. When an aircraft is transferred on site, inventory teams from the transferring and
accepting activities will jointly inventory the aircraft and record the quantity of each item
onboard the aircraft at the time of transfer in the appropriate column of the Aircraft Inventory
6-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Equipment List (OPNAV 4790/111) (Figure 6-6). The Aircraft Inventory Record
Certification and Record of Transfers (OPNAV 4790/104) (Figure 6-8) will be certified during
the transfer action.
e. When an aircraft is ferried for transfer, two inventories are required: one prior to the ferry
flight by the transferring activity and one upon completion of transfer by the accepting activity.
The aircraft ferry pilot accept custody of pilferable and classified equipment from the
transferring activity and transfer custody of the items to the accepting activity. AIR items that
cannot be placed on the aircraft for transfer will be shipped separately marked as "AIR
Equipment for Aircraft BUNO". A note to indicate such shipments is made in Column E of the
Aircraft Inventory Record Equipment List (OPNAV 4790/111) (Figure 6-6) opposite each
affected equipment.
f. When an aircraft is delivered to a Depot FRC or contract depot facility and is scheduled to
be returned to the same Reporting Custodian after rework, the items that do not require rework or
are not required by the depot activity will be retained by the Reporting Custodian. All retained
items will be noted as such on an Aircraft Inventory Record (Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112)
(Figure 6-7) to relieve the depot activity of accountability requirements. The Aircraft Inventory
Record Certification and Record of Transfers (OPNAV 4790/104) (Figure 6-8) will be certified
during the transfer action.
g. When it is known that an aircraft will be transferred to a new Reporting Custodian while
undergoing depot rework, the transferring Reporting Custodian will ship only the minimum
essential AIR items to the depot, noting all shortages on an Aircraft Inventory Record
(Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112) (Figure 6-7). The remaining equipment will be shipped to the
new Reporting Custodian per transfer Xray direction. The Aircraft Inventory Record
Certification and Record of Transfers (OPNAV 4790/104) (Figure 6-8) will be certified during
this transfer action. The record will not be certified for delivery until receipt of the aircraft.
h. When an aircraft is unexpectedly transferred to a new Reporting Custodian while
undergoing depot rework, the transferring Reporting Custodian will ship all retained AIR items
to the new Reporting Custodian per transfer Xray direction. All shortages will be noted on an
Aircraft Inventory Record (Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112) (Figure 6-7). The Aircraft Inventory
Record Certification and Record of Transfers (OPNAV 4790/104) (Figure 6-8) will be certified
during this transfer action. The record will not be certified for delivery until receipt of the
aircraft.
i. When an aircraft is being transferred to the Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration
Center (AMARC) for storage, any AIR items used to protect the aircraft from damage, or to
make the aircraft safe for maintenance, or required for passenger support will remain with the
aircraft. Questions concerning the disposition of AIR items prior to transfer of aircraft to
AMARC will be forwarded via the chain of command to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product
Support Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems Group.
6-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: When an AIR is completely used, that is, the data applicable to a number of
separate transfers has been completely used, additional copies of the specific forms
will be inserted in the record after listing the items of material and equipment as
shown on the originals. The inventories recorded on new forms are numbered in
sequence, starting with the first subsequent transfer. When the second subsequent
transfer has been recorded on the new forms, the superseded forms may be
destroyed.
6-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Every effort will be made to locate or replace missing AIR items prior to transfer.
However, aircraft transfer will not be delayed pending replacement of the items. The
transferring organization will make entries on the Aircraft Inventory Record (Equipment List)
(OPNAV 4790/111) (Figure 6-6) and Aircraft Inventory Record (Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112)
(Figure 6-7). If missing items were removed for repair, a notation will be entered in Column D
of the Aircraft Inventory Record - Shortages (OPNAV 4790/112) and necessary steps taken to
forward the items marked for the applicable BUNO when received. If a missing item is on order,
Column D will include a statement that the item will be forwarded on receipt. If an AIRs item is
on back-order at time of transfer, the transferring activity will cancel the requisition(s), advise
the accepting activity, and furnish information and justification on the Aircraft Inventory Record
(Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112), which can be used by the accepting activity for obtaining
replacement items. CFE shortages noted on a previous record must be transcribed to the new
Aircraft Inventory Record (Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112). The transferring activity must notify
the DCMD of the aircraft CFE shortage and provide updated shipping instructions for the CFE.
f. When shortages are discovered upon receipt of an aircraft and are not recorded in the AIR,
the receiving organization will itemize shortages and submit a list of the shortages to the activity
that transferred the aircraft within 10 working days of receipt of the aircraft. The transferring
activity will take one of the following actions within 15 working days after receipt of shortage
notification:
(1) Furnish vouchered turn-in document, or
(2) Furnish shipping data indicating shortages are being delivered, or
(3) Provide a Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss (DD Form 200) for
missing items to the accepting activity. If the item is not missing, but was not supplied due to
other reasons, such as ACC direction, the activity CO must provide a written statement on the
authority for retaining the item and supporting documentation, such as the ACC/TYCOM naval
message or letter authorizing retention.
NOTE: In all cases, authority for transferring aircraft with shortages must be obtained in
writing from the ACC/TYCOM prior to aircraft transfer.
g. The notation "Missing on Receipt" will not be used on Aircraft Inventory Record
(Shortages) (OPNAV 4790/112). Appropriate authority will be referenced and a copy of the
authorization, for example, letter, message, document, will be included in the AIR until the
shortage is filled.
h. Missing MESM equipment that is not listed on the AIR but required to be transferred with
the aircraft, will be included on the Aircraft Inventory Record Shortages (OPNAV 4790/112)
(Figure 6-7). When missing MESM equipment is received by the accepting activity, appropriate
deletions will be made to Aircraft Inventory Record Shortages (OPNAV 4790/112). No changes
6-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
are required to be made to the Aircraft Inventory Record (Equipment List) (OPNAV 4790/111)
(Figure 6-6) unless equipment is listed on the MAIR.
i. If an AIR is lost or destroyed, the reporting custodian will reconstruct the AIR using a
copy of the MAIR provided by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Product Support
Management/INTEGR DEP, Mission Systems Group and by performing a physical inventory.
6.7.2.8 Flight Clothing
Flight clothing may be purchased for issue to personnel in a flying status. Flight clothing pools
are defined as articles of flight clothing listed in the NAVAIR 00-35QH-2 held in stock at the
activity. Flight clothing pools must be accounted for, inventoried, and maintained as follows:
a. NAVSUP 306 custody cards will be established for each item carried in the flight clothing
pool.
b. 100% inventory validity must be maintained at all times.
c. All items held in the pool must be inventoried quarterly and upon change of custodian. In
the event of a loss by inventory, the loss will be reported via survey procedures of paragraph
6.3.4.
d. Replacement flight clothing issues must be conducted by PR rate (USMC MOS
equivalent) personnel qualified to perform Place In Service inspections. Items must be issued on
a one-for-one exchange basis to personnel in a flying status only. Quantity of items issued will
not exceed the allowances established in the NAVAIR 00-35QH-2.
e. Turned-in flight clothing will be processed for disposal at the nearest supporting DLA
Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service and must retain documentation of adequate
disposal.
6.7.2.9 Flight Packets
Material Control is responsible for constructing and controlling flight packets for issue to pilots
making extended flights. Requirements:
a. Each aircraft making an extended flight will be provided with a flight packet containing,
at a minimum, those items listed in NAVSUP Publication 485 and ACC/TYCOM instructions.
Flight packets will contain instructions to assist pilots in obtaining material or services necessary
for the continuation of a flight.
b. COs will issue written procedures for flight packet control, issue, and use.
c. Strict accountability of the Purchase Order/Invoice/Voucher (SF 44) will be established
using the preprinted serial control number on the document for accountability.
6-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Flight packets must be inventoried by the Supply Officer or Material Control Officer
when returned after each extended flight and at least monthly.
6.7.2.10 Aviation Into-Plane Reimbursement (AIR) Card
6.7.2.10.1 Department of the Navy (DON) commands participating in the AIR Card program are
required to implement a local command procedure (LCP) per NAVSUPINST 4200.97.
a. DON personnel are responsible for the proper use of the AIR Card to include:
(1) Using the AIR Card for official Government business only
(2) Compliance with applicable regulations, policies, ethics and procedures
(3) Reporting misuse of the AIR Card to appropriate authority
(4) Reporting loss and or theft of an AIR Card
b. All persons entrusted with an AIR Card shall be held to the highest ethical standards.
c. DON personnel, whether military or civilian, are to ensure proper safeguarding of
government charge card numbers.
6.7.2.10.2 The AIR Card provides a commercially accepted, effective, and convenient method to
procure aviation fuel and related ground services and supplies for DON-owned aircraft. AIR
Cards are assigned to aircraft, not individuals, and must remain with the aircraft assigned. The
AIR Card is embossed with the aircraft’s Bureau Number (BUNO). Specific guidance for
account establishment, AIR Card usage, and priority resources, refer to NAVSUPINST 4200.97.
Authorized users of the AIR Card are pilots, flight commanders, aircraft commanders, crew
chiefs, and contracting officers.
NOTE: Per NAVSUPINST 4200.97, if any unauthorized purchases are accrued, the
invoice will be short-pay with Government funds, and the individual who made
the purchase will pay the amount owed to the card contractor with their personal
funds.
6.7.2.10.3 The participating AIR Card program activity Commanding Officer (CO) will provide
oversight and support to all participants within their command. The CO will appoint an Agency
Program Coordinator (APC), Approving Official (AO), and Approving Certifying Officers
(ACO) in writing. This authority cannot be delegated. Specific APC, AO and Certifying
Officer’s roles and responsibilities are detailed in NAVSUPINST 4200.97. The CO will ensure
all APCs and AO have received the required training per DOD and DON policy and procedures.
The CO will establish local policies and procedures identifying informal and formal disciplinary
action to be taken against APCs, ACO, AO’s, and card users, for non-compliance, fraud, misuse
and or abuse. The activity ACO will ensure monthly accountability of AIR Card invoices match
all receipts. The ACO will reconcile with aircrew all transactions used during extended flight
operations to ensure all receipts are received. The AIR Card will be inventoried monthly.
6-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.7.3.1 Organization
a. IMAs must establish a Material Control Branch (050) and any additional 050 I-level Work
Centers needed to control material, such as 05A Material Screening (AMSU) or Joint Aviation
Screening Unit (JASU), 05B Material Procurement/Accounting, 05C Accountable
Material/IMRL Manager, 05D Aviation Tool Issue/Tool Control Center, and 05H Hazardous
Material Control.
NOTE: I-Level Material Control Supervisors and Financial Managers must attend the
Naval Aviation Material Control Management course (C-555-0051) and the
Financial Management for Naval Aviation Operating Target Accounting course
(Course C-555-0018) within 6 months of assuming duties.
6.7.3.2 AMSU/JASU
IMAs must establish an Aeronautical Material Screening Unit (AMSU) or a Joint Aviation
Screening Unit (JASU) in conjunction with the Supply Department. AMSU/JASU will:
NOTE: AMSU/JASU and the Supply Screening Unit (SSU) have two distinct functions and
responsibilities, but both share joint ownership of components undergoing repair
in the IMA. The IMA and Supply Department may combine SSU, Document
Control Unit (DCU), and AMSU/JASU, as long as specific ownership is identified.
a. Process all NRFI components received from O-level activities or IMA work centers to
determine whether the component is within the check, test, or repair capability of the IMA.
b. Receive check, test, and repair components from the Component Control Section (CCS)
or Warehouse Control Branch (WCB) for the Marine Corps and verify all documentation logs,
records, MAF, WO, and CM ALS electronic data) were received with the component.
NOTE: AMSU/JASU will check the part number (P/N) on the WO or MAF against the
P/N on the component identification plate. If the ID plate is missing, AMSU/JASU
will validate the P/N with the Technical Research Unit (TRU) and the WO or
MAF originator. New P/Ns will be added to NALCOMIS by TRU.
6-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Identify components and determine whether they are within the check, test, and repair
capability of IMA using the standard ICRL. When check, test, or repair capability does not exist,
components must be shipped to the designated support point or DRP (via the ATAC Program),
or another activity having the capability to repair the component. Under normal circumstances,
the determination must be made within 24 hours. When determined that repair capability does
not exist, the component will be shipped to another activity within 24 hours. Total IMA, Supply
and Maintenance, hold time must not exceed 2 days.
d. Notify QA and Production Control when a component is received with When Discovered
Code Y (found defective upon installation). AMSU/JASU must complete section C of the Y-
Code Process Form (Figure 6-7), and will process the component after QA assigns a report
number and completes Section B of the Y-Code Process Form. AMSU/JASU will route the Y-
Code Process Form to the cognizant work center with the component.
e. Initiate an Individual Component Repair List (ICRL) Change Request (Figure 10.20-1)
per paragraph 10.20 for P/Ns being inducted for the first time.
f. Review the discrepancy against items listed as X1 CC on the ICRL for potential to repair,
for example, broken/missing knobs or fasteners, and contact Production Control for direction to
induct or not induct the item.
NOTES: FLRs with SM&R coded PAOOO will be processed through AMSU/JASU for
disposition. AMSU/JASU will confer with Production Control to determine if a
repair is feasible and cost-effective. Refer to paragraph 5.2.4.2 for additional
direction on processing items with SM&R Code PAOOO.
g. Notify Production Control for direction on scheduling the component into the repair cycle.
h. Route components to the Work Center designated in the ICRL or per Production Control
direction.
i. Verify the ASR, EHR, or SRC card for the component is packaged properly to prevent loss
or damage. When components are shipped between activities, the following procedures must be
followed:
(1) Photocopy the ASR, EHR, or SRC card and place it in a plastic envelope and securely
attach it to the outside of the shipping container. If the component must be shipped in an open
crate or without a container, a photocopy is not required; however, special attention must be
given to ensure the envelope containing the ASR, EHR, or SRC card is securely attached to the
component.
NOTE: The photocopy of the ASR, EHR, or SRC card may be used to reconstruct a new
card in the case of a lost or mutilated card. Refer to 8.2.10 for additional
procedures to reconstruct missing records.
6-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Insert and seal the ASR, EHR, or SRC card in a plastic envelope. Shipping
documents and WOs or MAFs will not be placed in the same envelope. Attach the plastic
envelope directly to the component and put both items inside the shipping container.
(3) Move CM ALS data to the receiving activity.
6.7.3.3 Awaiting Parts (AWP)
When notified that parts are not available in the local supply chain, the IMA Work Center will
deliver the component, all associated documentation, uninstalled RFI parts, and hardware (such
as nuts and screws) to the Supply Department AWP Unit (6.5.13). All hardware delivered with
the component will be in an appropriate container labeled "hardware". A component with
outstanding (not filled by local supply action) AWP requisitions will be delivered to the AWP
holding area within 24 hours from the time the requisition was submitted. Aircraft engines and
other large components may be retained in the work center when movement to an AWP holding
area is impractical. MAF bags will not be used for uninstalled items (parts) that are easily
crushed by other items.
6.7.3.4 Preservation and Packaging
IMAs will perform internal and external preservation (prior to packaging) of all components in
the repair cycle. The P700-CNP website (https://tarp.navsup.navy.mil/ ) provides preservation
and packaging requirements for specific repairable components. Requirements:
a. IMAs will adequately protect components for local routing the repairable to or among the
various supply or I-level work centers. The packing and preservation section is responsible for
final packing and preservation of components (less engines) prior to storage or shipment.
Engines will be preserved and packaged by the IMA.
NOTES: 1. When it is positively known a component repaired by an IMA will be reissued
to local operating units in a reasonably short time, it need only receive the
minimum amount of preservation and packaging to ensure positive identification
and short-time protection.
b. The IMA will track supply assets to ensure re-inspection or re-preservation is done per
preservation or technical manuals.
6.8 Marine Corps Aviation Material Management
6-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6.8.1 Policy
Marine Corps activities have the same material management responsibilities as Navy activities,
with additional direction from Headquarters Marine Corps (HQMC). Marine Corps Order
4400.17 Aviation Supply Desk Top Procedures directs standardization of aviation Supply
operations. Adherence to the MCO P4400.177 is mandatory for MALS. Because of unique
local situations, there may be rare instances that require minor deviations from specific
procedures delineated in MCO P4400.177. In those cases, the MALS must submit a written
request to their MAW commander with information copies to the Fleet Marine Force (FMF)
commander and Commandant of the Marine Corps (CMC) (Code ASL-33).
6.8.2 Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW) Supply Officer
MAW Supply Officer responsibilities include coordinating aviation materiel (such as inventory
management, distribution, storage, and transportation), financial matters, training, and related
programs in support of squadrons assigned within subordinate MAGs. The aviation supply
officer and staff are the principal points of contact for coordinating aviation supply matters
between the aircraft TYCOM; the MAW commander; and the assigned MAGs. The branch also:
a. Implements and coordinates aviation supply policy within the MAW.
b. Coordinates with the MAW comptroller on all matters concerning operations,
maintenance, and Navy expenditures.
c. Conducts liaison with external agencies in support of aircraft readiness within supported
MALS.
d. Coordinates aviation materiel support for ship and unit deployments.
c. Coordinates the assignment of personnel in the 6602, 6604, and 6672 MOSs.
d. Analyzes aviation supply and financial management performance.
e. Monitors weapon system materiel support transitioning from commercial supply to Navy
supply.
f. Coordinates with the ALIMS branch on policy development input to HHQ for
changes/updates to NTCSS and other aviation logistic information systems.
6.8.3 Marine Aviation Logistics Squadron (MALS) Aviation Supply Officer
The MALS Aviation Supply Officer (AVNSUPO) functions as a special staff officer for the
MAG Commanding Officer (CO). General responsibilities:
a. Strict adherence to MCO P4400.177.
b. Manage and administer the MALS Supply Department.
6-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Produce, receive, store, maintain, and issue aviation Marine Corps property within the
MAG.
d. Monitor MALS Supply Department performance.
e. Advise the MAG and MALS CO’s and their staff on Supply matters relating to readiness,
effectiveness, and ongoing and planned projects within the MAG MALS Supply Department.
f. Liaison with supporting Supply activities and MAW staff to ensure MAG supply
requirements are known and satisfied.
g. Liaison with each squadron within the MAG on supply support of squadron readiness.
6.9 Depot Level Repairable (DLR) Management
6-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
component rework program. Among other features, the MCRC system indicates which activities
are DRPs for each repairable component line item and the capability of the DRPs.
6.9.1.5 The repairable designation is based on a determination that it costs less to rework
existing components than to procure new components. Inventory economies can be achieved by
having such components returned to service through rework by depots. Components designated
as MTR must be turned in to the Supply System for rework at the DRP when beyond field (O-
level and I-level) level capabilities.
6.9.1.6 The special management applied to DLR components includes a program (application
operation B08) to improve the efforts of the naval aviation industrial establishment in scheduling
the rework of components. The inventory manager at NAVSUP WSS will compute and transmit
specific rework requirements to the DRPs. The program features a weekly automatic data
processing generated component rework requirement computation that considers RFI, NRFI, and
in-process assets as offsets to derive the net requirement for depot rework induction. The net
requirements projections show an induction and production deficiency. The deficiency is scaled
to portray the various levels of priorities to identify the criticality of the stock deficiency more
precisely in descending induction priority sequence.
6.9.1.7 It is COMNAVAIRSYSCOM policy to use RFI D-level repairables to the maximum
extent practicable, in lieu of concurrently reworking identical components incident to aircraft and
power plant programs. To support that policy, NAVSUP WSS and the DRPs have negotiated
retail allowances for non-concurrent rework, known as repairable support inventory (RSI). The
RSI population includes all known requirements for exchange of DLRs, including those items
determined by NAVSUP WSS to be in long supply in the Supply System. Prior to routing a
component removed from an aircraft or engine for concurrent rework, the DRP must determine if
that component is a member of the RSI population. If it is, the DRP must requisition a
replacement unit on a "fill-or-kill" basis from its supporting DSP. If assets are available, the
DSP must issue the material to the DRP; if no assets are available, the DSP will "kill" the
requisition. If the DSP makes the issue, the DRP will turn in the removed component to the
system, and will be billed the net price for the replacement by NAVSUP WSS. The only
approved exceptions to DLR exchange in lieu of concurrent rework are:
a. DLRs that are not identified as RSI items.
b. RSI items that are not available for exchange, as evidenced by a "killed" requisition status
from the DSP.
6.9.1.8 The Advanced Traceability and Control Retrograde Depot Level Repairables Program
improves accountability, traceability, and customer billing accuracy in the DLR carcass tracking
system. Under ATAC procedures, most retrograde DLRs are shipped via ATAC hubs that serve
as centralized DLR processing facilities. Complete ATAC procedures, as well as exceptions to
6-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the program, are in NAVSUP Publication 485, Volume I, Chapter 8, Part D and Electronic
Retrograde Management System (eRMS) Desk Guide.
6.9.2 Commercial Depot Rework General Policy and Procedures
a. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Sustainment Group determines commercial depot-level rework
requirements when developing the maintenance plan for an aircraft, engine or equipment.
b. Commercial depot rework is managed by NAVSUP WSS .
c. NAVSUP WSS is responsible for contracting for and scheduling commercial rework of
components, whereas contracting for the rework of aircraft and aircraft power plants is the
responsibility of COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Sustainment Group. Paragraph 6.9.4 provides
additional information on contracting for commercial rework.
d. The material support provided for each contract is generally limited to that direct material
which becomes an integral part of the item being reworked. The primary exceptions include
materials furnished by the government, for example, gases, liquids, greases and lubricants,
oxygen, carbon dioxide, and paint. These types of material and all material furnished by the
contractor must meet government specifications. Excess contractor furnished material does not
become government material so it is not available for issue to any government activity.
e. Contractors that perform aircraft and engine rework are not required to have the capability
to rework all components installed on the aircraft or power plant. Components that the
contractor does not have rework capability for must be shipped to the designated DRP and
replacement RFI components must be drawn from the supply system. Process:
(1) Depot Rotatable Pool. A small number of components are identified in the work
specification as requiring rework when the aircraft and power plant are inducted into commercial
rework. These types of items usually require more time to rework than do the aircraft or power
plant of which they are a part. To avoid work stoppages, as well as to protect system assets for
operating force use, a rotatable pool of these components is established at the contractor's plant.
The size of the pool is determined at first by NAVSUP WSS upon contract award and is
reviewed periodically as the availability of assets, piece part support, and contractor
requirements change.
(2) Standby Pool. Major components, for example, helicopter rotor blades, propellers,
gearboxes, and power plants, are not programmed to be reworked by the same contractor that
reworks the aircraft. To provide the contractor with the assets to support the production
schedule, a standby pool for these types of components is established which will ensure the
contractor has at least one asset on hand at all times. As assets are drawn from the standby pool,
the contractor is required to requisition replacement assets from the controlling government
agency.
6-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Standby and rotatable pool quantities are kept to the absolute minimum needed to
support the contractor. Pool assets normally will not be made available to any other activity
because pool depletion would result in production delays, increased potential for substandard
quality, and un-programmed contract cost increases.
f. Repairable components received at depots with shipping, packaging, or preservation
discrepancies place an additional burden on supply assets by increasing turn-around time (TAT)
or cause loss (survey) of the components due to lack of preservation or proper packaging.
Additionally, components requiring data, such as SRC, ASR, EHR, MSR, and logbooks that are
received for rework with missing or incorrect data cards, require expending additional hours to
correct. Critical components, for example, aircraft tail hooks, launch bars, and tail hook
trunnions, require penalizing when SRC data is incorrect or not available, thereby causing
additional loss of usage. Packaging, preservation, technical data, and shipping discrepancies
noted on receipt of repairable components must be reported as directed by NAVSUP Publication
723.
6.9.3 DLR Requisitioning
6.9.3.1 DLRs are requisitioned on a one-for-one exchange basis for fleet unit material
requirement.
6.9.3.2 Stock replenishment requisitions are submitted only after turn-in (retrograde action) of
an unserviceable item is cleared from the Completed Repair Action mailbox.
6.9.3.3 Most NRFI DLRs will be returned to the DRP or DSP via the ATAC hub.
6.9.4 Contracting for Commercial Rework of DLRs
6.9.4.1 Planning
The key to a good commercial contractor rework program is a well-written, detailed and
administered contract. Coordination between the Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO) and
the technical representatives is critical to ensuring the contract has adequate control of the
contractor's effort. Work to write the contract should begin to ensure the specific actions shown
in Commercial Rework Milestones for Existing Commercial Contracts (Figure 6-9) are
accomplished. In addition to the lead time required to properly develop the contract, it is
essential that the technical data and government furnished material needed to accomplish the
rework be provided to the contractor to start the implementation of the contract and before the
first item is inducted for rework. The production schedule should also provide the contractor
with additional time on the first few production delivery dates for a training and experience
learning curve.
6-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: This chart depicts a typical Aviation Supply Department Ashore. Individual site may vary.
6-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AVIATION
SUPPORT
DIVISION
SUPPLY COMPONENT
RESPONSE CONTROL
SECTION SECTION
PRE-
EXPENDED
BIN UNIT
6-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(OPNAV 4790/104)
6-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 7
Quality Assurance (QA)
Table of Contents
7-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7.5.2.3 QA Requirements for Transient or In-Flight Maintenance .................................. 15
7.6 Quality Assurance Division Program Management .............................................................. 15
7.6.1 O-Level and I-Level Support Equipment (SE) Misuse/Abuse Reporting ................. 15
7.6.2 Aircraft Confined Space Program (ACSP) .................................................................. 16
Figure 7-1: O-Level Maintenance Activity QA Organization .......................................................... 19
Figure 7-2: I-Level Maintenance Activity QA Organization ............................................................ 20
Figure 7-3: QA Organization for Operations Maintenance Department (OMD) and Permanent or
Temporary Detachments with Four or Less Aircraft QA Organization............................................. 21
Figure 7-4: Quality Assurance Representative/Inspector Recommendation/Designation (OPNAV
4790/12) ............................................................................................................................................. 22
Figure 7-5: Y-Code Process .............................................................................................................. 23
Figure 7-6 (front): Support Equipment Misuse/Abuse (OPNAV 4790/108) .................................... 24
Figure 7-6 (back): Support Equipment Misuse/Abuse (OPNAV 4790/108) .................................... 25
7-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 7
Quality Assurance (QA)
7.1 Introduction
Quality Assurance (QA) is a relatively small group of highly skilled personnel. The permanently
assigned personnel under the QA Officer are responsible for conducting and managing the
maintenance department’s QA effort. The personnel assigned to QA are known as Quality Assurance
Representatives (QAR). QARs are responsible for actively monitoring the quality of maintenance
performed and effective program management applicable to the maintenance department. The
number of personnel assigned to QA will vary among activities in relationship to the size of the unit
and number of work shifts. However, sufficient personnel will be assigned to provide coverage of
the billets as shown in the organizational charts listed in this chapter.
7.1.1 Concept
The QA concept is the prevention of the occurrence of defects. The concept embraces all scheduled
and unscheduled events from the start of the maintenance operation to its completion and is the
responsibility of all maintenance department personnel. The principle of prevention is to preclude
maintenance failure. Prevention is about regulating events rather than being regulated by them.
Prevention extends to safety of personnel, maintenance of aircraft, and equipment. QA provides a
systematic and efficient method for actively monitoring, inspecting, analyzing, verifying, and
maintaining standards for the quality characteristics of aircraft, engines, components, material, and
equipment. Achievement of QA relies on qualified and trained personnel with situational awareness,
knowledge, and special skills. The objective of QA is to readily pinpoint problem areas in which the
maintenance department management can:
a. Improve the quality, uniformity, and reliability of aircraft and equipment
b. Improve the work environment, tools, and equipment used in the maintenance effort
c. Improve the quality of maintenance materials, technical data, and processes
d. Improve training, work habits, and procedures of maintenance personnel
e. Eliminate unnecessary man-hours and material expenditures
f. Effectively manage and disseminate technical data
NOTE: The Depot Quality Management System (QMS) is described in Chapter 12.
7.1.2 Definitions
The terms QA, Monitor, inspection, auditing, Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI) evaluation, and
monitoring have distinct meanings as they apply to the NAMP.
a. QA is the planned and systematic pattern of actions taken to verify if an item conforms to
specifications and will perform satisfactorily.
7-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Monitor is a title used to define personnel who have been assigned to the QA division to
perform observation of the duties on a specific program, area, or performance of a maintenance
event.
c. Inspection is the physical examination and testing of aircraft, engines, equipment, components,
parts, and materials to determine conformance to specifications.
(1) Final inspections are specific QA functions performed following the completion of a
maintenance task when proper accomplishment of the task can be determined by visual inspection.
Zonal inspections for obvious defects such as leaks or foreign objects in the immediate work area
prior to closing a panel, and the verification of WO and MAF documentation are also part of the final
inspection process.
(2) In-process inspections are required during the performance of maintenance where
satisfactory accomplishment of the task cannot be determined by visual inspection after the task has
been completed. Requirements for an in-process inspection include, but are not limited to, witnessing
application of torque, functional testing, adjusting, assembly, servicing, and installation. When the
notation “QA” appears on a Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) it signifies a QA function is
required as part of the maintenance task as per 7.5.1.3.
(3) Receipt or screening inspections apply to material, components, parts, equipment, logs,
and records, Configuration Management Auto Log-sets (CM ALS), and documents. Receipt
inspections are normally conducted to identify the material received, determine its condition and
maintenance requirements, and verify the accuracy of accompanying records.
d. Auditing is the periodic or on-condition evaluation of compliance with specified policies and
procedures. Examples of audits include QA program audits, Division Officer work center audits, and
program manager audits. Refer to paragraph 10.7 for guidance on auditing.
e. CDI evaluations are the process of validating that CDIs have performed all required tasks as
part of the inspection process utilizing the CSEC Program Area 5600.
f. Monitoring is the physical observance of a maintenance process to verify compliance with
procedures. For example, a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) watching an aircraft towing
evolution or the Line Division Supervisor watching a fuel sample be taken to verify correct
procedures are being adhered to and all safety precautions are being followed. Monitoring also
includes routine collection and trending of performance data, for example, oil consumption and
Foreign Object Damage (FOD) trends. Active monitoring of ongoing maintenance by supervisors,
managers, and QA personnel is critical to the achievement of the QA concept.
7.1.3 Functions of Quality Assurance
7.1.3.1 QA is the responsibility of every individual involved with Naval Aviation maintenance.
Although the QA Officer (QAO) is responsible for managing the overall quality assurance effort
within the maintenance department, each Division Officer, Division Chief, Work Center Supervisor,
and technician is equally responsible for maintenance quality within their areas of responsibility.
7.1.3.2 A proactive QA Division is an equal partner with Maintenance Control, Divisions, and Work
Center Supervisors in ensuring high quality, and safe maintenance. QA’s involvement is a critical
element of Operational Risk Management (ORM) during high-risk operations ashore and afloat.
7-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7.1.3.3 Quality Assurance will screen, review, determine applicability, and disseminate Technical
Data to the maintenance department.
7.1.3.4 To provide a real-time maintenance in action approach to monitoring, QA personnel will be
“out and about” preventing negative trends by physically observing ongoing maintenance for
compliance with the NAMP, technical data management procedures, and safety precautions. As a
part of the active monitoring, QA is responsible to perform CDI evaluations.
a. QA will utilize the CSEC Program Area 5600 to perform impromptu CDI evaluations
throughout the year. For example, the QAR will identify personnel actively performing maintenance
and trace back the process step by step utilizing the checklist to ensure compliance with policy and
procedures.
NOTES: 1. Impromptu CDI evaluations allow for ample training time and remediation on
unsatisfactory evaluations.
2. Members that possess CDI qualification in multiple work centers do not require a
CDI evaluation per work center.
3. Personnel designated with QAR or CDQAR qualifications are not required to
complete CDI evaluation requirements.
b. CDIs will not exceed a 12 month period in the performance of their duties without a CSEC
evaluation being performed by a QAR or CDQAR NLT the last day of the initial qualification month
and will be documented in writing by the Commanding Officer (CO) on Quality Assurance
Representative/Inspector Recommendation/Designation (OPNAV 4790/12) (Figure 7-4) or in ASM
per 10.1.2.9.
(1) Upon the completion of a satisfactory evaluation, a QAR will adjust the CDI’s next
evaluation due date in ASM to 12 months from the completion of the current evaluation.
(2) CDIs that receive an unsatisfactory evaluation are required to complete a satisfactory
evaluation before exceeding a 12 month period.
(3) CDI evaluations will be graded in the CSEC Overview as Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory with
Remediation, or Unsatisfactory based on the following criteria:
(a) Satisfactory. All requirements of the CSEC 5600 were met without error.
(b) Unsatisfactory with Remediation. CDI did not meet all CSEC 5600 requirements, but
the errors were not egregious or safety related. The CDI can remain qualified, but requires a
satisfactory evaluation prior to the 12 month due date.
(c) Unsatisfactory. CDI missed a safety related element of the CSEC 5600 or
demonstrates a lack of knowledge with policy and procedures. This grade requires the QAS and
QAO to make a recommendation on possible suspension or revocation of the member’s qualification
and routed to designation authority for disposition.
7.2 Quality Assurance Division Organization
At a minimum, one member will be assigned to QA Division to provide coverage for each of the
billets specified in the applicable Quality Assurance Organizational Chart (Figure 7-1 through Figure
7-3), as applicable to the T/M/S aircraft maintained. The MO will determine the number of
7-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
additional QARs assigned to the QA Division, and the number of CDQAR and CDIs assigned to
production work centers based on operational requirements, QA workload, and number of work
shifts.
NOTES: 1. QA Supervisors may also be designated as QARs in their areas of technical
expertise.
2. Squadrons that deploy with detachments may have CDQARs perform all QAR
functions until return to home base or disestablishment of detachment.
7.3 Quality Assurance Personnel
Personnel assigned to QA duties are the direct representative of the Commanding Officer (CO) for
ensuring the quality of aircraft, engines, components, and equipment, and must possess the highest
standards of professional integrity. In addition to inspection duties, QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs
serve as trainers and mentors in their areas of expertise.
7.3.1 Quality Assurance Representative (QAR)
QARs are permanently assigned to the Quality Assurance Division. QAR qualifications:
a. E-6 or above
b. (Navy) Fully qualified in the Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) syllabus in their
technical field for the type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft supported
c. (Marines) Fully qualified in the Aviation Maintenance Training and Readiness Program
(AMTRP) syllabus in their technical field for the T/M/S aircraft supported
d. Complete the QAR training syllabus and personnel qualification standards (PQS) applicable to
their billet assignment, and pass the written examination administered by QA
e. Complete the Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System
(NALCOMIS) (Optimized) Organizational Level Maintenance Activity (OMA) Naval Aviation
Quality Assurance Administration Course (Course C-555-0046)
f. Skilled in researching, reading, and interpreting drawings, maintenance technical manuals,
directives, and data
g. Fully knowledgeable in NALCOMIS documentation procedures and codes, and able to write
with clarity and technical accuracy
7.3.2 Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representative (CDQAR)
CDQARs are assigned to production work centers when needed to supplement the QA Division’s
capacity to perform QAR-level inspections. CDQARs are responsible to the QA Officer when
performing QA functions. CDQAR qualifications:
a. E-5 or above
b. (Navy) Fully qualified in the Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) syllabus in their
technical field for the type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft supported
c. (Marines) Fully qualified in the Aviation Maintenance Training and Readiness Program
(AMTRP) syllabus in their technical field for the T/M/S aircraft supported
7-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Complete the same training and testing syllabus as QARs assigned to the commensurate QA
Division rate or military occupational specialty (MOS) billet, with the exception of the NALCOMIS
(Optimized) OMA Naval Aviation Quality Assurance Administration Course (C-555-0046)
e. Skilled in researching, reading, and interpreting drawings, maintenance technical manuals,
directives, and data
f. Fully knowledgeable in NALCOMIS documentation procedures and codes, and able to write
with clarity and technical accuracy
7.3.2.1 CDQARs may be assigned if the minimum QAR manning requirements (Figure 7-1 through
Figure 7-3) for their rate or MOS billet have been met.
7.3.2.2 CDQARs may be temporarily assigned to the QA Division when there is a severe shortage of
skill or to relieve QARs during short periods of absence, such as leave, temporarily assigned duty
(TAD), or hospitalization.
7.3.2.3 Except where specifically stated in this instruction, CDQARs will not be assigned to perform
non-inspection functions, such as QA audits, when a commensurate billet exists in the QA Division.
NOTE: OMDs and detachments that organize their QA Division per Figure 7-3 will use
CDQARs to perform QAR administrative and auditing duties.
7.3.2.4 A CDQARs may perform initial qualification sign-offs, subsequent proficiency, and practical
examinations specified to be performed by a QAR, unless specifically restricted by NAMPSOPs.
NOTE: Operations Maintenance Department (OMD) and detachments that organize their QA
Division per Figure 7-3 will use CDQARs to perform QAR administrative and
auditing duties. Additionally, they may perform initial qualification sign-offs,
subsequent proficiency and practical examinations specified to be performed by a
QAR.
7.3.3 Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI)
CDIs inspect all work and comply with the required QA inspections during all maintenance actions
performed by their production work center. CDIs are responsible to the QA Officer when performing
QA functions. CDI qualifications:
a. E-4 or above
b. (Navy) Fully qualified as a Qualified Proficient Apprentice and satisfactorily progressing in
completion of the Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) syllabus in their technical field for the
type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft supported
c. (Marines) Satisfactorily progressing toward or be fully qualified in the Aviation Maintenance
Training and Readiness Program (AMTRP) syllabus in their technical field for the T/M/S aircraft
supported
d. Complete the CDI training syllabus applicable to their assignment, and pass the written
examination administered by QA
e. Skilled in researching, reading, and interpreting drawings, maintenance technical manuals,
directives, and data
7-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Fully knowledgeable in NALCOMIS documentation procedures and codes, and able to write
with clarity and technical accuracy
g. Upon receipt and transfer of aircraft, engines, components, SE, AWSE, and ALSS, perform a
physical verification of the item for TD configuration and notify Logs and Records of current
configuration per 10.10.4.13.c.
7.3.4 Training
7.3.4.1 Navy Type Wings must publish local command procedures (LCP) with separate training
syllabi or Job Qualification Requirement (JQR) and written tests for a QAR and for a CDI for each
Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC) or Marine MOS, for each T/M/S aircraft supported. The training
syllabus and written test will cover the unique duties of each position. CDQARs will complete the
same training and testing as QARs. I-Level activities must establish a QAR and CDI training
syllabus or PQS, and written test requirements specific to the engines, components, and equipment
they support. The training syllabus or JQR and the test must cover the QA requirements for test,
inspection, and administrative processes specific to the QAR or CDI assignment. Marine activities
will use the training and testing syllabus developed by Marine Corps Training and Education
Command (TECOM), per 10.1.4. Specific areas to be covered in the syllabus include:
a. QPT or AMTRP requirements.
b. Formal school requirements applicable to their QA billet.
c. Testing and inspection procedures, for example: bore scoping, measuring FOD damage,
measuring tolerances, corrosion Focus Area List (FAL) inspection techniques, conditional inspection
requirements, in-process and final QA witnessed requirements for torque, and functional testing.
d. Required reading, to include this chapter and all Naval Aviation Maintenance Program
Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs) applicable to the QA billet.
e. WO or MAF sign-off and inspection certification procedures.
f. (QAR) T/M/S Functional Check Flight (FCF) requirements, to include annotating the checklist
and how to brief an FCF.
g. (QAR) Data collection and monitoring procedures for areas applicable to the QA billet
description.
h. (QAR) Auditing and monitoring techniques for the NAMP programs the billet is responsible
for.
i. Written test, with questions on Chapter 7, applicable NAMPSOPs, and technical and
administrative tasks applicable to the billet.
j. A practical examination to verify skill in the use of inspection equipment and QA procedures.
k. Topics for the oral interview by the QA Officer and QA Supervisor.
NOTE: In I-Level activities with D-Level artisans assigned for beyond capability of
maintenance interdiction (BCMI), the IMA QA Officer will collaborate with the
artisan’s Depot FRC QA Officer on a joint LCP that specifies the training, tasks,
certification procedures, and any other requirements for D-Level artisans to perform
the BCMI inspection certification procedures of paragraph 7.5.2.2.
7-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7.3.4.2 The QA Officer is responsible for ensuring QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs are trained and
current in the QA processes per paragraph 7.3.1, 7.3.2, or 7.3.3 in relation to their QA billet and work
center assignment prior to designation. If a QAR is assigned to perform inspections outside of their
billet assignment, the QA Officer must verify they receive cross training in any QA functions they
perform that are not in their NEC or MOS area of expertise. If applicable, cross training will include
Center for Naval Aviation Technical Training Unit (CNATTU) training courses, On- Job Training,
rotation of assignments, and task specific elements of the QAR training syllabus or PQS.
7.3.4.3 Cross-training is not permitted for QA functions related to egress systems or I-Level Aviation
Life Support Systems (ALSS) maintenance. Only qualified egress systems technicians and I-Level
ALSS technicians, qualified per the 10.40 ALSS and Egress Systems Maintenance NAMPSOP, are
permitted to inspect the maintenance of personnel parachutes, drogue chutes (excluding drogue
chutes in non-removable head boxes), seat survival kits, and inflatable survival equipment.
NOTES: 1. O-Level activities having no or only one PR assigned must designate a cross-
trained QAR or CDQAR to inspect work performed on ALSS equipment. Cross-
trained QARs or CDQARs will use NAVAIR 13-1-6 series manuals for technical
guidance.
2. QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs inspecting ALSS or egress systems must be ordnance
certified per OPNAVINST 8023.24 or MCO 8023.3.
7.3.5 Designation
7.3.5.1 Commanding Officers will designate QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs permanently attached or
temporarily attached to the activity in writing via Quality Assurance Representative/Inspector
Recommendation/Designation (OPNAV 4790/12) (Figure 7-4) or via ASM per 10.1.2.9.
7.3.5.2 Designated QARs, CDQARs, or CDIs that conduct a permanent change of station (PCS) to
another activity operating or supporting the same T/M/S aircraft, with current qualifications, may be
re-designated as a QAR, CDQAR, or CDI by the receiving unit’s CO without re-completing QAR,
CDQAR, or CDI training requirements per 7.3.4. Prior to designation, qualifications of the
transferring QAR, CDQAR, or CDI candidate’s record must be reviewed to verify training
completion. Additionally, the candidate must be interviewed and endorsed for designation by the
receiving unit’s QAS, QAO, and MO.
NOTES: 1. Annual CDI CSEC 5600 evaluation will be completed NLT the last day of the CDI
CSEC evaluation month and will be documented in writing by the Commanding
Officer (CO) on Quality Assurance Representative/Inspector
Recommendation/Designation (OPNAV 4790/12) (Figure 7-4) or via ASM per
10.1.2.9.
2. CDIs who PCS but have not completed a CDI CSEC 5600 evaluation prior to the
last day of the annual CDI evaluation month must complete CDI training
requirements per 7.3.4.
7.3.5.3 QARs, CDQARs, or CDIs that are TAD to another command operating or supporting the
same T/M/S aircraft may be designated as a QAR, CDQAR, or CDI by the TAD unit CO without re-
completing QAR, CDQAR, or CDI training. Prior to designation, the qualifications of the
7-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
temporarily assigned QAR, CDQAR, or CDI candidate must be reviewed and the candidate must be
interviewed and endorsed for designation by the TAD unit QAS, QAO, and MO.
Note: ASM account must be transferred to receiving command.
7.3.5.4 QAR, CDQAR, and CDI designation will be suspended when personnel are TAD outside of
the maintenance department. Designation may be reinstated upon return to the maintenance
department without recompleting training or testing, if all other qualifications are current, as deemed
by the QAO.
7.4 Quality Assurance Responsibilities
7.4.1 Commanding Officer
a. Designate QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs permanently attached or TAD to the activity in writing
via Quality Assurance Representative/Inspector Recommendation/Designation (OPNAV 4790/12)
(Figure 7-4) or via ASM per 10.1.2.9.
b. Delegate QAR, CDQAR, and CDI designation, suspension, and revocation authority to the
Executive Officer or Maintenance Officer. Delegation must be made in writing by naval letter.
c. COs are authorized to grant or reinstate qualifications and designations for QARs, CDQARs,
or CDIs that conduct a permanent change of station to another command operating or supporting the
same T/M/S aircraft per 7.3.5.2.
d. COs are authorized to designate QARs, CDQARs and CDIs of lesser paygrade than specified,
if deemed necessary due to manpower constraints for a period of 12 months. Prior to designation,
personnel identified at the lesser paygrade will meet all requirements of paragraph 7.3 through 7.3.4.
The CO must inform their ISIC (Type Wing, or MAG) by naval letter of each paygrade deviation.
The letter must include the name, paygrade and designation (QAR, CDQAR or CDI) of each
individual, the projected end date of the temporary assignment (not to exceed 12 months), and a
detailed explanation for assigning someone of lesser paygrade, to include current and projected status
of manning related to the billet.
NOTE: CO authority to approve deviations from QAR, CDQAR or CDI paygrade
requirements cannot be delegated.
e. COs of O-Level activities with operational detachments may authorize detachment Officers in
Charge (OIC) to designate QA personnel; provided the deployment period is in excess of 90 days and
all procedures and requirements for designating QA personnel are accomplished by the detachment.
f. COs of O-Level and I-Level activities that have permanent detachments may authorize the
detachment Officers in Charge (OIC) to designate QA personnel and request paygrade deviations, if
all procedures and requirements for designating QA personnel are accomplished by the detachment.
g. The I-Level activity CO will designate Weapons Department personnel.
NOTE: Weapons Officer must designate personnel TAD or permanently attached to the
Weapons Department or Navy Munitions Command detachment.
h. Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS) COs and Center for Naval Aviation Technical Training
Unit (CNATTU) OICs must co-sign a letter of agreement delineating each organization’s
responsibilities for Integrated or Consolidated Maintenance Training CDIs (if applicable). These
7-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CDIs will be designated by the FRS CO and the “FOR” block on the OPNAV 4790/12 (Figure 7-4)
and will read: "Integrated/Consolidated Maintenance Training CDI for Work Center ____."
7.4.2 Maintenance Officer
a. Endorse the QAR, CDQAR, and CDI recommendations, suspensions and revocations prior to
forwarding to the CO for disposition.
b. Review CDI evaluations routed for disposition.
NOTE: Maintenance Officers that are delegated in writing via naval letter by the
Commanding Officer are authorized to designate, suspend, or revoke QARs,
CDQARs, and CDIs.
c. MOs are authorized to utilize QARs, CDQARs, or CDIs that are TAD from another command
operating or supporting the same T/M/S aircraft without re-completing QAR, CDQAR, or CDI
training per 7.3.5.3.
d. Designate the Quality Assurance Officer as the Technical Data Management Officer per
10.8.4.4.
e. (I-Level afloat) MOs are authorized to designate QARs, CDQARs and CDIs of lesser paygrade
than specified, if deemed necessary due to manpower constraints for a period of 12 months. Prior to
designation, personnel identified at the lesser paygrade will meet all requirements of paragraph 7.3
through 7.3.4. The MO must inform their ISIC by naval letter via email to
namp_policy@us.navy.mil of each paygrade deviation. The letter must include the name, paygrade
and designation (QAR, CDQAR or CDI) of each individual, the projected end date of the temporary
assignment (not to exceed 12 months), and a detailed explanation for assigning someone of lesser
paygrade, to include current and projected status of manning related to the billet.
7.4.3 Quality Assurance Officer
a. Ensure strict adherence to quality assurance and the policies of the NAMP.
b. Verify the qualifications of QAR, CDQAR, and CDI candidates, and conduct an oral board per
the Type Wing or TECOM training syllabus, prior to endorsing the recommendation.
c. Publish a list of all currently designated QARs, CDQARs and CDIs for inclusion in the MPP
no later than the 25th day of each month.
d. Perform the duties of the Technical Data Management Officer as outlined in 10.8.4.5.
7.4.4 Quality Assurance Supervisor
a. Verify the qualifications of QAR, CDQAR, and CDI candidates, and conduct an oral board per
the Type Wing or TECOM training syllabus prior to endorsing the recommendation.
b. Trend and track CDI evaluation requirements to include due dates in ASM to ensure timely
compliance.
c. Collect, trend, and analyze quality related data and take action to improve the quality of
maintenance; for example, providing training on troubleshooting and repair procedures for
components with recurring Action Taken Code “A” Malfunction Code “799” (No Defect) or When
7-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Discovered Code “Y” (found defective upon receipt). Quality data will be tracked in spreadsheets or
graphs. At a minimum, QA will track:
(1) (O-Level) Action Taken & Malfunction Code A-799: NO REPAIR REQUIRED - NO
DEFECT. Track by part number (P/N), serial number (S/N), bureau number (BUNO) or equipment
removed from, removing work center, technician, and CDI.
(2) (I-Level Activities) When Discovered Code “Y” (found defective upon receipt or
withdrawal from Supply). Track by P/N, S/N, repairing work center technician, and CDI.
(3) (O-Level) FOD Rate. Track reportable FOD per flight hour.
(4) (O-Level) When Discovered Code “A” (Before Flight - Abort - Aircrew). Track by pilot,
BUNO, and discrepancy.
(5) (O-Level) When Discovered Code C (In-Flight - Abort). Track by pilot, BUNO, and
discrepancy.
d. (O-Level) For each BUNO assigned, maintain a trend binder with BUNO specific information
not documented in NALCOMIS. As applicable, the binder will contain:
(1) Oil analysis results
(2) T/M/S specific out of limits conditions (oil consumption, vibrations, over temperature)
(3) Completed Material Condition Inspection (MCI) Checklists and Corrosion Maintenance
Readiness Team (C-MRT) results
e. (O-Level) Prior to the 15th of each month, verify and reconcile with DBA to ensure only
qualified personnel have SFF, QAR, CDQAR, CDI, or PC SMQ by reviewing ASM and user LOGIN
IDs.
f. (I-Level) Prior to the 15th of each month, verify and reconcile with DBA to ensure only
qualified personnel have QAR, CDQAR or CDI SMQs by reviewing ASM and user LOGIN IDs.
7.4.5 Quality Assurance Representative
a. Manage the programs and processes prescribed in paragraph 7.6.
b. Perform mandatory QA inspections as specified in maintenance technical manuals, technical
directives, and other directives.
c. Provide active monitoring to inspections and tests of aircraft, engines, components, and
equipment to verify product characteristics standards and correct procedures are being followed.
d. Perform random CDI evaluations utilizing the CSEC 5600 to ensure Collateral Duty
Inspectors do not exceed a 12 month period in the performance of their duties without an evaluation
being performed.
e. Brief FCF pilots and aircrew on the purpose and objectives of the FCF. After completion of
the FCF, QA will debrief check pilots, aircrew, Maintenance Control, and work center representatives
to determine compliance with the FCF objectives and review discrepancies found during the FCF.
NOTE: For FCF retention requirements refer to paragraph 5.1.7.2.b.
f. Lead Aircraft Ground Mishap inspections to assess damage, cost, and repairs per 5.3.9.3.
7-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. (I-Level Activities) Investigate the root cause of parts, components, and assemblies inducted
with a When Discovered Code “Y” (found defective upon receipt). The investigation will be
documented on the Y-Code Process Form (Figure 7-5). Completed forms will be kept for one year.
QA will maintain an electronic or hardcopy log of Y-Code reports with the following information:
report number by calendar year and sequential S/N (2016-001 followed by 2016-002, etc.), date
initiated, QAR assigned, work center, P/N, and S/N.
NOTE: If a D-Level artisan participated in the repair of the discrepant equipment, the artisan
will assist with the investigation.
7.4.6 Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representative
a. Responsible to the QA Officer when performing QA functions.
b. Supplement QA when needed to perform QAR level inspections while being assigned to the
production work centers.
c. Must be fully qualified in the respective area to perform initial qualification sign-offs,
subsequent proficiencies and practical examinations specified to be performed by a QAR, unless
specifically restricted by the NAMPSOPs.
NOTE: CDQARs will not be assigned to perform non-inspection functions, such as QA audits,
when a commensurate billet exists in the QA Division.
7.4.7 Collateral Duty Inspector
a. Responsible to the QA Officer when performing QA functions.
b. Complete inspections in accordance with the inspection requirements per 7.5.1.
7.4.8 Technical Data Manager
Manage the Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL) per paragraph 10.8 and control classified
technical publications for the department.
7.4.9 Work Center Division Officers
Review the qualifications for QAR, CDQAR, and CDI candidates and personally interview the
candidate prior to endorsing the recommendation.
7.5 QA Inspection and Certification
7.5.1 Inspection Requirements
7.5.1.1 Only designated QA personnel (QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs) are authorized to perform
specified QA inspections. When QARs, CDQARs, or CDIs sign an inspection report, they are
verifying:
a. They personally inspected the work.
b. The work was completed in accordance with current technical manuals, instructions,
directives, and trained and certified personnel.
c. The work is satisfactory in all respects.
d. Any parts or components removed were properly replaced and secured.
7-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. The item is in safe for flight condition, operation, or installation.
f. The WO or MAF documenting the maintenance that required QA verification is complete and
accurate.
7.5.1.2 In-process and Final Inspections:
a. A QAR or CDQAR must perform the in-process and final inspections of any task that requires
the aircraft to have an FCF per Chapter 5, regardless of whether or not an FCF is flown. For
example, if a procedure requiring an FCF that has steps A through C, and step B drives the
requirement for the FCF, a CDI may only witness steps A and C; a QAR or CDQAR must witness
and make an in-process entry for step B and must sign the final inspection.
b. A QAR or CDQAR must conduct in-process and final inspections of maintenance performed
on egress systems, personnel parachutes, and flotation devices when the affected mechanism or
function of the equipment is not re-inspected or functionally tested before flight.
c. In-process inspections are required for major scheduled inspections or maintenance that
exceeds more than one shift.
d. If all in-process inspections of a maintenance action are performed by a single QA inspector,
the individual in-process inspections are not required to be documented on the WO or MAF. The
Inspected By block on the WO or MAF indicates the inspector completed all required in-process
inspections and the final inspection for the entire maintenance action.
e. If in-process inspections are performed by multiple QA inspectors, each QA inspector will
document individually on the WO or MAF utilizing an in-process annotation listing all steps
inspected, for example, “inspected in-process steps A, B, C, D and J”.
f. QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs will not perform QA inspections and verifications on their own
work.
7.5.1.3 QA MRCs are provided for certain maintenance tasks that, if improperly performed, could
cause equipment failure or jeopardize the safety of personnel. QA appearing on MRCs signifies a
QA function is required.
a. Type Wings and MAWs will use the criteria of this chapter to determine and publish a list of
required QA inspections and the level of QA verification required (QAR or CDI) for each T/M/S
aircraft. Wing direction will include guidance on how affected cards will be annotated in the master
and work center MRC decks.
b. IMAs will publish a list of required QA inspections and the level of QA verification required
(QAR or CDI) for engines, components, and SE requiring QA in-process or final inspections.
c. An inspector level listing containing all cards with QAR or CDI inspection requirements must
be signed by the MO and maintained with the applicable MRC deck or as an enclosure in the MMP.
(1) If paper MRCs are maintained, the inspector level listing will be located in or with the
MRC deck.
(2) For electronic MRCs, to include those residing within an IETM, an electronic copy of the
inspector level listing will be on each PEMA in a folder on the PEMA desktop.
7-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. The responsible aircraft or equipment Fleet Support Team (FST) will be consulted
when there is a question of whether a QAR or CDI level inspection is required.
2. Squadrons that are unable to comply with marking requirements for electronic
MRCs will annotate the required procedures in the MMP and will be signed by the
MO.
7.5.2 Inspection Verification
7.5.2.1 General Verification Requirements
a. Completion of a QA inspection must be documented by a signature, stamp, or lead crimp.
b. QARs will document the accumulated AWM hours data field on work center 040 WO/MAFS.
For inspections that do not require tools, their hours will be accounted for on the work order by
selecting their name, enter “NTR”, and their initials. Since the QAR is not assigned to a production
work center, the hours for a qualified QAR performing inspection functions is not required to be
accounted for on the production work center WO/MAF.
c. CDQARs and CDIs assigned to their respective production work centers will account for their
expended man-hours on work orders while performing mandatory QA inspections; or in the research
and ordering of parts as specified in maintenance technical manuals, technical directives and other
directives. For inspections that do not require tools, their hours will be accounted for on the work
order by selecting their name, entering “NTR” in the tool box, and initialing. The above process is
not considered signing for your own tools, as no tools were required.
d. CDIs will verify correct Work Unit Code, Malfunction Description Code, Action Taken Code,
Transaction Code, Type Maintenance code, Installed/New Item data, and an accurate and complete
Corrective Action statement prior to signing the WO or MAF.
e. The Inspected By block on work orders (WO) and maintenance action forms (MAF) will only
be signed or stamped by the QAR, CDQAR, or CDI that actually inspected the work.
f. The inspected By block on control WOs or MAFs will be signed by personnel with
administrative verification authority.
NOTES: A control document is an administrative verification that all QA functions associated
with the inspection were performed by designated QA inspectors and all necessary
documentation was completed, for example, look and fix phase documents, were
reviewed and accepted.
g. NALCOMIS activities must assign personal SMQ passwords to each individual designated as
a QAR, CDQAR, or CDI.
h. QA stamps may be used on hardcopy documents in place of signatures and initials, where use
of initials are specifically authorized. QA stamps must be closely controlled and securely stored by
QA Division. QA Inspectors will be issued a stamp with a unique identifying number. QARs,
CDQARs, or CDIs temporarily assigned to another unit will only use QA stamps issued by the TAD
unit, if designated per paragraph 7.3.5.4.
NOTES: 1. A stamp may not be reassigned to another inspector within 90 days of last use.
7-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. Lead crimps used by inspectors to seal or secure inspected items must be issued
and controlled in the same manner as QA stamps.
3. QA stamps are required for I-Level ALSS inspection records, calibration
Metrology Equipment Recall (METER) cards, and all non-NALCOMIS maintenance
documents; for example, hardcopy Visual Information Display System/Maintenance
Action Forms (VIDS/MAF).
7.5.2.2 Certification for Work by D-Level Artisans Assigned to I-Level Activity
a. Depot artisans are authorized to self-certify their own work to the extent certified to do so by
their parent D-Level FRC. Certification standards and procedures must be formally agreed on, in
writing, by the CO of the D-Level activity and the CO of the supported I-Level activity. Artisans
must certify any in-process inspections performed during a BCMI repair, and I-Level QA personnel
must perform the final RFI verification for Type II (Temporary Mandatory) verifications when all of
the following requirements are met:
(1) Type II requirements established by the Depot FRC are involved.
(2) The work performed is solely accomplished using an I-Level repair manual.
(3) The I-Level has agreed to accept the Type II verification for the D-Level repair.
NOTE: Type II (Temporary Mandatory). This category of verification temporarily imposes
mandatory verification requirements and may be conducted on high failure rate items,
items without objective evidence of good quality, instances where the quality level is
suspect or inadequate, or while conducting audits. Temporary mandatory verification
may also be imposed and conducted to obtain or verify statistical quality data.
Temporary Mandatory verification must be terminated when the acceptable quality
level or statistical quality data has been obtained.
b. Artisans assigned to I-Level activities will receive NALCOMIS training from the activity’s
NALCOMIS Data Base Administrator (DBA), and must use NALCOMIS Optimized to document
and certify work accomplished at the I-Level activity. Procedures:
(1) The DBA will initiate a generic D-Level artisan logon for each artisan to populate the
MAF Corrected By field.
(2) The I-Level activity’s QA Officer must review the artisan’s D-Level task certifications,
and will authorize the DBA to grant the artisan the commensurate CDI and supervisor SMQ access.
NOTE: The artisan’s D-Level supervisor must provide the I-Level activity QA Officer with the
artisan’s task certification records.
(3) MAFs with D-Level QA verification requirements will be checked “QA REQUIRED”.
(4) Artisans will complete the Inspected By and Supervisor fields with their personal logon.
NOTES: 1. Signing the Inspected By field on the MAF signifies certification. Signing the
Supervisor field indicates the MAF has been screened for accuracy and completeness
and that QA and tool control requirements have been met.
2. In-process inspections that have multiple mandatory verification steps must be
individually documented using the in-process inspection function of NALCOMIS.
7-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The last verification step is certified complete when the Inspected By field is signed
off.
c. If a D-Level artisan is required to certify documents with a stamp imprint, the I-Level activity
will issue the stamp. Artisans temporarily assigned to an I-Level activity will use the certification
stamp issued by their D-Level activity. Artisan stamps will be inventoried and accounted for in the
same manner as I-Level activity stamps.
d. QA Officers at I-Level activities must verify BCM interdicted workload identified as having a
Type I verification requirement is performed “only” by a Depot QA Specialist.
NOTE: Type I (Mandatory). This category is assigned to characteristics, which would be
classified as critical, if found defective. Verification of this category is mandatory and
must be accomplished by evaluating the product and work documentation. Sampling
of mandatory characteristics is not permissible.
7.5.2.3 QA Requirements for Transient or In-Flight Maintenance
a. During transient or in-flight maintenance, the pilot in command or the senior aircrew
maintenance person will inspect the work performed from a technical standpoint and sign for QA.
The inspector will verify:
(1) Adequate maintenance was performed to correct the discrepancy
(2) Maintenance areas are free of foreign objects
(3) Opened panels or doors are correctly closed
(4) Tools are accounted for
(5) Documentation on the WO or VIDS MAF
b. If transient or in-flight maintenance involves flight safety, a QAR must re-inspect the repairs
on return to home base.
7.6 Quality Assurance Division Program Management
O-Level and I-Level QA Divisions are responsible for managing the following processes:
a. NAMP Compliance Auditing per paragraph 10.7.
b. Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) per paragraph 10.9.
c. Technical Data Management per paragraph 10.8.
d. Maintenance Department Safety per 10.41.
e. (O-Level) Vibration Analysis per 10.46.10.
f. SE Misuse/Abuse Reporting per paragraph 7.6.1.
g. Aircraft Confined Space Program per paragraph 7.6.2.
7.6.1 O-Level and I-Level Support Equipment (SE) Misuse/Abuse Reporting
7.6.1.1 Support Equipment misuse/abuse is the negligent operation of SE, where it is utilized is a
manner for other than its intended purpose, or improper upkeep of the equipment potentially leading
7-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
to or resulting in injury, ground mishaps, excessive repair and replacement costs, and reduced
operational readiness.
7.6.1.2 Reporting SE misuse/abuse is an all hands responsibility. Anyone witnessing SE
misuse/abuse will notify QA division of the command with reporting responsibility of the SE.
7.6.1.3 QA of the activity with custody of the SE as reported in SERMIS will:
a. Assign a control number consisting of the calendar year and a sequential number (2015-01,
followed by 2015-02, etc.).
b. Conduct an investigation and complete the front page of the OPNAV 4790/108. The
investigation must include an analysis of causal factors of the SE misuse/abuse, i.e., licensing,
training, certification, maintenance procedures, safety precautions, manufacturer defects, and related
trends as potential root causes. The Narrative Description section will contain a detailed report of the
misuse/abuse that occurred, and the results of the investigation. If the misuse/abuse resulted in
damage, the report will include an estimate of the repair or replacement cost from the designated
repair activity for each item damaged. The QA investigation and the report will be completed within
2 working days after occurrence of the misuse/abuse.
c. When the investigation is complete, the QA Officer will sign as the Reporting Official on the
front of the OPNAV 4790/108 and forward the report to the MO for review. If the offender is
assigned to the command, the MO will direct whatever personnel action is deemed necessary, fill out
the “Action Taken/Recommended” block on the back of the OPNAV 4790/108, and sign it. If the
individual accused of misuse/abuse is assigned to another command, the MO will leave the back of
the report blank and forward the report to the offender’s command. If the SE or other items were
damaged, a copy of the report must also be forwarded to the command with reporting custody of the
damaged equipment.
d. Completed forms must be retained in electronic or hardcopy format for 2 years.
7.6.2 Aircraft Confined Space Program (ACSP)
7.6.2.1 The primary objective of the ACSP is to eliminate risks to the safety and health of personnel
involved in working on aircraft fuel cells and tanks.
a. By verifying a safe working environment when performing maintenance on aircraft fuel cells
and tanks; risk of damage to aircraft and equipment is also mitigated through an approved system of
maintenance support from Intra-Wing or I-Level supporting activities, QA oversight, and a training
and qualification curriculum.
b. To meet these critical safety and health requirements, all CNAF activities with aircraft
confined space requirements per MIMs will either have a standing ACSP or a Memorandum of
Agreement (MOA) with an O-Level or an I-Level support activity with a standing ACSP.
(1) A MOA with an O-Level or an I-Level alleviates the receiving Low Rate Unit (LRU) from
maintaining a qualified Entrant Authority (EA). However, the LRU will adhere to remaining ACSP
administrative requirements per NA 01-1A-35.
(2) LRUs will ensure program audits are performed per 10.7 for applicable sections of CSEC
Program Area 1100.
7-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: EA expertise is focused on procedures for ensuring aircraft confined spaces are void of
dangerous vapors allowing fuel cell/tank maintenance to be safely performed. T/M/S
fuel systems knowledge and expertise is the inherent responsibility of the unit
receiving services.
c. At a minimum, the MOA will address:
(1) Determination for level of support required and expiration (frequency/type of support
requirements and termination date of MOA)
(2) Limitations of support based on EA’s certification and qualification (for example, on/off
aircraft, hot work, etc.)
(3) QA responsibilities to brief external EA on safety precautions and point out the different
characteristics of the fuel systems specific to T/M/S
NOTES: 1. I-Level activities with capability to repair or test Aircraft Confined Spaces
(aircraft fuel cells and tanks) in the ICRL will maintain an ACSP. I-Level activities
with no test or repair capability are not required to maintain a standing ACSP.
2. A naval letter MOA signed by both activity COs allows LRUs to utilize the
supporting activity’s Entrant Authority (EA) services, but does not relieve the
receiving activity from the requirements to maintain personnel training and entry
permits per NA 01-1A-35.
d. The QAO will designate a QAR as the ACSP Program Manager responsible for managing the
activity’s ACSP per NA 01-1A-35.
(1) LRUs with active MOA with a supporting activity will designate a QAR as the Record
Keeping and Training Coordinator in lieu of an ACSPM per NA 01-1A-35.
(2) The QAO will ensure a QAR briefs external EAs per MOA.
e. The Record and Training Coordinator is responsible for retaining the entry permits and
completed safety briefs, record keeping and coordinating the training of Entry Supervisors, Entrants,
and Safety Observers. This person may also act as Entry Supervisor, Entrant, or a Safety Observer if
so trained. The actual training will be provided by a qualified EA or ACSPM.
7.6.2.2 Basic knowledge and good judgment are required of all personnel in order to deal with
hazardous conditions involved with fuel cell maintenance. Proficiency gained through repetition of
safety procedures, fuel cell and tank maintenance permissible exposure limits, and knowledge
validated through testing are the minimum requirements necessary to ensure all personnel involved
demonstrate conformity to the requirements of the Aircraft Confined Space Entry program per NA
01-1A-35.
NOTES: 1. Entrant Authorities may demonstrate initial and annual proficiency through
issuance of five entry permits on installed or uninstalled aircraft fuel cells and tanks.
2. Training and qualification is most effective when I-Level Entrant Authorities
complete a total of five entry permits on any of the different T/M/S aircraft or fuel
components supported.
7-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7.6.2.3 D-Level FRC activities will task the OSH office with ACSP program management responsibilities
and may leverage resources towards better-suited program managers.
7-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QA OFFICER
QA SUPERVISOR
POWER PLANTS
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (NOTES 1 and 2)
AIRFRAMES
AVIATION LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NOTE 2)
EGRESS/ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS (NOTE 3)
ELECTRONICS, ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT, AND PHOTO
ARMAMENT (NOTE 4)
AIRBORNE MINE COUNTERMEASURES (NOTE 5)
7-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QA OFFICER
QA SUPERVISOR
POWER PLANTS
AIRFRAMES
AVIATION LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NOTES 1 AND 2)
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
AVIONICS and PME
AIRCRAFT ARMAMENT SYSTEMS (AAS) (NOTE 3)
NOTES: 1. Oxygen and nitrogen generating facilities may designate a CDQAR for
oxygen and nitrogen generating related QA functions.
2. I-Level activities not supporting parachutes or oxygen systems may
designate an ALSS CDQAR.
3. I-Level activities having minimal AAS workload in assigned mission may
designate an AAS CDQAR.
7-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QA Officer
(NOTE 1)
QAR Verification
NOTES: 1. Required assignments. The QA Officer and QA Supervisor will not be collateral
duties assigned to other maintenance billets.
2. The QA Supervisor will be assigned as Maintenance Department Safety
Coordinator.
3. Technical Data Manger functions may be performed by another division.
4. Not required if at least one CDQAR in another area is a qualified Plane Captain.
5. Required only for activities with mandatory QAR-level ordnance inspections.
6. Required only for activities with maintaining ejection seats or oxygen systems.
Figure 7-3: QA Organization for Operations Maintenance Department (OMD) and Permanent
or Temporary Detachments with Four or Less Aircraft QA Organization
7-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Y- Code Report Number: Date:
A. AMSU Action: Notify Quality Assurance and Production Control.
B. Quality Assurance Action: Screen component and documents, determine Y-Code
validity, and assign report number.
Previous JCN: Previous BUNO: Previous Meter:
Previous Discrepancy:
QAR: QA Officer:
F. Forward copy of completed form to inducting activity QA and last processing activity (if
different).
7-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 8
8-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-25 (page 1): Mobile Facility Major Related Equipment Records - Table of Contents
(OPNAV 4790/63) ............................................................................................... 127
Figure 8-26: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - Table of Contents (OPNAV
4790/73)................................................................................................................ 128
Figure 8-27: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Records – Equipment List, Part II
Instructions (OPNAV 4790/73A) ......................................................................... 129
Figure 8-28: Mobile Facility Inventory Record - Equipment List Separator (OPNAV 4790/74)
.............................................................................................................................. 130
Figure 8-29: Mobile Facility Inventory Record - Equipment List (OPNAV 4790/74A) .......... 131
Figure 8-30: Mobile Facility Inventory Records – Record of Shortages Separator (OPNAV
4790/75)................................................................................................................ 132
Figure 8-31: Mobile Facility Record of Shortages (OPNAV 4790/75A) .................................. 133
8-v
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Chapter 8
Aircraft and Aeronautical Equipment Logbooks and Records
8.1 Introduction
8.1.1 Scope
8.1.1.1 The logbook and records requirements in this chapter pertain to aircraft and certain items
of aeronautical equipment and components installed on aircraft or used in the maintenance or
operation of aircraft and aeronautical equipment.
8.1.1.2 This chapter covers logbook and records procedures for OPNAV forms and for records
produced from NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA)
Configuration Management Auto Log-sets (ALS).
8.1.2 Background
8.1.2.1 OPNAV records and forms (8.5) are the basic building blocks for aircraft and
aeronautical equipment records. The advent of OOMA and OIMA has transformed much of the
data contained in OPNAV records into electronic Auto Log-set (ALS) data, for the efficient
management, tracking and verification of aircraft, equipment and components. ALS
significantly reduces the administrative workload of records maintenance and reduces errors that
occur when data is manually transcribed from one record to another.
8.1.2.2 Appendix B provides information for obtaining logbook binders, forms and other
records. OPNAV forms are available on-line at https://forms.documentservices.dla.mil/order/.
AMA 8.1.2.3 When items are identified without a serial number the activity will assign one using their
2024-04 three digit ORG code and a three digit numerical number, for example, P9A319. A serialization log
will be used to ensure unique serial numbers are created.
NOTE: Items received by the calibration lab without a serial number will follow the guidance
of 10.18.3.
8.2 General Responsibilities
8.2.1 Logbook and Record Initiation
8.2.1.1 Initial Department of the Navy (DON) Acceptance
Initiation of logbooks and records is the responsibility of the activity originally accepting the
item for the DON. When an aircraft, engine, engine module, equipment or component has been
procured under a Department of Defense (DOD) contract and delivery is made to the DON at the
contractor's plant, the cognizant contract administrator is considered to be the original accepting
activity. If the plant does not have a resident inspector, or if the item has been procured for the
DON under an Air Force or Army contract and delivery is not made directly to the DON
representative at the contractor's, the DON representative at the delivery point is considered the
original accepting activity. When an aircraft, previously operated by the Air Force or Army, is
transferred to the DON, the DON representative at the delivery point is considered the original
accepting activity. Additional requirements:
8-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
D-level activities are responsible for maintaining the logbooks and records in their possession for
those aircraft, engines, engine modules, support equipment, and components inducted into the
depot facility for rework, repair, or modification.
8.2.5 Logbook Clerks and Configuration Management Auto-Log Set (CM ALS)
Administrators
8.2.5.1 Personnel designated as Logbook Clerks or CM ALS Administrators are directly
responsible for making entries in logbooks and records. O-level and I-level personnel who
maintain logbooks and records must complete the Logs and Records Configuration Management
for Organizational and Intermediate Activities course (C-555-0059). Personnel responsible for
aviation life support systems (ALSS) ALS records must complete the ALSS Configuration
Management course (C-555-0056). Personnel responsible for support equipment ALS records
must complete the SE Configuration Management course (C-555-0057). Depot activities will
determine the training requirements for their logbooks and records personnel. General
responsibilities:
a. Screen all maintenance records and documents and make the required logbook and
records entries. When logbooks or related records specify a warranted item, ensure the Work
Order (WO) or Maintenance Action Form (MAF) contains appropriate warranty information in
the removed item and installed item time cycle fields.
b. Close out logbooks and records (as necessary).
c. Complete the Entries Required Signature blocks on the WO/MAF to certify appropriate
logbook/records entries have been made or no entries are required.
d. Forward closed out records to Material Control to be matched with turn-in documents and
the applicable component or equipment.
e. Initiate, maintain, close out, reinitiate and dispose of logbooks and records per this
instruction.
f. Monitor forced removal items, such as life-limited components, and keep
Maintenance/Production Control informed of service life used and time/cycles remaining.
g. (I-level) Enter the engine configuration base line requirements into NALCOMIS as part
of the engine induction process.
h. Comply with the direction for logbook and record entries specified in TDs.
i. Make required NAVAIRINST 13920.1 logbook and records entries, for example, flight
loads, launch, and landing data.
j. Update logbooks and records with Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4)
(NAVFLIR) flight information (aircraft hours, engine hours, landings, etc.). Once all entries
have been made, NAVFLIR copy 3 will added to the current month's file and retained for a
minimum of 3 months.
8-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.2.6.4 Changes to existing record entries will be entered as separate line items and signed. If
records must be transcribed and the original signer is not available to sign the transcribed entry,
the original signer's name will be typed or printed onto the new page preceded with /s/ to indicate
it was transcribed. Use the date(s) from the original entry.
8.2.6.5 Refer to 8.6.3.1 for CM ALS record signatures.
8.2.7 Entries
8.2.7.1 O-level and I-level logbook and record entries will only be made by personnel
designated by the CO or MO. Designation will be made in writing by naval letter, Advanced
Skills Management (ASM), or Monthly Personnel Plan (MPP) and will include name and rank or
equivalent civilian paygrade. Depot entries will be made under the supervision of the individual
responsible for logbook custody at the activity where the aircraft/equipment is undergoing
rework. For aircraft supported under contractor maintenance, the onsite support center liaison
officer will ensure verification of the logbook/records required per the User’s Logistics Support
Summary (ULSS) and the Contract Data Requirements List (DD 1423).
8.2.7.2 All non-electronic entries must be typewritten or plainly printed using a ball point pen
with black ink. Markers that can easily smear, such as felt tip, rollerball and gel pens will not be
used. Entries will be made in pencil only where specifically authorized in this instruction.
8.2.7.3 Dates will be entered in YYMMDD format. When a date entry is required and the only
date available is year and month, enter the last day of the month for the DD portion of the date
entry. The same date is used for all entries on the Inspection and TD pages and in the date
completed column of the Repair/Rework Record.
8.2.7.4 Corrections to hardcopy records will be made by lining out the erroneous entry, or
portion thereof, with a single line drawn through each line of type and the correct entry inserted
above or below as space permits. Corrective tape and correction fluid are not authorized for use
on logbooks or records. Each correction will be initialed by a person authorized to sign records.
8.2.7.5 When an aircraft undergoes depot rework, repair, or modification at the reporting
custodian’s operating site, the reporting custodian will make the required logbook/records
entries per the following conditions:
a. The Depot FRC or contractor that performed the work must provide all information
needed to make the entries. A copy of the work order and all pertinent data, such as wiring
diagrams, will be placed in the manila envelope in the back of the aircraft logbook or in the
appropriate aircraft or equipment historical file.
b. If a contractor field team performs a TD, the reporting custodian will submit the WO to
document incorporation in the Technical Directive Reporting System (TDRS) refer to Chapter 15
and 16 for documentation.
c. When an aircraft is in offsite rework, the D-level facility having physical custody of the
aircraft is responsible for the aircraft’s logbook and records and making all required entries,
including submission of TD compliance documentation for incorporation in the Technical
Directive Reporting System (TDRS).
8-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.2.9 Purging
General responsibilities:
a. O-level activities are not authorized to purge information from logbooks or records.
b. I-level activities will purge information from paper logbooks and records only if
authorized per the direction in 8.5 for the specific record.
c. Depot FRCs will purge paper logbooks and records during any depot repair or rework that
requires them to take possession of the logbook or record. Purging will be performed per the
direction in 8.5 for the specific record.
8.2.10 Reconstruction
8.2.10.1 Every effort will be made to reconstruct a lost, missing, destroyed, or damaged logbook
or record.
NOTE: Failure of engines, equipment and components can have catastrophic
consequences. Missing records of newly received engines, equipment, and
components will be reconstructed prior to installation. Documented proof of
serviceability, service life history and remaining service life is required for record
reconstruction. If data is needed to determine the operational status of a service
life-limited item and cannot be recovered, the cognizant COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
Fleet Support Team (FST) has the responsibility to determine the required course
of action.
8.2.10.2 Sources of information for reconstruction:
a. If a CM ALS record is missing or not received, contact the COMFRC FST HQ Logistics
Group OOMA NALCOMIS Wholesale Foundation Tier OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER) via
email to OMAWHOLE.GM.fct@navy.mil for reconstruction of information/data.
b. OOMA Work Order (WO) and OIMA Maintenance Action Form (MAF).
c. Aircraft Discrepancy Book (ADB).
d. Technical Directive Reporting System (TDRS) Lists No. 01, 02, and 04 (aircraft and
engines), NAT01, NAT02 (support equipment), NAT04 (aircrew equipment), Active TD Listing
500C, and REP07 (components with a serial number).
e. Aircraft Inventory and Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS) XRAY reports and Engine
Transaction Reports (ETR).
f. Rework activity records.
g. Aircraft manufacturer records.
8-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. DECKPLATE.
i. Copies of Module Service Records (MSR), Assembly Service Records (ASR), and
Scheduled Removal Component (SRC) cards can be obtained from the COMFRC Digital Group
Configuration Management Information System (CMIS) Repository, which is a warehouse of
various historical aircraft and equipment records. Records can be requested from CMIS by
contacting the appropriate group below:
Fixed Wing aircraft records:
Email: CMIS.gm.fct@navy.mil
Or by letter mailed to:
COMMANDER, FLEET READINESS CENTERS
(ATTENTION CMIS REPOSITORY)
47038 MCLEOD RD, BLDG 447
PATUXENT RIVER MD 20670-1626
Rotary Wing/Tiltrotor aircraft records (by TMS):
TMS/Email/Phone
V22 V22@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7919
AH1 Ah1@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7938
UH1 Uh1@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7938
H53 H53@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7931
H60 H60@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7943
MQ8 Mq8@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7922
T64 T64@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7916
T700 T700@dycomtrak.com (252) 463-7921
Or by letter mailed to:
SERCO INC
183 USA HIGHWAY 70 WEST
HAVELOCK NC 28532
To support record reconstruction, copies of paper MSR, ASR, and SRC records will be mailed to
the CMIS Repository whenever:
(1) A new MSR, ASR or SRC is initiated for any reason.
(2) A MSR, ASR or SRC is reconstructed.
(3) An I-level activity consolidates and purges an engine AESR after first degree engine
repair.
8-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) A depot activity consolidates and purges an aircraft logbook, engine AESR, or MSR
after rework or repair.
j. Copies of EHR cards can be obtained from the applicable FST with responsibility for the
equipment. To support EHR reconstruction, copies of EHR cards will be sent to the applicable
FST repository whenever one of the following occurs:
(1) A new EHR is initiated for any reason.
(2) An EHR is reconstructed.
(3) Upon completion of any depot maintenance or overhaul of a removed EHR card
component. The original EHR card will be attached to the component prior to return to the
supply system, or inserted in the aircraft logbook, AESR, or MSR, as applicable.
(4) When an EHR item is condemned (Action Taken (AT) code BCM 9).
(5) When notified that EHR cards are no longer required via official correspondence or
change to the applicable PMIC. The custodian of the record will send the affected cards to the
FST repository for purging of the master file. The authorization must be annotated on the EHR.
NOTE: Activities using ACTS do not have to send records to CMIS or to the FST
repository. All historical information is retained in ACTS and available for
electronic viewing and printing whenever necessary.
8.2.11 Transfer, Receipt, and Disposition
NOTE: 8.6.3.4 directs procedures for electronically transferring OOMA ALS.
8.2.11.1 Transfer. The transferring activity is responsible for ensuring logbooks and records
are current at the time they transfer custody of aircraft, engines, engine modules, equipment or
components. The following procedures will be followed to reduce the possibility of hardcopy
records loss or damage to hardcopy records during shipment:
a. AESR, MSR, ASR, EHR, and SRC will be sealed in a plastic envelope if not installed in a
logbook. Copies of other documents such as shipping forms, WOs, MAFs, and electronic media
will be sealed in a separate plastic envelope.
b. Firmly attach the plastic envelopes to the item prior to packaging for shipment. If the
shipping container has a designated holder for records, place the plastic envelopes in the holder.
If the shipping container records holder is damaged or cannot properly close, attach the records
to the item.
NOTE: Activities using ACTS must ensure ACTS record is in the proper status prior to
transferring the component.
8.2.11.2 Receipt. Upon initial receipt of an engine, equipment, or component for operational
use or for repair or rework, the receiving activity must screen applicable hardcopy and electronic
ALS records to verify all records were received and the information is accurate and current.
Administrative errors that can be verified by physical inspection of the item or reference
documents, such as transposed numbers in a serial number or a part number, will be corrected. If
information is missing or is suspected to be inaccurate and cannot be verified, the receiving
8-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
activity will contact the last custodian to determine the correct information. Other sources of
information are described in 8.2.10. Items received from the supply system or a repair or rework
activity without sufficient documentation will be returned to the providing activity.
NOTES: 1. Documented proof of serviceability is required if the item is being received for
installation and operation. Visual appearance and satisfactory operation are not
considered sufficient evidence of serviceability.
2. Activities with ACTS must ensure the ACTS record is in its proper status
prior to placing the item in service.
8.2.11.3 Disposition. Logbooks and records for aircraft and life-limited equipment stricken from
the Navy inventory are disposed of as follows:
a. Destroyed Aircraft and repairable life-limited equipment. The logbook and records of
destroyed aircraft and life limited equipment are disposed of locally after necessary investigation
and preparation of required reports, provided the aircraft is not sold or transferred (8.2.11.3.b) or
is a special category aircraft (8.2.11.3.c). CM ALS for destroyed aircraft/equipment will be
transferred electronically to the OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER) folder in OOMA and
COMFRC FST HQ Logistics Group via e-mail (OMAWHOLE.GM.fct@navy.mil) with an
explanation of why the records are being sent to OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER).
b. Sale or Transfer. When an aircraft or repairable life-limited equipment is stricken from
the Navy inventory due to sale or transfer to other than Navy custody, the activity having
custody of the aircraft/equipment at the time strike disposition is determined will transfer the
logbooks and records as directed in the disposition instructions. The hardcopy logbooks and
records and a printed copy of CM ALS records will accompany the aircraft/equipment unless
otherwise directed by the ACC or TYCOM. Classified information will be removed from the
records, unless cleared for release through the chain of command.
c. Special Categories. Hardcopy logbooks and records and a printed copy of CM ALS
records of aircraft in the following categories will be transferred to the Washington National
Records Center, Washington, DC:
(1) Records for experimental aircraft/equipment.
(2) Records considered to be of historical value.
(3) Records of aircraft/equipment lost in combat or that have been involved in a mishap
resulting in death, missing in action, personal injury, or substantial damage to other than
government property. These records will be retained by the operating activity for one year (for
defense in cases of litigation action) before being sent to the Washington National Records
Center.
NOTES: 1. Refer to SECNAV M-5210.1 for procedures for transferring records to the
Washington National Records Center.
2. SECNAVINST 5510.30 provides guidance for shipping classified information.
8-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
or within a complete 90/180/360/720 day inspection cycle. UAS Air Vehicle and Control
Station records must be verified at least once every 12 months.
b. Components that cannot be sight-verified without disassembly of the aircraft, engine,
assembly, or component beyond scheduled inspection requirements are exempt. For example, a
component with an identification plate that is not visible without removing the item, and internal
components that cannot be sighted without disassembling the item.
c. To ensure uniformity in execution, Type Wings and MAWs will issue a standardized
Aircraft Records Verification checklist that includes all items with an AESR, MSR, ASR, EHR,
SRC, or ALSS record, and all critical aircraft structures which may have life, time, or event
limits imposed via service life bulletin (SLB). Items that cannot be sight-verified will be
indicated on the checklist as “NOT REQUIRED”.
8.4 Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (OPNAV 4790/29)
8.4.1 Purpose
The Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR) (Figure 8-1) serves as the logbook for
certain aircraft-installed equipment managed as end items. Aircraft engines, propellers, ejection
seats, auxiliary power units, and guns are the most common items to have an AESR. The
responsible COMNAVAIRSYSCOM program office determines which aircraft equipment will
have an AESR. The following non-aircraft equipment require an AESR:
8-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. The AESR will contain the Assembly Service Record (ASR), Equipment
History Record (EHR), Module Service Record (MSR) and Scheduled Removal
Component (SRC) card for each installed component requiring these records.
ASRs, EHRs, MSRs and SRCs will be placed in the order listed in the equipment
PMIC.
4. Paper EOR must be maintained in the AESR for F404/F414 engines.
8.4.3 Custody and Maintenance
8.4.3.1 When the equipment is installed on an aircraft, the AESR is maintained concurrently
with and becomes part of the aircraft logbook. A two prong fastener will be used to bind the
AESR together when it is transferred or shipped as a separate item. DO NOT USE STAPLES.
8.4.3.2 When an item with an AESR is inducted into an I-level or D-level activity for repair or
rework, the activity performing the repair/rework is responsible for maintaining the AESR. Upon
receipt, the entire AESR must be reviewed for information pertinent to the repair/rework,
including a serial number verification. Upon completion of repair/rework, the activity will make
the required entries on applicable AESR pages to document the work performed, and will purge
the AESR per 8.2.9.
NOTE: To preclude extensive disassembly, only those accessories or components that are
exposed during required maintenance need serial number verification. The
inventory is performed using a locally prepared form containing a preprinted list
of SRC, EHR, ASR, or CM ALS components with a column provided for
recording the CAGE, serial numbers and part numbers of the installed items.
OOMA activities use the Life Limited Component Report PART II to verify
component CAGE, serial numbers, and part numbers.
8.4.3.3 Initiation. The AESR is initiated by the activity originally accepting the equipment for
the Department of the Navy (DON).
8.4.3.4 Reconstruction. Refer to 8.2.10.
8.5 OPNAV Records and Forms
NOTE: Refer to 8.6.4 for CM ALS equivalents of OPNAV records.
8.5.1 Structural Life Limits (OPNAV 4790/142)
8.5.1.1 Purpose. The Structural Life Limits (OPNAV 4790/142) form (Figure 8-3) is
used to monitor aircraft structural life-limited components designated for D-level
replacement which do not require SRC or ASR documentation. In addition, this form
also provides a means for documenting basic aircraft operational life limitations, for
example, maximum flight hours, catapults, arrestments, and landings.
NOTE: Structural life limits must be strictly managed to ensure safety and structural
integrity throughout the service life of the aircraft. Refer to 10.46.9 for
information on the Structural Life Limits Program and other service life
management procedures.
8-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.5.1.2 Fields
Block 1 - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. Enter the applicable aircraft T/M/S.
Block 2 - BUNO/SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the aircraft BUNO.
SECTION I - BASIC LIFE LIMITS
Block 3 - REFERENCE. Enter the applicable directive from which the structural life limits
were extracted.
Block 4 - REFERENCE DATE. Enter the date listed on the reference document.
Block 5 - PAGE INITIATION DATE. Enter the date the form was initiated.
Block 6 - DESCRIPTION. Enter the basic life limitations, for example, maximum airframe
flight hours, catapult cycles, arrestment cycles, established for the T/M/S as listed in the
applicable maintenance technical manual or NAVAIRINST.
Block 7 - NOTES. Enter the applicable NOTE(s) in the referenced directive in Block 3.
SECTION II - SERVICE LIFE LIMITS
Block 8 - FLIGHT HOURS/CALENDAR TIME. This block contains all components with
life limits measured in flight hours or calendar time.
Block 8a - COMPLIANCE (HOURS/CAL). Enter the replacement due time based on total
aircraft hours plus service life hours for the limited component. For example, if the aircraft
has 8065 total flight hours at time of component installation and the component is allowed
2500 service life hours, the entry would be 10,565. For calendar time, enter the replacement
due date for the component in YYMMDD format. If the specific day of the month cannot
be determined, enter the last day of the month.
Block 8b - COMPONENT/AFC. Enter the applicable part number and AFC(s). After all
flight hour limited items have been entered, skip one line and type "Calendar Time", then
list all applicable calendar time limited items.
Block 9 - CATAPULT. This block contains all components and AFCs with life limits
measured by number of CATs.
Block 9a - COMPLIANCE (CATS). Enter the replacement due based on total aircraft
catapults plus service life catapults for the limited component.
Block 9b - COMPONENT/AFC. Enter the applicable part number, nomenclature and
AFC(s).
Block 10 - ARREST/LANDINGS. This block contains all components with life limits
measured in arrestments or landings.
Block 10a - COMPLIANCE (ARREST/LANDINGS). Enter the replacement due based on
total aircraft arrestments or landings plus service life arrestments or landings for the limited
component.
8-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 10b - COMPONENT/AFC. Enter the part number, nomenclature and AFC(s). After
all arrest limited items are listed, skip one line and type "Landing", then list all applicable
landing limited items.
8.5.1.3 Purging. Purging is not authorized. The Structural Life Limits (OPNAV
4790/142) form is a permanent part of the aircraft logbook, unless operating OOMA.
8.5.2 Monthly Flight Summary (OPNAV 4790/21A)
8.5.2.1 Purpose. The Monthly Flight Summary (OPNAV 4790/21A) form (Figure 8-4) records
the monthly compilation of significant flight operational data throughout the service life of an
aircraft.
NOTES: 1. Reporting custodian maintains this record except during off-site depot
rework, when it is maintained by the depot repair facility. Reporting custodians
and depot activities will ensure all monthly totals have been entered on this form
prior to a physical location change to or from the off-site depot facility. If the
aircraft is ferried, the ferry pilot is responsible for providing aircraft flight data
to the receiving activity.
2. Months will be accounted for in chronological order. D-level repair facilities
are authorized to make a one line block entry in lieu of separate end of the month
closeout entries provided there was no operating time during the inclusive
months. For example, 940601-950131, could be entered in PART IV MONTHLY
DATA, starting in block 1 of OPNAV 4790/21A, with 0.0 in block 3.A.
Accumulated totals are brought forward as appropriate.
3. Initiate second and succeeding pages for the current period as follows: Part I,
transcribe all information from the first page of the current period; Part II,
transcribe the initial and last REV/ADJ entry from the preceding page; Part III,
check appropriate extension block.
8.5.2.2 Fields
Block 1 - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. Enter the aircraft T/M/S.
Block 2 - BUNO/SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the aircraft BUNO.
Block 3 - SERVICE PERIOD. Enter the current service period.
PART I - SERVICE PERIOD. Entries by NAVAIR FS activities only, upon receipt or
transfer of aircraft.
Block 1 - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD of entry.
Block 2 - PERIOD NO. Enter the number of the current aircraft period, must be three
digits, for example, 008.
Block 3 - OPSERMOS. Enter the number of OPSERMOS accumulated, must be three
digits, for example, 165.
8-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 4 - ACTIVITY. Enter the short title of the activity making entry, for example, FRC
East.
PART II - TOUR / PERIOD REVISION / ADJUSTMENT. Entries by operating
commands for the receipt, revision, or adjustment of a period. This field will be blank if
there have been no Period End Date (PED) changes. PED adjustments will be made only if
authorized per OPNAVINST 3110.11 procedures.
Block 1 - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD of action obtained from item C of the OPNAV
XRAY report.
Block 2 - TOUR/PERIOD. Enter the YYMMDD of the computed PED obtained from item
H of the OPNAV XRAY report.
Block 3 - OPSERMOS. Enter the total computed OPSERMOS obtained from item M of
the OPNAV XRAY report. Must be three digits, for example, 198.
PART III - EXTENSIONS. Entries by reporting custodian. Numbered boxes 1 through 10.
Check the appropriate numbered box to indicate current extension granted.
PART IV - MONTHLY DATA (applicable to all commands). End of month and transfer
entries. All hour entries will include tenths. FCFs are entered prior to closing out the log
for transfer. The flight summary form is closed out in pencil when the aircraft is transferred.
When closing out the log enter in pencil on the line directly under the last dated entry
"LAST ENTRY PRIOR TO CLOSE OUT.” On the next line enter in pencil the flight time
to date. The next line will be used by the ferry pilot to enter the ferry flight time in pencil.
At the end of the month, the receiving custodian or rework activity compiles all penciled
entries by the previous custodian, adds the ferry time and enters on one line the total flight
data for that month. Flight time accumulated while in the physical custody of the rework
activity is recorded against the ending tour. New operating service period flight time begins
upon receipt by the receiving custodian (paragraph 5.3). Monthly entries are typed or
printed in black ink. Operating hours are obtained from Record Type (RECTYP) 7B of the
Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4).
Block 1 - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD of the entry.
Block 2 - REPORTING CUSTODIAN. Enter the short title of the activity making the
entry, for example, HS-5.
Block 3 - FLYING HOURS.
Block 3A - MO. Enter the accumulated flying hours for this month in hours and tenths, for
example, 21.5.
Block 3B - PERIOD. Add "This Month" entry to last month's "In Service Period" total and
enter the hours and tenths in this block. Verify on acceptance and transfer.
Block 3C - SINCE NEW. Add "This Month" entry to last month's "Since New" total and
enter the hours and tenths in this block. Verify on acceptance and transfer.
8-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 4 - LANDINGS. Select landing codes that are applicable to T/M/S and label heading
blocks using the night codes. Day and night totals will be added together for each type
landing to make monthly total.
NOTE: Refer to aircraft T/M/S NATOPS manual for landing codes.
Block 5 - MONTHLY TOTAL
Block 5A - LAND. Enter the total landings for the month.
Block 5B - A/R. Enter the total of arrested landings or RAST System recoveries for the
month.
Block 5C - CATS. Enter the CATs for the month. For an aircraft that had a SAT during
the month, the SAT will be logged in this block after monthly CATs, for example, 23/2.
Block 6 - ACCUMULATED TOTAL
Block 6A - LAND. Add this month's total landings to last month's accumulated landings
and enter the new total in this block.
Block 6B - A/R. Add this month's total Arrests/RASTs to last month's accumulated
Arrests/RASTs and enter the new total in this block.
Block 6C - CATS. Add this month's CATs to last month's accumulated CATs and enter the
new total in this block. For those aircraft that have accumulated SATs, enter the total
accumulated SATs in this block after CATs, for example, 123/5.
8.5.2.3 Purging. Purging is not authorized. The Monthly Flight Summary (OPNAV
4790/21A) form is a permanent part of the aircraft logbook.
8.5.3 Inspection Record (OPNAV 4790/22A)
8.5.3.1 Purpose. The Inspection Record (OPNAV 4790/22A) (Figure 8-5) provides a record of
scheduled and conditional inspections performed during each period.
NOTE: Questionable or incomplete records require the receiving activity to assume non-
compliance and perform the inspections, or refuse acceptance of the
aircraft/equipment until corrective action has been taken.
8.5.3.2 Fields
PHASE_________ (Periodic or Conditional). Identify the type of inspection.
Block 1 - AIRCRAFT MODEL OR EQUIPMENT NAME. Enter aircraft T/M/S or the
equipment nomenclature.
Block 2 - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. If aircraft, leave blank. If equipment, enter T/M/S.
Block 3 - BUNO OR SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the BUNO of the aircraft or the equipment
serial number.
Block 4 - TYPE OR DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION. Describe the type inspection,
enter title and flight hours at time of inspection, for example, Phase A/7003.2.
8-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 5 - REFERENCE. The reference block of the form will identify the maintenance
technical manual or directive describing the action taken.
Block 6 - DATE COMMENCE. Enter the YYMMDD the inspection began.
Block 7 - DATE COMPLETED. Enter the YYMMDD the inspection was completed.
Block 8 - ACTIVITY. Enter the short title of the activity accomplishing the inspection, for
example, HS-5.
Block 9 - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook/records signature authority will sign this
block.
8.5.3.3 Aircraft Logbook Inspection Record Requirements
a. All phase inspections, special inspections, conditional inspections, and major engine
inspections (except fluid sampling, engine wash, recurring special engine inspections not
requiring NDI or disassembly/reassembly, or servicing) require Inspection Record entries by the
activity performing the inspection. This includes phase inspections certified by the depot as
performed during standard rework and those engine inspections performed as a part of the
aircraft phase inspection. Refer to 5.3 for additional information on inspections.
b. Phase inspection and conditional inspection records are maintained on separate pages.
Phase inspections are logged sequentially, for example, Phase A/(time), Phase B/(time). The
sequence is not interrupted or re-sequenced by standard rework, unless the performance of a
phase inspection is certified by the activity performing the standard rework. All phases
performed on the aircraft during a period, and the flight hours on the aircraft are entered in the
"Type or Description of Inspection" column. Phase inspection induction and completion dates
are entered in the applicable columns of the inspection record.
c. All aircraft conditional inspections must be logged. Relief from repeated logging of
conditional inspections may be requested from the cognizant Wing, CVW, or ACE Commander.
d. Aircraft acceptance and transfer inspections must be logged.
e. Inspections directed by higher authority, not directed by a TD, must be logged.
f. All MCAPPs, ASPA, and other depot aircraft service life evaluations must be logged.
g. The following inspections do not have to be logged on the Inspection Record:
(1) Routine turnaround, daily, special, servicing, engine wash, recurring special engine
inspections not requiring NDI or disassembly/reassembly, recurring special engine inspections
not requiring NDI or disassembly/reassembly and oil sampling are not logged in the Inspection
Record.
(2) Conditional fluid sampling, such as an oil sample submitted for suspected oil
contamination.
(3) Local inspections, for example, PQDR recommendations or MO orders, will be
documented on the Miscellaneous/History page.
8-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
hydraulic pump need not be recorded on a generator SRC card. Likewise, a power plant change
(PPC) that applies to an afterburner module need not be recorded on an accessory MSR. If the
TD is applicable only to a specific part number or range of part numbers, enter the directive in
the TD identification blocks, enter "NA" in the status block and the statement, "NA this PN," in
the title/remarks block.
d. Engines and engine modules inducted for I-level or D-level maintenance will have the
engine logbook screened for TD status per 10.10.3.5. Any required TD that is not incorporated
during the repair action due to a waiver or other reasons must be noted per 10.10.3.4 procedures.
e. For airframe TDs requiring one time or continuing inspections, the initial, or one time
inspection, is logged on the TD page of the logbook. Subsequent or continuing inspection
requirements are added to the MRCs as required in the basic TD. When this action has been
completed, no further entry in the Aircraft Logbook is required for that TD.
f. Production Equivalents, ECPs, and Prototype or Modification of Aircraft or Equipment.
Comply with the documentation procedures in the TD correspondence. Logbook entries will be
made as required on the appropriate TD page, Miscellaneous/History page or applicable record's
TD section.
g. Block Entry Procedures. Block entries are authorized for use by the original accepting
activity, rework activities, and I-level first-degree engine repair sites upon completion of first-
degree engine repair. The use of this type of entry provides for a consolidated accounting of TDs
when the equipment is new and upon completion of each standard rework or first-degree engine
repair. Block entries may be used only for a series of consecutively numbered TDs having the
same status code. This procedure is necessary so subsequent custodians can determine the
configuration of the aircraft without being required to screen the entire file of TDs for
applicability. Original accepting activities ensure each entry in this section is valid and is
supported by an official TD. NAVAIR 00-500C is the TD accountability baseline. All previous
TDs are part of current configuration. Block entries are authorized for use by all activities when
consolidating ASRs, EHR, MSRs and SRC cards.
NOTE: Activities with ACTS must also document TDs on applicable ACTS component
records.
8.5.5.3 Fields
Block 1 - TYPE DIRECTIVE. Enter the type of TD. Separate pages will be maintained for
each type of TD to include separate pages titled Amendments and Revisions.
NOTE: Inserting OPNAV 4790/24A Technical Directives pages titled AFB and AFC TDs,
including Amendments and Revisions, is no longer authorized. Tracking AFB and
AFC TDs and related Amendments and Revisions will be accomplished directly on
Lists Nos. 02 and 04.
Block 2 - AIRCRAFT MODEL/EQUIPMENT NAME. Enter the aircraft T/M/S. If
equipment, enter the equipment name.
Block 3 - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. If aircraft, leave blank. If equipment, enter T/M/S.
8-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 4 - BUNO OR SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the aircraft BUNO or equipment serial
number.
Block 5 - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE IDENTIFICATION.
Block 5a - BASIC. Enter the basic number of the TD. All TDs are logged in numerical
sequence except on the pages titled "Revisions and Amendments.” These are logged in the
order they are received. This includes numbered spaces for TDs not received.
Block 5b - INT. Interim TDs are recorded on the same sheet as formal TDs and are
identified by an I in the INT Block. When cancellation instructions in an interim TD
indicate a regular TD will supersede it, enter in pencil the regular TD number on the
following line with a temporary status code NINC.
Block 5c - REV. Enter the letter to indicate revision. They are logged in the order they
are received on the revisions and amendments page.
Block 5d - AM. Enter the number to indicate the amendment. A separate line is
required for each amendment. When different amendments are to be incorporated by
different levels of maintenance, a temporary code of NINC (in pencil) will be made for the
applicable amendment.
NOTE: All applicable amendments will be logged with the exception of those listed on List
Nos. 02 and 04.
Block 5e - PT. Multiple Part TD. Some TDs consist of several parts. Accounting for
this type directive presents special problems when the separate parts are assigned different
priorities or are to be accomplished at different times. If a part number appears in the title
line of the TD, use that part number.
NOTE: To provide a standard recording procedure for this type of TD, logbook and
AESR entries are made per the following: When a TD is composed of several
parts, separate consecutive entries are made for each part indicating the priority
and status of each. A multiple part TD is not included in a block entry unless all
parts have been incorporated.
Block 5f - KIT. Enter kit number as identified in the TD; if none, enter 00. Use a
separate line for each kit.
Block 5g - PRI. Enter I for Immediate, U for Urgent, R for Routine, or K for Record
Purpose, as applicable. Category K must be used when a modification has been completely
incorporated by the contractor in all accepted equipment prior to issuance of the TD and
when retrofit of repairables in the Navy's possession is not required.
Block 6 - STATUS. Enter the appropriate status code per 8.5.5.4. No status codes other
than those prescribed will be entered, nor is any code used to indicate other than its intended
meaning. When documenting the removal and reinstallation of a TD on an item which has
an MSR, ASR, EHR, or SRC card, see specific documentation for the applicable record.
8-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 7 - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the title of the TD and any necessary remarks. This
need not be the complete subject title of the TD. Enter the purpose of the amendment for
example: “Extends Target Completion Date” for amendment type TDs. For items, which
have an MSR, ASR, EHR, or SRC card, a notation to refer to the applicable MSR, ASR,
EHR, or SRC is entered in the Title/Remarks column, for example, “See (abbreviated
component nomenclature) SRC.” No other information or signature is required. The
complete information regarding the change is then entered, with authenticating signature, in
the appropriate section of the MSR, ASR, EHR, or SRC card. .
Block 8 - COMPLIANCE
Block 8a - BY (Activity). Enter the short title of the activity complying with the TD, for
example, VF-1.
Block 8b - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD of the compliance.
Block 9 - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook and records signature authority will sign
this block.
NOTE: When documenting TD amendments that involve only administrative actions (part
number change, completion date, or BUNO) the following required entries must
be made on the respective TD page, titled Revision and Amendments:
Block 5a - BASIC. Enter the basic number of the TD.
Block 5b - INT. Enter only if applicable.
Block 5c - REV. If applicable, enter the letter to indicate the revision.
Block 5d - AM. Enter the number to indicate the AM.
Block 5e - PT. Enter only if applicable.
Block 5f - KIT. Enter the kit number as identified in the TD; if none, enter 00.
Block 5g - PRI. As applicable, enter I for Immediate, U for Urgent, R for Routine,
or K For Record Purpose. PRI must be the same as the basic or last revision
issued.
Block 6 - STATUS. If the amendment is a cancellation to the basic TD or revision,
enter CANX. If the amendment is not applicable, enter NA. For items having an
MSR, ASR, EHR, AESR, SRC, or Aircrew Record, leave blank and enter
appropriate record.
Block 7 - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the purpose of the amendment (change
completion date, add BUNO/SERIAL) for items having an MSR, ASR, EHR,
AESR, SRC, or Aircrew Record, enter applicable notation, for example, “See
GCU EHR”.
Block 8a - BY (Activity). Enter the short title of the activity complying with the
TD, for example, VAW-115. Leave blank for those items that are not an integral
part of the airframe.
8-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
permanent entry is made. Enter TD identification and status code. No other information or
signature is required.
CANX. Identifies a TD that was issued, but was cancelled prior to incorporation. Enter TD
identification, status code, activity, and signature. No title of the TD is required; however, the
cancelling reference should be noted in the title block. When a TD has been incorporated and is
later cancelled, the TD status code remains INC. Use block entries when possible. Only activity
and signature are required.
Q. Identifies a TD that was removed after incorporation. Refer to 8.5.5.5.
8.5.5.5 Documenting TD Removal. TD removal will be documented in the same manner as TD
incorporation. The TD page will be annotated in the following manner:
a. When documenting the removal and reinstallation of a TD on an item with an MSR, ASR,
EHR, or SRC, a notation referring to the applicable TD section of that record.
b. Draw a single line through the TD status code (Block 6), enter TD Status Q in the same
block, with initials of the person authorized in writing to sign logbooks and records.
c. Make an entry on the Miscellaneous/History page. Specify the reason for removal,
authority, location of parts removed and other pertinent information.
d. When reinstalling a removed TD, document as a normal TD incorporation. Make a
complete TD entry on the appropriate TD page. Reinstallation will not be logged in the
Amendment or Revisions page.
8.5.5.6 Purging. The rework activity will purge and consolidate aircraft logbook TD record
pages after completion of off-site standard rework. IMC/P and EPM aircraft logbooks will be
purged once per FSP as directed by the T/M/S Program Manager.
8.5.6 Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV 4790/25A)
8.5.6.1 Purpose. The Miscellaneous/History Record (Figure 8-8) is used to record significant
information for which there is no other section provided in the aircraft logbook or AESR. The
aircraft logbook Miscellaneous History records significant information such as abnormal flight
characteristics: peculiar troubles of an undetermined nature; damage to the aircraft; major
structural component replacements not logged elsewhere in the logbook (control surfaces, tail
sections, etc.); historical data; authorization for service period extension, PED and operational
service months (OPSERMOS) adjustment; verification of flight hours in period and since new
when the aircraft is accepted or transferred; and exposure to large quantities of salt water, fire
extinguishing agents, or other corrosive elements. The Miscellaneous History form may also be
used to record serial number information concerning research and development and bailment
aircraft, for example, special modifications or special testing. The AESR Miscellaneous History
records pertinent information affecting the equipment for which no other place has been
provided within the AESR. Examples include: Special test data; abnormal characteristics;
significant damage and repair; NOAP entries; authorization for extension of operating intervals;
verification of operating hours when the equipment is accepted or transferred; and exposure to
large quantities of salt water, fire extinguishing agents, or other corrosive elements.
8-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: For items with ASRs and SRCs, Miscellaneous/History entries will be made in the
Repair/Rework/Overhaul section. For items with EHRs, Miscellaneous/History
entries will be made in the Maintenance Record section.
8.5.6.2 Fields
AIRCRAFT MODEL/EQUIPMENT NAME. Enter the aircraft T/M/S or the equipment
nomenclature.
TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. If aircraft, leave blank. If equipment, enter the T/M/S.
BUNO OR SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the aircraft BUNO or equipment serial number.
DATE. Enter the YYMMDD of the occurrence.
REMARKS. Enter the required statement or enough detailed text to report occurrence. All
entries on this form will require an authorizing signature and the short title of the activity making
the entry, for example, LCDR W. E. HAVENS, HS-5.
8.5.6.3 Specific Entries. A Miscellaneous History entry must be made when any of the
following situations occur.
a. The DOD activity originally accepting an aircraft for the Navy will make an entry in the
Miscellaneous History stating: "DOD acceptance check flight completed this date.”
b. A change in the authorized inspection interval of aircraft or equipment requires the
following entry be made: "Effective this date (aircraft or equipment) was placed on (specified
interval) per (authority); next inspection due (date or hours).”
c. A change in the inspection induction date or hourly sequence of aircraft or equipment
requires the following entry be made: "Effective this date inspection induction date (or hours)
was rescheduled from (old date or hours) to (new date or hours) as authorized by (reference).”
d. Compass calibration entries are specified in 10.28.3.4 and 10.28.3.5.
e. When the aircraft or equipment is exposed to large quantities of salt water, fire
extinguishing agents, or other corrosive elements, the entry will include a description of the
decontamination performed and the approximate time between exposure and completion of
decontamination.
f. When dye is added directly to aircraft fuel tank(s) to determine the location of a leak.
g. When an aircraft’s Communications Material Systems (CMS) is certified as follows:
(1) An entry must be made to record certification of incorporation of Mode S capability
into the Identification, Friend, or Foe (IFF) system and the permanent Mode S address assigned
to the specific BUNO.
(2) An entry must be made to document the incorporation of Mode 5 capability into the
IFF system and the Mode 5 National Origin (NO) and Platform Identification Number (PIN)
assigned to the specific BUNO.
8-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: CMS certification Mode S address and Mode 5 NO and PIN assignments are a
permanent part of the aircraft’s logbook.
h. Whenever oil analysis indicates abnormal wear limits, amounts of metal, or other
contamination. Refer to 10.3.3.2. for entry requirements.
i. When aircraft are accepted or transferred, activities performing an acceptance and transfer
inspections on aircraft will make the following entry, "This date, the Monthly Flight Summary
flight hours in period and since new were verified to be correct..” Activities transferring aircraft
will also make the following entry, “Automated Log Set verified to be saved in PDF and OOMA
data file format on (choose actual method in the entry)”, on an approved GFE external hard
drive, share drive, share portal, or by utilizing a CD-RW.”
j. When equipment with an Equipment Operating Record (EOR) is received or transferred,
activities receiving or transferring the equipment will make the following entry: "This date, the
Equipment Operating Record accumulated operating hours were verified to be correct."
Activities transferring equipment will also annotate the form with the date, reason for transfer,
activity transferred to, JCN, shipping document number, star/status code (if applicable), and will
make the following entry: “Automated Log Set verified to be saved in PDF format on an
approved GFE external media source.”
k. If, during depot rework, an inaccessible area is found to contain a foreign object that is not
removed, and entry will be made to document the location and type of object.
l. If a tool is reported missing during D-level maintenance, all tool control procedures will be
complied with in an attempt to recover the missing tool. If the tool is not found and it cannot be
determined with certainty that it is not in the aircraft or equipment, the details will be entered in
the applicable logbooks and records. The entry will include tool nomenclature, markings,
location, search results, and any other pertinent comments.
m. When aircraft battle damage repair (ABDR) is performed. The entry will include details
of the repair and any operating limitations and monitoring requirements imposed by the repair.
n. When a propeller is used on a ground test stand/engine test cell, the total accumulated
ground test stand/engine test cell time must be recorded.
o. When equipment is NRFI due to an over-limit condition or found defective upon receipt.
A simple entry such as "over-temp" is not sufficient. Include specific information on the degree
of over-temp, length of over-temp, the circumstances under which it occurred (start, in-flight,
shutdown and ground run-up) and any corrective measures taken. If found defective upon
receipt, provide a detailed description of the defect.
p. If an engine is removed, an entry must be made in the engine AESR or CM ALS AESR
stating the reasons for removal. If an IMA declares an engine to be BCM, an entry must be
made in the engine AESR or CM ALS AESR stating the reason for BCM action, and identifying
all known discrepancies. If an engine or accessories requiring engineering investigation (EI) are
not preserved because such action would destroy or conceal the evidence required by the
investigation. AESR or CM ALS AESR entries must be made to indicate the reason for not
preserving the engine.
8-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 4b - BY (Activity). Enter the short title of the activity accomplishing the
preservation, for example, HS-5.
Block 4c - TYPE PRESERVATION. Enter the type of preservation accomplished.
Block 4d - REFERENCE. Identify the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM or major command
document directing the preservation.
Block 5 - REPRESERVE. Date Due. Indicate the YYMMDD the represervation is due.
When represervation is not required, leave blank.
Block 5a - DATE DUE. Enter the YYMMDD the preservation is due.
Block 6 - DEPRESERVATION
Block 6a - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD the depreservation is accomplished.
Block 6b - BY (Activity). Enter the short title of the activity accomplishing the
depreservation, for example, HS-5.
8.5.7.5 Purging. During off-site standard rework, the rework activity will initiate a new page for
the aircraft logbook. The I-level activity doing first-degree repair or D-level activity doing
rework will initiate a new page for the AESR. Old pages may be destroyed.
8.5.8 Installed Explosive Device Record (OPNAV 4790/26A)
NOTES: 1. The possibility of transferring certain equipment from one aircraft to another
during standard rework and replacement during periods of scheduled
maintenance emphasizes the necessity for careful and periodic checking of this
record regarding the status of the explosive devices currently installed in the
aircraft or equipment.
2. The Installed Explosives Report is used to view detailed information for
multiple explosive devices installed on aircraft, equipment, and components. The
report includes the following columns: DODIC, Location/Nomenclature, Location
Code, Lot Number, P/N, SERNO, NHA P/N, NHA SERNO, Shelf-life months and
Installed-life months.
8.5.8.1 Purpose . The Installed Explosive Device Record (Figure 8-10) is used in aircraft
logbooks and AESRs as a record of all explosive devices. Explosive devices installed in the
aircraft structure are recorded in the Installed Explosive Device Record section of the aircraft
logbook. Explosive devices in aircraft-installed equipment requiring an AESR are recorded in
the appropriate AESR. For example, explosive devices installed in ejection seats or in-flight
refueling stores must be recorded in the Installed Explosive Device Record of the item’s AESR.
Explosive devices installed in personnel parachutes are recorded on the Parachute Record
(OPNAV 4790/101). Explosive devices installed in other safety and survival equipment must be
recorded on the Seat Survival Kit Record (OPNAV 4790/137) or Aircrew Systems Record
(OPNAV 4790/138). Explosive cartridges and devices used to effect stores separation are not
required to be documented in this record unless specifically directed for a particular application.
8-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.5.8.2 The VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD module generated Installed Explosive Devices
Record (OPNAV 4790/26A) is authorized for all activities having custody of or performing
rework on the aircraft or equipment in which explosive devices are installed. The VFS
CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD Module Installed Explosive Device Record must be maintained in
a current status by all activities having custody of or performing rework on the aircraft or
equipment in which explosive devices are installed. Records for installed devices will be kept in
the aircraft logbook or AESR, as appropriate, and anywhere else the MO designates.
8.5.8.3 Fields
Aircraft or equipment identification:
Block A1 - TYPE AIRCRAFT. Enter the aircraft T/M/S.
Block A2 - BU/SERNO. Enter the aircraft BUNO or equipment serial number.
Block A3 - ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER. Enter the assembly part number for ejection
seats, in-flight refueling stores, or other assemblies with installed explosive devices.
Block A4 - ASSEMBLY SERNO. Enter the serial number of the ejection seat, in-flight
refueling store, or other assemblies with installed explosive devices.
Block A5 - ORG CODE. Enter the organization code of the command that has custody of
the aircraft or assembly. Pencil may be used.
Explosive device identification:
NOTE: Blocks B1 through B10 require a single line entry for each installed explosive
device.
Block B1 - DODIC. Select the DODIC or NALC for replacement/editing from the
standardized explosive logbook configuration provided in VFS CADPAD, TRACE
CADPAD Module database. DODICs are also listed in NAVSEA SW010-AF-ORD-010
and technical manuals mentioned in the details for Block B10.
Block B2 - NOMENCLATURE/LOCATION. The VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD
Module provides standardized explosive logbook configuration, based on specific location
code for each T/M/S aircraft.
Block B3 - PART NUMBER. Provided in the VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD Module
for selecting specific part number installed.
Block B4 - LOT NUMBER. Enter the lot number of the device.
Block B5 - SERIAL. Enter the serial number of the device. For emergency stores release
cartridges that are not normally serialized, enter NA.
Block B6 - ORG. Enter the organization code of the installing activity. For new aircraft,
use the accepting ACO/site representative organization code.
Block B7 - MFG DATE. Date of Manufacture. The VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD
Module enters the year, month and last day of the month (YYMMDD) the device was
8-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
manufactured (derived from the lot number). If unable to derive appropriate manufactures
date, the user will enter the date when requested by the program.
Block B8 - C/O DATE. Container Open Date. Enter the year, month and last day of the
month (YYMMDD) the container was opened.
Block B9 - INST DATE. Enter the year, month and last day of the month (YYMMDD) the
device was installed.
Block B10 - EXPIRE DATE. The VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD Module computes
year, month, and last day of the month (YYMMDD) of expiration, and is the preferable
method for computing CADPAD expiration dates. Both the shelf life and installed life of the
item are computed to determine the expiration date. Refer to the individual CAD or PAD
data for each DODIC to determine the applicability of installed life to each device. Shelf
life is the period of time, beginning from the date of manufacture that a CAD or PAD can
remain in its environmentally sealed container and still be serviceable. The shelf life
expiration date is computed from the date of manufacture as listed for the lot number for the
assembled device. Installed life is the period of time a CAD or PAD can be used after its
environmentally sealed container is opened; however, the installed life expiration date
should not exceed the shelf life expiration date. The installed life expiration date is
computed from the date the environmentally sealed container is opened and is always
computed to the last day of the month involved.
NOTE: NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD directs the method for computing the expiration date of
explosive devices and the number of months or years a specific device may remain
in service. When installed explosive devices are granted an extension, the VFS
CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD Module will be updated electronically and a new
Installed Explosive Device Record (OPNAV/26A) must be generated. The
authority granting the extension, for example, message originator and DTG or
official service life extension number, will be posted electronically in the LOCAL
USE block.
LOCAL USE. Any explosive device on an extension must be recorded in the Local Use
block, including the authorization for the extension. This block is also used for any
information in the device that is not recorded in other fields that the user feels is necessary to
fully describe the condition or history of the item.
8.5.8.4 Removal or Replacement of Devices. When a device is removed and a like item is not
reinstalled, a single red line will be drawn through the entire old device line entry and VFS
CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD Module database updated to reflect changes (a new record will
not be generated). When like items are reinstalled, the VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD
Module database must be updated to reflect changes and a new record must be generated.
8.5.8.5 Purging. The rework activity must verify all information during off-site standard rework
of the aircraft or AESR equipment and generate a new record, if needed. Old pages may be
destroyed locally when a new record is generated.
8.5.9 Inventory Record (OPNAV 4790/27A)
8-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Items that require an ASR, EHR, MSR, or SRC that are installed on an
equipment, engine, or engine module will be inventoried in the applicable
equipment/engine AESR Inventory Record, or MSR (Section II – Module
Composition). If the equipment, engine, or engine module is installed on an
aircraft, the item will not also be listed on the aircraft logbook Inventory Record.
8.5.9.1 Purpose. The Inventory Record (Figure 8-11) is used in aircraft logbooks and in AESRs
as an inventory of all installed equipment, components, and assemblies requiring an ASR, EHR,
SRC, or MSR listed in applicable T/M/S PMIC. A separate inventory record will be maintained
in each aircraft logbook and AESR logbook. The following items are NOT listed in the aircraft
logbook Inventory Record:
a. Mission configuration items, for example, multiple ejector racks and triple ejector racks.
b. Aircraft engines, propellers, APUs, ejection seats, and other major assemblies requiring an
AESR.
8.5.9.2 Fields
Block 1 - AIRCRAFT MODEL/EQUIPMENT NAME. Enter the aircraft T/M/S or the
equipment nomenclature.
Block 2 - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. If aircraft, leave blank. If equipment, enter the T/M/S.
Block 3 - BUNO OR SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the aircraft BUNO or the equipment serial
number.
Block 4 - NOMENCLATURE. Enter the nomenclature of the installed item.
Block 5 - PART NO. Enter the part number of the installed item.
Block 6 - SERIAL NO. Enter the serial number of the installed item.
Block 7 - DATE.
Block 7a - INSTALL. Enter the YYMMDD the item was installed.
Block 7b - REMOVE. Enter the YYMMDD the item was removed.
Blocks 8, 9, 10 and 11 - These blocks are a continuation of the form and are documented as
above.
8.5.9.3 Purging. D-level rework activities will remove all the old inventory record forms from
the aircraft logbook and insert new forms during off-site standard rework. I-level and D-level
activities will purge engine AESRs during first-degree repair or rework. All items that remain
installed and all newly installed items will be listed.
8.5.10 Equipment Operating Record (OPNAV 4790/31A)
8.5.10.1 Purpose. The Equipment Operating Record (Figure 8-12) is used with all aeronautical
equipment requiring the monthly compilation of significant operating data. Reporting custodians
will ensure that operating and monitoring system data is entered on this form monthly and upon
transfer of the equipment.
8-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.5.10.2 Fields
Block 1 - EQUIPMENT. Enter the nomenclature of the equipment.
Block 2 - T/M/S. Enter the equipment T/M/S.
Block 3 - SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the serial number of the equipment.
Block 4 - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD for entry.
Block 5 - OPERATING HRS. An entry is made each month. A pen and ink or typed entry
will be made to close out the form each time the aircraft or equipment changes custody. The
transferring and the accepting activity will each make an entry. Pencil entries or
consolidated monthly entries are not required.
Block 5a - THIS MONTH. Enter the operating hours and tenths for the current entry.
Aircraft operating hours are obtained from the Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV
3710/4).
NOTES: 1. I-level and D-level repair facilities are authorized to make a one-line block
entry in lieu of separate end of the month closeout entries. These block entries
facilitate recording of non-operating hours for equipment, including uninstalled
aircraft engines, while in the storage, off-site standard rework, or repair cycles.
For example, 940601-950131 could be entered in block 4, 0.0 in block 5, and
corresponding data in blocks 5b and 6 through 8 on the same line (as
appropriate).
2. Ground test stand/engine test cell time is not required to be logged for aircraft
engines tracked only by operating time, and is not used in calculating inspection
intervals, removal intervals, or maximum operating time.
3. Ground test stand/engine test cell time is required to be logged for aircraft
engines tracked by a combination of operating time and Life Usage Indices (LUI)
or other life cycle count, for example, F414-GE-400 and F404-GE-400/402
engines. LUI or life cycle count will be calculated from the specified formula and
entered in the monitoring system. LUI values entered must be carried out to the
thousandth decimal.
4. Ground test stand/engine test cell time for propellers is required to be logged.
Additionally, if a propeller is used on a ground test stand/engine test cell, the total
accumulated ground test stand/engine test cell time for the propeller must be
recorded in the Miscellaneous/History section of the propeller AESR. NAVAIR
03-20CBBK-1 contains maximum ground test stand/engine test cell time a
propeller may accumulate.
Block 5b - ACCUM. Add the current entry hours and tenths to the last accumulated entry
and enter the new total in this block. Verify on acceptance and transfer.
Block 6 - MONITORING SYSTEM DATA (e.g., TSR STARTS, COUNTS, ROUNDS).
Uncaptioned columns are provided to be labeled as required, for example, starts, rounds
8-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
fired, LCF, or meter reading. If equipment is monitored by TSN or TSO, label the first
column under monitoring system data as TSN or TSO (as appropriate). The cumulative
column under operating hours will then display the TSN or TSO hours.
NOTE: Monthly usage will be recorded to the thousandths place for aircraft engines
tracked by a combination of operating time and Life Usage Indices (LUI) or other
life cycle count. F404-GE-400/402 and F414-GE-400 engines are examples. The
cumulative column under operating hours will then display the TSN or TSO hours
to the tenths or thousandths as applicable.
Block 7 - ACTIVITY. Enter the short title of the activity making the entry, for example,
HMM-164.
Block 8 - REMARKS. This block is for logging additional information (as appropriate).
8.5.10.3 Purging. This record remains a permanent part of the AESR.
8.5.11 Module Service Record (OPNAV 4790/135)
8.5.11.1 Purpose. The Module Service Record (MSR) (Figure 8-13) is a four-page foldable
record used with modular-constructed aircraft engines; for example: T56, T400, T700, F404, and
F414 engines. Each module of the engine has a separate MSR. MSRs are logbook-type records
comprised of the following individual OPNAV records:
Module Service Record (OPNAV 4790/135) (Figure 8-13)
Assembly Service Record (OPNAV 4790/106A) (Figures 8-14)
Equipment History Record (EHR) Card (OPNAV 4790/113) (Figure 8-16)
Scheduled Removal Component Card (OPNAV 4790/28A) (Figure 8-17)
8.5.11.2 General Procedures
a. If the module is installed, the MSR is maintained concurrently with and becomes part of
the engine AESR. If the module is uninstalled, a paper copy of the MSR will be attached to and
accompany the module whenever transferred.
NOTE: 1. Activities using ACTS will make all entries in ACTS
(https://fleetmetrics.navair.navy.mil/ACTS/ ). Records will be printed from ACTS
and placed into the paper aircraft logbook or equipment AESR. The serial
number is now included on both sides of the printed record. Pen or pencil entries
on hardcopy ACTS records are not required except for documenting “NINC” in
Section V - Technical Directives.
2. When replacing a non-ACTS record with a newly printed record from ACTS,
the replaced non-ACTS record will be mailed to the Repository that is listed in the
applicable T/M/S aircraft or engine PMIC.
3. Activities with ACTS that accept new modules must also initiate the MSR
record in ACTS. If a hardcopy OPNAV 4790/135 MSR was not received with the
8-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
new module, contact the FST for assistance by sending an email via the HELP
menu.
b. Upon completion of repair or rework, a paper copy of the MSR will be attached to and
accompany the module when shipped.
8.5.11.3 Fields
NOTE: Technical Directive forms (OPNAV 4790/24A) and Miscellaneous History forms
(OPNAV 4790/25A) are authorized to be inserted in the MSR when sections V
(Technical Directives) or X (Miscellaneous History) are full. Consolidation
procedures of paragraph 8.5.13.4 will be followed when any other section of the
MSR is full.
Page One
_____________ MODULE SERVICE RECORD (title line). Enter the type of module, for
example, fan, turbine, afterburner.
REPLACEMENT
COMPONENT/ASSEMBLY. Enter the nomenclature of the installed component/assembly
that has the nearest forced removal time that will require the module to be removed from the
propulsion system. This entry is made in pencil.
MODULE DUE. This entry is computed when the Module is built up RFI. The Module
Due time should already be calculated and entered on the individual records for the
components that are physically installed in the Module. Transcribe the replacement due
time from the first component/assembly card that will require the module to be removed
from the engine/propulsion system. This entry is made in pencil.
ENGINE/PROP SYSTEM DUE. This entry represents the operating time of the
engine/propeller system at which the Module will have to be removed. ENG/PROP
SYSTEM Due is calculated and entered at the time the module is installed on the engine or
propeller system. ENG/PROP SYSTEM Due time equals Module Due time minus current
Module hours or counts (SECTION III, Block E), plus engine/propulsion system hours or
counts at time of install (SECTION III, Block D). For example, a module with a 4000 hour
due time that has been operated for 3000 hours time since new, now has 1000 hours
remaining before the module is due for maintenance. If the module is installed on an
engine/propulsion system with 1795 total engine/propulsion system hours at time of
installation, the ENG/PROP SYSTEM Due entry is 1795 ENG/PROP system hours + 1000
hours module hours = 2795 hours. This entry is made in pencil.
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA
Block A - PART NUMBER. Enter the part number of the module.
Block B - SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the serial number of the module.
Block C - TYPE/MODEL/SERIES. Enter the T/M/S of the module.
Block D - WORK UNIT CODE. Enter the WUC of the module.
8-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
this figure to the total hours or counts on the module at installation and enter in the
appropriate columns preceded by the appropriate time/cycle code. Label columns as
required.
Block D - REASON FOR REMOVAL AND JOB CONTROL NUMBER. Enter the reason
for removal and JCN from the MAF that documented the removal of the module from the
propulsion system.
Page Two
SECTION V - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Block A - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE IDENTIFICATION
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter the TD code.
Block A (2) - BASIC. Enter the four digit TD basic number.
Block A (3) - INT. If an interim TD enter "I"; if not, leave blank.
Block A (4) - REV. Enter the revision letter (if applicable).
Block A (5) - AM. Enter the numeric amendment number (if applicable).
Block A (6) - PT. Enter the numeric TD part number, for example, part - 02 (if applicable).
Block A (7) - KIT. Enter the kit number; enter 00 if no kit is required.
Block A (8) - PRI. Enter I for Immediate, U for Urgent, R for Routine, or K for Record
Purpose (as applicable).
NOTE: When entering TDs that are applicable to installed subcomponents, enter the TD
basic numbers sequentially in Blocks A (2) through (8) , and enter a “REFER TO”
entry in Block C , for example, “REFER TO COMP ROTOR ASR”.
Block B - STATUS. Enter the code indicating the status of the TD. No status codes other
than those prescribed will appear on the MSR nor will any code be used for other than its
intended meaning. Code descriptions and instructions are in paragraph 8.5.5.4.
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter a brief description of the TD.
Block D - COMPLIANCE
Block D (1) - BY (Activity). Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
completing the TD compliance, for example, AC7.
Block D (2) - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the TD was incorporated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. A person having logbooks/records signature authority will sign
this block.
Page Three
SECTION VI - IDENTIFICATION DATA
Block A - PART NUMBER. Enter the part number of the module. (Same as Section I.)
8-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block B - SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the serial number of the module. (Same as Section I.)
Block C - TYPE / MODEL / SERIES. Enter the T/M/S of the module. (Same as Section I.)
SECTION VII - REPAIR / REWORK / EXCEEDANCE
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the repair, rework, or exceedance was
accomplished.
Block B - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
accomplishing the repair, rework, or exceedance, for example, WC8. D-level include one of
the following action taken codes that best describes the action that was taken:
A - Check/test
C - Repair/rework/SDLM/PDM
D - Modified
H - Overhaul
N - New
9 - Condemned
Block C - DESCRIPTION. Enter a concise narrative of the repair or rework action
performed, for example “1000 operating hour rework” or “FOD repair”. For exceedance,
enter the type of exceedance, for example “Over temp repair” and level along with any other
appropriate additional information to describe the event.
Block D - SIGNATURE. A person having logbooks and records signature authority will
sign this block. At D-level the certification or verification device, as applicable, will satisfy
the COs signature requirement.
SECTION VIII - INSPECTION RECORD
Block A - TYPE AND DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION. Enter the type and description
of the inspection that affects the module.
Block B - REFERENCE. Identify the document directing the inspection, for example,
message originator and DTG, MRCs.
Block C - DATE COMPLETED. Enter the YYMMDD date the inspection was completed.
Block D - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
performing the inspection, for example, WC8.
Block E - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook/records signature authority will sign
this block. At D-level the certification or verification device, as applicable, will satisfy the
COs signature requirement.
SECTION IX - PRESERVATION/DEPRESERVATION
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date of the preservation.
8-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block B - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
performing the preservation, for example, WC8.
Block C - TYPE. Enter the type of preservation accomplished, for example, Level III.
Block D - REFERENCE. Identify the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM or major command
document directing the preservation.
Block E - REPRESERVE DUE. Indicate the YYMMDD date the represervation is due.
When represervation is not required, leave blank.
Block F - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the depreservation is accomplished.
Block G - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
performing the inspection, for example, WC8.
Page Four
SECTION X - MISCELLANEOUS/HISTORY
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date of the entry.
Block B - REMARKS. This section is used to record pertinent information for which no
other place has been provided. When equipment is exposed to large quantities of salt water,
fire extinguishing agents, or other corrosive elements, an entry will be made on this form,
including a description of the decontamination and approximate time between exposure and
completion of decontamination. See paragraph 8.5.6 for additional situations that may
require an MSR Miscellaneous/History entry.
NOTES: 1. When a module is NRFI due to an exceedance such as over-temp, include
specific information on the degree of over-temp, length of over-temp, the
circumstances under which it occurred (start, in-flight, shutdown and ground
run-up) and any corrective measures taken.
2. Activities transferring modules that are not a part of a propulsion system will
annotate this section with the YYMMDD, reason for transfer, activity transferred
to, JCN, star/status code and (if applicable) the shipping document number.
3. All entries will require an authorized signature and the three position aviation
3M ORG code of the activity, for example, AC7.
8.5.11.4 Consolidation
a. An MSR may be consolidated at any maintenance level when no space is available for
further entries within any one section. Minimum requirements for consolidating:
NOTE: Activities using ACTS are not authorized to consolidate entries. ACTS has no
space limitations, and permits selection of entries to display on the printed record.
All historical information will remain within ACTS and available for electronic
viewing, whenever necessary.
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA. Complete all entries.
8-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
When the component is a life-limited item with no secondary time/cycle requirement, for
example, C 6000-Retire, transcribe the last repair action.
When the component is a life-limited item and has a secondary time/cycle requirement, for
example, T-700-Retire and T-100-NDT/I, transcribe the last secondary requirement action
and the last repair action. This may be one entry if the last repair action was the secondary
requirement action.
When the component has an overhaul with no secondary time/cycle requirement, for
example, C-2000-Overhaul, transcribe the last overhaul and the last repair action. This may
be one entry if the last repair action was an overhaul.
When the component has an overhaul and a secondary time/cycle requirement, for example,
U-36-Overhaul and D-244-IMA Inspection, the last action for both requirements must be
entered. If the last action is an overhaul, only the overhaul action need be entered.
b. Upon completion of MSR consolidation:
(1) Make an entry in the Repair/Rework/Overhaul/Exceedances Section with a
YYMMDD date indicating the date of card consolidation, the aviation 3M ORG code of the
activity consolidating the MSR and the statement, "MSR CONSOLIDATED, all entries are
certified to be correct." This entry requires a signature.
(2) Make an entry in the Miscellaneous/History section with a YYMMDD date indicating
the date of card consolidation, the aviation 3M ORG code of the activity consolidating the MSR
and the statement, "MSR CONSOLIDATED, all entries are certified to be correct.” This entry
requires a signature.
8.5.11.5 Purging. The MSR will be purged whenever the engine or module undergoes first-
degree repair or depot rework. A new MSR will be initiated if no additional space remains for
entries. After purging, a copy of the new MSR will be sent to the CMIS Repository (8.2.10.2.i) .
8.5.12 Assembly Service Record (OPNAV 4790/106A)
8.5.12.1 Purpose. The Assembly Service Record (ASR) (Figure 8-14), is a two-page form to
record data on assemblies with rework or overhaul life limits and subassemblies designated to be
removed and discarded.
NOTE: 1. Activities using ACTS will make all entries using ACTS
(https://fleetmetrics.navair.navy.mil/ACTS/). Records will be printed from ACTS
and placed into the paper aircraft/equipment logbook. The serial number is now
included on both sides of the printed record. Pen or pencil entries on hardcopy
ACTS records are not required except for documenting “NINC” in Section V-
Technical Directives.
2. When replacing a newly printed record from ACTS, the replaced non-ACTS
record will be mailed to the Repository that is listed in the applicable T/M/S
aircraft or engine PMIC.
8.5.12.2 General Procedures
8-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
factor for removing the assembly. Hours for engine discs or blades that have not been
replaced since new or during the current rework will be determined by total accumulated
engine time in Section IV. Hours for discs or blades replaced during a rework will be
determined by computing actual operating hours expended since last replacement.
Block A - NOMENCLATURE. Enter the nomenclature of the subassembly.
Block B - P/N. Enter the part number of the subassembly.
Block C - S/N. Enter the serial number of the subassembly.
Block D - COMPONENT TIME OR COUNTS (TSN, METER, LCF). This block contains
six columns used to record subassembly component installation and removal dates and
information about the service life accumulated on the component. The first column of this
block is labeled DATE INST (date the component was installed) and the sixth column is
labeled DATE RMVD (date the component was removed). Use the standard date
(YYMMDD) when completing the DATE INST and DATE RMVD columns.
The four center columns are used for data about the service life of the component. Columns
for components with monitoring systems installed are labeled as required, for example,
LCF1, LCF2 and TTI. For components without monitoring systems installed, label the
second through fourth columns as follows: Assembly TSN; Component TSN; and
Component TSO. Enter the hours or counts of the item (whole number only, do not round
up or down), preceded by the appropriate time/cycle prefix code. If the TSN is unknown,
enter the TSO and label the column.
Block E – COMPONENT INTERVAL/REPLACEMENT DUE. These blocks record the
replacement interval and replacement due times stipulated by the PMIC. This information
provides a reference for determining scheduled maintenance requirements. Figure 8-15
provides procedures for replacement due entries. Entries will be made in pencil and must be
updated each time the component is installed.
NOTE: All Section II entries must be updated whenever the assembly is repaired or
overhauled and when the card is consolidated. The date of install and all Section
II assembly and subcomponent hours will be transcribed from the original
installation data.
SECTION III - INSTALLATION DATA
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date that the assembly was installed on an aircraft
or equipment.
Block B - BUNO/SERIAL INSTALLED ON. Enter the BUNO of the aircraft, or the
SERNO of the equipment on the assembly is installed on.
Block C - BY (Activity). Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
installing the assembly, for example, AT1.
Block D - TOTAL AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT HOURS OR COUNTS. Enter hours or
counts (whole number only, do not round up or down) preceded by the appropriate
8-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
time/cycle code of the aircraft/equipment on which the assembly is being installed (TSN).
Uncaptioned columns have been provided for aircraft or equipment that have monitoring
systems installed and may be labeled as required; for example: ELCF, LCF, or EOT.
Aircraft or equipment without monitoring systems will use first column only.
Block E - ASSEMBLY HOURS OR COUNTS. Enter hours/counts (whole number only,
do not round up or down) preceded by the appropriate time/cycle code since new and
overhauled/reworked. Uncaptioned columns have been provided and will be labeled with
the appropriate information required; for example: TSN, TSO, LCF, or EOT. When
entering data for new material, the entry in the TSO column will be NEW. When total hours
or counts since new is unknown, the entry in the TSN column will be UNK.
Page 2 (Back)
SECTION IV - REMOVAL DATA
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date that the assembly was removed.
Block B - TOTAL AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT HOURS OR COUNTS. Enter the hours or
counts (TSN) (whole number only, do not round up or down) of the aircraft or equipment
the assembly was removed from. The TSN will be preceded by the appropriate time or
cycle code listed in Appendix E. The four unlabeled columns are used for aircraft or
equipment that have monitoring systems installed. The columns will be labeled as required
per the PMIC, for example, LCF, ELCF, or EOT. Aircraft or equipment without monitoring
systems will use the first column only.
Block C - ASSEMBLY HOURS OR COUNTS. Subtract the total aircraft/equipment hours
or the counts at installation from total aircraft/equipment hours or counts at removal. Add to
the total hours or the count on the assembly at installation and enter in the appropriate
columns preceded by the appropriate time/cycle code. Label the columns as required.
Block D - REASON FOR REMOVAL AND JOB CONTROL NUMBER. Enter the reason
for removal and JCN from the WO or MAF that documented the removal of the assembly
from the aircraft or equipment.
SECTION V - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Block A - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE IDENTIFICATION
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter TD code.
Block A (2) - BASIC. Enter the TD basic number.
Block A (3) - INT. If an interim TD, enter "I"; if not, leave blank.
Block A (4) - REV. Enter the revision letter (if applicable).
Block A (5) - AM. Enter the numerical amendment number (if applicable).
Block A (6) - PT. Enter the numerical TD part number, for example, part-02 (if applicable).
Block A (7) - KIT. Enter the kit number. Enter 00 if no kit is required.
8-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block A (8) - PRI. Enter I for Immediate, U for Urgent, R for Routine, or K for Record
Purpose (as applicable).
Block B - STATUS. Enter the code corresponding to the status of the TD. No status codes
other than those prescribed will be entered on the ASR. Code descriptions and instructions
are in paragraph 8.5.5.4.
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the title and a brief description of the TD.
Block D - COMPLIANCE
Block D (1) - BY (Activity). Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
complying with the TD, for example, AT1.
Block D (2) - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the TD was incorporated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook and records signature authority must
review the entry and sign this block. For D-level the certification or verification device will
satisfy the signature requirement.
SECTION VI - REPAIR/REWORK/OVERHAUL/EXCEEDANCES
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the repair/rework/overhaul was completed or
exceedance occurred.
Block B - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
accomplishing the repair/rework/overhaul or exceedance, for example, D97. D-level
activities must include one of the following codes that best describes the action taken:
A - Check/test
C - Repair/rework/SDLM/PDM
D - Modified
H - Overhaul
N - New
9 - Condemned
Block C - DESCRIPTION. Indicate whether the item has been repaired, reworked, or
overhauled and a concise narrative of the maintenance performed. Exceedances of
operational limitations must be logged. Enter the assembly TSN and TSO/TSR (if
applicable).
Block D - SIGNATURE. A person having logbooks and records signature authority must
review the entry and sign this block. For D-level, the certification or verification device will
satisfy the signature requirement.
8.5.12.4 Consolidation
a. ASRs will be consolidated by the repairing activity upon completion of first degree repair
(engines) or rework (any assembly). ASRs will also be consolidated at any maintenance level
8-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
when no space is available for further entries within any one section. The original ASR and a
copy of the ASR will be sent to the CMIS Repository (8.2.10.2.i).
NOTE: Activities using ACTS are not authorized to consolidate entries. ACTS has no
space limitations, and permits selection of entries to display on the printed record.
All historical information will remain within ACTS and available for electronic
viewing, whenever necessary.
b. Minimum requirements for consolidation:
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA. All entries are required.
SECTION II - COMPONENTS
Transcribe all data for subcomponents that were not changed during the repair process.
Enter the removal date for any subcomponents changed during the repair process on the
original ASR and enter the installation information for the newly installed subcomponents
on the new ASR.
NOTE: When consolidating the ASR upon completion of first-degree repair (engines) or
rework (any assembly), the date of install, TSN and Replacement Due times for
subcomponents that were NOT replaced during repair/rework will be transcribed
from the original ASR.
SECTION III - INSTALLATION DATA and SECTION IV - REMOVAL DATA
Recalculate the existing entries to verify they are correct. If a correction is required, refer to
paragraph 8.2.7.4 for correction procedures.
If the assembly is installed in aircraft or equipment at the time of consolidation, record the
last installation action. No entry is required in the removal section.
If the assembly is not installed in aircraft or equipment at the time of consolidation, record
the last installation and the corresponding removal action.
SECTION V - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Use block entries to document previously incorporated TDs, to include “not applicable”
(NA) TDs. A separate block entry is required for each type of TD, (AVC, PPB, etc.) and
status (PINC, NA, etc.). Block entries are recorded as follows:
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter the TD code. Example: 50 for AFC.
Block B - STATUS. Enter PINC (previously incorporated) or NA (not applicable).
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the basic numbers and associated revisions,
amendments and parts.
Block D - COMPLIANCE. Enter the aviation 3M ORG code of the activity consolidating
the ASR and the YYMMDD date the ASR was consolidated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. Enter the word "CONSOLIDATED" indicating this entry is a
result of ASR consolidation.
8-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Block entries do not indicate the activity that actually incorporated the TDs.
Block entries signify the TDs had been previously incorporated.
2. All incorporated TD numbers (001, 002, ….) must be listed in the
TITLE/REMARKS block. A blanket statement that all TDs up to a specific basic
have been incorporated is not authorized.
3. TDs incorporated during the maintenance that necessitated consolidation will
have a separate line entry on the consolidated form, per paragraph 8.5.13.3
procedures.
SECTION VI - REPAIR/REWORK/OVERHAUL/EXCEEDANCES
If the component is life-limited with no secondary time/cycle requirement, for example, C-
6000 -Retire, transcribe the last repair action.
If the component is life-limited and has a secondary time or cycle requirement, for example,
T-700-Retire and T-100-NDT/I, transcribe the last secondary requirement action and the last
repair action. This will be one entry if the last repair action was the secondary requirement
action.
If the component has an overhaul with no secondary time or cycle requirement, for example,
C-2000-Overhaul, transcribe the last overhaul and the last repair action. This will be one
entry if the last repair action was an overhaul.
If the component has an overhaul and a secondary time or cycle requirement, for example,
U-36-Overhaul and D-244-IMA Inspection, the last action for both requirements must be
entered. If the last action is an overhaul, only the overhaul action will be entered.
c. Upon completion of consolidation, make an entry in the
Repair/Rework/Overhaul/Exceedances Section stating “ASR CONSOLIDATED, all entries are
certified to be correct” with the YYMMDD date of card consolidation and the aviation 3M ORG
code of the activity consolidating the ASR. This entry requires a signature.
8.5.13 Equipment History Record (EHR) Card (OPNAV 4790/113)
8.5.13.1 Purpose. An EHR card (Figure 8-16) is a two-page form to record specific
maintenance data on designated aeronautical components. EHR card items are designated by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PMAs and FSTs when it is determined the item requires special
emphasis in monitoring and trending of failure data. The list of items requiring an EHR card is
published within the applicable PMIC. Loss of an EHR card does not render the item unusable.
NOTES: 1. Activities using ACTS will make all entries using ACTS
(https://fleetmetrics.navair.navy.mil/ACTS/). Records will be printed from
ACTS and placed into the paper aircraft/equipment logbook. The serial number
is now included on both sides of the printed record. Pen or pencil entries on
hardcopy ACTS records are not required except for documenting “NINC” in
Section VI-Technical Directives.
8-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. When replacing a newly printed record from ACTS, the replaced non-ACTS
record will be mailed to the Repository listed in the applicable T/M/S aircraft or
engine PMIC.
8.5.13.2 General Procedures
a. An individual EHR card for each serialized item will be maintained in the aircraft
logbook, AESR, or MSR while the component is installed. When the component is removed, the
EHR card will be attached to and accompany the component whenever turned in for repair or
rework.
b. EHR cards for items repetitively being removed and installed from aircraft or AESR
equipment for the purpose of mission configuration, such as ejector racks and pods, may be
maintained within the division having custody of the item. Installation and removal entries will
be made on the card in pencil until time of transfer, at which time a permanent entry will be
made and the card will be inserted in the applicable aircraft logbook or AESR.
8.5.13.3 Fields
(Front)
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA
Block A - NOMENCLATURE. Enter the nomenclature of the item.
Block B - WORK UNIT CODE. Enter the WUC of the item.
Block C - FSCM. Enter the five-digit CAGE code.
Block D - REPLACEMENT INTERVAL. Enter the hours, days, counts, etc., after which
the component must be removed and replaced (if applicable); otherwise enter "ON-
CONDITION.” This entry is made in pencil.
Block E - MAINTENANCE DUE. This block is used to remind the custodian when the
installed component removal is due per its time cycle requirement. The entry is computed
when the component is installed and indicates the total count, hours, starts, rounds, or days
that will be against the end item when the installed component reaches its interval
requirements. For example, a component with a 200 hours interval installed on an aircraft
with 1287 flight hours will have a 1487 flight hour entry in the block. Entries in this block
are made in pencil.
Block F - PART NUMBER. Enter the part number of the item.
Block G - SERIAL NUMBER. Enter the serial number of the item.
Block H - FST. Enter the FST responsible for the item.
Block I - REFERENCE. Using a pencil, enter PMIC or technical manual that directs
creation of the EHR for the item.
SECTION II - INSTALLATION DATA
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date that the item is installed.
8-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block B - BUNO/SERNO INSTALLED ON. Enter the BUNO of the aircraft, or the
SERNO of the equipment on which the item is being installed.
Block C - TOTAL AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT HOURS OR COUNTS. Enter the
hours/counts (whole number only, do not round up or down) preceded by the appropriate
time/cycle code of the aircraft/equipment on which the item is being installed (TSN).
Uncaptioned columns are provided for aircraft/equipment that have monitoring systems
installed and may be labeled as required; for example: LCF, ELCF, EOT.
Aircraft/equipment without monitoring systems will use the first column only.
Block D - TOTAL HOURS OR COUNTS ON ITEM. Enter the hours/(whole number only,
do not round up or down) preceded by the appropriate time/cycle code since new and
repaired/reworked. Uncaptioned columns have been provided and will be labeled with the
appropriate information required; for example: TSN, TSO, TSR, LCF, or EOT. When
entering data for new material, the entry in the TSO/TSR column will be NEW. When the
total hours or counts since new is not known, the entry in the TSN column will be unknown
(UNK).
SECTION III - REMOVAL DATA
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date that the item is removed.
Block B - TOTAL AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT HOURS OR COUNTS. Enter the
hours/counts (whole number only, do not round up or down) preceded by the appropriate
time/cycle code of the aircraft/equipment from which the item is being removed (TSN).
Uncaptioned columns are provided for aircraft/equipment that have monitoring systems
installed and may be labeled as required; for example: LCF, ELCF. Aircraft/equipment
without monitoring systems will use the first column only.
Block C - TOTAL HOURS OR COUNTS ON ITEM. Subtract the total aircraft/equipment
hours or counts at installation from the total aircraft/equipment hours or counts at removal.
Add to the total count on the item at installation and enter in the appropriate columns
preceded by the appropriate time/cycle code. Label columns as required.
Block D - REASON FOR REMOVAL AND JOB CONTROL NUMBER. Enter the reason
for removal and JCN from the applicable WO or MAF.
NOTE: For condemned components (Action Taken (AT ) code BCM 9), the EHR card will
be annotated BCM 9 in the reason for removal column before forwarding the
EHR card to the FST repository per (8.2.10.2.j).
SECTION IV - MAINTENANCE RECORD
Block A - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the maintenance is performed.
Block B - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
performing the maintenance, for example, WC8. D-level include one of the following codes
that best describes the action that was taken:
A - Check/test
8-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C - Repair/rework/SDLM/PDM
D - Modified
H - Overhaul
N - New
9 - Condemned
Block C - REMARKS AND MAJOR PARTS REPLACED. Detail the action and major
parts replaced with reason for removal. Enter the items TSN and TSO/TSR (if applicable).
Block D - SIGNATURE. A person having logbooks/records signature authority will sign
this block.
(Back)
SECTION V - INSPECTION RECORD
Block A - TYPE AND DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION. Enter the type and description
of the inspection that affects the equipment/component.
Block B - REFERENCE. Identify the document directing the inspection, for example,
message originator and DTG or the IRAC and publication number.
Block C - DATE COMMENCED. Enter the YYMMDD date the inspection began.
Block D - DATE COMPLETED. Enter the YYMMDD date the inspection was completed.
Block E - ACTIVITY. Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
performing the inspection, for example, AC7.
Block F - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook/records signature authority will sign
this block. The certification or verification device (as applicable) will satisfy the signature
requirement.
SECTION VI - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Block A - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE IDENTIFICATION
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter the TD code.
Block A (2) - BASIC. Enter the TD basic number.
Block A (3) - INT. If an interim TD, enter "I"; if not, leave blank.
Block A (4) - REV. Enter the revision letter (if applicable).
Block A (5) - AM. Enter the numerical amendment number (if applicable).
Block A (6) - PT. Enter the numerical TD part number, for example, part - 02 (if
applicable).
Block A (7) - KIT. Enter the kit number, enter 00 if no kit is required.
8-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block A (8) - PRI. Enter I for Immediate, U for Urgent, R for Routine, or K for Record
Purpose (as applicable).
Block B - STATUS. Enter the code indicating the status of the TD. No status codes other
than those prescribed will appear on the EHR nor will any code be used for other than its
intended meaning. Code descriptions and instructions are in paragraph 8.5.5.4.
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the title and a brief description of the TD.
Block D - COMPLIANCE
Block D (1) - BY (Activity). Enter the three position aviation 3M ORG code of the activity
complying with the TD, for example, P9A.
Block D (2) - DATE. Enter the YYMMDD date the TD was incorporated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook/records signature authority will sign
this block. The certification or verification device, as applicable, will satisfy the signature
requirement.
8.5.13.4 Consolidation. Cards may be consolidated at any maintenance level when no space is
available for further entries within any one section. The following directions are the minimum
requirements to be used when consolidating:
NOTES: 1. Activities using ACTS are not authorized to consolidate entries. ACTS has no
space limitations, and permits selection of entries to display on the printed
record. All historical information will remain within ACTS and available for
electronic viewing, whenever necessary.
2. When replacing a newly printed record from ACTS, the replaced non-ACTS
record will be mailed to the Repository listed in the applicable T/M/S aircraft or
engine PMIC.
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA. All entries are to be completed.
SECTION II - INSTALLATION DATA and SECTION III - REMOVAL DATA
Recalculate the existing entries to ensure accuracy. If a correction is required, refer to
paragraph 8.2.7.4 for correction procedures.
If the component is installed at the time of consolidation, record the last installation action
on the new card. No entry is required in the removal section.
If the component is not installed at the time of consolidation, record the last installation and
the corresponding removal action on the new card.
SECTION IV - MAINTENANCE RECORD. For on-condition EHRs, transcribe the last
entry in the Maintenance Record section. Upon completion of card consolidation, make an
entry in the Maintenance Record section with a YYMMDD date indicating the date of card
consolidation, the aviation 3M ORG code of the activity consolidating the card, and the
statement "CARD CONSOLIDATED, all entries are certified to be correct.” This entry
8-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
requires a signature. The original EHR card and a copy of the new card will be sent to the
FST.
SECTION V - INSPECTION RECORD. Transcribe the last inspection entry to the new
card.
SECTION VI - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Use block entries to document previously incorporated TDs, to include "not applicable"
(NA) TDs. A separate block entry is required for each type of TD, (AVC, PPB, etc.) and
status (PINC, NA, etc.). Block entries are recorded as follows:
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter the TD code.
Block B - STATUS. Enter PINC indicating previously incorporated or NA (not applicable).
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the basic numbers and associated revisions,
amendments and parts.
Block D - COMPLIANCE. Enter the aviation 3M ORG code of the activity consolidating
the card and the YYMMDD date the card was consolidated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. Enter the word "CONSOLIDATED" indicating this entry is a
result of card consolidation.
NOTES: 1. Block entries do not indicate the activity that actually incorporated the TDs.
Block entries signify the TDs had been previously incorporated.
2. All incorporated TD numbers (001, 002, ….) must be listed in the
TITLE/REMARKS block. A blanket statement that all TDs up to a specific basic
have been incorporated is not authorized.
3. TDs incorporated during the maintenance that necessitated consolidation will
have a separate line entry on the consolidated form, per paragraph 8.5.13.3
procedures.
8.5.13.5 Purging. Engine EHRs will be purged upon completion of first-degree repair or
rework. A new EHR card will be initiated if no additional space remains for entries. A copy of
the EHR card will be sent to the applicable FST repository.
8.5.14 Scheduled Removal Component Card (OPNAV 4790/28A)
8.5.14.1 Purpose. The SRC card (Figure 8-17) is a two page form used to record maintenance
history, installation and usage data for components with a specified life-limit in the applicable
PMIC.
8.5.14.2 General Procedures
a. An individual SRC card for each serialized item will be maintained in the aircraft
logbook, AESR, or MSR while the component is installed. When the component is removed, the
SRC card will be attached to and accompany the component whenever turned in for repair or
rework.
8-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
N - New
9 - Condemned
Block C - DESCRIPTION. Indicate whether the item has been
repaired/reworked/overhauled and a concise narrative of the maintenance performed. Enter
a one word description of the action taken corresponding to the action taken code used in the
Activity Block. Enter the TSN and the TSO/TSR (if applicable) of the item. Enter a concise
narrative of the maintenance performed.
Block D - SIGNATURE. A person having logbook/records signature authority will sign
this block. The certification or verification device (as applicable), will satisfy the signature
requirement.
8.5.14.4 Consolidation. Cards may be consolidated at any maintenance level when no space is
available for further entries within any one section. Minimum requirements:
NOTE: Activities using ACTS are not authorized to consolidate entries. ACTS has no
space limitations, and permits selection of entries to display on the printed record.
All historical information will remain within ACTS and available for electronic
viewing, whenever necessary.
SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION DATA SECTION. All entries are to be completed.
SECTION II - INSTALLATION DATA and SECTION III - REMOVAL DATA
Recalculate the existing entries to ensure correctness. If a correction is required, refer to
paragraph 8.2.7.4 for correction procedures.
If the component is installed at the time of consolidation, record the last installation action
on the new card. No entry is required in the removal section.
If the component is not installed at the time of consolidation, record the last installation and
the corresponding removal action on the new card.
SECTION IV - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Use block entries to document previously incorporated TDs, to include "not applicable"
(NA) TDs. A separate block entry is required for each type of TD, (AVC, PPB, etc.) and
status (PINC, NA, etc.). Block entries are recorded as follows:
Block A (1) - CODE. Enter the TD code.
Block B - STATUS. Enter PINC indicating previously incorporated or NA (not applicable).
Block C - TITLE/REMARKS. Enter the basic numbers and associated revisions,
amendments and parts.
Block D - COMPLIANCE. Enter the aviation 3M ORG code of the activity consolidating
the card and the YYMMDD date the card was consolidated.
Block E - SIGNATURE. Enter the word "CONSOLIDATED" indicating this entry is a
result of card consolidation.
8-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Block entries do not indicate the activity that actually incorporated the TDs.
Block entries signify the TDs had been previously incorporated.
2. All incorporated TD numbers (001, 002, etc.) must be listed in the
TITLE/REMARKS block. A blanket statement that all TDs up to a specific basic
have been incorporated is not authorized.
3. TDs incorporated during the maintenance that necessitated consolidation will
have a separate line entry on the consolidated form, per paragraph 8.5.13.3
procedures.
SECTION V - REPAIR/REWORK/OVERHAUL
If the component is a life-limited item with no secondary time/cycle requirement, for
example, C-6000-Retire, transcribe the last repair action.
If the component is a life-limited item and has a secondary time/cycle requirement, for
example, T 700-Retire and T-100-NDT/I, transcribe the last secondary requirement action
and the last repair action. This may be one entry if the last repair action was the secondary
requirement action.
If the component has an overhaul with no secondary time/cycle requirement, for example,
C-2000-Overhaul, transcribe the last overhaul and the last repair action. This may be one
entry if the last repair action was an overhaul.
If the component has an overhaul and a secondary time/cycle requirement, for example, U-
36-Overhaul and D-244-IMA Insp, the last action for both requirements must be entered. If
the last action is an overhaul, only the overhaul action need be entered.
Upon completion of card consolidation, make an entry in the Repair/Rework/Overhaul
Section with a YYMMDD date indicating the date of card consolidation, the aviation 3M
ORG code of the activity consolidating the card, and the statement, "CARD
CONSOLIDATED, all entries are certified to be correct. "This entry requires a signature.
8.5.14.5 Purging. Engine SRCs will be purged upon completion of first-degree repair or rework.
A new SRC card will be initiated if no additional space remains for entries. After purging, a
copy of the new SRC will be sent to the CMIS Repository (8.2.10.2.i.).
8.5.15 Aviation Life Support System (ALSS) Records.
8.5.15.1 Purpose
The Parachute Record (OPNAV 4790/101), Seat Survival Kit Record (OPNAV 4790/137),
Aircrew Systems Record (OPNAV 4790/138), and Aircrew Personal Equipment Record
(OPNAV 4790/159) are used to document information on ALSS equipment.
NOTE: ALSS items are identified by “YP” series Type Equipment Codes (TEC). Items
with other than “YP” series TEC are not ALSS and do not require an Aircrew
Equipment Record (AER), Non-“YP” series TEC items are considered aircraft
inventory and only require ALS. Examples of non-“YP” series TEC items include
fire extinguishers and panel mounted first aid kits.
8-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Activities operating NALCOMIS OOMA must use OOMA Aircrew Equipment Record
(AER) auto log sets (ALS) to generate records for all ALSS assemblies and components. The
Aircrew Equipment/Personal Record generated in NALCOMIS OOMA contains all pertinent
information and meets all ALSS record requirements.
NOTE: NALCOMIS OOMA activities are not authorized to use Virtual Fleet Support
(VFS) CADPAD and TRACE LIFE SUPPORT MODULE or SURVIVAL
EQUIPMENT ASSET TRACKING SYSTEM (SEATS).
b. Non-OOMA sea going commands are authorized to use SEATS; non-OOMA shore
commands are authorized to use the VFS CADPAD and TRACE LIFE SUPPORT MODULE for
generating ALSS records.
c. Depots will use the VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD and TRACE LIFE SUPPORT
Modules. The use of VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD and TRACE LIFE SUPPORT
Modules are mandatory. Depot FRCs must update the VFS CADPAD, TRACE CADPAD, and
TRACE LIFE SUPPORT Module data bases with all changes and electronically transfer custody
to the receiving command upon completion or rework/repair cycle
d. When an ALSS item has been involved in an aircraft mishap, the current record for the
item must be forwarded with the aircraft records, per OPNAVINST 3750.6 and NAVAIR 13-1-
6.3.
8.5.15.3 Parachute Record (OPNAV 4790/101)
8.5.15.3.1 Purpose. The Parachute Record (Figure 8-18) contains information on the current
configuration and inspection record of a parachute assembly and its components.
8.5.15.3.2 Initiation and Maintenance
a. The activity placing the parachute in service must initiate the record.
b. The record must be securely attached to the parachute assembly when issued. The activity
receiving the parachute must review the record for complete and accurate information. All
discrepancies must be resolved with the issuing activity prior to acceptance. Ensure electronic
receipt of the associated NALCOMIS OOMA ALS, and verify the ALS is also complete and
accurate.
c. Upon installation of the parachute assembly, the record must be forwarded to Logs and
Records for insertion in the aircraft logbook or ejection seat AESR. In OOMA enter the aircraft
BUNO/SERNO in the BUNO/SERNO field. This enables electronic transfer of the parachute
record when the aircraft it is installed in is transferred to another command.
d. The record must accompany the parachute assembly any time it is removed and sent to the
supporting I-level for inspection or maintenance.
8-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. The I-level activity must initiate a new record each time the parachute is inducted for
repack or maintenance. Upon verification of the new record by the I-level QAR, CDQAR, or
CDI, the old record may be destroyed.
f. Upon transfer of the parachute assembly, the record must be sent to the new custodian.
Update ALS and the custody section of OOMA to electronically transfer the parachute assembly.
8.5.15.3.3 Fields
BASIC ASSEMBLY INFO
Block A1 - TYPE ASSEMBLY. Identifies the complete parachute assembly, for example,
NES-14.
Block A2 - SERIAL NUMBER. The serial number of the parachute assembly. Use canopy
serial number.
Block A3 - PART NUMBER. The part number of entire parachute assembly.
Block A4 - CONFIGURED FOR (TECS). Specific type of aircraft.
Block A5 - CUSTODIAN ORG CODE. Organization code of activity to which parachute
assembly is issued.
Block A6 - BU/SER NUMBER. Bureau number of aircraft in which parachute assembly is
installed; entered in pencil by the O-level. In the VFS CADPAD, TRACE LIFE SUPPORT
MODULE enter the aircraft BU/SERNO in the BU/SER field. This enables electronic
transfer of parachute assembly with assigned aircraft when transferred to another command.
Block A7 - RFI Date. Enter YYMMDD the parachute repack is completed.
Block A8 - RFI SHF CYC. Maximum period of time parachute assembly may remain on
shelf before inspection cycle begins.
Block A9 - LATEST RFI. Latest date parachute assembly may be issued from RFI pool
and still have a complete inspection cycle remaining. RFI date + RFI shelf cycle = latest
RFI issue date (YYMMDD).
Block A10 - DATE ISSUED. Enter YYMMDD the parachute assembly was issued.
Block A11 - INSP CYCL. Inspection cycle specified by applicable aircraft PMIC deck and
NAVAIR 13-1-6-2.
Block A12 - SCHD RMVL DATE. Date issued + inspection cycle = scheduled removal
date (YYMMDD).
Block A13 - PACKED (NAME). Rate, first initial, and last name of the individual who
packed the parachute assembly. The packer must sign the printed record.
Block A14 - INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #). Rate, first initial, last name, and QA
stamp number of the individual who inspected the assembly. The inspector must sign and
stamp the printed record.
Block A15 - Org Code. Organization code of I-level where packing was performed.
8-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block B8 - EXP DATE. Enter the computed year, month, and last day of the month
(YYMMDD) the item will expire.
O2 SYS TEST (oxygen system test signatures).
Block C1 - COMPLETED (NAME). Rate, first initial, and last name, of individual who
performed the oxygen system test.
Block C2 - INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #). Rate, first initial, last name, and QA
stamp number of individual who inspected the oxygen system test. The inspector must sign
and stamp the printed record.
KIT TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
NOTES: 1. B coded (active) TDs on the NAT04 must be documented and not deleted from
the record until removed from the NAT04 or until the item to which the TD was
incorporated has been removed or replaced. Failure to maintain an accurate
listing of active TDs invalidates the entire record.
2. Entries are not required for Aircrew System Change and Aircrew System
Bulletin amendments that are administrative in nature and do not require
additional work.
Block D1 - TYP. Type of TD, for example, 66 or 67.
Block D2 - NO. Basic number of TD.
Block D3 - REV. Revision letter of TD.
Block D4 - AM. Amendment number of TD.
Block D5 - QA. QAR or CDQAR stamp number or initials of individual inspecting TD
compliance.
Block D6 - ORG. Organization code of I-level/D-level completing TD.
Block D7 - DATE. TD compliance date (YYMMDD).
Block D8 - STAT. Status of TD.
LIFE RAFT HISTORY
Block E1 - TYPE ASSEMBLY. Type life raft assembly installed in seat kit.
Block E2 - PART #. Part number of life raft.
Block E3 - CONTRACT #. Contract number of life raft.
Block E4 - FSCM. CAGE code for manufacturer of life raft.
Block E5 - SER #. Serial number of life raft.
RAFT TEST RECORD
Block E6 - TEST CYCLE. Type of test performed on life raft. Document applicable cycle.
8-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block E7 - COMPLETED (NAME). Rate, first initial, and the last name, of the individual
who completed the test on the life raft.
Block E8 - INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #). Rate, first initial, last name, and QA
stamp number of the individual who inspected the life raft test. The inspector must sign and
stamp the printed record.
LIFE RAFT TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
NOTES: 1. It is important to retain an accurate TD Compliance Record. B coded (active)
TDs on the NAT04 must be documented and not deleted from the record until
removed from the NAT04 or until the item to which the TD was incorporated has
been removed or replaced. Failure to maintain an accurate listing of active TDs
invalidates the entire record.
2. Entries are not required for Aircrew System Change and Aircrew System
Bulletin amendments that are administrative in nature and do not require
additional work.
Block F1 - TYP. Type of TD, for example, 66 or 67.
Block F2 - NO. Basic number of TD.
Block F3 - REV. Revision letter of TD.
Block F4 - AM. Amendment number of TD.
Block F5 - QA. QA number of individual inspecting TD compliance.
Block F6 - ORG. Organization code of I-level//D-level completing TD.
Block F7 - DATE. TD compliance date (YYMMDD).
Block F8 - STAT. Status of TD.
LOCAL USE. This space is provided for documenting any other data that is required but
not provided for in other blocks, for example, local inspection requirements and conditional
inspections not requiring repack.
NOTE: Additional documentation information for this record is in NAVAIR 13-1-6.3.
8.5.15.5 Aircrew Systems Record (OPNAV 4790/138)
8.5.15.5.1 Purpose. The Aircrew Systems Record (Figure 8-20) records current configuration
and inspection history of ALSS components, kits, and assemblies.
NOTE: If the item is installed on an ejection seat, the Aircrew Systems Records will be
inserted into the ejection seat AESR.
8.5.15.5.2 Initiation and Maintenance
a. The Aircrew Systems Record will be initiated by the activity placing the ALSS
component, kit, or assembly into service. When a new record is initiated and all data is
transcribed and verified, the old record may be destroyed. When a component, kit, or assembly
8-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
has been involved in an aircraft mishap, the record must be forwarded per OPNAVINST 3750.6
and 13-1-6 series manuals.
b. The record is maintained in the appropriate aircraft logbook or file.
c. The record must be securely attached to the equipment when issued. The activity
receiving the equipment must review the record for complete and accurate information. All
discrepancies must be resolved with the issuing activity prior to acceptance. Ensure electronic
receipt of the associated NALCOMIS OOMA ALS and verify the ALS is also complete and
accurate.
d. Upon installation, the record will be forwarded to Logs and Records for insertion in the
aircraft logbook. In OOMA, enter the aircraft BUNO/SERNO in the BUNO/SERNO field. This
enables electronic transfer of the record when the aircraft it is installed in is transferred to
another command.
e. The record must accompany the component, kit, or assembly any time it is removed and
sent to an I-level or D-level activity for inspection or maintenance.
f. Upon transfer of the component, kit, or assembly, the record must be sent to the new
custodian. Update the OOMA ALS and custody section to electronically transfer the record to
the receiving command.
8.5.15.5.3 Fields
Block A1 - TYPE ASSEMBLY. Identifies the complete assembly, for example, LPU-23.
Block A2 - SERIAL NUMBER. Serial number of assembly.
Block A3 - PART NUMBER. Part number of complete assembly.
Block A4 - FSCM. CAGE code for manufacturer of assembly.
Block A5 - CONT #. Contract number of basic assembly.
SERVICE LIFE ITEMS (within equipment)
Block B1 - NOMENCLATURE. Nomenclature of service life or controlled item.
Block B2 - PART #. Part number of service life or controlled item.
Block B3 - CONT #/LOT #. Contract number/lot number of service life or controlled
items. Always use lot numbers for explosive devices.
Block B4 - DODIC. DODIC or NALC of installed explosive device.
Block B5 - SER #. Serial number of installed item (if applicable) or NA.
Block B6 - QTY. Quantity of item.
Block B7 - MFG DATE. Enter the year, month and the last day of the month (YYMMDD)
the item was manufactured.
Block B8 - INSTL. Enter the year, month and the day of the month (YYMMDD) the item
was installed or placed in service.
8-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block B9 - EXP DATE. Enter the year, month and the last day of the month (YYMMDD)
the installed item service life will expire.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
NOTES: 1. An accurate TD Compliance Record must be maintained at all times. B coded
(active) TDs from NAT04 must be documented and not deleted from the record
until removed from NAT04 or until the item to which the TD was incorporated
has been removed or replaced. Failure to maintain an accurate listing of active
TDs invalidates the entire record.
2. Entries are not required for Aircrew System Change and Aircrew System
Bulletin amendments that are administrative in nature and do not require
additional work.
Block C1 - TYP. Type TD code, for example, 66 or 67.
Block C2 - NO. Basic number of TD.
Block C3 - REV. Revision letter of TD.
Block C4 - AM. Amendment number of TD.
Block C5 - QA. QAR or CDQAR stamp number or initials of individual inspecting TD
compliance.
Block C6 - ORG. Organization code of activity completing TD compliance.
Block C7 - DATE. TD compliance date (YYMMDD).
Block C8 - STAT. Status of TD.
LOCAL USE. This space is provided for documenting any other data that is required but
not provided for in other blocks, for example, local inspection requirements and conditional
inspections not requiring repack.
CURRENT INSPECTION DATA AND SIGNATURES
Block D1 - PACKED (NAME). Rate, first initial and the last name of individual who
packed the equipment. The packer must sign the printed record.
Block D2 - INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #). Rate, first initial, last name and QA
stamp number of the individual who inspected equipment during repack. The inspector
must sign and stamp the printed record.
Block D3 - TEST CYCLE. If applicable, enter the cycle of the inspection that was
completed (F, 1, 2, or 3).
Block D4 - ORG CODE. Organization code of activity performing the inspection.
Block D5 - RFI DATE. Date equipment completed inspection and repack (YYMMDD).
Block D6 - RFI SHF CYC. Maximum period of time an item may remain on shelf before
inspection cycle begins.
8-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block D7 - LATEST RFI. Latest date item may be issued from RFI pool and still have a
complete inspection cycle remaining. RFI Date + RFI shelf cycle = latest RFI issue date
(YYMMDD).
Block D8 - CUSTODIAN ORG CODE. Organization code of activity to which equipment
is issued.
Block D9 - DATE ISSUED. Date equipment was issued (YYMMDD).
Block D10 - INSP CYCL. Inspection cycle specified by applicable aircraft PMIC and
NAVAIR 13-1-6-2.
Block D11 - SCHD RMVL DATE. Date issued + inspection cycle = scheduled removal
date (YYMMDD).
NOTE: NAVAIR 13-1-6 series manuals contain additional documentation information for
this record.
8.5.15.6 Aircrew Personal Equipment Record (OPNAV 4790/159)
8.5.15.6.1 Purpose The Aircrew Personal Equipment Record (Figure 8-21) provides a record of
the configuration of personal ALSS issued to individual aircrew that require O-level inspection,
only.
NOTE: Aircrew personal equipment that requires inspection at the I-level must have a
separate Aircrew Systems Record (OPNAV 4790/138), paragraph 8.5.15.5.
8.5.15.6.2 Initiation and Maintenance
a. The Aircrew Personal Equipment Record (OPNAV 4790/159) must be initiated by the
custodian O-level activity upon initial issue of personal equipment to the aviator or aircrewman.
On acceptance of an aviator or aircrewman, ensure electronic receipt of the Aircrew Personal
Equipment Record in OOMA is accurate and complete. Update the custody section of OOMA to
electronically transfer an aviator or aircrewman when they transfer to another command. If
aircrew report with previously-issued personal equipment and associated Aircrew Personal
Equipment Record, all data on the old record will be verified for accuracy and transcribed to a
new record. Only the most current record is required to be kept on file, the old record may be
destroyed.
b. The MO will designate where the Aircrew Personal Equipment Records and related files
will be maintained.
c. Record Retention. Each aircrewman must have a separate file containing the Aircrew
Personal Equipment Record (OPNAV 4790/159) and separate Aircrew Systems Records
(OPNAV 4790/138) as needed. The aircrew flight equipment file will be constructed of a 9 x 12
folder with the Aircrew Personal Equipment Record (OPNAV 4790/159) firmly attached on the
right side of the folder and all applicable Aircrew System Records (OPNAV 4790/138) placed on
the left.
NOTE: If not operating NALCOMIS OOMA, all maintenance actions performed on
aircrew personal equipment will be documented on a Visual Information Display
8-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
NOTES: 1. It is important to retain an accurate TD Compliance Record. B coded (active)
TDs from NAT04 must be documented and not deleted from the record until
removed from NAT04 or until the item to which the TD was incorporated has
been removed or replaced. Failure to maintain an accurate listing of active TDs
invalidates the entire record.
2. Entries are not required for Aircrew System Change and Aircrew System
Bulletin amendments that are administrative in nature and do not require
additional work.
Block C1 - EQUIPMENT TYPE. Type equipment of item that the TD was performed on,
for example, MA-2 and HGU-34/P.
Block C2 - SER #. Serial number of item.
Block C3 - TYP. Type TD code, for example, 66 or 67.
Block C4 - NO. Basic number of TD.
Block C5 - REV. Revision letter of TD.
Block C6 - AM. Amendment number of TD.
Block C7 - QA. QAR or CDQAR number or initials of individual inspecting TD
compliance.
Block C8 - ORG. Organization code of activity completing TD.
Block C9 - DATE. TD compliance date (YYMMDD).
Block C10 - STAT. Status of TD.
8.5.16 Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4)
8.5.16.1 Purpose. The Naval Aircraft Flight Record (NAVFLIR) (OPNAV 3710/4) provides a
standardized DON flight activity data collection system. Procedures for filling out the form are
outlined in CNAF M-3710.7.
8.5.16.2 Procedures. Navy and Marine Corps activity Maintenance Control will process
completed NAVFLIRs as follows:
a. Navy Procedures. A NAVFLIR is required for each attempt at flight. The aircraft or
mission commander's signature certifies completeness and accuracy of the form. Maintenance
Control screens the NAVFLIR and transcribes applicable data into aircraft logbooks. Operations
Department personnel will screen it and transcribe information into aviator logbooks. Ensuring
the validity of NAVFLIR data requires complete coordination between the analyst, Maintenance
Control, and the Operations Department.
b. Marine Corps Procedures. A NAVFLIR is required for each attempt at flight. The
aircraft or mission commander submits NAVFLIR flight data into M-SHARP and ensures the
transmission into OOMA is completed. The NAVFLIR is screened by Operations Department
8-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
personnel, who will transcribe information into aviator logbooks. MDS will perform the data
save in OOMA NALCOMIS. Ensuring the validity of NAVFLIRS data requires complete
coordination between the analyst, Maintenance Control, and the Operations Department.
8.5.17 Support Equipment History Record (OPNAV 4790/51)
8.5.17.1 Purpose. The Support Equipment History Record (Figure 8-22) documents specific
maintenance history of aviation support equipment and associated equipment.
8.5.17.2 Fields:
NOTES: 1. Corrections will be made by drawing a single line through each erroneous
entry and initialing next to the deleted line. The correct entry will be entered on
the next available line. Corrective tape or fluid is not authorized.
2. Personnel signing entries or initialing corrections on 4790/51 records do not
require logs and records signature authority.
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
Block 1. NOMENCLATURE: Name listed on the equipment’s technical manual, for
example, Mobile Electric Power Plant.
Block 2. MODEL/TYPE: Model/type of equipment, such as A/S32A-45.
Block 3. SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number of the equipment. If the record is for multiple
items being managed as a lot (10.17.3.4.b), enter the word “LOT” and highlight it in yellow,
followed by the serial number of the first item. Enter the remaining serial numbers in
Column B (Remarks) of Section VI (Miscellaneous History). Serial numbers in Column B
may be annotated in pencil to enable changes to the lot.
Block 4. MANUFACTURER: Manufacturer's code or name.
SECTION I - CUSTODY AND TRANSFER RECORD
Block A. DATE TRANSFERRED: YYMMDD equipment was transferred.
Block B. FROM: UIC and name of the transferring activity, for example, 22178/USS
RONALD REAGAN.
Block C. TO: UIC and name of receiving activity.
Block D. AUTHORITY: List the reference directing the transfer. For example, the
Transaction Report Authorization Number and DTG of the naval message directing transfer.
Block E. REMARKS: Clarifying comments by transferring or receiving activity. For
example, “RFI” or “Missing cable P/N 123-4.”
Block F. DATE RECEIVED: YYMMDD and signature of person making logbook/record
entries.
SECTION II - RECORD OF REWORK (This section will be filled out by the rework activity,
only.)
8-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block A. DATE INDUCTED: Enter date (YYMMDD) equipment was inducted into
rework.
Block B. DATE COMPLETED: Enter date (YYMMDD) rework was completed.
Block C. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Description of rework performed, such as
“Complete rework” or “Inspect and Repair.”
Block D. AUTHORIZATION: The reference authorizing the work, such as message DTG.
Block E. ACTIVITY: Rework activity that performed the work.
Block F. SIGNATURE: Signature of person making entries.
SECTION III - PRESERVATION/DE-PRESERVATION
Block A. DATE PRESV: YYMMDD equipment was preserved.
Block B. RE-PRESV DUE DATE: Pencil entries for due date of next preservation integrity
check or re-preservation.
Block C. TYPE: Preservation category or level.
Block D. DATE DE-PRESV: YYMMDD equipment was depreserved.
Block E. DIRECTIVE COMPLIED WITH: Reference for preservation/depreservation
action.
Block F. REASON FOR INACTIVE STATUS: Examples: “Awaiting parts” or “Infrequent
use.”
Block G. ACTIVITY: Three-position organization code of activity performing the action,
for example, AT6.
Block H. SIGNATURE: Signature of person that made the record entries.
SECTION IV - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Block A. TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE IDENTIFICATION.
Block (1) CODE: TD Code.
Block (2) BASIC: TD basic number.
Block (3) INT: If interim TD, enter “I.” Otherwise, leave blank.
Block (4) REV: Revision letter (if applicable).
Block (5) AM: Amendment number (if applicable).
Block (6) PT: TD part number, for example, part 01, 02 (if applicable).
Block (7) KIT: Kit number. Enter 00 if no kit is required.
Block (8) PRI: Enter “I” for Immediate, “U” for Urgent, “R” for Routine, or “K” for
Previously Incorporated (record purpose only).
Block B STATUS: Status of the TD. Authorized entries:
8-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
components; hydraulic contamination; hydrostatic test dates for nitrogen bottles; forced removal
date for hoses or other components; and exposure to large quantities of salt water, fire
extinguishing agents, or other corrosive agents.
Block A. DATE. Date (YYMMDD) the entry is made.
Block B. REMARKS. A short narrative of the history being recorded and short activity
title name. Examples: "Verified TDRS NAT02 dated (YYMMDD), VFA-192.” For
equipment that includes cylinders, include the following statement, "Hydrostatic inspection
performed. Date (YYMMDD). Serno 123456."
NOTE: If the record covers multiple items being managed as a lot, list the serial number of
the first item in Block 3 and the remaining serial numbers in Column B of Section
VI. Comments may be annotated in pencil to facilitate changes in serial numbers.
If any item in the lot does not receive a documented action in Section IV or V of
the OPNAV 4790/51 record, annotate (in pencil) the reason for non-compliance
next to the items serial number. When the action is completed, erase reason for
non-compliance and record item serial number in remarks column of Section IV
or V (as applicable).
Block C. SIGNATURE: Signature of person that made the entry.
8.5.17.3 Consolidation. SE Custody and Maintenance History Records (OPNAV 4790/51) may
be consolidated at any maintenance level when no space is available for further entries within
any one section. All sections will be closed out on the old form by drawing a single diagonal
line across the entire card. The word “Consolidated” and the signature of the person that
consolidated the card will be entered on the diagonal line. Data will be transcribed to the new
form using the following procedures:
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION. Same as old record.
SECTION I - CUSTODY AND TRANSFER RECORD. Transcribe all information from the last
entry on the old record. Instead of signing Block F, insert the word “CONSOLIDATED.”
SECTION II - RECORD OF REWORK. Transcribe all information from the last rework entry
on the old record. Instead of signing Block F, insert the word “CONSOLIDATED.”
SECTION III - PRESERVATION/DE-PRESERVATION. If the item is NOT in preservation,
no information will be transcribed. If the item is in preservation, transcribe all information from
the last preservation entry. Instead of signing Block H, insert the word “CONSOLIDATED.”
SECTION IV - TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
Block A(1). CODE. Transcribe.
Block B. STATUS. Transcribe.
Block C. TITLE/REMARKS. Transcribe.
Block D. COMPLIANCE. Enter the ORG code of the activity consolidating the SE
Record and the date (YYMMDD) the record was consolidated.
8-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.5.18.3 MF LIR Part II consists of the following forms and records, in the sequence listed:
a. Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - Table of Contents (OPNAV 4790/73)
(Figure 8-26). This separator is maintained as a permanent part of the record and provides a list
of separators and forms used in Part II of the LIR.
b. Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - Equipment List Part II Instructions
(OPNAV 4790/73A) (Figure 8-27). Outlines inventory responsibilities and details how to
address MF inventory shortages.
c. Inventory Equipment List Separator (OPNAV 4790/74) (Figure 8-28).
d. Inventory Record - Equipment List (OPNAV 4790/74A) (Figure 8-29). Provides an
inventory record of equipment installed or in use and a list of inventory reports.
e. Inventory Record of Shortages Separator (OPNAV 4790/75) (Figure 8-30).
f. Inventory Record of Shortages Form (OPNAV 4790/75A) (Figure 8-31). This form
provides a record of shortages authorized by the appropriate ACC or TYCOM/MARFOR prior
to transfer or receipt.
NOTES: 1. Full identification data and SERNO are inserted on each page of the LIR to
ensure the forms are not lost when the record is removed from the logbook.
2. All forms except the OPNAV 4790/51, OPNAV 4790/74A, OPNAV 4790/75A
must be maintained as a permanent part of the record.
8.5.18.4 Initiation. The LIR is initiated when a MF is internally configured by the industrial
activity. The LIR must accompany the MF at all times, and will be maintained by the activity
having physical custody.
8.5.18.5 MF Auto Log Set (ALS) will be maintained per the procedures of 8.6.
8.6 Configuration Management Auto Log-set (CM ALS) Records
8.6.1 Introduction
Configuration Management Auto Logs-sets (CM ALS) are electronic records generated within
NTCSS Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA).
8.6.1.1 Purpose
CM ALS provide a detailed history of completed inspection, maintenance, repair, rework,
configuration, miscellaneous history, and usage of aircraft, engines, engine modules, and certain
equipment.
NOTE: Paper OPNAV records must continue to be maintained for all records listed in
paragraph 8.5, with the following exceptions:
Structural Life Limits (OPNAV 4790/142)
Monthly Flight Summary (CNAF 4790/21A)
Inspection Record (CNAF 4790/22A)
8-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Task. Enables the user to establish, view, or modify the identity, definition and status
of a selected task. This box has icons that allow the user to Create Tasks, View Task Properties,
Determine Next Task Status, Suspend Task, Cancel Task, and Deconfigure Task (for completed
TD tasks).
(3) Task Plans. Enables the user to enter changes to the Deadline Date and Scheduled
Expenditure fields of a selected task plan. The top box has icons that allow the user to Create
Task Plans, View Task Plan Properties, Cancel Task Plan, Activate Suspended Task Plan,
Suspend Task Plan Step, and Complete Task Plan Step. The lower box has icons that allow the
user to View Task Properties, Next Task Status, Defer Task, Suspend Task, and Cancel Task for
a specific task.
(4) Usage Records. The Usage Records box provides the user a display list of usage
records; for example: properties, delete and current usage.
d. Engine Configuration Baseline. Engine configuration baseline requirements are entered
into OIMA as part of the engine induction process. The engine configuration baseline is
populated in CM ALS when electronic records are transferred between OOMA sites. Both
OOMA Engine CM and OIMA Engine CM must be maintained.
e. OOMA Flight Module. Applicable records and usage data are automatically updated
upon saving a NAVFLIR flight document.
f. CM Module Right Click Functionality:
(1) Configuration Update Worksheet allows the user to update the P/N, SERNO and
usage of inventory items.
(2) Logset Explorer displays historical information of an activity’s aircraft and
equipment.
(3) Relocate enables the user to relocate aircraft, assemblies, and components to an
organization or detachment into the Outbox for transfer to another activity.
(4) Create Inventory allows the user to create aircraft and equipment inventory.
(5) Create Component allows the user to create a component to add a serialized
component in the database for processing through a repair cycle.
(6) Delete Inventory allows the user to delete aircraft, equipment, and component
inventories.
(7) Inventory Properties allows the user to view properties of inventory.
(8) Send Item to Button Laser allows the user to transfer historical information to a laser
button attached to a component.
(9) Search Inventory allows the user to search for CAGE and P/N inventory items.
g. Drag and Drop. The drag and drop option allows removal and installation actions for
assemblies and components. The following procedures must be complied with to ensure proper
documentation is completed:
8-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) I-level and D-level activities must use the drag and drop option as the primary means
for updating assembly inventory trees on assemblies inducted for repair or rework such as
engines and APUs. IMAs will ensure that a valid MAF documenting the removal/installation of
components on an assembly has been completed within the NALCOMIS Optimized Intermediate
Maintenance Activity (OIMA) system.
(2) O-level activities will only use Drag and Drop when a WO cannot be used, for
example, administrative corrections for erroneously installed ALS by another command.
Whenever Drag and Drop is utilized in place of a WO at the O-level, an entry must be made in
the notes section of the ALS by personnel designated to sign logs and records.
NOTE: AMCM squadrons are authorized to use the drag and drop option to build
AMCM weapons systems sets for initial configuration of uninstalled AMCM
weapons systems. Installation of AMCM weapons systems on the aircraft will be
documented on a WO per Chapter 15 procedures.
8.6.2 CM ALS Management
8.6.2.1 General Management
a. CM ALS will be the primary source of aircraft, engine, engine modules, equipment and
component records for activities using OOMA or OIMA. Activities must maintain and update
the CM ALS records of all naval aircraft, engines and equipment in their physical custody.
b. CM ALS will be maintained by Maintenance Control (O-level), Production Control (I-
level) or Maintenance Administration Work Center (Marine Corps). O-level MMCOs or AAMO
(Marine Corps) and I-level Production Control Officers are responsible for ensuring CM ALS is
being properly documented. For contract maintenance, the on-site contract support liaison
officer will ensure verification of CM ALS records per the User Logistic Support Summary
(ULSS) and the Contract Data Requirements List (DD 1423).
c. When MIS abnormalities occur task forced completion will be used, but must be kept to a
minimum. At no point will a task be forced completed if the task cannot be verified with a
physical copy of the WO/MAF or a review of DECKPLATE. If a task is force completed, the
following information must be entered into the notes section of the task:
(1) Date completed and JCN
(2) MCN (include if using WO/MAF)
(3) Organization that completed the maintenance or inspection
(4) Names of worker and CDI (stamp number if applicable) who performed the
maintenance or inspection (if using WO/MAF)
(5) Reason for the force completion
d. For Technical Directive abnormalities in MIS, task force completion will be used to
complete the task. With the verification of a Technical Directives Reporting System (TDRS)
REP07 report or WO/MAF, the following information must be entered in the note section of the
task:
8-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SA/A will screen the “NON-REPAIRABLE ALS (PENDING DELETIONS)” sub-folder and
delete unnecessary CM ALS. I-level activities will delete CM ALS for non-life-limited/non-
repairable items no longer in their custody.
n. I-level administrators must review the OIMA CM BCM folder and subfolders monthly
and remove CM ALS no longer in the activity’s custody. Only CM ALS records for life limited
and repairable components, identified in the T/M/S PMIC, will be transferred to OMAWHOLE
(WHO, PAXRIVER). All other CM ALS will be deleted using the OOMA software inventory
delete process.
8.6.2.3 Aviation Life Support System (ALSS) Groups
IMA 800 Divisions will create an ALSS group in OOMA Group Explorer. Procedures:
a. At a minimum, the following groups will be created: ALSS (NRFI) an ALSS (RFI).
Subgroups for IMA work centers or individual types of assets may be created based upon the
organizational needs of the activity.
b. The ALS for assets inducted into the IMA for maintenance will be filed in the ALSS
(NRFI) group. Once RFI, the ALS will be moved to the ALSS (RFI).
c. When an ALSS item is issued, the corresponding ALS will be transferred to the receiving
activity OOMA database along with a hardcopy printout of the related Aircrew Equipment
Record (AER) and completed OIMA MAF. The issuing IMA will sign and annotate the date
issued and next scheduled removal date on the lower right side of the AER.
NOTE: If issuing an ALSS asset to an activity that does not operate OOMA, a subgroup
will be created for the activity and the corresponding ALS will be moved to the
receiving activity group in the issuing IMA’s OOMA database. The ALS will be
maintained in the squadron’s subgroup until the next inspection comes due as
tracked by issue date.
d. Squadrons will obtain an electronic copy of all ALSS ALS in the squadron’s custody,
including ALSS pool items issued for detachment/deployment. Upon reporting to the
detachment/deployment site, the squadron will turn the ALS into the supporting IMA. The
receiving IMA will upload the ALS into their database and place it in the appropriate group and
subgroup. Upon return to homeport, the squadron will return the ALS for their squadron-owned
assets and the ALSS pool assets to the homeport supporting IMA.
NOTES: 1. A print out of the RFI ALSS asset ALS and completed MAF/WO will be
maintained with the RFI asset and issued with the gear to the receiving squadron.
2. Refer to the OOMA-SAG or OOMA-UM for procedures to build ALS.
8.6.2.4 D-Level Activity OOMA CM ALS Responsibilities
D-level activities have the following OOMA CM ALS responsibilities for aircraft, engines,
engine modules, and equipment in their physical custody:
a. Use the OOMA drag and drop feature to manage assemblies and components within the
aircraft/asset inventory tree.
8-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Maintain OOMA CM ALS and ensure all life, time, or event limited structures and
components are accurately maintained and updated to reflect maintenance performed.
c. Create CM ALS if an aircraft, engine, engine module, component, or assembly has no
history of an existing CM ALS. If an aircraft, engine, component, or assembly is received
without an OOMA CM ALS, every effort will be made to locate CM ALS by contacting the
transferring activity or performing a search of the OMA wholesale server. If the appropriate CM
ALS is not available, the D-level activity must create the OOMA CM ALS using paper records.
At a minimum, all life-limited items listed in the PMIC must have an OOMA CM ALS created
prior to a change in physical custody.
d. If a non-OOMA aircraft in rework is scheduled for post-rework delivery to a non-OOMA
squadron, the D-level activity must maintain logbooks in the legacy format in which it was
received.
e. If replacement items are received from a squadron, as part of the 7R Process (out of scope
of D-level specifications being performed), the squadron is responsible for ensuring the correct
CM ALS for the item is transferred to the D-level activity that will perform the installation.
f. Perform configuration verification of all life, time, or event limited structures and
components, per the procedures of 8.3.3.
g. Ensure all TDs accomplished on life, time, or event limited structures and components are
properly recorded in CM ALS.
h. Perform CM ALS updates, to include serial number and part number for any item which
has been altered during a D-level event or maintenance to ensure proper aircraft, engine, engine
module, component or assembly configuration is maintained, such as items modified, replaced,
swapped or turned in to Supply for repair or replacement. This includes items which are not life-
limited but designated as a TCR within OOMA, but which were received, installed on the
aircraft, engine, component or assembly, with an associated CM ALS.
i. Upon induction of an aircraft for standard rework, the Depot FRC will:
(1) Perform an aircraft inventory and screen CM ALS for accuracy of entries relating to
all life, time, or event limited structures and components, screen all entries related to the rework.
(2) Maintain the CM ALS during rework. All major repairs, inspections and flight and
operational data will be recorded.
(3) When the aircraft is transferred, CM ALS will be transferred to the receiving activity
and to COMFRC FST HQ Logistics Group OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER) per 8.6.3.4.a.3.
j. The Depot flight line is responsible for complying with CM ALS requirements while the
aircraft being prepared for post-rework FCF. The Depot flight line will use the AADB and CM
ALS in OOMA for items required to be modified, replaced, swapped or turned in to Supply for
repair or replacement as a result of FCF.
8.6.3 General Procedures
8.6.3.1 Signatures
8-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
back-ups kept on file. SE CM ALS will be saved annually in conjunction with the NALDA
NAT02 verification. All back-ups or saves will be in PDF format on a GFE external media
source, for example, on a NAE approved GFE external hard drive, share drive, or share portal.
An instructional Power Point can be found at:
https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/ then from the Quick Links > AMAs
MESMs > Sample Documents or at CNAF N422C Microsoft Team.
b. (I-Level) CM ALS for each AESR must be backed-up upon RFI. SE CM ALS will be
saved annually in conjunction with the NALDA NAT02 verification. All back-ups or saves
will be in PDF format on a GFE external media source, for example, approved GFE external
hard drive, share drive, or share portal. An instructional Power Point can be found at:
https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/ then from the Quick Links > AMAs
MESMs > Sample Documents or at CNAF N422C Microsoft Team.
(1) All discrepancies will be resolved prior to acceptance FCF (aircraft) or first operation
(equipment and components). If information or data is missing, contact the OMAWHOLE office
COMFRC FST HQ Logistics Group. If connectivity to OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER) is
not available, download CM ALS life-limited items via the OOMA item transfer function.
(2) An OOMA activity receiving an aircraft, engine, engine module, equipment, or
repairable life-limited items from an activity that did not use OOMA CM ALS is responsible for
updating all logbook historical data not previously entered on the CM ALS record. The activity
will search OOMA Top Tier component search via the DECKPLATE website
(https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/) for existing records. Select the DECKPLATE Reports
option and continue to the component search options by selecting Team content > Launch Shared
User Reports > RS Functions and Examples > OOMA Top Tier INV Search, and use one of the
search options. For CM ALS records located within the OOMA architecture, the receiving
activity must contact the previous custodian to have the CM ALS record transferred.
NOTE: To prevent duplicate CM ALS records, new CM ALS records will not be created
until contacting COMFRC FST HQ Logistics Group OMAWHOLE per 8.2.10.2.a.
c. Material Control/AMSU/JASU is responsible for the management and upkeep of the
IN/OUT boxes in CM via Inventory and Group Explorer. Upon verification of the receipt of
ALS PN and S/N in the INBOX, Material Control must relocate the ALS to the Primary folder
within CM. Upon verification of ALS located in the OUTBOX against the Material Control
register, Material Control will transmit the ALS to the appropriate receipt activity.
NOTES: 1. Material Control is responsible for contacting the transmitting activity if ALS
is not received in the INBOX. If unable to obtain the ALS, Material control will
contact Logs and Records for assistance.
2. Material Control must notify the IMRL manager when in receipt of ALS for
any SE/IMRL item.
8.6.3.5 Purging
Purging CM ALS is defined as removing completed actions/tasks from a CM ALS. Procedures:
a. Only D-level activities and IMAs are authorized to purge or remove CM ALS data.
b. Aircraft and equipment CM ALS may be purged after two years from the completed
action/entry date from the last recorded flight. This will permanently remain in the integrated
data environment (IDE). The Miscellaneous History Record, Repair/Rework Record and TDs
that are NINC, INC, and PINC, will remain for the life of the aircraft. The last complete phase
and special inspection cycle will be maintained on the Inspection Record.
c. Component CM ALS records may be purged after two years from the completed
action/entry date from the last recorded flight. This will permanently remain in the IDE. The
Miscellaneous History Record, Repair/Rework Record and TDs that are NINC, INC and PINC,
will remain for the life of the component/assemblies. The last complete phase and special
inspection cycle will be maintained on the Inspection Record.
8.6.4 CM ALS Logbook Records
8-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Any components with a usage parameter other the flight hours will be entered at
the end of each month via manual usage and upon transfer.
8.6.4.2 Inspection Record
The CM ALS Inspection Record is equivalent to the Inspection Record (OPNAV 4790/22A).
Entry requirements are the same as directed in 8.5.3. The CM ALS Inspection Record includes
the following tabs: Description, Completion Date, AFH/EFH, Activity, Reference, MCN, and
the electronic signature of the CDI from the completed WO. Phase inspection, special
inspection, and conditional inspection records are maintained on separate tabs. The source for
updating the Inspection Record is the Maintenance Module via a WO or CM Inventory Explorer
task and the CM Inventory Explorer task plans that are pushed down from the
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM baseline.
NOTE: Inspections performed on equipment for which a CM ALS AESR is required are
logged in the CM ALS AESR, per 8.6.4.9.
8.6.4.3 Repair/Rework Record
The CM ALS Repair/Rework record is equivalent to the Repair/Rework Record (OPNAV
4790/23A). Entry requirements are the same as directed in 8.5.4.
8-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Do not transfer expired/replaced aircraft/ejection seat CAD CM ALSs to the local
IMA. The IMA is responsible for managing explosive device CM ALSs installed
in equipment inducted to the IMA for repair or inspection (such as parachutes
and seat pans).
8.6.4.8 Component Record
The CM ALS Component Record is equivalent to the Inventory Record (OPNAV 4790/27A).
Entry requirements are the same as directed in 8.5.9. The CM ALS Component Record lists all
life-limited items installed on aircraft/equipment and includes the following columns:
Nomenclature, CAGE, P/N, SERNO, Installation Date, WUC, and POS.
aircraft, this record is maintained concurrently with and becomes part of the aircraft CM
ALS. Details on records that are used in both the CM ALS AESR and the aircraft CM
ALS are covered under the aircraft CM ALS section. The following records apply:
Inspection Record
Repair/Rework Record
Technical Directives Record
Miscellaneous History Record
Preservation/Depreservation Record
Explosive Devices Record (as applicable)
Component Record
c. Data for which there is not a designated place in the CM ALS AESR will be maintained in
a general file for paper records, for example, engine set-up and engine test cell run sheets.
d. If a CM ALS AESR record is missing or required, contact COMFRC FST HQ Logistics
Group OMAWHOLE per 8.2.10.2.a for reconstruction of information/data or to have the latest
electronic record sent to your activity.
8.6.4.10 Equipment Operating Record (EOR)
The CM ALS Equipment Operating Record is equivalent to the Equipment Operating Record
(OPNAV 4790/31A). Entry requirements are the same as directed in 8.5.10. This record
includes the following columns: Date, Usage Parameters, Monthly Usage and Accumulative
Usage. The source for updating the CM ALS Equipment Operating Record is the Flight
document or CM Inventory Explorer usage record.
NOTE: Any components with a usage parameter other the flight hours will be entered at
the end of each month via manual usage and upon transfer.
8.6.4.11 Module Service Record (MSR)
The CM ALS Module Service Record is equivalent to the Module Service Record (OPNAV
4790/135). Entry requirements are the same as directed in 8.5.11. The CM ALS Module Service
Record includes the following tabs: Identification, TD, Components, Miscellaneous History,
Repair/Rework, Exceedance, Preservation, Inspection, EOR, and Installed/Removed. The MSR
is treated as engine equipment inventory and viewed or updated by using the CM Inventory
Explorer or a WO to remove and replace the module. When the module is installed as part of an
aircraft engine, the record is maintained concurrently with, and becomes part of, the aircraft
engine CM ALS AESR. The OMA-UG/Online Help provides detailed information of the record
and hot link definitions for functionality. Procedures:
a. A CM ALS MSR must be maintained for each module in a modular engine.
b. The CM ALS MSR will accompany the module at all times. If the module is removed
from an engine, a paper copy of the MSR will be attached to the module and will accompany the
8-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
module to its final destination. The electronic CM ALS MSR record will be transferred to the
receiving activity via CM Group Explorer.
c. If a CM ALS AESR record is missing or required, contact COMFRC FST HQ
Logistics Group OMAWHOLE per 8.2.10.2.a for reconstruction of information/data.
8.6.4.12 CM ALS Aircrew Equipment Record
CM ALS Aircrew Equipment Record (AER) contains detailed information for aircraft-installed
aircrew equipment and components. The CM ALS AER record is equivalent to the Aircrew
Systems Record (OPNAV 4790/138) and the Aircrew Personal Equipment Record (OPNAV
4790/159) described in 8.15.5.5 and 8.5.15.6. Entries are the same as specified in the applicable
record in 8.5.15.5 or 8.5.15.6. CM ALS AERs include the following tabs: Identification Data,
TD, Repair/Rework, ALSS (shelf life and service life), Inspection, Components, Miscellaneous
History, INST/REM, and Preservation. Procedures:
a. The CM ALS AER report includes the following three sections: Aircrew Equipment,
TDs, and Inspections. All three sections of the report will be inserted in the appropriate aircrew
file for personally-mounted equipment or the aircraft logbook for aircraft installed equipment.
b. The activity placing the aircrew equipment in service will initiate the CM ALS.
c. The CM ALS AERs contain detailed information for installed aircrew equipment or
components. The reports include the following sections: Aircrew Equipment, TDs, and
Inspections. All three reports will be inserted in the appropriate aircrew file for personal
mounted equipment or the aircraft logbook for aircraft installed equipment.
d. Upon transfer of the aircrew equipment, the record must be forwarded to the new
custodian. The receiving custodian will review the CM ALS to verify it is complete and
accurate. All discrepancies in the record must be resolved with the issuing activity prior to
acceptance of the aircrew equipment.
NOTE: Where authorized and appropriate, life-limited ALSS consumables will be
managed IAW 6.5.8 and can be consolidated by nomenclature and grouped into
lots based upon the Contract/Lot Number of the items, for example, if 50 installed
bagged waters have two different Contract/Lot Numbers within the entire group,
the 50 items can be consolidated into two different ALS vice 50 different ALS.
Items grouped together by Contract/Lot Number with different removal dates will
have the removal date for the entire lot based upon the item in the lot with the
earliest removal due date.
8.6.4.13 Life-limited Component Record
The Life-limited Component Record is used to record maintenance history, installation and
usage data for components with a defined operational life-limit for certain specified components.
Depending on the component characteristics, the Life-limited Component Record is equivalent to
the Scheduled Removal Component Card (OPNAV 4790/28A) (8.5.14), Assembly Service
record (OPNAV 4790/106A), (8.5.12), or Modular Service Record (OPNAV 4790/135) (8.5.11).
The record includes the following tabs: Identification, TD, Components, Miscellaneous History,
Repair/Rework, INST/REM, Exceedance (as required), Inspection, and Preservation. When the
8-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
component is removed from the aircraft or equipment, the record accompanies the component.
These records are treated as equipment inventory and are viewed or updated using the CM
Inventory Explorer or a WO to remove and replace the component. The OMA-UG/Online Help
provides detailed information of the record and hot link definitions for functionality.
NOTES: 1. Loss of a TCR does not render the item unusable. If a TCR is missing or not
received, contact the OOMA Electronic Repository located at COMFRC FST HQ
Logistics Group for reconstruction information/data or obtain the latest
electronic record.
2. When notified that a TCR is no longer required, the Baseline Manager will
change the record to untracked or delete the component from the baseline.
8.6.4.15 Untracked Record
The Untracked Record is used for identification of components that are designated in the CM
baseline as untracked (UNTRK). The record includes the following tabs: Identification Data
and Components.
8-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Activities receiving CM ALS from the OMAWHOLE are responsible for back
fitting all logbook historical data not previously entered into the CM ALS module
while the aircraft/asset was in the custody of a non-NTCSS Optimized OMA
NALCOMIS activity.
c. Any hard copy logbook or OPNAV record entries made while OOMA or OIMA were
unavailable must be back fitted into the applicable CM ALS in chronological order as soon as
possible after connectivity is reestablished.
d. Flight or attempted flight hours will be documented on a Flight Naval Aircraft Flight
Record (NAVFLIR) (OPNAV 3710/4). NAVFLIR provides a standardized DON flight activity
data collection system, which consist of an original and two color-coded copies of no carbon
required (NCR) paper. All three copies contain identical information. Procedures for filling out
the form are outlined in CNAF M-3710.7. Maintenance control will process completed
NAVFLIRS as follows:
(2) The top copy of the NAVFLIR will be sent to the operations duty officer who will
screen the NAVFLIR for completeness and accuracy. The operations duty officer will pass it on
to the operations department personnel. The form is screened by the operations personnel, who
will screen it, and transcribe information into the aviator logbooks.
e. Upon completion of the back fitting process, a verification of the Flight module, the
Maintenance module and the ALS CM Inventory Explorer must be performed for the affected
aircraft, assemblies, or tracked assets.
f. In the event the system is unrecoverable, perform disaster recovery per the OMA-SAG
and contact the Naval Information Warfare Center Fleet Support Center at DSN 647-6373 /
COMM 1-833-637-3669 or by submission of a trouble ticket via: https://nesd-dwp.onbmc.mil for
a data recovery push.
8-93
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AERONAUTICAL EQUIPMENT
SERVICE RECORD
INSTALLED ON --
OPNAV4790/29 (1-84)
NOTE : DO NOT ROLL OR BEND . When removed from the log book for separate shipment , this record must be
secured with a suitable fastener ( e . g . , a metal file fastener ) at the points indicated . DO NOT USE STAPLES .
8-94
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/ 4790/
AESR 31A 22A 23A 24A 25A 136A 26A 27A 101 137 138
Expeditionary
Airfield System
M M M M M M * * * * *
Magnetic
Minesweeping M M M M M M * * * * *
Gear
SE Gas Turbine
Engine
M M M M M M * * * * *
Engine
Test Cell M M M M M M * * * * *
AN/AWW-13
Control Monitor M M M M M * * * * * *
Set
NOTE
M - Indicates a mandatory form.
* - Indicates the form is to be used if applicable.
8-95
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-96
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-97
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-98
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-99
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-100
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-101
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-102
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-103
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-104
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-105
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-110
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-111
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
1. Screen the Section II, III, IV and VI entries to determine which component has the least amount of
operating time remaining.
a. Trunnion assembly is authorized 4200 hours operating time between overhaul and currently has 0
hours operating time since overhaul; therefore, it can be operated for 4200 hours.
b. Housing assembly is authorized a total service life of 5700 hours before it must be retired and
currently has 4000 hours time since new accumulated; therefore, it can be operated for 1700 hours.
c. Servocylinder assembly is authorized 1800 hours operating time between overhauls and currently
has 0 operating time since overhaul; therefore, it can be operated 1800 hours.
2. In this example, the housing assembly becomes the limiting factor when determining the replacement
due time for the assembly. The replacement due for the assembly is based on the 1700 hours of operating
time remaining for the housing assembly, which is added to the aircraft time since new at time of
assembly installation. 8975 + 1700 = Replacement Due at 10,675.
Figure 8-16: Equipment History Record (EHR) Card (OPNAV 4790/113) (Front)
8-113
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-16: Equipment History Record (EHR) Card (OPNAV 4790/113) (Back)
8-114
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-115
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-116
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PARACHUTE RECORD
A1. TYPE ASSEMBLY A2. SERIAL NUMBER A3. PART NUMBER A9. LATEST RFI A12. SCHD RMVL DATE
A/P28S-32(V)4 MB0600 MBEU147713 920608 980309
BASIC
ASSEMBLY
INFO
A4. CONFIGURED FOR (TECS) A5. CUSTODIAN ORG CODE A6. BU/SER NUMBER A8. RFI SHF CYC A11. INSP CYCL
AFWE GB8 159633 90 2190
SIGNA- A13. PACKED (NAME) A14. INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #) A15 ORG CODE A7. RFI DATE A10. DATE ISSUED
TURES PR2 R. JOHNSON PR1 D. HEARN M13 W5F 920310 920310
B1. NOMENCLATURE B2. PART # B3. CONT #/LOT # B4. SER # B5. MFG DATE B6. INSTL DATE B7. EXP DATE
C1. NOMENCLATURE C2. PART # C3. CONT #/LOT # C4. DODIC C5. SER # C6. MFG DATE C7. C.O. DATE C8. EXP DATE
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
D1. D2. D3. D4. D5. D6. D7. D8. D1. D2. D3. D4. D5. D6. D7. D8. D1. D2. D3. D4. D5. D6. D7. D8.
TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT
LOCAL USE
8-117
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A1. TYPE ASSEMBLY A2. SERIAL NUMBER A3. PART NUMBER A4. FSCM A10. LATEST RFI A13. SCHD RMVL DATE
SKU-2 1370 221J100-1 30941 970304 980227
BASIC
ASSEMBLY
INFO
A5. CONFIGURED FOR (TECS) A6. CUSTODIAN ORG CODE A7. BU/SER NUMBER A9. RFI SHF CYC A12. INSP CYCL
AAED GB8 156479 90 448
SIGNA- A14. PACKED (NAME) A15. INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #) A16 ORG CODE A8. RFI DATE A11. DATE ISSUED
TURES PR3 J. JONES PR1 R. JOHNSON 478 W5F 991204 961206
B1. NOMENCLATURE B2. PART # B3. CONT #/LOT # B4. SER # B5. QTY B6. MFG DATE B7. INSRV DATE B8. EXP DATE
02. SYS C1. COMPLETED (NAME) C2.. INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #)
TEST: PR3 B. BROWN PR1 R. SMITH 81B KIT TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
LIFE RAFT E1. TYPE ASSY E2.. PART # E3. CONTRACT # E4. FSCM E5. SER # D1. D2. D3. D4. D5. D6. D7. D8.
HISTORY LR-1 MIL-L-81542A9AS0 N00383-92-C-4639 30003 876 TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT
RAFT TEST E6. TEST E7. COMPLETED (NAME) E8. INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #) 66 0468 81B W5F 920801 INC
RECORD CYCLE: 1 PR3 J. JONES PR1 R. JOHNSON 47B
67 0556 C 1 81B W5F 920801 INC
LOCAL USE
OPNAV 4790/137
PAGE 01 OF 01
8-118
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AIRCREW SYSTEMS RECORD A1. TYPE ASSEMBLY A2. SERIAL NUMBER A3. PART NUMBER A4. FSCM A5. CONT #
SKU-2 156 63A80H1-601 30003 N00383-94-C-045P
B1. NOMENCLATURE B2. PART # B3. CONT #/LOT # B4. DODIC B5. SER # B6. QTY B7. MFG DATE B8. INSTL B9. EXP DATE
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
C1. C2. C3. C4. C5. C6. C7. C8. C1. C2. C3. C4. C5. C6. C7. C8. C1. C2. C3. C4. C5. C6. C7. D8.
TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT
LOCAL USE
D1. PACKED (NAME) D2.. INSPECTED (NAME & QA STAMP #) D3. TEST CYCLE D4. ORG CODE
PR3 B. BROWN SGT R. YANEZ 75B 1 W5F
OPNAV 4790/138
PAGE 01 OF 01
8-119
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AIRCREW PERSONAL A1. NAME A2. RANK/RATE A3. FLT BILLET A4. ORG A5. BU/SER RFI DATE INSP CYC DUE DATE
EQUIPMENT RECORD R. BOYLES LTCOL PILOT GB6 RB1486 961220 30 970119
B1. NOMENCLATURE B2. EQUIP. TYPE B3. CONT #/LOT # B4. DODIC B5. SER # B6. QTY B7. CYC B8. MFG B9. INSTL B10. EXP DATE
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES
C1. C2. C3. C4. C5. C6. C7. C8. C9. C10. C1. C2. C3. C4. C5. C6. C7. C8. C9.
EQUIPMENT TYPE SER # TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE STAT EQUIPMENT TYPE SER # TYP NO. REV AM QA ORG DATE
MBU-16V1P MASK 188 66 560 47 GB8 950808 INC MAR SMOKE & ILL UNK 67 684 A 47 GB8 950808 INC
SIGNAL KIT UNK 67 657 A 47 GB8 950808 INC HGU-85 HELMET 07511 66 499 47 GB8 950808 INC
SV-2B SURV VEST 00147 66 569 1 47 GB8 950808 INC SV-2B SURV VEST 00147 67 820 24 GB8 950821 INC
SV-2B SURV VEST 00147 66 599 A 24 GB8 950821 INC SV-2B SURV VEST 00147 66 436 A 47 GB8 950808 INC
OPNAV 4790/159
PAGE 01 OF 01
8-120
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-22 (page 1): SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (4790/51)
8-121
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-22 (page 2): SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (4790/51)
8-122
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-22 (page 3): SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (4790/51)
8-123
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-22 (page 4): SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (4790/51)
8-124
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-23: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - Table of Contents (OPNAV
4790/61)
8-125
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-24: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - General Instructions
(OPNAV 4790/62)
8-126
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-25 (page 1): Mobile Facility Major Related Equipment Records - Table of
Contents (OPNAV 4790/63)
8-127
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-26: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Record - Table of Contents (OPNAV
4790/73)
8-128
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-27: Mobile Facility Logbook and Inventory Records – Equipment List, Part II
Instructions (OPNAV 4790/73A)
8-129
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-28: Mobile Facility Inventory Record - Equipment List Separator (OPNAV
4790/74)
8-130
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MOBILE FACILITY
INVENTORY RECORD - EQUIPMENT LIST PAGE_____OF____PAGES
OPNAV 4790/74A (08-16) * VERIFY EACH EQUIPMENT CHECKOFF BY SIGNATURE OF PERSON PERFORMING INVENTORY.
Figure 8-29: Mobile Facility Inventory Record - Equipment List (OPNAV 4790/74A)
8-131
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 8-30: Mobile Facility Inventory Records – Record of Shortages Separator (OPNAV
4790/75)
8-132
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8-133
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 9
Aircraft Inventory Management and Material Condition Reporting
Table of Contents
9-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 9
Aircraft Inventory Management and Material Condition Reporting
9.1.1 Purpose
DECKPLATE-AIRRS is the Navy’s official program of record for inventory accounting of Navy
and Marine Corps aircraft. Aircraft are subject to DECKPLATE-AIRRS reporting from the time
of initial procurement and throughout their service life until final disposition (removal) from the
naval aircraft inventory. The importance of complete, accurate and timely DECKPLATE-
AIRRS reporting cannot be overemphasized. DECKPLATE-AIRRS provides the Offices of the
Secretary of Defense, the Department of the Navy (DON) and subordinate commands with
comprehensive current and historical data on the Navy and Marine Corps aircraft inventory’s
location, status, and service in sufficient depth to serve as a basis for naval aviation inventory
management, planning and budgeting processes at all command echelons.
9.1.2 Management
Directs policy and procedures for the management of active and inactive aircraft inventories in
SECNAVINST 5442.3, which relies on DECKPLATE-AIRRS as the primary means of inventory
accounting. OPNAV (N98) DECKPLATE-AIRRS responsibilities:
b. Chair the semi-annual aircraft strike board. NAVSUP WSS will host. Prior to
commencement of the board meeting, OPNAV N98 will solicit aircraft strike recommendations
and dispositions from the ACCs. OPNAV N98 will consolidate the strike recommendations and
provide a list of proposed dispositions. The strike board will review the list, make adjustments
as necessary, and submit a proposed strike list with recommended disposition to OPNAV N98.
OPNAV N98 and NAVSUP WSS must agree to all aircraft strike dispositions.
c. Approve and release all strike authorizations, disposition changes and strike revocation
messages, except when an aircraft is to be stricken from the inventory due to loss or damage to the
extent that restoration is uneconomical or militarily impractical. In these cases, the designated
Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) may authorize the aircraft to be stricken.
9.1.2.2 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. NAVAIR Logistics Information Technology (LOG IT) is responsible for managing the
DECKPLATE-AIRRS database.
9-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Requesting OPNAV N98 issue BUNOs for newly acquired aircraft. For new
production aircraft, NAVAIR ACC will request OPNAV N98 issue consecutive BUNOs for
assignment to contracts, and pass the BUNOs via the Program Manager to the activity accepting
the aircraft for the Navy. Aircraft acquired from other than new production will also have a
BUNO assigned. Preliminary negotiations for addition of the aircraft to the Naval inventory will
include assignment of a BUNO by CNO (N980L). The Program Office involved in acquiring the
aircraft will provide the original delivery date of the aircraft to OPNAV (N980L). Aircraft
procured by the Navy for other U.S. Government agencies or MAP/FMS agreements generally
do not enter the Navy inventory. If required, BUNOs are assigned for production control
purposes only.
(2) Verifying the service age of aircraft that are accepted into the DON inventory from
Non-DOD activities, and ensuring the service age of the aircraft is entered into AIRRS. The
service age is established by the date of the aircraft’s initial acceptance into the naval inventory
as listed on the Material Inspection and Receiving Report (DD Form 250).
(3) Submitting the Action Code – A (Acceptance) XRAY for all new production aircraft
entering the naval aircraft inventory.
(b) Addition of a used (not new production) aircraft being accepted into the Navy
inventory from another Service or Organization.
(5) Acting as the Reporting Custodian for aircraft loaned to non-DON activities. When
physical transfer actually occurs, the receiving non-DON activity will inform NAVAIR ACC by
naval letter listing the date of transfer, model, BUNO, and name and address of recipient. The
letter must provide references to all authorizing directives and include copies of the contractual
agreement. Upon receipt of the letter, NAVAIR ACC will submit an XRAY receiving the
aircraft into NASC FS controlling custody in the appropriate loan status code.
NOTE: ACCs and reporting custodians will not enter into aircraft loan agreements to non-
DON activities without CNO (N980L) authorization.
a. ACCs are the primary managers of the naval aircraft inventory. The following matrix lists
the ACCs for purposes of aircraft inventory reporting within DECKPLATE-AIRRS, only, and in
no way alters naval administrative or command relationships. Table 1 lists the ACCs and their
DECKPLATE-AIRRS title.
9-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DECKPLATE-AIRRS
AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN TITLE
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM NAVAIRSYSCOM
-NAVAIRSYSCOM Test and Evaluation NASC TE
-NAVAIRSYSCOM Fleet Support NASC FS
NOTE: NASC FS is the responsible ACC for pre-accepted aircraft (aircraft that have
not been brought into the AIRRS inventory database, but are supporting a Navy
acquisition plan or program), and miscellaneous aircraft, such as aircraft operated by
contractors for testing and developmental prior to the final DD-250 and Navy
acceptance. These aircraft will not be included in the active inventory, but they will be
tracked under NAVAIR FS custody command code 72 for automated inventory
tracking/visibility.
c. ACCs will:
(1) Monitor Reporting Custodians for compliance with the reporting requirements of this
chapter and OPNAVINST 3110.11.
(2) Issue instruction(s) Aircraft Transfer Order (ATO) procedures for permanent or
temporary transfer of aircraft custody.
9-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Issue instructions on aircraft readiness reporting procedures to provide full visibility
of aircraft material condition and factors that impact aircraft operational readiness.
(4) Monitor and verify the accuracy of aircraft operational status reporting.
(5) Obtain prior authorization from CNO (N980L) for aircraft transferring to and from
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
(6) Comply with DOD Directive 1225.06 for the transfer of aircraft from Reserve
component to Active component.
(7) Publish procedures for Type Wings and MAWs to authorize temporary transfers of
aircraft between reporting custodians within the wing, via Aircraft Transfer Letter (ATL).
(8) Monitor XRAY reports for reporting custodians under their cognizance.
(9) Inspect Work Orders (WO) for correct Up/Down/Partial (U/P/D) indication and
correct Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) coding during squadron Aviation Maintenance
Inspections (AMI).
e. Inspect WOs for correct aircraft Up/Partial/Down (U/P/D) indication and correct EOC
coding during squadron Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA).
Units designated as aircraft reporting custodians are the initial source of all data required by this
instruction. Reporting custodians are those Navy, Marine Corps and commercial contractors
assigned custody of aircraft for purposes of flight, repair/rework or storage. From initial
acceptance to final disposition, each aircraft is simultaneously in the custody of one reporting
custodian and one ACC. Reporting custodians are established or disestablished at the direction
of the ACC. The ACC requests an Organization Code (ORG) and a Permanent Unit Code (PUC)
as part of unit activation preparations. Once assigned, regardless of any changes in the
Reporting Custodian's mission, location, or administrative affiliation, the PUC will never change.
CNO (N98) manages PUC assignments and COMNAVAIRFOR assigns ORG codes upon ACC
request. A squadron detachment becomes a Reporting Custodian when directed by the ACC and
assigned a different PUC and ORG Code from the parent squadron.
9-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Defense Contract Management Activity (DCMA) is the Reporting Custodian for
all pre-accepted new production aircraft.
a. DECKPLATE-AIRRS reports are required for all fixed wing and rotary wing aircraft, and
Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Groups 3 through 5. Aircraft become subject to
DECKPLATE-AIRRS reporting upon acceptance or reinstatement by the Department of the
Navy, and remain so until stricken, transferred to non-DON agencies, sold or disposed of.
NOTES: 1. Group 1 and 2 UAS are exempt from DECKPLATE AIRRS reporting.
Refer to COMNAVAIRFORINST 3710.9 for reporting requirements.
2. Group 3 UAS required to operate IAW CNAF M-3710.7 (i.e. not waived to
operate as a Group 1 or 2 UAS IAW CNAFINST 3710.9 are subject to
DECKPLATE-AIRRS reporting. Group 3 UAS assigned a System BUNO vice an
unmanned air vehicle (UAV) BUNO will be tracked by System BUNO in
DECKPLATE-AIRRS. All Ground Stations (GCS) for these Groups 3 and above
UAS will have a BUNO issued by OPNAV N98.
b. Reporting custodians must submit XRAYs whenever there is a change in aircraft custody
or status, regardless of physical location of the aircraft.
NOTE: In-service XRAY reporting situations occur when an aircraft is in the physical
custody of an activity that is not the reporting custodian of the aircraft. In this
situation, the in-service (physical) custodian is responsible to submit all required
XRAYs on those aircraft. The most common situations occur when aircraft and
its records are in the physical custody of the depot while undergoing standard or
special rework.
c. All XRAY transactions, including corrections, occurring between 0001 and 2400 hours on
a given day must be reported prior to 1600 hours the next working day.
NOTE: Category 1 strike XRAYs for lost (not recovered) or destroyed aircraft must be
submitted NLT 2400 on the day of occurrence.
for acceptance, reinstatement or final approval received to strike aircraft from the naval
inventory by the Department of the Navy (DON). XRAY codes subject to duel reporting are:
(3) Stricken aircraft (strike XRAY must have an XRAY Status Code of “posted” for an
aircraft to be deemed stricken)(Action Code: S and applicable aircraft status code).
(4) Navy aircraft on loan from the Navy, aircraft under lease from the Navy, or aircraft
that have contractor held RDT&E or contractor held Fleet Support (FS) custody (Action Code:
R or X and aircraft Status Code: TJ0, TK0, TR0, TV0, U00 and U10).
(5) Non-Navy aircraft on loan to DON are excluded from dual reporting (OOMA XRAY
submission required) (Action Code: R with aircraft Status Codes: A50, A51, A52, U50, U60).
NOTES: 1. The F-35 aircraft Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS) does not
provide XRAY functionality. All XRAYs for F-35 aircraft will be submitted via
DECKPLATE-AIRRS.
2. Due to delays with OOMA replication, “R” action XRAYs must be submitted
in OOMA and in DECKPLATE-AIRRS to ensure action dates and time match.
If the aircraft was received with engines installed, the date on the Engine
Transaction Report (ETR) must match the “R” action XRAY.
e. The DECKPLATE-AIRRS daily status report will be reviewed within 5 working days of
XRAY submission to verify XRAYs have replicated and are in the correct status in
DECKPLATE-AIRRS. If an XRAY has not replicated in DECKPLATE-AIRRS after 5 days,
submit the XRAY via DECKPLATE-AIRRS with the same action date/time of the original
OOMA XRAY.
f. Aircraft will be held in a given status code only as long as the situation defined by the
status code exists. Status changes must be reported by XRAY regardless of how briefly the
status exists, including multiple changes in a single day.
NOTE: An XRAY can be modified in OOMA within 45 days from date and time of
creation. After 45 days, the XRAY is locked and “locked” will appear in the
Update Indicator box located at the bottom of the report. If a locked XRAY
requires correction, the OOMA Systems Administrator (SA) must consult the
OOMA SA User’s Manual for direction.
9-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The AAAR is a physical inventory and location survey report used to improve accountable
property record accuracy. Requirements:
a. Each Reporting Custodian (including detachments) must submit an AAAR. AAARs are
also required from activities having custody of aircraft held under NASC T&E cognizance.
NASC FS activities do not have to submit AAARs unless specifically requested by OPNAV
N980L.
b. An AAAR must be submitted each quarter. All aircraft, including in-service aircraft, in
reporting custody of the unit at 2400 hours on the reporting date (30 September, 31 December, 31
March, and 30 June) will be included on the report. The AAAR will be submitted via the
DECKPLATE-AIRRS website (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/AIRRS/) by the 5th working
day of the month following the reporting date; i.e., no later than the 5th working day of October,
January, April, and July). Prior to input of AAAR, ensure all XRAYs with an Action Code of 'A',
'P', 'R' or 'Y' and the Action Date is equal or prior to the reporting quarter is valid. The following
data items are required for each aircraft reported:
Org Code
Org Name
Report Date
PUC
BUNO
TMS
TSN/Flying Hours In Life
TSN Difference
Unposted XRAYs
NAVFLIR Hours
Last Quarter Reported End Date
Last Quarter Reported TSN
2. DECKPLATE-AIRRS does not allow for corrections to the AAAR after the
quarterly has been closed. If you find a need to correct hours from a previous
quarter, contact your ACC/OPNAV N98 for assistance.
c. ACCs will run the AAAR Non-reporting units query report and notify those reporting
custodians who are delinquent by the 15th of the month following the reporting date. The
reporting custodians should report their AAAR hours NLT two business days after notification.
For units needing assistance, contact your Wing/ACC. Reporting custodians that have not
reported in two consecutive cycles must send a message to OPNAV N98/ACC explaining why
they have not submitted the AAARs.
9-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Reporting custodians are responsible for submitting ETRs on all engines and engine
modules in their custody no later than 2400 the first working day following the day the
engine/module status, location or condition change occurs. All activities with installed engines
in their custody will submit EOQ reports as of the last day of March, June, September and
December. Reports will be submitted NLT than the seventh day of the month following the
reporting period.
b. Reporting custodians operating with different organizational codes (ORG code) will
transfer the aircraft in DECKETR to the detachment ORG code and upon return of aircraft to
parent organizational code. DECKETR will auto-generate ETRs and will be populated to
detachment ORG code account for the change in ORG code. Receiving detachment ORG code
will enter a receipt ETR.
c. No engines will be stricken without being authorized by NAVSUP WSS. The date of the
strike on ETR will be subsequent to the date of the NAVSUP WSS strike authorization message
or as directed by NAVSUP WSS. The date of the strike on ETRs will be subsequent to the date
of the NAVSUP WSS strike authorization message or as directed by NAVSUP WSS.
NOTE: Strike/disposal ETR dates must be subsequent to the NAVSUP WSS strike
authorization message Date-Time-Group.
9.1.3.3.4 Responsibilities and Procedures.
a. Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) is responsible for ensuring subordinate reporting
custodians submit ETRs as changes in status, location and condition occur. When reporting
custodians are delinquent or submit erroneous data, ACC will notify via naval message the
cognizant Type Wing/MALS/MAG/MAW to ensure correction actions or delinquent reports are
submitted in a timely manner.
b. Reporting custodians are responsible for the accuracy and timely submission and
certification of ETRs for all EPSM in their custody. DECKETR certifiers must be separate from
the submitter, and will be designated per 8.2.6.1. The activity DECKETR certifier will be
designated in writing via ASM, the MPP, or the SME listing, and will certify all ETRs, which
includes the completion of the physical maintenance on the EPSM, as well as the closeout of
logbooks and records.
c. ETRs will be submitted NLT 2400 the first working day following the day the
engine/module status, location, or condition change occurs utilizing ST-ST codes in PRG section
7.1. An EPSM will be reported in DECKETR any time a change in its status, location or
condition occurs. ACC requires accountability for assets. All late ETR submissions will be
provide in the remarks section “late due to” and a brief reason why the ETR was submitted late.
Actions which impact accountability of assets include but are not limited to:
(1) An installed EPSM is transferred to or received from another activity. For activities
with different ORG codes, transfer of aircraft in DECKETR will auto-generate transfer ETRs.
The detachment ORG code receiving the aircraft is required to enter a receipt ETR.
(2) An uninstalled EPSM is transferred to or received from another activity.
9-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
when permission to strike a serial number (SERNO) is attained or when entering a SERNO into
strike status.
(22) Upload DD Form 250/Receipt Artifact within DECKETR EIM when entering a new
SERNO into DECKETR.
(23) Upload disposal artifacts within DECKETR EIM when entering a SERNO into
disposed status.
d. ETR corrections improve the accuracy of SERNO specific information and will be
submitted as soon as the inaccuracy is identified. Corrected ETRs will not retain the original
date of entry, rather will be recorded as the date entered into DECKPLATE, engine management
via system date stamp. Corrected ETRs will be considered timely for financial reporting and
auditing purposes.
e. Reporting custodians will enter ETR information into DECKETR via computer systems
with internet access. Reporting activities not having access to the internet will submit ETRs to
their Controlling Custodian/Type Wing by priority naval message per PRG section 11.
DECKETR auto generates the DECKPLATE ETR worksheet and Program Office Certification
Worksheet (POCW) as ETRs are generated. The reporting custodian DECKETR certifier will
certify the DECKPLATE ETR worksheet NLT 2400 local time on the second working day
following the day the ETR was submitted. The POCW will be certified no later than midnight,
local time, on the fifth working day following the day the ETR was submitted. Hardcopies of all
ETRs and certification worksheets performed during periods of no connectivity with the
DECKETR website must be electronically submitted upon restoration of connectivity with the
DECKETR website. Maintain all hardcopies for a period of 2 years for auditing purposes as
referenced in the PRG.
f. DECKPLATE EOQ worksheet templates are used to report all EOQ transactions.
Reporting activities not having access to the internet will submit EOQs to the Controlling
Custodian/Type Wing/MALS/MAG/MAW by priority naval message. The Controlling/Type
Wing/MALS/MAG/MAW may also submit EOQ data for a reporting activity by priority naval
message. Retention of EOQ worksheets on file will be per direction of the Type
Wing/MALS/MAG/MAW.
9.1.3.4 Aircraft Flight and Summary Reporting
9.1.3.4.1 The aircraft reporting custodian and the Type Wing or MAW are jointly responsible
for accurate and timely submission of RECTYP 79 (MAINT-2 Report) aircraft summary data.
9.1.3.4.2 All aircraft reporting custodians must send RECTYP 79 data via email to cnap-
av_3m@us.navy.mil not later than 2400 on the tenth calendar day of the month following the
report month. If email is not possible, the report must be submitted via Aircraft Summary Data
Message (Figure 9-1) to reach the ACC not later than 2400 hours on the tenth calendar day of the
month following the report month.
a. All aircraft reporting custodians must send RECTYP 79 data prior to transfer of aircraft
under the following circumstances:
9-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. For RECTYP 79 data not downloaded prior to an aircraft transfer, a squadron will submit
the number of flights and flight hours for the period each BUNO was affected. This is the time
from last RECTYP 79 report on the old server to the transfer of data to the new server.
NOTE: Maint-2 reports not received by the tenth day of the month, reporting custodians
will, verify local records and submit available flight and Equipment In Service
(EIS) and Equipment Out of Service (EOS) data to the cognizant ACC via
Aircraft Summary Data Message (Figure 9-1). When corrections to the MAINT-2
report are made, resubmit the Maint-2 via email to cnap-av_3m@us.navy.mil by
the third working day after corrections. If email is not possible, the report must
be submitted via Aircraft Summary Data Correction Message (Figure 9-2).
9.1.3.4.3 Aircraft detachments operating away from their parent command without an OOMA
Systems Administrator/Analyst (SA/A) must:
a. Forward all completed aviation 3M source documents, WOs or MAFs, and Naval Aircraft
Flight Records (OPNAV 3710/4) to the parent command SA/A. The parent command SA/A will
process the detachment documents and review and correct daily audit reports. Detachment
source documents not received in time for processing prior to monthly closeout will be processed
separately.
b. Submit a monthly Flight Data Submission Message (Figure 9-3) to the parent command
SA/A on the first working day following the end of each reporting period. If required, the parent
command will submit corrections to the RECTYP 79 data for the detachment.
9.1.3.4.4 When an aircraft is in the reporting custody of more than one activity during a report
month, the last receiving aircraft reporting custodian is responsible for ensuring the total EIS and
EOS hours reported by each activity for that BUNO balance and do not exceed the total hours in
the report period. When physical custody changes at the location of the receiving unit, the
receiving unit must provide detailed flight and mission capability data in the aircraft arrival
message in the format specified in Figure 9-4. The transferring activity will use this information
to complete documents.
9.1.3.4.5 Disestablishing units must submit a final Aircraft Summary Data Message (Figure 9-1)
with the flight data occurring within the last month of operation. The message subject will state:
"Final report. Unit disestablished on (date).” The message must be submitted to the ACC within
24 hours of unit disestablishment.
XRAYs record aircraft custody, status, and service life factor changes, and serve as the
activation or deactivation of Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR) data accumulation.
9-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Timely and accurate XRAY data is essential to effective management of the naval aircraft
inventory.
ORG Code – Required on all XRAYs. Use the reporting custodian’s organization code
associated to the PUC having aircraft custody.
PUC – Permanent Unit Code of the Reporting Custodian. Required only on XRAYs that
report the receipt of aircraft (Action Codes R or Y). For aircraft assigned to detachments, if the
aircraft logsets were offloaded from the home guard server and uploaded on a different server,
the aircraft will be reported as a “Detachment” not a “Same Org Det” and must use a Det Org
and Det PUC. Same ORG Det are temporary detachments deployed by the O-level for less than
30 days.
ACTION DATE/TIME - The actual date and time of the transaction being reported.
NOTE: The action date reported on the XRAY will be the date the transaction occurred,
regardless of the date the XRAY report is actually transmitted.
A - Acceptance. Documents the date and time the Navy accepted a new production
aircraft, as recorded on the Material Inspection and Receiving Report (DD-250).
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is the only activity authorized to submit XRAYS with Action Code –
A, Acceptance. The DD250 or the Pre-acceptance dates are used to calculate the chronological
age of the aircraft. NAVAIR ACC will report the Action Date/Time the Navy originally
accepted the aircraft. The acceptance date for new production aircraft is recorded on the
Material Inspection and Receiving Report (DD-250) or, for aircraft which have been in service,
the Aircraft Inventory Logbook. Typically, the acceptance date is recorded as the first entry with
signature on the Aircraft Inventory Record or the Aircraft Inventory Record Certification and
Record of Transfer.
NOTE: An Action Code – L XRAY (Part II) is required for each aircraft the reporting
custodian takes on detachment/deployment when an Organization Status (Part I)
Change of Location XRAY is submitted. Refer to 9.1.6.1.
9-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
P - Pre-Acceptance. Reports the Action Date/time the Navy gained custody of the
aircraft. In the DECKPLATE-AIRRS database this date will become the Pre-Acceptance Date
and this is the date that will be used to calculate the chronological age of the aircraft.
NOTES: 1. NAVAIR ACC is the controlling custodian for pre-accepted aircraft and
aircraft required to perform Contractor Testing (CT) and Developmental Testing
(DT) prior to the final DD-250 and Navy acceptance. These aircraft will not be
included in the active inventory, and will be tracked under NAVAIR FS Custody
Command Code 72.
2. NAVAIR ACC will manage the pre-accepted aircraft inventory, and is the
point of entry for all pre-accepted XRAYS.
S – Strike. Strikes aircraft from the naval aircraft inventory. Refer to 9.1.7.3 for Strike
XRAY direction.
X – Other. Used when no other action code applies. Action code X is used by all
reporting custodians.
(b) Addition of a used (not new production) aircraft to the naval inventory ( see
NOTE 1).
(c) Aircraft previously reported as having been pre-accepted using Action Code P.
NOTES: 1. For aircraft acquired from other than new production, the Program Office or
ACC involved in acquiring the aircraft will provide the original delivery date of
the aircraft to CNO (N980L). Acceptance date is the original date of delivery,
regardless of service or organization. It is not the date of acceptance into the
Navy inventory. CNO (N980L) will ensure the accuracy of this date when
manually entered into DECKPLATE-AIRRS for accurate accounting of aircraft
age.
9-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
STATUS CODE - The complete three-digit status code that best describes the aircraft
status, per 9.1.5.
NOTE: Upon completion of the depot standard rework event, report the next scheduled
FID/PID as provided by the TYPE WING T/M/S Program Manager.
STRIKE/DAMAGE CODE – The Strike/Damage code that best describes the strike or
damage situation, per 9.1.7.3.h. and Table 3.
ACCEPTANCE DATE - There are three dates that track an aircraft’s entrance into the
inventory:
DD250 Date
Pre-acceptance Date
The DD250 or the Pre-Acceptance Dates are used to calculate the chronological age of the
aircraft. DECKPLATE-AIRRS for Action Code – A, Acceptance. Report the Action
Date/time the Navy originally accepted the aircraft. The acceptance date for new
production aircraft is recorded on the Material Inspection and Receiving Report (DD-
250) or, for aircraft which have been in service, the Aircraft Inventory Logbook.
Typically, the acceptance date is recorded as the first entry with signature on the
Aircraft Inventory Record or the Aircraft Inventory Record Certification and Record of
Transfer.
NOTE: An XRAY must be submitted whenever the estimated completion date is extended
by 2 or more days from the last reported date.
PUC OF IN-SERVICE ACTIVITY – The PUC of the activity having physical custody
of the aircraft. Only required if the physical custodian is different than the Reporting Custodian.
9-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Fleet Assigned Code 2. Reporting custodians aboard ship for deployment or major
exercises (30 days or greater) under Second Fleet OPCON. Reporting custodians on
deployment or major exercises (30 days or greater) geographically located in the Atlantic
Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea.
Fleet Assigned Code 3. Reporting custodians aboard ship for deployment or major
exercises (greater than 30 days) under Third Fleet OPCON. Reporting custodians on
deployment or major exercises (greater than 30 days) geographically located in Eastern or
Northern Pacific, including Hawaii.
9-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Fleet Assigned Code 4. Reporting custodians aboard ship for deployment or major
exercises (greater than 30 days) under Fourth Fleet OPCON. Geographically located in
South America.
Fleet Assigned Code 5. Reporting custodians aboard ship for deployment or major
exercises (greater than 30 days) under Fifth Fleet OPCON. Geographically located in the
Middle East.
Fleet Assigned Code 6. Reporting custodians aboard ship under Sixth Fleet OPCON.
Reporting custodians on extended deployment (greater than 30 days) geographically
located in the Mediterranean or North Atlantic theaters, excluding forward deployed
(homeported) units.
Fleet Assigned Code 7. Reporting custodians aboard ship under Seventh Fleet OPCON.
Reporting custodians on extended deployment (greater than 30 days) geographically
located in the Western Pacific or Indian Ocean theaters, excluding forward-deployed
(homeported) units.
Fleet Assigned Code A. Reporting custodians under USFF OPCON to include units not
deployed and forward deployed (homeported) in the Atlantic area, excludes reporting
custodians under Fleet Assigned Codes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.
AIRCRAFT LOCATION - Name of the ship, station, or facility the aircraft is assigned
to, such USS THEODORE ROOSEVELT, or NAS Lemoore CA. If outside CONUS and not at
an established Navy or Marine Corps facility, report the city and country, for example, Sangin
Afghanistan. Required on every XRAY.
NOTES: 1. Deployed Units that are restricted from reporting their geographic locations
will report the location as “Deployed”. Do not use “Unknown” for location.
2. For aircraft in transit by flight/airlift, enter the name of the destination ship,
station, or facility. For aircraft in transit by sea/surface lift transport report the
name of the ship when aboard ship or the destination if transport is by truck. If
aircraft transit is delayed for 48 hours or more, report the aircraft’s physical
location and reason for delay.
3. For aircraft that are lost due to mishap, report location of the mishap; e.g.,
Pinehurst NC or USS GEORGE WASHINGTON.
9-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
G30 - Aircraft inducted into FRC East for crash damage repair.
G31 – Aircraft commenced on-site depot repair for cracked and buckled web, P/N
65201-05003-103, FS 462, WL 92, BL 20L. Approval to take aircraft out of reporting
status provided by COMNAVAIRLANT message DTG 080026Z MAR 20.
G41 – Aircraft inducted into FRC Southeast for MOD, H-60 Airframe Change
(AFC) NR 372, TD CODE 50, incorporation of improved pilot and co-pilot seat
cushions (RAMEC CHPT-95-10).
NOTE: 1. For aircraft that have a FID/PID, the OSM is calculated by DECKPLATE-
AIRRS as the difference in months between the FID/PID and the Acceptance/Pre-
acceptance Date.
2. The OP Status Category Code and Fleet Assigned code is required in the
remarks section of all receipt xrays.
9.1.4.2 XRAY Report Data Field Matrix. Table 2 shows the required XRAY data fields for
each Action Code.
Org Code R R R R R R R R R
PUC R R R R R R R R R
9-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Action Code R R R R R R R R
Status Code R R R R R R R R
FID/PID 1 2 or 3 R 1 or 2
Strike/Damage Code 2 R 1 or 2
Acceptance Date
Reinstatement Type R
Aircraft Location R R R R R R R R R
Remarks R R R R R R R R R
Legend:
R – Required
1 – Report only when item content is different than information previously reported
2 – Required if applicable when status code dictates
3 – Required only on reinstatement to restore appropriate information that existed prior to
strike action
Blank – Not Reported
NOTE: OOMA automatically selects XRAY data fields based on Action Code.
Aircraft status codes are used to describe the use of the aircraft and certain operational
conditions. Aircraft can be in only one AIRRS status code at any given time. XRAYs must be
submitted by reporting custodians to document status changes, such as acceptance into the naval
inventory, transfer of custody, changes of location, rework, damage or strike from the inventory,
and other situations. Status changes must be reported by XRAY, regardless of how brief the
situation exists.
NOTE: Aircraft in “A” status codes are in material condition reporting status (IN-MCRS)
for Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR). Aircraft in any other status
9-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
code but “A” are out of reporting for MCRS (OUT-MCRS) for SCIR. Refer to 9.2
for SCIR procedures.
“A” status codes identify aircraft in the operational inventory, by their assigned primary use, as
determined by the mission of the reporting custodian of the aircraft. Aircraft in A_0 status are
not awaiting or undergoing any depot rework or strike action.
NOTES: 1. NASC FS reporting custodians are not authorized to use A status codes.
A11 - Combat aircraft undergoing depot in-service repair (ISR) at the reporting
custodian’s site.
A61 – FRS Aircrew Training aircraft undergoing depot ISR at the reporting
custodian’s site.
9-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. For operational aircraft in-transit via surface (ship, truck, train) or airlift, use
status codes KGK and KLK in the following sequence:
KGK - Post transport reassembly, not to exceed 96 hours upon arrival at final
destination.
Status Code
Contractor Held RDTE Custody Test Aircraft TJ0
Contractor Held RDTE Custody Test Support TK0
Contractor Held RDTE Custody Contractor Pending TR0
Contractor Held RDTE Custody Other TT0
Contractor Held FS Custody Other TV0
On Loan from Navy FS Custody U00
Under Lease from the Navy U10
On Loan to the Navy RDTE Custody Other U50
On Loan to the Navy RDTE Custody Test Aircraft U60
9.1.5.3 Drone Aircraft (Operating, In Rework or Stored) Code
Q00
9.1.5.4 Pre-Accepted Aircraft Inventory Requiring Accountability Code
U70
NOTE: For NAVAIR ACC use, only. Used to account for certain aircraft involved in
combined Contractor and Developmental flight testing prior to final DD-250 and
Navy acceptance.
Reporting Custodians must submit an Organization Status (Part 1) Change of Location XRAY
when the squadron moves from one location to another (shore to ship, ship to shore, ship to ship,
or one shore location to another) for a period of 30 days or more. Organization Status (Part 1)
Change of Location XRAYs are entered via DECKPLATE-AIRRS web. Refer to 9.1.4.2 for
required data fields.
Reporting custodians must submit a Receipt (Action Code -R) XRAY upon receipt of an aircraft
from another reporting custodian. The receiving activity must submit a Receipt XRAY,
regardless of receipt of logsets or the completion of the acceptance inspection. Refer to the
XRAY Report Data Field Matrix, 9.1.4.2, for required data fields.
9-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
been entered within 48 hours of transfer, the transferring activity must contact
the receiving activity for information.
3. If the transferring activity ferries the aircraft to the receiving activity, custody
change occurs at the destination. If the receiving activity ferries the aircraft,
custody change occurs at point of origin. For aircraft shipped via surface or
airlift shipment, custody change occurs upon time of arrival at the receiving
custodian’s site.
4. If an aircraft is received with engines installed, the date of the AIRRS XRAY
and the date of the associated DECKPLATE Engine Transaction Report
(DECKETR) must match. Refer to NAVAIRINST 13700.15 and the Procedure
Reference Guide (PRG) for ETR procedures.
9-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Scheduled depot maintenance with a fixed and operational service period
based on calendar, condition, or block concept (flight hours or combination of
both calendar and flight hours) interval, i.e. PMI, ACI, Age exploration program
depot, EPM, SDLM, ASPA, C-Checks (FAA approved fixed maintenance plan,
which incorporates commercial maintenance practices).
2. The third position of the status codes with _ in the third position will be
reported as “0” if aircraft is located at a Depot or commercial rework site. The
third position will be reported as “1” if the aircraft is located at the custodian’s
operating site.
9-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9.1.6.4 New aircraft in process of first delivery (for NAVAIR ACC use only)
9.1.7.1 Authorization
Aircraft will not be stricken without the direct authorization of CNO (N98). CNO (N98) will
semiannually approve a list of aircraft approved for strike and direct their disposition.
NOTES: 1. Aircraft lost or destroyed through accident may be stricken by the reporting
custodian without prior OPNAV authority. Refer to NAVAIRINST 13700.15 for
engine disposition instructions.
2. Special strike requests may be submitted to CNO (N98) on a case-by-case
basis.
9.1.7.2 Strike at Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Group (AMARG)
a. Aircraft ferried to AMARG for strike will be received and stricken by the Navy Fleet
Support Office assigned to AMARG, not the ferrying activity. Reporting Custodians transferring
aircraft to AMARG will not submit a strike XRAY. AMARG will submit a receipt XRAY upon
arrival and a separate strike XRAY upon completion of strike actions.
b. Aircraft stricken at AMARG or due to unrecoverable crash or loss will follow the same
procedures prescribed for transferring aircraft and NALCOMIS OOMA Logsets to another
reporting custodian, per Chapter 8, paragraph 8.6.3.4. The NALCOMIS OOMA Logsets will be
transferred to the OMAWHOLE server for archive storage. In the event online transfer is not
available, send OOMA logset to OMAWHOLE.GM.fct@navy.mil via encrypted email or DoD
SAFE. AMARG personnel will manage stricken aircraft Logsets on the OMAWHOLE server
with the assistance of NAVAIR Logistics Information Technology (LOG-IT) personnel.
9.1.7.3 General Strike Procedures
a. Aircraft approved for strike will be ferried or moved to the site of final disposition prior to
strike.
b. Reporting custodians will request ACC approval to place an aircraft in awaiting strike
status. When ACC authorization is received, the reporting custodian will submit an XRAY to
9-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
report the aircraft in the appropriate awaiting strike status code. The strike XRAY will not be
submitted until approval to strike the aircraft is received from CNO (N98). Strike XRAYs must
reference the CNO (N98) authority in the remarks section. If CNO (N98) authorization to strike
is not granted and an aircraft is to be retained in the inventory, the reporting custodian must
reverse the strike action by submitting a “Y” action XRAY placing the aircraft in the appropriate
status code.
NOTE: A strike XRAY is used only when reporting XRAY status codes; 1S0, 2S0, 3S0,
and 4S0. The FID/PID will be adjusted to match the month and year reported in
the strike.
d. Aircraft in any of the strike status codes (except 1S0, 2S0, 3S0, 4S0) are considered
retired.
f. NAVSUP WSS, National Naval Aviation Museum, and National Museum of the Marine
Corps are responsible for uploading all formal documentation into the Stricken Aircraft
Management module for each strike aircraft they receive.
g. Reporting Custodians must submit a Strike (Action Code - S) XRAY whenever aircraft
have been directed to be stricken or are awaiting decision to strike, except for those aircraft that
will be stricken at AMARG per 9.1.7.2. Strike XRAYS must be reported via the DECKPLATE-
AIRRS website (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/AIRRS/) and must also be entered in OOMA.
The strike XRAY must be entered in OOMA prior to moving the log set to the outbox.
h. Strike XRAYs will use the most appropriate code from the following list:
9-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Table 3: STRIKE/DAMAGE CODE MATRIX
1 2 3 4 5
CATEGORY Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 5
(First Position) Strike Due Strike Due Strike Due Strike Due Completion of Damage
Damage Depreciation Admin reasons Service Life (A/C repairable)
IN FLIGHT NOT IN FLIGHT
CATEGORY A - UNIT TRAINING 1 - PARKED ASHORE
(Second Position) J - FERRY 4 - IN TOW OR NON-FLIGHT TAXI
K - EXPERIMENT DEVELOPMENT, EVALUATION 5 - ABOARD SHIP
L - FLIGHT TEST 7 - LOADING OR UNLOADING
M - UTILITY 8 - UNDERGOING REWORK
P - SEARCH AND RESCUE 9 - IN STORAGE
R - TRANSPORT
S - ATTACK
U - ANTI-AIR WARFARE
V - RECONNAISSANCE
W - AIR DEFENSE
NOT ENEMY ACTION ENEMY ACTION
INCIDENT TO FLIGHT: INCIDENT TO FLIGHT:
CAUSE A - AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT S - ENEMY ORDNANCE
(Third B - EXCEPT WHEREVER D,E,F, BELOW ARE V - MISSING; CAUSE UNKNOWN
Position) APPLICABLE Y - LANDING OR TAKE OFF MISHAP DUE TO ENEMY INFLICTED
D - GUN, ROCKET, OR MISSILE FIRE FROM DAMAGE
DRONE EXPENDITURE (SEE F BELOW) Z – SABOTAGE, CAUSING LOSS
E - MISSING; CAUSE UNKNOWN
F - TARGET DRONE EXPENDITURE NOT INCIDENT TO FLIGHT:
1 – ATTACK BY ENEMY AIRCRAFT
NOT INCIDENT TO FLIGHT: 2 – ORDNANCE FROM ENEMY SURFACE WEAPONS
H - STORM (INCLUDING RESULTANT FIRES, 5 – SABOTAGE, CAUSING LOSS
COLLAPSE OR DAMAGE OF FACILITIES, ETC.) 6 – SEIZURE OF BASE BY ENEMY
I - ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE BY OWN FORCES 7 – IMMINENT OR PROBABLE CAPTURE BY ENEMY
ORDNANCE (INCLUDING RESULTANT
FIRES, ETC.)
J - FIRE OR EXPLOSION (OTHER THAN H OR
I ABOVE)
K - DAMAGE FROM OTHER SURFACE INCIDENT
(E.G., TOWING OR NON-FLIGHT TAXI
ACCIDENT)
L - AIRCRAFT ON LOAN TO NAVY RETURNED
O - STANDARD SERVICE LIFE COMPLETE
P - EXCESS TO INVENTORY REQUIREMENTS
Q - OBSOLETE
R - ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION, NOT
ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED
2 - ORDNANCE FROM ENEMY
SURFACE WEAPONS
5 - SABOTAGE, CAUSING LOSS
6 - SEIZURE OF BASE BY ENEMY
9-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. The reporting custodian will immediately report a Category 1 (Strike Damage) XRAY
when an aircraft is lost (not recovered) or destroyed.
NOTE: If the damage incurred is of a lesser degree, but still such that the reporting
custodian believes the aircraft is eligible for Category 1 strike, the reporting
custodian will notify the ACC and request disposition.
b. The ACC has the authority to declare an aircraft eligible for Category 1 strike and may
request depot Planner and Estimator (P&E) evaluation for confirmation. A determination of
eligibility constitutes both the authority and direction to strike the aircraft.
c. Reporting custodians will make logbook entries prior to transferring a damaged aircraft to
NASC FS custody. The logbook entries will provide sufficient information for NASC FS to
report the aircraft stricken should the decision be made to strike the aircraft. For disposition of
installed engines refer to NAVAIRINST 13700.15.
d. Category 1 Strike XRAY will use Action Code - S, Status Code 1S0, and the most
appropriate code from the Strike/Damage Code Table. The FID/PID will reflect month and year
of strike. If P&E evaluation has been requested, the aircraft will be reported using Action Code -
X (Other) and status Y00 (Awaiting Decision to Strike). An aircraft reported in Y00 status also
requires that a tentative strike/damage code be entered in the aircraft logbook miscellaneous
history section. If the P&E evaluation results in a decision to restore the aircraft, the reporting
custodian will submit an XRAY report in the appropriate status. If the P&E evaluation results in
a decision to strike the aircraft, the strike date will be as of the date of the completion of the P&E
evaluation. Strike XRAYs for aircraft lost or destroyed will include this instruction in the
remarks section of the report as authority. All other Category 1 strike actions will reference the
specific authorizing directive.
NOTE: For aircraft sustaining lesser damage than strike, yet requiring depot rework or
repair, report the appropriate damage code. Include the damage code on all
XRAY’s reporting the aircraft in the appropriate Depot Special Rework Repair
status code (I30, IC0, H3_, HC_, or G3_) per 9.1.6.3.b.
a. When an aircraft materially depreciates to the extent that it might be strike eligible, the
reporting custodian will request a P&E evaluation for Category 2 strike. The P&E will report the
results of the evaluation to the cognizant ACC. Requests for Category 2 strike will be submitted
via the chain of command to CNO (N98) for approval.
b. Aircraft awaiting a Category 2 strike decision will be reported using an Action Code - X
(Other) XRAY and status code PB0. When the P&E evaluation is completed and strike is
recommended, use S20. When authorization is granted, the Category 2 strike action is reported
as Action Code – S, status code 2S0, with the appropriate code from the Strike/Damage Code
Table.
9-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. With the exception of aircraft intentionally destroyed in battle, only CNO (N98) can
authorize Category 3 strike.
c. When Category 3 strike does not involve FMS or MAP, the aircraft will be stricken at the
disposal site.
d. Category 3 strike XRAYs will contain Action Code – S, Status Code 3S0, and the
appropriate code from the Strike/Damage Code Table.
Category 4 (Completed Service Life) strikes cover those aircraft that have reached the end of
their operational service life due to hours or Fatigue Life Expended (FLE) limits. Upon direction
by the ACC, the reporting custodian will submit a Category 4 strike XRAY with Action Code –
S, Status Code 4S0, and the appropriate code from the Strike/Damage Code Table.
9.2.1 Purpose
SCIR is the data system used to monitor mission capability and identify discrepant aircraft
systems and subsystems listed in the T/M/S aircraft Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix
(MESM). SCIR provides managers with information on discrepant systems that cause mission
impairment, the degree of mission impairment (Partial Mission Capable (PMC) or Non-Mission
Capable (NMC), the length of time mission capability was reduced, and related maintenance and
supply factors.
9.2.2 Definitions
9-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) NMCM-S does not apply to administrative WOs, daily or turnaround inspections, or
corrosion prevention that does not impair mission capability.
(2) NMCM-S does not apply if the scheduled inspection does not require disassembling
the aircraft beyond the point re-assembly can be completed within 2 hours. If the scheduled
inspection does require disassembly to the point the aircraft cannot be re-assembled within 2
hours, the inspection is considered to impact mission capability and the appropriate EOC code
will be applied to the associated look-phase inspection WOs. Regardless of the extent of
disassembly, NMCM-S applies upon reaching the maximum operational limit allowed between
scheduled maintenance intervals.
h. EMT - This time is spent actually working on the end item and is always documented as
maintenance time, even though parts may be on order from supply. EMT does not include the
clock hours and tenths for cure time, charging time, or leak test when they are being conducted
without maintenance personnel actually monitoring the work. Although EMT is directly related
to job man-hours, it is not to be confused with total man-hours required to complete a job.
i. AWM - This time is when no work is being performed on the end item and no parts are on
order from supply. Even though work is stopped for a lack of parts, it is considered AWM until
the demand is placed on the supply department.
k. AWP - Awaiting parts. AWP time starts when a requisition is placed on the supply
system for a required item. AWP time stops when the required item is received by the
maintenance activity. Parts are not considered to be on order (AWP) until demand has been
forwarded to the Supply Response Section (SRS) of the Supply Department.
l. SCIR Gripe Life - The total length of time a discrepancy is SCIR related. As a formula,
SCIR GRIPE LIFE = AWP + EMT + AWM. (This formula is not applicable to inspection
control documents.)
m. Computer Generated AWM (AWM 0) - Using the SCIR gripe life formula above, the
computer will account for every hour of gripe life. Time which has not been accounted for as
supply, EMT, or documented AWM will be categorized as AWM and assigned a reason code of
0. Computer generated AWM will never be documented on the WO.
9-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9.2.3.1 SCIR accounts for the total length of time an aircraft’s mission capability is impaired,
while the aircraft is IN-MCRS and an aircraft system or subsystem listed in the T/M/S Mission
Essential Subsystem Matrix (MESM) (9.4) is discrepant or failed (not including administrative
actions), preventing the aircraft from performing one or more of its missions. SCIR is not
documented when the maintenance action is administrative, only (for example, removal of an
RFI component to Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM)) or the discrepancy does not impair
mission capability. SCIR is applicable when mission capability is impaired while:
9.2.3.2 SCIR is automatically calculated based on IN-MCRS, Type WO code and Up/Down
status. The appropriate EOC code (9.4) is applied to the WO related to the discrepancy that is
degrading mission capability. The EOC code is linked to the system/subsystem WUC/UNS in
the T/M/S aircraft CM baseline in OOMA and is prefilled on the WO based on the
Up/Partial/Down (U/P/D) indicator and WUC/UNS selection. Only one EOC can be
documented on a WO. For inspections, the EOC is documented on the Single Work Center
Inspection WO or the Look Phase WOs for inspections requiring more than one work center.
9.2.3.3 SCIR must be documented for all inspections that require disassembly of the aircraft or
installed equipment to the point the aircraft cannot be reassembled within 2 hours.
a. If an aircraft is downed for a phase inspection, SCIR will be documented on the look
phase WOs during the down portion of the inspection once Maintenance Control SCIR Impacts
the inspection by selecting the SCIR Impacted Insp option from the Aircraft VED. Any fix
phase discrepancies (Type WO code PF), discovered during the phase inspection will be SCIR
related, if they affect mission capability per the T/M/S aircraft MESM.
(1) An overlimit condition exists, for example, hard landing, bolter, overspeed, or
overtemp, that restricts the aircraft from further flight until the inspection is completed; or
(2) Higher authority directs a one-time inspection, not ordered in a TD, that restricts the
aircraft from flight. Aircraft undergoing conditional inspections to determine equipment
condition, for example, pre-carrier, pre-deployment, aircraft ferry, acceptance, transfer, and
9-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
routine events that do not exceed an over-limit condition, for example, inspections caused by
flying various mission sets in harsh or salt laden environments, will remain in MC status during
the complete inspection unless panels and equipment removed to conduct the inspection cannot
be replaced within a 2-hour period.
NOTES: 1. SCIR will only be impacted when aircraft are IN-MCRS. EOC code “A” will
be used while aircraft are OUT-MCRS (non-SCIR impact). Upon submission of
an XRAY in OOMA to place an aircraft in OUT-MCRS status, all inspection
WOs will be automatically changed to EOC "A". When aircraft status returns to
IN-MCRS, the OOMA XRAY will initiate an automatic update of all SCIR
impacted inspection WOs back to EOC "Z". Refer to 9.4.2.
2. EOC code “A” is not active until an impending NALCOMIS software change
is complete.
9.2.3.4 Work Order EOC codes and Up/Partial/Down (U/P/D) categorization on WOs can be
corrected using the following procedures:
a. Maintenance Control must approve changes to EOC codes and U/P/D status.
b. EOC codes and U/P/D status are changed by using the OOMA SCIR change function.
The SCIR change function is used for non-SCIR discrepancies that increase in severity or to
start/stop SCIR impact accumulation when going from IN-MCRS/OUT-MCRS status. When
executing the SCIR Change Option, the computer will close out the original WO and create a
new WO with the appropriate EOC code. The original WO must contain sufficient information
to pass the OOMA on-line validations prior to the SCIR change. The new WO will have the
same JCN as the original WO, but it will have a new MCN along with the new EOC code. The
Date and Time received will be computer generated at the time of the SCIR change and is not
modifiable. This option will be used to change a discrepancy from Up to Partial or Down, and to
change Partial to Down. This feature is not used to change the SCIR status for Look Phase
Inspection WOs.
NOTE: SCIR corrections change the status beginning from the received Date and Time of
the new WO.
9-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. If the WO is being corrected to an UP or PARTIAL status and parts have been ordered,
the user is stopped if the project code is not valid for the new status.
e. If the WO is corrected to PARTIAL status, the WUC/UNS must be selected from the
MESM table. If there is more than one EOC Code for that WUC/UNS, the user is prompted to
select one.
f. Inspection WOs cannot be changed from DOWN to UP status. Look phase inspection
WOs cannot be changed from an UP to DOWN status (it must be done on the inspection control
WO).
9.2.4.1 Data binning reduces overall aircraft status into 15-minute increments of the highest
degraded priority per the following process:
a. One 15-minute bin is used for each 15 minutes of the month (2976 bins for a 31-day
month, 2880 bins for a 30-day month, 2784 bins for a 29-day February, and 2688 bins for a 28-
day February), numbered sequentially. Example: The bins are numbered 1 through 2976 for a
31-day month.
b. Each bin is evaluated to determine the highest impact to aircraft status during that
respective bin time. In descending order of hierarchy, each bin is assigned as:
(2) NMCS
(3) NMCM-U
(4) NMCM-S
(5) PMCS
NOTE: With no NMC or PMC of any type, the bin is empty (FMC status).
c. Time allotment:
(1) Not Mission Capable Depot (NMCD) time supersedes Not Mission Capable Supply
(NMCS) time which supersedes Not Mission Capable Maintenance time. If there is any NMCD
time in the bin, NMCD will claim 100% of that 15-minute bin. In the absence of NMCD,
NMCS will claim 100% of that 15-minute bin. In the absence of both NMCD and NMCS,
NMCM will claim 100% of that 15-minute bin.
9-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) In the absence of any NMC time, PMCS will claim 100% of that 15-minute bin. In
the absence of any NMC time and any PMCS time, PMCM will receive 100% of the bin.
(3) In the absence of any NMC or PMC time, the bin status is empty. No SCIR time is
accounted for and the aircraft is FMC.
d. The bins are aggregated over time to determine MC/FMC rate for a particular period, for
example, the Maint 2 report provides a monthly summary of MC/FMC readiness and time spent
in each category (NMCD, NMCS, NMCM-U, NMCM-S, PMCS, PMCM or FMC).
9.2.4.2 Binning does not start until a Receipt XRAY is completed, which begins the reporting
process. Thereafter, if there are no SCIR impacted work orders to populate bins the aircraft is
FMC, a Partial or Downing Maintenance Event occurring will supersede the FMC, the event
with the highest letter Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) code with time elapsed within a
bin takes precedence, and supersedes any lower priority EOC code. NMC Work Orders begin
with NMCM, and PMC Work Orders begin with PMCM. When a part is ordered against a work
order and the Job Status changes from in work to a supply status, then the bin will carry a status
of NMCS or PMCS. Once the part is issued or the work order is moved to an awaiting
maintenance or in work job status, the NMCS or PMCS clock stops and NMCM or PMCM time
resumes until the work order is completed. When more than one or many work orders with
NMC or PMC status exist, the single status with the highest precedence is collected for that bin
time.
9.2.4.3 Monthly summary reporting (and binning) stops when an aircraft is closed out and
removed from OOMA, which typically happens when the aircraft will be transferred to another
activity and a subsequent Receipt XRAY will begin reporting in that activity. Aircraft Strike
will also stop monthly summary aircraft reporting.
SCIR data permits computing the percentage of time an aircraft is mission capable, commonly
referred to as the MC/FMC rate.
9.3.1 Definitions
c. PMC - The aircraft has one or more outstanding PMCS requisitions or PMCM
maintenance actions with an EOC alpha character of C through L, no outstanding NMCS
requisitions, no outstanding NMCM maintenance actions, no Down WOs, and no EOC alpha
character Z discrepancies. The aircraft is safely flyable and can perform one or more, but not all
missions listed in the applicable MESM.
9-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. NMC - The aircraft has one or more outstanding NMCM maintenance actions or NMCS
requisitions. The aircraft is not safely flyable and cannot perform any mission listed in the
applicable MESM.
NOTE: Aircraft that are not in “A” operating status in AIRRS are considered NMC and
will not be flown, except for those aircraft being flown (ferried) to or from depot
rework or AMARG storage, or flown for functional check flight while undergoing
a depot event.
9.3.2.1 MC and FMC rates are computed only for the time aircraft are in “A” operating status in
the Aircraft Inventory Readiness and Reporting System (AIRRS), 9.1. Aircraft reported in
AIRRS in “A” operating status are in mission capability reporting status (IN-MCRS) and
accumulate Equipment In Service (EIS) hours for the computation of MC and FMC. Aircraft
reported in AIRRS in any other operating status than “A” are out of MCRS (OUT-MCRS) and
do not accumulate EIS hours.
9.3.2.2 The MC and FMC percentage rate is computed using accumulated EIS hours, Equipment
Out of Service (EOS) hours, and SCIR data during a reporting period. Formulas:
MC Percentage. MC percentage reflects the percentage of all aircraft assigned to a unit that
were in MCRS, based on total accumulated Equipment In Service (EIS) hours during a reporting
period, which were capable of performing at least one, but not all missions.
FMC Percentage. FMC percentage reflects the percentage of all aircraft assigned to a unit
that were in MCRS, based on total accumulated EIS hours during a reporting period, which were
capable of performing all missions.
NMC Percentage. NMC percentage reflects the percentage of all aircraft assigned to a unit
that were in MCRS, based on total accumulated EIS hours during a reporting period, which were
not capable of performing any mission.
9-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PMC percentage. PMC percentage reflects the percentage of all aircraft assigned to a unit
that were in MCRS, based on total accumulated EIS hours during a reporting period, which were
capable of performing at least one, but not all missions, due to maintenance.
Example: A unit assigned 12 aircraft during the month of April. Their total possible EIS hours is
computed as 24 hours per day X 30 days X 12 aircraft = 8640 total possible EIS hours. The
squadron has 2 aircraft OUT-MCRS for 20 days (960 EOS Hours). Therefore, total EIS hours =
8640 - 960 = 7680 hours. Per SCIR data, hours were distributed as follows: NMCD = 24, NMCS
= 1250 and NMCM = 1600 for a total of 2874 NMC hours; PMCS = 2000 and PMCM = 500 for
a total of 2500 PMC hours. 2874 NMC hours + 2500 PMC hours = 5374 non-FMC hours. Mission
capability percentages:
7680 - 2874
MC % = X 100 = 62.5% MC
7680
7680 - 5374
FMC % = X 100 = 30.0% FMC
7680
2874
NMC % = X 100 = 37.5% NMC
7680
2500
PMC % = X 100 = 32.5% PMC
7680
9.4 Mission-Essential Subsystems Matrix (MESM)
9.4.1 Purpose. A MESM provides guidance for determining subsystem, capability, function,
and mode interrelationships as they relate to aircraft mission capability. Each T/M/S aircraft and
UAS has a MESM that lists the aircraft’s SCIR-related subsystems and associated Equipment
Operational Capability (EOC) code. Figure 9-5 is an example of a T/M/S MESM.
9.4.2 Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) Codes. EOC codes relate a particular
system/subsystem to a specific mission listed in the T/M/S MESM. An EOC code is a three-
character alphanumeric code that identifies the degree of degradation to mission capability and
the system responsible for the degradation. The first character (alpha) is documented in
NALCOMIS OOMA. The second and third characters (numeric) are computer generated from
the first two positions of the WUC/UNS. EOC alpha codes:
EOC code A. (Not for use in MESMs. Currently inactive, pending NALCOMIS
software change). EOC code A is automatically applied to WOs whenever an OOMA XRAY is
submitted that changes the aircraft status from IN-MCRS to OUT-MCRS. WOs initiated while
aircraft are OUT-MCRS will default to EOC “A”. Upon submission of the OOMA XRAY
changing the aircraft back to IN-MCRS, all work orders will automatically be updated back to
the applicable SCIR impacted EOC code.
9-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
EOC codes C through K are used for inoperative subsystems, capabilities, functions, or
modes that degrade the aircraft from FMC to PMC, thus preventing a specific mission, as
defined in the T/M/S MESM.
EOC code L is used for inoperative subsystems, capabilities, functions, or modes that
prevent Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC) flight missions.
EOC code M. (Not for use in MESMs.) EOC code M is applied as system default to
WOs when an Aircraft is undergoing a Depot Modernization / Technical Directive Modification
(Depot MOD) and work center X45 is utilized. Accurate accounting for Non-Mission Capable
Depot (NMCD) time requires correctly coding the WO and providing detailed descriptions in the
Discrepancy and Corrective Action Blocks. Refer to paragraph 15.5.12 Depot TD Modification
documentation.
EOC code P. (Not for use in MESMs) EOC code P is applied as a system default to
WOs when aircraft is undergoing standard rework and work center X41, X42, or X43 is utilized.
Accurate accounting for Non-mission Capable Depot (NMCD) time requires correctly coding the
WO and providing detailed descriptions in the discrepancy and corrective action blocks. Refer
to paragraph 15.5.45 Standard Rework Look Phase documentation and paragraph 15.5.46
Standard Rework Fix Phase documentation.
EOC code R. (Not for use in MESMs.) EOC code R is applied as system default to WOs
when an aircraft is undergoing a Depot In-Service Repair (ISR) and work center X44 is utilized.
Accurate accounting for Non-Mission Capable Depot (NMCD) time requires correctly coding
the WO and providing detailed descriptions in the Discrepancy and Corrective Action Blocks.
Refer to 15.5.11 In-Service Repair documentation.
EOC code Y. (Not for use in MESMs.) EOC code Y is applied as a system default to
Assist maintenance actions when the Control WO is SCIR impacted. In addition, when Phase
and Inspection Control WOs are SCIR impacted, an EOC of “Y” is placed on the Control WO,
and an EOC of “Z” is placed on the Look Phase WOs.
EOC code Z is used for subsystems, capabilities, functions, or modes that degrade the
aircraft to NMC. Major systems, subsystems, or equipment, for example, engines, electrical
systems, and flight controls, that are not listed in the MESM, but preclude safe flight when
inoperative, are assigned EOC code Z.
9-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Notes in Mission Essential Subsystems Matrix (MESM) will clearly direct when
EOC “Z” is applicable. General notes stating “Special Inspection, Conditional
Inspection, or Technical Directive” are no longer valid.
a. T/M/S missions must be determined prior to construction of a new MESM. The missions
defined in T/M/S operational requirement documents will be used as a general guide. Tactical
manual definitions will be used to provide additional detail to mission descriptions, if required to
more accurately describe a mission.
b. After mission descriptions are developed, Program Office design and engineering
personnel will determine which subsystems, capabilities, functions, and modes are required to
perform each mission. Aircraft, manuals, such as IPBs, MIMs, and NATOPS for similar aircraft
may be used as secondary information sources.
c. The Program Office will construct a Mission Essential Equipment Functional Matrix with
vertical columns identifying each specific mission in descending order (FMC followed by PMC
followed by NMC), ranging left to right, as depicted in Figure 9-6. Procedures:
(2) The subsystems, capabilities, functions, or modes are listed horizontally under the
MISSION ESSENTIAL EQUIPMENT column with an “X” placed in each of the mission
columns for which the equipment is required. Holes may appear in the matrix, for example,
EQUIPMENT 1 in Figure 9-6, which indicates the equipment does not affect any mission of the
aircraft regardless of whether or not EQUIPMENT 1 is installed or functioning. When this
occurs, it is necessary to re-evaluate the impact of the equipment on that specific mission and
decide if the hole should be ignored or if the equipment to mission correlation in the matrix
should be rearranged.
(3) The appropriate EOC code per 9.4.2 direction is applied to each subsystem. The
appropriate EOC code is determined by identifying the last subsystem, capability, function, or
mode displaying an “X” in the mission category. For example, Figure 9-6 lists all equipment
required to make the aircraft FMC. If EQUIPMENT 2 is inoperative, the EOC code assigned is
C, indicating that without EQUIPMENT 2 the aircraft is only capable of missions less than
FMC.
(4) When, subsystems, capabilities, functions, or modes are identified for each mission, it
may be discovered that only some modes of operation are required to perform that particular
mission, which must be indicated the example of EQUIPMENT 3 as it relates to EOC code C in
Figure 9-6.
(5) Redundant subsystems, for example, primary and backup, are grouped together and
the MESM needs to specify the number or positions required to perform the mission, per the
examples of EQUIPMENT 4 and EQUIPMENT 5 as they relate to EOC code D in Figure 9-6.
(6) Any comment required to provide amplifying information about a system should be
included as a NOTE per the example of EQUIPMENT 7 in Figure 9-6.
9-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(7) When a particular subsystem, capability, function, or mode is listed in the MESM
with more than one EOC code, it must be explained as indicated by the example of
EQUIPMENT 3 as it relates to EOC code C and EOC code K in Figure 9-6.
(8) Mission Mounted Equipment (MME) is equipment required for special missions, for
example, tanker packages, defensive electronic countermeasures, chaff dispensers, and
Sidewinder missile systems. When MME is installed, the complete system is reported. If MME
is not installed and the necessary wiring and plumbing are permanently installed, only the wiring
and plumbing is reported. A NOTE to this effect must be included for each MME in the MESM.
d. When the Mission Essential Equipment Functional Matrix is complete, the actual MESM
is constructed.
9.4.4 MESM Changes. MESM change recommendations will be routed per the process
illustrated in Figure 9-7 (Navy) and Figure 9-8 (Marine Corps).
9.5.1 General responsibility. All Navy and Marine Corps activities that operate aircraft are
responsible for the accuracy of aircraft status in DECKPLATE-AIRRS and SCIR.
9.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO). With assistance from the MMCO and SA/A, the MO will
perform DECKPLATE-AIRRS and SCIR reviews each month, as follows:
a. Review a hardcopy of the current NALCOMIS Work Center Workload Report (Figure 9-
9) to verify work orders are being coded with the correct EOC codes, WUC/UNS, and U/P/D
indication, per the T/M/S aircraft MESM. Procedure:
(1) Compare the discrepancy noted in the System Reason block to the Aircraft/Equipment
Status block for correct U/P/D status.
(2) Review the EOC block to verify correct code per the T/M/S aircraft MESM, and
correct correlation to the U/P/D status.
(3) Review the Project Code for correct correlation to the U/P/D status and EOC code.
(4) Annotate the report with any discrepancies noted, sign the report, and give it to the
MMCO for action.
9.5.3 Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO). O-level MMCOs are responsible for
timely and accurate DECKPLATE-AIRRS reports and work order SCIR documentation. The
MMCO must:
9-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Review the accuracy of all fields and authorize the release of AIRRS XRAY reports
submitted via OOMA, DECKPLATE-AIRRS, or naval message. The MMCO will sign and
maintain a hardcopy of each XRAY for at least 12 months after date of release.
b. Review the DECKPLATE-AIRRS “Latest Aircraft Daily Information” data each week to
verify XRAY reports have processed.
c. Review the NALCOMIS Work Center Workload Report (Figure 9-9) each week for
accuracy of U/P/D indication, EOC coding, and WUC/UNS, per the procedures of 9.5.2.a.
d. Review the System Administrator/Analyst (SA/A) trend chart of SCIR data errors (Figure
9-10) each month and direct actions to improve accuracy, such as additional training for work
center or Maintenance Control personnel.
e. Note corrective actions taken on monthly Maintenance Officer SCIR and AIRRS reviews,
and maintain on file for 12 months from date of completion.
9.5.4 Maintenance Master Chief Petty Officer (MMCPO). The MMCPO (Navy) or Aircraft
Maintenance Chief (Marine Corps) will monitor Maintenance Control for accurate SCIR
documentation by performing a daily review of the NALCOMIS Work Center Workload Report
(Figure 9-9) for correct U/P/D indication, EOC coding, and WUC/UNS, per the procedures of
9.5.2.a.
9.5.5 Maintenance Control. Prior to approving the WO for entry into the automated aircraft
discrepancy book (AADB), Maintenance Control must review the WO for correct EOC coding
per the T/M/S MESM, WUC/UNS, and the correct U/P/D indication.
9.5.6 Work Center Supervisor. Work Center supervisors are responsible for the accuracy of
work orders generated by their work center. At the beginning and end of the work shift, Work
Center supervisors will review the NALCOMIS Work Center Workload Report (Figure 9-9) for
correct EOC and WUC/UNS coding per the procedures of 9.5.2.a., and ensure errors are
corrected.
9-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
UNCLAS//N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/-//
RMKS/
A. ACFT BUNO
C. ORG CODE
L. INVENTORY CODE//
9-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
9-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F/A-18E/F
TYPE EQUIPMENT CODES: AMAH/AMAJ
Do not assign an EOC code if all equipment is operational. The aircraft is FMC.
Assign EOC code (C) when the following systems are inoperative degrading the capability of high
threat combat operations. The aircraft is not capable of deploying an RF decoy and the Dry Bay Fire
Suppressant System is not functional. The aircraft is PMC.
LIST SYSTEMS HERE (NOTE 1)
Assign EOC code (D) when the following system(s) are inoperative preventing the basic strike fighter
mission. The aircraft is not capable of conducting air / maritime interdiction, mining, reconnaissance,
close air support, forward air control airborne, offensive / defensive counter air, alert launched
intercept, basic fighter maneuvering, or war-at-sea missions using all weapons and delivery modes
regardless of terrain, weather, or enemy defenses. The aircraft is PMC.
LIST SYSTEMS HERE (NOTE 2)
Assign EOC code (E) when the following system(s) are inoperative preventing the expanded mobility
mission. The aircraft is not capable of safe movement on and off ships during day, night and inclement
weather conditions, conducting independent navigation. The aircraft is PMC.
LIST SYSTEMS HERE (NOTE 3)
Assign EOC code (L) when the following systems are inoperative preventing the IMC flight mission.
The aircraft is not capable of day or night IMC field flight operations with necessary communication,
navigation, IFF, flight, and safety systems required by applicable NATOPS and FAA regulations. The
aircraft is PMC.
.
LIST SYSTEMS HERE (NOTE 4)
Assign EOC code (Z) when the following systems(s)/conditions(s) prevent the aircraft from being
safely flyable. The aircraft is not capable of day VMC field flight operations with two-way radio
communication and necessary aircraft and crew safety provisions. The aircraft is NMC.
LIST SYSTEMS HERE
NOTES:
1. (Any condition for applying the specified code.)
2. (Any condition for applying the specified code.)
3. (Any condition for applying the specified code.)
4. (Any condition for applying the specified code.)
GENERAL NOTES: (NOTES of a general nature not applicable to any particular code or
equipment.)
Figure 9-5: T/M/S Aircraft Mission-Essential Subsystems Matrix (MESM) (Example)
9-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
N
O
T
S
A
F
E
F P P P P L
M M M M M Y
C C C C C
F
L
M M M M M
Y
I I I I I
A
S S S S S
B
I I I I I
L
EOC CODE MISSION ESSENTIAL EQUIPMENT O O O O O
E
N N N N N
C EQUIPMENT 1
C EQUIPMENT 2 X
D EQUIPMENT 4 (2 OF 2 REQUIRED) X X
J EQUIPMENT 6 X X X
J EQUIPMENT 7 (NOTE) X X X
L EQUIPMENT 8 X X X X X
Z EQUIPMENT 9 X X X X X X
Z ENGINE X X X X X X
NOTES: 1. NMC EOC codes will be changed to T when the aircraft is OUT-
MCRS.
2. PMC EOC codes will be changed to U when the aircraft is OUT-
MCRS.
Figure 9-6: MESM Functional Matrix (Example)
9-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C E F G H L Z Total Errors
CHAPTER 10
Naval Aviation Maintenance Program
Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs)
10-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.6.5.1 Type Wing (Navy) and Marine Corps Training and Education Command
(TECOM) ............................................................................................................56
10.6.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO) ................................................................................56
10.6.5.3 Supply Officer ....................................................................................................56
10.6.5.4 Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager ....................................56
10.6.5.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer ........................................................................57
10.6.5.6 QA Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Monitor ..............................57
10.6.5.7 Work Center Supervisor.....................................................................................57
10.6.5.8 Maintenance Personnel ......................................................................................58
Figure 10.6-1 (page 1): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification 59
Figure 10.6-1 (page 2): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – O-Level .................................................................................................................... 60
Figure 10.6-1 (page 3): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – O-Level .................................................................................................................... 61
Figure 10.6-2 (page 1): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level ................................. 62
Figure 10.6-2 (page 2): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level ................................. 63
Figure 10.6-2 (page 3): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level ................................. 64
Figure 10.6-3 (page 1): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level ..................................................................................................................... 65
Figure 10.6-3 (page 2): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level ..................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 10.6-3(page 3): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level ..................................................................................................................... 67
Figure 10.6-4 (page 1): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level .................................. 68
Figure 10.6-4 (page 2): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level .................................. 69
Figure 10.6-4 (page 3): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and
Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level .................................. 70
10-v
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 10.6-5: Supplemental Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and
Certification Requirements - I-Level ................................................................................................. 71
10.7 NAMP Compliance Auditing (NAMPSOP)........................................................................... 72
10.7.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................... 72
10.7.2 Definitions ....................................................................................................................... 72
10.7.3 Audit Categories ............................................................................................................. 73
10.7.4 Requirements .................................................................................................................. 73
10.7.5 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 74
10.7.5.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM...................................................................................74
10.7.5.2 COMNAVAIRFOR N422C ................................................................................74
10.7.5.3 Type Wings and Marine Air Wings ...................................................................74
10.7.5.4 Maintenance Officer...........................................................................................74
10.7.5.5 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO) .....................................................................75
10.7.5.6 Quality Assurance Supervisor (QAS) ................................................................75
10.7.5.7 Program Monitors ..............................................................................................76
10.7.5.8 Program Managers .............................................................................................76
10.7.5.9 Division Officers and Division or Branch Chiefs ..............................................77
10.7.5.10 Work Center Supervisors .................................................................................78
Figure 10.7-1 (page 1): O-Level and I-Level NAMP Compliance Audits ................................. 79
Figure 10.7-1 (page 2): O-Level and I-Level NAMP Compliance Audits ................................. 80
Figure 10.7-2: QA Discrepancy Tracker (Sample) ..................................................................... 81
10.8 Technical Data Management (NAMPSOP) .......................................................................... 82
10.8.1 References....................................................................................................................... 82
10.8.2 Introduction..................................................................................................................... 82
10.8.3 Requirements .................................................................................................................. 83
10.8.3.1 Authorized Technical Publications ....................................................................83
10.8.3.2 NATEC Technical Manual Application System (TMAPS) ...............................84
10.8.3.3 Technical Data Inventory and Currency Verification ........................................84
10.8.3.4 Portable Electronic Maintenance Aids (PEMA) ................................................84
10.8.3.5 Local Maintenance Requirements Cards (LMRC) ............................................85
10.8.3.6 Pre-Final Technical Data....................................................................................87
10.8.4 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 87
10-vi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-vii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.9.4 Exhibit Handling Procedures for EI, HMR, and PQDR (CAT I and CAT II)
Material ...................................................................................................................... 107
10.9.5 O-Level and I-Level Activity Responsibilities ............................................................. 111
10.9.5.1 Type Wing or Marine Aircraft Group (MAG) .................................................111
10.9.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO) ..............................................................................111
10.9.5.3 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer ......................................................................112
10.9.5.4 NAMDRP Manager .........................................................................................112
10.9.5.5 Division Officers ..............................................................................................114
10.9.5.6 Work Center Supervisors: ................................................................................114
10.9.6 NAVAIR Activity Responsibilities .............................................................................. 114
10.9.6.1 FST and Quality Teams for ADDRs, AIDRs, EIs, EI/HMRs, and PQDRs.....114
10.9.6.2 AIDR Quality Teams .......................................................................................118
10.9.6.3 ADDR Support Point .......................................................................................120
10.9.6.4 Baseline Trouble Report ..................................................................................120
10.9.6.5 PQDR Quality Teams ......................................................................................121
10.9.6.6 Technical Publication Deficiency Report Team ..............................................123
Figure 10.9-1 (page 1): HMR and PQDR Message Template .................................................. 126
Figure 10.9-1 (page 2): HMR and PQDR Message Template .................................................. 127
Figure 10.9-2: Category 1 Technical Publication Deficiency Report (Example)..................... 128
Figure 10.9-3: Baseline Trouble Report Message (Sample)..................................................... 129
Figure 10.9-4: Discrepancy Report Workload Priority ............................................................ 130
Figure 10.9-5: AIDR Process Timeline .................................................................................... 131
Figure 10.9-6: EI Process Timeline .......................................................................................... 132
Figure 10.9-7: PQDR Process Timeline ................................................................................... 133
Figure 10.9-8 (page 1) Partial Listing of Fleet Support Teams ................................................. 134
Figure 10.9-8 (page 2): Partial Listing of Fleet Support Teams ............................................... 135
Figure 10.9-9: Maintenance Technologies Points of Contact................................................... 136
Figure 10.9-10: ADDR Process Timeline................................................................................. 137
10.10 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance Program (NAMPSOP) ....................................... 138
10.10.1 References................................................................................................................... 138
10.10.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 138
10.10.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 140
10-viii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-ix
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-x
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xiii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xiv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 10.17-1 (page 2): Support Equipment Acceptance/Transfer Checklist (Example) ....... 265
Figure 10.17-1 (page 3): Support Equipment Acceptance/Transfer Checklist (Example) ....... 266
Figure 10.17-2: SE Preoperational Record (OPNAV 4790/52) ............................................... 267
Figure 10.17-3: Support Equipment Transaction Report (OPNAV 4790/64) .......................... 268
10.18 Naval Aviation Metrology and Calibration (METCAL) Program (NAMPSOP) ......... 269
10.18.1 References................................................................................................................... 269
10.18.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 270
10.18.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 271
10.18.4 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... 276
10.18.4.1 I-Level Responsibilities .................................................................................276
10.18.4.2 O-Level Activity Responsibilities ..................................................................280
10.18.4.3 O-Level and I-Level Work Center Supervisors .............................................282
Figure 10.18-1: METCAL Program Invoice (Sample) ............................................................. 283
Figure 10.18-2: TMDE Discrepancy Report (Sample) ............................................................. 284
Figure 10.18-3 (Page 1): Measure Meter Card (OPNAV 4790/58) ......................................... 285
Figure 10.18-3 (Page 2): Measure Meter Card (OPNAV 4790/58) ......................................... 286
10.19 Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) Program (NAMPSOP) .. 287
10.19.1 References................................................................................................................... 287
10.19.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 287
10.19.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 289
10.19.3.1 Safety and Environmental Compliance..........................................................289
10.19.3.2 Training and Qualification Requirements ......................................................289
10.19.3.3 HAZMAT Documentation and Reporting .....................................................291
10.19.3.4 HAZMAT Storage .........................................................................................292
10.19.3.5 HAZWASTE and Excess HAZMAT Requirements .....................................292
10.19.4 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... 293
10.19.4.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM................................................................................293
10.19.4.2 Type Wing or Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW) ...............................................293
10.19.4.3 Commanding Officer (CO) ............................................................................293
10.19.4.4 Maintenance Officer (MO) ............................................................................293
10.19.4.5 Command HMC&M Program Manager ........................................................293
10.19.4.6 Command HMC&M Supervisor ....................................................................294
10-xv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xvi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xvii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xviii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xix
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xx
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.31 Expeditionary Airfield (EAF) and Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) Aircraft Launch
and Recovery Equipment (ALRE) Maintenance ........................................................................ 390
10.31.1 References................................................................................................................... 390
10.31.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 390
10.31.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 390
10.31.3.1 Training and Designation ...............................................................................390
10.31.3.2 Quality Assurance ..........................................................................................391
10.31.3.3 Maintenance ...................................................................................................391
10.31.3.4 Preventive Maintenance (PM)........................................................................391
10.31.3.5 Preservation ....................................................................................................392
10.31.3.6 Unscheduled Maintenance .............................................................................392
10.31.3.7 Technical Directive Reviews .........................................................................392
10.31.3.8 Equipment Records and Logbooks ................................................................392
10.31.3.9 NAMP Compliance Auditing.........................................................................394
10.31.3.10 Certification..................................................................................................394
10.31.4 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... 394
10.31.4.1 PMA 251 ........................................................................................................394
10.31.4.2 MAW .............................................................................................................394
10.31.4.3 MALS .............................................................................................................394
10.31.4.4 Maintenance Officer.......................................................................................394
10.31.4.5 EAF Program Manager ..................................................................................395
10.31.4.6 Quality Assurance Chief ................................................................................395
10.31.4.7 Production Control Chief ...............................................................................396
10.31.4.8 Work Center Supervisor.................................................................................397
Figure 10.31-1: EAF/ MCAS Aircraft Recovery Maintenance Organization .......................... 398
Figure 10.31-2: EAF/ MCAS Recovery Quality Assurance Auditing ..................................... 399
10.32 Aircraft Weight and Balance (W&B) Program ............................................................... 400
10.32.1 References................................................................................................................... 400
10.32.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 400
10.32.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 400
10.32.3.1 General ...........................................................................................................400
10.32.3.2 Weight and Balance Personnel Designation and Training .............................401
10-xxiii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxiv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxvi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.39.5.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM................................................................................448
10.39.5.2 TYCOM Engine Class Desk ..........................................................................448
10.39.5.3 IMA Maintenance Officer ..............................................................................449
10.39.5.4 IMA Assistant Maintenance Officer ..............................................................449
10.39.5.5 IMA Quality Assurance .................................................................................449
10.39.5.6 GTEM Program Manager ..............................................................................449
Figure 10.39-1: Engine Screening and Processing ................................................................... 451
10.40 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) and Egress Systems Maintenance ................... 452
10.40.1 References................................................................................................................... 452
10.40.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 453
10.40.3 ALSS and Egress System Technician Qualifications ................................................. 454
10.40.4 ALSS and Egress System Quality Assurance Personnel Qualifications .................... 455
10.40.5 Maintenance ................................................................................................................ 455
10.40.6 Technical Directives ................................................................................................... 456
10.40.7 Logbooks and Records ............................................................................................... 457
10.40.8 ALSS Spare Pool Assets ............................................................................................. 457
10.40.9 ALSS and Egress Systems Acceptance and Transfer ................................................. 459
10.40.10 ALSS Work Order and Maintenance Action Form Documentation ........................ 459
10.40.11 ALSS Configuration Management Auto Log-Set (CM ALS) .................................. 459
10.40.12 Responsibilities ......................................................................................................... 460
10.40.12.1 Maintenance Officer.....................................................................................460
10.40.12.2 Program Manager .........................................................................................460
10.40.12.3 Quality Assurance Officer............................................................................461
10.40.12.4 Program Monitor ..........................................................................................461
10.40.12.5 Work Center Supervisors .............................................................................461
10.40.12.6 ALSS and Egress Systems Technicians .......................................................462
10.40.12.7 Aircrew.........................................................................................................462
10.41 Maintenance Department Safety (NAMPSOP)................................................................ 463
10.41.1 References................................................................................................................... 463
10.41.2 Introduction................................................................................................................. 463
10.41.3 General Requirements ................................................................................................ 463
10.41.3.1 Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) and Safety Training ......463
10-xxvii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxviii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxix
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxx
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxxi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-xxxii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.1 Aviation Maintenance Training Program (NAMPSOP)
10.1.1 References
10.1.2.1 A proficient work force is key to achieving and sustaining naval aviation operational
readiness. All activities maintaining aircraft and aeronautical equipment are responsible for
ensuring their personnel are adequately trained and skilled in their duties. This NAMPSOP
provides direction on general management procedures for formal and in-service training of O-Level
and I-Level Navy and Marine Corps Maintenance Department uniformed military personnel. This
NAMPSOP is not applicable to the training of government service or contractor personnel,
regardless of the level of the maintenance activity assigned.
10.1.2.2 The Aviation Maintenance Training (AMT) Program provides basic, intermediate, and
advanced levels of training to Department of the Navy aviation maintenance personnel involved
with aircraft, engines, components, and related equipment. The program also covers aviation
meteorological and photographic equipment, air launched weapons, missile targets, and
aeronautical equipment. The program aims to provide Naval Aviation with a competent workforce,
10-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
formally trained by the A and C-Schools, reflecting manpower document billet requirements, and
that has attained F-School and In-Service Training (IST) required by NAMP, NAVAIR and
NAVOSH policies. A competent workforce is one that utilizes technical knowledge and skill to
safely and proficiently perform maintenance plan tasks in the required operating environment.
Maintenance training is aligned to maintenance tasks and manning concepts required by the weapon
system acquisition, and arranged in a continuum of formal training and IST syllabi throughout a
career.
10.1.2.3 For Navy personnel, the Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) Program provides IST
standardization via Naval Education and Training (NAVEDTRA) Personnel Qualification
Standards (PQS). QPT contains a structured training syllabus that provides maintenance personnel
with the minimum level of proficiency required for their rate and pay grade. QPT expands on
prerequisite formal schools and Navy enlisted classification (NEC) training. QPT PQS is tailored
to two QPT certification levels that correspond to personnel’s skill level that is expected for
professional development. QPT levels:
a. Qualified and Proficient Apprentice (QPA), generally for E-4 and below personnel. QPA
includes general and rating specific training on flight line and work place safety, basic aircraft or
equipment servicing and inspection, support equipment (SE) licensing, basic maintenance
documentation requirements, basic type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft or I-Level equipment
maintenance tasks (typically limited to servicing, preventive maintenance, and component removal
and replacement), identification, use, and handling of hazardous material, and any additional
qualifications necessary to perform at the Apprentice level.
b. Qualified and Proficient Journeyman (QPJ), generally for E-5 and E-6 personnel. QPJ
includes required QPA items for personnel new to a T/M/S aircraft or I-Level duty, in-depth T/M/S
aircraft and equipment information and job tasks (typically troubleshooting to component level,
ready for issue material (RFI) determination, schematics use, end-to-end testing, and rigging or
tuning of systems and components), advanced maintenance documentation, shop and shift workload
management, and any additional qualifications necessary to perform at the Journeyman level. QPJ
certified individuals become instructors and mentors to apprentices.
10.1.2.4 For Marine Corps personnel, the Aviation Maintenance and Supply Training and
Readiness Program (AMSTRP) provides structured IST for each aviation military occupational
specialty (MOS). The AMSTRP implements concepts that include system skill proficiency
qualifications, designations, and SE licensing requirements. The AMSTRP provides maintenance
training standardization, identification of training resources, and a standardized method for
measuring the manpower readiness of work centers, divisions, and Maintenance Departments.
NAVMC 4790.1 directs the AMSTRP.
10.1.2.5 PQS is the foundational element of the QPT Program and AMSTRP. PQS are structured
training syllabi that delineate the minimum knowledge and skills an individual must demonstrate
before they are qualified to perform specific maintenance or administrative duties. OPNAVINST
3500.34 directs the PQS Program, and specifies key roles for Commander, Naval Air Systems
Command (COMNAVAIRSYSCOM) Naval Education Training Command (NETC).
NAVEDTRA 43100-1 and 43100-2 provide policy on developing and managing PQS.
10-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.1.2.6 On the job training (OJT) is the primary training element in attaining technical proficiency
and skill in performing maintenance and administrative duties. OJT consists of personnel
performing tasks under the supervision of qualified personnel. The trainee gains knowledge, skill,
and experience by observing and participating in the work.
10.1.2.7 Job Qualification Requirements (JQR) are locally produced guides for training and
qualification elements not covered by a QPT, AMSTRP, or NAVEDTRA PQS.
10.1.2.8 Lectures, Interactive Multimedia Instruction (IMI), and required reading provide essential
knowledge for performing certain tasks.
10.1.2.9 The Advanced Skills Management Program (ASM) is an unclassified Management
Information System (MIS) that contains job task requirements, documents completed training,
qualifications, certifications, designations, duty or billet assignments, and tracks personnel progress
in completing QPT or AMSTRP. ASM is the primary training database and personnel management
for designation, qualification and certification for Navy and Marine Corps O-Level and I-Level
maintenance activities. All designations, qualifications, and certifications are complete when
signed off by the designation authority and will be tracked by the date in ASM.
NOTES: 1. All prerequisites required to support a certification, designation, or qualification
must be maintained in a current status. If a prerequisite lapses, expires, is
suspended, or is revoked, the associated certification, designation, or qualification
will be placed in “Not in Use” status in ASM, and the MPP will be updated. When
prerequisites are returned to current or up-to-date status, ASM and the MPP will
be updated.
2. All activities will use ASM for all NAMP program designations.
10.1.3 Formal Training
10.1.3.1 Definition
Formal training is training with an approved course curriculum which may or may not produce an
NEC or MOS. Formal training programs and AMT courses aim to provide Naval Aviation with a
competent workforce, formally trained by the A and C-Schools, reflecting manpower document
billet requirements, and that has attained F-School and In-Service Training (IST) required by
NAMP, NAVAIR and NAVOSH policy or program requirments. Additionally, formal training
with an approved course curriculum is by NETC, CNATT or Depot FRCs. Formal training courses
provide specific weapon system task training that provides familiarization in operation and
maintenance of the system, support equipment, or program being maintained. Types of formal
training include:
Class A - Basic knowledge and skills required for entry level performance. NEC or MOS not
normally awarded.
Class C - Advanced knowledge and skills required to fill a billet coded with an NEC or MOS.
Awards NEC or MOS.
Class D - Professional CNO mandated or non-pipeline refresher training. NEC not normally
awarded.
10-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Class F - Individual functional skill training required by fleet, ACC, TYCOM, or SYSCOM
instructions. No NEC awarded.
Class G - Segment course of an NEC or MOS producing pipeline. Does not, by itself, award an
NEC or MOS and may be attended outside the entire pipeline.
Class R - Training upon initial enlistment or induction which provides general indoctrination
and prepares the recruit for early adjustment to military life by providing skill and knowledge in
basic military subjects.
Class T - Team training to fleet personnel, officers and enlisted, enroute to duty as members of
ship's company. No NEC is awarded.
10.1.3.2 Directives
The directives referenced in 10.1.1 provide overarching policy and command responsibilities for
formal training development, management, scheduling, and future requirements. Summary:
a. Formal course curriculum, IST syllabi and training devices, are produced by
NAVAIRSYSCOM utilizing policies contained in Reference a.
b. Aviation technical training systems produced under Reference a are approved within CNO
Navy Training System Plans and managed by CNATT in accordance with policies in Reference b.
c. Seat forecasting and quota management is governed by CNO and BUPERS per the
procedures of Reference c.
d. Personnel distribution policies including Fleet responsibility to screen orders of inbound
personnel for billet related training is contained in Reference d.
e. Procedures for requesting CNATT Mobile Training Teams are contained in Reference e.
f. The Training Requirement Review (TRR) process by which CNATT gathers Fleet feedback
for training improvement is governed by Reference f. Feedback can be submitted at any time via
NETC Fleet Feedback email to pnsc.netc.pao@navy.mil. Information should include course
identification number (CIN), course location and feedback comments. NETC will forward the
submission to the appropriate Learning Center to be reviewed at the next TRR.
g. When Fleet feedback reveals un-resourced issues, reference g. provides a process for
requesting design and cost analysis for submission to the OPNAV Resource Sponsor.
h. Reference h. identifies the process for requesting NATEC on-site training.
10.1.3.3 Funding and Seat Reservation
a. BUPERS is the primary source of TAD funding for training received enroute prior to
reporting to an ultimate duty station. TAD funding for other formal training is in accordance with
respective type/functional commander travel directives.
b. Course locations may be researched in the Catalog of Navy Training Courses (CANTRAC)
and reserved via the enterprise Navy Training Reservation System (eNTRS). BUPERS is the Quota
Control Authority for A and C-Schools, thus BUPERS Detailers may need to be contacted for seat
reservation.
10-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Marine Corps aviation maintenance training that requires TAD and travel funds is requested
per Commanding General, Training and Education Command (TECOM) directives and the
CANTRAC. CG TECOM coordinates Marine Corps aviation training requirements and represents
CMC on all training matters.
10.1.3.4 Contractor field services training
NAVAIR program offices provide contractor field services training for new weapon systems being
introduced to the fleet. Fleet personnel are trained by the contractor either at the contractor's
facility or at a Fleet site. Fleet personnel ordered to this specialized training program must be of the
highest caliber and capable of instructing other personnel upon completion of the training.
10.1.3.5 Training Model Managers (TMMs)
TMMs provide systematic review and evaluation of training for respective community weapon
systems. The TMM is normally the lead Wing or equivalent I-Level FRC organization with
expertise on the system and therefore best able to evaluate or propose changes to training curricula
or syllabi.
10.1.4 In-Service Training Requirements
10.1.4.1 QPT
Navy personnel performing duties covered by the QPT Program must complete the QPT
certification commensurate with their duties and paygrade.
10.1.4.2 AMSTRP
Marine Corps personnel must complete the AMSTRP requirements for their MOS.
NOTES: 1. QPT and AMSTRP certifications may be used as qualification elements for
attaining certain job specific, by name designations or licenses. However, a QPT or
AMSTRP certification will not be used as a substitute for designation or licensing;
for example, designation as a Plane Captain, Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI),
Quality Assurance Representative (QAR), Safe for Flight (SFF), or licensing
auxiliary power unit (APU) or engine turn-up.
2. Navy Type Wings operating the F-35 aircraft may establish QPT qualification
programs modeled after the Marine Corps AMSTRP for F-35 MOS. Guidance
must be published in a Wing instruction.
10.1.4.3 JQR
Qualification for a maintenance duty not covered by the QPT Program, AMSTRP or a
NAVEDTRA PQS must be conducted per a published JQR. The JQR must include all elements
required to attain qualification (as applicable):
a. Formal training courses (10.1.3)
b. Required reading.
c. IMI.
10-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Related general qualifications, for example, flight deck firefighting and cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR).
e. SE license requirements.
f. OJT in specific maintenance and administrative tasks related to the job. Figure 10.1-1
provides an example of an OJT syllabus.
10.1.4.4 OJT
OJT must be conducted and documented in a task until the trainee is qualified. Supervisors will
recommend final qualification only when confident the individual is knowledgeable and skilled in
that area. Once the Work Center Supervisor certifies an individual as qualified in a task, OJT
documentation for that task is no longer required. Procedures:
a. OJT will be performed under the supervision and instruction of qualified and designated
personnel. Designated qualifiers will sign-off completion of tasks (line items), only if the
individual demonstrates thorough knowledge and skill in the practical application of the task.
b. The preferred method of OJT is hands-on performance of the task. Simulation may be used
when it is impractical to perform the actual task. As applicable, OJT will include:
(1) General administrative duties, for example, work order (WO) or maintenance action
form (MAF), and logs and records entries
(2) Use of technical manuals, reports, and reference materials
(3) Use of tools and test equipment
(4) Inspection and maintenance procedures
(5) General and T/M/S or equipment specific corrosion control inspection, treatment and
prevention procedures.
(6) Quality assurance (QA) certification requirements.
(7) Post task question and answer session to assess the trainee’s level of comprehension.
NOTES: 1. Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System
(NALCOMIS) download may be used to document completion of an OJT task
unless specified to be documented in a paper or electronic training document, for
example, a QPT PQS syllabus.
2. OJT refresher training in technical or administrative procedures is required
whenever personnel demonstrate a lack of knowledge or skill in task areas for
which they have been previously signed off as qualified to perform.
10.1.4.5 Lesson Guides and IMI
a. Lesson guides or IMI will be used to conduct non-OJT maintenance training. Lesson guides
must be based on technical references (technical manuals, Interactive Electronic Technical Manual
(IETMs), COMNAVAIRSYSCOM manuals, or instructions) or policy directives, such as the
NAMP, NAVAIR, TYCOM instructions.
10-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Lesson guides are required only if the material in IMIs, manuals, instructions, or videos is
insufficient for the presenter to cover the topic. IMI is available on Navy eLearning at
(https://learning.nel.navy.mil/ELIAASv2p/). A list of In-Service training courses is also available
by navigating to: Course Catalog, Navy Learning Centers and Programs, Center for Naval Aviation
Technical Training (CNATT), and then In-Service.
c. Lesson guides must include the following elements, as a minimum:
(1) Lesson number
(2) Time required to conduct the lesson
(3) Date prepared
(4) Date reviewed
(5) Prepared or reviewed by
(6) Title
(7) Objective
(8) Instructional aids (if required) and where they can be obtained
(9) References
(10) Presentation. If the lesson is covering a procedure in a maintenance technical manual
or instruction, the presentation section will state, “Cover the procedures of (reference) with
emphasis on (primary points).” All safety precautions, emergency procedures, and applicable
Aviation Maintenance Advisories (AMA), QA requirements must be thoroughly covered.
(11) Summary. As a minimum, the summary must include any safety precautions and
emergency procedures covered in the lesson.
(12) Question and answer period
NOTE: The COMNAVAIRFOR AMMT produces lesson guides on multiple NAMP
processes. AMMT NAMP Lesson guides can be downloaded from the
COMNAVAIRPAC SharePoint https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-
CNAP-HQ/.
10.1.4.6 Required Reading
a. Information directed to be read, such as COMNAVAIRFOR AMAs, COMFRC FST
AMEAs, Type Wing or MAW advisories, or CO memorandums, must be logged on the Required
Reading and Maintenance Information Record (OPNAV 4790/34) (Figure 10.1-2), or an electronic
equivalent form.
b. Required reading material will be maintained in a readily accessible Required Reading File
(hardcopy or electronic). For large publications and instructions not feasible to be maintained in the
file, a Required Reading Cross-Reference Locator Sheet will be used to list the location of the
material and the specific chapters and paragraphs required to be read. Reading materials no longer
required to be read will be purged from the file each month.
10-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Completion of required reading may be accomplished individually or in a group training
session.
10.1.4.7 NAMP Indoctrination Training
The purpose of NAMP Indoctrination Training is for activities to provide first-tour Maintenance
Department personnel with a fundamental overview of NAMP processes. Requirements:
a. NAMP Indoctrination Training will be provided to all Maintenance Department personnel
within their first 45 days reporting to their first aviation command. Although the training does not
need to be in any specific format, NAMP Indoctrination Training topics will include all
NAMPSOPs requirements.
b. Primary means to document NAMP Indoctrination Training is ASM. Commands not
implemented with ASM will document NAMP Indoctrination Training utilizing Figure 10.1-3.
c. NAMP Indoctrination Training may be taught by the applicable Program Manager or QA
Program Monitor to an individual or in a group setting.
NOTE: 1. If the Program Manager or QA Program Monitor are not available due to an
operational commitment, Navy activities may elect to have the member’s Work
Center Supervisor provide NAMP Indoctrination training.
2. Navy and Marine Corps Officers who have completed Naval Aviation
Maintenance Program Indoctrination Course (CIN C-4D-2012), Naval Aviation
Maintenance Program Management Course (CIN C-4D-2013), or Aviation Officer
Maintenance Fundamentals Course (CIN C-555-0034) are exempt from NAMP
Indoctrination training.
10.1.4.8 Refresher Training
a. Refresher training is required for maintenance personnel when specifically directed in the
applicable NAMPSOP or other naval directive. In addition, refresher training will be accomplished
as follows:
(1) Upon release of an updated NAMP (revision or change)
(2) When directed by higher authority or dictated by operational environment
(3) Directed by an AMA
b. Primary means to document NAMP Refresher Training is ASM. Commands not
implemented with ASM will document NAMP Refresher Training utilizing Figure 10.1-4.
10.1.4.9 Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) and Safety Training
All personnel assigned to the Maintenance Department must receive NAVOSH and Safety Training
applicable to their duties. Requirements are specified in 10.41 Maintenance Department Safety
NAMPSOP.
10.1.4.10 Qualification/Certification Record
10-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Activities using ASM must initiate a Qualification/Certification Record in ASM for each
enlisted member and government employee that requires a NAMP qualification, license,
certification, or designation. All letters of designation, qualification, certification, course
completion, medical certification, and completed PQS and JQR will be filed in the ASM
Qualification/Certification Record.
NOTES: 1. Each officer serving in a billet within the Maintenance Department will maintain
an active ASM account.
2. Duplicate paper records and forms are not authorized in activities using ASM.
In the event a qualification/certification equivalency within ASM does not fulfill the
requirements of the NAMP, the command’s ASM Fleet Administrator will contact
the Model Manager for resolution. Paper records may be used until the ASM
deficiency is corrected.
3. Scanned images of individual training documents are not required to be
maintained in ASM once the subject course, qualification, or license has been signed
electronically within ASM.
b. Activities not using ASM or other approved electronic training documentation system must
maintain a hardcopy Qualification/Certification Record per the example of Figure 10.1-5.
Hardcopy Qualification/Certification records will only contain documents required by the
individual to perform their current duties. All other documents will be given to the individual for
their personal file.
c. Qualification/Certification Record Transfer procedures:
(1) Transfer between Commands using ASM. The transferring command will perform
Permanent Change of Station (PCS) check out in ASM upon transfer of each individual. The
gaining command will perform PCS check in upon reporting.
(2) Transfer from ASM Command to Non-ASM Command. The ASM command will
transfer the electronic version onto a CD in pdf format. Once the CD record is created, the ASM
Fleet Administrator will PCS check out and PCS check in the record to the non-ASM unit.
(3) Transfer from Non-ASM Command to ASM Command. The Non-ASM command will scan
and make a CD copy of the entire training jacket and provide it to the transferring individual. The
ASM command will enter the individual’s qualification and certifications into ASM when the
individual reports.
10.1.5 Responsibilities
10.1.5.1 Type Wings, TECOM, Maintenance Training Syllabus Sponsors (MTSS), and Navy
IMAs:
a. (All) Publish JQRs and supporting lectures for any duty or function not covered by a QPT or
AMSTRP syllabus or NAVEDTRA PQS. JQRs will include the minimum elements specified in
paragraph 10.1.4.3.
b. (All) Review and update QPT, AMSTRP, JQR and other training requirements every 12
months, or sooner if changes or modifications to related systems or components have occurred.
10-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. (All) Participate in Training Requirement Reviews (TRR).
d. (Type Wings and TECOM) Designate staff personnel and subordinate activities to act as
Model Manager and Developer (MTSS for Marine activities) or the T/M/S Master Task List
(MTL), accreditations and test banks, and for review of ASM task lists and tests for currency and
content.
NOTES: 1. TECOM Policy and Standards Division (PSD) Aviation Standards Branch (ASB)
will develop and publish via ASM a Training and Readiness syllabus for all aviation
Military Occupational Specialties (MOS) applicable to Organizational and
Intermediate levels of maintenance. TECOM will also develop standardized
training and testing syllabus for designated billets, such as QAR, CDQAR, CDI, and
Plane Captain. Designated duty training syllabus and testing will be tailored to the
specific T/M/S aircraft, engines, components and equipment maintained. All
training documentation and testing will be executed within the construct of the
Advanced Skills Management (ASM) environment. MAWs will review and
consolidate submissions from their activities and forward to TECOM Aviation
Standards Branch for action.
2. Navy Model Managers and Developers must complete the NAVEDTRA PQS
43401 Advanced Skills Management (305) Model Manager Watch Station.
e. (Type Wings and MTSS) Coordinate and assist activities in implementing the maintenance
training outlined in the AMSTRP.
f. (Type Wings and MTSS) Prioritize assignment of training course quotas within Wing
activities when demand exceeds CNATTU or CNATTMARU capacity.
g. (Type Wings and MTSS) Act as approving authority for temporary deviations from NAMP-
directed formal training requirements under the following conditions:
(1) Authority to grant deviations applies only to deployed personnel.
(2) Deviations must be requested by name and by course, in writing via naval letter or
message. The request must include the convening date for the course the individual will attend
after return from deployment. Course seats can be reserved by submitting a request via the
Enterprise Navy Training Reservation System, at the following link:
https://app.prod.cetars.training.navy.mil/eNTRS/. If a course seat cannot be obtained, the deviation
request will include a request for Type Wing/MAW assistance in prioritizing and scheduling course
seats. Multiple requests may be submitted on one letter or message.
(3) Deviation approvals must be granted by name and by course, in writing via naval letter
or message. “Blanket” deviations are not authorized.
(4) Deviations must expire no later than 120 days after return to home base for CONUS
activities, and no later than 180 days after return to home base for OCONUS activities.
h. (Type Wings and Navy IMAs) Manage the ASM database and system security as follows:
(1) Assign, modify, and delete user access privileges and passwords
10-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Review the accuracy of ASM database files
(3) Troubleshoot user problems and submit trouble tickets
(4) Publish a contingency plan for procedures during ASM system downtime
i. (Type Wings and Navy IMAs) Provide COMNAVAIRFOR Maintenance Training (Code
N422A) with the number of F-School and T-School quotas required for each assigned unit
identification code (UIC), for publishing in the Fleet Training Management and Planning System
(FLTMPS).
j. (Type Wings) Coordinate with the responsible COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Program Office and
CNATT to maintain a current PQS for each QPT certification level for each rating and T/M/S
aircraft supported.
k. (Navy IMAs) Coordinate with the responsible COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Program Office and
CNATT to maintain a current PQS for each QPT certification level for each I-Level rating and
work center.
NOTE: PQS correction or change recommendations will be emailed to the PQS Model
Manager using the PQS Feedback form located on the last page of the PQS package.
10-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the individual will perform upon assignment to a workcenter. Provide NAMP indoctrination
training on Aviation Maintenance Training Program per 10.1.4.7.
b. (Deploying activities) Develop and track the accomplishment of a Deployment Turnaround
Maintenance Training Plan with the specific training requirements and personnel proficiency goals
required to meet the operational events of the turnaround cycle and deployment. As a minimum,
the plan will identify qualification requirements (number and type of QARs and CDIs, number of
personnel qualified as Plane Captains, Paint and Final Finish, etc.) and required quotas for training
courses.
c. (Non-deploying activities) Develop and track the accomplishment of an Annual Training
Plan with specific training requirements and personnel proficiency goals required to sustain the
Maintenance Department. As a minimum, the training plan must identify qualification
requirements (number and type of QARs and CDIs, number of personnel qualified as Plane
Captains, Paint and Final Finish, etc.) and required quotas for training courses. Commands with
both a non-deploying element and deploying elements must develop an annual training plan that
encompasses non-deploying and deploying elements.
d. Obtain quotas and prioritize attendance of formal training courses.
e. Publish an electronic or hardcopy Monthly Personnel Plan (MPP) no later than the 1st day of
each month. The MPP may contain reports downloaded from ASM, FLTMPS, and other databases.
The MPP will include:
(1) Schedule of command-held maintenance training (in-service training required for their
rate/MOS and pay grade, recurring training requirements; NAMP Indoctrination; NAMP Refersher
Training, NAVOSH training, etc.)
(2) Schedule of confirmed formal courses and attendees.
(3) Recertification or requalification requirements (Plane Captain practical examination,
Egress /Explosive Systems check-out, etc.)
(4) Current list of QPT, AMSTRP, PQS, and JQR qualifiers.
(5) List of personnel currently designated for specific duties (Safe For Flight, UAS GMVO,
QAR, CDQAR, CDI, Plane Captain, NAMP Program Manager, Hydraulic Contamination Analysis
Technician, ACSP Entry Authority, etc.)
(6) List SE Operator’s License expiration dates, including the expiration date of vehicle
driver’s licenses.
(7) A narrative or graphic depiction of the current maintenance department qualification
status and plan for attaining maintenance qualification readiness.
f. Monitor QPT and AMSTRP qualification progress of each individual and the overall
percentage certified for each work center.
g. (O-Level) Submit ASM software discrepancies and ASM Master Task List (MTL) change
recommendations to the Type Wing or MTSS coordinator.
h. Review personnel documents (My Navy Assignment, Activity Manning Document, and PCS
orders) and verify incoming personnel either possess the requisite skills (NEC or MOS) or will
10-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
receive training to qualify for the billet. If incoming personnel do not have required skills,
coordinate with manpower and training activities to resolve deficiencies.
i. Non-QA qualifications and certifications are eligible for reinstatement for personnel who
transfer or are Temporary Assigned Duty (TAD) provided it is within the same T/M/S or
equipment. Qualifications and certifications must be reviewed by the appropriate qualifying and
certifying authority prior to consideration for reinstatement. All additional requirements outside of
this instruction will be validated and adheared to during the reinstatement process.
NOTE: For QA and SE qualifications per paragraph 7.3.5.2 and NAMPSOP 10.16.4.
j. Coordinate with subject matter experts to develop lesson guides for topics not covered by
IMI or video, per paragraph 10.1.4.5.
k. Coordinate the development of JQRs per 10.1.4.3 if needed to cover qualifications for a
maintenance duty not covered by the QPT Program, AMSTRP, NAVEDTRA PQS, or a Wing JQR.
O-Level activities will submit locally produced JQRs to the applicable Wing for consideration of
publishing as a Wing JQR.
l. Coordinate with the various NAMP Program Managers to develop a NAMP Refresher
Training matrix (Figure 10.1-4) to specify recurring refresher training requirements applicable to
the command.
m. (Navy O-Level and I-Level) Use the FLTMPS Command 12 Month Training Plan and
associated FLTMPS ADHOC reports to manage accomplishment of F-School and T-School
graduate requirements.
n. (O-Level) Forward discrepancies in QPT or AMSTRP content to the respective Type Wing
or MTSS for review.
o. Provide ASM training to Division Officers. At a minimum, the training will include
procedures for reviewing qualifications, certifications, and licenses using the Work Center and
Management Views; screening training records prior to sign-offs; and conducting initial check-in
and quarterly reviews.
p. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.1.5.4 ASM Fleet Administrator
a. Complete the NAVEDTRA PQS 43401 Advanced Skills Management (301) Basic ASM
Administrator Watch station.
b. Manage the ASM program within the activity, and assist the Program Manager, Type Wing
Manager/Developer (O-Level), and site representative in matters pertaining to ASM.
10-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Provide ASM training to personnel. If needed, contact ASM Site Representatives or the
ASM Help Desk to request training from the ASM Support Team. Video teleconference and web-
based training are also available.
d. Submit ASM software discrepancies and MTL change recommendations to the Aviation
Maintenance Training Program Manager.
NOTE: Navy activities are not authorized to make ASM MTL changes without Type Wing
approval. TECOM Aviation Standards Branch is the approval authority for Marine
Corps ASM changes.
e. Monitor defect reports and correspond with the ASM Help Desk for resolution (as
applicable).
f. Maintain ASM system security per SECNAVINST 5211.5.
g. Assign, modify, or delete ASM user access privileges and passwords.
h. Perform ASM PCS check out or in when individuals transfer or report.
10.1.5.5 Sea Operational Detachment (SEAOPDET) Coordinator (Navy)
The SEAOPDET coordinator will schedule, coordinate, and track completion of training
requirements to qualify SEAOPDET personnel for their deployed billet.
10.1.5.6 Division Officers
a. Perform initial review of each individual’s Qualification/Certification Record within 30 days
of the member reporting to the division, and perform a semi-annual (every 6 months) progress
review thereafter. Reviews must be documented in the ASM Review tab. If ASM is not available,
a paper or electronic document may be used to document training reviews.
b. Review Work Center Supervisor notes during initial and 6-month Division Officer Reviews.
c. Review each member’s QPT or AMSTRP individual training syllabus prepared by their
Work Center Supervisor and verify the syllabus has been appropriately tailored for past experience
and training.
NOTE: The Division Officer may delegate training record, training syllabus, and semi-
annual training progress reviews to the Division or Branch Chief.
d. Brief newly reporting personnel on QPT, AMSTRP, PQS, and JQR qualification
requirements and the expected completion timelines required for career progression.
e. Review NAMP compliance audits, 3M summaries, ASM reports and direct refresher training
when the data indicates a deficiency in knowledge or skill.
f. Verify division training is conducted per the training schedule.
g. Monitor projected personnel attrition vs. projected numbers of qualified personnel, and
verify a sufficient number of qualified personnel will be available to support the division’s
workload.
h. Report division training and qualification status to the Aviation Maintenance Training
Program Manager.
10-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Submit recommendations for changes to the ASM MTL and test question data banks to the
ASM Fleet Administrator, as needed, to maintain currency related to division duties.
10.1.5.7 Work Center Supervisors
NOTE: Work Center Supervisors may assign no more than two personnel as Maintenance
In-Service Training Coordinators (MITCs) if needed to handle the workload
associated with managing, scheduling and logging training. MITCs should be E-4 or
above paygrade. Assignment of MITCs does not relieve the Work Center Supervisor
of the responsibility to ensure training requirements are accomplished.
a. Track completion of work center personnel training.
b. Verify training, qualifications, and certifications are documented in each Individual’s
Qualification/Certification Record within 5 working days of completion.
c. Perform an initial Qualification/Certification Record review within 30 days of a new member
reporting to the work center, and perform progress reviews at least once every 6 months thereafter.
Reviews and notes on information concerning training progress and any specific recommendations
will be documented in ASM with a tag of “Other”.
d. Nominate PQS, JQR, QPT, and AMSTRP qualifiers based on technical knowledge and
skills.
e. Assign qualified personnel to conduct OJT.
f. Sign off qualification in OJT task areas only if the individual has demonstrated sufficient
knowledge and skill to independently perform the task.
g. Recommend personnel for final qualification, certification, or designation only when
confident the nominee is knowledgeable and skilled in the area.
h. Direct refresher training for personnel that demonstrate a lack of knowledge or skill in areas
they were previously signed off as qualified.
i. Coordinate with the ASM Fleet Administrator to provide ASM training to work center
personnel.
j. Review syllabi, lesson guides, and IMI annually to verify material is relevant and current.
Submit discrepancies to the Aviation Maintenance Training Program Manager for forwarding to the
respective Type Wing or Marine MTSS for resolution.
k. Review the Required Reading File each month to ensure the material is current and work
center personnel are logging completion (Figure 10.1-2).
l. Provide transferring individuals with their Qualification/Certification Record and original
designation letters prior to transfer, per paragraph 10.1.4.10.c.
10-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
OJT SYLLABUS: 9101
OJT TASKS INST DATE INST DATE INST DATE W/C SUP DATE
PMs
Carburetor Adjustment
R&R Carburetor
Tune Up
R&R Alternator
Flush Radiator
R&R Starter
Brake Job
QEC Engine
QEC Transmission
ADDITIONAL TASKING
Page 1 of 1
10-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REQUIRED READING
Figure 10.1-2: Required Reading and Maintenance Information Record (OPNAV 4790/34)
10-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAMP INDOCTRINATION TRAINING
10-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAMP REFRESHER TRAINING
TOPIC SCHEDULE
10-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QUALIFICATION/CERTIFICATION RECORD
LEFT SIDE
Name:________________________ Rate/Rank ________________
DOD ID # (Last 4 ONLY): __________
1. Current Letters/ and Certificates of Designation/Qualifications, for example, Quality Assurance
Representative/Inspector Recommendation/Designation OPNAV 4790/12
2. Current medical certifications required for duties, for example, audiograms, X ray, screening,
laser eye testing, flight deck physical, and CPR.
3. Course completion certificates, for example, CENNAVAVNTECHTRA completion letters and
certificates, and SE Phase I and Phase II training.
4. Personal Qualifications Standards (PQS) completion certificates, for example, NAVPERS
1070/604 for shipboard damage control, maintenance and material management (3M), and
completed JQR.
PRIVACY ACT STATEMENT
1. Authority for the collection of information: 5 U.S.C. 301, Department Regulation and E.O.
9397 (SSN).
3. Completion of this form is voluntary. However, failure to complete this form may result in the
inaccurate documentation of your training. The principal purpose of the Privacy Act is to make
known your special considerations and for you to authorize the release of your
qualifications/certification record information.
I understand that this Privacy Act Statement applies to all requests for personal information made to
my qualification/certification record and that a signed copy in my qualification/certification record
is evidence of this notification. I further understand that I may receive a copy of this statement
from the Training Department, on request. I also understand that I will be informed of any changes
to the system or records for which this information is compiled and that I have the right to review
personal data contained in this record, on request.
________________________________________ _________________________
Signature Date
10-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QUALIFICATION/CERTIFICATION RECORD
RIGHT SIDE
4. NAVOSH and Safety Training completed for past four years (Figure 10.41-1)
10-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The Fuel Surveillance Program establishes the minimum requirements for sampling fuel in naval
aircraft and aircraft engine test cells. Fuel sampling can detect water, debris, and other
contaminants that can negatively impact aircraft engine performance. Harmful effects of fuel
contamination include low performance, erratic or incorrect fuel quantity indication, fuel system
icing, and damage to engine and fuel system components.
NOTE: For Depot Fuel Surveillance Program see Chapter 12.
10.2.3 Requirements
10-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Take separate samples from all fuel cell/tank low point drains, including auxiliary,
removable, and in-flight refueling tanks (approximately one pint from each low point drain) using a
one-quart, clear, clean glass container.
NOTE: Group 3 UAS that utilize a sealed fuel system will take fuel samples from the external
fuel cell.
d. A Naval aircrewman designated by the Commanding Officer (CO) per NATOPS Evaluation
Report (OPNAV 3710/7), or the Line/Power Line Supervisor, or a CDI, CDQAR, or QAR will
visually inspect samples for a clear and bright appearance with no visible water or sediment by
swirling and checking directly under the swirl vortex for any discoloration, water, cloudiness, or
sediment per NAVAIR 00-80T-109.
(1) If contaminants are present, retain the contaminated sample, drain approximately 1
gallon of fuel into bucket or other suitable container, and take another sample.
(2) If the second sample is contaminated, immediately notify Maintenance Control, initiate a
downing discrepancy work order (WO) against the aircraft and give both samples to Quality
Assurance (QA) for inspection.
e. Sample bottles must be emptied and cleaned after each use.
f. Fuel samples must be disposed of per local hazardous waste (HAZWASTE) procedures.
10.2.3.2 Test Cell Fuel Sampling
WARNING: JP-4, JP-5, AND JP-8 CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS, IRRITATIONS AND
BLINDNESS. AVOID PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT.
Fuel samples will be taken from all fixed and portable engine test stands fuel cells/tanks and
accumulators. Minimum sampling procedures are as follows:
a. Samples must be taken prior to the first engine run of the day, at a minimum.
NOTE: Shipboard test cell fuel sampling is conducted by V-4 Division. Prior to the first
engine run of the day, the test cell operator must contact V-4 and verify samples
were taken and no contamination is present.
b. PPE, including chemical resistant gloves and goggles, must be worn while taking, handling,
and disposing of fuel samples.
c. Drain or draw samples from lowest possible point below the fuel pick-up point
(approximately one pint of fuel for each sample), using a one-quart, clear, clean glass or
polyethylene container.
d. The Test Cell supervisor or CDI, CDQAR, or QAR will visually inspect fuel samples for a
clear and bright appearance with no visible water or sediment by swirling and checking directly
under the swirl vortex for any discoloration, water, cloudiness, or sediment per NAVAIR 00-80T-
109.
(1) If contaminants are present, retain the sample, drain and draw approximately 5 gallons
(but not more than 10 gallons) of fuel from the low point and take another sample.
10-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) If more than 10 gallons are drained to achieve a satisfactory sample, initiate a downing
discrepancy MAF against each test cell the contaminated tank feeds, and notify Production Control
and QA.
e. Defuel and clean contaminated fuel cells before returning to operation.
f. Sample bottles must be cleaned after each use.
g. Fuel samples must be disposed of per local HAZWASTE procedures.
10.2.3.3 Fuel System Integrity
a. NRFI and inactive fuel cells or tanks must be preserved and protected against contamination
per NAVAIR 15-01-500.
b. Protective measures, such as approved covers or caps, must be placed on open removed fuel
cells, lines, and components per NAVAIR 01-1A-20.
10.2.4 Responsibilities
10-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
and 10.1.4.8. Verify fuel surveillance personnel receive Fuel Surveillance familiarization prior to
performing maintenance while assigned to the work center and annually thereafter. Training must
be specific to the duties the individual performs.
c. (IMA Program Managers) Publish a training syllabus oriented to the type of test cell
operated, containing the elements specified in NAVAIR 01-1A-35.
d. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) List of equipment requiring fuel sampling
(2) POCs
(3) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(4) References or cross reference locator sheets
(5) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.2.4.4 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate the Power Plants QAR as the Fuel Surveillance Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.2.4.5 QA Fuel Surveillance Program Monitor
a. Perform audits using CSEC, per the procedures of paragraph 10.7.4.7
b. Immediately conduct an investigation of the source of fuel contamination. If the
contamination is suspected to have come from the refueling source (truck or fueling station),
immediately notify the station or ship Fuels Officer and provide them a sample for analysis, per
MIL-HDBK-844B (AS).
10.2.4.6 Maintenance Control and Production Control
a. Immediately issue a downing discrepancy WO and notify QA to conduct an investigation
whenever aircraft or test cell fuel contamination is reported.
b. When embarked, direct fuel samples be drawn and analyzed for flash point and follow the
precautions in NAVAIR 00-80T-109, whenever an aircraft receives, or is suspected of receiving,
any fuel other than JP-5. Notify flight deck control not to move the aircraft to the hangar bay until
the flashpoint has been certified to be above 120 degrees Fahrenheit.
c. Debrief aircrew returning from cross-country flights to verify specific fuels used.
d. Track fuel systems of preserved aircraft and test cells, and issue WOs for the preservation
actions specified in T/M/S maintenance technical manuals and NAVAIR 15-01-500.
10.2.4.7 Line, Power Line, and Test Cell Supervisor
a. Verify completion of Fuel Surveillance Program indoctrination training for personnel.
b. Assign only qualified personnel knowledgeable of performing fuel sampling per
maintenance technical manuals, NATOPS procedures, and this NAMPSOP.
10-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Periodically, spot check personnel conducting fuel sampling to verify correct procedures and
safety precautions are being followed.
d. Verify contaminated samples are immediately reported to Maintenance Control, and are
physically given to QA for inspection.
e. Provide PPE and equipment to personnel performing fuel sampling.
f. Verify that waste fuel is being disposed of per local HAZWASTE procedures.
10.2.4.8 Power Plants and Test Cell Supervisors
a. Assist QA in conducting the investigation of the source of contaminated aircraft or test cell
fuel systems.
b. Refer to and comply with maintenance technical manuals and T/M/S NATOPS for specific
gravity and minimum flow setting adjustment, if aircraft or test cells have been serviced with fuels
other than JP-5.
10.2.4.9 Aircrew
a. Be trained in fuel sampling requirements, procedures, and contamination identification if
required to conduct refueling or fuel sampling without maintenance personnel available, including
in-flight refueling operations, per NAVAIR 00-80T-109.
b. Comply with specified requirements for approved emergency fuels and limitations regarding
interchangeability of fuel types and grades.
c. Notify Maintenance Control when fuel other than JP-5 has been used.
10-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.3 Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Monitoring Program
10.3.1 References
The Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Monitoring Program establishes requirements for
monitoring the usage rate and condition of oil in aircraft equipment, in order to detect impending
failures. Naval aviation participates in the Joint Oil Analysis Program (JOAP), which is a
combined Navy, Army, and Air Force effort designed to provide timely and accurate oil analysis
support by strategically locating oil analysis laboratories and standardizing procedures and
equipment. The Fleet Support Team (FST) for naval aviation participation in the JOAP is the Navy
Oil Analysis Program (NOAP) Office, 22229 Elmer RD. BLDG. 2360, Patuxent River, MD 20670-
1534, phone (301) 757-9249 or (301) 997-8260. The NOAP Office can provide information
regarding equipment requirements, correlation, and testing standards.
NOTES: 1. For a list of certified NOAP laboratories, send an email to NOAP@navy.mil.
2. For Depot Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Monitoring Program see Chapter
12.
10.3.3 Requirements
10.3.3.1 Training
Personnel certifying aircraft Safe for Flight, Work Center Supervisors, and maintenance personnel
responsible for servicing and sampling engine/gearbox oil must receive job specific training on
servicing requirements, sampling requirements, maximum oil consumption limits, and monitoring
procedures referenced in NAVAIR 17-15-50, maintenance technical manuals, Wing local command
procedure (LCPs), and this NAMPSOP.
10.3.3.2 Oil Analysis
Oil samples will be taken as directed by the type/model/series (T/M/S) specific maintenance
technical manuals, or when requested by the Oil analysis laboratory. Oil samples will then be
submitted for analysis utilizing the oil Analysis Request form DD-2026 (Figure 10.3-1) located at
https://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/forms/dd2000_2499/. All oil analysis records will be kept on
file for as long as the engine or gearbox is held by the command.
10.3.3.2.1 An entry will be made in configuration management auto log-set (CM ALS) and the
logbook Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR) Miscellaneous History whenever oil
analysis results indicate abnormal or out of limits wear metals or other oil contaminants.
10.3.3.2.2 For components with scheduled removal component (SRC) cards, the entry will be made
in the Repair/Rework/Overhaul section. For components with equipment history record (EHR)
cards, the entry will be made in the Maintenance Record section. The entry must include:
10-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Type and amount of wear metals or other contaminants
b. Corrective action taken
c. Results of subsequent sample analysis
NOTES: 1. For detailed instructions on completing the form, reference NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
2. Activities that have converted to Aircraft Component Tracking System (ACTS)
must also document in the SRC or EHR component records within ACTS.
10.3.3.3 Oil Consumption Monitoring
Oil consumption will be monitored for engines, gearboxes, and transmissions with oil consumption
rates (such as ounces per flight hour)specified in applicable maintenance technical manuals.
NOTE: Gearboxes and transmissions that only have leak limits, such as drops per minute, do
not require oil consumption monitoring.
10.3.4 Responsibilities
10-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.3.4.2 Type Wing or MAW Model Manager:
a. Publish an LCPs per Appendix D to direct T/M/S specific or other Wing-directed actions for
oil analysis and oil consumption monitoring not addressed in this NAMPSOP. At a minimum, the
Wing LCP must contain:
(1) The list of items requiring oil consumption monitoring.
(2) A standardized method for Maintenance Control to track oil consumption (Figure 10.3-
2).
b. Include T/M/S specific oil analysis and consumption monitoring questions in the Wing
Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) supplemental.
10.3.4.3 Maintenance Officer
a. Designate an E-7 or above in Maintenance Control (O-Level), an E-7 or above in Power
Plants Division (I-Level) as the Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Program Manager per
10.1.2.9.
b. Publish LCPs per Appendix D if required to direct T/M/S specific or other command
directed actions for oil analysis and oil consumption monitoring not addressed in this NAMPSOP or
the Wing LCP. O-Level Command LCPs will be submitted to the Wing or MAW Model Manager
for consideration of inclusion in the Wing LCP.
10.3.4.4 Program Manager
a. Perform an audit using the CSEC within 60 days of designation as the Program Manager and
annually thereafter per 10.7.4.8.
b. Be knowledgeable of the oil analysis and oil consumption requirements referenced in
NAVAIR 17-15-50, applicable maintenance technical manuals, and this NAMPSOP.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption
Program policy per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive Navy Oil Analysis and
Consumption familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center
and annually thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
d. Coordinate with the NATOPS Officer to provide training to pilots and aircrew on oil
consumption documentation procedures while operating away from home base.
e. Verify logbook entries whenever samples are deemed “out of limits”. AESR, SRC, and EHR
card entries are made for oil analysis results indicating abnormal or out of limits wear metals or
other oil contaminants. Activities with ACTS must also verify ACTS component records.
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs, to include Intermediate Maintenance Activity (IMA) or Wing, Fleet Support
Team (FST), and Aviation Maintenance Management Team (AMMT) Subject Matter Expert
(SMEs).
10-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) List of aircraft, gearbox, and equipment requiring oil analysis and oil consumption
monitoring. Shipboard Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department/Detachment (AIMD) list
will include AIMD and Engineering Department equipment.
(3) Program correspondence and message traffic
(4) References or cross-reference locator sheet.
(5) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.3.4.5 Maintenance Control or Production Control
a. Comply with training requirements of paragraph 10.3.3.1 for all personnel designated to
certify aircraft Safe for Flight.
b. Verify oil consumption rates for engines and gearboxes are within limits specified in T/M/S
instructions prior to releasing aircraft Safe for Flight. If oil consumption rate exceeds the
authorized limits, initiate a work order (WO) or maintenance action form (MAF) to take actions
directed in Technical Manuals.
c. Annotate the quantity and grade of oil added to each engine in block 6 of the Aircraft
Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141), per Chapter 5 procedures.
d. Maintain an up-to-date Engine/Gearbox Oil Consumption Record (Figure 10.3-2) in the
ADB. Forward completed forms to Logs and Records for filing.
e. Initiate a WO or MAF to take actions directed in Technical Manuals for engines or
gearboxes with oil analysis result codes other than “A” per NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
f. Brief pilots and aircrew on oil consumption limitations, servicing requirements, and
procedures if the aircraft will be operated away from home base.
10.3.4.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate a Power Plants QAR as the Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Program Monitor Navy
Oil Analysis and Consumption Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.3.4.7 Quality Assurance Program Monitor
a. Perform audits using the CSEC, per the procedures of paragraph 10.7.4.7. Review oil
analysis laboratory results and coordinate with Maintenance or Production Control to issue a WO or
MAF for oil sample results with codes other than “A” per NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
b. Keep a record of Oil Analysis Request forms (DD-2026) until test results are listed in either
the monthly or the Component Enrolled Report provided by the oil analysis laboratory.
c. Screen Oil Consumption Records each week for completeness and accuracy.
d. Monitor oil consumption rates and oil contamination trends. Advise Maintenance or
Production Control if a trend indicates an impending out-of-limits condition.
10.3.4.8 Logs and Records
10-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Make the logbook, AESR, CM ALS Miscellaneous History (OPNAV 4790/25A), SRC Card
(OPNAV 4790/28A), and EHR Card (OPNAV 4790/113) entries specified in paragraph 10.3.3.
Activities with ACTS must also make the entry in the ACTS SRC or EHR component record.
b. File and transfer Engine/Gearbox Oil Consumption Records (Figure 10.3-2) per the
requirements of paragraph 10.3.3.4.
10.3.4.9 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify personnel complete the training requirements applicable to their duties per paragraph
10.3.3.1.
b. Periodically spot-check work in progress to verify the proficiency of personnel performing
engine/gearbox oil servicing and sampling.
c. Stock an adequate supply of oil sampling kits, as specified in NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
d. Personally conduct a daily inspection of assigned oil servicing units and verify they are clean
and free of contamination.
e. Verify samples from engines or gearboxes are taken at the interval established in the
maintenance technical manuals.
f. Review Oil Analysis Requests form (DD-2026) (Figure 10.3-1) for accuracy.
g. Send oil samples to the assigned monitoring oil laboratory per NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
h. Submit a “SPECIAL” oil analysis sample when requested by the NOAP or JOAP laboratory.
Mark the Oil Analysis Request (DD-2026) and mailing container with red borders to alert the oil
laboratory of the need for immediate processing per NAVAIR 17-15-50.1.
10.3.4.10 Maintenance Personnel
a. Strictly follow servicing and sampling procedures specified in the maintenance technical
manuals.
b. Inspect and verify servicing units are clean and free of contamination prior to each use.
c. Verify servicing units have the correct oil grade prior to each use.
d. Know the oil consumption limits of engines and gearboxes, and immediately notify the
Work Center Supervisor and Maintenance or Production Control whenever excessive oil
consumption is suspected.
10.3.4.11 Aircrew
a. Review oil consumption rates documented on the Engine/Gearbox Oil Consumption Record
(Figure 10.3-2) and the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141) prior to
flight.
b. Be thoroughly familiar with oil servicing and sampling procedures in the event servicing or
sampling is required while operating away from home base.
10-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.4 Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO) Surveillance Program (NAMPSOP)
10.4.1 References
a. The Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO) Surveillance Program establishes requirements that
reduce risk to personnel working with ABO and prevent the contamination of aircraft oxygen
systems and components through strict quality control measures and periodic surveillance
procedures. ABO surveillance begins with the generation or procurement of liquid oxygen (LOX)
or gaseous oxygen and continues through the storage, handling, transfer, and servicing of aircraft
and oxygen systems. It involves thorough testing and monitoring of oxygen and oxygen systems to
ensure contaminants; such as hydrocarbons, inert solids, particulate matter, moisture, carbon
dioxide, toxic and odorous contaminants, nitrous oxide, and halogenated compounds are detected
and eliminated.
NOTE: For Depot Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO) Surveillance Program see Chapter 12.
10-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. ABO surveillance requirements start with the generation or procurement of liquid oxygen
(LOX) or gaseous oxygen and continues through the storage, handling, transfer, servicing, and
maintenance of aircraft and oxygen systems. ABO surveillance involves thorough testing and
monitoring of oxygen and oxygen systems to ensure detection and elimination of contaminants such
as hydrocarbons, inert solids, particulate matter, moisture, carbon dioxide, toxic and odorous
contaminants, nitrous oxide, and halogenated compounds.
c. The Fleet Support Team (FST) for the ABO Surveillance Program is the COMMANDING
OFFICER, NAVAL AIR WARFARE CENTER AIRCRAFT DIVISION, CODE 4.8.6.10, HWY
547, LAKEHURST NJ 08733-5090, DSN 624-4253/1433 or Comm (732) 323-4253.
10.4.3 Requirements
All activities operating aircraft with LOX or gaseous oxygen systems, operating or maintaining
LOX or gaseous oxygen system servicing equipment, or conducting ABO analysis must comply
with the ABO Surveillance Program.
WARNING: EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN HANDLING CRYOGENICS
TO MINIMIZE THE PROBABILITY OF CONTACT WITH THE SKIN.
DIRECT CONTACT WITH CRYOGENIC FLUIDS OR SURFACES
COOLED BY CRYOGENIC LIQUIDS CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS, FIRE,
AND EXPLOSIONS. VIOLENT FAILURE OF ABO EQUIPMENT CAN
RESULT IN LOSS OF LIFE.
WARNING: FAILURE TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES IN ABO/OBOGS SYSTEMS CAN
RESULT IN LOSS OF LIFE OR LOSS OF AIRCRAFT. AIRCRAFT
EXPERIENCING AN AIRCREW PHYSIOLOGICAL EPISODE WHERE
THE QUALITY OF THE OXYGEN OR FUNCTIONING OF THE
ABO/OBOGS SYSTEM OR RELATED AIRCREW-WORN EQUIPMENT
MAY HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE EPISODE (SUCH AS HYPOXIA)
WILL BE RESTRICTED FROM FLIGHT UNTIL CONDITIONAL
INSPECTION PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT
TECHNICAL MANUALS OR OTHER DIRECTIVES ARE COMPLETED. A
CAT I HMR/EI (10.9) MUST BE SUBMITTED ON EACH AIRCRAFT
COMPONENT, AIRCREW EQUIPMENT, OR SE THAT MAY HAVE
CONTRIBUTED TO THE EPISODE.
10.4.3.1 ABO Testing
All ABO will be tested per the requirements specified in maintenance technical manuals and
NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000. All Analyzer Sets will be tested for proper operation by
performing an ABO Correlation Sample Test, at least once every six months (two times per year)
per NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000, Section V.
10.4.3.2 ABO Generation
a. All LOX and gaseous oxygen operations will be performed by two or more qualified
technicians per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
10-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. All Navy and Marine Corps ABO and Nitrogen Generation plants operated by I-Level
activities will be designated as Work Center 820.
c. All ABO and Nitrogen Generation plant equipment will be inspected and maintained as
aviation support equipment per the procedures of the Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance
Program per paragraph 10.17.
10.4.3.3 ABO Maintenance and Servicing
a. Aircraft LOX and gaseous oxygen systems, components, and related support equipment (SE)
will be maintained by Work Center 130 or 13B (O-Level ALSS and Environmental Systems), Work
Center 81C (I-Level Oxygen Regulator and Equipment Shop), Work Center 92C (I-Level
LOX/Oxygen/Nitrogen SE Repair Shop), or FRC D-level qualified oxygen personnel only.
b. Tools and toolboxes used to maintain or service aircraft oxygen systems or oxygen servicing
SE will be used for oxygen system maintenance and servicing only. Tools and toolboxes will be
marked "OXYGEN USE ONLY," be clean, and free of foreign objects or hydrocarbons per
NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
c. All operations involving the maintenance and servicing of LOX and gaseous oxygen will be
performed by two or more qualified personnel per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
NOTE: LOX converter removal and replacement may be performed by one ABO trained
person and is not restricted to Work Center 130 or 13B personnel only.
d. Personal protective equipment (PPE) must be used during LOX and gaseous oxygen
servicing operations.
e. A 6-inch deep drip or drain pan must be used to catch LOX overflow. LOX drip or drain
pans will be clearly marked “LOX USE ONLY," be clean, and FOD and hydrocarbon-free per
NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
10.4.3.4 Personnel Training and Qualification
10.4.3.4.1 Personnel involved in the manufacture, analysis, use, handling, or servicing of oxygen
systems, equipment, and SE will have a thorough knowledge of the characteristics of LOX and
gaseous oxygen systems and components, to include ABO dangers, contamination hazards, and
need for quality standards.
10.4.3.4.2 Newly reporting personnel assigned to the Maintenance Department will receive NAMP
Indoctrination and refresher training (ABO personnel only) on Aviators Breathing Oxygen
Surveillance Program policy per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8.
10.4.3.4.3 Personnel that generate LOX and gaseous oxygen, or service and maintain ABO systems
and components, must receive task specific ABO training and annual refresher training thereafter.
Training will be specified in the individual’s qualification training track, be conducted by lecture,
and include detailed instructions on the dangers of handling LOX and gaseous oxygen, the
requirements and use of PPE, and type/model/series (T/M/S) specific procedures applicable to the
person’s assigned duties.
10-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.4.3.4.4 ABO Analyzer Operators will receive initial qualification training by one of the
following methods:
a. Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO) Test Site Operator/Analyst course (Course C-670-2018)
b. Aviators Breathing Oxygen Contaminant Analyzer Intermediate Operator/Maintainer course
(Course C-750-3217)
c. ABO qualified Naval Aviation Technical Data and Engineering Services Command
(NATEC) (COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department) personnel
NOTES: 1. Submit course training requests to Naval Aviation Technical Training Center
(NATTC) per NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000, Section IV.
2. Material engineering laboratories may use a senior chemist, equipment operator,
or an accredited university for training.
10.4.3.4.5 ABO Analyzer Operators must maintain currency in operating analyzers and interpreting
scans by reading at least one sample scan every 6 months, no later than the last day of the month.
NOTES: 1. ABO Analyzer Operators who have exceeded six months between sample scans
will have their operator duties suspended until they complete refresher training
given by a current ABO Analyzer Operator.
2. ABO Analyzer Operators who do not interpret at least one sample scan within 24
months will have their operator duties revoked and must complete one of the initial
qualification training methods listed in paragraph 10.4.3.4.4.
10.4.3.5 ABO Facilities
a. Oxygen system components maintenance shops must comply with the facilities requirements
of NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
b. Gas cylinders must be protected, stored, and hydrostatically tested per NAVAIR 06-20-2.
10.4.4 Responsibilities
10-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Know and enforce compliance with sections of the maintenance technical manuals and this
NAMPSOP that are applicable to the aircraft and equipment maintained or serviced.
b. Perform program audits per 10.7.5.8.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training (ABO personnel only) on ABO
Surveillance Program per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify ABO surveillance personnel receive ABO
Surveillance familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center and
annually (ABO personnel only) thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the individual
performs.
d. (O) Retain the I-Level Performance Test Sheet (PTS) and maintenance action form (MAF)
for each On-Board Oxygen Generation Systems (OBOGS) concentrator and oxygen regulator
installed in the aircraft.
NOTES: 1. The lack of a PTS or MAF in the Program Manager’s binder does not make the
component non-ready for issue (NRFI).
2. The PTS and MAF can be disposed of when the component is transferred for
rework or repair.
3. The PTS and MAF will be submitted with the suspected component when turned
in for an Engineering Investigation (EI) due to a physiological episode.
e. (I/A) Verify ABO Analyzer Operators are qualified and remain current with proficiency
requirements per paragraph 10.4.3.4.5.
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
(5) (O) OBOGS concentrator and aircraft installed oxygen regulator PTS and MAF
(6) (I/A) Copies of training and course completion certificates for ABO Analyzer Operators
(7) (I/A) One MAF documenting each Analyzer Operator’s analysis of an oxygen sample
within the last 6 months
NOTE: The last MAF documenting an Analyzer Operator’s analysis of an oxygen sample
will be retained for 24 months after the Analyzer Operator transfers from the
command. This provides a reference for the next command to verify the Analyzer
Operator completed the required training per paragraph 10.4.3.4.
(8) (I/A) Sample results for Analyzer periodic maintenance and Oxygen sample analyzer.
Retain results for one year. Results can be filed in a separate binder, but must be cross-referenced
in the program file.
10-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(9) (I/A) Three-part correlation sample documents for the last 12 months per 10.4.3.1.
(10) (I) Industrial Hygienist air exchange results.
10.4.4.3 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer:
Designate a QAR (normally an Aviation Structural Mechanic Egress (AME), or Aircrew Survival
Equipmentman (PR as the ABO Surveillance Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: Carrier Air Wing (CVW) or Aviation Combat Element (ACE) MOs must designate a
CVW or ACE Squadron QAR as ABO Surveillance Program Monitor, if operating a
consolidated ABO servicing team.
10.4.4.4 ABO Program Monitor
a. Read and remain current with the references and sections of this NAMPSOP and ABO
procedures in maintenance technical manuals that are applicable to the aircraft and equipment
maintained and serviced.
b. Perform audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
10.4.4.5 Work Center Supervisor
Supervisors of work centers responsible for ABO generation, systems servicing, or maintenance
must:
a. Verify all tools and toolboxes used to maintain and service oxygen systems or servicing SE
comply with NAVAIR 13-1-6-4.
b. Maintain a minimum of two ABO qualified personnel to perform servicing, testing, oxygen
generation, and SE or aircraft purging.
c. Store and maintain ready for issue material (RFI) LOX converters and oxygen servicing SE
per applicable manuals.
d. Assign only qualified personnel to perform oxygen related functions and only licensed
personnel to operate oxygen servicing SE.
e. Personally check the physical condition of each ABO tool and PPE weekly, at a minimum,
and replace when necessary.
f. Spot check work in progress involving the handling of LOX and gaseous oxygen to verify it
is being performed by two or more ABO qualified personnel (except for removal and replacement
of aircraft LOX converters). Check that the correct PPE, tools, and drip or drain pans are being
used.
g. Immediately notify Maintenance or Production Control of contamination or odors in oxygen
systems. Assist with initiating WOs to perform conditional maintenance on affected oxygen
systems, components, and SE per maintenance technical manuals.
h. Keep equipment and areas around oxygen system components, SE, and storage areas clean,
free of hydrocarbons and combustible materials.
10-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. (O) Forward test pressure gauge relief valve test fixtures to IMA for testing and setting per
NAVAIR 19-25D-26.
j. Verify ABO Surveillance Program indoctrination training and annual refresher training are
completed per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8 for personnel involved in the generation, analysis, use,
handling, servicing or maintenance of oxygen, oxygen components, and related SE.
10.4.4.6 ABO Personnel
a. Check the condition of ABO PPE prior to use. Any worn or unserviceable PPE will be
immediately removed from service.
b. Wear all PPE required per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4 and NAVAIR 06-30-501 when working with
LOX and gaseous oxygen.
c. Only use tools marked “OXYGEN USE ONLY” to perform maintenance or servicing of
ABO systems or SE.
d. Prior to starting LOX and gaseous oxygen operations, correctly position a clean, FOD and
hydrocarbon free properly marked "LOX USE ONLY” 6-inch deep drip or drain pan to collect
LOX overflow per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
e. Immediately notify the Work Center Supervisor if contamination or odors in oxygen systems
are detected or suspected.
f. Keep equipment and areas around oxygen system components, SE, and storage areas clean,
free of hydrocarbons and combustible materials.
10.4.4.7 (I/A) ABO Analyzer Operators
a. Perform analysis of oxygen samples, per the requirements specified in maintenance technical
manuals and NAVAIR 17-15-98.
b. Perform ABO Analyzer Correlation Sample Test per NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000.
c. Provide the following correlation documents to the Program Manager:
(1) Submitted cover letter and sample results
(2) Statistical Analysis Report
d. Analyze the results from the system performance test, optimized system energy throughput,
maintenance log sheet data, and system hardware configuration parameters to detect signs of system
degradation or component failures and take corrective action per NAVAIR 17-15-98 and NAVAIR
17-15-534.
e. Perform at least one oxygen sample analysis every 6 months per paragraph 10.4.3.4.5. Prior
to transfer, obtain a hardcopy of the last MAF documenting an analysis, and present the copy to the
next command as proof of currency per paragraph 10.4.4.2.d.
10-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.5 Hydraulic Contamination Control Program (NAMPSOP)
10.5.1 References
Hydraulic fluid contamination can cause hydraulic system failures and presents a serious threat to
aircraft airworthiness and the operational readiness of support equipment (SE). All personnel
managing or performing maintenance on naval aircraft hydraulic systems, components, and SE
must be aware of the causes and effects of hydraulic contamination, and the procedures required to
prevent contamination.
NOTE: For Depot Hydraulic Contamination Control Program see Chapter 12.
10.5.3 Requirements
10-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technicians must be designated on a Hydraulic
Contamination Analysis Technician Designation form (Figure 10.5-1) or in Advanced Skills
Management (ASM). Completion of the Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician Training
Worksheet (Figure 10.5-2) is a prerequisite for each designated analysis method (Electronic Particle
Tester or Contamination Analysis Kit).
NOTES: 1. Personnel certified as a Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician on the
same T/M/S aircraft, or SE, by a previous command may be certified by their new
command if they complete the required reading, demonstrate practical proficiency
to a certified Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) or Collateral Duty Quality
Assurance Representative (CDQAR) and complete the applicable test. All other
sections on the Qualification and certification form will be annotated “Previously
complied with at (command)” and the previous command certification records will
be retained in the individual’s qualification/certification record or in ASM.
2. (O-Level and I-Level, only) Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technicians
assigned to activities using the Electronic Particle Counter as their primary means
of testing must also be trained and certified on the Contamination Analysis Kit
(57L414), commonly known as the Patch Test Kit.
3. Activities responsible for contamination testing of SKYDROL hydraulic fluid,
only, are relieved of the requirement for Hydraulic Contamination Control Analysis
Technicians to be trained and certified on use of the Contamination Analysis
Kit (57L414) as a back-up method of testing.
4. (O-Level and I-Level, only) Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technicians must
pass an annual proficiency test in each method for which they are certified, per the
procedures of 10.5.4.5.c.
10.5.3.4 Contamination Control
a. The contamination control measures of NAVAIR 01-1A-17 and NAVAIR 01-1A-20 will be
complied with during all maintenance affecting aircraft or SE hydraulic systems or components.
b. All aircraft and SE internal and external hoses used to service or apply pressure to aircraft
hydraulic systems must be marked or etched per NA 01-1A-20 or T/M/S maintenance technical
manuals.
c. Whenever aircraft or SE hydraulic system integrity is broken, all affected fittings, lines, and
components will immediately be capped or plugged (using approved closures).
d. Only SE authorized per NAVAIR 01-1A-17 will be used to dispense hydraulic fluid.
e. Uninstalled hydraulic components will be handled and stored in a manner that prevents
contamination, to include being cleaned, capped/plugged, and correctly tagged per 10.11.4.11.d.
f. Work areas, tools, and equipment used to maintain or service hydraulic systems will be kept
clean and free of potential contaminants per NAVAIR 01-1A-17.
10.5.3.5 Hydraulic Fluid Sampling and Analysis
10-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Aircraft, hydraulic test equipment, and hydraulic SE will be sampled and analyzed per
NAVAIR 01-1A-17 and applicable T/M/S aircraft and equipment technical manuals and MRCs.
When sampling and analysis is required, it will be completed prior to the next flight of the aircraft
or operation of the SE. Hydraulic fluid analysis will also be performed during aircraft and
equipment acceptance inspections, per 5.4.1 (aircraft) and 10.17 (SE).
b. An Electronic Particle Counter will be used to measure hydraulic fluid contamination levels,
when available. The Contamination Analysis Kit (57L414) may be used when a particle counter is
not available.
c. T/M/S maintenance technical manuals will be used to determine the maximum acceptable
(passing) level of hydraulic fluid particulate contamination. If limits are not specified in T/M/S
maintenance technical manuals, the acceptable limits in NAVAIR 01-1A-17 apply.
d. The decontamination procedures of T/M/S maintenance technical manuals will be performed
to restore contaminated hydraulic systems to acceptable Navy class levels. If decontamination
procedures are not specified in T/M/S maintenance technical manuals, the procedures of NAVAIR
01-1A-17 apply.
10.5.3.6 Analysis Documentation
a. Compliance with hydraulic fluid contamination analysis must be documented in the
Corrective Action block of the WO or MAF for the discrepancy that required the analysis. The type
of analysis conducted (Electronic Particle Tester or Contamination Analysis Kit) and Navy class
results will be annotated on the WO or MAF documenting the component’s replacement.
b. When Aircraft are in Extended Non-Flight Activity/Status 14 days or more (for example:
Phase, Special, PMI, ISR, IMC, Scheduled Depot Maintenance) with multiple WOs requiring
Hydraulic Contamination Analysis, maintenance control may issue a one-time BLOC HYD sample
(Bleed, Leak, and Operation Checks as required) inspection WO. The WO system reason block
will be BLOC HYD sample. The BLOC WO will list each SYS REASON, JCN, and MCN that
requires the Hydraulic Sample, Bleed, Leak, and Operation Checks as applicable per T/M/S specific
MIMs as an In-Processes. The BLOC HYD sample WO In-Processes must include a description of
the maintenance performed for that specific item. The type of analysis conducted (Electronic
Particle Tester or Contamination Analysis Kit) and Navy class results will be annotated on the WO
Corrective Action block. When a BLOC HYD sample Work Order is utilized, all Aircraft Hydraulic
Systems must be tested.
NOTES: 1. Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) Code Z per applicable T/M/S MESM
will be applied to all WOs directing hydraulic fluid contamination analysis.
Additionally, EOC Code Z will be applied to WOs following non-hydraulic system
aircraft maintenance that required breaking hydraulic system integrity.
2. Assist type Work Orders will be EOC code Y automatically by NALCOMIS
from the original EOC Z downing discrepancy WO.
c. A logbook entry must be made to document hydraulic fluid analysis performed for
acceptance inspections of aircraft and SE, and whenever applicable publication limits are reached.
The logbook entry must include the date of the sample, type contamination, Navy class, method of
10-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
decontamination, and reference. Entries will be made in the Miscellaneous/History section of the
aircraft logbook, Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR) Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV
4790/25A), CM ALS, or SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51)
respectively.
d. A Hydraulic Contamination Trend Analysis Chart (Figure 10.5-3) must be maintained for
each assigned aircraft, individual hydraulic test equipment, and SE requiring hydraulic fluid
analysis. Entries in the chart must be made by a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) who is
also designated as a Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician. At a minimum, the most
current chart and the last completed chart will be on file.
NOTE: Activities are required to maintain Hydraulic Contamination Trend Analysis Chart
(Figure 10.5-3) for all I-Level Temporary Loaned assets.
10.5.4 Responsibilities
10-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Update the Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician Training Worksheet (Figure 10.5-
2) when additional or updated required reading is added. O-Level activities will notify the Type
Wing or MAW Model Manager for consideration of inclusion in the training syllabus.
e. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Points of contact (POC).
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic.
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets.
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit.
10.5.4.4 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate a QAR qualified as a Hydraulic Contamination Control Analysis Technician as the
Program Monitor.
10.5.4.5 Program Monitor
a. Perform audits of the Hydraulic Contamination Control Program per paragraph 10.7.4.7.
b. Maintain the Hydraulic Contamination Trend Analysis Charts (Figure 10.5-3) for each
assigned aircraft, individual hydraulic test equipment, and SE requiring hydraulic fluid analysis. At
a minimum, maintain the current chart and the last completed chart on file.
c. Perform the initial qualification and annual proficiency tests of designated Hydraulic
Contamination Analysis Technicians. Proficiency testing cannot be simulated; it must be based on
an actual hydraulic fluid sample taken from an aircraft, individual hydraulic test equipment, or
hydraulic component. Proficiency tests will be performed per the procedures of the Hydraulic
Contamination Analysis Technician Monitor (Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) area
5800. The initial qualification test will be documented on the Hydraulic Contamination Analysis
Technician Training Worksheet (Figure 10.5-2). Annual proficiency tests will be documented in
the CSEC area 5800 checklist. In large organizations where the annual proficiency test workload
exceeds the capacity of the Program Monitor, the QA Officer may allow other QARs or CDQARs
designated as Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technicians to administer annual proficiency
tests.
10.5.4.6 Maintenance Control or Production Control
a. Issue WOs or MAFs to conduct hydraulic fluid sampling and analysis per paragraph
10.5.3.6.
b. Verify Hydraulic Contamination Trend Analysis Charts (Figure 10.5-3) are included in the
aircraft logbook, AESR Miscellaneous History (OPNAV 4790/25A), CM ALS, SE historical file
and/or Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51) when aircraft or SE are transferred.
c. Verify aircraft logbook, AESR Miscellaneous History (OPNAV 4790/25A), CM ALS,
and/or SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51), entries are made each time
hydraulic system fluid analysis is performed.
10-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Screen WOs or MAFs to verify hydraulic fluid analysis was conducted and results were
annotated in the Corrective Action block per paragraph 10.5.3.6.
10.5.4.7 Logs and Records
a. Make required aircraft logbook entries per paragraph 10.5.3.6 and Chapter 8, paragraphs
8.2.7, 8.6.3.2 and 8.5.17.
b. Place the current Hydraulic Contamination Trend Analysis Chart (Figure 10.5-3) and the last
completed chart from QA in the aircraft logbook or SE Custody and Maintenance History Record
(OPNAV 4790/51) prior to transfer.
10.5.4.8 Work Center Supervisor
a. Verify NAMP Indoctrination Training on the Hydraulic Contamination Control Program was
given to all newly reporting personnel per 10.1.4.7.
b. Verify personnel have received job specific Hydraulic Contamination Control Training per
paragraph 10.5.3.3.
c. Periodically observe work in progress to verify technicians are complying with hydraulic
contamination control requirements per paragraph 10.5.3.4.
d. Enforce high standards of housekeeping where hydraulic maintenance and sampling is
performed per NAVAIR 01-1A-17.
e. Maintain Contamination Analysis Kits (57L414) and Electronic Particle Counters in ready
for issue material (RFI) status.
10.5.4.9 Technicians
a. Comply with hydraulic contamination control requirements per paragraph 10.5.3.4.
b. Immediately report suspected hydraulic system contamination to the Work Center
Supervisor.
10-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From:
(Department Head)
To:
(Individual Designated)
1. You are designated as a Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician and will perform your
duties per reference (a).
2. I certify that I have read and understand the duties and responsibilities of the assigned billet and
will perform the duties to the best of my ability.
Original to:
Individual’s Qualification/Certification Record
10-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAME RATE/RANK
A. REQUIRED READING:
10-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SIDE
1. AIRCRAFT BUNO NO. SYSTEM
10-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.6 Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program (NAMPSOP)
10.6.1 References
a. OPNAVINST 5100.19, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for
Forces Afloat
b. OPNAVINST 5100.23, Navy Safety and Occupational Health Program Manual
c. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 CH-1, US Navy Support Equipment Common Basic Handling & Safety
Manual
d. NAVAIR 01-1A-503, Maintenance of Aeronautical Antifriction Bearings for Organizational,
Intermediate and Depot Maintenance Levels
e. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2, Cleaning and Corrosion Control, Volume II, Aircraft
f. NAVAIR 04-10-1, Organizational, Intermediate, and Depot Maintenance Instruction Aircraft
Wheels
g. NAVAIR 04-10-506, Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, Storage, and Disposition Instructions
O-Level, I-Level, and D-level Maintenance Aircraft Tires and Tubes
h. NAVAIR 04-10-508, Application Table for Aircraft Tires and Tubes
i. NAVAIR 15-01-500, Organizational, Intermediate and Depot Preservation of Naval Aircraft
j. NAVAIR 17-1-123, Tire Inflator Assembly Kit Part Number M85352/1 Dual Chuck Stem
Gage Part Number M85352/4
k. NAVAIR 17-1-125 CH 1 Maintenance Instructions (Organizational and Intermediate Level)
Support Equipment Cleaning, Preservation, and Corrosion Control
l. NAVAIR 17-1-129 CH1, Organizational and Intermediate Maintenance Instructions Support
Equipment Tire and Wheel Assemblies, O-Level and I-Level Maintenance Instructions
m. NAVAIR 17-15G-1, Aircraft Tire Inflator/Monitor Part Number 631AS100-1
n. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1, Tire Inflator Assembly Kit Part Number M85352/1, Dual Chuck
Stem Gage Part Number M85352/4
o. NAVAIR 19-1-55, Aircraft Wheel Holder and Tire Bead Breaking Machine Models LEE-1
and LEE-1X
p. NAVAIR AG-200GT-TIC-MRC-000, Preoperational Checklist Tire Inflator Booth Part
Number 938AS100-1
10.6.2 Introduction
10.6.2.1 The Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program establishes requirements for the safe
maintenance, handling, and storage of aircraft, support equipment (SE), and Armament Weapons
Support Equipment (AWSE) tires and wheels.
NOTE: For Depot Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program see Chapter 12.
10-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.6.2.2 Mishandling aviation tires and wheels can result in injury or death of aviation maintenance
personnel. The destructive potential of air or nitrogen under pressure is tremendous. Inflated and
partially inflated tires must be handled with the same respect and precautions normally applied to
handling live ordnance. Many accidents have been caused by failure to follow established tire and
wheel maintenance procedures and safety precautions, usually due to inadequate training and
supervision.
10.6.2.3 The FST for aircraft tires is COMMANDING OFFICER, FRCSW NORTH ISLAND,
CODE 4.3.4.4, SAN DIEGO, CA 92135-7058, DSN 735-8675 or COMM (619) 545-8675.
10.6.2.4 The FST for SE and AWSE tires and wheels is COMMANDING OFFICER, NAVAL
AIR WARFARE CENTER AIRCRAFT DIVISION, CODE 4.8.6.9, LAKEHURST NJ 08733-
5000, DSN 624-7906 or COMM (732) 323-7906.
10.6.3 Requirements
10.6.3.1 All activities removing, replacing, servicing, handling, or performing tear down and
buildup of aircraft, SE, and AWSE tire and wheel assemblies must comply with the Tire and Wheel
Maintenance Safety Program.
10.6.3.2 Only specified I-Level activities are authorized to tear down and buildup aircraft, SE, and
AWSE tire and wheel assemblies.
10.6.3.3 Tires will not be discarded or scrapped until determined non-serviceable per
NAVAIR 04-10-506.
10.6.3.4 Refer to NAVAIR 04-10-506 Aircraft Tires and Tubes manual, and to NAVAIR 17-1-129
Support Equipment Tire and Wheel Assemblies manual for handling, storage, shipping, and tire
pressure requirements of RFI and non-RFI Aircraft, SE, and AWSE tire and wheel assemblies.
10.6.3.5 Wheel bearing periodic inspection and lubrication requirements of NAVAIR 01-1A-503
(aircraft) and NAVAIR 17-1-129 (SE or AWSE ) must be strictly adhered to. All wheel bearings
must be protected from contamination from abrasives, improper grease, solids, and fluids while in
storage and during handling and installation.
10.6.3.6 Activities responsible for maintaining aircraft must publish a local MRC to check tire
pressure every 7 days, unless tire pressure inspection is already included in type/model/series
(T/M/S) aircraft 7 day Special Inspection and Preservation Check MRCs per paragraph 3-3a of
NAVAIR 04-10-506 and paragraph 3-68 of NAVAIR 15-01-500.
10.6.3.7 A current Aircraft Tires, Tubes, and Wheels Inflation and Deflation Safety Precautions
poster must be displayed in each work center performing tire and wheel assembly maintenance.
Posters can be obtained by contacting: COMMANDER, NAVAL SAFETY COMMAND, 375 A
STREET, NORFOLK VA 23511-4399, DSN 564-3520 or COMM (757) 444-3520 or at website
https://navalsafetycommand.navy.mil/Media/Poster/Aviation-Posters.
10.6.4 Training and Certification
a. All personnel involved with tire and wheel servicing or maintenance must be trained and
certified for the specific tire and wheel servicing and maintenance tasks they perform. Training and
10-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
certification will be documented on the applicable Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and
Certification form (Figures 10.6-1 through 10.6-5).
b. Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements - O-
Level (Figure 10.6-1) lists the minimum training and certification requirements for O-Level aircraft
tire and wheel maintenance.
c. Support Equipment and Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and Wheel
Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements - O-Level (Figure 10.6-2) lists the
minimum training and certification requirement for O-Level SE or AWSE tire and wheel
maintenance.
d. Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements - I-Level
(Figure 10.6-3) lists the minimum training and certification requirements for I-Level aircraft tire
and wheel maintenance, as applicable to the T/M/S supported.
e. Support Equipment and Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and Wheel
Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level (Figure 10.6-4) lists the
minimum training and certification requirements for I-Level SE or AWSE tire and wheel
maintenance, as applicable to the equipment supported.
NOTES: 1. After initial I-Level certification is completed, the Supplemental Aircraft Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements I-Level
(Figure 10.6-5) will be used to document training and certification on additional
T/M/S or part number aircraft tires and wheels.
2. Personnel certified as a Tire and Wheel technician on the same T/M/S aircraft,
SE or AWSE by a previous command may be certified by their new command if
they complete the required reading, demonstrate practical proficiency to a certified
Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) or Collateral Duty Quality Assurance
Representative (CDQAR) and complete the applicable test. All other sections on the
Qualification and certification form will be annotated “Previously complied with at
(command)” and the previous command certification records will be retained in the
individual’s qualification/certification record or in ASM.
f. Tire and wheel maintenance training will emphasize the hazards associated with servicing
and maintaining tire and wheel assemblies, to include proper procedures for inflating or deflating
assemblies, handling and protecting bearings, and the hazards associated with handling beryllium
(if applicable). O-Level and I-Level personnel must receive annual refresher training in tire and
wheel maintenance hazards.
g. Supply Department personnel who handle tires and wheels must be trained on the hazards
and safety procedures associated with handling inflated and deflated tire and wheel assemblies and
components containing beryllium.
h. Tire and wheel training and certification documentation will be filed in each member’s
Individual Qualification and Certification record per paragraph 10.1. Personnel recertified based on
training at a previous command must keep their original qualification package on file along with
their current command qualification and certification record.
10-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.6.5 Responsibilities
10.6.5.1 Type Wing (Navy) and Marine Corps Training and Education Command (TECOM)
Navy Type Wings must publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D with an O-Level
tire and wheel maintenance training and testing syllabus tailored for each T/M/S aircraft
maintained. TECOM must establish the standard training and testing syllabus within the Aviation
Maintenance and Supply Training and Readiness Program (AMSTRP). The syllabus must contain
the minimum requirements from (Figures 10.6-1 and 10.6-2). Testing must include an open book
written test (minimum passing score is 90 percent) with emphasis on safety requirements and a
practical proficiency demonstration examination.
10.6.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate a certified tire and wheel individual as the Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety
Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
(1) Activities performing O-Level aircraft tire and wheel servicing or maintenance must
designate an Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager.
(2) Activities performing O-Level SE or AWSE tire and wheel servicing or maintenance
must designate an SE and AWSE Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager.
(3) I-Level activities performing tear down and buildup of aircraft, SE, and AWSE wheel
assemblies must designate an Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager and
an SE and AWSE Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: The Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager and the SE and
AWSE Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager may be the same
individual, provided they are certified in each area.
b. (O-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic, T/M/S specific,
or command directed actions for tire and wheel maintenance safety not addressed in this
NAMPSOP or the Type Wing and MAW LCP. O-Level LCPs will be submitted to the Type Wing
and MAW for consideration of incorporation in the Wing LCP.
c. (I-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D specific to the type of tire and wheel maintenance
being performed, with a training syllabus for each T/M/S aircraft, SE, or AWSE supported that
contains, as a minimum, all requirements of (Figures 10.6-3 and 10.6-4).
d. Certify personnel who have completed tire and wheel maintenance requirements in writing
using (Figures 10.6-1 through 10.6-4). O-Level and I-Level MOs may not delegate this authority.
10.6.5.3 Supply Officer
The Supply Officer will verify supply personnel who handle tires and wheels are trained per
10.6.4.g. Supply Departments without the required expertise to conduct training will use tire and
wheel maintenance safety certified I-Level, D-level, or Naval Aviation Technical Data and
Engineering Service Command (NATEC) personnel. Annual refresher training is required.
Training must be documented in the Individual’s Qualification and Certification record.
10.6.5.4 Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager
10-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Be knowledgeable of the references listed in paragraph 10.6.1 applicable to the tire and
wheel maintenance performed by their command, and the procedures of this NAMPSOP.
b. Perform a program audit within 60 days of assignment and annually thereafter, per 10.7.5.8.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety
Program per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive Tire and Wheel Maintenance Saftey
familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center and annually
thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
d. Interview personnel nominated for tire and wheel certification, prior to signing their
qualification and certification form. The interview must include verification of the candidate’s
knowledge of all aspects of tire and wheel maintenance safety, with emphasis on hazards associated
with inflating and deflating tires, procedures for handling and protecting bearings, and the hazards
associated with beryllium.
e. Provide annual refresher training to certified tire and wheel maintenance personnel per
paragraph 10.6.4.f.
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs.
(2) Program correspondence and message traffic.
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets.
(4) A current list of certified tire and wheel maintenance personnel.
(5) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit.
10.6.5.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
a. Designate a certified Tire and Wheel Maintenance QAR as the Program Monitor per
10.1.2.9.
10.6.5.6 QA Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Monitor
a. Perform program audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
b. (I-Level) Develop an open book written exam (minimum passing score is 90 percent for
aircraft tire and wheel, SE, and AWSE tire and wheel), with emphasis on safety precautions.
c. (O-Level) Use the written exam generated by the Type Wing or MAW (minimum passing
score is 90 percent).
NOTE: Any QA may administer the written test, but only tire and wheel certified QARs will
administer the practical proficiency exam (O and I Level).
10.6.5.7 Work Center Supervisor
a. Verify trainees have completed all required reading prior to permitting them to start tire and
wheel maintenance on-job training (OJT).
10-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Verify personnel have been trained and certified prior to assignment to independently
perform tire and wheel servicing or maintenance.
c. Periodically spot check work in progress to verify:
(1) Only certified personnel are independently performing tire and wheel maintenance.
(2) Trainees performing OJT are under the direct supervision of a certified tire and wheel
maintenance technician throughout the entire maintenance evolution.
(3) Personnel are complying with tire and wheel maintenance procedures and safety
precautions.
10.6.5.8 Maintenance Personnel
a. Service or perform maintenance on tire and wheel assemblies only if certified or under the
direct supervision of certified tire and wheel maintenance personnel.
b. Strictly comply with tire and wheel servicing, handling, safety precautions, and maintenance
procedures for the specific T/M/S aircraft, SE, or AWSE maintained.
c. Handle and protect wheel bearings per NAVAIR 01-1A-503 (aircraft) and NAVAIR 17-1-
129 (SE and AWSE).
10-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualifications and Certification Requirements – O-Level
Command: _____________________________________________ W/C: _________ Date: ________________
Name: _____________________________________________ Rate/Rank:___________
W/C Supervisor Indoc: Signature: _________________________________________ Date: _________________
1. Required Reading:
(applicable sections) Trainee Initials Supervisor Signature Date
A. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 _____________ ________________________________ ______________
B. OPNAVINST 5100.19, VOL I
Chapters A3, B5, B6, B12 ______________ _________________________________ ______________
C. M5100.23
Chapters B7, B10, B15,B19, B20 ______________ __________________________________ ______________
D. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 WP 4, 5, 7 ______________ __________________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-20 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-503 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
F. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
G. NAVAIR 04-10-1 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
H. NAVAIR 04-10-506 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
I. NAVAIR 04-10-508 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
J. NAVAIR 17-1-123 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
K. NAVAIR 17-15G-1 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
L. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
M. Applicable maintenance technical manuals (List each applicable publication)
______________ __________________________________ ______________
NOTE: All required reading must be completed prior to startin
2. Completed Phase I and Phase II SE license training for Nitrogen Servicing Equipment:
Phase I Completion Date: _______________________ Phase II Completion Date: _____________________
3. OJT: A technician certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign off and date each area of OJT each time the individual
performs a task under supervision (applicable for A. through I.).
NOTE: Each OJT area requires a minimum of three tasks for each T/M/S
Signature Date
A. (T/M/S)________Nose/Tail Wheel Bearing ___________________________________ ______________
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation ___________________________________ ______________
B. (T/M/S)________Main Mount Wheel Bearings ___________________________________ ______________
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation ___________________________________ ______________
C. (T/M/S)________ Outrigger Wheel Bearings ___________________________________ ______________
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation ___________________________________ ______________
D. (T/M/S)________Nose/Tail Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation/Service ___________________________________ ______________
E. (T/M/S)________Main Mount Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation/Service ___________________________________ ______________
F. (T/M/S)________Outrigger Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/ ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation/Service ___________________________________ ______________
Figure 10.6-1 (page 1): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
10-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. OJT (Cont.)
G. (T/M/S)_________Operation of Remote Inflator _____________________________ ____________
Assembly _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
H. (T/M/S)_________Aircraft Jacking Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
I. Documentation Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
J. Use/Handling of Beryllium (if applicable) _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
4. Certification: A QAR certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign each area only after the individual has demonstrated
proficiency and awareness of all procedures and safety precautions. One separate line for each T/M/S is required (applicable for A
through J).
A. (T/M/S) _______________________Nose/Tail Wheel Bearings Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
B. (T/M/S): _______________________Main Mount Wheel Bearings Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
C. (T/M/S): _______________________Outrigger Wheel Bearings Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: ______________
D. (T/M/S) ________________________Nose/Tail Wheel Assembly Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation/Servicing
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
E. (T/M/S): ________________________Main Mount Wheel Assembly Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation/Servicing
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
F. (T/M/S): _______________________Outrigger Wheel Assembly Removal/Inspection/Handling/Installation/Servicing
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
G. (T/M/S): _______________________Operation of Remote Inflator Assembly
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
H. (T/M/S): _______________________Aircraft Jacking Procedures
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
I. Documentation Procedures
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
J. Use/Handling of Beryllium Assemblies (if applicable)
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
WRITTEN TEST SCORE (Minimum 90 percent): ___________
QAR/QA Specialist ___________________________________________________Date: ______________
Figure 10.6-1 (page 2): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – O-Level
10-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Program Manager Recommendation
This is to certify: _________________________________________ has Successfully completed all established requirements for
aircraft tire and wheel tear down and build-up and is qualified to perform tire and wheel servicing and handling on:
Figure 10.6-1 (page 3): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – O-Level
10-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Support Equipment and Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and Wheel Maintenance
Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level
Command: _____________________________________________ W/C: _________ Date: ________________
Name: _____________________________________________ Rate/Rank:___________
W/C Supervisor Indoc: Signature: _________________________________________ Date: _________________
1. Required Reading:
(applicable sections) Trainee Initials Supervisor Signature Date
A. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 ______________ __________________________________ ______________
B. OPNAVINST 5100.19, VOL I
Chapters A3, B5, B6, B12 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
C. M5100.23 Chapters B7, B10, B15,B19, B20______________ ___________________________________ ______________
D. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-20 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
F. NAVAIR 17-1-123 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
G. NAVAIR 17-1-125 ______________ ______________________________________ _____________
H. NAVAIR 17-1-129 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
I. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
J. NAVAIR 01-1A-503 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
K. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
L. Applicable maintenance technical manuals (List each applicable publication)
______________ ______________________________________ ______________
NOTE: All required reading must be completed prior to starting OJT.
2. Completed Phase I and Phase II SE license training for Nitrogen Servicing Equipment:
NOTE: Not required for AWSE qualifications and certifications.
Phase I Completion Date: _______________________ Phase II Completion Date: _____________________
3. OJT: A technician certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign off and date each area of OJT each time the individual
performs a task under supervision (applicable for A. through H.).
NOTE: Each OJT area requires a minimum of three tasks for each type assembly.
Signature Date
A. Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/ ___________________________________ ______________
Handling/Lubrication/Installation (if applicable) ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
B. Solid Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
C. Split Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
D. Demountable Flange Deflation/Removal/Inspection/ ___________________________________ ______________
Service ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
E. SD-2 Spotting Dolly Deflation/Removal/ ___________________________________ ______________
Replacement/Service (if applicable) __________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
Figure 10.6-2 (page 1): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level
10-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. OJT (Cont.)
F. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing _____________________________ ____________
Equipment/Remote Inflator Assembly (if applicable) _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
G. Equipment Jacking Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
H. Documentation Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
4. Certification: A QAR certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign each area only after the individual has demonstrated
proficiency and awareness of all procedures and safety precautions. One separate line for each type assembly required (applicable
for A through H)
A. Bearing Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation (if applicable)
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
B. Solid Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
C. Split Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: ______________
D. Demountable Flange Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
E. SD-2 Spotting Dolly Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service (if applicable)
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
F. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator Assembly (if applicable)
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
G. Equipment Jacking Procedures
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
H. Documentation Procedures
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
WRITTEN TEST SCORE (Minimum 90 percent): ___________
QAR Signature: ____________________________________________________ Date: _______________
Figure 10.6-2 (page 2): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level
10-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Program Manager Recommendation
This is to certify: _________________________________________ has successfully completed all established requirements for
Support Equipment or Armament Weapons Support Equipment tear down and build-up and is qualified to perform tire and wheel
servicing and handling on:
Figure 10.6-2 (page 3): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – O-Level
10-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualifications and Certification Requirements – I-Level
Command: _____________________________________________ W/C: _________ Date: ________________
Name: _____________________________________________ Rate/Rank:___________
W/C Supervisor Indoc: Signature: _________________________________________ Date: _________________
1. Required Reading:
(applicable sections) Trainee Initials Supervisor Signature Date
A. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
B. OPNAVINST 5100.19, VOL I
Chapters A3, B5, B6, B12 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
C. M5100.23
Chapters B7, B10, B15,B19, B20 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
D. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 WP 4, 5, 7 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-20 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-503 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
F. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
G. NAVAIR 04-10-1 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
H. NAVAIR 04-10-506 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
I. NAVAIR 04-10-508 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
J. NAVAIR 17-1-123 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
K. NAVAIR 17-15G-1 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
L. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
M. NAVAIR 19-1-55 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
N. NAVAIR AG-200-GT-TIC-MRC-000 ______________ _______________________________ ______________
O. Applicable maintenance technical ______________ _______________________________ ______________
manuals (List each applicable publication) ______________ _______________________________ ______________
NOTE: All required reading must be completed prior to starting OJT.
2. Completed Phase I and Phase II SE license training for Nitrogen Servicing Equipment:
Phase I Completion Date: _______________________ Phase II Completion Date: _____________________
3. OJT: A technician certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign off and date each area of OJT each time the individual
performs a task under supervision (applicable for A. through I.).
NOTE: Each OJT area requires a minimum of three tasks for each T/M/S
Signature Date
A. (P/N)______________Tire/Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Bearing Removal/Cleaning/Inspection ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation ___________________________________ ______________
B. (P/N)______________Tire/Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Tear Down/Build-Up ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
C. (P/N)______________Tire/Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection ___________________________________ ______________
Lubrication/Installation ___________________________________ ______________
D. (P/N)______________Tire/ Wheel Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
Tear Down/Build-Up ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
E. Use of Bead Breaker (if applicable) ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
Figure 10.6-3 (page 1): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level
10-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. OJT (Cont.)
F. Use of Inflation Cage _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
G. Operations of Ship’s Nitrogen Servicing Equipment/ _____________________________ ____________
Remote Inflator/Monitor Assembly _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
H. Documentation Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
I. Use/Handling of Beryllium (if applicable) _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
4. Certification: A QAR, certified in tire and wheel maintenance, will sign each area only after the individual has demonstrated
proficiency and awareness of all procedures and safety precautions. One separate line for each T/M/S is required (applicable for A
through I).
A. (P/N) _______________________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
B. (P/N): _______________________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Tear Down/Build-Up
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
C. (P/N): _______________________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: ______________
D. (P/N) ________________________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Tear Down/Build-Up
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
E. Use of Bead Breaker (if applicable)
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
F. Use of Inflation Cage
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
G. Operation of Nitrogen Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator/Monitor Assembly
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
H. Documentation Procedures
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
I. Use/Handling of Beryllium Assemblies (if applicable)
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
WRITTEN TEST SCORE (Minimum 90 percent): ___________
QAR: ___________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
Figure 10.6-3 (page 2): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level
10-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Program Manager Recommendation
This is to certify: _________________________________________ has Successfully completed all established requirements for
aircraft tire and wheel tear down and build-up and is qualified to perform tire and wheel servicing and handling on:
Figure 10.6-3(page 3): Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification
Requirements – I-Level
10-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Support Equipment and Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire and Wheel
Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level
Command: _____________________________________________ W/C: _________ Date: ________________
Name: _____________________________________________ Rate/Rank:___________
W/C Supervisor Indoc: Signature: _________________________________________ Date: _________________
1. Required Reading:
(applicable sections) Trainee Initials Supervisor Signature Date
A. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 ______________ __________________________________ ______________
B. OPNAVINST 5100.19, VOL I Chapters A3, B5, B6, B12
______________ __________________________________ ______________
C. M5100.23 Chapters B7, B10, B15,B19, B20______________ ___________________________________ ______________
D. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
E. NAVAIR 01-1A-20 ______________ __________________________________ ______________
F. NAVAIR 17-1-123 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
G. NAVAIR 17-1-125 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
H. NAVAIR 17-1-129 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
I. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
J. NAVAIR 19-1-55 ______________ ______________________________________ ______________
K. NAVAIR AG-200-GT-TIC-MRC-000 ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
L. Applicable maintenance technical ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
manuals (List each applicable publication) ______________ ___________________________________ ______________
NOTE: All required reading must be completed prior to starting OJT.
2. Completed Phase I and Phase II SE license training for Nitrogen Servicing Equipment:
NOTE: Not required for AWSE qualifications and certifications.
Phase I Completion Date: _______________________ Phase II Completion Date: _____________________
3. OJT: A technician certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign off and date each area of OJT each time the individual
performs a task under supervision (applicable for A. through J.).
NOTE: Each OJT area requires a minimum of three tasks for each type assembly
Signature Date
A. Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/ ___________________________________ ______________
Handling/Lubrication/Installation (if applicable) ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
B. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of ___________________________________ ______________
Solid Rim Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
C. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of ___________________________________ ______________
Split Rim Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
D. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of ___________________________________ ______________
Demountable Flange Assembly ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
E. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of ___________________________________ ______________
SD-2 Spotting Dolly (if applicable) ___________________________________ ______________
___________________________________ ______________
Figure 10.6-4 (page 1): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level
10-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. OJT (Cont.)
F. Use of Bead Breaker (if applicable) _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
G. Use of Inflation Cage _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
H. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing _____________________________ ____________
Equipment Remote Inflator Assembly _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
I. Jacking Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
J. Documentation Procedures _____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
_____________________________ ____________
4. Certification: A QAR, certified in tire and wheel maintenance, will sign each area only after the individual has demonstrated
proficiency and awareness of all procedures and safety precautions.
A. Bearing Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication/Installation (if applicable)
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
B. Solid Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: _______________________________________________________ Date: _____________
C. Split Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
D. Demountable Flange Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
E. SD-2 Spotting Dolly Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service (if applicable)
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
F. Use of Bead Breaker (if applicable)
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
G. Use of Inflation Cage
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
H. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator Assembly
Signature: ________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
I. Jacking Procedures
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
J. Documentation Procedures
Signature: _________________________________________________________ Date: ______________
WRITTEN TEST SCORE (Minimum 90 percent): ___________
QAR/QA Specialist ____________________________________________________ Date: ______________
Figure 10.6-4 (page 2): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level
10-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Program Manager Recommendation
Program Manager Signature: ____________________________________ Date:_____________
This is to certify: _________________________________________ has successfully completed all established requirements for
Support Equipment or Armament Weapons Support Equipment tear down and build-up and is qualified to perform tire and wheel
servicing and handling on:
Figure 10.6-4 (page 3): Support Equipment/Armament Weapons Support Equipment Tire
and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and Certification Requirements – I-Level
10-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SUPPLEMENTAL TIRE AND WHEEL CERTIFICATION
1. Required Reading:
(applicable sections) Trainee Initials Supervisor Signature Date
2. OJT: A certified technician will sign off and date each area of OJT each time the individual performs a task under supervision (applicable for A and B).
NOTE: Each OJT area requires a minimum of three tasks for each P/N.
3. Certification: A QAR or QA Specialist certified in tire and wheel maintenance will sign each area only after the individual has demonstrated proficiency and
awareness of all procedures and safety precautions.
A. (P/N) Tire/Wheel Assembly Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication
Signature: Date:
Signature: Date:
MO or FRC Date:
Figure 10.6-5: Supplemental Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance Qualification and
Certification Requirements - I-Level
10-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.7 NAMP Compliance Auditing (NAMPSOP)
10.7.1 Introduction
This NAMPSOP directs requirements for Organizational Level (O-Level) and Intermediate Level
(I-Level) Navy and Marine Corps aviation maintenance activities to audit NAMP policy
compliance.
NOTE: For Depot NAMP Compliance Auditing see Chapter 12.
10.7.2 Definitions
10-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Short-term. Discrepancies identified which can be resolved within 10 working days.
(2) Long-term. Discrepancies identified, which cannot be resolved within 10 working days.
These discrepancies require a corrective action plan approved by the QAS or QAO and will be
tracked on the QA Discrepancy Tracker (Figure 10.7-2).
10.7.3 Audit Categories
a. Program Manager audits are in-depth inspections performed by the designated Program
Manager to assess compliance throughout the activity.
b. Quality Assurance (QA) audits are random sample inspections performed by the designated
QA Representative (QAR) Program Monitor to determine compliance with select NAMP programs.
c. Work Center audits are inspections performed jointly by the Division Officer and the
Division or Branch Chief to assess individual work centers for:
(1) Correct manning per the authoritative manpower document.
(2) Adequate numbers of certified or designated personnel assigned to accomplish the
workload, for example; Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representatives (CDQAR), Collateral
Duty Inspectors (CDI), and Plane Captains.
(3) Adequate material condition of equipment, tools, and facilities.
(4) Compliance with maintenance safety requirements and Safety and Occupational Health
regulations.
(5) Cleanliness and condition of workspaces.
(6) Compliance with basic NAMP policies applicable to the work center, for example, tool
container inventories, electrostatic discharge (ESD) and hydraulic contamination prevention
measures on uninstalled components, and correct use of personal protective equipment (PPE).
d. Special audits are Maintenance Officer directed unscheduled inspections performed to
investigate suspected non-compliance with specific programs or processes as a result of trend
analysis.
10.7.4 Requirements
a. O-Level and I-Level activities must conduct QA audits for applicable programs (Figure 10.7-
1) at least once every 12 months.
b. The most current version of the CSEC will be used for conducting audits. Type Wing or
MAW Supplemental CSECs will be used, if applicable.
c. Auditors are responsible for verifying compliance by thoroughly examining aircraft, engine,
engine modules, equipment, records, documentation, and personnel involved in the process.
d. Audit discrepancies must be entered in the QA CSEC database at the completion of the
audit.
10-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. The Program Manager will lead the corrective action process for managed programs and QA
audit discrepancies until corrective action is complete.
f. The Division Officer or Division Chief will lead the corrective action process for all work
center audit discrepancies until corrective actions are complete. Short-term discrepancies will be
tracked by the Division Officer or Division Chief. Long-term discrepancies will be tracked per
10.7.4.g.
g. Only long-term discrepancies will be briefed to QA and added to the QA Discrepancy
Tracker (Figure 10.7-2). The QA Discrepancy Tracker may be maintained as an electronic or paper
file in any format QA deems most efficient.
h. Activities will seek initial NAMP related guidance from their ISIC prior to contacting
TYCOM.
10.7.5 Responsibilities
10.7.5.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. (Production Support Branch) Maintain the CSEC software and core question database on the
NAVAIR SharePoint site.
b. (Aviation Maintenance Management branch) Approve changes to the CSEC used by D-
Level activities.
10.7.5.2 COMNAVAIRFOR N422C
a. Approve changes to the O-Level and I-Level CSEC.
b. Update the O-Level and I-Level CSEC database no later than the first week of January,
April, July, and October.
10.7.5.3 Type Wings and Marine Air Wings
Publish CSEC supplemental questions if needed to address requirements specific to the type of
aircraft maintained or unique processes covered by Wing LCPs.
10.7.5.4 Maintenance Officer
a. Designate a Program Manager for each applicable program (Figure 10.7-1) per 10.1.2.9. If a
specific billet is not designated as the Program Manager in the figure or in the applicable
NAMPSOP, the MO will designate the individual whose rate or experience best qualifies them to
be a Program Manager.
b. Review the results of Program Manager audits and QA audits to include direction on
corrective actions.
c. Approve work center audit schedules received from Division Officers.
d. Review of Division Officer work center audits is optional, provided all long-term work
center audit discrepancies are added to the QA Discrepancy Tracker.
e. Review QA Discrepancy Tracker to ensure corrective action plans effectively address the
root cause of the discrepancies to ensure timely and sustainable compliance results.
10-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Direct special audits when deemed necessary. The MO will specify the scope of the special
audit and who will conduct it.
g. Publish an LCP per Appendix D if required, to specify command-specific audit procedures
not addressed in this NAMPSOP. Squadron LCPs will be submitted to the Type Wing or MAW for
consideration of developing a Wing LCP.
10.7.5.5 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO)
a. Designate a qualified QAR as Program Monitor for each applicable program (Figure 10.7-1)
per 10.1.2.9. If Program Monitor qualifications are specified in the applicable Chapter 10
NAMPSOP, the QAR must meet the qualifications prior to being designated as the Program
Monitor. If the applicable NAMPSOP does not specify Program Monitor qualifications, the QAR
whose Navy rate/Marine Corps MOS and experience best qualifies them to audit the program will
be designated.
b. Brief the MO on the status of the QA Discrepancy Tracker (Figure 10.7-2) each month. The
brief will cover discrepancies corrected since the last brief and the status of uncorrected
discrepancies.
c. At the completion of audits, make determination if audit discrepancies are either short or
long-term discrepancies defined in 10.7.2 and brief Program Managers on corrective action
timelines.
d. Route Program Manager and QA audits to the MO with quantifying information on
outstanding discrepancies to include timelines for corrective actions.
e. Forward current outstanding and overdue discrepancies from the QA Discrepancy Tracker
for inclusion into the MMP.
10.7.5.6 Quality Assurance Supervisor (QAS)
a. The QAS or activity equivalent will perform duties as the Program Manager for NAMP
Compliance Auditing and will assess compliance with the procedures of this NAMPSOP within 60
days of designation.
b. Provide general audit requirements during initial indoctrination training per 10.1.4.7.
c. Train Program Managers, Program Monitors, Division Officers, Division Chiefs, and Work
Center Supervisors on the requirements of the NAMP Compliance Auditing Program upon their
assignment. Training will include:
(1) Auditing responsibilities.
(2) A review of previous audits for common problem areas.
(3) Procedures for entering data in the CSEC and printing audit reports.
(4) AMMT tools and AMI grading criteria.
d. Maintain the QA CSEC database on a QA Division computer.
10-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Check for an updated CSEC the second week of January, April, July, and October.
Download the updated CSEC and distribute copies of applicable sections to designated Program
Managers as required.
f. Coordinate the auditing schedule with Program Managers and publish an annual schedule of
QA audits in January of each year.
g. Track the completion of audits and verify results are entered in the CSEC database.
h. Review discrepancies in QA audits and special audits for indications of poor quality or
unsafe maintenance practices. Provide corrective action recommendations to the QAO to address
the root cause of the discrepancy, improve quality and prevent recurrence.
i. Route completed Program Manager, QA audits and special audits to the MO, via the QAO.
When returned from the MO, brief and provide copies of the audit to the designated Program
Manager.
j. Maintain the last three QA audits (electronic or hardcopy) on file. The audit file must
include, at a minimum, the completed CSEC discrepancy sheets, corrective actions, and
accompanying routing forms.
k. Manage the QA Discrepancy Tracker (Figure 10.7-2) and route the outstanding and overdue
discrepancies to the MO via the QAO for inclusion into the MMP.
l. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs.
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic.
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets.
(4) Initial and most current CSEC audit.
10.7.5.7 Program Monitors
a. Be thoroughly familiar with the policy and procedures applicable to their program.
b. Perform the annual QA audit for designated programs per Figure 10.7-1. The audit will
include at least 25% of the population of aircraft, engines, engine modules, equipment, records,
documentation and personnel involved in the process. If a program affects multiple divisions, the
sample must involve each division responsible for compliance.
c. Upon assignment, review the discrepancy tracker and previous audits for the programs
assigned for trends or outstanding discrepancies.
d. For QA audited programs, accompany new Program Managers during their first Program
Manager audit and provide training on policy requirements and auditing techniques. The training
session may be used as the QA annual audit.
10.7.5.8 Program Managers
a. Be thoroughly familiar with the policy applicable to their programs and the references cited
in each CSEC question.
10-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Review previous Program Manager audits and QA audits to identify contributing factors to
common recurring discrepancies.
c. Upon designation, complete an initial audit within 60 days and annually thereafter. The
following is required:
(1) If the program is also a QA audited program, the designated QA Program Monitor will
accompany and provide training to the Program Manager during the initial program audit per
10.7.5.7.d.
(2) The initial audit must examine at least 25% of the population of aircraft, equipment,
records, documentation, and personnel involved in the process.
(3) After the 60 day timeframe has elapsed, the Program Manager will brief the QAS on
program status and all outstanding discrepancies. QA will add all remaining discrepancies to the
QA Discrepancy Tracker.
NOTE: The 60 day timeframe allots for the completion of the look portion of the audit and
corrective action on all short-term discrepancies. The initial Program Manager
audit will be routed to the MO with quantifying information on outstanding
discrepancies to include timelines for corrective actions.
d. The annual audit must examine at least 50% of the population of aircraft, engines, engine
modules, equipment, records, documentation, and personnel involved in the process. Workload
permitting, 100% of the process should be covered. The annual Program Manager audit is most
effective when the audit is divided into segments over the course of the year from completion of the
initial audit. For example, the Logs and Records Program Manager for a squadron with 12 aircraft
should examine three different logbooks per quarter in order to achieve 100% coverage of the
annual audit.
e. Maintain the initial and most current CSEC audit (electronic or hardcopy) in the program
file. The audit file must include, at a minimum, the completed CSEC discrepancy sheets, corrective
actions, and accompanying routing forms.
f. Notify Division Officers and Division Chiefs of program discrepancies identified and lead
the completion of corrective actions.
g. Provide Division Officers and Division Chiefs with training on the critical program
requirements to inspect during work center audits.
h. If program assistance external to the command is required, inform the ISIC for situational
awareness prior to requesting assistance from experts outside the immediate Chain of Command.
10.7.5.9 Division Officers and Division or Branch Chiefs
a. Within 30 days of assignment, jointly review the most current work center audit
discrepancies and corrective actions.
b. Route a work center audit schedule to the MO for approval within 30 days of assignment to
ensure all work center audits are completed within a 12 month timeframe. Publish schedule in the
MMP to inform the work centers involved.
10-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Jointly perform a work center audit of each division work center at least once every 12
months.
d. Direct and track corrective action for work center audit discrepancies, Program Manager and
QA Audits. Ensure outstanding long-term discrepancies are routed to QA for inclusion into the
discrepancy tracker.
e. Maintain a file of the last two work center audits (electronic or hardcopy). The audit file
must include, at a minimum, the completed CSEC discrepancy sheets, corrective actions, and
accompanying routing forms.
10.7.5.10 Work Center Supervisors
a. Within 30 days of assignment and annually thereafter, perform an internal work center
review utilizing CSEC to assess compliance with applicable programs.
b. Review the work center CSEC discrepancies with Division Officer and Division or Branch
Chief within 10 working days.
10-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Applicable To
CSEC Program
Area Program Title O I Audit QA Audit
200 Maintenance In-Service Training X X Program Manager N/A
300 Fuel Surveillance X X Program Manager Program Monitor
400 Navy Oil Analysis Program (NOAP) and Oil X X Program Manager Program Monitor
Consumption Monitoring
500 Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO) Surveillance X X Program Manager Program Monitor
600 Hydraulic Contamination Control X X Program Manager Program Monitor
700 Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety X X Program Manager Program Monitor
800 Quality Assurance X X QA Supervisor QA Officer
900 Maintenance Department Safety Program X X QA Supervisor QA Officer
1000 Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy X X QA Supervisor N/A
Reporting Program
1100 Aircraft Confined Space Program (ACSP) X X Program Manager Program Monitor
1200 Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention X X Program Manager Program Monitor
1300 Tool Control X X MCO Program Monitor
1400 Corrosion Prevention and Control X X Program Manager Program Monitor
1500 Plane Captain Qualification X Program Manager Program Monitor
1600 Egress and Explosive Systems Checkout X Program Manager Program Monitor
1700 Support Equipment Operator Training and X X AMO N/A
Licensing
1800 Support Equipment Maintenance X X MMCO N/A
1900 Technical Data Management X X TDM Program Monitor
2000 Naval Aviation Metrology and Calibration X X Program Manager Program Monitor
2100 Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) X X Program Manager Program Monitor
2200 Hazardous Material Control and Management X X Program Manager Program Monitor
2300 IMA Component Repair Optimization X Program Manager N/A
2400 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection / X X Program Manager Program Monitor
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Reporting
2500 Miniature/Microminiature (2M) X Program Manager Program Monitor
2600 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance X X MMCO / PCO N/A
2700 Electrical Wiring Interconnect System (EWIS) X Program Manager Program Monitor
2800 Manpower Management X X AMO N/A
Figure 10.7-1 (page 1): O-Level and I-Level NAMP Compliance Audits
10-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Applicable To
CSEC Program
Area Program Title O I Audit QA Audit
2900 Maintenance Control X MMCO / PCO N/A
3000 Production Control X MMCO / PCO N/A
3100 Weight and Balance X MMCO N/A
3200 Aircraft Performance Automated Trending and MO
Analysis (ATA) X X Designated N/A
3300 Logs and Records X X MMCO / PCO N/A
3400 Phase Maintenance X MMCO / PCO N/A
3600 Data Analysis X X MMCO / PCO N/A
3700 Material Control X X MMCO / PCO N/A
3800 Aircraft Maintenance Material Readiness List X X Program Manager N/A
(AMMRL)
3900 Vibration Analysis X Program Manager Program Monitor
4000 Aircraft Engine/APU Turn-up Licensing X Program Manager Program Monitor
4100 Gas Turbine Engine Maintenance X Program Manager Program Monitor
4200 Gas Turbine Engine Test Facility Operation X Program Manager Program Monitor
and Maintenance
4300 Aerial Refueling Stores (ARS) X X Program Manager Program Monitor
4400 Aeronautical Equipment Welder X Program Manager Program Monitor
4500 Battery Maintenance Safety X X Program Manager Program Monitor
4600 Aircraft Compass Calibration X Program Manager Program Monitor
4700 Laser Hazard Control X X Program Manager Program Monitor
4800 NOMP AWCAP X X Program Manager Program Monitor
4900 Explosives Handling Personnel Qualification X X Program Manager Program Monitor
and Certification
5000 Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS) X X Program Manager Program Monitor
5100 Armament Weapons Support Equipment X Program Manager Program Monitor
(AWSE)
5200 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) X X Program Manager Program Monitor
5300 Aircraft Survivability Equipment X Program Manager Program Monitor
5500 Mobile Facilities X Program Manager N/A
5600 CDI Evaluation X X N/A Program Monitor
5700 Plane Captain Practical Examination X N/A Program Monitor
5800 Hydraulic Contamination Periodic (Monitor) X X N/A Program Monitor
31000 AIRSpeed X Program Manager N/A
2. PCO is equivalent to the MMCO for the Marine Corps per 1.2.3.j.
Figure 10.7-1 (page 2): O-Level and I-Level NAMP Compliance Audits
10-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.8 Technical Data Management (NAMPSOP)
10.8.1 References
10.8.2.1 Aviation maintenance activities are responsible for using approved, up-to-date technical
data to perform maintenance. This NAMPSOP directs the requirements and responsibilities for
managing the technical data held by maintenance activities of O-Level and I-Level activities.
NOTES: 1. Proprietary Data (drawings, specifications, processes, etc.) will not be released to
contractors. Material containing proprietary data cannot be discussed with,
forwarded, carried, or provided to any contractor or person outside the Department
of Defense without the written permission from the owner of the data per
Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement Clause 252.227-
7013.
2. For Depot Technical Data Management see Chapter 12.
10.8.2.2 NAVAIR 00-25-100 is the governing policy document for the Naval Air Systems
Command (NAVAIR) Technical Publications Library Management Program, and provides
procedures related to technical manuals (TM) and Technical Publications Library (TPL) operations.
10.8.2.3 Procedures of this NAMPSOP are applicable to all forms of technical data used to perform
or support aviation maintenance, to include:
a. TMs and other publications listed in NA 00-25-100, WP 004 00, NAVAIR Related
Documentation Controlled By Other Navy or DOD Elements.
10-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. NAVAIR approved and numbered technical publications.
c. Commercial technical publications.
d. Publications issued by Naval Sea (NAVSEA), Naval Ordnance (NAVORD), Naval Supply
(NAVSUP), Naval Facilities (NAVFAC), and Marine Corps (MARCORPS) used to perform or
support aviation maintenance.
e. NAVAIR Pre-Final Technical Data approved for use by the applicable NAVAIR Program
Office.
NOTE: Activities must contact the COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department NATEC
Customer Service Division by phone at (619) 545-1888/DSN 735-1888 or by e-mail at
COMFRC_NATEC_Customerservice@us.navy.mil for disposition when pre-final
technical data does not contain a current authorization letter.
f. Military Specifications and Standards (MILSPEC/STD).
g. Technical data issued by other U.S armed services (Army, Air Force, and Coast Guard).
h. Technical data issued by NAVAIR Fleet Support Team (FST), such as Engineering
Dispositions (ED).
i. Maintenance related policy instructions, such as CNAF M-3710.7 (NATOPS),
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 (NAMP), COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST
4790.23 (FAME), Type Wing and MAW instructions, and local command procedures (LCP).
NOTES: 1. Operational Test Program Sets (OTPS) are, managed per NAVAIRINST
13630.5.
2. Media Trax training aids are not classified as TMs. Media Trax training aids
will not be placed in the Enhanced Library Management System (ELMS), and TMs
will not be placed in Media Trax.
j. NAVAIR Additive Manufacturing (AM) Technical Data Packages (TDP’s) as per AM
NAVAIRINST 4790.41
NOTE: NAVAIR AM TDP’s are only to be used for organic manufacturing capabilities
within I-Level and D-Level maintenance facilities. TDPs will only be downloaded
from the AM portal at https://www.JTDI.mil/group/am.
10.8.2.4 NATEC Customer Service can provide assistance in obtaining technical data. Requests
may be submitted on line via (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil), by email to
COMFRC_NATEC_Customerservice@us.navy.mil, or by phone to (619) 545-1888/DSN 735-
1888.
10.8.3 Requirements
10-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Electronic media technical publications should be used whenever available.
10.8.3.2 NATEC Technical Manual Application System (TMAPS)
TMAPS and the Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS) are the only approved sources for
NAVAIR TMs.
10.8.3.3 Technical Data Inventory and Currency Verification
All technical data held by an activity will be inventoried and verified for currency each year. At
least 50 percent of the technical data will be verified in the first six months of the year, and the
remaining 50 percent in the last six months of the year. The inventory can be broken into smaller
segments, such as 10 percent each month or 25 percent each quarter, as long as all of the technical
data held by the activity is verified over the course of the year.
NOTE: The latest issue dates for most technical publications not issued by NAVAIR can be
found in the NAVSUP Naval Logistics Library (NLL) at
(https://nll.navsup.navy.mil). For other technical documents, access the publishing
agency’s website. Refer to NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 006 00, NAVAIR Related
Documentation Controlled by Other Navy or Department of Defense Elements.
10.8.3.4 Portable Electronic Maintenance Aids (PEMA)
a. PEMAs are the only authorized hardware device for installing electronic TMs and
Automated Logistics Environment (ALE) programs. Non-TM technical data, such as local
command or wing instructions, will not be stored on PEMAs.
b. PEMAs will be used to support maintenance only. PEMAs will not be used for personal or
non-maintenance purposes.
NOTE: Use of PEMAs while conducting maintenance around aircraft and equipment are
subject to FOD program. As such, PEMAs will be checked to ensure all associated
hardware is accounted for before and after maintenance is performed.
c. Only software approved by the applicable T/M/S Program Office will be installed on
PEMAs. No other software is allowed, including any Microsoft applications, unless approved by
COMNAVAIRFOR (N422).
NOTE: Installation or use of any personally owned software or removable storage media on
a PEMA is prohibited.
d. PEMA system software will be updated no later than 10 working days after receipt of a
PEMA Service Pack. PEMA Service Packs are issued each month. Updates must be downloaded
from the Joint Technical Data Integration (JTDI) website (https://wwwjtdi.mil).
NOTE: Only System Administrators and designated Technical Data Manager (TDM)
personnel will have administrative privileges for updating PEMA software and
technical data. Maintenance personnel will not be granted PEMA administrative
privileges of any level.
e. The Cybersecurity Procedures of DOD Instruction 8500.01 and DOD Instruction 8560.01
will be adhered to.
10-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. T/M/S-specific ALE software will be managed per the T/M/S NAVAIR Program Office
requirements posted on the NAVAIR PMA260 website (https://pma260.navair.navy.mil).
g. PEMAs will be managed as Common Support Equipment (CSE) per NAVAIRINST
13650.1. All PEMA transactions will be controlled and monitored by the Support Equipment
Controlling Authority (SECA) and the PEMA FST. Unless directed by SECA with PEMA FST
concurrence, PEMAs will not be transferred between activities. Activities with approved fleet
transfer request with concurrence from PEMA FST will ensure PEMAs are returned to the PEMA
FST for proper handling, reimaging, redistribution, and disposal. Transfer questions will be
directed to the PEMA FST help desk at pema@us.navy.mil.
h. PEMA misuse will be reported as SE Misuse and Abuse per Chapter 7.
NOTE: PEMAs are not subject to Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance Program,
Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) Automated Log Sets
(ALS), or Support Equipment History/Maintenance Records (OPNAV 4790/51).
i. Requests for assistance in resolving PEMA hardware or software operation problems, and
questions regarding PEMA replacement, warranty repair, software imaging, and software updates
will be submitted via email to the PEMA Fleet Support Team (FST) at pema@us.navy.mil.
NOTE: General information on PEMA certifications, PEMA training, PEMA system
software, PEMA FAQ, and PEMA Users Logistics Support Summary (ULSS) may
be requested via email to pema@us.navy.mil.
j. PEMAs will be stored in a locked space, container, or locker during off shift work hours
when not in use .
10.8.3.5 Local Maintenance Requirements Cards (LMRC)
a. LMRCs for scheduled maintenance requirements not covered by other TM must be
published:
(1) When directed in a technical directive (TD) or Interim Rapid Action Change (IRAC)
(2) When required for SE, per paragraph 10.17.3.3.e
(3) When required to add new requirements to existing NAVAIR MRC decks
(4) When the operating activity determines Periodic Maintenance (PM) is required and no
other source of information specifies PM procedures
b. LMRC decks will be numbered with the activity’s three-digit Organization Code and a
sequential number containing the following elements:
(1) The applicable two digit general subject classification listed in NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP
004 00, Figure 2, followed by “600” to denote MRC. Example: 19-600 denotes a ground servicing
equipment MRC.
(2) A locally assigned two digit sequential number to identify the deck
10-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Either “6-1” to identify a Pre-Operational Inspection or “6-2” to identify a PM
requirement
Example: “PK2 19-600-22-6-1” is the number of an LMRC issued by Organization Code
PK2. The LMRC is for SE (19-600), is the 22nd deck issued, and is for a pre-operational
inspection (6-1).
(4) Cards that do not relate to other steps in the existing LMRC or MRC deck will be placed
after the last card in the deck and numbered with the next consecutive number. Cards added to an
existing LMRC deck or NAVAIR MRC deck will be inserted within the existing cards in the most
efficient sequence for accomplishing the task. The inserted card will be numbered with the
preceding card number followed by an alphabetic suffix. For example, three cards inserted between
cards 12 and 13 would be numbered 12A, 12B, 12C. Cards inserted between alphabetical suffix
cards are numbered with a decimal and numeric suffix, for example, two cards inserted between
12A and 12B would be numbered 12A.1 and 12A.2.
(5) All card numbers will be listed on the deck’s A Card (List of Effective Cards) or a
separate 5x8 card formatted like the A Card.
c. LMRC title cards for SE must list the model number, designation, and part number. Generic
nomenclatures, such as “Grinder” “Metal Shears” and “Radar Test Bench” are unacceptable.
d. The PM interval, such as “Daily” “28-Day” or “364 Day” will be entered in the block
between CHANGE No. and ELECT PWR. Any reference directing the LMRC, such as a TD or
IRAC, will be entered immediately below the interval.
e. Personnel rate and military occupational skill (MOS) requirements will be listed in the rating
(RTG) and MOS block.
f. Power and air conditioning requirements will be listed in the electric power (ELEC PWR),
hydraulic power (HYD PWR) and air conditioning (COND AIR) blocks.
g. Detailed information on consumables, tools, personal protective equipment (PPE), and
WARNING or CAUTION requirements will be listed in the body (lower right hand block).
Specific tools and materials will be listed, for example, "Wrench, 3/8, Open End" (not just
"Wrench") and "Oil, VV-L-800 or Equivalent” (not just "Oil").
h. Inspection and maintenance procedures will be numbered and listed in sequence in the body.
Example: 1. Unfold the ladder
2. Inspect and verify braces are not bent and hardware is secure
3. Inspect each step for security, rivets in place, and no corrosion
4. Place the ladder on a flat surface and verify it is not bent or warped
i. LMRCs for O-Level activities will be submitted and approved as follows:
(1) O-Level activities must submit LMRCs (except those directed by TD or IRAC) to their
Type Wing or MAW for approval. LMRCs will be submitted via the Local Maintenance
Requirement Card (LMRC) Submission Letter (Figure 10.8-1) with a statement of why the LMRC
is needed, a summary of the proposed inspection or maintenance procedures, and a statement of
10-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
whether the LMRC is recommended for local use only or has Fleet-wide impact. If the Type Wing
or MAW approves the LMRC, they will distribute it to other affected Wing activities, and provide a
copy to the ACC Class Desk and the T/M/S aircraft or equipment FST. Any LMRC deemed to
have wider than local application will be forwarded by naval letter to the FST with sufficient
information on why a Fleet-wide LMRC is recommended.
(2) O-Level activities without a WING will request concurrence from FST when generating
LMRCs. With FST concurrence, O-Level activities without a WING will seek a deviation from
10.8.3.5 to CNAF N422 TYCOM following paragraph 1.2.6.4.
j. I-Level Maintenance Officers are authorized to approve LMRCs for their activity with
equipment FST concurrence. For LMRCs approved by the MO, a copy of the LMRC, a summary
of the inspection or maintenance procedure, and FST concurrence statement will be retained.
Additionally, a statement of whether the LMRC is recommended for local use only or has a Fleet-
wide impact must be forwarded to the equipment FST. Figure 10.8-1 is an example of the LMRC
submission letter.
k. LMRCs must be reviewed every 12 months, based on the date block, and updated. LMRCs
inserted into NAVAIR MRCs must also be reviewed when there is a change or revision to the
MRC. The review will be documented by annotating the date of the review and initialing the
LMRC A Card.
NOTE: LMRCs do not have to be resubmitted for approval if requirements are not changed
during the annual review.
10.8.3.6 Pre-Final Technical Data
Pre-final technical data are preliminary TMs, interim manuals, interim maintenance support
packages, AM Technical Data Packages and redline manuals, to include technical publications,
schematics, and drawings. Pre-final technical data may be used only if approved and certified by
the applicable NAVAIR Program Office per NAVAIR 00-25-604, WP 016 00, Waivers and
Deviations.
10.8.4 Responsibilities
10.8.4.1 NATEC
a. Control, distribute, and archive NAVAIR technical data.
b. Manage TMAPS and Enhanced Library Management System (ELMS) applications.
c. Post pre-final technical data in TMAPS only if approved for use by the applicable NAVAIR
Program Office.
d. Provide Technical Data Management Specialists to assist activities with CTPL management
per NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 003 00, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center
Customer Service Support Division.
10.8.4.2 NAVAIR PMA260 PEMA FST
a. Prepare and deliver PEMA Service Pack updates.
b. Monitor and act as the central point of contact for dissemination of information related to
PEMA FOD issues via the PEMA help desk at pema@us.navy.mil.
10-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Coordinate with the Support Equipment Controlling Authority (SECA), concur and monitor
PEMA transfers between AMMRL for PEMA transfers between AMMRL Activity Identifiers
(AAI).
10.8.4.3 Type Wings and MAWs
a. Comply with LMRC responsibilities per paragraph 10.8.3.5.
b. Each month review the NATEC ELMS Library Audit Report for each assigned squadron and
provide direction on correction of discrepancies, as required.
c. Publish Local Command Procedures (LCP) per Appendix D, if required, to direct
geographic, T/M/S-specific or command-directed action for Technical Data management not
addressed in this NAMPSOP. LCP must include, when applicable:
(1) For detachment concept units, develop comprehensive training for the
detachment/deployment’s Technical Data Management Assistant (TDMA).
(2) Direct detachment or deployment TDMA to verify 100 percent of publications prior to
detachment/deployment.
(3) Direct subordinate commands to assign QA oversight during detachment/deployment for
detachment concept units.
d. Provide semi-annual training to TDM, to include:
(1) IRAC management, including bookmarking procedures for Interactive Electronic
Technical Manual (IETM) Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRAC)
(2) ELMS management procedures
(3) PEMA management procedures
(4) Common discrepancies noted during Aviation Maintenance Inspections (AMI) and
Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA)
10.8.4.4 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate the Quality Assurance Officer as the Technical Data Management Officer per
10.1.2.9.
b. (O-Level) Review and validate the requirement for proposed LMRCs prior to forwarding to
the Type Wing or MAW for approval.
c. (I-Level) Review and approve LMRCs.
10.8.4.5 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO)
NOTE: When able, the QAO should complete the CNATTU Technical Data Managers course
(Course C-555-0007) to gain knowledge of TPL requirements.
a. Perform Technical Data Management work center audit 04A per paragraph 10.7.3.c.
NOTE: Work Center 04A audit may be performed in conjuction with 040 work center audit.
10-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Designate a TDM for the QA CTPL (Work Center 04A) per 10.1.2.9.
NOTES: 1. If the activity does not have a TDM specified in the applicable QA organization
chart per Chapter 7, a QAR will be designated to manage the CTPL.
2. Personnel assigned to the CTPL should be retained in the billet for a minimum of
12 months.
c. If needed, designate Technical Data Manager Assistants (TDMA) per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: TDMAs are not required for every Work Center or location where technical
publications are maintained outside the CTPL. TDMA will be assigned only if the
TDM is unable to manage the technical data held in the DTPL.
d. Designate a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) as the Technical Data Management
QA Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
e. Review proposed LMRCs prior to forwarding to the MO.
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) References or cross-reference locator sheets, correspondence, messages, and lesson
guides
(3) Memorandums documenting completion of technical data inventories and verifications
(4) Copies of the most current Program Manager Audit and QA Audit
10.8.4.6 Technical Data Management QA Monitor
a. Complete the CNATTU Technical Data Managers course (Course C-555-0007) within 90
working days of assignment.
b. Perform audits per paragraph 10.7..7.
10.8.4.7 Quality Assurance Representatives (QAR)
a. Review newly received technical publications and directives to determine application to the
Maintenance Department.
b. Verify work guides, FCF booklets, check-off lists, check-sheets, and MRCs are complete
and current.
c. Review new LMRCs for accuracy and correct procedures, prior to submission to the QA
Officer.
d. Verify scheduled MRC and LMRC requirements are entered in the NALCOMIS OOMA or
Support Equipment Standardization System (SESS) database, and are updated as changes occur.
NOTE: MRC tasking will be pushed down from the Baseline Manager for activities
operating NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA);
however, tasking will not be activated until receipt of the MRC.
10-89
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Submit Technical Publications Deficiency Reports (TPDR) per paragraph 10.9.3.11.
f. Review active COMFRC FST AMEAs with the MMCPO to determine applicability to the
Maintenance Department.
10.8.4.8 Technical Data Manager (TDM) (O-Level and I-Level)
NOTE: Weapons Department will maintain a TPL containing publications necessary to
perform its maintenance responsibilities for AWSE. If the Weapons Department is
supported by an IMA, the TPL will be a dispersed library of the supporting IMA
CTPL. Requests for publications will be processed and ordered through the
supporting IMA.
a. Provide NAMP indoctrination on Technical Data Management per 10.1.4.7. Verify
personnel receive Technical Data Management familiarization prior to performing maintenance
while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
b. Be responsible for the currency of all technical data held by the command, to include
technical data dispersed outside the CTPL.
c. Complete the CNATTU Technical Data Managers course (Course C-555-0007) prior to
assignment.
d. On assignment and turnover, inventory and verify the currency of all technical data held in
the CTPL and at least 25 percent of the technical data held in each DTPL, utilizing a Computerized
Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) to identify discrepancies and corrective actions noted during the
turnover audit. The incoming and outgoing TDM should jointly perform the turnover inventory and
verification whenever possible. The QAR assigned as monitor will provide oversight for this audit.
Completion will be documented in a memorandum signed by the QAO. The memorandum will
reference the annotated Complete Listings.
NOTE: Turnover CTPL and DTPL inventories may be credited for the annual inventory and
verification requirement per paragraph 10.8.3.3.
e. On assignment and prior to each inventory, review the ELMS Frequently Asked Questions
(FAQ) section located on the ELMS Main Menu.
f. Maintain a CTPL Transaction file, the directives and manuals required to operate a TPL per
NA 00-25-100, WP 013 00, Technical Publications Library Management Program.
g. Download electronic NAVAIR manuals from the NATEC TMAPS website, Naval Logistics
Library (NLL), or Joint Technical Data Integration (JTDI) Joint Delivery Management System
JDMS server.
h. Incorporate IRACs, Rapid Action Changes (RAC), and Electronic Rapid Action Changes
(ERAC) within 2 working days of receipt and incorporate formal changes, routine revisions and
notices within 5 working days of receipt.
NOTE: If changes are given to a TDMA to incorporate, the TDM must issue a Change Entry
Certification Record (CECR) per NAVAIR 00-25-100 and must physically inspect
the manual for correct incorporation prior to closing the CECR.
10-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Dispose of cancelled or updated technical data on receipt of the new version, update the
ELMS Library, and record disposed manuals in the ELMS History File, per NAVAIR 00-25-100,
WP 013 00, paragraph 10-4.
NOTE: Requests to use cancelled technical data will be submitted to the applicable NAVAIR
Program Office via COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department per NAVAIR
00-25-100.
j. Coordinate with the Command Security Manager on the receipt, stowage, distribution,
inventory, and disposition of classified technical data.
k. Coordinate with the Operations Department to obtain and track NATOPS manuals held
within the Maintenance Department.
l. Provide training to work center supervisors and TDMA on assignment and provide refresher
training as needed.
m. Register with NATEC as the ELMS Customer Account POC, and act as the activity’s single
POC for the Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL).
n. Maintain an accurate ADRL for all TMs used by the activity.
NOTE: NATEC will send automatic email notifications of updates to all TMs listed on the
ADRL.
o. Run the ELMS Library Audit Function every working day. Any manuals flagged with a red
“D” will be verified for need and downloaded or placed on order.
p. Review the TDs Posted Since Last Summary list on NATEC in the Technical Directives
section every working day per 10.10.4.10.
q. Enter locally produced reference materials into ELMS. Examples include LCPs, LMRCs,
and printed copies of all or portions of electronic TMs.
r. List the location of all manuals held in ELMS using the Locator Listing option.
s. Enter pre-final technical data into ELMS.
t. Maintain a master file of applicable Technical Directives (TD) per paragraph 10.10.4.10.
u. Manage PEMAs per paragraph 10.8.3.4, to include:
(1) Maintain PEMA administrative privileges for updating technical data and installing
PEMA Service Pack updates.
(2) List of all PEMA technical data and system software in the ELMS PEMA Management
Module on the NATEC website (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil) per reference (f).
(3) Install PEMA system software updates per the applicable PEMA T/M/S. Specific
directions can be found on the NAVAIR PMA-260 website at (https://nll.navsup.navy.mil).
(4) Sub-custody PEMAs to work centers.
(5) Tailor the technical data loaded on PEMAs to the needs of the work center assigned.
10-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Activities that have implemented the Common Connected PEMA with Standard
PEMA Cyber Solution (SPECS) will not tailor technical data to each work center.
(6) Maintain accurate accounting in ELMS of each PEMA serial number, work center issued
to, and most current PEMA Service Pack update (if required).
(7) Inventory all PEMAs and verify PEMA Service Pack currency at least once per quarter.
(8) Maintain a current local PEMA inventory sheet with hardware nomenclature, serial
number, LAN number (if applicable), quantity, location, operational status, and part number.
(9) Coordinate with the IMRL Manager to return PEMAs for repairs and replacement.
(10) Track PEMAs in shipment per NAVAIRINST 13650.1 and
COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 13650.3, as applicable.
v. At least once every 6 months, physically inventory and compare all technical publications
(including TMs on PEMAs) against the activity’s ADRL, per the procedures of NAVAIR 00-25-
100, WP 010 00, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center Technical Publications
Library Program. The review will include Work Center Supervisor verification that each
publication is required. Annotate changes and discrepancies on the Complete Listing Report, take
corrective action, update the ADRL in ELMS, and maintain the annotated listing in the CTPL
transaction files.
w. Reconcile ELMS each week per the following procedures:
(1) Verify incorporation of TM updates by reviewing Checked Out TMs, Issued CECRs,
and Overdue CECRs in ELMS per the procedures of NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 010 00.
(2) Verify the Weekly IRAC and TM Tracker (NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 014 00,
Central/Dispersed Technical Publications Library Verification/Audit Requirements). This report is
issued weekly by naval message and is also available on the NATEC website
(https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil/). On receipt, an appropriate review and annotation must be
conducted by the TDM and QAR SME to verify that all applicable IRACs and TMs have been
received.
(3) Verify the Weekly Summary for Issued TDs per the procedures of the Technical
Directive Compliance NAMPSOP per paragraph 10.10.4.10. This report is available on the
NATEC website (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil/).
x. Reconcile TMs on order each month per the following procedures:
(1) Verify the currency of the Requisition Log per NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 009 00,
Technical Data Requisition Procedures.
(2) Query the Pubs on Order report from the Tech Manual Search link of ELMS.
(3) Follow-up on requisitions submitted via the Defense Automatic Addressing System
(DAAS) or “on-line” when utilizing the ELMS Requisition Log. Requisition status may also be
checked via the Naval Logistics Library (NLL) P2003 Online Search, Order, and Status Tool
(https://nll.navsup.navy.mil).
10-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
y. Reconcile technical data held in DTPLs every 6 months (semi-annually) per the following
procedures:
(1) Verify accuracy of the ELMS “Locator” listing associated with each DTPL.
(2) Check every page of at least 50 percent of the publications in the DTPL against the List
of Effective Pages or List of Effective Cards.
NOTE: 100 percent of publications held in DTPLs must be checked over the course of a year.
(3) Verify paper manuals for correct control stamp, binder spine identification strip
annotation and arrangement per NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 013 00.
(4) Document completion of the DTPL Semi-annual Review in a memorandum signed by
the QAO. The memorandum will be kept in the TDM transaction file.
z. Prior to transfer, debrief the QAO on the status of the library, including any inventory
requirements and publication update actions that have not been completed.
10.8.4.9 Technical Data Manager Assistant (TDMA)
a. On assignment, complete an inventory and verify the currency of all technical data held in
the DTPL. The inventory and verification will be conducted jointly with the TDM.
b. Maintain the currency of all technical data held in the dispersed library.
c. Coordinate with the TDM to maintain the accuracy of ELMS.
d. Maintain publication binders in accordance with NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 013 00.
e. Give the TDM any maintenance publication received directly from other sources, for
example, commercial maintenance publications delivered with new equipment.
f. Correct inventory and audit discrepancies within five working days.
10.8.4.10 IMRL Manager
a. Accept, inventory, and transfer PEMAs as CSE, per NAVAIRINST 13650.1 and
COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 13650.3, as applicable, and this instruction.
b. Sub-custody all PEMAs to Work Center 04A (CTPL) on a Controlled Equipage Custody
Record (NAVSUP 306).
c. Update LAMS to reflect “F2” (NRFI) status for non-operable PEMAs, and coordinate
PEMA repairs and replenishment. When the SECA provides the authorization number, transfer the
PEMA to Jacksonville Cass Staging Facility (JAXCSF) with a copy of Transaction Report and
information on the failure.
d. Resolve PEMA allowance shortages.
10.8.4.11 Maintenance or Production Control
Include LMRCs when issuing PM requirements.
10.8.4.12 Work Center Supervisors
10-93
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Accept custody and accountability for work center PEMAs.
b. Provide technical data indoctrination training to work center personnel per the Maintenance
In Service Training NAMPSOP per 10.1.4.7. Training will include:
(1) Responsibilities for using only approved technical data
(2) TPDR procedures
(3) PEMA procedures, to include responsibility to utilize PEMAs for work-related functions
only, PEMA inspection procedures, and storage and security requirements when not in use
c. Return non-operable PEMAs to the TDM as soon as discovered.
d. Maintain technical data in the work center only if authorized to do so, and only in the
quantity required to accomplish work center responsibilities.
e. Submit requests for technical data to the TDM.
f. Inform the TDM when technical data held by the work center is no longer required.
g. (I-Level) Ensure all AM technical data packages maintained in Work Center 550 on hard
drives, disks, and computers are the most current version prior to any use.
10.8.4.13 Maintenance Technicians
a. Only use authorized and current technical data.
b. Report problems with technical data to the Work Center Supervisor.
c. Thoroughly inspect PEMAs for missing or loose parts prior to starting and on completion of
each task, and prior to entering or leaving the flight deck or flight line. If parts are missing,
immediately inform the Work Center Supervisor.
d. Only use authorized cleaning and sealing compounds on PEMAs.
NOTE: Unauthorized sealants and cleaners may void the PEMA manufacturer’s warranty.
10-94
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
4790
Ser N42/123
18 May 2021
1. Per reference (a), enclosure (1) LMRC is submitted for Wing approval.
2. Justification of need: FA-18E Chaff Dispensers are often stored uninstalled for long periods
after deployment, and it is not unusual to find corrosion on a dispenser’s electrical connections
when preparing the dispenser for first use after deployment. Enclosure (1) LMRC directs a 28-day
PM to inspect uninstalled dispenser electrical connections for corrosion and treat as necessary.
3. This LMRC has Fleet-wide application for all uninstalled FA-18 chaff dispensers.
4. VFA-123 POC: AMEC Scott Barefoot, phone (123) 456-7899, DSN 456-7899, email:
aero.professional@navy.mil.
R. T. TAYLOR
By direction
Figure 10.8-1: Local Maintenance Requirement Card (LMRC) Submission Letter (Example)
10-95
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.9 Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) (NAMPSOP)
10.9.1 References
10.9.2.1 The Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) establishes
requirements for reporting deficiencies that impact naval aviation aircraft and equipment due to
substandard materials, workmanship, and technical publications.
NOTE: Activities operating or maintaining F-35 aircraft will follow the discrepancy
reporting procedures and processes outlined within the F-35 Joint Program Officer
Sustainment Operating Instruction (SOI) 1514.02 Problem Reporting and
Resolution.
10.9.2.2 NAMDRP establishes policy for Aircraft Delivery Deficiency Reports (ADDR),
Acceptance Inspection Deficiency Reports (AIDR), Baseline Trouble Reports (BTR), Hazardous
Material Reports (HMR), Product Quality Deficiency Reports (PQDR), and Technical Publication
Deficiency Reports (TPDR). NAMDRP also directs policy for Engineering Investigations (EI) to
10-96
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
determine the cause of material discrepancies that impact the airworthiness of aircraft or the safety
of aircrew or maintenance personnel.
10.9.2.3 In combination with other policy directives, NAMDRP provides for reporting of the full
spectrum of discrepancies that affect naval aviation maintenance. NAMDRP directly supports Title
41 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) §101-26.803-2 Reporting quality deficiencies. NAMDRP
also supports the objectives of SECNAVINST 4855.3 Product Data Reporting and Evaluation
Program, the discrepancy reporting of OPNAVINST 8000.16 Naval Ordnance Management Policy,
NAVSUP Publication 723 Navy Inventory Integrity Procedures, and Defense Transportation
Regulation 4500.9 cargo transportation policy.
10.9.2.4 Commander, Fleet Readiness Centers, Quality Management Group (COMFRC, QMG) is
the program manager for PQDRs, AIDRs, and ADDRs. Fleet Support Team (FST) Engineering
Fleet Readiness Center (FRC) East is the program manager for HMRs and EIs. COMFRC
Technical Data Department is the program manager for TPDRs. NAWCAD Air Systems Logistics
Product Customer Service Branch is the program manager for BTRs.
10.9.3 Deficiency Report (DR) Procedures
10.9.3.1 General
a. Category 1 (CAT 1 or CAT I) DRs are used to describe deficiencies, discrepancies, and
defects that create a safety risk that could result in death or injury to personnel, risk of damage to or
loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities. Category 2 (CAT 2 or CAT II) DRs are used to describe
deficiencies, discrepancies and defects that do not create a safety risk or potential for damage, but
do pose a risk to the quality of maintenance and operational readiness.
b. Deficiency reports do not fulfill the requirement for submitting a Hazard Report per
OPNAVINST 3750.6 on conditions that can cause injury, illness, or death to personnel; damage to
or loss of a system, equipment or property; or damage to the environment. Commands are required
to submit a separate OPNAVINST 3750.6 Hazard Report when the incident or discrepancy meets
the intent of both instructions.
NOTE: DRs related to mishaps must not contain privileged information. Refer to
OPNAVINST 3750.6 for restrictions.
c. Deficiency reports on suspected or known material defects will not be submitted with the
phrase “Submitted for Tracking, Trending, or for Informational Purposes Only”. The FST or
Quality team will determine required action based on their review of the deficiency. It will be
assumed an investigation will take place, unless the FST or Quality Team closes the investigation,
via a Closing Report or Response, to include instructions for disposition of the exhibit (if
applicable).
d. The Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS) website (https://jdrs.mil) will be used to
submit ADDR, AIDR, BTR, HMR, PQDR (CAT I and II only), and TPDR. JDRS enables the
creation, transmission, and tracking of DRs. JDRS automatically routes reports to assigned Fleet
Support Team (FST), Quality Teams, and other concerned activities, based on the report type
submitted and the FST, Quality Team, and Software Product Team (SWPT) selected via the
Support Team Points of Contact (STPOC) ST Lookup tool. Activities can receive reports, request
10-97
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
other information, and conduct technical dialog with the originator, exhibit holding activity, FST
Engineer, and Quality Teams within JDRS.
NOTE: Ships and detached/deployed activities, may use JDRS Lite due to bandwidth
constrains. The JDRS Lite Web Application URL will be different for each ship.
The URL will have the format as https://<shiphull>JDRSLite.<shiphull>.navy.mil.
Replace the <shiphull> characters in the URL with your ship hull number (i.e: CVN-
72, LHA-6). For example, the URL for USS Nimitz (CVN-68) would be
https://cvn68jdrslite.cvn68.navy.mil.
e. Conventional Ordnance Discrepancy Reports (CODR) and Explosive Event Reports (EER)
will be submitted via the All Weapons Information System (AWIS) website
(https://awis.navair.navy.mil/AWIS/index.asp). Explosive Mishap Reports (EMR) will be reported
to Risk Management Information (RMI) via the Air Force Safety Automated System website
(https://afsas.safety.af.mil/).
f. Supply Discrepancy Reports (SDR) will be submitted via the Product Data Reporting and
Evaluation Program Automated Information System (PDREP AIS)
(https://www.pdrep.csd.disa.mil/#).
g. Transportation Discrepancy Reports (TDR) will be submitted via USTRANSCOM public
website (https://www.ustranscom.mil/).
h. Corrections to aircraft NATOPS or tactical manuals will be reported per CNAF M-3710.7.
i. Corrections to non-technical references, such as command instructions and notices, will be
reported to the issuing command.
j. Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) code discrepancies and change
recommendations will be submitted per NAVAIRINST 4423.12.
NOTES: 1. When JDRS is not accessible, CAT I and CAT II DRs will be transmitted by
naval message in the format shown in the HMR Report Message Template (Figure
10.9-1), Category 1 Technical Publication Deficiency Report (Figure 10.9-2) or
Baseline Trouble Report Message (Figure 10.9-3). Priority precedence will be used
for CAT I DR messages. Routine precedence will be used for CAT II messages.
2. If the FST, Quality Team, or SWPT cannot be determined, contact the JDRS
Clearinghouse Representative via JDRS using the Technical Dialog tool or the
“Help Menu”, under the “Contract Us” link.
3. Uploading classified information or images to AWIS, JDRS, or PDREP AIS
websites is strictly prohibited.
10.9.3.2 Report Control Number (RCN)
The originating activity must assign a RCN to each DR in the following format:
a. Element (1) – Service Designator Code (N, V, or R) of the originating activity.
• Use “N” for Navy and Marine Corps aviation non-deploying units.
10-98
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
• Use “V” for Navy and Marine Corps Aviation Atlantic Fleet operating forces.
• Use “R” for Navy and Marine Corps Aviation Pacific Fleet operating forces.
b. Elements (2) through (6) – DODAAC/UIC of the originating activity, for example, 54056.
c. Elements (7) and (8) – Calendar Year, for example, 10.
d. Elements (9) through (12) – Locally assigned control numbers (numeric only), sequentially
numbered throughout the calendar year without regard for type of report. For example, the first
report of the year is an AIDR assigned control number 0001; the second report is an HMR
assigned control number 0002; the third report is another AIDR assigned control number 0003;
the fourth report is a TPDR assigned control number 0004.
NOTE: The RCN or message report Date Time Group (DTG) must be referenced on all
correspondence.
10.9.3.3 Aircraft Delivery Deficiency Report (ADDR)
a. ADDRs are submitted by Depot FRCs to document deficiencies associated with inadequate
periodic maintenance (PM) found by Depot FRC Aircraft Examiners during rework, modification,
Planned Maintenance Interval (PMI), Integrated Maintenance Concept/Program (IMC/P), or long-
term storage where the Depot FRC has accepted custody.
b. ADDRs will be sent to the squadron that inducted the aircraft.
c. The initial ADDR (including zero deficiency responses) must be submitted via JDRS within
20 calendar days of completion of the initial evaluation. Initial ADDRs will include detailed
descriptions of material condition, corrosion discrepancies, associated O-Level periodic
maintenance and requirements, and focus area lists (as applicable). The Depot FRC will upload a
picture of the discrepancy that has a “2” as the second digit of the MAL Code (Exfoliation) and any
MAL Code that has the third digit as a “3” or “4” (Severe or Flight Critical).
d. Depot FRC must submit supplemental ADDRs within 30 calendar days of completion of the
Depot event. Supplement ADDRs are a continuation of the initial ADDR report and uses the same
RCN as the initial ADDR. Add “Supplemental” to the title in block 6, and continue numbering
from the deficiencies on the initial ADDR. Supplemental ADDRs will include a Maintenance
Requirement Card (MRC) Deck or Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) Special
Inspection correlation and turnaround and material costs summary, man-hours, engineering hours,
and corrective actions taken by the originator. Remarks must contain details that clearly identify
the problem, corrective actions, and parts required.
e. ADDRs will be submitted via the JDRS website.
10.9.3.4 Acceptance Inspection Deficiency Report (AIDR)
a. An AIDR must be submitted for all newly manufactured, modified, or newly reworked
aircraft to include Phased Depot Maintenance (PDM) and other scheduled Depot events.
Additionally, an AIDR must be submitted for In-Service Repairs unrelated to PDM events.
NOTE: For JDRS purposes, the use of PMI and PDM are interchangeable.
10-99
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. AIDRs will only list those deficiencies attributed to the manufacture, modification, or
rework processes. Deficiencies not directly pertaining to the quality of rework, manufacture, or not
covered in the negotiated work package or rework specification will not be reported in an AIDR.
NOTES: 1. An AIDR is required even if no deficiencies attributable to manufacturing,
modification, or rework processes are found. In this case, no deficiencies will be
listed, and JDRS will auto-default to a “No Deficiency Noted, AIDR”.
2. Do not use an AIDR to report equipment shortages, ferry or shipping damages,
or deterioration during pool storage. Contact the providing activity for resolution.
3. Malfunction Code “174” will be used on AIDRs, Work Order (WOs), and
Maintenance Action Forms (MAFs) related to AIDR deficiencies.
4. Do not submit an AIDR if the aircraft was transferred from one squadron to
another squadron.
c. AIDRs (including No Deficiencies Noted reports) will be submitted via the JDRS website
within 5 calendar days after completion of the acceptance inspection or after the acceptance
inspection functional check flight, as required by the maintenance requirement cards (MRCs). The
AIDR will only include deficiencies noted by the ferry aircrew and any deficiencies attributable to
manufacture, modification, or rework process, including the PDM events.
NOTES: 1. Manufacturing, modification, or rework process deficiencies found within 30
calendar days of the initial AIDR will be reported on a supplemental AIDR using a
new RCN. Add “Supplemental” to the title in block 6; i.e., change from Initial
AIDR to Supplemental AIDR.
2. Components or parts deficiencies discovered during initial acceptance of newly
manufactured, modified, or reworked aircraft must also be reported on a PQDR per
paragraph 10.9.3.4. The PQDR will be referenced in block 3B of the AIDR.
d. AIDR for aircraft that were reworked, modified, or stored by a Depot Fleet Readiness Center
(FRC Southwest, FRC Southeast or FRC East) will be submitted to the Depot FRC AIDR Quality
Team. Refer to the JDRS ST Look-up tool: Under Aircraft T/M/S, select “Lower Level” and then
select “ORGANIC” Screening (NAVAIR Reworked).
e. AIDR for aircraft that were manufactured, stored, or modified by an Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) or commercial contractor will be submitted to the Commercial AIDR Quality
Team. Refer to the JDRS ST Look-up tool: Under Aircraft T/M/S, select “Lower Level” and then
select “COMMERCIAL” Screening (New or COMM Reworked).
f. AIDR remarks must include detailed descriptions of defects, photographs of the defects,
corrective actions taken by the originator, and any parts involved. Each AIDR deficiency will be
categorized as Critical, Major, or Minor, using the following guidance:
(1) Critical: Defects that create a hazardous or unsafe condition with risk to the
airworthiness of the aircraft or the safety of personnel.
10-100
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Critical Deficiencies on components or parts discovered defective during initial
acceptance of newly manufactured, modified, or newly reworked aircraft must also
be reported as a CAT I PQDR per paragraph 10.9.3.9. The PQDR will be
referenced in Block 3B of the AIDR.
2. Critical Deficiencies in systems, for example, fuel system or hydraulic system
contamination, FOD, or logbook errors are Critical in nature and will be
documented as a Critical deficiency without a CAT I PQDR submitted.
(2) Major: Defects that are not an airworthiness or safety risk, but do materially reduce the
operational capability of the aircraft.
(3) Minor: Defects that do not materially reduce operational capability of the aircraft, but
do depart from established quality standards.
10.9.3.5 Baseline Trouble Report (BTR)
a. BTR will be submitted for Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information
System (NALCOMIS) Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) baseline
deficiencies that prevent the issuance of Work Order (WOs) for inspections, Technical Directives
(TDs), or unscheduled maintenance against aircraft or tracked components. Baseline deficiencies
include:
(1) Wrong work unit code (WUC) to CAGE or part number (P/N) relationship
(2) Items with no WUC
(3) Incorrect removal intervals for life limited components
(4) TDs not in the baseline
(5) Incorrect inspections intervals for an aircraft or tracked component, such as aircraft
armament equipment, mission mounted equipment, and aerial refueling stores
b. BTRs are submitted via the JDRS website. When JDRS is not accessible, BTRs will be
submitted by priority naval message, addressed to the Baseline Help Desk COMFRC FST HQ
Technical Data Department with info copy to COMNAVAIRFOR (N421) and the appropriate Type
Wing, per the Baseline Trouble Report Message (Figure 10.9-3).
10.9.3.6 Conventional Ordnance Discrepancy Reports (CODR), Explosive Event Reports
(EER), and Explosive Mishap Reports (EMR)
NOTE: Refer to OPNAVINST 5102.1 and OPNAV M-8000.16 for the authoritative policy on
submitting CODRs, EERs, EMRs and ordnance-related PQDRs.
a. CODRs report incidents where ordnance or weapon systems fail to function per the design or
intent of the system and result in no property damage or injury. This includes improper storage,
explosives, ammunition, explosive systems, or devices, including weapon systems components that
come in direct contact with the ordnance (e.g., ammunition, explosives, missiles) and AWSE or
Ordnance IMRL items used to manufacture, fire, handle, test, load, deliver, store or transport
ordnance. CODRs will be reported and monitored via the All Weapons Information System
(AWIS) website (https://awis.navair.navy.mil/AWIS/index.asp).
10-101
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. EERs report accidents or incidents involving conventional ordnance, ammunition,
explosives, explosive systems and devices resulting in an unintentional detonation, firing,
deflagration, burning, launching of ordnance material (including all ordnance impaction off range),
leaking or spilled propellant fuels and oxidizers (less OTTO fuel II), or chemical agent release.
This pertains to all events that do not meet the severity classification of a Class A, B, or C mishap
per OPNAVINST 5102.1. EERs will be reported and monitored via the All Weapons Information
System (AWIS) website (https://awis.navair.navy.mil/AWIS/index.asp).
c. EMRs report accidents and incidents defined as explosive mishaps which meet a severity
classification of class A, B, or C per OPNAVINST 5102.1. EMRs will be reported using Risk
Management Information (RMI), even if an ordnance system works as designed, and human error
contributed to an incident or accident. Any explosive event not meeting one of these severity
classifications will be reported as an EER. EMRs will be reported to Risk Management
Information (RMI) and monitored via the Air Force Safety Automated System website
(https://afsas.safety.af.mil/).
d. Ordnance PQDRs will be submitted via the JDRS website (https://jdrs.mil), per the
procedures of 10.9.3.9.
NOTE: If a Weapons Department is receiving AWSE maintenance support from an I-Level
activity, the Weapons Department and I-Level activity will provide each other with a
copy of submitted AWSE DRs.
10.9.3.7 Engineering Investigation (EI)
a. An EI is a physical examination of discrepant material conducted by the designated Fleet
Support Team (FST) to determine the root cause of defects and deficiencies.
b. Deficient material reported via HMR or PQDR (CAT I or II) is automatically considered for
an EI. Activities may also submit an EI (CAT I or CAT II) request for the following reasons:
(1) To support investigations of material associated with aircraft or grand mishaps, lightning
strikes, electromagnetic interference, and stray voltage problems.
(2) To investigate a component rejected by the Navy Oil Analysis Program (NOAP) after all
authorized repairs are attempted.
(3) To support the mandatory investigation requirements of Activated Aircraft Emergency
Egress Systems per OPNAVINST 3750.6.
(4) When aircraft readiness is seriously impaired due to poor material reliability (including
Support Equipment).
(5) When directed by higher authority.
c. The FST engineer for the discrepant material or equipment is responsible for determining
whether an EI will be conducted, closed with a final response, or closed administratively.
d. Refer to paragraph 10.9.4 for EI material handling procedures.
10.9.3.8 Hazardous Material Reports (HMR)
10-102
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. HMRs will be submitted on any material deficiency, which, if not corrected, could result in
death or injury to personnel, or damage to or loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities.
NOTE: An HMR must be submitted regardless of how or when the discrepant condition was
detected.
b. All HMRs are considered Category 1 safety discrepancies and must be submitted within 24
hours of discovery of any of the following conditions:
(1) Malfunction or failure of a component, which, if not corrected, could result in death or
injury to personnel, or damage to or loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities.
(2) A configuration deficiency in aircraft, engines, support equipment (SE), or components
that creates a safety hazard.
(3) A design flaw that allows incorrect installation of parts resulting in possible system
malfunction or failure.
(4) In-flight or ground loss of aircraft parts (things falling off aircraft (TFOA)) in which
maintenance or material factors are involved.
c. HMR material will be processed in accordance with paragraph 10.9.4.
d. HMRs are submitted via the JDRS website.
NOTES: 1. When JDRS is not accessible; HMR will be reported by priority precedence
message, within 24 hours of discovery, using the HMR and PQDR Message
Template (Figure 10.9-1).
2. For HMR incidents where lack of training or improper training in maintenance
procedures is a contributor to the discrepancy or incident, the Center for Naval
Aviation Technical Training Unit, Pensacola, FL will be included in the “info” block
of the HMR PLA: CENNAVAVNTECHTRA PENSACOLA, FL.
3. Things falling off aircraft related to Aircraft Armament System (AAS) parts or
components will be dual-reported as an HMR per this instruction and a CODR per
OPNAVINST M-8000.16.
4. Due to DOD service differences in JDRS terminology, an HMR is submitted in
JDRS as a “CAT I EI with HMR intent.”
10.9.3.9 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR)
NOTE: PQDRs directly support Title 41 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) §101-26.803-2
Reporting quality deficiencies and SECNAVINST 4855.3, Product Data Reporting
and Evaluation Program (PDREP) objectives.
a. PQDRs will be submitted for new or newly reworked material, products, and software with
deficiencies attributable to the use of poor quality material, or substandard workmanship by the
supplier, contractor, or rework facility. The deficiency must have been discovered during receipt
inspection or during the initial installation, initial operational check, or first flight with the material
installed. PQDRs will also be submitted for materials that fail prematurely during the specified
10-103
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
warranty period and for materials manufactured or maintained under a Performance Based Logistics
(PBL) or Contract Logistics Support (CLS) contract.
NOTES: 1. New material is defined as material procured under contract from a commercial
or government source, or manufactured by a Depot. Material is considered new for
PQDR purposes until it has been proven in actual operation.
2. Newly reworked material is defined as material which has been overhauled,
rebuilt, repaired, or modified by a Depot or commercial activity. Material will be
considered newly reworked for PQDR purposes until it has been proven during
actual operation.
3. Warranted material is considered new for PQDR reporting purposes until
warranty expiration.
4. Deficiencies that impact safety and are discovered after initial use will be
reported as a CAT I EI (with the HMR indent checked). If safety is not an issue but
an EI is considered necessary, submit a CAT II EI request.
5. PQDRs will not be submitted for material repaired by an I-Level activity.
Defective material received from an I-Level activity will be returned to Supply as a
Y-Code action, and will be investigated by the repairing I-Level activity’s Quality
Assurance (QA) per Chapter 7 procedures.
6. Material suspected of being counterfeit will be reported on a PQDR, regardless
of the cost of the material. Annotate the “Suspect Counterfeit” intent box and enter
“Suspect Counterfeit” in the description (Block 3B) and include a clear and concise
description of the defect. Enter code 766 (Specification, Out of) in block 3C
Malfunction Defect Code.
7. Technical Directives (TD) must be issued to recall and inspect quality deficient
components per NAVAIRINST 5215.12. JDRS will not be used to recall quality
deficient components.
8. Do not submit PQDRs for materials in TD Modification Kits found defective
during installation. TD Modification Kit deficiencies will be reported to the
Program Manager-Air responsible for the TD Modification Kit.
9. Foreign Military Sales (FMS) PQDR will be submitted to NAVSUP WSS as a
Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR). If appropriate, NAVSUP WSS will convert the
SDR to a PQDR and forward it to the applicable NAVSEA or NAVAIR Screening
Point for review and further processing.
10. Do not submit PQDRs to COMFRC Quality Team, Patuxent River, MD.
COMFRC Quality Team does not process nor investigate PQDRs.
b. CAT I PQDRs will be submitted for quality deficiencies with the potential to cause death,
injury, or severe occupational illness; loss of or major damage to a weapons system; critically
restrict combat capabilities; or result in a production line stoppage at original equipment
manufacturer (OEM), contractor, and depot manufacturing and rework facilities. Discrepancies that
10-104
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
potentially impact a safety critical characteristic on a product specified as a critical safety item
(CSI) will be categorized as a CAT I PQDR. Discrepancies with CSIs that do not impact safety
will be categorized as CAT II PQDR.
c. CAT II PQDR will be submitted for quality deficiencies that do not affect safety or impair
combat efficiency.
d. PQDR submission procedures:
(1) Submit PQDRs via the JDRS website.
(2) Submit a CAT I PQDR within 24 hours of discovery. Submit a CAT II PQDR within
three calendar days of discovery.
NOTE: If JDRS is unavailable, report CAT I PQDRs by priority precedence message per the
HMR and PQDR Message Template (Figure 10.9-1) within 24 hours of discovery.
(3) Verify the last rework activity and the manufacturer information is correct. Upload a
copy of the Ready for Issue (RFI) tag or the Certificate of Conformance, the original Issue Release
or Receipt Document Number (DD Form 1348-1A), and the contract number (if applicable) into
JDRS. Additional support documentation may also be uploaded, such as photographs, test reports,
and other pertinent data. Write the PQDR RCN on all uploaded documents.
NOTE: Failure to submit the RFI tag or Certification of Conformance, the original Issue
Release or Receipt Document Number (DD Form 1348-1A), and the contract number
(if applicable) may result in premature record closure without an investigation being
performed and/or loss of credit for the defective material.
(4) For Depot Level Repairable (DLR) material, include the supporting Supply Department
points of contact as information addressees.
(5) Process PQDR material exhibits per paragraph 10.9.4.
10.9.3.10 Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR)
NOTE: Refer to DLM 4000.25, Chapter 17 vice NAVSUP Publication 723 for the
authoritative policy on submitting SDRs.
a. SDRs are used to report discrepancies related to incorrect packaging, preservation, marking,
handling, overage, shortage, expired shelf life, or misidentified material attributable to the supplier
of the material (including U. S. Government and commercial sources).
b. SDRs are submitted via the Product Data Reporting and Evaluation Program Automated
Information System at (https://www.pdrep.csd.disa.mil/).
10.9.3.11 Technical Publications Deficiency Report (TPDR)
a. TPDRs will be submitted to correct deficiencies in Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC),
Checklists, Shop Process Cards, Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIM), Interactive Electronic
Technical Manual (IETMs), Weapons or Stores Loading Manuals, Conventional or Nuclear
Weapon Checklists, Stores Reliability Cards (SRC), Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB), and
Technical Directives (TD).
10-105
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. NAVAIR Fleet Support Teams (FST) will use the JDRS Fast Track TPDR to
correct deficiencies and to initiate changes to technical publications under their
engineering authority, for example to incorporate new data, such as TD changes.
2. TPDR are not used to report problems with instructions or notices.
3. Conflicts between procedures in technical publications and HAZMAT or
HAZWASTE Environmental Compliance Regulations must be reported to the FST
on an environmental report, HMR, or TPDR with the Fleet Readiness Center
Southeast (FRCSE) (Code 4.3.4) and Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) or Type
Commander (TYCOM) as information addressees.
4. Recommendations for improvements (vice corrections) to procedures in technical
publications are reported by letter to the applicable Fleet Support Team (FST).
5. Discrepancies in aircraft NATOPS manuals are reported per CNAF M-3710.7.
b. CAT 1 TPDRs will be submitted on safety related technical publication deficiencies that
could result in death or injury to personnel, or damage to or loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities.
Submit CAT 1 TPDRs to the JDRS website (or via Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM)
JDRS interface, if available) within 24 hours of discovery. If JDRS is unavailable, CAT 1 TPDRs
will be submitted by naval message on a Category 1 Technical Publication Report (Figure 10.9-2),
with NATEC SAN DIEGO CA as an addressee.
c. CAT 2 TPDRs will be submitted for non-safety related technical publication deficiencies that
cause maintenance delays of 8 hours or more. All non-safety related measurement value
discrepancies, such as position sensitive indicator, rate of flow, torque values, or electrical readings
will be submitted as a CAT 2 TPDR. List of Effective Pages errors will be reported as CAT 2
TPDR. In addition, P/N discrepancies causing a maintenance delay of 8 hours or more will be
submitted as a CAT 2 TPDR.
d. CAT 3 TPDRs will be submitted for non-safety related technical publication deficiencies
that cause maintenance delays of less than 8 hours. In addition, P/N discrepancies resulting in
supply requisition errors causing maintenance delays of less than 8 hours will be submitted as a
CAT 3 TPDR.
e. CAT 4 TPDRs will be submitted for non-safety related technical publication deficiencies of a
non-technical or administrative nature that do not delay maintenance. CAT 4 TPDR includes
misspelled words or typographical errors. CAT 4 will not be used to report List of Effective Page
errors, errors in measurement values (position sensitive indicator, rate of flow, torque values,
electrical readings, or other measurement readings), or illegible or incorrect P/N. These types of
errors must be reported as CAT 1, 2 or 3 TPDR, as applicable.
f. General TPDR procedures:
(1) Submit a separate TPDR for each deficiency, whether the deficiencies are in the same or
a different publication. This facilitates tracking and final resolution of the TPDR. IETM users will
also submit separate TPDRs for each deficiency.
10-106
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Contact the JDRS Clearinghouse, listed on the JDRS website under the “Help” menu,
“Service Contacts” link or the local JDRS Clearinghouse Representative for assistance in resolving
problems with submitting a TPDR via JDRS. For additional information on TPDR, contact the
NATEC TPDR Clearinghouse Coordinator (COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department) at
DSN 735-1888, or COMM (619) 545-1888. Information is also available in NAVAIR 00-25-100.
(3) TPDR status is tracked on the JDRS website. The TPDR Drafter and Submitter will
receive e-mail notification of changes in the status of the TPDR. Additionally, if e-mail addresses
are provided during TPDR submission, the originator and other addressees will also receive status
feedback.
(4) Requests for deviation to TPDR submission policy will be addressed via naval letter or
message to COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department, subject “JDRS TPDR Waiver
Request.”
10.9.3.12 Transportation Discrepancy Report (TDR)
NOTE: For the authoritative policy on submitting TDRs, refer to Defense Transportation
Regulation DTR 4500.9-R, Part II - Cargo Movement, Chapter 210.
a. The purpose of a TDR is to document the loss, shortage or damage to Government material
to support the filing of claims against Transportation Service Provider (TSP). TDRs report
transportation discrepancies involving motor, air, water, rail, and small package TSPs for:
(1) Astray freight (see Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR) Chapter 209)
(2) Shortage
(3) Pilferage
(4) Theft
(5) Damage
(6) Vandalism
(7) Material overage
(8) Contract and/or accessorial services ordered but not provided
(9) Non-conformance with HAZMAT shipping requirements
b. TDRs are submitted via https://www.sddc.army.mil/tdr/default.aspx
10.9.4 Exhibit Handling Procedures for EI, HMR, and PQDR (CAT I and CAT II) Material
NOTES: 1. Exhibit handling procedures must be strictly followed to ensure exhibits are
properly prepared, stored, shipped, and delivered to the FST or Quality Team
responsible for conducting the investigation.
2. Exhibits will only be stored or shipped by activities identified in block 20A of the
Deficiency Report.
10-107
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. All exhibits must be turned into the Supply Department, except for
environmentally sensitive material, which must be held in a HAZMAT storage area,
and Communications Security Material System (CMS) material, which must be
turned over to the CMS vault or stored in a CMS approved safe (as applicable)
pending disposition instructions.
4. When PQDR exhibits are turned into local exhibit holding activities (local supply
department) the original requisition number for the exhibit must be provided.
a. The Work Center responsible for the item will protect and package the exhibit immediately
upon removal in order to prevent corrosion, contamination, or other damage. Protection and
packaging requirements:
(1) Use electrostatic discharge caps or tape on all electrostatic discharge sensitive exhibits.
(2) Cap or plug all fluid openings to prevent contamination or loss of fluids.
(3) Do not adjust, disassemble, or perform any type of cleaning on the exhibit unless
authorized by the appropriate NAVAIR FST for EIs or Quality Team Screening Point/Action Point
for PQDRs.
(4) Maintain all exhibits in an “as is” condition. Do not attempt to reassemble fragments of
failed material, remove any component for future use, make any adjustment, disassemble, or clean
during local troubleshooting/investigation unless authorized by the NAVAIR FST for EIs or
NAVAIR Quality Team Screening Point and/or Action Point for PQDRs.
(5) When feasible, forward associated accessories, components, or materials suspected of
contributing to the malfunction.
(6) Mark the turn-in WO or MAF with “EI” or “PQDR” in 3-inch red letters. Do not
obscure other data on the WO or MAF.
(7) Annotate the RCN in the discrepancy block of the WO or MAF.
(8) Annotate BCM-8 and EI or PQDR in the Corrective Action block of the WO or MAF.
NOTE: Consumables will be treated as repairable items and placed in BCM-8 status so the
exhibit can be placed in Litigation “L” Supply Condition Code by the Supply
Department.
b. The reporting activity’s QA Department will prepare exhibits as follows:
(1) Whenever possible, take photographs showing the condition of the exhibit when the
deficiency was discovered. Digital pictures will be uploaded to the JDRS website in the
Miscellaneous Attached Message/Document section of the Report Summary page.
(2) Prior to packaging the exhibit, ensure all pertinent information is recorded.
(a) Scan or digitally photograph the Ready For Issue (RFI) Tag (DD 1574) and upload
or attach to the DR, prior to submittal. If the RFI Tag is added after submission of the DR, upload
it in the Miscellaneous Attached Messages/Documents section of the Report Summary page in the
10-108
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
JDRS website. Including the RFI Tag will assist the Quality Team in determining and verifying the
repair activity.
(b) Record the contract number under which the material was manufactured or repaired
in block 13A of the DR. The contract number may be found on the Manufacturer’s Invoice (DD
Form 250), on the Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document (DD Form 1149) or DD Form
1348-1 Issue Release/Receipt Document, on package markings, or stamped or printed on the
defective item or data plate. Use logistic tools, such as FEDLOG, to assist in determining the
contract number.
(c) Record the Original Requisition Number/Turn-in Document Number in block 13B.
The requisition number is mandatory for a charge reversal.
(3) Attach the WO or MAF, PQDR Exhibit Tag (DD Form 2332), a copy of the PQDR or EI
request, and a copy of the shipping instructions (Preliminary Disposition Report) to the component
or assembly.
(4) Verify all associated service records, for example, SRC, EHR, ASR, MSR, or AESR,
have the appropriate logbook entries. Ensure the correct record accompanies the exhibit and is
properly stored in the shipping container.
(5) For aircraft engine and gas turbine compressor or engine related EI and PQDR exhibits,
annotate the engine logbook as transferred for EI or PQDR investigation.
(6) Forward fluid samples in a clean, sealed, and authorized container. If contamination is
suspected, annotate the sample bottles accordingly.
(7) Request special shipping instructions from the FST if any hazardous conditions are
evident.
c. Supply Department must:
(1) Verify the exhibit is correctly packaged and marked in accordance with NAVSUP P-
700. The exhibit WO or MAF and external packaging will be clearly marked “EI” or “PQDR” in 3-
inch red letters.
(2) Quarantine and store the exhibit separately from material being processed through
normal repair channels.
(3) Place the exhibit in Supply Condition Code “L” within the eRetrograde Management
System (eRMS), and hold the exhibit until disposition instructions are received from the NAVAIR
Screening/Action Point. If shipping instructions are not received within 20 calendar days from the
date the EI or PQDR was submitted, contact the NAVAIR Screening/Action Point and request
status. Do not BCM any EI exhibit due to a pending carcass charge without authorization from the
NAVAIR Screening/Action Point and the TYCOM.
NOTE: The technical dialogue within JDRS is critical to providing a permanent record and
timeline of follow-up action taken via phone calls or e-mail correspondence. If
multiple follow-ups have been made without disposition instructions being provided,
Supply will request assistance from the JDRS Clearinghouse. If no response received,
10-109
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
contact COMFRC Quality Commercial/Interservice Department, COMM 301-757-
8716.
(4) Once disposition instruction is received and BCM action is completed, process and mark
all EI and PQDR material using Supply Condition Code “L” in the eRetrograde Management
System (eRMS).
NOTE: Components held in Supply Condition Code “L” will not generate a carcass bill for
45 days vice 30 days for components held in Supply Condition Code “F”.
(5) Verify the following information is correct and properly entered into the eRMS website:
Document number, National Stock Number (NSN), and Serial number
(6) Process the exhibit document number through eRMS for shipment to Advanced
Traceability and Control (ATAC) (afloat units) or in accordance with local shipping procedures
(shore activities) for further transfer to final destination.
NOTES: 1. Unless otherwise directed by the FST or Quality Team, all EI and PQDR exhibits
must be shipped using the Premium shipping tool on the JDRS website.
2. Under no circumstances will shore activities ship EI or PQDR exhibits within the
ATAC system.
3. Afloat units will process all Non-Ready For Issue (NRFI) retrograde components,
including EI or PQDR exhibits, via eRMS using “BEI” or “BQD” Document
Identifier and ship via ATAC for further transfer to final destination.
4. Regardless of the method of shipment, all EI or PQDR exhibit shipments must be
documented in JDRS to enable the JDRS Material Management Branch and all
POCs involved with the investigation to track the shipment.
5. A request for Tracer Response can only be generated by the Originating Unit
Submitter or Exhibit Holding Point personnel having Ship Exhibit with Tracer
assigned user roles within JDRS (DR) Message Release Authority.
6. The COMNAVAIRSYSCOM JDRS Clearinghouse will provide assistance in
resolving JDRS website shipping issues, overweight and oversized exhibits,
connectivity issues, and waybill assistance. The JDRS Clearinghouse can be reached
at 1-888-832-5972 or by contacting the local Clearinghouse Representative, listed on
the JDRS website under the “Help” menu, “Service Contacts” or “Contact Us” link.
7. Material to be released to an authorized contractor’s representative or shipped
directly to a contractor’s plant will be processed through the supporting Supply
Department. Supply may issue the material on a custody basis only after receiving
authority from the FST or Quality Team Action Point. DLR exhibits sent to
commercial contractors will be shipped per the instructions received from the Action
Point.
d. JDRS Customer Service Team (CST) will:
10-110
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Complete the JDRS Exhibit Receipt tool upon receipt of an EI or PQDR exhibit per
Discrepancy Report Workload Priority (Figure 10.9-4).
(2) Complete D-level Repairable Carcass Tracking or TIR.
(3) Assist all POCs when tracking lost exhibits.
(4) Complete the JDRS Material Disposition tool, when the FST or Quality Team has
completed their investigation, returned the material from Condition Code “L”, and placed the
material back into supply per disposition instructions.
(5) Approve EI Exam Plans.
NOTE: After record closure, the JDRS Exhibit Receipt tool remains live to allow the
Customer Service Team to document the receipt of shipments or notify the POCs if
exhibits were not received and are assumed lost.
10.9.5 O-Level and I-Level Activity Responsibilities
10-111
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Review and authorize DRs, prior to submission in JDRS.
c. Designate DR Submitters (Approve and Submit website DRs Message Release Authority)
and DR Drafters (draft only) per 10.1.2.9.
d. Forward ADDR investigation results to the Type Wing or MAG for screening and closing.
NOTE: ADDR final response timeline may be extended to permit a thorough quality
investigation. Submit technical dialog, via JDRS Technical Dialog tool, informing
the originator of the investigation progress every 30 days until the final response is
submitted. Include the originator and all concerned activities in the distribution of
the investigation report.
e. If a mishap was involved, coordinate with the Mishap Board and the Aviation Safety Officer
(ASO) prior to releasing DRs.
10.9.5.3 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
a. Enroll in JDRS as a DR Submitter (Approve and Submit website DRs Message Release
Authority) (if delegated).
b. Designate the Quality Assurance Supervisor or a Quality Assurance Representative as the
NAMDRP Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: The NAMDRP Program Manager must be assigned for a minimum of 12 months.
c. Review DRs for accuracy and completeness prior to forwarding to the MO.
d. Manage and coordinate the submission of DRs within specified timeframes.
e. Provide copies of DR correspondence relating to aviation ground, flight, flight related, and
explosive mishaps to the ASO.
f. Review NAMDRP Computerized Self-Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audits and direct
corrective actions for process improvement.
g. Take corrective action to preclude or minimize the reoccurrence of deficiencies.
h. Investigate and address each deficiency listed on the ADDR within ADDR Process Timeline
(Figure 10.9-10). The investigation will include a determination, if FST assistance is required to
resolve ADDR deficiencies, and if maintenance procedures need to be modified to mitigate
discrepancy trends.
10.9.5.4 NAMDRP Manager
a. Perform a CSEC program manager audit within 60 days of designation as Program Manager
and annually thereafter per 10.7.5.8.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination on NAMDRP per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive
NAMDRP familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center.
Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
c. Keep current on the DR requirements per paragraph 10.9.1, references a. thru o. and this
NAMPSOP.
10-112
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Assist work centers with determining which DRs are needed, and assist them with preparing
DRs.
e. Prior to submission to the QAO, screen DRs and verify that the correct deficiency report is
selected, all data fields are complete and accurate, the discrepancies are sufficiently detailed and
clearly described, and the correct screening point is identified using the JDRS ST Lookup Tool by
T/M/S.
NOTE: DRs with missing, incomplete, or inaccurate data are at risk of not being investigated
and prematurely closed due to “Missing Documentation”.
f. Review DRs for discrepancy trends and provide the QAO with recommendations for
corrective action to resolve deficiencies.
g. Respond to ADDRs, via the JDRS Acknowledge Receipt tool and within the ADDR Process
Timeline (Figure 10.9-10).
NOTE: If the ADDR was not sent to the correct squadron, the program manager will use the
JDRS Acknowledge Receipt tool to reject the ADDR to the originating D-level
activity. Immediate Acknowledge/Reject action will be taken to ensure the correct
squadron completes the Acknowledge Receipt process within the ADDR Process
Timeline (Figure 10.9-10).
h. Maintain an RCN log to ensure each DR, including EER, EMR, and CODR, is assigned a
unique RCN. For detailed procedures refer to paragraph 10.9.3.2. The RCN log must contain the
following:
(1) Date
(2) RCN
(3) DR Type
(4) Nomenclature
(5) BUNO Number (for AIDRs).
(6) P/N
(7) S/N. (if applicable)
(8) NSN or NIIN
(9) Brief description of deficiency
(10) Status (filled in upon issuance of final or closing report)
i. Review JDRS technical dialog pertaining to the unit’s DRs. Initiate JDRS FST Input Request
or technical dialog correspondence to the FST and Quality Team when:
(1) DR responses have not been received within prescribed timeframes.
(2) Shipping instructions have not been released within 20 days of DR submission.
10-113
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) DRs have not met process timeline goals specified in AIDR Process Timeline (Figure
10.9-5), EI Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-6), and PQDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-7).
(4) Support is required to resolve ADDR deficiencies, or ADDR trends indicate the need for
an update to maintenance procedures/specifications.
j. Provide JDRS training to DR Drafters and DR Submitters.
NOTE: JDRS handbooks are available under the JDRS “Help” menu, “Handbooks” link to
assist users with tool operation.
k. Perform a monthly validation and update of personal information, such as phone number, e-
mail address, PLA, office code, rank, and job title, for DR Drafters and DR Submitters, and notify
JDRS via the “Contact Us” tool update or delete profiles.
l. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Program POCs.
(2) FST, Quality Team or manufacturer responses received external to JDRS. Retain for
one year or until final FST, Quality Team, or manufacturer response (closing response/action) is
received, whichever is greater.
(3) Follow-up messages or correspondence and JDRS technical dialogs.
NOTE: DRs and technical dialog correspondence stored on JDRS do not require hard copy
files. JDRS maintains electronic copies of all DR and related correspondence and
closing reports. A paper copy of the DR may be retained when connectivity with
JDRS is an issue.
(4) References or cross reference locator sheets.
(5) Initial and most current completed CSEC program manager audit and program audit.
10.9.5.5 Division Officers
a. Enroll in JDRS as a DR Drafter.
b. Review DRs submitted by the division and coordinate with QA when recurring deficiencies
are noted.
10.9.5.6 Work Center Supervisors:
a. Enroll in JDRS as a DR Drafter.
b. Submit DRs to QA whenever a discrepancy occurs that meets the reporting requirement.
c. Verify NAMDRP indoctrination training is provided to personnel per 10.1.4.7.
10.9.6 NAVAIR Activity Responsibilities
10.9.6.1 FST and Quality Teams for ADDRs, AIDRs, EIs, EI/HMRs, and PQDRs
10-114
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Respond to DRs, via JDRS Website (https://jdrs.mil) in the Acknowledge Receipt tool,
within the AIDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-5), EI Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-6), and PQDR
Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-7):
(1) One calendar day after receipt of a CAT I EI, CAT I PQDR, or CAT 1 TPDR
(2) Three calendar days after receipt of a CAT II PQDR
(3) Four calendar days after receipt of an AIDR
(4) Thirty calendar days after receipt of a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR
NOTES: 1. Acknowledging receipt of a DR is considered a response.
2. DRs submitted via command e-mail will be imported into JDRS upon receipt by
the FST or Quality Team. The FST, or Quality Team will make every effort to
acknowledge the DR within this instruction’s timeframes.
3. DRs received during scheduled facility shutdown periods (weekends/holidays)
will be acknowledged the next working day.
b. Take timely action on all EI requests per COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Research and
Engineering Group EI Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-6). FST may request assistance in completing
an EI or initiating an EI within the FST organization when a problem is suspected and has not been
reported.
c. If the FST is unable to complete an EI because of equipment or facility limitations,
specialized engineering discipline requirements, or other reason(s), FST will request assistance
from an appropriate Navy technical activity or contractor establishment. Assistance from other
FSTs will be requested by message with an information copy to the PMA and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. Assistance from other Navy technical activities or contractors will be
requested by the FST to the appropriate COMNAVAIRSYSCOM code on the Partial Listing of
FST (Equipment Supported) (Figure 10.9-8). When contractor assistance is required and a support
contract exists, request for assistance may be sent directly to the appropriate ACO by message.
Approval by the PMA is required prior to obligating funds for any contractor assistance services.
d. Process investigations as follows:
(1) Determine if the HMR or PQDR was sent to the correct FST, or Quality Team. If not,
readdress the request to the correct FST, or Quality Team, via JDRS website Acknowledge Receipt
tool, for action and inform the originator of the action taken.
(2) If the correct FST, or Quality Team cannot be identified, forward the report to the JDRS
Clearinghouse, via the JDRS website Acknowledge Receipt.
NOTE: Immediate acknowledge receipt or forward action must be taken to ensure the
correct FST, or Quality Team completes the acknowledge Receipt Process within
AIDR, EI, and/or PQDR Process Timelines (Figures 10.9-5, 10.9-6, and 10.9-7).
(3) Liaison with the report originator (as required) to obtain amplifying or clarifying
information on the reported discrepancy or failure.
10-115
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Study the history of failures and determine if an EI is needed on the equipment or
material in question.
(5) Confirm the criticality (CSI, CAI, or noncritical) of the discrepant item or establish the
criticality if a determination had not previously been made. Every HMR, EI, and PQDR processed
through JDRS contains a link by which criticality determinations or recommendations can be
submitted to appropriate Critical Item Managers. This facilitates updating the official Critical Item
database to ensure the DOD community is aware and responsive to issues relating to critical parts.
(6) Close deficiency reports and/or EI requests via a JDRS Closing Report when an
investigation will not be conducted.
NOTE: Include the Supply Department or unit holding the material as an action addressee
within the Closing Report. Provide instructions stating the material will not be
required for investigation and may be released for repair via normal supply
channels.
(7) Complete the JDRS website Go or No Go tool to determine the engineering risk, cost
analysis, or other factors that indicate whether an investigation is required. Use the Technical
Dialog tool to communicate with the report originator or other POCs when additional informational
is required.
(8) When it is determined that an investigation is required, assign an Investigation Control
Number (ICN) and provide the JDRS Preliminary Disposition Report/Shipping Instructions, for the
discrepant equipment or material or describe the arrangements for an onsite investigation. All
exhibits must be shipped as directed by the Preliminary Disposition Report/Shipping Instructions.
(9) Use the ICN numbering system, for example, WC3EI-AV8-0001-04S, for deriving ICNs
per the following:
(a) The first elements of the ICN must be the three-character D-level identifier
(Organization Code) per the Deckplate Organization Code Translator at
https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/, then References and select Organization Lookup, followed by
“EI” or PQDR” and a dash (-).
(b) The second element of the ICN must be the two-, three-, or four-character system
identifier (H60, T400, ACCY, ELEC, AVNC, etc.), followed by a dash (-). For PQDR, the
investigative quality organization may be used vice system identifier.
(c) The third element of the ICN must be a four-character sequentially assigned number
beginning with “0001” for the first assigned HMR/PQDR in a new calendar year, followed by a
dash (-).
(d) The fourth element of the ICN must be the two-digit calendar year identifier, (ex.
“07” for calendar year 2007), followed by a request urgency indicator of “R” for Routine (CAT II),
“S” for Safety, or “M” for Mishap related (CAT I).
(10) Develop an Exhibit Examination Plan via JDRS. Ensure the examination plan is
provided to the investigating activity and customer service team. Notify local investigating activity
10-116
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
receiving personnel of the request for the equipment/material exhibit can be properly identified and
routed when received.
(11) Follow-up on equipment or material non-receipt. Under normal circumstances, follow-
up must be made within four calendar days for CONUS (eight calendar days for OCONUS
shipping) after the response message. The period may be extended if it is known that shipment will
take longer than 20 calendar days. Follow-up includes a JDRS Tracer Request to the originator and
supply activity responsible for shipping the material. Checks are also conducted with the local
supply activity, Customer Service Team charged with receiving the material, site delivery points,
and repair receiving points to ensure the material is delivered to the correct destination.
NOTE: All possible follow-up actions must be taken, particularly on equipment/material
related to CATI EIs and PQDRs, and aircraft mishaps.
(12) Conduct or arrange for the completion of the EI. EIs must be assigned Priority 1 or 2
depending on the FSTs assessment of the probable impact or effect of the reported problem. EIs in
support of aircraft mishaps must be assigned Priority 1.
NOTE: The originator’s recommended or requested priority must be given serious
consideration.
(13) Reclassify the EI to a PQDR if the investigation provides factual evidence that the
defect was attributable to the use of poor material quality or substandard workmanship by the
supplier, contractor, or rework facility. The PQDR Quality Team may reclassify a PQDR into an
EI based on factual evidence.
(14) If completion of an investigation requires assistance from another FST, or Quality
Team request assistance directly from the FST, or Quality Team with information copy to the PMA.
If another Navy technical activity or a contractor will complete the investigation, forward a letter or
message to the appropriate COMNAVAIRSYSCOM program office requesting assistance. In
either case, the report originator must be officially notified of the change in Action Points and
provided with new contact points. Any Navy activity or contractor performing an investigation
must submit a report of findings, conclusions, and recommendations to the FST/Acton Point only.
The FST/Action Point will review or amend the report, and then issue a final report or closing
action.
(15) Final Reports must be completed within the prescribed timeframes shown within each
individual Process Timeline (Figures 10.9-5, 10.9-6, or 10.9-7). Total time allowed to complete the
Final Reports from receipt of the exhibit (or the beginning of the Examination Cycle) varies
dependent upon whether the investigation is a result of a CAT I mishap, a CAT I non-mishap, or a
CAT II failure. If the final report cannot be completed within the timeframe shown within each
individual Process Timeline (Figures 10.9-5, 10.9-6, or 10.9-7), an interim report or message must
be provided to the originator at the specified intervals until the Final Report is released.
(16) Return, or provide for the return of, the unserviceable equipment or material to the CST
for disposition. Use the JDRS website (https://jdrs.mil) Material Disposition tool to inform the CST
of the condition of the material and disposition direction. Serviceable RFI material will be certified
as such, and applicable documentation (RFI Tag, etc.) will accompany the component. If the
equipment or material is extensively disassembled and salvageable, it may be inducted for rework
10-117
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
and should be entered into the Supply System inventory under the proper condition code. In the
case of EIs and/or PQDRs supporting mishap investigations, no disposition of the equipment or
material will be made until released by the senior member of the AMB per OPNAVINST 3750.6.
NOTE: Mishap material must be managed and maintained by the cognizant FST. It is the
responsibility of the Engineering Team to conduct follow up actions or disposition
requests to the AMB. Once the AMB approves the material disposition, the
Engineering FST will contact the JDRS Clearinghouse for workflow assistance to
reopen the DRs Disposition tool. The FST will then dispose of the material, via
normal Material Disposition means. The Customer Service Team (CST) will return
the material from “L” condition to either “A” “F” or “H” as instructed and process
accordingly.
(17) FSTs will support the processing of PQDRs for assigned material per paragraph
10.9.6.1. Activities responsible for investigations must take action on PQDR requests per
requirements of COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Quality Management Group.
NOTE: The D-Level Quality Department will serve as the lead for coordinating the internal
effort to ensure PQDR are processed, investigated, and responded to within the
PQDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-7).
10.9.6.2 AIDR Quality Teams
NOTE: For additional policy concerning the processing of AIDRs refer to COMFRC Quality
Management Group (QMG) AIDR Screening and Investigation Standard Work
Package (SWP) 6412-002 located under the NAMDRP tab at: Standard Work
Process (SWP) Documents - All Documents (navy.mil)
https://myteam.navair.navy.mil/frc/COMFRC/COMFRCSWPDocs/Forms/AllItems.
aspx.
10.9.6.2.1 AIDR Screening Point
a. The AIDR Screening Points are:
(1) The D-level activity for those aircraft reworked (organic) under their cognizance.
(2) COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (cognizant PMA) for aircraft manufactured or reworked under
commercial contracts.
(3) The FST for aircraft reworked under Depot Maintenance Inter-Service Support
Agreement.
(4) The cognizant government PCO for aircraft manufactured or reworked under
commercial contract or inter-Service agreement not administered by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
PCO.
(5) FRC WESTPAC for those aircraft reworked under their cognizance or at contractor
facilities under their cognizance.
b. AIDR Screening Points must:
10-118
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Determine if the AIDR has been sent to the correct Quality Team or AIDR Screening
Point. If not, use JDRS Acknowledge Receipt tool to readdress the request to the correct Quality
Team or AIDR Screening Point for action and inform the originator of the action taken.
(2) If the correct FST cannot be identified, forward the report to the JDRS Clearinghouse,
via JDRS Acknowledge Receipt tool for acton.
NOTE: Immediate acknowledge receipt or forward action will be taken to ensure the correct
Quality Team completes the Acknowledge Receipt Process within the AIDR Process
Timeline (Figure 10.9-5).
(3) Evaluate all incoming and outgoing AIDR to determine urgency, action required, and
category, using JDRS.
(4) Review the AIDR report for accuracy, completeness, and validity. When incomplete or
incorrect areas are noted, obtain the necessary information by contacting the originator. Make the
necessary changes via the JDRS Data Review or Data Edit tools, and complete the JDRS processing
prior to issuing a final report.
(5) Follow-up on AIDR not received from the aircraft reporting custodian within 45
calendar days after the aircraft is delivered to the reporting custodians.
(6) Identify those deficiencies requiring a response from the AIDR Action Point.
(7) Request the AIDR Action Point investigate discrepancies identified.
(8) Review the AIDR Action Point’s investigative report for completeness and validity.
(9) Provide final response, via JDRS website, on all reported AIDR deficiencies as soon as
possible, but not later than 45 calendar days after receipt of the AIDR. The final response timeline
may be extended for a thorough quality investigation. A technical dialog will be submitted, via
JDRS Technical Dialog tool, informing the originator of the investigation progress every 45 days
until the final report is submitted. Include the originator and all concerned activities in the
distribution of the investigation report.
(10) Review all AIDR for compliance to D-level maintenance specifications.
(11) Conduct the necessary follow-up action to reduce the possibility of like occurrences.
(12) Adhere to the AIDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-5).
10.9.6.2.2 AIDR Action Point
a. Perform an investigation and address each deficiency as requested by the AIDR Screening
Point.
b. Forward Investigative results to the AIDR Screening Point as soon as possible, but no later
than 45 calendar days from the date of AIDR submission.
c. Take corrective action to preclude/minimize repetitive deficiencies.
d. Adhere to the AIDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-5).
10-119
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Some D-level activities serve as both the AIDR Screening and Action Points.
10.9.6.3 ADDR Support Point
FST must provide the following ADDR Support:
a. In the event the squadron needs assistance in resolving deficiencies listed in the ADDR,
they will request support via the JDRS FST Input Request Tool. FST will screen and acknowledge
all incoming ADDR FST Input Requests within 3 working days of receipt.
b. Provide resolution or issue corrective actions for squadron requested ADDR support within
30 days of receipt of FST Input Request.
c. Initiate changes to the T/M/S O-Level periodic maintenance requirements to correct
deficiencies noted in the FST or squadron investigation.
d. Initiate changes to T/M/S D-level PMI specifications to correct deficiencies noted in the FST
or squadron investigation.
NOTES: 1. An interim response will be provided via JDRS technical dialog if resolution is
not determined within 30 days and a status update every 30 days thereafter, until
final resolution.
2. Corrective action is defined as a TPDR, IRAC, RAC, change or revision to the
applicable technical publication(s). Corrective actions will be tracked via the JDRS
Action Tracker tool.
10.9.6.4 Baseline Trouble Report
a. NAWCAD Air Systems Group (ASG) is designated as the process owner for NALCOMIS
OOMA baseline management and will ensure that a baseline manager is assigned to each T/M/S
that utilizes NALCOMIS OOMA. BTRs are the medium used to report NALCOMIS OOMA
baseline deficiencies. Baselines manager responsibilities within the BTR process include, but are
not limited to, the following:
(1) Maintain a record of all baseline changes utilizing JDRS. Changes are broadcast via the
Baseline Trouble Report Daily Summary located on the NATEC TMAPS website.
(2) Acknowledge receipt of each BTR and assign action, as required, within 1 working day
after receipt of a BTR.
(3) Research all BTRs for applicability and content.
(4) Coordinate all actions required to resolve the reported issue. Provide status updates to
the affected parties via the Tech Dialog function within JDRS if resolution will require more than 3
working days to complete.
(5) Monitor BTR submissions and if warranted provide change recommendations for
NALCOMIS OOMA application deficiencies, process improvements, baseline management or
NAMP policy changes to the NAWCAD Air Systems Group (ASG) process owner for review and
consideration.
10-120
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(6) Ensure that all changes to approved reference material required to resolve baseline issues
are coordinated with the applicable PMA/FST.
b. PMA or FST Baseline Managers:
(1) Follow-up each BTR to ensure corrective action is completed.
(2) Provide BTR status to ACC or TYCOM and Type Wings, MAGs, or CVWs.
10.9.6.5 PQDR Quality Teams
10.9.6.5.1 PQDR Quality Team Screening Point
NOTE: For additional policy concerning the processing of CAT I and CAT II PQDRs refer
to COMFRC Quality Management Group (QMG) Product Quality Deficiency
Report Standard Work Package Product Quality Deficiency Report Screening and
Investigation (SWP) 6412-001 located under COMFRC Instructions, Standard Work
Process (SWP) Documents at: Standard Work Process (SWP) Documents - All
Documents (navy.mil)
https://myteam.navair.navy.mil/frc/COMFRC/COMFRCSWPDocs/Forms/AllItems.
aspx.
a. Examine the PQDR request to determine if the DR has been sent to the correct Quality
Team. If not, readdress the request to the correct Quality Team, via JDRS website Acknowledge
Receipt tool, for action and inform the originator of the action taken.
b. If the correct Quality Team cannot be identified, forward the report to the JDRS
Clearinghouse, via the JDRS website Acknowledge Receipt tool, for action.
NOTES: 1. COMFRC Inter-Service Screen Point (ISPT-NAVAIR) acts as the Screening
Point for PQDR when the FST cannot be determined or for commercial contracts
administered by a COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PCO.
2. Immediate acknowledge receipt or forward action will be taken to ensure the
correct Quality team complete the Acknowledge Receipt within the PQDR Process
Timeframes in accordance with Figure 10.9-7.
c. Evaluate incoming and outgoing PQDR to determine urgency, action required, and category
using JDRS. When incomplete or incorrect areas are noted, obtain the necessary information by
contacting the originator, make the necessary changes using either the Data Review tool or the Data
Edit tool, and complete the required processing as follows:
(1) Import PQDRs received by D-level via command e-mail message into JDRS.
(2) Use the JDRS Data Review tool to verify accurate information has been received from
the originator via JDRS Technical Dialog tool. When incomplete or incorrect areas are noted,
obtain the necessary information by contacting the originator, make the necessary changes via the
Data Review tool, and complete JDRS processing.
(3) Determine if the PQDR category (CAT I or CAT II) assigned by the originator is
properly assigned. Using the Data Review tool, the Screening Point may make necessary changes
10-121
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
in category assignment, but must notify and provide justification to the originator via JDRS
Technical Dialog tool within five calendar days of the date of change.
(4) Provide an immediate reply, via JDRS Technical Dialog tool, to other participating
components (to include engineering FST) and activities when the report concerns safety in peculiar
and common use items.
(5) Determine (where possible) if a contract warranty applies or initiates any special actions
required. When the deficiency involves an item covered under a reliability improvement warranty,
the PQDR must be processed (unless a Warranty Clause governs this workload).
(6) Identify material processed or reworked by another service component, such as Army,
Coast Guard, or Air Force. Send the original PQDR to the inter-service PQDR Quality Team
Action Point via JDRS Data Review tool. Provide the originator a copy of the request or
transmittal.
(7) Forward PQDR, via JDRS, to COMFRC Government Furnished Equipment/In-
Production PQDR (ISPT-NAVAIR) when the Screening Point is unknown.
(8) Forward PQDR to the appropriate PQDR Quality Team Action Point, via JDRS, within
the following timeframes:
(a) CAT I PQDR within 1 calendar day after Acknowledge Receipt.
(b) CAT II PQDR within 10 calendar days after Acknowledge Receipt.
10.9.6.5.2 PQDR Quality Team Action Point
a. CAT I PQDR Exhibits. Provide an Interim Reply or a Closing/Final Report within 28
calendar days from Acknowledged Receipt for CAT I PQDRs not requiring an exhibit or 45
calendar days after the exhibit has been received.
b. CAT II PQDR Exhibits. Provide an Interim Replay or Closing/Final Report within 45
calendar days from Acknowledged Receipt for CAT II PQDRs not requiring an exhibit or 60
calendar days after the exhibit has been received.
c. Complete JDRS Shipping Instructions (Preliminary Disposition Report) to provide
disposition instructions to the Supply Activity holding the PQDR exhibit.
d. Initiate a Tracer Request to the holding activity via JDRS for overdue delivery of requested
exhibits or samples. Under normal circumstances, Tracer Requests will be made 20 calendar days
after Preliminary Disposition Report release, but the period may be extended if it is known that
shipment will take longer than 20 calendar days. At a minimum, the Tracer Request must include
action addressees to the PQDR originator, the supply activity holding the exhibit, and the Customer
Service Team responsible for receipt of the exhibit.
e. Follow-up on equipment or material related to safety.
f. Determine if the deficiency has been previously reported.
g. Determine if the previously reported deficiency is under investigation or has been resolved.
10-122
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. Notify the originator, within the timeframes previously outlined, that the problem is under
investigation or has been previously resolved.
i. Determine if a quality investigation should be conducted, what action will prevent
recurrence, and what reports of findings will be required from affected support points. Provide
affected support points with action copies stating desired support.
j. Initiate appropriate action on CAT I PQDR to inform other activities (to include engineering
FSTs), that may have received material with similar defects, and identify specific lot shipment
suspected.
k. Initiate appropriate action to the Inventory Control Point (ICP) or Procurement Contracting
Officer (PCO) or Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO), which could preclude further
procurement or acceptance of deficient material. The ICP and PCO or ACO will request
distribution activities, inspect or screen their stock, and issue ALERT notifications (when needed).
l. Provide an immediate reply, via JDRS Technical Dialog tool, to other participating
components (to include engineering FST) and activities when the report concerns safety in peculiar
or common items.
m. Determine if a contract warranty applies and initiate any special actions required. When the
deficiency involves an item covered under a reliability improvement warranty, the PQDR will be
processed for information only.
n. Verify CAT I Final Reports are reviewed by the Engineering FST. The Quality Team must
send their final draft, via JDRS Technical Dialog tool, allowing the engineering team 24 hours to
provide any comments and/or changes.
o. Adhere to the PQDR Process Timeline (Figure 10.9-7).
p. Process assigned FMS PQDR investigations via JDRS. Conduct communications with the
FMS customer via NAVSUP WSS and D-level FMS Coordinator, to include requests for additional
documentation, funding, exhibits, and material disposition instructions.
10.9.6.5.3 PQDR Support Point
a. When requested, assist the PQDR Quality Team Action Point under the established
timeframes. Provide Interim Reply’s containing current findings and any additional testing to the
Action Point every 30 calendar days after receipt of the exhibit until root cause has been
determined.
b. Furnish report of findings as requested by the PQDR Quality Team Action Point.
c. Review and take appropriate action on PQDRs received from cross-component lines (Army,
Air Force, Coast Guard, NASA, FMS, etc. source of supply).
10.9.6.6 Technical Publication Deficiency Report Team
a. NATEC (FST HQ Tech Data Dept) Provide a TPDR Clearinghouse function staffed to
coordinate TPDR actions, FST responsibilities, reassignment of TPDR between sites, FST, and to
monitor, follow up, and ensure responses are provided within prescribed timeframes.
10-123
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Maintain an active and historical record of all technical publication deficiencies within the
JDRS website and the TMAPS link on the NATEC website (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil).
c. Monitor the status of all CAT 1 TPDR and assign an action to the responsible FST, if
acknowledgement has not taken place within 1 working day after receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR by the
TDA.
d. Coordinate action with responsible technical publication authoring activities ( FST, OEMs,
or subcontractors) to ensure correction of technical publication(s).
e. Provide TPDR status (as requested).
f. FST must provide the following TPDR support:
(1) Screen and acknowledge all incoming TPDR to ensure they have been submitted using
the correct categories (CAT 1, CAT 2, CAT 3, or CAT 4). Change or update status on each within
the JDRS Website. TPDR acknowledgement timeframe is defined as:
(a) Acknowledge within 1 working day of receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR.
(b) Acknowledge within 30 working days for receipt of a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR.
(c) Safety triage screening within 5 working days of acknowledgement of CAT 2, 3, or 4
TPDR to ensure TPDR does not contain any safety issue(s) which requires submission as a CAT 1
TPDR.
(2) Provide resolution of TPDRs per the following timeframes:
(a) CAT 1 TPDR. Issue corrective actions within 30 days of receipt of CAT 1 TPDR,
corrective action is defined as an IRAC, RAC, change, or revision to applicable technical
publication(s).
NOTES: 1. If resolution is not determined within 5 working days of receipt of CAT 1 TPDR,
a preliminary response must be provided. In all cases, a response or report must be
provided within 5 working days of receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR. Responses may be a
preliminary response message or a final report message, including the actual IRAC,
or a combination thereof. Responses to CAT 1 TPDR must be via JDRS message
format and addressed to the same PLA as the original CAT 1 TPDR.
2. If resolution is not determined within 30 days and for every 30 days thereafter,
an interim response(s) must be provided until final resolution.
3. On final resolution, a final report will be provided indicating final disposition
and ending/closing action(s). A final report may take the place of a preliminary
response, if final resolution is determined within 5 working days of receipt of CAT 1
TPDR.
(b) CAT 2 TPDR. Complete validation and annotate TPDR status within JDRS to
indicate validity and additional steps to be taken. Every effort must be made to complete resolution
and issue corrective action within 120 days of receipt of CAT 2 TPDRs. Corrective action for CAT
2 TPDRs must include incorporation into a planned technical publication change or revision, issue
10-124
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
as a separate emergent change or revision, or as urgency demands, issue as an IRAC or RAC to the
applicable technical publication(s). Multiple CAT 2 TPDRs may be consolidated and resolved in a
single corrective action.
(c) CAT 2, 3, and 4 TPDRs. Screen for safety related technical publication deficiencies
within 5 working days and acknowledge that the “Safety triage has been completed” within JDRS
website.
NOTES: 1. If changing the category of a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR to a CAT 1 TPDR, FST must
create a new CAT 1 TPDR within JDRS by selecting the “upgrade” feature, to
initiate a Category 1 TPDR Priority Message. FSTs must indicate in the message
that the original CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR has been upgraded.
2. Before downgrading a CAT 1 TPDR to a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR, FSTs must
contact the TPDR originator to discuss the reason(s) for downgrading the TPDR. If
the decision to down grade is made, the FST will select the “Downgrade” feature in
JDRS, to indicate the TPDR has been downgraded to a CAT 2, 3, or 4.
3. CAT 3 and 4 TPDRs must be held for additional review, validation, and
incorporation as funding permits. The FST will attempt to incorporate CAT 3 and
4 TPDR with higher priority manual changes. Program offices will review the
volume of CAT 3 and CAT 4 TPDR accumulated against active technical
publications biannually and fund their incorporation, at a minimum, once every 3
years.
(3) Provide TPDR status to the ACC, TYCOM, or PMA.
(4) Coordinate with the NATEC TPDR Clearinghouse to resolve problems with the
identification of responsibilities, to ensure they are:
(a) Assigned to the correct engineering and data management authorities.
(b) Managed effectively to provide technical publication users timely and accurate
corrective actions.
(c) Initiate changes to technical publications under their engineering authority, to correct
deficiencies found by the FST or to revise publications by incorporating acquisition related
technical data, such as formal TDs. The FST will use JDRS “Fast Track” option to initiate TPDRs
for any changes made to their publications, using each TPDR initiated to establish a Technical
Manual Source Data Record as the authorized method of effecting a change to a publication.
10-125
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: For AVDLRs, the Re-Order Requisition/Turn-in Document Number is required for credit or
charge reversal.
10-126
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15B. Warranty expiration date (DDMMMYYYY)
16. WUC (ex. 13A1210)
17. NHA NSN, Nomenclature, Part Number, (ex. 4321-00-321-5432, WHEEL ASSY,
Serial Number, CAGE 617018, N/A, 81982)
18. End Item NSN, Nomenclature, Part (ex. UNK, FA-18E, UNK, 161201, UNK)
Number, Serial Number, CAGE
19. Action/Exhibit Disposition (ex. HOLDING EXHIBIT; RELEASED FOR
INVESTIGATION; RETURNED TO STOCK;
DISPOSED OF; REPAIRED; or OTHER
(explain in Block 20B).
20A. Identify Supply Unit to Ship Exhibit (ex. NAS LEMOORE SUPPLY)
20B. Action/Disposition Narrative (ex. HOLDING TRANSDUCER PICK-UP
EXHIBIT AT NAS LEMOORE SUPPLY
PENDING DISPOSITION INSTRUCTION)
21. Requested Exhibit Action (Replacement, (ex. REQUEST CREDIT)
Credit, Repair, Other)
22A. How Safety of personnel or activity (Describe Operational, Safety, Suitability, or
mission is affected Effectiveness Impacts)
22B. Number of similar deficiencies in like (ex. FIVE IN THE PAST FOUR MONTHS)
items reported by the originating activity
22C. How deficiency was detected or confirmed (ex. DURING ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION)
22D. Storage and handling information
22E. Indicate if supporting documents will be (ex. PHOTOGRAPHS AVAILABLE)
supplied
22F. Description of incorrectly identified new
material
22G. Recommendations (EI: N/A; PQDR: Fleet - N/A, Depot - list
process recommendations)
22H. Name of Submitting Official (ex. Name, Phone Number, E-mail address,
Deployed)
22I. Aircraft model and bureau number (ex. SH-60F / 164069)
22JEngine model, Serial number, TSN, TSO (ex. F404-GE-402, 0360419, 1.5 HOURS, 0
HOURS
22K. TFOA? (Yes or No) (ex. NO)
22Kl. Date Last Repaired/Replaced (EI: enter date; PQDR: enter N/A)
22K1. Last maintenance performed (EI: enter description; PQDR: enter N/A)
22K1. Date of last major inspection (ISO, (EI: enter information as required; PQDR: enter
Phase, HPO, HSC, etc.) N/A)
22K2. Description of damage to TFOA item (EI: enter description; PQDR: enter N/A)
and any remaining portions attached to aircraft
22K3. Type mission and mission profile (EI: enter description; PQDR: enter N/A)
10-127
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PRIORITY
FM USS RONALD REAGAN
TO NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//TPDR//NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV CHINA LAKE CA AIG FOUR TWO THREE
INFO COMSTRKFITWINGSPAC LEMOORE CA
BT
UNCLAS //N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/USS USS RONALD REAGAN //
SUBJ/CAT 1 TPDR NES-12 PARACHUTE ASSY//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2//
REF/B/DOC/NA 13-1-6.2//
NARR/REF A IS NAVAL AVIATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.//
REF B IS EMERGENCY PERSONNEL AND DROGUE PARACHUTE SYSTEM MANUAL.//
RMKS/1. USS RONALD REAGAN AIMD/03370
2. NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV CHINA LAKE CA
3. R20993-96-0014
4. 6010/USS RONALD REAGAN
5. 0513-LP-000-2150
6. THROUGH 21. NA
22. DETAILS
A. NA 13-1-6.2
B. NES-12 PARACHUTE ASSY
C. 01 OCT 95
D. NA
E. NA
F. 15-12C
G. 15-18A-14
H. 15-12C
I. THROUGH K. NA
L. ASSY INDUCTED INTO AIMD FOR SCHEDULED REPACK AND USE AS A TRAINING AID BY
PARALOFT PERSONNEL. DURING TRAINING AND ACTIVATION OF THE FOUR LINE RELEASE SYSTEM,
THE DAISY CHAIN SECURING LINES 1 AND 2 FAILED TO UNCHAIN. INVESTIGATION REVEALED THAT
THE FF THREAD ENTERS AND EXITS THE FLUTE TOO CLOSELY, THE INDIVIDUAL THREADS OF THE
FLUTE WEBBING WILL BREAK INSTEAD OF THE FF THREAD. IF THE LAST LOOP OF THE DAISY
CHAIN IS NOT PULLED INTO THE FLUTE TO POSITION IT DIRECTLY UNDER THE ENTRY AND EXIT
POINTS OF THE FF THREAD IN THE FLUTE, THE THREAD WILL BREAK BUT COULD BE PULLED
THROUGH THE FLUTE WEBBING AND BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO BECOME ENTANGLED IN THE
DAISY CHAIN. THIS COULD CAUSE A LOCKING OF THE REMAINING DAISY CHAIN AS IT DID IN THIS
CASE. IF THE FF THREAD DOES NOT PIERCE THE LANYARD THROUGH THE CENTER, BUT ONLY
CATCHES A PORTION OF THE OUTER CASING, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RUPTURE THE OUTER CASING OF
THE LANYARD AND FAIL TO BREAK THE FF THREAD TACKING. PHOTOGRAPHS ARE AVAILABLE
UPON REQUEST.
M. RECOMMENDATIONS:
1. RECOMMEND FOLLOWING WARNING BE INSERTED BETWEEN STEPS 13 AND 14 OF PARA 15-18A OF
REF B: WARNING - ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD ARE AT LEAST 1/4 INCH APART. THE
LAST LOOP OF THE DAISY CHAIN IS PULLED FAR ENOUGH INTO THE FLUTE TO POSITION IT
DIRECTLY BENEATH THE ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD.
2. RECOMMEND FIG 15-12C BE CHANGED TO SHOW EMPHASIS ON SEPARATION OF ENTRY AND EXIT
POINTS OF THE FF THREAD AND POSITIONING OF THE LAST LOOP.
N. J. P. TURNER, PRCM, ALSS LCPO, DEPLOYED//
BT
10-128
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PRIORITY
FM STRKFITRON TWENTY TWO
TO COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//PMA-265//
INFO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA
COMSTRKFITWINGPAC LEMOORE CA
FRC SAN DIEGO CA//
BT
UNCLAS //04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/VFA-22//
SUBJ/BASELINE TROUBLE REPORT FOR F/A-18C TD PPC 117//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2/15FEB08//
AMPN/REF A IS NAVAL AVIATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM//
RMKS/1. VFA-22/PA3/09561
2. F/A-18C/PMA-265.
3. BTR VFA-22 CALENDAR DATE/SN
4. 00118/NAS LEMOORE CA
5. F/A-18C/96406/3103821-01
6. PPC 117
7. COMNAVAIRFOR 291630Z APR 04
8. N/A
9. TD PPC 117 IS MISSING FROM IN THE OPTIMIZED OMA BASELINE.
10. CHANGE BASELINE TO REFLECT PPC 117.
11. J. L. TACKETT, AMCS, LCPO, DSN 949-1111, COMM 409-998-1111
BT
10-129
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Discrepancy Report Workload Priority
Priority Number & Type of Work Load
1. Special Projects. Reserved for specific assignment by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM to fulfill
emergency requirements of the CNO. Examples: Investigations required by aircraft accident
boards, boards of investigations, boards of inquiry, or safety DRs (CAT I EIs and CAT I PQDRs)
under JDRS.
2. CAT II PQDRs under JDRS. Prototypes and projects of an urgent nature directed by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
a. Component Level Schedule Level One B08.
b. Emergency in-use SE requirements (carrier deployments, aircraft down for SE).
3. Acceptance and transfer of aircraft/missiles in delivery. Aircraft in COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
field activity custody awaiting delivery and requiring correction of discrepancies/compliance with
mandatory technical directives (including modifications).
a. Manufacturing, B08 weekly level two (including SE components).
b. Emergency repairs to missiles, aircraft, power plants, components, and customer services to
meet operational requirements established by command authority.
c. Regularly scheduled in- use SE requirements, including calibration and related support
activities.
d. Industrial field team modifications and on-site SE (including calibration) industrial field
team support.
4. Programmed D-level industrial workloads. Aircraft SDLM; rework of missiles, power plants,
B08 weekly three or four level requirements (including SE components), SE and related routine
supporting programs. Routine prototypes and projects not specified under priority 2 above.
5. Preparation of aircraft for delivery to long term storage points. Salvage and reclamation.
10-130
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
T13
AIDR Total Cycle
Commercial and Organic:
45 Calendar Days
T11
Screening/Action Pt Response Cycle
10 Calendar Days
T1 T2 T3 T7
Acknowledge Receipt Cycle Data Review Cycle Action Point Acknowledge Receipt Cycle Examination Cycle
04 Calendar Days 03 Calendar Days 03 Calendar Days 35 Calendar Days
AIDR
Screening Submission Action Point Acknowledge
Data Review
Point Receipt
Acknowledge
Receipt
Record Closed
Request Acknowledge
Reassign Receipt
AIDR
Reassign
Submission
T1B
Clearinghouse Reassignment Cycle
02 Calendar Days
NOTES: 1. AIDR process timeframes may be extended for a thorough quality investigation
to be performed. A “Technical Dialog” will be submitted informing the originator
of the progress of the investigation every 45 days after receipt of an AIDR.
2. AIDR process timeframes do not include scheduled facility shutdown periods
(weekends/holidays).
10-131
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
T13 EI Total Cycle
(Goal: CAT I (Mishap) –60 Days, CAT I (Other) – 90 Days, CAT II – 130 Days)
Final Report
Acknowledge Receipt PMA Decision Exhibit Shipped
Approval
FST
Recommendation Preliminary Report Record Closed
Exhibit Received
Approval
EI Submission
NOTE: Goals deployed on timeline reflect the average TAT goal for each process step and
include additional time to allow for weekends and holidays.
10-132
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
T13
PQDR Total Cycle
CAT I= 75 Calendar Days
CAT II= 93Calendar Days
T12
Final Report Response Cycle
CAT I = 68 Calendar Days
CAT I I= 86 Calendar Days
T11
Screening/Action Point Response Cycle
CAT I = 09 Calendar Days
CAT II = 12 Calendar Days
T1 T8
T7
Acknowledge Receipt Exhibit Disposition Cycle
T3 T4 T5 T6 Examination Cycle
Cycle T2
Action Point Acknowledge Preliminary Report Supply Response Shipping Cycle CAT I= 45 Calendar
CAT I = 01 Calendar Data Review Cycle 07 Calendar Days
Receipt Cycle Cycle Cycle 07Calendar Days
Day 03 Calendar Days
02 Calendar Days 03 Calendar Days 07Calendar Days Days CAT II= 60 Calendar
CAT II = 4 Calendar Charge Reversal Decision
Days
Days Cycle
Request Acknowledge
Reassign Receipt
T9
Closing Report Cycle
(PQDR Submission Closing Report Approval)
T1A T1B T1C
T1B
Clearinghouse Reassignment Cycle
PQDR 02 Calendar Days
Reassign
Submission
NOTES: 1. PQDR process timeframes may be extended for a thorough quality investigation
to be performed. An “Interim Report” will be submitted informing the originator
of progress of the investigation every 45 days after receipt of a CAT I exhibit, or 60
days after receipt of a CAT II exhibit.
2. PQDR process timeframes do not include scheduled facility shutdown periods
(weekends/holidays).
10-133
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Partial Listing of Fleet Support Teams
10-134
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-135
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FRCSE JACKSONVILLE FL
Materials Testing (Mechanical Testing & Chemical Analysis) (904) 790-6402; DSN 942
Paint/Organic Coatings -6398
Thermal Spray -6417
NAVSURFWARCENDIV CRANE IN
Energy, Power and Interconnect Technologies Division (812) 854-4103; DSN 482
Electrical/Electronic Assemblies/Electrostatic Discharge -1973
10-136
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-137
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.10 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance Program (NAMPSOP)
10.10.1 References
The Technical Directive (TD) Compliance Program directs procedures for TD compliance by O-
Level and I-Level activities. All TD configuration changes, i.e. installation, removal,
deconfiguration, and modification, will be issued as a TD by the Commander, Naval Air Systems
Command (NAVAIR). No configuration changes will be made to naval aviation systems including
aircraft, engines, airborne weapons, airborne systems and system components, aircraft launch and
recovery equipment (ALRE), aviation SE, and training systems, unless directed by a TD.
NOTE: For Depot Technical Directive (TD) Compliance Program see Chapter 12.
10.10.2.1 NAVAIR issues TDs for inspecting or altering the configuration of aircraft, engines,
systems, weapons, or equipment. As required, NAVAIR engineers will also issue verification,
validation or concurrent VAL/VER to be performed by an organic depot, contractor facility or on
occasion, by an operational site with concurrence from ACC or TYCOM. NAVAIR 00-25-300 is
the guiding instruction for creating, approving, and issuing TDs.
NOTE: OPNAVINST 8000.16 is the guiding instruction for TDs applicable to weapons.
10.10.2.2 TDs are assigned to four categories based on type, urgency, and purpose:
10-138
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Immediate Action - Assigned when unsafe conditions exist which, if uncorrected, could
result in fatal or serious injury to personnel, or extensive damage or destruction of valuable
property; and the conditions embody risks calculated to be unacceptable. Immediate Action TDs
require compliance prior to next flight, next use of equipment, or within the next 10 flight hours.
NOTE: Immediate Action Bulletins, which restrict flight operations by requiring inspection
prior to further flight, preflight, turn-around, daily inspection, next equipment use,
or within the next ten flight hours, are referred to as “Grounding Bulletins.”
Because of their operational impact, Grounding Bulletins require special
coordination before being released. For details concerning the Grounding Bulletin
process, refer to the NAVAIRINST 13100.17 series.
b. Urgent Action - Assigned when factors of combat necessity present hazardous conditions
that could result in personal injury or damage to valuable property; when unacceptable reductions in
operational readiness exist; and when such conditions, if uncorrected, compromise safety or
embody risks that are calculated to be acceptable within defined time and or performance limits.
Urgent Action TDs will require compliance within specified time limits. Assignment of this TD
category is based on a timeframe greater than 10 flight hours to 36 months but is not to be used to
assign a compliance statement.
c. Routine Action - Assignment of Routine Action is appropriate when conditions exist which
embody degrees of risk calculated to be acceptable within broad time limits. Assignment of this
TD category is based on the timeframe of greater than 36 months but is not to be used to assign a
compliance timeframe.
d. Record Purpose - Assigned to Formal Change TDs issued to document configuration
changes that were incorporated in all affected equipment by the change designer or originator
before the TD was issued. The Record Purpose TD serves as the official record of an engineering
change in the Technical Directive Reporting System (TDRS) database.
10.10.2.3 NATEC San Diego, COMFRC HQ Technical Data Department, publishes the Weekly
Summary for Issued Technical Directives of all TDs issued during the previous week. The TD
Weekly Summary is available under the TD section link on the NATEC website
(https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil).
10.10.2.4 The primary DECKPLATE TDRS reports and lists used in managing TD compliance
are:
a. TDRS reports:
(1) NA500C, Aeronautical TD Index Report, provides a list of active TDs, applicable to
each type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft and engine.
(2) NAT02, SE TD Listing (with index codes B and D), provides information by Type
Equipment Code and is used to screen for active and completed Support Equipment (SE) TDs.
(3) NAT04, Aviation Aircrew Equipment TD Listing (with index codes B), is used to screen
for active and completed Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) TDs.
10-139
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) REP07, TD Compliance Report, provides a complete list of incorporated TDs for
specific component serial numbers (S/N), used to validate prior incorporations.
NOTE: REP07 can be used to force complete tasks within OOMA and make entries of
compliance.
b. TDRS lists:
(1) LIST01, TD Applicability Listing, provides a quick reference to Airframe Change
(AFC) and Airframe Bulletin (AFB) TDs based on applicability range and series information for
specific T/M/S aircraft.
(2) LIST02, TD Requirements Listing, provides a list of Not Incorporated (NINC) AFBs
and AFCs for individual aircraft, and Power Plant Bulletins (PPB) and Power Plant Changes (PPC)
for engines.
(3) LIST04, Incorporation (INC) Listing for Equipment, provides a list of Incorporated
(INC) AFBs and AFCs for individual aircraft; and PPBs and PPCs for engines.
(4) LIST04H, Historical Incorporation Listing for Equipment, provides a list of historical
INC AFBs and AFCs for individual aircraft, and is used to validate prior compliance.
10.10.3 Requirements
10-140
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) When the Formal TD is issued, those activities tasked with completing prototype
installations, verification, validation, or concurrent VAL/VERs will document the formal TD as
PINC on a WO/MAF per Chapter 15 or Chapter 16, and make appropriate entries.
NOTE: A Notice of Ammunition Reclassification (NAR) is not an authorized medium for
directing or authorizing the removal/replacement of installed aircraft ALSS,
cartridges, pyrotechnics, CADs, PADs or for affecting aircraft availability. The TD
system was established for that purpose. If a TD has not been received within three
days of receipt of a NAR affecting CADs, PADs, or aircraft availability, the reporting
custodian will request assistance from the ACC or TYCOM who in turn will request
status from COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department.
10.10.3.2 TD Compliance
Aircraft, engines, SE, equipment, and components will be restricted from use if assigned TD
category (Immediate Action, Urgent Action, or Routine Action) are not complied with before
expiration of the specified compliance due date, time, or event stated in the TD. TD compliance
will be calculated from the date on the actual TD in NATEC.
NOTES: 1. The Target Completion Date (TCD) listed on a TD is an administrative entry of
the issuer’s estimate of when the TD will be completed for all affected equipment
across the NAE. Expiration of the TCD does not invalidate the TD, and does not
require a deferral or any other action by Fleet activities. This date will not be used
to calculate TD due date, time, or event at the local activity.
2. Upon receipt of new production aircraft (DD-250) verify TDs from receipt
paperwork. Perform acceptance “BASELINE” NA500C verification and create TD
review checklist for TDs determined to be applicable.
3. Newly established or squadrons transitioning to a new T/M/S will perform an
acceptance “BASELINE” NA500C verification and create TD review checklist for
TDs determined to be applicable.
a. Immediate Action TDs require compliance prior to next flight, next use of equipment, or
within the next 10 flight hours.
b. (I-Level) Immediate Action TDs affecting RFI spare engines, modules, SE, equipment, and
components must be complied with prior to issuance of the item, unless the using activity is the
level designated to incorporate the TD. For example, an I-Level activity does not have to
incorporate Immediate Action and Urgent Action O-Level TDs before declaring the item RFI.
c. Urgent Action TDs affecting operational aircraft must be complied with prior to launching
the aircraft on a mission that will exceed the compliance due date, time or event. Urgent Action
TDs will require compliance within specified time limits. Assignment of this TD category is based
on a timeframe greater than 10 flight hours to 36 months.
NOTE: I-Level activities may submit requests to the ACC or Equipment Class Desk to
incorporate D-Level TDs if material, tools, technical data, and skills are available.
10-141
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Unless directed by the ACC, D-Level activities will only incorporate O-Level and I-Level
TDs if the aircraft or item is sufficiently disassembled during normal D-Level processing,
incorporation does not require a controlled kit, parts are readily available, and compliance adds no
additional direct man-hour cost. D-Level activities will comply with O-Level and I-Level TDs if
incorporation is needed in order to modify a part required to complete depot rework. Rapid Action
Minor Engineering Changes (RAMEC) will not be incorporated during depot rework, unless
directed by the ACC.
e. O-Level Inspection TD Compliance. Aircraft currently undergoing a Phase or Special
Inspection at the time of TD issuance, with a compliance due of that type inspection, will adhere to
the following:
(1) Immediate Action TDs issued while an aircraft is undergoing a Phase or Special
inspection must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed work has to be redone.
(2) Urgent Action TDs with safety impact issued while an aircraft is undergoing a Phase or
Special inspection must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed work has to be
redone. A request for authorization to defer until next like inspection will be sent to the ACC for
approval. Deferral procedures of 10.10.3.5 apply.
(3) Urgent Action TDs without safety impact and Routine Action TDs issued while an
aircraft is undergoing a Phase or Special inspection will be incorporated only if no completed work
has to be redone. If incorporation of the TD requires unnecessary rework and will not be
incorporated during the inspection, the compliance due will be the next like inspection. Activities
that desire deferral of Routine TDs due to operational necessity may submit a one-time deferral.
Deferral procedures of 10.10.3.4.b. apply.
f. I-Level TD Compliance. Components (engine and engine components refer to 10.10.3.3)
currently undergoing Repair or Inspection at the time of TD issuance, with a compliance due of that
type of Repair or Inspection, will adhere to the following:
(1) Immediate Action TDs issued while an item is undergoing disassembly, repair,
reassembly, or test must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed work has to be
redone.
(2) Urgent Action TDs with safety impact that are issued while an item is in the repair,
reassembly, or test cycle must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed work has to
be redone. A request for authorization to defer until next like inspection will be sent to the ACC for
approval. Deferral procedures of 10.10.3.4.c apply.
(3) Urgent Action TDs without safety impact and Routine Action TDs issued while an item
is in the repair, reassembly, or test cycle will be incorporated only if no completed work has to be
redone. If incorporation of the TD requires unnecessary rework and will not be incorporated during
the inspection, the compliance due will be the next like inspection.
NOTE: For aircraft or items with “until next like inspection or repair” under 10.10.3.2.e. or
10.10.3.2.f, the reporting custodian will make a logbook entry indicating deferral
with compliance of next like inspection or repair following procedures of 10.10.3.4.
The ACC or Equipment Class Desk deferral will be retained in the historical file by
the TDPC until the TD is complete.
10-142
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.10.3.3 I-Level Engine TD Compliance
a. Immediate Action TDs issued while an engine or engine module is undergoing disassembly,
repair, reassembly, or test must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed work has to
be redone.
b. Urgent Action TDs with safety impact that are issued while an engine or engine module is in
the repair, reassembly, or test cycle must be incorporated regardless of whether or not completed
work has to be redone. If not specifically addressed in the TD, a request for direction to incorporate
or not incorporate an Urgent Action TD issued while an engine is in the post-assembly test cycle
will be sent to the ACC Engine Class Desk.
c. Urgent Action TDs without safety impact and Routine Action TDs issued while an engine or
engine module is in the repair, reassembly, or test cycle will be incorporated only if no completed
work has to be redone.
10.10.3.4 TD Deferral Procedures
a. Operational Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC), for example, ACE or CVW, may
authorize deferral of compliance for Immediate Action, Urgent Action, and Routine Action TDs, if
required due to combat operational necessity. Deferral procedures of paragraph 5.3.10.6 apply.
b. O-Level Commanding Officers (COs) may approve Routine Action TDs that are applicable
to the O-Level for a one-time deferral of compliance if parts or kits are on order, but not received,
or if the ability to accomplish mission-essential flight operations will be affected by downing the
affected aircraft or equipment. Deferrals must meet the following requirements:
(1) Deferral will be granted to a specific bureau number (BUNO) aircraft or serial number
(SERNO) equipment or component.
(2) The affected aircraft, equipment, or component has not already been granted a
compliance deferral for the subject TD.
(3) Deferral cannot exceed the next compliance due date, time, or event. For example, next
Phase Inspection.
(4) A Miscellaneous History entry per 10.10.3.5.c signed by the TDPM.
c. ISIC or CO will send official correspondence to the ACC to inform them of the contingency
deferral. The correspondence will contain details on the conditions of the deferral, to include:
(1) T/M/S and BUNO (aircraft) or nomenclature, model number and serial number
(equipment).
(2) TD number and a summary of the TD requirement.
(3) Compliance due date, time, or event specified on the TD and when due for the affected
aircraft or equipment.
(4) Circumstances necessitating the deferral, for example “COMPLIANCE DEFERRAL IS
REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PARTS.” or “COMPLIANCE DEFERRAL IS REQUIRED TO
MEET MISSION ESSENTIAL FLIGHT OPERATIONS DURING COMBAT.” If deferral is
10-143
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
needed due to lack of parts or kits, the NIIN and part number, requisition number, and estimated
delivery date will be included.
(5) Length of time deferral is needed, for example “TD WILL BE COMPLIED WITH
UPON RECEIPT OF PARTS” or “TD WILL BE COMPLIED WITH NO LATER THAN NEXT
PHASE (use actual due date, time or event.”
NOTE: 1. CO will inform their ISIC of any deferrals via official correspondence.
2. An extension in excess of the CO’s one-time deferral allowance requires a deferral
requested from the ACC or Equipment Class Desk via naval message per 10.10.3.5.b.
The approved ACC or Equipment Class Desk deferral will be retained with the
historical file until the TD has been accomplished.
10.10.3.5 TD Compliance Deferral - Aircraft Controlling Custodian or Equipment Class
Desk
a. A TD compliance deferral must be requested by Fleet activities if a TD cannot be complied
with prior to the due date time or event, but exceed the criteria for Operational ISIC or CO
deferrals.
NOTE: The ACC or Equipment Class Desk approval response will be retained with the
historical file until the TD has been completed.
b. Compliance deferrals will be recorded in the Miscellaneous History of the CM ALS,
Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR), Module Service Record (MSR),
Repair/Rework/Overhaul/Exceedances section of the Assembly Service Record (ASR),
maintenance record of the Equipment History Record (EHR), or repair/rework/overhaul section of
the Scheduled Removal Component (SRC) card. SE TD compliance deferrals will be documented
in Section VI Miscellaneous History record or the CM ALS. Entries must include the name and
title of the approving activity, and the S/N and Date Time Group (DTG) of the authorization letter
or message. Activities with Aircraft Component Tracking System (ACTS) must also make the
entry in the ACTS component record.
Example 1 – Routine Action PPC 123 deferred for compliance due to lack of parts, in accordance
with COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E Commanding Officer one-time deferral authority.
Reference message STRKFITRON ONE TWO THREE 310001Z OCT 24.
Example 2 – Routine Action SEC 6244 was deferred for compliance due to lack of parts, in
accordance with COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E Commanding Officer on-time deferral
authority. Type Wing acknowledged deferral via official correspondence.
Example 3 – Urgent Action ASC 490 was approved for deferral in accordance with
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E Operational ISIC deferral authority. Reference official
correspondence of the ACC or Equipment Class Desk.
Example 4 – Routine Action PPC 123 NINC due to issuance while engine was in the reassembly
stage. Deferral granted until next induction to I-Level or D-Level for repair, per
COMNAVAIRLANT N421M Engine Class Desk message COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA
150001Z NOV 24.
10-144
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Example 5 – Routine Action AFC 456 was approved for deferral due to compliance exceeding the
Commanding Officer’s one-time deferral allowance. Deferral was approved by ACC until next
removal of fuel tank but NLT next 84-Day inspection per ACC Naval Message response.
Example 6 – Urgent Action AFC 026 was approved for deferral per 10.10.3.2.e. O-Level
Inspection TD Compliance Urgent Action TD without safety impact. Type Wing acknowledged
deferral via official correspondence.
c. ALSS TD compliance deferral will be documented by attaching a copy of the deferral
approval message to the Parachute Record (OPNAV 4790/101), Seat Survival Kit Record (OPNAV
4790/137), Aircrew Systems Record (OPNAV 4790/138), or Aircrew Personal Equipment Record
(OPNAV 4790/159), and entering the information in the CM ALS Miscellaneous History section.
10.10.3.6 TD Compliance Verifications
a. The following reports will be utilized and reviewed during verifications. These reports are
available at https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/:
(1) NA500C
(2) NAT02
(3) NAT04
(4) LIST02
(5) LIST04
b. (O-Level and I-Level) A “BASELINE” NA500C or NAT02 or NAT04 TD compliance
verification must be conducted upon receipt of aircraft, engines, components, AAS, SE, AWSE,
and ALSS physically assigned to the activity’s custody.
NOTE: Engine pool reporting custodians with no local repair capability refer to
CNAP/CNAL 13700.1 for TD compliance verification.
c. After completion of the BASELINE verification, “SUBSEQUENT” TD compliance
verifications will be completed every 12 months (at a minimum) of all TDs issued, incorporated, or
cancelled in the previous 12 months. After completion of a SUBSEQUENT verification, the
applicable TDRS report will be updated with current status and labeled “SUBSEQUENT”. The
most recent SUBSEQUENT report will be filed on top of the BASELINE report in the aircraft
historical file or AESR manila envelope, or other location directed by the TD Compliance Program
Manager.
NOTE: NA (administrative) amendment TDs in the “BASELINE” report do not have to be
reviewed during the “SUBSEQUENT” review.
d. A verification of NINC TD compliance due dates will be completed prior to each aircraft
phase inspection and prior to transfer. After completion of the transfer verification, the applicable
TDRS report will be updated with accurate status and labeled “TRANSFER”. The report will be
filed in the aircraft historical or AESR manila envelope.
NOTES: 1. Activities utilizing NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS (OOMA), will verify
the Outstanding TD Report upon completion of aircraft NA500C verification. All
10-145
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
discrepancies will be corrected and the report will be retained with the BASELINE
verification as a permanent document.
2. Removal of a TD from TDRS reports does not relieve reporting custodians of
responsibility to verify the status of the TD. Cancelled, completed (process of
removing TDs from TDRS reports), or superseded TDs will not be deleted from the
equipment record until the item the TD applies to has been replaced with a new part
number or removed due to obsolescence.
e. In coordination with the TDPC, NA500C, LIST02 and LIST04 for T/M/S aircraft and
engines, NAT02, NAT04, verifications will be performed. If there are discrepancies in the
compliance documentation, research the historical files and REP07. For TDs verified with the
REP07 make TD entries as Previously Incorporated (PINC). If compliance documentation cannot
be verified, notify the TDPC to ensure a WO/MAF is issued for up line reporting.
f. (Aircraft and Engines) NA500C, List 02 and List 04 report verification procedures:
(1) Download the NA500C report from DECKPLATE
(https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/). Select the NA500C and applicable T/M/S from the drop
down menu, and enter the fourth digit of the TEC in the TEC series block to obtain specific T/M/S
NA500C reports.
(2) Annotate NA500C report with TD status as INC (Incorporated), PINC (Previously
Incorporated), NINC (Not Incorporated), CANX (Cancelled), or NA (Not Applicable) next to each
TD. Figure 10.10-1 is an example of an annotated NA500C report.
(3) Download List 02 and List 04 from DECKPLATE (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/).
Select the List 02 and List 04 and applicable TEC/TM from the drop down menu, and enter the
bureau or serial number to obtain specific List 02 and List 04 reports.
(4) Annotate List 02 report with TD stats as C (Completed), P (Previously Complied) and D
(Does not apply)
(5) NA500C reports will be utilized for verification of List02/List04 and List04H as
follows:
(a) (O-Level) Verify List02 and List04 quarterly per 10.10.4.12
(b) (O-Level, I-Level) Verify List04H annual per 10.10.4.12
(c) (I-Level) Verify List02 and List04 on AESRs upon receipt, RFI, and transfer
NOTES: 1. TDs logged on specific EHR, SRC, ASR, MSR, and AESR must include the
following annotation on the NA500C report: “Refer to (nomenclature) (respective
cards).” Examples: “Refer to O2 Concentrator EHR card” or “Refer to Aileron
SRC card.” A final TD status is still required such as INC, NINC, NA (with reason
for NA).
2. For INC TDs that are not on LIST04/04H, a PINC WO/MAF is required to
ensure data replicates up line to DECKPLATE.
10-146
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(6) File the completed NA500C report in the aircraft historical file or AESR manila
envelope, or other location directed by the TD Compliance Program Manager.
g. (SE) NAT02 Report verification procedures:
(1) Download the NAT02 report each month from DECKPLATE
(https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/). Select the NAT02 report with Index Codes B and D.
Compare this report to the previous report research any differences noted.
(a) For the initial command verification annotate TD status applicability to specific
equipment held within the activity. Annotation can be accomplished electronically or by hard copy.
(b) Subsequent verifications will be completed as follows:
1. Identify TDs by issue date that are applicable to the command for current month.
2. Route TDs that have not been previously routed to QA for verification of
applicability.
3. Quantify command status of completion, for example, TD routed, MAF/WO
issued or completed.
4. Add any outstanding TDs into the command compliance plan for tracking.
(c) Maintain the current and previous month annotated NAT02 in the location directed
by the TD Compliance Program Manager.
(2) Document performance of NAT02 “BASELINE” verification with Index Code B and D
and annual “SUBSEQUENT” verification with Index Code B upon acceptance and transfer. A
Miscellaneous History entry is required in the NALCOMIS OOMA CM ALS. Additionally, if
applicable, make an entry on the SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51).
The following applies to “BASELINE” and “SUBSEQUENT” verifications:
(a) Annotate “BASELINE” and “SUBSEQUENT” NAT02 reports with TD status as
INC (Incorporated), PINC (Previously Incorporated), NINC (Not Incorporated), CANX
(Cancelled), or NA (Not Applicable) next to each TD.
(b) File “BASELINE” and “SUBSEQUENT” reports in the SE Historical File per
10.17.3.7.
NOTE: For all “BASELINE” and “SUBSEQUENT” verifications (NA500C and NAT02 ) NA
annotations must include a reason, for example, “NA this BUNO,” “NA this Part
Number,” “extends TCD,” or “Updates COG” (“Admin Change” is not authorized).
h. (ALSS) TDRS NAT04 Report verification procedures:
(1) Download the NAT04 report each month from DECKPLATE
(https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/). Select the NAT04 report with Index Code B. Compare this
report to the previous report and research any differences noted.
(a) For the initial command verification, annotate TD status applicability to specific
equipment held within the activity. Annotation can be accomplished electronically or by hard copy.
(b) Subsequent verifications will be completed as follows:
10-147
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
1. Identify TDs by issue date that are applicable to the command for current month.
2. Route TDs that have not been previously routed to QA for verification of
applicability.
3. Quantify command status of completion, for example, TD routed, MAF/WO
issued or completed.
4. Add any outstanding TDs into the command compliance plan for tracking.
(c)Maintain a current and previous annotated NAT04 in the location directed by the TD
Compliance Program Manager.
10.10.3.7 TD Applicability Reviews
O-Level and I-Level activities will use the Technical Directive Review Checklist (Figure 10.10-2)
to document the review of newly received TDs per 1.2.1.2 NOTE.
10.10.3.8 TD Compliance Documentation
a. A WO or MAF will be used to document TD compliance, per Chapter 15 and Chapter 16
procedures. The WO or MAF will be originally issued to Work Center 021, until directed by
Maintenance or Production Control to issue to work center. I-Level activities operating satellite
Production Controls may utilize the satellite PC work center code per Appendix E. Once all kits
and parts are received, TDPC will update WO or MAF to work center(s) for compliance as directed
by Maintenance or Production Control. If more than one work center is involved, a separate TD
Assist WO or MAF must be issued, when directed by Maintenance or Production Control, for each
assist work center to document their portion of the TD. If the TD has multiple parts, a separate WO
or MAF must be initiated for each part.
b. TD compliance will be calculated from the date on the actual TD in NATEC. For example,
for TDs requiring compliance based on flight hours, determine the time since new of the aircraft or
component as of the date of the TD and add the comply NLT flight hours to calculate the
compliance deadline. The WO or MAF will be annotated as follows:
(1) The Discrepancy block will be annotated with the actual due NLT compliance date, time
or event, for example, “Comply with NLT next Phase inspection at Phase B A7227.0” or “Comply
with NLT next 10 flight hours at A1536.5” or “Comply with NLT next 180 day on
DDMMMYYYY”. If compliance is based on an operating time (such as operating hours or number
of arrested landings), annotate the actual “Due NLT” time at which point the aircraft or equipment
is restricted from flight or use. For example, if operating hours from date of the TD are = 4321 and
the specified compliance time is NLT 10 hours from date of the TD, the Due NLT compliance time
is 4321 + 10 = 4331 maximum aircraft or equipment hours before the TD is due.
(2) Annotate date, time or event compliance in the system reason block (up to 25
characters). Example: “AFB 566/DUE NLT: 15JAN2025” or “AFC 771/NXT PHS B A7227.0”.
NOTE: Target Completion Date (TCD), as published in the TD or in OOMA baseline, will
not be used to calculate compliance due date, time, or event at the local activity.
c. Removal (deconfiguration) of a previously-completed TD modification is not authorized
unless directed by a TD, and will be documented in the same manner as TD incorporation, except
10-148
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
for block A35 and the (H-Z) record. TD Status Code Q will be entered in block A35 and the (H-Z)
record will be left blank per Chapter 15 and Chapter 16.
NOTES: 1. A TD Compliance WO or MAF is not required for TDs specified as action for a
different level of maintenance. For example, O-Level activities do not have to issue
a WO for TDs specified for I-Level or D-Level action.
2. SE being documented by “lot” will have a separate WO or MAF for each item of
SE requiring a TD action per paragraph 10.17.3.4.b NOTE. Activities are not
authorized to issue a single WO or MAF to incorporate a TD on an entire lot.
Review the SE PMS NAMPSOP paragraph 10.17.3.4 for further information on
“lot” documentation procedures.
d. The following Transaction Codes will be used:
(1) Transaction Code 41 - Used for compliance with no P/N change or for non-serialized
components.
(2) Transaction Code 47 - Used for compliance on all serialized components, regardless of
whether there is a P/N change. Use of Transaction Code 47 requires the (E) and (G) sections of the
WO or MAF to be completed.
e. Compliance logbook, record, and report entries:
(1) TD compliance will be documented on TDRS LIST02 and LIST04, in the SE Custody
and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51), Auto Log Sets, or component history cards
per Chapter 8.
(2) New AFC and AFB TDs will be added to TDRS LIST02
NOTES: 1. If any item of SE documented as part of a lot which did not receive the required
TD action, annotate (in pencil) the reason for noncompliance on the SE Custody and
Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51) (if required) in Column B of
Section VI (Miscellaneous History section) (next to the S/N for that item). Once the
TD has been complied with, erase the reason for noncompliance from Section VI
(Miscellaneous History section) and record the item S/N in the remarks column of
Section IV (TD Section).
2. A TD entry is required for each specific S/N on all SE maintained in the OOMA
database upon incorporation of the TD.
10.10.4 Responsibilities
10-149
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.10.4.2 ACC or Equipment Class Desks
a. Coordinate TD verifications prior to releasing to the Fleet for compliance. Verification will
include:
(1) Testing by at least one Fleet activity to confirm adequacy and clarity of technical
content, verify activities have the equipment and manpower to accomplish the TD, and to verify the
man-hours required. TDs that contain separate O-Level and I-Level actions will be sent to both a
squadron and an I-Level activity for validation.
(2) Confirmation of the availability of parts or kits, consumable materials, SE, technical
manuals, manpower, and funding required to accomplish the TD.
(3) Operational impact of out of service time and man-hour requirements.
(4) Feasibility of meeting the compliance due time or event.
(5) A written response (email, letter, or message) to the Program Office on concurrence or
non-concurrence and any changes required.
b. Maintain a current schedule of the estimated compliance date or event, by BUNO, for
aircraft TDs with TYCOM directed compliance. The schedule will be provided to applicable Type
Wings and MAWs.
c. Coordinate with the Program Office on TD abeyance and amendment or revision messages.
d. Formally respond to TD compliance deferral requests via letter or naval message.
e. Act as final approver for requests to perform one-time prototype changes.
f. Coordinate with Program Office on issuance of Grounding Bulletins. Direct Fleet
compliance via naval message when a Grounding Bulletin has been posted to NATEC.
10.10.4.3 NATEC
NATEC supports all program logistics personnel for TDs and their supplemental data. Ensures
digital copies of all TDs and messages are provided in accordance with the requirements posted on
the NATEC website. NATEC maintains the only official NAVAIR master repository of active,
superseded, completed, and cancelled TDs, both formal and those issued by message, along with
any supporting supplemental data. NATEC will:
a. Post approved TDs on the NATEC website (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil)
b. Post the weekly summaryeach week for all TDs posted during the previous week.
10.10.4.4 Type Wing or MAW
Type Wing or MAW will designate a Wing TD Compliance Program Manager to:
a. Coordinate with the ACC Class Desks to assign Fleet activities to accomplish TD
verifications.
b. Track TD compliance and assist activities to resolve logistical constraints.
10-150
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Coordinate with ACCs, I-Level activities, D-level activities, and Supply to obtain and
prioritize support for O-Level TD compliance.
d. Coordinate with ACC Class Desks on planning compliance date or event for TDs with
TYCOM directed compliance, and provide subordinate commands with information on the
estimated compliance date or event for assigned BUNOs.
10.10.4.5 Commanding Officer (CO)
a. Review and act as final approval or disapproval authority for one-time Routine Action TD
compliance deferrals meeting the requirements of paragraph 10.10.3.4.
b. Review and approve the release of requests for TD compliance deferral per paragraph
10.10.3.4.
c. Notify ISIC for all TD deferrals. When deployed notify CVW or ACE as applicable.
10.10.4.6 Maintenance Officer (MO)
Designate the Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) or Production Control Officer as the
TD Compliance Program Manager (TDPM) per 10.1.2.9.
10.10.4.7 TD Compliance Program Manager (MMCO or Production Control Officer
a. Perform an audit of the TD Compliance Program within 60 days of designation as Program
Manager and annually thereafter per paragraph 10.7.5.8.
b. Designate a collateral duty Technical Directive Program Coordinator (TDPC) per 10.1.2.9.
The TDPC must be an E-6 or above or civilian equivalent assigned to Maintenance or Production
Control.
NOTE: I-Level activities operating satellite Production Controls and Logs and Records
within divisions, for example, Power Plants and Support Equipment divisions, the
TDPM will designate Divisional TDPCs responsible for TDPC duties within the
satellite Production Control per 10.1.2.9.
c. Ensure review and routing of all applicable TDs are in accordance with the following:
(1) Grounding Bulletin and Immediate Action TDs are reviewed upon receipt and routed
immediately, but no later than 24 hours. Urgent Action TDs, are reviewed upon receipt and routed
without delay, but no later than 48 hours. Once the Technical Directive Review checklist is
complete return to QA for filling.
(2) Routine TDs are reviewed and routed within 5 working days. Once the Technical
Directive Review checklist is complete return to QA for filling.
d. Ensure TDPC has initiated a WO or MAF for each applicable TD, with correct compliance
due date, time or event.
e. Sign logbook entries for TDs that have been approved by the CO for deferrals.
f. Publish the outstanding TD report from the activity’s Management Information System
(MIS), for inclusion into the MMP, by BUNO or type equipment. The list will contain any TD
10-151
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
requiring action by the activity’s assigned maintenance level, and the compliance due date, time, or
event for compliance.
g. Approve the TD compliance plan developed by the TDPC.
h. Review, sign, and date completed NA500C report verifications.
NOTE: TDPM may delegate the NA500C report verification to any E-7 and above or civilian
equivalent assigned to Maintenance or Production Control. NA500C report
verification is required to be signed and dated by the reviewer. NA500C may be
performed by the TDPC, however, the review will be signed by the TDPM or
delegated individual.
i. Request assistance from the Type Wing or MAW to resolve TD compliance problems.
j. Verify a QAR has determined a TD to be not applicable (NA) and has signed the TD Review
Checklist (Figure 10.10-2) before a TD is documented as NA in the aircraft or equipment logbook.
k. Inform supporting Supply Departments and I-Level activities of aircraft configuration
changes caused by TDs, for example, requirement to purge existing stock of items requiring
modification or replacement.
l. (O-Level) Inform the Type Wing or MAW if parts or equipment needed to comply with a TD
are not available.
m. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic, for example, deferrals and
correspondence from Type Wing, MAW, or ACC or Equipment Class Desk concerning TYCOM
directed and scheduled TD incorporations
(3) Reference or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.10.4.8 TD Compliance Program Coordinator (TDPC)
a. Complete Maintenance Control or Production Control PQS (designation is not required) and
the following CNATT courses: (O/I-Level) C-555-0059 Configuration Management for
Organizational and Intermediate Activities, (O-Level) C-555-0053 Naval Aviation Maintenance
Control Management for Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity or (I-Level) C-555-0043
Intermediate Maintenance Activities Production Control Procedures.
NOTE: I-Level activities utilizing TDPCs in satellite Production Controls will complete all
requirements of 10.10.4.8.a.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination on TDs per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive TD
familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must
be specific to the duties the individual performs
c. Upon receipt of TDs from QA, ensure all steps are completed for the TD Review Checklist
and perform one of the actions below:
10-152
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: No TD Routing Checklist, WO or MAF is required for a TD that QA determines to
be NA to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC.
(1) (O-Level) TD applies to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC and assigned level of maintenance;
verify TD configuration file in OOMA and initiate WO to Work Center 021.
(2) (I-Level) TD applies to the activity’s TEC and assigned level of maintenance; enter TD
information into the TD configuration file in OIMA and initiate MAF to Work Center 021 or
satellite Production Control.
(3) TD is applicable to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC, but not assigned level of maintenance;
continue routing for awareness, pre-logging of carded components, and validate the task was loaded
into the baseline (must be updated to active prior to transfer).
(4) TD is NA (amendments or revisions that add no work), even though it is applicable to
the activity’s T/M/S or TEC, it is administrative only and does not add work; route for awareness
and Logs and Records entries.
d. Create a compliance plan for the TDs determined to be applicable by QA and submit to
TDPM for approval. This TD compliance plan will align operational commitments with the most
advantageous time for completion of TDs while minimizing aircraft or equipment downtime. The
TD compliance plan, at a minimum will include:
(1) Individual BUNO or SERNO of the affected aircraft or equipment
(2) The TD’s actual compliance due date, time or event
(3) Status of parts or kits, if required
(4) Estimated due date, time or event in which activity will comply with the TD
(5) Ensure all outstanding TDs found during screening, acceptance or monthly NAT02 and
NAT04 verification are added to the TD compliance plan
e. (O-Level) Upon receipt verify the TD configuration file has been updated by the T/M/S
Baseline Manager. If the baseline has not been updated, direct the System Administrator to submit
Baseline Trouble Report (BTR). Attach the task to the CM Module then initiate Work Orders.
f. (I-Level) Upon receipt enter the TD information into the TD Configuration file to establish
the baseline. If any discrepancies are found during this process, contact the POC in the TD.
g. Ensure a WO or MAF is issued to Work Center 021 or satellite Production Control work
center code for TDs determined to be applicable per paragraph 10.10.4.9.b. Upon receipt of kits or
parts, and when directed by Maintenance Control or Production Control, update WO or MAF to the
applicable work center(s) per paragraph 10.10.3.8. If more than one work center is involved,
initiate a separate assist TD WO or MAF for each work center to document their portion of the TD.
The primary work center involved in compliance will be issued the TD Compliance WO or MAF.
NOTE: TDs for components with CM ALS that have S/Ns of “XXX” must be physically
verified prior to determining applicability, provided verification is within the
activity’s level of maintenance.
10-153
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. Order TD parts and kits for affected aircraft or equipment and verify Material Control
assigns a Document Date and Serial Number (DDSN). Review the status of parts or kits
requisitions at least once per week. Upon receipt, verify the correct parts or kits were received and
are complete, label them with the BUNO or SERNO they are for (if applicable), and control parts
and kits until ready for installation.
NOTES: 1. Excess or spare parts and kits are not authorized. Activities will order only the
number required to comply with the aircraft and equipment in their custody.
2. Contact Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC AD) Air System
Group, Logistics Department, Supply and Materials Division, Operating Materials
and Supplies/Kit Management Branch for assistance in resolving availability issues
with whole kits and individual kit parts.
i. (I-Level) Issue a Supply Asset Technical Directive Review Checklist (Figure 10.10-3) when
supply assets need to be screened for I-Level TD compliance. If supply assets require an I-Level
TD:
(1) Document the S/Ns of affected components on the Supply Asset Technical Directive
Review Checklist (Figure 10.10-3) and provide the checklist to Production Control.
(2) Production Control will update the TD Configuration File for those S/Ns listed.
(3) Initiate a TD MAF to Work Center 021 or satellite Production Control for each affected
component using Supply job control number (JCN).
j. Coordinate with Logs and Records to review and verify compliance status of applicable TDs.
k. Review the TD Weekly Summary on NATEC per paragraph 10.10.2.3 for issued T/M/S,
TEC, and General Series TDs. Coordinate with the TDM to obtain applicable TDs that have not
been received.
l. Verify Maintenance or Production Control changes TD WO or MAF status to “down” as
soon as the compliance time or event becomes due.
m. (O-Level) Prior to a deployment, coordinate with the Material Control Officer to either
cancel TD material requisitions or make arrangements with station Supply Department to have
them shipped to the deployment site. A cut-off date must be established to terminate shipment, for
example, 45-60 days prior to the return of the squadron.
10.10.4.9 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
a. Ensure message traffic is screened for any applicable Grounding Bulletin notifications.
b. Ensure SME QARs or CDQARs screen TDs utilizing the detailed applicability descriptions
below to determine course of action for the activity and complete the QA Review of the TD
Checklist (Figure 10.10-2):
(1) Applicable to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC and assigned level of maintenance or
amendments that add work; select “TD APPLIES” and route TD for compliance.
10-154
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Applicable to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC, but not assigned level of maintenance; select
“TD APPLIES” and circle the level of maintenance assigned on the TD Review Checklist, route for
awareness, pre-logging of carded components, and validate task was loaded into the configuration
file or baseline in pending or active status (baseline must be updated to active prior to transfer).
(3) Applicable to the activity’s T/M/S or TEC, but is administrative only and does not add
work; select “TD DOES NOT APPLY” and route for awareness and Logs and Records entries.
NOTE: TD Routing Checklists and WO or MAF, are required for applicable TDs to the
activity’s T/M/S or TEC as determined by QA.
c. Ensure all SME QARs or Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representatives (CDQARs)
review the TD Weekly Summary on NATEC for issued T/M/S, TEC, and General Series TDs.
NOTE: 1. Grounding Bulletin, Immediate Action, and Urgent Action TDs will be reviewed
upon receipt in NATEC and routed without delay. Once the Technical Directive
Review checklist has been completely signed return to QA for filing.
2. The review and completed routing of Routine Action TDs will be completed
within 5 working days of receipt in NATEC and returned for filing within QA.
10.10.4.10 Technical Data Manager (TDM)
a. Upon receipt of a new TD, initiate a Technical Directive Review checklist (Figure 10.10-2),
this can be accomplished either on paper or electronically.
(1) Apply a control stamp either physically on paper or electronically, for example, by adding
the stamp to a PDF, at the top of all copies with the activity, copy number, location, and the date the
TD was received, per NAVAIR 00-25-100, WP 013 00:
VMFA-323
COPY NUMBER 001
LOCATION “NATEC” or 04A MASTER”
NOTE: For command with reliable connectivity to either NATEC or Joint Technical Data
Integration (JTDI) Joint Delivery Management System (JDMS), copy 001 of the TD
location can reference the respective website and the routed TD will be assigned and
stamped as copy 002. For commands with unreliable connectivity to either NATEC
or JTDI JDMS a standalone Master File will be created.
(2) Create records in the Enhanced Library Management System (ELMS) program utilizing
the naming convention found on NATEC for files. For example, FA-18-AFC-751 for the master
copy and any additional copies requested for work centers as needed.
(3) Deliver the checklist and a copy of the TD to a QAR or CDQAR with rating or MOS
expertise of the TD.
b. Issue controlled copies of Aviation Life Support System (ALSS) TDs to the ALSS work
center for inclusion with the applicable technical publication.
10-155
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. For new production aircraft (received with DD-250) create TD review checklist
for TDs determined to be applicable during acceptance “BASELINE” NA500C
verification.
2. Newly established squadrons, and squadrons transitioning to a new T/M/S
aircraft will only create TD review checklists for TDs determined to be applicable
during the acceptance “BASELINE” NA500C verification.
c. Retain either physically on paper or electronically in PDF the completed Technical Directive
Review Checklist (Figure 10.10-2). The naming convention of the electronic file will match the
ELMS entry for the TD, for example, FA-18-AFC-751.
d. Upon return of TDs from the work center(s), update the ELMS TD records per the
procedures of NA 00-25-100 and destroy work center copies per local guidance.
e. Verify reviewed copies of the TD Weekly Summary are annotated by the TDPC and SME
QAR/CDQAR per paragraph 10.10.4.9.c. Retain on file for a period of 6 months.
f. Each day perform verification of the TDs posted since last summary on NATEC in the
Technical Directives Section.
NOTES: 1. TD Review Checklist, TDs, and TD Weekly Summary may be kept in a paper file
or electronically maintained on an Government Furnished Equipment external hard
drive or 04A PEMA. All requirements for annotation remain in effect.
2. Copies of historical TDs (no longer on active TDRS reports) are not required to
be kept on file, however the TD entry must remain in ELMS. TDs will
automatically delete from ELMS history (“dead”) file after 6 months.
3. If paper copies of TDs and TD Review Checklists are kept, master copies must be
filed in binders by T/M/S in TD number sequence, with the most current on top.
4. For electronic copies of TDs and TD Review Checklist utilize the naming
convention found on NATEC for files, for example, FA-18-AFC-751 or FA-18-AFC-
751 Checklist.
10.10.4.11 Supply Department
a. Coordinate with the supported I-Level activity to determine applicability of TDs to shelf
stock and take action as specified in the TD per Figure 10.10-3.
b. Remove RFI shelf stock that requires I-Level TD action and induct into the I-Level activity
for compliance, using a Supply JCN.
c. Coordinate with deploying activities to determine disposition of outstanding TD requisitions.
TD materials sent to deployed activities will be shipped by traceable means. TD materials that are
not shipped to the deployed activity must be retained by the Supply Department until the activity
returns.
10.10.4.12 Logs and Records Clerk (Navy) or Maintenance Data Specialist (Marine Corps)
a. (I-Level activities) Add applicable TDs to the NALCOMIS TD Configuration file.
10-156
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. (O-Level activities) Update CM Inventory Explorer by removing non-applicable and
administrative TD tasks that do not apply.
NOTES: 1. O-Level activities cannot remove AFBs or AFCs because they are written against
a specific BUNO and can only be removed by the Baseline Manager, via submission
of a Baseline Trouble Report (BTR).
2. TD tasks for a different level of maintenance are required to be activated prior to
transfer for incorporation.
c. Make logbook, record, and report entries for signature specified in paragraph 10.10.3.6.
NOTE: NA status will not be entered in the logbook or AESR unless verified as NA by QA
and documented NA on the Technical Directive Review Checklist (Figure 10.10-2).
d. Add new AFC and AFB TDs to TDRS List 02.
NOTE: Production equivalent modifications performed on the aircraft by the manufacturer
are not presently covered by the TDRS Program and will not appear on the LIST02
and LIST04, therefore, any Technical Directives page with production equivalent
entries must be maintained for historical reasons per 8.5.5.
e. Upon receipt and transfer of aircraft, engines, components, SE, AWSE, and ALSS:
(1) Perform a “BASELINE” verification utilizing NA500C, NAT02 or NAT04 and compare
TD requirements listed in the applicable LIST02 and LIST04 (aircraft/engine AESR only), SE
Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51) as required, CM Auto Log Sets, and
component cards.
(2) Notify the TD Compliance Program Coordinator of any discrepancy requiring
compliance action, such as an applicable TD that was not listed or a TD recorded as NA that is
applicable.
f. (O-Level) (Aircraft/engine) Download new TDRS LIST02 and LIST04 each quarter in
January, April, July, and October, compare the new LIST02 and LIST04 against the previous lists,
additional information can be found in Chapter 8, paragraph 8.5.5. Return the updated copy of the
new TDRS List 02 to NAVAIR HQ Sustainment Group, Configuration Management/Data
Management Department, Technical Directives/Bulletins at AIR685TDManagers.gm.fct@navy.mil
within 30 days of download.
g. (I-Level) (Engine) Download new TDRS LIST02 and LIST04 upon receipt, RFI, and
transfer, compare the new LIST02 and LIST04 against the previous list, additional information can
be found in Chapter 8, paragraph 8.5.5. Return the updated copy of the new TDRS List 02 to
NAVAIR HQ Sustainment Group, Configuration Management/Data Management Department,
Technical Directives/Bulletins at AIR685TDManagers.gm.fct@navy.mil within 30 days of
download.
h. (Aircraft/engine AESR) (O-Level and I-Level) Download a new TDRS List 04H Mailing
Report each year in January. Verify the accuracy of the new List 04H and insert it into the aircraft
logbook. Remove and destroy the old list.
10-157
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. In coordination with the TDPC, TD verifications, i.e. NA500C, LIST02 and LIST04 for
T/M/S aircraft and engines, NAT02, NAT04, verifications will be performed. If there are
discrepancies in compliance documentation, research the historical files and the REP07. For TDs
verified with the REP07 make TD entries as PINC. If compliance documentation cannot be
verified, notify the TDPC to ensure a WO/MAF is issued for up line reporting.
10.10.4.13 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify personnel receive TD Compliance Program indoctrination training per 10.1.4.7.
Training must include TD compliance responsibilities specific to their job.
b. Be aware of all TDs affecting aircraft and equipment repaired by the work center, and
validate the TD currency of equipment and components repaired or used to perform repairs.
c. Direct CDIs during receipt and transfer of aircraft, engines, components, SE, AWSE, and
ALSS to perform a physical verification of the item for TD configuration and notify Logs and
Records of current configuration.
NOTE: Work centers will coordinate with Logs and Records to validate TD configuration.
d. Coordinate with the TDPC to assist in the to development the TD plan.
e. Document completion of TDs on WOs or MAFs per paragraph 10.10.3.8.
f. Track accomplishment of TDs utilizing the Outstanding Work Load report, and notify
Maintenance Control or Production Control and the TDPC if a TD cannot be incorporated.
10-158
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: The recommended method for annotating NA500C review is to download the report
and save it as an MS Excel or MS Word document, and enter the information into
the electronic file. Handwriting the information directly on a hardcopy NA500C is
also acceptable. Annotate the NA500C Report as follows:
(1) At the top of the report, write the word "BUNO or SERNO" and enter the BUNO
or SERNO of the aircraft or equipment that was reviewed.
(2) To the right of the BUNO or SERNO, write the word "Baseline" or the word
"Subsequent" to indicate which type of verification was performed.
(3) To the left of the report column labeled "TD Cd”, write the word "Status", and
then enter the status next to each TD listed on the report. TD status can only be
entered in one of four ways: NA (not applicable), INC (incorporated), NINC (not
incorporated) or CANX (cancelled).
(4) Near the top, write the words "TDPM signature", and then sign the report. The
TDPM (TD Program Manager) is the only required signature. The signature must
contain name and rank of the TDPM. If the TDPM delegated the verification review,
the individual that performed the verification must sign the report.
10-159
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE REVIEW CHECKLIST
TD number and subject: _______________________________________________________
Date issued (DTG/date on message/letter): _________________________________________
1. TDM:
a. Stamp and date original TD, then file as the master copy.
b. Stamp and date a copy of the TD, then route TD review checklist to QA for review.
TDM Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. QA Review:
a. (circle one) TD APPLIES (continue to c.) TD DOES NOT APPLY (continue to b.).
NOTE: TD Review Checklist required to be completed.
b. Reason TD does not apply: _________________________________________________
c. TD applies to the following Aircraft/Equipment in custody:
Aircraft/Equipment T/M/S: _____________________________________________
BUNOs/SERNOs: ____________________________________________________
d. Level of maintenance: O I D
e. Compliance due no later than: _______________________________________________
f. Comply subsequent to or concurrent with (refer to “TD Application" section of the TD):
___________________________________________________________________________
g. Additional information: ____________________________________________________
QAR/CDQAR Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. TD Compliance Program Coordinator:
a. For OOMA: Verify the TD configuration file has been updated by the T/M/S Baseline Manager. If
the baseline has not been updated, direct the System Administrator to submit Baseline Trouble Report
(BTR). Attach the task to the CM Module then initiate WO to 021 until directed to issue to work center(s).
b. For OIMA: Enter the TD information into the TD Configuration file to establish the baseline, and
initiate MAFs to 021 until directed to issue to work center(s).
10-160
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Order parts and kits. Once kits are received and maintenance control/production control directs
update WO or MAF to work center(s) for compliance.
d. I-Level only: Submit Supply Asset Technical Directive Review Checklist.
TD Compliance Program Coordinator Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Maintenance Control/Production Control:
a. Review the incorporation plan with the TDPC and verify WOs/MAFs have been issued.
b. Notify affected Work Center Supervisors and direct actions for incorporation.
Maintenance/Production Control Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. TD Compliance Program Manager:
a. Update the list of outstanding TDs in the MMP.
b. (Squadron) Screen for Weight and Balance affects.
TD Compliance Program Manager Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Logs & Records Clerk (Navy)/Maintenance Administration (USMC):
Add applicable TDs to the corresponding MSR, ASR, SRC, EHR Cards, and SE Custody and Maintenance
History Record with appropriate status, for example "NINC" (until incorporated). Activities with Aircraft
Component Tracking System (ACTS) must also make the entry in the ACTS component record. Return the
TD and completed TD review checklist.
Logs & Records Certification:
Date: ______________________________________
Name: _____________________________________
Signature: __________________________________
10-161
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Date: __________________
From: _______________________ Technical Directive Compliance Program Manager
(I-Level activity)
To: _______________________ Supply Department
(NAS/MALS/CVN/L-Class)
Subj: SUPPLY ASSET TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE REVIEW
1. The following TD applies to items stocked by the Supply Department. Any RFI assets requiring the TD
must be inducted for incorporation.
a. TD Number: _____________________________________________________________
b. Purpose: ________________________________________________________________
c. Applies to: Part Number: ________________________________________________
NIIN: ___________________________________________________________________
2. Point of contact for any questions is ______________________, __________, ___________.
(Rate/Rank Name, Division/work center, Phone number)
Signature: ___________________________ Date: _______________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: __________________
From: _______________________ Supply Department
(NAS/MALS/CVN/L-Class)
To: _______________________ Technical Directive Compliance Program Manager
(I-Level activity POC)
Subj: SUPPLY ASSET TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE REVIEW
1. The following stock assets require the TD and will be inducted for incorporation:
SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________
SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________
SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________ SERNO ____________
2. Point of contact for any questions is _____________________, ___________, ___________.
(Rate/Rank Name, Division/work center, Phone number)
Signature: ___________________________ Date: ___________________
10-162
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.11 Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program
10.11.1 Reference
10.11.2.1 The FOD Prevention Program directs actions to identify, eliminate, and report the causes
of FOD. FOD presents a risk to aircraft, equipment and personnel, wastes maintenance man-hours
and reduces operational readiness. Preventing FOD is a command wide effort and must be
supported by individuals involved with naval aviation, regardless of their duty assignment.
NOTE: For Depot Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program see Chapter 12.
10.11.2.2 Potential FOD is a condition where a foreign object is in a position to cause damage
when a product or system is used. FOD can be attributed to poor housekeeping, improper
maintenance practices, or carelessness, to include:
a. Tools, aircraft hardware, rags, and other foreign objects left near, or in the migratory path of
engine inlets, or in flight control areas (cockpit and other areas where flight control rods or
actuators move).
b. Tools, hardware, or debris left near, or in aircraft operating areas, such as runways, ramps,
taxiways, engine test cells, and hush houses.
c. Tools, hardware, or debris left near, or in the migratory path of the steering system for self-
propelled support equipment (SE).
d. Metal or wire clippings, solder balls, and other debris left near, or in electrical terminals,
circuitry, connectors, or components.
10.11.2.3 Primary actions for reducing FOD are:
a. Strict accounting of tools, equipment and materials used in performing maintenance tasks.
b. Thorough post maintenance cleaning and inspection of work performed and work areas.
c. Pre-operational inspections of engine inlets and flight control areas.
d. Periodic FOD Walk Downs to collect debris.
10.11.3 Requirements
10.11.3.1 All Navy and Marine Corps activities, commercial and other government activities
operating naval aircraft, directly supporting flight operations, or repairing or maintaining aircraft,
engines, components, or SE must comply with the FOD Prevention Program.
10.11.3.2 Activities operating naval aircraft or conducting aircraft, engine, or SE maintenance must
have a FOD Prevention and Investigation Team. The team will consist of the FOD Prevention
10-163
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Program Manager, Quality Assurance (QA) FOD Program Monitor, Power Plant Supervisor, and a
Safety Department Representative. Air capable ships and air stations will have a FOD Prevention
and Investigation Team that includes at least one person from each ship or station department that
works in areas where aircraft operate or are maintained.
10.11.3.3 Activities operating aircraft must inspect assigned hangar and flight line or flight deck
areas prior to the first flight of the day and throughout the day, as needed, to sustain a FOD free
operating environment.
10.11.3.4 I-Level activities that repair aircraft engines must inspect engine repair areas and engine
test facilities for potential sources of FOD at the beginning of each shift. Additionally, a Quality
Assurance Representative (QAR) or Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI) inspection for potential
sources of FOD in engines, modules, components, and SE prior to certifying Ready For Issue (RFI).
10.11.3.5 Aviation capable ships must inspect the flight deck and hangar bays for potential sources
of FOD prior to commencement of flight operations and periodically throughout the day to sustain a
FOD free flight deck and hangar bays.
10.11.3.6 Air stations and other commands supporting shore based aircraft operations must inspect
runways and taxiways for potential sources of FOD prior to opening the airfield for take offs or
landings.
10.11.3.7 Aircraft that have not flown for 30 days or more must be inspected for potential sources
of FOD by a QAR or CDQAR personnel prior to releasing aircraft Safe for Flight. The inspection
must be documented on a work order (WO).
10.11.3.8 Aircraft compartments and migratory routes must be inspected for potential sources of
FOD by QAR or CDI personnel prior to closure. FOD free certification is voided if additional
maintenance is performed in the area after the QAR or CDI inspection.
NOTE: Inaccessible areas that contain foreign objects that cannot be removed will be noted
by an entry in the Miscellaneous History Section of the logbook or auto log-set
(ALS).
10.11.3.9 Tools, equipment, hardware, parts and other materials must be inspected, inventoried,
and accounted for prior to, during, and after maintenance completion.
NOTES: 1. Missing fasteners on aircraft, engines, SE, and other equipment used for aviation
maintenance and support must be marked and documented on a WO or
Maintenance Action Form (MAF).
2. Loose fasteners that present a FOD hazard must be removed and replaced per
T/M/S maintenance technical manuals. Loose fasteners determined by QA not to be
a FOD hazard must be marked and documented on a WO or MAF.
10.11.3.10 Work spaces will be kept free of debris to minimize the risk of foreign objects
migrating to areas where aircraft or engines are operated.
10.11.3.11 Training Requirements. Indoctrination training on the FOD Prevention Program will be
given to all newly reporting personnel, and refresher training will be given to all personnel at least
10-164
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
once per year, per the Aviation Maintenance In-Service Training NAMPSOP paragraph 10.1.4.7
and 10.1.4.8. FOD Prevention Program training will be conducted using a standardized FOD
training syllabus. The syllabus must include:
a. Types of FOD, how and where FOD occurs, and consequences of FOD.
b. Identification of FOD prone areas specific to the types of aircraft, engines, and equipment
operated/supported.
c. Identification of FOD hazards specific to the command’s operational and maintenance
environment.
d. FOD prevention methods, with emphasis on the individual’s specific job assignment.
NOTE: FOD prevention training must be included in the training syllabus of personnel that
operate motor vehicles or self-propelled SE on the flight line or flight deck.
10.11.3.12 Engine FOD Incident Investigation and Reporting.
10.11.3.12.1 Engine FOD Incident Reports are used to notify Wing, Aircraft Controlling Custodian
(ACC), and Fleet Support Team (FST) staff of major engine damage caused by foreign objects.
The intent of these reports is to determine if changes to aircraft or equipment configuration or
maintenance procedures are required to minimize the potential for FOD. FOD Incident Reports
(FOD-IR) are submitted via the Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS) website
(https://jdrs.mil/), which facilitates automatic routing of the report to the cognizant Wing/MAW,
FST, FRC/MALS, PMA APML, and TYCOM Engine Class Desk.
NOTE: Naval message FOD Incident Reports (Figure 10.11-1) will only be submitted if JDRS
connectivity is unavailable.
10.11.3.12.2 Engine FOD is defined as damage caused by ingestion of objects not organic to the
engine (including FOD due to natural causes, such as birds or ice) while operating in an aircraft or
on a test cell or stand.
NOTES: 1. Damage caused by failure of internal engine components is not FOD. Internal
engine failures must be documented per Chapter 15 (O-Level) or Chapter 16 (I-
Level) procedures. If flight safety is involved, the internal failure must be reported
via Hazardous Material Report (HMR) per Chapter 10.9 procedures. A mishap
report may also be required per OPNAVINST 3750.6.
2. Minor roughness or erosion of blades/vanes within serviceable limits are not
FOD.
10.11.3.12.3 Engine FOD is categorized as reportable and non-reportable:
a. Reportable engine FOD requires removal of the engine or an engine module, or replacement
of an engine fan blade, or turbine.
b. Non-reportable engine FOD does not require engine or module removal, or replacement of
any engine fan blade, or turbine.
10-165
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.11.3.12.4 The FOD Prevention and Investigation Team must investigate all incidents of engine
FOD, regardless of reportable or non-reportable categorization. Procedures:
a. If determined to be reportable FOD, submit an Engine FOD Incident Report via JDRS
website (https://jdrs.mil/) within 5 working days of discovery. Submit Supplemental Engine FOD
Incident Reports whenever additional information becomes available after the initial Engine FOD
Incident Report.
NOTES: 1. If two or more engines on a multi-engine aircraft incur reportable FOD during a
single incident, report all affected engines on a single Engine FOD Incident Report.
2. If warranted, submit a Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting
Program (NAMDRP) Report (Hazardous Material Report (HMR), Product Quality
Deficiency Report (PQDR), or Technical Publications Deficiency Report (TPDR))
on material defects or technical publication deficiencies that resulted in a FOD
incident.
3. An Engine FOD Incident Report does not satisfy mishap reporting requirements
of OPNAVINST 3750.6. A separate mishap report may also be required.
4. A copy of the Engine FOD Incident Report must accompany each part removed
and turned in for repair with FOD.
5. Reportable FOD must be documented in the Aeronautical Equipment Service
Record (AESR)/Module Service Record (MSR)/ALS Miscellaneous History section
of the engine or module. Entry must include extent, cause, and disposition of the
engine or module job control number (JCN) of the WO or MAF, serial number, and
date time group (DTG) of the Engine FOD Incident Report (Figure 10.11-1).
Reportable FOD must be documented in the Aeronautical Equipment Service
Record (AESR)/Module Service Record (MSR)/ALS Miscellaneous History section
of the engine or module. Entry must include extent, cause, and disposition of the
engine or module job control number (JCN) of the WO or MAF, serial number, and
date time group (DTG) of the Engine FOD Incident Report (Figure 10.11-1).
b. If determined to be non-reportable FOD, submit a written report of the incident. The report
must contain the elements required in an Engine FOD Incident Report naval message (Figure
10.11-1). The report must be signed by the Maintenance Officer (MO) and reviewed by the
Commanding Officer (CO). The written report will be retained by QA until the engine is
transferred.
10.11.3.12.5 I-Level repair facilities must inspect all engines/modules entering the repair or
maintenance cycle for evidence of FOD. If an engine or module is found to have reportable FOD
that was not documented on an Engine FOD Incident Report by the last operating activity, the
repair facility must submit an initial Engine FOD Incident Report and include the last engine
operating activity as an information addressee. If the last engine operating activity submitted an
Engine FOD Incident Report, the repair facility must submit a Supplemental Engine FOD Incident
Report that cites the actual or evident cause of the FOD, foreign objects involved, residual material
recovered, location, pattern, distribution, type and extent of damage, and estimated cost to repair.
10-166
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.11.3.12.6 When FOD is a direct result of an aircraft mishap, the WO for engine or module
removal will use Malfunction Description Code (MAL) 030 (mishap damage). The aircraft mishap
report must state justification for assigning MAL 030, and provide details of the damage the engine
or module sustained, per OPNAVINST 3750.6.
10.11.4 Responsibilities
10.11.4.1 Air Field and Air Capable Ships Commanding Officer (CO)
a. Designate a FOD Prevention Program Manager and FOD Prevention and Investigation
Team, in writing, per paragraph 10.11.3.2 and 10.1.2.9.
b. Review and trend FOD incidents attributed to foreign objects on flight decks, runways, and
taxiways, and direct actions to correct deficiencies in FOD prevention.
c. (Air Fields) Publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D to direct specific
FOD prevention procedures related to airfield operations.
d. (CVN and L-Class Ships) Comply with the shipboard FOD prevention procedures of
COMNAVAIRFOR/COMNAVSURFOR Instruction 4790.3.
10.11.4.2 Aircraft Controlling Custodians (ACC)
a. Conduct rolling 24 month trending of the FOD rate per flight hour for each T/M/S aircraft
operated, to include specifics on causal factors.
b. Coordinate with NAVAIR Program Offices to correct deficiencies in aircraft or material
design or maintenance procedures considered to be causal factors to FOD.
10.11.4.3 Type Wings or Marine Aircraft Wing (MAWs)
a. Designate a FOD Prevention Program Manager, in writing.
b. Publish an LCP per Appendix D to direct specific geographic, T/M/S, operational, or other
FOD prevention actions not addressed in this NAMPSOP.
c. Publish a FOD training syllabus covering the elements of paragraph 10.11.3.11, for each
T/M/S aircraft supported.
d. Conduct rolling 24 month trending of the FOD rate per flight hour for each T/M/S aircraft
supported, to include specifics on causal factors, command, and operational site of the FOD. Type
Wings or MAW will:
(1) Provide the FOD trend to commands and ACC with recommendations for actions to
reduce the potential for FOD.
(2) Coordinate with CO of air stations to reduce FOD incidents that occur on runways,
taxiways, or other aircraft operational areas that are not the responsibility of the squadrons to
maintain.
(3) Coordinate with the ACC T/M/S Aircraft Class Desk to correct deficiencies in
aircraft/material design or maintenance procedures considered to be causal factors to FOD.
10-167
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Training Wing (TRAWING) FOD Prevention Officers serve as the point of contact
(POC) on all matters pertaining to FOD, and will liaison with the local Chief of
Naval Air Training (CNATRA) Detachment to verify program and contractual
compliance.
10.11.4.4 Navy Carrier Air Wing (CVW), Marine Corps Air Combat Element (ACE), and
Other Composite Aviation Units
a. Designate a FOD Prevention Program Manager to lead FOD prevention efforts while
conducting composite unit training or deployed operations per 10.1.2.9.
b. Organize and lead a FOD Prevention and Investigation Team comprised of members from
each assigned aviation activity.
c. Publish LCP per Appendix D to direct specific FOD prevention procedures related to the
unit’s ship/shore operational environment.
d. Review and trend FOD incidents occurring during unit operations, and direct actions to
correct deficiencies.
10.11.4.5 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate a FOD Prevention Program Manager and a FOD Prevention and Investigation
Team per paragraph 10.11.3.2 and 10.1.2.9.
b. Publish an LCP per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or other
FOD prevention procedures not addressed in this NAMPSOP or Type Wing/MAW LCP.
Command LCP must be submitted to the Type Wing or MAW for review.
c. Approve the release of aircraft that Maintenance Control has specifically restricted from
flight due to the potential for FOD from missing objects (tools, fasteners, etc.), for example,
fasteners found missing forward of the intake or within areas containing flight controls. Aircraft
will be released only after the QA investigation is complete and the missing objects are determined
to not be a threat to airworthiness. Completion of the investigation and the MO’s release of the
aircraft will be documented in the corrective Action Block of the WO required by paragraphs
10.11.4.9b and 10.12.3.8.c (2).
NOTE: The AMO will assume MO responsibilities if the MO is not available.
d. Promote all hands participation in FOD Walk Downs.
e. Review FOD trend charts and FOD Program audits, and direct actions to correct deficiencies.
10.11.4.6 FOD Prevention Program Manager
a. Perform an audit within 60 days of designation as Program Manager and annually thereafter,
per paragraph 10.7.5.8.
b. Use the Type Wing or MAW training syllabus to provide FOD indoctrination and annual
refresher training per 10.1.4.7 for all command personnel, regardless of their rate. Verify personnel
receive FOD familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center.
10-168
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs. Provide feedback to the Type Wing
or MAW on areas deemed deficient.
c. Coordinate actions of the FOD Prevention and Investigation Team in completing FOD
investigations and reports, per paragraph 10.11.3.2.
d. Conduct spot checks of FOD prone areas, such as parking ramps, engine turn-up areas, work
spaces, test cells, hangar bays, runway, or flight deck, or taxiway, catwalks, and SE for evidence of
compliance with FOD prevention practices.
e. Serve as POC to the Air Station or Ship FOD Prevention Officer for coordinating unit
participation in Ship or Station FOD walk downs.
f. Assist QA in determining the source of foreign objects found during FOD Walk Downs, and
coordinate actions to correct the sources of foreign objects.
g. Monitor participation in FOD walk downs and inform the MO of lack of participation by any
department.
h. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Copies of reportable and non-reportable Engine FOD Incident Reports and Supplemental
Engine FOD Incident Reports (retain for two years)
(2) POCs
(3) Program references, or cross-reference locator sheets, correspondence, messages, and
lesson guides
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.11.4.7 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
a. Designate a QAR as the FOD Prevention Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
b. Provide the MO with a recommendation to release or not release affected aircraft or engines
for operation whenever missing objects are a threat to airworthiness and are not found.
10.11.4.8 QA FOD Program Monitor
a. Perform program audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7
b. Brief contractor and depot field maintenance teams on FOD Prevention Program
requirements and periodically spot check work in progress to verify compliance.
c. Document material collected during FOD Walk Downs on a locally developed FOD Walk
Down Diagram (Figure 10.11-2). Documentation will include:
(1) Location found (flight line, flight deck, hangar bay, taxiway, on or under aircraft, on or
under SE, work space, etc.)
(2) Type (screw, bolt, nut, safety wire, electrical wire, tool, rag, etc.)
(3) Number of each type of item collected
10-169
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Probable source (poor maintenance practices, failure to perform post-maintenance
inspection, deteriorating facility, detached from aircraft, broken or worn equipment, etc.)
NOTE: Collected foreign objects will be retained for five calendar days or until investigation
of the source is complete, whichever occurs first.
d. Conduct rolling 90 day trending of foreign objects collected during FOD Walk Downs. The
trend data must contain the total number of all objects collected by category.
e. Periodically, conduct spot checks of workspaces and work in progress for compliance with
FOD prevention practices.
f. (O-Level only) Maintain a database of missing fasteners to include the following: aircraft
BUNO and MODEX (or equipment serial number), location of the missing fastener, and WO MCN
and JCN. For example: BUNO 165161, MODEX 001, panel 12L, MCN L7Q7N7Q, and JCN
QL0286001. Whenever a trend is noted, for example, recurring missing fasteners on a particular
panel, investigate the cause and provide corrective action recommendations to the Program
Manager, on a particular panel, investigate the cause and provide corrective action
recommendations to the Program Manager.
10.11.4.9 Maintenance Control
a. Direct Maintenance Department personnel to participate in FOD walk downs to inspect
assigned hangar and flight line or flight deck areas prior to the first flight of the day and throughout
the day, as needed, to sustain a FOD free operating environment. .
b. Issue a downing discrepancy WO against affected aircraft whenever missing objects are
determined to be a potential threat to airworthiness, for example, when tools used to perform
maintenance on the aircraft are missing or when fasteners are found to be missing forward of the
intake or within areas containing flight controls. Aircraft will be released only after the QA
investigation is completed and the missing objects are determined not to be a threat to
airworthiness. Completion of the investigation and the MO’s release of the aircraft will be
documented in the Corrective Action block of the WO.
c. Issue a downing discrepancy “FOD Free” Inspection WO for aircraft that have not flown for
30 days or more.
d. Verify pre-closure FOD inspections are being performed and documented on WO.
10.11.4.10 Division Officers
a. Periodically inspect division workspaces and work in progress to verify compliance with
FOD prevention requirements.
b. Promote participation in FOD walk downs by all members of the division.
10.11.4.11 Work Center Supervisors
a. Train personnel on how their job relates to the FOD Prevention Program. Document initial
job-related and annual refresher training in the individual's qualification/certification record or
ASM.
10-170
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Direct work center personnel to participate in FOD walk downs.
c. Report FOD hazards to Maintenance Control or Production Control and FOD Prevention
Program Manager.
d. Control uninstalled parts (panels, components, lines, etc.) and fasteners (screws, bolts,
washers, quick disconnect pins, etc.) stored in the work center or in the hangar bay during work
stoppage or during complex, long repair processes such as engine changes or major inspections.
Stored components must be identified with local tags and loose parts or hardware must be stored in
MAF bags or other means allowing attachment to the component, and must be marked with the
following information:
(1) Work Center
(2) Aircraft BUNO or SE SERNO the component goes on.
(3) Hardware bags will contain nomenclature and count. Example: “Door fasteners, 10
pieces” or “Hydraulic pump hardware, 4 nuts with washers.”
(4) Name of CDI certifying fastener count.
e. (I-Level) Verify SE is being inspected for hardware integrity prior to temporary issue. If any
hardware is missing and cannot be replaced prior to issue, the area will be marked with a red grease
pencil or marker. The discrepancy will be documented on a MAF and a copy kept with the SE
history record until the SE is returned and the missing hardware is replaced. Using the OPNAV
Form 4790/64 SE Transaction Report from NALCOMIS OIMA the discrepancy must also be
annotated.
f. Immediately initiate a search and notify Maintenance Control and QA whenever tools,
fasteners or other items used in a maintenance task are discovered missing.
10.11.4.12 Maintenance Personnel
a. Immediately remove or correct FOD hazards, such as foreign debris on the flight line or
flight deck or hangar deck, and loose fasteners on aircraft or equipment. If unable to correct the
hazard, report it to supervisors.
b. Control all tools, equipment, hardware, and other materials used during a maintenance task.
As a minimum:
(1) Maintain positive control of removed components, hardware, and materials while work
is ongoing.
(2) Identify missing or uninstalled fasteners on SE, aircraft components and panels with a
“red circle” utilizing a grease pen or marker.
NOTE: An “uninstalled” fastener is not a missing fastener; the fastener was removed and not
reinstalled for some reason. The reason for not installing the fastener must be
documented on a WO or MAF, for example “Damaged nut plate in left hand upper
corner of Door 19. Fastener removed and will not be reinstalled until nut plate is
replaced. Fastener stored in W/C 120.” When the fastener is replaced, the grease
pen “red circle” must be removed.
10-171
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Prior to QAR or CDI inspection of a maintenance task, account for all materials used and
thoroughly inspect the compartment in which maintenance was performed and in adjacent areas.
Immediately notify supervisors, if anything used during the maintenance task is missing.
d. Inspect engine ducts, plenum chambers, crevices, and cavities prior to engine start.
e. Perform pre and post-operational inspections of SE to verify material integrity.
f. Install doors, panels, duct covers, and other protective devices when not actively engaged in
maintenance on or adjacent to gas turbine engines.
g. Submit a WO or MAF to document missing or loose fasteners on aircraft and SE.
h. Inspect personal equipment for missing or loose parts prior to entering and after leaving the
flight line or flight deck.
NOTE: Naval message FOD Incident Reports (Figure 10.11-1) will only be submitted if JDRS
connectivity is unavailable.
10-172
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM ORIGINATOR
TO AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN
TYPE WING or MAG
CVW (If assigned.)
INFO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42/N421//
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//NAWC AC PLATFORM LOGISTICS
INTEGRATION DIVISION//
COMNAVSAFECEN NORFOLK VA//12//
CTF/CSG/FMF/MEU
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//N42// (If deployed in WESTPAC.)
SHIP/NAS/MCAS (Where the FOD occurred.)
SURFPAC SAN DIEGO CA//N42// or SURFLANT NORFOLK VA//N42// (If FOD occurred
onboard a ship)
SUPPORTING INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY
DEPOT REPAIR POINT
BT
UNCLAS//N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/-//
SUBJ/(COMMAND) ENGINE FOD INCIDENT REPORT SERIAL NUMBER (Sequential
number within each calendar year, followed by the last two digits of the calendar year. Use
sequential numbering regardless of whether this is an initial or supplemental report.) Example:
VFA-123 ENGINE FOD INCIDENT REPORT SERIAL NUMBER 03-16//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2C
AMPN/REF A IS THE NAMP.//
POC/NAME/RANK/CODE/PHONE/EMAIL (POC will be the Senior Member of the FOD
Investigation Team)//
RMKS/1. SUMMARY (Summarize the contents of the report in 2 lines or less.)
2. DATA:
A. AIRCRAFT
(1) TYPE/MODEL/SERIES (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell)
(2) BUREAU NUMBER (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell)
B. ENGINE(S)
(1) TYPE/MODEL/SERIES
(2) SERIAL NUMBER(S)/PSSN(S)(If applicable)
(3) INSTALLED POSITION(S) AT THE TIME OF FOD (“Test Cell” if FOD occurred on a
test cell)
C. JULIAN DATE(S)/TYPE OF LAST MAINTENANCE
(1) ON AIRCRAFT (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell)
(2) ON ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S)
10-173
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
D. LOCATION OF ENGINE(S) AT TIME OF FOD (Example: MCAS MIRAMAR, NAS
OCEANA, CVN-72 or FRCSE JACKSONVILLE TEST CELL)
E. EMPLOYMENT OF UNIT AT TIME OF FOD (Example: FLEETEX, WEAPONS DET, or
I-LEVEL REPAIR ACTIVITY)
F. JULIAN DATE FOD DISCOVERED
(1) WHERE DISCOVERED (Example: FLIGHT LINE, FLIGHT DECK, WORK CENTER
41U)
(2) HOW DISCOVERED (Example: DAILY, TURNAROUND, PRE-INDUCTION
INSPECTION)
G. DISPOSITION OF ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S)(Example: BLENDING, I-LEVEL TURN IN,
RETURN TO DEPOT)(If turned in, list the receiving activity)
H. PREVIOUS ACTIVITY OPERATING ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S). (State only if a factor, for
example: FOD DISCOVERED UPON RECEIPT FROM VFA-XXX)
I. OTHER REFERENCE(S) TO SAME FOD INCIDENT
(1) ETR SERIAL NUMBER(S)(Ensure the Engine FOD Incident Report Serial Number is
included in Remarks Section of the original ETR, listing Reason for Removal Code 5C OR 5D.
NOTE: Reason for Removal Code 3Q will not be used for engines damaged by ingestion of
foreign objects.
(2) JCN(S) (Ensure the Engine FOD Incident Report Serial Number is included in the
Discrepancy Field of the Turn-in Work Order.)
(3) OTHER APPLICABLE MSG DTG (List each separately)
3. COST DATA
A. ENGINE(S) REPAIR COST (Based on current NAVSAFECEN Reportable Engine Repair
Cost)
B. AIRCRAFT DAMAGE COST (Based on P&E Report, if beyond O/I-Level to repair.)
C. TOTAL INJURY COST (Refer to APPENDIX 4B OF OPNAVINST 3750.6)
D. OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGE COST
E. TOTAL COST (Total of A, B, C, AND D above)
4. INVESTIGATION
A. WHEN FOD OCCURRED (Example: “IN FLIGHT” or “DURING GROUND TURN”).
B. CAUSAL FACTORS (Describe what caused the FOD, for example, “FASTENER FROM
PANEL 4L CAME OUT DURING GROUND ENGINE RUN”, “TOOL LEFT IN INTAKE”)
C. ACTUAL FOREIGN OBJECT INGESTED (NSN and Part Number. If not known, use
“UNKNOWN”)
D. SUSPECTED FOREIGN OBJECT INGESTED (Use “N/A” if actual object is reported in
4.c.)
5. DATE/SERIAL NUMBER OF LAST FOD INCIDENT MESSAGE
10-174
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
6. CORRECTIVE ACTION
A. CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO PREVENT RECURRENCE
B. RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION (If corrective action is beyond the capability of
the originator to implement.)
7. COMMANDING OFFICER'S COMMENTS//
10-175
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FOD Walk Down Date ______________Time_____________
FLIGHT LINE
HANGAR
Number
Category Found Comments
1. Aircraft hardware (nut, screw, bolt, washer, etc.) ___________________________________________
2. Maintenance debris (safety wire, rags, etc.) __________________________________________
3. Non-aircraft hardware (SE bolt, etc.) ___________________________________________
4. Facility debris (ceiling/roof material, etc.) __________________________________________
5. Environmental (rocks, tree limbs, etc.) __________________________________________
6. Personal Trash (soda cans, coins, etc.) __________________________________________
7. Other ________________________________
Total: _________
Investigation:____________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
10-176
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.12 Tool Control Program (TCP) (NAMPSOP)
10.12.1 Reference
10.12.2.1 The Tool Control Program (TCP) NAMPSOP establishes minimum requirements for
controlling tools used by Navy and Marine Corps O-Level and I-Level and commercial activities
performing maintenance on naval aviation aircraft, engines, components, and equipment.
NOTE: For Depot Tool Control Program (TCP) see Chapter 12.
10.12.2.2 The primary objective of the TCP is the elimination of foreign object damage (FOD) to
aircraft and equipment caused by misplaced tools.
10.12.2.3 The basic principles of the TCP are:
a. Standardization of tools and the configuration of tool containers.
b. Traceability of tools through the use of unique identification numbers etched, stamped, or
marked on each tool and each container.
c. Strict accounting of tools:
(1) Maintaining accurate inventory lists of all tools on hand.
(2) Inventorying tools at the beginning and end of work shifts, and before, during, and after
performing maintenance.
(3) Documenting who has control of the tool and what aircraft or equipment the tool was
used on.
(4) Securing tools when not in use.
(5) Prompt and thorough investigation of missing tools.
10.12.2.4 The NAVAIR 17-1 Tool Control Manual (TCM) provides standardized tools and tool
container configuration for most type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft. Naval Air Warfare Center
Aircraft Division (NAWC AD), SE and ALRE Installation Branch, is the Fleet Support Team (FST)
for T/M/S aircraft TCMs. Address: NAVAL AIR WARFARE CENTER AIRCRAFT DIVISION,
SE and ALRE Installation Branch, HWY 547, LAKEHURST, NJ 08733-5091, Phone: DSN 624-
7374/COMM (732) 323-7374.
10.12.3 Requirements
10-177
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
for approval. Once approved, the Type Wing or MAW will forward the TCM to NAWCAD per
paragraph 10.12.2.4 for decision on adding the TCM to NAVAIR 17-1.
b. Recommendations for changes to NAVAIR 17-1 T/M/S TCMs will be submitted by naval
letter to the Type Wing or MAW (Figure 10.12-1). If the Type Wing or MAW concurs with the
change, they will submit the recommendation to NAWCAD per paragraph 10.12.2.4 as a Technical
Publication Deficiency Report (TPDR), per paragraph 10.9.3.11.
NOTES: 1. Activities will not make changes until NAWCAD approves the TCM change.
2. Special tools are locally manufactured tools or tools modified from their original
configuration. Special tools listed in the T/M/S aircraft TCM, Interactive Electronic
Technical Manual (IETM), manufactured by Work Center 550 (I-Level) with
approved Additive Manufacturing (AM) Technical Data Packages (TDPs) as per
NAVAIRINST 4790.41 Policies and Procedures for the Implementation and
Execution of Additive Manufacturing for the Naval Aviation Enterprise, and related
technical manuals are authorized and do not require a deviation approval. Special
tools are subject to the same tool control and inventory requirements as standard
tools.
3. Job Aids (defined in NAVAIRINST 4790.41) are manufactured by Work Center
550 (I-Level) and will not be included in any TCM without written deviation
authorization from the PMA attached to the Job Aid form and posted on JTDI.
4. I-Level activities will use a TCM Change Recommendation form (vice letter)
similar to Figure 10.12-1. The form must include documentation of final
disposition.
c. Requests to deviate from a TCM must be submitted by naval letter to the Type Wing or
MAW for approval (Figure 10.12-2). Deviation from T/M/S TCM specifications will only be
granted if required to support maintenance or operational requirements that are different than other
activities maintaining the same T/M/S aircraft.
NOTES: 1. COMNAVAIRFOR O-Level activities without an assigned Type Wing or MAW
will submit TCM change requests and deviation requests to COMNAVAIRFOR
Code N422.
2. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM assigned O-Level activities will submit TCM change
requests and deviation requests to their assigned Test Wing. Activities not assigned
to a Test Wing will submit requests to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Code Aviation
Maintenance Management Branch.
d. I-Level activities must publish a TCM tailored to their operational needs. I-Level TCMs will
be formatted similar to a NAVAIR 17-1 TCM, and must include test station drawers, wall lockers
used for tool or equipment storage, roll around tool containers, and portable tool containers.
e. TCMs will be managed and controlled as technical data, per paragraph 10.8.
10.12.3.2 Tool Marking and Serial Numbers
10-178
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. All tools must be marked with a serial number containing the activity’s organization code as
listed in DECKPLATE, the work center responsible for the tool, and the number of the container
the tool is assigned to, for example, AC9-110-1.
b. Tools will be marked by mechanical etching. Face shields, goggles, lenses, batteries, and
other tools unsuitable for etching will be marked using a permanent marker or indelible ink.
WARNING: BERYLLIUM TOOLS WILL NOT BE ETCHED, CUT, MELTED, WELDED,
GROUND, OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED DUE TO THE RISK OF
CREATING BERYLLIUM DUST, WHICH IS A HEALTH HAZARD. TOOL
CONTAINER INVENTORIES MUST IDENTIFY ANY TOOL CONTAINING
BERYLLIUM ALLOYS BY ANNOTATING THE WORD “BERYLLIUM”
NEXT TO THE TOOL.
c. Multiple piece tool sets with individual pieces that are removed during use, and tools with
parts that are routinely replaced during use, will have each piece serialized. Examples include
Allen wrench sets, feeler gauge sets, stamping dye sets, and flashlights.
d. Tool tags maintained in a tool container will be etched in the same manner as the tools in the
container, with the addition of a tag number. For example, tool container AC9-110-1 has two tool
tags: One tool tag will be numbered AC9-110-1 (1) and the other will be numbered AC9-110-1 (2).
e. Tools that are too small to be marked must be identified per the procedures of 10.12.3.4.2.
f. Markings will be restored as they become unreadable.
10.12.3.3 Tool Containers
10.12.3.3.1 O-Level activities must use the exact tool container configuration directed in the
NAVAIR 17-1 TCM for the T/M/S aircraft they support, with the following exceptions:
a. Air Station Operations Departments and squadrons supporting more than one T/M/S aircraft
may consolidate tool containers from each T/M/S TCM, as deemed most efficient for conducting
maintenance.
b. An approved TCM deviation per paragraph 10.12.3.1.c. is required to modify tools or
equipment.
10.12.3.3.2 Tool containers must be numbered with the activity’s organization code, work center
code, and a unique container number, for example, AC3-110-2. If the work center is authorized
more than one of the same type tool container, the additional containers must be identified with a
numerical suffix, for example, AC3-110-2-1.
10.12.3.3.3 Tool container hardware placement (clips, brackets, holes for tools, etc.) must be
exactly as indicated in the TCM drawing.
NOTE: If a tool is not available at the time the container is constructed, the associated clips,
brackets, and holes will not be installed or cut until the tool becomes available. The
uninstalled tool will be recorded on the Tool Container Shortage List (Figure 10.12-
3).
10-179
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.12.3.3.4 The position of each tool must be silhouetted against a contrasting background to
highlight its location within the container. Silhouetting may be accomplished by use of paint,
etching, or other method that does not cause a risk of FOD. Each tool location will be numbered to
correspond with the tool’s number on the inventory list.
10.12.3.3.5 Tool pouches must be fabricated to hold individual tools in separate positions. Each
tool pouch will have a flap cover that attaches securely on all edges to prevent tools from falling
out.
10.12.3.3.6 The outside of the container must be stenciled with applicable warnings, for example,
"CONTAINS TOOLS TOO SMALL TO ETCH", "CONTAINS TOOLS UNSUITABLE FOR
ETCHING”, or "OXYGEN USE ONLY".
10.12.3.3.7 Wall boards and lockers may be used to provide rapid inventory of work equipment not
specified to be in a container, for example, communications cords, electrical cords, and PPE. Items
assigned to wall boards and lockers must be silhouetted and marked per the procedures noted in
paragraph 10.12.3.3.4.
10.12.3.3.8 Each tool container, board and locker will have a Tool Inventory List per paragraph
10.12.3.4 with the diagram specified in the TCM, and a Tool Container Shortage List (Figure
10.12-3). Lists and diagrams will be firmly attached to eliminate the possibility of FOD.
NOTE: To reduce the possibility of FOD, lists and diagrams for tool pouches and for tools
used in ESD work centers will be kept in a folder separate from the tool container or
tool pouch.
10.12.3.3.9 Tools, tool containers, and tool lockers will be kept FOD free and clean of
contaminants such as grease, oil, hydraulic fluid, dirt, fuel, and corrosion.
10.12.3.3.10 Tool containers and lockers will not be used to store any materials or equipment not
on the inventory list.
10.12.3.4 Tool Inventory Lists
10.12.3.4.1 Tool inventory lists will identify each tool by item number, nomenclature, and
quantity. Tools with multiple pieces will be identified on the list by annotating the number of
pieces on the right hand side next to the item, for example, “Flashlight, plus 1 spare lens and 2
batteries = 4 total pieces”, “Stamping dye set, 10 pieces plus 2 piece case = 12 total pieces”, “Feeler
Gauge with 14 blades” and “hacksaw with blade”.
10.12.3.4.2 Tools too small or unsuitable to be etched or marked will be identified on the Inventory
List by placing an asterisk (*) on the left hand side of the item’s nomenclature, for example “*Jewel
Scribe”. If the item is a multiple piece tool and only some of the pieces are too small to etch, the
inventory will specify each non-etched piece. For example, in a 10 piece Allen Wrench set where
the 3/32 wrench is the only piece too small to etch, the nomenclature would be annotated “Allen
Wrench Set,10 pieces plus case = 11 pieces * 3/32”.
10.12.3.4.3 Tools requiring hardware to be secured to prevent potential FOD (for example, the lock
nut on a hex key set or pliers) will be identified on the inventory list by annotating the securing
method (such as “SPOT WELDED”, “PEENED”, or “ADHESIVE”) next to each affected item.
10-180
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.12.3.4.4 Tool Container Shortage Lists (Figure 10.12-3) will be used to document any tools
missing from the container. Procedures:
a. For tools on order:
(1) Annotate the nomenclature, drawer, panel, and item number of the tool.
(2) Annotate the number from the Missing Tool Report (Figure 10.12-4) or Broken/Worn
Tool Report (Figure 10.12-5) on the tool container shortage list (Figure 10.12-3). If the tool has
never been in the container, annotate “INITIAL ISSUE”.
(3) Annotate the requisition document number received from the TCP Coordinator. If the
tool will be purchased from SERVMART or open purchased, annotate "SERVMART or Open
Purchase" and the date the TCP Coordinator plans to obtain the tool.
(4) The Work Center Tool Control Representative will initial the entry to certify the tool has
been placed on order.
(5) When the tool is received, the Work Center Supervisor must personally verify the tool
has been placed in the container, enter the date replaced, and initial the form.
b. For tools in calibration:
(1) Annotate the nomenclature, drawer, panel, and item number of the tool being calibrated.
(2) The Work Center Tool Control Representative will annotate the date the tool was turned
in for calibration and initial the form.
(3) When the tool is received from calibration, the Work Center Supervisor must personally
verify the tool has been placed in the container, enter the date replaced, and initial the form.
10.12.3.5 Tool Security and Checkout Procedures
10.12.3.5.1 Tools must be secured in the assigned container, wall board, or locker when not in use.
Tools not assigned to a work center must be stored in the tool room.
10.12.3.5.2 A tool log will be used to check out portable tool containers, individual tools from the
Tool Room, shop container, shop support box, tool pouches, PPE, and consumable tools (acid
brushes, wire brushes, razor blades, sand paper, rags, etc.). As a minimum, tool logs must contain
the following information:
a. Name of person to whom the tool is being issued
b. Assigned container, locker, or wall board number, and the inventory item number
c. Job control number (JCN), MAF control number (MCN), or job order number (JON) for
which the tool is being used
d. Date and time checked out, and Supervisor or CDI Signature
e. Date and time checked in, and Supervisor or CDI Signature
NOTE: Portable tool containers checked out for an entire shift will be used for performing
maintenance on only one aircraft or piece of equipment at a time.
10-181
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.12.3.5.3 Tool tags will be used whenever an individual tool is checked out from a tool
container. Tool tags may also be used to check out individual items of PPE or equipment.
Procedures:
a. Tools, PPE, or equipment will be issued in exchange for a tool tag on a one-for-one basis.
b. The individual checking out the tool must provide a tool tag from a container personally
assigned or checked out to them.
c. The tool tag will be placed in the checked out item’s designated location.
d. If a tool is checked out from a container by an individual without access to a tool tag, the
checkout will be logged in the Work Center Tool Control Log per paragraph 10.12.3.6.1.
NOTES: 1. Tool pouches and "OXYGEN USE ONLY" containers will not have tool tags.
2. Tools from portable containers will not be checked out for simultaneous
maintenance on multiple aircraft or equipment.
10.12.3.5.4 Tools issued with flight packets must be controlled and accounted for. Each flight
packet will have a Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP 306), an inventory list, and a
tool diagram.
10.12.3.6 O-Level and I-Level Tool Inventories
10.12.3.6.1 Tool containers, wallboards, special tools, and PPE must be sight inventoried at the
beginning and end of each shift by the Work Center Supervisor or Shift Supervisor. Shift
inventories will be documented in a work center tool control log that lists each container and the
legibly printed name and signature of the individual that performed the inventory. Work center tool
control logs will be retained for a minimum of 30 days after the last entry.
10.12.3.6.2 The tool container number must be annotated in the WO or MAF tool box block upon
task assignment. The supervisor or a CDI and the technician assigned to the task will jointly
conduct an inventory and inspection of the tool container and its contents prior to starting work on
the task and at each work stoppage.
NOTE: NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS permits personnel with a QAR, CDI, or Work
Center Supervisor SMQ to correct the tool box number and initials data fields.
Work Center Supervisors, QARs, and CDIs will strictly control changes to the tool
box data field.
10.12.3.6.3 A wall-to-wall sight inventory of all tools, tool containers, and wall boards in work
centers and the tool room must be conducted every six months (semi-annually) by the TCP
Coordinator, to include a comparison of work center inventory lists to the master inventory record
to verify no unauthorized additions or deletions have occurred. The inventory will be documented
on the Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP 306) form that documented issuance of the
tools to the work center or tool room, per paragraph 10.12.4.4.e.
10.12.3.7 Broken/Worn Tool Procedures
a. Broken or worn tools will be removed from service and replaced as soon as discovered.
10-182
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. All broken or worn tools will be given to the activity’s Tool Control Coordinator along with
a Broken/Worn Tool Report (Figure 10.12-5).
c. Replacement tools will not be issued without a completed Broken/Worn Tool Report (Figure
10.12-5).
NOTE: A tool with missing pieces must be investigated as a missing tool per 10.12.3.8.
d. If a replacement tool is not immediately provided, an entry will be made on the applicable
Tool Container Shortage List (Figure 10.12-3).
e. All unserviceable tools will be sent to the local Defense Logistics Agency Disposition
Services (DLADS) center. If there is no local DLADS, unserviceable tools will be sent to the
servicing Supply Department for disposal. Receipts will be kept on file for one year.
10.12.3.8 O-Level and I-Level Missing Tool Procedures
a. Technicians will immediately stop work and notify their Work Center Supervisor as soon as
they discover a tool is missing.
b. Work Center Supervisor actions:
(1) Immediately notify Maintenance or Production Control that a tool is missing and provide
information on any aircraft, engines, or equipment that may be affected.
(2) Personally coordinate a thorough search of the work area.
(3) Initiate a Missing Tool Report (Figure 10.12-4) if the tool is not found during the initial
search.
c. Maintenance or Production Control actions:
(1) Verbally notify the Maintenance Officer (MO), Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO),
Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO), and Quality Assurance (QA) that a tool is missing.
If embarked, also notify the CVW MO or Air Combat Element MO and Flight Deck Control.
(2) Quarantine affected aircraft, engines, equipment, and components, and initiate a
downing WO or MAF with the discrepancy “Potential FOD from missing (tool nomenclature and
serial number)”. I-Level will flag the work center status board and stop production for the job
involved.
(3) (I-Level) Notify ASD/S6 Division if any engine, equipment, or component with
potential to have the missing tool was returned to Supply for issue. If a suspect item was issued,
notify the receiving activity that the item is NRFI due to potential FOD and must be turned in with
a work request for FOD check. The I-Level QAR or CDI that inspects the suspect item will
complete the work request with the remark "CERTIFIED FOD FREE".
(4) Fill in the Maintenance or Production Control section of the Missing Tool Report and
forward it to QA.
d. QA actions:
10-183
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Immediately assign a QAR to investigate the missing tool. The investigator will
personally conduct a search for the tool. Whether or not the tool is found, the investigator must fill
in the details on the Missing Tool Report and brief the QA Officer.
(2) The QAR that conducted the investigation will complete the WO or MAF that downed
the aircraft, engine, or equipment for potential FOD. If the tool was found during the QA
investigation the corrective action block will read “Missing tool investigation completed. Tool
found.” If the tool was not found, the corrective action block will read “Missing tool investigation
completed. Tool not found.”
(3) If the tool was not found, the QA Officer will take the Missing Tool Report to the MO
and provide a recommendation for the affected aircraft, engine, equipment, or component.
e. MO actions:
(1) Release aircraft, engines and equipment for flight or operation only after a thorough
investigation is completed, and only if satisfied the tool does not present a FOD hazard.
(2) Brief the CO on missing tool incidents.
NOTE: The AMO will assume MO responsibilities for missing tools if the MO is not
available.
f. If tools are discovered missing during flight or while operating away from home base, the
aircrew must:
(1) Notify the pilot in command and conduct a thorough search of the aircraft. If the tool is
not found, the flight engineer, crew chief, or senior maintenance technician (in the absence of an
assigned crew chief) must initiate a Missing Tool Report (Figure 10.12-4). The senior maintenance
technician will act as Work Center Supervisor, Maintenance Control, and QA investigator; and the
pilot in command will act as the Maintenance Officer.
(2) If not airborne, the aircraft will be grounded until completion of the missing tool
investigation. The pilot in command will not release the aircraft for flight until the investigation is
completed, and only if satisfied the tool does not present a FOD hazard.
(3) Upon return to home station, the aircrew will give the completed Missing Tool Report to
Maintenance Control.
10.12.3.9 Special Procedures for Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS)
a. ALSS tools will be kept clean and free of oil and grease at all times.
b. ALSS tools used on oxygen components must be segregated in a separate container marked
"OXYGEN USE ONLY."
c. ALSS long bars and paracord stitching fids will not be etched due to potential to snag canopy
material.
d. Tools used on ALSS that cannot be functionally checked prior to use, such as parachutes and
floatation equipment, must be accounted for after the repack or inspection of each item. The QAR
or CDI signing the WO or MAF "Inspected By" block is certifying all tools were accounted for.
10-184
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.12.4 Responsibilities
10-185
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Review SERVMART, Open Purchase, and supply system requisitions for purchasing tools,
and verify only authorized tools and quantities are being ordered, and review lists at the completion
of shopping to verify only authorized tools and quantities were purchased.
f. (O-Level) Review TCM change recommendations and deviation requests prior to submission
to the MO.
g. I-Level TCP Managers:
(1) Publish a TCM per paragraph 10.12.3.1.d.
(2) Be the approving authority for TCM Change Recommendations (Figure 10.12-1).
10.12.4.4 Tool Control Program Coordinator
a. Supervise the operations of tool rooms and tool control centers.
b. Maintain an accurate tool inventory list (10.12.3.4) of all replacement tools on hand or on
order. Requirements:
(1) The tool inventory list must include the NSN/PN, nomenclature, and current quantity on
hand for each authorized replacement tool.
(2) Replacement tools that are unsuitable to be etched, or have multiple pieces, or have been
peened, spot-welded or have hardware secured with adhesive will be identified on the replacement
tool inventory per paragraph 10.12.3.4.
(3) The missing tool or broken/worn tool report number, tool container number, requisition
number, and current status must be annotated for all replacement tools on order.
(4) The inventory must be updated upon receipt and issuance of replacement tools.
(5) Tools must be removed from packaging and etched or marked with the activity ORG
code as soon as received.
c. Upon receipt, peen or spot weld tool hardware that can come loose (for example, the lock nut
on a hex key set or pliers) to eliminate the possibility of FOD. Industrial adhesive will be used
when peening or spot welding would cause damage or affect calibration.
d. Prior to issue, mark replacement tools with the complete identification number (ORG code,
work center, and tool container number).
NOTE: A completed Missing Tool Report (Figure 10.12-4), Broken/Worn Tool Report
(Figure 10.12-5) is required before issuing a replacement tool.
e. Issue tool containers by number to the Work Center Supervisor. Tool containers must be
issued on a Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP 306), one container per record. Work
Center Supervisors will sign the front page of the Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP
306) to acknowledge receipt.
f. (O-Level and I-Level) Conduct semi-annual tool container inventories with each Work
Center Tool Control Representative per paragraph 10.12.3.6.3. Completion of the semi-annual
inventory will be documented by legibly printing and signing the name of the person that performed
10-186
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the inventory and on the back page of the Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP Form
306).
g. Submit SERVMART, Open Purchase, and supply system requisitions to the TCP Manager
for approval prior to placing tools on order, and for review after receipt.
h. (O-Level and I-Level) Review and update the status of outstanding tool requisitions each
month.
i. Dispose of broken/worn tools per the procedures of paragraph 10.12.3.7. Prior to disposal,
broken/worn tools will be segregated from RFI tools by placing them in a locked container clearly
marked "NRFI TOOLS".
j. Review work center TCM change and deviation requests, and prepare the final request for
submission to the TCP Manager.
k. Provide TCP NAMP indoctrination training or verify the indoctrination training is being
completed by a subject matter expert per 10.1.4.7.
l. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Completed Missing Tool Reports (Figure 10.12-4) and Broken/Worn Tool Reports
(Figure 10.12-5). Reports will be kept on file for a minimum of one year.
(2) List of primary and alternate Tool Control Representatives.
(3) Outstanding and completed change and deviation requests as long as they are in effect.
(4) The master copy of each individual tool container inventory, layout photograph or
diagram, and copy of Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP 306). One master copy may
be maintained for multiple identical tool containers used by the same work center.
(5) The master copy of the TCM.
(6) Current Aviation Maintenance Advisories (AMA) for the TCP.
(7) Copy of the most current Program Manager audit and QA Audit.
10.12.4.5 QA Officer
The QAO will designate a QAR as the TCP Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.12.4.6 QA TCP Monitor
a. Perform audits per the procedures of paragraph 10.7.5.7.
b. Coordinate QA actions for missing tool investigations per paragraph 10.12.3.8.
c. Maintain a log and assign a report number to each missing tool and broken/worn tool report.
A sequential numbering system will be used, consisting of the year, type of report, and serial
number, for example, 16-M001 (M = missing), 16-B002 (B = broken), or 16-W003 (W = worn).
The logbook must contain the following information: report number, calendar date initiated, work
center, tool nomenclature, serial number, BUNO/Serial Number of last aircraft/equipment the tool
10-187
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
was used on, investigator assigned, and whether or not the tool was found. The log may be in paper
or electronic format.
d. Report defective or poor quality tools per paragraph 10.9.
e. Brief assisting contractor and depot field maintenance teams on tool control and FOD
prevention procedures upon initial arrival at the job site. Inspect and inventory all field team tools,
equipment, PPE, and consumables prior to the field team initially beginning work and at the
completion of the job. The in-brief, initial inventory, and final inventory will be documented on a
Contractor/Depot Field Maintenance Team Brief (Figure 10.12-6). Monitor will maintain
completed briefs on file for one year plus the current, the file maybe either hardcopy or electronic.
f. Randomly monitor work center tool containers and work in progress to verify compliance
with the TCP.
10.12.4.7 Division Officer
a. Review TCM change requests and deviation requests prior to forwarding to the TCP
Manager.
b. Inspect tools and related documentation during work center audits to verify compliance with
TCP procedures.
c. Review missing tool incidents and the results of TCP audits and direct remedial training, if
warranted.
10.12.4.8 Work Center Supervisor
a. Sign for custody of work center tools per paragraph 10.12.4.4.e.
b. Train work center personnel on their TCP responsibilities.
c. Assign Primary and Alternate Work Center Tool Control Representatives.
d. Randomly spot-check work in-progress to verify TCP procedures are being complied with.
e. Immediately correct tool control discrepancies discovered during work center audits.
f. Supervise the work center’s actions when tools are missing per paragraph 10.12.3.8.
NOTE: The flight engineer, crew chief, or senior maintenance technician (in the absence of
an assigned crew chief) assumes Work Center Supervisor TC responsibilities for in-
flight maintenance.
10.12.4.9 Work Center Tool Control Representative
a. Assist the Work Center Supervisor in managing the TCP.
b. Maintain tools and tool containers in serviceable condition, and verify containers are FOD
free and clean.
c. Conduct semi-annual tool container inventory reconciliations with the TCP Coordinator per
paragraph 10.12.4.4.f.
d. Maintain a TCP file, to include:
10-188
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Copies of work center tool container inventories and layout photographs or diagrams.
(2) Copies of TCM change requests and deviation requests.
10-189
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From: (Requesting activity)
To: Type Wing or MAW
Subj: (T/M/S) TOOL CONTROL MANUAL CHANGE RECOMMENDATION
Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2
(b) NAVAIR 17-1 (T/M/S) Tool Control Manual
Encl: (1) (Pictures or drawings needed to illustrate the change).
1. Per reference (a), recommend the following change to reference (b):
a. TCM Container No.:
b. Change:
c. Justification: (Provide a detailed justification of the need for the change).
2. Point of Contact: (Rank and name, DSN number, commercial number, and email of command
POC).
M. E. VANOVER
NOTES: 1. If the Type Wing or MAW concurs with the change, they will submit it to
NAVAL AIR WARFARE CENTER AIRCRAFT DIVISION, SE and ALRE
Installation Branch as a Technical Publication Deficiency Report (TPDR), per the
procedures of 10.9.
2. IMAs and Depots must develop a form for requesting and documenting approval
or disapproval of change recommendations to their TCM.
10-190
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From: (Requesting activity)
To: (Wing or MAW)
b. Deviation:
c. Justification: (Provide a detailed justification of the operational need for the deviation).
2. Point of Contact: (Rank and name, DSN number, commercial number, and email of command
POC).
M. E. VANOVER
10-191
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-192
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MISSING TOOL REPORT
10-193
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BROKEN/WORN TOOL REPORT
Report Number ______________
Date/Time ______________
Report Originator __________________ Signature _________________
Work Center _________________________
Tool Nomenclature ___________________
Container Number ____________________
Inventory Item Number ____________
Damage: ________________________________________________________
Are all broken pieces accounted for? Yes____ No _____
NOTE: If all pieces are not accounted for, file a Missing Tool Report.
Work Center Supervisor ______________Signature _________________
Quality Assurance
All pieces sighted.
QAR ________________ Signature__________________Date ______ Time ______
Recommendation:______________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Tool Control Coordinator
Broken/Worn Tool Received. Signature_________________Date ______
Replaced from spare? Yes_____ No_____
Placed on order? Yes_____ No_____
Requisition Number or SERVMART/Open Purchase Date: _______________
Replacement tool issued to: Name: _________________________ Date:____________
10-194
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From: (Activity) Quality Assurance
To: Contractor/Field Maintenance Team
Subj: CONTRACTOR/DEPOT FIELD MAINTENANCE TEAM TOOL CONTROL AND FOREIGN
OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD) PREVENTION BRIEF
Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2
1. Reference (a) requires Quality Assurance brief each contractor/field maintenance team on tool control and
FOD prevention requirements, and conduct a joint inventory of tools and equipment prior to the
contractor/field maintenance team commencing work.
2. Summary of aircraft/equipment/component work to be done:
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
3. A Quality Assurance Representative or the QA Supervisor must jointly conduct a tool inventory with the
Contractor/Field Maintenance Team Leader prior to starting and upon completion of each maintenance
assignment. The Team Leader must notify QA of any additional tools introduced after the initial tool
inventory. If the volume of the tools precludes a 100 percent inventory, the Team Leader will list each tool
used, and must certify 100 percent are accounted for following work accomplishment.
4. The Contractor/Field Maintenance Team Leader must immediately notify QA or the QA Supervisor of a
missing or broken tool. Broken tools will be sighted by a QAR and all pieces accounted for.
5. I have been briefed by the activity QAR/QA Supervisor on the responsibilities of all contractor/field
maintenance team personnel with respect to proper TCP and FOD procedures. Copy of tool inventory
attached.
Team Leader Printed Name and Signature:
________________________________/______________________________ Date: __________
6. Inventories:
a. Completed initial tool and equipment inventory prior to commencement of work.
Team Leader Printed Name and Signature:
________________________________/______________________________ Date: __________
QAR Printed Name and Signature:
________________________________/______________________________ Date: __________
b. Completed final inventory. All tools and equipment -accounted for.
Team Leader Printed Name and Signature:
________________________________/______________________________ Date: __________
QAR Printed Name and Signature:
________________________________/______________________________ Date: __________
Figure 10.12-6: Contractor/Depot Field Maintenance Team Tool Control Program and FOD
Brief (Example)
10-195
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.13 Aircraft and Support Equipment (SE) Corrosion Prevention and Control Program
(NAMPSOP)
10.13.1 References
a. OPNAVINST 5100.19, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for
Forces Afloat
b. OPNAVINST 5100.23, Navy Safety and Occupational Health Program Manual
c. NAVAIR 17-1-125, Support Equipment Cleaning, Preservation and Corrosion Control
d. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-1, Cleaning and Corrosion Control, Volume I, Corrosion Program and
Corrosion Theory
e. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2, Cleaning and Corrosion Control, Volume II Aircraft
f. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3, Cleaning and Corrosion Control, Volume III Avionics and
Electronics
g. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-4, Cleaning and Corrosion Control, Volume IV, Consumable Materials
and Equipment for Aircraft and Avionics
h. NAVAIR 01-1A-75, Airborne Weapons and Associated Equipment Consumable Material
Applications and Hazardous Material Authorized Use List
i. NAVAIR 00-80T-123, Aircrew Systems NATOPS Manual
j. NAVAIR 15-01-500, Preservation of Naval Aircraft
k. COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 4750.4, Guidance for the Application of
Polyurethane Paints on Aircraft and Related Equipment While Embarked Onboard CVNs
l. MIL-STD-2161C(AS), Paint Schemes and Exterior Markings for U.S. Navy and Marine
Corps Aircraft
m. OPNAVINST 5215.17, Navy Directives Management Program
n. NAVMC DIR 5100.8, Marine Corps Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Program
Manual
o. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.5, Organizational Maintenance Material Condition
Inspection
10.13.2 Introduction
10.13.2.1 The Corrosion Prevention and Control Program establishes general policy for preventing
and controlling corrosion damage to naval aircraft, engines, components, and support equipment
(SE).
NOTE: For Depot Corrosion Prevention and Control Program see Chapter 12.
10-196
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.13.2.2 The primary goal of the Corrosion Prevention and Control Program is to prevent
corrosion from forming. The secondary goal is to detect and treat corrosion in the earliest stages of
development to minimize corrosion damage. The primary elements of the program are:
a. Personnel who are knowledgeable and skilled in corrosion prevention and control.
b. Rigid adherence to the preservation, corrosion prevention, inspection, and treatment
procedures specified in the references, and type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft or equipment
maintenance manuals.
c. Data analysis that enables informed decisions on actions required to improve corrosion
prevention and control.
10.13.2.3 Aircraft corrosion Focus Area Lists (FAL) are a major element of corrosion prevention
and detection. FALs identify T/M/S specific areas that adversely impact the maintenance cost and
time required to maintain aircraft readiness. FALs emphasize where corrosion mitigation efforts
should be concentrated.
NOTES: 1. All T/M/S listed at https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-
HQ/N42/N422/N422B/SitePages/Corrosion-Class-Desk.aspx are directed to schedule
C-MRT visits which will include corrosion identification, mitigation and prevention
training. Type Wing or MAW will direct each cognizant activity to schedule a C-
MRT assist visit with local NATEC C-MRT at a minimum of one corrosion
intensive inspection per quarter. An Electronic Local Assist Request (ELAR) will
be sent a minimum of five working days prior to the date of the requested assistance
via the NATEC website. Type Wing or MAW will liason with the local C-MRT in
order to de-conflict any scheduling problems. Activities will report the scheduled
assist visits to their cognizant Type Wing or MAW AMO on a quarterly basis.
2. C-MRT assist visits will not be required when deployed or when more than 50
percent of an activity’s PAA is away from home guard for more than 60 consecutive
days. C-MRT assist visits will not be done on the same BUNO twice in the same
calendar year.
3. Activity deviation requests from quarterly C-MRT assist visit requirements will
be submitted to the Type Wing/MAW MO for approval. If approved, Type
Wing/MAW will notify CNAF N422B of deviation approval with a brief summary of
circumstances via email to (CNAP_N422BCorrosionClassDesk@us.navy.mil).
Additional deviation requests in the same calendar year by the same activity must
be submitted by the requesting activity CO to CNAF N422 per paragraph 1.2.6.1,
accompanied with ISIC or Type Wing/MAW endorsement.
10.13.2.4 Preservation minimizes the deterioration of aircraft, engines and equipment while they
are inactive or in shipment. Diligent preservation practices optimize aircraft, engine, and SE
availability, service life management, and total ownership costs.
10.13.2.5 The coating systems used on naval aircraft and the colors selected have been developed
to provide protection of critical surface material and maximum tactical advantage.
10-197
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. The standard paint system for all naval aircraft and SE is an aliphatic polyurethane resin.
Polyurethane provides maximum flexibility, weatherability, and resistance to all aircraft fluids.
10.13.3.1 General
All naval aviation activities are responsible for maintaining the material condition of the aircraft
and equipment under their control, including effective prevention and control of corrosion.
Commercial and other government activities performing contract maintenance, production, or other
support functions on naval aircraft and equipment are required to meet the same or equivalent
standards.
10.13.3.2 Manpower Requirements
a. O-Level activities with an authorized allowance of seven or more aircraft must establish a
Work Center 12C (Corrosion Control Shop). Minimum manpower requirements:
NOTE: Expeditionary activities with multiple detachments will either establish a work center
12C or assemble a Corrosion Control Team for periodic and unscheduled
maintenance requirements and meet the minimum manpower requirements of
10.13.3.2.b.
10-198
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) One Navy Aviation Structural Mechanic (AM) or United States Marine Corps (USMC)
Military Occupational Specialty (MOS) equivalent E-6 or above qualified aircraft painter as Work
Center 12C Supervisor.
(2) One additional qualified painter, E-5 or above.
(3) Additional Work Center 12C personnel and qualified painters, as specified by the Type
Wing or Marine Aircraft Group (MAG) local command procedure (LCP) per paragraph 10.13.4.3.
b. O-Level activities with an authorized allowance of six or less aircraft should establish a
Work Center 12C as manpower allows. If a Work Center 12C is not established, activities with six
or less aircraft must assemble a Corrosion Control Team for periodic and unscheduled maintenance
requirements. Minimum manpower requirements:
(1) One Navy AM or USMC MOS equivalent E-5 or above qualified aircraft painter.
(2) One additional qualified painter, E-5 or above.
(3) Additional Work Center 12C or Corrosion Control Team personnel and qualified
painters, as specified by the Type Wing or MAG LCP per paragraph 10.13.4.3.
NOTE: O-Level activities that send detachments of aircraft on deployment will ensure at
least two of the detachment personnel are qualified aircraft painters (of any
paygrade).
c. I-Level activity Airframes Division and Support Equipment Division must each have a
minimum of two qualified painters, Navy AM or AS rate, or USMC MOS 6062 or 6092. At least
one of the painters in each division must be E-5 or above.
10.13.3.3 Training Requirements
a. All O-Level and I-Level personnel engaged in aircraft, engine, component, or SE
maintenance must complete one of the following corrosion control training courses:
(1) CNATT Aviation "A" School courses: AD C-601-2011, AM C-603-0175, PR C-602-
2043, AME C-602-2033, AT-I C-100-2017, AT-O C-100-2018, AE C-602-2039, AO C-646-2011,
or AS C-602-2026.
(2) CNATT Basic Corrosion Control course (CNATT-000-BCC-064-001-C1) or Avionics
Corrosion Control course (CNATT-000-ACC-063-001-C1) available at https://my.navy.mil under
Quick Links then the Navy eLearning (NeL) tab.
(3) Corrosion Control Basic course (C-600-3180).
(4) Aviation Professional Apprentice Career Track course (U-AN-1000).
NOTES: 1. Personnel that completed Aviation "A" School between April 1992 and October
2005 or Aviation Warfare Apprentice Training (AWAT) course (C-100-2021)
between March 2010 and March 2015 received corrosion control training equivalent
to that listed in paragraph 10.13.3.3.a.(1).
10-199
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. Course information for all NAVAIR and CNATT courses is available on
CANTRAC at https://app.prod.cetars.training.navy.mil/cantrac/vol2.html.
b. All O-Level personnel E-6 through O-5 assigned to the maintenance department must
complete Corrosion for Managers course (N-701-0039) within 6 months of reporting to an O-Level
activity or within 6 months of promotion to the grade of E-6, if not previously completed. Personnel
are required to retake the Corrosion for Managers course (N-701-0039) following a subsequent
break in organizational level assignment, for example, a tour in an I-Level activity or non-aviation
maintenance billet (Recruiter, Instructor Duty, etc.).
c. Personnel assigned to an O-Level Work Center 12C or Corrosion Control Team or to I-Level
Work Centers 51B and 92D must complete the Aircraft Corrosion Control course (N-701-0013) or
Aircraft Corrosion course (C-600-3183) within 60 days of assignment, if not previously completed.
d. Personnel assigned as painters must complete the Aircraft Paint Touch Up and Markings
course (N-701-0014) or Aircraft Paint/Finish course (C-600-3182) prior to performing painting
operations. This qualification is valid indefinitely. Completion of Aircraft Corrosion Control
course (N-701-0013) or Aircraft Corrosion course (C-600-3183) is a prerequisite for the Aircraft
Paint/Finish Course (C-600-3182) and the Aircraft Paint Touch Up and Markings Course (N-701-
0014).
NOTE: The use of self-contained Touch-Up pens does not require completion of the Aircraft
Paint Touch Up and Markings course (N-701-0014 or C-600-3183).
e. All O-Level Quality Assurance Representatives (QAR), regardless of rate or MOS, must
complete the Aircraft Corrosion Control course (N-701-0013) or Aircraft Corrosion course (C-600-
3183) within 90 days of designation, if not previously completed. For I-Level activities, at a
minimum, Navy AM rate and Marine Corps MOS 6062 or 6092 QARs must complete one of the
above courses within 90 days of designation, if not previously completed. Individuals assigned as a
QAR while on deployment, must complete the requirements within 90 days after return from
deployment.
f. Type Wing or MAG Material Condition Inspectors must complete the Aircraft Corrosion
Control course (N-701-0013) or Aircraft Corrosion course (C-600-3183) within 90 days of
assignment.
g. O-Level and I-Level activities must conduct quarterly corrosion control training for all
maintenance personnel. Training will be T/M/S specific and will include prevention, inspection,
detection, identification, treatment, and documentation. Training will be conducted by technicians
that have completed Aircraft Corrosion Control course (N-701-0013) or Aircraft Corrosion course
(C-600-3183), and will be logged via ASM or equivalent.
h. O-Level and I-Level activities will conduct indoctrination training on corrosion control
detection and identification for newly assigned aircrew personnel per 10.1.4.7. Training will be
conducted by technicians that have completed the Aircraft Corrosion Control course (N-701-0013)
or the Aircraft Corrosion course (C-600-3183), and will be logged via ASM.
10-200
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. NATEC can provide on-site training for courses N-701-0013 and N-701-0014. Requests for
on-site training will be submitted via the activity’s Type Wing or MAG. NATEC representatives
providing formal course support are required to be qualified instructors. All logistical and material
requirements are the requesting unit’s responsibility.
(2) A list of workplace hazardous materials (HM) that present significant risk.
(3) A list of physical hazards in the workplace (noise, ergonomic stressors, non-ionizing
radiation, etc.) that present significant risk including a brief description of their sources.
(5) Safety requirements, including exposure limits, PPE, and what type and level of
respiratory protection is required.
b. Activities must notify the facility IH of any permanent changes to the painting process that
may affect the workplace, such as changes to equipment or type of paint being applied, regardless
of whether or not isocyanates are involved.
b. Personnel assigned duties involving the opening, mixing, or application of coating materials
must receive initial and annual refresher training on the health hazards associated with the coating
materials they use. The training will also include instruction on prevention measures, including
PPE and exposure limits specified in the facility’s IH survey.
c. Personnel assigned duties involving exposure to potentially harmful dusts, mists, or vapors
must use the personal protective clothing and equipment required by OPNAVINST
5100.19,OPNAVINST 5100.23, NAVAIR 17-1-125, NAVAIR 01-1A-509 SERIES, NAVAIR 01-
1A-75, and as specified in the facility IH survey.
d. Unprotected personnel will be restricted from areas with exposure to potentially harmful
dusts, mists, or vapors.
10-201
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Unprotected personnel will be restricted from areas where polyurethane or other potentially
hazardous coatings are used, including opening, mixing, and application. Refer to Safety Data
Sheets and the IH survey to determine the specific hazards.
10.13.3.6 Emergency Reclamation Team (ERT)
a. Activities responsible for operating or supporting aircraft operations must have an ERT. The
team will be comprised of all Work Center 12C or Corrosion Control Team members and additional
personnel from other work centers as required by the ERT Local Command Procedure (LCP) per
10.13.4.3.
b. The ERT must conduct and document semi-annual training and practical to refresh team
members in emergency reclamation actions. The practical will encompass specific O-Level and I-
Level emergency reclamation procedures for the T/M/S aircraft, engines, components, and SE
supported, to include the procedures for corrosion treatment. ERT practical may be simulated and
do not require the physical removal of component, or washing of aircraft, SE or components.
c. I-Level activities will assist O-Level activities by providing emergency reclamation expertise
and equipment not authorized for O-Level maintenance.
d. ERT procedures must be specified in an LCP per Appendix D. At a minimum, the LCP must
include:
(1) A list of references specific to emergency reclamation corrosion treatment procedures,
and references applicable to decontamination procedures for aircraft and equipment exposed to
Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) agents.
(2) A priority removal and treatment list of aircraft components for each T/M/S aircraft
supported.
(3) A list of materials, equipment, and PPE required for emergency reclamation and
corrosion treatment, per NAVAIR 01-1A-509 SERIES, and other applicable references. The list
will also specify which work center is responsible for holding the materials, equipment, and PPE.
(4) A list of ERT manning requirements by work center and rate or MOS.
(5) A list of required PPE, including details on when it must be used.
NOTES: 1. All hazardous material to support emergency reclamation must be retained in a
dedicated locker or be available at the local hazardous material center. Material
will be inventoried quarterly, jointly by the ERT Leader, and either the CHRIMP
site supervisor (afloat) or the Command HMC&M Supervisor (ashore), to verify
items are on hand, in the correct quantities, and within prescribed shelf life.
2. Water solution component cleaning and ultrasonic drying will not be used on
components and equipment unless specified by maintenance technical manuals
specific to the component or equipment being treated.
10.13.3.7 Aircraft, Engine, and Equipment Preservation Requirements
10-202
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Preservation is designed to protect the material condition of aircraft, engines, and equipment
that are not expected to be flown or operated for extended periods of time. Maintenance actions in
support of preservation process fall into four general categories:
(1) Initial Preservation. Initial preservation is applied within the timeframes listed in
NAVAIR 15-01-500 or the applicable MRCs. It includes requirements to prevent deterioration of
the aircraft, engine, or equipment while in a non-operating status.
(4) Depreservation. Depreservation is done at the time the aircraft, engine, or equipment is
returned to operating status. It includes removal of protective materials, equipment, and servicing
of systems.
c. Aircraft will be preserved per procedures specified in the applicable aircraft maintenance
manuals. Aircraft without preservation maintenance manuals will be preserved per procedures
specified in NAVAIR 15-01-500.
d. SE, Airborne Weapons Support Equipment (AWSE) and Weight Handling Equipment
(WHE) will be preserved per NAVAIR 17-1-125 and applicable equipment technical manuals.
e. Aircraft engines and detachable mission equipment (aircraft armament equipment, troop
seats, external cargo hook, pod, etc.) must be preserved as directed in NAVAIR 15-01-500 and
applicable technical manuals when not installed or in use.
10-203
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Aeronautical parts and components, regardless of RFI or NRFI status, will be preserved,
packaged, and handled in a manner as to prevent corrosive deterioration. In no case will NRFI
material not be protected from corrosion while awaiting repair. The P700-CNP website
(https://tarp.navsup.navy.mil/) provides preservation and packaging requirements for specific
repairable components.
10.13.3.8 Aircraft and Equipment Painting Requirements
a. Aircraft and equipment coating systems will be per NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2, MIL-STD-
2161C(AS), and COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANTINST 4750.4.
b. Aircraft Painting
(1) Squadron logo and insignia are restricted to aircraft tail(s) only.
(2) Squadron logo and insignia on Tactical Paint Scheme (TPS) aircraft will use only the
low contrast shade of TPS gray against gray background. Camouflage painted aircraft will use
black (color number 37038) against land camouflage background.
(3) Aircraft side numbers and squadron identifier may be painted in flat black or TPS gray.
(4) Aircrew, plane captain, and ship name may be added with letters not exceeding two
inches in size in flat black or TPS gray. Lettering size will not exceed requirements in MIL-STD-
2161(AS).
(5) Deviations from the specified reference MIL-STD-2161C(AS) paint scheme will only be
considered for tactical reasons, for example, to evaluate an alternate paint scheme, and must be
approved by the ACC prior to application.
NOTES: 1. One aircraft per squadron (two aircraft for FRS) is authorized to be painted
with the squadron or air wing colors. Areas authorized to deviate from TPS
include: the tails, alphanumeric characters, national star insignias, and no more
than 25 percent of the aircraft fuselage. For example, aircraft side and BUNO
numbering, and pilot and plane captain names may be painted in squadron colors to
include a shadowing effect (if desired). Squadron colors and logos, such as striping,
may be painted on the fuselage. TPS and camouflage integrity must be restored
prior to deployment. Non-deploying squadrons transferring aircraft to a deploying
squadron must return non-compliant aircraft to TPS prior to transferring the
aircraft.
2. Low Observable aircraft will be painted in TPS only, regardless of employment.
No squadron or air wing colors are authorized.
(6) Only the painting processes and paints specified in reference MIL-STD-2161C(AS) will
be used for aircraft painting. The use of any non-approved process is strictly prohibited. Because
state and local government agencies are empowered to restrict the use of maintenance chemicals,
paints, and processes, all activities are responsible to be knowledgeable of and comply with these
regulations.
(7) Touch-up painting will be restricted to only the amount required to repair damage during
the corrosion repair process.
10-204
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(8) Repainting of aircraft or entire sections of the aircraft by O-Level and I-Level
maintenance activities is specifically prohibited, except when authorized in writing by the ACC.
(9) Manufacturer’s thinning instructions must be followed to ensure volatile organic
compound (VOC) limits are not exceeded. Commands will consult the Station or Ship Safety
Officer, Environmental Officer, or IH to determine if coating conforms to local environmental
regulations per paragraph 10.19.
c. Support Equipment Painting
(1) Complete repainting of SE or ancillary components is an authorized I-Level maintenance
function. Whenever possible, painting will be done in a paint booth.
(2) Approval of the Safety Officer or IH is required when painting in maintenance hangars
or spaces afloat.
d. Safety precautions, PPE requirements, exposure limits, and medical qualification
requirements in the facility IH survey must be strictly followed.
e. Approval to deviate from using specified painting material and processes must be requested
in writing to the ACC prior to use. Copies of changes to the authorized material list must be
provided to the host safety office and the responsible IH.
10.13.4 Responsibilities
g. Approve the T/M/S major corrosion inspection list provided by each Wing/MAG. Lists will
be posted to the CNAP SharePoint.
10-205
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Coordinate development of the FAL per Figure 10.13-1 procedures, using the corrosion
data from a minimum of the previous 24 months of scheduled and unscheduled D-Level
maintenance events. The FAL will be structured per the FAL template (Figures 10.13-2 through
10.13-6).
(2) Validate FALs with Type Wings and MAGs and forward to CNAP N422 for approval.
(3) Coordinate with Type Wings and MAGs to prioritize actions to improve the material
condition of corrosion prone areas identified in the FAL.
(4) Review and update the FAL every two years.
c. T/M/S Baseline Manager
(1) Build the NAVAIR 15-01-500 preservation requirements into CM baseline for all
aircraft and components (engines, prop assemblies, APUs, aircraft armament systems, etc.) that do
not have specific preservation MRCs.
(2) Build the NAVAIR 17-1-125 requirements into CM baseline for SE which do not have
specific preservation MRCs.
10.13.4.3 Type Wing or MAG
a. Publish LCPs per Appendix D, specifying:
(1) Any additional Work Center 12C or Corrosion Control Team manning beyond the
manning specified in paragraph 10.13.3.2, including number of painters, based on the workload
associated with each T/M/S aircraft and the operational environment. Standards may vary based on
deployed or non-deployed status.
(2) Emergency reclamation procedures per paragraph 10.13.3.6 must be jointly developed
with the supporting I-Level activity.
(3) Mitigation and corrective actions to improve the material condition of specific areas and
items identified in the FAL.
(4) Local facility, environmental, and NAVOSH (Navy) and NAVMC DIR 5100.8 (Marine
Corps) requirements.
(5) For commands that do not utilize OOMA, establish a process to document the MO’s
determination regarding the appropriate level of preservation for aircraft exceeding 30 days without
a flight as per 10.13.4.5. Documentation will be maintained within the approved applicable T/M/S
Management Information System (MIS).
b. Act as final approver for requests to waive or modify preservation requirements in excess of
30 days, but not to exceed 90 days, for aircraft and aeronautical equipment undergoing extensive
repairs or modifications when the preservation would adversely affect the completion of the task.
The following is required:
(1) A termination date is required for all approved waivers.
(2) Coordinate with FST for waivers and modified preservation requirements.
10-206
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) After the aircraft has been down for more than a total of 90 days, refer to 10.25 Long
Term Down Aircraft Management Procedures.
(4) Wing approved waivers will be documented in the aircraft CM ALS Miscellaneous
History.
c. Coordinate with the FST to validate T/M/S FAL.
d. Distribute approved FALs to subordinate squadrons.
e. Publish an OJT syllabus for training Wing Material Condition Inspectors and squadron
QARs and Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representatives (CDQAR), and Collateral Duty
Inspectors (CDI) on T/M/S specific corrosion prevention, inspection, detection, and treatment, with
emphasis on the areas identified in the FAL.
f. Conduct annual FAL training for squadron QARs and CDQARs. Training must be
conducted by Type Wing or MAW Material Condition Inspectors, or T/M/S corrosion SMEs such
as NATEC Corrosion representatives.
g. Emphasize corrosion control procedures in the Wing training and testing syllabus for QARs,
CDQARs, and CDIs per Chapter 7.
h. Inspect and verify aircraft paint schemes conform to the specifications of paragraph
10.13.3.8.
i. Type Wing or MAG Aviation Maintenance Officer must assess subordinate squadron
corrosion performance by reviewing the CNAP Corrosion Abatement Charts on a quarterly basis.
The analytical points of emphasis (red bold type) embedded into each T/M/S workbook will be
used when evaluating squadron corrosion performance.
j. Provide training to squadron AMO, MMCO, MMCPO, QAS, Division LCPOs and Corrosion
Prevention and Control Program Managers on how to interpret the CNAP Corrosion Abatement
Charts. T/M/S SME(s) such as NATEC representatives may be used to conduct the training.
NOTE: Deviation to defer corrective action for corrosion discrepancies over 28 calendar days
may be granted by the Type Wing or MAG. When considering granting deviation
authorizations, ensure the corrosion discrepancy is within the O-Level authorized
repair capability.
10-207
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.13.4.5 MO
a. Designate a Corrosion Prevention and Control Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
b. (O-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D, if required to address any corrosion control and
prevention or emergency reclamation procedures not addressed in this NAMPSOP or MAG LCP.
Command LCPs will be submitted to the Type Wing or MAG for consideration of inclusion in the
Type Wing or MAG LCP.
c. (I-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D, to direct command specific corrosion control and
prevention procedures not addressed in this NAMPSOP. The LCP must address:
(1) Any local facility, environmental and NAVOSH (Navy) and NAVMC DIR 5100.8
(Marine Corps) requirements.
(2) Production Control, Division and Work Center responsibilities for emergency
reclamation.
(3) Materials for emergency reclamation of components and equipment.
(4) Copies of T/M/S emergency reclamation priority removal lists.
(5) Procedures for onsite emergency reclamation assistance to supported O-Level activities.
d. Designate Emergency Reclamation Team members, per paragraph 10.13.3.6 and 10.1.2.9.
e. (O-Level) Determine and direct the appropriate level of preservation for aircraft exceeding
30 days without a flight, per the criteria of paragraph 10.13.3.7.c. The MO’s determination will be
documented in the CM ALS Miscellaneous History or MIS.
10.13.4.6 AMO
a. Establish a training plan to qualify personnel to perform corrosion prevention, detection,
evaluation, treatment, and reporting. O-Level training plans must include FAL item corrosion
identification and prevention requirements.
b. (O-Level) Review the CNAP Corrosion Abatement Charts each month to identify possible
corrosion related training deficiencies.
c. Utilize Electronic Local Assist Requests (ELAR) on the NATEC website to request
Corrosion MRT site representative assistance to correct and prevent corrosion related training
deficiencies.
10.13.4.7 MMCO
a. Schedule adequate time to accomplish corrosion prevention, detection and treatment.
b. (O-Level) Coordinate a monthly review of the CNAP Corrosion Abatement Charts with the
MMCPO, QAS, Corrosion Prevention and Control Program Manager, and Division LCPOs. The
purpose of the review is to identify actions required to improve corrosion prevention and treatment.
The analytical points of emphasis (red bold type) embedded into each T/M/S workbook will be
used when evaluating squadron corrosion performance. Inform the AMO when corrosion and
material condition related poor performance is suspected to be training related.
10-208
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Implement FAL mitigation and corrective action practices.
d. Verify compliance with the preservation requirements of paragraph 10.13.3.7.
e. Maintain aircraft paint schemes as specified in IL-STD-2161C(AS), and paragraph 10.13.3.8.
10.13.4.8 Program Manager
a. Perform a program audit within 60 days of designation as the Corrosion Control and
Prevention Program Manager and annually thereafter, per paragraph 10.7.5.8.
b. Keep current in the requirements of all applicable references cited in this instruction and
maintenance technical manuals.
c. Provide technical advice and assistance to work centers in matters pertaining to corrosion
prevention and control.
d. Coordinate with the IH to conduct facility surveys and verify the IH survey includes all
requirements specified in paragraph 10.13.3.4.
e. Notify the responsible IH of any permanent changes to painting processes or its components
that may affect the workplace.
f. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on Aircraft and SE Corrosion
Prevention and Control Program per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive Aircraft and
SE Corrosion Prevention and Control familiarization prior to performing maintenance while
assigned to the work center and quarterly thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the
individual performs.
g. Periodically spot check work in progress to verify required PPE is being used by personnel
assigned duties involving exposure to potentially harmful dusts, mists, or vapors.
h. Supervise the ERT.
i. Provide indoctrination training to ERT members and supervise the semi-annual practicals per
paragraph 10.13.3.6.
j. Conduct a quarterly inventory to verify materials, equipment, and tools required to perform
corrosion prevention, treatment, and emergency reclamation are available.
k. (I-Level Program Managers) Provide expertise and assistance to supported O-Level activities
during reclamation actions.
l. Verify personnel assigned duties involving the use of paints, primers or chemical conversion
coating materials have received pre-placement training, a medical evaluation, and respirator fit
testing and use training per paragraph 10.13.3.5, prior to performing coating operations, and verify
personnel complete periodic medical surveillance evaluations.
m. (O-Level) Assist the MMCO with the monthly review of the CNAP Corrosion Abatement
Charts and coordinate actions to improve corrosion prevention.
10-209
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
n. (O-Level) Brief the MO, AMO, MMCO, and MMCPO each quarter on squadron utilization
of Corrosion MRT and NATEC representatives, including any Electronic Local Assist Requests
(ELAR) that were submitted.
o. Verify corrosion prevention and treatment is being performed in compliance with T/M/S
aircraft and equipment maintenance manuals, NAVAIR 01-1A-509 SERIES, NAVAIR 15-01-500,
NAVAIR 17-1-125, NAVAIR 17-35FR-06, and other directives.
(1) Verify QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs have completed the FAL training syllabus per
paragraph 10.13.4.3.g and annual FAL training per paragraph 10.13.4.3.j.
(2) Assign QARs to periodically spot check FAL items for compliance with MRC or
IETMS during scheduled inspections.
c. Program Monitor
(1) Perform program audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
(2) Conduct random spot checks of work in progress to determine compliance with
corrosion control, prevention, and treatment requirements, and to verify aircraft and equipment are
preserved per technical manual procedures.
10.13.4.10 Maintenance Control and Production Control (O-Level and I-Level)
a. (O-Level) Restrict aircraft from flight with corrosion treatment discrepancies over 28
calendar days based on WO received date, for example, corrosion discrepancies found on 1 Jan are
required to have a drop dead date of 28 Jan.
NOTES: 1. Corrosion treatment discrepancies: Deviation to defer corrective action for O-
Level corrosion discrepancies over 28 calendar days may be granted by the Type
Wing or MAG, or by the CVW or ACE if deployed. The deviation reference
10-210
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
number must be cited on the WO and logged in the CM ALS Miscellaneous History
or MIS.
2. Bare metal discrepancies: If the permanent repair or painting of bare metal is
not feasible within 28 calendar days and a deviation to defer corrective action has
been granted, then the discrepant area must be cleaned, inspected, and re-protected
at least once every 28 days until the permanent repair can be completed. An in-
process inspection will be entered on the discrepancy WO each time the cleaning,
inspection and re-protection action is performed. This will allow the WO to be
extended as an UP discrepancy for another 28 days.
b. Verify corrosion control is being correctly documented on WOs and MAFs.
c. Direct personnel, material, and equipment resources to the ERT to support rapid processing
and corrective action during emergency reclamation.
d. Make a recommendation to the MMCO to preserve or not to preserve an aircraft when it has
not flown for 14 or more days.
e. Issue a preservation WO or MAF for aircraft, engines, components, and SE per paragraph
10.13.3.7.
f. Direct all work performed on preserved aircraft, SE, AWSE, or WHE. Refer to T/M/S
maintenance technical manuals to determine which, if any, special or conditional inspection tasks
must be performed while aircraft are in preservation.
g. (O-Level) Brief FAL items when directing scheduled and unscheduled maintenance actions
that include one or more FAL items.
10.13.4.11 Data Analyst (O-Level)
Create CNAP Corrosion Abatement Charts each month at a minimum. Distribute charts to the
AMO, MMCO, MMCPO, QAS, and Division LCPOs for review. Instructions and required files for
creating Abatement Charts. are available for download from CNAP SharePoint under Quick Links,
Corrosion Class Desk at https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/.
10.13.4.12 Work Center Supervisors
a. Request class quotas for personnel that do not meet the training requirements specified in
paragraph 10.13.3.3.
b. Verify Corrosion Prevention and Control Program and Emergency Reclamation
indoctrination training is provided to personnel.
c. Train sufficient numbers of work center personnel in emergency reclamation procedures.
d. Spot check work in progress to verify:
(1) Work Center personnel are complying with PPE requirements.
(2) Only authorized corrosion prevention and control materials are being used.
10-211
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Cleaning, corrosion prevention, treatment, and preservation are performed in accordance
with procedures specified in technical manuals.
e. Review WOs and MAFs to verify personnel are complying with corrosion documentation
procedures.
f. Verify personnel are aware of FAL and emphasize the importance of strict adherence to
corrosion prevention and control procedures while performing maintenance in these areas.
g. (I-Level) Accomplish internal and external preservation prior to packaging components.
NOTE: The Aeronautical Material Screening Unit (AMSU) will ensure components are
adequately protected for routing to the supply or IMA packing and preservation
section. For MALS, this is the function of the Supply Shipping Branch of the
Repairables Management Division (RMD). The packing and preservation section is
responsible for final packing and preservation of components, less engines, prior to
storage or shipment. Engines must be packed and preserved by the repairing I-Level
or D-Level activity.
10-212
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PLATFORM T/M/S
FST ORG RESPONSIBLE
PHYSICAL LOCATION
ADDRESS
From: FST Organization Responsible
To: Squadrons, IMAs, and D-level activities
Subj: GUIDELINES FOR T/M/S SPECIFIC FOCUS AREA LIST
Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D
Encl: (1) Focus Area List T/M/S Summary
(2) FAL T/M/S Level-II Maintenance Detail
(3) FAL T/M/S LEVEL-III Maintenance Detail
(4) FAL T/M/S Frequency Pareto Chart
1. The purpose of the Focus Area List (FAL) is to focus the Naval Aviation Enterprise on platform
corrosion degraders
2. In November 2007 the Naval Aviation Enterprise (NAE) Air Board directed stand-up of a cross-
functional Corrosion Management Board (CMB) to attack cost service life and readiness impacts
throughout Naval Aviation. The CMB is comprised of COMNAVAIRFOR, NAVAIR, FRCs,
FSTs, and Wings. In order for an area to make it on the Focus Area List, either a discrepancy had
to occur frequently or it had to be a significant resource consumer during Level III maintenance
events. Data used to build the FAL is derived primarily from the maintenance information system
of record which is utilized to document discrepancies during PMI events.
3. The FAL is used by all hands as a tool to help improve and validate airframe material condition
performance, inspections, and improvements and allow commands to:
a. Prioritize mitigation and Root Cause Analysis efforts of the most significant corrosion
degraders across the system.
b. Capture and articulate corrosion related critical aircraft material condition issues to the
enterprise.
S. BAREFOOT
By Direction
10-213
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Total MHrs
Frequency
repair
WUC Nomen Discrepancy
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
10-214
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FAL Priority #
Insp. Interval
Frequency
WUC (left/right if
Zone Task Description(s) MRC/IETM Reference
applicable)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
10-215
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Insp. Interval
Frequency
Total MHrs
PMI-1 Y/N
PMI-2 Y/N
PMI
repair
IRCMS
Zone Requirement
Task # Location
10-216
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-217
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 10.13-7: FAL Item Substructure Figures and Work Unit Codes (Example)
10-218
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.14 Plane Captain Qualification Program (NAMPSOP)
10.14.1 References
10-219
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Be interviewed and recommended by the Plane Captain Selection Board.
f. Plane Captains will be designated in writing by their Commanding Officer (CO) on the Plane
Captain Designation (OPNAV 4790/158) (Figure 10.14-1) located within ASM.
NOTE: Designation as a plane captain does not qualify personnel to perform engine or APU
turn-up. Refer to 10.42 for engine and APU turn-up qualification requirements.
10.14.3.2 Naval Aircrewmen
a. In commands where naval aircrewmen (AWF, AWS, AWV, AWR, AWO, crew chiefs, or
flight engineers) perform the functions of a Plane Captain, the aircrewman NATOPS training
syllabus must include all qualification and requalification requirements for Plane Captain.
Completion of the training curriculum and the designation as a naval aircrewman (NATOPS
Evaluation Report (OPNAV 3710/7)) qualifies the aircrewman for Plane Captain duties.
b. Naval aircrewmen qualified as Plane Captains, per their NATOPS training syllabus will
receive an annual requalification (CSEC 5700) on their NATOPS due date. However, Naval
aircrewmen qualified as Plane Captains are not required to take a separate Plane Captain
examination, appear before the Plane Captain Selection Board, or be designated on the Plane
Captain Designation form within ASM (OPNAV 4790/158) (Figure 10.14-1) are subject to
10.14.3.3.a.
c. Commands with naval aircrewmen may designate enlisted NATOPS Instructors, Assistant
NATOPS Instructors, or NATOPS Instructor Flight Engineers to perform Plane Captain
requalification.
10.14.3.3 Requalification
a. Pass the written examination administered by a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) or
a Collateral Duty Quality Assurance Representative (CDQAR) with a passing score of 90 percent.
b. Pass the practical examination administered by a QAR or CDQAR that is currently
designated as a Plane Captain. Practical examinations will be documented using the CSEC 5700
checklist in ASM.
NOTE: Activities operating under detachment concept may allow CDQARs designated as
current Plane Captains to administer the annual requalification only.
c. At a minimum, newly assigned personnel that are designated as a Plane Captain in the same
T/M/S aircraft from their previous command may be designated as a Plane Captain by their new
command if they pass a practical examination (CSEC 5700), and are interviewed and recommended
by the new command’s Plane Captain Selection Board. Requalification will be documented in
writing within ASM.
d. Annual requalification will be completed NLT the last day of the requalification month, and
will be documented, in writing, by the Commanding Officer (CO) on the Plane Captain designation
form (OPNAV 4790/158) (Figure 10.14-1) within ASM.
e. Personnel who have had their Plane Captain designation revoked will complete initial
designation requirements per 10.14.3.1 before being re-designated.
10-220
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Plane Captains temporarily assigned external to the activity for over 90 days without
performing Plane Captain duties will pass a practical examination (CSEC 5700), and must be
interviewed by the Plane Captain Selection Board prior to returning to their work center or division
to resume Plane Captain duties.
g. Plane Captains with an expired annual requalification date or failed requalification must
complete a practical examination (5700 CSEC) prior to resuming Plane Captain duties.
10.14.4 Responsibilities
10-221
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. The CO may delegate authority to the MO to designate, revoke, and requalify Plane
Captains. COs of squadrons that deploy detachments, in excess of 90 days, may delegate authority
to the Detachment Officer in Charge (OIC) to designate, revoke, and requalify Plane Captains while
deployed, if all training, testing, and board requirements can be accomplished by the detachment.
Delegation of authority must be made in writing by name, to each MO or Detachment OIC.
Requirements per 10.14.3.1 and 10.14.3.3 must be met, to include QAR roles for initial
qualification.
10.14.4.3 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. (O-Level) Designate the Line or Power Line Division Officer as the Plane Captain
Qualification Program Manager per 10.1.2.9. Commands that use aircrewmen to perform Plane
Captain duties may designate the Aircrew Division Officer as the Plane Captain Qualification
Program Manager.
NOTES: 1. Maintenance Officer (MO) is Equivalent to Aircraft Maintenance Officer (AMO)
for the Marine Corps.
2. Activities that employ contractors to perform Line or Power Line duties, the MO
will designate a Division Officer within the maintenance department as the Plane
Captain Qualification Program Manager/Coordinator to manage the program for
those military personnel assigned to production work centers requiring Plane
Captain qualifications. The contractor site manager will only designate qualified
contractor Plane Captains.
b. Chair the Plane Captain Selection Board. The board will personally review training
documentation and interview Plane Captain candidates. The interview must cover all areas of the
T/M/S Plane Captain Training Syllabus to verify candidates are fully qualified.
NOTE: When a Detachment OIC is delegated Plane Captain designation authority, the OIC
will chair the Plane Captain Selection Board while on detachment.
c. Recommend revocation of Plane Captain Designations to the CO.
10.14.4.4 Plane Captain Qualification Program Manager
a. Perform a Plane Captain Program audit per paragraph 10.7.5.8 within 60 days of assignment
and annually thereafter.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Plane Captain Qualification Program per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Plane Captain Qualification familiarization prior to performing
maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the
individual performs.
c. Conduct the Plane Captain Training Program per the Wing or MAW syllabus.
d. Assign a designated Plane Captain to each trainee. The designated Plane Captain will serve
as an instructor and supervisor for the trainee and is responsible for ensuring each element of the
training syllabus is thoroughly covered.
e. Initiate the Plane Captain Designation (OPNAV 4790/158) (Figure 10.14-1) within ASM,
and request a Plane Captain Selection Board once the trainee has completed all training
10-222
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
requirements, passed the written and practical examinations, and is deemed fully prepared and
capable of assuming the responsibilities of a Plane Captain.
f. Restrict personnel from Plane Captain duties if they have not performed Plane Captain duties
for over 90 days, are overdue, or fail their requalification examination per 10.14.3.3.
g Reinstate designated Plane Captains assigned external to the activity for over 90 days without
performing Plane Captain duties per 10.14.3.3.f.
NOTE: Plane Captains that have been restricted will be placed “Not in Use” in ASM. The
working copy of the MPP will be updated, and the Plane Captain’s SMQs removed
from OOMA. Once the requirements for requalification per 10.14.3.3 have been
completed, update ASM, the Maintenance Personnel Plan designations list, and re-
instate SMQs.
h. Monitor the number of personnel under instruction to compensate for Plane Captain attrition.
i. Review CSEC reports (provided by the Program Monitor) to identify areas of concern and
take corrective action to improve the program.
j. Submit a verified list containing all currently designated Plane Captains and the due date of
their next annual requalification to the Aviation Maintenance Training Program Manager for the
Maintenance Personnel Plan per 10.1.5.3.e.
k. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program-related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.14.4.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
(O-Level) Designate a QAR as Plane Captain Qualification Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9. The
Program Monitor must be currently qualified as a Plane Captain. Commands that utilize naval
aircrewmen to perform Plane Captain functions may assign a NATOPS Instructor, assistant
NATOPS Instructor, or Instructor Flight Engineer as the Plane Captain Qualification Program
Monitor. The QA Officer may allow other QARs or CDQARs currently designated as a Plane
Captain to administer the annual requalification.
10.14.4.6 Plane Captain Program Monitor
a. Perform audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
b. Administer written and practical examinations (utilizing the CSEC 5700 checklist) for Plane
Captain designation and requalification. Passing score on the written examination is 90 percent.
c. Verify qualifications and schedule requalification of Plane Captains and naval aircrewmen
per paragraph 10.14.3.
d. Notify the Plane Captain Qualification Program Manager when Plane Captains have failed
qualification requirements.
10-223
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Utilize the CSEC 5700 checklist to conduct Plane Captain Practical Examinations to ensure
all practical examination steps have been met. The 5700 checklist will be routed through QA for
follow-up action. Practical examinations will be retained on file, at a minimum, one full year.
10.14.4.7 Plane Captains
a. Maintain currency and practical proficiency in all areas covered in the Plane Captain training
syllabus.
b. Closely supervise the training of assigned Plane Captain trainees.
NOTE: During the training cycle, responsibility for conducting and signing off inspections
lies with the designated Plane Captain.
10-224
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-225
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PLANE CAPTAIN TRAINING SYLLABUS TOPICS
NOTE: This is a list of areas that might need to be covered for initial designation. The
syllabus must be tailored based on actual duties and operational environment, for
example, Plane Captains in squadrons that do not deploy aboard ship do not need
training in flight deck procedures and Plane Captains that do not “ride brakes”
during aircraft towing do not need training in brake riding.
1. Indoctrination interview
2. Required reading (applicable sections)
a. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D
b. NAVAIR 00-80T-120, CVN NATOPS Manual
c. NAVAIR 00-80T-106, LHA/LHD NATOPS Manual
d. NAVAIR 00-80T-113, Aircraft Signals NATOPS Manual
e. NAVAIR 00-80T-122, Helicopter Operating Procedures for Air-Capable Ships NATOPS
Manual
f. NAVAIR 01-1A-17 Aviation Hydraulics Manual
g. NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series), Cleaning and Corrosion Control
h. NAVAIR 04-10-506, Aircraft Tire and Tubes
i. NAVAIR 17-1-125, Support Equipment Cleaning, Prevention and Corrosion Control
3. Safety Ashore and Afloat PQS
4. Flight Deck Familiarization
5. Egress/Explosive System Checkout Program
6. Flight Line/Flight Deck Safety
7. Noise Hazards
8. Exhaust Blast Hazards
9. Propeller or Rotor Hazards
10. Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program
11. General or Avionics Corrosion Control Course
12. FOD Prevention Program
13. Tool Control Program
14. Fuel Surveillance Program
15. Navy Oil Analysis and Consumption Monitoring Program
16. Hydraulic Contamination Control Program
17. Hazardous Material Control and Management Program
18. Technical Publications
19. 3M Documentation
20. Support Equipment Operator Training and Licensing Program
21. Fire Fighting Procedures and Responsibilities
22. Moving Aircraft
23. Towing Aircraft
24. Brake Riding
25. Cleaning Aircraft
26. Aircraft Preservation
Figure 10.14-2 (page 1): Plane Captain Training Syllabus Topics (Example)
10-226
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
27. Duct Diving
28. Aircraft Fastener Integrity Inspection
29. Daily and Turnaround Inspections
30. Special Inspections
31. Conditional Inspections
32. Fueling and Defueling
33. Nitrogen System Servicing
34. Hydraulic System Servicing
35. Engine/Transmission Oil System Servicing
36. Liquid Oxygen Converter Handling Safety
37. Aircraft Ordnance
38. CADs
39. T/M/S NATOPS Procedures
40. Hand Signals
41. Launch/Recovery Procedures
42. Hot Brake Procedures
43. Aircraft Alert Posture Procedures
44. Flight Controls
45. Cockpit Instrumentation
46. Support Equipment Misuse and Abuse
47. T/M/S Standard Emergency Procedures
48. T/M/S PQS (if applicable)
49. Aircraft security, tie-down, and heavy weather procedures
50. Aircraft ordnance and armament equipment
Figure 10.14-2 (page 2): Plane Captain Training Syllabus Topics (Example)
10-227
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: This is an example of areas that might need to be covered for refresher training .
The syllabus must be tailored based on actual duties and operational environment,
for example, Plane Captains in squadrons that do not deploy aboard ship do not need
training in flight deck procedures and Plane Captains that do not “ride brakes”
during aircraft towing do not need training in brake riding.
Plane Captain
Name: Rate/Rank: Date
10-228
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.15 Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program (NAMPSOP)
10.15.1 References
10.15.2.1 The Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program provides training and awareness for
aircraft maintenance personnel to safely conduct maintenance around installed explosive devices.
This NAMPSOP outlines requirements and responsibilities for training personnel on the dangers of
aircraft installed egress and explosive systems. All Navy and Marine Corps activities, commercial
and other government activities that perform on aircraft maintenance or other support functions on
naval aircraft or Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) with egress/explosive systems must comply
with the Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program.
NOTE: 1. The training requirements of this NAMPSOP are separate from and do not satisfy
the requirements for Ordnance Certification specified in OPNAVINST 8023.24 and
MCO 8023.3.
2. For Depot Egress/Explosive System Checkout Program see Chapter 12.
10.15.2.2 Egress systems include ejection seats, canopy jettison systems, explosive hatches, and
panels.
10.15.2.3 Explosive systems include explosive actuated components installed on the aircraft which
are not de-armed after flight, must be de-armed, before conducting maintenance, for example, fire
bottle cartridge actuated devices (CADS), explosive fire suppression devices, and explosive
interconnect systems. If deemed necessary, additional safety training involving explosive actuated
devices, for example, ejector rack assemblies will be directed by Type Wings and TECOM in
accordance with 10.41.5.1.
10.15.2.4 The Fleet Support Team (FST) for CADs and PADs is COMMANDING OFFICER,
NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER INDIAN HEAD DIVISION (Code E-22), 4393
BENSON ROAD, BLDG 1557 INDIAN HEAD, MD 20640-5092, DSN 354-4203/2101 or COMM
(301) 744-2248/2236.
10.15.2.5 The FST for ejection seats is COMMANDING OFFICER, FLEET READINESS
CENTER EAST, PSC BOX 8021, CHERRY POINT NC 28533-0021, DSN 451-8553 or COMM
(252) 464-8553.
10.15.3 Requirements
10.15.3.1 All maintenance personnel assigned to or assisting activities operating aircraft with
egress/explosive systems must receive initial Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout training on each
type/model/series (T/M/S) aircraft before coming in contact with or performing maintenance. Prior
10-229
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
to performing training or maintenance, all aircraft will be de-armed or ordnance safe in accordance
with T/M/S Technical Manuals, MIMS, Wing Instruction, or local procedures as applicable.
NOTES: 1. To facilitate cross organizational assistance, Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout
Qualification for a specific T/M/S is valid at all units within the same Wing or
Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW), until transfer or expiration.
2. No visitors to a command operating or maintaining aircraft, whether military,
civilian, contractor, or general public, will be permitted to enter the cockpit area
without prior approval from the Commanding Officer (CO).
10.15.3.2 Requalification training is required every 12 months, no later than the last day of the
requalification month. For example, personnel initially qualified or last requalified on 10 January
must complete requalification training no later than 31 January the following year.
NOTE: Maintenance Department personnel on Temporary Additional Duty (TAD) outside
the Maintenance Department for over 90 days must complete requalification training
prior to resuming Maintenance Department duties.
10.15.3.3 Prior to coming into contact with or starting maintenance on aircraft, government service
(GS) and contractor personnel providing on-site assistance must receive Egress/Explosive Systems
Checkout training from the activity being assisted. Training must be documented on the
Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification form (Figure 10.15-1) and maintained on file.
Wings and MAWs may permit GS and contractor personnel to be covered under 10.15.3.1 NOTE 1.
If the Wing/MAW elects this option, it must be addressed in the Wing LCP and include the
following requirements, as a minimum:
a. GS and contractor personnel must provide a copy of their Egress/ Explosive Systems
Checkout Qualification form (Figure 10.15-1).
b. The Egress/Explosive Systems Program Manager or qualified instructor must validate the
training was for their T/M/S aircraft, the training was provided by a unit within the same Wing, and
the training is current per paragraph 10.15.3.2.
c. The Egress/Explosive Systems Program Manager must ensure a copy of GS and contractor
Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification forms are kept on file until expired.
10.15.3.4 Aircraft hangar, line, and security watch personnel, regardless of rate or Military
Occupational Specialty (MOS), must receive Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout training and be
requalified every 12 months if their duties involve interaction with the aircraft.
10.15.3.5 Initial training and requalification will be documented on the Egress/Explosive Systems
Checkout Qualification form (Figure 10.15-1) and filed in the individual's qualification/certification
record. Commands using ASM will file the completion certificate as an accreditation.
10.15.3.6 Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout training must be conducted by qualified and
designated instructors.
10-230
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Instructors must complete training and be designated in writing by the Maintenance Officer
(MO) within ASM per 10.1.2.9, or on an Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructor
Designation form (Figure 10.15-2).
b. Instructors must have the T/M/S Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC) or Marine MOS
equivalent (if applicable), be currently Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout trained, and be
Ordnance certified per OPNAVINST 8023.24 and MCO 8023.3.
c. Instructors for ejection seat equipped aircraft must be a qualified Aviation Structural
Mechanic Egress (AME) or MOS 628X.
d. Instructors for non-ejection seat equipped aircraft will be AME, Aircrew Survival
Equipmentman (PR), Aviation Ordnanceman (AO), or Marine MOS equivalents.
e. Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructor designation is only valid for the issuing
command. A new designation is required upon transfer to another command, regardless of T/M/S
aircraft operated.
10.15.3.7 An Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Training Syllabus is required for each T/M/S
aircraft maintained. The syllabus must include the following elements (as applicable):
a. Entry into the cockpit, to include ladder or hatch systems
b. Procedures to safely operate the aircraft canopy system
c. Installed explosive egress devices
d. General rules, hazards, and safety precautions while working in or around ejection seats.
e. General rules, hazards, and safety precautions for canopy jettison or fracturing systems.
f. Fire extinguishers and fire extinguishing systems
g. Deployable Flight Incident Recorder System
h. Dry Bay Fire Suppression System
i. Cable cutting systems
NOTES: 1. Training must be conducted on the aircraft maintained. The use of mock-ups
and lectures only is not sufficient.
2. CAD/PAD Safety and Process Training is available at
https://cadpad.navair.navy.mil.
10.15.4 Responsibilities
10-231
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. As deemed necessary, all additional safety training involving explosive actuated devices will
be directed by Type Wing or TECOM in accordance with 10.41.5.1.
NOTES: 1. The Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification (Figure 10.15-1) and
Egress/Explosive Systems Instructor Designation (Figure 10.15-2) list the minimum
training requirements. Five OJT sessions are the minimum required for
instructors.
2. Navy Squadrons not assigned to a Wing must publish their own LCP with the
above elements, as a minimum.
10.15.4.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate an Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program Manager per 10.1.2.9. Program
Manager qualifications:
(1) Must be a designated Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructor.
(2) For squadrons operating ejection seat equipped aircraft; must designate the Work Center
13B Supervisor.
(3) For squadrons with non-ejection seat equipped aircraft and no AME or MOS equivalent
assigned; must designate a Navy PR, AO, or Marine MOS equivalent that is ordnance certified per
OPNAVINST 8023.24 and MCO 8023.3.
b. Designate Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructors per paragraph 10.15.3.6 and
10.1.2.9.
c. Develop an LCP per Appendix D, if required, to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or
command specific actions for Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout not addressed in this NAMPSOP
or WING LCP. Command LCPs will be submitted to the Wing or MAW for consideration of
incorporation into the Wing LCP.
10.15.4.3 Program Manager
a. Perform an audit within 60 days of designation as Program Manager and annually thereafter,
per the procedures of the NAMP Compliance Auditing Program paragraph 10.7.5.8.
b. Remain current on T/M/S aircraft Egress/Explosive Systems safety procedures and
precautions specified in maintenance technical manuals.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Egress/Explosive familiarization prior to performing
maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the
individual performs.
d. Suspend instructors past due for requalification from administering checkouts. Document
suspension in the MPP and update the instructor’s qualification/certification record or ASM
equivalent.
e. Notify the Wing or MAW T/M/S Model Manager of any deficiencies in the
Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Training Syllabus.
10-232
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Ensure a copy of the Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification (Figure 10.15-1) is
maintained (until expired) for GS and contractor personnel that provide on-site assistance for
squadron aircraft.
g. Provide the MPP listing of personnel coming due for requalification training during the
month, including TAD personnel with their TAD start date.
h. Monitor completion of requalification training and notify Work Center Supervisors of
personnel past-due for requalification.
i. Review Program Audit discrepancies and take action to improve the program.
j. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Copy of the Wing or MAW T/M/S Model Manager and Squadron LCP (as applicable)
(3) Program correspondence and messages
(4) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(5) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
(6) (Non-ASM commands) Copies of Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification
forms.
k. Recommend personnel for designation as Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructors.
10.15.4.4 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
(O-Level) Designate a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) as the Egress/Explosive Systems
Checkout Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10-233
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Sign off the Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification (Figure 10.15-1) only after
personnel demonstrate they are fully knowledgeable and can safely operate around installed egress
and explosive systems.
c. Complete an Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification for individuals external to
the activity, for example, military, GS and contractor personnel that provide on-site assistance for
squadron aircraft.
10.15.4.9 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification is current, prior to assigning
personnel to work on or around aircraft.
NOTE: Personnel TAD outside the Maintenance Department for over 90 days must be
requalified prior to resuming Maintenance Department duties.
b. File the Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification (Figure 10.15-1) in the
individual’s qualification/certification record or ASM equivalent. D-level activities will enter the
certification completion date in their locally approved T/M/S.
10-234
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
EGRESS/EXPLOSIVE SYSTEMS CHECKOUT QUALIFICATION
10-235
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
EGRESS/EXPLOSIVE SYSTEMS CHECKOUT INSTRUCTOR DESIGNATION
a. Required Reading.
Maintenance technical
manuals
Signature Date
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3. Recommended
Egress/Explosive Systems Program Manager Date
4. Recommended
Aircraft Division Officer Signature Date
5. Designated
Maintenance Officer Signature Date
10-236
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.16 Support Equipment Operator Training and Licensing Program (NAMPSOP)
10.16.1 References
a. NAVAIR 00-80T-96 CH-1, US Navy Support Equipment Common Basic Handling & Safety
Manual
b. NAVAIR 00-80T-119, NAVAIR Weight Handling Support Equipment
c. CNAF M-3710.7, NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions
10.16.2 Introduction
10.16.2.1 This NAMPSOP outlines the minimum requirements for training and licensing personnel
to operate SE.
NOTE: For Depot Support Equipment Operator Training and Licensing Program see
Chapter 12.
10.16.2.2 Figure 10.16-1 is a list of equipment requiring a USN Aviation Support Equipment
Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102), Figure 10.16-2. Paragraph 10.16.4.a. provides guidance
on other equipment with operating characteristics that require an SE Operator’s License.
NOTES: 1. Weight handling equipment (WHE) operators are licensed per the procedures of
this NAMPSOP, but trained per the requirements of NAVAIR 00-80T-119.
Proficiency tasks will be performed on fully operational WHE. However, if due to
maintenance or non-availability status, non-available or non-operational WHE will
impact performance of proficiency task, on equipment simulation will be performed
and Program Manager will document and retain in program binder the reason for
on equipment simulation. When WHE is returned to operational status, the
subsequent proficiency cycle task will be performed on RFI WHE.
2. Material Handling Equipment (MHE), such as forklifts, are not SE. Refer to
OPNAVINST 4460.1B and MCO P11240.106 for MHE training and licensing.
Refer to NAVSEA SW023-AH-WHM-010 for training and certification
requirements for using MHE to handle ammunition and explosives.
3. Vehicles (cars, buses, trucks, etc.) are not SE and do not fall under the SE
Operator Training and Licensing Program.
4. Training and certification requirements for Gas Turbine Engine Test System
(GTETS) and Global Test Facility (GTF) Operators are specified in the
GTETS/GTF Operator Training and Designation Naval Aviation Maintenance
Program Standard Operating Procedure (NAMPSOP), paragraph 10.23.
10.16.2.3 Personnel checking out or returning SE must have a valid license for the equipment
being checked out or returned. Support Equipment Issue and Receipt will perform validation of
license per 10.17.3.2.
10-237
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.16.3 SE Operator Training Requirements
SE Operator training consists of two phases. Phase I is initial training on basic procedures for
operating, servicing, and inspecting the item of SE. Phase II is on-the job training (OJT) and testing
on specific maintenance tasks for which the operator will use the SE.
10.16.3.1 Phase I Training
a. Phase I training will only be conducted by I-Level and D-level activities. The O-Level AMO
may sign for Phase I training has been previously completed. O-Level AMO will add remarks
“verification of initial Phase I training on DDMMMYYYY” in the ASM signer comments column.
NOTES: 1. Phase I training for some models of SE can be completed via My Navy Portal
(MNP).
2. SE Technicians that have completed Phase I training via NEC/MOS Training
Course (Figure 10.16-3) and are NEC or MOS certified are not required to complete
Phase I training for that specific SE. Scan a copy of the completed school certificate
into ASM, and note the course information and completion date in the Phase I
Section of SE License Certification.
b. Phase I instructors must be designated per 10.1.2.9, paygrade E-5 and above or civilian
subject matter expert, trained in instructional techniques, and licensed on the SE for which they
provide training.
c. Phase I training courses will be produced and distributed by Commander Naval Aviation
Technical Training (CNATT) for those items of SE that NAVAIR (PMA-205) determines a Phase I
course is needed. Phase I training courses containing outlines, lesson guides, and training aids can
be accessed by contacting CNATT via cnatthq_se_operators_course@us.navy.mil.
NOTE: If equipment requiring an SE Operator’s License does not have a CNATT Phase I
course, the supporting I-Level activity must develop a local Phase I training course
based on the Phase I Training Outline (Figure 10.16-4).
10.16.3.2 Phase II Training
a. Phase II training is the responsibility of the activity issuing the license.
b. Phase II training must be completed on the specific T/M/S aircraft or equipment on which
the operator will use the SE.
NOTES: 1. Personnel assigned to CVN and L-Class ship Air Departments are required to
document Phase II for only one T/M/S aircraft. Aircraft hookup must be performed
by a plane captain for the T/M/S aircraft under tow.
2. Phase II training for self-propelled SE, AWSE, and mobile crane operated
aboard ship must thoroughly cover all basic operating procedures, safety
precautions, emergency procedures, and on-aircraft operation, as applicable to the
unique shipboard environment.
10-238
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Due to the various types of transient aircraft serviced by air station Operations
Maintenance Department (OMD) Transient Line personnel, transient line personnel
are required to document Phase II SE training for only one T/M/S aircraft. An SE
Operator license issued for transient aircraft support is limited to launch, recovery,
servicing, and handling operations. Aircraft hookup must be performed in
conjunction with the aircrew for the aircraft being serviced.
c. Phase II training on one model of SE is sufficient to license an individual on all model
variations of the same type SE taught in the same Phase I course of instruction, for example, NC-
10A/B/C Shore MEPP.
d. Personnel providing Phase II OJT will not sign off a training session unless the individual
received hands-on training and demonstrates satisfactory knowledge and skill.
e. Phase II OJT and practical examinations must be conducted by personnel who are licensed
on the SE.
f. Phase II written examinations must be conducted by QA. Any QAR can administer the
written examination, 85 percent is the minimum passing score for the written examination.
g. Personnel who fail either the practical or the written examination must repeat at least three
additional Phase II OJT sessions before being retested.
h. A Phase II training syllabus is required for each item of SE. As a minimum, the Phase II
training syllabus must contain required reading, a minimum of three on the job training (OJT)
sessions, a practical examination, and a written examination, per the example shown in the SE
License Certification, Figure 10.16-5.
NOTES: 1. Weight handling equipment (WHE) OJT requirements are in NAVAIR 00-80T-
119.
2. Hand signals requirements are in NAVAIR 00-80T-96, NAVAIR 00-80T-119,
and CNAF M-3710.7 (as applicable).
3. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) training will be included in each OJT
session where the use of PPE is applicable to the task.
4. The written examination must be tailored to and contain enough questions to
verify the individual has the basic knowledge needed to safely operate the item of SE
on the T/M/S aircraft or equipment for which the operator will be licensed.
i. Phase II training on new models of SE for which the command has no licensed personnel will
be completed as follows:
(1) The MO will designate two personnel as Initial Qualifiers per 10.1.2.9. Initial qualifiers
will be one QAR or CDQAR and one E-5 or above QPT (Navy) or AMTRP (USMC) qualified
maintenance technician.
NOTE: Refer to the NAVAIR 00-80T-119 for specific paygrade requirements for WHE.
(2) The Initial Qualifiers will complete the Phase I training course for the new SE.
10-239
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: If there is no established Phase I training course for the new SE, the supporting IMA
must create a Phase I course per the procedures of paragraph 10.16.3.1.c Note.
(3) Phase II Training for Initial Qualifiers can be provided by licensed personnel from other
local activities, or by NATEC, NAVAIR or original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
representatives. If none of these sources is available to provide Phase II training on the new SE, the
Initial Qualifiers will coordinate with the Wing, per paragraph 10.16.5.1, on developing a Phase II
training and examination syllabus, and will cross-train, cross-test and document completion of all
Phase II requirements, as shown in the example SE License Certification (Figure 10.16-5).
NOTE: The Initial Qualifier Phase II Cross Training must be documented on paper,
scanned, and attached to the Aviation Skills Management (ASM) accreditation of
both individuals or attached to their paper SE License Certification (REF A, Figure
10.16-5).
(4) To certify Initial Qualifiers in ASM, the MO will annotate “Initial Qualifier” in the
remarks section of the SE License Accreditation prior to digitally signing as the Approver. To
certify Initial Qualifiers on a hard copy SE License Certification (Figure 10.16-5), the MO will
write "Initial Qualifier" under their endorsement signature in Part E.
NOTE: Upon Phase II Written examination approval and implementation, all subsequent
personnel must complete Phase II OJT and the Practical and Written examinations
to qualify for an operator's license.
10.16.4 SE Operator License Requirements
a. A USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) (Figure 10.16-2) is
required to operate SE listed in Figure 10.16-1. An SE Operator’s License is also required for any SE
not listed in Figure 10.16-1 with one or more of the following operating characteristics:
(1) Internal combustion engine (gasoline, diesel, or gas turbine)
(2) Input/output voltages greater than 115 volts of alternating current
(3) Input/output voltages greater than 28 volts of direct current
(4) Input/output pressures greater than 100 pounds per square inch (PSI)
(5) Output temperatures greater than 150 degrees
(6) Hazardous in its operation and requires a specific, critical sequence of events to prevent
injury to personnel or damage to aircraft and equipment
NOTES: 1. NATEC, NAVAIR, and OEM personnel that provide initial training for new or
newly modified SE do not require an SE Operator’s License.
2. While detached or on cross-country flight operations, personnel are authorized to
utilize non-DON provided support equipment. At a minimum, proficiency in the
safety procedures and the principles of equipment operation for each item of SE
must be satisfactorily established prior to use.
10-240
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Other U.S. service branches and foreign military that require the use of U.S.
Navy SE are not required to have an SE Operator’s License, but must meet
minimum training and proficiency requirements, as defined by the I-Level activity
that provides the SE. At the discretion of the providing activity, training may
encompass all, or only parts of, the Phase I and Phase II training process. At a
minimum, proficiency in safety procedures and the principles of equipment
operation for each item of SE must be satisfactorily demonstrated to the providing
activity. The MO of the I-Level activity that provides the SE must expressly
designate in writing, by name and equipment type, which personnel are authorized
to check out SE.
b. Personnel must complete all Phase I and Phase II training and testing requirements before
being issued an initial SE Operator’s License. The license must be fully documented and issued
before personnel are allowed to operate SE without supervision by a licensed operator.
NOTE: Phase I training does not have to be repeated for license renewal.
c. SE Operator’s Licenses are valid for type equipment and T/M/S aircraft for 5 years from
issuance or upon PCS to a differnet T/M/S or type duty, whichever occurs first.
d. SE Operator’s License reinstatement may be issued upon reporting from a similar T/M/S
(example, MH-60S/MH-60R). Receiving activity will ensure the SE license is current and their
driving privileges have not been revoked (self-propelled SE only).
NOTE: ASM account must be transferred to the receiving command to include TAD
personnel.
e. License renewal after five years requires completing all of Phase II.
f. Personnel must have a valid U.S. Government, DOD agency, or state vehicle driver’s license to
be issued a SE Operator’s License for self-propelled SE. An expired, revoked, or suspended
vehicle driver’s license will cancel the authorization to operate self-propelled SE. State driver’s
license extension policies are listed on the CNAP SharePoint under Quick Links, AMAs at
https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/
NOTES: 1. A driver’s license is not required to operate self-propelled SE, AWSE, and
mobile crane onboard ships.
2. Personnel who fail the practical or written examination must repeat the entire
Phase II training and examination process.
g. If authorization to operate an item of SE is revoked, the individual must repeat the entire
Phase II process for that item of SE before their license is reissued.
h. The USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) (Figure
10.16-2) will be annotated as follows:
NOTES: 1. SE Operator's License (OPNAV 4790/102) forms are not required to be printed
when licenses can be verified via ASM or MPP (no older than 60 days)
2. Activities using Advanced Skills Management (ASM) may print the SE
Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) forms directly from ASM without
modification as needed.
10-241
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Dates will be entered in alphanumeric DD/MMM/YY format, for example,
15MAY19.
4. Corrections to hardcopy licenses will be made by drawing a single line (utilizing a
black ballpoint pen) through each erroneous entry and inserting the correct entry
above or below as space permits. Corrective tape and correction fluid are not
authorized.
Block 1. (Name of Operator). Enter Last, First MI
Block 2. (Paygrade/Service). Enter paygrade and service
Block 3. (Date Issued). Enter the date the OPNAV 4790/102 was issued
Block 4. (U.S. Government, DOD agency, or State driver’s license). If license has self-propelled
SE, list the operator’s State, U.S. Government, or DOD agency driver's license number, name of the
issuing State or U.S. Government or DOD agency, and expiration date. If the State permits an
automatic extension and the licensee meets extension requirements, type "AUTO EXT" above the
expiration date.
Block 5. (Issuing Activity). Enter name of issuing activity
Block 6. (Signature of Licensee). Enter operator’s signature
Block 7. (Issued By). Enter MO’s signature (Refer to paragraph 10.16.5.2.d NOTES for delegation
authority)
Block 8A. (Type Equipment). Entries must have specific equipment identification number, for
example, A/S32A-31B. Licenses containing general entries, for example, “Mobile Electric Power
Plants” or “Powered Bomb Hoists” are not valid. Only one item of SE will be listed per line, unless
items are model variations of the same type equipment and taught in the same course of instruction,
for example, NC-10A/B/C Shore MEPP. Entries for engine test systems must contain the test
system and type engine(s) the operator is designated to run.
Block 8B. (Expiration Date). List the expiration date for each item of SE. Expiration dates will
five years from the date of the Phase II written examination.
Block 8C. (Certified By). The MO must initial this block (Refer to paragraph 10.16.5.2d NOTES
for delegation authority)
NOTE: MO initials are not required for OPNAV 4790/102 forms generated from ASM.
Block 9. (Restrictions). Annotate restrictions as follows:
(1) If the license is being issued to operate the SE on aircraft, specify the T/M/S aircraft.
Example: “For FA-18E aircraft only.”
NOTE: When SE is common to T/M aircraft, Block 9 may be annotated to include the
“series” if personnel are trained on the T/M/S, for example, FA-18E/FA-18F.
(2) If the license is not being issued to operate SE on aircraft, enter “Restricted to non-
aircraft use.”
10-242
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Personnel operating self-propelled mobile cranes for maintenance purposes only
must have "For Maintenance Only.”
(3) Licenses for Operations Maintenance Division (OMD) transient lines will be annotated
"Transient Aircraft Use." If transient line personnel also use SE to maintain aircraft assigned to the
air station, Block 9 will also contain the T/M/S of the station aircraft. Example: “Other Than
Transient: C-12.”
NOTE: A SE license issued for “Transient Aircraft Use" is limited to launch, recovery,
servicing, and handling operations.
(4) Licenses issued to aircraft carrier (CVN) or L-class ship Air Department personnel will
be annotated "Flight/Hangar Deck Operations Only".
10.16.5 Responsibilities
10.16.5.1 Type Wings and Marine Corps Training and Education Command (TECOM)
Navy Type Wings must publish a standardized Phase II training syllabus and written examination
that meets the requirements of paragraph 10.16.3.2 for each T/M/S aircraft supported. TECOM will
perform this function for Marine Corps T/M/S aircraft.
10.16.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate the Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO) (O-Level) or SE Division Officer (I-
Level) as the SE Operator Training and Licensing Program Manager per 10.1.2.9. All ASM
implemented activities will use ASM to designate the AMO or SE Division Officer as the SE Phase
I Officer in order to sign for Phase I training in ASM only as verification the Phase I training has
been previously completed. O-Level AMO will add remarks “Verification of initial Phase I
training on DDMMMYYYY” in the ASM signer comments column.
b. If needed, develop local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D to specify additional
procedures for SE Training and Licensing
c. Sign as the final approver for SE Operator Certifications (Figure 10.16-5) within ASM
d. Sign as the issuing authority in Block 7 of the USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator's
License (OPNAV 4790/102) (Figure 10.16-2) within ASM and as the certifier in Block 8C
NOTE: The MO may delegate signature authority to the AMO or SE Division Officer.
e. Suspend an SE Operator’s license during the investigation of an accident involving SE or an
SE/WHE misuse/abuse incident.
f. Revoke an SE Operator's license when the operator:
(1) Displays unsafe habits or behavioral traits in operating SE
(2) Is cited for significant or recurring safety infractions
(3) Loses on base driving privileges or their vehicle driver’s license is revoked. (self-
propelled equipment only)
10-243
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Is determined negligent in an accident involving SE or an SE misuse/abuse incident and
the degree of negligence warrants revocation.
g. Reinstate an SE Operator’s license under the following conditions:
(1) After SE misuse/abuse incident investigation is closed and no negligence is found.
(2) When operator has base driving privileges reinstated, if parent activity screens and
determines operator is no longer at risk. Operator must complete Phase II and pass written exam.
(Self-propelled equipment only)
(3) Will verify that the receiving activity screened personnel to ensure license is active, valid
and not set to expire within 180 days, personnel have not been involved in a SE misuse/abuse
incident and found negligent, or their base driving privileges have not been revoked.
10.16.5.3 Program Manager
a. Manage SE Operator training and licensing for the command.
b. Perform initial and annual program audits per 10.7.4.8.
c. (I-Level) Using ASM, sign as the Phase I SE Officer for Support Equipment accreditations.
d. (O-Level) May sign for Phase I training in ASM only as verification the Phase I training has
been previously completed. AMO will add remarks “Verification of initial Phase I training on
DDMMMYYYY” in the ASM signer comments column.
NOTE: Signature will not be applied until verification of Phase I, Navy e-Learning, or
equivalent course.
e. Track SE Operator’s License expiration dates, including the expiration date of vehicle
driver’s licenses, and publish a list each month of licenses coming due for renewal, per 10.1.5.3.e
f. Maintain a program file with:
(1) Points of contact
(2) Program correspondence and message traffic
(3) List of references
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
g. Additional responsibilities for I-Level Program Managers:
(1) Provide Phase I SE training to command and tenant activity personnel.
(2) Provide facilities for Phase I classroom and laboratory areas.
(3) Designate Phase I instructors per 10.16.3.1.b.
(4) Coordinate development of Phase I training courses per paragraph 10.16.3.1.c NOTE if
SE does not have a CNATT Phase I course.
(5) Publish a Phase I SE training schedule identifying the course, location, and time of
instruction, per 10.1.5.3.
10-244
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(6) On completion of Phase I SE training, sign and forward the SE License Certification
(Figure 10.16-5) to the trainee’s command.
NOTES: 1. Activities supported by an IMA will assign the IMA SE Division Officer as “SE
PHASE I OFFICER” through the Administration/External Duties function in ASM.
The IMA SE Division Officer will sign the SE Phase I task within ASM.
2. AMOs will sign the “SE Phase I Officer” for training completed at the I-Level
only when validating a certificate for a previous completed Phase I training.
(7) Coordinate with divisions to develop and publish job-specific Phase II training and
testing requirements per 10.16.3.2.
(8) Notify supported activities if a Phase I course revision affects equipment inspection or
operating procedures.
h. Additional responsibilities for D-level Program Managers:
(1) Designate, in writing qualified Phase I instructors that are trained in instructional
techniques and licensed on each T/M/S aircraft or item of SE the depot operates
(2) Provide facilities for Phase I classroom and laboratory areas
(3) Coordinate development of Phase I training courses per paragraph 10.16.3.1.c NOTE if
SE does not have a CNATT Phase I course
(4) Assist in developing Phase II written examinations with the designated Division Officer
or Training Management Office
(5) Notify affected depot divisions if a course update revision affects equipment inspection
or operating procedures
10.16.5.4 QA Representative (QAR)
a. Periodically monitor work in process to ensure only properly licensed personnel operate SE
b. Administer Phase II written examinations and maintain a log within ASM of test scores
identified as initial or renewal testing
10.16.5.5 Division Officers
a. Using ASM, validate completion of Phase I and II training and testing requirements before
signing and forwarding the SE License Certification (Figure 10.16-5). This responsibility cannot be
delegated.
b. (I-Level) Ensure personnel that use SE to perform tasks on aircraft receive Phase II training
and testing specific to T/M/S aircraft assigned.
c. (Activities not using ASM) Sign, date and provide personnel with a photocopy of their
current SE operator’s license, whenever their license is in routing for signature. Photocopied
licenses are valid for a maximum of 30 days.
d. (Air Operations and Weapons Department Officers) Coordinate with the supporting I-Level
Program Manager to develop a Phase II training syllabus and written examinations for SE used by
the department.
10-245
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.16.5.6 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify personnel are licensed or under the direct supervision of a licensed operator prior to
assigning them to perform tasks requiring the operation of SE.
b. (Non-ASM activities) Verify SE License Certification (Figure 10.16-5) and Phase I and II
SE training documentation is filed in the individual's qualification/certification record or U.S.
Marine Corps Enlisted Aviation Maintenance Personnel Training/Qualification Jacket.
NOTE: Certificates for Phase I SE Courses taken on line at e-Learning will be scanned into
the ASM license accreditation or filed in the training jacket.
10.16.5.7 SE Operators
a. Only operate SE listed on their USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator's License
(OPNAV 4790/102) (Figure 10.16-2).
b. If licensed to operate self-propelled SE, maintain a valid State, U.S. Government, or DOD
agency driver’s license. Cease operation of self-propelled SE and report to the chain of command if
their driver’s license is revoked, suspended, or expires, or if they have changes to physical
qualifications, for example, loss of hearing or taking medications that impair motor skills or cause
drowsiness.
c. Operate SE in a safe manner:
(1) Perform pre-operation and post operation inspections.
(2) Operate SE within designed capacities and capabilities.
(3) Use equipment safety features and comply with operational safety requirements.
d. Report any observed reckless operation or intentional misuse/abuse of SE to supervisors and
the QA SE Misuse/Abuse Program Manager.
10-246
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Equipment Requiring an SE Operator’s License
EQUIPMENT
A/E26U-6A MOBILE NITROGEN GAS GENERATOR
A/M24M-5A STATIC FREQUENCY CONVERTER
A/M24M-6 120 KVA LAND BASED MOBILE ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
A/M24T-17 ELECTRICAL DUMMY LOAD
A/M26M-3 AIRCRAFT LIQUID OXYGEN SYSTEM GAS PURGING SET
A/M26U-14 OXYGEN SERVICING COMPRESSED GAS TRAILER
A/M26U-4B NITROGEN SERVICING UNIT
A/M27T-14 ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
A/M27T-15 DIESEL HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
A/M27T-6 AIRCRAFT HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS TEST STAND
A/M32A-108, NC-10A/B/C MOBILE ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
A/M32C-17 MOBILE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
A/M32C-21 AIRCRAFT GROUND COOLING AIR CONDITIONER
A/M32C-23 AIR CONDITIONER
A/M32C-26 Land based Variant Air Conditioner (LVAC)
A/M32C-27 Shipboard Variant Air Conditioner (SVAC)
A/M32M-24 2,000LB HANGAR DECK CRANE
A/M32M-39 LARGE CORROSION CONTROL CART
A/M32M-40 SMALL CORROSION CONTROL CART
A/M32U-13B AIRBORNE ARMAMENT MAINTENANCE TRAILER
A/M32U-21 MAINTENANCE TRAILER
A/M37M-11 HYDRAULIC FLUID PURIFIER
A/M42M-2A PORTABLE FLOODLIGHT SET
A/M47A-1 TRAILER, VAN AND LAU-71A SERIES RECEIVER
A/M48M-4 HOT WATER ENGINE PRESSURE WASHER
A/S32A-32 AIRCRAFT TOWING TRACTOR
A/S32A-35A AIRCRAFT CRASH HANDLING AND SALVAGE CRANE
A/S32A-36A AIRCRAFT CRASH HANDLING AND SALVAGE CRANE
A/S32A-37 AIRCRAFT TOWING TRACTOR
A/S32A-44 AIRCRAFT UTILITY CRANE
A/S32A-45 MID-RANGE TOW TRACTOR
A/S32A-47 MANTIS SHH ELP-1
A/S32A-48 LARGE LANDBASED TOW TRACTOR
A/S32A-49 SHIPBOARD TOW TRACTOR
A/S32K-1E AIR LAUNCHED WEAPONS LOADER
A/S32M-14 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CRANE WHEEL MOUNTED
A/S32M-17 8-1/2 TON HOIST MAINTENANCE CRANE WHEEL MOUNTED
A/S32M-19 25-TON WHEEL MOUNTED HEAVY MAINTENANCE CRANE
10-247
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Equipment Requiring an SE Operator’s License (page 2)
EQUIPMENT
A/S32M-20 ENGINE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL VEHICLE
A/S32P-25 FIRE FIGHTING VEHICLE
A/S32P-25A FIRE FIGHTING VEHICLE
A/S37A-3/3A SHIPBOARD MOBILE ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
A/S37A-4 SHIPBOARD MOBILE ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
A/S48M-2 DIESEL SELF-PROPELLED SERVICING PLATFORM
A/S48M-3 ELECTRIC SELF-PROPELLED SERVICING PLATFORM
A/U47A-5 MSU-200NAV MOBILE AIR START UNIT
ACU-20/M PORTABLE AIR COMPRESSOR
ACU-24/M PORTABLE AIR COMPRESSOR
BT-400-46 PRE-HEATER
DA-675/MSM ELECTRICAL DUMMY LOAD
ENHANCED EMERGENCY OXYGEN SYSTEM CART
HALON 1211 RECHARGER/RECOVERY SYSTEM
HLU-196D/E BOMB HOISTING UNIT
JV90-4SC REFRIGERANT RECLAIM SYSTEM
MEP-006A TACTICAL DIESEL DRIVEN GENERATOR SET
MEP-807A/MEP-809A TACTICAL QUIET GENERATOR SET
MMG-1A MOBILE ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
NAN 2/2A/3 NITROGEN SERVICING UNIT
ST-100/A, ST-1000 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY-RECYCLE SYSTEM
TM1800 TRUCK MOUNTED DEICER
TMU-27/M LIQUID OXYGEN STORAGE TANK
TMU-70/M CLOSED LOOP LOW LOSS LIQUID OXYGEN SERVICING TRAILER
NOTES: 1. Phase I training courses have not been developed for the following equipment:
MHAC-2AC-302-8 LIQUID COOLANT FILTERING UNIT; HM-GT1-C
HYDROMITE (DIESEL/ELECTRIC). Training may be obtained from NATEC,
Public Works, or at the I-Level using locally prepared courses.
2. Operation of like SE installed in naval aircraft does not require an SE Operator’s
License. Equipment installed in aircraft will be operated per aircraft publications.
10-248
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 10.16-2: USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102)
(Sample)
10-249
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NEC/MOS Courses that satisfy Phase I SE training requirements
NEC or MOS Support Equipment CIN
A/S32A-35A/36A AIRCRAFT CRASH AND SALVAGE
F25A C-602-3307
CRANE
A/M32C-23 LARGE LAND BASED AIR
F18A C-602-3321
CONDITIONER
A/M32C-26 LAND BASED VARIANT AIR
F18A/6073 C-602-3227
CONDITIONER
F23A A/S37A-4 SHIPBOARD MEPP C-602-3330
F23A/6073 NC-10B-1/C AND A/M32A-108 MEPP C-602-3328
F23A/6073/6499 A/M24M-5A STATIC FREQUENCY CONVERTER C-602-3228
F23A/6073/ A/M24T-17 DUMMY LOAD C-602-3323
F23A/6073/6499 MEP-807A/809A TACTICAL QUIET GENERATOR C-602-3318
F19A/6073 MSU-200/NAV MOBILE START UNIT C-602-3316
F20A/6073 A/S32A-45 MID RANGE TOW TRACTOR C-602-3317
F20A A/S32A-48 LARGE LANDBASE TOW TRACTOR C-602-3201
F22A/6073 A/M27T-14/15 HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY C-602-3233
F22A/6073 A/M37M-11 HYDRAULIC FLUID PURIFIER C-602-3216
A/S48M-2 DIESEL SELF PROPELLED MAINT
F24A C-602-3291
PLATFORM
A/S48M-3 ELECTRIC SELF PROPELLED MAINT
F24A C-602-3291
PLATFORM
F24A A/S32M-19 HEAVY MAINTENANCE CRANE C-602-3320
F20A A/S32A-49 SHIPBOARD TOW TRACTOR C-602-3325
F26A A/S32A-32 AIRCRAFT TOWING TRACTOR C-602-3290
F26A A/S32P-25A SHIPBOARD FIREFIGHTING VEHICLE C-602-3324
6073 A/S32K-1E SHORE-BASED WEAPONS LOADER C-602-3235
10-250
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Phase I Operator Training Outline (Example)
Lesson Topic 1.1.1: Equipment Familiarization
1. Purpose of Equipment
2. General Description of Equipment
3. Major Components, Assemblies, and Systems
4. Controls
a. Function, Purpose, and Use (normal or abnormal readings, position of indicators and
switches)
b. Description and Location
5. Emergency and Special Situations (if applicable)
10-251
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Equipment Operation: Step by step procedures, including:
a. Normal Operation (In all modes).
(1) Start-up procedures (starter duty cycle, position of critical controls).
(2) Indicator readings and control adjustment.
(3) Driving or maneuvering self-propelled equipment on approved terrains.
b. Emergency and Special procedures (as applicable).
(1) Situations that could happen to equipment involved, which could cause personnel injury
or equipment damage (Engine over speed or will not shutdown, electrical or fuel fires, brake failure,
etc.).
(2) Actions to be taken by the operator should these situations occur.
c. Towing.
(1) Peculiar requirements (Can the SE be towed or backed).
(2) Approved towing vehicles (maximum speed and distance).
4. Shutdown Procedures:
a. Park or stow in designated area.
b. Check for leaks.
c. Determine if servicing is needed.
d. Note any discrepancies that occurred during equipment operation. Report discrepancies to
supervisor and document on appropriate forms (as applicable).
e. Secure equipment.
(1) Parking brake set.
(2) Chock and tie down in place.
(3) Panels, doors, switches, and controls properly secured or positioned.
(4) Equipment properly covered or protected.
f. Practical examination (required only for weight handling support equipment).
10-252
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SE LICENSE CERTIFICATION
LAST NAME FIRST MI Rate/Rank SSN Activity T/M/S Aircraft
10-253
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PART C. PRACTICAL EXAMINATION SAT/ Examiner’s Signature/Date:
UNSAT
PART E. CERTIFICATION
10-254
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.17 Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance (NAMPSOP)
10.17.1 References
10.17.2.1 This NAMPSOP establishes requirements for managing and maintaining SE and
Armament Weapons Support Equipment (AWSE).
NOTE: For Depot Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance see Chapter 12.
10.17.2.2 SE is defined as all equipment required to make an aeronautical system, command and
control system, support system, subsystem, or end item of equipment (SE for SE) operational in its
intended environment. SE is primarily the equipment managed within the Aircraft Maintenance
Material Readiness List (AMMRL) Program. SE also includes some general purpose equipment
not managed within the AMMRL Program that are used in aviation work centers to support
maintenance, such as drill presses, grinders, lathes, sewing machines, and welders. SE not covered
under the AMMRL Program but required to support flight operations, for example crash equipment,
firefighting equipment, and runway sweepers, is managed per ACC or TYCOM instructions. Refer
to NAVAIRINST 13650.1 and cognizant SECA instructions for procedures for reporting SE under
the AMMRL Program. Definitions are as follows:
a. Temporary Loan - Items of SE directed by the owning SECA to be provided to another
activity for use for a specified period of time.
b. Subcustody - Items of SE that are owned by an I-Level activity and provided to the
supported organizational activity for utilization.
c. Transfer - Items of SE directed by the owning SECA to be permanently transferred to
another activity.
10.17.2.3 In the context of this NAMPSOP, the term “SE” also denotes requirements applicable to
AWSE unless stated to be only for SE or only for AWSE. OPNAV M-8000.16 provides additional
direction on AWSE maintenance.
10.17.2.4 This NAMPSOP does not apply to equipment managed under NAVSEA or NAVSUP
requirements, such as forklifts and flight deck scrubbers that are maintained by ship or shore I-
Level activities. OMMS-NG and SKEDS must be used to document scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance for NAVSEA or NAVSUP equipment. NALCOMIS will not be used to track
maintenance for NAVSEA or NAVSUP equipment.
10-255
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.17.3 Requirements
10-256
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Personnel checking out or returning SE must have a valid license for the equipment being
checked out or returned. If the SE is self-propelled, a valid state or government driver’s license is
also required ashore. A driver’s license is not required to operate self-propelled SE, AWSE, or
mobile crane onboard ship, only. Support Equipment Issue and Receipt may use the following for
license verification:
(1) Electronically via:
(a) ASM by the Support Equipment Issue and Receipt (NAE) duty personnel granted by
the requesting activity’s ASM Fleet Administrator.
(b) Dual Common Access Card (CAC) readers, which allow access to the licensee’s
ASM for verification.
(c) Fleet Training Management & Planning System (FLTMPS) verification under the
“QUALS/CERTS” tab.
(2) An unmodified report (GSE Licenses) generated from ASM no older than 60 days.
(3) Aviation Support Equipment Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) as per the
requirements of 10.16.4 SE Operator License Requirements.
c. A joint preoperational inspection using the applicable MRCs must be performed at time of
check-out and check-in. The SE Preoperational Record (OPNAV 4790/52) (Figure 10.17-2) will be
used to record the preoperational inspection. The person checking out the SE will perform the
preoperational inspection and sign in the inspector's block. The person from the issuing activity
will sign in the supervisor block. The SE Preoperational Record will accompany the SE at time of
issue for use by the activity that checked out the SE, and must be returned with the SE.
NOTE: All discrepancies noted during the preoperational inspection will be documented
on a MAF by the issuing activity.
d. The SE Transaction Report (OPNAV 4790/64) (Figure 10.17-3) will be used to record sub-
custody of SE reported under the AMMRL program, all required fields must be filled in. Issue and
return will be documented per LCP.
10.17.3.3 Maintenance
a. SE installed within a work center, such as hydraulic test stands (A/F 27T-10), oxygen and
nitrogen generating plants (LOX-30/PLN-430), and electrical test units (VARIDRIVES), will be
maintained by the work center having physical custody of such equipment.
b. Preventive Maintenance (PM) and unscheduled maintenance must be performed per the
procedures specified in applicable technical publications or manufacturer manuals. Requirements
specified in COMNAVAIRSYSCOM technical manuals take precedence over manufacturer or
other non-NAVAIR publications.
c. PM scheduling and allowable deviation procedures of Chapter 5, paragraph 5.3 apply to SE.
NOTES: 1. If any PM cannot be verified as current, the PM must be performed prior to
placing in service, issuing, or operating the SE.
10-257
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. When an item of SE is new and has never been placed in service, or is received
after completion of rework by a depot designated repair point (DRP), the next PM
cycle will be initiated based on the date of completion of the acceptance inspection.
The DRP’s entry on the SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV
4790/51) is acceptable verification that all inspections and PMs were current as of
the date of completion of rework. Per NAVAIRINST 13680.1, refer to the SE
Management System (SEMS) for depot DRPs.
d. SE preoperational inspections will be conducted per the MRCs applicable to the equipment.
Preoperational inspections must be recorded on the item’s SE Preoperational Record (OPNAV
4790/52) (Figure 10.17-2). The SE Preoperational Record will be maintained by the work center
with custody of the SE.
e. Local Maintenance Requirements Cards (Local MRCs) must be established per 10.8.3.5 for
any SE that does not have COMNAVAIRSYSCOM technical manuals and meets one or more of
the following criteria:
(1) The manufacturer publications or other non-NAVAIR technical manuals do not give
detailed procedures or specific intervals for inspections or PM.
(2) The equipment requires NDI or proof load testing per NAVAIR 17-1-114.1 criteria.
(3) Failure or misuse of the equipment during operation could cause injury to personnel or
damage to aircraft or equipment. This includes hazards such as moving parts during operation, use
or discharge of hazardous chemicals, or discharge of extreme heat, extreme cold, or electrical
shock.
(4) The equipment has fluids, filters, or other replaceable materials subject to contamination
that could cause the item to incorrectly perform its intended use, or could cause damage to aircraft,
aircraft systems, components, or SE.
f. PM requiring internal parts replacement (filters, hoses, bearings, etc.), proof load testing, or
NDI must be performed by the supporting I-Level activity or depot, per the specified maintenance
level.
g. SE that will not be used for extended periods must be preserved per NAVAIR 17-1-125,
Section XI.
h. SE requiring calibration will be calibrated per paragraph 10.18.
i. SE will comply with TD procedures of paragraph 10.10.
j. SE requiring depot rework will be processed per NAVAIRINST 13680.1.
10.17.3.4 Maintenance Documentation
a. SE maintenance must be documented on a NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational
Maintenance Activity (OOMA) Work Order (WO) or NALCOMIS Optimized Intermediate
Maintenance Activity (OIMA) Maintenance Action Form (MAF) per Chapter 15 and Chapter 16
procedures.
NOTE: Activities not operating NALCOMIS OOMA or OIMA will document maintenance
10-258
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
on an OPNAV 4790/60 Visual Information Display System Maintenance Action
Form (VIDS/MAF).
10-259
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. One SE CM ALS may be created for lots of up to 10 items of SE if all items are the same
model. For example, if the activity has 100 tie down chains of the same model, the activity can
create 10 SE CM ALS records with tie down chains serial numbers 1 through 10 in the first lot,
serial numbers 11 through 20 in the second lot, etc.
f. O-Level and I-Level activities are required to submit a printout of the CM ALS and all SE
that does not have a OPNAV 4790/51 record and is due for turn-in to the servicing Depot or
commercial activity for depot maintenance or rework.
NOTE: If an item in the lot is transferred, generate an individual SE CM ALS record for
the item, and transfer it with the item.
10.17.3.6 SE Custody and Maintenance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51)
a. O-Level and I-Level must maintain a OPNAV 4790/51 record on all SE that cannot be built
in the OOMA data base.
NOTE: SA/A must submit a BTR via JDRS requesting addition of part number or verify one
has already been submitted.
b. Activities that maintain an SE Custody and Mainteance History Record (OPNAV 4790/51)
will update the working copy prior to transfer. The SE history file and updated record will
accompany the SE upon transfer.
c. If the item is on temporary loan to an O-Level activity, the O-Level activity must update the
record as required, and provide it with the SE whenever it is turned in for I-Level maintenance.
10.17.3.7 Historical File
a. A historical file will be maintained for each item of SE requiring PM. Historical files will be
filed in sequence of TEC and serial number.
b. The historical file will accompany SE that is transferred permanently or temporary loan
(10.17.3.1) to another activity. If the SE is transferred temporary loan, retain a copy on file until
the SE is returned. The activity having custody of the SE is responsible for maintaining the
historical file.
NOTE: The historical file will not accompany SE issued on a subcustody basis (10.17.3.2).
c. As applicable to the item, the historical file will contain:
10-260
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Left Side
Activities will maintain all hardcopies of the
Preventive Maintenance MAFs
MAF for the most current completed type until
(O-Level and I-Level activities)
the next like inspection is completed. For
example, SE with 13, 26, and 52 week I-Level
PM requirements will include the I-Level MAF
for the last completed 13, 26, and 52-week
inspections. MAFs will be filed in JCN
sequence. NOTE: Maintain a photocopy of
tags used for proofload, weight test, etc., in the
file incase the tag is lost or damaged.
Depot Rework documentation Documentation provided by the Depot for the last
rework completed.
D-level Maintenance documentation Documentation provided by the Depot for the last
completed action of each type of D-level
maintenance, such as D-level load test or
hydrostatic testing.
SE Custody and Maintenance History Record Last completed and most current record (if
(OPNAV 4790/51) (Figure 8-22) required).
Right Side
Preservation Documentation Copies of current preservation checklist, if in
preservation status.
Acceptance and Transfer Checklists (Figure Retain until the next like inspection.
10.17-1)
10-261
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAMPSOP. Command LCPs will be submitted to the Wing or MAW for developing a Wing LCP,
if deemed necessary.
b. Designate the Maintenance Material Control Officer, Production Control Officer, or 900
Division Officer as the SE Maintenance Program Manager. Designation will be made in ASM per
10.1.2.9.
10.17.4.3 Program Manager
a. Ensure all assigned SE material condition is RFI and ready for use. If SE is NRFI, ensure
procedures are established to restrict it from use.
b. Perform program audits per paragraph 10.7.5.8.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on SE Maintenace Program per 10.1.4.7. Verify
personnel receive SE Maintenance familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned
to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
d. Designate an SE Program Coordinator (10.17.4.4) of sufficient experience and knowledge to
assist with managing program compliance.
e. Prepare the list of SE PM requirements coming due for the Monthly Maintenance Plan
(MMP) 5.1.4 (O-Level) or 5.2.2 (I-Level). The list will include nomenclature, serial number, due
dates/times/cycles/hours, and work center having custody of the item. I-Level activities may use
Support Equipment Standardization System (SESS) monthly schedules instead of publishing a
separate list.
f. Screen all SE for PM applicability using the criteria of paragraph 10.17.3.3.
g. Verify acceptance inspections and transfer inspections are conducted per paragraph
10.17.3.1.
h. Verify the SE preservation requirements of NAVAIR 17-1-125 are accomplished.
i. (O-Level) Verify SE is returned to the supporting I-Level activity for scheduled and
unscheduled I-Level maintenance.
j. Verify SE records are maintained per this instruction.
k. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) Applicable references/cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.17.4.4 Program Coordinator
a. The SE Maintenance Program Coordinator must complete the following training within 120
days of assignment:
10-262
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) OOMA course C-555-0057 for O-Level activities
(2) IMA NALCOMIS course C-555-0059 for I-Level activities
b. Duties:
(1) Assist the Program Manager in accomplishing all duties.
(2) Ensure SE records are maintained per this instruction.
10.17.4.5 Division Officers
Division Officers will verify RFI and NRFI material condition of division SE during Work Center
Audits per paragraph 10.7.5.9.
10.17.4.6 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify personnel receive SE Maintenance NAMP indoctrination training per 10.1.4.7.
b. Maintain the material condition and operability of RFI SE within their custody. If SE is
NRFI, ensure procedures are established to restrict it from use per LCP. Ensure cognizance of all
assigned SE , to include:
(1) Adherence to the maintenance requirements of paragraph 10.17.3.3
(2) Compliance with forced removal or replacement dates, hydrostatic test dates, load
testing, and NDI
(3) Thorough corrosion prevention and treatment
(4) Prompt turn-in of non-operable SE
c. Randomly spot check work in progress to verify personnel are performing pre-operational
and post-operational inspections per maintenance technical manuals.
10-263
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ACCEPTANCE/TRANSFER CHECKLIST
IMRL/SE ASSET MANAGER
Received from: ____________________ UIC: __________ Date: __________________
Transferred to: ____________________ UIC: __________ Date: __________________
Authority: ____________________ Bar Code: ________________________________
Condemned for disposal: __ Yes __No Method of disposal: ________________ Date:_______
Nomenclature: ______________________ Model No: ______ Serial No:_______________
Part No: ________________________________________ CAGE: _____________________
Type Equipment Code / Assembly Code: __________
W/C Assigned: __________
OPNAV 4790/51 Record Included? _____ Yes _____ No
IMRL/SE Manager Signature: ___________________________________________________
10-264
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maint. Manual: ____________________ Digital _____ Paper _____ Initials: ____
MRC: ___________________________ Digital _____ Paper _____ Initials: ____
PRE-OP Card: ____________________ Digital _____ Paper _____ Initials: ____
PMs Required: ___________________ TEC: ___________ Initials: ____
(TDM) Update ADRL and JTDI, as necessary: Initials: ____
QAR Signature:_______________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE/PRODUCTION CONTROL
1. Issue OOMA WO/OIMA MAF to conduct Acceptance or Transfer Inspection. Initials: ____
2. (Acceptance) Establish Historical Files folder if none was provided. Initials: ____
3. (Acceptance) Verify Technical Directive configuration. If applicable, direct QA to initiate a TD
Routing/Tracking form. Initials: ____
4. (Acceptance) Add item to OOMA/OIMA Initials: ____
5. (Acceptance) Verify PM status and issue WO or MAF for PMs due. Initials: ____
Note: For newly manufactured or reworked SE, the next PM cycle will be initiated based on
the date of completion of the acceptance inspection date.
6. (Transfer) Close out the OPNAV 4790/51 Record and OOMA/OIMA ALS and deliver to the
IMRL or SE Manager for inclusion with the equipment. Initials: ____
7. (Transfer) Delete item from OOMA/OIMA. Initials: ____
8. If the equipment is being condemned, dispose of record and annotate in IMRL Manager/SE
Asset Manager section of form (First section). Initials: ____
9. (ICRL Manager) Update the ICRL if loss or gain affects capability. Initials: ____
10. Remarks: __________________________________________________________________
MMCO/Production Control Officer/Maintenance Chief (USMC):
_____________________________________
10-265
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WORK CENTER
1. If receiving or transferring to another activity, skip to step 3.
2. If condemning, complete the following steps. Refer to Maintenance/Production step 7.
Initials: ____
a. Comply with FEDLOG “REC_REP_CODE” for any special handling instructions.
b. Comply with FEDLOG “DEMIL CODE” for any special destruction requirements.
c. Ensure item is HAZMAT free.
d. RED tag item as condemned and segregate away from RFU IMRL until disposed of.
3. Perform acceptance or transfer inspection and generate discrepancy MAF, as necessary.
a. Inspect for corrosion, treat as required Initials: ____
b. Inventory all components per IPB Initials: ____
c. Hydraulics: Verify hoses for forced removal dates, external hoses for serialization to the
device, and perform Hydraulic Fluid Analysis. Fluid analysis class: Initials: ____
d. Pressure bottles: Verify hydrostatic dates Initials: ____
e. Weight Bearing devices (slings/fixtures): Provide a copy of the Load Test tag to Logs
and Records. Verify foil tag are up to date per most recent PM. Initials: ____
4. Perform preoperational inspection and functional test Initials: ____
5. I certify all work center acceptance or transfer requirements were met.
CDI Signature or Stamp: _______________________________________________________
SE Coordinator
Rank & Name:____________________ Signature: ____________________ Date: ______
10-266
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
1. NOMENCLATURE 2. EQUIPMENT MODEL/PART NO. 3. SERIAL NO.
O P N A V 4 7 9 0 /5 2 (R e v. 3 -8 3 ) S N 0 1 0 7 -L F -7 7 0 -5 5 0 1 SE PREOPERATIONAL RECORD
10. DATE 11. INSPECTOR 12. SUPERVISOR 13. DATE 14. INSPECTOR 15. SUPERVISOR
(S ig n a tu re ) (S ig n a tu re) (S ig n a tu re) (S ig n a tu re)
10-267
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-268
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.18 Naval Aviation Metrology and Calibration (METCAL) Program (NAMPSOP)
10.18.1 References
10-269
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.18.2 Introduction
10.18.2.1 This NAMPSOP establishes requirements and responsibilities for calibrating TMDE
used by naval aviation activities. TMDE includes all devices and aviation SE used to measure,
calibrate, gage, test, inspect, diagnose, or otherwise examine materials, supplies, and equipment to
determine compliance with specifications, engineering drawings, technical orders, technical
manuals, maintenance instructions, and/or serviceability standards.
NOTE: For Depot Metrology and Calibration (METCAL) Program see Chapter 12.
10.18.2.2 Periodic calibration of TMDE confirms an acceptable level of measurement reliability.
TMDE performance is compared against CALSTDS for a higher level of accuracy. This often
occurs in upper level calibration laboratories with traceability to national standards maintained by
the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and the United States Naval
Observatory (USNO) using natural physical constants or ratio type calibrations.
10.18.2.3 COMNAVSEASYSCOM is the lead systems command for the Navy's METCAL
Program per OPNAVINST 3960.16.
10.18.2.4 NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance METCAL is the Fleet Support Team (FST) for
aviation calibration and related matters that is responsible for the Naval Aviation Metrology and
Calibration Program policy, procedures, budgeting, and program funding allocation. NAWC AD
Air Systems Maintenance develops the D-level METCAL schedule requirements and funds the cost
of repair and calibration of I-Level CALSTDS by D-level facilities.
10.18.2.5 Per NAVAIRINST 13640.1, MEASURE is the approved Automated Information System
(AIS) for the METCAL Program. The MEASURE Operational Control Center (MOCC) in San
Diego, CA publishes equipment recall schedules and provides data used for reliability and
engineering technical analysis in support of the METCAL Program.
10.18.2.6 The primary activities performing calibration of naval aviation equipment are D-level
laboratories, Regional Calibration Centers (RCC), and Field Calibration Activities (FCA).
a. RCCs support NAVAIR and NAVSEA workload in fleet concentration areas. RCCs
supporting NAVAIR workload are:
(1) Mid-Atlantic Regional Calibration Center, Norfolk, VA
(2) Southeast Regional Calibration Center, Jacksonville, FL
(3) Southwest Regional Calibration Center, San Diego, CA
b. FCAs are I-Level calibration activities normally co-located on a naval air station, Marine
Corps air station, or ship with the activities they support. FCAs operate a Work Center 670 (FCA
Branch) and provide calibration and repair support for TMDE. I-Level activities, not designated as
FCA only, operate a Work Center 67A (FCA Receipt and Issue) responsible for coordinating with
RCCs and FCAs for scheduling and calibrating the equipment for I-Level and O-Level activities the
I-Level supports.
10-270
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.18.3 Requirements
10-271
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3). There is no definitive list of safety related SE.
An item used for aircraft support might impact safety, but when used for a different
function may not.
2. Extended TMDE must be turned in for calibration, as soon as possible, after the
operational requirement has been satisfied or calibration capability becomes
available.
b. Activities requesting a calibration interval extension must submit a naval message to the
TYCOM with an information copy to NAWC AD Air System Maintenance METCAL. Requests
for an extension will contain the following information:
(1) Part number.
(2) Serial number.
(3) Nomenclature.
(4) Next due date.
(5) Extension term requested.
(6) Aircraft or ship systems supported.
(7) Number and status of like items on hand (all assets that perform the same maintenance
function).
(8) Safety certification (whether or not safety related when used in that particular
application).
(9) Asset condition statement, indicating any significant maintenance since last calibration.
(10) Justification for an extension.
NOTE: Extension requests for RADIAC equipment will be forwarded to
COMNAVSEASYSCOM (Code 04R) via NAVSEA Detachment Radiological Affairs
Support Office Yorktown, VA (Code 02) per NAVSEA SE700-AA-MAN-100. An
information copy will be sent to the ACC (COMFAIRFWD Code N42), if operating
in WESTPAC.
c. Extensions will be documented by placing a Special Calibration Label (NAVSEA 4734/15)
next to (not over) the expired calibration label of each extended asset. The Special Calibration
Label will cite the activity that authorized the extension and the DTG of the naval message.
10.18.3.5 Activities performing calibration or repair of naval aviation TMDE must be certified per
NAVAIR 17-35QAC-01.
10.18.3.6 Calibration Technicians, whether military, civilian, or contractor, must be qualified to
perform the assigned calibration functions per NAVAIR 17-35POP-01. Navy military personnel
performing non-physical or non-mechanical calibrations must be from an electronic technical rating
and possess either NEC I25A, I31A, or 729A. Marine Corps Military Calibration Technicians must
possess MOS 6492. The following are exceptions:
10-272
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Personnel holding any NEC or MOS may perform physical or mechanical calibration actions
if properly trained and qualified through local professional training or on the job training (OJT)
syllabus. Calibration work center supervisors, at a minimum, must provide final qualification
verification for personnel using OJT as a qualification standard.
b. Activities supporting the Consolidated Automated Support System (CASS) category of
Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) can use NEC I26A or MOS 6469 in addition to NEC I25A,
I31A, or 729A and MOS 6492 to perform calibration and application of the calibration label to the
CASS Bench.
c. Technicians supporting the NAVSEA SISCAL Program onboard ships must possess NEC
I25A or I31A, MOS 6492, or have completed a locally developed OJT syllabus, or be a graduate of
the Shipboard Gage Calibration Program (SGCP) Operator course, CIN A-652-0510, and NEC
4782.
10.18.3.7 The Calibration Standards and Equipment List (CALSEL) documents the activity’s
CALSTDs allowance. A complete and current inventory of CALSTDs is maintained in the
Calibration Standards Asset Management System (CSAMS) with calibratable items designated in
the MEASURE system.
a. CALSTDS requiring servicing by NIST will be authorized by NAWC AD Air Systems
Maintenance METCAL prior to forwarding to NIST.
NOTE: NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance METCAL provides funding for calibration
and repair of I-Level CALSTDs beyond the FCA’s capability.
b. All CALSTDS and CALSEL listed ancillary items must have a Calibration Standard
(NAVSEA 4734/21 or 4734/22) decal (“Meat Ball”) affixed to it.
c. CALSTDS assigned to I-Level activities are under direct inventory control of the activities
TYCOM and will not be reported under the Aircraft Maintenance Material Readiness List Program.
d. Requests for new or additional CALSTDS will be submitted via the activity’s TYCOM to
NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance METCAL. If approved, Air Systems Maintenance
METCAL will coordinate with NAVAIR Calibration Standards Ready Issue Activity (CSRIA) to
obtain the CALSTDS.
NOTE: NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 provides listings of Navy CALSTDs and equipment. Refer
questions regarding CALSTD equivalency to the NAVAIR METCAL Service Desk
via TYCOM.
e. Requests for deletion of CALSTDS must include a detailed justification and be submitted,
per the activities specific CALSEL, to the TYCOM. If the TYCOM authorizes deletion, the
activity must package the CALSTDS for shipment per NAVSUP Publication 700, complete a
METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) per OP43P6B, and Requisition and
Invoice/Shipping Document (DD 1149) or DoD Single Line Item Requisition System Document
Manual (DD 1348). Mail the packaged CALSTDS to: NAVAIR CALIBRATION STANDARDS
READY ISSUE ACTIVITY (CSRIA), ATTN: FCA STANDARDS, BLDG 612 BAY 9, MARINE
CORPS AIR STATION, BEAUFORT, SC 29904-5017.
10-273
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: COMNAVAIRSYSCOM METCAL Integrated Program Team (IPT) provides
funding for calibration and repair of I-Level CALSTDS beyond the capability of the
FCA.
10.18.3.8 Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL) assets may be used to perform calibration, if
they are specifically called for in the calibration procedure. A Calibration Standards decal ("Meat
Ball") will not be affixed to IMRL assets used for calibration.
NOTES: 1. IMRL assets specifically designated for use in test equipment repair shops are
listed in SERMIS Systems 835, 835A, and 835B.
2. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM METCAL Program funds will not be used to repair
IMRL assets used for calibration.
10.18.3.9 METER Cards (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) will be used for recording and
inducting TMDE for calibration or repair, a separate MAF or WO is not required.
a. Quality Assurance (QA) Inspectors must place their QA stamp in the quality verification
section of the METER Card buff copy, when required.
b. METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) buff copies will be filed in MEASURE
Inventory Format 310 order and maintained on file for 12 months or one calibration cycle,
whichever is greater.
c. METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) buff copies for CALSTDSs must be
maintained for the life of the CALSTD at the activity.
NOTES: 1. The MEASURE User Manual provides additional procedures for METER Cards
(OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3).
2. A METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) will also be used to document
calibration of CASS category ATE.
10.18.3.10 The following are the most commonly used inventory and MEASURE Recall Format
Reports required by OP43P6B:
a. Inventory Format 310 Report lists all calibratable TMDE under a customer activities
cognizance and provides part number, serial number, sub custodian, calibration interval, and next
due date. Inventory Format 310 will be maintained by the customer activity.
b. Inventory Format 311 Report lists the activities currently used CALSTDS and CALSEL
listed ancillary items. Inventory Format 311 will be maintained by activities performing
calibration.
c. Inventory Format 350 Report lists items from the issuing activities Inventory Format 310
Report. Inventory Format 350 will be issued by the servicing calibration activities and maintained
by custodians or sub custodians of TMDE.
d. Recall Format 802 Report lists items due for turn-in or overdue for calibration, due in the
present month, and within the next two months for calibration. Recall Format 802 is distributed
10-274
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
monthly and sequenced by custodian or sub custodian. Recall Format 802 will be issued by
servicing calibration activities to custodians or sub custodians of TMDE.
e. Recall Format 805 Report lists equipment scheduled into a laboratory by due date that is
overdue for calibration, due in the present month, and within the next two months for calibration.
Recall Format 805 will be maintained by work center 67A.
10.18.3.11 The following are documentation procedures for acceptance of commercial, non-Navy,
calibration of TMDE:
a. OEM calibration labels or certificates are authorized for acceptance of new (unused) TMDE
for the initial calibration cycle, only if the equipment is listed in METRL with a calibration cycle
and an approved procedure, or if the model and CAGE is listed in the Authorized Calibration or
Commercial Service Providers List in the NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter. Recurring
calibration, life-of-type or calibration after repair, is authorized to be accepted, only if the model
and CAGE is listed in the Authorized Calibration or Commercial Service Providers List in the
NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter.
b. Transfer the information from the OEMs Certificate of Calibration to a METER Card
(OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) to account for the calibration. Indicate the Condition Received
(block 61). Enter any Out of Tolerance Data (blocks 30 through 35). Enter the receiving
calibration facility as the Servicing Lab Code (block 21). Enter the affixed Special Calibration
Label as the Servicing Label (block 59). Calculate the Next Due Date (block 29), based on the
OEMs calibration date, the calibration cycle listed for the asset in NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1, and the
NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter. Attach a copy of the OEM Certificate of Calibration to the
METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3).
NOTE: The NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter provides additional guidance.
c. Attach a Special Calibration Label to the equipment, as close as possible, to the OEMs
Calibration Label. The Special Calibration Label will state “(OEMs name) calibration is accepted
per state authority, such as this instruction, NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter, or NAVAIR 17-
35MTL-1.” Confirm the Special Calibration Label Next Due Date agrees with the Meter Card Next
Due Date (block 29).
NOTE: Unsupported item procedures listed in the NAVAIR METCAL Scheduling Letter
must be followed for TMDE not listed in METRL with an interval and approved
calibration procedure, or in the Authorized Calibration, or Commercial Service
Providers List.
10.18.3.12 TMDE or CALSTDS must be labeled per NAVAIR 17-35TR-8 to indicate calibration
status. In addition to NAVAIR 17-35TR-8, the METBUL also lists authorized calibration labels
and tags. Air Systems Maintenance METCAL prohibits the use of Special Calibration Labels to
document calibrations performed to reduce tolerances (other than those specified in the Instrument
Calibration Procedure) without the Air Systems Maintenance METCAL Chief Engineer’s
permission.
NOTE: NAVAIR 17-35TR-8 may be accessed at any Navy or Marine Corps calibration
facility using the METPRO suite.
10-275
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.18.3.13 TMDE or CALSTDS must be protected when transported or stored, to include:
a. ESD protective shielding material used on all exposed electrical connectors.
b. Environmental protection, such as hard cases or barrier paper used to keep water and dust
out.
c. TMDE or CALSTDS will be appropriately packaged to prevent equipment damage.
10.18.4 Responsibilities
10-276
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Coordinate processing of calibration extension requests per paragraph 10.18.3.4.
(5) Update Inventory Format 310, 311, and 350 reports and submit necessary changes to
MOCC per OP43P6B.
(6) Designate safety related TMDE on the MEASURE inventory.
(7) Evaluate items inducted into higher level calibration activities to determine the
feasibility of calibrating or repairing items at the FCA. Requests for additional standards to support
new workload will be submitted via the TYCOM per the activities CALSEL.
(8) Coordinate depot repair of TMDE for items beyond FCA repair capability per
NAVAIRINST 13680.1.
(9) Coordinate depot repair of CALSTDS for items beyond FCA authorization per the
CALSEL.
NOTE: TMDE calibrated by a D-level lab and FCA CALSTDS will not be inactivated unless
authorized by the TYCOM for TMDE or NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance
METCAL for CALSTDS.
(10) Submit requirements for additional phases, standards, or temporary replacement
standards via TYCOM per the CALSEL.
(11) Request disposition instructions via the TYCOM for obsolete, excess, redundant,
unused, substitute, duplicate, rejected, or otherwise no longer required items per the CALSEL.
(12) Manage the inventory of CALSTDS for ATE (CASS, EOTS, etc.) and those designated
in NAVAIR 17-35NCE-1 phase packages.
NOTE: I-Level CALSTDS will not be loaned out or used by other work centers, with the
exception of ATE CALSTDS, which may be temporarily distributed to ATE Work
Centers designated for ATE calibration. For example, CALSTDS specifically
designated for CASS may be held in the CASS Work Center.
(13) Prepare requests for engineering support from the FST METCAL PST (Team 2).
(14) Report additions and deletions to CALSTDS inventory per paragraph 10.18.3.7.
(15) Maintain a program file to include:
(a) POCs
(b) Program correspondence and message traffic
(c) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(d) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
f. Work Center 670 (FCA Branch)
(1) Perform calibration per NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 and affix applicable labels and tags per
NAVAIR 17-35TR-8.
10-277
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Maintain and calibrate TMDE held for issue to O-Level activities.
(3) Submit TMDE or CALSTDS for calibration per NAVAIR 17- 35MTL-1.
(4) Screen inducted items for required SECs or SEBs and comply with requirements
specified for I-Level action.
(5) Perform CALSTDS preventive maintenance.
(6) For items requiring D-level calibration, comply with the following:
(a) Verify calibration cannot be performed at the FCA level. Request assistance from
the TYCOM, if a temporary constraint exists, for example, lack of personnel, standards, or
publications.
(b) Forward TMDE or CALSTDS scheduled for D-level calibration to the laboratory
specified by NAVAIR METCAL Program Office NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance METCAL.
NOTE: TMDE or CALSTDS scheduled for D-level calibration must be checked for operable
condition prior to shipment. NRFI TMDE will be repaired or processed under the
SE Rework Program. Contact the cognizant TYCOM for disposition instructions for
NRFI CALSTDS per the CALSEL.
(c) Use the METCAL Program Invoice (Figure 10.18-1), or a locally produced form, to
document transfer or induction of TMDE or CALSTDS into D-level calibration activities. The
equipment’s METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) will be transferred to the
calibrating activity.
(d) Track D-level man-hour expenditures against the total allocation provided by
NAWC AD Air Systems Maintenance METCAL. Prioritize D-level workload to confirm the most
important assets are calibrated within allocated man-hours. The standard man-hour figure, listed on
MEASURE Inventory Format 310, will be used when deducting man-hours. Immediately notify
the TYCOM METCAL Program Manager of discrepancies.
NOTES: 1. MEASURE MSRPT14 (weekly summary of man-hours used) and MSRPT15
(weekly itemized list of assets submitted) reports provide man-hour utilization data
for each activity.
2. Forward a request for additional man-hours to TYCOM via e-mail or naval
message when D-level calibration requirements exceed allocated man-hours.
NAVAIR must authorize the additional man-hours prior to submitting items to D-
level calibration activities.
3. Non-aviation (non IMRL) TMDE forwarded to D-level calibration laboratories
for calibration or rework must be clearly identified as non-aviation TMDE.
Calibration of non-aviation SE is not funded by NAVAIR and must be submitted
under separate shipping documents from aviation TMDE or CALSTDS.
(7) Schedule and perform calibration services on jet engine test cells per NAVAIR 17-
35MTL-1.
10-278
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: D-level calibration requirements must be completed prior to engine test cell
correlation by the activity performing the correlation.
(8) Provide calibration and repair support for TMDE assigned to Naval Educational
Training Command (NETC) as directed by the TYCOM.
(9) Comply with QA requirements per Chapter 7. The inspector’s stamp or signature will be
stamped or entered on the METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) buff copy in the
quality verification section.
(10) Process TMDE Discrepancy Reports (Figure 10.18-2).
(11) Maintain a technical library of calibration and commercial maintenance manuals on
instrument calibration procedures for repair of TMDE or CALSTDS within Work Center 670 (FCA
Branch).
(12) Document calibration and repair actions on a METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure
10.18-3) or NAVSEA equivalent at NAVSEA activities per OP43P6B. In addition to MEASURE
documentation, document repair actions in NALCOMIS to facilitate parts procurement. Repair
actions requiring parts procurement will only be entered into NALCOMIS.
(13) Maintain a file of METCAL Program directives and AIG messages in the Work Center
670 (FCA Branch). Retain METCAL AIG messages for a minimum of 1 year.
(14) Review NSWC MSD Corona, CA Monthly METBULs for pertinent METCAL
Program information. See paragraph 10.18.3.4 for interval change information.
(15) Initiate SE Misuse/Abuse Reports per Chapter 7, when negligence is suspected to have
caused damage to TMDE.
(16) Verify environmental and facility requirements of NAVAIR 17-35FR-06 are being met.
Record probable causes for significant temperature and humidity changes that exceed specified
limits, such as power outage or air conditioner failure on paper or in an electronic log. Maintain all
recorded data on file for a minimum of 1 year.
g. Work Center 67A (FCA Receipt and Issue)
(1) Maintain a current Recall Format 805 Report on file.
(2) Recall items due for calibration.
(3) Handle, transport, and store calibratable TMDE or CALSTDS to prevent equipment
damage.
(4) Review MEASURE Inventory Format 310 and 311 Reports monthly upon receipt and
submit corrections and changes (including new or recently received items, not previously reported)
to the MOCC within ten working days per OP43P6B.
(5) Receive and distribute Inventory Format 350 and Recall Format 802 Reports to
appropriate sub custodians.
10-279
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(6) Review sub custodian changes to their Inventory Format 350 Report and update related
sections of Inventory Format 310 and Recall Format 805 Reports.
(7) Notify activities in possession of equipment recalled for calibration, but not turned in.
(8) Verify TMDE inducted for calibration or repair comes with a preprinted METER Card
(OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3). If the preprinted METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure
10.18-3) is not available, print one from the AIS website or hand scribe a METER Card (OPNAV
4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) using data from MEASURE reports and the equipment data plate.
NOTE: If equipment is received without a METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3)
buff copy, recreate the buff copy from data listed in the pink copy or equivalent
METCAL form.
(9) Verify all TMDE has a serial number affixed or assigned. If manufacturer affixed no
serial number to the equipment, assign a serial number per OP43P6B.
(10) Verify METER Cards (OPNAV 4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) are annotated per
OP43P6B.
(11) Conduct a meeting with sub custodian calibration representatives each month to
distribute Inventory Format 350 Reports and, if needed, provide training on the use of MEASURE
reports and local induction and receipt policies.
(12) Manage shipment or transportation and track receipt of items inducted into other
calibration facilities. Non FCA I-Levels where regionalized calibration support is in place will be
responsible for the delivery and shipment of TMDE to their perspective regionalized calibration
centers.
10.18.4.2 O-Level Activity Responsibilities
a. Maintenance Officer (MO)
(1) Designate a METCAL Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
(2) Verify operational necessity prior to requesting calibration interval extensions per
paragraph 10.18.3.4.a.(1).
(3) Develop LCPs per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or
command directed actions for METCAL not addressed in this NAMPSOP. Command LCPs must
be submitted to the Wing or Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW) for consideration of developing a Wing
LCP.
b. Quality Assurance (QA) Officer. Designate a QAR as the METCAL Program Monitor per
10.1.2.9.
c. QA METCAL Program Monitor. Perform audits per paragraph 10.7.4.7.
d. METCAL Program Manager
(1) Perform a program audit within 60 days of assignment and annually thereafter per
paragraph 10.7.4.8.
10-280
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Provide NAMP indoctrination training on METCAL Program per 10.1.4.7. Verify
personnel receive METCAL familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the
work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
(3) Arrange delivery of TMDE scheduled for calibration to Work Center 67A (FCA Receipt
and Issue). Obtain a receipt and follow up, if equipment is not promptly returned.
(4) Provide related cables, accessories, charts, and any peculiar technical data the FCA
requires to be turned in with the equipment. The TMDE Discrepancy Report (Figure 10.18-2) or a
form provided by the FCA will be used to document any missing items or non-operational
conditions.
(5) Update MEASURE data via the FCA, whenever TMDE is transferred or received.
(6) When items are returned from calibration, retain the METER Card (OPNAV 4790/58)
(Figure 10.18-3) pink copy until the new calibration date is reflected on the Inventory Format 350
Report.
(7) Within five working days of receipt of a new Inventory Format 350 Report, review and
reconcile errors in the report data, annotate corrections, and sign and return the corrected report to
the supporting activity’s METCAL Program manager. Corrections include, but are not limited to,
items that have been transferred, new items not on the report, cycle times not matching the next due
and last serviced dates, and like items with different cycle times. Corrections will be annotated in
the format directed by the calibration lab. Retain a copy on file until corrections appear on
subsequent Inventory Format 350 Reports.
(8) Maintain a working copy of the Inventory Format 350 Report and annotate changes as
items are turned in, rejected, transferred, newly received, and returned from calibration.
(9) Store TMDE in appropriate packaging to prevent equipment damage.
(10) Coordinate resolution of TMDE shortages.
(11) Designate safety related TMDE on MEASURE inventory per paragraph 10.18.3.4.a.
(12) Plan the calibration schedule to minimize equipment becoming due for calibration
during deployment.
(13) Arrange for calibration services from an FCA or Navy Calibration Laboratory within
the battle group or area of operation, if deployed without direct FCA support.
(14) Coordinate deployment requirements with the supporting FCA, at least 90 days prior to
the projected deployment date, regardless of the length of the deployment. In the case of a short
notice deployment, Program Managers will notify the calibration lab as soon as the deployment is
known.
(15) Maintain a current Recall Format 802 Report on file.
(16) Replace "REJECTED" TMDE per NAVAIR M-13650.1 and dispose of rejected
consumable items per local policy.
(17) Maintain a program file to include:
10-281
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(a) POCs
(b) Program correspondence and message traffic
(c) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(d) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.18.4.3 O-Level and I-Level Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify personnel receive NAMP indoctrination training on the METCAL Program per
10.1.4.7.
b. Verify TMDE assigned to the work center is serviceable and has a valid calibration label
affixed.
NOTE: Equipment without valid calibration labels or items with damaged "CALIBRATION
VOID IF SEAL BROKEN" labels will not be used.
c. Remove from service and turn in any TMDE that is non-operational or suspected to be not
functioning correctly, regardless of actual calibration due date. Provide all cables, accessories,
charts, and any peculiar technical data the FCA requires to be turned in with the equipment. The
TMDE Discrepancy Report (Figure 10.18-2) or a form provided by the FCA will be used to
document any missing items or non-operational conditions.
d. (I-Level Only) Arrange delivery of TMDE schedule for calibration to Work Center 67A.
Obtain a receipt and follow up if equipment is not promptly returned.
e. (I-Level Only) When items are returned from calibration, retain the METER Card (OPNAV
4790/58) (Figure 10.18-3) pink copy until the new calibration date is reflected on the Inventory
Format 350 Report.
f. (I-Level Only) Within 5 working day of receipt of a new Inventory Format 350 Report,
review and reconcile errors in the report data, annotate corrections, and sign and return the
corrected report to the supporting activity’s METCAL Program Manager. Corrections include, but
are not limited to, items that have been transferred, new items not on the report, cycle times not
matching the next due and last serviced dates, and like items with different cycle times. Corrections
will be annotated in the format directed by the calibration lab. Retain a copy on file until
corrections appear on subsequent Inventory Format 350 Reports.
g. (I-Level Only) Maintain a working copy of the Inventory Format 350 Report and annotate
changes as items are turned in, rejected, transferred, newly received, and returned from calibration.
h. Store TMDE in the appropriate packaging to prevent equipment damage.
10-282
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
METCAL Program Invoice
FROM: INVOICE NO:
TO: LOCATION:
AUTHORIZATION (Officers Name, Rank, Signature) PHONE OR EXT. NO. JOB NO: (Not For FCA USE)
DATE ACCOUNTING
10-283
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-284
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-285
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-286
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.19 Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) Program (NAMPSOP)
10.19.1 References
10.19.2.1 The Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) Program establishes
policy for storage, handling, disposal, and documentation of hazardous material (HAZMAT) used
to maintain aircraft and aeronautical equipment.
NOTE: For Depot Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) Program see
Chapter 12.
10.19.2.2 The Consolidated Hazardous Material Reutilization and Inventory Management Program
(CHRIMP) is a mandated Navy policy that provides the only source for aviation maintenance
activities to control and manage HAZMAT per NAVSUP Publication 722. Under CHRIMP, all
HAZMAT is centrally controlled using the Shore Work Center Authorized Use Lists (AUL) or
afloat Type Ships Hazardous Materials Lists (T-SHML) and is supplied based on validated
customer needs and properly trained users. Ships’ and stations’ Hazardous Material Minimization
Centers (HAZMINCEN) are required to comply with CHRIMP. For HAZMAT used in Emergency
Reclamation Kits, refer to 10.13.3.6 NOTE.
10.19.2.3 NAWC AD Design Interface Branch maintains the Aviation Hazardous Material List
(AHML) database of HAZMAT authorized or not authorized by the engineering technical authority
for use on aircraft, weapon systems, and support equipment (SE). The AHML database correlates
the HAZMAT requirements identified by aviation program offices with supply information and T-
SHML Allowed on Board (AOB) Codes. Only HAZMAT identified national stock numbers (NSN)
with Navy interest in technical publications are included in the AHML. The File Library on the
AHML website contains T/M/S Deployed Aviation Hazardous Material Lists (DAHMLs), which
10-287
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
assist in the development of deployment and detachment HAZMAT requirements based on current
maintenance tasks and usage as prescribed in T/M/S maintenance publications. The AHML
database is available on the AHML SharePoint website https://flankspeed.sharepoint-
mil.us/sites/NAVAIR_AHML. Questions concerning HAZMAT or the AHML can be sent to
navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil.
NOTE: Batteries, fuel, and HAZMAT used for general office, facility maintenance, and
housekeeping are not included in the AHML.
10.19.2.4 Navy policy requires the development of facility, activity, and work center AULs to
ensure the use of non-hazardous or the least hazardous, technically acceptable materials.
Depending on the HAZMAT database used at a location, the HAZMINCEN, Safety or
Environmental offices can provide copies of AULs.
10.19.2.5 Naval Supply Weapon Systems Support - Mechanicsburg (NAVSUP WSS - M) manages
the afloat T-SHMLs for all ship types (e.g. carriers, destroyers, etc.). T-SHMLs provides surface
ships with the ability to determine the HAZMAT authorized onboard and precludes stocking
materials the ship does not use. The SHML database is available on the NAVSUP WSS Hazardous
Materials Management (HMM) Tool https://my.navsup.navy.mil/apps/ops$hazmat.home.
10.19.2.6 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Hazard Communication
Standard (HAZCOM) (29 CFR 1910.1200) comprehensively addresses issues of classifying the
potential hazard of chemicals and communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate
protective measures to employees (including Navy personnel). This standard contains provisions
for developing and maintaining a written HAZCOM program, including a complete list of
HAZMAT in the workplace; labeling of chemical containers; preparation and availability of Safety
Data Sheets (SDS) for each hazardous chemical to communicate hazard information (such as the
safe handling, protective measures, and physical hazards), and associated training programs
regarding hazards of chemicals and protective measures.
NOTE: OSHA standards have been updated to be consistent with the United Nations Global
Harmonizing System (GHS) of Classification and Chemical Labeling. Material
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are now referred to Safety Data Sheets (SDS). Existing
MSDS are valid until new SDS are received from the manufacturer, distributor or
importer. All manufacturers, distributors or importers are required to provide a
GHS compliant SDS and GHS product labeling for all newly procured materials as
defined as HAZMAT under 29 CFR.
10.19.2.7 The Hazardous Materials Information Resource System (HMIRS) serves as the DoD
SDS and HAZMAT documentation repository and provides information for each specific product.
OPNAVINST 5100.23 and OPNAVINST 5100.19 outline the Navy’s HMIRS operations (both
ashore and afloat) and provide HMIRS access information. NAVMC DIR 5100.8 outlines the
Marine Corps Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Program (Marine Corps only). HMIRS is
available on DVD or the Defense Logistics Agency website at
http://www.dla.mil/HQ/InformationOperations/Offers/Products/LogisticsApplications/HMIRS/requ
estaccess.aspx
10-288
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.19.3 Requirements
The HMC&M Program applies to all Navy, Marine Corps, and other government activities
performing maintenance or other functions in support of naval aviation.
10.19.3.1 Safety and Environmental Compliance
All aviation maintenance activities must fully support and comply with federal, state, and local
safety and environmental laws and regulations concerning HAZMAT handling, storage, use, reuse,
minimization, and disposal, to include compliance with OPNAV M-5090.1, OPNAVINST 5100.19,
OPNAVINST 5100.23, NAVSUP Publication 722, DODINST 6050.05, NAVMC DIR 5100.8, 29
CFR Part 1910, and 40 CFR.
NOTES: 1. Failure to comply with HAZCOM safety and HAZMAT/HAZWASTE
environmental laws and regulations could result in federal violation notices and civil
or criminal liability.
2. Per the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Global Harmonizing
System, MSDS are now referred to as SDS. Existing MSDSs are valid until new
SDSs are received.
10.19.3.2 Training and Qualification Requirements
All personnel who are exposed to chemical hazards must receive either HAZCOM for Supervisors
or HAZCOM for Non-Supervisors depending on position. Training prior to initial exposure to
HAZMAT and annually thereafter and must be documented in ASM per paragraph 10.1.
OPNAVINST 5100.19 and OPNAVINST 5100.23 outline the job specific training requirements of
29 CFR 1910.1200 outlines topics and subject matter that must be addressed during HAZCOM
training. Additional HMC&M training may be required based on the job position.
a. Command HMC&M Program Manager:
(1) Must be a commissioned officer or civilian equivalent.
NOTE: O-Level and I-Level activities with two or less commissioned officers may assign an
E-7 or above as the HMC&M Program Manager.
(2) Must be assigned as HMC&M Program Manager for a minimum of 12 months.
(3) Shore based command HMC&M Program Managers must complete the following
training within 60 days of assignment:
(a) Introduction to Hazardous Materials Ashore Global Online course (Course A-493-
0331) or Defense Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste Handling course (Course 9E-F50/322-F34
(MT)).
(b) (CONUS activities) Introduction to Hazardous Waste Generation and Handling
course (Course A-493-0080) as applicable to their CONUS duty location.
(c) (OCONUS activities) Overseas Hazardous Waste Facility Operations course (Course
A-493-0093) as applicable to their OCONUS duty location.
(4) Ship based command HMC&M Program Managers must complete the following
training within 60 days of assignment: Introduction to Hazardous Materials Ashore Global Online
10-289
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
course (Course A-493-0331) or Defense Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste Handling course
(Course 9E-F50/322-F34 (MT)).
(5) Complete the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Hazardous Waste
Review course (Course A-493-0081) annual refresher training.
(6) Complete annual refresher training:
(a) (CONUS activities) Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Hazardous
Waste Review course (Course A-493-0081).
(b) (OCONUS activities) Overseas Hazardous Waste Generator (Course A-493-0094) as
applicable to their OCONUS location.
b. Command HMC&M Supervisor:
(1) Must be E-5 (or above) or civilian equivalent.
(2) Must be assigned as a HMC&M Supervisor for a minimum of 24 months.
(3) Shore based command HMC&M Program Supervisors must complete the following
training within 120 days of assignment:
(a) Introduction to Hazardous Materials (Ashore) Global Online course (Course A-493-
0331) or the Defense Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste Handling course (Course 9E-F50/322-
F34 (MT)).
(b) (CONUS activities) Introduction to Hazardous Waste Generation and Handling
course (Course A-493-0080) as applicable to their CONUS duty location.
(c) (OCONUS activities) Overseas Hazardous Waste Facility Operations course (Course
A-493-0093) as applicable to their OCONUS duty location.
(4) Ship based command HMC&M Program Supervisors must complete the following
training within 120 days of assignment: Introduction to Hazardous Materials Ashore Global Online
course (Course A-493-0331) or Defense Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste Handling course
(Course 9E-F50/322-F34 (MT)).
(5) Complete the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Hazardous Waste
Review course (Course A-493-0081) annual refresher training.
(6) Complete annual refresher training.
(a) (CONUS activities) Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Hazardous
Waste Review course (Course A-493-0081).
(b) (OCONUS activities) Overseas Hazardous Waste Generator (Course A-493-0094) as
applicable to their OCONUS location.
NOTES: 1. HMC&M Supervisors based at a detachment location in a different state than
their parent command must complete the Hazardous Waste Generation and
Handling course (Course A-493-0080) requirements for that state.
2. Completion of HMC&M Technician course (Course A-322-2600/2601) does not
fulfill the requirement for Ashore HMC&M Supervisors. Introduction to
Hazardous Material (Ashore) course (Course A-493-0080) are required only for
10-290
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Ashore commands. Completion of HMC&M Technician course (Course A-322-
2600/2601/2604) is only required for aviation squadrons that detach to a ship and
require the SNEC 9595. Course A-322-2600/2601/2604 does not fulfill the
requirement for Course A-493-0331.
c. Work Center Supervisors and Work Center HAZMAT Coordinators: Must complete
HMC&M training provided by the Command HMC&M Program Manager or Command HMC&M
Supervisors or station safety or environmental offices within 30 days of assignment. Training must
be supported by a written syllabus that covers HAZCOM and local environmental, HAZMAT and
HAZWASTE laws, rules, regulations and procedures pertaining to the Maintenance Department.
10.19.3.3 HAZMAT Documentation and Reporting
a. AHML:
(1) Only HAZMAT listed in the AHML may be used for aviation maintenance.
(2) If required HAZMAT is not listed on the AHML, submit an AHML Change Request via
the AHML Website at https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/NAVAIR_AHML, or send an
email to: navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil
(a) If the HAZMAT is approved for use on an aviation weapon system, the AHML will
be updated.
(b) If the HAZMAT is not approved, an alternative will be provided.
b. T/M/S DAHMLs:
(1) Standardized format for communicating deployment and detachment HAZMAT
requirements to Ships Supply department
(2) If T/M/S DAHML needs to be updated, submit recommended changes
(additions/deletions) via an email to navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil per the DAHML User Guide
located in the AHML file library.
c. Ashore Work Center AUL:
(1) All HAZMAT used at an ashore facility must be reviewed by the local safety and
environmental offices prior to being added to the work center AUL.
(2) Only HAZMAT listed on the work center AUL will be procured.
(3) Adding items to the work center AUL for HAZMAT must be performed in accordance
with procedures established by the local safety and environmental offices.
(4) OPNAVINST 5100.23 states each activity will assign a unique identifier (letter, number
or alphanumeric) next to each item on the AUL. The label, SDS, AUL, and HAZMAT storage
location inventory will use the same unique identifier for the HAZMAT item.
NOTES: 1. Local environmental regulations may not allow HAZMAT listed in the AHML to
be used. If this occurs, submit an email to navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil for
identification of a suitable alternative.
2. Implementation of the Hazardous Materials Management System (HMMS)
provides for compliant SDS, AUL, and inventory requirements.
10-291
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. T-SHML:
(1) All HAZMAT used afloat must be authorized on the T-SHML with an AOB Code of A
(Allowed – No restriction on use of this HAZMAT on surface ships) or R (Restricted – HAZMAT
not allowed on surface ships except with specific restrictions).
(2) Updates to T-SHMLs for aviation HAZMAT requirements will be submitted using the
AHML Change Request on the AHML Website at https://flankspeed.sharepoint-
mil.us/sites/NAVAIR_AHML or send an email to navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil.
e. (Ashore and Afloat) HAZMAT Storage Location Inventory: Work center personnel must
maintain a written or electronic log of HAZMAT present in the work center. HAZMAT lists will
contain the unique identifier, NSN or national item identification number (NIIN), nomenclature,
and MIL SPEC or part number.
f. (Ashore, only) HAZWASTE Generation Log: Work center personnel must maintain a
written or electronic log of HAZWASTE collected in the work center in accordance with local
command procedures (LCP).
10.19.3.4 HAZMAT Storage
a. HAZMAT will be containerized, labeled, and stored per OPNAV M-5090.1 and any
additional station or ship requirements.
b. HAZMAT will be stored in an approved storage location (e.g. container, locker, freezer,
room, facility, etc.). Incompatible materials will be segregated per OPNAVINST 5100.19, Volume
II, Chapter C23.
c. Per DoDM 4140.27, shelf-life may be extended for Type II material. HAZMAT which has
expired and can no longer be extended due to visual or laboratory test failure may be processed for
disposal or used for training or non-aircraft, non-SE, non-AWSE applications. Shelf-life items that
have expired or cannot be extended and are not HAZMAT or hazardous waste may be used for
training or non-aircraft, non-SE, non-AWSE applications as opposed to disposal. Once HAZMAT
is opened, applied, or introduced to mission requirements, shelf-life management no longer applies
and service life begins.
NOTES: 1. The manufacturer’s expiration date (or date of manufacture) on the container
label is the authoritative date for determining shelf life remaining on an item.
Labels added by HAZMINCENs should use the manufacturer’s expiration date as
the basis for determining expiration dates and shelf life extensions, being mindful
that the storage environment will impact the shelf life of the hazardous material.
2. Any HAZMAT determined for use as training or non-aircraft, non-SE, non-
AWSE applications will be stored in a separate storage locker, will be labeled as
Training or Non-Aircraft, Non-SE, Non-AWSE only, will be controlled for usage,
and will be inventoried periodically per local governing instructions.
10.19.3.5 HAZWASTE and Excess HAZMAT Requirements
a. (Ashore) HAZWASTE must be stored per OPNAV M-5090.1 and any additional station
requirements.
10-292
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. (Ashore) Each container of HAZWASTE will have a HAZWASTE Generation Log and be
labeled as HAZWASTE per OPNAV M-5090.1 paragraph 27-3.4b.
c. (Afloat) Excess HAZMAT on board ships must be stored per OPNAVINST 5100.19.
10.19.4 Responsibilities
10.19.4.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. Manage the AHML and review AHML Change Requests for adding HAZMAT to T-SHML.
b. Submit requests for updating the T-SHML to NAVSUP-WSS-M after confirming the
requirement.
c. Respond to emails sent to navair-hazmat@us.navy.mil.
10.19.4.2 Type Wing or Marine Aircraft Wing (MAW)
If not in a ship or station directive, publish an LCP per Appendix D for a HAZMAT Spill
Emergency Response Plan with procedures to contain, report, and clean-up HAZMAT spills. An
LCP will be submitted to the host ship or station environmental office to review for compliance
with their Pollution Prevention Plan.
10.19.4.3 Commanding Officer (CO)
Designate a Command HMC&M Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: Helicopter Mine Countermeasures Squadrons will use the same HMC&M Program
Manager and Supervisor for Aircraft Maintenance and Airborne Mine
Countermeasures Maintenance Departments.
10.19.4.4 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Nominate, to the CO, a candidate for assignment as the Command HMC&M Program
Manager that meets the qualifications per paragraph 10.19.3.2.a.
b. Designate a Command HMC&M Supervisor per 10.1.2.9 that meets the qualifications per
paragraph 10.19.3.2.b.
NOTE: The HMC&M Supervisor assignment will not be a collateral duty in those activities
that have an OPNAV 1000/2 established billet.
c. Be knowledgeable of local ship or station environmental office and applicable DoD, local
environmental, HAZMAT, and HAZWASTE laws, rules, regulations, and procedures pertaining to
the Maintenance Department.
d. Publish LCPs per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or command
directed HMC&M actions not addressed in this NAMPSOP. O-Level LCPs will be submitted to
the Wing or MAW for consideration of developing a Wing LCP.
10.19.4.5 Command HMC&M Program Manager
a. Complete a Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) assessment within 60 days of
assignment as Program Manager and annually thereafter.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on HMC&M Program per 10.1.4.7 and
10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive HMC&M familiarization prior to performing maintenance while
10-293
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
assigned to the work center and anually thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the
individual performs.
c. Nominate, to the MO, a candidate for assignment as Command HMC&M Supervisor that
meets the qualifications per paragraph 10.19.3.2.b.
d. Immediately notify MO of any actual or potential HMC&M Program violations or
noncompliance issues.
e. Resolve potential or actual environmental, compliance, HAZMAT, or HAZWASTE related
problems, as soon as possible.
f. Direct HAZMAT refresher training, as deemed necessary, to resolve deficiencies noted on
program audits and HAZMAT emergency response drills.
g. Coordinate with the ship or station Environmental Office and Legal Department on
environmental issues.
h. Screen command environmental reports and records for accuracy prior to filing.
10.19.4.6 Command HMC&M Supervisor
a. Maintain an updated library of SDS for all HAZMAT used within the command per OPNAV
5100.23, either in paper format or an electronic database, such as the HMIRS, HMMS, or the
HAZMINCENs data management system. A copy must be maintained in the HMIRS. If the SDS
is not in the HMIRS, send an electronic copy via email to NAVSUP WSS-M Code N261
(afloathazmat.wss.fct@us.navy.mil). Include the NSN and point of contact for questions in the
body of the email.
b. Periodically spot check all HAZMAT storage locations and command work spaces to verify
only materials listed in the AUL are available for use and are properly labeled, handled, and used.
c. Manage the AUL and submit changes per paragraph 10.19.3.3.b.
d. When afloat, verify all materials used are listed in the appropriate T-SHMLs and are
properly labeled, handled, and used.
e. Review and take action on recommended changes to the AUL and T-SHML.
f. Use the CHRIMP facility established by the host ship or station.
g. Assign a unique identifier to HAZMAT labels, corresponding SDS, and AUL.
h. Review, monitor, and extend shelf-life in accordance with paragraph 10.19.3.4.c.
i. Monitor the status of HAZMAT requisitions.
j. Track completion of Work Center Supervisor and Work Center HMC&M Coordinator
training per paragraph 10.19.3.2.c.
k. Conduct a meeting with Work Center Supervisors or their designated HMC&M coordinator,
at least quarterly, to discuss HMC&M procedures, disseminate new regulations and requirements,
and determine training requirements.
l. Control Maintenance Department HAZMAT storage facilities and HAZWASTE collection
points.
10-294
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
m. Verify all HAZMAT or HAZWASTE is properly containerized, labeled, and stored per
OPNAV M 5090.1 and ship or shore requirements.
n. Maintain a written or electronic log of HAZMAT material used, turned in for reuse, and
disposed of as HAZWASTE.
o. Coordinate and supervise HAZMAT spill drills IAW local response procedures, no less than
annually. Provide a written After Action Report to the MO summarizing the content of the drill,
procedural discrepancies, and corrective actions.
p. Immediately inform the chain of command of any violations of HAZMAT or HAZWASTE
procedures and coordinate corrective action.
q. Verify work centers are maintaining HAZWASTE Generation Logs and other required
documents per OPNAV M-5090.1.
r. Maintain environmental reports and records to demonstrate compliance with the local
HAZWASTE Management Plan.
s. (I-Level) Detachments must use the AIMD HAZMAT Allowance Equipage List (AEL) on
the AHML website to develop and transmit HAZMAT requirements to their host Ship Supply or
Station HAZMINCEN, no later than nine months prior to deployment.
t. (O-Level) Squadrons/AIR Detachments deploying to ships must complete reviews of their
T/M/S DAHMLs no later than 9 months before deployment per the DAHML User Guide located on
the AHML website.
u. Operational Commanders (CVW, ACE/MEU Air Det OICs) must combine squadron
reviewed T/M/S DAHMLs per the DAHML User Guide located on the AHML website, and
provide the exported combined T-DAHML spreadsheet to their respective AIR or SURFACE
TYCOM, no later than eight months prior to deployment.
v. (O and I level) Coordinate with station HAZMINCEN three months prior to detachment to
establish HAZMAT requirements.
w. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Applicable POCs, at a minimum, HMC&M Program AMMT Inspectors, Wing
Inspector, HAZMINCEN Supervisor, Industrial Hygienist, Safety Officer, and Environmental
Officer.
(2) AUL and active list of hazardous materials used within the command. This document
must include the unique identifier, NSN or NIIN, nomenclature, and MIL SPEC or part number.
(3) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(4) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(5) Reports on emergency spill drills performed for a period of one year
(6) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
x. Be present during the replacement of 55 gallon drums of engine oil and verify the correct
labeling (unique identifier, NSN or national item identification number (NIIN), nomenclature, and
MIL SPEC or part number). Verify a yellow Bulk Dispensing Unit (BDU) used for servicing
10-295
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
engine oil is inserted in the correct drum of engine oil per the applicable TMS MIM and that yellow
reflective tape is placed around the label on the drum to color-key the label. Ensure BDU pump pad
is locked at all times when not in use. Only the HMC&M Supervisor (or designated assistant) will
unlock the BDU.
10.19.4.7 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate a QAR as the HMC&M Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.19.4.8 HMC&M Program Monitor
a. Perform CSEC audits of the HAZMAT Program per paragraph 10.7.
b. Periodically monitor HAZMAT storage facilities and HAZWASTE collection points to verify:
(1) All HAZMAT is properly containerized, labeled, and stored per paragraph 10.19.3.4.
(2) All HAZMAT and HAZWASTE is stored in an approved storage location or container
and incompatible materials are segregated per paragraphs 10.19.3.4 and 10.19.3.5.
c. Periodically, monitor work in progress to verify personnel are only using approved
HAZMAT and the prescribed PPE.
10.19.4.9 Division Officers
a. Periodically, spot check to verify HAZMAT used or stored in the division is being properly
handled, collected, and disposed of per paragraph 10.19.3.4.
b. Designate Work Center HMC&M Coordinators, at paygrade E-4 or above or civilian
equivalent per 10.1.2.9.
c. Be knowledgeable of the requirements of this NAMPSOP, DoD and local environmental,
HAZMAT, and HAZWASTE laws, rules, regulations, and procedures applicable to the division.
d. Immediately notify the Command HMC&M Program Manager of any violations with
program compliance.
10.19.4.10 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify Work Center Supervisors and HAZMAT Coordinators complete training per
paragraph 10.19.3.2.c.
b. Review and update the work center AUL and route change recommendations through the
HMC&M Supervisor.
c. Verify shelf life limits are not exceeded on HAZMAT maintained in the work center.
d. Maintain HAZMAT records per paragraphs 10.19.3.3.d and 10.19.3.3.e.
e. Provide the HMC&M Supervisor with a list of HAZMAT kept in the work center.
f. Periodically, spot check work in progress to verify personnel are only using approved
HAZMAT and PPE.
g. Notify the HMC&M Supervisor before establishing new HAZWASTE streams or
HAZWASTE collection points.
10-296
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. When servicing equipment is being filled, the Work Center Supervisor, CDI or Work Center
HAZMAT Coordinator must be present to verify the correct HAZMAT is used to fill the servicing
equipment.
10.19.4.11 Work Center HMC&M Coordinators
a. Assist the Work Center Supervisor in complying with the HMC&M Program.
b. Attend maintenance department or division HMC&M meetings.
c. Maintain an inventory of HAZMAT required to be in the work center and ensure shelf life
has not expired.
d. Verify all HAZMAT used is on the work center AUL.
e. Maintain a supply of HAZMAT spill materials in the work center.
f. Conduct a weekly inspection of work center HAZMAT and HAZWASTE sites. Inspections
will be documented in a written or electronic log spanning a minimum of 12 months of inspections.
g. Verify HAZMAT and HAZWASTE containers are inventoried, labeled, segregated, and free
of corrosion and leakage.
h. Notify the HMC&M Supervisor when HAZWASTE collection drums or containers are full.
i. Maintain the HAZWASTE Generation Log per paragraph 10.19.3.3.f.
j. Prepare documentation for each container of HAZWASTE per paragraph 10.19.3.5.
k. When servicing equipment is being filled, the Work Center Supervisor, CDI or Work Center
HAZMAT Coordinator must be present to verify the correct HAZMAT is used to fill the servicing
equipment.
10-297
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.20 Intermediate Level (I-Level) Component Repair Optimization (NAMPSOP)
10.20.1 References
10.20.2.1 This NAMPSOP is applicable to all Navy and Marine Corps intermediate level
maintenance activities (IMA).
10.20.2.2 Component Repair Optimization (CRO) encompasses practices and processes the IMA
uses to leverage workforce, material, and equipment to produce ready-for-issue (RFI) parts and
ready-for-use (RFU) equipment in sufficient quantities to support aircraft operations across the
Naval Aviation Enterprise (NAE). Effective CRO requires a thorough understanding of basic
concepts, functions, and policies discussed in Chapter 3.1.
10.20.2.3 Familiarity with DOD Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SM&R) coding and its
adaption for naval aviation maintenance is essential – especially for equipment shared outside of
naval aviation, or managed by other branches or agencies. SM&R codes condense complex
maintenance and supply information into a compact six-character code, but they cannot cover every
conceivable IMA situation or operational contingency. It is impossible to equip every IMA with
the facilities, tools, SE, manpower, skills, and other resources required to execute every
maintenance task for every component. Selected IMAs are specifically designated and equipped to
perform maintenance tasks SM&R coded for higher maintenance levels, often with embedded or
collocated artisans, contractors, engineers, or other specialists. Accordingly, SM&R codes do not
map to specific Capability Codes (CC) applicable to every IMA and IMAs assigning CCs based
solely on SM&R codes may be misreporting. SM&R codes communicate the overall plan for
supporting items, while the CC conveys each IMA’s self-assessment of its readiness to execute the
plan.
10.20.2.4 The Individual Component Repair List (ICRL) is derived from a set of related data tables
within the Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System Maintenance
Activity (NALCOMIS) Optimized Intermediate Maintenance Activity (OIMA) application. The
“NALCOMIS IMA User Guide” distributed with each major release of OIMA provides detailed
information regarding ICRL data table management procedures within NALCOMIS OIMA. For
support visit https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAF-AFAST.
10.20.2.5 The ICRL is used primarily by the Aeronautical Material Screening Unit (AMSU) or
Joint Aviation Screening Unit (JASU) to ensure components are accurately identified and
10-298
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
expeditiously routed to an IMA work center, processed for Repair and Return (R&R) by another
IMA, routed to Designated Rework Points (DRP), or other authorized disposition. The ICRL
determines which components enter the IMA local workload and which components are diverted
elsewhere — with significant consequences on logistic response time for supported organizations,
support costs, and computations for the local Operational Support Inventory (OSI).
10.20.2.6 Each unique combination of Type Equipment (TEC), Commercial and Government
Entity (CAGE), Part Number (P/N), and Work Unit Code (WUC) requires a distinct ICRL record.
Before an ICRL record can be created, all the above data elements must already exist in
NALCOMIS OIMA tables. The NATO Item Identification Number (NIIN) often includes several
CAGE and P/N combinations. Navy SM&R Source code (positions 1 & 2) and the Recoverability
code (position 5) are assigned by NAVSUP, but the Maintenance code (positions 4 & 5) and the
Service Option code (position 6) are determined by the Program Manager (PM) responsible for the
application in which an item is used. Therefore, in NALCOMIS OIMA, a single NIIN often
requires several ICRL records to cover all combinations of TEC, WUC, CAGE, and P/N an IMA
may encounter.
10.20.2.7 The Combined ICRL (Cmbnd-ICRL) merges all individual IMA ICRL data into a single
application that reports and compares IMA capabilities across the NAE. The Cmbnd-ICRL is an
authoritative reference for ICRL data and facilitates Continuity of Operations (COOP) during
network outages or unavailability of Web-based applications or data repositories. It provides a
data-rich research and reporting environment integrating Decision Knowledge Programming for
Logistics Analysis and Technical Evaluation (DECKPLATE) maintenance data, One Touch
Support (OTS) supply data, Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) Work Unit
Code (WUC) baseline data, and Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command
(NATEC) technical data indexes. Force Readiness Analytics Group (FRAG) CNAF N02X
publishes the Cmbnd-ICRL quarterly, offers periodic on-site training, and provides distance support
(https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAF-AFAST). Some Cmbnd-ICRL capabilities
are listed below:
a. Cmbnd-ICRL main functions enable IMAs to:
(1) Quickly look up authoritative logistic data imported from OTS, OOMA WUC Baseline,
and other sources.
(2) Generate ICRL Change Request (ICR) forms and (optionally) prefill form data
(3) Compare local IMA CC to any other IMA and view ICRL data for any IMA
(4) During the initial induction screening of components not listed in the IMA’s ICRL,
determine a suitable work center code for screening by reviewing work center codes used at other
IMAs.
(5) Identify and investigate R&R opportunities at other IMAs reporting better capability
(6) Find names and e-mail addresses for MMCO, MMCPO, ICRL Manager and
NALCOMIS Maintenance Database Administrator (DBA) for any IMA. Generate email to other
IMAs. For example, to request information regarding their repair capabilities and processes.
10-299
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. The NIIN Analysis Tool (NAT) function provides historical IMA repair data covering prior
three fiscal years (FY) and the current FY up to the last quarterly update. It provides rich query,
filter, and output capabilities. In addition to basic component repair history, the NAT enables IMAs
to:
(1) Use the Improvement Opportunities (IO) function to identify components where other
IMAs have better maintenance outcomes with adjusted thresholds as needed.
(2) Identify Head and Member NIINs cataloged under a Family Group Code (FGC)
(3) Identify components with PinPoint or Huntron test routines listed in the 2M Module Test
& Repair (MTR) Purple Disc
(4) Identify components managed under a Performance Based Logistics (PBL) contract and
PBL expiration dates
(5) Identify components Work Center 05A automatically BCMs or sends for R&R
c. The Optimizing IMA (OPTIMA) function correlates data from OTS, OOMA WUC
baselines, and DECKPLATE Maintenance Level II Repair data. OPTIMA enables IMAs to:
(1) Identify ICRL data mismatches along with reports to facilitate reviews
(2) Compare key ICRL data (e.g., TEC, WUC, SRC indicator, part numbers, etc.) against
authoritative data sources
(3) ICRL records for each Type Equipment Code (TEC)
d. The Program Performance function provides:
(1) SM&R Code summary and analyses
(2) CC summary and analyses
(3) Maintenance outcomes by FY (RFI %, BCM %, TRRm, etc.)
(4) ICRL data mismatch reports and exports to facilitate reviews
(5) Interactive Key Performance Index (KPI) charts suitable for reports
10.20.3 Component Repair Review and ICRL Validation
10.20.3.1 Purpose
Periodic reviews of component repair capabilities, maintenance outcomes, costs, and processes
enable the IMA to assess its own productivity and cost efficiency, refresh its ICRL data, and
compare itself against peers. There are two mandatory periodic reviews:
a. Component Repair Review (CRR) is a coordinated set of activities to examine IMA
processes for opportunities to improve local repair capabilities, assess conformance with SM&R
codes and other directives, and realize other efficiencies. CRR consists of structured reviews of
ICRL data, maintenance history, and logistics data — each targeting specific areas of concern.
b. ICRL Validation (IV) is a systematic review of individual ICRL records to ensure data
elements are up to date and conform to the requirements of this NAMPSOP. Maintenance plans,
supply management data, and technical data change frequently and are maintained in external
10-300
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
systems that do not automatically update NALCOMIS. The IV provides an opportunity to
synchronize the ICRL with external data sources.
10.20.3.2 CRR and IV
The CRR and IV are distinct but correlated activities. The CRO PM is responsible for scheduling
and coordinating these activities and maintaining documentation needed for subsequent follow-up,
reporting, and program monitoring. Successful execution requires cooperative participation from
the Maintenance Department, its supporting Supply activity, their NALCOMIS DBAs, the
AIRSpeed Continuous Process Improvement (CPI) Team, and other stakeholders.
10.20.3.3 Periodicity.
The CRR and IV will be performed at a minimum twice per year during May and November. CVN
and L Class Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Departments (AIMD) will perform reviews in
accordance with pre-deployment milestones. Additional reviews may be conducted at CRO PM
discretion.
10.20.3.4 Component Repair Review (CRR) Procedures
a. Improvement Opportunities (IO). This review helps identify NIINs with better maintenance
outcomes at other IMAs.
NOTE: NAT “Program Options” tab allows the user to adjust the threshold settings used to
select NIINs of interest. “RFI Rate Increase” default is 15 percent. Refer to Cmbnd-
ICRL documentation for details.
(1) From the Cmbnd-ICRL main screen, select the “NIIN Analysis (NAT)” button to enter
the “NIIN Analysis Tool” function
(2) Select the fiscal year of interest from the dropdown menu at the top of the window (this
will usually default to the current fiscal year but may be changed).
(3) Select the “Clear NIIN List” button to empty the “Selected NIINs List”
(4) Select preferred “Output Format” checkboxes. Reports will display in their native
applications and may then be saved, printed, or converted to other file types.
(5) Under “Site Analysis”, enter an activity Organization (ORG) code and select asterisk (*)
for the work center (W/C) code to select all work center codes
(6) Select the “Improvement Opportunities” button to generate the “Component Repair
Improvement Opportunities” report
(7) If prompted to add NIINs to the “Selected NIINs List”, select “Yes”. The NIINs will
populate the “Selected NIINs List” and the NIINs will remain available for subsequent analyses
(8) The “Component Repair Improvement Opportunities” report will list (in NIIN sequence)
components with a better maintenance outcome at another IMA (based on the “RFI Rate Increase”
setting)
10-301
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(9) Investigate constraints to repair capability, potential savings, and costs to achieve better
capability. The Cmbnd-ICRL “eMail Manager” function facilitates drafting emails to selected
IMAs to inquire about their capabilities and processes
b. Work Center 05A BCM and R&R review. This review will identify NIINs that were
automatically sent BCM or R&R by W/C 05A, but had RFI actions during the FY at any other
IMA.
(1) From the Cmbnd-ICRL main screen, select the “NAT” button to enter the “NIIN
Analysis Tool” function
(2) Select the “Clear NIIN List” button to start with an empty list
(3) Select preferred “Output Format” checkboxes. Reports will display in their native
applications and may then be saved, printed, or converted to other file types.
(4) Choose the fiscal year (FY) under consideration, enter an activity Organization (ORG)
code, and select “05A” for the work center (W/C) code. The “W/C 05A BCM and R&R” button
will become active.
(5) Select the “W/C 05A BCM and R&R” button to generate the BCM Analysis Report
(6) Investigate constraints to establish local capability, potential savings, and costs to
achieve better capability. The Cmbnd-ICRL “eMail Manager” function facilitates drafting emails
to selected IMAs to inquire about their capabilities and processes.
c. SM&R and CC mismatch review. This review will identify NIINs assigned a CC that
appears inconsistent with the SM&R code reflected in OTS.
(1) From the Cmbnd-ICRL main screen, select the “Program Performance” button to enter
the “Program Performance” program. The “Program Statistics” dashboard is displayed.
(2) The “Program Performance Statistics” dashboard is divided into three panels. The left
panel allows selection of output formats and selection of IMAs. The center panel provides
summaries of SM&R code and CC code distributions, ICRL vs. OTS data comparison, and
suspected mismatches. The right panel provides fleet-wide summaries of maintenance outcome
data and NAT information for the past three complete FYs and the current FY.
(3) In the “SM&R Analysis” section of the center pane, pay special attention to the columns
with yellow boxes and red numbers. Click on each block to generate a report of ICRL records with
CC and SM&R code indicated by the intersection of the row and column headers.
(4) Investigate constraints to establish local capability, potential savings, and costs to
achieve better capability. The Cmbnd-ICRL “eMail Manager” function facilitates drafting emails
to selected IMAs to inquire about their capabilities and processes.
d. Program performance review. This review will help the CRO PM identify various aspects of
the CRO program and ICRL that may benefit from further investigation. Some useful features are
described below:
10-302
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) From the Cmbnd-ICRL main screen, select the “Program Performance” button to enter
the “Program Performance” function. The “Program Statistics” dashboard is displayed.
(2) The “Program Performance Statistics” dashboard is divided into three panels. The left
panel allows selection of output formats and selection of any IMA. The center panel provides
summaries of SM&R code and CC code distributions, ICRL versus OTS data comparison, and
suspected ICRL conflicts. The right panel provides summaries of maintenance outcome data and
NAT information for the past three complete FYs and the current FY.
(3) Use the “Program Performance Statistics” dashboard to examine aspects of the ICRL
and CRO Program data to identify areas needing attention. This dashboard is an extremely rich
data source with several dozen reports and drill-down capabilities.
(4) The “CAGE – Part Number NOF” button generates a dashboard identifying ICRL
CAGE and Part number pairs that are “Not On File” in OTS. IMA ICRL records take the CAGE
and Part Number from the physical component, mismatches generally indicate a problem with the
OTS data.
(5) The “Org Discrepancy Summary” button inspects each ICRL record for eleven common
mismatch types and displays suspected errors by P/N and CAGE to facilitate review and corrective
actions. This compact format helps identify errors in one place and reduces the need for repeated
passes through the data.
(6) The “Build KPI Chart” button generates an “ICRL Key Performance Index” with
interactive graphs and data. This is the same chart often used in the T/M/S Cost War Room (CWR)
reviews and is suitable for use in presentations or reports. The graph includes at least ten quarters
of data in four areas of interest. Individual or multiple IMAs may be selected for comparison.
(7) Zero items processed review. Identify candidates for deletion from the ICRL. The "X1
NIINs with Zero Items Processed Fleet-Wide" report looks across all IMA ICRLs and identifies
NIINs not inducted for at least three fiscal years. These are NIINs that may be languishing in the
local IMA ICRL and no longer require support as determined by the CRO PM. Deleting inactive
NIINs reduces the number of ICRL records requiring periodic review. If an item is deleted but
subsequently inducted, simply treat it as a fist time induction to keep the ICRL data current.
e. SM&R change candidate review. This review identifies NIINs with SM&R code of PAOOO
(repair or condemn at O Level); PA-ZZ (non-repairable); or PAOOD/PAOOK/PAODD/PAOKK (O
or D-Level repair) for which a SM&R Change Request (SMR CR) may be appropriate if the IMA
has established repair capability. The CRO PM must carefully consider whether to submit a SMR
CR based on the history of discrepancies and corrective actions. Incidental repairs or one-off RFIs
are insufficient reasons to submit a SMR CR, which effectively initiates a change to the
Maintenance Plan with wide-ranging consequences across the NAE. Review components routinely
inducted and repaired under the Fleet Engineering Disposition (FED) program is an indication the
Maintenance Plan and SM&R code may require update. If the CRO PM determines a SM&R code
change should be considered and the Maintenance Officer (MO) concurs, then submit a SMR CR
via the Joint Discrepancy Reporting System (JDRS).
(1) From the Cmbnd-ICRL main screen, select the “OPTIMA” button to enter the
“Optimizing IMA ICRL” function
10-303
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Select preferred “Output Format” checkboxes. Reports will display in their native
applications and may then be saved, printed, or converted to other file types
(3) Select the “SM&R Change Request Candidates” button to generate a report for items
that have been RFI but are assigned one of the above SM&R codes
f. Time to Reliably Replenish (TRR) and Buffers adjustment. The AIRSpeed Continuous
Process Improvement (CPI) Team evaluates the accuracy of TRR and Buffers for NIINs that
entered EXREP status at any time during the six month period covered by the CRR. The AIRSpeed
Officer provides recommendations to the Buffer Management Tool (BMT) Administrator to update
BMT table values.
NOTE: Selected IMAs under Commander Fleet Readiness Centers (COMFRC) may be
directed to use alternative BMT procedures associated with Navy Sustainment
System (NSS) and Integrated Supply Chain Management (ISCM) initiatives.
g. CRR Report Consolidation. The CRO PM should consolidate results for reporting to the
MO. The format and depth of the report is at the discretion of the CRO PM and MO. The CRO
PM and ICRL Manager will document findings for later reference, action, reporting, and follow-up.
10.20.3.5 ICRL Validation (IV) Procedures
a. Conduct a semi-annual review of ICRL records for accuracy, concurrency with OTS and
OOMA WUC Baseline, and conformance with data field requirements of paragraph 10.20.3.6.
b. The ICRL Manager will provide Work Center ICRL Petty Officers (PO)/Non-Commissioned
Officers (NCO) with their portion of the ICRL and assign a due date for completing the review.
Instructions for verifying, annotating corrections, and signature requirements will be provided.
c. The ICRL Manager and CRO PM will help the Work Center ICRL PO/NCO resolve
ambiguities, mismatches, and conflicts among the authoritative data sources.
NOTE: Minor corrections of nomenclature, NSN, P/N, CAGE, FGC, COG, Work Center
Code, etc., do not require an ICRL Change Request (Figure 10.20-1). Submit
recommended corrections to the ICRL Manager and provide references to the
correct data for verification purposes.
10.20.3.6 ICRL Data Field Procedures
NOTES: 1. One Touch Support (OTS) is the primary reference for P/N, CAGE, NIIN, COG,
MCC, FSC, SM&R, etc. This does not imply OTS is always correct and other
sources are wrong, only that OTS is used as the Fleet’s “common” reference. If
you have authoritative information ascertaining OTS is incorrect or out of date and
another SM&R is correct, then use that SM&R.
2. OOMA WUC Baseline, DECKPLATE, and the Cmbnd-ICRL are authorized
sources for TEC, WUC, and CAGE-P/N pairs.
3. Normally, the ICRL should not include systems, end items, or items not
processed through AMSU or JASU. Do not enter these into the ICRL unless there is
a specific requirement and the CRO PM has approved.
10-304
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. PART NO. Part number as indicated on the item. Ensure all elements of the part number are
entered, including dashes, slashes, or other symbols. If the P/N is too long for the data field, enter
as much as possible. If the P/N on the part does not match technical or supply documentation, refer
it to the Supply DBA or Supply ICRL Representative to update the local NALCOMIS data.
b. CAGE. Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code associated with the P/N. A P/N
may be produced or supplied by multiple CAGE codes. CAGE code may occasionally be cited by
its previous name, Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers (FSCM), particularly in older technical
documentation. If the CAGE on the part does not match technical or supply documentation, refer it
to the Supply DBA or Supply ICRL Representative to update the local NALCOMIS data.
c. WUC. Work Unit Code (WUC) up to 32 alphanumeric characters corresponding to the TEC,
CAGE, and P/N combination as specified in the OOMA WUC Baseline. The Cmbnd-ICRL may
also be used as a reference for WUC data.
(1) OTS is the authoritative data source for part Interchangeability and Substitution (I&S).
Parts cataloged as interchangeable or substitutes in OTS generally have the same WUC for a given
TEC. If OOMA WUC Baseline does not list a specific CAGE & P/N pair under a TEC but does list
another pair that is cataloged in OTS as interchangeable, then use that WUC.
(2) If an appropriate WUC cannot be determined, initiate a Baseline Trouble Report (BTR)
following local IMA procedures.
d. TEC. Type Equipment Code (TEC) applicable to the end item. Note that a particular P/N
may be used in multiple TECs. If the IMA supports multiple TECs incorporating the same item,
only add ICRL records for the TECs that have been inducted. A special ICRL record may be
required to accommodate Supply Work Requests (commonly called “77C”) for repairables. A TEC
ending with “9” must be created in the NALCOMIS OIMA system and associated with the CAGE,
P/N, and WUC for the component. Create this record only if necessary to process a Supply Work
Request.
NOTE: A special ICRL record may be required to accommodate Supply Work Requests
(commonly called “77C”) for repairables. A TEC ending with “9” must be created in
the NALCOMIS OIMA system and associated with the CAGE, P/N, and WUC for
the component. Create this record only if necessary to process a Supply Work
Request.
e. SRC IND. Scheduled Replacement Component (SRC) Indicator. Enter A, E, M, or S for
items subject to configuration tracking per the OOMA WUC Baseline. Acceptable codes are A
(ASR/AESR), E (EHR), M (MSR), and S (SRC). Leave blank if no history record or card is
required. For components subject to configuration tracking under a different or newer system in
OOMA, then use character A.
NOTE: In the NALCOMIS Master Record File (MRF), on the “Rep NIIN” tab, if the “SRC
Ind” box is checked, only letters A, E, M or S are allowed. If not checked, only a
blank is allowed. To change the MRF “SRC Ind” checkbox, contact the Supply
activity ICRL Representative or Supply NALCOMIS DBA.
10-305
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. CC. Capability Code (CC). Enter the code that reflects the IMA’s current repair capability
for the TEC, CAGE, and P/N combination. Refer to ICRL Capability Codes (Figure 10.20-2) for
descriptions of permitted codes and examples of their usage.
g. WC. Work Center (WC) code designated as having repair, test/check, RFI or other
responsibility. The Work Center designated as “Primary” is the induction work center.
NALCOMIS OIMA permits only one “Primary” work center for each TEC, CAGE, and P/N
combination. In special cases, additional work centers may be entered for the same component, but
they cannot be designated as “Primary”. This is useful at Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC), having
both I-Level and D-Level capabilities.
h. SM&R. Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) code for the specific P/N, CAGE
Code, and NIIN as identified by OTS. Different applications (i.e., aircraft, SE) may use the same
component but with different Maintenance Plans and SM&R coding. Select the SM&R code
corresponding to the Application Code from which the item was removed. When in doubt, contact
the ICRL Manager or CRO PM for assistance.
NOTE: NAVSUPINST 4423.29A and NAVSUP P-719, Rev 2 provide detailed information on
Navy SM&R Code assignment, composition, and interpretation.
i. NOMENCLATURE. Brief description of the item using the same nomenclature reflected in
OOMA WUC Baseline (preferred), OTS, or technical data.
j. COG, MCC, FSC, NIIN, SMIC. Enter Navy Cognizance Code (COG), Material Control
Code (MCC), Federal Supply Classification (FSC), NATO Item Identification Number (NIIN), and
Special Material Identification Code (SMIC) codes.
k. Target Capability Code (TCC). Enter the CC the IMA expects to assign in the future only if
it is different from the current code.
l. TCC DT. TCC Date. Enter a Julian date when the TCC is expected to be assigned.
NOTE: TCC is an anticipated future capability code that is different from the current CC.
TCC and CC cannot be the same. TCC and TCC DT must remain blank if no
change in current capability is anticipated. Refer to TCC (Figure 10.20-2) and TCC
DT (Figure 10.20-4) for guidance.
m. ICRL UPDATE DT. NALCOMIS will automatically record the date when the ICRL record
data is changed and saved.
n. LOCAL DATA (Lcl Data). Coding of significance only to the IMA on whose ICRL they
appear. Five (5) characters are available for local use.
o. BENCH Code (Bench Cd). Coding of significance only to the IMA on whose ICRL they
appear. Nine (9) characters are available for local use.
10.20.3.7 ICRL Change Request (ICR)
a. The ICRL Change Request (ICR) is used to formally request and approve/deny changes in
ICRL data or CC assignments. ICRs are most often initiated by JASU/AMSU upon receipt of
10-306
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
repairable items not already reflected in the ICR with the applicable TEC, WUC, CAGE, and P/N
combination.
b. The Cmbnd ICRL generates and prints ICR forms prepopulated with authoritative OTS,
OOMA WUC Baseline, and NALCOMIS data and is the recommended method.
c. Alternatively, an ICRL Change Request (Figure 10.20-1) may be duplicated locally or used as
a template. Similar locally developed templates or forms are acceptable as long as they are identified
in the IMA’s LCP.
d. ICRs must be routed expeditiously and only to the people/offices necessary. Superfluous
routing extends logistics response times. For example, do not route through the AMO/Training
Officer unless there is a personnel or training issue to be addressed.
e. Minor corrections of nomenclature, NSN, P/N, CAGE, FGC, COG, Work Center Code, etc.
do not require an ICR. Submit recommended corrections to the ICRL Manager (with references).
Email is recommended (not mandatory) because it is traceable, easy to manage, and easy to archive
for reference purposes.
f. Unless explicitly stated in command directives, ICRs are considered internal Maintenance
Department temporary working papers and are not considered official correspondence.
10.20.4 Responsibilities
10-307
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Produce the quarterly Cmbnd-ICRL. Publish on SharePoint and distribute via DoD SAFE
(Secure Access File Exchange) to deployed activities.
b. Prior to each T/M/S Cost War Room (CWR) review, provide a list of potential productivity
degraders of those items with:
(1) RFI rates 15 percent or more lower than the highest performing IMA. Emphasis should
be placed on items topping T/M/S Top Degrader Lists.
(2) Items with SM&R codes that appear inconsistent with IMA reported ICRL CC and
demonstrated maintenance outcomes. For example, items SM&R coded “PAOGD” with low IMA
RFI rates, or items SM&R coded “PAODD” with many I Level repairs.
(3) X2, X3 and X6 items with expired TCC Dates
10.20.4.3 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Publish a Local Command Procedure (LCP) per Appendix D to specify additional
procedures and responsibilities for the CRO program applicable to the IMA including its supporting
Supply activity.
b. Designate the Component Repair Optimization (CRO) Program Manager (PM). In most
cases, the CRO PM will be assigned to the Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) or
Production Control Officer. The CRO PM may be assigned to a Government Civilian employee
when consistent with an existing Position Description (PD) and approved by the Commanding
Officer (CO). Designations will be in writing via Advanced Skills Management (ASM). Activities
not using ASM may use a locally generated designation form.
c. Review Component Repair Review (CRR) and ICRL Validation (IV) results
d. Review and approve SM&R Change Requests (SMR-CR) prior to submission via JDRS
10.20.4.4 Supply Officer
a. Assist the MO in developing LCPs per Appendix D when necessary to specify additional
procedures applicable to the Supply activity
b. Assign, in writing, a Supply ICRL Representative to manage the Supply activity’s
responsibilities applicable to maintenance of the ICRL
10.20.4.5 Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO)
NOTE: Depending on IMA organizational structure, duties in this section may fall under
Personnel, Manpower, Training, or other functional areas.
a. Validate requests to change CC to X3 (lack of required technical skills). Before approving
CC X3, verify the skill shortfall cannot be mitigated internally or with Type Commander
(TYCOM), Marine Air Wing (MAW), or Commander Fleet Readiness Centers (COMFRC)
assistance.
NOTE: ICRL Change Requests assigning CC X3 must have a TCC and TCC DT. If
personnel with the required NEC/MOS are already identified as Prospective Gains
(PG) or if a person is scheduled to attend a course or school leading to the required
10-308
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NEC/MOS/skill, use the date the person becomes available for duty in the IMA as the
TCC DT.
b. Identify required NECs, courses, schools, and/or OJT. Schedule personnel to attend.
NOTE: Technical skill deficiencies must be reported per paragraph 3.3.1.j.
10.20.4.6 Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) or Production Control Officer
a. The Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) or Production Control Officer will be
assigned as the CRO PM. The Commanding Officer (CO) may alternatively assign a Government
Civilian employee when consistent with an existing Position Description (PD). Designations will
be in writing via ASM. For activities not using ASM, a locally generated designation form may be
used.
b. Responsible to the MO for driving optimal component repair policy and for accuracy of the
ICRL
c. Become thoroughly familiar with the references listed at the beginning of this NAMSOP
(10.20.1), Chapter 3.1, and Chapter 5.2.
d. Conduct an audit of the Component Repair Optimization program within 60 days of
assignment, at least annually thereafter, and whenever required by higher authority. Use the most
recent Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC). Regularly scheduled program audits using
the same CSEC meet this requirement if conducted more frequently than annually.
e. Ensure an ICRL Manager, E 5 or above, is designated in writing via ASM. It is beneficial
for the ICRL Manager to be familiar with I-Level maintenance processes and to have completed the
IMA Production Control Procedures Course (C-555-0043). For activities not using ASM, a locally
generated designation form may be used. The assignment should be for a minimum of one year to
facilitate continuity through at least two semi-annual review cycles.
f. Conduct Component Repair Review (CRR) and ICRL Validations (IV). Provide a report to
the MO with a summary of findings, including:
(1) Actions taken on items with RFI rates 15 percent or more below the highest RFI rate
reflected in the NAT
(2) Justification for additions/deletions of components or downgrade in capabilities
(3) JDRS SM&R Change Request (SMR-CR) status
(4) Actions taken to improve productivity, capability, and/or other efficiencies
g. Brief the Maintenance Department, its supporting Supply activity, their NALCOMIS Data
Base Administrators (DBA), the AIRSpeed Continuous Process Improvement (CPI) Team, and
other stakeholders on the results of the CRR, IV, or other items of interest
h. Sign as the final approver on ICRL Change Requests (unless otherwise specified in the CRO
Program LCP)
10-309
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Submit SM&R Change Request (SMR-CR) via JDRS after receiving concurrence from the
MO
j. Register “IMA Points of Contact (POC)” using the Cmbnd-ICRL “POC Update” function
k. Support T/M/S Cost War Room reviews. Respond to data calls and information requests in a
timely manner to ensure the CWR is using the most current information for the review
10.20.4.7 ICRL Manager
a. Complete the most recently published ICRL PQS (NAVEDTRA 43402) within 90 calendar
days of designation
b. Complete IMA Production Control Procedures Course (C-555-0043). This is an extremely
high-demand course, and seats are always scarce. If not already completed upon designation, the
ICRL Manager should be scheduled to complete the course within 90 calendar days of designation
(but prior to deployment for afloat activities). If unable to comply due to course unavailability,
deployment, or other factors (e.g., pandemic), the command should request a NAMP deviation.
c. Report to the CRO PM for maintenance of the ICRL and CRO program-related tasks
d. Maintain access to the following websites (links may change):
(1) DECKPLATE (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil)
(2) One Touch Support (https://www.onetouch.navy.mil)
(3) COMNAVAIRPAC Aviation Financial Analysis Tool (AFAST) site
(https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAF-AFAST)
e. Distribute data and instructions for semi-annual CRR and IV
f. Conduct training on ICRL data fields, data validation, procedures for annotating updates, and
procedures for submitting ICRL Change Requests. Work Center ICRL PO/NCO should receive
this training within 15 days of designation.
g. Coordinate routing and completion of ICRL Change Requests
h. Before making changes or corrections to the ICRL, verify component data is accurate using
OTS, OOMA WUC Baseline, and/or the Cmbnd-ICRL
i. Coordinate the completion of IV:
(1) Provide each Work Center ICRL PO/NCO with a copy of their portion of the ICRL and
assign a due date for completing the review. Copies may be printed or data files (e.g., Excel,
Access) as used within the IMA or as specified in the IMA’s LCP.
(2) Conduct annual (minimum) training for Work Center ICRL PO/NCO to include ICRL
data fields and Cmbnd-ICRL to validate or to research component data. Provide directions for
annotating corrections and for submitting ICRL Change Requests. AMSU/JASU personnel are
highly encouraged to attend.
10-310
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) After validating work center inputs, review results with CRO PM to determine follow-on
actions and to issue the call for any required ICRL Change Requests
j. Act on NALCOMIS ICRL Error Mailbox messages daily. As AMSU or JASU inducts
components, the W/C code, WUC, TEC, CAGE, and P/N data from the turn-in work order (WO)
are compared to the ICRL. If these data elements do not match, an ICRL Error Mailbox message is
created. If the ICRL is correct and the WO documentation is wrong, the ICRL Manager will delete
the ICRL error message and have AMSU/JASU contact the NALCOMIS DBA to correct the WO.
If the ICRL is incorrect, the ICRL Manager will resolve the discrepancy.
k. Maintain a program file. Program file elements often include both hard-copy reports and
computer files. For computer files, a shared on-line location (e.g., Flankspeed, SharePoint, etc.) is
recommended (not mandatory) to ensure they remain accessible and not tied to one account/profile.
The program file has the following elements and may be comprised of any combination of original,
paper copy, PDF, or computer files.
(1) References and cross-reference locator sheets for program information
(2) Correspondence, email, and naval messages
(3) ICRL Add Requests and ICRL Change Requests for a minimum of one (1) year after
approval
(4) Results of the two (2) previous ICRL Validations
(5) Result of the most recent audit Program Manager (PM) audit or Quality Assurance (QA)
directed audit using the Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC)
(6) A journal or record of NALCOMIS ICRL update activity (optional)
10.20.4.8 Production Control
a. Review and endorse ICRL Change Requests, as necessary, before forwarding to the CRO
PM for approval
b. Assist CRO PM and ICRL Manager in scheduling events requiring work center participation
to ensure maximum participation with minimal disruption to production
c. Assist AMSU/JASU in resolving delays; identify the work center to receive a first-time
induction; and assign a work center to screen X1/X8/X9 components with minor discrepancies
that may be capable of local repair instead of automatic BCM
d. For PC inductions, avoid “ICRL Override” which results in superfluous “ICRL Error
Mailbox” entries. Instead, call the ICRL Manager for assistance. Haphazard use of “ICRL
Override” contributes to inaccurate maintenance data and time-consuming NALCOMIS data
corrections.
10.20.4.9 NALCOMIS Data Base Administrator (DBA)
a. Grant the special maintenance qualification (SMQ) “Maintain ICRL” only to the ICRL
Manager and CRO PM
10-311
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Forward an ICRL extract to COMNAVAIRPAC (N422) for building the Cmbnd-ICRL.
COMNAVAIRPAC (N422) publishes the required submission dates and procedures via naval
message. Keep an archival copy of the most recent quarterly ICRL data (.CSV) computer file
uploaded to COMNAVAIRPAC (N422). After the data file has been received and verified, an
acknowledgement will be emailed to the DBA. Keep the email as evidence the quarterly
submissions were received and processed, and forward the email to the CRO PM and ICRL
Manager.
c. If requested by the CRO PM, assist with Component Repair Reviews (CRR), Improvement
Opportunities (IO), and Cost War Room (CWR) research.
10.20.4.10 AMSU/JASU Supervisor
a. Upon assignment, get training from the ICRL Manager or CRO PM on ICRL processes and
use of the Cmbnd-ICRL. Train AMSU/JASU subordinates. To the maximum extent practical,
ensure AMSU/JASU participates in periodic ICRL training conducted by the ICRL Manager or
CRO PM.
b. Initiate ICRL Change Requests for components inducted for the first time or which cannot
be found in the ICRL. Confer with Production Control or ICRL Manager to determine which work
center code will initially receive the inducted component.
c. Verify the CAGE-P/N pair marked on the incoming component exactly matches the entries
recorded in the WO or other turn-in documents. Accuracy of P/N includes (but is not limited to)
slashes and dashes to prevent the proliferation of “similar” entries in the ICRL.
d. Avoid “ICRL Override” which results in superfluous “ICRL Error Mailbox” entries.
Instead, call the ICRL Manager for assistance. Haphazard use of “ICRL Override” contributes to
inaccurate maintenance data and time-consuming NALCOMIS data corrections. Screen incoming
Auto BCM (e.g., X1, X8, X9) repairable items for minor discrepancies (e.g., broken/missing knobs
or fasteners) that might be capable of local repair instead of an automatic BCM. Contact
Production Control for assistance in evaluating the feasibility of local repair.
10.20.4.11 Supply ICRL Program Representative
a. When AMSU or JASU initiates an ICRL Change Request, verify data in the turn-in WO
against the MRF, and the MRF data against NAVSUP OTS. Resolve discrepancies before
forwarding to the ICRL Manager. NIIN, CAGE, and P/N must be correctly loaded into the MRF
before the ICRL Manager may act on the ICRL Change Request. For questions regarding SM&R
Codes or WUCs, consult with the ICRL Manager or CRO PM.
b. Review and correct NALCOMIS MRF discrepancies identified by the ICRL Manager or
CRO PM
10.20.4.12 Division Officers
a. Designate the Work Center ICRL PO/NCO via ASM. For activities not using ASM, a
locally generated designation form may be used. Paper records or forms are not authorized in
activities using ASM per 10.1.4.10. Use either ASM or forms, but not both.
10-312
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Every work center code represented in the ICRL must have a designated Work Center ICRL
PO/NCO. Every work center with repairable items in the active workload must have a designated
Work Center ICRL PO/NCO. One person may be assigned to multiple work centers as long as
there is no ambiguity in ASM and it is clear who represents each work center.
c. If applicable, review and endorse ICRL Change Requests and ensure specific
recommendations (e.g., CC, W/C code) and references (e.g., TM, constraints) have been included.
d. When requested by CRO PM, review and endorse SMR CR applicable to the division
e. Review results of Component Repair Review and ICRL Validations and provide a
memorandum to the CRO PM outlining actions taken to improve component capability,
performance, and/or efficiency. Include specific comments regarding efforts to resolve X2, X3, and
X6 items.
10.20.4.13 Work Center Supervisors
a. Nominate an E-4 or above to the Division Officer for designation as the Work Center ICRL
PO/NCO
b. Upon completion of the IV, review and endorse it before submission following instructions
from the ICRL Manager
c. Verify the accuracy of ICRL Change Requests before endorsing and forwarding. Fully
explain the reason for the change, anticipated impacts to the work center, and recommended CC.
10.20.4.14 Work Center ICRL Petty Officer or NCO
a. Upon assignment, receive training from the ICRL Manager or CRO PM on the procedures
for ICRL Validations (IV) and ICRL Change Requests.
b. Expedite completion of the IV following instructions from the ICRL Manager
c. Prepare and submit ICRL Change Requests to the Work Center Supervisor for review,
endorsement, and forwarding
d. Keep the Work Center Supervisor informed regarding the status of equipment, tools,
facilities, and technical data required to resolve CC X2, X3 and X6
e. Upon request, provide the ICRL Manager and CRO PM with technical data or other
information for components falling within the work center’s area of expertise. For example, data
required for Improvement Opportunity Reviews. This also includes items not currently listed in the
local ICRL but under consideration for developing new capabilities.
10-313
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Tracking Number (Assigned by ICRL Manager)
3. Part Data:
4. Demand & Cost Information: a. Demand last 12 months: b. RFIs last 12 months:
c. BCMs last 12 months: d. AVDLR net cost per item: e. Total AVDLR cost last 12 months:
TDM: Date:
7. Additional Skills Requirements (Required for requests to add capability to change CC to X3)
MMCO/PCO: Date:
ICRL Manager:
Note: Bold areas of ICRL Change Request Indicate requirement to sign and date.
10-314
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ICRL CAPABILITY CODE (CC) DETERMINATION
Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) codes convey objectives of maintenance and supply support plans
developed by Program Managers (PM). The codes identify the maintenance levels (ML) authorized to perform
maintenance tasks published in Technical Data. PMs assign or change the SM&R codes; however, NAVSUP publishes
SM&R codes and related supply data in the One Touch Support (OTS) application. The Combined-ICRL is also an
authorized SM&R reference.
Individual Component Repair List (ICRL) Capability Codes (CC) convey an IMA’s ability to execute the
maintenance tasks.
SM&R codes convey PM objectives, while ICRL CCs convey an IMA’s self-assessment of its ability to execute those objectives.
It is rarely possible for a PM to outfit every IMA with all the SE and other resources needed to perform every maintenance task.
There are always differences and consequently, ICRL CCs are seldom uniform across all 60 IMAs (hence the word “Individual”).
Regardless of the ML identified by the SM&R code, IMAs must always check current tech data to verify the tasks
they may perform. “Tech data” includes NATEC Technical Manuals (TM), Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals
(IETM), and technical instructions issued by NAVAIR, TYCOM, or FST. Occasionally, tech data is issued via an official
message, FST email or Fleet Engineering Disposition (FED) response, or other document like an OEM repair manual.
Test Program Instructions (TPI), the operator instructions used with Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) systems such as
Consolidated Automated Support System (CASS), are also considered tech data.
A1 – Check and Test Only. The IMA can execute Check and Test tasks identified in the tech data; however, repairs are
not authorized. The IMA may replace minor parts such as fuses, bulbs, screws, knobs, handles, antennas, covers, lanyards,
etc., that do not require disassembly beyond what the tech data authorizes. If the item fails the Check and Test, BCM5 is
the most appropriate action.
C1 – Full Repair. Also called “complete repair”. The IMA can execute all tasks identified in the tech data.
• During maintenance, a condition may be discovered that must be deferred to a higher maintenance level per the
tech data. Do not downgrade from C1 to C3; this is a common misunderstanding. IMA’s responsibility is to
uncover such discrepancies to ensure the item is referred to the proper repair facility. BCM7 is the most
appropriate action.
C3 – Limited Repair. Also called “partial repair”. The IMA can execute some but not all tasks identified in the tech data.
D1 – Full D-Level. The IMA can execute all Depot-level tasks (e.g., repair, rework, or overhaul) identified in the tech
data. This code is used in Level II Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC) with Depot Artisans or other specially qualified
personnel. Used only with BMCI Artisan work center codes.
D3 – Partial D-Level. The IMA can execute some but not all Depot-level tasks (e.g., repair, rework, or overhaul)
identified in the tech data. This code is used in Level II FRCs with Depot Artisans or other specially qualified personnel.
Used only with BMCI Artisan work center codes.
M1 – Manufacture/Assemble. The IMA is capable of assembling or manufacturing the item. IMAs may manufacture
aeronautical material if they have the capability, regardless of the manufacturing level assigned in the SM&R code. All
activities are authorized to repair M-series (SM&R Source Code begins with character M) items when it is economical
and within their capability.
Z1 – Non-repairable Material. SM&R Codes with ZZ (Non-repairable) in the 4th and 5th positions, or B (Recondition)
in the 4th position, usually indicate the PM did not plan to repair the item. However, IMAs may use Z1 to indicate they
have established local repair capability or to indicate the IMA can perform a servicing function (e.g., flushing, cleaning,
or charging). IMAs are authorized to repair ‘non-repairable’ items when:
10-315
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
• replacement item is not available in stock locally;
• the item is required to offset a NMCS, PMCS, or work stoppage; and
• repair is within the IMA’s capability.
R1 – Repair and Return (R&R). This code identifies items routinely sent from one shore IMA with limited
or no repair capability to another shore IMA. R&R may be implemented to reduce life cycle costs by
designating selected IMAs as centralized repair sites. R&R is an alternative to BCM during situations affecting
an IMA’s capability or capacity. Used only with work center 05A.
• R1 may be a cost-effective alternative to X8 or X9. Consider the BCM vs. repair cost, readiness
impacts, Repair Turn Around Time (RTAT), and stock posture. (Is stock adequate to preclude
EXREPs while awaiting the return of the R&R item?)
• For temporary R&R arrangements, assign a Target Capability Code (TCC) and Target Capability Code
Date (TCC DT) to assist in tracking. Revert to an appropriate CC when local capability is restored.
X1 – Repair is Not Authorized. I-level is not authorized to perform any maintenance tasks per SM&R Code
4th position. Used only with work center 05A, which will process a BCM1.
• X1 is not used for FLRs (NIIN is assigned MCC “D”). Refer to X9.
• Selected IMAs may be authorized to execute some or all maintenance tasks, effectively overriding the
SM&R code. Use appropriate CC and W/C codes to ensure capability is visible to the Naval Aviation
Enterprise (NAE).
X2 – Lack of Authorized Equipment/Tools/Facilities. Tech Data has maintenance tasks the IMA cannot
execute due to a deficiency in authorized equipment, tools, or facilities. However, if the IMA can execute some
but not all maintenance tasks, then use C3 or A1, and document efforts (e.g., IMRL Revision Request) to
resolve deficiencies. TCC, TCC DT, and production W/C code required for X2.
X3 – Lack of Required Technical Skills. Tech Data has maintenance tasks the IMA cannot execute due to a
deficiency in personnel with the required skills. However, if the IMA can execute some but not all maintenance
tasks, then use C3 or A1 and document efforts to resolve deficiencies. TCC, TCC DT, and production W/C
code required for X3.
X6 – Lack of Technical Data. Tech Data has maintenance tasks the IMA is not capable of executing due to
a deficiency in tech data, drawings, IPB, TPI, etc. If the IMA can execute some but not all maintenance tasks
identified in the tech data, then use C3 or A1 and document efforts (e.g., Technical Publication Deficiency
Reports) to resolve deficiencies. TCC, TCC DT, and production W/C code required for X6.
X8 – Administrative or repair is restricted by higher authority. This IMA is restricted from performing
maintenance tasks by direction from higher authority or policy. Use only with work center 05A, which will
process a BCM8.
• X8 applies to repairable items (except FLRs) with SM&R Code 4th position having F, G, H, or L.
• For FLRs (NIIN is assigned MCC “D”) refer to X9.
X9 – Field Level Repairable (FLR) not demonstrating potential for cost-effective repair. IMA screened
the item and its maintenance history, and considered repair possibilities, but the item cannot be repaired
economically at this IMA.
Figure 10.20-2 (page 2): ICRL Capability Codes
10-316
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From:
Division Officer
To:
1. You are assigned as the Work Center ____________ ICRL Petty Officer/NCO and must perform your duties per
reference (a). Your duties will include, but are not limited to the following:
c. Research all items listed in the ICRL using applicable IPBs and One Touch Support at
(https://www.onetouch.navy.mil) to ensure all data entered is complete and accurate.
d. Ensure ICRL reviews are complete by the due date assigned by the ICRL Manager.
e. Ensure all items with capability codes X2 and X6 have the required materials on order and provide
documentation to the Work Center Supervisor and the Program Manager.
2. I certify that I have read and understand the responsibilities of the assigned billet and will perform the duties to
the best of my ability.
Original to:
10-317
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ICRL REQUIREMENTS FOR TARGET CAPABILITY CODES AND
TARGET CAPABILITY CODE DATES
1. Target Capability Code (TCC) and Target Capability Code Date (TCC DT) apply only to the following capability
codes:
X2 - The IMA is not capable of executing any maintenance task identified in the applicable technical
manuals due to lack of authorized equipment, tools, or facilities. For IMRL items, the IMRL Manager
assesses the validity of the requirement and, as required, contacts the Support Equipment Controlling
Authority (SECA) to address the deficit. If the item is a non-IMRL tool, the Tool Control Plan (TCP)
Coordinator is responsible for addressing the deficit. The Component Repair Optimization (CRO) Program
Manager (PM) will task responsible personnel, depending on the IMA’s functional organization, to address
other constraints (e.g., facilities, plant equipment, contracting, agreements, etc.). Use the date the deficit is
reasonably expected to be resolved as the TCC DT. Deficits and specific actions taken to resolve X2 items
should be discussed in Component Repair Review (CRR) reports.
X3 - Lack of Required Technical Skills. The IMA is not capable of executing any maintenance task
identified in the applicable technical manuals due to a lack of personnel with required skills. Use X3
when a Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC), Military Occupational Specialty (MOS), or other special
maintenance qualification is mandatory but not currently available within the IMA’s workforce. Use the date
the deficit is reasonably expected to be resolved as the TCC DT. If personnel with the required NEC/MOS are
already identified as Prospective Gains (PG) or if a person is scheduled to attend a course or school leading to
the required NEC/MOS/skill, use the date the person becomes available for duty in the IMA as the TCC DT.
Deficits and specific actions taken to resolve X3 items should be discussed in Component Repair Review
(CRR) reports.
X6 - Lack of Technical Data. The IMA is not capable of executing any maintenance task identified in the
applicable technical manuals due to a lack of technical data. The Work Center Supervisor will work with
the Central Technical Publication Library (CTPL) in accordance with local procedures to obtain the required
technical data. In cases where required technical data is not available via Naval Air Technical Data and
Engineering Service Command (NATEC) but may be available from other sources (e.g., JTDI, FST, OEM,
PMA), the CRO PM will task responsible personnel, depending on the IMA’s functional organization, to
facilitate liaison with the external activities. Use the date the deficit is reasonably expected to be resolved as
the TCC DT. Deficits and specific actions taken to resolve X6 items should be discussed in Component Repair
Review (CRR) reports.
2. TCC and TCC DT will be reviewed (including updates of document numbers and their status) during each CCR. The
Combined ICRL (Cmbnd-ICRL) program is extremely useful for identifying other activities that may be able to assist.
Division Officers and others, as required, will provide information to the CRO PM for consolidation into the final CRR
report submitted to the MO.
3. The Work Center Supervisor will report changes pertaining to X2, X3, and X6 items to the ICRL Manager to update
the ICRL as soon as practical.
4. In cases where X2, X3, or X6 situations are not reasonably expected to be resolved by the IMA within 180 days after
the final CRR report is submitted to the MO or prior to the next semi-annual CRR, the situation should be highlighted
for escalation to FST, SECA, PMA, NATEC, barrier removal teams, or other higher authority for assistance. A
sustained lack of required resources indicates a maintenance plan failure; the CRO PM should consider submitting a
SM&R Change Request to initiate a formal review of the situation, as well as to document it for future reference.
Figure 10.20-4: ICRL Requirements for Target Capability Codes and Target Capability
10-318
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.21 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Reporting Program (NAMPSOP)
10.21.1 References
10-319
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
perform maintenance on ESDS items without the supervision of a trained individual. O-Level and
I-Level personnel will complete annual refresher training.
NOTES: 1. The ASEMICAP Web application (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil) contains
EMI and ESD training materials.
2. Training from ASEMICAP Fleet Support Specialists (FSS) can be requested
through the ASEMICAP Web application or directly from the local ASEMICAP
FSS.
10.21.3.1 ESDS Component Protection
a. All electronic Weapons Replaceable Assembly (WRAs), Shop Replaceable Assembly
(SRAs), and individual solid state electronic components will be considered ESDS items.
b. ESDS items believed to be exposed to ESD or handled without protective equipment will be
considered not-ready for issue (NRFI) and must be tested prior to being certified ready for issue
(RFI).
c. ESDS items not rendered ESD safe per 10.21.3.2. will be handled at ESD Protected Area
(EPA) that complies with the requirements identified in NAVAIR 01-1A-23, WP 004 04-4.6.
d. Uninstalled WRAs and SRAs must have external cannon plugs and connector pins covered
with the provided connector cap or an ESD Cap. If authorized covers are not available, ESD finger
cots or ESD tape can be applied. WRAs, SRAs, and discrete components can be protected by an
inner layer of anti-static pink poly material and an outer layer of static shielding material, or a bag
with both characteristics.
e. Uninstalled SRAs must be protected by an inner layer of anti-static pink poly material that is
then enclosed in an outer layer of static shielding material. Per ANSI/ESD TR20.20-2016, Ch.
20.6, a closed or sealed ESD shielding bag possessing both shield and anti-stat characteristics is
preferred.
NOTE: Approved ESD protective materials and ESD labels are listed on the ASEMICAP
website (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil).
f. NAVAIR 01-1A-23, WP 004 04 4.7.4 specifies applying an ESD caution label to the outside
of the static shielding material. If ESD caution labels are not available, mark the outside of the
shielding material in such a way as to identify that an ESDS item is enclosed.
NOTE: ESD protective materials, for example, conductive caps and anti-static shielding
bags, are a FOD hazard and must be controlled.
g. ESDS items must be placed in ESD safe condition immediately after removal from the
aircraft or equipment, and must remain in ESD safe configuration until the time of repair or re-
installation.
NOTE: ESD safe condition is a condition in which all WRA connectors are covered with ESD
protective materials. SRAs can be considered ESD Safe when placed in protective
packaging per 10.21.3.1.e.
10-320
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. To minimize the potential for foreign object damage (FOD) to aircraft, only ESD finger cots
or ESD tape will be used when ESDS WRAs are transported to or from flight line or flight deck
areas.
i. Prior to storage or shipment, properly protected ESD safe items that require extra protection
from physical damage will be placed in a protective container or wrapped with standard bubble
wrap secured with tape. Affix an ESD caution label to the outside of the package to identify the
item as ESDS.
NOTE: Pink poly bubble wrap, bags, and caps provide physical protection, but do not
provide shielding protection.
j. ESDS items placed in maintenance kits (in-flight troubleshooting kits, squadron pack-up kits,
I-Level maintenance assist kits, etc) will be in an ESD safe configuration when not in use.
k. ESDS items turned into the supply system must be ESD protected per this NAMPSOP.
l. ESDS items received from the supply system that are not properly ESD protected and
packaged per MIL-HDBK-773A will be reported via a Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) per
NAVSUP Publication 723.
10.21.3.2 ESD Protected Areas (EPA)
a. EPAs must be identified with signs or posters per NAVAIR 01-1A-23, WP 004 04-4.6.5.
b. EPAs will contain, at a minimum, a properly configured workstation per NAVAIR 01-1A-
23, WP 004 04-4.6.
c. EPAs must be grounded per NAVAIR 01-1A-23, WP 004 00. In some instances, an EPA or
workstation may have to be configured in such a way as to require direct grounding to the power
ground (aircraft tie down) located within a hangar.
WARNING: FOR PERSONNEL SAFETY, EQUIPMENT MUST BE DE-ENERGIZED
WHEN WRIST STRAPS ARE IN USE.
NOTE: The use of the ESD Earth Ground Checker (EGC), which utilizes the third wire
equipment ground present in almost all AC outlets is an approved ground source,
per ASEMICAP web application at https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil.
d. No prime generators, as defined in NAVAIR 01-1A-23, WP 004 00, will be closer than 24
inches to an EPA.
e. Preoperational checks for EPAs must be performed per NAVAIR 17-600-193ESD-6-1.
Preoperational checks must be documented on an OPNAV 4790/52 Preoperational Inspection
Record.
NOTE: Non-2M EPAs are exempt from 28-day conditional inspection requirements because
28-day conditional checks and cleaning are part of the preoperational check.
f. O-Level activities that remove or replace SRAs or components within WRAs must have an
EPA, or, at a minimum, an ESD Field Service Kit.
10-321
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) When practical, portable ESD field service kits will be used when removing or replacing
individual SRAs or components onboard aircraft during in-flight or ground maintenance.
Personnel, work mats, and wrist straps must be grounded against the aircraft frame during
maintenance on ESDS items.
(2) Squadron detachments deployed aboard air capable ships must have, at a minimum, a
portable ESD workstation for use as an EPA.
NOTE: When an ESD field kit is not practical while performing maintenance on aircraft, the
technician will use a wrist strap connected to the aircraft structure or achieve an
equipotential grounding status by contacting the aircraft structure.
g. Supply Departments and Material Control must have access to an EPA, or a portable ESD
workstation. Supply Department and Material Control personnel must receive job-specific training
on handling ESDS items, per 10.21.3.
10.21.3.3 EMI Incident Reporting
NOTE: EMI incident reporting is applicable only to O-Level activities operating aircraft.
a. When EMI incidents occur, ground maintenance personnel will receive a debrief from the
aircrew as soon as possible to collect operational circumstances and flight effects of the incident.
b. A NAMDRP Hazardous Material Report (HMR), paragraph 10.9.3.8, will be submitted
whenever material failure is suspected to be the cause of an EMI incident. EMI incidents will also
be reported as a Hazard Report (HAZREP) if they meet the conditions of OPNAVINST 3750.6S,
CH. 5 SECTION 503 b. and j. NAWC AD E3 Engineering Division will be included on the reports
in order to provide information concerning the incident to ASEMICAP.
10.21.4 Responsibilities
10-322
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Designate a Supply Department ESD Protection Coordinator per 10.1.2.9 and 10.21.4.5.
10.21.4.4 ESD Protection and EMI Reporting Program Manager
a. Perform an audit of the program within 60 days of assignment and annually thereafter per
paragraph 10.7.5.8.
b. Remain current in ESD protection requirements of the references listed in paragraph 10.21.1.
c. Publish a lesson guide based on information in MIL-HDBK-263B, ANSI/ESD S20.20-2021
and the ASEMICAP Web Application (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil) if training on the
ASEMICAP Web application is not sufficient to cover the activity’s requirements.
d. Provide NAMP indoctrination initial and refresher ESD Protection and EMI Reporting
Program training per paragraph 10.21.3.1, 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. If available, ASEMICAP FSS unit
training may be used for initial and annual refresher training. Verify personnel receive ESD
Protection and EMI Reporting familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to
the work center annually thereafter. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
e. (Activities operating aircraft) Remain current on EMI problem historical data in ASEMICAP
EMI Problem Database (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil) for the T/M/S aircraft maintained.
f. (Activities operating aircraft) When EMI is suspected, interview aircrew and maintenance
personnel, and coordinate completion of the EMI Incident actions of paragraph 10.21.3.3.
g. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence
(3) References and cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
(5) The most current ASEMICAP website (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil) list of EMI
problems related to T/M/S aircraft maintained.
10.21.4.5 Supply Department ESD Protection Coordinator
a. Be responsible to the Supply Officer for implementing the program.
b. Remain current in ESD protection requirements referenced in paragraph 10.21.1 and the
ASEMICAP website (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil).
c. Provide initial and annual ESD protection refresher training to Supply Department personnel
per paragraph 10.21.3.
d. Periodically spot check work area reviews to verify sufficient ESD protective materials are
available and utilized, and EPAs are maintained per paragraph 10.21.3.1 and 10.21.3.2.
e. Periodically inspect ESDS items that have been prepared for shipment to verify the
packaging requirements of MIL-HDBK-773A are being followed.
10-323
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) ASM Completion report or local training roster of Supply personnel who have
completed ESD protection training
(3) Program related correspondence
(4) References and cross-reference locator sheets
10.21.4.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate an avionics Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) as the ESD Protection and EMI
Reporting Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.21.4.7 QA ESD Protection and EMI Reporting Program Monitor
NOTE: Other QARs may monitor the program, but the designated QA ESD Protection and
EMI Reporting Program Monitor must perform the annual program audits.
a. Perform audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
b. Provide ESD protection or and EMI reporting training applicable to their areas of
responsibility to all QARs or QA Specialists.
c. Coordinate with the QA of the discrepant activity to resolve packaging, handling, and
transportation discrepancies.
10.21.4.8 Division Officers
If applicable, include ESD protection and EMI reporting during Division Officer Work Center
audits per paragraph 10.7.5.9.
10.21.4.9 Work Center Supervisors
a. Perform spot checks of equipment, and work in progress to verify compliance with the ESD
Protection and EMI Reporting Program.
b. Verify ESDS items are being properly packaged for turn-in per paragraph 10.21.3.1.
c. Submit SDRs on improperly protected ESDS items received from supply per paragraph
10.21.3.1.l.
d. Ensure personnel receive initial ESD protection training prior to being allowed to handle or
independently perform maintenance on ESDS items without the supervision of a trained individual.
e. Coordinate with the ESD Protection and EMI Reporting Program Manager for initial and
annual refresher training of work center personnel.
f. Periodically spot check parts shelves and bins to verify ESDS items are in proper protective
packaging when AWM, AWP, or in long term local storage.
10.21.4.10 Maintenance Personnel
10-324
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Comply with ESD protection requirements while handling or performing maintenance on ESDS
items.
10.21.4.11 Material Control Division Personnel
Verify retrograde ESDS items are properly packaged before accepting them from work centers per
paragraph 10.21.3.1.
10-325
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.22 Miniature/Microminiature (2M) Program (NAMPSOP)
10.22.1 References
10.22.2.1 The Miniature/Microminiature (2M) Program establishes requirements for training and
certification and recertification of 2M Repair Technicians and 2M activities.
NOTE: For Depot Miniature/Microminiature (2M) Program see Chapter 12.
10.22.2.2 The complexity of electronic assemblies and the sensitivity of their components to
physical and electrical overstress requires repairs be performed by formally trained and certified 2M
Repair Technicians at designated 2M activities. NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000 contains the combined
NAVAIR AND NAVSEA 2M certification and recertification requirements, and provides guidance
for managing and monitoring 2M repair facilities and technicians.
10.22.2.3 COMFRC FST HQ manages aviation 2M program requirements. The In-Service
Engineering Activity (ISEA) responsible for the Navy’s 2M program is COMMANDER, CRANE
DIVISION, NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER, CODE GXST, BLDG 3287E, 300 HWY
361, CRANE IN 47522-5001, DSN 482-1510 or COMM (812) 854-1510.
10.22.3 Requirements
10.22.3.1 2M Repairs
2M repairs will be performed only by activities designated 2M capable by their ACC or TYCOM.
10.22.3.2 2M Technician Certification
a. Miniature repair certification requires completion of the Miniature Electronics Repair Course
(A-100-0072).
b. Microminiature repair certification requires completion of the Miniature Electronics Repair
Course (A-100-0072) and the Microminiature Electronics Repair Course (A-100-0073).
NOTE: 2M Certification Identification Cards will be issued upon completion of the initial
course and upon completion of each recertification.
10.22.3.3 2M Technician Recertifier
10-326
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Must be E-5 or above with Navy NEC 9503, or Marine MOS 6423 (military only), or
civilian equivalent.
b. Meet NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000 requirements.
c. Be designated as a Micro-miniature Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI) per Chapter 7
10.22.3.4 Recertification
a. 2M Technicians, 2M Technician Recertifiers, and CNATTU 2M Instructors must be
recertified every 18 months.
b. Recertification must be conducted and documented per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
NOTE: Activities without assigned 2M Technician Recertifiers will request recertification
from the nearest activity with 2M Technician Recertifiers.
10.22.3.5 2M Workstations
a. 2M workstations must conform to the requirements specified in NAVAIR 01-1A-23 and
NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
NOTE: Due to the complex nature of certain electronic systems and the advancement of new
technologies, specialized 2M equipment may be used, if approved by the NAVAIR
2M Program Manager COMFRC FST HQ in writing, prior to use.
b. I-Level 2M workstations will be fully outfitted as specified in NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000,
Appendix F, including consumables.
c. 2M workstations will be maintained per NAVAIR 17-15-99 and NAVAIR 17-600-193-6-2
(as applicable).
10.22.3.6 2M Facilities
2M facilities must meet the certification requirements specified in NAVAIR 01-1A-23 and
NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
10.22.4 Responsibilities
10-327
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000, paragraph 3-13, a site recertification is required if a
2M workstation is relocated to a different room, building, or MF. 2M repair sites
may request an interim certification in advance of their next AMI by submitting a
message or letter to their AMMT with a copy of an Industrial Hygiene Survey
meeting the requirements of NAVAIR 01-1A-23. The Industrial Hygiene Survey
should be conducted on the new facility prior to moving the equipment, to verify the
new site meets the requirements of NAVAIR 01-1A-23.
10.22.4.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
AMA
2024-05 a. Designate a senior technician possessing Navy NEC 783A or Marine MOS 6423 as the 2M
Program Manager (normally the 2M Work Center Supervisor) per 10.1.2.9.
b. Designate 2M Technician Recertifiers per 10.1.2.9.
c. Publish a local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D, if required to address any 2M
procedures not covered in this NAMPSOP.
10-328
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Other QARs may monitor the program, but the designated 2M Program Monitor
must perform the annual program audit.
b. Provide recommendations for corrective action for recurring 2M program discrepancies.
c. Spot check work in progress to verify 2M CDIs are inspecting only the repair level they are
certified to perform.
10.22.4.6 2M Technician Recertifiers
a. Issue 2M Certification Identification Cards to recertified 2M Technicians and report 2M
recertifications in the 2M database per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
b. Assist the Program Manager with developing and providing training to 2M Technicians.
c. Maintain a 2M Technician Recertifier file, to include:
(1) Copies of 2M Certification Identification Cards for all certified technicians
(2) List of 2M Technician certification and recertification due dates
(3) Completed 2M recertification performance tests
NOTE: Duplicate paper records are not required, if the activity is using an electronic
training management system, such as ASM.
10.22.4.7 2M Work Center Supervisor
a. Verify all personnel performing 2M repairs are certified 2M Technicians per this
NAMPSOP.
b. Spot check work in progress to verify electrostatic discharge (ESD) protective measures are
observed when performing 2M repairs per NAVAIR 01-1A-23.
c. Assign each 2M Technician sufficient workload to maintain the dexterity and proficiency
required to perform quality 2M repairs.
d. If workload does not consistently cover all facets of NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000, conduct
training projects in those 2M repair techniques not routinely encountered.
NOTE: Training projects should be performed using NRFI electronic assemblies. DLA
Disposition Services may be a source for 2M training material.
e. Conduct periodic maintenance and maintain 2M workstations per NAVAIR 17-15-99 and
NAVAIR 17-600-193-6-2 (as applicable).
f. Stock the minimum required consumables, tools, and SE for accomplishing the site’s 2M
repair responsibilities, as specified in NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000, Appendix F.
10.22.4.8 Center for Naval Aviation Technical Training Unit (CNATTU) 2M Instructors
a. Be currently certified 2M Instructors and complete recertification training every 18 months
per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
10-329
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Request and complete 2M training site certifications every 12 months per NAVAIR SE-004-
PQS-000.
10-330
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.23 Gas Turbine Engine Test Facility Operation and Maintenance
10.23.1 References
10.23.2.1 This NAMPSOP establishes requirements for operating and maintaining aviation gas
turbine engine test facilities operated by Navy and Marine Corps Intermediate Level Maintenance
Activities (IMA), and establishes requirements for training and designating IMA Test Cell
Operators and Qualifiers.
NOTE: Unless specifically stated otherwise in this NAMPSOP, the term “engine test facility”
(ETF) and the term “test cell” denote both Gas Turbine Engine Test Systems
(GTETS) and Global Test Facilities (GTF).
10.23.2.2 Proper maintenance and operation of gas turbine engine test facilities (ETF) is critical to
safe and thorough aircraft engine testing. Improper operation of ETF can result in mishaps, reduced
operational readiness, and unnecessary engine replacement costs. To avoid injury to personnel and
damage to engines, ETFs must be properly maintained and test cell Operators must be thoroughly
knowledgeable and skilled in ETF operations, safety precautions, and emergency procedures.
10.23.2.3 Reworked, repaired, or overhauled gas turbine engines normally require operational test
or functional check in an ETF. Only qualified test cell Operators or test cell Operators under
instruction are authorized to perform test cell operations. Test cell Operators and Qualifiers are
certified to operate a particular type of ETF (ETF), and are certified to test only the engines
specified on their certification document.
10.23.2.4 Refer to NAVAIR NOTE 4700 for information on which IMAs are authorized to repair
specific model aircraft engines and what level of repair they are authorized to perform.
10.23.3 ETF Operator Training
10.23.3.1 ETF Operator training can be provided by a NATEC Joint Test System (JTS)
representative or an ETF Qualifier certified for the type test cell and type engine operated. The
ETF Qualifier does not have to be assigned to the trainee’s command. NATEC JTS representative
on-site training is normally performed coincident with the initial installation and calibration of the
10-331
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
test facility. Activities may also request NATEC on-site training when needed to improve technical
knowledge and skill.
10.23.3.2 ETF Operator training must be conducted using the specified Navy Training Systems
Plan (NTSP) in conjunction with locally prepared site specific job qualification requirement (JQR),
prepared per JQR procedures of 10.1. The JQR will be developed by the activity’s Gas Turbine
Engine Test Facility Operation and Maintenance Program Manager with assistance from ETF
Qualifiers and Quality Assurance (QA) personnel, and must be approved for use by the MO.
Aviation Maintenance and Supply Training and Readiness Program (AMSTRP) Individual
Qualification Record (IQR) for Aircraft Power Plant Test Cell Operator (MOS 6023).
10.23.3.3 The ETF JQR must include site-specific on-the-job training (OJT). OJT must include, as
a minimum, the following task or knowledge areas:
a. Use of test system and type engine maintenance technical manuals.
b. Engine test system instrumentation and controls.
c. Gas turbine engine operating parameters and limitations.
d. Engine test facility installed systems; such as fuel, lubrication, engine start, fire
extinguishing, vibration and temperature monitoring systems.
e. Installation and inspection of engine on run trailer, including engine or adapter servicing and
FOD prevention inspections.
f. Pre-operational inspections of engine test system and engine per maintenance technical
manuals.
g. Safety and responsibility briefs, including communications and hand signals to be used.
h. Simulated emergencies, such as fuel spills or leaks, engine or propeller over speed, engine
fire, throttle input failure, unstable engine, and personnel injuries per maintenance technical
manuals.
i. Engine performance calculations and documentation.
j. Post-operational inspections of engine test system and engine per maintenance technical
manuals.
k. Engine and test system troubleshooting procedures per maintenance technical manuals.
l. A minimum of two performance runs as the ETF Operator under the direct supervision of an
ETF Qualifier or NATEC JTS representative as part of the pass or fail practical examination.
NOTES: 1. Personnel designated as ETF Operators by a previous command on the same
engine test system and type engine are not required to complete a performance run
prior to taking the practical examination.
2. Activities without ETF Qualifiers may request assistance in training personnel
from the nearest IMA authorized to conduct ETF Operator training for the same
test system and type engine(s) being certified to operate. If no other IMA can
provide training, assistance may be requested from a qualified NATEC JTS
representative.
10-332
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.23.3.4 ETF Qualifiers must be trained by a NATEC JTS representative for the test system and
type engine. Previous training by NATEC for designation as an ETF Operator does not satisfy the
requirement for training as an ETF Qualifier.
10.23.4 ETF Operator and ETF Qualifier Designation
NOTE: Civilian equivalent ETF Operators and ETF Qualifiers will maintain proficiency and
certification requirements per contract or position description.
10.23.5.1 Proficiency Requirements
As a minimum, ETF Operators and ETF Qualifiers must run at least one of any type or model
aircraft engine every 90 days, no later than the last day of month and run at least one engine for
each type certified every 12 months, no later than the last day of the month. Engine runs for
10-333
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
proficiency may be performed on any type test cell with a certified Operator for that test cell. All
engine runs for proficiency must be documented in the IQR or ASM. Every attempt must be made
to maintain proficiency on all type engines certified to run. Failure to perform at least one engine
run on a particular type engine within a 12 month period will result in loss of certification for that
specific type engine.
10.23.5.2 Recertification Requirements
a. ETF Operators must be recertified every 24 months, no later than the last day of the month.
Recertification requires passing the same written and practical examinations required for initial
certification for each type engine they are qualified to run. Afloat activities that are unable to
operate their test cell for extended periods of time (greater than 3 months) may perform their
recertification practical examinations at another activity with a NATEC JTS representative or ETF
Qualifier designated, in writing, for that type test cell. For planning purposes and operational
commitments, recertification examinations can be completed up to 3 months prior to the ETF
Operator’s certification expiration date.
NOTE: ETF Qualifiers are not required to recertify as ETF Operators while assigned to the
same command as long as proficiency is maintained per paragraph 10.23.5.1.
b. Certification for ETF Operators exceeding 24 months since designation or recertification will
be suspended until they have completed refresher training by a ETF Qualifier or NATEC JTS
representative and pass the written and practical examinations. ETF Operators failing either the
written or practical examination, must complete refresher training or complete the entire OJT
syllabus as determined by the Program Manager.
c. Recertification will be documented in ASM.
10.23.6 Responsibilities
10.23.6.1 NAVAIR
Maintain the Navy Training Systems Plan (NTSP) for Aviation Engine Test Systems. GTF do not
require a NTSP.
10.23.6.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate the Power Plants Division Officer as the ETF Operator Training and Certification
Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
b. Publish a local command procedure (LCP) per Appendix D for designation or re-designation
of ETF Operators and Qualifiers. The LCP must include the ETF Operator and ETF Qualifier
JQRs, per 10.23.3.
c. Designate or recertify ETF Operators and ETF Qualifiers that meet the applicable
qualifications of 10.23.3, 10.23.4, and 10.23.5. Designation and recertification will be documented
per 10.1.2.9.
d. Suspend ETF Operator designation when a mishap involves injury to a person or damage to
an engine or equipment until an investigation is completed. If Operator error is determined to be a
contributing factor to the mishap, designation will not be reinstated until remedial training has been
completed and the Operator has demonstrated knowledge and skill in the area of deficiency.
10-334
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Revoke ETF Operator designation when the Operator:
(1) Misuses or abuses ETF equipment.
(2) Displays unsafe Operator habits or behavioral traits.
(3) Is involved in a mishap determined to be caused by negligence.
(4) Is cited for significant or recurring safety infractions.
f. Submit a Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC) Change Request NAVPERS 1221/6 to award
NEC I03A Engine Test Cell Operator/Maintainer to Navy personnel initially designated as ETF
Operators.
10.23.6.3 Program Manager
NOTE: Upon designation as Program Manager, an assessment will be performed within 60
days and annually thereafter per the procedures in paragraph 10.7.
a. Provide NAMP indoctrination on Gas Turbine Engine Test Facility Operation and
Maintenance Program per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Gas Turbine Engine Test Facility
Operation and Maintenance familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the
work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
b. Provide ETF Operator Training and Certification Program indoctrination and annual training
to personnel assigned to the Test Cell Work Center. Training includes an overview of ETF
Operator and Qualifier designation requirements, engine run procedures, safety precautions and
emergency procedures. Document training in ASM per 10.1.4.10.
c. Develop written and practical examinations for testing ETF Operators and Qualifiers.
d. Develop local (in-service) training lectures and OJT syllabuses for specific types of engines
run procedures, used for training and the designation of ETF Operators. CBT via AMTCS or Navy
eLearning (https://learning.nel.navy.mil/ELIAASv2p/) and NATEC JTS representative ETF
Program Manager lesson guides may be used in lieu of local lesson guides. Marine Corps
personnel must use the AMSTRP IQR for Aircraft Power Plant Test Cell Operator (MOS 6023).
e. Verify NATEC JTS representatives and ETF Qualifiers are certified on the specific test cell
and type engine or equipment they are providing training on.
f. Monitor ETF Operators and Qualifiers to validate they are maintaining proficiency
requirements per paragraph 10.23.5.
g. Publish a schedule of ETF Operator recertification due dates. Verify completion of
recertification requirements of paragraph 10.23.5.
h. Prepare a checklist for startup, shutdown, and emergency procedures to be used during
engine test system operation. The checklist must be posted within the control cab.
i. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) List of ETF Operators and Qualifiers, including name, rate or rank, or series or grade,
type test cell, type engines, date designated, Operator recertification due date, and projected rotation
date.
(2) Copy of ETF Qualifier designation letters (if not documented in ASM).
10-335
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Copy of documentation from NATEC JTS representative of the ETF Qualifier training
conducted for each Qualifier assigned.
(4) POCs.
(5) Program correspondence and message traffic.
(6) References or cross-reference locator sheets.
(7) Copies of the most current Program Manager audit and QA audit performed per 10.7.
(8) Copy of the test cell initial technical evaluation (10.23.7.8) and the most current test cell
correlation certification (10.23.7.9) for each engine type.
10.23.6.4 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate a power plants qualified QAR as the ETF Training and Certification Program Monitor
per 10.1.2.9.
10.23.6.5 Program Monitor
a. Perform audits using the CSEC per paragraph 10.7.
b. Review CSEC information and reports and provide recommendations to the chain of
command.
c. Administer written certification and recertification examinations for ETF Operators. (Any
QAR from the activity can administer the written examination.)
10.23.6.6 ETF Qualifier
a. Assist the Program Manager in developing ETF Operator training.
b. Administer ETF Operator practical examinations.
10.23.6.7 ETF Supervisors
a. Manage engine test workload assignments to ensure ETF Operators and Qualifiers maintain
the proficiency and recertification requirements of paragraph 10.23.5.
b. Ensure a minimum of one designated test cell Operator, one technician, and one safety
observer are present during all aircraft engine operations, in addition to applicable fire bottle
watches and support equipment Operators.
10.23.7 Engine Test Facility Maintenance
10-336
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: These provisions do not apply to GTF data acquisition systems and engine adapters.
GTFs include rotor blade test towers, ram air turbine testing, Kemen Engine Test
Facility (FRC Southeast), or other facilities unique to the industrial sites.
10.23.7.2 Permanent Facilities Afloat
The ship's Engineering or Air Department (as appropriate) is responsible for maintenance of the
below deck fuel system, electrical and fire extinguishing systems, and deck mounting. The ETF
work center is responsible for maintenance of the control console, engine connector panel, thrust
bed, above deck fuel system, and the overall material condition of the facility.
10.23.7.3 Mobile Facilities (MF)
The station Public Works Department is responsible for providing and maintaining basic systems,
such as water, air, CO2, and station electrical power supply. The ETF work center is responsible
for maintenance of the MF test cab, control console, engine connector panel, instrumentation, thrust
bed and restraint equipment, fuel, and electrical systems.
10.23.7.4 Basic Maintenance Requirements
a. ETF pre-operational inspections and scheduled maintenance will be performed per applicable
technical manuals.
b. ETFs and surrounding areas must receive a fresh water wash down per AG-JETIS-MRC-
000. If environmental issues preclude fresh water wash down, a hand wipe down using
environmentally approved material will satisfy the requirement. Activities that cannot meet wash
down criteria must coordinate with their respective ACC or TYCOM for approval to use alternative
methods.
c. Auxiliary equipment will be stored in suitable facilities when uninstalled and not in use.
d. Outdoor engine stand junction box and engine wiring harnesses must be protected by a
suitable weatherproof cover when not in use.
e. Suitable supports must be used to ensure interconnecting cables, hoses, and lines do not
contact the ground. Water, grease, or other foreign matter will not be allowed to accumulate on
cables.
f. Test cell hoses and tubes must be maintained per NAVAIR 01-1A-20, Aviation Hose and
Tube Manual.
g. A Jet Engine Test Cell Malfunction Report must be forwarded by Broad Arrow message per
5.2.8 to the ACC or TYCOM when a facility becomes inoperative to the extent that an unacceptable
production delay is anticipated. The ACC or TYCOM will advise the originator of the report when
corrective action cannot be completed with available assets and expertise. GTF activities must
report malfunctions and inoperative equipment per local policy.
10.23.7.5 Electrical Power Requirements
The instruments used in conjunction with the test stand are designed to operate on predetermined
power ratings within relatively small tolerances. Changes in voltage or frequency or a combination
of both will affect the accuracy of the instrumentation and contribute to component failures.
10-337
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Whenever possible station or commercial power will be used. If station or commercial power is not
available and electrical power is supplied by a portable generator, the ETF Operator will ensure:
a. The portable generator is 208/115 volts A.C., 60Hz, 100KW or higher, three phase, and four
wire.
b. The portable generator is monitored to ensure its voltage and frequency remains stable.
WARNING: FOR PERSONNEL SAFETY, THE CONTROL CAB, ENGINE STAND, AND
PORTABLE GENERATOR MUST BE CONNECTED BY AUXILIARY
GROUNDING CABLES WITH A COMMON CONNECTION TO A
SUITABLE GROUNDING DEVICE, FOR EXAMPLE, A METAL STAKE
DRIVEN INTO THE GROUND AT A SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO ENSURE
PROPER GROUNDING. THE GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS MUST BE
CONFIGURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
INSTALLATION/OPERATION PUBLICATION FOR THE APPLICABLE
PORTABLE GENERATOR.
10.23.7.6 Calibration
Facility equipment must be calibrated per the applicable intervals cited in the Metrology
Requirement List. The activity will provide an ETF Operator and an electrician to assist the
calibration team.
10.23.7.7 Basic Operating Procedures
a. Jet engine test facility custodians must prepare a check list of starting, shutdown, and
emergency procedures to be used during engine test system operation, based on the procedures
outlined in the applicable engine maintenance technical manuals and the test system preoperational
MRCs. The check list will be available within the control cab and used by ETF Operators during
each engine test.
b. Engines under test must be secured per NAVAIR 17-1-537, Aircraft Securing and Handling
Procedures with Aircraft Restraining Devices and Related Components.
10.23.7.8 Engine Test Cell Technical Evaluation
Prior to correlation, all newly constructed ETFs, significantly modified (affecting aerodynamic or
thermodynamic flow) or rebuilt fixed ETFs must undergo a comprehensive technical evaluation
conducted by NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Lakehurst NJ to ensure suitability for use. Unless
waived by NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Lakehurst NJ, a technical evaluation and an engine
correlation must be satisfactorily completed before engines can be certified RFI based on ETF
testing. The local activity resident officer in charge of construction will request the evaluation via
naval message to NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Lakehurst NJ and COMNAVAIRLANT Norfolk VA
(code N421M and N423B), prior to acceptance of the facility.
10.23.7.9 Engine Test Cell Correlation
To ensure engines consistently meet all performance requirements, a test cell correlation for each
engine type tested must be conducted for all enclosed, permanent turbofan, jet, shaft, or prop engine
test facilities. Test cell correlation may also be required when engine test procedures and
parameters are changed or the design of engine dress kit hardware (inlet screen, bell mouth, exhaust
10-338
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
nozzle, etc.) is modified such that it could affect aerodynamic or thermodynamic flow. Outdoor
(open-air) jet engine test systems generally do not require correlation unless certain site-specific
conditions alter airflow dynamics to the engine. Outdoor (open-air) Turboshaft Engine Test
Systems using a torque tube to measure torque output also require correlation. If a torque tube is
replaced with a different serial number torque tube for any reason, the facility must be re-correlated
for both indoor and outdoor turboshaft test systems. The interval between correlations must not
exceed 3 years. Requests to extend test cell correlation beyond 3 years may be granted with joint
ACC, TYCOM, and NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Lakehurst NJ concurrence. Extensions to the
correlation interval should never exceed a total of 7 years unless extenuation circumstances are
agreed upon by joint ACC, TYCOM and NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Lakehurst NJ concurrence.
10-339
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.24 Aviation Maintenance Inspections (AMI) and Maintenance Program Assessments
(MPA)
10.24.1 Reference
10.24.2.1 This NAMPSOP directs and establishes the requirements for the performance of
Aviation Maintenance Inspections (AMI) and Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA).
10.24.2.2 AMI is a formal and graded inspection, performed by COMNAVAIRFOR and NAVAIR
Aircraft Controlling Custodian Office (ACCO) Aviation Maintenance Management Teams
(AMMT). AMMT verifies compliance with the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)
and related directives for fleet activities and verify compliance to contractual requirements for any
contracted maintenance effort. AMIs include practical examinations to validate proficiency and
application of correct procedures. AMI is based on the same Computerized Self Evaluation
Checklist (CSEC) standards used by maintenance activities to self-audit NAMP compliance, as
specified in the NAMP Compliance Auditing Program, paragraph 10.7. For activities with a DOD
or DON Contractor operating or maintaining naval aircraft, AMMT will use guidance from Chapter
11 and NAVAIRINST 3710.1 to develop Flight Operations/Ground Operations (FOP/GOP)
checklists to evaluate the effectiveness of programs and processes as specified by contract
Statement of Work (SOW) or Performance Work Statement (PWS). AMMT will coordinate with
the activity assigned Government Flight Representative (GFR)/Ground Government Flight
Representative (GGFR) or Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) prior to the AMI.
NOTE: Defense Acquisition University (DAU), GFR/GGFR training is required for AMMT
and MAT personnel prior to inspecting contractor maintenance sites.
10.24.2.3 MPA is an inspection performed by the Maintenance Assessment Team (MAT) of the
activity’s Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) precursory to AMI. MPAs are used to determine
areas of deficiency in NAMP compliance and assist in performance improvement to the activity’s
applicable NAMP program management. MPAs are conducted using the CSEC and relevant Wing
Supplemental CSEC, if applicable.
10.24.2.4 Definitions:
a. Critical (CR) - A hazardous or unsafe condition that directly and immediately:
(1) Creates a risk of death or life-threatening injury to the maintenance personnel, aircrew,
passengers, or any other personnel; or
(2) Affects the operational integrity of SE that could cause death or life-threatening injury if
it fails.
(3) Affects safety of flight of aircraft in flight or in Mission Capable (MC) status
b. Major (MJ) - A discrepancy that is less than Critical, but:
(1) Increases risk of injury during flight or emergency egress; or
10-340
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Increases risk of an accident or injury due to incomplete training or failure to meet
proficiency verification requirements; or
(3) Increases risk of an accident due to inaccurate records for flight or safety-critical
information used to determine if aircraft or equipment is operationally ready; or
(4) Increases risk of health problems due to improper use of Personnel Protective Equipment
(PPE), or failure to perform medical or environmental testing/monitoring; or
(5) Increases risk of Not Mission Capable (NMC) aircraft being flown or non-ready for use
equipment being operated due to materially degraded maintenance or inspection.
c. Significant Administrative (SA) – Administrative discrepancies with one or more of the
following characteristics:
(1) Failure to perform or inaccurately performing up-line accounting or reporting
requirements not related to safety of flight or safety of personnel; or
(2) Inaccurate or missing records on personnel qualifications, certifications, or designations.
d. General (GE)- Failure to comply with requirements not categorized as Critical, Major, or
Significant Administrative.
e. Contractor Maintenance Support – For activities that employ contractor maintenance
support, discrepancies will be characterized using the following definitions (Non-conformance
being the most severe):
(1) Non-conformance - A failure to conform to accepted standards or specific contractual
requirements as outlined in the SOW, PWS, or in the FOP/GOP.
(2) Deficiency - An error in program or process management that, if left uncorrected, could
lead to a contractual non-conformance.
(3) Discrepancy - A minor error, usually in records, that can be easily corrected and does not
constitute a non-conformance in and of itself.
(4) Comment - A comment or recommendation for the management’s consideration that
requires no action or response.
f. AMMT will include descriptive detail when a discrepancy is found as non-conformance, to
include FOP/GOP clause of the PWS/SOW. The discrepancy will be written in the AMI
discrepancy report issued to the activity with the following guidance:
(1) Conflicts regarding the conduct of ground or flight operations covered by NAVAIRINST
3710.1 will be referred to the GFR/GGFR.
(2) Conflicts regarding the application of contractual requirements will be referred to the
COR or Technical Point of Contact (TPOC) and the GFR/GGFR.
(3) To prevent introducing a constructive change to the contract, the GFR/GGFR will
review the finding and validate the contract requirement. The resolution of contract requirement
conflicts are the responsibility of the Procuring Contracting Office (PCO). Refer to paragraph
11.1.4.f.
(4) AMMT will issue a copy of the written notification of the AMI discrepancy report to the
GFR/GGFR (or COR if not assigned).
10-341
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. Practical Examinations (PE) - will be graded “Satisfactory” or “Unsatisfactory” based on the
activity’s ability to accurately complete the task in accordance with specified procedures, correctly
respond to emergent situations, availability and proper use of personal protective equipment (PPE),
and adherence to safety precautions.
10.24.3 Aviation Maintenance Inspection (AMI)
10.24.3.1 COMNAVAIRFOR AMMT will conduct AMIs for O-Level and I-Level Navy and
Marine Corps activities operating or supporting aircraft assigned to COMNAVAIRPAC,
COMNAVAIRLANT, COMNAVAIRFORES, and CNATRA.
10.24.3.2 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (NAVAIR ACCO) AMMT will conduct AMIs for all activities
operating or supporting aircraft assigned to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
NOTE: COMNAVAIRSYSCOM activities will be evaluated per NAVAIR policy.
10.24.3.3 I-Level AMIs will include a graded Material Condition Inspection (MCI) of assigned
support equipment, aircraft armament systems, armament weapons support equipment, and mobile
facilities. Each item inspected during the MCI will be assigned a grade of Satisfactory or
Unsatisfactory.
10.24.3.4 AMIs will receive an overall grade based on a 100-points maximum scoring system, with
a minimum passing score of 70 points. All activities with either, contract maintenance or
embedded contractor field teams, will receive a separate AMI grade for each contractors
maintaining or repairing aircraft and or SE. Details on the AMI grading process, including
information on discrepancies, and practical examinations are posted on the CNAF N422C
Microsoft Teams channel CNAP Sharepoint Website.
10.24.3.5 Re-inspection. Commands that do not meet the minimum AMI passing criteria score of
70 points will be re-inspected. The scope of re-inspection will address all previously AMI
inspected programs, practical examinations, and MCIs, if applicable. Subject to schedule
availability, the re-inspection will occur no earlier than 90 days, but no later than 180 days after the
failed inspection. AMI Re-inspections may be delegated to the ISIC when practical as determined
by COMNAVAIRFOR or the NAVAIR ACCO. The AMI re-inspection will be graded using the
standard grading process, but the passing grade will be elevated to a minimum score of 80 points.
NOTES: 1. COMNAVAIRFOR (N422) may perform, direct, or approve the activities’ ISIC
to conduct an MPA in lieu of an AMI. The MPA results will be forwarded to
COMNAVAIRFOR (N422) for review. If the results of the MPA are determined
acceptable, COMNAVAIRFOR will endorse the results of the MPA as the AMI.
2. NAVAIR ACCO may perform, direct, or approve the activity’s ISIC to conduct
an MPA, in lieu of an AMI. The MPA results will be forwarded to NAVAIR
ACCO, as applicable, for review. IF the results of the MPA are determined
acceptable, NAVAIR ACCO will endorse the results of the MPA as the AMI.
10.24.3.6 Activities permanently based Outside the Continental United States (OCONUS), CVN or
L-Class AIMDs, deploying squadrons, squadrons that deploy detachments, and Marine Aviation
Logistics Squadrons (MALS) will receive an AMI every 24 months, but not to exceed 30 months.
10-342
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. CVN and L-Class ships undergoing extended maintenance or yard periods will
coordinate with COMNAVAIRFOR N422 to seek approval for stand-down NAMP
programs and associated audits. Deviation requests for programs intended to stand
down will include justification, resumption plan of action and milestones (POA&M),
applicable training and certification requirements, and may request a deviation per
1.2.5.
2. Squadrons transitioning from one T/M/S aircraft to another may request a
deviation.
10.24.3.7 Non-deploying CONUS activities, will receive an AMI every 30 months, not to exceed
36 months.
10.24.5 Responsibilities
10-343
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Upon completion of an AMI or MPA, document and provide activities with an AMI or MPA
report, a cover letter with an overview of programs graded, CSEC discrepancy database, and a
blank feedback form with delivery instructions to CNAF_AMMT@us.navy.mil.
d. Update the O-Level and I-Level portions of the CSEC as changes to references and
requirements occur.
e. Publish Aviation Maintenance Advisories as needed to inform activities of common
problems found during AMIs and MPAs.
f. Review all ISIC-submitted closed-out corrective actions letters for root cause analysis and
sustainability.
g. After completion of all AMIs for the calendar year, perform statistical analysis of AMI
performance, adjusting discrepancy grading and acceptable performance standards as needed to
support continuous process improvement in NAMP compliance.
h. Generate and maintain AMMT Lesson Guides for program “Fleet best practices”. For
access to the SharePoint website or CNAF N422C Microsoft Teams page, request may be sent to
CNAF_AMMT@us.navy.mil.
10-344
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Conduct audits using the appropriate governing directives and the CSEC to verify
compliance with the NAMP.
b. Conduct practical examinations to verify the activity has sound, safe maintenance practices,
and is able to respond appropriately to emergency situations.
c. Provide training and assistance in areas of deficiency.
d. Trend discrepancies and submit changes to the NAMP and other governing directives when
inadequate policy is determined to be a contributing factor to non-compliance.
e. Provide instruction to the activity when a safety of flight or safety of personnel discrepancy
warrants immediate action.
f. Provide ISIC leadership a recommendation for re-inspection when deemed necessary to
verify correction of deficiencies and sustained performance improvement.
10.24.5.5 O-Level and I-Level Maintenance Officers
a. Take immediate sustainable action to correct critical safety of flight and safety of personnel
discrepancies noted during AMIs and MPAs.
b. Within 30 days of completion of the AMI or MPA inspection, provide the ISIC with a
Corrective Action Letter stating corrective action has been taken for graded programs, safety of
flight, and safety of personnel discrepancies (Figure 10.24-1).
(1) CVN and L-class AIMD Maintenance Officers will submit Corrective Action Letter
directly to CNAF N422 Corrective Action Reports via CNAF _AMMT@us.navy.mil.
(2)IMA/MALs/O-Level. Activity Maintenance Officers will submit reports via their ISIC.
c. Provide written feedback to CNAF N422C or NAVAIR AMMT the ACC, Type Wing, or
MAW on AMI and MPA processes and the performance of the inspection team. Feedback letter
may be sent to CNAF_AMMT@us.navy.mil or NAVAIR_AMMT@us.navy.mil. Ensure activity
leadership is courtesy copied (CC’ed) on the feedback letter.
10-345
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
From: Maintenance Officer, VFA-123
To: Maintenance Officer, Strike Fighter Wing Atlantic
1. Per reference (a), the following actions were taken to correct Critical, Major and Significant
Administrative discrepancies noted during the COMNAVAIRFOR AMI DD/MMM/YY.
a. Critical Discrepancies
(1) Technical Directives Compliance. Verified correct compliance timeframe for all
outstanding Technical Directives (TDs), and complied with all overdue TDs.
b. Major Discrepancies
(1) FOD Prevention. Inspected all tool containers and pouches for FOD. Conducted all-
hands training on FOD prevention measures.
(2) Tool Control. Inspected all tool containers for compliance with the Tool Control
Program (TCP). Inventoried and verified proper etching for all replacement tools held in the Tool
Control Center. Conducted command wide training on missing tool procedures.
(1) Data Analysis. Held training for all personnel on correct MAL code application.
(2) Aircraft Inventory Readiness and Reporting System. Held training on Material
Condition Reporting procedures.
J. M. STOCK
By direction
Figure 10.24-1: Aviation Maintenance Inspection (AMI) Corrective Action Letter (Example)
10-346
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.25 Long Term Down Aircraft Management Procedures
10.25.1 References
10.25.2.1 This NAMPSOP applies to the management of all Navy and Marine Corps aircraft
assigned to COMNAVAIRFOR and COMNAVAIRFORES Aircraft Controlling Custody (ACC),
with the exception of aircraft undergoing scheduled depot rework.
10.25.2.2 Long Term Down (LTD) aircraft. For the purposes of the NAMP, a LTD aircraft is
defined as an aircraft that has not flown for 90 days or more.
10.25.2.3 The possibility of material degradation increases when aircraft are not flown (non-
operational) for long periods of time. Primary actions for minimizing the number of aircraft in
LTD status are:
a. Management of aircraft utilization.
b. Standardized actions at specified times.
c. OPNAV, COMNAVAIRFOR, NAVAIR, COMFRC, and NAVSUP WSS coordination in
resolving systemic issues causing LTD status.
10.25.3 Requirements
10.25.3.1 LTD aircraft must be preserved at the most appropriate level specified in NAVAIR 15-
01-500. Factors to consider in determining the preservation level:
a. Length of time the aircraft is expected to be inactive (See paragraphs 10.25.3.2, 10.25.3.3,
and 10.25.3.4 for direction).
b. Environmental conditions (parked inside or outside, temperature and humidity levels,
proximity to salt water, etc).
c. Whether the aircraft is being actively maintained (repairs are ongoing and scheduled
maintenance is being performed).
d. Impact of missing parts to the aircraft’s integrity (missing flight surfaces, panels, engines, etc).
e. The ultimate disposition of the aircraft (Induction into the depot for repair, transfer to
AMARG, strike, etc).
10.25.3.2 Aircraft expected to be non-operational for up to 365 days must be placed in Level II
preservation, unless being actively worked to return to flying status. Actively worked is defined as
all special inspections being performed and maintenance is on-going to repair and fly the aircraft
before reaching 365 days of non-operation.
10-347
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.25.3.3 Aircraft expected to exceed 365 days of non-operation should be Level III preserved per
NAVAIR 15-01-500.
10.25.3.4 Aircraft undergoing a scheduled depot rework (PMI/IMC) or repair at the depot will be
placed in Level IV preservation per NAVAIR 15-01-500.
10.25.3.5 LTD aircraft having preservation MRCs will be inspected and the preservation
maintained per the applicable preservation MRCs.
10.25.4 Responsibilities
10.25.4.1 Squadrons
a. Provide NAMP indoctrination on Long Term Down Aircraft Management procedures per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Long Term Down Aircraft Management familiarization prior to
performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties
the individual performs.
b. Actively manage aircraft utilization to minimize aircraft inactivity.
c. Comply with the applicable LTD aircraft preservation actions specified in paragraph 10.25.3.
10.25.4.2 Type Wings and Marine Air Groups (MAG)
a. Provide a Long Term Non-Operational Aircraft Report via naval message on the first
working day of each month, per the template of Figure 10.25-1.
b. Monitor Date Last Flown (DLF) for each BUNO, and prioritize the distribution of
replacement parts and maintenance assistance as deemed most effective in minimizing the number
of LTD aircraft in the context of individual squadron and overall Wing aircraft readiness
requirements.”
c. Direct cannibalization actions when deemed efficient and effective in minimizing long-term
non-operational status, per paragraph 5.1.8.
d. Ensure squadrons do not perform large-scale cannibalization from one aircraft to another
solely to prevent LTD status. Cannibalization will be performed only when necessary to support
operational requirements.
e Monitor estimated delivery dates of long-lead time parts and direct appropriate level of
preservation as soon as any non-operational milestone specified in paragraph 10.25.3 is anticipated.
f. Coordinate with the supporting supply activity to expedite long-lead time parts.
g. Coordinate with the ACC Class Desk to obtain Level III preservation services.
10.25.4.3 Aircraft Controlling Custodians (ACC)
a. Coordinate with NAVSUP and NAVAIR to resolve factors causing long-term non-
operational status.
10-348
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Manage the distribution of aircraft inventory to minimize the readiness impact of planned
long-term non-operational aircraft. The ACC must publish an Inventory plan in July detailing the
aircraft distribution plan for the next Fiscal Year.
10-349
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM (TYPE WING or MAG)
TO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA
INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA
COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD
NAVSUP WEAPON SYSTEMS SUPPORT MECHANICSBURG PA
COMFLTREADCEN PATUXENT RIVER MD
(COMMARFORCOM or COMMARFORPAC, AS APPLICABLE FOR USMC UNITS)
(SUPPORTING SUPPLY ACTIVITY)
(SUPPORTING INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY)
(DEPOT REPAIR POINT)
(EACH SUPPORTED CVW OR MEU)
BT
UNCLAS//N04790//
PASS TO OFFICE CODES:
COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA//N40/N41/N42//
COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA//N40/N41/N421/N423//
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//
MSGID/GENADMIN/-//
SUBJ/LONG TERM NON-OPERATIONAL AIRCRAFT REPORT//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D
AMPN/REF A IS THE NAMP.//
POC/NAME/RANK/CODE/PHONE/EMAIL//
RMKS/1. 91-180 DAYS NOT FLOWN:
A. T/M/S
(1) BUNO
(A) Number of Days Not Flown:
(B) AIRRS Status Code
(C) Preservation Level
(D) Top 10 Parts Requirements: (NSN, Nomenclature, requisition number, estimated
delivery date)
(E) Other Requirements: (depot support, tech assist, etc.)
(F) Cause of LTD: (ex, crash damage, long lead part leading to CANNs, etc.)
(G) Plan to Return to Flight Status: (Example: #1 build for VFA-25,estimate return to
flight status 30 days after receipt of parts)
(2) BUNO
(A) Number of Days Not Flown
(B) AIRRS Status Code
(C) Preservation Level
10-350
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(D) Top 10 Parts Requirements: (List NSN, Nomenclature, requisition number, estimated
delivery date)
(E) Other Requirements: (depot support, tech assist, etc.)
(F) Cause of LTD: (Examples: Crash damage; Long lead time part leading to
cannibalization, etc.)
(G) Plan to Return to Flight Status: (Example: Estimate return to flight status 30 days
after receipt of parts and completion of ongoing depot crash damage repair.)
2. 181-360 Days No Fly Aircraft:
A. T/M/S
(1) BUNO
(A) Number of Days Not Flown:
(B) AIRRS Status Code
(C) Preservation Level
(D) Top 10 Parts Requirements: (NSN, Nomenclature, requisition number, estimated
delivery date)
(E) Other Requirements: (depot support, tech assist, etc.)
(F) Cause of LTD: (ex, crash damage, long lead part leading to CANNs, etc.)
(G) Plan to Return to Flight Status: (Example: #1 build for VFA-25,estimate return to
flight status 30 days after receipt of parts)
(2) BUNO
(A) Number of Days Not Flown
(B) AIRRS Status Code
(C) Preservation Level
(D) Top 10 Parts Requirements: (List NSN, Nomenclature, requisition number, estimated
delivery date)
(E) Other Requirements: (depot support, tech assist, etc.)
(F) Cause of LTD: (Examples: Crash damage; Long lead time part leading to
cannibalization, etc.)
(G) Plan to Return to Flight Status: (Example: Estimate return to flight status 30 days
after receipt of parts and completion of ongoing depot crash damage repair.)
3. 361 OR MORE DAYS NOT FLOWN: (Same elements (A) through (F))
4. COMMENTS: (Provide any additional information necessary to explain LTD)//
10-351
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.26 Electrical Wiring Interconnect System (EWIS) Maintenance (NAMPSOP)
10.26.1 References
a. Electrical Wiring Interconnect System (EWIS) is defined as any wire, electrical cabling, or
fiber optic cabling, or a combination of these items, including terminations, installed in any area of
the aircraft for the purpose of transmitting electrical or optical energy, signals or data between two
or more electrical/optical end points.
b. Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC AD) propulsion and electrical systems
engineers have determined that properly maintaining EWIS is a critical factor in optimal aircraft
performance and reliability. The importance of thorough EWIS maintenance continues to grow with
the ever-increasing technical sophistication and integration of advanced aircraft electrical systems.
Accordingly, this NAMPSOP outlines EWIS procedures that more closely align with commercial
aviation industry best practices.
c. The primary goal of the EWIS program is to prevent EWIS discrepancies through awareness
and prevention. The secondary goal is to detect EWIS defects in the earliest stages of development
to minimize impacts to mission readiness and safety. The primary elements of the program are:
(1) To bring awareness of the safe handling and the prevention of incidental damage to
EWIS by all personnel whom come in contact with aircraft wiring and other EWIS components.
(2) To ensure personnel inspecting EWIS, regardless of rate/MOS, and individuals
maintaining EWIS are knowledgeable and skilled in performing proper, efficient EWIS inspections
and repairs.
(3) To optimize data analysis that enables informed decisions on actions required to improve
EWIS in a timely manner that meet the needs of the fleet.
d. All O-Level naval aviation activities operating and maintaining naval aircraft will comply
with the procedures of this NAMPSOP.
10.26.3 Requirements
10.26.3.1 General
a. All O-Level naval aviation activities performing aircraft EWIS maintenance are responsible
for adherence to the EWIS inspection, maintenance and repair procedures in T/M/S maintenance
10-352
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
manuals and references 10.26.1.a through f.
b. Although not required to comply with this NAMPSOP, depot, commercial, and other
government activities performing rework or maintenance on naval aircraft are required to meet the
same or equivalent standards for EWIS maintenance as defined in references 10.26.1.a. through f.
10.26.3.2 Training
All maintenance technicians who perform on-aircraft maintenance must have a working knowledge
of EWIS. Training requirements:
a. Personnel who perform on-aircraft maintenance, must complete the EWIS Wiring Awareness
training course (CNATT-008- WRA-021-002-B0) per paragraph 10.1.4.7 (NAMP Indoctrination
Training). If fiber optic cabling is applicable to the aircraft, personnel will also complete the EWIS
Fiber Optic Awareness (CNATT-008-FBO-021-001-B0). These courses are available on Navy e-
Learning at the following link: https://learning.nel.navy.mil/ELIAASv2p/. Program Manager or
Monitor may conduct group training via presentation of the e-Learning training videos. Training
videos may be obtained via the two methods cited below.
(1) Source videos can be streamed or downloaded via the Training Resources Library of the
Joint Services Wiring Action Group (JSWAG) secure site at:
https://wiki.advana.data.mil/display/ASTECH/Department+of+Navy+Sustainment+Vector
(2) DVDs can be ordered at no cost from Defense Video Imagery Distribution System via:
https://www.dimoc.mil/Customer-Service/Contact-Us/ or by calling DIMOC at 888-743-4662.
b. Maintenance technicians and maintenance aircrew who inspect EWIS (for example, Material
Condition Inspectors, Plane Captains, and Plane Handlers, etc.) must be assigned, and actively
working (less than 60 days no progress) type/model specific on-the-job EWIS training (OJT as
defined 10.1.4.4) for the type/model aircraft on which their inspections are performed. At a
minimum, inspection training will include:
(1) Review of references 10.26.1.a. through 10.26.1.f.
(2) Aircraft’s wiring system inspection per reference (a).
(3) EWIS cleaning and preventative maintenance, per reference (a) procedures.
(4) Identification of wires, connectors, and contact pins per reference (a), and T/M/S/aircraft
technical manuals (e.g., Wire Connector Repair (WCR) and Wire Data Manual (WDM) as
applicable.
(5) Single wire, bundle, and harness installation, routing, clamping, and protection, per
reference (a) procedures.
c. Maintenance technicians who maintain and repair EWIS must be assigned, and actively
working (less than 60 days no progress) type/model specific on-the-job EWIS training (OJT as
defined 10.1.4.4) for the type/model aircraft on which their inspections are performed. At a
minimum, training will include:
(1) Review of references 10.26.1.a. through 10.26.1.f.
10-353
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Complete training outlined per reference 10.26.3.2.b
(3) Basic EWIS repair processes to include:
(a) Shielded and non-shielded splices (to include emphasis on splice restrictions);
(b) Insertion and extraction of connector contacts;
(c) Selection and termination of wiring terminal lugs and contacts.
(4) Operation of multimeters and other wire test equipment, such as the Automatic Wire
Test Set (AWTS), per references 10.26.1.a. through 10.26.1.f and T/M/S-specific technical
manuals.
(5) Work order (WO) documentation, with emphasis on MAL Codes specific to EWIS and
WUCs specific to the T/M/S aircraft EWIS.
NOTE: The reference to type/model specific OJT is meant to ensure technicians who change
aircraft platforms have completed, at a minimum, the procedures listed in
paragraph 10.26.3.2.b and/or 10.26.3.2.c on their current aircraft. It is not a
separate requirement to have a specifically named task list if one does not exist (e.g.,
CH-53E EWIS Inspection). If a type/model specific task list has not been generated,
the general inspection task list from the JSWAG site or other locally produced task
list can be used.
10.26.3.3 EWIS Maintenance
a. EWIS maintenance will be performed per the procedures specified in T/M/S technical
manuals and references 10.26.1.a through f, as applicable.
b. EWIS maintenance will be documented in detail in OOMA Work Orders (WO). The
Corrective Action block will contain a full description of the repair, to include the location of the
repair. If EWIS repair was performed, the WO will contain detailed repair information to include:
(1) Reference designator. Reference designators vary by platform and are indicated in
applicable wire schematics to identify connectors, wire harness assemblies and other terminating
devices.
(2) If a reference designator is unavailable, specific attaching component or connector
number information may be used (i.e. “autopilot computer connector P3”).
(3) Associated system, for example, ALQ-126 Countermeasures Set or APG-73 Radar.
(4) Physical location of the EWIS repair (e.g., fuselage station, rib number, panel number).
NOTE: Documenting the location of installed splices allows the T/M/S Aircraft FST to
determine whether wire segment replacement is required during future rework to
restore wire harnesses to original configurations.
(5) Wiring System Malfunction Code (W00-W62) per Appendix E will be applied.
(6) Work Unit Code (WUC) or Unified Numbering System (UNS) for the wire, cable, or
harness must be assigned for those T/M/S with dedicated EWIS WUC/UNS. For all others, use the
WUC for the attaching component or affected sub-system.
10-354
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.26.4 Responsibilities
10.26.4.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. NAWC AD Power and Energy Division will establish all installation and performance
requirements of naval aviation EWIS and EWIS components.
b. NAWC AD Avionics, Sensors, and Engineering Warfare Department will establish all
functional performance requirements of data and signals transported or conveyed through EWIS on
naval aviation platforms.
c. NATEC will provide in-service support for EWIS.
d. T/M/S Aircraft FSTs will:
(1) Review references 10.26.1.a through f.
(2) Identify, assess, and prioritize EWIS degraders based upon the following data (per
availability of individual T/M/S):
(a) Fleet Failure and Maintenance Data (WOs, Engineering Investigations, HazReps).
(b) Aircraft Functional and Physical Hazard Assessment Data (areas containing EWIS
and combustible materials, high heat areas, high vibration areas, severe wind and moisture prone
(SWAMP) areas, etc.).
(c) EWIS Components Aging Assessment Data (wire insulation age degradation
analysis).
(3) Establish EWIS degrader mitigation strategies and implement mitigation steps such as
scheduled organizational, intermediate, and depot-level inspection, maintenance manual updates,
and the replacement or upgrade of EWIS components.
(4) Develop and publish Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) for T/M/S EWIS
inspections.
(5) Coordinate with Type Wings and MAWSs to raise Fleet Awareness fleet awareness of
EWIS degraders and mitigation strategies and steps to stress the importance of protective measures
when working on or around wire bundles and connectors during structural repairs, systems
installations and modifications. Perform periodic re-assessment of EWIS mitigation strategies and
steps to ensure desired outcomes have been achieved and maintained.
(6) Provide expertise and equipment assistance to supported activities during EWIS program
actions, such as engineering analysis in support of Automatic Wire Test Systems (AWTS), and
platform EWIS modifications.
10.26.4.2 Type Wings and MAWs
a. Designate an EWIS Program Manager.
b. Publish a Wing LCP per Appendix D on any T/M/S peculiar EWIS procedures not addressed
in this NAMPSOP or applicable technical directives and instructions.
c. Incorporate EWIS inspection training, maintenance, and repair training requirement tasks per
paragraphs 10.26.3.2.b. and 10.26.3.2.c, for QARs, CDQARs and CDIs that inspect, maintain, and
10-355
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
or repair EWIS.
d. Develop a Job Qualification Requirement (JQR) per the Aviation Maintenance Training
Program NAMPSOP, paragraph 10.1.4.3, if EWIS training is not adequately covered by a Navy
Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) or Marine Aviation Maintenance Training and
Readiness Program (AMTRP) syllabus.
NOTE: JQR task lists have been developed for personnel performing EWIS repairs and
personnel performing EWIS inspections. These lists may be downloaded via the
JSWAG Share Point
(https://wiki.advana.data.mil/display/ASTECH/Department+of+Navy
+Sustainment+Vector) under the “Training Resources” tab.
e. Inspect EWIS during aircraft Material Condition Inspections (MCI). Type Wings and Marine
Corps TECOM Aviation Standards Branch (ASB) will develop and publish a JQR per 10.1 to train
and qualify Wing and MAW inspection personnel on general EWIS inspection requirements and
techniques. The JQR will include the areas specified in paragraph 10.26.3.2.b., tailored to each
T/M/S aircraft inspected.
f. Submit inputs for additions or changes to EWIS training specified in Job Qualification
Requirement (JQR) per 10.1.4.3.
10.26.4.3 Maintenance Officer
a. Designate an EWIS Program Manager. The EWIS Program Manager will be the Avionics
Division Officer, Avionics Division Chief. Designation will be in writing, via ASM. If the
Avionics Officer and Chief are either not available or not the most appropriate individuals for
management of the EWIS Program, a person well versed in the current EWIS issues affecting their
assigned T/M/S and capable of effectively managing the program may be assigned. In this case, a
comment must be made in ASM explaining the assignment.
b. Publish LCPs per Appendix D, if required, to address any EWIS maintenance procedures not
addressed in this NAMPSOP or Wing LCP. Command LCPs will be submitted to the Wing or
MAW for consideration of inclusion in the Wing LCP.
10.26.4.4 Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO)
The AMO will track progress in achieving the training requirements of 10.26.3.2.
10.26.4.5 Maintenance Control
a. Direct corrective action for EWIS discrepancies in a timely manner, not to exceed the next
major scheduled inspection or on-site Phased Depot Maintenance event (PMI/IMC), whichever
occurs first.
b. Submit requests to defer corrective action for EWIS discrepancies beyond the next scheduled
phase inspection or on-site Phased Depot Maintenance event to the Type Wing or MAW for
approval. Deferral requests must include details on impact to aircraft mission capability.
c. Verify EWIS maintenance is correctly, accurately and completely documented on all WOs
per paragraph 10.26.3.3.b.
10.26.4.6 EWIS Program Manager
10-356
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Perform Program Manager audits per 10.7.5.8.
b. Provide technical advice and assistance to work centers in matters pertaining to EWIS
inspection and maintenance, to include coordinating NATEC assistance when required to resolve
recurring EWIS related discrepancies.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on EWIS policy per 10.1.4.7 and
10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive EWIS familiarization prior to performing maintenance while
assigned to the work center and annually thereafter.
d. Maintain a listing of platform approved materials, support equipment, and tools available to
perform EWIS inspections and maintenance. Ensure material is maintained in a ready for use state.
e. Maintain an account with the Joint Services Wiring Action Group (JSWAG)
(https://wiki.advana.data.mil/display/ASTECH/Department+of+Navy+Sustainment+Vector) and
be familiar with the contents and resources available therein. Access to JSWAG main site can be
requested via the public site at https://www.navair.navy.mil/jswag/.
f. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.26.4.7 Quality Assurance
a. QA Officer: Designate an EWIS maintenance QAR (AE/AT) as the EWIS Program Monitor
per 10.1.2.9.
b. All QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs will complete EWIS Inspection OJT training syllabus per
paragraph 10.26.3.2.b.
c. All QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs who maintain and repair will complete EWIS maintenance
and repair OJT training syllabus per paragraph 10.26.3.2.c.
d. QA EWIS Program Monitor:
(1) Perform program audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7, and periodically monitor work in
progress to determine compliance with EWIS inspection and maintenance requirements.
(2) Maintain an account with the Joint Services Wiring Action Group (JSWAG)
(https://wiki.advana.data.mil/display/ASTECH/Department+of+Navy+Sustainment+Vector) and
be familiar with the contents and resources available therein. Access to JSWAG main site can be
requested via the public site at https://www.navair.navy.mil/jswag/ or by email: jswag@navy.mil.
(3) Draft and release Hazardous Material Report (HMR) Request for Engineering
Investigation (EI) per 10.9.3.7 for repeat EWIS component failures or catastrophic wire harness or
cable failure.
10.26.4.8 Work Center Supervisors
a. Verify work center personnel complete EWIS Program training per paragraph 10.26.3.2.
10-357
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Periodically spot check work in progress to verify work center personnel are complying with
EWIS installation, repair and maintenance procedures specified in technical manuals.
c. Review WOs to verify personnel are complying with the EWIS documentation procedures of
10.26.3.3.b.
d. Assist Quality Assurance with the submission of a Hazardous Material Report (HMR)
Request for Engineering Investigation (EI) per 10.9.3.7 and reference (a) for repeat EWIS
component failures or catastrophic wire harness or cable failure.
e. Assist Quality Assurance with the drafting and submitting of Technical Publication
Deficiency Reports (TPDR) per 10.9.3.11 when deficiencies are noted in EWIS inspection and
maintenance procedures.
10-358
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.27 Aircraft Gun Systems (AGS)/Aircraft Crew Served Weapons (ACSW) Maintenance
Program (NAMPSOP)
10.27.1 References
10.27.2.1 The AGS/ACSW NAMPSOP falls under the Aircraft Armament Systems (AAS)
Program. Administrative and configuration management for AAS components will be per Chapter
8 and 10.10.
10.27.2.2 AGS/ACSW pose a significant risk to the safety of personnel, aircraft, and equipment if
maintenance requirements are not strictly complied with. Accordingly, this NAMPSOP establishes
fundamental procedures for managing the maintenance of Navy and Marine Corps AGS/ACSW.
10.27.2.3 All Navy and Marine Corps O-Level and I-Level activities responsible for maintenance,
custody, and monitoring of AGS/ACSW must comply with the procedures of this NAMPSOP. This
includes contractor maintenance, commercial and government activities that operate, directly
support, repair, or maintain Naval AGS/ACSW and components.
10.27.2.4 COMNAVAIRFOR Aircraft Armament System (N46B2) is the AGS/ACSW Type
Commander (AAS TYCOM). Address: COMNAVAIRFOR (N46B2), PO Box 357051, San Diego,
CA 92135-7051.
10.27.2.5 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (PMA-242) is the NAVAIR Program Office for AGS/ACSW.
Address: COMNAVAIRFOR (N46B24), PO Box 357051, San Diego, CA 92135-7051.
10.27.3 Requirements
10-359
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
8.6.3.4.
b. Review CM ALS. Activate all scheduled maintenance that was not previously complied
with or verified as completed.
c. Perform TD compliance verification per 10.10.3.5. If unable to verify TD compliance, the
AGS/ACSW must be marked NRFI and removed from service until TD compliance is determined.
d. Reconcile CM ALS rounds fired history to ensure that AGS/ACSW life limited components
are within allowances. If rounds fired count is in question, a technical dialog in GITR needs to be
initiated and forwarded to TYCOM after all attempts to recover the history have been made.
e. Prior to transferring AGS/ACSW, all maintenance related actions and rounds fired entries
will be documented as a Miscellaneous History entry in the CM ALS.
10.27.3.1.5 Ordnance Work Center personnel will receive physical custody of AGS/ACSW and
perform acceptance inspection per applicable maintenance technical manuals and provide
maintenance documentation data to Production Control. All maintenance related actions will be
accomplished via MAF/Work Order, to include acceptance/transfer inspections. Prior to transfer,
the remarks section of GITR will be populated with the reason for the transfer.
10.27.3.1.6 A physical paper copy of CM ALS must accompany all AGS/ACSW transferred to a
non-OOMA activity such as depot facility or NAVAIR FST.
10.27.3.1.7 All AGS received from an aircraft depot or AMARG must be removed from the
aircraft and routed to I-Level for inspection.
10.27.3.1.8 All AGS/ACSW must be packaged in accordance with NAVSUP P-700 prior to
transfer.
10.27.3.2 Issue, Receipt, and Turn-In Transactions
10.27.3.2.1 Issue and Turn-In transactions occur between a Prime Pool and the supported sub-
custodian. Prime Pools must verify CM ALS and GITR data for accuracy prior to AGS/ACSW
issuance to the O-Level. AGS/ACSW and components must not be received from the issuing
activity prior to the receiving activity’s completion of CM ALS and GITR records receipt
verification. Prime Pools must verify CM ALS and GITR data for accuracy prior to accepting
AGS/ACSW turn-in from the O-Level.
10.27.3.2.2 For all OOMA activities, the AGS CM ALS and GITR record will be issued to the O-
Level prior to AGS/ACSW issuance. Acceptance/transfer inspections and work order
documentation is required.
10.27.3.2.3 After CM ALS and GITR rounds fired reconciliation is complete, AGS/ACSW may be
issued to the receiving activity.
10.27.3.2.4 Logs and Records Clerks or Maintenance Data Specialists (Marine Corps) within O-
Level Activities Maintenance Control Centers have the initial responsibility to accomplish Issue
and Turn-in transactions of the AGS/ACSW and components. The Logs and Records Clerks or
Maintenance Data Specialists (Marine Corps) must complete the following prior to receipt or turn-
in of AGS/ACSW:
a. Conduct an OOMA CM ALS and GITR rounds fired count reconciliation to ensure accuracy.
10-360
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Acceptance/transfer inspection work order documentation is required.
b. All AGS/ACSW OOMA CM ALS will be accurate and complete prior to turn-in to the
receiving activity.
c. Prior to turn-in of AGS/ACSW, all maintenance related actions and rounds fired entries will
be documented as a Miscellaneous History entry in the CM ALS.
10.27.3.2.5 Ordnance Work Center personnel will remove AGS/ACSW per this NAMPSOP and
prepare AGS/ACSW for transfer per applicable maintenance technical manuals. Provide
maintenance documentation and GITR rounds fired data to Logs and Records Clerks or
Maintenance Data Specialists (Marine Corps). All maintenance related actions will be
accomplished via MAF or Work Order (WO) to include discrepancy MAF or WO to the I-Level or
D-Level activity. Update AGS/ACSW rounds fired count in GITR. Prior to turn-in, the remarks
section of GITR will be populated with the reason for turn in.
NOTES: 1. Recreating a CM ALS is strictly prohibited without CNAF AAS TYCOM
approval.
2. Refer to 8.6.3.4 for CM ALS recovery procedures.
3. Creating of CM ALS will only be accomplished for new production assets, by the
I-Level. When presented with Manual or Auto create options, Auto create will be
selected. When prompted to “apply usage to subcomponents” the “Yes” option will
be selected. All tasks will be activated at this time.
10.27.4 General Maintenance Requirements
10-361
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.27.4.2 Pre/Post Fire Inspections
a. All ACSW (including spares) must have a pre-fire inspection completed prior to installation
on aircraft.
b. All AGS will have a post-fire inspection completed at the end of each firing day, regardless
of how many rounds were fired.
c. Weapons shall not be fired beyond their prescribed retire/overhaul rounds requirement.
10.27.4.3 Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled rounds based maintenance actions will be performed per the applicable PMIC intervals.
NOTE: AGS/ACSW are not authorized a plus or minus 10 percent deviation per 5.3.10.2.
AGS/ACSW are authorized plus or minus 500 (+/- 500) round deviation from the
specified inspection interval. This deviation does not apply to weapon system or
weapons system components at end of service life.
10.27.5. Discrepancy Reporting
10.27.5.1 AGS/ACSWs, ACSW Mounts and LASER Aiming Devices (LAD) Discrepancy
Reports (DR)
All AGS/ACSW, ACSW Mounts and LASER Aiming Devices (LAD) DRs will be submitted per
applicable direction of COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 and OPNAV M-8000.16. These include
Hazardous Material Report (HMR), Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR), Technical
Publications Deficiency Report (TPDR), Baseline Trouble Report (BTR), Conventional Ordnance
Deficiency Report (CODR), Explosive Event Report (EER), and Explosive Mishap Report (EMR).
Activities not required to provide an exhibit may initiate closing action for the DR upon
FST/Program Office acknowledgement via Technical Dialog: “Acknowledgement of this
deficiency report serves as closing action for the reporting unit’s NAMDRP requirements.”
Activities required to provide exhibits must await direction from the FST/Program office via
Technical Dialog and follow the exhibit handling procedures per 10.9.4. DRs for ACSWs, ACSW
mounts, and LADs will be initiated when a deficiency is discovered during operation or
maintenance. DRs for ACSWs, ACSW mounts, and LADs will be submitted using the DR Web
module of AWIS per 10.9.3.1.e. All DRs are monitored by the program office, specific reporting
criteria for each DR is described below.
10.27.5.2 HMR
An HMR must be submitted per 10.9.3.8 whenever AGS/ACSW are discovered to have critical
material deficiencies meeting the conditions of 10.9.3.8.b. HMRs will be submitted via JDRS per
10.9.3.1.
10.27.5.3 PQDR
A PQDR must be reported per 10.9.3.9 whenever deficiencies are found in new or newly reworked
(depot overhaul) AGS/ACSW. PQDRs will be submitted via JDRS per 10.9.3.1.
10.27.5.4 TPDR
A TPDR must be submitted per 10.9.3.11 whenever deficiencies are noted in AGS/ACSW technical
publications. PQDRs will be submitted via JDRS per 10.9.3.1.
10-362
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.27.5.5 BTR
A BTR must be submitted per 10.9.3.5 to correct AGS/ACSW OOMA baseline deficiencies. BTRs
will be submitted via JDRS per 10.9.3.1.
10.27.5.6 CODR and EER
A CODR or EER must be submitted for deficiencies meeting the criteria in OPNAV M-8000.16.
CODRs and EERs will be submitted using the DR Web module of AWIS per 10.9.3.1.e.
10.27.5.7 EMR
An EMR must be submitted for deficiencies meeting the criteria in OPNAV M-8000.16. EMRs
will be submitted to Risk Management Information (RMI) via the Air Force Safety Automated
System (AFSAS) per 10.9.3.1.e.
10.27.5.8 AGS Deficiency Reporting
10.27.5.8.1 AGS O-Level Deficiency Reporting procedures:
a. DRs are not required to document unscheduled maintenance discrepancies to facilitate turn-
in to I-Level, except under the following circumstances:
(1) O-Level induced defects (CODR)
(2) Explosive Event Report (EER) as defined in 10.9.3.6.
(3) Any AGS and component defects affecting the safety of personnel (CODR accompanied
by HMR)
b. DRs must be submitted within the timeframes identified in 10.9.3.
c. All other AGS discrepancies must be documented via WO and turned into I-Level for repair.
Figure 10.27-1 must be completed and accompany the WO to the I-Level.
10.27.5.8.2 AGS I-Level Deficiency Reporting procedures:
a. I-Level activities will submit CODRs upon deficiency discovery per 10.9.3.6.
b. DRs must include ammunition identification data, if ammunition was listed on Figure 10.27-
1 from O-Level.
c. DR submission timeframes of 10.9 are not applicable for I-Level activities for AGS DRs.
10.27.6 Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM) and Defense Logistics Agency Disposition
Services (DLADS)
10.27.6.1 No AGS/ACSW or other serialized GITR tracked components are authorized any type of
BCM action or DLADS disposition without prior authorization from the CNAF AAS TYCOM.
10.27.6.2 The CNAF AAS TYCOM will direct the activity in possession of the AGS/ACSW which
BCM designation to utilize via AWIS Technical Dialog.
10.27.6.3 After TYCOM approval for BCM action or DLADS, the activity must:
a. Complete applicable GITR transactions
b. Complete applicable OOMA/OIMA NALCOMIS transactions, (assign appropriate BCM
10-363
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
action taken code of 1-9, requisition a replacement asset, etc.)
c. Transfer assets to supply or DLADS facility, as appropriate
10.27.7 Responsibilities
10-364
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Ordnance/Division Chief Petty Officer, Ordnance SNCOIC or activity equivalent as AAS Program
Manager per 10.1.2.9.
10.27.7.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate an Ordnance Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) as the AAS Program Monitor per
10.1.2.9 and 10.7.3.5.
NOTE: Other QARs or QA Specialists may monitor this program; however, the designated
Program Monitor must perform the annual program audits per 10.7.4.7.
10.27.7.6 Program Manager
a. Conduct initial and annual Program Manager audits per 10.7.4.8.
b. Be familiar with AGS/ACSW for T/M/S and components, OPNAV M-8000.16,
COMNAVAIRFORINST 8380.2, applicable maintenance technical manuals, LCPs, checklists, and
this NAMPSOP.
c. Maintain All Weapons Information System (AWIS, Aircraft Armament Equipment (AAE),
Gun Inventory Tracking and Reporting (GITR), DR Web access and CM ALS (view only)
permissions.
d. Be designated as an “Initiator” for discrepancy reports submitted to the Joint Deficiency
Reporting System (JDRS) and DR Web.
e. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on AGS/ACSW policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel
receive AGS/ACSW familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work
center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
f. Verify Logs and Records Clerks and Maintenance Data Specialists (Marine Corps) are
entering total rounds fired count in OOMA.
(1) O-Level activities will verify rounds fired entries have been calculated correctly at the
end of each firing week, to include entries have been signed.
(2) I-Level activities will conduct reconciliation upon receipt, ready for issue (RFI), and
prior to issue.
g. Biweekly, verify O-Level Ordnance Work Center Supervisor has updated the rounds
fired in GITR for AGS/ACSW. Tracking of rounds fired on ACSW mounts and cradles in
GITR is not required.
h. Contact the AAS TYCOM via Technical Dialog if any of the following occur:
(1) Transferring AGS/ACSW between Prime Pools.
(2) AGS/ACSW is found to be not-ready for issue (NRFI) during acceptance/transfer
inspection.
(3) AGS/ACSW is received without a CM ALS.
(4) Weapons or components are found to have questionable records due to rounds fired
accumulation errors.
(5) Requesting BCM action and/or DLADS disposition authorization.
10-365
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Units will consult and verify with their Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC). For
example, Type Wing, MAW or COMFRC prior to contacting CNAF AAS TYCOM
regarding AAS errors or deficiencies.
i. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Points of Contact (POC)
(2) An electronic or hardcopy list of current AGS/ACSW assigned to the activity
(3) Program related correspondence and message traffic\c
(4) A current copy of AGS/ACSW references or cross-reference locator sheets
(5) Copies of the most current AAS Program Manager Audit and QA Program Monitor
audit
10.27.7.7 Program Monitor
a. Perform the annual QA audit of the AAS Program per 10.7.4.7.
NOTE: The QA audit must examine at least 50% of the equipment, records, documentation,
and qualifications of personnel involved with AGS/ACSW maintenance. Workload
permitting, 100% of the process should be covered.
b. Verify all AGS/ACSW maintenance technical manuals, maintenance requirement cards,
instructions and publication changes for T/M/S are current, complete, and on-hand in the Central
Technical Publication Library (CTPL). Publications may be either electronic or paper. Electronic
publications must be uploaded and available to the Ordnance Work Centers.
c. Assist with preparing discrepancy reports required per this NAMPSOP.
10.27.7.8 Logs and Records Clerks and Maintenance Data Specialists (Marine Corps)
a. Comply with logs and records requirements directed in Chapter 8.6 that apply to
AGS/ACSW.
b. Perform AGS/ACSW rounds fired count reconciliation between CM ALS and GITR
whenever any of the following occur:
(1) Acceptance or transfer of AGS/ACSW and components per 10.27.4.
(2) Issue/turn-in of AGS/ACSW and components per 10.27.3.2.
(3) Discovery of errors for total rounds fired accumulation via CM ALS, Missing “Zero”
Rounds fired count, Maintenance Action Form (MAF), or unmatched accumulation with GITR.
(4) After any rounds based maintenance action is performed.
c. All rounds accumulation entries for AGS/ACSW and ACSW mounts/cradles will be
accomplished at the end of the firing day via a Manual Flight Record (MFR).
d. A Miscellaneous History entry will be made to document the quantity of rounds fired.
NOTES: 1. OOMA data is the authoritative maintenance documentation database, and takes
precedence over GITR.
10-366
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. All rounds accumulation entries must be completed at the end of each firing day
to include the Miscellaneous History entry.
3. Associated PMIC provides guidance, limitations, and penalties associated to
AGS/ACSW and ACSW mounts/cradles.
10.27.7.9 Ordnance Work Center Supervisors
a. Ensure work center personnel are fully qualified or satisfactorily progressing in
qualifications to perform AGS/ACSW maintenance per 10.1.4.7.
b. Ensure AGS/ACSW are maintained in accordance with OPNAV M-8000.16,
COMNAVAIRFORINST 8380.2A, applicable maintenance manuals, and this NAMPSOP.
c. Periodically spot check work in-progress to verify the proficiency of personnel performing
AGS/ACSW maintenance.
d. Maintain access to the GITR module of AWIS.
e. Prior to any flight where AGS/ACSW may be fired, ensure rounds remaining will not exceed
the specified rounds based inspection interval. Verify rounds fired accumulation in the CM ALS is
accurate. Confirm applicable GITR entries are completed and match the CM ALS.
f. At the end of the firing day, ensure GITR rounds fired counts match OOMA.
g. Immediately notify maintenance control of AGS/ACSW hazards and restrict AGS/ACSW
from use if any of the following conditions exist:
(1) Total rounds are unknown.
(2) GITR and CM ALS cumulative rounds fired do not match.
(3) Maintenance documentation errors that could result in damage to aircraft or equipment,
injury to personnel, or over-firing the weapon or sub-components. Example: OOMA displays TD
compliance, but physical inspection of the asset reveals the TD is not incorporated.
10.27.7.10 AGS/ACSW Maintenance Personnel
a. Strictly comply with the AGS/ACSW maintenance procedures specified in AGS/ACSW
maintenance technical manuals, MRCs, and this NAMPSOP.
b. Ensure CM ALS is accurate and complete prior to issuing or installing AAS.
10-367
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CODR DATA for I-Level Reporting
MCN/JCN: ____________________________
10-368
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.28 Aircraft Magnetic Compass Calibration and Verification
10.28.1 References
10.28.2.1 This NAMPSOP applies to aircraft with a magnetic compass system. A magnetic
compass system is any compass system or instrument that uses the earth’s magnetic field to
determine and display heading information. Magnetic compass systems include, but are not limited
to, standby wet compasses, solid state magnetometers, magnetic azimuth detectors, and magnetic
flux valves.
10.28.2.2 Magnetic compass systems are affected by metallic materials, avionics, engines, and
other aircraft equipment and must be calibrated in their installed environment to compensate for
these effects. A magnetic compass calibration is also referred to as a compass swing.
10.28.3 Requirements
10.28.3.1 Scheduled and conditional magnetic compass calibrations and verifications must be
performed per the procedures directed in T/M/S maintenance instructions.
10.28.3.2 To minimize the possibility of calibration coming due during a deployment, aircraft
requiring scheduled compass calibration or verification will be calibrated or verified to not come
due for at least 60 days after the planned end of the deployment.
10.28.3.3 A Compass Correction Card must be placed near each compass indicator in aircraft
requiring compass calibration. Figure 10.28-1 provides an example of a locally produced Compass
Correction Card. The AS5823 (NSN6605-00-584-4227) Compass Correction Card may also be
used. The Compass Correction Card will contain the following information:
a. Front:
(1) SYSTEM - The system that was calibrated, for example, “Standby Wet Compass
(Pilot)” or “Standby Wet Compass (Co-Pilot)”.
(2) BUNO - The bureau number of the aircraft the system is installed in.
(3) MODEX - The MODEX of the aircraft the system is installed in.
(4) SWUNG - The date the system was calibrated/verified.
b. Back:
(1) Stamp or printed name and signature of the CDI that verified entries on the Compass
Correction Card and miscellaneous history are correct and the card is properly installed in the
cockpit.
(2) Printed name and signature of CDI who witnessed the calibration or the aircrew who
performed the in-flight verification.
10-369
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. Headings on the Compass Correction Card will be changed only as a result of a
compass calibration. If a compass verification is performed between calibrations,
transcribe the headings from the most recent calibration Compass Correction Card
to the verification Compass Correction Card. The new verification Compass
Correction Card will be posted near each compass indicator.
2. If the Compass Correction Card in the aircraft is lost or becomes unreadable, a
new card may be created from the readings entered in the aircraft logbook
Miscellaneous History per paragraph 10.28.3.5.
10.28.3.4 Compass calibration directed by a special MRC will be documented as a special
(scheduled) inspection. Compass calibration not directed by a special MRC will be documented as
a conditional (unscheduled) inspection on the WO that documents the condition or discrepancy
requiring calibration.
10.28.3.5 Calibrations and verifications must be documented in Optimized OMA NALCOMIS
Miscellaneous History Record. Activities not operating OOMA will make a manual entry in the
aircraft logbook Miscellaneous History section (OPNAV 4790/25A). Compass Calibrations entries
must include:
a. The system that was calibrated or verified, for example, “Standby Wet Compass.”
b. The date the system was calibrated or verified.
c. The calibration and verification method. If the system was calibrated, list the specific
method for example, “MCCS” or “MRC Card No. XXX”. If the system was verified, specify the
method of verification, for example, “in-flight verification” or “ground verification.”
d. The name of the CDI who witnessed the calibration or ground verification or the name of the
aviator who performed the in-flight verification.
e. The geographical location where the calibration or verification was performed.
f. The statement “All readings are within the limits specified by (list the maintenance
instruction)” followed by each heading, reading, and residual error. For example, “All readings are
within the limits specified by T/M/S maintenance instruction reference.”
Heading = 000, Reading = 003, Residual Error = +3 Degrees
Heading = 015, Reading = 017, Residual Error = +2 Degrees
Heading = 030, Reading = 031, Residual Error = +1 Degree
Heading = 045, Reading = 045, Residual Error = 0
10.28.3.6 Prior to requesting a compass calibration deviation, if aircraft and operational conditions
permit, an in-flight or ground comparison check must be accomplished using a known good
reference system (Inertial Navigation System, Tactical Navigation, Ground Control Radar, or
Automatic Directional Finder) against the Aircraft Compass System. The comparison check
certifies only the apparent operation of the Magnetic Compass System in question and will be
substituted only until the preferred or alternate method of calibration/verification is accomplished.
10-370
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Deviation requests must be submitted by naval message to the ACC Aircraft Class Desk, via
the Wing, with the following information:
(1) Aircraft T/M/S and BUNO
(2) Date calibration due
(3) Type of system and calibration/verification requirement. For example, “Flux Valve
Compass 364-Day Scheduled Calibration” or “Flux Valve Compass Conditional Calibration Due to
R&R”
(4) Reason calibration cannot be performed
(5) Method of bearing comparison check and results
(6) How long deviation is required
10.28.4 Responsibilities
10.28.4.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. Issue MRCs and maintenance technical manuals for each T/M/S and Magnetic Compass
System to include calibration schedule and procedures.
b. Verify Fleet Support Team (FSTs) are trained in Magnetic Compass calibration requirements
and procedures.
c. Resource equipment and technical data required for aircraft Magnetic Compass calibration.
d. Resolve conflicts between this instruction, T/M/S MRCs, T/M/S aircraft maintenance
technical manual specifications, or other engineering directives related to Magnetic Compass
calibrations.
10.28.4.2 Activities Operating Naval Aircraft
a. Strictly comply with the Magnetic Compass calibration requirements and procedures of this
instruction and the applicable maintenance technical manuals.
b. Verify the training and skill level of personnel maintaining and calibrating aircraft Magnetic
Compass Systems. Training will be documented in the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS) or
Advanced Skills Management (ASM) equivalent.
c. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Aircraft Magnetic Compass Calibration and
Verification policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Aircraft Magnetic Compass Calibration
and Verification familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center.
d. Verify Maintenance Control and QA personnel are trained and knowledgeable in magnetic
compass calibration requirements. Training will be documented in PQS or ASM equivalent.
e. Verify currency of compass calibration upon receipt of aircraft.
10-371
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(Front) (Front)
STANDBY COMPASS (PILOT) STANDBY COMPASS (CO-PILOT)
MODEX MODEX
BUNO: 168766 : 201 BUNO: 168766 : 201
SWUNG 1-May SWUNG 1-May-
: 21 : 21
STEE STEE STEE STEE
TO FLY R TO FLY R TO FLY R TO FLY R
N 0 180 180 N 0 180 180
15 15 195 195 15 15 195 195
30 30 210 210 30 30 210 210
45 45 225 225 45 45 225 225
60 60 240 240 60 60 240 240
75 75 255 255 75 75 255 255
90 90 270 270 90 90 270 270
105 105 285 285 105 105 285 285
120 120 300 300 120 120 300 300
135 135 315 315 135 135 315 315
150 150 330 330 150 150 330 330
165 165 345 345 165 165 345 345
(Back) (Back)
10-372
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.29 Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) (NAMPSOP)
10.29.1 Introduction
10.29.1.1 This NAMPSOP applies to all Navy and Marine Corps O-Level activities that use or
maintain Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE). For the purpose of this instruction, ASE is
defined as:
a. Infrared Countermeasures
b. Missile Warning Systems
c. Countermeasure Dispensing Systems
d. Radar Warning Receivers
e. Onboard Electronic Countermeasures
f. Towed Decoys
NOTE: F-35 aircraft are exempt from this NAMPSOP.
10.29.1.2 Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE), systems serve to protect our aircraft and aircrew
in hostile environments. The dynamic nature of the threat environment generates significant risk,
which necessitates continual evolution and improvement of ASE software and hardware. Accurate
tracking of ASE software loads and aircraft configurations, timely readiness reporting, and
thorough pre-deployment training and grooming are required to sustain the high level of ASE
system readiness needed to ensure aircraft and aircrew can safely operate in combat.
10.29.2 Responsibilities
10.29.2.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
a. Advanced Tactical Aircraft Protection Systems Program Office (PMA272) is the designated
lead program office for the management, development, demonstration, and acquisition of ASE.
PMA272 responsibilities include monitoring ASE readiness, reporting current ASE software
configurations via naval message or other official method of correspondence, and maintaining a
qualified Fleet Support team (FST) and ASE Readiness Team (ART), capable of providing training
to the fleet.
b. PMA265 is the designated lead program office for the ALR-67(V)3 Radar Warning System.
c. PMA299 is the designated lead program office for the AN/ALQ-210 Electronic Support
Measures (ESM).
10.29.2.2 COMNAVAIRPAC/COMNAVAIRLANT (CNAP/CNAL) N421N Common
Avionics Class Desk
a. Maintain ASE Readiness Report on the applicable CNAL N421N Microsoft Teams page:
Navy:
https://dod.teams.microsoft.us/l/team/19%3adod%3a8f3ec03aafe04271b156ecfc717097bb%40threa
d.tacv2/conversations?groupId=b5e959f9-e884-4a9a-9272-7ed2942f6522&tenantId=e3333e00-
c877-4b87-b6ad-45e942de1750
10-373
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Marines:
https://dod.teams.microsoft.us/l/team/19%3adod%3a968248c43747478dacd2bbc6802f23ca%40thre
ad.tacv2/conversations?groupId=1e45de37-8f18-4f88-9dec-172bda594c4c&tenantId=f4c44cda-
18c6-46b0-80f2-e290072444fd
b. Monitor and provide support to ASE readiness via the CNAL Microsoft Teams page.
c. Disseminate current ASE aircraft system configurations and software configurations.
d. Direct inter/intra-service ASE transfers as required.
e. Provide disposition instructions for ASE system components in the following events:
(1) Assets are damaged due to aircraft or ground MISHAP.
(2) Aircraft is being stricken, undergoing SARDIP, or being sent to AMARG for storage.
(3) System or component obsolescence or upgrade
f. Coordinate with PMA272 for ART fleet visits.
10.29.2.3 Type Wings and Marine Aircraft Wings
a. Designate in writing an Avionics Officer, billet equivant, or E-6 and above as the ASE
Program Manager.
b. Maintain access and ensure all subordinate command ASE Program Managers and Work
Center Supervisors maintain accounts to access applicable CNAL ASE Microsoft Teams Group.
c. Monitor and review the aircraft ASE Readiness Report information on the applicable CNAL
Microsoft Teams page no later than the 21st of each month.
d. Ensure PMA-272 ART or NATEC assistance is coordinated to meet squadron training and
system assessment requirements.
e. Inspect ASE condition (including hardware and software) and the accuracy of ASE records
during Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA) and Material Condition Inspection (MCI).
f. Request ART visits as deemed necessary to assist with improving ASE readiness.
g. Submit an ASE Asset Increase/Decrease Report (Figure 10.29-1) or ASE Asset
Loss/Damage Report (Figure 10.29-2) via naval message or other official correspondence to
CNAP/CNAL N421N Common Avionics Class Desk for the following transactions:
(1) Asset losses or damage resulting from an aircraft or ground mishap within 24 hours.
(2) Assets from an aircraft that is being stricken or sent to AMARG.
(3) ASE asset increases due to new production aircraft delivery.
(4) ASE asset increases due to reactivation of aircraft from AMARG.
h. Monitor necessary cyber certifications to allow fleet activities to download ASE software
from Naval Data Distribution System (NDDS) to associated media for on aircraft loading. Ensure
commands have the infrastructure to apply for and receive access to DOD cyber systems that
necessitate System Authorization Access Request (SAAR) forms. SAAR forms require proper
Cyber Certifications to be verified by the Chain of Command via Automated Data Processing
10-374
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(ADP), Navy/Marine Corps Intranet (NMCI), Marine Corps Enterprise Network (MCEN), and
Security.
i. Ensure subordinate command ASE Program Managers maintain the proper number of cyber
certified personnel with NMCI/MCEN Data At Rest (DAR) computer seat exemptions in order to
download software from NDDS onto approved removable media. Refer to latest
NGEN/MCEN/Local directives for procedures in obtaining applicable DAR exemptions.
10.29.2.4 Maintenance Officer
a. Designate in writing an Avionics Officer, billet equivant, or E-6 and above as the ASE
Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
b. Coordinate with the Operations Department to ensure ASE systems are thoroughly checked
on aircraft participating in tactical training exercises and other flights where ASE can be operated.
10.29.2.5 Program Manager
a. Perform initial and annual program manager audits per 10.7.5.8.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on Aircraft Survivability Equipment
(ASE) policy per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive ASE familiarization prior to
performing maintenance while assigned to the work center and annually thereafter.
c. Be knowledgeable of procedures in ASE instructions, MIMs, and MRCs.
d. Maintain a current report of all ASE system configuration, readiness, and validate the ASE
Readiness Report on the applicable CNAL Microsoft Teams page by the 21st of each month.
Navy:
https://dod.teams.microsoft.us/l/team/19%3adod%3a8f3ec03aafe04271b156ecfc717097bb%40threa
d.tacv2/conversations?groupId=b5e959f9-e884-4a9a-9272-7ed2942f6522&tenantId=e3333e00-
c877-4b87-b6ad-45e942de1750
Marines:
https://dod.teams.microsoft.us/l/team/19%3adod%3a968248c43747478dacd2bbc6802f23ca%40thre
ad.tacv2/conversations?groupId=1e45de37-8f18-4f88-9dec-172bda594c4c&tenantId=f4c44cda-
18c6-46b0-80f2-e290072444fd
NOTE: Contact CNAL Common Avionics, N421N, via email at
CommonAvionics@us.navy.mil for CNAL Microsoft Teams access.
e. Maintain an account with NDDS (NIPR/SIPR, as required) and verify ASE systems installed
on aircraft have the current software load. Squadrons are notified via NDDS of new and current
software updates pertaining to their platforms.
f. Ensure ASE periodic maintenance is being accomplished per applicable maintenance
technical manuals.
g. Coordinate with Maintenance Control to initiate Work Orders (WO) on uninstalled ASE
components in order to verify all items of ASE have been functionally tested prior to deployment.
h. Coordinate with the Operations Department for Areas of Responsibility (AOR) mission data
file (MDF) requirement(s).
10-375
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Monitor completion of training in support of the ASE Program. Refer to the latest ASE Navy
Training System Plan (NTSP) at https://ntsp.navair.navy.mil. The NTSP explains the ASE
Training Development/Update process/plan. New development is provided via “system level
training” for Developmental Testing/Operational Testing (DT/OT). Cadre initial training is
provided to the host platform for integration into their training programs.
j. Maintain a minimum of three personnel with NDDS access with the appropriate cyber
certifications and NIPR/SIPR DAR computer seat exemptions waiver in order to download
software from NDDS onto approved removable media.
NOTE: The use of a standalone computer is not authorized for writing NDDS software files
to removable media for aircraft software loading. Standalone computers not
connected to the network do not receive the necessary cyber protections and anti-
virus updates subjecting the aircraft and ASE system to malware.
k. Ensure all aircraft ASE systems are assessed and training is conducted, annually. The annual
requirement for aircraft assessments is met if the T/M/S has an annual assessment established in a
scheduled inspection. All deploying aircraft must be assessed 3-6 months prior to deployment.
NATEC or the PMA-272 ART will be utilized to assess a minimum of 25% of squadron aircraft in
conjunction with this annual requirement. Training will be conducted during the NATEC or PMA-
272 ART visit. This requirement may be executed as standalone events or as part of an Integrated
Weapons (Combat) Systems Review (IWSR/ICSR).
10.29.2.6 Work Center Supervisor
a. Be knowledgeable of procedures in ASE instructions, MIMs, and MRCs.
b. Monitor training progress and ensure personnel complete on the job training (OJT) on ASE
systems and become proficient in ASE maintenance, system operation, and software loading and
verification.
c. Ensure ASE training is completed via OJT from NATEC or the PMA-272 ART, while on
site visits.
d. Verify applicable ASE IMRL and tools are available and in a ready for use condition.
e. Maintain an account with NDDS (NIPR/SIPR, as required). Update ASE systems with the
most current OFP or MDF/UDF software complying with applicable TDs. Platforms are notified
via NDDS of new and current TDs for software updates pertaining to their systems.
f. Update ASE systems with the most current OFP or MDF/UDF software IAW applicable TDs
and system configuration list via NDDS.
10-376
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM SQUADRON
TO TYPE WING/MAW
INFO COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA
MAG/CVW
SQUADRON
BT
UNCLAS//N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/SQUADRON/MMM//
SUBJ/ASE INCREASE/DECREASE REPORT//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2/DATE//
REF/B/DOC/(APPLICABLE SHIPPING COMPANY AND DOCUMENT NUMBER)/-//
NARR/REF A PROVIDES POLICY FOR ASE ASSET ACCOUNTING AND INVENTORY
PROCEDURES. REF B IS SHIPPING DOC//
POC/LAST, FI, MI/RANK/RATE /SQUADRON/-/TEL: 234-5678 /EMAIL: //
GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. PER REF A, THE FOLLOWING ASE ASSETS RECEIVED
FROM/TRANSFERRED TO (APPLICABLE ORGANIZATION) ON JD XXXXX, REF B
REFERS. READ IN FOUR COLS:
10-377
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM SQUADRON
TO TYPE WING/MAW
INFO COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA
MAG/CVW
SQUADRON
BT
UNCLAS //N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/SQUADRON/MMM//
SUBJ/ASE/ECM/DECM ASSET LOSS/DAMAGE REPORT//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2/DATE//
REF/B/MSG/SQUADRON/230024ZFEB2021//
NARR/REF A PROVIDES POLICY FOR ASE ASSET ACCOUNTING AND INVENTORY
PROCEDURES. REF B IS SQUADRON ACFT MISHAP RPT.//
POC//LAST, FI. MI./RANK/RATE/ SQUADRON/-/TEL: XXX-XXXX /EMAIL: //
GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. PER REF A, THE FOLLOWING INFO IS SUBMITTED:
A. PER REF (A), THE FOLLOWING ASE ASSETS ARE LOST AND UNRECOVERABLE.
READ IN FOUR COLS:
NOMEN PART NR SERIAL NR QTY
R-2148C/ALR-67(V) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XX
R-2055B/ALR-67(V) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XX
IP-1276/ALR-67(V) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XX
C-10250B/ALR-67(V) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XX
E. REF B RPT LOSS OF (ENTER ACFT TYPE AND BUNO) ON (ENTER DATE OF
INCIDENT FROM REF B) NEAR (ENTER LOCATION OF INCIDENT FROM REF B). NO
POSSIBILITY OF COMPROMISE.//
10-378
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.30 Marine Air Traffic Control and Landing Systems (MATCALS) Maintenance
10.30.1 References
10.30.2 Introduction
10.30.2.1 This NAMPSOP directs maintenance requirements and management policy for Marine
Air Traffic Control and Landing Systems (MATCALS) applicable to all Marine Air Traffic Control
Detachments.
NOTE: MATCALS suites are also furnished to Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division
(NAWC AD), Naval Air Technical Training Center and Naval Information Warfare
Center (NIWC), which are not subject to this NAMPSOP.
10.30.2.2 MATCALS are ground-based equipment sets utilized to provide air surveillance and
control of friendly aircraft in support of offensive air support, anti-air warfare, continuous all-
weather radar, non-radar, tower air traffic control services, airspace management, and other services
to an independent and geographically separated main air base or air facility, and remote air sites or
points. MATCALS functions as an integral part of the air defense system for a Marine Air Ground
Task Force (MAGTF) or joint force.
10.30.2.3 MATCALS are operated by Marine Air Traffic Control Detachments (MATCD), which
are the principal Air Traffic Control (ATC) organizations within the Marine Air Command and
Control System (MACCS). MATCDs are detachments of the Marine Air Control Squadron
(MACS), which is an element of the Marine Air Control Group (MACG). Each Marine Air Wing
(MAW) has one MACG with one MACS. MACG-28 and MACG-38 contain three MATCDs each,
MACG-18 contains two MATCDs, and MACG-48 contains one MATCD.
10.30.2.4 Each MATCD has a MATCALS Maintenance Section (Figure 10.30-1) organized to
provide support, coordination, and leadership in the areas of MATCALS maintenance, integrated
logistics resource management, and professional personnel development. The MATCALS
Maintenance Section is comprised of a Navigational Aids section, a Communications section, and a
Radar section. Each Maintenance Section’s table of organization is approximately 32 assigned
personnel. Each section is responsible for O-Level and limited I-Level maintenance on its
MATCALS equipment and equipment that supports MATCALS equipment sets, accurate
accounting and reporting of the section’s maintenance related assets, and the section’s security.
MATCALS O-Level and I level maintenance functions are outlined in Figure 10.30-2.
10.30.2.5 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PMA 213 is the overall acquisition, engineering, and logistics
program manager for MATCALS.
10-379
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.30.2.6 The Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC-AD) and the Naval
Information Warfare Center (NIWC) provide acquisition support for certain current and future
MATCALS systems, to include fielding support via Marine Liaison.
10.30.3 Requirements
b. MATCALS technicians are not required to adhere to the NAMP Aviation Maintenance
Training Program, paragraph 10.1. MATCALS MOS training, certification, qualification, and
designation is delineated by the requirements set forth under the Aviation Training and Readiness
(T&R) Program, specifically in NAVMC 3500.128 Marine Air Traffic Control Training and
Readiness Manual, and tracked via Marine Aviation Readiness Program, per NAVMC 3500.14, the
Aviation Training and Readiness Manual.
b. MATCALS components requiring maintenance beyond the capability of the MATCD will be
forwarded to MALS, authorized D-level maintenance activity, or NIWC / NAWC AD.
10-380
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. The MATCALS Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix (MESM) will be used to determine
Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) for readiness reporting purposes and to establish
priorities for parts requisitions.
NOTE: OOMA currently does not have the capability to associate G Series Type Equipment
Code (TEC) with EOC codes.
d. All MATCALS systems will have a MATCALS Equipment Service Record (MESR). The
MESR will contain:
NOTE: QA will periodically monitor MATCALS CDIs using the CDI Monitor in the
Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist.
c. NAMP Compliance auditing will be performed per 10.7 for the maintenance programs
applicable to MATCALS maintenance per Figure 10.30-3. Auditing will be performed using the
MATCALS Functional Wing Commander CSEC located on the Expeditionary MATCALS website:
(https://intelshare.intelink.gov/sites/matcals/_layouts/15/start.aspx#/SitePages/Home.aspx).
10-381
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Tools will be inventoried per 10.12.3.6
NOTES: 1. Due to the expeditionary nature of MATCALS and the echeloning of equipment
sets, MATCDs do not have to maintain a centralized tool room.
2. Tools used only for emplacing, erecting, and disassembling the MATCALS
systems are not required to comply with tool control procedures.
b. MATCD personnel engaged in MATCALS corrosion control must complete at least one of
the following on-line courses available at https://learning.nel.navy.mil/ELIAASv2p/ under the
Course Catalog tab:
NOTE: Personnel that completed Aviation "A" School between April 1992 and October 2005
or Aviation Warfare Apprentice Training course (Course CIN C-100-2021) between
March 2010 and March 2015 received corrosion control training sufficient for
maintaining MATCALS equipment and do not have to complete either course.
c. MATCD personnel are only authorized to conduct touchup painting. Any painting
requirements beyond touchup will be referred to the Depot. Due to the authorized amount of
touchup painting conducted at the MATCD, there is no requirement for a respirator program or
certified painter.
10-382
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
complied with in a timely manner does not apply. Outstanding TDs are incorporated during
fielding activity refurbishment and MATCALS systems upgrades.
10.30.3.12.2 MATCD equipment readiness and maintenance processes will be inspected via
Marine Corps Combat Readiness Evaluations (MCCRE), Naval Air Training and Operating
Procedures Standardization (NATOPS), Operational Readiness and Evaluation (ORE), Field
Supply and Maintenance Analysis Office (FSMAO), and Marine Air Wing (MAW) NAMP
compliance inspections, as follows:
b. NATOPS. Once a MATCD has been placed into operation for over 90 days, it is held to the
NATOPS inspection checklist contained in NAVAIR 00-80T-114 and is evaluated by Marine Corps
Installations Command Inspectors or designated personnel for compliance.
c. OREs are conducted on MATCALS equipment. These inspections are more in depth than
MCIs performed in flying squadrons and evaluate the physical condition of the equipment,
readiness for deployment, and technician proficiency. They are conducted by the FWC, Marine
Liaisons, and Subject Mater Experts (SMEs) for each of the systems. OREs are conducted on a 24-
month cycle.
e. The cognizant MAW inspects MATCDs for NAMP compliance using the MATCALS
Functional Wing Commander (FWC) approved Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC)
located on the Expeditionary MATCALS website:
(https://intelshare.intelink.gov/sites/matcals/_layouts/15/start.aspx#/SitePages/Home.aspx).
10.30.4 Responsibilities
10-383
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(HQMC) APX, or USMC ATC Projects Officer Naval Air Systems Command
(NAVAIRSYSCOM) PMA-213.
b. The MATCALS FWC provides liaison between the FMF, CMC, NAVAIRSYSCOM, Naval
Inventory Control Point (NAVICP), Naval Air Warfare Command, Aircraft Division St. Inigoes
(NAWCAD), Naval Information Warfare Center - Pacific (NIWC-Pac), and other organizations as
required.
c. With authority derived from the CMC, the MATCALS FWC functions as the centralized
integration and coordination point necessary to ensure effective maintenance and logistics support
of USMC forces. In executing these functions, the MATCALS FWC has the authority to:
(1) Assist in the development and promulgation of plans, schedules, and funding
requirements for the timely fulfillment of USMC operational requirements, systems maintenance,
or logistics efforts.
(3) Assist in the development and execution of ISEA planning, programming, and budgeting
for programs (OPN, O&MN, RTD&E,N) under the sponsorship of NAVAIRSYSCOM and Chief
of Naval Operations (CNO) and assigned to the MATCALS ISEAs that are of interest to, impact
upon, or directly support Marine Corps systems.
(4) Maintain a close and continuing liaison with Marine Forces, HQMC APX, CNO N98,
NAVAIRSYSCOM, NAVICP, MCCDC and MARCORSYSCOM to review operational and
logistics requirements.
(5) Periodically assess logistics support and identify future requirements/potential problems.
d. The MATCALS FWC position must be staffed with a Chief Warrant Officer 5 (CWO5)
Military Occupational Specialty (MOS) 5950 Marine Air Traffic Control Systems Maintenance
Officer. This key position will be continually filled and co-located with the ISEA that has
responsibility for the bulk of the FMF ATC Systems. Responsibilities include:
(1) Plan, organize, and administer his/her office to ensure the implementation of the
applicable provisions of the policy and guidance published in COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2.
(2) Assess/advise the MACS, MATCDs, NATTC, and the MATCALS ISEAs with respect
to ATC systems, concerning maintenance practices, conformance to applicable published
instructions, and the overall effectiveness of the organizational level maintenance programs.
(4) Identify known USMC training requirements for which the Navy is responsible and
recommend personnel training requirements to the CMC and NAVAIRSYSCOM PMA-213 for
appropriate CNO sponsored programs.
(5) Identify and state requirements for FMF operational/technical assistance services for
MATCALS-related programs.
10-384
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(6) Provide oversight to all Marines assigned to the MATCALS ISEAs.
All NAMPSOP and Non-NAMPSOP programs applicable to MATCDs and a listing of critical
maintenance checks that must be performed by QA personnel.
b. Perform I-Level support beyond the capability of the MATCALS Maintenance section.
a. Interpret and implement MATCALS policies and procedures for the Detachment
Commander.
b. Responsible for the performance of the Maintenance Section and the technical and
administrative functions which require specialized MATCALS training and experience.
d. Coordinate with and advise the MATCD Operations Section in all personnel assignments or
reassignments to best support the operational commitments of the MACS.
e. Maintain liaison with the other Maintenance Officers within the MACS community to ensure
equipment readiness conditions and requirements pertinent to the efficient employment of
MATCALS are known and supported.
f. Provide the necessary leadership, technical guidance, and personnel management, within the
Maintenance Section, to establish the most effective and economical procedures to accomplish
assigned tasks that employ available resources to maximum potential, within the guidelines of this
instruction and Marine Corps policy directives.
g. Increase the potential of assigned personnel through technical and professional training,
delegate/assign responsibilities within the division to achieve continuing success through qualified
independent action, and provide professional counseling and performance evaluation processes that
will encourage subordinates to exercise their full technical and professional capacity.
h. Analyze the mission accomplishment and capabilities of the Maintenance Section using
reports provided by maintenance data systems and qualification tracking systems, to ensure full and
effective employment of personnel.
10-385
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Act as the central point of contact for MATCALS matters concerning policy, personnel
assignments, training, and support of MATCALS within the MATCD.
j. Maintain liaison with MALS ASD in connection with all MATCALS matters.
l. Manage all MATCALS security requirements, to include the control of classified material
and access of personnel.
m. Ensure personnel comply with command and local directives relating to professional
military education and MOS proficiency through formal and informal technical and follow-on
training.
n. Ensure the detachment maintains the capability to operate from an independent and
geographically separated main air base or air facility and two remote air sites or points.
p. Manage Aviation Maintenance and Supply Readiness Reporting for MATCALS systems, to
include use of the proper Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix codes.
q. Ensure the proper project and priority codes are being assigned to all MATCALS
requisitions.
u. Designate a MATCALS Program Manager. Designation will be in writing, via the Monthly
Personnel Plan (MPP) per 10.1.
(1) POC
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10-386
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Officer
Quality Assurance
Maintenance Chief
NOTE: Staff functions, for example, Material Control and Data Analysis may be
combined to more efficiently use staff personnel.
10-387
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Function Level
O I
Operational check, test, routine servicing X
Inspections X
Minor adjustments/alignments X
Removal and replacement of components (module, circuit card
assemblies, and chassis-mounted piece parts) X X
Removing and replacing subassemblies X X
Removing and replacing consumable parts, such as knobs, safety wire,
fuses, and light bulbs X X
Repair of flexible cables X X
Removal and installation of special connectors, eyelets, and terminals X X
Functional test and checks X X
Ground certification X
10-388
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CSEC
AREA TITLE
800 Quality Assurance
1000 Naval Aviation Maintenance
Discrepancy Reporting Program
1300 Tool Control
1400 Corrosion Prevention and Control
1900 Technical Data Management
2000 Naval Aviation Metrology and
Calibration
2600 Technical Directive (TD)
Compliance
3300 Logs and Records
3600 Data Analysis
3700 Material Control
3800 AMMRL
5600 CDI Periodic
NOTE: The MATCALS Functional Wing Commander (FWC) publishes the list of questions
in these CSEC areas applicable to MATCALS.
10-389
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.31 Expeditionary Airfield (EAF) and Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) Aircraft Launch
and Recovery Equipment (ALRE) Maintenance
10.31.1 References
a. NAVAIRINST 13800.15, Fleet Technical Services Support of Naval Air Systems Command
Cognizant Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment
b. NAVSEAINST 4790.8, Ship’s Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) Manual
c. NAVAIR 17-1-125, Support Equipment Cleaning, Preservation and Corrosion Control
d. NAVAIRINST 13800.12, Certification of Expeditionary Airfield AM2 Matting Installations,
Aircraft Recovery Equipment Visual or Optical Landing Aids, and Marking or Lighting Systems
e. NAVAIRINST 13800.13, Certification of Shore-based Aircraft Recovery Equipment and
Visual or Optical Landing Aid Systems
10.31.2 Introduction
10.31.2.1 This NAMPSOP is applicable to all Marine Corps activities performing maintenance on
EAF and Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment (ALRE).
10.31.2.2 For the purpose of NAMP adherence, the EAF and the Marine Corps Air station (MCAS)
Aircraft Recovery divisions function as divisions with multiple branches and work centers. The
EAF and the MCAS Recovery divisions function as Organizational level (O-Level) maintenance
activities with the exception of the Production Control branch, which adheres to the procedures and
guidelines of an Intermediate level (I-Level) activity. Figure 10.31-1 establishes the relationship of
NAMP functions to corresponding EAF billets.
10.31.2.3 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (PMA-251) is the EAF program manager.
10.31.3 Requirements
10-390
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Work Center Supervisors and personnel performing maintenance on EAF components and
systems must receive job-specific training including the applicable requirements specified in:
(1) Equipment technical manuals.
(2) Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC).
(3) Wing Local Command Procedures (LCP).
c. EAF and MCAS Recovery divisions will publish Job Qualification Requirements (JQR)
covering the knowledge and skills an individual must demonstrate before they are qualified to
perform specific maintenance or administrative duties. Refer to paragraph 10.1.4.3, for JQR
format.
NOTES: 1. Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) Aircraft Recovery divisions should utilize
NAVEDTRA 43542-C for qualification standards when operating and preforming
maintenance on ALRE not taught at the MOS formal school.
2. Requests for training by Expeditionary Airfield Service Unit (EASU) will be
made per NAVAIRINST 13800.15.
10.31.3.2 Quality Assurance
a. QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs will be qualified per Chapter 7, paragraph 7.3.4 with the
exception of paygrade. Paygrade should be considered but is not a requirement.
b. QARs, CDQARs, and CDIs will be designated by the Commanding Officer, per paragraph
7.3.5 and 10.1.2.9.
c. The I-Level quality assurance certification procedures of Chapter 7, paragraphs 7.5.2.1 and
7.5.2.3 will be followed.
10.31.3.3 Maintenance
a. Expeditionary Airfield and Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) Recovery divisions are
authorized to conduct O-Level and I-Level maintenance actions authorized by PMA-251 via:
(1) Maintenance Requirement Cards.
(2) Technical Directives.
(3) Equipment Specific technical manuals.
b. Maintenance beyond the capability of the division will be forwarded to MALS or local I-
Level maintenance activity, EASU, or authorized D- level maintenance activity.
NOTE: Request for maintenance assistance from EASU will be made per NAVAIRINST
13800.15.
10.31.3.4 Preventive Maintenance (PM)
a. Preventative Maintenance will be performed per the periodicity and procedures specified in
technical manuals or manufacturer’s publications.
NOTE: PM specified in technical manuals takes precedence over other publications or
directives.
10-391
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. If PM status cannot be verified for newly received equipment, all PM requirements must be
performed before placing the equipment in service.
c. The PM cycle for newly manufactured equipment that has never been placed into service will
be established based on the acceptance inspection completion date. The first PM is not required
until the prescribed inspection interval has been reached.
d. Production Control must assess all equipment and publish a local MRC per 10.8.3.5 if the
equipment meets one or more of the following criteria:
(1) Manufacturers' publications are the only publications available and they do not give
detailed procedures and specific intervals for pre and post operational inspections or PM.
(2) Injury to personnel or damage to equipment may occur if the equipment fails during use.
This includes equipment whose operation involves moving parts, hazardous chemicals, or discharge
of material, extreme heat or cold, or electrical shock.
e. PM actions must be documented on OPNAV 4790/60 Maintenance Action Form (MAF) or
work order and recorded in the History Record.
NOTE: MCAS Aircraft Recovery divisions will follow procedures outlined in NAVSEAINST
4790.8 for material management and maintenance management. Units not utilizing
NALCOMIS will utilize a PMA-251 approved Maintenance tracking program.
10.31.3.5 Preservation
Equipment that will not be used for extended periods must be preserved per NAVAIR 17-1-125,
Section XI.
10.31.3.6 Unscheduled Maintenance
a. All unscheduled maintenance will be documented using a MAF or work order.
b. Unscheduled maintenance actions that meet the criteria of 8.5.6 will also be documented on
the Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV/25A) form within the Aeronautical Equipment Service Record
(AESR) (OPNAV 4790/29), per 10.31.3.8.
10.31.3.7 Technical Directive Reviews
Technical Directive Reviews must be performed per the requirements of 10.10. TD reviews will be
documented in the Miscellaneous History section of the Maintenance History Record.
10.31.3.8 Equipment Records and Logbooks
NOTE: Units using NTCSS Optimized OMA/IMA NALCOMIS will maintain Equipment
Logbooks in accordance with paragraph 8.2 and 8.6.
a. Arresting gear and Fresnel Lens Optical Landing Systems must have an Aeronautical
Equipment Service Record (AESR) (OPNAV 4790/29) with the following forms:
(1) OPNAV 4790/29 Aeronautical Equipment Service Record
(2) OPNAV 4790/22A Inspection Record
(3) OPNAV 4790/23A Repair/Rework Record
(4) OPNAV 4790/24A Technical Directives
10-392
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(5) OPNAV 4790/25A Miscellaneous/History
(6) OPNAV 4790/27A Inventory Record
(7) OPNAV 4790/28A Scheduled Removal Component Card
(8) OPNAV 4790/31A Equipment Operating Record
NOTE: A six-part folder may be used in lieu of Aircraft Log Book 0107-LF-770-3385.
b. All other EAF and ALRE equipment requiring PM will have an historical file, maintained in
the following format:
Left Side
(1) Scheduled inspection or maintenance MAFs/work orders. Retain a full cycle of MAF.
Example: Equipment with 13, 26, and 52-week PM inspections will include the MAF/work order
for the last completed 13, 26, and 52-week inspections. Retain the most current completed PM
MAF/work order or checklist for 30 days or until the next like inspection is filed. File all records in
JCN sequence.
(2) OPNAV 4790/22A Inspection Record
(3) OPNAV 4790/23A Repair/Rework Record
(4) OPNAV 4790/24A Technical Directives
(5) OPNAV 4790/25A Miscellaneous/History
Right Side
(1) Unscheduled maintenance MAFs/work orders. Retain for 6 months from completion
date, filed in JCN sequence.
(2) Preservation/Depreservation MAFs/work orders. Retain one complete preservation
cycle.
(3) Technical Directive MAFs/work orders. Retain for 6 months.
c. The historical file and all outstanding discrepancy MAFs/work orders will accompany
equipment that is transferred on a permanent or sub-custody basis to another activity. The activity
having custody is responsible for maintaining the records.
d. The historical file is not required to accompany equipment provided on a temporary loan
basis. The loaning unit is responsible for recording all maintenance conducted by the temporary
custodian.
NOTES: 1. Historical files will be filed in sequence of TEC and serial number).
2. Pre/Post Operational Checks are not required to be recorded in the historical
file. Completed pre/post operational check MAFs/work orders or checklists will be
retained for 30 days.
3. Activities with NALCOMIS history retrieval capability will store completed
MAF/work order data in the NALCOMIS database for six months from completion
date. MAFs/work orders will be stored for one complete inspection cycle or until
equipment is transferred.
10-393
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.31.3.9 NAMP Compliance Auditing
NAMP Compliance Auditing will be performed per 10.7 for the programs listed in Figure 10.31-2.
NOTE: MCAS Aircraft Recovery divisions will adhere to programs noted in Figure 10.31-2,
with the exception of Production Control and Material Control.
10.31.3.10 Certification
EAF units and MCAS Aircraft Recovery divisions and their installations, systems, and equipment
are certified by reviewing inspection results and issuing certification documentation when required.
Requests for certification will be made per NAVAIRINST 13800.12 for EAF units and
NAVAIRINST 13800.13 for MCAS Aircraft Recovery divisions.
10.31.4 Responsibilities
10-394
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Ensure the production output of the department is of proper quantity and quality per
applicable specifications and directives.
f. Maintain liaison with other department heads, representatives of higher authority, and other
maintenance organizations.
g. Publish and ensure internal compliance with maintenance, safety, and security procedures to
ensure optimum performance is achieved.
h. Develop LCPs per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic or command directed
requirements not addressed in this NAMPSOP. Command LCPs will be submitted to the MAW for
developing a Wing LCP.
i. Schedule and hold periodic planning and informational meetings.
j. Ensure the auditing of all maintenance programs and processes per paragraph 10.31.3.9.
k. Ensure applicable publications and directives are disseminated throughout the maintenance
department.
l. Ensure supervisory and QA personnel are thoroughly familiar with calibration requirements.
m. Schedule and conduct a monthly maintenance and material planning.
n. Review completed work center audits.
o. Designate, in writing via the MMP, all persons authorized to sign logbook/record entries.
p. Review and approve in writing the MMP prepared by the MMCO/PC. The original signed
paper document will be maintained in Maintenance Control/Production Control and will be updated
with pen and ink changes to effectively communicate and monitor changes.
q. Designate the AMO as the EAF Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
r. Assign personnel to billets in Figure 10.31-1.
NOTE: Assignment of the most qualified personnel to EAF billets in Figure 10.31-1 is the sole
responsibility of the EAF Maintenance Officer. Pay grade should be considered but
is not a requirement.
10.31.4.5 EAF Program Manager
a. Perform an assessment within 60 days of designation as Program Manager and annually
thereafter per paragraph 10.7.
b. Provide Training on the EAF NAMPSOP per 10.31.
c. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program-related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.31.4.6 Quality Assurance Chief
10-395
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Perform program audits per Figure 10.31-2 per 10.7
b. Verify material condition of division equipment during Work Center Audits per 10.7.
c. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) Applicable references/cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.31.4.7 Production Control Chief
a. Perform program audits per Figure 10.31-2 per 10.7.
b. Issue PM MAFs/work orders.
c. Coordinate maintenance that exceeds the resident capability of the Division with MALS or
local I-Level maintenance activity, Expeditionary Airfield Service Unit (EASU), or authorized D-
level maintenance activity.
d. Track maintenance via NALCOMIS or PMA-251 approved maintenance tracking data base.
e. Screen all EAF equipment for PM applicability.
f. Verify acceptance inspections and transfer inspections are conducted.
g. Verify preservation requirements are followed.
h. Verify EAF equipment records are maintained per this instruction. i. Ensure MAFs/work
orders are initiated on all required maintenance actions.
j. Publish a MMP that, at a minimum, contains:
(1) Roster of Personnel Assignments
(2) Authorized Signatures list
(3) QA Program Monitors and Managers
(4) Future QA Audit dates
(5) Licensed Personnel
(6) Organizational Table
(7) Preventive Maintenance Schedule
(8) Completed Projects/Upcoming Projects
(9) Technical Directives Outstanding
(10) Certification/Non Destructive Inspection/High Time Schedules
(11) Status of all installed EAF/Recovery equipment
(12) Tools and Gauges due for Calibration
(13) LCP listing
10-396
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(14) Monthly Training schedule
(15) CNATT Training
k. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) Applicable references/cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.31.4.8 Work Center Supervisor
a. Verify personnel receive indoctrination and refresher training per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8.
b. Maintain the material condition and operability of equipment within their custody.
Responsibilities include:
(1) Adherence to the inspection and maintenance requirements of paragraph 10.31.3.
(2) Compliance with forced removal or replacement dates and replacement criteria.
(3) Thorough corrosion prevention and treatment.
(4) Prompt reporting of non-operable equipmentc. Randomly spot check work in progress
to verify personnel are performing maintenance in accordance with MRCs and applicable technical
manuals.
d. Ensure MAFs/work orders are issued for all required maintenance actions.
e. Initiate MAFs/work orders for maintenance actions not directed by Production Control.
10-397
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE OFFICER
7002
Breakdowns beyond the basic divisions are not illustrated because of the variety of branches possible.
Activities will establish the necessary branches to meet their individual requirements.
10-398
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CSEC Program Title Program QA Audit Activity
AREA Assessment Level
10-399
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.32 Aircraft Weight and Balance (W&B) Program
10.32.1 References
a. NAVAIR 01-1B-50, Joint Service Technical Manual for Organizational, Intermediate and
Depot Maintenance Aircraft Weight and Balance
10.32.2 Introduction
10.32.2.1 The Aircraft Weight and Balance (W&B) Program directs procedures to verify aircraft
weight and center of gravity are within established limits.
10.32.2.2 The Automated Weight and Balance System (AWBS) is a software system that enables
computer-based record-keeping in lieu of using DD 365 series forms. The system facilitates the
digital storage and updating of aircraft weight data, which reduces mathematical errors and
legibility concerns. The AWBS Central Server enables transfer of aircraft weight and balance data
from one operational unit to another.
10.32.2.3 NAWC AD Mass Properties Engineering Branch is the engineering authority for naval
aircraft W&B.
10.32.2.4 NAVAIR 01-1B-50 defines the requirements, procedures, and responsibilities for weight
and balance control of naval aircraft, and is the authoritative source for determining when an
aircraft must be weighed, weighing procedures, and record keeping requirements. Section 8.2
provides W&B requirements specific to Navy and Marine Corps aircraft.
10.32.2.5 The Joint Technical Data Interface website contains specific TMS data (including some
weight and balance applications) for the C-130, MV-22 and H-60 at https://www.jtdi.mil.
10.32.2.6 DD 365 series manual forms are available for download in a fillable .pdf document from
the DOD Forms Management website (https://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/forms/dd0001_0499/).
10.32.3 Requirements
10.32.3.1 General
a. Navy and Marine Corps activities operating aircraft must comply with the aircraft W&B
procedures of this instruction and NAVAIR 01-1B-50.
b. The use of AWBS, including the AWBS Central Server, is mandatory for all USN and
USMC activities unless operational mission requires use of paper forms. Requests to deviate from
AWBS require prior approval from NAWC AD Mass Properties Engineering Branch. Activities
must maintain an electronic back-up of all AWBS data (on local computing systems) secondary to
the Central Server.
10-400
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. A W&B Handbook must be produced within AWBS and maintained for each aircraft and
must be readily available to the pilot and other personnel responsible for accomplishing weight and
balance functions. Operational units should receive W&B handbooks for aircraft assigned to them
from either the previous unit or from the OEM at delivery or rework facility following maintenance
or service. The following W&B forms may be obtained from the Navy Data Distribution System
(NDDS) (https://ndds.navair.navy.mil/) or by contacting NAWC AD Mass Properties Engineering
Branch by email (weight&balance@navy.mil):
(1) T/M/S specific Charts A (for new production lots and block upgrades) and E.
(3) Electronic Form F Generators (if applicable) and their associated user manual and
authorization letter.
a. Per NAVAIR 01-1B-50, Commanding Officers of activities operating aircraft must designate
the Maintenance Material Control Officer or equivalent as the Weight and Balance Officer.
Commands that deploy detachments may designate a Weight and Balance Officer for each
detachment. Additional qualified personnel may be designated as Weight and Balance Technicians,
if required to assist the Weight and Balance Officer in accomplishing program requirements.
Designation will be in writing per 10.1.2.9.
b. Prior to designation, the Weight & Balance Officer and Weight and Balance Technicians
must successfully complete one of the following courses:
a. Upon assignment:
(2) Verify AWBS W&B Handbooks have all required forms, forms are current and in the
correct format per NAVAIR 01-1B-50, and the Basic Weight and Moment is accurate and complete
with all the modifications and TDs incorporated in each aircraft.
(3) Verify each aircraft has been weighed per the requirements of NAVAIR 01-1B-50.
10-401
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) If using standardized loading (formerly called “CANNED” or “multiple use” forms)
Forms F, review and certify all Forms F are accurate and reflect the current configuration of each
aircraft assigned, per NAVAIR 01-1B-50 requirements. In lieu of reprinting each Form F, newly
assigned W&B Officers may issue a letter containing a list of the BUNOs of the aircraft reviewed,
stating all Forms F have been reviewed and are accurate, and then printing and signing the Form Fs
at the next 180-day certification.
(5) Verify compliance with the W&B control procedures of COMNAVAIRFOR M-3710.7
Section 4.8.6.1.
(6) Verify Maintenance Control is reviewing W&B forms for currency prior to releasing
aircraft for flight, per 5.1.6.2. The signed Weight and Balance Clearance Form F serves as
certification that weight and balance flight clearance was properly accomplished.
c. Ensure aircraft are weighed whenever they meet the weighing requirements of NAVAIR 01-
1B-50.
d. As they occur, update the W&B records, forms, and charts of affected aircraft with the W&B
impacts caused by changes to aircraft configuration, such as incorporation of Technical Directives
(TD) or other modifications. Do not enter TD modifications as a single line “Net Change” on the
Chart C. The proper method is to:
(2) Accomplish all Chart A additions and removals (with posting to Chart C “on”).
(5) Create a closing header. Example: “End AYC-1577 – WHEEL SPEED TRANSDUCER
COUPLING.”
10-402
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. NAWC AD Mass Properties Engineering Branch will determine when changes
to the basic aircraft configuration, either singular or cumulative, necessitate a
complete revision of Chart A or Chart E.
e. Ensure all W&B personnel are properly trained and designated by the appropriate authority.
f. Provide NAMP indoctrination training Aircraft Weight and Balance Program policy per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Aircraft Weight and Balance familiarization prior to performing
maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the
individual performs.
g. Review, update, and sign all standardized loading Forms F at least once every 180 days.
h. If ABDR is performed, verify the weight and location of materials used in the repair did not
cause unacceptable aircraft W&B. An entry must be made in the Miscellaneous History section of
the aircraft logbook to document W&B Officer certification.
j. Retain historical Chart A – Basic Weight Checklist Record (DD Form 365-1), Form B –
Aircraft Weighing Record (DD365-2), and Chart C – Basic Weight and Balance Record (DD Form
365-3) to enable authenticating current W&B data in AWBS. Compare new inventory with the last
completed inventory, and note any changes in the items or quantities of equipment installed in the
aircraft. Retain W&B records within the W&B handbook per NAVAIR 01-1B-50, section 8.2.5.
k. Maintain an electronic master back-up file of all AWBS data for each aircraft. Use of the
Central Server is the primary method for storage, upload, download, transfer, take ownership, and
back-up of AWBS files. The AWBS Central Server is divided into two servers; one for use by
USN activities and one for use by USMC activities. At this time, the Central Servers do not allow
for storage of Form F data. Since AWBS Central Servers do not store Form F data, activities
utilizing the standardized loadings (CANNED) Form F function must maintain a local, secondary
back-up of all Form F data on either external media or local server to prevent loss of data in case of
computer corruption or loss. If removable media (CD-ROM or other approved media) is used for
back-up, it must be labeled with the following: “AWBS Back-up”, aircraft BUNO, security
classification, and date the back-up was performed, per NAVAIR 01-1B-50.
l. Comply with the W&B inventory procedures of NAVAIR 01-1B-50 when accepting or
transferring physical custody of an aircraft (either permanent or temporary loan), and upon receipt
from off-site rework or modification.
D-level activities, major flight test activities, and major overseas aviation rework establishments
must strictly comply with the depot procedures and responsibilities of NAVAIR 01-1B-50.
10-403
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.33 Fleet Engineering Disposition (FED) Procedures
10.33.1 Introduction
10.33.1.1 The FED Program provides procedures for O-Level, I-Level, and D-level maintenance
activities, TYCOMs, and NAVAIR Fleet Support Teams (FST), to request and receive approval to
deviate from prescribed repair procedures, limits, and maintenance requirements. FEDs are used to:
a. Authorize a one-time deviation from maintenance procedures, on an individual activity and
individual repair basis.
b. Provide repair instructions to restore sufficient strength and service life to a damaged aircraft
to allow a one-time ferry flight to a repair facility.
NOTE: Completion of a FED procedure is not an authorization for a one-time ferry flight. A
one-time flight clearance from the ACC Aircraft Class Desk is still required.
c. Authorize one-time repairs to be performed by any repair activity that has the required
equipment, facilities, material, and certified personnel.
d. Provide airworthiness concurrence of PMI induction dates, still utilizing the Fixed Induction
Date (FID) extension process through OPNAV.
10.33.1.2 A FED request to conduct repairs beyond the allowable repair limits in the applicable
repair manual may be submitted if, in the activity’s estimation, the damaged component is
repairable on-site using existing equipment, facilities, material, and personnel.
10.33.1.3 Specific implementation of the FED Program varies depending on the platform. A FED
may be known by other names, such as a Fleet Support Module (FSM) in the FST Workload
Management System (WMS), Damage Engineering Disposition (DED) for FA-18 and EA-18G,
Technical Assist Request (TAR) for V-22, Fleet Technical Instruction (FTI) for H-60, Temporary
Engineering Instruction (TEI) for I-Level and D-level activities.
NOTE: A FED will not be requested, issued or substituted for a Technical Directive (TD), an
Engineering Investigation (EI) response, an Interim Rapid Action Change (IRAC),
or Technical Publication Deficiency Report (TPDR).
10.33.2 Procedures
10-404
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Document FED repairs on a WO or MAF. As required by the FED authorization procedures,
make an entry within the respective component or aircraft records (aircraft logbook, AESR, SRC,
ASR, EHR, etc). WO, MAF, SRC card, and aircraft log book entries must include the FED
tracking number provided by the FST. Activities that have converted to the Aircraft Component
Tracking System (ACTS) must also document FED repairs on components records loaded in
ACTS.
e. (O-Level) Provide the Type Wing or MAG with a copy of the FED and notify them of the
outcome of the repair.
NOTE: I-Level activities are not required to submit FED requests prior to declaring an item
Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM). I-Level activities should submit a FED
request only if, in their estimation, the component is repairable on-site using existing
methods and capabilities.
10.33.2.2 FSTs:
a. Designate a point of contact to manage and support the FED Program.
b. Provide specific damage reporting instructions.
c. Acknowledge receipt of incoming FED requests and evaluate repair possibilities based on
the following criteria:
(1) Component criticality
(2) Severity and type of damage
(3) Strength requirements for repair
(4) Complexity of repair method
(5) Level of certifications for on-site repair personnel
(6) Facilities, equipment, and materials available on site.
d. Provide detailed repair or BCM disposition instructions. For O and I level repair
dispositions containing processes that require a D-level artisan, the FST engineering authority must
note these requirements and route through the cognizant D-level FRC QAS for approval prior to
releasing the FED disposition, per Chapter 7.
e. Provide instructions for any required entries within the respective component or aircraft
records (aircraft logbook, AESR, SRC, ASR, EHR, etc).
f. Assign unique tracking numbers to all FED requests at time of submission, and maintain
indefinitely. The FED tracking number will be provided to the requesting activity upon receipt of
the FED request.
g. If deemed warranted, update technical manuals to formalize and facilitate routine
accomplishment of procedures being directed by FEDs.
10.33.2.3 Type Wings and MAGs will:
a. Issue a local command procedure per Appendix D to direct internal FED procedures.
10-405
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Liaison with the ACC Aircraft Class Desk if needed for flight clearance or deviation from
any other TMS aircraft or NAMP requirement in order to effect the FED repair.
10-406
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.34 Aeronautical Equipment Welder Certification
10.34.1 Introduction
a. This NAMPSOP applies to all military, government civilian, and contractor personnel
performing welding on Navy aircraft structures, engines, components, and support equipment.
Refer to 12.2.3.3 for Depot FRC aeronautical welder special certification procedures.
b. This NAMPSOP reinforces the aeronautical welder qualification and certification processes
of NAVAIR 01-1A-34, which contains additional information and guidance relative to
qualification, certification, recertification, and employment of aeronautical welders. However, it is
a general series technical manual intended for use with the general aviation maintenance policies of
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 policy and the direction in specific maintenance, repair, overhaul
manuals, and engineering documents. In the event of conflicts in qualification, certification, and
recertification between this NAMPSOP and NAVAIR 01-1A-34, contact COMNAVAIRFOR N422
via email to namp_policy@us.navy.mil.
10.34.2 Requirements
b. Aeronautical welders will only weld on equipment, components, and items manufactured
from the group(s) of metal(s) for which they are currently certified, and for the weld repairs
authorized by applicable technical publications or directives. Groups of metals that require separate
and distinct certification are specified in NAVAIR 01-1A-34. Separate certification is also required
for oxyfuel brazing process.
10.34.2.2 Certification
Initial certification, proficiency demonstration, and recertification of welders must comply with the
procedures of NAVAIR 01-1A-34 WP 005 01.
NOTE: Poor monitoring and lack of timely action to meet the recertification due date is the
primary cause of having to submit a request to extend welding certification.
10-407
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Recertification due dates will be listed in the monthly Maintenance Personnel Plan
per 10.1.5.3.e.
10-408
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.35 Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) Program
10.35.1 References
g. NAVSEA SE700-AA-MAN-100
10.35.2 Introduction
10.35.2.1 Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) detects defects with a high degree of accuracy and with
no adverse effect upon the use of the part or system inspected. NDI is an essential element in
identifying and correcting material defects on aircraft structures and components before they reach
catastrophic proportions. The correct application of NDI increases aircraft and equipment
operational readiness and reduces maintenance man-hours and material expenditures.
10.35.2.2 NDI methods include, but are not limited to, fluorescent penetrant, magnetic particle,
eddy current, ultrasonic, and radiographic. NDI is used:
d. To prove the validity of and provide changes for periodic maintenance requirements
10.35.2.3 The terms qualified, proficient, or certified do not precede any instance of the title NDI
Instructor, NDI Specialist, NDI Technician, or NDI Operator within the text of this NAMPSOP.
These titles denote personnel are qualified, proficient, and certified for their duties.
10.35.2.4 References a. through g. provide policy and procedures for NDI. In the event of conflicts
between this NAMPSOP and the references, send an email to the COMNAVAIRFOR N422B NDI
Class Desk, cnap_ndi@us.navy.mil for resolution.
10.35.3 Requirements
10-409
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) Program policy
per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive NDI familiarization prior to performing maintenance while
assigned to the work center.
c. Only currently qualified, proficient, and certified NDI personnel will perform NDI.
NOTE: Depot FRC NDI personnel will be trained and certified per 12.2.3.2. Contractor NDI
personnel will be trained and certified per NAS 410 unless otherwise stated within
contract stipulations. NATEC personnel will be trained and certified per NAS 410.
e. Periodic inspections and maintenance of NDI equipment will be performed per schedules
and procedures within applicable Navy technical manuals (including Operation and Intermediate
Maintenance Manuals, Pre-operational Checklists, and MRCs) and directives applicable to the
assigned equipment. The following procedures apply:
(1) NDI equipment components (repairables and consumables) are stocked in the supply
system and requisitioned using standard MILSTRIP requisitioning procedures.
(2) NDI equipment repairs that are not within the capability of the IMA will be processed
for rework per NAVAIRINST 13680.1. To request rework, an activity’s IMRL manager (or
equivalent) will contact their Support Equipment Controlling Authority (SECA).
(3) Maintenance, repair, and calibration of radiographic equipment will be per specific X-
ray apparatus maintenance manuals and NAVSEA SE700-AA-MAN-100.
f. Some operational locations may prevent NDI support from Navy and Marine Corps
intermediate level (I-Level) or depot level (D-level) activities. In such instances, the Maintenance
Officer of the receiving activity may grant authorization for NDI support from Army certified NDI
personnel per TM 1-1500-335-23 or Air Force certified NDI personnel per T.O. 33B-1-1. All NDI
actions performed by other services must be per the applicable technical publication, and must be
supervised by a QAR from the requesting activity.
b. The NDI Technician Recertification course (N-701-0005) is offered at FRC East, Cherry
Point NC.
10-410
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.35.3.3 Vision Requirements
a. Per NA 01-1A-16-1, personnel performing NDI must have natural or corrected vision that
meets the following minimums:
(1) At least one eye passing near vision acuity test Jaeger #1 at not less than 12 inches or
20/25 Snellen test at 16 inches.
b. Vision qualification must be medically certified before selection as a candidate for NDI
training, and annually thereafter while assigned to or performing NDI duties.
a. Designation by COMNAVAIRFOR
c. Qualified as an NDI Technician in all five basic NDI methods with at least two
recertifications and six consecutive years of experience in all five basic NDI methods.
d. Able to research, read, and interpret drawings, technical publications, and directives.
10-411
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NDI Technicians are personnel normally assigned to an IMA to provide NDI services for supported
squadrons and transient aircraft. NDI Technicians are ordinarily certified to perform fluorescent
penetrant, magnetic particle, eddy current, ultrasonic, and radiographic NDI methods.
Certification must be maintained in all five methods unless written authorization from
COMNAVAIRFOR is granted.
NOTE: Alternate methods may be performed in accordance with technical directives. These
methods require additional training by the cognizant NDI Engineering Authority for
that particular method.
a. Certification requirements:
(1) Navy or Marine Corps aviation structures mechanics, paygrade E-4 and above, with
NEC 763B or MOS 6033
(2) Completion of Naval Aircraft Nondestructive Inspection Technician Class C1 course (C-
603-3191)
(3) Designation in ASM NDI Certification Record (OPNAV 4790/139), Figure 10.35-1
b. New NDI Technicians must complete at least 3 months of NDI work experience under the
supervision of a NDI Technician with 3 or more years NDI experience and at least 1 recertification.
Procedures:
(1) New NDI Technicians assigned to an activity without an experienced NDI Technician to
provide supervision will be sent TAD for a minimum of 3 months to an activity that can provide the
supervised work experience. Deviations will be requested by naval message to COMNAVAIRPAC
SAN DIEGO CA, attention COMNAVAIRFOR N422B NDI Class Desk via
cnap_ndi@us.navy.mil.
(2) NDI Technicians reporting to a new activity with X-ray Radiography capabilities must
comply with NAVSEA S0420-AA-RAD-010 to become a qualified X-ray Radiographer’s Assistant
or Radiographer.
NOTE: Activities that do not have a qualified Radiographer must notify N422B NDI Class
Desk prior to utilizing an outside Radiographer. Notification must be sent via email
to cnap_ndi@us.navy.mil.
(3) Supervised training will be conducted and documented using the JQR provided by
Advanced Skills Management (ASM). The tasks in the JQR expose the new NDI Technician to all
NDI methods, process controls, and specific applications they will perform.
c. NDI Technicians must maintain proficiency by performing the NDI method(s) for which
they are certified at least twice each month, as evidenced by entries on their NDI
Technician/Operator Work Record (OPNAV 4790/140), Figure 10.35-2. Proficiency can be
maintained either through processing NDI workload or by performing trial practice applications.
Personnel with a proficiency lapse not exceeding one year may regain proficiency in that method by
performing two trial practice applications under instruction. Personnel with a proficiency lapse of
over one year must attend the NDI recertification course to become recertified.
10-412
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. NDI Technicians must be recertified in each NDI method every 3 years. Certification of
NDI Technicians regularly performing NDI can be extended up to 1 year, if approved by
COMNAVAIRFOR. Request extension with a full justification by naval message to the
COMNAVAIRFOR NDI Class Desk via cnap_ndi@us.navy.mil.
NOTES: 1. NDI Technicians should recertify early if certification is due to expire during
deployment.
2. If NDI certification in any method has expired or will expire within 3 months of
the NDI Technician’s transfer date, the transferring activity is responsible for
sending the technician to an NDI recertification course. This also applies to
activities with no X-ray capabilities.
3. If the activity does not have X-ray as part of their workload demand due to ICRL
or lack of equipment, the activity should request X-ray termination letter via their
ISIC to COMNAVAIRFOR N422B NDI Class Desk.
e. If NDI Instructors are not available or are impractical to obtain (such as remote operating
sites), NDI Technicians may be authorized to train and certify NDI Operators in penetrant (Type I,
Method C), magnetic particle, and eddy current NDI tasks applicable to the NDI Operator's T/M/S.
Conditions must include:
(1) Three or more years of experience and at least 1 recertification in each method they
train. COMNAVAIRFOR may waive the three-year experience requirement.
(3) Must use NDI Instructor training materials provided by NATTC Pensacola NDI course.
a. The cognizant Type Wing or MAW will request authorization to use NDI Operators from
COMNAVAIRFOR. Authorization is normally only granted when IMA NDI Technician support is
unavailable due to operational location or as a temporary solution to a short-term NDI Technician
shortage.
10-413
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. NDI Operators will only perform penetrant (Type I, Method C), magnetic particle, eddy
current NDI tasks specified in the TD or technical publication applicable to the T/M/S aircraft or
equipment their activity operates.
NOTES: 1. Written FST concurrence is required for any eddy current NDI procedure to be
performed by an NDI Operator. FST concurrence of the individual NDI Operator
is not required.
c. NDI Operators must receive training from NDI Instructors, NDI Specialists. or
COMNAVAIRFOR authorized NDI Technicians. Training will include:
(3) Method specific training in each NDI method used. Minimum training hours: PT = 4
hours, MT = 4 hours, ET = 10 hours.
(4) Task specific training in the actual NDI tasks they will perform. Task-specific training
will vary with the complexity of the NDI tasks, but will not be less than 4 hours for the first
aeronautical part, assembly, or structural feature listed. The instructor will determine the amount of
task-specific training needed for each additional aeronautical part, assembly, or structural feature,
but will not be less than 2 hours. A copy of both method specific and task-specific training will be
provided to the NDI Operator and kept in their NDI Technician/Operator work log for operator
recertification purposes.
(5) After completion of method specific and task-specific training, perform work under the
direct supervision of NDI Specialists or authorized NDI Technicians before independently
performing NDI tasks. Minimum supervised work experience: PT= 16 hours, MT = 16 hours, and
ET = 40 hours for the first aeronautical part, assembly, or structural feature listed in the applicable
TD/technical publication directed NDI task and method. Additional supervised work experience
may be required at the discretion of the NDI specialist or NDI Technician.
(6) NDI Operators will be certified on the NDI Certification Record (OPNAV 4790/139),
Figure 10.35-1 only after completion of successful completion of the supervised work experience.
d. NDI Operators must maintain proficiency by performing the NDI method(s) for which they
are certified at least twice each month, as evidenced by entries on their NDI Technician/Operator
Work Record (OPNAV 4790/140), Figure 10.35-2. Proficiency can be maintained either through
processing NDI workload or by performing trial practice applications.
e. NDI Operators with proficiency lapses up to 6 consecutive months will be restricted from
performing NDI tasks until they perform trial practice applications under the supervision of an NDI
Technician. Once the NDI Operator demonstrates sufficient proficiency, the NDI Technician will
annotate that proficiency has been sufficiently demonstrated in the remarks column of the NDI
Technician/Operator Work Record (CNAF 4790/140) (Figure 10.35-2). NDI Operators who fail to
maintain proficiency for over 6 consecutive months will have their certification revoked and
10-414
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
documented on their NDI Certification Record (OPNAV 4790/139), Figure 10.35-1. Reinstatement
of NDI Operator certification requires repeating all initial training requirements.
f. NDI Operators must recertify in each NDI method and each NDI task annually by
completing original NDI Operator training.
g. NDI Operators will seek technical assistance from NDI Technicians when necessary.
b. NDI Technicians and Operators will use the NDI Technician/Operator Work Record (CNAF
4790/140) (Figure 10.35-2) to record all NDI tasks, supervised work experience, and trial practice
applications performed. Entries will be verified by the NDI Instructor, NDI Specialist, Work
Center Supervisor, a CDQAR or QAR, or an NDI Technician (as applicable). Self-verification is
not authorized. Personnel performing repetitive NDI tasks, such as eddy current on aircraft wheels,
may record weekly entries.
c. All NDI Technicians and operators will maintain a NDI Technician/Operator work log with
an historical record of their initial certification and recertifications and work history. The work log
will be structured as follows:
Left side Original certification record (OPNAV 4790/139) or current NDI method(s)
recertification record (OPNAV 4790/139)
Right Side NDI Technician/Operator Work Record (CNAF 4790/140). Retain for the period
of certification or until recertification.
NOTE: In compliance with the Privacy Act, a signed and dated memorandum may be used in
lieu of a copy of the physical exam and eye exam.
10.35.4 Responsibilities
10.35.4.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
NAWC AD Nondestructive Inspection/Evaluation Branch has overall cognizance of the NDI
Program and is responsible for managing research, development, training, and application of NDI
techniques and equipment. NAWC AD Nondestructive Inspection/Evaluation Branch will:
10-415
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Coordinate updates to NAVAIRINST 13070.1, which assigns the responsibilities within
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM for the various elements of the NDI Program.
b. Coordinate and issue information on NDI within naval aviation, other services, and industry
(as appropriate).
c. Review NDI technical publications and update publications as newer techniques and
applications are developed.
e. Hold Corporate Process Activity (CPA) meetings as needed to provide training and promote
communication between NAVAIR program offices, COMNAVAIRFOR, NDI support equipment
managers, NDI Instructors, Navy Personnel Command NDI detailers, NDI Technicians, and other
services.
10.35.4.2 COMNAVAIRFOR
a. Monitor the NDI Program for activities operating or providing support for aircraft and
equipment assigned to CNAF, CNAFR, and CNATRA.
d. Maintain an up to date O-Level and I-Level CSEC and provide in depth training on the NDI
Program to the CNAF Aviation Maintenance Management Teams (AMMT).
f. Act as the approving authority for all administrative deviations to X-ray capabilities.
b. Strictly enforce the industrial radiation operating and safety requirements of NAVSEA
S0420-AA-RAD-010.
10-416
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Maintain the NDI equipment and laboratory spaces and ensure they are continuously ready
for use. This includes availability of required consumable items.
f. Request assistance in resolving NDI deficiencies. Requests will be signed by the FRC I-
Level CO or MO I-Level afloat via their ISIC and sent to COMNAVAIRFOR 422B NDI Class
Desk namp_policy@us.navy.mil.
g. Provide and maintain industrial X-ray capabilities for open or Exempt Shielded/Shielded
radiography, if applicable, per NAVSEA S0420-AA-RAD-010.
NOTES: 1. LHA and LHD class ships are exempt from establishing and maintaining an X-
ray radiography program. LHA and LHD X-ray vaults will remain in a ready for
use status in the event the program is re-established. No facility survey is required.
2. CVNs returning from deployment will place their X-ray program in a temporary
suspension status once the ship enters the FRP Maintenance Phase. All training,
audit, assessment, and briefing requirements are suspended during this period with
the exception of maintaining technician radiography proficiency. CVNs must notify
the Radiological Affairs Support Office (RASO) by naval message via
COMNAVAIRFOR N422B NDI Class Desk, that X-ray radiography will be
temporarily suspended. The message will provide an estimated reactivation month
and year. The Commanding Officer will retain possession of the X-ray control
panel key while the program is in a temporary suspension status. CVNs that place
their Radiography program in a temporary suspension status must coordinate with
the nearest I-Level FRC to provide Radiography proficiency training for their NDI
Technicians. CVNs will reactivate their program no less than 90 days prior to a
planned deployment and notify COMNAVAIRFOR N422B NDI Class Desk and
RASO via naval message. Within 30 days of reactivation, RASO will conduct a
program inspection conducted on both shielded and open facility X-ray capabilities.
i. Provide NDI Technician representation to the annual NAVAIR NDTI Corporate Process
Activity (CPA) meeting hosted by NAWC AD Nondestructive Inspection/Evaluation Branch to
receive training and promote communication between NAVAIR program offices,
COMNAVAIRFOR, NDI support equipment managers, NDI Instructors, Navy Personnel
Command NDI detailers, NDI Technicians, and other services.
j. Comply with Broad Arrow reporting procedures per Chapter 5 whenever NDI capabilities are
degraded.
NOTE: NDI MAFs/WOs will have the inspected block signed by a CDI, CDQAR, or QAR to
establish accountability for tools, IMRL equipment, accessories, and consumables
used when performing NDI functions.
b. Obtain IMA/FRC NDI services in all situations where NDI results are suspect.
10-417
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Include scheduled NDI requirements in the Monthly Maintenance Plan (MMP). Whenever
possible, inform the supporting IMA at least one working day in advance of the action.
d. If permanently assigned billets for NDI Technicians (Navy Enlisted Classification Code
(NEC) 763B or Marine Corps Military Occupational Specialty (MOS) 6033), those personnel will
be sent TAD to the supporting IMA to maintain their proficiency and to augment the IMA’s NDI
capabilities, except in unique deployment situations where no Navy or Marine Corps IMA exists.
e. Where aircraft equipment or facilities operate with radiological emitting systems, ensure
radiation safety requirements are strictly enforced per NAVSEA S0420-AA-RAD-010.
b. Perform monthly refresher training on existing techniques and inspections and document
initial training on all new techniques and inspections. Training must be documented in ASM.
10-418
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-419
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-420
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.36 AIRSpeed Continuous Process Improvement
10.36.1 References
a. DoD Directive 5010.42, DoD-Wide Continuous Process Improvement (CPI) Lean/Six Sigma
(LSS) Program
b. DoD Instruction 5010.43, Implementation and Management of the DoD-Wide CPI Lean Six
Sigma (LSS) Program
10.36.2 Introduction
a. Execute CPI activities that are fully aligned to the strategic goals of the organization.
b. Design, build and sustain an enduring CPI infrastructure that is aligned and institutionalized
throughout the naval aviation enterprise (NAE).
c. Define, measure and report standard CPI key performance metrics that demonstrate
significant measurable benefits.
NOTES: 1. Chapter 4 has additional direction for application of AIRSpeed CPI within
Marine Aviation Logistics Squadrons (MALS).
10-421
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must
be specific to the duties the individual performs.
c. Yellow Belt Training provides an overview of CPI concepts and tools using simulations to
teach and reinforce these ideas. It is one or two day classroom training conducted by certified
Yellow Belt instructors. Yellow Belt training can be provided as Just-In-Time (JIT) training to
provide pre-requisite skills required to participate as team members on Green Belt projects or
events. Completion is required for Navy and Marine Corps E-6 and below personnel within six
months of check in to an IMA.
e. Green Belt Training is five days (40 hours) of classroom training conducted by certified
Green Belt instructors using the DON Green Belt body of knowledge. The course provides a
practitioner's level understanding and application of Lean, Six Sigma and Theory of Constraints
(TOC) performance improvement methods. The course is required for Green Belt certification.
Successful completion of the course prepares participants to conduct Rapid Improvement Events
and provide support for process improvement initiatives within their organization. This course is
required for all AIRSpeed CPI Work Center personnel, two personnel from each IMA Division, and
one representative from the supply department Aviation Support Division.
NOTES: 1. Training requirements may be waived for personnel with course completion
certificates from previous commands.
2. CPI training information, tools, templates, JQRs and the NAT can be
downloaded from the CNAP AIRSpeed SharePoint site at the following link:
https://cpf.navy.deps.mil/sites/cnap/N42/N422/n422b/AIRSpeed/_layouts/15/viewlst
s.aspx
b. The certification process is documented using NAE JQR forms (Navy) and Practitioner
Capability Progression forms (Marine Corps) in the NAE CPI Guidebook. Forms are also available
on the COMNAVAIRPAC AIRSpeed SharePoint site https://flankspeed.sharepoint-
mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/
10-422
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.36.4 Responsibilities
a. Oversee the development of an AIRSpeed CPI deployment plan to identify, align, prioritize,
and implement CPI projects in support of command goals.
c. Develop and sustain personnel with the skills to apply AIRSpeed CPI methods.
a. Designate and assign the AIRSpeed Officer and three additional personnel to the AIRSpeed
CPI Work Center, per 10.1.2.9 and 10.36.4.3. AIRSpeed CPI Work Center personnel must be
Green Belt trained and certified within twelve months of assignment. Personnel should be assigned
for a minimum of 18 months.
NOTE: Smaller IMAs with less than 80 personnel may assign a minimum of one person to
the AIRSpeed CPI Work Center and one person per division. Assigned individuals
must be Green Belt trained.
c. Review the AIRSpeed CPI Deployment Plan to verify alignment with CNO, CMC, NAE and
organizational goals and priorities.
d. Oversee the implementation of AIRSpeed CPI initiatives and report progress at semi-annual
EPS.
f. Maintain a basic understanding of BMT functionality and reports to monitor daily workload.
10-423
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. Attend all tollgate reviews for CPI projects conducted within the Maintenance Department.
(1) AIRSpeed Officer. The AIRSpeed Officer performs the functions of paragraph
10.36.4.4 and serves as the AIRSpeed Program Manager, per 10.7.5.8.
(2) Assistant AIRSpeed Officer. The Assistant AIRSpeed Officer assists the AIRSpeed
Officer in all functions.
(3) Buffer Management Tool (BMT) Administrator. The BMT Administrator performs the
functions of 10.36.4.5.
(4) CPI Management System (CPIMS) Administrator. The CPIMS Administrator performs
the functions of 10.36.4.6.
NOTE: AIRSpeed Work Center positions that are not a designated billet in the activity’s
manning document may be combined or assigned as collateral duties within the
Maintenance Department, as deemed most efficient to accomplish the command’s
AIRSpeed CPI responsibilities.
(1) Use AIRSpeed CPI analysis tools (CPIMS, BMT, and NAT) to identify, prioritize and
evaluate high impact improvement opportunities.
(2) Conduct historical repairable component TRR analysis quarterly using the BMT
Historical Analysis reports and the NAT to identify improvement opportunities.
(3) Search CPIMS prior to launching a performance improvement initiative to evaluate best
practices, build on the successes achieved through completed CPI projects, effectively manage
resources and avoid undesirable results.
(4) Download the updated NAT at least semi-annually and post on the Share Drive for
comparison of RFI rates, BCM codes and ICRL Capability Codes for NIINs repaired at IMAs.
NOTE: CNAP N422B updates the NAT in February, May, August and November to provide
activities with current data for conducting Component Repair Reviews.
(5) Assist the ICRL manager in conducting quarterly reviews of the NAT “Improvement
Opportunity” report per Reference D, Chapter 7 to compare RFI rates, BCMs, BCM cost and
potential ROI (Return on Investment) among target activities to investigate productivity constraints.
(6) Evaluate the accuracy of TRR and inventory allowances (buffers) for components that
entered EXREP status at any time during the previous six month period.
10-424
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(7) Manage CPI training to include the following:
(a) Coordinate scheduling and verify appropriate AIRSpeed CPI training is completed
per paragraph 10.36.3.1 within six months of check-in.
(b) Record CPI training and certifications in ASM upon successful course completion or
receipt of certificates issued.
(c) Provide Yellow Belt, Champion/Project Sponsor and Green Belt training per
paragraph 10.36.3.1 (b) (c) (d).
NOTE: Contact the CNAP, FRC or MAW ALD AIRSpeed Office as appropriate if certified
Yellow Belt or Green Belt instructors are not available.
(d) Provide training for the BMT, CPIMS, and the NAT.
a. Develop and maintain the AIRSpeed Deployment Plan using the Project Alignment Tool
(PAT) template or equivalent document for review at the semi-annual EPS per the NAE CPI
Guidebook, Chapter 1. The PAT must include the following elements:
(1) Organizational goals and objectives aligned with CNO, CMC and NAE imperatives.
(2) Prioritized list of executable CPI projects aligned to the strategic goals of the
organization to improve NAMP Program compliance, close readiness gaps, increase throughput,
and operate within available resources and allowances.
(3) Tracking matrix identifying the status of in-progress and completed improvement
initiatives.
b. Develop and coordinate the execution of CPI events to improve and standardize processes
that have a significant impact on operational readiness, cost, man-hour commitment or inventory.
c. Conduct quarterly reviews of the AIRSpeed Deployment Plan and report implementation
progress at semi-annual EPS meeting.
d. Report AIRSpeed CPI implementation progress, coordinate event prioritization, and elevate
unresolved barriers during department meetings.
e. Evaluate best practices and benefits resulting from CPI projects and events for potential
replication opportunities.
10-425
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Verify all AIRSpeed CPI projects and supporting documentation is recorded in CPIMS
within 15 days of tollgate review or event completion (as applicable).
g. Assist the MMCO in the use of the BMT “Historical TRR Analysis Report” to track TRR
trends and identify performance deficiencies that affect the capability of work centers to meet
productivity goals and customer demand.
h. Utilize the NAT to review components from the BMT “Historical TRR Analysis Report”
that exceeded the set TRR to compare the RFI rate, BCM cost and BCM codes to identify
opportunities for cost effective improvements. Collaborate with IMAs that have a higher repair
success rate (RFI percentage) to share best practices and improve site repair capability.
(1) Verify appropriate AIRSpeed CPI training is completed per paragraph 10.36.3.1 within
six months of check-in.
(3) Verify CPI training and certifications are recorded in ASM (Advance Skills
Management).
(4) Verify an appropriate number of personnel are in the CPI training and certification
pipeline to compensate for personnel turnover.
(5) Verify Work Center Supervisors complete BMT training within 30 days of assignment
to become familiar with the functions and report options.
j. Attend all tollgate reviews for CPI projects conducted within the organization.
k. Perform Program Manager duties for AIRSpeed CPI and conduct audits per 10.7.5.8.
(1) POCs to include Aviation Maintenance Management Team (AMMT) Subject Matter
Experts (SMEs).
(3) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit.
(4) AIRSpeed CPI Deployment and Training Plan.
(5) Minutes from the EPS and CPI implementation status report meetings.
(8) References or cross-reference locator sheet for articles not in the Program File.
10-426
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.36.4.5 BMT Administrator
The BMT Administrator is responsible for maintaining the BMT software and database.
Responsibilities:
a. Update the BMT Master Table at least daily with data from NALCOMIS and RSupply (ERP
for I-Level FRC sites) per Reference E, Chapter 4.
e. Provide BMT help desk support and training for users at the command.
a. Complete the CPIMS 401 Site Administrator training available from the CPIMS site or the
COMNAVAIRPAC, COMFRC, or MAW ALD AIRSpeed CPI Office.
b. Maintain CPIMS User Profiles to invite new users that require access to the site, set
appropriate access levels, update user accounts and de-activate users departing the command.
NOTE: Participants on CPI events that do not require access to CPIMS will be designated as
“No Access” users to minimize user license costs.
c. Provide CPIMS help desk support and training for command users.
d. Assist the AIRSpeed Officer and AIRSpeed Work Center personnel with CPIMS searches
and download functions prior to commencing performance improvement initiatives.
e. Upload all AIRSpeed CPI project and event supporting documentation to the appropriate
location in the CPIMS Work Tree within 15 days of tollgate review or event completion (as
applicable).
a. Coordinate and monitor department workload using AIRSpeed CPI methods, concepts, and
analysis tools.
10-427
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Use the BMT “Daily Production” reports to monitor workload and assign priorities to ensure
efficient movement of components through the department.
e. Coordinate with the AIRSpeed Officer in reviewing AIRSpeed CPI data such as Time to
Reliably Replenish (TRR) and BMT historical status when performing component repair reviews
per 10.20.3.2.d.
f. Attend all tollgate reviews for CPI projects affecting the Maintenance Department.
a. Monitor the use of visual management queues, such as safety posters, Sort, Straighten, Shine,
Standardize, and Sustain (5S) checklists, and tool or equipment location silhouetting to
communicate safety information, equipment location, and standard work procedures in all assigned
work centers.
NOTE: Work Center Supervisors are responsible for the daily posting, end of shift
compliance, completion and maintenance of 5S checklists (minimum 30 days).
b. Use BMT “Daily Production” reports to monitor workload and assign priorities to ensure
efficient movement of components through the department.
d. Utilize the division’s Green Belts to conduct a quarterly assessment of division 5S and to
participate in CPI projects and events.
e. Coordinate removal of barriers preventing completion of CPI projects within the division.
Monitor completed CPI projects and events semi-annually to verify work centers are sustaining
improved processes. Report CPI implementation progress quarterly at department meetings.
f. Each quarter, review and verify division compliance with the AIRSpeed CPI training plan.
g. Attend tollgate reviews for CPI projects that affect their division.
10-428
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.37 Aircraft Performance Automated Trending and Analysis (ATA) (NAMPSOP)
NOTE: The procedures of this NAMPSOP are being implemented in a phased approach.
Maintenance activities and supporting staffs will not be able to comply with all
procedures until they become available for use. Inputs for changes will be submitted
to the T/M/S Program Office, via the applicable TYCOM CLASS DESK.
10.37.1 References
10.37.2.1 This NAMPSOP establishes policy for the use of performance data generated by onboard
aircraft performance Health Monitoring Systems (HMS). Foundational elements:
a. Full utilization of aircraft HMS data in the inspection, troubleshooting, and repair of aircraft
systems and components at all levels of maintenance.
b. Integration of HMS data into aviation engineering, logistics, and maintenance processes,
with the goal to optimize aircraft performance, improve aircraft and component reliability, and
reduce life cycle cost.
c. Monitoring the entire T/M/S aircraft inventory in order to establish standards by which the
performance of individual Bureau Number (BUNO) aircraft, Weapons Replaceable Assemblies
(WRA), and Shop Replaceable Assemblies (SRA) can be assessed and substandard performance
identified.
d. Emphasis on aircraft systems critical to flight safety and mission accomplishment.
e. Defined procedures and responsibilities for substandard performing aircraft and components.
10.37.2.2 HMS record data on certain aircraft systems and components while installed and
operating in the aircraft. HMS produce Built In Test/Condition Indicator (BIT/CI) data in numeric
codes, such as the F/A-18 and EA-18 Automated Maintenance Environment (FAME) Maintenance
Status Panel codes, or as actual performance numbers, such as the vibration readings produced by
the H-60 Integrated Mechanical Diagnostic System/ Health and Usage Monitoring System
(IMDS/HUMS). Some HMS also produce trend reports, such as the FAME Maintenance Analysis
and Planning Aid (MAPA) BIT/CI Logic Inspection (BLIN) and BIT Operational Accumulative
(BOA) trend analysis reports. Table 1 lists Navy and Marine Corps aircraft with HMS.
10-429
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F/A-18
F/A-18 and EA-18 Automated Maintenance Environment (FAME)
EA-18
F-35 Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS)
CV-22
MV-22 Comprehensive Automated Maintenance Environment Optimized (CAMEO)
CMV-22
10.37.2.3 System-wide collection and analysis of HMS data and information in the Naval Aviation
Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS) is a key element of ATA.
COMFRC FST HQ Readiness & Fleet Analytics Department manages and coordinates with
individual PMAs and JPOs listed in Table 2 on the functions and products required to analyze HMS
data and works closely with the COMFRC HQ Digital Group Functional Managers for
NALCOMIS and for the Decision Knowledge Programming for Logistics Analysis and Technical
Evaluations (DECKPLATE) NALCOMIS data warehouse, Vector, and the Aircraft Management
Dashboard (AMDB).
F/A-18
PMA 265
EA-18
F-35 F-35 Joint Program Office
10-430
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MV-22
PMA 275
CMV-22
VH-92 PMA-274
10.37.3.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
10.37.3.1.1 COMFRC FST Readiness & Fleet Analytics Department
a. Coordinate with PMAs, F-35 Joint Program Office (JPO) and other affected NAE
stakeholders to conduct an Implementation Assessment of this NAMPSOP change using a multi-
year phased approach that includes the identification of requirements that have already been
satisfied, requirements that can be satisfied with current resources, and requirements that require
additional resources to complete. This Implementation Assessment will include the completion of
an implementation questionnaire that reports the As-Is condition, known gaps, and submission of a
PMA Roadmap that identifies outstanding actions and planned milestones to close all gaps.
PMAs/JPO will complete this Implementation Assessment within 120 days of release of this
NAMPSOP and report the results to the Implementation Working Group (IWG) via a Face-2-Face
(F-2-F) meeting. Out-year PMA/JPO progress will be monitored using the Roadmap until
implementation is completed. The IWG will provide recommendations to CNAF/NAVAIR of
program maturity to include Fleet assessments using a program inspection criteria e.g.,
Computerized Self-Evaluation Checklist (CSEC). IWG membership:
(1) CNAF N422B Policy, Maintenance Process Improvement
(2) CNAF N421 Class Desk
(3) NATEC Director
10-431
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) NAVAIR Sustainment Group (NAMP Team)
(5) COMFRC/FST (Advanced Analytics & Innovation)
(6) COMFRC HQ, FST Maintenance Department (Maintenance Planning, Reliability-
Centered Maintenance (RCM) and Condition Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+))
(7) NAWCAD (Naval Aviation Subsystems Safety Integrity Program)
(8) NAWCAD (Support Equipment Future Capabilities)
(9) PMA298 Readiness and Training Analysis Project (TAP)
b. Design, field, and sustain capabilities to support ATA data analysis.
c. Manage and staff the ATA Support Teams appropriately within the NAVAIR Mission
Aligned Organization CONOPS and established operating agreements (Table 2). The ATA Support
Teams will collect and statistically analyze performance data from DECKPLATE, T/M/S aircraft
HMS, and other databases. ATA Support Teams will publish quarterly HMS trend reports for
aircraft (by T/M/S and by individual BUNO), WRAs (by NSN and SERNO), and SRAs (by NSN).
The reports will cover at least two years of performance history for:
(1) Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) for aircraft systems (by system and by individual
BUNO aircraft)
(2) MTBF of Weapons Replaceable Assemblies (WRA) (by National Stock Number (NSN)
and serial number (SERNO).
(3) MTBF of Shop Replaceable Assemblies (SRA) (by NSN)
(4) Flight Hours Between Critical System BIT/CI Indication (FH/BIT set rate)
(5) Flights between Critical System BIT/CI Indication (F/BIT set rate)
(6) Flight Hours Between Before Flight Abort – Aircrew, When Discovered Code "A"
(7) Flight Hours Between Inflight Abort – Aircrew, When Discovered Code "C"
(8) Flight Hours Between Before Flight No Abort - Aircrew, When Discovered Code "B"
(9) Flight Hours Between In-Flight No Abort - Aircrew, When Discovered Code "D"
(10) Flight Hours Between Mission System BIT/CI Indication (FH/BIT set rate)
(11) Flights Between Mission System BIT/CI Indication (F/BIT set rate)
(12) Flight Hours Between Removal (at the system and WRA level of indenture)
(13) Flight Hours Between Unscheduled Maintenance Actions (at the system level)
(14) Average time to repair (in hours)
(15) Average logistics delay (Awaiting Parts (AWP)) time (in hours)
(16) At the system level, average number of maintenance actions between repair attempts (at
the system level verified by pass of system functional test)
(17) At the WRA/SRA level, the average number of maintenance actions between repair
attempts (at the WRA level verified by functional test pass on Automated Test Equipment (ATE))
10-432
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Perform statistical analysis of the performance elements specified in 10.37.3.1.1.c. and
determine the minimum acceptable performance (control limit) for each element. Aircraft and
components that do not meet the minimum acceptable performance control limit will be identified
as substandard performers on ATA Data Analysis Team reports.
e. Coordinate with PMA/JPO the establishment of Naval Aviation Technical Data and
Engineering Center (NATEC) expertise in T/M/S specific HMS, to enable the capability for
NATEC to provide assistance to squadrons, IMAs, Type Wings, Marine Air Wings (MAW),
Marine Air Groups (MAG), and Depots in the interpretation and use of T/MS HMS BIT/CI data.
f. Coordinate with the Center for Naval Aviation Technical Training (CNATT) to include ATA
training content for the Naval Aviation Maintenance Control Management course (C-555-0053),
Intermediate Level Maintenance Activity (IMA) Production Control course (C-555-0043), and
NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational Level Maintenance Activity (OOMA) QA Administration
course (C-555-0046).
g. Manage a “Bad Actors” Program per MIL-STD-1798 Mechanical Equipment and
Subsystems Integrity Program to identify substandard performing aircraft, systems and components.
The Bad Actors Program must cover any component deemed to be a Critical Safety Item (CSI) or
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part (FSCAP), or deemed to be a maintenance significant or mission-
critical component as defined by MIL-STD-1798 to be parts whose failure could:
(1) Impact safety (ground or flight)
(2) Be undetectable during operation (latent)
(3) Impact ability to execute a critical mission, significantly reduce operational mission
capability, or significantly increase vulnerability during a critical mission.
(4) Have significant economic impact.
10.37.3.1.2 NAWCAD Air Systems Group
Support and coordinate execution of ATA processes that achieve the objectives of reference (b), the
Naval Aviation Subsystems Safety Integrity Program (NASSIP).
10.37.3.1.3 NAVAIR Program Offices PMAs
a. Incorporate T/M/S HMS capabilities in O-Level, I-Level and D-level technical manuals, to
include the use of HMS BIT/CI data for inspection, test, troubleshooting and repair of aircraft
systems and individual components.
b. Coordinate with the Center for Naval Aviation Technical Training (CNATT) to include
HMS training within T/M/S Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC) and Marine Occupational
Specialty (MOS) courses and Personnel Qualification Standards (PQS).
c. Develop automated processes for integrating and transferring HMS BIT/CI data between O-
Level, I-Level, and D-level maintenance activities.
d. Distribute Software Anomaly Reports (SAR) and Software Trouble Reports (STR) to
operational units on changes affecting the interpretation of aircraft or air system HMS BIT/CI data.
10-433
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Coordinate with the COMFRC FST Readiness & Fleet Analytics Department, Aircraft
Controlling Custodian (ACC) Aircraft Class Desks, NAVSUP, Defense Logistics Agency (DLA)
and Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) to develop procedures for using HMS BIT/CI data.
f. Develop hardware changes affecting Critical Safety Item (CSI) / Flight Safety Critical
Aircraft Part (FSCAP).
g. Develop software changes affecting Operational Flight Program (OFP), HMS, and
Automated Logistics Environment (ALE).
h. Administer the NASSIP processes for T/M/S critical safety systems.
i. Analyze ATA capability and procedures, and provide recommendations for improvements to
FST HQ and NAWCAD, at least once per year.
10.37.3.1.4 Fleet Support Team (FST)
a. Develop and publish direction on aircraft airworthiness status relative to HMS BIT/CI data
for all systems and components designated as Critical Safety Items (CSI) or Flight Safety Critical
Aircraft Parts (FSCAP), per reference (a).
b. Review NALCOMIS, DECKPLATE and T/M/S HMS data to identify lower reliability
aircraft and components across the total T/M/S inventory, and provide recommendations on repair
actions or other disposition for those aircraft and components.
c. Serve as technical advisors for developing HMS training.
d. Perform quarterly analysis of T/M/S safety-critical subsystems by BUNO and CSI/FSCAP
for WRAs and SRAs (by NSN) that are not meeting acceptable MTBF in relation to the planned
operational availability (A). Determine if substandard performance is related to factors such as high
failure subcomponents or consumable parts or integration deficiencies between ATE and the Unit
Under Test (UUT), and provide recommendations for remediation to the responsible Program
Office.
10.37.3.2 COMNAVAIRFOR and COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Maintenance
Management Teams
Verify compliance with ATA procedures during Aviation Maintenance Inspections (AMI) per
paragraph 10.24.3.
10.37.3.3 Type Wings and Marine Air Wings
a. Include ATA training and testing requirements in Wing Job Qualification Requirements
(JQR) for T/M/S Maintenance Control and Safe For Flight Certification, per paragraphs 5.1.6.1 and
10.1.4.3.
b. Verify compliance with ATA procedures during Maintenance Program Assessments (MPA)
per paragraph 10.24.4.
c. Publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D, if required to direct T/M/S
specific or command directed actions for maintenance training not addressed in this NAMPSOP.
10.37.3.4 Maintenance Officer
10-434
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D, if required to direct geographic,
T/M/S specific, or command directed actions for ATA if not addressed in this NAMPSOP or Wing
LCP. O-Level LCPs must be submitted to the Wing for consideration of incorporation in the Wing
LCP.
b. Direct QA to provide NAMP indoctrination training on Aircraft Performance Auutomated
Trending and Analysis (ATA) policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive ATA familiarization
prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to
the duties the individual performs.
10.37.3.5 MMCO
a. Be knowledgeable of NAVAIRINST 4200.56, NAVAIRINST 13034.1F, NASSIP EC-435-
000-013, and T/M/S HMS procedures.
b. (O-Level) Coordinate with QA on analysis of ATA Support Team HMS trend reports
(10.37.3.1.1.c) and initiate corrective actions such as additional maintenance, NATEC assistance, or
training for technicians as deemed necessary to improve aircraft performance.
c. (I-Level) Ensure HMS trend reports are distributed to Production Control, QA, and
applicable work centers.
d. Coordinate NATEC and FST support as needed to determine root causes of abnormally high
failure rates in aircraft systems and components.
10.37.4 Procedures
10-435
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Confer with the supporting Intermediate Maintenance Activity (IMA) if test and check of
suspected substandard performing components is deemed necessary to fault isolate reasons for poor
aircraft reliability.
e. Include complete HMS BIT/CI trend data with the logs and records when aircraft are
transferred.
10.37.4.1.3 Quality Assurance must:
a. Compile and trend HMS BIT/CI data for the last 50 flights for each BUNO assigned.
b. At the end of each day’s flight operations, coordinate with Maintenance Control to review
HMS BIT/CI data for each aircraft flown, and add the data to the aircraft’s trend report. Analyze
HMS BIT/CI data for trends that indicate a possible degraded system or impending failure, and
confer with Maintenance Control on recommended actions.
c. Review ATA Support Team reports, HMS trend reports, and NALCOMIS reports (Chapter
14) for each BUNO to identify abnormally high aircraft system discrepancies. Analysis will focus
on indicators of degraded systems and possible causes, as indicated by factors such as:
(1) High rate of HMS BIT/CI fault code(s) per flight hour or per flight for a particular
system.
(2) High rate of ground and flight aborts (When Discovered Codes A and C).
(3) High number of maintenance man hours (MMH) for unscheduled repairs for a particular
system.
(4) Components with a high rate of Action Taken Code A with Malfunction Code 799 (no
defect).
d. Investigate reasons for low aircraft performance. If a low reliability component is suspected
to be causing high system failure rate, research maintenance history and check the ATA Support
Team reports to determine if the component’s serial number is identified as a substandard
performance. If so, confer with Maintenance Control for decision to remove the component and
turn it in for check and test, or to continue operating. If the item is removed, the first sentence in
the WO discrepancy block will state “WRA is listed as a substandard performer on ATA Report
(month and year of the report).” The WO discrepancy block will also provide a summary of any
performance anomalies during the time the component was installed in the aircraft, and the number
of flight hours and sorties flown prior to removal. HMS BIT/CI data produced during the time the
component was installed must be turned-in with the component.
e. Submit Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP)
Hazardous Material Reports (HMR), Product Quality Deficiency Reports (PQDR), Technical
Publication Deficiency Reports (TPDR) per paragraph 10.9 for deficiencies in HMS components
and HMS technical manuals.
10.37.4.1.4 O-Level maintenance technicians must:
a. Be knowledgeable of HMS BIT/CI codes applicable to their duties.
b. Strictly adhere to the T/M/S technical manual direction for use of HMS BIT/CI codes for
inspection, troubleshooting and repair.
10-436
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.37.4.2 Intermediate level ATA
10.37.4.2.1 Production Control must:
a. Direct AMSU to review the serial number of all components inducted for repair against the
current ATA Data Analysis Team report. If the serial number is listed as a substandard performer,
AMSU will notify PC. PC will direct AMSU to assign “QA Required” to the Maintenance Action
Form (MAF). AMSU will make a copy of the section of the ATA report applicable to the serial
number and include it in the component’s turn-in documentation.
b. Obtain and distribute current ATA Data Analysis Team reports to each work center
processing WRAs or SRAs covered in the report.
c. Apply Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM) code 8 (Administrative) to components
that are reported by Hazardous Material Report (HMR) as a suspected Bad Actor per 10.37.4.2.2.b.
d. Include ATA training and testing requirements in Production Control Job Qualification
Requirements (JQR).
10.37.4.2.2 QA must:
a. When a component is inducted that is identified as a substandard performer on the ATA Data
Analysis Team report, contact QA of the squadron that turned in the part to determine if HMS
BIT/CI data indicates a potential common fault or pattern of failure. If so, determine if additional
troubleshooting is needed to determine the root cause of the high failure rate, and confer with the
Work Center Supervisor on a plan for troubleshooting and testing the component. As necessary,
contact NATEC for assistance.
b. Submit a Hazardous Material Report (HMR) per 10.9.3.8 for components that continue to
test RFI, but are routinely identified as substandard performers after all I-Level testing and repair
processes have failed to identify the root cause of unacceptable Mean Time Between Failure
(MTBF).
c. Submit reports to the responsible FST when deficiencies in Automated Test Equipment
(ATE) or Operational Test Program Set (OTPS) capabilities are suspected to be contributing to the
inability to detect failures in a substandard performing component. If the affected component is a
critical safety item, submit an HMR report.
d. Upon receipt of ATA Support Team reports, coordinate with the Supply Department to
review the serial numbers of shelf stock components to determine if a component identified as a
substandard performer is stocked. If so, review the repair history of the component. If the last
maintenance action on the component was depot rework, no action is required. If the component
was last repaired by another IMA, the component will be inducted for test and check per the
procedures of 10.37.4.2.1.a. If the IMA does not have test and check capability, QA will contact
the cognizant FST for direction to either issue the component or to remove the component from
service and submit an HMR.
10.37.4.2.3 I-Level Maintenance technicians must:
a. Strictly adhere to the T/M/S technical manual direction for use of HMS BIT/CI codes for
inspection, troubleshooting and repair.
b. Be knowledgeable of HMS BIT/CI codes and their use in I-Level fault troubleshooting.
10-437
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.38 Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR)
10.38.1 Reference
ABDR is maintenance during combat conditions that may provide less than 100 percent restoration
of an aircraft and its subsystems and components to original strength, mission capability, or
configuration. ABDR evaluates and restores sufficient structural strength and serviceability to
permit aircraft to fly additional combat sorties, or to make a one-time flight to a designated in-
theater repair activity.
10.38.3 Requirements
a. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR) policy per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive ABDR familiarization prior to performing maintenance while
assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
10-438
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: When ABDR is completed, Maintenance Control will issue an “up” WO that will
remain open until a conventional repair is completed.
i. All ABDRs are considered temporary and must be repaired in a conventional manner as soon
as practical. Upon return to non-combat status, conventional repair will be performed for
discrepancies corrected by ABDR procedures. Aircraft requiring conventional D-level repair will
be inducted at the earliest possible date.
10.38.4 Responsibilities
10-439
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.39 Gas Turbine Engine Maintenance (GTEM) Program
10.39.1 References
10.39.2.1 This NAMPSOP applies to aviation gas turbine engines their accessories and
components, whether used for powering flight, providing auxiliary power, or for starting purposes
(airborne or ground units). Unless stated otherwise, the term “engine” used in this NAMPSOP
applies to gas turbine engines, engine modules, auxiliary power units (APU) and support equipment
gas turbine engines (SEGTE).
10.39.2.2 The Gas Turbine Engine Maintenance Program is based on three levels (degrees) of
repair. First-degree repair is the most in-depth level of repair, followed by second-degree, and
third-degree. Engine intermediate level (I-Level) maintenance technical manuals have a
maintenance allocation table that defines specific engine maintenance actions determined largely by
degree of repair difficulty. The definitions in this paragraph are general descriptions associated
with the degrees of engine repair.
NOTE: Refer to engine technical manuals and maintenance allocation tables for the degree of
engine repair associated with specific engine inspection and repair functions.
a. First-Degree Repair. The repair of a damaged or non-operating gas turbine engine, its
accessories, or components to an acceptable operating condition when the repair includes
compressor rotor replacement or disassembly to the extent the compressor rotor could be removed.
Additionally, any repair beyond that authorized for a second-degree activity, but not to the extent
required to be performed at D-level, will be defined as a first-degree repair.
b. Second-Degree Repair. The repair of a damaged or non-operating gas turbine engine, its
accessories, or components to an acceptable operating condition. Second-degree repairs will
normally include: the repair or replacement of turbine rotors and combustion sections, including
afterburners; the replacement of externally damaged, deteriorated, or time limited components,
gearboxes, or accessories; and minor repairs to the compressor section. Further, the repair or
replacement of reduction gearboxes and torque shafts of turboshaft engines and compressor fans of
turbofan engines which are considered repairable within the limits of the applicable intermediate
maintenance technical manuals. These will be accomplished by second-degree repair activities.
10-440
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Third-Degree Repair. This repair encompasses major engine inspections and the same gas
turbine engine repair capability as second-degree except certain functions which require high
maintenance man-hours and are of a low incidence rate are excluded. Additionally, third degree
repair also include the acceptances, transfers, preservation and de-preservations of engines.
10.39.2.3 NAVAIR NOTE 4700 assigns a specific degree of support for engines to selected
Intermediate Maintenance Activities (IMA) and depot level (D-level) facilities. IMA engine repair
assignment is based primarily on the types of engines operated by squadrons assigned to their
station or operating from their ship. Selected IMAs are assigned to provide engine support for an
entire geographical location or the entire aircraft population when this action supports the goal of
repair with the least expenditure of material, manpower, and money. Engines not included in
NAVAIR NOTE 4700 are supported per the applicable Weapons System Planning Document
(WSPD).
NOTE: This NAMPSOP does not apply to Depot. For Depot refer to Chapter 12.
10.39.3 General Procedures
10-441
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the TYCOM to ship an incomplete engine, a copy of the DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt
Document (DD 1348-1) for each missing component must be placed in the AESR to indicate
shipment of retrograde (not applicable for CM ALS). In addition, the component retrograde
document number will be entered in the Miscellaneous/History (OPNAV 4790/25A) record or CM
ALS AESR miscellaneous history record.
10.39.3.3.3 Engine shipment containers will be inspected and prepared per NAVAIR 15-01-500.
10.39.3.3.4 Aircraft engine transfers and receipts will be reported per NAVAIRINST 13700.15.
10.39.3.4 Supply Procedures
10.39.3.4.1 Due to their critical nature and high dollar value, several nonstandard procedures apply
to requisitioning aircraft engines. Most engines in work at the IMA are supply assets. Engines in
an awaiting parts status normally remain physically in the Power Plants Division due to the size of
the component. Parts ordered to support an Expeditious Repair (EXREP) engine repair will be
ordered using the priority associated with the requisitioning squadron’s Force Activity Designator
(FAD).
10.39.3.4.2 Parts and components identified as requiring replacement during engine pre-induction
screening (10.39.5.2) will not be placed on order unless the required repairs are verified against the
maintenance allocation chart of the applicable engine MIM, and the repair is within the activity's
assigned degree of repair per NAVAIR NOTE 4700.
10.39.3.4.3 Replacement parts and components must be stored in the area which provides the
highest degree of protection, preservation, and accountability.
10.39.3.4.4 Engine repair activities will develop a listing of Pre-Expended Bin (PEB) high usage
consumable material items required to support the degree of repair assigned. High usage items are
identified on the consumable material listing of the applicable engine maintenance technical
manuals. The list will be provided to the Supply Officer for PEB establishment per 6.5.8.
10.39.3.5 Power Plant Technical Manuals
10.39.3.5.1 Power plant technical manuals are presented in several different arrangements. The
engine inspection and repair method (installed or removed) usually indicates the major category
(01- Aircraft or 02 - Power Plant). Technical information required for engine inspection and repair
may be found in both of the major categories. Each engine T/M/S is unique in technical manual
format, and must be researched by degree of repair to ensure the correct technical manuals are used.
Refer to the NATEC website for particular engine T/M/S technical manuals. Examples of common
power plant technical manuals:
a. Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC) consisting of complete engine repair requirements
cards (CERRC) and quick engine change assembly (QECA).
b. Maintenance Instruction Manual (MIM) in conventional and work package (WP) formats.
c. Sequence Control Cards (SCC).
10.39.3.5.2 Two groups of technical manuals are used for the control and performance of engine
repair: CERRC and accompanying CERR SCC with conventional MIM, and MIM WP with
accompanying CERR SCC. Each engine T/M/S may have one or the other. The following
paragraphs explain and describe the various technical manuals required for repair:
10-442
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Engine Inspection MRCs.
(1) Major. These inspections are accomplished using MRCs. These cards contain major
QECA maintenance requirements to inspect the engine for material degradation and perform
essential PM. The cards include the major engine requirements followed by a separate QEC section
for each aircraft application. An SCC is included to program accomplishment of the inspection in
proper sequence. Discrepancies discovered during inspection are corrected using instructions
contained in the applicable maintenance technical manuals. These cards are used to perform major
inspections on uninstalled engines.
(2) Phase. These inspections are accomplished using phase MRCs. These cards cover the
total system scheduled maintenance requirements divided into phases, which are performed at
specific intervals. All installed engine inspections and QEC components are included.
b. CERRCs
(1) CERRCs provide step-by-step procedures and instructions for engine disassembly to a
controlled depth. The depth of disassembly is equal to that which is authorized for designated third,
second, and first degree repair activities by NAVAIR NOTE 4700 and is consistent with the
provisioning of spare parts, tools, and SE for these activities. There are no repair procedures within
CERRC sets. For repair instructions consult the applicable engine MIM.
(2) The information in the CERRCs is based on the contents of the reference publications
and on conclusions reached during verification. Should the information in the card sets conflict
with the information in technical manuals with a later date, the most current information for the
specific task will be followed.
(3) In using the CERRC set, it is unnecessary to perform maximum disassembly each time
an engine is processed for repair. Perform disassembly only to the depth, which is required to
ensure the engine is RFI. When less than complete disassembly is required, use only the applicable
cards.
(4) Each card is identified by number for accountability purposes and to provide a means for
crediting work accomplishment. The CERRC set numbering sequence does not reflect the
sequence in which the work is to be accomplished. This is controlled by the associated CERR
SCC.
(5) Task cards that contain major engine inspection requirements are identified by an
asterisk (*) preceding the card title and the procedural steps within the cards. The affected task
cards are identified on the SCC by an asterisk preceding the card number. The requirements that
are preceded by an asterisk must be accomplished each time an engine is processed for first-degree
repair. When the items preceded by an asterisk have been accomplished, the engine is to be
considered zero time for inspection purposes.
(6) QA cards are included to emphasize the need for inspection during or after performance
of critical procedures. To ensure accomplishment of these requirements in their proper sequence,
review QA cards referenced on the task card before commencing the task.
c. CERR SCC. The CERR SCC is a graphic presentation that will sequence the
accomplishment of CERR (third, second, and first-degree) in a logical order. The CERR SCC is
oriented to actual work time and manpower usage. This element provides the only record of engine
10-443
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
status during repair, including QA inspections. CERR SCCs are used with both the CERRC and
WP formats.
d. Work Package (WP). The procedures for the use of the WP format are identical to those
identified for CERRCs except the WP format contains instructions for disassembly, inspection,
repair, reassembly, and testing. In addition, it identifies SE and SE maintenance requirements.
e. Component repair technical manuals. These are accessory manuals containing I-Level and
D-level procedures for check, test, inspection, and repair, and the associated Illustrated Parts
Breakdown (IPB) of engine components.
10.39.3.6 Modular Engines
10.39.3.6.1 Newer model engines are constructed in separate modules, for example, compressor,
combustion, turbine, afterburner, gearbox, torque meter, or combinations thereof to simplify the
repair and maintainability process. Modular engines are routinely inspected while installed in the
aircraft, and are removed only for cause, such as Low Cycle Fatigue (LCF), failure, and Maximum
Operating Time (MOT).
10.39.3.6.2 When a modular engine is removed, the same AESR screening and pre-induction
inspection process is performed as with other engines. Repair is accomplished by removal and
repair or replacement of the defective modules per the applicable CERRC and accompanying
CERR SCC or with conventional MIM or WP with accompanying CERR SCC.
10.39.3.6.3 Inspection requirements subsequent to or concurrent with engine repairs may vary.
Some modular engines, for example, F404 and T700, have engine MRC decks with accompanying
SCCs. Earlier designed modular engines, for example, T400 and T56, have the QECA MRCs with
accompanying SCC. Subsequent to or concurrent with repair, the inspection requirements outlined
in the applicable engine MRC and QECA MRCs will be performed.
10.39.3.7 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and Support Equipment Gas Turbine Engine (SEGTE)
10.39.3.7.1 APUs are repaired under the three-degree repair concept. Under this concept, each
APU I-Level technical manual identifies specific maintenance actions as either first-, second-, or
third- degree functions. These functions are determined largely by degree of difficulty and
recurring frequency. Selected IMAs are assigned to provide a specific degree of support for
specific APUs and SEGTEs, per NAVAIR NOTE 4700.
10.39.3.7.2 APUs assigned a three-degree repair function will be maintained by the APU SEGTE
Shop (Work Center 412). Installed SEGTEs will undergo O-Level remove and replace
maintenance plus preservation or de-preservation in the SE Gas Turbine Repair Shop (Work Center
91A).
10.39.3.7.3 APU and SEGTE inspections are accomplished per the applicable MRCs upon
expiration of the established interval. A major APU inspection is a comprehensive inspection
performed to determine the material condition of the APU. This inspection is often performed with
the APU removed from the enclosure, but may be accomplished on certain installed APUs using a
borescope or other inspection aids as directed in the MRCs. Major APU inspections are performed
by the supporting IMA, unless directed otherwise by the ACC. APU inspections are accomplished
during first degree repair. Therefore, APUs installed following first degree repair are zero timed for
inspection purposes. MRCs prepared to the latest specifications are aligned with the level of
10-444
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
maintenance performing the inspections. All tasks performed by IMAs on installed APUs are in the
applicable T/M/S aircraft MRCs.
10.39.3.7.4 IMAs will ensure that tracked serialized components are accurately reflected in the CM
ALS and that all maintenance has been properly documented in CM maintenance task to correctly
update the ALS.
10.39.3.7.5 RFI APUs and SEGTEs received from supply must have AESRs or CM ALS AESRs
screened to determine which inspections, if any, have been performed and when the next inspection
is due.
10.39.3.7.6 APU and SEGTE documentation procedures. The enclosure is considered the end item
when work is performed on SEGTEs at an I-Level activity (Work Center 91A). Therefore, APUs
and SEGTEs sent to Work Center 412 for inspection or repair must have a MAF turn-in document
initiated.
10.39.3.8 Technical Directives (TD)
TDs will be complied with as directed in 10.10. TD parts and kits designated for O-Level
compliance will be obtained from the O-Level activity that turned in the engine, if such parts and
kits were previously furnished, but not incorporated.
10.39.3.9 Gas Turbine Engine (GTE) Test Facilities
GTE test facilities will be operated and maintained per 10.23.
10.39.3.10 Preservation and Storage
10.39.3.10.1 I-Level and D-level activities will preserve RFI and NRFI engines in their custody
and comply with all preservation periodic maintenance requirements and NA 15-01-500,
Preservation of Naval Aircraft, as applicable. This includes IMAs assigned caretaker status.
10.39.3.10.2 Replacement parts and components will be stored in the area which provides the
highest degree of corrosion prevention and preservation, per 10.13 and NAVAIR 15-01-500
procedures. Hydraulic components will be protected from contamination per 10.5 procedures.
10.39.3.11 Engine bearing maintenance, storage, and preservation
Engine bearings will be carefully handled and protected against the elements at all times to prevent
damage prior to installation. Refer to NA 01-1A-503, Maintenance of Aeronautical Antifriction
Bearings for requirements regarding engine bearing maintenance and handling.
10.39.3.12 Engine slings and stands
Engine slings and stands will have pre-operational inspections, NDI and PM completed at the
required intervals. Refer to NA 17-1-114 Series for engine sling maintenance requirements. For
engine stand maintenance requirements, refer to applicable MIMs.
10.39.3.13 Overhead cranes and hoists
Overhead cranes and hoists will have pre-operational inspections, load test and PM requirements
completed at the required intervals.
10-445
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.39.4 Intermediate Level Maintenance Activity (IMA) Procedures
10-446
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.39.4.2.4 If the required inspection or repair is not within the IMA’s capability, the engine will
be declared Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM), Action Taken Code 7 (BCM 7 – Beyond
Authorized Repair Depth) will be documented on the Maintenance Action Form (MAF), and the
engine will be turned into the supporting supply activity for shipment to the designated repair
activity specified in NAVAIR NOTE 4700, or as directed by the TYCOM Engine Class Desk.
NOTE: Action Taken Code 8 (BCM 8 - Administrative) will be used if the required
inspection/repair is within the IMA’s capability but the TYCOM directs the engine
to be repaired by another facility.
10.39.4.2.5 The following categories of engine discrepancies are considered beyond I-Level repair
(BCM-1, repair not authorized) and will be forwarded to designated depot per NAVAIR NOTE
4700:
a. Engines with excessive damage due to fires or subjected to firefighting chemicals internal to
the engine.
b. Crash damaged engines (after release by the safety board).
c. Engines subjected to extreme mishandling, such as being dropped.
d. Engines subjected to salt water immersion.
e. Engines exhibiting excessive or extensive corrosion.
f. Engines exhibiting massive oil contamination.
g. Engines recommended for removal by an oil analysis laboratory when the specific cause of
the impending failure cannot be positively determined and corrected.
h. Engines with total gas path FOD of an extremely destructive nature requiring extensive parts
replacement and high man-hour consumption.
i. Engines requiring Power Plant Changes (PPC) to parts that cannot be removed by the I-
Level.
j. Engines requiring life limited part(s) removal that cannot be removed by the I-Level.
k. Engines turned in due to an Engineering Investigation (EI) will be shipped to the D-level
repair facility selected to perform the EI. Refer to 10.9 for EI exhibit handling and shipment
procedures.
10.39.4.3 Engine Inspection, Repair, and Testing
10.39.4.3.1 Engines inducted for inspection or repair will be inspected prior to disassembly, per the
procedures specified in applicable T/M/S engine manuals (10.39.3.5).
NOTES: 1. Pre-disassembly inspection normally includes oil filters, fuel filters, freedom of
rotation, external visual, and in some cases, borescope inspection.
2. If material condition of the engine permits, the engine should have a test cell run
to verify engine operating parameters prior to disassembly.
10.39.4.3.2 Engine inspection and repairs will be performed using the applicable CERRC or WP
manual and accompanying CERR SCC.
10-447
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.39.4.3.3 The next major engine inspection due will be performed on engines turned in for
repair, per the following criteria:
a. All engine inspections will be accomplished during first-degree engine repair. Engines
installed following first-degree repair will be “zero timed” for inspection purposes.
b. Engines with major inspection intervals of 400 hours or more will have major inspections
performed if 25 percent or less of the interval remains until the next inspection.
c. Engines with major inspection intervals of less than 400 hours will have major inspections
performed if less than 100 hours remain until the next inspection.
NOTE: Life limited parts must have sufficient time remaining, as determined by TYCOM
and FST, to permit engine operation until the next scheduled major inspection.
10.39.4.3.4 Containerized engines that have been inducted due to being dropped or due to
container damage will be removed from the container and given a thorough visual QA inspection.
As a minimum, the inspection will include: Compressor and gas turbine area by bore scope or fiber
optic methods (when accessible); accessible compressor and turbine rotors to ensure free
movement; and seals or bearings for damage. If no physical damage is noted, the engine will
undergo a thorough test cell run (including a vibration test and JOAP sample) and be re-inspected
and certified by an IMA Power Plants QAR/CDQAR prior to installation in an aircraft.
10.39.4.3.5 Engines will be tested prior to being certified RFI.
10.39.4.3.6 A QAR or CDQAR will perform a FOD free inspection of all RFI engines prior to the
closing of the engine container.
10.39.5 Responsibilities
10.39.5.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
10.39.5.1.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Type Model Program Product Support Manager) will
determine the degree of repair capability of each I-Level and D-level engine facility. Due to the
high cost of establishing and supporting engine repair facilities, many factors must be taken into
consideration before approving new or additional capability. Among these are:
a. Equipment requirements.
b. Facility requirements.
c. Engine test facility requirements.
d. Personnel requirements and associated technical training.
e. Proximity of other facilities to provide like support.
f. Productivity and capacity.
10.39.5.1.2 Activities requesting to establish a new repair facility or add repair capability to an
existing facility must submit a letter (via the TYCOM) to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Type Model
Program Product Support Manager) per NAVAIR NOTE 4700 procedures.
10.39.5.2 TYCOM Engine Class Desk
TYCOM Engine Class Desks will:
10-448
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Coordinate with COMNAVAIRYSCOM (AC312000) to establish yearly production goals
for each T/M/S engine.
b. Nominate IMAs to perform a selected degree of maintenance for specific engines.
c. Annually, review the engine, engine module, APU and SEGTE repair assignment of each
IMA and forward any recommended changes to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Type Model Program
Product Support Manager).
10.39.5.3 IMA Maintenance Officer
The MO will designate a Power Plants Division CPO or SNCO as GTEM Program Manager per
10.1.2.9.
10.39.5.4 IMA Assistant Maintenance Officer
I-Level AMOs will publish a standard I-Level GTEM Qualification Requirement (JQR) if training
is not adequately covered in a Navy Qualified and Proficient Technician (QPT) or Marine Corps
AMSTRP Aviation Maintenance Training and Readiness Program (AMTRP) syllabus.
10.39.5.5 IMA Quality Assurance
The IMA Quality Assurance Officer will designate a Power Plants QAR as GTEM Program
Monitor per 10.1.2.9. The QA GTEM Program Monitor will:
a. Perform Program Monitor audits per 10.7.
b. Prepare individuals for Power Plant QAR, CDQAR, and CDI designations who have
demonstrated knowledge and understanding of maintenance procedures, safe practices, demonstrate
a high level a maturity, common sense, and have completed prerequisites.
10.39.5.6 GTEM Program Manager
The GTEM Program Manager will:
a. Perform Program Manager initial and annual audits per 10.7.
b. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Gas Turbine Engine Maintenance (GTEM) policy
per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive GTEM familiarization prior to performing maintenance
while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
c. Review CSEC information and reports in order to provide recommendations to the chain of
command for process and improvements.
d. Ensure GTEM indoctrination is accomplished per 10.1.
e. Verify that all GTEM support equipment PMs, NDIs, and load test are being completed at
the required intervals in accordance with the MIMs, MRC’s and publications.
f. Ensure ETRs are submitted per NAVAIRINST 13700.15 Procedures Reference Guide and
9.1.3.3.
g. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Applicable POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
10-449
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Applicable references or cross reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
(5) If applicable, hardcopies of all ETRs and certification worksheets performed during
periods of no connectivity with the DECKETR website, per NAVAIRINST 13700.15 and 9.1.3.3.
Hardcopies will be maintained for a period of 2 years per the NAVAIRINST 13700.15 Procedures
Reference Guide.
10-450
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Activity Removing
Non-RFI Engine
ALTERNATE IMA or
DEPOT
10-451
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.40 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) and Egress Systems Maintenance
10.40.1 References
NOTE: The list of references represents the majority of general publications used in the
maintenance of ALSS and Egress Systems.
a. DON Defense Logistics Agency VOLUME SUPPLY ASHORE Volume II, paragraph
25841, Flight Clothing and Operational Equipment
b. NAVAIR 00-35QH-2, Allowance List, Aviation Life Support System and Airborne
Operation Equipment for Aircraft Squadrons Navy and Marine Corps
c. NAVAIR 00-80T-96, U.S. Navy Support Equipment, Common, Basic Handling & Safety
Manual
d. NAVAIR 00-80T-123, Aircrew Systems NATOPS Manual
e. NAVAIR 06-20-2, Gas Cylinder (Storage Type), Use, Handling, and Maintenance
f. NAVAIR 06-30-501, Oxygen/Nitrogen Systems Technical Manual
g. NAVAIR 11-100-1.1, Cartridge Actuated Devices (CADS) and Propellant Actuated Devices
(PADS) (IETM)
h. NAVAIR 13-1-6 Series Manuals, Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS)
i. NAVAIR 16-30PRC149-1, Radio Set AN/PRC-149 Part Number 2155-09093-00 Radio Set
AN/PRC-149A Part Number 2155-09093-01 Radio Set AN/PRC-149-T1 (Training Unit)
j. NAVAIR 16-30PRQ7-1, Operator’s Maintenance Manual Radio Set AN/PRQ-7
k. NAVAIR 16-30PRQ7-2, Operational and Maintenance Procedures, CSEL Battery Charger
PP-8562/U
l. NAVAIR 16-30URT140-1, Radio Beacon Set AN/URT-140 and Radio Beacon Set AN/URT-
140-T1 (Training Unit)
m. NAVAIR 16-35AVS9-4, Technical Manual Operator's and Organizational Maintenance
Manual Image Intensifier Set, Night Vision, Type AN/AVS-9(V)
n. NAVAIR 16-35CSEL-CPE-1, Operation and Maintenance Organizational CSEL Planning
Equipment (CPE)
o. NAVAIR 19-1-270, Ground Support Equipment Manual Mobile Refill System (MRS III)
P/N 1007-01
p. NAVAIR A6-215PC-MEB-000, Maintenance Instructions with Illustrated Parts Breakdown
Industrial Sewing Equipment
q. NAVSEA OP 4, Ammunition and Explosives Safety Afloat
r. NAVSEA OP 5 VOL I, Ammunition and Explosives Ashore
s. NTTP 3-50-1, Navy Search and Rescue (SAR) Manual
t. COMNAVAIRFOR M-3710.7, NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions
10-452
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
u. OPNAVINST 3750.6, Naval Aviation Safety Management System
v. NAVSUP P-801 Notice of Ammunition Reclassification (NAR) Manual
10.40.2 Introduction
10.40.2.1 Properly functioning ALSS and Egress systems are critical to the safety and survival of
aircrew and passengers. The Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) and Egress Systems
Maintenance NAMPSOP establishes general policy to ensure ALSS and Egress system components
are properly maintained and managed. This NAMPSOP is applicable to all Navy and Marine Corps
aviation activities responsible for using or maintaining ALSS or Egress systems.
NOTE: For Depot ALSS and Egress System Maintenance refer to Chapter 12.
10.40.2.2 ALSS are those items of equipment and clothing needed to allow aircrew members and
aircraft passengers to function within all parameters of the flight environment, safely egress from
disabled aircraft and descend/ascend to the surface, and survive on land and water, and interface
with rescue forces. ALSS encompasses escape systems, environmental systems, fire extinguishing
systems, aircrew clothing, survival kits, personnel parachutes and associated hardware, life rafts and
life preservers, anti-exposure suits, survival radios and other emergency signaling equipment, flight
helmets, oxygen equipment, anti-G suits and associated hardware, and other miscellaneous survival
and life support items.
NOTE: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) items not installed in aircraft or used during
flight for ALSS or egress purposes, such as aircraft passenger hearing protection,
float coats and cranial helmets used by maintenance personnel are not considered
ALSS.
10.40.2.3 Egress systems consist of ejection seats, interconnect and sequence systems, installed
parachutes, installed seat survival kits, and the explosive devices and rocket motors used in their
propulsion, and hatches or canopies which are shattered or jettisoned from the aircraft by use of
explosive devices.
10.40.2.4 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (PMA-202) is the lead engineering authority for ALSS and
Egress Systems. PMA-202 also manages the Fleet Air Introduction Liaison Survival Aircrew
Flight Equipment (FAILSAFE) Program for introduction and training of new or modified ALSS.
WARNING: ALSS AND EGRESS SYSTEMS EXPLOSIVE COMPONENTS AND
OXYGEN EQUIPMENT ARE A RISK TO PERSONNEL IF NOT USED AS
INTENDED OR CORRECTLY HANDLED. IMPROPER MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES, IMPROPER USE, AND LACK OF ATTENTION TO
DETAIL WHEN WORKING ON AND AROUND THESE SYSTEMS CAN
RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH.
10.40.2.5 Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) and
Egress Systems Maintenance policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive ALSS and Egress
System Maintenance familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work
center.
10-453
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.40.3 ALSS and Egress System Technician Qualifications
10-454
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Government Service (GS) civilian and contractor maintenance personnel performing egress
systems maintenance must be:
(1) Graduates of Navy AME "A" School or equivalent Air Force or Army MOS courses.
(2) Graduates of the CNATTU T/M/S aircraft egress system training course or equivalent
factory egress system training for the egress systems they maintain.
(3) Explosives handling certified per OPNAVINST 8023.24/MCO 8023.3.
NOTE: AME personnel that have completed the CNATTU course for the F/A-18E/F aircraft
SJU-17 Navy Aircrew Common Ejection Seat (NACES) are also qualified to perform
work on SJU-17 NACES installed in F/A-18A-D and E/A-18G aircraft. Completion
of the CNATTU F/A-18E/F SJU-17 NACES course does not qualify personnel to
perform work on any other model of ejection seat installed in the F/A-18A-D.
10.40.4 ALSS and Egress System Quality Assurance Personnel Qualifications
10.40.4.1 Non-PR rated personnel will not be assigned as I-Level ALSS QARs, CDQARs, or CDIs
due to specialized training requirements for parachute and life raft/life preserver packing and
repacking, and other I-Level ALSS maintenance functions.
10.40.4.2 To be qualified as a CDQAR/QAR for aircraft with ejection seats, the member must be a
graduate of the CNATTU T/M/S specific Initial training and Career training.
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 7 for ALSS QAR and CDQAR manning and training requirements.
10.40.5 Maintenance
NOTE: For simplicity, the term “PR” is used in this instruction to denote ALSS technicians,
and the term “AME” is used to denote egress system technicians.
10.40.5.1 O-Level and I-Level maintenance requirements for ALSS and egress systems are
outlined in NAVAIR 13-1-6 series manuals, COMNAVAIRFOR M-3710.7, and T/M/S NATOPS
manuals.
10.40.5.2 The Aviators Breathing Oxygen Surveillance Program, Chapter 10, section 10.4,
provides guidance for handling and maintaining LOX and gaseous oxygen used in ALSS and egress
systems.
10.40.5.3 All Warnings and Cautions in technical manuals and this instruction will be strictly
followed for LOX generation, handling, and servicing; low and high pressure gas generation,
handling and servicing; pyrotechnics, cartridges, Cartridge Actuated Devices (CAD), ejection seats,
canopy/hatch jettison systems and rocket motors.
10.40.5.4 ALSS and egress components will be replaced when total service life has expired, unless
exceedance limits have been specifically addressed in the applicable maintenance manual or by
naval message. Under no circumstances will a component be used if the service life history of the
component cannot be verified.
10.40.5.5 Cannibalization of egress system components will be kept to an absolute minimum.
Ejection seats, egress system components, cartridges, and CADs/PADs will not be cannibalized
without prior Type Wing/MAG (ashore) or CVW/ACE (afloat) approval.
10-455
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: A Notice of Ammunition Reclassification (NAR) is not authorized direction for the
removal/replacement of aircraft or ALSS installed cartridges, pyrotechnics, CADs,
or PADs. If a TD with amplifying direction has not been received within three days
of receipt of a NAR, activities will request direction from their ACC. NAVSUP P-
801 NAR Manual must be referred to when drawing ordnance from an RSL prior to
installation into ALSS equipment. The NAVSUP P-801 is available at:
https://my.navsup.navy.mil/apps/ops$nll.view_publication_details?P_PUBLICATION_ID
=86609
10.40.5.6 ALSS components requiring I-Level maintenance must be delivered directly to the IMA
division prescribed in the activities Individual Component Repair List (ICRL). The IMA will
induct each component upon receipt from the O-Level using the “SD” MAF processing procedures
of Chapter 16. Items that cannot be made RFI will either be signed off BCM (for pool items) or
signed off with action taken code “D” (non-pool items) and returned to the O-Level.
10.40.5.7 ALSS components with calendar-based inspections are subject to the plus or minus 3
days deviation of per 5.3.10.1. Items not inspected after the end of the plus 3 days allowable
deviation will be removed from service until inspected.
10.40.5.8 ALSS and egress components involved in an aircraft mishap will be processed per
procedures in OPNAVINST 3750.6 and NAVAIR 13-1-6.2. Explosive devices involved in
mishaps will be rendered safe and disposed of by explosive ordnance disposal personnel only, per
NAVAIR 11-100-1.1, after release by the Aircraft Mishap Board (AMB). Ejection seats and escape
system components that have been ejected or fired, regardless of apparent condition, must be
disposed of per current regulations after release by the AMB.
10.40.5.9 All COSPAS-SARSAT radios must be registered in Joint SARSAT Electronic Tracking
System (JSETS). JSETS contains information concerning the activity that the asset is assigned to as
well as information concerning the POCs within each Squadron, Wing, IMA, and MAG. JSETS
information must be updated as information changes. The Rescue Coordination Center (RCC) uses
this information to contact the organization when a beacon is activated, therefore command phone
numbers listed in JSETS must be a phone number that is manned 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
10.40.5.10 Removed cartridges, flares, CADs, and PADs must be stored per NAVAIR 11-100-1.1,
NAVSEA OP-4, and NAVSEA OP-5.
10.40.6 Technical Directives
10-456
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.40.7 Logbooks and Records
ALSS and egress system records will be documented and managed per Chapter 8 and NA 13-1-6
series manuals.
10.40.8 ALSS Spare Pool Assets
10.40.8.1 O-Level activities will provide spare ALSS assemblies (parachutes, life rafts, seat
survival kits, life preservers, oxygen regulators, oxygen hoses, and other pool assets) to the
supporting IMA for the purposes of establishing and maintaining an ALSS pool. O-Level activities
are authorized to requisition ALSS assemblies, but are not allowed to stock spare ALSS assemblies
beyond those outlined in NAVAIR 00-35QH-2.
10.40.8.2 Shore-based IMAs will maintain a rotatable pool of spare ALSS assemblies (parachutes,
life rafts, seat survival kits, life preservers, oxygen regulators, and oxygen hoses) located in the I-
Level 800 Division. Pool will be established based on:
a. Total number of aircraft in each unit to determine aircraft mounted ALSS assemblies 10
percent gear required.
b. Total number of pilots/NFO/aircrew in each unit to determine man-mounted ALSS
assemblies 10 percent gear required.
10.40.8.3 Personal survival equipment, such as helmets, survival vests, gloves, flight suits, anti-
exposure assemblies or items of squadron equipment that are not normally inducted into the I-Level
for maintenance, will not be included in ALSS pools.
10.40.8.4 Spare assets will be stored in a controlled area limited to access by authorized personnel
only. The storage area must meet the environmental conditions set forth in NAVAIR 13-1-6 series
manuals and comply with NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD (where applicable).
10.40.8.5 Spare assets must be physically segregated in three distinct groups: RFI assets, NRFI
awaiting maintenance (M3), NRFI awaiting parts (WP), and NRFI in excess of current demand
(M9).
a. The RFI assets area will contain items of ALSS that have been repaired/inspected and made
fully RFI and are awaiting issue (in an RFI shelf cycle status) to an O-Level activity.
NOTE: Spare RFI assets in the rotatable pool are authorized up to 90 days RFI shelf life
before they begin to accumulate time for inspection purposes. The 90 day RFI shelf
life ends and time will commence for inspection purposes when the ALSS asset is
removed from the I-Level pool storage facility. The 90 day shelf life is restricted to
those specific items which are fully supported by the pool.
b. The NRFI M3 area will contain all ALSS assemblies that are awaiting maintenance.
c. The NRFI WP area will contain all ALSS assemblies that are in an “awaiting parts” status.
The assemblies must have the MAF attached, listing the outstanding parts requisitions.
d. The NRFI M9 area must contain all ALSS assemblies that are in an “M9” status.
10.40.8.6 ALSS pool assets will be issued on a one-for-one exchange (one work order for each
component). The IMA must process each component as a special discrepancy (Type MAF Code
10-457
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SD), Transaction Code 31 or 32 as appropriate, and the applicable Action Taken and Malfunction
Code specified in Appendix E. If a repairable component is BCM, the IMA will order the
replacement component.
10.40.8.7 When a pool item is issued, the corresponding OOMA Auto Log-Set (ALS) will be
transferred to the receiving activity OOMA database along with a hardcopy printout of the related
AER and completed MAF. The issuing IMA must sign and annotate the date issued and next
scheduled removal date on the lower right side of the AER.
10.40.8.8 When a shore or ship-based deployment site does not have a supporting I-Level with an
ALSS pool, the supporting shore-based IMA is responsible for providing the deploying squadron
with spare RFI ALSS assets equal to 10 percent of the number of aircraft and aircrew on the
deployment/detachment.
a. The spare ALSS ALS will be electronically transferred by the IMA to the squadron.
Squadron will maintain the ALS set in a separate OOMA folder until installed.
b. The in-service inspection cycle begins when the squadron assumes custody of the spare
assets.
c. The squadron will maintain custody of the spare assets during the deployment.
d. The squadron must return the same number of assets to the supporting I-Level upon return
from deployment.
e. Operational commanders, Navy Carrier Air Wing (CVW) and Marine Corps Aviation
Combat Element (ACE) commanders will submit request for 10 percent ALSS spare pool assets no
later than 60 days prior to scheduled deployments or detachments.
10.40.8.9 When a squadron/detachment deploys to a ship or shore site with an IMA that supports
ALSS, the home base IMA is responsible for providing the deployment site IMA with spare RFI
ALSS equipment equal to 10 percent of the full outfitting allowance for the squadron/detachment.
a. ALSS pool assets will be maintained by the deployment site AIMD/MALS, in their ALSS
pool.
b. Assets will remain in the “shelf life” cycle until issued. In-service inspection time starts
once the asset is issued.
c. The deployment site IMA will provide all repair parts and components required to support
the squadron/detachment ALSS pool.
d. Upon completion of deployment, the deployment site IMA is responsible for returning the
same number of RFI assets originally provided by the home base IMA. If the deployment site IMA
has to return a NRFI asset due to awaiting parts, they must provide the home base IMA with the
document numbers for the parts. MAFs must also be provided with discrepancies clearly
documented.
e. Operational commanders, Navy Carrier Air Wing (CVW) and Marine Corps Aviation
Combat Element (ACE) commanders will submit request for 10 percent ALSS spare pool assets no
later than 60 day prior to scheduled deployments or detachments.
10-458
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.40.9 ALSS and Egress Systems Acceptance and Transfer
10.40.9.1 ALSS and Egress Systems data must be verified for accuracy in all maintenance data
systems (DECKPLATE, OOMA, CADPAD, etc.) upon acceptance and transfer of aircraft and
ALSS equipment.
10.40.9.2 Upon acceptance or transfer of an aircraft, the aircraft-installed ALSS and CADS and
PADs must be verified for service life and serial number. Refer to 8.5.15 for procedures.
10.40.9.3 OOMA commands will review the Configuration Management (CM) ALS.
10.40.9.4 Custody of ALSS equipment will be transferred to the accepting command
electronically.
10.40.10 ALSS Work Order and Maintenance Action Form Documentation
O-Level ALSS WOs will be documented per the procedures of Chapter 15. I-Level ALSS MAFs
will be documented per the procedures of Chapter 16.
NOTES: 1. Only the individual that performed or inspected the work will sign the associated
WO, MAF, OOMA ALS, performance test sheets and history records (as
applicable).
2. IMAs using OOMA for managing CM ALS must use an electronic CDI stamp in
lieu of the rubber stamp for related documentation, for example, ALSS CM ALS.
The following procedures for maintaining and assigning an electronic CDI stamp
apply: Upon CDI/CDQAR qualification, the CDI/CDQAR will submit approved
CDI/CDQAR certification document and the CDI stamp number assigned by QA to
the activity’s SA for SMQ and electronic CDI stamp assignment. The activity’s SA
will add, via the Personnel Module, the stamp number to the front of the CDIs rate,
for example, 301PR1, 543AM2, 678AD2.
10.40.11 ALSS Configuration Management Auto Log-Set (CM ALS)
10.40.11.1 All ALSS items with an inspection requirement must have a task that covers the
inspection. If the inspection requirement is covered by an inspection task on a higher assembly,
then that higher task must be set to an Active/Pending status. All items that require removal due to
expiration or High-time that have a removal task must be set as Active/Pending. Examples include:
a. All ALSS items with recurring inspections within their Aircrew ALS will be covered by the
ALL FLIGHT GEAR inspection task (as required). Aircrew assigned ALSS that is not on cycle
with the ALL FLIGHT GEAR task but have O-Level or I-Level inspection requirements, will have
the specific equipment task Active/Pending (e.g., Dry Suits, CSEL Radio, etc.).
b. Non-Aircrew assigned ALSS that requires an inspection will have inspection and removal
tasks set to Active/Pending. If all of the components are installed in a higher assembly that can be
covered by one inspection task then that task is the only task required to be Active/Pending (e.g.,
180 Day ALL SAR EQUIPMENT).
c. ALSS subject to I-Level inspection will have the Removal/Hi Time task set to
Active/Pending with the deadline date set no later than the Aircrew Equipment Record (AER) next
scheduled removal date annotated by the issuing IMA. The IMA Inspection task will be set to
10-459
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Active/Pending with dates matching the AER next scheduled removal date annotated by the issuing
IMA. ALSS that have varied inspection cycles depending on application (e.g., aircraft installed life
rafts and life preservers) will have the appropriate cycle Active/Pending.
10.40.11.2 Task forced completion must be kept to a minimum. At no point should a task be
forced completed if the task cannot be verified with a physical copy of the WO/MAF or a review of
DECKPLATE. For consistency and control, only Maintenance Control or Production Control Logs
and Records Clerks will perform force completions. If a task is force completed, the following
information must be entered into the NOTES section of the task:
a. Date completed and MCN for the actual WO/MAF.
b. Organization that completed the maintenance/inspection.
c. Names of worker and CDI (stamp number if applicable) who performed the
maintenance/inspection.
d. Reason for the force completion.
10.40.11.3 Refer to 8.2.5 for general CM ALS procedures.
10.40.12 Responsibilities
10-460
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. (O-Level only) Track ALSS spare pool assets established for use at the activitie per
10.40.8.1.
i. (I-Level only) Verify an ALSS pool has been established per 10.40.8.2 through 10.40.8.9.
j. Coordinate transfer of ALSS pool assets to support deployment ALSS pools.
k. Maintain an ALSS TD binder to include:
(1) Current NAT04 – verified/signed by a CDI/CDQAR, at a minimum, each month.
(2) All applicable B coded TDs listed on the active NAT04.
NOTES: 1. Controlled copies of applicable B coded TDs from the NAT04 (including
amendments with no additional work required) must be maintained in the ALSS
work center.
2. There is no need to verify or maintain D-Code Aircrew System Bulletins (ACB)
and Aircrew System Changes (ACC).
l. Maintain a program binder to include:
(1) Applicable POCs.
(2) Most recent QA program audit, turn-over, self-audit, last MPA, and last AMI results.
(3) All outstanding Baseline Trouble Reports and Software Maintenance Tracking System
(SMTS) pertaining to the ALSS work center.
(4) Applicable correspondence and message traffic (Naval Messages, Aircrew System
Advisories (ASA), applicable Maintenance Engineering Advisories (MEAs), etc).
(5) JSETS inventory of all radios in possession of the command.
(6) Results of Air Quality tests for commands with breathing air compressors (retain for one
year).
(7) LCP (if applicable).
10.40.12.3 Quality Assurance Officer
Designate a QAR, (PR if assigned) as the ALSS and Egress Systems Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: Non-PR rate Program Monitors must receive training in the ALSS and Egress
Systems program elements they will inspect.
10.40.12.4 Program Monitor
Perform QA audits per the NAMP Compliance Auditing NAMPSOP, 10.7.
10.40.12.5 Work Center Supervisors
a. Assign only qualified, certified personnel to perform ALSS and egress systems maintenance.
b. Verify PPE is used by personnel during all hazardous ALSS maintenance, such as servicing
oxygen systems. Physically check the material condition of PPE weekly and replace when
necessary.
10-461
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Monitor the preparation, handling and storage of cartridges, flares, CADS, PADS, AEPS,
and rocket motors (installed or removed) for compliance with the NA 11-100-1.1, NAVSEA OP 4,
NAVSEA OP5 and other applicable directives.
d. Strictly enforce the ALSS tool control procedures outlined in paragraph 10.12.3.9.
e. Restrict all NRFI ALSS from use. A copy of the associated WO/MAF will be attached to all
NRFI items.
f. Periodically spot check work to ensure maintenance is being conducted per applicable
technical manuals/MRCs.
g. Verify ALSS support equipment, such as CO2 transfer pumps, webbing cutters and sewing
machines, etc., is operational and being correctly maintained.
h. Manage the OOMA Configuration Management/AERs for all ALSS components.
i. (O-Level only) Verify all ALSS tasks are set IAW paragraph 10.40.11.
j. Organize work centers in accordance with NAVAIR 13-1-6.2.
10.40.12.6 ALSS and Egress Systems Technicians
a. Strictly adhere to maintenance and inspection procedures specified in technical manuals,
with particular attention to CAUTIONS and WARNINGS.
b. Wear PPE during hazardous operations. Check the condition of PPE prior to use. Any worn
or unserviceable PPE must be immediately removed from service.
10.40.12.7 Aircrew
a. Be trained and comply with pre-flight/post-flight inspection procedures of their aircrew
personal protective equipment as outlined in COMNAVAIRFOR M-3710.7, NA 13-1-6 series
manuals, and NA 00-80T-123.
b. Perform pre-flight/post-flight inspections of their aircrew personal protective equipment as
outlined in COMNAVAIRFOR M-3710.7, NA 00-80T-123, and NA 13-1-6 series manuals.
c. Initiate a Work Order for any discrepancies found within their ALSS equipment.
10-462
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.41 Maintenance Department Safety (NAMPSOP)
10.41.1 References
10.41.2.1 Per references (a) and (b), all naval operational forces and shore establishments must
implement the Navy Safety Management System (SMS). Reference (c) applies to afloat naval
forces and embarked units. Reference (d) directs laser hazards controls. Reference (e) directs SMS
applicable to naval aviation. Reference (e) provides information and directions for managing risk.
Reference (f) provides direction on managing risk. Reference (g) directs safety policy specific to
Navy activities assigned to COMNAVAIRPAC, COMNAVAIRLANT, COMNAVAIRFORES,
and COMNAVAIRTRA. Reference (h) directs safety policy specific to Marine Corps activities.
10.41.2.2 The Maintenance Department Safety Program establishes policy to identify and report
the causes of mishaps and to reduce and eliminate mishaps through prevention, education, and
training. In addition to personnel risk mitigation, a proactive culture of risk identification and
management will reduce costs, avoid wasted man-hours, and improve operational readiness.
10.41.2.3 This NAMPSOP applies to all Navy and Marine Corps O-Level and I-Level aviation
maintenance activities.
10.41.3 General Requirements
10.41.3.1 Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) and Safety Training
a. All personnel must receive NAVOSH and safety training applicable to their duties. Training
requirements are extensive. Each command must review references (b), (c) and (h) and other
instructions applicable to their operating environment and location.
b. Training must be completed within 30 days upon checking into the Maintenance Department
or before being exposed to occupational hazards. Figure 10.41-1 provides an example for
documenting NAVOSH and safety training.
10.41.3.2 Safety Stand Down (SSD)
10-463
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
All maintenance activities must conduct quarterly SSD focusing on operational requirements,
performing duties in the work center, and off-duty activities to align with the fleet Safety
Management System (SMS) per reference (g).
10.41.3.3 Mishap and Hazard Reporting
Reference (e) contains policy for Maintenance Department participation in aviation safety,
including investigation and reporting of aviation hazards that are not reportable under the Naval
Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP). Reference (e) contains detailed report preparation
procedures.
NOTE: Submission of mishap or hazard reports required by OPNAVINST 3750.6 does not
negate the requirement for submission of reports required by the NAMP.
10.41.3.4 Industrial Hygiene Survey
Maintenance activities must have a current Industrial Hygienist (IH) survey. The survey must
cover the requirements specified in references (b), (h) and NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2, as applicable to
the maintenance operations performed. IH Surveys should be accessible to all hands.
NOTE: An update to the IH baseline survey is required whenever there are changes to work
processes and materials that may affect worker occupational exposure. For example,
changes in painting location, equipment, methods, or the type of paint being applied
(if isocyanates are involved) require a new survey. Contact your local supporting IH
program office for assistance.
10.41.4 Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Programs
The following programs are to be maintained IAW references (b), (h) and other applicable
directives.
10.41.4.1 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Personnel required to use or manage PPE must be familiar with references (b), (c), and (h),
including responsibilities of key personnel, training, maintenance, inspection and stowage of head
protection, foot protection, hand protection, safety clothing and personal flotation devices.
10.41.4.2 Hazardous Materials Control and Management (HMC&M)
a. Activities must comply with the hazardous materials control and management procedures of
10.19, references (b) and (h).
b. Personnel assigned duties involving the opening, mixing, or application of coating materials
must receive pre-placement and annual refresher training on the health hazards associated with the
coating materials they use. The training must include instruction on exposure controls, such as PPE
and occupational exposure limits (OEL) specified in the facility’s IH survey, references (b), (c), or
(h) when embarked.
c. Personnel assigned duties involving exposure to potentially harmful dusts, mists, and vapors
must use the PPE and clothing required by references (b), (c), (h), NAVAIR 17-1-125, NAVAIR
01-1A-509 SERIES, NAVAIR 01-1A-75, and as specified in the facility IH Survey.
d. Unprotected personnel will be restricted from areas with exposure to potentially harmful
dusts, mists, or vapors, and areas where polyurethane or other potentially hazardous coatings are
10-464
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
used, including opening, mixing, and application. Refer to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and the IH
survey to determine the specific hazards.
10.41.4.3 Fall Protection
All aviation maintenance activities must comply with a Fall Protection Program per references (b),
(h), and the Department of the Navy Fall Protection Guide, as applicable to their operations.
NOTE: Per reference (b) and (h) naval vessels must provide NAVSEA-approved fall
protection equipment to embarked squadrons required to work atop
aircraft/equipment.
10.41.4.4 Respiratory Protection Program
a. Maintenance activities must maintain a Respiratory Protection Program as directed in
reference (b), their facility IH survey, (when embarked) reference (c) and (Marine Corps only)
reference (h).
b. Personnel must receive medical evaluations and respirator fit-testing, as specified in the IH
survey.
NOTE: Per references (b) and (h) a cartridge change schedule must be established for all
respirator types.
10.41.4.5 Asbestos Management Program
I-Level maintenance activities must prepare written asbestos control procedures if they conduct
work processes are identified in their IH survey as involving asbestos containing material (ACM),
such as insulation blankets or hot section engine clamps. Procedures must set forth engineering and
work practice controls and disposal guidelines as outlined in references (b), (h) and the IH survey.
NOTE: Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC) provides technical
oversight of the facility Asbestos Management Program Ashore.
10.41.4.6 Hearing Conservation Program (HCP)
The HCP is a program of record involving noise exposure control, training, audiograms, and injury
investigation. All aviation maintenance activities must use the current IH survey to identify
hazardous noise areas and equipment and implement program requirements as directed in
references (b) and (h).
10.41.4.7 Sight Conservation Program
All aviation maintenance activities must implement a sight conservation program for all eye
hazardous areas and operations in accordance with references (b) and (h).
10.41.4.8 Lead Control Program
Maintenance activities must establish a lead control program that complies with Federal OSHA
regulations applicable to the type of operation. Maintenance departments whose employees have
occupational exposure to lead must have a written compliance program specific to their department.
This includes operations performed aboard vessels while in port or a repair facility. See references
(b) and (h) on how to tailor program requirements.
NOTE: Lead Hazard Awareness training is required for personnel using tin alloy solder.
10-465
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.41.4.9 Non-Ionizing Radiation Program
All maintenance activities employing sources of non-ionizing radiation which may affect the safety
and health of personnel must observe radiation protection requirements, exposure standards and
safety guidelines. References (b) and (h) provides additional program details.
10.41.4.10 Ergonomics Program
Maintenance activities must identify ergonomics risk factors as part of, or in conjunction with,
workplace inspections required by references (b) and (h) and IH surveys. Activities may seek
technical assistance from the resource list in references (b) and (h).
10.41.4.11 Laser Hazard Control Program
Activities operating and maintaining laser equipment must establish a Laser Hazard Control
Program per reference (d).
10.41.5 Responsibilities
b. Identify and define high-risk maintenance events unique to their T/M/S aircraft and
operational environment, such as aircraft moves and dynamic events, and publish Aviation
Maintenance Evolution ORM worksheets with the factors listed in reference (d).
10.41.5.2 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. Designate the Quality Assurance Supervisor (QAS) as the Maintenance Department Safety
Program Manager per 10.1.2.9.
NOTE: In activities without a QA Supervisor billet, the MO will designate a QAR as the
Maintenance Department Safety Manager.
10-466
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. (O-Level) Publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D, if required to direct
geographic, T/M/S specific, or command directed actions for maintenance safety not addressed in
this NAMPSOP or Wing LCP. O-Level LCPs must be submitted to the Wing or MAG for
consideration of incorporation in a Wing LCP.
c. (I-Level) Publish local command procedures (LCP) per Appendix D to address maintenance
safety applicable to high-risk maintenance tasks performed by the activity not addressed in this
NAMPSOP, other areas of the NAMP, or other safety directives. Example: Engine Test Facility
(ETF) operations.
d. Forward NAVOSH Safety Walk Through Checklist discrepancies to the applicable Division
for corrective actions as required.
10.41.5.3 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO)
a. Perform QA audits of the Maintenance Department Safety Program per 10.7.
b. Coordinate and monitor NAVOSH Safety Walk Through Checklist discrepancy corrective
actions by the divisions.
10.41.5.4 Program Manager
a. Perform initial and annual Program Manager audits of Maintenance Department Safety
Program per 10.7.
b. Perform Program Manager responsibilities addressed in reference (b) for ashore activities,
reference (c) for afloat activities, and reference (h) for Marine Corps activities as applicable.
c. Be familiar with all ACC/TYCOM safety directives (reference (h) Marine Corps activities).
d. (Navy) Coordinate maintenance department Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
compliance with the local region Commander, Naval Installations Command per reference (b).
e. Ensure quarterly inspections of maintenance division, maintenance equipment and facilities
are performed utilizing the NAVOSH Safety Walk-Through Checklist on NAVSAFCEN website
https://intelshare.intelink.gov/sites/navsafe/Pages/AvMaintenanceBstPrac.aspx. Discrepancies will
be routed to the MO via the QAO for corrective actions by the applicable division.
f. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Maintenance Department Safety policy per
10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Maintenance Department Safety familiarization prior to
performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must be specific to the duties
the individual performs.
g. Collect and provide maintenance and material data necessary for the preparation of reports
required by reference (e).
h. Provide Maintenance Department Safety Program indoctrination training per 10.1.
i. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
10-467
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
10.41.5.5 Division Officers
a. Review NAVOSH Safety Walk Through Checklist discrepancies and coordinate corrective
actions as required. Report corrections to QAO.
b. Maintain a division program audit file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic
(3) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(4) Initial and most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) audit
(5) NAVOSH Safety Walk Through Checklist results and corrective actions as required
10.41.5.6 Work Center Supervisors
a. Provide NAVOSH and safety training to personnel upon reporting to work center. The
training will be specific to the maintenance performed by the work center. Training will be
recorded in ASM.
b. Report all safety hazards to Maintenance Control/Production Control and the Maintenance
Department Safety Program Manager.
c. Assist Division Officer and Division Branch Chief with corrective actions resulting from
program manager NAVOSH Safety Walk Through Checklist inspections.
10.41.5.7 Maintenance Personnel
a. Comply with all safety requirements applicable to the maintenance tasks they perform.
b. Immediately report all safety hazards to the Work Center Supervisor.
10-468
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NAVOSH/SAFETY TRAINING
NAME:
DATE REPORTED:
INSTRUCTOR/ INSTRUCTOR/
TOPIC (Periodicity) REFERENCE
DATE DATE
NAVOSH Program Topics (Annually): OPNAV M-5100.23, B0611
• Identification of key personnel and
chain of command.
• Hazard Identification
• Hazard Communication
• Mishap Prevention
• Safety Precautions and Standards
Hearing Conservation (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, B1806
Sight Conservation (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, B1901
Lead (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, B2101
Radio Frequency Radiation (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, B2212
Ergonomics (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, Appendix
B23-E
Reproductive Hazards (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23, B2903
Fire Prevention/Equipment (Annually) OPNAV M-5100.23
Mishap Reporting (Annually) OPNAVINST 5102.1
ORM (Quarterly) OPNAVINST 3500.39
Laser (Annually, if applicable) OPNAVINST 5100.27B/MCO
5104.1
Asbestos Hazards (Annually, if applicable) OPNAV M-5100.23, B17
Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear OPNAV M-5100.23, B26
Explosives (CBRNE, if applicable)
Confined Space Entry (Annually, if OPNAV M-5100.23, B27
applicable)
Battery Safety (Quarterly, if applicable) NA 17-15-BAD-1
First Aid /CPR (Annually, if applicable) OPNAV M-5100.23
NOTE: This list is not all inclusive. Other safety training may be applicable due to types of
maintenance performed and operational location.
10-469
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.42 Aircraft Engine/Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Turn-up License and Aircraft Taxi
License Procedures (NAMPSOP)
10.42.1 References
This NAMPSOP establishes the minimum procedures for licensing maintenance personnel to
perform aircraft engine/APU turn-up or aircraft taxi operations.
NOTES: 1. Refer to Chapter 12 for Depot FRC licensing procedures.
2. Aircraft mounted gas turbine starters are subject to APU turn-up licensing
requirements.
10.42.3 Aircraft Engine/APU Turn-up Licensing
10-470
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: F-35 aircraft are equipped with an Integrated Power Package (IPP) which can be
externally operated from the Maintenance Interface Panel (MIP), outside of the
cockpit. When an operator is licensed to externally operate the IPP that license does
not authorize them to operate the IPP from the cockpit.
b. Open and closed book written tests. The closed book test will contain questions related to
APU/engine turn-up emergency procedures (as applicable to the license being issued). The test
may be administered by a T/M/S NATOPS instructor, assistant NATOPS instructor, enlisted
aircrew NATOPS instructor, or a QAR. Minimum passing score is 90% on the open book section
and 100% on the closed book section.
c. Practical Evaluation. The practical evaluation must be equal to the highest level qualification
for the license, and administered by a T/M/S Pilot NATOPS Instructor, assistant NATOPS
Instructor, qualified FCF pilot, or enlisted aircrew NATOPS Instructor qualified to perform
engine/APU turn-up per 10.42.3.2. It will consist of the following:
(1) On aircraft safety walk around
(2) Engine/APU turn
NOTES: 1. The practical evaluation for licenses issued only for turn-up of the APU may be
administered by a designated TQI.
2. Aircraft simulators may be utilized to conduct practical evaluations of the
Engine/APU turn for initial licensing to create an enhanced training environment
for the evaluation of emergency procedures.
10.42.3.2 In activities with enlisted aircrew personnel that perform engine/APU turn-up as part of
their aircrew duties, completion of the aircrew NATOPS training curriculum and designation via
the NATOPS Evaluation Report (OPNAV 3710/7) qualifies them to perform engine/APU turn-up
for those systems (engine or APU) they are NATOPS qualified to perform. Requalification is per
NATOPS.
10.42.3.3 To maintain qualification, licensed Aircraft Taxi personnel must:
a. Perform a turn-up at least once every 180 days. Multiple level qualification operators
(APU/Low power/High power) must perform a turn for the highest level qualification they hold.
Personnel exceeding the 180 day proficiency turn will have their license placed “Not in Use” in
ASM, the working copy of the MPP will be updated, and the operators SMQ’s will be removed
from OOMA and they will not be allowed to turn engines/APUs until they have completed a
practical evaluation per 10.42.3.1.c. The retest will be documented on the Part I of the Aircraft
Engine/APU Turn-up License (OPNAV 4790/192) or ASM equivalent.
NOTE: Aircraft simulators may be utilized to maintain qualification for Aircraft
Engine/Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Turn-up Licensing.
b. Retake and pass the open and closed book written tests and practical evaluation every 12
months. For example, a turn-up license issued 17 June 2020 requires retesting no later than 30 June
2021. The annual retest will be documented on Part I of the Aircraft Engine/APU Turn-up License
(OPNAV 4790/192) or ASM equivalent. The renewal syllabus must be completed before the
current qualification is expired, otherwise, they will be restricted from any engine/APU runs, the
10-471
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
working copy of the MPP will be updated, and the operators SMQ’s will be removed, until the
renewal syllabus is complete.
10.42.3.4 NAMP Indoctrination. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Aircraft Engine/APU
Turn-up License policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Aircraft Engine/APU Turn-up
License familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center.
10.42.4 Aircraft Taxi License
10-472
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Only NATOPS qualified Unmanned Aircraft (UA) naval aviators or ground personnel
designated by the CO as UA Taxi Operators will be permitted to taxi UA.
10.42.5 Responsibilities
10-473
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs.
(2) References or cross-reference locator sheets.
(3) Most current program assessment and QA audit.
(4) Program correspondence and message traffic.
(5) List of licensed personnel and TQIs, including name, rate or rank, or series or grade,
Aircraft and Engine T/M/S, date designated, renewal due date, and projected rotation date.
e. Copy of TQI designation letters (if not documented in ASM).
10.42.5.5 Quality Assurance (QA) Officer
Designate a QAR licensed to perform engine/APU turn-up or aircraft taxi (if applicable) as the
Program Monitor per 10.1.2.9.
10.42.5.6 Program Monitor
Perform QA audits per paragraph 10.7.5.7.
10.42.5.7 Turn Qualification Instructors
a. Provide thorough training in all elements specified in the Engine/APU Turn-up training
syllabus. A training element will not be signed off until the trainee demonstrates knowledge and
skill in the area.
b. Assist trainees in preparing for the written and practical evaluation, and notify the Program
Manager when personnel are ready for testing.
10.42.5.8 Engine/APU/Taxi Operators
a. Maintain currency and proficiency in all areas covered in the training syllabus.
b. Ensure aircraft are properly secured per T/M/S maintenance manual and applicable
NATOPS prior to maintenance turns.
c. Strictly follow prescribed engine/APU/taxi operating procedures and safety precautions at all
times.
10-474
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-475
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-476
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.43 Unmanned Aircraft Systems Ground Maintenance Vehicle Operator (GMVO)
Program (NAMPSOP)
10.43.1 References
10.43.2.1 Preflight, Engine Start and Maintenance Ground Checks are an integral part of
organizational aircraft evolutions. Aircraft evolutions must be facilitated by qualified maintenance
personnel who are authorized to operate the air vehicle on the deck.
10.43.2.2 Local authorities may institute additional safety procedures as appropriate. The following
procedures are the minimum requirements.
10.43.3 Requirements
10.43.3.1 Commanding Officers (CO) may issue in writing a GMVO License (Figure 10.43-1) and
GMVO Instructor designation (Figure 10.43-2) or via Advanced Skills Management (ASM) per
10.1.2.9 to enlisted military, civilian government employees, or contractor maintenance personnel.
Prior to initial licensing, personnel must complete a comprehensive training Job Qualification
Requirement (JQR), testing syllabus and oral board developed by a T/M/S Pilot NATOPS
instructor. The syllabus must include:
a. Hands-on training in engine start procedures and safety precautions specified in references
10.43.1 a. through e. (as applicable to the aircraft and operational mission of the command).
Training will be conducted and signed off by a T/M/S Pilot NATOPS instructor, Assistant
NATOPS Instructor, qualified FCF Pilot, GMVO Instructor, or GMVO qualified enlisted aircrew
NATOPS instructor.
b. Practical Evaluation. The practical evaluation may be administered by a T/M/S Pilot
NATOPS instructor, Assistant NATOPS Instructor, qualified FCF Pilot, GMVO Instructor, or
GMVO qualified enlisted aircrew NATOPS instructor qualified to perform engine or APU turn-up.
c. Open and closed book written tests. The closed book test will contain questions related to
engine turn-up emergency procedures. The test may be administered by a T/M/S Pilot, NATOPS
instructor, Assistant NATOPS Instructor, GMVO Instructor, GMVO qualified enlisted aircrew
NATOPS instructor, QAR or a CDQAR. Minimum passing score is 90 percent on the open book
section and 100 percent on the closed book section.
d. Oral examination board. The oral examination board will consist of five members at a
minimum and must include the MO (chair member), GMVO Program Manager, Safety Officer, one
10-477
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
T/M/S pilot, and Program Coordinator. Oral boards will ensure GMVO participants fully
comprehend the GMVO program requirements prior to being qualified.
e. Failure to attain a minimum grade of 90 percent on the GMVO open book written exam, 100
percent on the emergency procedures closed book exam, and/or a grade of “SAT” on the practical
examination will require a ten working day remedial period prior to retesting/re-examination.
During remedial period, the member will document additional training prior to re-examination. The
remedial training must comprise of, at a minimum, emergency procedures and any other area of the
training syllabus the member was found deficient. The MO may determine if an additional oral
board is required as part of the remedial retesting or re-examination.
10.43.3.2 To maintain GMVO qualification, licensed personnel must:
a. Perform a proficiency turn at least once every 180 days. Qualification proficiency turns will
be documented on GMVO License (Figure 10.43-1) or in ASM. Personnel exceeding the 180 day
proficiency turn or TAD in excess of 180 days from activity will have their license placed “Not in
Use” in ASM, the working copy of the MPP will be updated accordingly, and the operators SMQ’s
will be removed from OOMA. GMVO qualified personnel with licenses placed in “Not in Use”
status will not be allowed to turn engines until they have completed a practical examination per
10.43.3.1.b.
b. Retake and pass the open and closed book written tests and a practical examination every 12
months from initial qualification. For example, a GMVO turn-up license issued 17 June 2020
requires retesting no later than 30 June 2021. Annual qualification retesting will be documented on
a new GMVO license or via ASM. The renewal syllabus must be completed before the current
qualification is expired; otherwise, qualified personnel will be restricted from any engine runs, the
working copy of the MPP will be updated, and the operator’s SMQ’s will be removed until the
renewal syllabus is complete. Re-qualifications should be completed within three months of
deployment to ensure qualification does not expire during deployment.
10.43.4 Responsibilities
10-478
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: COs may not delegate authority to designate GMVO Instructors or qualify GMVO
personnel.
10.43.4.3 Maintenance Officer
a. Designate a GMVO Program Coordinator. The Program Coordinator must be E-5 or above
assigned to the Maintenance Department. Designation will be in writing per 10.1.2.9 or via ASM.
b. Chair all GMVO oral examination boards or designate alternate GMVO board chair in
writing during time of absence via the MPP.
c. Recommend to the CO, personnel who have satisfactorily completed the training program for
designation utilizing GMVO License via (Figure 10.43-1) or in ASM.
d. Recommend personnel who are currently GMVO licensed, CDI, QAR or CDQAR qualified
and have satisfactorily passed the written examination given by the GMVO Program Manager for
designation as a GMVO Instructor to the CO, utilize GMVO Designation Letter in (Figure 10.43-2)
or in ASM.
10.43.4.4 GMVO Program Manager
a. Designated by the CO to perform duties as the GMVO Program Manager per the MPP via
10.1.2.9.
b. Manage the GMVO Program per this NAMPSOP and applicable Type Wing/MAG LCP.
c. Perform an audit using the Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) within 60 days
of initial assignment and annually thereafter.
d. Ensure all GMVO NATOPS qualification records, designation letters, and GMVO licenses
are current.
e. Annually review written open book, closed book, and practical examinations using CSEC,
which will be administered by a pilot NATOPS instructor, qualified FCF pilot, or GMVO
Instructor. QARs or CDQARs may administer the written examinations only.
10.43.4.5 GMVO Program Coordinator
a. E-5 or above licensed as GMVO and designated by the CO as a GMVO Instructor,
responsible to the GMVO Program Manager.
b. Track progress of candidates and ensure syllabus completion. Publish a schedule of renewal
due dates in the MPP per 10.1.5.3.e, and verify licensed personnel are maintaining proficiency and
renewal requirements.
c. Screen qualification documentation for personnel recommended for designation as GMVO
Instructors.
d. Forward Operator licenses and Instructor designation letters to the CO for approval via the
MO.
e. Ensure GMVO practical examinations are administered by a T/M/S Pilot NATOPS
Instructor, Assistant NATOPS Instructor, qualified FCF pilot, GMVO Instructor, or GMVO
qualified enlisted aircrew NATOPS instructor qualified to perform engine or APU turn-up utilizing
CSEC and NATOPS evaluation worksheet.
f. Document Qualification revocation in member’s GMVO NATOPS record.
10-479
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. Coordinate and convene oral examination boards for GMVO candidates upon successful
completion of GMVO JQR, open and closed book written examinations, and Practical examination.
The oral examination board will consist of five members at a minimum and must include the MO,
GMVO Program Manager, Safety Officer, one T/M/S pilot, and Program Coordinator.
h. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) POCs
(2) References or cross-reference locator sheets
(3) Initial program assessment and most recent QA audit
(4) Program correspondence and message traffic
(5) List of licensed personnel and designated GMVO Instructors, including name, rate and
rank, series and grade, or contractor, as applicable. Include aircraft and engine T/M/S, date
designated, 180 day proficiency turn due date and completion date, twelve month renewal due date,
and projected rotation date.
(6) Copy of GMVO designation letters (if not documented in ASM)
i. Provide NAMP indoctrination training on GMVO policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel
receive GMVO familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center.
Training must be specific to the duties the individual performs.
10.43.4.6 Quality Assurance Officer (QAO)
a. Designate a GMVO qualified QAR as the GMVO Program Monitor via the MPP.
b. Ensure all tests are secured and that a test log is maintained via ASM or paper as necessary,
that include at a minimum the member’s name, rate and rank, series and grade, or contractor (as
applicable), work center, name of exam, date of exam, exam score and name of QAR or CDQAR
who administered and graded the examination. Personnel who do not reach the minimum passing
score must wait ten working days from the date of the unsuccessful attempt.
c. Oversee the administration of GMVO written tests by QAR or CDQARs to candidates after
their successful completion of the GMVO JQR.
d. Ensure a comprehensive review of GMVO tests are accomplished annually and provide any
information to the WING or MAG that would require a change to the examination, with the
assistance of the Program Manager.
10.43.4.7 GMVO Program Monitor
a. Maintain qualification as a GMVO.
b. Perform audits using CSEC per the procedures of 10.7.5.7.
c. Assist in administering of GMVO written examinations.
10.43.4.8 GMVO Instructor
a. Maintain current GMVO qualification and be a QAR, CDQAR or CDI.
b. Pass a NATOPS practical examination with the GMVO Program Coordinator or Program
Monitor.
10-480
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Maintain designation in writing by the CO or via ASM in the MPP and Program Coordinator
program file.
d. Assist the Program Coordinator in administering written and practical examinations.
10.43.4.9 Ground Maintenance Vehicle Operator (GMVO)
a. Complete GMVO JQR.
b. Maintain GMVO qualifications per this NAMPSOP utilizing GMVO License (Figure 10.43-
1) or via ASM.
c. Conduct a Maintenance Control brief and screen the Aircraft Discrepancy Book (ADB) or
Automated Aircraft Discrepanxcy Book (AADB) per 5.1.5.3 for relevant discrepancies prior to
turning the air vehicle.
d. Ensure air vehicle engine is operated only within approved areas.
e. Use the T/M/S NATOPS manual and applicable Preflight Checklists to complete an aircraft
walk around prior to air vehicle start.
f. Ensure that a fire bottle watch, and all applicable GSE operators are present for the duration
of the turn. All turn personnel must attend Maintenance Control brief or have a Maintenance
Controller present if done on the flight line.
g. Maintain currency with all safety precautions, emergency procedures, danger areas, and
general air vehicle operation procedures associated with each T/M/S licensed to operate.
h. Sign Block 9 of the Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance Record (OPNAV 4790/141), as
required.
10.43.4.10 Training Petty Officer
a. If not using ASM, ensure that completed training documentation is placed in the individual’s
training record. A copy of the signed designation letter will be placed on top of the GMVO License
and the corresponding training records.
b. During times of ASM inaccessibility utilize Figure 10.43-1 and Figure 10.43-2 as necessary,
ensuring all data is uploaded upon ASM availability.
10-481
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
GROUND MAINTENANCE VEHICLE OPERATOR (GMVO) LICENSE
From: GMVO Program Coordinator
To: Commanding Officer
Via: (1) GMVO Program Manager
(2) Maintenance Officer
Subj: (T/M/S) GROUND MAINTENANCE VEHICLE OPERATOR LICENSE
Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 (series)
(b) CNAF M-3710.7 (series)
1. Per references (a) and (b), ___________________ has completed all requirements and is fully
qualified to perform the duties of a (T/M/S) Ground Maintenance Vehicle Operator (GMVO).
________________________________
GMVO Program Coordinator / Date
FIRST ENDORSEMENT
From: GMVO Program Manager
To: Maintenance Officer
1. Above named individual meets all requirements and is recommended for approval as an (T/M/S)
GMVO.
________________________________
GMVO Program Manager / Date
------------------------------------------
SECOND ENDORSEMENT
From: Maintenance Officer
To: Commanding Officer
10-482
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
GROUND MAINTENANCE VEHICLE OPERATOR (GMVO) INSTRUCTOR
DESIGNATION
From: GMVO Program Coordinator
To: Commanding Officer
Via: (1) GMVO Program Manager
(2) Maintenance Officer
Subj: (T/M/S) GROUND MAINTENANCE VEHICLE OPERATOR INSTRUCTOR
DESIGNATION
Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 (series)
(b) CNAF M-3710.7 (series)
1. Per references (a) and (b), ___________________ has completed all requirements and is fully
qualified to perform the duties of a (T/M/S) Ground Maintenance Vehicle Operator (GMVO)
Instructor.
GMVO Program Coordinator / Date: ________________________________
------------------------------------------
FIRST ENDORSEMENT
From: GMVO Program Manager
To: Maintenance Officer
1. Above named individual meets all requirements and is recommended for approval as an (T/M/S)
GMVO Instructor.
GMVO Program Manager / Date: ________________________________
------------------------------------------
SECOND ENDORSEMENT
From: Maintenance Officer
To: Commanding Officer
1. Forwarded recommending approval as a GMVO Instructor.
Maintenance Officer / Date: _________________________________
------------------------------------------
From: Commanding Officer
To: _________________________
1. You are hereby designated as a GMVO Instructor.
________________________________
Commanding Officer / Date
10-483
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.44 Low Observables Maintenance Program (LOMP) (NAMPSOP)
10.44.1 References
10-484
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
but are not limited to, the application of Radar Absorbent Material (RAM). For specific details on
aircraft signature control requirements, refer to OPNAVINST 9070.2.
NOTE: For additional guidance on the content of this chapter, contact the NAVAIR LO
Groups in Collaboration (LOGIC) Team at navair-logic@us.navy.mil.
10.44.3 Requirements
All squadrons maintaining low observable aircraft must place special emphasis on the physical
requirements of this program. LO maintenance is critical and must only be performed by qualified
personnel. Activities maintaining LO treatments will comply with type/model/series (T/M/S)
specific requirements for maintaining LO, to include inspection, evaluation, repair, restoration,
verification, and certification. Each activity employing low observable aircraft will ensure that Low
Observables Technicians and Supervisors are qualified to the minimum training required, as
defined by local command procedures (LCPs) and NAVAIR program requirements.
a. LO repair and restoration on-aircraft must only be performed using the T/M/S-approved
technical publications. Deviations may only be authorized through the cognizant engineering
authority.
b All LO activities will conduct, review, and verify annual system audits on low observable
T/M/S and signature assessment software to verify integrity of maintenance procedures and
electronic inputs (if applicable).
NOTES: 1. Improper LO maintenance increases the risk to survivability and mission
effectiveness. Improper LO maintenance may also increase the risk of corrosion,
which can lead to significant repair costs, manpower increases, decreased low
observable capabilities, and decreased mission readiness. LO and Corrosion
Prevention and Control Programs are complimentary and their requirements must
be managed as such.
2. Paragraph 10.13.3.8 describes aircraft and equipment painting requirements,
including those for low observable aircraft.
10.44.4 Navy and Marine Corps Activities
All Navy and Marine Corps O-Level and I-Level activities responsible for maintaining low
observable aircraft (including respective systems, components, and support equipment (SE)) will
comply with the LO Maintenance Program.
NOTE: All low observable T/M/S are developed and supported with different requirements.
This NAMPSOP only defines the general requirements applicable to all low
observable T/M/S.
10.44.5 Training
Only qualified personnel will perform LO maintenance, as per T/M/S-specific minimum training
required, as defined by the Type Wing or Marine Aircraft Group (MAG) LCPs and NAVAIR
program requirements.
a. T/M/S-specific JQR and or PQS in ASM must be used to ensure personnel are capable of
performing LO maintenance and assessment functions in order to achieve and retain an effective
LO Program.
10-485
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. All newly reporting maintenance personnel will receive Naval Aviation Maintenance
Program (NAMP) Indoctrination Training on the LO Maintenance Program per paragraph 10.1.
c. All personnel performing maintenance on low observable aircraft or LO components and
systems to include certifying low observable aircraft as Safe for Flight (SFF), must receive job
specific training on the LO program requirements.
10.44.6 Responsibilities
10-486
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
by developing an LCP for LO Maintenance. At a minimum, the LCP will include the minimum
training requirements for LO technicians and supervisors per paragraph 10.44.5 as determined by
the NAVAIR program requirements. Additionally, develop an in-depth, written, open book LO
maintenance test for inclusion with airframes CDI testing requirements.
d. Coordinate and enforce the provisions and requirements provided in the SMP for all low
observable aircraft.
e. Verify the information in submitted LO system audit reports or equivalent, as received from
the originator. When incomplete or incorrect information is noted, contact the originating author to
make the necessary changes prior to forwarding to NAVAIR LOGIC team via navair-
logic@us.navy.mil.
f. Include the low observable system into the Material Condition Inspection (MCI)
requirements specified in CNAFINST 4790.5.
NOTE: LO trends and SMP findings must be the basis for LO system MCI requirements.
g. Develop and maintain a Concept of Operations (CONOPS) to ensure all LO materials and
components are handled appropriately and classified Support/Test equipment is stored and operated
in authorized areas IAW DODM 5200.01.
10.44.6.4 Maintenance Officer/Aircraft Maintenance Officer
a. Publish LCP per Appendix D, if required, to address any T/M/S-specific or local procedures
not addressed in this NAMPSOP.
b. Designate a LO qualified Airframe technician in writing as the LO Program Manager and a
LO qualified Airframe technician QAR as the LO Program Monitor via the MPP per paragraph
10.1.2.9.
c. Designate via the MPP a list of Work Center 120/12L/12C personnel qualified in the
handling of damaged classified LO components as applicable per T/M/S.
d. Verify annually with program security personnel that the LO Program Manager and Monitor
maintain applicable Collateral and Special Access Program (SAP) security clearances and/or access
for low observable T/M/S (e.g. collateral and/or SAP) as applicable per T/M/S.
e. Ensure appropriate procedures for handling of classified material when damaged LO
components are incorporated into the unit per CONOPS as applicable per T/M/S.
f. Establish a 12L work center. Designations will be in writing, via the MPP. Work Center 12L
personnel must be qualified to perform LO maintenance per T/M/S requirements.
10.44.6.5 Maintenance Control/Production Control
a. Screen maintenance workload daily and prioritize LO maintenance accordingly.
b. Maintenance Control is responsible for ensuring all LO discrepancies are addressed through
proper maintenance management and scheduling IAW T/M/S Type Wing or MAG policy and
Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix guidance. Failure to do so may result in loss of mission
capability, long-term outer mold line (OML), airframe material degradation, and will add
significant cost to maintaining or reconditioning the system.
c. Verify LO material damages and repairs are within limits specified in T/M/S-specific MIMs
prior to releasing aircraft Safe for Flight.
10-487
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Brief pilots and aircrew if any conditions affecting LO exist prior to each flight.
e. Ensure up-to-date status of LO integrity for each aircraft assigned is displayed on Visual
Electronic Display (VED) or equivalent maintenance monitoring system for visual reference by all
maintenance personnel IAW paragraph 5.1.3.3.
10.44.6.6 Program Manager
a Perform a CSEC program manager audit within 60 days of designation as Program Manager
and annually thereafter per 10.7.5.8.
b. Maintain knowledge currency in the requirements of all applicable references cited in this
instruction and applicable T/M/S maintenance manuals.
c. Provide technical advice and assistance to work centers in matters pertaining to LO.
d. Provide NAMP Indoctrination Training on the LO Program per paragraph 10.1.
e. Maintain a LO Program binder to include:
(1) Applicable POCs, at a minimum, must include AMMT LO Program Inspectors, Type
Wing or MAG LO Program Manager and Inspectors, and designated LO Field Support Engineer
(FSE) (if applicable).
(2) Program related correspondence and message traffic.
(3) Applicable references or cross reference locator sheets.
(4) Most current Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) assessment.
(5) Industrial Hygienist, Safety Officer, and Environmental Officer contact information.
(6) Ensure all uninstalled LO components are handled and stored in a manner that prevents
damage or destruction of coating or structure per CONOPS.
(7) Coordinate with the Corrosion Control Manager and ensure LO programs comply with
corrosion control requirements.
(8) Provide and update a list of work center personnel qualified in handling damaged
classified components for inclusion into the MPP.
(9) Ensure work center personnel only use authorized procedures when working on and
around low observable systems.
WARNING: LOSS OF AIRCRAFT AND OR AIRCREW MAY OCCUR IF THERE IS
FAILURE TO EXPLICITLY COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT
IN UNKNOWN SIGNATURE VALUES AND UNPREDICTABLE
MATERIAL DEGRADATION THAT MAY IMPACT AIRWORTHINESS OF
THE AIRCRAFT.
(10) Ensure LO maintenance complies with the Hazardous Material Control and
Management (HMC&M) Program (NAMPSOP) 10.19, to include training and qualification
requirements per paragraph 10.19.3.2.
(11) Provide LO Program NAMP Indoctrination Training to all maintenance personnel
annually and report via the MPP. Training must include personnel responsibilities and be
documented on the NAMP Indoctrination training sheet in the individual's training record.
10-488
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(12) Assist QA or program monitor in any action that may require a Naval Aviation
Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) report or equivalent when reporting
concerning LO discrepancies or non-standard discrepancies or repairs.
(13) Ensure LO maintenance, inspection, evaluation, repair, verification, and mission
planning is accomplished and supervised by qualified personnel.
(14) Review and submit LO system audit results received from LO Program Monitor to
applicable Type Wing or MAG.
10.44.6.7 Program Monitor
a. Perform audits using NAMP CSEC per paragraph 10.7.
b. (O-Level) Review annually general LO questions for inclusion in all CDI tests administered
by Quality Assurance.
c. (AIMD/FRC I-Level/MALs) Develop an in-depth, written, open book LO maintenance test
for inclusion with airframes CDI testing requirements.
d. Perform trend analysis on LO system audits and report findings and data to LO Program
Manager.
e. Conduct annual system audits on low observable T/M/S and signature assessment software
to verify integrity of maintenance procedures and electronic inputs (if applicable).
10-489
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.45 Additive Manufacturing (AM) Program NAMPSOP
10.45.1 References
a. NAVAIRINST 4790.41 Policies and Procedures for the Implementation and Execution of
Additive Manufacturing for the Naval Aviation Enterprise
b. NAVAIR SOP 4790.41 Standard Operating Procedures for Additive Manufacturing Process
and Procedures
b. NAVAIRINST 13034.1 Airworthiness Policy
c. NAVADMIN 226/20 Process For Parts and Supplies Produced by Organic Navy Additive
Manufacturing
d. NAVSEAINST 4870.10 Guidance On The Use Of Additive Manufacturing
e. NAVAIRINST 4130.1 Naval Air Systems Command Configuration Management Process
10.45.2 Introduction
NAVAIR Additive Manufacturing (AM) Integrated Production Team (IPT) is the technical lead for
this NAMPSOP and for the AM Program. JTDI AM (https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am) is the fleet
interface for the program.
10.45.3 Requirements
This NAMPSOP is applicable to Navy and Marine Corps Organizational, Intermediate, and Depot
levels of maintenance. The I-Level is tasked to operate organic AM equipment that the O-Level
and D-Level may receive, and utilize AM parts and Job Aids as defined in references a. through e.
from the I-Level.
10.45.4 Part Requirements
AM parts produced within Work Center 550 for the installation on Naval aircraft, Aircraft Launch
and Recovery Equipment (ALRE), Support Equipment (SE), or weapons platforms must be
manufactured as follows:
a. In accordance with approved Technical Data Packages (TDP’s) per paragraph 10.8.2.3.
b. By qualified personnel designated in Advanced Skills Management (ASM) as Work Center
550 Operators, CDI’s, QAR’s, and CDQAR’s designated per Chapter 7.
c. On equipment authorized by the AM IPT per reference a. (waiver request will be submitted
to the NAVAIR AM IPT at NAVAIR_AdditiveManufacturing_Home@us.navy.mil).
d. Must be documented via MAF and include manufacturing information in the corrective
action block.
e. Conform with the requirements outlined in NAVADMIN 226/20.
NOTE: These requirements do not apply to items classified as AM Job Aids.
10-490
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.45.5 AM Job Aid Requirements
a. Items produced using AM supporting Naval Aviation that are not for installation on Naval
aircraft, ALRE, SE, or weapons platforms are classified as AM Job Aids. A Job Aid is a non-
certified expendable item fabricated and used during a specific maintenance process.
NOTE: AM Job Aids may be upgraded to AM parts by the Program Offices for adoption
across the enterprise or inclusion in a publication or TD.
b. AM Job Aids may be used within O, I, and D-Level maintenance activities.
c. Job Aids must:
(1) Not be specified in published technical data to include maintenance manuals, Technical
Directives (TDs), Tool Control Manuals (TCMs), and Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals
(IETMs).
(2) Not damage parts, components, or cause injury to personnel.
(3) Must be documented using the Job Aid form via https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am
(4) Must be documented via separate MAF for initial development and ultimate manufacture
through the use of work requests to Work Center 550. Manufacturing MAFs for Job Aid’s must
contain the following information in the corrective action:
1. Local tracking number assigned
2. Nomenclature
3. Job Aid intended location of use
4. Date of manufacture
5. Estimated cost and time savings per maintenance evolution
d. Approval for any Job Aid can be granted by the Fleet Support Team (FST) Fleet Engineering
Disposition (FED) AM IPT Chief Engineer (CHENG) or within a maintenance activity by the
Quality Assurance Officer (QAO).
e. Approved AM Job Aid’s must be uploaded to https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am.
f. AM Job Aids may not be added to tool boxes or TCM’s without written permission from the
program office (elevation to an AM part as SE is the preferred method).
g. AM Job Aids must be tracked at all times by the activity utilizing the manufactured Job Aid
by the QA work center. The following information must be provided in the Job Aid Tracking
Binder within QA:
(a) Local tracking number
(b) Nomenclature
(c) Date of manufacture
(d) Work Center Job Aid issued
(e) CDI name (from the work request MAF)
10-491
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(f) Date of destruction (from the work request MAF)
(g) CDI name and signature (witnessing proper destruction and disposal)
h. AM Job Aids may be used within O, I, and D Level maintenance activities.
i. If Job Aids are used outside of the I-Level operating Work Center 550 then the activity using
the AM Job Aid will track the compliance of the requirements listed above through their QA office
per 10.45.5.g.
10.45.6 Equipment Requirements
Work Center 550 will maintain at a minimum one qualified operator, one CDI, or CDQAR in ASM.
10.45.8 Facilities and Environmental Requirements
a. Commands operating Work Center 550 are responsible for the upkeep of facilities required
to operate all AM equipment. For sites operating Tier Two equipment, it is essential to maintain
clean air and electricity to the equipment at all times.
b. Any degradation of the facilities affecting the use or performance of the AM equipment for
more than a 24 hour period, must be reported to the AM IPT within 72 hours per 5.2.8.
c. Activities operating Tier Two equipment, must maintain a current Industrial Health (IH)
survey in the work center.
10.45.9 Responsibilities,
10-492
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Monitor subordinate activity’s use of AM and report findings to COMFRC, CNAF, USMC
HQ, and DON Leadership.
10.45.9.2 NAVAIR Program Offices
a. Perform all functions outlined in the AM NAVAIRINST 4790.41.
b. Coordinate with ASD per paragraph 6.6 on the identification of AM candidates as well as the
assignment of AM (NAVAIRINST 4790.41) workload priorities.
c. Issue Technical Directives (TD) and Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) updates as required,
to include the addition of AM components in accordance with configuration management policies
and procedures per NAVAIRINST 4130.1.
d. Conduct and provide the AM IPT with a yearly review of AM Red Category components
defined in AM NAVAIRINST 4790.41 under the respective PMA’s preview for applicability.
e. Assign an AM POC to field questions from the Fleet and NAVAIR AM IPT.
10.45.9.3 Type Wing or MAG
Coordinate with the AM IPT prior to training evolutions, work-up cycles, deployments, or any
other conditions where NAVAIR fielded AM equipment will be operating outside of normal
CONUS operations to ensure adequate AM material supply, current software licensing, and cyber
compliance for the duration of operational commitments.
10.45.9.4 AIMD Afloat
a. While the use of AM in support of Naval Aviation is controlled by NAVAIR; AIMD Work
Center 550 must adhere to the material requirements specified in NAVSEAINST 4870.10,
Enclosure 4, Table 2.
b. AIMDs must coordinate with NAVAIR AM IPT and NAVSEA 05T before manufacturing
any components intended for shipboard use. AM components authorized for use by NAVSEA 05T
and NAVAIR AM IPT to be manufactured within AIMD Work Center 550 will adhere to the
following:
(1) Comply with the requirements outlined in NAVSEAINST 4870.10.
(2) Initiate a work request to Work Center 550 on each item to document the manufacturing
performed.
c. Coordinate with AM IPT prior to training evolutions, work-up cycles, deployments, or any
other conditions where NAVAIR fielded AM equipment will be operating outside of normal
CONUS operations, to ensure adequate AM material supply, current software licensing and cyber
compliance for the duration of operational commitments.
10.45.9.5 Maintenance Officer (MO)
a. (I-Level) Designate a command AM Program Manager in writing via the Monthly Personnel
Plan (MPP) per 10.1.2.9.
b. (I-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D as needed to specify any procedures not addressed
in this NAMPSOP for the use of AM components manufactured in Work Center 550.
10-493
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. (O-Level) Publish an LCP per Appendix D, with steps to request I-Level AM support as
needed, if required, to specify any procedures not addressed in this NAMPSOP for the use of AM
components manufactured in Work Center 550. Command LCPs will be submitted to the Type
Wing or MAG for consideration of inclusion into the Type Wing or MAG LCP.
NOTE: LCPs will be submitted to the ISIC for consideration of inclusion in their LCP.
10.45.9.6 Supply Officer
Assist the MO in creating command LCP to ensure proper reporting of AM component
manufactured IAW NAVADMIN 226/20.
10.45.9.7 Assistant Maintenance Officer (AMO)
Ensure Work Center 550 is manned appropriately as per paragraph 10.45.7
10.45.9.8 Individual Component Repair List (ICRL) Manager
Perform audits per 10.20 to ensure Work Center 550 maintains up-to-date ICRL capability listings
for approved parts on JTDI https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am and verification of all other Work Center
550 throughout the Naval Aviation Enterprise.
10.45.9.9 Work Center 550 ICRL Program Representative
a. Submit ICRL Change Requests (Figure 10.20-1) to the Work Center 550 Supervisor for
review. Additive manufacturing components will be designated as M1 for the ICRL Capability
Code.
NOTE: M1 - Assemble/Manufacture. This code identifies material which can be assembled
or fabricated at I-Level.
b. Update local ICRL quarterly to reflect all components available on
https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am.
10.45.9.10 AM Program Manager
a. (I-Level) Prior to and while deployed, verify the activity’s library of relevant AM TDPs to
support the activity.
b. Perform an audit of the program within 60 days of assignment, and annually thereafter per
paragraph 10.4.7.4.c.
c. Publish lesson guides based on information from https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am and
activity’s LCP if the AM program training requirements are not sufficient to cover the activity’s
requirements.
d. Provide NAMP indoctrination and refresher training on Additive Manufacturing (AM)
policy per 10.1.4.7 and 10.1.4.8. Verify personnel receive AM familiarization prior to performing
maintenance while assigned to the work center and annually thereafter
10.45.9.11 QAO
a. Designate a QAR for the AM program via ASM per 10.1.2.9 to oversee QA responsibilities
pertaining to Work Center 550. Designation letters will be submitted to the AM IPT via
NAVAIR_AdditiveManufacturing_Home@us.navy.mil.
10-494
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Submission of designation letter is required for elevated access at
https://www.jtdi.mil/group/am.
b. Assist the MO in the establishment of the activity’s LCP.
c. Ensure and verify activity’s adherence of Authority to Operate and all local cyber policies.
d. Approve all AM Job Aids for use within unit.
e. Ensure all Job Aids are accurately and continuously tracked in a local Job Aid binder.
f. Make sure all items used as AM Job Aids meet the intended requirements. Job Aids will not
be used as tools, installed on aircraft, or SE without an authorized deviation from the Program
Office.
10.45.9.12 AM QAR
a. Oversee QA responsibilities pertaining to Work Center 550.
b. Maintain access to JTDI NAVAIR AM Central and NAVAIR Fleet Ltd Access to support
Blue category components as defined in reference a. and cyber security requirements.
c. Verify AM computers remain up to date with Gold Disk issued quarterly.
d. Update AM computers as required via provided disks or download from JTDI onto
authorized Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) data storage units.
e. Conduct periodic inspections on Work Center 550 to ensure only authorized TDP files are
used within the work center.
f. Review all Job Aid forms prior to QAO submission.
10.45.9.13 Work Center 550 Supervisor
a. Maintain communication with all supported activities to include Aviation Supply Division
(ASD), squadrons, detachments, local Wing or MAW, and CAG or ACE when deployed. Provide
all supported activities with Work Center 550 operating capabilities and assistance with NAVAIR
policies applicable to AM.
b. Ensure cyber requirements adhere to AM equipment Authority to Operate.
c. Maintain facilities required to operate all AM equipment and compliance with IH standards.
10-495
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.46 Miscellaneous Programs and Processes
This section contains miscellaneous programs and processes not covered by a NAMPSOP.
Activities will implement applicable processes per this instruction and specific program related
instructions and maintenance technical manuals which are identified within the program text.
Additionally, Provide NAMP indoctrination training on Miscellaneous Programs and Processes
policy per 10.1.4.7. Verify personnel receive Miscellaneous Programs and Processes
familiarization prior to performing maintenance while assigned to the work center. Training must
be specific to the duties the individual performs.
10.46.1 Explosives Handling Personnel Qualification and Certification Program
10.46.1.1 The purpose of the Explosive Handling Personnel Qualification and Certification
Program within the NAMP is to eliminate these mishaps by training maintenance personnel on the
dangers of aircraft installed egress and explosive systems. OPNAVINST 8020.14 and
OPNAVINST 8023.24 provide additional details.
NOTE: Improper handling, loading, processing, disposal, demilitarization, or testing of
explosive devices can cause injury to personnel, loss of life, and damage to aircraft
and equipment and loss of life, damage amounting to millions of dollars, and reduced
operational effectiveness.
10.46.1.2 All maintenance personnel handling explosive cartridges, CADs, pyrotechnics, and
PADs must be qualified and certified per OPNAVINST 8023.24 and MCO 8023.3, as applicable.
The CO must establish an Ordnance Certification Board to certify personnel that handle ordnance,
per OPNAVINST 8023.24.
10.46.2 Aircraft Maintenance Material Readiness List (AMMRL) Program
10.46.2.1 The AMMRL Program governs the administrative management and distribution of SE at
all levels of aircraft maintenance. AMMRL covers over 37,000 end items of aircraft maintenance
SE and OTPS elements used throughout the Navy and Marine Corps. AMMRL recognizes ship,
MALS, base, FRC, and Marine Aviation Logistics Support Program (MALSP) loading
combinations and the various requirements for numerous airframe configurations, power plants, and
avionics systems. AMMRL procedures for allowance and inventory control are defined in
NAVAIRINST 13650.1 and Support Equipment Controlling Authority (SECA) instructions.
10.46.2.2 All Navy and Marine Corps activities must review their Individual Material Readiness
List (IMRL) frequently, with emphasis on the evaluation of SE allowances to ensure they remain
consistent with their actual maintenance support requirements. Submit all reports concerning SE
inventory, SE transactions, and proposed changes to SE allowances, following NAVAIRINST
13650.1 and SECA instructions.
NOTE: For roles, responsibilities and training requirements refer to CNAP/CNAL 13650.3
series.
10-496
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.46.3 Joint Depot Maintenance Program
The Joint Depot Maintenance Program provides for the depot rework of repairable components
performed by one Service for another. Program procedures and responsibilities are in
OPNAVINST 4790.14.
10.46.4 Fleet Air Introduction Liaison Survival Aircrew Flight Equipment (FAILSAFE)
Program
The FAILSAFE Program is intended to ensure proper fleet introduction of new or modified ALSS.
FAILSAFE is sponsored by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Naval Air Warfare Center, Human Systems
Engineering Department) and implemented by the aviation physiology training units to supplement
formal training.
10.46.5 Naval Ordnance Management Policy (NOMP)
OPNAV M-8000.16 issues the policies, procedures, and responsibilities for activities supporting or
performing ordnance maintenance. The NOMP encompasses all Navy and Marine Corps activities
concerned with the use, maintenance, overhaul, production, and support of naval ordnance weapons
and associated equipment. In addition to specifying maintenance processes, OPNAV M-8000.16
addresses interactive programs including maintenance management, maintenance engineering, fleet
support, inventory management, asset and fiscal resources and associated reporting, and MIS. The
ordnance weapons and equipment addressed in OPNAV M-8000.16 include, but are not limited to,
air launched missiles, airborne ordnance, and ammunition, AWSE, AAS, targets, weapons handling
procedures, and the Airborne Weapons Performance Evaluation and Reporting Program.
10.46.6 Mobile Facility (MF) Program
10.46.6.1 Mobile Facilities (MF) are relocatable tactical shelters used onboard ship and ashore for
aviation weapon system maintenance and SE maintenance functions. MFs are also used for
aviation operational and tactical functions, such as aerial photographic processing, automated data
processing, and metrological functions. Transporting or shipping MF units require a NAVAL
Message five days prior to moving. Prior to installation, a site survey must be completed.
10.46.6.2 NAVAIR M-13670.1, Mobile Facilities Program Operations Manual, provides
management principles, definitions, policies, funding, organizational responsibilities, program
administration, and other pertinent information related to managing and maintaining MFs. MCO
13670.1, Management and Administration of United States Marine Corps Mobile Facility (MF)
Program and Related Equipment, contains the allowances for Marine Corps MF equipment items.
The Mobile Facility page on the Weapons System Planning Document (WSPD) contains the
allowance for Navy MFs.
10.46.6.3 Physical custodians must submit annual MF inventory reports per ACC, TYCOM, or
MARFOR direction, which will be consolidated and forwarded to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM per
NAVAIR M-13670.1.
10.46.6.4 Physical custodians must report all transfers and receipts of MFs and major related
equipment by naval message. MFs with inventory shortages will not be transferred without
10-497
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
approval of the responsible ACC, TYCOM, or MARFOR. NAVAIRINST 13670.1 provides
detailed instructions on receipt and transfer.
10.46.6.5 Activities will perform MF, Power Distribution Box (PDB), and Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) Acceptance/Transfer Inspections using the appropriate Acceptance/Transfer Checklist
(Figures 10.46-1 and 10.46-2). MF ancillary equipment will utilize the SE Acceptance/Transfer
Inspection Checklist (Figures 10.17-1 page 1 and 2).
10.46.6.6 Refer to 8.5.18 for direction on MF records.
10.46.7 Depot Fleet Readiness Center (FRC) Customer Liaison Program
10.46.7.1 The Depot FRC Customer Service Program provides depot-level support for aeronautical
material and equipment. Customer service required for other than aviation work will be
accomplished if funds are provided to cover the cost of the service and manpower is available
without jeopardizing accomplishment of aviation workload.
10.46.7.2 Depot FRC customer service is intended to supplement, not replace, existing supply and
I-Level support. Requests for depot customer service must be limited to services not involving
repairs or services within the capability of the requesting IMA. Customer service assistance will be
requested through the use of a Work Request Customer Service (OPNAV 4790/36A) (Figure
10.46-3). Requests must include certification that the required service is beyond the capability of
the IMA, and a replacement part cannot be readily obtained.
10.46.7.3 Available depot services:
a. Correction of specific discrepancies or replacement of minor malfunctioning parts requiring
special tools, test equipment, or facilities not available at the IMA.
b. Plating, magnetic particle inspection, heat treatment, and machinist services.
c. Chemical, physical, and metallurgical laboratory testing.
d. Check and test of equipment and components.
e. Engineering and consultation services.
NOTE: Material processed under customer service will not be repaired beyond the depth
stated on the work request or that necessary to return the component to RFI
condition.
10.46.7.4 Materials beyond the repair capability of the IMA, including the manufacture of parts,
must be referred to the ASD for further action. ASD must determine the system availability for
NMCS, PMCS, and work stoppage items prior to submitting requests for FRC customer service. If
it is determined customer service support is required, the ASD must notify the IMA to prepare a
Work Request Customer Service (OPNAV 4790/36A) (Figure 10.46-3) describing the specific
work to be accomplished. ASD is responsible for transportation of customer service work to the
supporting Depot FRC.
10.46.7.5 Aircraft components and equipment requiring extensive repairs or overhaul will not
normally be processed by Depot FRC customer service. However, when situations warrant, and the
item on which customer service is requested is not on the BO-8, or Hi-Burner,
10-498
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Sustainment HQ in coordination with the cognizant Type Wing, may
authorize customer service on these items to preclude NMCS, PMCS, or work stoppage conditions.
10.46.8 Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) Program
10.46.8.1 RCM is a disciplined logic which establishes required failure management strategies, for
example, periodic maintenance tasks, to enable equipment to perform with a specific probability of
success at the lowest possible total expenditure of resources for system operation and support over
the life cycle. RCM is a continuous process, with initial periodic maintenance tasks being possibly
refined through application of age exploration (AE). AE collects information reflecting actual
operating experience. Data collected through AE, such as using threshold and opportunity-
sampling programs, is used to refine the engine RCM Program. Responsibilities:
10.46.8.2 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM has directed the application of RCM to all in-service and future
aircraft, engines, aircrew systems, weapon systems, aircraft launch and recovery equipment, and
SE, from technology development through disposal, per NAVAIR 00-25-403 and NAVAIRINST
4790.20.
10.46.8.3 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Commander, Fleet Readiness Centers, Fleet Support Team
Maintenance Department) will use RCM to identify failure management strategies to enable
equipment to perform with a specific probability of success at the lowest possible total expenditure
of resources for system operation and support over the entire life cycle. These failure management
strategies include scheduled inspections to determine if the equipment is, and will remain in,
satisfactory condition until the next scheduled inspection; scheduled removal of items which will
exceed life limits; failure finding, or operational checks; and engineering designed servicing and
lubrication tasks. It is critical that accurate fleet operational and failure data is documented in naval
maintenance management systems in order for RCM to identify, refine, safe operational and
economical effective failure management strategies.
10.46.9 Service Life Management Programs
10-499
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.46.9.4 Reclamation in Lieu of Procurement (RILOP) Program
RILOP is the removal of installed equipment from a stricken or damaged aircraft or engine prior to
disposal. Equipment to be removed is determined by the NAVSUP WSS master save list. Chapter
6 provides additional information. CM ALS tracked items will have an entry made stating
“Removed for RILOP”, before the item and its CM ALS are transferred to the designated site.
10.46.9.5 Service Life Extension Program (SLEP)
SLEP is the restoration or replacement of primary aircraft structures that have reached fatigue life
limits. SLEP is performed for the express purpose of establishing an extended service life beyond
the original design. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM determines the duration of the service life extension
resulting from the accomplishment of SLEP. OPNAVINST 3110.11 contains additional details.
10.46.9.6 Structural Appraisal of Fatigue Effects (SAFE) Program
SAFE provides for accurate fatigue life tracking of individual aircraft component service life limits
specified as fatigue indexes rather than flight hour limits. Tracking fatigue indexes is predicated on
the submission of flight loads, launch, and landing data per NAVAIRINST 13920.1. SAFE
facilitates the use of time compliances for component modification, rework, and replacement to
accommodate individual aircraft usage rates and eliminate schedule inflexibility or conservatism
associated with specifying life limits in terms of flight hours. Consequently, a more accurate
analysis of fleet aircraft results in better planning and timely induction for structural rework. SAFE
Program Reports are published quarterly by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Naval Air Warfare Center
Aircraft Division, Air Vehicle Engineering Department) and are available on the MyTeam
SharePointe SAFE website at https://myteam.navair.navy.mil/AIR/SAFE/SitePages/Home.aspx.
10.46.9.7 Structural Life Limits Program
10.46.9.7.1 The Structural Life Limits Program assures continuing structural safety of aircraft
throughout their assigned service life. This program also provides a means for documenting basic
life limitations, for example, maximum flight hours, catapults, arrestments and landings, which
must be properly managed to ensure safety and structural integrity throughout the service life of
each T/M/S aircraft.
10.46.9.7.2 All levels of maintenance are responsible for ensuring structural life limited items and
components do not exceed the specified limits per NAVAIRINST 13120.1 (fixed wing aircraft) and
NAVAIRINST 13130.1 (rotary wing aircraft). General responsibilities and procedures are
summarized as follows:
a. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM will:
(1) Develop technical and engineering solutions, determine life limits and publish them via
NAVAIRINST 13120.1 and NAVAIRINST 13130.1. They will also ensure the publication and
distribution of quarterly SAFE Program reports.
(2) Ensure FSTs incorporate limits into applicable PMIC decks and provide logistics
resources planning to preclude reaching any structural life limits.
(3) Ensure Depot FRCs, FSTs and commercial rework facilities review records for all D-
level life-limited items requiring replacement during the next operating period.
10-500
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Ensure structural fatigue life expenditure status is incorporated into planning for D-level
modifications in order to preclude reaching structural life limits.
(5) Issue structural modifications or alteration of life limited items and components
via Technical Directive (TD).
b. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Baseline Managers must ensure proper inventory class and
subclass is assigned to each life-limited component, as provided in the Baseline Data Management
Plan and incorporate current limitations, as listed in the applicable directives in the preceding
paragraphs, for all life-limited components.
c. Aircraft Controlling Custodians (ACC) will:
(1) Ensure reporting custodians adhere to limits published in NAVAIRINST
13120.1, NAVAIRINST 13130.1, SAFE Program reports, applicable PMICs, TDs, and
IRACs.
(2) Plan and coordinate aircraft D-level modification schedules to preclude
exceeding structural life limits.
d. Aircraft reporting custodians must:
(1) Adhere to limits published in NAVAIRINST 13120.1, NAVAIRINST 13130.1,
SAFE Program reports, applicable PMIC, and TDs.
NOTE: Aircraft will not be permitted to exceed specified structural life limits without prior
approval from the responsible COMNAVAIRSYSCOM FST. Approval must be
requested via the chain of command.
(2) Incorporate all current limitations on structural life limits into aircraft logbooks.
(3) Submit flight loads, launch, and landing data as required by NAVAIRINST
13920.1, and monitor actual aircraft usage to preclude exceeding any structural life limits.
10.46.9.8 Phased Depot Maintenance (PDM) Program
PDM replaces ASPA inspections and Standard Depot Level Maintenance (SDLM) in order to
decrease periods of unavailability due to depot rework. PDM divides an aircraft’s total Standard
Rework requirements into phases based on fixed Operating Service Periods (OSP), expressed in
months tailored to the depot maintenance requirements for each T/M/S aircraft. Upon reaching its
Fixed Induction Date (FID), the aircraft is inducted into scheduled PDM event. Several titles are
used to denote PDM events: F/A-18 aircraft PDM events are called Planned Maintenance Intervals
(PMI) events; H-60 aircraft PDM events are called Integrated Maintenance Concept (IMC) events.
OPNAVINST 3110.11 contains additional details in OSP and FID.
10.46.9.9 Integrated Maintenance Concept (IMC) Program
IMC replaces ASPA inspections, Standard Depot Level Maintenance (SDLM), and the
Modification, Corrosion and Paint Program (MCAPP) for certain T/M/S aircraft in order to
decrease periods of unavailability due to depot rework. IMC emphasizes a Fixed Induction Date
(FID) and may segregate the Operational Service Period (OSP) into smaller periods called Planned
Operational Interval (POI) or Planned Maintenance Interval (PMI). The goal is to ensure that the
appropriate level of maintenance performs these tasks at the right location and interval that will
10-501
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
produce the highest degree of aircraft availability and readiness at the lowest overall life cycle cost.
NAVAIRINST 4790.33 provides direction on the transition of aircraft to IMC.
10.46.9.10 Material Condition Inspection (MCI)
MCI replaces ASPA and SDLM for a specific T/M/S aircraft that have been designated by OPNAV
N980L as nearing the end of their service life. These aircraft are no longer funded for standard
rework. The purpose of MCI is not a PED adjustment, but to ensure airworthiness for an additional
operational flying period specified by OPNAV. Upon review and recommendation by the
NAVAIR-managed Airframes Management Board, a PED-based standard MCI plan for the
designated T/M/S non-funded aircraft to ensure appropriate maintenance or upkeep is sustained
until the end of their service life.
10.46.9.11 Life Limited Repair (LLR) Program
The LLR Program uses naval messages to identify certain aircraft (by BUNO) and components
having life limits that require reoccurring inspections not listed in Service Life Bulletins (SLB) or
Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRC), or due to the lack of structural maintenance technical
manuals. Every structure discrepancy requires engineering analysis and disposition, which in some
cases results in a life limiting message. OOMA baseline managers are authorized to use LLR naval
messages to authorize initiation of reoccurring inspections in OOMA.
10.46.9.12 Enhanced Phase Maintenance (EPM) Program
The EPM program directs the performance of standard depot maintenance at fleet facilities. Under
EPM, a depot field team (with O-Level assistance) performs inspections and repairs during periodic
phase inspections. Structural and systems tasks are performed at RCM justified intervals and
comply with all issued TDs. EPM identifies and corrects material deficiencies allowing aircraft to
be maintained at the O-Level with assurance of a high level of availability. EPM is performed per
NAVAIRINST 4790.33.
10.46.10 Vibration Analysis
10.46.10.1 Vibration analysis detects faults and degradation in aircraft, dynamic components, and
engines by the analysis of trends in vibration characteristics. The objectives are to reduce vibration
related material failures, reduce crew fatigue, and improve safety, reliability, and readiness.
10.46.10.2 O-Level activities are responsible for performing vibration analysis for aircraft, engines,
and dynamic components. O-Level is required to perform vibration analysis and troubleshooting
with applicable maintenance technical manuals. Vibration analysis results must be recorded and
trended.
10.46.10.3 I-Level and D-Level maintenance activities are responsible for performing vibration
testing on aircraft engines and dynamic components undergoing repair, as directed in the applicable
engine/dynamic component I-Level and D-Level technical manuals.
10.46.10.4 Personnel performing vibration analysis must be trained and qualified in vibration
testing procedures and limitations specified in applicable T/M/S aircraft, engine and dynamic
component technical manuals.
10-502
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.46.11 Planner and Estimator (P&E) Services
10.46.11.1 P&E services provide Depot FRC support for aircraft damaged or deteriorated beyond
the capability of O-Level and I-Level maintenance to restore the aircraft to service.
10.46.11.2 Type Wings and Marine Air Groups will coordinate and monitor P&E services requests
from subordinate commands. Fleet Readiness Center Western Pacific (FRCWP) Atsugi Japan is
responsible for providing P&E support to Navy and Marine Corps forces permanently sited in or
deployed to Pacific Command, European Command, and Central Command areas of responsibility.
10.46.11.3 Prior to submission of a P&E services request for aircraft repairs, the aircraft custodian
must obtain concurrence from the supporting I-Level and Wing that D-Level assistance is required.
Requests will be submitted via the JDRS Web site (https://jdrs.mil) with copies of all supporting
documents. Naval messages will be used to request P&E services for repairs only if JDRS
connectivity is not available. A unique Report Control Number (RCN) must be used for each P&E
request and will be documented in the RCN log per 10.9.3.2. Depot activities must acknowledge
P&E Requests within 1 working day of submission. If a P&E request is not received via JDRS, the
depot must enter the request in JDRS.
NOTES: 1. Depot repairs in excess of 250 hours require TYCOM Class Desk approval.
2. Requests for P&E services to perform an ASPA or MCI must be submitted by
naval message. I-Level concurrence is not required.
10.46.11.4 To assist P&E services, the aircraft custodian will:
a. Prepare the aircraft for maintenance per applicable maintenance technical manuals.
b. Remove spare and loose gear.
c. If required, preserve the aircraft per applicable technical publications.
d. Report aircraft status changes per Chapter 9.
e. Provide appropriate assistance to the P&E inspector and D-level repair team to expedite
repair or restoration of damaged or defective aircraft.
f. Remove all classified equipment.
g. Update the JDRS P&E Preliminary Damage Aircraft Condition Disposition (DACD) tool
with required part/material (requisition number, requisition status, and date received) fields as
annotated by the DMA activity.
h. Send a JDRS Technical Dialog to the servicing depot activity when all parts or materials
have been annotated “received” within the JDRS P&E Preliminary DACD tool.
i. Retain physical custody of aircraft safety, security, reporting, and maintenance.
j. Provide, connect, and service ground equipment. Accomplish positioning, jacking, or
servicing of the aircraft. Remove and reinstall aircraft parts and components within O-Level
capability or level of maintenance for access to accomplish the D-level repair.
k. Perform operational test/leakage checks.
l. Prepare the aircraft for flight and accomplish a post maintenance check flight (if required).
10-503
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
m. If depot induction is required, deliver up-to-date engine logbooks and associated records
with the aircraft.
10.46.12 Recovery and Reclamation of Crash Damaged Aircraft
NOTE: Refer to OPNAVINST 3750.6 for general procedures for recovery, reclamation, and
transfer of crash damaged aircraft.
10.46.12.1 When an aircraft crashes within the land area of a naval district in CONUS and the
reporting custodian requests recovery assistance from the cognizant Type Wing or CGMAW, the
nearest Navy or Marine Corps air station, facility, or activity designated by the cognizant Type
Wing or CGMAW is responsible for recovering the damaged aircraft. The reporting custodian will
provide officers and enlisted personnel to assist in the recovery, if requested.
10.46.13.2 When an aircraft crashes outside CONUS, the reporting custodian notifies
COMFAIRFORWARD (USN aircraft) or CGMAW (USMC aircraft), who will:
a. Make the necessary arrangements for disposition and reclamation of the aircraft.
b. Arrange for qualified personnel to determine the suitability of aircraft damaged outside
CONUS for repair, rework, or other disposition. If possible, the crash-damaged aircraft should be
inspected at the scene of the mishap by a Depot Planner & Estimator (P&E).
c. Designate the station, facility, or unit to recover and accept physical custody of the aircraft.
10.46.12.3 Disposition and salvage procedures for stricken aircraft:
a. When a crash-damaged aircraft is determined to be beyond rework, the aircraft must be
reported as a category one strike, per Chapter 9. In this case, the aircraft may be transferred to the
nearest CONUS naval air activity for return to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM FS custody and final
disposition.
b. When it is impractical to return the aircraft to COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Fleet Support (FS)
custody, the reporting custodian must physically transport the aircraft to the supporting supply
activity designated by the ACC or TYCOM. The supporting activity Supply Officer will provide
the Master Salvage List (MSL) and process the aircraft per Stricken Aircraft Reclamation and
Disposal Program (SARDIP), Chapter 6. Requests for stricken aircraft components will be directed
to the CO of the salvaging activity, marked "Attention Supply Officer."
c. Hardcopy logs and records forms and Configuration Management Auto Log Set (CM ALS)
records for stricken aircraft, components, and assemblies will be processed per Chapter 8.
d. After reclamation, the aircraft, engine or equipment carcass will be reported to
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, who will respond within 90 days with final disposition instructions.
10.46.13 Management Information Systems (MIS)
10-504
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
schedules for inspections, removals, replacements, procurements, and rework schedules for aircraft
engines, propulsion systems, modules, and related life limited components, based on usage
requirements and fixed or variable usage rates. Using usage rates derived from CMIS experiments
and tests, workloads for maintenance and rework facilities can be forecast for 5 years. In addition,
long range requirements for new and newly reworked components can be developed. The FST, or
in some cases the APML, is responsible for maintaining and updating the CMIS database. The
cognizant T/M/S aircraft FST can provide management information on the following rotary wing
aircraft: H-1, H-53, and H-60, and the following engines: J85, T700, TF34, J52, T64, T76, T58,
T56, and T400. The CMIS database can supply reports which specify the time/cycle counts or
LUIs remaining on each tracked component before it must be inspected or removed and replaced.
Fleet units and others may obtain CMIS information directly. For further information concerning
development of this direct data access capability, contact COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (COMFRC
Digital Department). For some activities, CMIS has been replaced by the Aircraft Component
Tracking System (ACTS) as the authoritative source for the tracking of life limited components.
ACTS provides all historical information on a component, no longer requiring extensive manpower
or time for reconstruction.
10.46.13.2 Decision Knowledge Programming for Logistics Analysis and Technical Evaluation
(DECKPLATE). DECKPLATE tracks location and status (installed, uninstalled, RFI, and non-
RFI) of engines, propulsion systems, and modules world-wide, and provides reasons for any
changes. DECKPLATE also tracks both RFI and non-RFI spare engines, propulsion systems, and
modules which are in transit, awaiting repair or rework, or actually in repair or rework.
DECKPLATE is used extensively by controlling custodians and other managers to make decisions
on the most efficient distribution of engine assets. Refer to NAVAIRINST 13700.15 and ACC
instructions for detailed procedures.
10.46.13.3 The NAVAIR Depot Maintenance System (NDMS) is a production control system used
by depot Fleet Readiness Centers to schedule, induct, and control D-Level workload. The Depot
Maintenance Data System (DMDS) is a module of the NDMS and is designed to gather all basic
information generated by maintenance personnel through documentation procedures, data
automation and storage techniques, and common data retrieval routines. Information for DMDS
will be gathered from mechanics, technicians, inspectors, and supervisory personnel in all of the
basic organic D-Level endeavors.
10.46.13.4 The Flight Information Recording and Monitoring System monitors and records data
critical to the determination of the life limits of aircraft and engine components. The data is
collected in the aircraft’s Maintenance Signal Data Recording System and is downloaded to a
ground station for diagnostics and to update life usage indexes. When coupled with MAFs, WOs,
NAVFLIRS, and Naval Flight Documents, this non-tactical data provides a database for detailed
analysis of engine performance, engine life limited items, material usage and life remaining, and in-
flight airframe structural loading. Additionally, the data can be used in support of the SAFE
Program.
10.46.13.5 Support Equipment Resource Management Information System (SERMIS) is a
collection of technical and catalog data identifying SE end items required for O-Level, I-Level, and
D-level aircraft maintenance. SERMIS provides visibility of source, allowance, inventory, and
rework data to aid in inventory control, and is the repository of master data for printing IMRLs.
10-505
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10.46.13.6 Support Equipment Standardization System (SESS) is a computer based asset control
system for SE.
10.46.13.7 Local Asset Management System (LAMS) is an automated management information
system that provides standardized data for local management of IMRL assets.
10.46.13.8 Master Component Rework Control System is a system to provide a consolidated,
comprehensive on-line catalog of component and SE stock numbers, designated overhaul point
assignment and capability data, production history, and financial performance and obligation data.
10.46.13.9 Metrology Automated System for Uniform Recall and Reporting (MEASURE) is a
system for the recall and reporting of test equipment by means of automatic data processing
techniques. MEASURE maintains records of calibration and automatically recalls test equipment
when due for calibration.
10.46.13.10 Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS).
Refer to Chapter 13 for information on NALCOMIS.
10.46.13.11 Naval Aviation Logistics Data Analysis (NALDA) is the Navy's major logistics
information system used in support of the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Life Cycle Logistics System.
NALDA provides remote hardware, telecommunications, central computing, and a database
management system for fleet support operations.
10.46.14 Management of Permitted Radioactive Commodities on Naval Aircraft
Some naval aircraft contain radioactive materials that, if not properly controlled, handled, stored, or
disposed of, increase the probability of injury to personnel resulting from exposure.
COMNAVAIRFOR, NAVSUP WSS, and COMNAVAIRSYSCOM are responsible for proper
acquisition, storage, transport, control, inventory and disposal of naval aircraft systems containing
radioactive materials or by-products under special license or permit from the Navy Master Material
License issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. As such, those activities must establish
specific management and accountability programs per OPNAVINST 6470.3, NAVSUPINST
4000.34, MCO 5104.3, NAVSEA A0420-AA-RAD-10, and NAVAIRINST 5104.2.
10-506
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Verify a TEC specific subsequent NAT02 is on file within 1 year. Signature: ______________
Validate current Technical Directives against 51 Card Sec. IV. Signature: ______________
Gain asset into SESS Item Add screen appropriately. Signature: ______________
Establish PM cycle through SESS Maintain screen as per reference Signature: ______________
Generate Support Equipment Accept/Transfer for any IMRL. MCN: __ Signature: ______________
NOTES: 1. Not all MF’s have IMRL. NA this block if IMRL is not present.
2. Ancillary equipment and calibrated IMRL assets are documented on SE form.
10-507
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Mobile Facility (MF) Acceptance/Transfer Checklist (page 2)
Perform receipt CSC inspection and generate DA Form 2404 if necessary. CSC Signature: ______________
Perform initial operation check and inventory of hardware. CDI Signature: ______________
Route and release acceptance message: DTG: _______________ MFC Signature: _____________
Verify all maintenance and corrosion MAF’s are completed if necessary. Signature: ______________
Inventory equipment listed on OPNAV 4790/74A and secure all items CDI Signature: ___________
for shipment.
Ensure CSC inspection has at least 6 months remaining prior to CSC Signature: ___________
shipping MF.
NOTES: 1. MF authorized for disposition to DRMO do not require 6 months remaining on the
CSC inspection.
2. MF authorized for disposition to DLA Disposition Services should follow local
requirements.
File Support Equipment Accept/Transfer for IMRL items in LIR. Signature: ______________
NOTES: 1. Not all MF’s have IMRL. Input an NA in this block if IMRL is not present.
2. Ancillary equipment and calibrated IMRL assets are documented on SE form.
NOTE: Locks should be placed on all doors prior to shipment and plug safety hardware applied.
Delete SESS record and place LIR with all transfer forms in MF. MFC Signature: ___________
Route and release transfer message: DTG: _______________ MFC Signature: ____________
10-508
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Acceptance/Transfer Checklist
Generate this form whenever an ECU is received and maintain on record in the LIR. Populate the transfer fields once the ECU is transferred
to a new activity or approved for disposition to DLA Disposition Services.
ECU Acceptance
Verify a TEC specific subsequent NAT02 is on file within 1 year. Signature: _____________________________
Validate current Technical Directives against 51 Card Section IV. Signature: _____________________________
Gain assist into SESS Item Add screen appropriately. Signature: _____________________________
Establish PM cycle through SESS Maintain Screen as per Ref. Signature: _____________________________
Make appropriate gain and PM cycle entry on 51 Card Section VI. Signature: _____________________________
Perform initial operational check and inventory of equipment CDI Signature: __________________________
listed on OPNAV 4790/74A.
NOTE: Equipment shortages listed on OPNAV 4790/74A. will get a discrepancy MAF initiated.
Generate maintenance and corrosion MAFs as necessary. Signature: ____________________________
ECU Transfer
Ensure all maintenance and corrosion MAFs are completed Signature: ____________________________
if necessary.
Inventory hardware and secure ECU for embark. CDI Signature: ________________________
Figure 10.46-2 (page 1): Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Acceptance/Transfer Checklist
10-509
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Acceptance/Transfer Checklist (page 2)
Delete SESS record and place LIR with all transfer forms in MF. MFC Signature: ____________________
ECU Disposition
Properly evacuate the refrigerant using Robin Air. EPA Tech: _______________________
Certify the evacuated, drained, and cleaned assemblies. EPA Tech: _______________________
Complete disposition and all other outstanding MAF’s. CDI Signature: ____________________
Delete SESS record and remove ECU from LIR properly PC Signature: _____________________
Figure 10.46-2 (page 2): Environmental Control Unit (ECU) Acceptance/Transfer Checklist
10-510
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
10-511
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 11
Contract Maintenance,
Commercial Derivative Aircraft Maintenance Programs,
and Common Support Policies
Table of Contents
11.1 CONTRACT MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................. 1
11.1.1 Background ................................................................................................................................ 1
11.1.2 Scope .......................................................................................................................................... 1
11.1.3 Policy .......................................................................................................................................... 2
11.1.4 Responsibilities .......................................................................................................................... 3
11.1.5 Planning Contract Maintenance ................................................................................................. 6
11.1.6 Developing the Performance Work Statement (PWS)/Statement of Work (SOW) ................... 7
11.1.7 General Rules of Government Contract Administration and Contract Writing ......................... 9
11.1.7.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 9
11.1.7.2 Maintenance ............................................................................................................. 10
11.1.7.3 Maintenance Management and On-Site Organization.............................................. 12
11.1.7.4 Materials/Supply ...................................................................................................... 14
11.1.7.5 Operational Requirements ........................................................................................ 15
11.1.7.6 Government Responsibilities.................................................................................... 15
11.1.7.7 Overhaul Requirements. ........................................................................................... 15
11.1.7.8 Support Equipment (SE) Maintenance ..................................................................... 16
11.1.7.9 Real Property ............................................................................................................ 16
11.1.7.10 Technical Directives (TDs) .................................................................................... 16
11.1.7.11 NAMDRP Reporting .............................................................................................. 16
11.1.7.12 Physical Security .................................................................................................... 16
11.1.7.13 FCF Requirements.................................................................................................. 16
11.1.7.14 Transition................................................................................................................ 16
11.1.7.15 Safety ...................................................................................................................... 16
11.1.7.16 Records, Reports, and Distribution ........................................................................ 17
11.1.7.17 Personnel, Training, and Qualifications ................................................................. 17
11.1.7.18 Discrepancy correction ........................................................................................... 17
11.1.7.19 Mishap and accident responsibility ........................................................................ 17
11-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 11
Contract Maintenance,
Commercial Derivative Aircraft Maintenance Programs,
and Common Support Policies
To provide standards for planning, management, and government oversight of contract maintenance
programs on Navy and Marine Corps aircraft, aircraft engines, and aviation related equipment.
11.1.1 Background
11-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Procurement of contractor services will not disrupt or materially delay combat
effectiveness.
(2) A satisfactory commercial source is available.
(3) When performance metrics can be established to evaluate the contractor’s performance.
(4) When directed by higher authority or when in support of an Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) A-76 cost study.
(5) When the aircraft (CDA or COCO) is maintained to FAA standards.
b. Guidelines for planning, developing, and administering contracts are provided by FAR 42.202
and 42.302. This chapter provides specific amplifying maintenance management policy and contract
planning requirements for Navy and Marine Corps aviation activities.
c. The Ground and Flight Risk Clause (GFRC) (DFARS 252.228-7001) mandates incorporation
of NAVAIRINST 3710.1 (also referred to as DCMA INST 8210.1) requirements in all contracts
involving DOD aircraft for which the government assumes some of the financial risk of aircraft loss
or damage. NAVAIRINST 3710.1 guidance acts as risk mitigation by providing uniform DOD
policy for aircraft ground and flight operations and the maintenance of aircraft and associated
equipment.
NOTE: If a conflict occurs between sources of guidance, the contract has precedence over
Navy guidance.
d. In the initial planning for a contract maintenance program, careful attention must be given to
the legal and contractual aspects of the procurement or service. Comprehensive understanding of the
applicable instructions, standards, performance requirements, and early coordination with the
appropriate procurement office, program office, Weapon System Manager (WSM), contracting
specialists, and the Office of the General Council for the command is essential. Local commands are
not authorized to procure contractor services unless approval is received via the chain of command.
e. Government personnel administering contracts and providing contract maintenance oversight
must understand their responsibility, limits of authority, and relationship with contractor personnel.
Failure to do so can put the government at risk and can lead to “constructive changes” to the contract.
f. Navy and Marine Corps personnel involved in the development and administration of contracts
must attend the appropriate training courses prior to assuming responsibilities in support of the
contract. Government Flight Representative (GFR)/Ground Government Flight Representative
(GGFR) training requirements include mandatory DAU courses. The procuring contract agency will
determine any other minimum acquisition qualification requirements for personnel assigned to
administer the contract and provide oversight of contractor operations.
11.1.3 Policy
a. Use of contract maintenance must be consistent with the effective and efficient
accomplishment of the Navy and Marine Corps mission. Navy and Marine Corps aviation units
11-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
employ contract maintenance in activities with stable mission environments, such as training, test, or
support functions.
b. Contracts must be written to ensure contract maintenance programs comply with approved
maintenance plans, User's Logistics Support Summaries (ULSSs), and other applicable policy
requirements pertaining to the upkeep and support of an aircraft or system.
11.1.4 Responsibilities
a. Commander, Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIRSYSCOM). The DON has designated
NAVAIRSYSCOM as the naval aviation authority with responsibility for NAVAIRINST 3710.1.
b. In accordance with SECNAVINST 5400.15, NAVAIRSYSCOM has unique management
authority and accountability for assigned naval aviation programs with the exception of authority and
responsibilities specifically assigned to a PEO or Direct Reporting Program Manager (DRPM). This
includes designing, developing, procuring, and supporting naval aviation systems used by the Navy
and Marine Corps. NAVAIRSYSCOM’s acquisition areas of cognizance include aircraft,
aeronautical weapons and IT systems, and associated subsystems to include life support, propulsion
and power, armament/ordnance, avionics, mission support, and aviation support equipment, and
related systems and equipment including training, photographic and reconnaissance, airborne mine
countermeasures, aircraft launching and recovery, and target systems. This translates to the fact that
the majority of the NAE Procuring Contracting Officers are centralized within NAVAIRSYSCOM.
c. NAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Safety is the Naval Aviation Cognizant Service Safety Office
(CSSO) for safety issues associated with contract maintenance programs, and operational issues on
contracts requiring NAVAIRINST 3710.1 compliance. The NAVAIRSYSCOM Government Flight
Representative (GFR) is also located at this office and works for the NAVAIR Aircraft Controlling
Custodian Program Office. If a unit GFR has questions, they should contact their Wing GFR or
Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) GFR. Unanswered questions can be elevated to NAVAIR
Aviation Safety or to the NAVAIR Controlling Custodian Program Manager.
d. NAVAIRSYSCOM (responsible supporting program office) is responsible for maintaining the
Bidders Library website to provide technical data for all bidders to use to review requirements for
determining their bid, and ensuring the Bidders Library contains the latest and most up-to-date
information.
e. Aircraft Controlling Custodians (ACCs). The ACC that provides funding for procurement of
contract maintenance efforts is responsible to ensure oversight control (to include staffing and
funding as required), technical support, and support the administration of contracts under their
authority.
f. Aviation Maintenance Management Teams (AMMT). COMNAVAIRFOR and
NAVAIRSYSCOM operate AMMTs to evaluate performance of maintenance activities, including
contractor maintenance. Requirements for AMMT evaluations are in Chapter 10, Section 10.24, of
this instruction. While the evaluation standard may change based on contractual requirements, the
requirement to conduct AMMT inspections on aircraft reporting custodians is not affected by who
11-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
maintains the aircraft. Whether the aircraft is maintained by military personnel, government civil
service, or contract maintenance is irrelevant to the requirement. When an AMMT is scheduled to
conduct an inspection of an activity with contract maintenance, the AMMT Team Leader, with the
assistance of the responsible GFR/GGFR, Technical Point of Contact (TPOC) or Contracting
Officer’s Representative (COR), must familiarize themselves with the contract, performance
standards, and applicability of NAMP requirements. Conflicts regarding the conduct of ground or
flight operations covered by NAVAIRINST 3710.1 will be referred to the GFR/GGFR. Conflicts
regarding the application of contractual requirements will be referred to the COR/TPOC and the
GFR/GGFR. Ultimately, the resolution of contract requirement conflicts is the responsibility of the
PCO.
g. Contract Administrative Services (CAS). Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 42 lists
various CAS functions applicable to several different types of contracts. FAR 42.302 (a) (56)
Maintain surveillance of flight operations, is the core CAS function performed by the GFR/GGFR.
Note: With respect to CAS, the terms “flight operations” and “aircraft operations” are used
synonymously.
h. CAS requirements are assigned in several ways through the contract or through acquisition
regulations. CAS responsibilities are normally identified in the contracts themselves. This
information is usually found in Section A on Solicitation/Contract (standard forms 33, 26, 1447, etc.)
or in Section G – Contract Administration Data, of the contract.
i. The procuring activity usually assigns the administration of a contract to a CAS Component
(DCMA, ACC, TYCOM or TYPE WING). The procuring activity may elect to withhold the
assignment of specific CAS functions per DFARS 242.202 or assign additional functions via FAR
42.202.
j. CAS are delegated the authority to administer the day-to-day operational requirements, play a
critical role in the Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) process,
document past performance information that can be used in source selection evaluations,
develop/modify the Performance Work Schedule/Statement of Work (PWS/SOW), and oversee
administration of payments and source selection issues.
k. Procuring Contracting Officer (PCO). The only individual authorized to issue a solicitation
and award a contract is the PCO. The PCO is warranted and appointed by the head of the contracting
agency. In most instances, the term “contracting officer” refers to the PCO. The PCO is responsible
for overseeing the contract from start to finish, including drawing up the procurement package,
Request for Proposal (RFP), and contract award, as well as administration during the contract's
lifecycle.
l. Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO). The ACO is an individual possessing a contracting
warrant with delegated authority from the PCO to perform transactions on behalf of the government
in support of assigned contracts pursuant to FAR 42.302.
11-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
contractor facilities, equipment, group personnel training and certification, technical data, and
procedures involving aircraft ground operations.
s. Aviation Program Team (APT). The Aviation Program Team (APT) is responsible for
monitoring and evaluating the CAS mission. APTs consist of the GFR, GGR, Contract Safety
Specialist/Contract Safety Manager (CSS/CSM), and where appropriate, the Quality Assurance
Representative/Specialist (QAR/QAS). The GFR/GGFR leads the APT. On maintenance only
contracts where no GFR is assigned, the APT consists of the GGFR, GGR (if assigned), CSS/CSM,
and where appropriate, the QAR. After the contract is in place, government oversight responsibilities
include, but are not limited to:
(1) Supporting the GFR/GGFR in the approval of contractor written procedures for all flight
and ground operations and daily administration of the contract, per requirements established in
NAVAIRINST 3710.1.
(2) Providing in-house training and guidance to the command on operating within the
constraints of the contract.
11.1.5 Planning Contract Maintenance
a. The first step in planning for contract maintenance is determining if the Ground and Flight
Risk Clause (GFRC) (DFARS 252.228-7001) is required on the contract. DFARS 228.370 defines
the requirements for the GFRC on contracts (involving government aircraft) except for those:
(1) That are strictly for activities incidental to the normal operations of the aircraft (e.g.,
refueling operations, minor non-structural actions not requiring towing such as replacing aircraft tires
due to wear and tear);
(2) That are awarded under FAR Part 12 procedures and are for the acquisition, development,
production, modification, maintenance, repair, flight, or overhaul of aircraft; or otherwise involving
the furnishing of aircraft;
(3) For which a non-DoD customer (including a foreign military sales customer) has not
agreed to assume the risk for loss or destruction of, or damages to, the aircraft; or
(4) For CDA that are to be maintained to Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
airworthiness standards when the work will be performed at a licensed FAA repair station.
Note: If seeking an exemption from using a licensed FAA repair station, the selected repair
station must hold private insurance covering damage to any aircraft being supported, to
include DoD aircraft.
b. The GFRC functions as a government self-insurance clause. It indemnifies the contractor
against the cost of damage (except for a deductible) if certain prerequisites are met. This allows the
government to avoid reimbursing the contractor for the cost of commercial insurance on the aircraft.
11-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11.1.6.1 The PWS/SOW provides the requirements and performance metrics for the contracted
effort. Close coordination between the ACC, PMA or Weapon System Manager (WSM), and PCO,
in conjunction with the user organization or parent activity of the systems/aircraft under their
cognizance, is essential to achieving a timely and quality contract. The contract is the primary
reference when evaluating a dispute or litigation. Directives, including maintenance and operations
manuals, standards, and specifications referenced in the contract, require contractor compliance.
Preparation of the PWS/SOW for the contract will be coordinated by the cognizant contracting
agency. The customer activity will prepare the draft PWS/SOW and submit to higher level authority,
for example, ACC, PMA, Type Wing, etc., for review.
11.1.6.2 In developing the PWS/SOW, the planners must:
a. Determine the appropriate type of contract, for example, Performance-Based Firm-Fixed Price,
or Time and Materials Cost-Plus Fixed-Fee, which best suits the type of work and mission of the
activity.
b. Clearly set forth the government's minimum requirements with the objective of producing a
quality product at the best value to the Navy and Marine Corps.
(1) The contract determines what work the contractor is required to perform. The
organization writing the contract, in collaboration with the customer unit, must consider and decide
on all aspects of the situation and what the PWS/SOW must define.
(2) Pay special attention to manning requirements and billet responsibilities. Who,
government or contractor, will hold management positions?
(3) Failure to define the role of the contractor almost invariably results in confusion, if not
contract challenges.
(4) When considering the use of the NAMP on the contract, the following applies:
11-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(a) The NAMP was written for Sailors and Marines to maintain Naval aircraft (to include
all experience levels, all ground and shipboard conditions, in peace and in combat). It was never
written to define how a contractor, with experienced, qualified maintainers in a stable maintenance
environment, should work on our aircraft. The NAVAIRINST 3710.1 was written to provide the
required government oversight for contractors.
(b) Sometimes, and in some specific areas, it makes sense to include compliance with the
NAMP as a contract requirement. For instance, when aircraft records must be in the Service format
to meet NALCOMIS OOMA documentation requirements, to document completed repairs, or when
aircraft are to be maintained to fleet standards (e.g., FRS aircraft).
(c) Commands must weigh the benefits versus the costs when including NAMP
requirements on a contract. Unless specified, when the NAMP is on contract, it is not all-inclusive;
therefore, it is imperative that commands accurately identify the Chapters, Programs and/or
NAMPSOPs with which the contractor must comply. However, understand that it may be more
expensive to the government as the contractor may have policy development, manpower
considerations, and associated training costs requirements.
(d) The entire NAMP must not be put on a contract. Specific sections must be defined by
section or process to define the government requirements for that contract. When NAMP Chapters,
Programs and/or NAMPSOPs are specified as contract requirements, the contractor must write their
NAVAIRINST 3710.1 required Ground Operation Procedures (GOPs) (when the NAVAIRINST
3710.1 is on the contract) in a way that fulfills the requirements of the NAMP. Administrative and
Command relationship requirements in the NAMP do not apply to the contractor when the NAMP is
on contract as contractors have proprietary structures, and there is no benefit to requiring the
contractor to adjust to the military structure. It may not always be possible for the contractor to meet
all the requirements in the NAMP program due to the local situations (e.g., manpower, organizational
structure, facilities available), so the Government Flight Representative (GFR) is authorized to
approve procedures that are as close as is reasonable to meeting the NAMP intent, given the
situational constraints.
(e) Consistent with contracting procedures, the NAMP version in effect on the day the
contract is awarded is the version the contractor must comply with, and will remain in effect until a
contract change is negotiated and the new version is put on contract. Contractors are encouraged to
seek contract modifications to keep the most current version on contract. Contractors must keep the
contractually required version current, complying with all appropriate changes as they are released.
c. Divide the PWS/SOW into readily measurable end items. The objective is to purchase a
product, not to purchase man-hours or personnel equivalents.
d. Identify measurable performance-based metrics to evaluate and hold the contractor
accountable, for example, aircraft Ready For Tasking, sorties completed, and tasks accomplished.
e. Contract Phase-in/Phase-out periods in accordance with FAR 52.237-3, Continuity of
Services.
11-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11.1.6.3 The following items may be required by the PCO to complete the contracting process:
a. Funding document
b. Technical Evaluation Plan
c. Independent government estimate of cost
d. Sole source justification (if applicable)
e. Government Furnished Property (GFP) listing
f. Repair parts lists associated with the equipment and items to be maintained at the various
levels of maintenance
g. The nature of supply support to be used in the contract (government or contractor provided)
h. Specific identification and location of systems to be maintained
i. Inspection and test procedures and output standards for end products
j. Quantitative input and output schedules and priorities for accomplishment of workloads to
meet operational requirements
k. Special instructions for rework/component repair/replacement
l. Disposition instructions for repairable items
m. Maintenance Information System (MIS) requirements and frequency of reports
n. Expected duration of the contract. Contracts may range from a short duration to 10 years
depending on the type of contract written
o. Special Navy programs. Safety procedures for reporting and investigating accidents or
incidents
p. Classified material access and handling procedures
q. Configuration Management (CM) documentation and process requirements
11.1.7 General Rules of Government Contract Administration and Contract Writing
11.1.7.1 Introduction
11-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Procedures may be approved in sections; however, contractors will not conduct
ground operations until the applicable procedure has been approved. Flight
operations are prohibited until ALL procedures have been approved.
b. DON contracts should include the following items:
(1) Purpose. State the purpose of the proposed contract (providing a clear explanation of
products or services being procured), and include required Navy guidance. Ensure inclusion of the
GFRC when applicable.
(2) System Description. Describe the aircraft or weapon system supported.
(3) Mission. Describe the mission of the subject weapon system or activity.
(4) Support Concept. Describe support required of the contractor as well as support to be
provided by the government, for example, contractor provides all maintenance materials and SE, full
government support, or combinations of both. Address special emphasis programs, such as FOD
prevention or Corrosion Control programs. Address the location of aircraft to be supported and the
anticipated Concept of Operations (CONOPs).
NOTE: The PMA, or other responsible supporting program office, must coordinate supply
support requirements as soon as practicable. The coordination must insure that the
supply activity’s chain of command has been included in accordance with applicable
command requirements.
(5) The PWS/SOW should include any government provided property, information or
services.
(6) Definitions and Abbreviations. Include definitions and abbreviations used in the PWS.
11.1.7.2 Maintenance
The O-level, I-level, and Conditional maintenance elements listed in this section must be addressed
(if applicable) when writing the requirements for contract maintenance. The list is not all-inclusive
and each specific requirement and situation must be examined to ensure contractor’s requirements are
adequately defined so government’s oversight responsibilities can be achieved. For example, since
DON aircraft do not have a U.S. Civil Airworthiness Certificate, work performed on them by a FAA
Certified Repair Station (14 CFR Part 145) is technically not covered under the FAA rules. That is
why the contract needs to clearly identify that work performed on US Navy aircraft is to be in
accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR 43, either by a “Part 145 Repair Station” or by FAA
certified mechanics (Part 65). Without specifying that maintenance is to be performed to FAA
standards, the contractor would not be required to meet FAA standards. Likewise, since there is no
regulatory requirement to perform maintenance on Navy aircraft under 14 CFR Part 43, or a return to
service by a person certified under Part 65 or an organization certified under Part 145, it is unlikely
that the FAA would become involved in a dispute about quality of workmanship or traceability of
parts. For maintenance of components (not installed on aircraft), that could be installed on a civil US
Registered aircraft, the FAA would have an interest since the return to service is independent of the
11-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
aircraft (FAA Form 8130-3 most likely) and the part could conceivably be installed in a civil aircraft
having a U.S. Airworthiness Certificate.
NOTE: When developing a PWS or SOW, the Contracting Officer will ensure contractor
ALSS and Egress personnel and other contractors involved with certification, loading,
and handling of ordnance meet the intent of the requirements established in
OPNAVINST 8023.24 in accordance with NAVAIRINST 3710.1. The full
requirements of OPNAVINST 8023.24 apply when the contractor is acting in direct
support of, and with, military ordnance personnel or perform ordnance functions on a
Navy or Marine Corps Air Station.
a. O-Level Maintenance. NAVAIRINST 3710.1, Section 5, provides a minimum list of GOPs
the contractor must develop and use. NAMP programs and areas not covered by the NAVAIRINST
3710.1, Chapter 5, must be considered when preparing a PWS/SOW, not after the contract has been
award. The following must also be considered:
(1) Operational Schedule Commitments. Address criteria for meeting the operational
schedule.
(2) Off-Site Support. Address required detachment support ashore or afloat.
(3) FCFs. Describe support required by the contractor.
(4) Aircraft Acceptance and Transfer Inspections. Describe tasking and define minimum
requirements.
(5) Contractor logistics support, including engineering, parts obsolescence, etc.
(6) Other Support Services. Describe functions required by the contractor that are not
covered by other major headings, for example, Safe for Flight and air cargo Safe for Flight. Other
support services may include:
(a) Maintenance of display aircraft
(b) Support for Change of Commands
(c) Other ceremonies
b. I-Level Maintenance. Include the applicable items from paragraph 11.1.7.2.a and the items
listed below. Describe the functions to be performed in each of the following areas:
(1) Airframe systems and component repair
(2) Power plants and component repair
(3) Propeller and rotary wing dynamic systems component repair
(4) Electrical systems and component repair
(5) Avionics systems and components repair, to include TMDE
11-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
If the agency being supported is outsourcing management functions, such as AMO, MMCO,
Maintenance Control, and Work Center Supervisors, the contract needs to specify the requirements
and authority of those positions. Additionally, the activity must have a plan in place to ensure
government oversight of those contracted positions. While it is understood that certain supervisory
roles may be contracted out, other roles, including government oversight and CPI requirements, will
be maintained by the activity (Military or Civil Service).
a. Physical Plant and Equipment
(1) Address physical plant management roles of the government and contractor.
(2) List responsibilities and requirements for government furnished and contractor managed
equipment. The following must be addressed:
(a) Office equipment
(b) IMRL/SE
(c) Plant property/Government Furnished Equipment (GFE). PWS/SOW will ensure an
annual wall-to-wall inventory is performed for all GFE.
(d) Test bench installations to include test bench harness, maintenance and modification.
(e) Hand tools. Ensure tool control plans are in place. Address government or contractor
tools.
b. Housekeeping and Daily Security. Describe the contractor’s responsibilities for:
(1) Housekeeping
(2) Security support
(3) Hazardous materials and waste
(4) Precious metals
c. Personnel and Interface. Address the required interfacing between contractor and government
representatives.
d. Management Support. Outline management functions such as scheduled work, NMCS
validation, and training programs.
11-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
in the contract. The Quality Clauses listed in paragraphs 11.1.8.3.b and 11.1.8.3.e, range from basic
insight and the government’s right to inspect, to higher quality requirements, such as adherence to
specific standards, or the establishment of Critical Safety Items (CSI) that must be witnessed by
government personnel during the manufacturing or rework processes. These clauses are normally
managed by separate quality representatives, not the GFR. However, just like the GFRC, Quality
Clauses are aspects of CAS and supported by the APT. Quality Clauses can be used in conjunction
with the GFRC or on contracts where the GFRC is not applicable.
(1) Program management. Address frequency of QC Program reviews and audits.
(2) Records. Address how often QC data is to be updated and how long the data must be
maintained.
(3) Program elements. List programs to be monitored or audited by the contractor’s QC
Program.
(4) Inspections. List mandatory inspections required of the contractor that must be witnessed
by a government quality representative. These inspections are normally identified as CSIs.
(5) Technical Library. Describe responsibilities for establishing and maintaining the technical
library per applicable Navy guidance.
g. Ordnance Qualification/Certification Board. Task the contractor with establishing a
qualification and certification program meeting the intent of OPNAVINST 8023.24.
h. Aircraft Confined Space Program. Describe procedures to be used along with qualification
and certification processes per NA 01-1A-35.
11.1.7.4 Materials/Supply
a. General. Describe overall responsibilities for the contractor’s material control functions.
b. Material control criteria. Address specific material control procedures.
c. Repairable items. Address procedures for the ordering, turn-in, and inventory of repairable
items; i.e., RFI vs. non-RFI.
d. Consumable items. Address procedures for ordering direct support consumable items.
e. Inventory management and tracking system. The contractor must establish a government
approved system for gathering usage data for items not identified by a National Stock Number (NSN)
and ensure proper identification, storage, and control of NSN and non-NSN assets. Common types of
system outputs needed include the following:
(1) Daily NMCS/PMCS component list
(2) Monthly financial inventory report
(3) Quarterly inventory status report
11-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Notification when on-hand assets are less than or equal to established minimum quantities
f. Inventory Accuracy. Address procedures for spot inventory checks and an annual physical
inventory of government owned material
11.1.7.5 Operational Requirements
a. Base Loading/Use. Give base loading for site and planned annual use in flight hours.
b. Annual Flight Program. Summarize, in an annex, examples of daily, weekly, and holiday
flight schedules.
c. Environment. Describe plans, requirements, support, and tasking, (if applicable) for:
(1) Weather
(2) Night operations
(3) Cross-country flight operations
(4) Weekends and holidays
(5) Rescheduling
(6) Surge capability
(7) Detachment operations
(8) I-Level/D-Level environment:
(a) Workload. Address annual average workload.
(b) Hours of operation. Address expected hours.
(c) Production control. Address periods of manning.
11.1.7.6 Government Responsibilities
Describe what the government will provide to support the contract. This information is provided as
an attachment to the contract.
11.1.7.7 Overhaul Requirements.
11-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Describe contractor tasking for the maintenance, repair, and documentation requirements of SE.
11.1.7.9 Real Property
Describe who will perform the FCF, correct discrepancies found, and sign-off of flight critical
discrepancies generated during the FCF.
11.1.7.14 Transition
a. Safety program. Describe contractor requirement to establish and maintain a Safety Program
as required per NAVAIRINST 3710.1.
11-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: This Contractor Safety Program does not relieve the activity from OPNAVINST
3750.6 requirements.
b. OSHA. In matters affecting the safety and health of the contractor’s employees, the contractor
will be responsible to the Department of Labor or to the State office (where OSHA has approved a
State plan).
11.1.7.16 Records, Reports, and Distribution
Describe requirements for contractor support of investigations in preparation of aircraft mishap and
accident reports. NAVAIRINST 3710.1 provides specific guidance.
11-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11.1.7.20 Ordnance
Proposed configuration changes are delivered via Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) to include any
prototyping requirements (when applicable). NAVAIR SOP 4130.1 provides the necessary guidance.
11.1.8 Contract Clauses, Changes and Waivers
11-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the government needs the contractor to act and cannot wait for agreement on liability to be reached.
When a Change Order is used, the contractor may be entitled to an equitable adjustment.
c. A Constructive Change is an unauthorized contract modification in oral or written format that
occurred through an affirmative act, the failure to act, or a formal or informal action by a government
official, construed by the contractor as having the same effect as a written change order. It must
involve a change in the performance, beyond minimum contract requirements, that is not part of the
contract. When a constructive change occurs, the contractor may be entitled to an equitable
adjustment.
NOTE: When dealing with a contractor, it is imperative all personnel understand their roles,
authorities, and responsibilities. A seemingly harmless suggestion by a military or
civilian government representative can result in the contractor taking action and
subsequently billing the government for that action. Personnel involved in government
oversight or visiting contractor-supported activities must receive the proper training.
Interaction and communication with contractors will be managed through the
members of the Contract Oversight Team, ACO, and PCO.
11.1.8.2 Contract Waivers
a. On contracts that include the Ground Flight Risk Clause (GFRC), the contractor requests for
waivers to governing maintenance requirements must be submitted through the GFR/GGFR for
review and forwarded, via the chain of command, to the appropriate authority. Specific guidelines
for processing waivers are outlined in NAVAIRINST 3710.1, Chapter 2.
b. For contracts that do not include the GFRC, the contractor’s request for waivers to governing
maintenance requirements must be submitted through the COR for review and forwarded to the
appropriate authority.
NOTE: When addressing a waiver or deviation that affects contractor operations, it is
important to determine if the request is for relief from the contract, NAVAIRINST
3710.1, or other Navy guidance.
c. Contractor requests for non-maintenance waivers, changes or modifications to specific
contractual requirements must be submitted through the COR/TPOC and the GFR/GGFR for review
and forwarded, via the chain of command, to the designated contract administration office. Specific
guidelines for processing waivers, changes or modifications are provided by the ACO or PCO.
11.1.8.3 Contracting Clauses
Stakeholders need to understand the clauses normally associated with supporting naval aircraft.
Recognizing that contract work can often be subcontracted, users need to understand which of these
clauses must flow down to a subcontractor, which of the clauses becomes the responsibility of the
Prime contractor to enforce, and which place requirements on the government.
NOTE: It should be noted and understood that NAVAIRINST 3710.1 does not address quality;
rather, it addresses the contractor’s responsibility to establish and enforce safe and
11-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Standard inspection requirements are contained in the clauses prescribed in FAR 46.302
through 46.308, and in the product and Navy specifications that are included in solicitations and
contracts.
(2) The clauses require the contractor to provide and maintain an inspection system that is
acceptable to the government; give the government the right to make inspections and tests while
work is in process; and require the contractor to keep complete, and make available to the
government, records of its inspection work.
d. Higher Level Quality Requirements, FAR 46.311. A private company depends on the FAA to
ensure the contractor maintains standards when supporting their aircraft. Even though the Navy can
leverage FAA standards, the FAA has no authority to act on behalf of the DON when Navy Aircraft
are involved. Therefore, contracting officers must insert the Higher-Level Contract Quality
Requirement clause, FAR 52.246-11, in solicitations and contracts when the inclusion of a higher-
level contract quality requirement is necessary (see FAR 46.202-4). Any higher-level quality clause
must define the standards against which the government intends to measure the contractor. Examples
of higher-level quality standards include ISO 9001, ASQ/ANSI E4, ASME NQA-1, SAE AS9100,
SAE AS9003, and ISO/TS 16949, and product or process specific quality standards such as SAE
AS5553 or FAA Order 8900.1 governing repair station standards. Sometimes the only standard that
needs to be called out is FAR 52.246-4, Inspection of Services -- Fixed-Price.
e. Other Quality Assurance Clauses. The following are FAR and DFARS clauses that may be
used; the Program Manager and PCO must be familiar with each:
(1) FAR 46.202-1, Contracts for commercial items
(2) FAR 46.202-4, Higher-level quality requirements
(3) FAR 52.246-2, Higher-level quality requirement for inspection of supplies
(4) FAR 52.246-11 Higher-level contract quality requirement
(5) DFARS 246.408-71, Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan
11.2 Commercial Derivative Aircraft (CDA)
11.2.1 Objective
Provide policy to fleet operating personnel regarding the planning, developing, and managing of
CDA.
11.2.2 Background
CDA have been used by the Navy and Marine Corps to meet logistics and passenger-carrying needs,
and are increasingly being used to meet other unique mission requirements. When appropriately
matched to these roles, and applying FAA approved civil maintenance plans, CDA offer significant
life-cycle cost savings to the government.
11-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
11.2.3 Scope
Applies to the Navy and Marine Corps CDA used for operations.
11.2.4 Airworthiness
The PMA is responsible for establishing a plan that includes, when necessary, engineering design,
testing, sustainment, and modifications to CDA. To maximize life cycle cost savings, the Navy and
Marine Corps will seek to ensure its CDA, to the extent practicable, comply with civil airworthiness
standards set by FAA Regulations. CDA owned, leased, or operated by the Navy and Marine Corps
are, in most cases, conducting Public Aircraft Operations (PAO), as defined by the U.S. Code. As
such, the Navy, not the FAA, is the responsible agent for certification of airworthiness per
NAVAIRINST 13034.1 and NAVAIR Manual 13034.1. Ultimately, NAVAIRSYSCOM has
responsibility for airworthiness and will leverage FAA airworthiness artifacts and FAA approved
maintenance plans wherever practicable.
11.2.5 Maintenance Planning
a. NAVAIRSYSCOM is responsible for assisting PMAs and WSMs in the acquisition and
development of aircraft and weapon systems.
b. PMAs are responsible for overall management of maintenance and logistics programs for
systems under their cognizance and will:
(1) Conduct business case analysis, including analyzing proprietary data/licensing
considerations, to determine whether contractor or organic maintenance is more beneficial.
(2) Determine, in cases where an approved OEM maintenance plan exists, the implementation
of best commercial practices in lieu of the NAMP.
(3) Develop T/M/S specific maintenance and support plans that contain detailed guidance to
address operational considerations, OEM/organic maintenance policy, requirements, safety and
11-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
airworthiness. The maintenance and support plan must cover all Integrated Logistic Support (ILS)
elements and define applicable and non-applicable NAMP policies. The plan must be updated as
required for program or funding changes.
(4) Coordinate with OPNAV and ACCs for development, implementation, revisions, and
changes to the respective maintenance and support plans.
(5) Provide interim maintenance and support guidance to ACCs when problems, design
changes, or operational experience indicate a change is required. This interim guidance will be
issued as an attachment to the maintenance plan. The interim guidance will be rescinded by the
cognizant Assistant Program Manager for Logistics (APML) when the approved change is issued.
c. ACCs, in conjunction with PMA, are responsible for determining specific CDA maintenance,
support, and operational requirements and will:
(1) Ensure Navy personnel are thoroughly trained in CDA maintenance, associated support
plans and practices.
(2) Conduct reviews of support strategies and performance measures. Revise, correct, and
improve sustainment strategies as necessary to meet performance requirements.
11.2.7 Resources
a. The FAA Military Certification Office (MCO) was established via a MOA to support the
services in dealing with CDA issues. It serves as an FAA Aircraft Certification Office (ACO) and
the FAA point of contact for coordination with the applicable US Armed Services Airworthiness
Authority (AA).
b. All US military CDA programs requiring FAA “type certification” projects are now initiated
through the MCO. This assures higher priority in the FAA queue, standardization for military
certification programs, and a staff knowledgeable in military processes. Type certification projects
may be conducted by the MCO, coordinated with the FAA type certificate management office for
execution, or delegated to another ACO if in the best interest of the FAA.
c. MCO provides certification of modifications to commercial aircraft that generally meet the
following criteria:
(1) The aircraft’s primary mission (for example, carriage of passengers and/or cargo) is not
altered.
(2) The flight usage spectrum is within the FAA certified flight usage (or can be
accommodated by maintenance concepts).
(3) FAA expertise and/or civil standards exist.
(4) The aircraft are operated and maintained in a manner consistent with the way the aircraft
was certified for civil use.
(5) The modification is of a type that a civil applicant would typically request.
11-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. CM for military aircraft must be processed per NAVAIRINST 4130.1. Configuration change
proposals must be submitted either as ECPs or as RAMECs processed per NAVAIR SOP 4130.1.
b. CM of CDA is managed by NAVAIRSYSCOM, which has final authority to approve or
disapprove incorporation of all military and non-mandatory FAA changes. CM of naval aircraft will
not be contracted out, but commercial CM data can be used to support government CM processes.
NAVAIRSYSCOM will establish a baseline configuration for all contractor maintained equipment
prior to award of a contract.
c. ULSS and Maintenance Support plans must contain explicit details on all methods of
configuration control for the applicable aircraft, Contractor-Furnished Equipment (CFE), and
Peculiar Support Equipment (PSE).
d. Commercial aircraft also undergo aircraft modifications to remain flight ready, and to maintain
their FAA certification. Any other information from a manufacturer is considered to be advisory
unless the "Inspection and maintenance program" says otherwise (a high percentage of commercial
aircraft are certified under a maintenance plan that requires the manufacturer’s recommended
program be followed). Service Bulletins, Service Letters, and such are part of the Instructions for
Continued Airworthiness of an aircraft required by 14 CFR 21.50. Most times they result from either
changes in parts or from service difficulties, and provide greater reliability. In some cases, they may
be incorporated by reference into Airworthiness Directives (AD) under 14 CFR 39. If they aren't
incorporated into an AD, they aren't mandatory from that standpoint, but could be mandatory
depending on the maintenance and inspection program identified for the aircraft.
NOTE: Airworthiness Directives (AD) are part of 14 CFR 39 and are REGULATORY and are
always MANDATORY.
e. FAA directives not having mandatory compliance, along with Navy originated TDs and
RAMECs, must be complied with as directed by the PMA. Either the WSM, when assigned, or the
PMA will prepare, process, and present these change requests to the appropriate NAVAIRSYSCOM
Change Board (an emergency AD that says, “Before further flight” may not allow sufficient time for
a formal Board action. Prior coordination should be considered). Major (Class I) engineering
changes to naval (Navy, and Marine Corps) Configuration Items (CIs), especially aircraft or
components which are commercially controlled, may be documented and submitted as Federal
Aviation Administration (FAA) airworthiness directives or certifications, contractor service bulletins
and other such commercially acceptable means. However, all such changes will still require the
NAVAIRSYSCOM Configuration Control Board (CCB) or De-Centralized Configuration Control
Board (DCCB) approval and reporting, and implementation via a Technical Directive (TD) following
the process governed by NAVAIRINST 5215.12 and NA 00-25-300 manual.
f. Commercial configuration changes for CDA may be exempt from certain military specification
requirements including drawings, kit assembly, and kit proofing. Commercial changes, when issued,
have met FAA approval for engineering logic and safety, however, the military may use the CDA in
a manner or environment that differs from its commercial counterpart. The NAVAIRSYSCOM
11-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Airworthiness and CYBERSAFE Office, in coordination with the PMA, will make the determination
whether the FAA approvals have met the Navy’s full requirements, or if further engineering review is
required per NAVAIRINST 13034.1. The FAA Military Certification Office routinely interacts with
the NAVAIR Airworthiness and CYBERSAFE Office on matters specific to CDA.
g. Provisions for funding the installation or compliance with approved configuration changes and
subsequent amendments or modifications for contractor maintained Navy and Marine Corps aircraft
must be included in the maintenance contract per DOD 7000.14-R and NAVSO P-1000. Known or
anticipated configuration changes to fielded aircraft requiring funding must be planned for and
identified in the Operational Safety Improvement Plan.
h. Configuration status accounting provides an audit trail for changes from the baseline
configuration. It provides information necessary for the accomplishment of related tasks resulting
from configuration changes. Status accounting data and reports may exist in a variety of forms, some
of which may be automated. In some instances this information may be provided from data reports
used by the contractor. Overall responsibility for status accounting is assigned to the PMA. Content
of the configuration status report must, at a minimum, contain records and reports which reflect the
following:
(1) Technical documentation comprising the configuration baseline and other essential data.
(2) Approved changes to the configuration, including the quantity and nomenclature to which
these changes apply, the implementation status of such changes, and the activity responsible for
implementation.
(3) Current configuration.
(4) In accordance with NAVAIR SOP 4130.1, Configuration Status Accounting (CSA).
i. CM and configuration status accounting procedures for CDA must be performed per NAVAIR
SOP 4130.1 as defined in the PMA CM plan and as approved by NAVAIR Configuration
Management. The PMA will coordinate with the ACC in approving which commercially originated
maintenance directives and component modification requirements (ADs, ASBs, CEBs, CSLs, SBs,
and AOLs) are determined necessary or mandatory. All resulting changes must be compliant with
the TD Program. The PMA or Fleet Support Team (FST) will furnish the Contracting Officer a
Contract Data Requirements List as part of the procurement request, defining all configuration status
accounting information, data, and reports.
j. CM for systems other than aircraft is a responsibility of the PMA and must include
configuration control and status accounting procedures and requirements for all issued changes.
11.2.9 Recording Accuracy
11-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Logbooks, forms, records, and reports must conform to and meet the minimum provisions of
COMNAVAIRFOR and NAVAIRSYSCOM requirements. When required or advantageous to the
PMA and accepted by NAVAIRSYSCOM, a CDA may use logbooks and records meeting FAA
standards as listed in FAA regulations.
c. The contract should be written such that the contractor will be required to certify the
completion of maintenance actions accomplished on the aircraft. Additionally, the contractor may be
authorized to certify the aircraft Safe for Flight. Personnel authorized to certify completion of
maintenance and release aircraft Safe for Flight must complete a company approved training syllabus
to include qualifications, required reading, and OJT. GOPs must identify the final approval authority
and processes to certify company artisans. The GFR will in turn, validate the qualification process
through the approval of GOPs. The GOPs must stipulate that the contractor be required to maintain a
current list of contractor personnel qualified to sign-off maintenance actions and to release aircraft
Safe for Flight.
d. Depending on the contract maintenance construct or approved CDA maintenance program, the
recording requirements may involve maintenance of aircraft and SE official logs and records. The
contract or approved CDA maintenance program must specify the format and minimum information
that must be recorded and maintained. All consideration should be given to using existing and
accepted Navy records, practices, and information systems/programs prior to accepting a contractor’s
proposal to develop a new or proprietary system.
11.2.10 Supply Support
a. Supply support can be provided through the military supply system or through commercial
resources for either military unique weapons systems or CDA.
b. When the government uses commercial sources for supply, the civilian marketplace
determines availability of spares and repair parts. Supply support must when necessary, be tailored
to each individual platform by the logistics manager. Considerable flexibility must exist to ensure
required support at a minimum cost.
c. To assist in budgeting, a Weapon System Planning Document (WSPD) and GFE list has been
established for each model aircraft. The government supply system must be used for GFE stock or
items common to other Navy aircraft including general aeronautical material such as nuts, bolts, and
sheet aluminum, except when prohibited by the contract.
d. There are many variations of contractor support which should be considered when seeking the
most efficient and economical method. Competitive sources for repairable items are normally
available and should be considered where practical. CFE should be supported commercially for the
life-of-type if more advantageous to the government.
e. The PCO is permitted to contractually authorize the contractor to pursue commercial sources
for parts as long as military specifications and standards are met and the standard stock price is not
exceeded. A documented waiver should be obtained if it is necessary to exceed the standard stock
price when the Navy supply system has been proven not operationally responsive. Ensure contract
11-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
provisions require appropriate mandatory procedures to ensure the contractor maintains auditable
documentation to verify material accountability.
f. The following contains examples of special areas that need to be addressed when tailoring
supply support for CDA:
(1) Contractor managed storage facility at the O-level.
(2) Consignment of parts using organization with payment upon consumption.
(3) O-level activity local procurement authority to purchase from prime manufacturer or other
commercial sources where available.
(4) GFP item acquired by manufacturer part number and not processed in the federal supply
system.
(5) Contractually required Support Material List of commonly used replaceable parts,
including prices.
(6) Proposed cost to the government for CFE spares, PSE, and publications, versus cost to
commercial customers.
(7) Contractor comparison of commercial and government support to determine method to be
followed.
(8) A pool of spares at the O-level.
g. Operational support details will be determined by the APML or Logistics Element Manager
and will indicate procedures for requisitioning spares, turn-in of repairable items, exchange of items,
and any other details necessary for using organizations to maintain the required support for the
aircraft.
h. The local supporting supply activity, designated to provide supply support for the contract,
must be fully appraised of contractual requirements of any new contract. The PMA must coordinate
support requirements as soon as practicable.
i. The ULSS must contain sufficient operational detail to ensure organizational compliance in
maintaining complete support. The plan will be updated as required for significant changes due to
program or funding changes.
11-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 12
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program, Depot Special Process
Certification, and Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center (NATEC)
Engineering Technical Services (ETS)
Table of Contents
12.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program ............................................. 1
12.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 1
12.1.2 Depot Quality Management System (QMS) ................................................................... 1
12.1.2.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 1
12.1.2.2 Quality Management ........................................................................................ 1
12.1.3 Depot Level Technical Support and Programs ............................................................... 4
12.1.3.1 Fleet Support Teams (FST) and FRC Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul
(MRO) Engineering and Logistics ................................................................................. 4
12.1.3.2 Technical Authority, Certification, and Qualification ..................................... 5
12.1.3.3 Reliability and Maintainability (R&M)/Reliability Centered Maintenance
(RCM) Program ............................................................................................................. 5
12.1.3.4 Structural Life Limits (SLL) Program ............................................................. 5
12.1.3.5 Integrated Maintenance Concept/Program (IMC/P) ........................................ 6
12.1.3.6 Aircraft Service Period Adjustment (ASPA) Program .................................... 7
12.1.3.7 Naval Sustainment System Aircraft (NSS-A) Depot Event Induction ............. 7
12.1.3.8 Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) and ATE Test Program Sets (TPS) .......... 9
12.1.3.9 Mobile Facility (MF) ..................................................................................... 10
12.1.3.10 Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS) ................................................ 10
12.1.3.11 System Safety Program ................................................................................ 10
12.1.3.12 Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL) ........................................... 11
12.1.3.13 Critical Item Management (CIM) ................................................................ 14
12.1.3.14 Material Engineering Disposition Program (MEDP) .................................. 16
12.1.3.15 Nondestructive Testing and Inspection (NDT/I) Program........................... 17
12.1.4 Industrial Operations Programs and Processes .............................................................. 19
12.1.4.1 Industrial Operations Programs and Processes (IOPP) Training ................... 19
12.1.4.2 Fuel Surveillance Program .............................................................................. 26
12-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 12
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program, Depot Special Process
Certification, and Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center (NATEC)
Engineering Technical Services (ETS)
12.1 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program
12.1.1 Introduction
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is responsible for the management of the Aviation Depot Level Industrial
Program. Management responsibilities include planning for and developing resource capabilities to
meet industrial level material support needs for naval aviation active and reserve operating forces,
and issuing policy and procedures for the operation of Depot Fleet Readiness Centers (FRC) within
the Department of the Navy (DON).
a. The Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program provides depot level (D-level) maintenance,
rework, and manufacturing within the Depot Fleet Readiness Centers (Depot FRC). It also provides
support services to organizational level (O-level) and intermediate level (I-level) maintenance
activities, such as providing technical expertise and repairs that exceed O-level or I-level
responsibility or capability.
b. The following sections provide information and policy regarding processes and functions that
are unique to the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aviation Depot Level Industrial Program.
12.1.2 Depot Quality Management System (QMS)
12.1.2.1 Overview
The Depot QMS is a single, formalized system which documents processes, procedures, and
responsibilities for achieving quality policies and objectives while conforming to aerospace standard
(AS) 9110 Quality Management Systems – Requirements for Aviation Maintenance Organizations.
The Depot QMS is the system used to manage product and service quality.
12.1.2.2 Quality Management
The Depot FRC must manage quality by establishing quality policies and quality objectives,
developing, maintaining, and improving processes to achieve these quality objectives through
quality planning, quality assurance, quality control, and quality improvement. The primary quality
management positions include:
a. Quality Manager (QM). The Quality Manager (QM) is responsible to the Depot FRC
Commanding Officer for ensuring conformance of the Quality Management System to aerospace
standard (AS) 9110 Quality Management Systems – Requirements for Aviation Maintenance
Organizations and for the periodic certification of conformance. The QM is responsible establishing
quality policies, objectives, and processes, and for achieving quality objectives through the
application of quality planning, quality assurance, quality control, and quality improvement. The
QM must form Integrated Quality Teams and take such actions as may be necessary to improve
Depot QMS effectiveness and efficiency.
12-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Integrated Quality Team Lead (IQTL). Integrated Quality Teams (IQT) will be formed by
the QM and assigned responsibility for improving the quality of specific products or services. Each
IQT must have a leader assigned who is overall responsible to the QM for the IQT’s performance in
monitoring and improving the quality of the IQT’s assigned products and services. The primary
responsibility of the IQT must be to collect and analyze data, conduct root cause analysis, and make
recommendations to the QM for corrective and preventative actions necessary to improve the
effectiveness and efficiency of processes, procedures, and/or policies with regard to quality.
12.1.2.2.1 Quality Planning (QP)
Quality Planning is that part of quality management focused on setting quality objectives and
specifying necessary operational processes and related resources needed to achieve the quality
objectives. The QM is responsible for quality planning and must collaborate and coordinate with
appropriate Depot FRC departments when setting quality objectives and conducting quality
planning.
12.1.2.2.2 Quality Assurance (QA)
Quality Assurance is that part of quality management focused on providing confidence that quality
requirements will be fulfilled. Auditing is the primary quality assurance activity at Depot FRCs.
Audits are a systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining objective evidence and
evaluating it, objectively, to determine the extent to which the audit criteria are fulfilled. There are
many tools used to conduct audits, at a minimum, audits will use Computerized Self Evaluation
Checklists (CSEC), ePower Audit Tracking System (ATS) for scheduling and Evaluation
Request/Action Request (ER/AR) for documentation of findings needed to be corrected. Audits at
Depot FRCs will be broken into four specific types: Product Audits, Process Audits, Aerospace
Audits (internal & external) and NAMP Audits.
a. Product Audits. Product audits are conducted either in-process or final product; to include
components and aircraft. Product is verified for conformance to specifications delineated in
technical data and local engineering documents. A percentage of final product will be sampled
based on a surveillance plan developed by the QM during quality planning. Product audits are
performed by the IQT as required.
b. Process Audits. D-level processes, either special processes or other processes will be audited
on a regular basis as deemed necessary based on a surveillance plan developed by the QM during
quality planning. Process focused audits utilize the NAMP, local specifications, and technical data
to compare outputs to objectives to determine effectiveness and efficiency of the process, and are
conducted by competent and qualified process auditors. Processes are audited from start to finish
for conformance to the applicable industry or local specifications. The special processes audited are
identified in paragraph 12.2 and within Advanced Skills Management (ASM).
c. Aerospace Audits. Internal and External Aerospace audits are a requirement for
certification/registration to AS9110. Internal and External Aerospace audits are performed by
trained auditors independent of the process and activity being audited thereby ensuring objectivity
and impartiality of the process audited. These audits are conducted to ensure ongoing compliance
with requirements of the QMS standards, organization's own requirements (policies and
12-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. TYPEWINGs, MAWs and other Fleet activities may submit recommendations for AMEA
messages via the applicable aircraft or equipment class desk. Submissions must include the
following information:
(1) Aircraft and/or equipment application
(2) Situation statement (a brief description of the problem)
(3) Problem definition (details of the underlying cause of the problem)
(4) Summary (specific information to assist the FST in improving fleet performance)
12.1.3.2 Technical Authority, Certification, and Qualification
The COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Engineering and Sustainment Groups empower Technical Warrant
Holders, Deputy Technical Warrant Holders and subject matter experts across the COMFRC
Echelon organizations. Engineers empowered with technical authority provide:
a. Safe for Flight requirements for FRC production and quality processes and FST one-time
flight recommendations.
b. Provide engineering and technical oversight, guidance, and assistance to FRC Depots.
c. Provide engineering and technical oversight, guidance, and assistance Center for Naval
Aviation Technical Training (CENNAVAVNTECHTRA).
d. Develop and issue engineering requirements for special skill certifications for maintenance
technologies, such as non-destructive inspection (NDI), welding and brazing, and composite repair.
e. Provide products and services in the establishment of training materials and methods, such as
course content and testing and examination procedures, as requested by COMNAVAIRFOR,
CENNAVAVNTECHTRA, and COMFRC.
12.1.3.3 Reliability and Maintainability (R&M)/Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)
Program
a. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM has directed the application of R&M/RCM to all in-service and
future aircraft, engines, aircrew systems, weapon systems, aircraft launch and recovery equipment,
and support equipment (SE), from technology development through disposal per NAVAIR 00-25-
403 and NAVAIRINST 4790.20.
b. R&M/RCM must be applied as a continuous, integrated activity based on sound engineering
and sustainment principles for developing safe and affordable failure management strategies.
Conduct of this analysis must be the basis for any effort that establishes or adjusts preventive
maintenance (PM) tasks and intervals as an element of the overall maintenance planning process.
12.1.3.4 Structural Life Limits (SLL) Program
The SLL Program provides policy and assigns responsibilities to ensure continuing structural safety
of fixed and rotary wing aircraft throughout their assigned service life. All levels of maintenance
are responsible for ensuring structural life limited items and components do not exceed the specified
limits per NAVAIRINST 13120.1 for fixed wing and NAVAIRINST 13130.1 for rotary wing
12-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
aircraft and applicable Service Life Bulletins (SLB), periodic maintenance information cards
(PMIC), technical directives (TD), and interim rapid action changes (IRAC). Structural
modification or alteration of life limited items and components may be changed by applicable TDs,
but not without determining the effect on aircraft assigned service life and approval by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. Responsibilities:
a. FSTs must verify all structural life limited items and dynamic components are incorporated in
applicable aircraft PMICs.
b. Depot FRCs must verify all individual aircraft logbooks and auto log-sets (ALS) reflect work
accomplished by the Depot FRC which may affect the structural life limited items or dynamic
components service life. For aircraft reworked on-site, reflect work accomplished in aircraft
logbooks or provide the documentation for aircraft logbook entry by the operating activity (as
applicable). The FST must include instructions for any required logbook or scheduled removal
component (SRC) card entries with Fleet Engineering Dispositions (FED).
12.1.3.5 Integrated Maintenance Concept/Program (IMC/P)
IMC/P is a multi-phased (Prototype-to-Implementation) program maintenance philosophy based on
RCM analysis and focused on developing pro-active Preventive Maintenance Plans. NAVAIR AL-
081AO-IMC-000 is used by the PMA for planning to transition to the IMC/P and will be used in
preparing for the prototype and final approval processes to ensure all programmatic requirements
are anticipated and put in place prior to the commencement of the first PMI at the IMC/P site. This
handbook contains the general requirements which must be met for the plan before seeking
concurrence from the Integrated Maintenance Review Board and CNO (N980L). The planned
maintenance interval (PMI) Specification details inspection and processing specification
requirements necessary to perform scheduled aircraft D-level maintenance. The PMI Specification
can be used by both government and commercial contractor activities.
a. Key aspects of the IMC/P include:
(1) A comprehensive RCM analysis that includes the justification of all maintenance tasks
without regard to specific levels of repair. It relies on decision logic for defining PM tasks that are
applicable and effective for a specific set of failure modes and outcomes. RCM engineering
analysis will be used to develop and identify PM tasks that will produce the highest degree of
availability and readiness at the lowest overall life cycle cost. IMC/P targets improvement in the
overall material condition of the aircraft, optimum life-cycle costs, and reduced out-of-service time
while retaining safety considerations.
(2) The consolidation of maintenance tasks that safely minimizes the duplication of effort
among O-level, I-level, and D-level. Eliminating redundant tasks and combining multi-level artisan
skill sets will allow programs to achieve a wider range of tasks without regard to location. This
initiative allows programs to move D-level skilled artisans closer to the warfighter, improves Fleet
readiness through personnel training, and reduces aircraft downtime.
(3) Fixed Service Periods (FSP) are established by type/model/series (T/M/S) and are based
on RCM analysis, operational requirements, safety, and economic considerations. Fixed Induction
Dates (FID) for IMC/P events are set for the specific Month and Year. Planners may induct an
12-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
IMC/P aircraft any time during that specified month, or up to 2 months earlier if required, for
scheduling purposes to support operational requirements, promote level scheduling of D-level
events, or compliment budget submission timelines.
(4) Calendar Based induction scheduling consists of Fixed Induction Dates (FID) for IMC/P
events set for a specific Month and Year. Planners may induct an IMC/P aircraft any time during
that specified month, or up to 2 months earlier if required, for scheduling purposes to support
operational requirements, promote level scheduling of D-level events, or compliment budget
submission timelines.
(5) Block Scheduling inductions consists of prescribed blocks (i.e. induction) at each
designated repair point (D-level facility) while also allowing the flight experience of the aircraft
dictate which aircraft are to be inducted by filling the pre-determined induction blocks at said
designated repair point (DRP). The concept aligns with OPNAV requirement in that the prescribed
blocks meet the budget forecast requirement. The concept meets the Fleet requirement where filling
the blocks based on aircraft flight experience provides the Fleet with more flight line time and
flexibility to adjust to changing mission requirements as well as eliminate the early inductions that
are taking away valuable utilization time from the Fleet.
12.1.3.6 Aircraft Service Period Adjustment (ASPA) Program
The purpose of the ASPA Program is to establish a process to evaluate the material condition of a
small number of aircraft that have not converted to the Integrated Maintenance Concept (IMC).
ASPA processes are defined in OPNAVINST 3110.11 and NAVAIR 00-25-403.
12.1.3.7 Naval Sustainment System Aircraft (NSS-A) Depot Event Induction
12.1.3.7.1 Introduction. The following requirements must be adhered to during the scheduling,
induction, and completion of depot events and are in effect for all Type/Model/Series (T/M/S)
aircraft scheduled for induction into a CONUS-based Fleet Readiness Center (FRC) or field site for
a depot event. Depot events refer to Planned Maintenance Intervals (PMIs), Phased Depot
Maintenance, Aircraft Condition Inspections, or any scheduled depot level process excluding
modifications.
12.1.3.7.2 Pre-Induction Requirements. Adherence to the requirements in paragraphs (a) thru (h)
must be met prior to acceptance of an aircraft for a depot event. Any deviation from these
requirements require Aircraft Controlling Custodian (ACC) and Commander, Fleet Readiness
Center (COMFRC) Production Group authorization for acceptance.
a. An OPNAV 4790/65, Phased Depot Maintenance Special Work Request will be submitted to
the Depot FRC prior to induction per paragraph 5.1.10.
b. COMFRC with Depot FRCs, PMAs, ACCs, Type Wings, MAWs, Naval Supply Systems
Command (NAVSUP), Defense Logistics Agency (DLA), squadrons, and supporting stakeholders
will facilitate pre-induction planning meetings to properly schedule all requirements and perform
production reviews and inspections per:
(1) Pre-induction planning reviews will be conducted 120-days, 90-days, 60-days, and 30-
days prior to induction, as applicable per T/M/S, to ensure funding and all required logistic elements
12-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
are in place to support the event. Pre-induction planning will include reliability centered
maintenance analysis. This will include fleet maintenance trends, corrosion trends, and material
support posture. This information will be presented to respective squadrons, ACC, Program
Manager-Aviation (PMA), NAVSUP Integrated Weapons Support Team (IWST), DLA
stakeholders and FRC sites.
(2) Heavy maintenance and modification requirements identified during the pre-induction
planning process may adjust scheduled depot event Turnaround Times (TAT). Any TAT
adjustment beyond the published workload standard must be approved by the ACC with
concurrence from COMFRC and documented in the Pre-Induction Review meeting minutes.
c. Aircraft inducted will be configured per particular T/M/S depot event specification.
d. Aircraft must have been flown within 5 calendar days prior to depot event induction for
aircraft towed to the depot facility. Deviations may be granted by the ACC with concurrence from
COMFRC and Type Wing or MAW. Aircraft that have approved deviations must be electrically,
hydraulically, and mechanically (flight controls and dynamic components) operational prior to
induction, regardless of depot event location.
e. The depot FRC will be formally notified during Pre-Induction review meetings of prototype
systems or flight test mods (FTM) installed on aircraft to enable evaluation of potential issues with
conducting required inspections and repairs.
f. Repairable components missing on induction must be approved by the ACC prior to
induction.
g. Type Wings and MAWs will ensure adequate spaces are available to support depot field
events when conducted at the reporting custodians location.
12.1.3.7.3 Post Induction Requirements
a. Post-induction assessment discrepancies from the evaluation and estimation phase, regardless
of defect correction criteria, will be documented and provided to the Fleet as part of an Aircraft
Delivery Deficiency Report (ADDR), per the procedures of par. 10.9.3.3.
b. Cannibalization procedures will be adhered to per paragraph 5.1.8 and will not occur on
aircraft or preclude rebuild unless authorized by the ACC Class Desk.
NOTE: Cannibalizations will not be authorized until after the completion of the induction
phase, i.e., all examination and evaluation actions are complete, unless agreed upon
by the applicable Depot FRC, ACC, Type Wing or MAW and have delivery dates
prior to build stage of the depot event.
c. Cannibalization replacement payback plans will be identified by the activity requesting the
cannibalization prior to ACC approval and part(s) must be delivered to depot FRCs no later than the
production line determined need by date.
d. Aircraft without required parts for operational checks or Functional Check Flights (FCF) will
complete the depot event when required parts are delivered. The depot FRC will notify the ACC
12-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
and Type Wing or MAW within 24 hours via email any time operational checks or FCFs are
delayed.
12.1.3.7.4 Depot Event Completion Requirements
a. Depot FRCs will not return an aircraft with incomplete or with open depot event
requirements without the approval of ACC, concurrence from COMFRC Production Group, and
coordination with the Integrated Maintenance Concept coordinator and Fleet Support Team (FST).
b. Any Non-Mission Capable depot level discrepancy will be repaired prior to being returned to
the Fleet.
c. Depot FRCs will perform a FCF if the requirement is part of the depot rework specification.
ACC, Type Wing, or MAW will establish post depot event timelines for completing O-level work
and conducting post depot event FCFs.
d. Depot FRCs will communicate all production support barriers to the appropriate
stakeholder(s) when they become known.
e. Production support barriers will be documented and directly communicated to the Type
Wing, MAW, COMFRC and ACC during BUNO reviews.
f. Depot FRCs will conduct a Post Production Assessment (PPA) within 30 days after
completion of a depot event to identify and document those factors that negatively affected the
scheduled completion of the depot event. Focus of the PPA will be to perform root cause analysis
of supportability deficiencies and develop preventative course of actions to keep the same
deficiencies from occurring with subsequent inductions. Squadrons will submit Aircraft Inspection
Deficiency Reports, per 10.9.3.4.
g. A post-depot event corrosion correlation feedback review will be completed by the respective
PMA’s FST. Data from this review will be analyzed against O-Level scheduled maintenance
inspection requirements to improve corrosion prevention at the O-Level and mitigate same
deficiencies from occurring with subsequent inductions. Correlation results will be provided to the
respective Type Wing or MAW and squadron via the ADDR.
12.1.3.7.5 NSS-A Heads Up Display (HUD) Reporting. Aircraft TAT will be monitored via T/M/S
HUDs with constraints and barriers impacting TAT performance elevated for resolution. Event
TAT begins when the Depot FRC assumes aircraft physical custody and ends when the aircraft is
either FCF complete for fly-in and fly-out events or returned to the reporting custodian for tow-in
and tow-out events. NAVAIRINST 4710.24, Production Status Reporting, will be used as the
authoritative source to document and record all aircraft depot cost and schedule performance.
12.1.3.8 Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) and ATE Test Program Sets (TPS)
a. ATE are required to support present and future complex aircraft weapon systems. The
development of Navy organic capability to support these weapon systems includes the requirement
to support the required ATE TPS. Functionally, the TPS computer program operates within an ATE
system and is connected to a unit under test (UUT) in such a manner to isolate and detect faults
within the UUT to its defective part(s). All ATE and ATE TPS used in common by I-level or D-
level maintenance activities in support of designated airborne weapon systems, and all D-level only
12-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ATE and ATE TPSs are funded and developed by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM IAW OPNAVINST
3960.16.
b. The FST is the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Technical and Certification Authority for
designated ATE and ATE TPS. The FST has the responsibility and accountability to establish,
monitor, certify, and approve technical products and processes in conformance to higher authority
policy, requirements, architectures, and standards including Test Workaround Procedures.
c. TPS Development is provided by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. The TPSs provided by TPS
Development are made up of hardware and software elements and all supporting documentation.
The TPSs provide the Fleet and FRCs the capability to maintain and repair complex aircraft weapon
and avionic systems using ATE. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM furnishes organic TPS Development
teams to provide Fleet introductions and on site verifications of the TPSs.
d. Consolidated automated support system (CASS), electronic (eCASS) and reconfigurable
transportable (RT) CASS Installation/Validation/Verification support is provided by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM in the form of effective, reliable CASS and RTCASS testing and support
to the naval aviation warfighter on all aircraft carriers and amphibious assault ships (CVNs, LHAs,
and LHDs), Naval Air Stations (NAS), and Marine Corps Air Stations (MCAS) per the
requirements of PMA-260, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, Patuxent River, MD.
12.1.3.9 Mobile Facility (MF)
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is designated as the Technical and Certification Authority on MF used by
the Navy and Marine Corps. The FST has the responsibility and accountability to establish,
monitor, certify and approve technical products and processes in conformance to higher authority
policy, requirements, architectures, and standards per NAVAIR M-13670.1.
12.1.3.10 Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS)
a. JDRS is used to report deficiencies concerning aircraft, systems, and equipment. The system
provides notification to appropriate stakeholders and their support teams responsible for
investigating and correcting the discrepancy, guides responses, compiles data, helps resolve
problems, and serves as a historical resource to research prior occurrences. The goal is to resolve
every safety deficiency promptly and to provide effective leading indicator metrics to prevent
reoccurrence of safety, reliability, and maintainability issues.
b. For details of the reporting tools, methods and processes for NAMDRP deficiencies refer to
paragraph 10.9.
c. The CIM module in JDRS is used to report and identify item criticality (critical safety item
(CSI)/critical application item (CAI)). Details of the reporting methods and processes for CIM are
in paragraph 12.1.3.12.
12.1.3.11 System Safety Program
a. The purpose of the System Safety Program is to identify, eliminate, or mitigate risks in the
design of weapons systems to an acceptable level. This includes risks to hardware, software, and
human systems interfaces and risks to the system, personnel and the environment.
12-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
conducted when directed by higher authority or when a new dispersed, satellite libraries, or LSA
librarian is assigned. Dispersed library audit results with copies of the annotated audit inventory list
must be retained by the TDM in work center order, for two consecutive audits (one year) and must
be reviewed for repeat discrepancies. At a minimum, the semi-annual must consist of the following:
(a) A complete inventory of all DTPL publications media, which include TMs contained
on PEMAs, and all digital manuals, using the ELMS Program Locator Report or ELMS Complete
Work Center Report as the primary inventory tool. Discrepancies identified on the Program Locator
Report or ELMS Complete Work Center Report must be annotated with the error and corrected as
they are detected.
(b) Reproduced pages of manuals properly controlled and disposed of.
(c) Manuals and media properly stored and readily available to the user.
(d) Review Part 2 of CECRs against manuals.
(e) IRACs properly incorporated to include proper placement in manuals, i.e., directly
behind the TM title page and in IRAC number order.
(f) For TMs on CD, maintain IRACs in accordance with established procedures per
NAVAIR 00-25-100.
(g) Work Center audit listing.
(h) Page check of dispersed, satellite or LSA library publications. Fifty percent of
publications held are to be page-checked during each semi-annual audit, ensuring that all manuals
have been page checked during the calendar year.
(i) For electronic media, such as JTDI or JKCS, perform access verification to ensure all
users are able to search and find applicable manuals in a reasonable timeframe.
(j) All digital TMs loaded to NMCI assets, or to SharePoint, controlled by CTPL, will be
audited by performing the audit function in ELMS, verifying most current manual, and IRACs are
loaded in the electronic IRAC binder.
(3) Semi-Annual ADRL Verification. The TDM or designated SME must conduct a semi-
annual verification against the FRC’s ADRL. The review will include a physical inventory,
comparing all technical publications (including all digital TMs on PEMAs and NMCI assets) against
the ADRL, and Work Center Supervisor verification that each publication is required. Annotate
changes and discrepancies on the Complete Work Center Report, take corrective action, update the
ADRL in ELMS, and maintain the annotated listing in the CTPL transaction files.
(4) CTPL Weekly Reconciliation. The TDM will perform a Weekly Reconciliation for the
activity’s ELMS operations. The Library Audit function in ELMS compares database contents to
the latest information in TMAPS. In ELMS, discrepancies are indicated by anything other than a
normal Adobe icon. The Weekly ELMS Library Audit must consist of the following:
12-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(a) Perform the library audit and PEMA audit functions in ELMS per NAVAIR 00-25-
100.
(b) Verify all flagged status codes, research and requisition any manuals or changes
necessary to update the CTPL ELMS Program.
(c) Verify incorporation of TM updates by reviewing Issued CECRs and Overdue
CECRs in ELMS per NAVAIR 00-25-100.
(d) Verify the Weekly IRAC Tracker and Technical Manual Report. This report is
available weekly by naval message and is also available on the NATEC Website at
https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil/. Upon receipt, a review and annotation must be conducted by the
CTPL or SME to verify that all applicable IRACs and TMs have been received or cancelled.
(e) Verify the Weekly Summary for Issued TDs. This report is issued by naval message
and is also available on the NATEC Website at https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil/.
(5) CTPL Monthly Reconciliation. The TDM will perform a Monthly Reconciliation and
must consist of a reconciliation of TMs on order each month per the following procedures:
(a) Verify the currency of the Requisition Log.
(b) Query the Pubs on Order report from the Tech Manual Search in ELMS.
(c) Follow-up on requisitions submitted via either Defense Automatic Addressing
System (DAAS) or “on-line” when utilizing the ELMS Requisition Log. Requisition status may also
be checked via the Naval Logistics Library (NLL) P2003 Online Search, Order, and Status Tool
(https://nll.navsup.navy.mil).
e. If the Depot FRC determines local maintenance requirements cards (LMRC) are required for
scheduled maintenance requirements not covered by other technical manuals, LMRC procedures
will be followed per 10.8.3.5. Designated depot personnel will have final approval authority on
LMRCs.
12.1.3.13 Critical Item Management (CIM)
a. FSTs are designated as the Engineering Support Activity (ESA) for each aircraft platform for
which they are defined as the cognizant authority. The term ESA is synonymous with Design
Control Activity. The ESA is responsible for CIM for their platform. CIM denotes the sourcing,
manufacturing, and repairing of naval aviation CAIs and CSIs, collectively referred to herein as CIs.
CIs are items the failure of which has been determined to result in MIL-STD-882 severity Category
I or Category II consequences.
b. Technical empowerment levels related to CIs is categorized by technical domain and is
delegated by the Technical Warrant Holder for each domain.. Engineers within an ESA that have
authority to officially sign off on completed work related to CIs within their purview are designated
as basic design engineers (BDE). BDE tasking includes but is not limited to:
12-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Item criticality determinations using Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and
determination of critical characteristics for CSI items.
(2) Development and approval of manufacturing plans for local one-time manufacture of
CIs.
(3) Technical review of DLA 339 (Request for Engineering Support) and provide
engineering guidance.
(4) Participation in the resolution of CIM policy issues related to the BDEs platform and area
of competence.
(5) Participation in the resolution of conflicting initial capabilities documents (ICD) for
items that are used on multiple platforms.
(6) Participation in the resolution of issues related to alternate sources for CIs.
(7) Review of Source Approval Requests (SAR).
(8) Development of Quality Assurance Provisions (QAP) for alternate source qualification.
(9) Approving sources of supply, technical data packages and site surveys as applicable for
CSI.
c. Each FRC has a Critical Items Management Coordinator (CIMCO). The CIMCO duties fall
into the following categories:
(1) CIM Oversight. The CIMCO is the local site process owner and functions as a liaison
for COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Engineering, NAVSUP WSS, and DLA for emergency or problem
issues with specific vendors. The CIMCO is a member of the Navy CIM Policy Team, and manages
CIM funding and metrics for their FRC. The CIMCO maintains the CIM database inputs for their
FRC.
(2) Engineering Request Coordination. The CIMCO or their delegated representative
provides overarching guidance and ownership of DLA/NAVSUP WSS engineering requests to the
ESAs at their FRC. This includes tracking and assigning tasks to the appropriate engineering teams,
tracking and recording all engineering responses, and expediting turn-around times, questions, etc.
(3) Source Approval Request (SAR) Package Review Coordination. SAR packages are
formal proposals from vendors seeking to become alternate sources for items procured by or
repaired for the Government. The CIMCO receives all SAR packages from DLA and NAVSUP
WSS that are sent to ESAs at their site. The CIMCO then verifies item criticality, FMEA, any
relevant Product Quality Deficiency Reports (PQDR), and Hazardous Materials Reports
(HMR)/Engineering Investigations (EI) for the SAR packages received and then performs an in-
depth review of the SAR package using the SAR checklist. Once the SAR package has any
discrepancies corrected the CIMCO routes the SAR packages to the appropriate ESA. Once
completed, the CIMCO will review and add relevant QAP and Contract Data Requirement List
(CDRL) forms or templates then closes out the SAR packages per the SAR review process.
12-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) First Article Test and Production Lot Test Process. Each FRC performs First Article
Testing and Production Lot Testing for items procured from alternate sources. Testing is performed
as required by the contract, and typically includes some combination of dimensional validation,
material property validation, and form/fit/function testing. Upon completion of testing, the FRC
notifies the customer (NAVSUP WSS or DLA) of test results (pass, fail, or conditional acceptance).
(5) Item Criticality Database (ICD) System. The Navy has developed and implemented an
ICD module into the JDRS (https://www.jdrs.mil/)JDRS is the official database for item criticality
determinations. In addition to an item’s criticality, the database also contains information on an
item’s critical characteristics, its national stock number (if any), and approved sources. CIMCOs
can provide assistance with the JDRS ICD to engineering on an as needed basis. CIMCO will
review and research all ICDs including FMEA. CIMCO will verify approved source entry,
attachment of SAR packages, and verify critical characteristics entry for CSI items for any approved
alternate sources of supply and repair.
12.1.3.14 Material Engineering Disposition Program (MEDP)
a. The MEDP is used to systematically evaluate whether material that does not conform to
specification can be scrapped, reclaimed and used “as is”, reworked, or repaired without
compromising the end product’s quality.
NOTE: Material disposition is performed by the cognizant Engineering Group.
b. The MEDP applies to all aeronautical material, including SE, when authorized repair has not
been established. The MEDP may apply to material determined to be in critical supply. The MEDP
does not apply to deficient material reported per paragraph 10.9.
c. Depot FRC-caused discrepancies that affect the conformity of material will be annotated as
an ER/AR in ePower. Engineering will provide Temporary Engineering Instructions (TEIs) for the
disposition of the material.
d. When material is found to be in nonconformance of specifications or procedural requirements
and cannot be processed normally, the material will be identified by being appropriately tagged,
segregated, and stored in a designated MEDP holding area.
e. The Depot QMS must include a control system for retaining MEDP data on file for a
minimum of 1 year.
f. The MEDP Request for Engineering Information (REI) form must be prepared prior to
submission of the material to the MEDP.
g. MEDP action must commence within 10 workdays of discovery. The FST will decide if the
material will be used "as is", reworked, or scrapped. Decisions regarding acceptance of recurring
discrepancies must consider corrective action, number of items involved, and frequency of
recurrences. If material can be made acceptable by rework or repair, it will be reworked or repaired
by specific procedures designated or provided by the MEDP and reviewed by Quality Control for all
necessary work instructions and needed verification lines.
12-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. Material identified for scrap must be mutilated to prevent reuse, intermingling with
conforming material, or future reclamation. Depot FRCs must develop disposition procedures.
12.1.3.15 Nondestructive Testing and Inspection (NDT/I) Program
12.1.3.15.1 Purpose
The purpose of the NDT/I Program is to establish and maintain an NDT/I Program that responds to
the needs of naval aviation. The specific objectives of the Depot FRC NDT/I Program are to:
a. Determine serviceability of new and used parts by using NDI techniques to check them for
hidden defects.
b. Provide training
c. Provide technical services
d. Maintain periodicity in all NDI disciplines
12.1.3.14.2 Responsibilities
The following duties and responsibilities are defined and assigned.
a. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM is responsible for managing a program of research, development,
training, and application of NDI techniques and equipment.
(1) A program manager must be designated to provide overall management direction.
(2) NAVAIRINST 13070.1 assigns responsibilities within COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
(3) Designating an NDI Program coordinator responsible for monitoring, evaluating and
standardizing the Depot FRC NDT/I application and training program elements, including
scheduling and conducting periodic NDI Program review.
b. Each Depot FRC that maintains NDI capability is responsible for assigning an NDT/I
Program Manager to direct and implement the internal NDT/I Program. The Program Manager
must:
(1) Act as the primary NDI point of contact for fleet activities and all external NDI matters.
(2) Provide technical coordination of all NDT/I functions.
(3) Develop and approve NDI procedures for dissemination both in-house and to the fleet
activities.
(4) Review and approve all outgoing directives involving NDI procedures.
(5) Ensure properly manned, equipped, qualified, and certified NDI personnel are
maintained at all Depot FRCs.
(6) Provide technical assistance to I-level and O-level activities on NDI matters related to
supported weapons systems.
(7) Coordinate with ACC or TYCOM prior to issuing NDI directives and techniques for fleet
implementation.
12-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
quota conflicts cannot be resolved between the requestor's chain of command and the Depot FRC,
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM will be contacted to arbitrate a solution.
c. Depot FRCs must:
(1) Provide NDI operator training
(2) Provide NDI Technician recertification training
(3) Submit proposed NDI course changes
(4) Administer standardized practical and written examinations to fleet personnel. One
retake of the examination will be permitted. Repeated failure will be reported to the individual's CO
and TYCOM for appropriate action.
12.1.4 Industrial Operations Programs and Processes
Industrial Operations Programs and Processes are intended to be implemented using this instruction
and specific program related maintenance technical manuals which are identified within the
program text. Generation of supplemental instructions below the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM level
(with the exception of local command procedures per OPNAVINST 5215.17) to augment these
policy management documents are not authorized. Depot FRCs have resources such as Training
Management Offices, Fleet Support Teams (FST), material laboratories, engineering and logistics
capabilities, and subject matter experts (SME) better suited to perform testing, training,
qualifications, and publication management. To leverage these resources, Commanding Officers
may assign program and process management responsibilities per OPNAVINST 5215.17 via a SME
Listing to effectively accomplish these requirements.
12.1.4.1 Industrial Operations Programs and Processes (IOPP) Training
12.1.4.1.1 Introduction
12.1.4.1.1.1 A proficient civilian workforce is key in supporting Naval Aviation operational
readiness. All Depot FRCs are responsible for ensuring their personnel are adequately trained and
qualified in their duties. Industrial Operations Programs and Processes (IOPP) Training includes the
training required to support job tasks and attain required licenses, qualifications, certifications, and
designations, to include indoctrination and refresher training. IOPP Training will be documented in
Advanced Skills Management (ASM). Depot FRCs will establish, if required, local command
procedures (LCP) per OPNAVINST 5215.17 to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or command
directed actions for the management of their training program.
12.1.4.1.1.2 IOPP training provides basic, intermediate, and advanced levels of training to depot
personnel involved with aircraft, engines, components, related equipment, and facilities.
Maintenance training is aligned to maintenance tasks and manning concepts required and arranged
in a continuum of formal training.
12.1.4.1.1.3 On-the-job training (OJT) is the primary training element in attaining technical
proficiency and skill in performing maintenance and administrative duties. OJT consists of
personnel performing tasks under the supervision of qualified personnel. The trainee gains
knowledge, skill, and experience by observing and participating in the work.
12-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12.1.4.1.1.4 Job Qualification Requirements (JQR). Nationally or locally produced PQS type
qualification training syllabi for maintenance duties not included in an existing Qualification
Certification License (QCL).
12.1.4.1.1.5 The Advanced Skills Management Program (ASM) is an unclassified Management
Information System (MIS) that contains job task requirements, archives for completed training,
qualifications, certifications, designations, duties, or billet assignments; it tracks personnel progress
in completing all required training items. ASM is the primary training database for personnel
designation management, qualifications, and certifications for Depot maintenance activities. All
designations, qualifications, and certifications are complete when signed off by the designation
authority and will be tracked by the approver’s signature date in ASM.
NOTE: All activities will use ASM for all NAMP designations. Activities not on ASM may
continue to use the SME listing.
12.1.4.1.2 Formal Training
12.1.4.1.2.1 Formal Training. Training with an approved course curriculum which, may or may not
produce an NEC or MOS. Formal training courses deliver specific weapon system task training that
provides familiarization in the operation and maintenance of the system, support equipment, or
program being maintained.
12.1.4.1.2.2 Site Training Model Managers (STMM). STMM provide systematic review and
evaluation of training for respective T/M/S systems. STMM is normally the cognizant Depot FRC
with expertise on specific systems and, therefore, best able to evaluate or propose changes to
training curricula or syllabi.
12.1.4.1.3 Training Requirements
12.1.4.1.3.1 JQR. The JQR must include all elements required to attain qualification (as
applicable):
a. Formal training courses
b. Required reading
c. Related general qualifications, for example, cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
d. Prerequisite requirements
e. OJT in specific maintenance and administrative tasks related to the job
12.1.4.1.3.2 OJT. OJT tasks may be conducted and documented until the trainee is qualified.
Supervisors will recommend final qualification only when confident the individual is
knowledgeable and skilled in that area. Once the Supervisor certifies an individual as qualified in a
task, OJT documentation for that task is no longer required.
a. OJT will be performed under the supervision and instruction of qualified and designated
personnel. Designated qualifiers will sign-off completion of tasks (line items), only if the individual
demonstrates thorough knowledge and skill in the practical application of the task.
b. The preferred method of OJT is hands-on performance of the task. Simulation may be used
when it is impractical to perform the actual task. At a minimum, OJT will include:
(1) General administrative duties, for example, work orders (WO) and logs and records
entries
12-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The purpose of IOPP indoctrination training is for Depot FRCs to provide newly hired personnel
with a fundamental overview and understanding of IOPP.
a. IOPP indoctrination training will be provided to all newly hired personnel as determined by
LCPs within 90 days. Although the training does not need to be in any specific format, IOPP
indoctrination training topics will include, at a minimum, the basic maintenance processes of foreign
object damage, tool control, safety, egress, and hazardous material control and management.
b. IOPP indoctrination training may be taught by the applicable Program Manager, Program
Monitor, or anyone designated by management, to an individual or in a group setting.
c. Primary means to document IOPP Indoctrination Training is ASM. Commands not
implemented with ASM will document IOPP Indoctrination Training by utilizing Figure 10.1-3.
12.1.4.1.5 Refresher Training
a. IOPP and OJT refresher training is only required for personnel when directed by QA
management, IOPP Managers and Monitors, or by Naval directives. In addition, refresher training
will be accomplished as follows:
(1) Upon release of an updated NAMP (revision or change)
(2) When directed by higher authority or dictated by operational environment (e.g., quality
escape, non-conformance)
(3) When directed by an AMA
b. IOPP refresher training must be documented in ASM
12.1.4.1.6 Qualification/Certification Record
a. Activities using ASM must activate or initiate a Qualification/Certification Record in ASM
for each individual that requires a NAMP qualification, license, certification, individual
development plan (IDP), OJT, individual qualification record (IQR), stamp, or designation. All
duties/billets, letters of designation, qualification, certification, course completion, medical
certification, and completed PQS and JQR will be filed in the ASM Qualification/Certification
Record, Enterprise Safety Application Management System, or where designated by higher
authority.
NOTES: 1. Each individual that requires a NAMP qualification, license, certification, or
designation will maintain an ASM account.
2. Duplicate paper records and forms are not authorized for activities using ASM.
In the event a qualification/certification equivalency within ASM does not fulfill the
requirements of the NAMP, the Unit ASM Fleet Administrator will contact the
COMFRC Maintenance Training Model Manager (MTMM) Fleet Administrator
for resolution. Paper records may be used until the ASM deficiency is corrected.
3. Scanned images of individual training documents are not required to be
maintained in ASM once the subject course, qualification, or license has been
signed electronically within ASM. If the task list does not support accreditation,
supporting documents must be scanned-in and maintained in ASM.
b. Activities not using ASM or other approved electronic training documentation system must
maintain a hardcopy Qualification/Certification record. Hardcopy Qualification/Certification
12-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
records will only contain documents required by the individual to perform their current duties. All
other documents will be given to the individual for their personal file.
c. ASM Qualification/Certification Record Transfer procedures:
(1) When employees transfer to another command, the transferring command will perform a
Permanent Change of Station (PCS) check out in ASM upon transfer of each individual. The
gaining command will perform PCS check-in upon reporting.
(2) When employees retire, resign, are dismissed, or depart the command for any other
reason (e.g., separation) the record will be placed in the appropriate status.
12.1.4.1.7 Responsibilities
12.1.4.1.7.1 COMFRC (HQ) and Depot FRCs
a. (HQ) Designate a COMFRC ASM Program Manager and MTMM.
b. (HQ)Approve for subordinate activities in the Developer role for the T/M/S Master Task List
(MTL), accreditation, test banks, review of ASM task lists, and tests for currency and content.
c. (HQ) Publish JQRs for any duty or function not covered by a QCL. JQRs will include the
minimum elements specified in paragraph 12.1.4.1.3.1.
d. (HQ) Review and update JQRs and other training requirements every 24 months (not to
include Special Process JQRs) or sooner if changes or modifications to related systems or
components have occurred.
e. (HQ) Participate in Training Requirement Reviews (TRR).
f. (Depot FRCs) Manage the ASM database and system security as follows:
(1) Assign, modify, and delete user access privileges and passwords
(2) Review the accuracy of ASM database files
(3) Troubleshoot user problems and submit trouble tickets
(4) Publish a contingency plan for procedures during ASM system downtime
g. (Depot FRCs) Provide COMNAVAIRFOR Maintenance Training (Code N422A) with the
number of A and C school quotas required for each assigned Unit Identification Code (UIC), for
publishing in the Fleet Training Management and Planning System (FLTMPS).
h. (Depot FRC Site Training Branch Manager) Designate a Unit ASM Fleet Administrator. The
Unit ASM Fleet Administrator has the ability to modify, change, and remove Depot Configuration
Data based on concurrences from the COMFRC MTMM and all other Depot FRCs. The assigned
Unit ASM Fleet Administrator will also have the Data Developer ability in the Depot Configuration
groups.
12.1.4.1.7.2 Training Division
a. Publish local command procedures (LCP) per OPNAVINST 5215.17, if required, to direct
geographic, T/M/S-specific, or command-directed actions for maintenance training not addressed in
this chapter.
b. Obtain quotas and prioritize attendance of formal training courses.
12-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Submit ASM software discrepancies and MTL change recommendations to the COMFRC
MTMM, and if technical in nature, forward to the appropriate T/M/S Lead STMM listed in Figure
12.1.4.1-1 for review.
d. Coordinate with subject matter experts to develop lesson guides for topics not covered by
Interactive Multimedia Instruction or video, per paragraph 12.1.4.1.3.3.c.
12.1.4.1.7.3 Unit ASM Fleet Administrator
a. Manage ASM within the activity, assist the Program Manager, Developer, and site
representative in matters pertaining to ASM.
b. Provide ASM training to personnel. If needed, contact ASM Fleet Service Representatives or
the ASM Help Desk to request training from the ASM Support Team. Video teleconference and
web-based training are also available.
c. Submit ASM software discrepancies and MTL change recommendations to the COMFRC
MTMM.
NOTE: Depot FRCs will not make any changes to the Depot Configuration Group without
approval from the COMFRC MTMM and all other Depot FRCs.
d. Monitor defect reports and correspond with the ASM Help Desk for resolution as applicable.
e. Maintain ASM system security per SECNAVINST 5211.5.
f. Assign, modify, or delete ASM user access privileges and passwords.
g. Perform ASM PCS check-in or check-out when individuals report or transfer.
12.1.4.1.7.4 Shop Supervisors
a. Track completion of shop personnel training to include assigning task lists, new or renewal
certifications, and qualifications etc.
b. Verify training, qualifications, and certifications are documented in each IQR.
c. Assign an IDP to all personnel every fiscal year, at a minimum.
d. Nominate JQR, OJT, and IQR qualifiers based on technical knowledge and skills.
e. Assign qualified personnel to conduct OJT.
f. Sign-off qualification in OJT task areas only if the individual has demonstrated sufficient
knowledge and skill to independently perform the task.
g. Recommend personnel for final qualification, certification, or designation only when
confident the nominee is knowledgeable and skilled in the area.
h. Direct refresher training for personnel that demonstrate a lack of knowledge or skill in areas
they were previously signed off as qualified.
i. Coordinate with the Unit ASM Fleet Administrator to provide ASM training to work center
personnel.
j. Review training content and requirements, including IQRs, Training Requirements Worksheet
(TRW), IDPs for required series and or grade(s).
12-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MH-53E* MH-60R/S*
MQ-8B/C* MQ-8B/C
MV-22B* MV-22B
UH-1N/Y P-8A
UH-1N/Y*
NOTES: 1. This is only for Depot required QCL items. Any QCL items mirrored or shared with the
NAE, the responsibility to update/review/change requirements falls to the NAE.
2. Each T/M/S marked with an asterisk is designated as the T/M/S Lead STMM and
cognizant/responsible activity for each T/M/S. All T/M/S training changes for QCLs will be
led by these designated activities.
12-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
applied and background information that can assist the fuels supervisor of a Depot FRC in issuing
specific detailed fuel handling and testing procedures. It is the responsibility of the individual fuels
supervisor to establish adequate procedures peculiar to the organization. Additional technical
advice and assistance can be furnished by: Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division, Fuels and
Fuel Systems Branch or NAVSUP Energy Office (Code 70).
d. The Fuel Surveillance Program Manager, designated by the CO, is responsible for
maintaining quality and limiting contamination of aircraft fuels and will refer to NAVAIR 00-80T-
109 and MIL-HDBK-844 for specific details concerning:
(1) Characteristics of aircraft fuels
(2) Allowable limits of deterioration and contamination in aircraft fuels
(3) Disposition of fuel removed from aircraft
(4) Principles of aircraft fuel handling
(5) Equipment standards for fuel handling and quality surveillance of aviation fuels
(6) Sampling and testing requirements and procedures for aircraft fuels
(7) Sampling procedures and sample shipping instructions
(8) Quality surveillance equipment
(9) Change of grade procedures for aircraft fuels
(10) Aviation fuel visual quality standards
(11) Petroleum testing laboratories
e. Effective filtration, handling procedures, and quality assurance of fuel delivered to naval
aircraft have minimized incidences of fuel contamination problems. However, small amounts of
free water are introduced in aircraft fuel tanks as a result of the condensation of moist air in empty
or partially filled tanks and by the separation of water in fuels when exposed to relatively low
ambient temperatures. Microbiological growth, consisting of living organisms that grow at a fuel-
water interface, can grow to a troublesome stage if free water is present. Particulate matter
contamination may be generated within aircraft fuel tanks and lines or introduced during
maintenance. Aircraft operators must inspect for and remove water and foreign matter in aircraft
fuel tanks on a regularly scheduled basis as determined by T/M/S MRCs.
f. Aircraft fuel sampling must be conducted per the T/M/S maintenance technical manuals by
qualified personnel. For aircraft without specified fuel sampling procedures, follow the general
requirements of NAVAIR 01-1A-35. Additional sampling requirements:
(1) Fuel samples must be taken with clean sample bottles and within 24 hours preceding the
aircraft’s initial launch, unless specified otherwise by T/M/S MRCs. Fuel samples are not valid for
more than 24 hours.
(2) Allow maximum possible time before sampling on aircraft moved or refueled to allow
for water and solids to settle. Aircraft must have a minimum of 2 hours settling time.
12-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Qualified aircrew, shift supervisor, or inspector must visually inspect all fuel samples per
NAVAIR 01-1A-35. The sample must then be swirled to form a vortex. Contaminants if present,
will settle in the bottle directly beneath the vortex for easier detection.
g. Engine Test Cell fuel sampling will be conducted by qualified personnel as follows:
(1) Fuel samples must be taken prior to the first engine run of the day, at a minimum.
(2) Fuel samples must be taken from all fixed and portable engine test stands fuel cells/tanks,
supply lines, or accumulators.
(3) PPE must be worn including chemical-resistant gloves, chemical resistant apron, and
goggles, while taking, handling, and disposing of fuel samples.
(4) Drain or draw sample from the lowest possible point below the fuel pick-up point
(approximately one pint of fuel for each sample) using a one-quart, clear, clean glass or
polyethylene round bottle. The round bottle allows the sample to be swirled and the vortex created
will concentrate any contamination for easier detection.
(5) Tell Cell supervisor or qualified personnel must visually inspect all fuel samples per
NAVAIR 01-1A-35. If contaminants are present, retain sample, drain and draw approximately 5
gallons (but no more than 10 gallons) of fuel from the low point and take another sample. If more
than 10 gallons are drained to achieve a satisfactory sample, initiate a downing discrepancy against
each test cell the contaminated tank feeds. A quality assurance specialist (QAS) must inspect all
failed samples.
h. Use of Aircraft Engine Fuels. Aircraft engine fuels are presently classified into type, that is,
piston engine fuel and turbine engine fuel, and by grades within each type. There are certain
limitations regarding the interchangeability of the various grades. These limitations listed in the
individual T/M/S NATOPS must be adhered to at all times. Flight Check/Flight Test/Test line must
be notified when fuel other than JP-5 has been used.
NOTE: Whenever emergency fuels are used, consult the applicable aircraft T/M/S
NATOPS or flight handbook regarding operating restrictions.
i. Hot Refueling and Hot Seating. Hot refueling and hot seating are defined as follows:
(1) Hot Refueling. An operational evolution where an aircraft is refueled while the engine(s)
is (are) operating.
(2) Hot Seating. An operational evolution where the pilot and crew of an aircraft is changed
while the engine is operating and the aircraft is to be immediately relaunched.
(3) Turnaround inspections are not required for aircraft participating in hot refueling or hot
seating evolutions. All applicable NATOPS checklists must be complied with during such ground
periods. When servicing or minor maintenance is performed during such ground periods only those
portions of turnaround inspections applicable to that servicing or maintenance need to be performed,
as directed by maintenance control. This is not intended to limit commands from exercising their
prerogative of performing inspections they deem necessary. Inspection or servicing intervals must
not be exceeded during successive evolutions.
12-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
dioxide, toxic and odorous contaminants, nitrous oxide, and halogenated compounds are detected
and eliminated. If required, all activities which handle ABO must establish a formal, written ABO
Surveillance Program, by developing and publishing local command procedures (LCP) per
OPNAVINST 5215.17 to direct geographic, T/M/S specific, or other command directed actions for
ABO Surveillance. A properly administered ABO Surveillance Program must ensure:
(1) All personnel dealing with ABO are familiar and comply with proper safety and
operating procedures.
(2) All personnel associated with the ABO Surveillance Program have a thorough
knowledge of the characteristics of LOX and gaseous oxygen, the hazards of contamination, and
adhere to NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000 quality standards.
(3) Proper protective equipment is available for and utilized by all personnel charged with
handling LOX.
(4) Aircraft oxygen systems are purged per MRCs, MIMs, or other directives at intervals
specified.
(5) Periodic maintenance is performed per MRCs, MIMs, commercial or manufacturer’s
manual on all oxygen servicing equipment in the possession of the Depot FRC to ensure oxygen
quality standards are maintained.
(6) Reports of contamination or odors in ABO are promptly acted upon by cognizant
personnel.
(7) ABO quality standards are maintained and monitored per NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-
000, NAVAIR 13-1-6.4, and LCP.
b. Supervisors will ensure:
(1) All personnel associated with the ABO Surveillance Program are trained and comply
with the procedures in the current NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000.
(2) All personnel associated with the ABO Surveillance Program have a thorough
knowledge of the characteristics of LOX and gaseous oxygen, the hazards of contamination, and the
need for quality standards.
(3) All oxygen servicing equipment is in proper working order prior to use and all safety
devices are in place and functioning properly.
(4) All operations involving the handling of liquid or gaseous oxygen are performed by two
or more qualified persons except for the removal and replacement of aircraft LOX converters.
(5) All personnel wear required PPE per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4 and NAVAIR 06-30-501 when
working with LOX and gaseous oxygen.
(6) Qualified personnel are properly trained and licensed for tasks involving the handling of
LOX and gaseous oxygen and the servicing and maintaining ABO systems and components.
(7) Tools and toolboxes used to maintain or service aircraft oxygen systems or oxygen
servicing SE must be used for oxygen system maintenance and servicing only. Tools and toolboxes
12-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
must be marked "OXYGEN USE ONLY", be clean, and free of foreign objects and hydrocarbons
per NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
(8) A 6-inch deep drip or drain pan must be used to catch LOX overflow. LOX drip or drain
pans must be clearly marked “LOX USE ONLY", be clean, and FOD and hydrocarbon free per
NAVAIR 13-1-6.4.
(9) Keep equipment and areas around oxygen system components, SE, and storage areas
clean, free of hydrocarbons and combustible materials.
12.1.4.5 Hydraulic Contamination Control Program
a. Hydraulic contamination is the presence of foreign matter in hydraulic fluid. Typical
contaminants include metallic and nonmetallic debris (both self-generated and externally
introduced), water, and other foreign fluids, all of which may not be visible and serve to degrade
hydraulic system performance and component life.
b. The objective is to achieve and maintain a satisfactory level of fluid purity in hydraulic
systems, thereby providing for the safe and efficient operation of aircraft and SE. This program
must address the design requirements, technical documentation, training, maintenance practices,
standards, and equipment to ensure Navy standard class 5 or better, as defined in the Aviation
Hydraulics Manual, NAVAIR 01-1A-17, is maintained for hydraulic fluid in aircraft and class 3 or
better in SE.
c. Maintaining acceptable purity levels must be assured, in part, by means of a fluid surveillance
program in which hydraulic fluid from all operating equipment is sampled and tested as determined
by T/M/S-specific maintenance technical manuals. When equipment fails to meet the required
Navy standard class level, decontamination procedures must be used to restore the affected system
to an acceptable level per T/M/S-specific maintenance technical manuals or NAVAIR 01-1A-17.
d. Hydraulic contamination control requirements affect all phases of maintenance, design,
procurement, and logistics support for aircraft hydraulic systems, components, and related SE.
Direction provided here is applicable to all Navy and Marine Corps activities and personnel
concerned with the operation, maintenance (including rework), design, development, production,
training, and other support of aircraft hydraulic systems, airborne hydraulic equipment, components,
related SE, supporting facilities and installed equipment. The requirements of this instruction must
be required of commercial activities and other government agencies performing contract
maintenance, production, or other support functions on naval aircraft and related hydraulic
equipment by specific inclusion in procurement or contractual documentation. Hydraulic
contamination control encompasses the following program elements and each must be addressed (as
applicable) by cognizant activities:
(1) Hydraulic system design requirements affecting maintainability and reliability.
(2) Contamination standards and acceptance levels for aircraft and SE hydraulic systems.
(3) Equipment and procedures for fluid sampling, fluid analysis, and equipment
decontamination.
(4) Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance requirements.
12-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Tire and wheel maintenance personnel who perform tire and wheel maintenance are
cautioned to handle inflated and partially inflated wheel assemblies with the same respect and care
as live ordnance due to the destructive potential of gas under pressure. Depot FRCs must:
(1) Ensure personnel complete the specified required reading.
(2) Ensure personnel protect bearings against careless handling and contamination from
abrasives, solids, and fluids per the NAVAIR 01-1A-503 manual.
(3) Display a current Aircraft Tires, Tubes, and Wheels Inflation and Deflation Safety
Precautions poster in each work center performing tire and wheel assembly maintenance. Posters
can be obtained by contacting: COMMANDER, NAVAL SAFETY CENTER, 375 A STREET,
NORFOLK VA 23511-4399, DSN 564-3520 or COMM (757) 444-3520 or at Web site
https://navalsafetycommand.navy.mil/media/posters/aviation-posters.
(4) The Tire and Wheel Program Manager must ensure that all personnel performing tire and
wheel servicing or maintenance are trained and certified for the specific tire and wheel servicing and
maintenance tasks in which they perform. Training and certification will be documented in
Advanced Skills Management (ASM) and include the following minimum training and certification
elements:
(a) Required reading to include at a minimum:
1. OPNAV M-5100.23, Section B, Chapters 7, 10, 15, 19, and 20
2. NAVAIR 00-80T-96, WPs 004 00, 005 00, and 007 00
3. NAVAIR 01-1A-20, WP 006 00, pars. 28 and 29
4. NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
5. NAVAIR 04-10-1
6. NAVAIR 04-10-506
7. NAVAIR 04-10-508
8. NAVAIR 17-1-123
9. NAVAIR 17-1-125
10. NAVAIR 17-1-129
11. NAVAIR 17-15G-1
12. NAVAIR 17-600-174-6-1
13. NAVAIR 19-1-55
14. AG-200GT-TIC-POM-000
15. All applicable type, model, and series (T/M/S)-specific required reading.
NOTE: All required reading must be completed prior to starting OJT.
12-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(b) Completed Phase I and II Support Equipment (SE) license training for Nitrogen
Servicing Equipment (if used).
NOTE: Not required for AWSE qualifications and certifications.
(c) OJT. Only tire and wheel certified personnel are authorized to verify OJT. A
minimum of three OJT tasks are required for each T/M/S of the following certifications:
NOTE: Certifications assigned should only be based on the scope of work performed by the
artisan. However, the Tire and Wheel Maintenance Safety Program Manager may
assign additional tasks as necessary.
1. O-level Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance:
a. (T/M/S) ________ Nose/Tail Wheel Assembly Bearings
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation
b. (T/M/S) ________ Main Mount Wheel Assembly Bearings
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation
c. (T/M/S) ________ Outrigger Wheel Assembly Bearings
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation
d. (T/M/S) ________ Nose/Tail Wheel Assembly
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation/Service
e. (T/M/S) ________ Main Mount Wheel Assembly
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation/Service
f. (T/M/S) ________ Outrigger Wheel Assembly
Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation/Service
g. (T/M/S) ________ Operation of Remote Inflator Assembly
h. (T/M/S) ________ Aircraft Jacking Procedures
i. Documentation Procedures
j. Beryllium Safety Procedures (if applicable)
2. D-level Aircraft Tire and Wheel Maintenance:
a. (P/N) ________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Bearings
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication/Installation
b. (P/N) ________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Tear Down/Build-Up
c. Use of Bead Breaker
d. Use of Inflation Cage
e. Operation of Nitrogen Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator/Monitor
Assembly
f. Documentation Procedures
12-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. Use/Handling of Beryllium
3. Supplemental D-level Tire and Wheel Maintenance:
a. (P/N) ________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Bearings
Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Lubrication/Installation
b. P/N) ________ Tire/Wheel Assembly Tear Down/Build-Up
4. O-level Support Equipment (SE) and Armament Weapons Support Equipment
(AWSE) Tire and Wheel Maintenance:
a. Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation
b. Solid Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
c. Split Rim Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service
d. Demountable Flange Deflation/Removal/Inspection/Service
e. SD-2 Spotting Dolly Deflation/Removal/Replacement/Service (if applicable)
f. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator Assembly (if
applicable)
g. Equipment Jacking Procedures
h. Documentation Procedures
5. D-level Support Equipment (SE) and Armament Weapons Support Equipment
(AWSE) Tire and Wheel Maintenance:
a. Bearings Removal/Cleaning/Inspection/Handling/Lubrication/Installation
b. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of Solid Rim Assembly
c. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of Split Rim Assembly
d. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of Demountable Flange Assembly
e. Tear Down/Build-Up Inflation of SD-2 Spotting Dolly (if applicable)
f. Use of Bead Breaker (if applicable)
g. Use of Inflation CAGE
h. Operation of Nitrogen/Air Servicing Equipment/Remote Inflator Assembly
i. Documentation Procedures
6. D-level Tire and Wheel servicing only:
a. Nose/Tail Wheel Assembly Inspection/Service
b. Main Mount Wheel Assembly Inspection/Service
c. Outrigger Wheel Assembly Inspection/Service
12-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
completed work has to be redone. If not specifically addressed in the TD, a request for direction to
incorporate or not incorporate an Urgent Action TD issued while an engine is in the post-assembly
test cycle will be sent to the ACC Engine Class Desk.
(3) Urgent Action TDs without safety impact and Routine Action TDs issued while an
engine or engine module is in the repair, reassembly, or test cycle will be incorporated only if no
completed work has to be redone.
h. DECKPLATE - Technical Directives Reporting System (TDRS) Procedures.
(1) Depot FRCs will follow the TDRS procedures per NAVAIR 00-25-300, Section IV.
(2) Receipt of a new TD. The Logbook Clerk, Planner and Estimator (P&E), or Examiner
and Evaluator (E&E) will screen all TDs for applicability to assigned aircraft and related equipment
and perform the following:
(a) Notify planning and management of application and priority
(b) Ensure required TD kits are ordered
(c) Make appropriate logbook entries upon receipt. Some TDs may require multiple
entries in the logbook and applicable records.
(d) Add new TD to TDRS LIST 02 if it is an AFC or AFB. All other TDs will be logged
on the appropriate TD record.
(e) Complete logbook and record entries upon incorporation, and annotate LISTS 02 and
LIST 04 (if applicable) or complete TD record entry requirements per Chapter 8.
(f) Depot FRCs have direct access to DECKPLATE - TDRS and are required by
NAVAIR 00-25-300 to submit compliance reports and retrieve LISTS 02 and 04. Upon completion
of rework, Depot FRCs must ensure current, updated LISTS 02 and 04 are provided in the logbook
prior to transferring the aircraft or equipment to the operating activity.
12.1.4.8 Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program
12.1.4.8.1 Scope. This paragraph provides uniform policy and procedural guidelines for planning,
developing, and managing D-level FOD Prevention and Reporting Programs. The FOD Prevention
Program applies to all Navy, Marine Corps, and commercial aviation activities engaged in D-level
industrial support.
12.1.4.8.2 Background. The engine ingestion of tools, hardware, and debris is a continuing
problem. It accounts for a large percentage of premature removals of gas turbine power plants from
naval aircraft. The presence of a foreign object in any space or area of an aircraft, its systems,
components, or related SE is of equal concern. Foreign objects consist of tools, hardware, and
debris, such as metal shavings, washers, spacers, safety wire, wire terminals, clamps, plastic or
metal caps, and various fasteners, left in an aircraft and are potential causes of material failures and
aircraft mishaps. Leaving aircraft systems, hoses, and component parts open or uncapped during the
rework or maintenance process is an unacceptable work practice of major concern. Failure to secure
these openings allows entry of foreign objects. An aggressive FOD Prevention Program contributes
significantly to the effectiveness and safety of naval aircraft.
12-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12.1.4.8.3 Objective. The FOD Prevention Program provides a systematic and efficient method for
gathering, analyzing, and maintaining information on the FOD prevention effort, the source and
nature of incidents, and their immediate impact on operating force readiness. It provides
management with data that highlights problem areas so action can be taken to:
a. Improve the work environment through proper housekeeping.
b. Improve the quality, uniformity, and reliability of all maintenance practices.
c. Eliminate unnecessary man-hour and dollar expenditures resulting from carelessness.
12.1.4.8.4 Terms and Definitions
a. Foreign Object (FO). A substance or article alien to an aerospace product or assembly that
has invaded the product.
b. Foreign Object Damage (FOD). Damage attributed to foreign objects that can be expressed
in physical or monetary terms and degrade product safety or performance characteristics.
c. FOD Prevention Program. A formally documented and disciplined program designed to
prevent FOD.
d. Engine FOD. Defined as damage caused by ingestion of objects not organic to the engine
(including FOD due to natural causes, such as birds or ice) while operating in an aircraft or on a test
cell or stand.
e. Engine FOD incidents are categorized as reportable and non-reportable. Reportable FOD is
defined as that which requires engine/module removal; occurs on an engine test cell; or in the case
of engines, for example, the F414 or T56 engines, requiring fan blade removal or turbine
replacement, without engine removal. Non-reportable FOD is defined as repair without engine, fan
blade, or module removal.
WARNING: INTERNAL ENGINE FAILURES WHICH, IF NOT CORRECTED, COULD
RESULT IN DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL, OR DAMAGE TO OR
LOSS OF AIRCRAFT, EQUIPMENT, OR FACILITIES MUST BE
DOCUMENTED AND REPORTED VIA HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
REPORT (HMR) PER 10.9.3.8 PROCEDURES. A MISHAP REPORT MAY
ALSO BE REQUIRED PER OPNAVINST 3750.6.
NOTE: Damage caused by failure of internal engine components is not FOD. Minor
roughness or erosion of blades/vanes within serviceable limits is not FOD.
f. Potential FOD. The condition where foreign object debris is in a position to cause damage
when a product or system is used. Examples are:
(1) Tools, rags, manufacturing or inspection hardware, and other objects left in the vicinity
of or in the migratory path of engine inlets.
(2) Metal or wire clippings, solder balls, and other debris lying in the vicinity of electrical
terminals, circuitry, connectors, or components.
12-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) Tools, hardware, or debris left in the vicinity of or in the migratory path of a vehicle's
control system.
(4) Tools, hardware, or debris lying on runways, ramps, and taxiways.
(5) Residue from plastic media blasting during paint removal.
(6) Personal items to include clothing, pens, keys, coins, and cellular telephones.
12.1.4.8.5 Responsibility. The Depot FRC CO must establish a FOD Prevention Program, FOD
Prevention Committee, and appoint a FOD Committee Chairperson. Each Depot FRC manages its
own FOD Prevention Program as per this instruction, COMFRCINST 4790.4, and their local
command procedure (LCP) per OPNAVINST 5215.17A.
12.1.4.8.6 Reporting Requirements. Ensure each FOD incident occurring at, or initially discovered
by, a depot activity (including FOD due to natural causes, such as birds or ice) is investigated and an
Engine FOD Incident Report (FOD-IR) is submitted in JDRS or if unavailable as per Figure
12.1.4.8-1. The report must be submitted for each reportable FOD within 5 working days of
discovery. In cases where two or more engines on a multi-engine aircraft are FODed during a single
incident, reporting custodians may include all reportable engines on a single FOD-IR. A copy of the
Engine FOD-IR will accompany all FOD related engine retrogrades. Refer to OPNAVINST 3750.6
for all FOD mishap reporting requirements and responsibilities. In addition, a supplemental Engine
FOD-IR, which provides additional significant information, may be submitted. The supplemental
report will reference the initial Engine FOD-IR in JDRS, or if JDRS is unavailable list applicable
message DTG in item 2.I(3) of Figure 12.1.4.8-1.
12.1.4.8.7 Training. The success of a good FOD Prevention Program depends on the quality of
training provided. Personnel should be regularly trained to familiarize them with the problem of
FOD. FOD training must include an explanation of what FOD is, how and where it occurs, and its
consequences. Personnel should be shown how their job relates to the FOD Prevention Program.
Training should focus on areas which have FOD causing potential as well as prevention methods
that can be employed. They should know what actions they can take to prevent FOD and be able to
identify conditions which, if left uncorrected, could cause FOD. Additionally, FOD prevention
training must be included in the driver training syllabus for all personnel who operate self-propelled
vehicles on the flight line.
12.1.4.8.8 FOD Prevention Program Requirements. Each Depot FRC must establish written FOD
Prevention Program procedures and maintain an effective FOD Prevention Program that is planned,
integrated, and developed in conjunction with production, maintenance, test, safety, and quality
functions. In support of the FOD Prevention Program, each Depot FRC must:
a. Plan fabrication sequences and employ manufacturing techniques that prevent foreign object
entrapment.
b. Maintain cleanliness of production and manufacturing areas during the performance of work,
also known throughout Industry as “clean as you go”.
c. Establish requirements for the thorough inspection and cleaning of components, assemblies,
and completed products.
12-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FM ORIGINATOR
TO AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN
TYPE WING or MAG
CVW (If assigned.)
INFO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//N42/N421//
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//AIR-6.6.5//
COMNAVSAFECEN NORFOLK VA//12//
CTF/CSG/FMF/MEU
COMFAIRFWD ATSUGI JA//N42// (If deployed in WESTPAC.)
SHIP/NAS/MCAS (Where the FOD occurred.)
SURFPAC SAN DIEGO CA//N42// or SURFLANT NORFOLK VA//N42// (If FOD occurred
onboard a ship)
SUPPORTING INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY
DEPOT REPAIR POINT
BT
UNCLAS//N04790//
MSGID/GENADMIN/-//
SUBJ/(COMMAND) ENGINE FOD INCIDENT REPORT SERIAL NUMBER (Sequential number
within each calendar year, followed by the last two digits of the calendar year. Use sequential
numbering regardless of whether this is an initial or supplemental report.) EXAMPLE: “VFA-123
ENGINE FOD INCIDENT REPORT SERIAL NUMBER 03-16”//
REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D
AMPN/REF A IS THE NAMP.//
POC/NAME/RANK/CODE/PHONE/EMAIL (POC will be the Senior Member of the FOD
Investigation Team)//
RMKS/1. SUMMARY (Summarize the contents of the report in 2 lines or less.)
2. DATA:
12-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A. AIRCRAFT
(1) TYPE/MODEL/SERIES (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell.)
(2) BUREAU NUMBER (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell.)
B. ENGINE(S)
(1) TYPE/MODEL/SERIES
(2) SERIAL NUMBER(S)/PSSN(S)(If applicable.)
(3) INSTALLED POSITION(S) AT THE TIME OF FOD (“Test Cell” if FOD occurred on a
test cell.)
C. JULIAN DATE(S)/TYPE OF LAST MAINTENANCE
(1) ON AIRCRAFT (“N/A” if FOD occurred on a test cell.)
(2) ON ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S)
D. LOCATION OF ENGINE(S) AT TIME OF FOD (Example: “MCAS MIRAMAR”, “NAS
OCEANA”, “CVN-72”, “FRCSE JACKSONVILLE TEST CELL”.)
E. EMPLOYMENT OF UNIT AT TIME OF FOD (Example: “FLEETEX”, “WEAPONS DET”,
“I-LEVEL REPAIR ACTIVITY”.)
F. JULIAN DATE FOD DISCOVERED
(1) WHERE DISCOVERED (Example: FLIGHT LINE, FLIGHT DECK, WORK CENTER
41U)
(2) HOW DISCOVERED (Example: DAILY, TURNAROUND, PRE-INDUCTION
INSPECTION)
G. DISPOSITION OF ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S)(Example: “BLENDING”, “I-LEVEL TURN
IN”, “RETURN TO DEPOT”.)(If turned in, list the receiving activity.)
H. PREVIOUS ACTIVITY OPERATING ENGINE(S)/MODULE(S). (State only if a factor, for
example: “FOD DISCOVERED UPON RECEIPT FROM VFA-XXX”.)
I. OTHER REFERENCE(S) TO SAME FOD INCIDENT
(1) ETR SERIAL NUMBER(S)(Ensure the Engine FOD Incident Report Serial Number is
included in Remarks Section of the original ETR, listing Reason for Removal Code 5C OR 5D.
NOTE: Reason for Removal Code 3Q will not be used for engines damaged by ingestion of
foreign objects.)
12-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) JCN(S) (Ensure the Engine FOD Incident Report Serial Number is included in the
Discrepancy Field of the Turn-in Work Order.)
(3) OTHER APPLICABLE MSG DTG (List each separately)
3. COST DATA
A. ENGINE(S) REPAIR COST (Based on current NAVSAFECEN Reportable Engine Repair
Cost)
B. AIRCRAFT DAMAGE COST (Based on P&E Report, if beyond O/I-level to repair.)
C. TOTAL INJURY COST (Refer to APPENDIX 4B OF OPNAVINST 3750.6)
D. OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGE COST
E. TOTAL COST (Total of A, B, C, AND D above)
4. INVESTIGATION
A. WHEN FOD OCCURRED (Example: “IN FLIGHT” or “DURING GROUND TURN”).
B. CAUSAL FACTORS (Describe what caused the FOD, for example, “FASTENER FROM
PANEL 4L CAME OUT DURING GROUND ENGINE RUN”, “TOOL LEFT IN INTAKE”)
C. ACTUAL FOREIGN OBJECT INGESTED (NSN and Part Number. If not known, use
“UNKNOWN”)
D. SUSPECTED FOREIGN OBJECT INGESTED (Use “N/A” if actual object is reported in
4.c.)
5. DATE/SERIAL NUMBER OF LAST FOD INCIDENT MESSAGE
6. CORRECTIVE ACTION
A. CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO PREVENT RECURRENCE
B. RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION (If corrective action is beyond the capability of
the originator to implement.)
7. COMMANDING OFFICER'S COMMENTS//
12-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
k. Define a process for controlling tools or items not covered under the Tool Control
Program such as, but not limited to, lathes, milling machines, hydraulic stands, CnC equipment,
Plant maintenance tools, and items used in support shipping and packaging.
l. (If applicable) Define a process to control special tools or locally manufactured for
completion of Technical Engineering Instruction (TEI) dispositions.
12.1.4.9.2.2 Tool Marking and Serial Numbers
a. All tools must be marked with a serial number of the tool container or wallboard to which
assigned.
b. Contractor owned tools may have unique organizational codes and numbering systems
providing identification to the same level of accountability as stated within the Ground Operating
Procures (GOP) or Performance Work Statement (PWS).
c. The use of mechanical etching is the preferred method for tool marking. Use indelible ink
where mechanical marking is impractical. Every tool or consumable used on product must be
marked to the maximum extent possible in accordance with this chapter and local command
procedures. Document tools that are too small or unsuited to be etched on the Tool Container
Inventory in accordance with paragraph 12.1.4.8.2.4.b.
WARNING: DO NOT ETCH, CUT, MELT, WELD, GRIND OR MODIFY BERYLLIUM
TOOLS DUE TO THE RISK OF CREATING BERYLLIUM DUST,
WHICH IS A HEALTH HAZARD. TOOL CONTAINER INVENTORIES
MUST IDENTIFY ANY TOOL CONTAINING BERYLLIUM ALLOYS BY
ANNOTATING THE WORD “BERYLLIUM” NEXT TO THE TOOL.
d. Multiple piece tool sets with individual pieces that are assembled/disassembled during
use, taken apart for common reasons, and tools with parts that are routinely replaced during use,
will have each piece marked with the corresponding tool container. Examples include Allen
wrench sets, feeler gauge sets, stamping dye sets, and flashlights.
e. Restore markings as they become unreadable.
12.1.4.9.2.3 Tool Containers
a. Silhouette the position of each tool against a contrasting background to highlight its
location within the container. Silhouetting may be accomplished by use of paint, etching, or
other method that does not cause a risk of FOD. Number each tool location to correspond with
the tool’s number on the inventory list.
b. Fabricate tool pouches to hold individual tools in separate positions. Each tool pouch will
have a flap cover that attaches securely on all edges to prevent tools from falling out.
c. Stencil the outside of the container with applicable warnings, for example, "CONTAINS
TOOLS TOO SMALL TO ETCH", "CONTAINS TOOLS UNSUITABLE FOR ETCHING” or
"OXYGEN USE ONLY".
12-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Use Wallboards and lockers to provide rapid inventory of work equipment or tooling not
specified to be in a container, for example, communications cords, electrical cords, and personal
protective equipment (PPE). Silhouette and mark items assigned to wallboards and lockers.
e. Each tool container, board and locker will have a Tool Inventory List, diagram, and a Tool
Container Shortage List (Figure 12.1.4.9-1). Firmly attach lists and diagrams to eliminate the
possibility of FOD.
NOTES: 1. For Automated Tool Containers that utilize photographic tool identification
and have a digitalized picture of the tool drawer layout, a separate physical
version of the diagram is not required.
2. To reduce the possibility of FOD, keep lists and diagrams for tool pouches and
for tools used in ESD work areas in a folder separate from the tool container or
tool pouch.
f. Keep tools, tool containers and tool lockers FOD-free and clean of contaminants such as
grease, oil, hydraulic fluid, dirt, fuel and corrosion.
g. Do not use tool containers and lockers to store any materials or equipment not on the
inventory list.
12.1.4.9.2.4 Tool Inventory Lists
a. Tool inventory lists will identify each tool by item number, nomenclature, and quantity.
List tools with multiple pieces by annotating the number of pieces on the right hand side next to
the item or where practical within MAXIMO.
NOTES: 1. Items which have been modified to not come apart and documented
accordingly, are no longer considered multiple piece tools.
2. If Automated Tool Containers are used in lieu of non-automated tool boxes,
the Automated Tool Container manufacturer’s operating system will direct how
tools contained within will be identified and inventoried.
b. Tools too small or unsuitable to be etched or marked will be identified on the Inventory
List by placing an asterisk (*) on the left hand side of the item’s nomenclature or where practical
within the MAXIMO character fields, for example “*Jewel Scribe”. If the item is a multiple
piece tool and only some of the pieces are too small to etch, the inventory will specify each non-
etched piece. For example, in a 10 piece Allen Wrench set where the 3/32 wrench is the only
piece too small to etch, the nomenclature would be annotated “Allen Wrench Set, 10 pieces plus
case = 11 pieces * 3/32”.
NOTES: 1. Tools too small to etch only applies to situations where the removed item is by
itself a fully functional tool. Items such as flashlight springs, O-Rings, and small
items of intricate tools do not classify as tools too small to etch. All of these pieces
must be accounted for in total pieces for tool, but do not need to be annotated as
tools too small to be etched.
12-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. Due to character limits within MAXIMO, activities that use MAXIMO will
mark total number of tools too small to etch (TSTE) or total number of tools
unsuitable for etching (UFE) after total piece count. For example, in a 10 piece
Allen Wrench set where the 3/32 wrench is the only piece too small to etch, the
nomenclature will be marked as “10 pieces/1 piece TSTE” in an available
MAXIMO character field.
c. Tools requiring hardware to be secured to prevent potential FOD (for example, the lock
nut on a hex key set or pliers) will be identified on the inventory list by annotating the securing
method (such as “SPOT WELDED”, “PEENED”, or “ADHESIVE”) next to each affected item.
NOTE: Activities that use MAXIMO, the Tool Control Program Manager (TCPM) and
Tool Control Program Coordinator (TCPC) may develop and ensure accuracy of a
comprehensive list of all tools modified upon receipt from the supply system and
prior to issue. This list must include Nomenclature, PN or NSN and all methods of
modification. Inventory records for individual tool containers will then use the
“#” with-in the available MAXIMO character field to indicate the tool was
modified prior to issue.
d. Work Center Supervisor or Work Center Tool Control Representative use Tool Container
Shortage Lists (Figure 12.1.4.9-1) to document any tools missing from the container.
Procedures:
NOTE: Automated Tool Containers may track tool status’ utilizing features within the
operating software in lieu of Tool Shortage Sheets, so long as they meet all
the requirements described in 12.1.4.9.2.4.
(1) For tools on order:
(a) Annotate the nomenclature, drawer, panel, and item number of the tool.
(b) Annotate the number from the Missing Tool Report or Broken/Worn Tool Report
on the Tool Container Shortage List. If the tool has never been in the container, annotate
“INITIAL ISSUE”.
(c) Annotate the tracking information of replacement tools as per local procedures.
(d) The Work Center Supervisor will initial the entry to certify the initiation of the
proper report and ensure the tool is removed and not available for use.
(e) Upon receipt of the replacement tool, the Work Center Supervisor or Work Center
Tool Control Representative will verify replacement by stamping or signing the appropriate area
of the tool shortage sheet.
(2) Tools in calibration:
(a) Annotate the nomenclature, drawer, panel, and item number of the calibrated tool.
(b) The artisan or Work Center tool control representative will annotate the turn-in
date for calibration and initial or stamp the form.
12-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(c) Upon receipt of a tool from calibration, the Work Center Supervisor must
personally verify the tool is stored in the proper container, enter the date replaced, and initial or
stamp the form. If tool received is rejected for calibration and the calibration is unable to be
performed, the Work Center Supervisor must close out the calibration line entry on the shortage
sheet and create a new entry following the Broken/Worn Tool protocol.
12.1.4.9.2.5 Tool Security and Checkout Procedures
a. Secure tools in the assigned container, wallboard, or locker when not in use. Tools not
assigned to a Work Center must be stored in the tool room.
b. Use a tool log to check out portable tool containers, individual tools from the Tool Room,
shop container, shop support box, and tool pouches. PPE and consumables will be checked out
as per local procedures. As a minimum, tool logs must contain the following information:
(1) Name of person checking tool out
(2) Assigned container, locker, or wallboard number, and the inventory item number.
(3) Job Control Number (JCN), MAF Control Number (MCN), Job Order Number (JON)
or Work Order Number for which the tool is being used
(4) Date and time checked out
(5) Date and time checked in
12.1.4.9.2.6 Tool Inventories
a. Inventory and verify FOD-free all assigned tool containers, equipment, and wallboards at
the beginning and end of each shift or task.
b. Record each inventory in a log to include:
(1) Date and time inventoried or inspected.
(2) Sequence Numbers or BUNOs of all aircraft and SERNOs of all equipment worked
on when applicable.
(3) Legibly printed name and signature or imprint certification stamp of the individual
who performed the inventory or inspection.
c. Document Tool Control Inventories during maintenance task assignment, at work
stoppage, prior to system check, upon job completion, or when a change of maintenance task
occurs.
d. Work Center Supervisors will develop a quarterly inventory schedule, as stated in
12.1.4.9.3.5, to ensure all active tool containers are inventoried, at a minimum, once each
quarter. The inventory will also include a review of the specifics stated below. This inventory
will be completed by the Work Center Supervisor or a designated individual to which the tool
container is not currently assigned. All documentation used to complete this requirement will be
maintained for one full year. This may be in a digital format of scanned documents.
12-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Verify 100 percent accountability to include the accuracy of the shortage sheet.
(2) Verify the physical condition of all assigned tools as well as the integrity of the actual
tool container.
(3) Verify etching or labeling is still legible and accurate.
(4) Verify the status of any items turned-in for Calibration.
e. The TCPC will conduct and document a Semi-Annual Review of all tool containers
owned by each Work Center Supervisor. This will include a visual verification of all tool
containers as well as a verification that all tool container inventories were complete for the year
as required in 12.1.4.9.2.6.d. This inventory is for the actual tool containers and not an actual
item-by-item tool inventory. The purpose is to ensure that the Central Tool room is tracking the
ownership of all active tool containers.
f. Depot artisans assigned to I-level activities will comply with the tool control inventory and
documentation procedures applicable to the I-level site.
NOTE: The artisans signing the ACCUM WORK HOURS field on the WO or MAF is
certifying that he or she personally completed the tool inventory.
12.1.4.8.2.7 Broken/Worn Tool Procedures
a. Remove from service and replace broken or worn tools upon discovery. Make an entry on
the applicable Tool Container Shortage List (Figure 12.1.4.9-1) for tools not immediately
replaced.
b. Turn-in all broken or worn tools to the TCPC or representative along with a Broken/Worn
Tool Report.
c. Do not issue replacement tools without a completed Broken/Worn Tool Report.
NOTE: Investigate all tools with missing pieces as a missing tool per 12.1.4.9.2.8.
d. All unserviceable tools will be disposed of as per local command policy. Retain disposal
receipt for one year.
12.1.4.9.2.8 Missing Tool Procedures
a. The artisan discovering a tool is missing must immediately stop work and notify their
Supervisor.
b. All work activity in the affected area of the aircraft or system must cease and a search for
the item will begin immediately.
c. If the tool is not located after completing the search, the artisan must prepare and submit a
Missing Tool Report (MTR) to their immediate Supervisor. In instances where MTR is
unavailable, a locally prepared form may be used. At a minimum, the form must include:
(1) Date and time the tool was discovered missing.
(2) BUNOs of aircraft and SERNOs of equipment the tool was used on.
12-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Review SERVMART, Open Purchase, and Supply system requisitions for purchasing
tools, and verify only authorized tools and quantities are being ordered, and review lists at the
completion of shopping to verify only authorized tools and quantities were purchased.
d. Maintain a program file to include:
(1) Completed Missing Tool Reports and Broken/Worn Tool Reports. Retain reports for
a minimum of one year.
(2) Outstanding and completed change requests as long as they are in effect.
(3) The master copy of each individual tool container inventory, layout photograph or
diagram, and copy of Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP Form 306) or locally
established form. One master copy may be maintained for multiple identical tool containers used
by the same work center.
(4) Current Aviation Maintenance Advisories (AMA) for the TCP.
(5) Copy of the most current Program Manager’s Audit and QA Audit.
12.1.4.9.3.2 Tool Control Program Coordinator (TCPC)
a. Supervise the operations of tool rooms and tool control centers.
b. Maintain an accurate tool inventory list per paragraph 12.1.4.9.2.4 of all replacement tools
on hand. Requirements:
(1) The tool inventory list must include the NSN or PN, nomenclature, and current
quantity on hand for each authorized replacement tool.
(2) Replacement tools that are unsuitable to be etched, contain multiple pieces, or have
been peened, spot-welded, or have hardware secured with adhesive, will be identified on the
replacement tool inventory per paragraph 12.1.4.9.2.4.b.
(3) Remove tools from packaging and immediately etch or mark each tool with the
activity’s ORG code as soon as received.
c. Upon receipt, peen or spot weld tool hardware that can come loose (for example, the lock
nut on a hex key set or pliers) to eliminate the possibility of FOD. Use industrial adhesive when
peening or spot welding would cause damage or affect calibration.
d. Prior to issue, mark replacement tools with the complete identification.
NOTE: A completed MTR or Broken/Worn Tool Report is required before issuing a
replacement tool.
e. Issue tool containers by number to the Work Center Supervisor. Issue Tool containers on
a Controlled Equipage Custody Record (NAVSUP Form 306) or locally prepared form.
f. Perform requirements as established in 12.1.4.9.2.6.e.
12-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. When requested, Depot FRCs must assist supported O-level and I-level activities during
reclamation actions by providing technical expertise and equipment not authorized for O-level
and I-level maintenance activities.
12.1.4.12 Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program
12.1.4.12.1 Introduction
a. Due to the inherent dangers associated with egress/explosive systems, a checkout program
is required. The Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program establishes policy,
responsibilities, and requirements for egress/explosive systems checkout procedures. The
requirements of the Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Program are applicable to all Navy and
Marine Corps activities, and commercial and other government activities that perform on and off
aircraft or equipment maintenance or other support functions on naval aircraft or Unmanned
Aircraft Systems (UAS) with egress/explosive systems.
b. Egress systems include ejection seats, canopy jettison systems, explosive hatches, and
panels.
c. Explosive systems include explosive actuated components installed on the aircraft which
are not de-armed after flight and/or before conducting maintenance, for example, fire bottle
cartridge actuated devices (CAD), explosive fire suppression devices, and explosive interconnect
systems. If deemed necessary, all other safety training involving explosive actuated devices,
such as ejector rack assemblies, will be directed by the Commanding Officer.
d. The Fleet Support Team (FST) for CADs and PADs is COMMANDING OFFICER,
NAVAL SURFACE WARFARE CENTER INDIAN HEAD DIVISION (Code E-22), 4393
BENSON ROAD, SUITE 120 INDIAN HEAD, MD 20640-5092, COMM (301) 744-2248/2236.
e. The FST for ejection seats is COMMANDING OFFICER, FLEET READINESS
CENTER EAST, PSC BOX 8021, CHERRY POINT NC 28533-0021, DSN 451-8553 or
COMM (252) 464-8553.
12.1.4.12.2 Requirements
a. If required, develop and publish local command procedures (LCP) per OPNAVINST
5215.17 and detail at a minimum the following:
(1) T/M/S-specific Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructor Training Syllabus
(2) Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Qualification
(3) Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout Instructor Designation
NOTE: Depot FRCs performing phased depot maintenance events may establish
memorandums of agreement with local activities which meet the program
requirements of 12.1.4.12.2.
12-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Personnel assigned outside the activity for over 90 days must complete requalification training
prior to resuming duties.
e. Prior to depot level maintenance personnel providing on-site assistance to Fleet activities,
a current, T/M/S-specific Egress/Explosive Systems Checkout training qualification must be
presented to the activity being assisted.
f. No visitors to an activity operating or maintaining aircraft, whether military, civilian,
contractor, or general public, will be permitted to enter the cockpit area without prior approval
from the Commanding Officer (CO).
12.1.4.13 Support Equipment (SE) Operator Training and Licensing Program
12.1.4.13.1 Introduction
a. This program emphasizes and formalizes the SE Operator Training and Licensing
Program and publishes responsibilities and procedures. In recent years improper use of SE has
resulted in excessive repairs and reduced operational readiness. Replacement costs amount to
millions of dollars annually. Investigation shows an adequate training program and supervision
will reduce the number of incidents. It is most important that the maintenance and operation of
SE be considered from two separate but closely related aspects; personnel safety and equipment
effectiveness. Training programs must be designed and administered to ensure safety is
paramount. It is emphasized that, in addition to the many directives and instructions published
by higher authority, the final responsibility for personnel safety and effectiveness of equipment is
vested in the CO. Command attention to and supervision of necessary and efficient training can
be of immeasurable help in substantially reducing the number of personnel injuries, equipment
damages, and resultant dollar losses.
b. Figure 12.1.4.13-1 is a list of equipment requiring a USN Aviation Support Equipment
Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102). Paragraph 12.1.4.13.3 provides guidance on other
equipment with operating characteristics that require an SE Operator’s License.
c. Weight handling equipment (WHE) operators are licensed per the procedures of this
NAMPSOP, but trained per the requirements of NAVAIR 00-80T-119. Proficiency tasks will be
performed on fully operational WHE. However, if due to maintenance or non-availability status,
non-available or non-operational WHE will impact performance of proficiency task, on
equipment simulation will be performed and Program Manager will document and retain in
program binder the reason for on equipment simulation. When WHE is returned to operational
status, the subsequent proficiency cycle task will be performed on RFI WHE.
d. Material Handling Equipment (MHE), for example, forklifts are not SE. Refer to
OPNAVINST 4460.1 and MCO P11240.106 for MHE training and licensing. Refer to
NAVSEA SW023-AH-WHM-010 for training and certification requirements for using MHE to
handle ammunition and explosives.
e. Vehicles (cars, buses, trucks, etc.) are not SE and do not fall under the SE Operator
Training and Licensing Program.
12-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Personnel must have a valid U.S. Government, DOD agency, or state vehicle driver’s
license to be issued an SE Operator’s License for self-propelled SE. An expired, revoked, or
suspended vehicle driver’s license cancels authorization to operate self-propelled SE.
d. SE Operator’s Licenses are valid for type equipment and T/M/S aircraft for 5 years, or
upon resignation from the issuing activity, whichever occurs first. License renewal for another
five years requires passing the Phase II practical and written examinations again. Personnel who
fail either the practical or the written examination must repeat the entire Phase II training
syllabus.
e. The USN Aviation Support Equipment Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) will be
annotated as follows:
NOTES: 1. Activities using Advanced Skill Management (ASM) for the Support
Equipment (SE) Operator Training and Licensing Program will use it as the
primary means of verifying SE authorized to operate. If activities using ASM
must print SE Operator’s License (OPNAV 4790/102) forms as an alternate
means of verification, then they must be printed directly from ASM without
modification.
2. Dates will be entered in alphanumeric DD/MMM/YY format, for example,
15MAY19.
3. Corrections to hardcopy licenses will be made by drawing a single line through
each erroneous entry and inserting the correct entry above or below as space
permits. Corrective tape and correction fluid are not authorized.
Block 1. (Name of Operator). Enter the legal name of operator.
Block 2 (Paygrade/Service). Enter the current paygrade and service.
Block 3. (Date Issued). Enter the date the OPNAV 4790/102 was issued.
Block 4. (U.S. Government, DOD agency, or State driver’s license). If license has self-propelled
SE, list the operator’s State, U.S. Government, or DOD agency driver's license number, name of
the issuing State or U.S. Government or DOD agency, and expiration date.
Block 5. (Issuing Activity). Enter name and location of issuing activity.
Block 6. (Signature of Licensee). Enter operator’s signature.
Block 7. (Issued By). Enter authorizer’s signature.
Block 8A. (Type Equipment). Entries must have specific equipment identification number, for
example, A/S32A-31B. Licenses containing general entries, for example, “Mobile Electric
Power Plants” or “Powered Bomb Hoists” are not valid. Only one item of SE will be listed per
line, unless items are model variations of the same type equipment and taught in the same course
of instruction, for example, NC-10A/B/C and A/M32A-108 Shore MEPP. Entries for engine test
systems must contain the test system and type engine(s) the operator is designated to run.
12-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Block 8B. (Expiration Date). List the expiration date for each item of SE. Expiration dates will
be five years from the date of the Phase II written examination. For self-propelled SE, refer to
Block 4 for the Expiration Date.
Block 8C. (Certified By). The certifier must initial this block.
NOTE: Certifier’s initials are not required for OPNAV 4790/102 forms generated from
ASM.
Block 9. (Restrictions). See Block 8A for licenses generated from ASM. Licenses printed from
ASM list SE and T/M/S in Block 8A. For hard copy licenses, annotate restrictions as follows:
(1) If the license is being issued to operate the SE on aircraft, specify the T/M/S aircraft.
Example: “For FA-18E aircraft only.”
NOTE: 1. Due to their commonality, personnel trained on the SH-60B or MH-60R may
annotate Block 9 “For SH-60B/MH-60R use only.” Personnel trained on the SH-
60F, HH-60H or MH-60S may annotate Block 9 “For SH-60F/HH-60H/MH-60S
use only.” Personnel trained on the E-2C or E-2D may annotate Block 9 “For E-
2C/E-2D use only.”
2. Accreditations and SE Licenses printed from ASM already combine some
commonality on the T/M/S.
(2) If the license is not being issued to operate SE on aircraft, enter “Restricted to
non-aircraft use.”
NOTE: Personnel operating self-propelled mobile cranes for maintenance purposes only
must have "For Maintenance Only.”
12.1.4.13.4 Responsibilities
Depot FRCs must develop and publish local command procedures (LCP) as per OPNAVINST
5215.17 to direct geographic, T/M/S-specific, or command-directed actions and responsibilities
for the Support Equipment Operator Training and Licensing Program. Procedures must include
which personnel are authorized to certify, train, and revoke personnel to operate SE.
12-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Operation of like SE installed in naval aircraft does not require an SE Operator’s
License. Equipment installed in aircraft will be operated per aircraft publications.
12-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. Report loss of capability to NAVAIR METCAL Service Desk and other customers as
required.
i. Coordinate pickup and delivery service of TMDE for local customers. TMDE will be
adequately protected to prevent damage during transport i.e., padding on floor and or shelves as well
as tie downs to prevent damage to equipment from shifting and shock. Equipment must be
adequately protected from the elements (i.e., moisture, extreme temperature, and contamination
from dirt and dust).
j. Reconcile all non-CSAMS standards with the NAVAIR METCAL program to achieve a
complete CALSTDs inventory in CSAMS.
k. Provide routine calibration and repair production reporting to the NAVAIR METCAL
Program in accordance with program guidelines, utilizing workload norms established for this
purpose, for any and all efforts expending program budgets.
l. Develop and execute a metrology personnel training process.
m. Provide specialized calibration training on the theory and use of TMDE and CALSTDS to
calibration laboratory personnel.
n. Keep accurate training records for metrology personnel.
12.1.4.15.3 Metrology Engineering Responsibilities
Laboratories with metrology engineers empowered by the NAVAIR Metrology TWH are
responsible for the following:
a. Adhere to calibration guidance and interval set forth in 17-35MTL-1 and Calibration Problem
Assistance Request (CPAR) Live, by Model Number and CAGE match.
b. Calibration logistic requirements for weapons platforms and supporting equipment or
systems must be determined early in design and acquisition process. This includes procedural
guidance for calibration laboratory technicians, and is generally planned and managed by the
METCAL Program Acquisition Logistics Team via coordination with PMAs responsible for initial
outfitting. For any requirements for development of calibration support, FRCs with an authorized
Metrology Deputy Technical Warrant Holder can engineer metrology calibration support within the
following three scenarios:
(1) In collaboration with the METCAL Program Acquisition Logistics Team, serve as a
metrology engineering resource for developing calibration logistic support for a PMA led
acquisition.
(2) For Depot unique assets requiring emergent support, and not under Acquisition Logistics
Team management, and not a Model Number and Cage Match in NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 (i.e.
unsupported), FRC metrology engineering may develop local calibration support as an interim
stopgap measure. This interim technical guidance to support the asset must be in the form of a
temporary engineering instruction (TEI). The TEI is authorized for one time use by the calibration
laboratory to calibrate the asset. The TEI must not be duplicated or reused for recurring calibrations
of the same model number and serial number by the laboratory unless authorized by NAVAIR
METCAL Chief Engineer. For all subsequent calibrations of the asset by the calibration laboratory,
the asset must use calibration guidance listed in NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 or CPAR Live.
12-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) For FRC Industrial Complex assets with no weapon platform requirements, FRC
metrology engineering may develop calibration support following all NAVAIR METCAL Program
engineering standards.
c. Convert all TEI guidance provided to the calibration laboratory into a CPAR support package
IAW SWP 41L40-004. The support package must be submitted to CPAR Live within four months
of initial submission of TEI to laboratory, to enable establishment of METCAL Program calibration
guidance that is streamlined for calibration laboratory operations.
d. Approve non-Navy Calibration Equipment (NCE) CALSTD substitutions for non-fleet
related customers (example: reimbursable).
e. Perform Calibration Requirements Analysis (CRA) and Measurement Uncertainty Analysis
(MUA) as required in the development of organic calibration support per NAVAIR 17-35ES-003
and SWP41L40-003.
f. Develop ICPs or local calibration procedures (LCP) per established NAVAIR 17-35ES-002,
SWP 41L40-002 and NAVAIR 17-35TR-50.
g. Ensure all measurements are traceable through an unbroken chain of measurements to a
national standard or natural physical constant.
12.1.4.15.4 Calibration Workload Management
NOTE: Non-aviation (non IMRL) TMDE forwarded to D-Level calibration laboratories for
calibration or rework must be clearly identified as non-aviation TMDE. Calibration
of non-aviation SE is not funded by NAVAIR and must be submitted under separate
shipping documents from aviation TMDE or CALSTDS.
a. Per OPNAVINST 3960.16 and NAVAIRINST 13640.1, periodic calibration of TMDE and
CALSTDS confirms an acceptable level of measurement reliability. TMDE performance is
compared against CALSTDS for a higher level of accuracy. This often occurs in upper-level
calibration laboratories, including Depot FRC NCLs, with traceability to the International System of
Units (SI) through recognized national metrology institute (e.g. NIST), ratiometric techniques, or
natural physical constants. The following will be adhered to:
(1) Any TMDE or CALSTDS used to make quantitative measurements or to provide a
reference quantity of known value must be calibrated. Each item of calibrated TMDE or CALSTDS
must have a unique serial number affixed to enable tracking. If the manufacturer affixed no serial
number to the equipment, the calibrating activity will assign a serial number per OP43P6B.
(2) Per OPNAVINST 3960.16, NSWC Corona Division is responsible for establishing and
adjusting calibration intervals for all DON TMDE. Per NAVAIRINST 13640.1, the NAVAIR
METCAL IPT is responsible for the management oversight of NAVAIR METCAL functions,
including the establishment and adjustment of calibration recall intervals for NAVAIR
TMDE/CALSTDs. Any TMDE or CALSTDS used to make quantitative measurements or to
provide a reference quantity of known value must be calibrated. Each item of calibrated TMDE or
CALSTDS must have a unique serial number affixed to enable tracking. If the manufacturer affixed
no serial number to the equipment, the calibrating activity will assign a serial number per OP43P6B.
12-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(3) TMDE or CALSTDS will be calibrated and repaired at the most effective maintenance
level in consideration of applicable laws, urgency, priority, crew impact, capability, capacity, and
total ownership cost per OPNAVINST 3960.16.
b. Per NAVAIRINST 13640.1, Metrology Automated System for Uniform Recall & Reporting
(MEASURE) is the approved Automated Information System (AIS) for the NAVAIR METCAL
Program and facilitated per OP43P6B. The MEASURE Operational Control Center (MOCC) in
San Diego, CA publishes equipment recall schedules and provides data used for reliability and
engineering technical analysis in support of the METCAL Program. MEASURE provides recall,
inventory, and calibration history data. The COMNAVAIRSYSCOM METCAL Program uses this
data to fund calibration laboratory man-hour expenditures in support calibration of
TMDE/CALSTDS assigned to organizational and intermediate maintenance activities that are part
of the Naval Aviation Enterprise.
c. Calibration services will be provided as follows, and is not all inclusive:
(1) Calibration and incidental repair of TMDE/CALSTDS received from NAVAIR FCA
laboratories and activities.
(2) Repair and Calibration of CALSTDs as authorized by the NAVAIR METCAL program.
(3) Performing incidental repair and calibration services for:
(a) COMNAVSEASYSCOM, SSP, and NAVWAR.
(b) Other DOD and government agencies.
(c) Commercial entities working under government contracts.
(d) In-house equipment (that requires calibration) within the laboratory's capability (not
scheduled by NAVAIR METCAL IPT).
(4) Performing additional tasks assigned by NAVAIR METCAL IPT.
(5) Contacting the cognizant TYCOM for disposition guidance for CALSTDS that fail
calibration.
(6) Including workload generated by in-house calibratable assets in requirements projections.
(7) Accepting non-aviation TMDE for calibration or repair, only if funding has been
provided.
(8) Maintaining a file of METCAL Program directives and AIG messages. Retain
METCAL AIG messages for a minimum of 1 year.
(9) Reviewing NSWC MSD Corona, CA monthly METBULs for pertinent METCAL
Program information. See paragraph 10.18.3.4 for interval change information.
(10) Initiating SE Misuse and Abuse Reports per Chapter 7, when negligence is suspected to
have caused damage to TMDE/CALSTDs.
(11) Executing calibration procedures per NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 and affixing labels and
tags per NAVAIR 17-35TR-8.
12-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Requirements for new or additional standards must be identified and requested per NAVAIR
METCAL IPT established processes.
(d) CALSTDS that cannot be supported locally will be forwarded to an Authorized
Commercial Service Provider or Calibration Service Provider approved by the NAVAIR METCAL
IPT.
(2) Calibration laboratory operations must be technically adequate to provide the quality
required by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM customers. NAVAIR 17-35QAC-01, Navy and Marine Corps
Calibration Laboratory Audit and Certification Manual, is the quality standard for ensuring the
technical adequacy of COMNAVAIRSYSCOM calibration laboratories; along with the proper use
of existing COMNAVAIRSYSCOM metrology and calibration engineering and support elements.
(3) Technicians must be qualified to perform the calibration functions expected of them and
for which the laboratory has responsibility to perform.
(4) Calibration Procedures. Approved calibration procedures for CALSTDS and TMDE are
specified in the Metrology Requirements List (NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 and NAVAIR 17-35NCE-1)
or CPAR Live. Other publications, such as maintenance manuals, local instruction sheets, Air
Force, Army, and NASA calibration procedures, ordnance procedures, ordnance directives, and
MRCs that may contain calibration data are not authorized for METCAL Program use unless
otherwise approved for use through CPAR Live or NAVAIR METCAL Chief Engineer.
(5) Per NAVAIRINST 13640.1, calibration of oxygen TMDE must only be calibrated by
depot-level NCLs. Other NAVAIR METCAL IPT-approved calibration activities are authorized to
calibrate oxygen TMDE and reference CALSTDs, per NAVAIR 17-35POP-01, MILSTD-1330D,
and NAVAIR 17-35QAL-11.
NOTES: 1. Oxygen TMDE will only be calibrated and repaired by specified D-Level
activities certified to perform Oxygen calibration.
2. Select FCAs have been augmented with D-Level personnel to perform specified
D-Level calibrations approved by NAVAIR METCAL, including Oxygen TMDE.
Contactor Engineering and Technical Services (CETS) personnel assigned to
expanded capabilities laboratories must comply with the Quality Assurance (QA)
policies of the host I-Level.
12.1.4.16 Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) Program
a. All activities involved in the rework of aircraft, support equipment or components are
responsible for maintaining a HMC&M Program to properly retrieve, handle, store, and dispose of
hazardous material (HAZMAT) and hazardous waste (HAZWASTE) per applicable state, DOD, and
federal laws. HMC&M focuses on preventing, minimizing, or eliminating the introduction of
HAZMAT into the Navy, substituting less hazardous HAZMAT for HAZMAT already in the Navy,
safely using HAZMAT in the workplace, and safely handling and disposing of HAZWASTE.
HMC&M incorporates the requirements of the following references:
(1) Title 29 CFR Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards
(2) DODINST 6050.05, DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program
12-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
necessary to establish, implement, and maintain an ESD Control Program. NAVAIR 01-1A-23
defines ESD control and protection requirements for 2M Electronic Assembly Repair.
OPNAVINST 3750.6 provides policy for reporting hazards related to EMI. NAVSUP Publication
723 contains Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) information. NAVAIR 17-600-193-6-2 and
NAVAIR 17-600-193ESD-6-1 address PM requirements for ESD protected areas. MIL-HDBK-
773A contains instructions for packaging Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) circuit cards and
modules for shipment and storage.
c. Each Depot Fleet Readiness Center (FRC) will establish and maintain an effective ESD
Protection and EMI Reporting Program that is planned, integrated, and developed in conjunction
with production, maintenance, test, supply, safety, and quality verification functions. Commands
must establish local command procedures (LCP) per OPNAVINST 5215.17 to direct geographic,
T/M/S-specific, or command-directed actions by ensuring ESD Protection standards are maintained
at all times.
d. Training. An effective ESD Protection and EMI Reporting Program depends on the quality
of training provided for its success. All personnel that handle, inspect, package, transport, or
maintain ESDS items must receive job-specific ESD/EMI initial training prior to being permitted to
handle or independently perform maintenance on ESDS items without supervision of a trained
individual. Personnel will be shown how their job relates to the program. Training must include an
explanation of what ESD/EMI is, how and where it occurs, how to handle, inspect, package, and
transport of ESDS items; and what problems are associated with ESD/EMI. Personnel will
complete refresher training every 18 months.
NOTES: 1. The ASEMICAP Web application (https://asemicap.navair.navy.mil ) contains
EMI or and ESD training materials located in the Fleet Community section of the
website.
2. Training from ASEMICAP Fleet Support Specialists (FSS) can be requested
through the ASEMICAP Web application under the ‘Request Training’ tab located
in the Fleet Community section of the website or directly from the local ASEMICAP
FSS. FSS contact information is provided under the ‘Contacts’ tab in the Fleet
Community.
e. A QA ESD monitoring program will be established to verify the proper operation and use of
ESD protective equipment and materials on a periodic basis for personnel and equipment safety.
f. All electronic Weapons Replaceable Assembly (WRAs), Shop Replaceable Assembly
(SRAs), and individual solid state electronic components will be considered ESDS items while
handled, packaged, repaired and transported. Any ESDS item believed to be exposed to ESD or
handled without protective equipment will be considered not-ready for issue (NRFI) and must be
tested prior to being certified ready for issue (RFI).
NOTE: All printed circuit assemblies and microcomponents must be considered to be ESDS
while being stored, handled, packaged, repaired, and transported. This includes
SRAs or components removed or replaced within WRAs. Approved ESD protective
12-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a closed or sealed ESD shielding bag possessing both shield and anti-static characteristics is
preferred.
(5) The practice of removing SRAs with power applied is prohibited unless specifically
directed by maintenance repair and troubleshooting procedures.
j. Personnel safety is also extremely important. Equipment must be de-energized when wrist
straps are in use at a properly configured EPA. In the past, technicians have always been isolated
from electrical shock by nonconductive rubber mats. In EPAs, these nonconductive mats have been
replaced with conductive material and devices through which the technician is tied to a soft ground
(a connection to ground through an impedance sufficiently high to limit current flow to safe levels
for personnel (normally 5 milliamperes)). Impedance needed for soft ground is dependent upon the
voltage levels which could be contacted by personnel near the ground.
12.2 Depot Special Process Certification
12.2.1 General
a. Various skills or processes performed at Depot FRCs are not readily verifiable or are of such
a critical nature as to preclude the use of normal certification requirements. For these reasons,
special certification is required to ensure that artisans performing these processes meet acceptable
levels of competence. The Compliance and Quality Department establishes the local program
requirements with engineering, production, and career development assistance and determines those
operations and processes which require special certification.
b. Depot FRCs must ensure a comprehensive special certification/licensing program is
developed, implemented, and administered. These requirements will be used as minimum
guidelines for the establishment of a special certification program. To that end, Compliance and
Quality is designated as the final approving authority in all areas concerning special certification.
Special Process certification/qualification training requirements are contained in COMFRC M-
4855.6, Advanced Skills Management (ASM)/Job Qualification Requirements (JQR), and national
local process specifications/local engineering specifications (LPS/LES).
c. Critical processes performed at Depot FRCs must be controlled by the special process
certification program. The following are engineering special processes mandated by other
governing authority:
(1) Miniature/Microminiature (2M) and Basic Solder
(2) Nondestructive Testing and Inspection (NDT/I)
(3) Aeronautical Equipment Welding
(4) Composites
(5) Hole Quality
(6) Bearings, General and Instrument
(7) Heat Treat
12-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
g. All departments must provide assistance in the development and implementation of program
requirements per this chapter to include providing for training, instructors, facilities, and
examinations.
12.2.3 Requirements
12.2.3.1 Miniature/Microminiature (2M) and Basic Solder
a. The complexity of electronic assemblies and the sensitivity of their components to physical
and electrical overstress requires repairs to be performed by formally trained and certified 2M
Repair Technicians at designated 2M activities. NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000 contains the 2M
certification and recertification requirements and provides guidance for managing and monitoring
2M repair facilities and technicians. NAVAIR 01-1A-23 contains technical requirements for
maintaining 2M repair facilities and workstations. Depot FRC’s must establish local command
procedures per OPNAVINST 5215.17 to direct geographic, T/M/S-specific, or command-directed
actions, if applicable.
b. 2M Personnel Certification. Initial certification will be conducted by certified 2M Instructors
per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000. The following are the 2M certification courses offered for
technicians at Depot FRCs:
(1) Miniature repair certification requires completion of the Miniature Electronics Repair
Course (CIN A-100-0072) or (CIN S-100-7200).
(2) Microminiature repair certification requires completion of the Miniature Electronics
Repair Course (CIN A-100-0072) or (CIN S-100-7200) and the Microminiature Electronics Repair
Course (CIN A-100-0073) or (CIN S-100-7300).
(3) Recertification will be conducted every 18 months by a certified 2M Instructor or
Recertifier per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000..
c. Site Certification. Depot FRC site certification will be conducted as follows:
(1) The Depot FRC’s 2M Inspector or Program Manager will perform site (re)certification,
record and report their findings per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000 and NAVAIR 01-1A-23 2M
program requirements. NAVAIR AMMT will validate 2M/MTR sites during AMI.
(2) Site recertification is required if a 2M workstation is relocated to a different room,
building, or Mobile Facility. The Industrial Hygiene Survey will be conducted on the new facility
prior to moving the equipment, to verify the new site meets the requirements of NAVAIR 01-1A-23.
(3) 2M training site recertifications will be conducted per NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000.
d. Basic Solder training is not covered by NAVAIR SE-004-PQS-000 and will be covered under
ASM. Basic Solder Technicians are only authorized to work on wiring, soldering of terminals, and
connectors with wires AWG 26 and larger that are not enclosed in electronic assemblies.
12-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Completion of Basic Solder, Wires to Terminals for A/C and A/C Components Course,
(COMFRC-70000-0013).
NOTE: Basic solder will be entered into ASM or equivalent database upon completion of the
initial course and upon completion of each recertification.
(2) Basic Solder technicians must recertify every 18 months.
(3) Basic Solder Technicians must be recertified with Basic Solder Proficiency Test
provided by a Depot 2M Instructor or a certified 2M Technician Recertifier.
f. Use of specialized 2M Equipment. Due to the complex nature of certain electronic systems
and the advancement of new technologies, specialized 2M equipment will be used, if the following
requirements are met:
(1) All manual or automated soldering equipment must meet the guidelines of J-STD-001,
Appendix C, Guidelines for Soldering Tools and Equipment. This guideline sets limits for leakage
current, tip to ground resistance, temperature control, and equipment maintenance. The equipment
should also be ESD safe to equipment and personnel. Hand-held hot air tools will not be used to
remove SMT or through-hole components unless specifically designed to do so and supported by an
approved process.
(2) All automated soldering equipment will have process control capability and the ability to
duplicate the reflow process used in manufacturing. Specifically, automated equipment must have
the ability to control the ramp rates of preheat, soak, dwell and cool-down cycles of the rework
profile. Equipment must have the ability to store known good reflow profiles. Engineering will
develop and approve profiles for each circuit card to be reworked. All rework equipment will be
used in accordance with the documented and approved processes.
(3) Initial equipment training for automated systems may be provided by the Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) with follow-on training conducted by qualified depot personnel.
Safety, Quality & Regulatory Compliance should be involved to the extent necessary to ensure
training, process and profile development, equipment maintenance requirements and personnel
equipment qualifications are properly conducted, documented and maintained.
12.2.3.2 Nondestructive Testing and Inspection (NDT/I)
a. Minimum qualifications for an instructor to provide training qualification or requalification
for NDI personnel are:
(1) Two years of experience as an industrial NDI inspector Level II (or equivalent) working
in the methods being taught.
(2) A thorough understanding of the applications and limitations of all five basic NDI
methods.
(3) NDI instructor certification per local directives.
(4) For classroom instruction the individual must be a graduate of instructor training school.
12-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Depot FRCs must ensure all candidates for the Navy NDI school at NATTC Pensacola, FL
are thoroughly screened and capable of meeting the equivalent requirements per the CANTRAC.
Special attention must be given to English comprehension and mathematical abilities.
c. Each Depot FRC must follow the COMFRC M-4855.6, ASM/NDI JQR and local LPS
defining qualification requirements and certification procedures for establishing NDI personnel as
levels I, II, III, and instructor. This procedure must be consistent with the framework of NAS 410.
12.2.3.3 Aeronautical Equipment Welding
a. Depot FRCs must provide welding training, examinations, and qualifications for civilian
welders per NAVAIR 01-1A-34 and the process defined by local written requirements. Welding
certification or recertification training is provided by qualified, certified instructors. Examination
will be performed by designated personnel. Each Depot FRC must have local written welding
qualification procedures consistent with NAVAIR 01-1A-34 defining the qualification process,
documentation and acceptance criteria. Group(s) of metal(s) that require separate and distinct
certification are specified in NAVAIR 01-1A-34. Separate certification is also required for oxy-fuel
silver brazing process. Welder training is documented by the Welding Certification JQR. Upon
completion of welding qualification training:
(1) Shop supervisor recommends special skills certification.
(2) Safety, Quality & Regulatory Compliance approves special skills certification.
b. Minimum qualification for a welding instructor to provide training qualification or
requalification for welding personnel are:
(1) Must maintain certification to instruct, perform, and meet recertification requirements in
welding processes and positions for which instruction is provided, on metal groups specified in
NAVAIR 01-1A-34. The welding instructor qualification is processed and documented with the
COMFRC Welding Certification JQR in ASM and recertify every two years.
(2) Must be fully qualified in all elements of the welding trade, including experience as an
aeronautical welder in excess of the minimum required of a journey level welder.
(3) Must have a thorough knowledge of aircraft and maintenance welding skills and
processes.
c. D-level welders must requalify every two years and documented per ASM/JQR. If
applicable, D-level welders may complete equivalent non-Navy training per NAVAIR 01-1A-34,
satisfactory completion of recertification testing, and documented by JQR. Fulfilling this
requirement must have local Materials Engineer approval.
d. Contractor (I or D-level) aeronautical welder’s certification, recertification periodicity must
comply with NAVAIR 01-1A-34. Contractor welder’s certification processes, materials, position,
and periodicity are per contract.
e. All certified aeronautical welders must weld on equipment, components, and items
manufactured from the group(s) of metal(s) for which they are currently certified and which weld
12-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
repairs are authorized by applicable maintenance technical manuals or directives. Work record
documentation for civilian aeronautical welders will be managed per NAVAIR 01-1A-34.
f. NAVAIR 01-1A-34 contains additional information and guidance relative to qualification,
certification, recertification, periodicity, and employment of aeronautical welders. However, it is a
general series technical manual intended to be used with this instruction and with specific
maintenance, repair, overhaul manuals, and engineering documents. In cases of conflict between
certification or recertification policy of this instruction and NAVAIR 01-1A-34, this instruction will
take precedence.
12.2.3.4 Aircraft Taxi
a. Only personnel licensed and designated in writing by the CO may perform aircraft taxi. COs
must issue Aircraft Taxi License (OPNAV 4790/191) or ASM equivalent to civilian maintenance
personnel. Designated personnel must be thoroughly knowledgeable and proficient in:
(1) Applicable portions of the Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization
(NATOPS) Manual.
(2) Capabilities, limitations, and safety precautions of the system requiring the ground
functional check and authorization to perform and certify those tasks.
b. Initial certification and periodic recertification must require a visual screening, medical
examination, written, and practical examinations that include turnaround, start, turn-up, shut down,
and emergency procedures.
c. Prior to initial certification, and annually thereafter, each candidate must pass a written and
operational test developed by a T/M/S NATOPS Officer and administered by a T/M/S Pilot
NATOPS instructor. QAS may administer written examinations.
d. Licensed Aircraft Taxi personnel must perform a taxi evolution every 180 days for the T/M/S
aircraft for which they are certified. Personnel that exceed 180 days without completing a taxi
evolution will not be allowed to taxi aircraft until they have completed an operational test per
12.2.3.4 c.
WARNING: DUE TO THE INHERENT DANGERS ASSOCIATED WITH TAXIING
OPERATIONS, AIRCRAFT SHOULD ONLY BE TAXIED TO FACILITATE
MAINTENANCE, IF NO OTHER MEANS ARE AVAILABLE TO POSITION
AIRCRAFT.
NOTES: 1. The CO may not delegate the authority to sign an Aircraft Taxi License.
2. Only individuals authorized to fly helicopters may be permitted to taxi
helicopters (CNAF M-3710.7).
3. Only individuals authorized to fly tilt rotor aircraft may be permitted to taxi tilt
rotor aircraft (CNAF M-3710.7).
12-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
5. Activities operating Aircraft Mounted Gas Turbine Starters must comply with
APU turn-up qualification and licensing requirements.
12.2.3.6 Engine Test Cell Operators
a. Accessories, components, and engines reworked, repaired, or overhauled normally require an
operational test or functional check in a test cell to determine performance parameters and
characteristics. Only qualified and licensed test cell operators must be authorized to perform test
cell operations.
b. Employees certifying test cell operations that determine performance after rework, repair,
modification, or overhaul and those employees certifying the Serviceable Tag-Material (DD-1574),
must be thoroughly familiar with and demonstrate a practical proficiency of the test cell capabilities,
limitations, safety precautions, and the procedure to adequately measure or determine performance
parameters and characteristics of the item being evaluated.
c. The initial certification and subsequent recertification(s) will require a written and practical
examination that includes test cell pre-start, start, turn-up, shutdown, and emergency procedures.
12.2.3.7 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS)
a. The ALSS Program establishes the policy and requirements for determining acceptable
civilian personnel certification qualifications for maintaining personnel parachute assemblies,
ejection seat drogues, and related egress equipment.
b. Only qualified, certified personnel must be permitted to pack, repair, and/or inspect personnel
parachutes, drogue chutes (excluding drogue chutes with non-removable head boxes), inflatable
survival equipment, and seat survival kits. Personnel must be graduates of Navy Aircrew Survival
Equipmentman (PR) Class A School (or equivalent school from other service).
(1) Initial examination, certification requires completion of local classroom instruction or
OJT, and a written and a practical examination for specific ALSS equipment.
(2) Recertification is required annually and will be accomplished through a proficiency
examination per T/M/S specific JQR. Proficiency examinations will be administered by either a
quality assurance specialist or senior artisan that is certified in the examination being administered.
c. Only qualified personnel who are certified by PMA-202/AECS FST are permitted to sign-off
the corrected by or inspected by blocks in OOMA for Flight Test/PR work center.
(1) Once a qualified artisan receives their certification stamp, they will receive the necessary
SMQs in OOMA to sign-off the corrected by block or the inspected by block.
(2) Qualified artisans are not authorized to sign-off any documents which require
verification by QAS.
d. Personnel must be qualified and certified to maintain, service, and/or inspect egress systems.
Qualified personnel must be graduates of Navy Aviation Structural Mechanic – E (Safety
Equipment) (AME) Class A School (or equivalent school from other service) and complete all of the
12-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
T/M/S-specific Job Qualification Requirements (JQR). In addition, if the T/M/S specific training is
not included in the JQR, then one of the following curricula is required: CNATTU for specific
T/M/S egress systems, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) training, or approved Depot FRC
training curriculum. Depot FRCs must submit their training curriculums and JQRs to
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (PMA-202 or AECS FST) via COMFLTREADCEN for initial approval
and subsequent approval every 2 years.
(1) Initial certification will require completion of local classroom or OJT, and a written and a
practical examination.
(2) Recertification is required annually and will be accomplished through a proficiency and a
practical examination per T/M/S specific JQR. Proficiency examinations will be administered by
either a quality assurance specialist or senior artisan that is certified in the examination being
administered.
NOTES: 1. AME or civilian personnel who have completed the CNATTU course for the F/A-
18E/F aircraft SJU-17 Navy Aircrew Common Ejection Seat (NACES) are also
qualified to perform work on SJU-17 NACES installed in F/A-18A-D and E/A-18G
aircraft. Completion of the CNATTU F/A-18E/F SJU-17 NACES course does not
qualify personnel to perform work on SJU-5A/6A ejection seat(s) installed in the
F/A-18A-D.
2. Personnel certified under the Depot FRC’s Personnel Explosives Handling
Qualification and Certification Program in accordance with OPNAVINST 8023.24,
may perform stand-alone work involving airframe fire bottle cartridges not
physically attached to ejection seats or their components.
12.2.3.8 Plane Captain Basic Duties and Qualifications
a. Modern naval aircraft are inherently complex. This complexity usually prohibits an
individual from having sufficient technical knowledge of all systems. Therefore, other technicians
must perform those portions of the daily and turnaround inspections which are beyond the plane
captain's technical qualifications. However, this assistance does not relieve the plane captains of
their overall responsibilities. Because this assignment carries a high degree of responsibility, care
must be exercised in the selection of plane captains to ensure they possess the mechanical aptitude,
personal integrity, and motivation to accept this responsibility. The individual must possess the
technical competence and sense of responsibility to ensure the aircraft is properly inspected and
serviced before flight. Comprehensive formal and OJT programs are necessary to ensure only the
most qualified individuals are designated as plane captains.
b. To highlight the technical training required and to standardize the degree of excellence
desired, the minimum duties and basic qualifications for formal designation and assignment follow.
The Plane Captain must meet the following requirements:
(1) Possess the qualities of personal integrity, maturity, judgment, and aptitude which are
vital to the success of assigned tasks.
12-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) Be familiar with and demonstrate practical knowledge of the particular type of aircraft
and its systems.
(3) Perform daily and turnaround inspections in conjunction with assisting personnel.
(4) Assist pilots in flight preparation and be capable of advising them of the material
condition of the aircraft.
(5) Be responsible for the cleanliness and prevention of corrosion on the aircraft, by pursuing
an effective and continual preventive maintenance program.
(6) Be thoroughly familiar with and demonstrate knowledge of the aircraft cockpit, ejection
seats, controls, and systems, as well as starting and ground turn-up procedures.
NOTE: Perform starting and ground turn-up functions only when authorized in writing by
higher authority. Refer to paragraph 12.2.3.5 for additional details.
(7) Demonstrate knowledge of the ordnance and aircraft armament systems (AAS) installed
in or on the aircraft to the extent necessary to ensure during daily and turnaround inspections,
ordnance (to include CADs), AAS, and, ejection seat are in a safe and ready condition.
(8) Be thoroughly familiar with fueling and defueling procedures, have a complete
knowledge of applicable safety instructions, and demonstrate the ability to understand and comply
with them.
(9) Show knowledge of the content and be able to use the technical publications necessary
for proper servicing and maintenance of the aircraft. All personnel taking oil samples, servicing,
and performing maintenance on engine/gearbox systems must be fully aware of the importance of
correctly documenting oil consumption and procedures to be followed when high oil consumption is
suspected.
(10) Know how and when to use the methods of aircraft security required for various
weather conditions and demonstrate such knowledge. Particular attention should be given to the
security of control surfaces and the correct points for attaching aircraft tie-downs.
(11) Demonstrate, in writing or by practical examination, a complete knowledge of the
procedure for riding brakes and any peculiarities of the braking system of the assigned aircraft.
(12) Demonstrate, in writing and by practical application, a complete knowledge of the
standard hand and wand signals, including those signals used for controlling aircraft ashore.
NOTE: A certified plane captain, or a flight engineer or crew chief qualified to perform plane
captain functions, will be present and supervise all launches and recoveries of
aircraft.
c. Plane Captain, Crew Chief, and Flight Engineer Qualification. To ensure personnel
designated as plane captains, crew chiefs, and flight engineers are fully qualified, COs will initiate
comprehensive instructions and establish indoctrination and training programs. Upon initial
qualification each candidate must receive a thorough written and practical examination. For the
12-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
written examination, 90% is the minimum passing score. Although requalification is not required,
semi-annual proficiency monitoring by a QAS is required to verify competency.
(1) A Plane Captain Selection and Examining Board will be established by each activity.
During their training cycle, trainees must not be given full or final responsibility for inspection of
the aircraft. This responsibility rests with designated plane captains. When trainees have
demonstrated their knowledge of the aircraft to the extent that they can satisfactorily complete the
plane captain's examination and are approved by the Plane Captain Selection Board, they should be
so designated. The Plane Captain Designation (OPNAV 4790/158) must be signed by the CO or
Production Officer. The form must be completed when the individual is initially qualified.
Documentation of the initial plane captain designation must be entered in the individual's training
record. Personnel qualified in aircraft T/M/S by one command must be screened, qualified, and
designated by the new command. Plane captains must be designated using OPNAV 4790/158 or
ASM.
(2) In commands where flight engineers or crew chiefs perform the functions of a plane
captain, completion of the training curriculum and the designation as a flight engineer or crew chief
by the CO must qualify the aircrewmen for plane captain duties. In such cases, the flight engineer
or the crew chief training syllabus must include all plane captain qualifications/requirements. Flight
engineers and crew chiefs, qualified as plane captains per this paragraph, are not required to take a
separate plane captain examination or appear before the Plane Captain Selection and Examining
Board. In those commands where the flight engineer or crew chief training syllabus does not
include plane captain qualification requirements, personnel must qualify as plane captains per the
paragraph above.
NOTE: The designation of plane captain in no way nullifies the requirement for
designating aircrewmen under current NATOPS instructions.
d. Plane captains that have not performed plane captain duties for over 90 days (e.g., TAD,
convalescent leave, or other special assignment away from the activity) or fail their semi-annual
proficiency monitor must be restricted from plane captain duties. Prior to resuming plane captain
duties, plane captains must complete the refresher training syllabus and be interviewed by the Plane
Captain Qualification Program Manager.
e. Plane captains who display a disregard for safety, aircraft maintenance or handling
procedures will have their designations revoked. Designations must only be reinstated after the
individual completes the entire training syllabus, passes the practical and written examinations, and
is interviewed and recommended by the Plane Captain Selection Board. Requalification must be
documented on the Plane Captain Designation form (OPNAV 4790/158) or ASM.
12.3 Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Center (NATEC) Engineering
Technical Services (ETS)
a. NATEC ETS representatives provide advanced fault isolation and troubleshooting support;
technical information research and advice; assistance in resolving complex problems; and training
(on-the-job) in conjunction with the installation, operation, maintenance, modification, and repair of
applicable aircraft weapon systems. This includes both ashore and afloat activities. Services are
12-89
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
planned, managed, and provided by NATEC, San Diego, CA. NATEC can provide formal training
in the absence of available alternatives, e.g. courses offered by Center for Naval Aviation Technical
Training detachments and mobile training teams. ETS are comprised of both organic Navy ETS
(NETS) and Contractor ETS (CETS). NETS personnel are federal government civilian employees,
and CETS personnel are commercial or industrial contractor employees, who perform ETS under a
contract managed by NATEC. NATEC ETS personnel have the authority to provide on-site training
and technical advice but do not inherently possess the technical authority to make engineering
judgments that affect the safety or flight worthiness of a weapon system. Those decisions must be
deferred to the designated FST or other appropriate technical authority for the weapons system,
unless NATEC ETS personnel are granted this authority by name and position.
b. ETS is a logistics element required to:
(1) Assist Naval Air Systems Command in performing the initial transfer of knowledge from
equipment manufacturer to organic Navy during equipment introduction.
(2) Provide OJT and technical assistance to Navy and Marine Corps technicians for the
sustainment of weapons systems and associated support equipment.
(3) Provide assistance for resolution of unusual or difficult maintenance problems.
(4) Maintain technical information channels and liaison between the FST and the Navy.
c. When required, ETS will be used to complement CENNAVAVNTECHTRAU and
CNATTMARU shore-based turnaround training through mentoring, advanced troubleshooting, and
on-the-job training. They are not intended to be a corrective measure for inadequate ILS planning,
funding, or execution. ETS will not be used to augment maintenance manning. Use of ETS aboard
ship during routine CV and CVN work-up training periods and short term assists is an ACC and
TYCOM management option. Normally, ETS will not be embarked for extended deployment.
d. In those instances where actual, unavoidable logistics or personnel training deficiencies exist,
ACCs/TYCOMs may continue to deploy ETS on a limited basis. Such support will be handled on a
case by case basis where that option is the most logical cost effective alternative. Use will be
closely controlled, limited to finite periods, and kept to an absolute and justifiable minimum. In each
case, the logistic deficiency or training objective necessitating the use of embarked ETS must be
identified to the ACC/TYCOM and NATEC by the requesting activity.
e. NETS are the primary source of ETS for equipment operators and maintainers. CETS are
authorized only when the required support is not available from NETS resources.
f. NETS duties and responsibilities include but are not limited to:
(1) Provide technical advice, assistance, and training on the installation, maintenance, repair,
and operation of weapon systems and equipment.
(2) Evaluate and advise on technical deficiencies in the maintenance and operation of
weapon systems or equipment and recommend methods to eliminate these deficiencies.
(3) When requested by proper authority, provide subject matter expertise inputs to
investigation team on accidents and incidents due to system or equipment failures.
12-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) Maintain close liaison with FSTs, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, and contractor personnel
and provide technical advice and assistance to resolve maintenance problems/design deficiencies.
(5) Provide technical advice and training to maintenance personnel in resolving difficult
maintenance problems.
(6) Relay training and equipment deficiencies to the MO and propose solutions for
correction.
(7) Prepare and submit technical reports as required.
(8) Assist in the installation of aircraft equipment, shipboard and ashore, and provide OJT to
appropriate military and civilian personnel.
(9) Perform emergency maintenance (direct assistance) on equipment to resolve technically
difficult problems when temporary skill or manning shortages prevent accomplishment by assigned
personnel. NETS will not perform routine maintenance except under unusual circumstances and
never for prolonged periods of time.
(10) Provide technical advice and assistance in connection with operational
evaluation/technical evaluation.
(11) Participate in technical publication reviews, ILS Management Teams, MTRRs, and
NTSP conferences.
g. NETS personnel will not routinely be used for:
(1) Inspections, installation of engineering changes, evaluation of new equipment
performance, or arranging for shipment of defective ACC/units.
(2) Performance of tasks considered organic to the user activity, for example, nonspecialized
training, standing duties, and performing military administrative functions.
h. Civilian NETS positions are designated as Emergency-Essential per 10 U.S.C. § 1580.
i. CETS scope of duties is identified or outlined in the terms and conditions of the contract.
(1) CETS contracts are developed by NATEC based on the requirement. CETS are provided
to augment the NETS staffing and are intended to be completely interchangeable.
(2) Point of contact for CETS is the Contracting Officer Representative, who is assigned to
the NATEC ETS Business Operations Division.
(3) Perform emergency maintenance (direct assistance) on equipment to resolve technically
difficult problems when temporary skill or manning shortages prevent accomplishment by assigned
personnel. CETS will not perform routine maintenance except under unusual circumstances and
never for prolonged periods of time.
j. CETS personnel will not:
(1) Be appointed, employed, or placed under the supervision or direction of Navy personnel.
(2) Be placed in a policy making position.
12-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 13
Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS)
Table of Contents
13-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 13
Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS)
13.1 Introduction
13.1.1 General Information
13.1.1.1 The Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System (NALCOMIS)
is the primary management information system (MIS) program for naval aviation maintenance and
supply. The three objectives of NALCOMIS are: 1) Increase aircraft readiness by providing timely
and accurate information required to manage maintenance and supply operations; 2) Reduce
administrative burden; and 3) Improve the quality of maintenance and supply data.
13.1.1.2 The NALCOMIS data collection system provides data to the aviation data warehouse
(ADW). The ADW is used by all levels of management for data related to:
a. Equipment maintainability and reliability.
b. Equipment configuration, including alteration and TD status.
c. Equipment mission capability and use.
d. Material usage.
e. Material non-availability.
f. Maintenance and material processing times.
g. Weapon system and maintenance material cost
NOTE: F-35 activities use the Automated Logistics Information System (ALIS) as their
primary maintenance and supply Management Information System (MIS).
13.1.1.3 The NALCOMIS data collection system consists of the Foundation Tier, Mid-Tier, Top-
Tier, and Wholesale Foundation Tier, as illustrated in Figure 13-1.
13.1.1.3.1 The Foundation Tier is located at O-level, I-level, and D-level maintenance activities and
consists of the following modules:
a. Maintenance Subsystem. The Maintenance Subsystem enables maintenance personnel to
document scheduled and unscheduled maintenance against aircraft and other end items assigned to
the activity. The maintenance subsystem provides a list of parts and enables personnel to issue
Work Orders (WO) and Maintenance Action Forms (MAF) to fix discrepancies. It provides the
capability to track tools and personnel. It also enables personnel to update or query WOs/MAFs, to
requisition parts, and to sign off scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and material requirements.
b. Material Subsystem. This subsystem enables maintenance personnel to track components on
order against an activity's aircraft or other end items. It provides material control processing
interface between Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) NALCOMIS and
Optimized Intermediate Maintenance Activity (OIMA) NALCOMIS.
13-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Flight Subsystem. This subsystem enables users to collect and process flight-related data.
The flight hours annotated on a flight document directly affect the Maintenance Subsystem and the
Configuration Management Subsystem.
d. Platform software interface (Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART)
Aircraft Module). This module permits transfer of information from systems onboard SMART
aircraft directly into OOMA. It has the capability to strip data from SMART aircraft and separate it
by flight. The Flight Module processes this information before up-line submission. This data
includes structure fatigue information, strain gauge data, engine LUI and diagnostics data, engine
management system data, flight control system data, position data, avionics system data, fault codes,
and component life time or cycle data. The module provides a debrief capability with fully
integrated interactive electronic technical manual (IETM), an engine and aircraft diagnostics or
prognostics capability, portable electronic display device (PEDD) support, and automatic
identification technologies.
e. CM/Logs and Records Subsystem. This subsystem enables users to maintain configuration
profiles for aircraft, engines, propellers, modules, and components assigned to the maintenance
activity. Configuration profiles are found in the following explorers or catalogs:
(1) WAN Explorer
(2) Group Explorer
(3) Inventory Explorer
(4) Log-set Retrieval
(5) Assembly Catalog and Assembly Explorer (accessed from the Assembly Catalog)
(6) Parts Catalog
(7) DODIC Catalog
(8) Reference Term Editor
(9) Maintenance Plan Catalog
(10) Configuration Management Report Generator
(11) XRAY Explorer
f. AD HOC Subsystem. This subsystem enables users to create customized queries from the
application database tables. The user can establish criteria for the data elements, perform
calculations, sort and group items, manually create graphs, specify print formats, and perform
analysis on data currently maintained in the database.
NOTE: Data retrieved only reflects information applicable to aircraft and equipment in
the reporting custodian’s database.
g. Personnel Subsystem. This subsystem enables authorized users to access personnel
information, special maintenance qualifications (SMQ) and task tables. Users can add or remove
13-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
personnel, assign or remove SMQs, and make work center personnel assignments. It also provides
the capability to view aircrew data.
13.1.1.3.2 The Mid-Tier provides the link for passing data from the Foundation Tier to the Top-Tier
and receives data from baseline servers. It also provides temporary storage for data when
connectivity to the Top Tier is lost.
NOTE: When an activity is required to shift from one Mid-Tier to another, the
relocating activity will change their Internet Protocol address. The Optimized
OMA System and Database Administration Guide provides detailed
instructions.
13.1.1.3.3 The Top Tier provides intermediate storage for data and the up-line link to the ADW
repository.
13.1.1.3.4 The Wholesale Foundation Tier (OMAWHOLE WHO, PAXRIVER) provides a storage
database and query capability to support movement of components from I-level to D-level or to
vendors and their return to the retail system. It also provides data storage for stricken aircraft and
NALCOMIS aircraft transferred to non-NALCOMIS activities.
13.1.2 Program Responsibilities
13.1.2.1 Chief of Naval Operations (CNO)
Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) (Code N98) is the NALCOMIS functional sponsor and CNO
(Code N43) is the NALCOMIS resource sponsor.
13.1.2.2 COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
COMNAVAIRSYCOM (Digital Group) Responsibilities include:
a. Maintain the Aviation Data Warehouse (ADW).
b. Maintain control of the NALCOMIS baseline through the application of configuration
management.
c. Validate system and subsystem specifications for OOMA and OIMA.
d. Coordinate conferences and meetings between the Functional Guidance Team and user
communities to ensure full and active user participation in the definition, review, and certification of
functional requirements in all aspects of module development and maintenance.
e. Prepare test plans and test analysis reports to support the functional certification of software
modules and certify functional adequacy of cognizant modules in acceptance tests.
f. Ensure NALCOMIS maintenance systems requirement documents are kept current and reflect
proper justification for changes to policies or business procedures, and track changes.
g. Coordinate with the Office of the Commandant of the Marine Corps (CMC) to ensure Marine
Corps peculiar expeditionary or operational functional requirements are met.
h. Act as voting member of the NALCOMIS requirements integrated product team.
13-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
i. Standardize NALCOMIS functionality for O-level, I-level, and D-level FRC maintenance
activities.
j. Establish criteria to ensure data validity is achieved at initial data entry and maintained
throughout the system.
k. Serve on the NAMP Policy Committee to review proposed NAMP changes for impact to
NALCOMIS hardware and software.
l. Manage the NALCOMIS baseline per 13.1.3.
13.1.2.3 Naval Information Warfare Center (NIWC) (PMW-150)
NIWC (PMW-150) is the Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS) NALCOMIS
Program Manager and Central Design Agency (CDA). Responsibilities include:
a. Designing, developing, testing, implementing, and providing life cycle support of
NALCOMIS software.
b. Generating NALCOMIS source and object programs and Quality Assurance (QA) testing of
programs prior to fleet release.
c. Issuing NALCOMIS programs and operating instructions, tailored to the capabilities of the
individual hardware suites, to the NIWC Atlantic, squadrons, Intermediate Maintenance Activities
(IMA) and Depot FRCs.
d. Maintaining all NALCOMIS applications software.
e. Providing user guides and manuals.
f. Providing assistance to activities in resolving NALCOMIS OOMA and OIMA system and
application software problems that cannot be resolved by operating site personnel.
g. Coordinating with the Functional Manager COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (Digital Group) to
ensure aviation functional requirements are incorporated into the NTCSS system requirements.
PMW-150 responsibilities include:
(1) Reviewing functional course curricula for incorporation in NTCSS technical training and
prepare a functional annex inclusion in the NTCSS Navy Training Systems Plan (NTSP).
(2) Developing detailed functional descriptions and solutions to requirements with the
assistance of user groups or Fleet Design Team.
(3) Coordinating with TYCOMs for submission of change proposals to the NTCSS
Requirements Integrated Product Team. Figure 13-2 illustrates the change process.
13.1.3 NALCOMIS Baseline Management
13.1.3.1 The baseline is the foundation of information within NALCOMIS. The baseline allows
users to manage the digital logbook aircraft and end item’s configuration functionality to track the
life of an aircraft and end items within NALCOMIS. The baseline consists of the following
components:
13-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13.2.1 Introduction
Maintaining properly functioning OOMA and OIMA relies on two distinct actions at the user level:
System administration to maintaining the functional integrity of system hardware and software; and
Database administration to maintain the accuracy of system data. These functions are performed by
System Administrators (SA) and Database Administrators (DBA). Based on the organization, size,
and workload of the activity, the SA and DBA may be the same individual.
13.2.2 System Administrator (SA)
The SA is overall responsible for proper maintenance of the system. OOMA and OIMA activities
will assign a Primary SA and at least one Assistant SA. Additional personnel may be assigned as
Assistant SAs to cover multiple work shifts or detachments. In O-level activities, the SA normally
also performs the DBA duties described in 13.2.3.
NOTES: 1. Squadrons that deploy detachments away from home base for 90 days or longer
must have one SA per detachment.
2. SAs normally also perform Data Analyst duties and are referred to as System
Administrator/Analysts (SA/A). Refer to Chapter 14 for Data Analyst duties.
13.2.2.1 SA Qualifications
a. (Primary SA, only) Must be E-5 or above paygrade and a graduate of the NALCOMIS
Aviation Maintenance Data Base Pipeline (C-555-2016 for OOMA, C-555-2015 OIMA.).
NALCOMIS Aviation Maintenance System Administrator/Analyst Optimize course (C-555-2018
NEC F02A for OOMA, C-555-2017 NEC F03A for OIMA and Marine MOS 6049), as applicable to
13-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the system(s) operated by the activity. Primary SA must complete the NALCOMIS OOMA System
Refresher course C-555-0055 within 60 days upon billet assignment in writing via ASM.
b. (Primary SA, only) SAs who have not performed SA duties for longer than 24 months must
attend the NALCOMIS OOMA System and Database Administration Guide course (C-555-0049)
and NALCOMIS System Refresher course (C-555-0055).
c. (Assistant SA, only) Must complete NALCOMIS OOMA System and Database
Administration Guide course (C-555-0049) and NALCOMIS OOMA System Refresher course (C-
555-0055) prior to being assigned to detachment SA duties.
NOTE: SAs primary or assistant that obtain the required NEC F02A, F03A or MOS 6049 are
not required to attend NALCOMIS OOMA System and Database Admiration Guide
course (C-555-0049).
13.2.2.2 Responsibilities
SAs are responsible for actions specified in the NALCOMIS OOMA System and Database
Administration Guide. Additional responsibilities include:
a. Provide in-service training to maintenance personnel on NALCOMIS operations, MIS
security, and aviation 3M documentation.
b. For hardware warranty and non-warranty concerns refer to the User’s Logistics Support
Summary (ULSS) technical manual for detailed information.
c. Maintain an accurate inventory of all NALCOMIS hardware assigned, ensure hardware is
functioning correctly, and coordinate all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance.
d. Coordinate software releases, software changes, and hardware upgrades.
e. Ensure operating system utilities are executed to verify full functionality. Refer to the
System and Data Base Administration Guide on the SAILOR website (https://sailor.navy.mil) for
additional information on utilities.
f. Perform system and database backups, database restores, and detachment processing
functions (as required).
g. Coordinate and schedule all system non-availability periods such as aircraft transfers and
detachment set-up.
h. Monitor security subsystems to ensure NALCOMIS security and accreditation. Virus
protections will be kept current at all times.
i. Maintain a logbook to record system down time, hardware failures, database saves,
Information Assurance Vulnerability Alert (IAVA) and (DAP) updates, and all other system
requirements established in the OMA System Administration Guide (OMA-SAG).
j. Maintain awareness of NALCOMIS issues posted on the NIWC customer support site
(https://sailor.navy.mil). Ensure Maintenance/Production Control and the DBA are aware of
NALCOMIS Technical Advisories (TA), and maintain TAs on file electronically or in hardcopy
until canceled.
13-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
k. Submit NALCOMIS Trouble Reports (TR) and Change Proposals (CP) via the using the
Information Technology Service Management System or to NIWC Atlantic, per OMA-SAG and
TYCOM directives.
l. Oversee and coordinate with DBAs (if assigned) to ensure database integrity and validity is
maintained, including informing the DBA when database saves, system security checks, baseline
updates are performed.
m. Assign user SMQs for qualifications held and that are consistent with all duties performed.
n. Coordinate all WO or MAF delete actions with Maintenance/Production Control and
ensure
all related actions are accomplished, for example, “Duplicate WO, refer to MCN SWP4826.”
o. Coordinate data transfer requirements between activities, for example, when transferring an
aircraft to another activity, ensure all data stored on electronic media is transferred with the aircraft.
p. Coordinate system recovery and contingency processes to include back fit processes, per the
procedures of the OMA-SAG and contact the Naval Information Warfare Center Fleet Support
Center at DSN 646-0534 or COMM (757) 443-0534 for a data recovery push.
NOTE: Refer to 8.6.5 for contingency logs and records documentation procedures. Refer to
15.4 for contingency OOMA WO documentation procedures. Refer to 16.1.2.2 for
contingency OIMA MAF documentation procedures.
q. Ensure NALCOMIS consumables (paper, printer ribbons, etc.) are available.
13.2.3 Database Administrator (DBA)
The DBA is the principal advisors on NALCOMIS matters. The DBA has overall responsibility for
maintaining the accuracy of the activity’s NALCOMIS database. Each activity must have at least
one individual assigned as primary DBA and at least one individual assigned as Assistant DBA.
Additional assistant DBAs will be assigned as needed to ensure adequate oversight of the database.
In most activities, the DBA is also responsible for performing the duties of Data Analyst per
Chapter 14.
13.2.3.1 Qualifications
DBAs must have the same qualifications as an SA, per 13.2.2.1. Additionally, DBAs should have
extensive experience in maintaining aircraft and equipment logbooks and records.
13.2.3.2 Responsibilities
The DBA is responsible for overall database accuracy in regards to:
a. Assets; includes ALSS, SE, IMRL, aeronautical equipment, for example, drop tanks, aerial
refueling stores, pods, and all related inspections.
b. Maintenance; includes all WO types and job control number (JCN) or maintenance action
form control number (MCN) assignments, aircraft related inspections, and maintenance data
processing system (MDPS) interfaces.
c. Material Control; includes all material related functions and NALCOMIS OIMA interfaces.
13-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Configuration Management; includes technical directives (TD), explosive devices, and all
aircraft, engine, and equipment logbook related databases, for example, Aircraft Inventory and
Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS), Decision Knowledge Programming for Logistics Analysis
and Technical Evaluations (DECKPLATE), and equipment records.
e. Flight; includes all flight documents and associated aircrew records, for example,
qualification data, aircrew personnel; approval, deletion and upline reporting of all flight documents.
f. Database System; includes all system specific items, for example, time zones, organization
code, unit identification code, personnel access, assigned SMQs, and task control.
g. Data Analyst; includes all aviation 3M data collection, approval, deletions, upline
submissions; MAF audit procedures.
NOTE: Activities may further define and subdivide databases areas as required to best
accomplish their responsibilities.
13.2.3.3 I-level Maintenance Activity (IMA) Database Administrators
IMA DBAs work in the IMA Production Control. Supply Department DBAs work in the Aviation
Support Division (ASD). Responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Ensure database integrity, system security, and that access granted to each user is consistent
with their duties:
(1) Assign, modify, or delete user access privileges, passwords and SMQs.
(2) Add, modify, and delete SMQ requirements to the transaction security file. Ensure all
Inquiry Functions are not SMQ restricted.
(3) Ensure SMQs are controlled for distinct segregation of duty (SOD) between requestor,
approver, and receiver. Each user may only have SMQs to perform one duty at a time.
(4) Validation of user roles and SMQ verification will be conducted no later than the 15th of
February, May, August and November respectively. All documentation will be retained for 10 years
to support Financial Improvement and Audit Readiness (FIAR) audits.
b. Ensure the validity and reliability of the database files:
(1) Run NTCSS Optimized IMA NALCOMIS (OIMA) database alignment batched
processes and system table reports to check the maintenance database.
(2) Maintain table data by system table addition, update or deletion.
c. Update table files to redirect hard copy notice (HCNs) to a different printer if hardware
problems occur.
d. Monitor and control the use of on-line batch reports, and release user requested on-line batch
reports (as required).
e. Troubleshoot user problems and submit TRs or CPs (as required).
13-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
f. Keep the system users and assistant DBAs informed of the status and processing requirements
for their functional area.
g. Have a working knowledge of the software configurations and capabilities for their
functional area.
h. Maintain familiarity with the NTCSS Optimized IMA NALCOMIS equipment assigned in
their functional area.
i. Ensure utility programs that pertain to both functional areas are coordinated to confirm the
utilities are executed in both maintenance and supply areas.
j. Periodically hold formal in-service and informal training on NTCSS Optimized IMA
NALCOMIS for functional users.
k. Monitor supply interface processing to ensure the accuracy of the NTCSS Optimized IMA
database as reflected against the local supply systems, for example, R-supply. Perform utility
programs (as required).
l. Implement the contingency procedures of the NIWC Contingency Manual in the event of a
system failure or down time.
13.2.4 Marine Corps Aviation Logistics Information Management and Support (ALIMS)
Department
ALIMS specialist duties include installing, implementing, managing, monitoring, and sustaining
aviation information systems (AIS). The ALIMS Department will support deployed network
installations and configuration in direct support of NALCOMIS and associated systems. MCO
2020.1 provides the standardized policy and procedures for ALIMS operations.
13.3 Detachment Processing
13.3.1 Introduction
Detachment processing consist of two types, same organization detachment and different
organization detachment. Both type of detachments consist of assets and personnel that will operate
independently away from the parent organization. Though each type of detachment will not be in
replication, both same organization detachments and different organization detachments will
perform actual data sweeps periodically, but not to exceed 7 days, back to the parent organization.
The data sweeps will update the parent organization and replicate changes to the top tier. Refer to
NTCSS Nalcomis OOMA system and database administration guide for detachment processing set
up.
13.3.2 Same Organization Code Detachments
For same organization detachments, all detachments assets and personnel will be maintained in the
parent organization server. The same organization detachment will maintain the parent organization
code.
13.3.3 Different Organization Detachments
13.3.3.1 Established Different Organization Detachments
13-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
For established different organization detachments, detachment personnel and assets are transferred
from the parent organization server to the detachment organization. All different organization
detachments are recognized as their own reporting custodian with their own organization code and
PUC.
13.3.3.2 Activated Different Organization Detachments
Activated different organization detachments will report under their own ORG and PUC. Work
center assignments, for example, WC 110, 120, 210 do not change while operating as a different
organization detachment. Detachment work center codes will follow the standard maintenance
organization work center codes given in Appendix E. Processing of AIRRS, DECKPLATE,
Aviation 3M, and NAVFLIRS documentation is the responsibility of the activated detachment.
13-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Logsets
FOUNDATION FOUNDATION
TIER SERVER TIER SERVER
OMA - Squadron A IMA - Activity A
13-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
13-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 14
Naval Aviation Maintenance Data System (MDS); Maintenance Data Reports (MDR); Data
Analysis; Aviation Maintenance Metrics
Table of Contents
14-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14.2.3.4 Maintenance Level 1 Man-Hours by Work Unit Code and ORG Code (DP-
0011) ..............................................................................................................................15
14.2.3.5 Maintenance Level 1 Repairs (DP-0012) .......................................................15
14.2.3.6 Flight Hours by Operation Code (DP-0014) ..................................................15
14.2.3.7 Detailed Failed Parts H – Z (DP-0016) ..........................................................16
14.2.3.8 Detailed Flight and Inventory (DP-0017) ......................................................16
14.2.3.9 Org Maintenance Actions/Verified Failures (DP-0020) ................................16
14.2.3.10 NMC/PMC by Part Number or WUC (DP0021/26) ....................................16
14.2.3.11 Org Removals/IMA Actions (DP-0022) ......................................................16
14.2.3.12 IMA Component Action Summary (DP-0023) ............................................16
14.2.3.13 Top Degrader by TEC (DP-0024) ................................................................16
14.2.3.14 Serial Number Tracking (DP-0025) .............................................................16
14.2.3.15 Degrader Snapshot by HOF NIIN (DP-0027)..............................................17
14.2.3.16 Degrader Snapshot by HOF NIIN, Org and IMA (DP-0028) ......................17
14.2.3.17 Org Verified Failure/Non-Failure Analysis by TEC/WUC (DP-0029) .......17
14.2.3.18 Aircraft Readiness/Tracker Indicator Rates (DP-0032) ...............................17
14.2.3.19 NMC/PMC Reliability by Part Number (DP-0033) ....................................17
14.2.3.20 NMC/PMC Reliability by WUC (DP-0034) ................................................17
14.2.3.21 Part Number NIIN WUC Cross Reference (DP-0035) ................................17
14.2.3.22 Aircraft Readiness/Tracking Indicators Hours Report (DP-0036)...............17
14.2.3.23 Org Verified Failures/Non-Failures Analysis by Part (DP-0037)................17
14.2.3.24 Part Number NIIN Cross Reference (DP-0040) ..........................................18
14.2.3.25 Type Mission Requirements Report (DP-0041) ..........................................18
14.2.3.26 Technical Directives Report (DP-0042).......................................................18
14.2.3.27 Detailed Consumables Report (DP-0043)....................................................18
14.2.3.28 Top Degrader by Type/Model (DP-0044)....................................................18
14.2.3.29 AV3M AIMD Chronicle Repairable Item Disposition Summary (DP-7096-
02) ..................................................................................................................................18
14.2.3.30 AV3M AIMD Chronicle Repairable Item Turn Around Time Summary
(DP-7096-03).................................................................................................................18
14-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14.2.3.31 AV3M AIMD Chronicle Repairable Item Turn Around Time Recap (DP-
7096-04) ........................................................................................................................18
14.2.3.32 AV3M AIMD Chronicle Productivity (DP-7096-05) ..................................19
14.3 MDS ANALYSIS PRODUCTS ........................................................................................ 19
14.3.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................19
14.3.2 Job average (Direct Maintenance Man Hours (DMMH) per job) ..............................19
14.3.3 High Man-hour, Maintenance Action, and Failure Rate Items ..................................19
14.3.4 Component Reliability Trends ....................................................................................20
14.3.5 Cannibalization Trend ................................................................................................20
14.3.6 Abort Malfunctions .....................................................................................................21
14.3.7 Maintenance Man-hours by Bureau Number .............................................................22
14.3.8 Maintenance Man-hours Per Flying Hour and Sortie Chart .......................................22
14.3.9 Awaiting Maintenance (AWM) Reason Code Summary ............................................24
14.3.10 Mission Capability Degradation Summary ..............................................................24
14.3.11 Mission Capability Trend .........................................................................................24
14.3.12 Repair of Removed Components ..............................................................................24
14.3.13 High-Five EOC Degradation by Mission Capability Category Chart ......................25
14.4 O-LEVEL AND I-LEVEL DATA ANALYSIS ............................................................... 25
14.4.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................25
14.4.2 Data Analyst ................................................................................................................25
14.4.3 O-level AV3M Summary ...........................................................................................25
14.4.4 I-level AV3M Summary .............................................................................................28
Figure 14-1: Elements of the Naval Aviation Maintenance Data System ................................... 30
Figure 14-2: MDS Code List ....................................................................................................... 32
Figure 14-3: DECKPLATE Flow Process ................................................................................... 33
Figure 14-4: Consolidated Performance Metrics (MAINT-1 Report) (Sample) ......................... 34
Figure 14-5: Aircraft Readiness Degradation and Utilization Summary (MAINT-2 Report)
(Sample) ........................................................................................................................................ 35
Figure 14-6: Subsystem Capability and Impact Reporting by WUC/UNS (MAINT-3 Report)
(Sample) ........................................................................................................................................ 36
14-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 14-7: Detailed Mission and Maintenance Data by Aircraft (MAINT-4 Report) (Sample)
....................................................................................................................................................... 37
Figure 14-8: Maintenance Manhour (MAINT-5 Report) (Sample) ............................................. 38
Figure 14-9: Detailed Data Extract (MAINT-6 Report) (Sample) .............................................. 39
14-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 14
Naval Aviation Maintenance Data System (MDS); Maintenance Data Reports (MDR); Data
Analysis; Aviation Maintenance Metrics
14-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. TYCOM, Type Wing, Marine Air Wing (MAW), operational staffs, and maintenance
activities use MDS data to identify:
(1) High man-hour per operating hour equipment (by SERNO or type equipment).
(2) Man-hours lost to cannibalization and removal of items to facilitate other maintenance
(FOM).
(3) Areas with skill or training deficiencies.
(4) Efficient or inefficient use of manpower.
(5) Items with high failure rates.
(6) Inadequate troubleshooting.
(7) Reasons for ground and in-flight aborts.
(8) High usage and high cost items.
(9) TD compliance status.
14.1.2 Scope
Compliance with MDS reporting is mandatory for all Navy and Marine Corps O and I level
aviation maintenance activities unless specifically exempted by CNO or Commander Naval Air
Forces (CNAF). Compliance with MDS also includes activities operating or maintaining
Cognizance Symbol 2O aviation training equipment, as described in NAVSUP Publication 485
Volume II. Subordinate operating or systems commands are not authorized to impose additional
maintenance data collection requirements on fleet activities or to modify the procedures
contained in this chapter without the prior approval of CNAF.
14.1.3 Data Sources
14.1.3.1 As illustrated in Figure 14-1, the MDS receives data from four interrelated sources:
Maintenance Data Reports (MDR), Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR), Material
Reports (MR), and Naval Flight Record Subsystem (NAVFLIRS).
14.1.3.2 The data for Maintenance Data Reports (MDR) is derived from Work Orders (WO) and
Maintenance Action Forms (MAF). Refer to 14.3 for detailed information on various MDRs.
14.1.3.3 Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR) provides information on aircraft and
aircraft subsystem performance per the procedures of 9.2. The degradation of equipment
mission capability is reported by recording EOC codes in the Repair Cycle and Maintenance or
Supply Record sections of the WO. EOC codes are documented when a specific system or
subsystem impacts the mission capability of that equipment.
14.1.3.4 Material Reports (MR) derive information on repairable component usage data
extracted from DD 1348 Material Requisitions. MRs merge data elements of maintenance and
supply and are provided to supply activities and intermediate maintenance activities (IMA) when
requested. MR information permits management to relate material usage to weapon systems and
14-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Maintenance Officers to TYCOM/HQMC ASB for corrective actions and mitigation “Get Well”
plans for improved readiness performance from cognizant activities.
14.1.7 Decision Knowledge Programming for Logistics Analysis and Technical Evaluation
(DECKPLATE)
14.1.7.1 COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department maintains DECKPLATE, which is the
authoritative aviation data warehouse (ADW) for the MDS. Assistance with DECKPLATE is
available from the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM National Help Desk via email
(nav_helpdesk.fct@navy.mil) or phone (888-292-5919 or 301-342-3104). All activities
submitting MDS data must provide COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department with a point
of contact for problems with data exchange. Contact information must include activity, code or
position, telephone number and extension, and, if desired, the individual's name.
14.1.7.2 Figure 14-3 illustrates the process for collecting DECKPLATE data from the following
systems:
a. Aircraft Inventory and Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS) (Chapter 9). DECKPLATE
receives a quarterly data extract from AIRRS histories and a daily extract of XRAY and flight
summary data (RT-79).
b. Configuration Management Information System (CMIS). DECKPLATE receives CMIS
data by WUC structures.
c. Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS). DECKPLATE receives FLIS part number
cross reference and cost data for consumables and SMICs for NAVAIR modification kits.
d. Naval Supply Weapons System Support (NAVSUP WSS). DECKPLATE receives
Uniform Inventory Control Point (UICP) Tier II direct connect for part number cross reference
and cost repairable assets are performed monthly. Also performed daily for UICP NAVAIR
modification kit requisition sales orders, stock point transactions, and managed inventory.
e. NALCOMIS Optimized Organizational Maintenance Activity (OOMA) and Optimized
Intermediate Maintenance Activity (OIMA) maintenance and flight data is submitted to
DECKPLATE each day. Up-line submission to DECKPLATE is accomplished by data
replication. DECKPLATE receives the data in the form of reproduced (replicated) OOMA Work
Orders (WO) and OIMA Maintenance Action Forms (MAF) generated by maintenance activities
and processed through their supporting NIWC ATLANTIC site.
f. Engine Management. DECKPLATE is the primary information source for engine
management. DECKPLATE enables inventory tracking and management of aircraft engines and
engine modules, and provides timely data on Engine/Propulsion Systems Module (EPSM) status,
location, and condition. DECKPLATE replicates engine/module data twice each day.
g. Technical Directive Reporting System (TDRS). TDRS provides TD information via the
TD/KIT Management Module. Users access the TD Management section to add, change, and
update TDs. Kit Item Managers use the Kit Management section to manage kit issuance, receipt,
and tracking.
14-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: In the event of machine or software failure at NIWC Atlantic, transactions will be
backlogged until service is restored. Accordingly, no special consideration, such
as backup modes, is necessary. Programs should contain adequate safeguards
against accidental file destruction because no redundant or backup base is
employed.
14.1.7.3 DECKPLATE stores MDS data indefinitely. Data can be retrieved by using Ad Hoc
(when necessary or needed) capability on the local system and by downloading the standardized
reports described in paragraphs 14.2.3.1 through 14.2.3.32.
14.2 Maintenance Data Reports (MDR)
14.2.1 Purpose
MDRs provide standardized reports of information collected in the MDS. MDR data is derived
from active and completed WOs, MAFs, and Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4).
MAINT-1 through MAINT-6 MDRs are prepared at the end of each month and posted to
DECKPLATE (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/). Ad hoc reports (14.2.3) may be run from
DECKPLATE at any time.
14.2.2 Standard Reports
NOTES: 1. When report examples are for both O-level and I-level, the work center codes
in the example report starts with an "X". The report downloaded from
DECKPLATE will contain the actual work center codes.
2. NALCOMIS OOMA and OIMA activities can use ad hoc capabilities on their
local system or the standardized reports available in DECKPLATE.
3. MAINT-1 through MAINT-6 Reports may not match Foundation Tier reports
due to detachment data or inventory corrections incorporated in up-line
reporting.
4. METCAL data is not collected in MDS. METCAL data can be accessed using
MEASURE software on the TMDE Lab’s MEASURE terminal. A list of
METCAL reports is available in the MEASURE Software User’s Manual.
14.2.2.1 Consolidated Performance Metrics (MAINT-1 Report)
a. The MAINT-1 report (Figure 14-4) is produced for each Assembly Cd when more than
one aircraft type/model/series (T/M/S) is assigned to provide separation among type aircraft
maintained during the reporting period. An overall organizational report is produced to reveal
aggregated squadron metrics. Data for the MAINT-1 is extracted from WOs and Naval Aircraft
Flight Records (OPNAV 3710/4) and flight documents submitted during the reporting period.
NOTE: WOs with Transaction Code (TRCODE) 30, 31, 32, or 39 and all Type
Maintenance (TM) codes that are equal to F, but not equal to TRCODE 72 are not
used in MAINT-1.
b. The MAINT-1 report contains the following data:
14-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: The following readiness percentages are computed using total accumulated EIS
hours during the reporting period. Hours while in an Out of Reporting (OOR)
status are not used.
(3) MC%: The percentage of all aircraft that were capable of performing at least one, but
not all missions. Formula:
MC% = TOTAL EIS HRS - (NMCS + NMCM + NMCD) HRS X 100
TOTAL EIS HRS
(4) FMC%: The percentage of all aircraft that were capable of performing all missions.
Formula:
FMC% = TOTAL EIS HRS - (NMCS + NMCM + PMC + NMCD) HRS X 100
TOTAL EIS HRS
(5) NMCM%, NMCS%, NMCD% PMCM%, PMCS%: Aircraft system degradation, as a
percentage of time impacted in any of the listed categories. Formula:
SELECTED CATEGORY % = TOTAL (SELECTED CATEGORY) X 100
HRS
TOTAL EIS HRS
(6) FLTHRS: Total number of flight hours accumulated from Naval Aircraft Flight
Record (OPNAV 3710/4) and flight documents.
(7) FLTS: Total number of flights accumulated from Naval Aircraft Flight Record
(OPNAV 3710/4) and flight documents.
(8) AVG UTIL: Average number of flight hours expended, per aircraft. Formula:
AVG UTIL = TOTAL FLTHRS
AVG Aircraft
(9) AVG FLT DURATION: Total flight hours divided by total flights.
(10) TOTAL CANN Items/P and TOTAL CANN MHRS: Total number of
cannibalization actions and related man-hours. Data is based on maintenance level one WOs
with:
(a) Assembly Cd beginning with A.
(b) TRANS Code 18 or 19.
(c) AT Code T.
(d) MAL Codes 812 through 820.
(e) TM Code B.
14-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(11) CANNS/100 FLTHRS: The number of cannibalization actions per 100 flight hours.
The use of 100 flight hours as a standard divisor enables normalized comparisons and statistical
consistency. Formula:
CANNS / 100 FLTHRS = TOTAL CANN ITEMS
(TOTAL FLTHRS /
100)
(12) A-799 Items/P and A-799 MHRS: Total No Defect (A-799) items processed and
related man-hours. Data is based on maintenance level one WOs with:
(a) Assembly Cd beginning with A.
(b) AT Code A.
(c) MAL Code 799.
(13) TOTAL W/D ‘Y’. Total number of parts, components, or assemblies received or
withdrawn from supply and found to be discrepant upon installation.
(14) TOTAL Aircraft DMMH: Total man-hours directly attributed to maintenance of
aircraft during the selected reporting period. Data is based on maintenance level one
WOs/MAFs with an Assembly Cd beginning with A.
(15) Aircraft DMMH/FLTHR: Total Aircraft DMMH divided by Total FLTHRS.
(16) TOT MAINT MHRS: Total man-hours attributed to the maintenance of the aircraft.
(17) CORR Prevention HRS: Total man-hours expended in the prevention of aircraft
corrosion. Data is based on maintenance level one WOs/MAFs with:
(a) Assembly Cd beginning with A.
(b) WUC equals 04.
(c) AT Code 0.
(d) MAL Code 000.
(18) Corrosion (CORR) Treatment HRS: Total man-hours expended in the treatment of
aircraft corrosion. Data is based on maintenance level one WOs/MAFs with:
(a) Assembly Cd beginning with A.
(b) WUC not beginning with 04.
(c) AT Code Z.
(d) MAL Code (See Appendix E for appropriate MAL Code).
(19) FLTHRS - SHIP: Lists total number of shipboard flight hours accumulated from
Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4) or flight documents submitted during the
selected reporting period. Selection criteria is based on Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV
3710/4) or flight documents with an Operations Code of A, B, or C.
14-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(20) FLTS - SHIP: Lists total number of shipboard flights accumulated from Naval
Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4) and flight documents submitted during the selected
reporting period. Selection criteria is based on Naval Aircraft Flight Record (OPNAV 3710/4)
and flight documents with an Operations Code of A, B, or C.
(21) BEFORE FLT ABORTS Items/P: Reflects the number of flights that were aborted
before flight during the selected reporting period. Selections for this data element is based on
maintenance level one WOs/MAFs with When Discovered (WD) Code A.
(22) IN-FLT ABORTS Items/P: Reflects the number of flights that were aborted in-
flight during the selected reporting period. Selections for this data element is based on
maintenance level one WOs/MAFs with WD Code C.
14.2.2.2 Aircraft Readiness Degradation and Utilization Summary (MAINT-2 Report)
a. The MAINT-2 report (Figure 14-5) lists, by aircraft BUNO, the total number of
discrepancy hours limiting the aircraft from performing its mission or function during the
reporting period. The MAINT-2 report also lists equipment utilization. All TRCODEs are used
except TRCODEs 30, 31, 32, or 39, and all TM codes that are equal to F, but not equal to
TRCODE 72. The MAINT-2 shows the impact to mission capability while performing
scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and while awaiting parts. EIS hours, flight hours, and
number of flights are also listed. Total SCIR hours are the accumulation of all SCIR related
gripe life hours extracted from WOs/MAFs by aircraft BUNO.
b. The MAINT-2 is sorted by:
(1) ORG code.
(2) Assembly Cd (Type Equipment Code).
(3) Aircraft BUNO.
c. All lines are a summation of aircraft BUNO within Assembly Cd and ORG.
d. An Assembly Cd TOTAL is entered upon a change in Assembly Cd.
e. An ORG TOTAL is entered upon a change in ORG code.
14.2.2.3 Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR) by WUC/UNS (MAINT-3 Report)
a. The MAINT-3 report (Figure 14-6) lists SCIR hours by mission category and AWM hours
by reason codes, summarized for a given EOC code and associated WUC. The MAINT-3 is
prepared from WOs/MAFs that have an EOC code. All TRCODEs are used except TRCODEs
00, 02, 03, 30, 31, 32, or 39 and all TM codes that are equal to F, but not equal to TRCODE 72.
b. The MAINT-3 is sorted by:
(1) ORG code (major sort).
(2) Assembly Cd.
(3) EOC code.
14-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
based on total SCIR hours for that aircraft BUNO. A decimal is assumed on mission capability
data entries except percentages.
e. An Assembly Cd TOTAL is printed upon change of Assembly Cd. A decimal is assumed
on mission capability data entries except percentages.
f. An ORG TOTAL is printed upon change of ORG code. A decimal is assumed on mission
capability data entries except percentages.
14.2.2.5 Maintenance Man-hour (MAINT-5 Report)
a. The MAINT-5 Report (Figure 14-8) lists DMMH per FLTHR for aircraft assigned during
the report period. All TRCODEs are used except TRCODEs 30, 31, 32, or 39, and all TM codes
that are equal to F, but not equal to TRCODE 72. Data is based on WOs/MAFs submitted during
the report period.
b. The DMMH/FLTHR figure is an index of the man-hour cost of supporting an hour of
aircraft flight (the lower the DMMH/FLTHR, the lower the man-hour cost).
c. The MAINT-5 report is used to determine:
(1) Which aircraft required a large amount of direct maintenance man-hours, and what
type of maintenance was performed during the report period.
(2) The maintenance man-hours spent per aircraft as opposed to the number of hours
flown.
(3) The ratio of look phase man-hours to fix phase man-hours per type of inspection.
(4) The ratio of unscheduled to scheduled man-hours.
(5) When MAINT-5 data is trended, the results assist in determining which aircraft are
high man-hour consumers compared to other aircraft.
d. Typical factors that cause fluctuations in DMMH/FLTHR:
(1) A reduction of flying hours will not always result in an immediate and corresponding
drop in maintenance (a high index may result).
(2) Shortening the sortie length can materially reduce the total hours flown while
maintenance remains stable (a high index may result).
(3) Lengthy maintenance actions, such as major Phase inspections and in-depth
modifications, ground the aircraft and may consume a substantial number of man-hours (a high
index may result).
(4) Decreased maintenance may occur as the result of reduced inspection requirements,
improvements in work methods or facilities, etc., while flying hours remain stable (a lower index
may result).
(5) An increase in total flying hours will not always result in additional maintenance (a
lower index may result).
14-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) High Maintenance Action Items. Select the five systems with the highest number of
items processed. From each of these systems, select the five WUCs with the highest number of
IP.
(3) High Failure Rate Items. To identify high failure rate items, it is first necessary to
eliminate data on non-failure entries as indicated by the AT and MAL codes listed below. After
eliminating non-failure items, select the five high systems by comparing system totals. From
these five systems, select the five high WUCs (items) by comparing the items processed totals
obtained for each WUC (Columns WUC, AT, MAL, and IP). The DP-0033 report sorts by part
number in rank order from highest NMC and PMC impact to lowest NMC and PMC impact.
d. Special Instructions:
(1) The actual number of systems and items to be extracted will be governed by the needs
of management. The high-five selection outlined in this manual is only one of the many
combinations that may be used.
(2) All duplicate entries for the same failure must be lined out.
(3) A list of non-failure codes is as follows (Appendix E) contains the complete code
lists):
(a) AT Code A, D, J, L, N, P, Q, S, T, and Y.
(b) MAL Code 799, 800, 801, 804, 805, 806, 807, 811, 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 817,
and 818.
(4) Extracted data are normally provided to management in a tabular format. Items may
be sequenced by magnitude of man-hours or items processed within their respective system.
Descriptive terminology, part numbers or CAGE may be used in lieu of the WUC.
14.3.4 Component Reliability Trends
a. Purpose: Analysis of The reliability of components and parts of components can be
determined by the use of DECKPLATE reports. Using the reports and analyzing the data
contained within, it is possible to compare the number of failures documented for a specific
component or its parts to a computed control limit and thus identify items having an excessive
rate of failure. Corrective measures to lower the failure rate for these items should then be
started by management.
b. Sources of Data. DP-0033/DP-0034.
c. Further purification of data contained in the DP-0033 or DP-0034 should not be required.
Items Processed is used in the report and includes verified failure information by either P/N or
WUC respectively.
14.3.5 Cannibalization Trend
a. Cannibalization Trending provides information on the extent of cannibalization, identifies
the aircraft or equipment or parts involved, and provides detail on man-hours expended for
cannibalization actions. The cannibalization man-hours per flight hour figure, when compared to
14-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the direct maintenance man-hour per flight hour figure, indicates the additional cost in man-
hours attributed to cannibalization.
b. Sources of Data: MAINT-6/DP-0017/DP-0041
(1) Cannibalization Trend:
(a) To obtain the total items cannibalized, select the total items processed for AT
Code T or select MAL Codes 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 817 and 818 (MAINT-6).
(b) To obtain the total man-hours spent in cannibalization, select total man-hours
listed for AT Code T (Columns AT and MHRS, on MAINT-6).
(c) To obtain cannibalization man-hours per flight hour divide total man-hours
expended due to cannibalization by TOTAL FLIGHT HOUR (BUNO total hours on DP-
0017/DP-0041).
c. Cannibalization Summary. To identify items cannibalized, extract WUC, TEC,
BU/SERNO, items processed, man-hours, CAGE, and part number for all lines containing AT
Code T (Columns WUC, TEC, BU/SERNO, AT, Items/P, MHRS, MFG, and part on the DP-
0017/DP-0041).
d. Examination of Data.
(1) A review of trend chart will show overall status of cannibalization within activity.
(2) Data in the summary are used to identify specific items cannibalized, quantity of each
type item involved, which type items are repeats, and equipment from which items were
removed.
(3) Any increase in rate of cannibalization should be of immediate concern to
management. Those items that are frequently cannibalized merit special investigation to
determine the cause.
(4) Special Instructions.
(a) The cannibalization summary may be modified to include additional data.
(b) Include comments on significant problem areas discovered during analysis.
14.3.6 Abort Malfunctions
a. This chart is designed to show which aircraft failed to fulfill their scheduled mission
(abort) because of malfunctioning equipment. It identifies, for management, aircraft
systems/components causing aborts, number of items involved, and when abort malfunctions
occurred (before or in flight).
b. Sources of Data: MAINT-6.
c. Extraction of Data.
(1) Select WD Codes A and C from the MAINT-6 query menu.
(2) Use only those lines containing the applicable TEC.
14-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Total hours flown. Total flight hours listed for the selected type aircraft from the FH
column on the MAINT-5.
(2) Total sorties flown. Total flights listed for the selected type aircraft from the FLT
column on the MAINT-5.
(3) Maintenance Man-Hours Expended.
(a) For a work center, the sum of production man-hours listed for the TEC identifying
the selected type of aircraft. The MAINT-6 report can be run for a single work center (if
required).
(b) For a squadron maintenance department, the total production man-hours listed for
the TEC identifying the selected type of aircraft.
(4) Computation of maintenance man-hours per flying hour and sortie. To obtain the
maintenance man-hours per flying hour and sortie, use the following formulas:
Total Maintenance Man-hours
= Maintenance Man-hours Per Flying Hour
Total Hours Flown
14-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
of Family NIIN of all IMA ATs. A comparison may also be made of all organizations for a
particular TEC or Head of Family NIIN.
b. Sources of Data: DP-0022 and DP-0023.
14.3.13 High-Five EOC Degradation by Mission Capability Category Chart
a. The High-Five EOC Degradation by Mission Capability Category Chart may be used to
present the high-five EOC degradation by mission capability category (FMC, PMC, NMC).
b. Source of Data. MAINT-3.
14.4 O-level and I-level Data Analysis
14.4.1 Introduction
The primary purpose of O-level and I-level data analysis is to identify unsatisfactory trends in
performance and provide information to support management actions to improve performance.
This section directs minimum data analysis requirements. Commanding Officers and
Maintenance Officers should direct additional requirements as deemed necessary to fully
monitor maintenance performance.
14.4.2 Data Analyst
Activities will assign at least one individual qualified as a System Administrator/Analyst
(13.2.2.1) as their Data Analyst. Duties:
a. Produce the Aviation Maintenance and Material Management (AV3M) Summary (14.4.3
or 14.4.4).
b. Review MDRs (14.3) for accuracy and conduct training to reduce the error rate.
c. (O-level) Review NAVFLIR data and validate flight hours and landings weekly.
d. (O-level) Screen and validate the CGPN Exceptions.
e. Conduct training in documentation procedures and the use of MDS reports.
f. Maintain files (electronic or hardcopy) of any MDRs (14.2), analysis products (14.3) the
activity has reviewed, and the Monthly Maintenance Summaries for, at a minimum, the last 24
months.
g. Ensure data is reported up-line to the top-tier and DECKPLATE central repository.
h. Stay current with MDS issues by reviewing information on the NIWC Atlantic customer
support site (https://sailor.navy.mil).
i. Provide a NALCOMIS MAINT-2 report for each aircraft transfer.
14.4.3 O-level AV3M Summary
14.4.3.1 No later than the 10th working day of each month, O-level activities utilize OOMA Ad
Hoc capabilities on the local system, MAINT 1-6 reports, or standardize reports available in
14-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DECKPLATE and produce a monthly AV3M Summary and trend charts with a minimum of 6-
months of data. The summary will contain:
a. Aircraft Readiness and Utilization Metrics
(1) MC%
(2) FMC%
(3) Total Flights
(4) Total Flight Hours
(5) Average Utilization
b. Mission Capability Impact Metrics
(1) Equipment In Service Hours
(2) Equipment Out of Service Hours
(3) Total SCIR Hours
(4) NMCM Hours
(5) NMCS Hours
(6) NMCD Hours
(7) PMCS Hours
(8) PMCM Hours
c. Manpower Utilization Metrics
(1) Total DMMH
(2) DMMH per Flight Hour
(3) NMC Scheduled Man Hours
(4) NMC Unscheduled Man Hours
(5) PMC Unscheduled Man Hours
(6) Corrosion Prevention Man Hours
(7) Corrosion Treatment Man Hours
(8) PDM/IMC Man Hours
(9) Conditional Inspection Man Hours
(10) Technical Directive Compliance Man Hours
(11) Total AWM Hours
(12) AWM M1/M2/M3/M4/M5/M6/M7/M8 Hours
(13) Total Cannibalization Man Hours per 100 Sorties
14-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
14-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. Forecast of future production based on upcoming events, and actions required to prevent
unsatisfactory production.
14-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AVIATION
3M (MDS)
MAF/WO
NAVFLIR
COPY 2
SOURCE DOCUMENTS
MDR: Maintenance Data Report
MAF: Maintenance Action Form/WO: Work Order
MR: Material Report
NAVFLIR: Naval Aircraft Flight Record
DD 1348: DOD Single Line Item Request System Document
14-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ALPA RESPONSIBL
NUMERI SOURCE E
NO. OF C DOCUMEN WHERE FOR
CODE CHAR OR TS LISTED ASSIGNMENT
ALPHA/ USED ON AND
NUMERI CONTROL
C
Action Taken Code 1 A/N MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
WO WUC Manual FOR
(N422D)
Technical Directive 2 N MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
Code WO FOR
(N422D)
Malfunction Description 3 A/N MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
Code WO WUC Manual FOR
(N422D)
Organization Code 3 A/N All Appendix E COMNAVAIR
FOR
(N422D)
Permanent Unit Code 6 N MAF or OPNAV CNO
WO Notice
System Code 2 N MAF or WUC Notice COMFRC FST
WO HQ Tech Data
DD 1348 Dept
TD Status Code 1 A MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
WO FOR
(N422D)
Type Equipment Code 4 A/N All Appendix E COMNAVAIR
FOR
(N422D)
Type Maintenance Code 1 A/N MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
WO WUC Manual FOR
(N422D)
When Discovered Code 1 A MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
WO WUC Manual FOR
(N422D)
Work Center Code 3 A/N MAF or Appendix E COMNAVAIR
WO FOR
(N422D)
Work Unit Code 1, 3, 5, A/N MAF or Appendix E COMFRC FST
or 7, 8 WO WUC Manual HQ Tech Data
thru 32 DD 1348 Dept
14-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. The first character (alpha) is recorded on the MAF or WO. The second
and third characters (numeric) are computer generated from the WUC
documented on the MAF or WO.
2. T/M/S MESMs are provided on CNAP Share Point website
https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/ under Quick Links,
MESMs.
14-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
User
PMA
Naval entered Legacy FLIS
Baseline
Messages AV-3M (DLA)
Server
X-Ray
RT-79
OOMA
X-Ray
Flat File
RT-79 Transmission
(3303) via “SALTS”
X-Ray email message Cost
RT-79 Consumables
Maintenance,
AIRRS Flight Detail, TD Compliance
& Supply
Baseline
WUC
ADS
NAVSUP
WSS
Organization, Aircraft, TEC Reference
RT-79
Cost
CMIS Aircraft, X-Ray, History Repairables
TD Compliance
Aircraft Inventory
TD/KIT
TD Compliance
User
Data Warehouse
Aircraft Inventory
entered Engine
Management
DECKPLATE
14-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FMC%: 100.0 AVG FLT DURATION: 0.0 CORR PREV MHRS: 0.0
14-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ORG : KC7
NALCOMIS OMA DATE : 16 JUL 2003
ORG Name : VAW-78 MAINT-2 REPORT TIME : 0716
PUC : 001151 (AIRCRAFT READINESS DEGRADATION AND UTILIZATION SUMMARY) REQ BY : CIV A DBADMIN
PAGE : 1 of 1
01 JUN 2003 0000 – 30 JUN 2003 2359
NOTE: THIS IS A LOCAL REPORT FROM THE FOUNDATION SERVER. IT MAY NOT INCLUDE DETACHMENT DATA OR INVENTORY CORRECTIONS INCORPORATED IN UPLINE REPORTING.
Figure 14-5: Aircraft Readiness Degradation and Utilization Summary (MAINT-2 Report)
(Sample)
14-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
89.55% 10.45% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 100.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Z 51E2100 17 14 3 7 7
Z 63610 17 17 16 16
Z 6361300 10 10 8 8
Z 6361700 49 49 28 28
17.23% 2.01% 10.88% 58.08% 11.80% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 100.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
*** TOTALS 15186 5237 1711 1088 5958 1192 0 0 0 11968 0 0 0 0 02 11968
34.49% 11.27% 7.16% 39.23% 7.85% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 100.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
14-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 14-7: Detailed Mission and Maintenance Data by Aircraft (MAINT-4 Report)
(Sample)
14-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: THIS IS A LOCAL REPORT FROM THE FOUNDATION SERVER. IT MAY NOT INCLUDE DETACHMENT DATA OR INVENTORY CORRECTIONS INCORPORATED IN UPLINE REPORTING.
Assy UNSCH PHASE/PDM/IMC ACPD/XFER COND SPECIAL INSP TOTAL ACFT DMMH/
Cd BUNO MAINT LOOK FIX INSP INSP LOOK FIX TDC MHRS FLTHRS FLTHRS
AEBC 161229 206.9 0 0 0 6.4 52.9 28.4 3.6 298.2 31.5 9.5
162619 120.6 65.9 1.8 0 11.3 90.1 21.1 27.0 337.8 46.9 7.2
163028 183.3 9.6 22.5 0 5.6 87.3 10.5 1.0 319.8 30.9 10.3
* TOTALS 637.9 75.5 24.3 0 24.6 264.6 67.6 32.6 1127.1 187.6 6
** TOTALS 637.9 75.5 24.3 0 24.6 264.6 67.6 32.6 1127.1 187.6 6
14-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: THIS IS A LOCAL REPORT FROM THE FOUNDATION SERVER. IT MAY NOT INCLUDE DETACHMENT DATA OR INVENTORY CORRECTIONS INCORPORATED IN UPLINE REPORTING .
14-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 15
Organizational Level (O-Level) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
Table of Contents
15.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 1
15.2 GENERAL WO PROCEDURES ............................................................................................. 2
15.2.1 Data Entry...........................................................................................................................2
15.2.2 Maintenance Control ..........................................................................................................2
15.2.3 Work Center Supervisors ...................................................................................................3
15.2.4 WO Initiation ......................................................................................................................3
15.2.5 WO Completion .................................................................................................................4
15.2.6 Work Order History............................................................................................................4
15.3 WORK ORDER DATA FIELDS ............................................................................................. 4
15.3.1 Work Order Identification ..................................................................................................5
15.3.2 Removed/Old Item .............................................................................................................7
15.3.3 Installed/New Item .............................................................................................................8
15.3.4 Maintenance Information ...................................................................................................8
15.3.5 Failed/Required Material Data (H-Z) .................................................................................9
15.3.6 Discrepancy and Corrective Action .................................................................................10
15.3.7 Names/Signatures .............................................................................................................11
15.3.8 Miscellaneous Entries.......................................................................................................11
15.3.8.1 Accumulated Work Hours .................................................................................. 11
15.3.8.2 WO Update Job Status/Worker Hours:............................................................... 11
15.3.8.3 OMA/IOU Turn-in notice ................................................................................... 12
15.3.8.4 Local Use ............................................................................................................ 12
15.3.8.5 Logset ................................................................................................................. 12
15.4 CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES ........................................................................................ 12
15.4.1 Manual Documentation ....................................................................................................12
15.4.2 Pre-recovery procedures: ..................................................................................................13
15.4.3 Procedures: .......................................................................................................................14
15.4.4 Post Recovery Procedures: ................................................................................................15
15.5 SPECIFIC WORK ORDERS ................................................................................................. 16
15.5.1 Aircraft Repair ..................................................................................................................16
15-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.1.1 Troubleshooting .................................................................................................. 16
15.5.1.2 On Equipment Repair (Repairable Component Replacement) ........................... 16
15.5.1.3 Turn-In of Repairables and Locally Repaired Consumables .............................. 16
15.5.1.4 Receipt of Unsatisfactory Material from Supply ................................................ 16
15.5.1.5 Cannibalization ................................................................................................... 17
15.5.1.6 Matched System Documentation ........................................................................ 17
15.5.1.7 Assisting Work Center Documentation .............................................................. 17
15.5.1.8 Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) Action ..................................................... 18
15.5.1.9 Aircraft Tire and Wheel Documentation ............................................................ 18
15.5.1.10 Hosting Activity/Transient Maintenance .......................................................... 18
15.5.1.11 In-Flight Maintenance ...................................................................................... 19
15.5.1.12 Away From Home Maintenance ....................................................................... 19
15.5.1.13 Induction into Standard Rework ....................................................................... 19
15.5.1.14 Aircraft CARTs, CADs, and PADs .................................................................. 19
15.5.1.15 Corrosion Prevention and Treatment ................................................................ 19
15.5.1.16 Reconfiguration ................................................................................................ 20
15.5.1.17 Predictive Maintenance ..................................................................................... 20
15.5.2 Inspections ........................................................................................................................20
15.5.2.1 Major Scheduled Inspections .............................................................................. 20
15.5.2.2 Conditional Inspections ...................................................................................... 23
15.5.2.3 Acceptance Inspection ........................................................................................ 23
15.5.2.4 Transfer Inspection ............................................................................................. 23
15.5.2.5 Daily, Turnaround, Preflight and Post Flight Inspections .................................. 24
15.5.3 Aircraft Preservation ........................................................................................................24
15.5.4 Work Order (WO) Work Request ....................................................................................25
15.5.5 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance .............................................................................25
15.5.6 Aircraft Engine and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Maintenance Documentation............26
15.5.6.1 General Information............................................................................................ 26
15.5.6.2 Modular Engine TD Compliance........................................................................ 26
15.5.7 Engine Cannibalization ....................................................................................................27
15.5.8 Engine Inspections ...........................................................................................................27
15-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.9 Support Equipment Maintenance Documentation ...........................................................27
15.5.10 Standard Rework Documentation ..................................................................................27
15.5.11 In-Service Repair (ISR) Documentation ........................................................................29
15.5.12 Modification Documentation .........................................................................................30
15.5.13 Excessive Troubleshooting Documentation ...................................................................31
15.5.14 On-Equipment Repair Documentation ...........................................................................32
15.5.15 On-Equipment Repair (Repairable Component Replacement) Documentation ............33
15.5.16 Turn-In Document ..........................................................................................................34
15.5.17 Component Received Missing SRC Card ......................................................................35
15.5.18 Component Received Non-RFI and Installed Documentation .......................................36
15.5.19 Cannibalization Action WO Documentation .................................................................37
15.5.20 Matched System (Component 1) Documentation ..........................................................38
15.5.21 Matched System (Component 2) Documentation ..........................................................39
15.5.22 Assisting Work Center Documentation..........................................................................40
15.5.23 Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) Action Documentation .......................................41
15.5.24 Tire and Wheel Documentation .....................................................................................42
15.5.25 Hosting Activity Repair Documentation ........................................................................43
15.5.26 Transient Maintenance SCIR Data Documentation .......................................................44
15.5.27 Removal and Replacement of Cartridges (CART), Cartridge Activated Devices (CAD),
and Propellant Actuated Devices (PAD) (O-Level Maintenance) Documentation .....................45
15.5.28 Aircraft Mission or SE Reconfiguration Documentation ...............................................46
15.5.29 Acceptance Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation ..................................47
15.5.30 Acceptance Inspection (Fix Phase Discrepancy) Documentation ..................................48
15.5.31 Acceptance Inspection (Repairable Required) Documentation .....................................48
15.5.32 Transfer Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation .......................................49
15.5.33 Aircraft Phase Inspection (Check Crew Not Integrated) Control Document
Documentation .............................................................................................................................50
15.5.34 Aircraft Phase Inspection Man-Hours (Control and Look Phase) Documentation ........51
15.5.35 Aircraft Phase Inspection Fix Phase Documentation .....................................................52
15.5.36 Special Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation .........................................53
15.5.37 Aircraft Special Inspection (Fix Phase) Documentation ................................................54
15-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.38 Aircraft Conditional Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation ....................55
15.5.39 Aircraft Conditional Inspection (Fix Phase) Documentation .........................................56
15.5.40 Aircraft Preservation Control Documentation ...............................................................57
15.5.41 Aircraft Depreservation Control Documentation ...........................................................58
15.5.42 Removal and Replacement for Scheduled Maintenance/High-time Documentation .....59
15.5.43 WO Work Request Documentation ................................................................................60
15.5.44 Standard Rework Control Documentation .....................................................................61
15.5.45 Standard Rework Look Phase Documentation ...............................................................61
15.5.46 Standard Rework Fix Phase Documentation ..................................................................62
15.5.47 Unscheduled Maintenance (Installed APU/Engine) Repairable Replacement
Documentation .............................................................................................................................63
15.5.48 Unscheduled Maintenance (Installed APU/Engine) Repair Documentation .................64
15.5.49 Installation Action (Nondefective Repairable Engine Component) Documentation .....65
15.5.50 Removal Action (Nondefective Repairable Engine Component) Documentation ........66
15.5.51 Engine Component Cannibalization Documentation .....................................................67
15.5.52 TD Removals Documentation ........................................................................................68
15.5.53 Engine TD Compliance Documentation ........................................................................68
15.5.54 TD Compliance Documentation.....................................................................................69
15.5.55 TD Assist Compliance Documentation ..........................................................................70
15.5.56 Reinstallation After Check, Test, and Service Documentation ......................................71
15.5.57 Predictive Maintenance Documentation ........................................................................73
Figure 15-1: OOMA Work Order Form (Example) .......................................................................... 74
Figure 15-2: OPNAV 4790/60 VIDS/MAF Form (Example) ........................................................... 75
Figure 15-3: NALCOMIS Contingency JCN Log ............................................................................ 76
Figure 15-4: In-Service Repair (ISR) (Example) .............................................................................. 77
Figure 15-5: Modification (Example)................................................................................................ 78
Figure 15-6: Excessive Troubleshooting (Example) ......................................................................... 79
Figure 15-7: On-Equipment Repair (Example) ................................................................................. 80
Figure 15-8: On-Equipment Repair (Repairable Component Replacement) (Example) .................. 81
Figure 15-9: Turn –In Document (Example)..................................................................................... 82
Figure 15-10: Component Received Missing SRC Card (Example)................................................. 83
15-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 15-11: Component Received Non-RFI and Installed (Example) ........................................... 84
Figure 15-12: Cannibalization Action (Example) ............................................................................. 85
Figure 15-13: Matched System (Component 1) (Example) .............................................................. 86
Figure 15-14: Matched System (Component 2) (Example) .............................................................. 87
Figure 15-15: Assisting Work Center (Example) .............................................................................. 88
Figure 15-16: Facilitate Other Maintenance Action (Example) ........................................................ 89
Figure 15-17: Tire and Wheel Documentation (Example) ................................................................ 90
Figure 15-18: Tire and Wheel Turn-In (Example) ............................................................................ 91
Figure 15-19 Hosting Activity Repair (Example) .............................................................................. 92
Figure 15-20: Transient Maintenance (Example)Figure 15-21: Removal and Replacement of
Cartridges, Cartridge Activated Devices, and Propellant Actuated Devices (Organizational
Maintenance) (Example) .................................................................................................................... 93
Figure 15-22: Aircraft Mission Configuration (Example .................................................................. 95
Figure 15-23: Aircraft Acceptance Inspection (Example) ................................................................ 96
Figure 15-24: Acceptance Inspection (Fix Phase) (Example) ........................................................... 97
Figure 15-25: Acceptance Inspection (Fix Phase Repairable Required) (Example) ......................... 98
Figure 15-26: Aircraft Transfer Inspection (Example)...................................................................... 99
Figure 15-27: Aircraft Phase Inspection (Check Crew Not Integrated) Control Document (Example)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Figure 15-28: Aircraft Phase Inspection Man-Hours (Look Phase) (Example) .............................. 101
Figure 15-29: Aircraft Phase (Fix Phase) (Example) ...................................................................... 102
Figure 15-30: Aircraft Special Inspection Control Document (Example) ...................................... 103
Figure 15-31: Aircraft Special Inspection (Fix Phase) (Example) .................................................. 104
Figure 15-32: Aircraft Conditional Inspection Control Document (Example) ............................... 105
Figure 15-33: Aircraft Conditional Inspection (Fix Phase) (Example) ........................................... 106
Figure 15-34: Aircraft Preservation Control Document (Example) ................................................ 107
Figure 15-35: Aircraft Depreservation Control Document (Example) ........................................... 108
Figure 15-36: Removal and Replacement for Scheduled Maintenance/Hi-Time (Example) ......... 109
Figure 15-37: Work Request (Example) ......................................................................................... 110
Figure 15-38: Standard Rework Control (Example) ....................................................................... 111
Figure 15-39: Standard Rework Look Phase (Example) ................................................................. 112
15-v
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 15-40: Standard Rework Fix Phase (Example) .................................................................... 113
Figure 15-41: Unscheduled Maintenance (Engine Installed) Repairable Replacement (Example) 114
Figure 15-42: Unscheduled Maintenance (Engine Installed) Repair (Example) ............................ 115
Figure 15-43: Installation of Nondefective Engine Component (Example).................................... 116
Figure 15-44: Removal of Nondefective Engine Component (Example) ....................................... 117
Figure 15-45: Engine Component Cannibalization (Example) ....................................................... 118
Figure 15-46: TD Removal (Example)............................................................................................ 119
Figure 15-47: Engine TD Incorporation (Example) ........................................................................ 120
Figure 15-48: TD Incorporation (Example) .................................................................................... 121
Figure 15-49 TD Assist (Example) .................................................................................................. 122
Figure 15-50: Reinstallation After Test and Check (Example) ....................................................... 123
15-vi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 15
Organizational Level (O-Level) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
15.1 Introduction
15.1.1 This chapter provides detailed documentation procedures applicable to Naval Aviation
Logistics Command Management Information System Optimized Organizational Maintenance
Activity (NALCOMIS OOMA) Work Orders (Figure 15-1). NALCOMIS OOMA is a management
tool that provides essential, real time information on a continuing basis through online visual
electronic display (VED) and reports. The system correlates aircraft status information, particularly
NMC or PMC, flyable discrepancies, non-aircraft-related discrepancies, for example, ALSS status,
SE status, mission mounted equipment (MME) status, and assigns a relative importance to each
item. The ability to review the overall situation and determine the resources available enables
maintenance managers to carry out their duties more effectively and efficiently.
NOTE: To be concise, NALCOMIS OOMA is referred to as OOMA, and OOMA Work
Orders are referred to as Work Orders or WO throughout this chapter.
15.1.2 Work Orders (WO) are used to document the following maintenance actions performed by
organizational level (O-level) activities:
a. Scheduled maintenance and modifications required to keep aircraft, serial numbered
equipment, and components in operable condition.
b. Inspections, including special (scheduled) inspections and unscheduled (on-condition)
inspections (acceptance, transfer, conditional, etc.). The performance of the inspection is commonly
referred to as the “look” phase of the inspection, and the repair actions related to the findings of the
inspection are commonly referred to as the “fix” phase of the inspection.
c. Unscheduled maintenance requirements (discrepancies), including when and how the
discrepancy was discovered.
d. Corrective actions taken to resolve the maintenance requirements, including determined
malfunctions.
e. Parts and material requirements used to perform maintenance and correct discrepancies.
f. Status of the maintenance action (In work, Awaiting Maintenance, Awaiting Parts, Complete).
g. Accumulated man hours and elapsed maintenance time to complete maintenance, including
inspection and troubleshooting time.
h. Who performed and who inspected the maintenance.
i. Readiness (up, down, partial mission capable) and inventory status of aircraft, including data
used for Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR) and Aircraft Inventory Readiness
Reporting System (AIRRS) per Chapter 9.
j. Removal and replacement of installed components for any reason, including cannibalization.
k. On-equipment work not involving removal of defective or suspected defective repairables.
l. Maintenance performed by an assisting work center in support of a primary work center.
15-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
m. Incorporation of Technical Directives (TD) and associated maintenance actions.
n. Removal or installation of system components for mission configuration changes.
o. Parts ordered and issued.
p. Preservation and Depreservation.
q. O-level maintenance in support of D-level maintenance actions.
r. Weapons support functions.
s. Assistance from an I-level maintenance activity for actions that do not involve repair.
Examples:
(1) I-level non-destructive inspection (NDI) performed either on-site or at the I-level activity,
when a TD is not involved.
(2) Check, test, service, local manufacture, or fabrication of items removed from aircraft,
equipment, or SE for scheduled maintenance when the requirement is beyond the capability of the
requesting O-level activity.
NOTE: Work requests for check, test, service, and local manufacture or fabrication must be
approved and signed by the requesting activity's Maintenance Control and the
supporting activity's Production Control.
(3) Induction of Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) equipment for I-level check, test,
and service, for example, aviator personal equipment, oxygen masks, life preservers, and parachutes.
(4) Induction of items stocked by the Supply Department for I-level check, test, service or
buildup, such as engines, Quick Engine Change Kits (QECK), and tire and wheel assemblies.
(5) Induction of items for check, test, and ready for issue certification prior to reinstallation
in aircraft returned from standard rework.
(6) Induction of items for incorporation of I-level Technical Directives (TD).
15.2 General WO Procedures
15.2.1 Data Entry
a. WO data entry will be made only by personnel that have been granted OOMA Special
Maintenance Qualification (SMQ) privileges. Personnel with SMQ privileges will only perform the
WO functions they are authorized and currently designated to perform.
NOTE: Maintenance personnel with inspector SMQs in their profile such as CDI or QAR will
only have the designated work centers listed on their qualifications via ASM.
b. Data will be entered per the procedures of this instruction and the OOMA Users Guide
(OMA-UG).
15.2.2 Maintenance Control
a. Maintenance Control will review the WO for correct and complete annotation prior to
approving the WO for automatic population in the Aircraft Automated Discrepancy Book (AADB)
and Work Center Workload Report.
NOTE: Maintenance Control has the option to modify all fields of the WO except BUNO,
Assembly Cd, and TM. Per 9.5, Maintenance Control must validate the correct EOC
15-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
code and U/P/D status has been applied per the T/M/S Mission Essential Subsystem
Matrix (MESM).
b. When corrective action has been completed, Maintenance Control must review and approve
or reject the WO corrective action block. Upon approval of the completed WO, OOMA
automatically updates the AADB, where it will remain for 10 subsequent flights following the
completion date. Once the WO is approved by Maintenance Control and waiting in the ALS Queue,
the Data Analyst must screen the WO and correct any errors, per the following steps:
(1) Click Online Processing.
(2) Select ALS Queue from the dropdown options.
(3) Double click on each Work Order one at a time.
(4) Screen each Work Order for accuracy, specifically WUC, WD, TM, MAL, SCIR
documentation, and logbook documentation requirements. Correct available fields as required.
(5) Once all data elements of the Work Order are verified for accuracy, click the Approve
button on the bottom right side of the Work Order.
NOTES: 1. All data elements not grayed out can be corrected at the Data Analyst level
2. The Configuration Management Auto Log-set (CM ALS) administrator will
review completed WOs and ensure CM ALS entries are complete per 8.6.
c. When parts or materials are required, Maintenance Control will assign the appropriate project
code and priority designator on the WO using the project or priority assignment online process. The
Material Request is electronically forwarded to Material Control's online DDSN assignment process.
The DOD 4140.1-R provides proper application of priority designators and NAVSUP Publication
485 project codes.
15.2.3 Work Center Supervisors
Each time a change of job status occurs, the Work Center Supervisor must immediately update the
WO.
15.2.4 WO Initiation
15.2.4.1 OOMA prompts the user to complete required data fields during WO initiation. The JCN
is automatically assigned when the WO is approved by Maintenance Control. The Type WO Code,
Assembly Cd, BUNO, T/M, MODEX, received date, and received time are prefilled. The received
date and time can be changed. Work center, discrepancy, initiator, WD code, and up, partial, or
down status field will be filled in prior to saving to the database.
15.2.4.2 WOs for scheduled maintenance will be initiated by Maintenance Control.
15.2.4.3 WOs for unscheduled maintenance will be initiated as soon as possible after the need for
maintenance is discovered.
a. WOs for unscheduled inspections (acceptance, transfer, conditional) will be initiated by
Maintenance Control.
b. WOs to correct defects or damage will be initiated by the technician, pilot, or aircrew that
discovered the discrepancy.
15-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. WOs for discrepancies discovered by aircrew during pre-flight, in-flight, post-flight, between
flights, functional check-flight, and inspection (When Discovered code A, B, C, D, E, F, and P) will
normally be initiated by the aircrew that discovered the discrepancy. The pilot or aircrew will
initiate a WO for each discrepancy, and annotate the following blocks:
(1) DISCREPANCY.
(2) PILOT/INITIATOR. The name and rank or rate of who wrote the WO.
(3) RECEIVED-DATE-TIME. The date and time the WO was written.
(4) BUNO.
(5) U/D/P. Select Up, Down, Partial status as appropriate to the end item status.
(6) DISCOVERED CODE. A, B, C, D, E, F, P as appropriate per Appendix E.
(7) EOC. Maintenance Control will assign the appropriate Equipment Operational
Capability (EOC) code per the T/M/S aircraft Mission Essential Subsystem Matrix (MESM), 9.4.
d. Upon completion of a flight, the pilot or aircrew initiates a WO for each discrepancy. For
discrepancies discovered by other than pilot or aircrew, the person who discovered the discrepancy
will initiate the WO. In the case of when discovered (WD) Code O, Maintenance Control will
initiate the WO. Corrosion Prevention WOs may be initiated by any pilot, aircrew, or maintenance
personnel.
15.2.5 WO Completion
a. Received. System automatically defaults to system date and time upon initiation. The
initiator has the capability to modify prefilled date and time prior to Maintenance Control approval.
b. In Work. System assigns prefilled date and time upon assignment of worker. This field is
modifiable.
c. Awaiting parts. AWP status requires an open supply requisition and the absence of In Work
status. Once a part is received, the default job status will be M3.
d. Completed. The job status code of JC and date and time are automatically applied when the
CDI/QA signs the Inspected by block. This field is modifiable. The computer displays the current
system time as the completion date and time, but also provides a pop-up window that advises the
CDI as to the earliest completion date and time that the WO can be modified to. The date and time
will not be able to be backdated prior to the last job status on the WO or the date and time on the
Removed/Installed records, whichever is later.
15.2.6 Work Order History
Completed WOs are stored in the local database for 12 months from the date of completion, and can
be viewed in the DECKPLATE Aviation Data Warehouse (ADW) indefinitely. Historical WOs are
associated to the aircraft by BUNO and to equipment by SERNO and are automatically transferred
with the aircraft and equipment database.
15.3 Work Order Data Fields
This section provides descriptions of the data entered in a WO. The paragraphs in this section list
the data fields on the WO Form (Figure 15-1) in sequence from left to right, top to bottom.
15-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.3.1 Work Order Identification
The following data fields identify the WO, the organization initiating the WO, the specific aircraft,
engine, or equipment that is the subject of the WO, the Work Center performing the maintenance,
check flight requirements, and QA requirements.
a. MCN. The Maintenance Action Form Code Number (MCN) is a seven-character
alphanumeric identification number to enable tracking of the WO through the maintenance process
and to research the NALCOMIS database. The MCN is automatically assigned by the OOMA
system.
b. JCN. The Job Control Number (JCN) is the 9-character alphanumeric code that serves as a
base for maintenance data retrieval and Maintenance Control procedures. The JCN allows for
separate identification of each maintenance action, and provides a link with the maintenance actions
performed by the IMA in support of an O-level maintenance discrepancy. The JCN is auto filled in
OOMA and is composed of three parts:
(1) ORG CODE. The Organization Code is a 3-character code that identifies the
organization that originally assigned the JCN to a maintenance action. Except in the case of
transient aircraft maintenance, the JCN will contain the ORG code of the aircraft-reporting
custodian. When an activity is assigned more than one ORG code, for example, separate codes
assigned to operations department and IMA, the ORG code of the department directly responsible
for O-level maintenance will be used in the JCN.
NOTE: For sub custody SE that requires I-level repair, the JCN will be assigned by the IMA
Production Control, reflecting the IMA’s organization code.
(2) DAY. The three-character Julian calendar day of the year. Example: 010 indicates the
10 day of the year (10 January) and 031 indicates the 31st day of the year (31 January). This is the
th
day the JCN was assigned to the maintenance action and does not necessarily reflect the date on
which work was actually started.
(3) SER. The JCN serial number. The JCN serial number is either a three-character number
that runs sequentially from 001 to 999, or a three-character alphanumeric number. This number is
normally assigned in sequence as new jobs are initiated, for example, 001, 002, 003. When 999 has
been assigned, the next number in sequence will be 001. Alphanumeric serial numbers are used
only when documenting inspections other than turnaround, daily, special, conditional, corrosion, and
acceptance/transfer.
c. TYPE WO. The two-character Type Work Order code corresponding to the type of
maintenance action for which the WO is initiated. Type WO codes are in Appendix E.
d. ORG CODE. The three-character alphanumeric Organization Code that identifies the
organization that is initiating the WO. ORG codes are listed in the DECKPLATE website
(https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil//)
e. MODEX. The locally assigned side number of the aircraft or leave blank for non-aircraft
discrepancies i.e. SE or ALSS.
f. BUNO/SERNO. The 6-digit Bureau Number of the aircraft or the Serial Number of the
equipment or end item on which work is being performed. If the serial number is more than six
digits, enter the last six; if less than six digits, prefix with sufficient zeros to total six characters.
15-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
This block must not be blank. For ALSS equipment, enter the initials of the member's first and last
name and the last four digits of their DOD ID Number (as listed on the member’s ID card).
g. ASSY CD. The Assembly Code (Type Equipment Code (TEC)) that identifies a specific end
item on which work is being performed. Assembly/TEC structuring is explained in Appendix E,
and specific Assembly/TECs are found at https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil//.
h. WORK CENTER. The code of the work center performing the maintenance action described
on the WO. Work Center codes are in Appendix E.
i. CF REQ. Indicates the maintenance performed requires a Functional Check Flight (FCF).
j. QA REQ. Indicates a Quality Assurance Representative (QAR) or Collateral Duty Quality
Assurance Representative (CDQAR) is required to inspect the work.
k. Technical Directive Information. This section of the WO documents Technical Directive
(TD) information related to the work performed. All TD information is inserted by the Baseline
Manager and upon initiation of a TD WO; all TD information is auto-filled from the CM/Baseline
tables.
(1) INTRM CD. Indicates the WO is for an Interim TD, otherwise blank.
(2) CODE. Two-character Technical Directive code that denotes the type of TD being
incorporated. TD codes are in Appendix E.
(3) BASIC NO. The Basic Number listed on the TD, preceded by zero(s) to complete the
four-digit data field.
(4) REV LTR. The one-alpha character Revision Letter of the basic TD. Leave blank if not
applicable.
(5) AMEND. The one-numeric number of the TD Amendment. Leave blank if not
applicable.
(6) PART. The two-character numeric part number as listed on the TD. Leave blank if not
applicable.
(7) KIT NO. The two-character alphanumeric TD Kit Number. If no kit is required, enter 00
in this section.
l. TURN-IN DOC . The turn-in document (requisition number) for the replacement item for
failed/required material required to complete the maintenance action. The turn-in document number
is automatically assigned in OOMA.
m. WUC/UNS. The Work Unit Code (WUC)/Unified Numbering System (UNS) that identifies
the system, subsystem, or component on which work is being performed. All repairable items must
have a WUC assigned, which can be found by querying the NALCOMIS OOMA or the
DECKPLATE WUC Baseline Report.
NOTES: 1. General WUCs 030 (inspection) and 049 (preservation and depreservation) are
used for conditional, acceptance, or transfer inspections and preservation or
depreservation WOs. Appendix E contains a complete list of these codes.
2. If a WUC cannot be found for a repairable item, submit a Baseline Trouble
Report (BTR) via Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS) to the NAVAIR TEC
or WUC Manager.
15-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. For consumables not identified by a specific WUC, use the Next Higher Assembly
(NHA) WUC.
n. TRANS. The two-character numeric Transaction Code used to identify the type of data being
reported. Transaction Codes are in Appendix E.
o. M/L – MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The level of maintenance (1 – O-level, 2 – I-level, or 3 –
D-level) performed (not necessarily the level assigned to the activity).
p. ITEM PRC - ITEMS PROCESSED. The number of times that an action, indicated by an AT
code, is applied to the item identified by the WUC recorded on a WO. For example, since the fuel
nozzle of a jet engine has a WUC, replacement of five fuel nozzles would be documented as five
items processed. In contrast, replacement of several transistors in an electronic assembly would be
documented as one item processed, with the WUC identifying the electronic assembly being
repaired and the Action Taken (AT) code indicating repair. Items processed will be 0 for any look
phase inspection WO.
q. ACTION TAKEN. The one-character alphanumeric Action Taken (AT) code which
describes the action taken against the discrepancy. AT codes and rules for use of specific codes are
listed in Appendix E.
r. MAL CODE. The three-character alphanumeric malfunction (MAL) code that best describes
the malfunction which caused the maintenance action on the item described by the WUC. MAL
codes and rules are listed in Appendix E. For engine identification, enter 000. MAL code will be
blank for TD documentation.
s. DISC CODE. The one-character alphanumeric Discovered code that identifies when the need
for maintenance was discovered. Discovered code definitions and explanations are in Appendix E.
t. TYPE MAINT. The one-character alphanumeric Type Maintenance (TM) code used to
describe the type of work being accomplished, for example, scheduled, unscheduled, supply support.
Definitions and explanations of TM codes are in Appendix E.
15.3.2 Removed/Old Item
The Removed/Old Item section documents data on components/items removed from the aircraft.
This data field is also entered when identifying serialized components on a TD WO, not necessarily
removing the component. The CDI must verify the accuracy of the fields prior to signing. Data
fields:
a. CAGE. The five-position Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code assigned to the
manufacturer or commercial supplier of the item.
b. SERIAL NUMBER. The serial number of the removed item. If the serial number is more
than 15 characters, enter the last 15.
NOTE: If serial number displays system default XXX, the CDI must ensure Auto-Logset
(ALS) Serial Number is updated in Configuration Management by Logs and Records
personnel prior to CDI signature. Manual Entry in this field by the CDI does not
auto-populate CM ALS.
c. PART NUMBER. The part number of the removed item. If the part number is more than 32
characters, enter the last 32. Use the lot number for CARTs, CADs, or PADs.
15-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. DATE REMOVED. Date removed is automatically filled in OOMA once the CDI completes
signature.
15.3.3 Installed/New Item
This section documents data on components/items installed on the aircraft. This section documents
data on components/items installed on the aircraft. This data field is also entered when identifying
serialized components on a TD WO, not necessarily installing/replacing the component. CDI
verifies the accuracy of the fields prior to signing. Data fields:
a. CAGE. The five-position code assigned to the manufacturer or commercial supplier of the
item.
b. SERIAL NUMBER. The serial number of the replacement item. If the serial number is more
than 15 characters, enter the last 15.
NOTE: If serial number displays system default XXX, the CDI must ensure Auto-Logset
(ALS) Serial Number is updated in Configuration Management by Logs and Records
personnel prior to CDI signature. Manual entry in this field does not auto-populate
CM ALS.
c. PART NUMBER. The part number of the replacement item. If the part number is more than
32 characters, enter the last 32. Use the lot number for CARTs, CADs, or PADs.
d. DATE INSTALLED. Date installed is automatically filled in OOMA once CDI completes
signature.
15.3.4 Maintenance Information
This section identifies the entire time cycle of the WO from initiation to completion, mission impact
and man-hours to correct the discrepancy.
a. MAN HRS. The number of man-hours auto calculated in the WO that were expended to
correct the discrepancy (in hours and tenths).
b. ELAPSED HRS. The elapsed maintenance time (EMT) in clock hours involved in making
the repair (in hours and tenths) is auto calculated in the WO. EMT does not include cure time,
charging time, or leak test when they are being conducted without maintenance personnel actually
monitoring the work. Although EMT is directly related to job man-hours, it is not to be confused
with total man-hours required to complete a job, for example, if three persons worked together for
2.5 hours to make a repair, the total man-hours would be 7.5 and the EMT would be 2.5 hours.
c. RECEIVED. Enter the date (DD MMM YYYY) and time (TTTT) the WO was initiated.
d. EOC. Assign appropriate Equipment Operational Capability (EOC) code as identified by the
applicable TMS aircraft MESM that defines current operational capability and material condition.
Refer to Chapter 9.
NOTES: 1. When aircraft mission capability is degraded during a maintenance action, a new
EOC code is assigned to reflect the change in the capability. A change of mission
capability is documented by using the SCIR change option in the Basic Work Order
Update in OOMA by selecting the appropriate aircraft status from U (up) to D
(down) or P (partial) and entering the revised EOC code in the EOC field.
15-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. If the MESM identifies an EOC code, but the code is not assigned to a WUC,
submit a BTR via JDRS to the OOMA Baseline Manager (BLM).
e. IN WORK. The date and time is automatically entered once a worker is added and the WO
was first placed In Work (IW).
f. EOC. The EOC code as applicable at the time an aircraft system or subsystem is degraded
impairs the aircraft capability to perform assigned mission.
g. COMPLETED. The date (DD MMM YYYY) and time (TTTT) WO was completed.
h. WO STATUS CD. The alpha character that identifies the aircraft status U (up), D (down) or
P (partial).
i. METER. The number of accumulated hours on equipment as shown on the hour meter. (Enter
whole hours only.) The meter time is preceded by the applicable Time or Cycle Prefix Code in
Appendix E. Mandatory when the TEC for on-equipment work is G, H, or S, and maintenance level
is 1.
j. IN PROCESS INSPEC. Documented in-process inspections are indicated with a Y.
Otherwise this field is auto filled with a N.
k. SAFETY/EI. Enter the locally assigned four-digit Report Control Number (RCN) per
paragraph 10.9.3.2 if the WO documents a discrepancy reported per the Naval Aviation
Maintenance Discrepancy Program (NAMDRP).
l. POSIT. Auto-filled based on the WUC/UNS selected.
m. FID. The Fixed Induction Date (Leave blank, reserved for future use.)
n. TECH. Enter an N for all maintenance actions involving Engineering Technical Services
(ETS) support.
o. SYSTEM REASON. Enter a short description of the discrepancy. Example: FOM PORT
ENGINE
15.3.5 Failed/Required Material Data (H-Z)
This WO section is used to document: 1) A failed part without an AWP situation, 2) A supply
request only, with no failed part or AWP situation. For each failed part, enter the following data:
a. INDEX. Letters H - Z. The letters represent a specific record type to be extracted from the
WO for failed parts, AWP, and engine identification reporting. Index letters H - Z must be assigned
automatically in alphabetical order. This allows the 19 most significant failed parts to be reported
against a specific maintenance action, for example, assignment of index H indicates the first failed
part record, Z indicates the last and 19th failed parts record against the maintenance action. The
purpose of this block is to flag engineering data items only, not supply usage data. Therefore, only
significant failed parts will be annotated in this block, such as those items, which are known or
suspected to have contributed to the discrepancy reported in the discrepancy block of the WO.
There is no limit to requisitioning parts. This section will also be used for engine identification and
subsequent failed parts reported against the identified engine, for example, repairable components
that are an integral part of the basic engine (excluding propellers but including the T56 or T76
gearbox) or receive their primary source of power from the basic engine.
15-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Failed/Part. Enter a Yes (Y) or No (N) to denote a failed part if the failed material or parts
replaced during the repair are piece parts that have failed in a major component. Common
hardware, nuts, screws, safety wire, seals, gaskets, washers, fittings, etc., routinely replaced during a
maintenance action will be documented only if their failure is known or suspected to have
contributed to the discrepancy.
NOTES: 1. Pre-expended bin (PEB) items, such as common hardware, nuts, bolts, screws,
safety wire, seals, gaskets, fittings, and washers, that are routinely replaced during a
maintenance actions that do not contribute to the discrepancy, will be listed for
material ordering purposes only. Data fields Index, Failed Part AT Code, and MAL
Code will be left blank. Do not document items available in the PEB (only those
items that are not in stock for material ordering purposes) unless PEB items caused
the failure or were suspected of contributing to the discrepancy. The Supply request
only will not have a letter in Index field.
2. This section will also be used for engine identification and subsequent failed parts
reporting against the identified engine, for example, repairable components that are
integral part of the basic engine (excluding propellers, but including the T56
gearbox) or receive their primary source of power from the basic engine.
c. A/T. Enter the Action Taken code that applies to the FAILED part.
d. MAL. Enter the Malfunction Code that applies to the FAILED part.
e. CAGE. Enter the CAGE of the REQUIRED part.
f. PART NUMBER. Enter the Part Number of the REQUIRED part.
g. QTY. Enter the quantity required. For engine identification, enter 0.
h. PROJ. Enter the applicable Project Code per NAVSUP Publication 485.
i. PRI. Enter the applicable Priority Code per DOD 4140.1-R.
j. DATE ORD. The Day (DD) Month (MMM) Year (YYYY) Time (TTTT) the material was
requisitioned. This is auto-filled upon Material Control approval.
k. DDSN. MILSTRIP requisition number of the material required completing the maintenance
action. This is auto-filled upon Material Control approval.
l. DATE RCVD. The Day (DD) Month (MMM) Year (YYYY) and Time (TTTT) that
requisitioned material is received.
m. NOMEN. The Nomenclature of the material is auto-filled upon selection of part number.
15.3.6 Discrepancy and Corrective Action
a. DISCREPANCY. Discrepancies for unscheduled maintenance will include a full description
of the problem and related information that could assist in troubleshooting the fault. Example:
“Engine oil pressure fluctuating approximately 50 PSI while in afterburner. No problems noted in
other operating conditions.” Discrepancies for calendar inspections will include current due date
and next due date. Discrepancies for hourly inspections will include current aircraft time, expired
time and next due time.
b. CORRECTIVE ACTION. The corrective action will include discrepancy found, a full
summary of actions taken to correct the discrepancy, publication used, the statement
15-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
“FOD/corrosion free”, the statement “operational check or leak check performed”, and PEMA serno
(if used). Example: “Found oil pressure sensor not reading on #2 engine during high power ground
turn. Replaced oil sensor in accordance with (publication used) operation check with in limits
during ground turns. Area FOD/Corrosion free. PEMA Serial #162.”
15.3.7 Names/Signatures
a. INITIATED BY: The rank and name of the individual initiating the discrepancy.
b. CORRECTED BY. Corrected By will be signed by the trained and certified worker assigned
to the maintenance action. Signature indicates the individual performed the work, and the WO
documentation is correct.
c. INSPECTED BY. Inspected By will be signed by the QAR, CDQAR, and CDI (as
applicable) certifying all required tasks were performed IAW applicable maintenance publications,
and all data entered in the WO is correct.
NOTE: No further WO modification is allowed after CDI signature is applied to the inspected
by field.
d. MAINT CONTROL. Maintenance Control will be signed by designated Maintenance
Control personnel authorized to certify WOs.
15.3.8 Miscellaneous Entries
NOTE: The following WO data is entered or automatically calculated in an OOMA Work
Order, but is not shown on a hardcopy WO.
15.3.8.1 Accumulated Work Hours
This section documents who is performing work, total man hours performed, and verification of the
inventory of the tools used to perform the work. The calculation of AWM hours is automated.
a. NAME. The SMQ electronic signature name of the technician(s) performing work.
b. TOOL BOX (tool container inventory verification). The tool box number and SMQ
electronic signature of the technician that performed the tool container inventory.
NOTE: OOMA allows deletion of the tool box number and SMQ signature after the CDI has
initialed the appropriate data fields. This permits personnel with a QAR, CDQAR,
CDI, or work center supervisor SMQ to delete and reenter the corrected data in the
tool box number and initials data fields. Work center supervisors, QARs, CDQARs
and CDIs must strictly control changes to the Tool Box data field.
15.3.8.2 WO Update Job Status/Worker Hours:
a. ACCUMULATED AWM HOURS. OOMA automatically calculates the AWM hours
accumulated during SCIR related time of the discrepancy. OOMA records the beginning date and
time of the AWM period associated with the applicable AWM reason code. AWM codes are listed
in Appendix E.
NOTE: AWM is only accounted for during the time an end item's mission capability is
impaired. AWM time is not accumulated on maintenance actions when an EOC code
is not documented.
15-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Job Status History. JS history of the WO from start to finish. STATUS – A two-character
code used to determine the status of a specific task. DATE (DD) MONTH (MMM) YEAR (YYYY)
TIME (TTTT).
c. Worker Hours. Enter last name of worker and tool box assigned to the task. Upon return to
the work center the CDI, Supervisor, or QA will conduct a sight inventory of the tool container(s)
and verify Tool Control Program requirements have been complied with. If no tools are required
enter “NTR”. CDI initials are entered here. Start date and time - enter the beginning of the worker
start date and time. Day (DD) Month (MMM) Year (YYYY) Time (TTTT) and end date and time -
enter the end date time of the worker end task Day (DD) Month (MMM) Year (YYYY) Time
(TTTT).
NOTES: 1. A worker, CDI, QAR, or Supervisor cannot be in work on more than one WO at
a time.
2. CDQARs and CDIs assigned to their respective production work center will
account for their expended man-hours on the WO while performing mandatory QA
inspections; or in the research and ordering of parts specified in maintenance
technical manuals and other directives. For inspections that do not require tools,
their hours will be accounted for on the work order by selecting their name, entering
“NTR” in the tool box and initialing. The above process is not considered signing for
your own tools, as no tools were required.
3. Work center Supervisors may also account for man-hour expenditure involving
research and ordering parts using the same procedures as above.
d. Current Job Status – Displays the current job status of the WO in the following format: status,
date, time, and EOC code.
15.3.8.3 OMA/IOU Turn-in notice
An OMA/IOU Turn-in notice is auto generated in OOMA of a removed item being inducted into the
IMA for repair. (Figure 15-9)
15.3.8.4 Local Use
This field is used to note serial numbers with type WO FO.
15.3.8.5 Logset
Maintenance Control may select Logset block required. The entry is automated for items that have
tasks in CM.
15.4 Contingency Procedures
15.4.1 Manual Documentation
If OOMA is unavailable or is malfunctioning, activities will use either blank hardcopy OOMA WO
forms (Figure 15-1) or 5-part OPNAV 4790/60 VIDS/MAF forms (Figure 15-2)
(https://forms.documentservices.dla.mil/order/) to manually document maintenance.
NOTE: In the event the system is unrecoverable, refer to the System Administrator Guide for
Disaster Recovery Procedures. Contact Naval Information Warfare Center Fleet
Support Center at DSN 647-6373 / COMM 1-833-637-3669 or by submission of a
trouble ticket via: https://nesd-dwp.onbmc.mil for a data recovery push.
15-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. All applicable data fields (15.3) will be legibly printed in ink.
b. The JCN must be entered by Maintenance Control when a WO (hard copy or electronic) or
VIDS/MAF is initiated. The JCN is a 9, 10, or 11 character number that serves as a base for
Monthly Maintenance Reports and Maintenance Control procedures. The JCN allows for separate
identification of each maintenance action, and provides a link with maintenance actions performed
by the IMA in support of an organization. The JCN is composed of four parts:
(1) Organization (ORG) Code. This is a three-character alphanumeric code that identifies an
organization. It is used in the JCN to identify the organization that originally assigns a JCN to a
maintenance action. In the case of transient aircraft maintenance, the JCN will contain the ORG
code of the aircraft reporting custodian. When an activity is assigned more than one ORG code, for
example, separate codes assigned to an air station Operations Department and Aircraft Intermediate
Maintenance Department or Detachment (AIMD), the ORG code of the department directly
responsible for O-level maintenance will be used in the JCN on all source documents for aircraft and
equipment assigned to the activity. The general format structure of ORG codes is in Appendix E.
NOTE: All supported organization codes must reside in the OOMA database.
(2) Day. This is a three-character numeric code specifying the day of the year, for example
01 January is day 001 and 15 January is day 015. This is the date the JCN was assigned to a
maintenance action and does not necessarily reflect the date on which the work was actually started.
(3) Serial Number. The serial number is either a three character number that runs
sequentially from 001 to 999, or a three character alphanumeric number. This number is normally
assigned in sequence as new jobs are initiated, for example, 001, 002, and 003. When 999 has been
assigned, the next number in sequence will be 001. Alphanumeric serial numbers are used only
when documenting inspections other than turnaround, daily, special, conditional, corrosion,
acceptance, and transfer.
c. Where signatures are required, the individual will print their rank followed by their first initial
and last name in the bottom of the signature block, and sign in the top of the signature block.
d. When additional space is required on the hardcopy WO or VIDS/MAF to document
information on multiple entries in a data field, such as in the Failed Parts section, attach a second
blank hardcopy WO or MAF, label “page 2”, “page 3”, etc., and continue to document in the
affected field.
e. If using OOMA WO forms (Figure 15-1), WO forms will be retained in a hardcopy Aircraft
Discrepancy Book (ADB).
f. If using 5-part OPNAV 4790/60 VIDS/MAF forms, Maintenance Control will send copies 1
and 5 to the appropriate work center. Copy 2 is sent to QA for trend analysis. Copy 3 and 4 are
retained in Maintenance Control in a hardcopy ADB.
15.4.2 Pre-recovery procedures:
a. Work Center 020 must print or save Aircraft Equipment Workload and Inspections by
Assembly reports daily. At a minimum, the Automated Aircraft Discrepancy Book (AADB)
Summary page backups must be performed prior to each flight, after the aircrew signs the Aircrew
Inspection and Acceptance Record, and at the end of each shift.
15-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. All Work Centers will print Work Center Work Load Reports at the beginning of every shift
and update as changes occur throughout the work shift.
15.4.3 Procedures:
a. Maintenance Control:
(1) Coordinate and decide when to implement the following contingency procedures.
(2) Hold a meeting with key personnel (e.g., System Administrator, Operations, Quality
Assurance, and Work Center Supervisors) to coordinate documentation tracking for future back
fitting.
(3) All maintenance data will be documented using the OPNAV 4790/60 (VIDS/MAF) form
or equivalent. All flight data will be documented using the OPNAV 3710/4 (NAVFLIR) form or
equivalent.
b. If using OOMA WO forms (Figure 15-1), WO forms will be retained in a hardcopy Aircraft
Discrepancy Book (ADB).
c. If using 5-part OPNAV 4790/60 VIDS/MAF forms, Maintenance Control will send copies 1
and 5 to the appropriate work center. Copy 2 is sent to QA for trend analysis. Copy 3 and 4 are
retained in Maintenance Control in a hardcopy ADB.
(1) Figure 15-3 will be used during contingency operations to document and track
maintenance actions. Job Control Number (JCN) assignment will consist of “ORG-Three Digit
Julian Date-Sequence number” (e.g. KH1-091-600). Sequence number must be numbered from 900
through 999 regardless of Julian date. Once 999 is reached the sequence will start back over at 900.
NOTE: All supported organization codes must reside in the OOMA database.
(2) The Aircraft and Work Center Workload Reports in conjunction with the Scheduled
Inspections, Component Removal Due Reports, rough flight log, and Support Equipment reports
will be utilized to track all aircraft and non-aircraft maintenance requirements.
(3) When NALCOMIS generated discrepancies are corrected, hand write the corrective
action and signatures on the outstanding VIDS/MAF in the Aircraft Discrepancy Book (ADB) and
move the VIDS/MAF to the left side of the ADB. Do not purge these documents until the
NALCOMIS OOMA system is repaired and the backfit process is complete.
NOTE: Where signatures are required, the individual will print their rank followed by their
first initial and last name in the bottom of the signature block, and sign in the top of
the signature block.
(4) CM ALS for assemblies and parts received during contingency operations will be
obtained and added to the Primary folder in CM Inventory Explorer prior to commencing the back
fit of electronic A sheets, WOs and flight documents.
NOTE: Activities receiving CM ALS from the OMAWHOLE (WHO, PAXRIVER) are
responsible for back fitting all logbook historical data not previously entered into the
CM ALS module while the aircraft/asset was in the custody of a non-NTCSS
Optimized OMA NALCOMIS activity.
15-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(5) Once OOMA is available, data on the hardcopy forms must be back fitted into OOMA.
Hardcopy forms for conditional inspections will be kept on file for 6 months. Hardcopy forms for
special inspections will be kept on file until the next like inspection is completed in OOMA.
NOTE: Special attention must be made when back fitting hardcopy WOs and VIDS/MAFs
into OOMA to ensure correct data is entered in the correct sequence with flight
record data being applied to the correct logsets.
(6) Upon completion of the back fitting process, a verification of the Flight module, the
Maintenance module and the ALS CM Inventory Explorer must be performed for the affected
aircraft, assemblies or tracked assets.
15.4.4 Post Recovery Procedures:
a. Maintenance Control
(1) Coordinate the backfitting of the Maintenance Action Forms (MAF), validate the
Workload Reports, both aircraft and non-aircraft, and completed documents against the ADB and SE
Records.
(2) Review all outstanding VIDS/MAFS to ensure validity.
(3) Review VIDS/MAFs that were signed off during the system failure and ensure
completion.
(4)Validate the Aircraft Material Status Report against all Awaiting Parts (AWP)
VIDS/MAFs.
b. Work Center Supervisor
(1) Validate the new Work Center Workload Report with the old Work Center Workload
Report. Notify Maintenance Control of all completed VIDS/MAFs to be backfitted into
NALCOMIS OOMA.
(2) Ensure all VIDS/MAFs have parts on order, as required. The Work Center will ensure
that VIDS/MAFs with repairable parts on order have removed/installed blocks filled out, as
required, job status is reflected in proper sequence, and any in-process inspections are documented.
(3) Notify Maintenance Control with all changes annotated on the Work Center Workload
Report.
(4) Material Control will validate the electronic Material Control Register Report against the
Material Control VIDS board. Document numbers that are not on the VIDS board should be
removed and held until after all MAFs are backfitted/re-initiated.
c. Logs and Records
(1) Validate all NALCOMIS OOMA Reports affected during the period of contingency to
include the Scheduled Inspections Report (Aircraft and Assets), Flight Summary Report,
Component Removal Near Due Report, etc., for correctness.
(2) Validate the database flight data against the Flight Summary Report. Any outstanding
NAVFLIRS will be entered in NALCOMIS OOMA.
(3) Upon completion of the back fitting process, a verification of the Auto Log-Set (ALS)
Queue must be performed for applicable logs and records entries.
15-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) After all the above steps have been completed, resume all normal NALCOMIS OOMA
processing.
15.5 Specific Work Orders
Aircraft Maintenance Documentation. The following paragraphs provide details for documenting of
various maintenance actions. Each maintenance action described below is initiated using a specific
type WO code. Type WO codes are designed to auto-fill WO data fields with the correct
information per NAMP policy and aviation 3M MDS VALSPEC Guide in Appendix F. If an
improper code is selected for a field not auto-filled, the on-line validation specifications pop-up
window appears with the proper code(s) for that data field or reference to the appropriate Appendix.
15.5.1 Aircraft Repair
15.5.1.1 Troubleshooting
Type WO code: TS – Troubleshooting. The troubleshooting time will be documented separately
when the time expended in locating a discrepancy is considered to be great enough to warrant
separating the troubleshooting time from the repair time. Separating troubleshooting time requires
completion of two WOs, one for troubleshooting and one for the repair phase. When recording the
troubleshooting time separately from the repair time, the total time taken to isolate the primary cause
of the discrepancy is recorded on a separate WO using the system, subsystem, or assembly WUC, as
appropriate (paragraphs 15.5.14 and 15.5.13).
15.5.1.2 On Equipment Repair (Repairable Component Replacement)
Type WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance. A WO is used to document the removal and
replacement of repairable components while performing on equipment repair. Refer to paragraph
15.5.15 for documentation procedures.
15.5.1.3 Turn-In of Repairables and Locally Repaired Consumables
No Type WO code assigned. A Turn-In Notice is used to document the removal and subsequent I-
level activity processing of a repairable component. These procedures will also apply to consumable
components that are inducted into an IMA for repair. Turn-in is auto generated in OOMA when
item is turned into local supply or IMA for repair.
NOTES: 1. If an item is still under warranty at the time of failure, ensure that CM ALS
records indicate removal of a warranty item and the contract number.
2. All ALSS turn-ins will be delivered directly to the ALSS pool. Requisition and
turn-in procedures for ALSS assemblies and repair parts must be as established in
this instruction, the OMA-UG, or Online Help.
15.5.1.4 Receipt of Unsatisfactory Material from Supply
When components received from supply prove unsatisfactory, the following procedures will be
followed:
a. Type WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance with discovered code Y.
b. Component Received NRFI and Not Installed or Improper Replacement Received. If NRFI
before installation or an improper replacement is received, notify Material Control. The original
WO remains outstanding and the NRFI component will be turned in on a DOD Single Line Item
Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) prepared by Material Control. Ensure all accompanying
15-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
documentation, for example, RFI tag, SRC card, and WO are returned with all items. CM ALS
records will be returned to Supply via the CM Group Explorer in OOMA.
c. Component Received NRFI and Installed. Complete the original WO per paragraph 15.5.16.
Initiate a new WO Type WO DM with a new JCN and discovered code Y. Figure 15-11 is an
example of a WO documented when a component is received non-RFI and installed. A replacement
component is requisitioned using the new WO and a new WO turn-in document will be
automatically created to accompany the NRFI component to the IMA.
d. Component Received Missing SRC Card, ASR, MSR, EHR or AESR. Components,
assemblies, or equipment received from supply missing SRC cards, ASRs, MSRs, EHRs or AESRs
must be considered as NRFI and turned in on a DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document
(DD 1348-1) prepared by Material Control. If the component is installed and cannot be determined
to be new, it must be considered faulty. Figure 15-10 is an example of a WO documented for turn-in
of a component that is missing the SRC card. Items missing ASRs, MSRs, or AESRs are
documented in a similar manner.
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 8 for missing records procedures.
15.5.1.5 Cannibalization
Only Maintenance Control will issue cannibalization WOs. Maintenance Control will use the
automated cannibalization wizard in OOMA for the removal and replacement of the component
being cannibalized. The procedures listed in this paragraph apply to all cannibalizations from end
items, for example, aircraft and SE. Egress system related cartridges, CADs, or PADs will not be
cannibalized without prior cognizant wing (ashore) or CVW (afloat) approval. Personnel and
drogue parachutes and SSKs are excluded from this policy (paragraph 15.5.19). Cannibalization of
consumable parts using the Consumable Cannibalization Wizard does not require documentation in
the removal and installation blocks.
15.5.1.6 Matched System Documentation
Type WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance. Documentation of maintenance actions on
components removed as a matched system, for processing at the IMA, for example, ASA-13A and
APN-22/117, is performed as follows. Each component is removed on a separate WO using
procedures in paragraphs 15.5.12 and 15.5.13. Each component must have a separate JCN assigned
by Maintenance Control. Each component within a matched system that must be removed during a
maintenance action will be assigned the same MAL code that describes the system defect. In
addition to the brief narrative, a statement will be added to the Discrepancy block, such as,
"Matched Set, See JCN_____". An additional WO turn-in control document is initiated for each
component. The turn-in document accompanies the component for processing and has all
maintenance actions documented per (Figure 15-8).
15.5.1.7 Assisting Work Center Documentation
Type WO code: AD – Assist Maintenance. When it becomes necessary for another work center to
assist the work center primarily assigned to a maintenance action, an assist WO will be prepared by
Maintenance Control and processed per paragraph 15.5.22 with the following except as noted in
Figure 15-15. These procedures do not apply to look phase inspections, the removal and
reinstallation to FOM, or cannibalization.
15-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.1.8 Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) Action
Type WO code: FO – Facilitate Other Maintenance. A FOM action is the removal and subsequent
reinstallation of an RFI engine or component from an end item in support of, or to permit access to,
another maintenance action on the same end item. The component removed is not identified in the
REMOVED/OLD ITEM or INSTALLED/NEW ITEM field of the FO WO. When a component has
been removed, note its serial number (if any) in the "local use" field for reference when the item is
reinstalled. This notation will provide positive accountability of serialized RFI components
removed to FOM. If the component that is removed and reinstalled does not have a serial number
place “0” in the local use block. This will demonstrate a non serialized component was removed
and reinstalled. (paragraph 15.5.23).
NOTE: FOM WOs will be assigned U (Up) status if removal of the component does not affect
aircraft mission capability (MC). Once the removal of the component is the single
driver degrading mission capability to P (Partial) or D (Down), the proper EOC code
must be entered to update mission capability.
15.5.1.9 Aircraft Tire and Wheel Documentation
Aircraft tire documentation is unique in that the required information varies throughout the life cycle
of the tire carcass. A structured part number, indicating the cycle the tire is presently in and the
serial number and manufacturer's code of the original tire carcass, is required for continuity. Built-
up tire/wheel assemblies are documented treating the assembly as a major repairable component,
and the tire itself and the wheel as separate repairable subassemblies of the tire/wheel assembly
(paragraph 15.5.24).
15.5.1.10 Hosting Activity/Transient Maintenance
a. Type WO codes: HA – Hosting Activity and TM – Transient Maintenance. Maintenance
actions completed on transient aircraft (Navy/Marine Corps or non-Navy/Marine Corps) are
documented using the hosting activity WO code by the activity actually performing the transient
maintenance. The activity performing transient maintenance must provide the aircraft reporting
custodian with documentation necessary to report all maintenance actions and to update CM ALS
records.
b. The reporting custodian of an aircraft receiving transient maintenance must, upon receipt of
applicable records, update CM ALS records, report maintenance actions, and submit the completed
maintenance action using the Transient Maintenance WO code. See 7.5.2.5
NOTES: 1. In the absence of designated QA expertise during transient maintenance, the pilot
in command is authorized to either sign as inspector or designate a qualified member
of the aircrew to function in this capacity. See 7.5.2.3.
2. The activity performing transient maintenance must provide the aircraft-
reporting custodian with documentation necessary to report SCIR and to update
aircraft logbooks and records. This documentation must include, but is not limited
to, copies of the WO for each maintenance action performed, SRC Cards, AESRs,
etc. These documents must be forwarded to the reporting custodian via the most
expeditious means to ensure timely reporting of aviation data. To supply the
transient aircraft parent organization with necessary records of aircraft and engine
repair or TD that may have been initiated or completed, ensure the WO, with all
transactions completed, are sent with the transient aircraft when it departs.
15-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.1.11 In-Flight Maintenance
Type WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance. All in-flight maintenance will be documented on
a VIDS/MAF or blank WO and back fitted in OOMA upon return from flight. In the absence of
designated QA personnel during in-flight maintenance, the senior aircrew maintenance person is
authorized to sign as the inspector. The work performed must be inspected from a technical
standpoint to ensure sound maintenance procedures and practices were followed, and areas where
maintenance was performed are free of foreign objects (paragraph 15.5.14) except work center must
be X20.
15.5.1.12 Away From Home Maintenance
Multi-Type WO codes can apply. Most organizations occasionally deploy single aircraft or small
units away from the parent organization for short periods of time, for example, hurricane evacuation,
cross-country flight, and rocket and gunnery training. If maintenance personnel are deployed with
the aircraft, all maintenance actions accomplished while they are deployed are documented against
work center X30 or the parent work center.
15.5.1.13 Induction into Standard Rework
Components authorized to be removed from an aircraft prior to induction into standard rework and
retained by the squadron will be documented on a WO, issued by Maintenance Control, using Type
WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance, Transaction code 16, Malfunction Code 805 and AT
code P. Prior to reinstallation, those components should be inducted into IMA for check, test, or
service, using a WO work request. Components authorized to be removed from aircraft for pool
stock will be processed to the IMA using AT code P and Malfunction Code 805. Components,
when reinstalled, will be documented on a WO using TR Code 17, Malfunction Code 805, and AT
Code Q.
15.5.1.14 Aircraft CARTs, CADs, and PADs
Type WO code: DM – Discrepancy Maintenance. Replacement of aircraft installed explosive
devices requires an individual WO for removal and replacement of each device. For scheduled
removals, use Transaction Code 18, AT Code R, and Malfunction Code 804. The WUC block must
reflect the assigned WUC that is in OOMA NALCOMIS baseline. The Part Number in the remove
and install blocks must reflect the lot number of the devices being removed and installed.
Time/Cycle blocks in the remove and install blocks and must have an entry using Time/Cycle Prefix
Code H and the container open date for CARTs or CADs and the propellant manufacture date for
PADs (paragraph 15.5.27).
15.5.1.15 Corrosion Prevention and Treatment
Corrosion prevention and treatment is performed as part of a scheduled maintenance requirement, or
when the need for prevention or treatment is discovered while performing unscheduled maintenance.
Corrosion prevention and treatment must be documented as directed in the following paragraphs:
a. Scheduled corrosion prevention performed per direction in MRCs will be documented on the
inspection Look Phase WO or on the Daily/Turnaround maintenance record. This includes aircraft
washing, cleaning, and application of Corrosion Preventative Compounds (CPC) performed as part
of a scheduled inspection. Any additional corrosion prevention tasks not listed on the MRCs, but
discovered while complying with the MRCs, will be documented as discrepancies on Fix Phase
WOs (SF, PF, CF) or as Daily/Turnaround (DF) WOs if discovered while performing a Daily or
15-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Turnaround Inspection. The temporary touch-up of bare metal surfaces with no visible corrosion is
included in this category. Use the item's specific WUC, AT code C, applicable MAL code, and TM
code per Appendix E. For bare metal without visible corrosion use MAL code 425
(Nicked/Chipped/Bare Metal).
b. Unscheduled corrosion prevention performed when the need for prevention is discovered
while performing unscheduled maintenance is documented on a Corrosion Prevention (CP) WO.
Unscheduled aircraft cleaning, and the temporary touch-up of bare metal surfaces with no visible
corrosion are included in this category. Multiple items processed may be documented on a single
CP type WO. Use WUC 040, AT code 0, MAL code 000, DISC code O, and TM code per
Appendix E.
c. Treatment of corrosion found during the look phase of an inspection will be documented as
discrepancies on fix phase WOs (e.g., SF, PF, CF) or as Daily/Turnaround (DF) WOs if discovered
while performing a Daily or Turnaround Inspection. The treatment of bare metal with visible
corrosion is included in the category. Use Action Taken (AT) code Z and the applicable MAL code
identified in Appendix E.
d. Treatment of corrosion found during unscheduled maintenance will be documented as a
discrepancy on a Corrosion Treatment (CT) WO. The treatment of bare metal with visible corrosion
is included in this category. Use AT code Z and applicable MAL code identified in Appendix E.
15.5.1.16 Reconfiguration
Reconfiguration is the installation or removal of equipment to reconfigure an aircraft or item of SE
to perform a new or different mission tasking than last performed using Type WO code: DM –
Discrepancy Maintenance. It includes, but is not limited to, equipment identified as mission
mounted equipment in T/M/S MESM. It does not include materials, which are consumed,
expanded, or undergo changes in their physical properties during use. MME may exhibit one or
more of the following characteristics: (1) installation or removal generally takes longer than a
typical turnaround cycle; (2) installation required electrical, electronic, hydraulic, or mechanical
checks to ensure functionality; (3) classified as repairable or contains repairable components; (4)
requires CM ALS; (5) periodic maintenance intervals have been established; or (6) once installed,
equipment is likely to remain installed for extended periods of time, for example, longer than one
day (paragraph 15.5.28).
15.5.1.17 Predictive Maintenance
Predictive Maintenance is conducted based on aircraft data-identified need. This could be discovered
by: On-Board (Aircraft) Health Monitoring System (HMS), Off-Board (Ground Station) HMS,
Quality Assurance (QA) trend analysis or, NAE data analytics. Predictive maintenance is executed
prior to component functional failure. Refer to paragraph 15.5.57 for documentation procedures.
15.5.2 Inspections
15.5.2.1 Major Scheduled Inspections
All aircraft scheduled inspections (except repetitive inspections, such as daily and turnaround) are
documented on a WO. Control, look phase, and fix phase documents (as necessary) are the principal
WO documents for major scheduled inspections.
a. Major scheduled inspections use a unique coding system to identify the total effort expended
as a continuous maintenance event, as explained in the following:
15-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) The JCN is constructed by using the activity's organization code, the Julian date on which
the aircraft was inducted for inspection, and an alphanumeric serial number. The first aircraft or
engine inspection, on any given day, will be assigned the JCN serial number A00. When this serial
number is assigned to an aircraft major inspection each engine major inspection will be assigned the
next alphanumeric serial number in sequence, for example, if A00 is assigned to the first aircraft
inspection of the day, B00 is assigned to the first (or only) engine due for inspection, C00 is
assigned to the second engine. The second aircraft inspection on that day will be assigned D00. The
first (or only) engine from that aircraft would be assigned E00, etc.
(2) WUC. OOMA will auto-assign the seven position WUC of the inspection WO issued by
Maintenance Control. This WUC will be used for both control and look phase WOs related to the
inspection, and is constructed as follows:
(a) The first two positions will be "03." The third through seventh positions will be
constructed to identify the specific type of inspection(s) being performed.
(b) Position 3. For aircraft under phase maintenance, indicate with the appropriate alpha
character the aircraft inspection phase being performed, as listed in the applicable MRC deck, for
example, 03A0000 (Phase A Inspection). All conditional and special inspections will be 0.
(c) Positions 4 through 6. The fourth, fifth, and sixth positions will reflect the hour level
of the major engine inspection (divided by 10) being performed. Engine and aircraft inspections
may be documented concurrently or separately as required. On multiple engine aircraft, if more than
one engine is due an inspection concurrently with the aircraft inspection, the WUC for the aircraft
control document for all concurrent inspections will reflect the highest hour level engine inspection
required.
(d) Position 7. Special inspections will be documented utilizing an appropriate alpha
character to indicate the level of special inspection being performed. A WUC seventh position
matrix is contained in Appendix E.
(3) TRANS (TRCODE). Enter 11 for control and look phase inspections on aircraft. Enter
12 on power plants WOs of combined aircraft and engine documentation with zero items processed.
(4) ITEM PROCESS. Enter 1 at the completion of the inspection(s) on the control document
and 0 item processed on the look phase documents.
(5) MAN HRS. Auto calculated on the WO, the number of man-hours that were expended to
correct the discrepancy (in hours and tenths).
(6) ELAPSED HRS. Auto calculated on the WO, the number of clock hours involved in
making the repair (in hours and tenths).
(7) DISCREPANCY. Narrative will be system generated by OOMA.
(8) CORRECTIVE ACTION. At completion of the inspection, enter "inspection
completed."
b. Control Document WO. Type WO codes: AC – Acceptance Inspection Control, TC –
Transfer Inspection Control, PC – Phase Control, SC – Special Inspection Control, CC –
Conditional Inspection Control, OC – One-time Inspection Control, FC – Preservation Control, BC
– Depreservation Control. Maintenance Control issues a WO control document and supporting look
phase documents to the work centers involved. A separate WO is issued by Maintenance Control
for each aircraft inspection indicating all requirements. These control documents must be held open
15-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
until the inspection is completed and the aircraft is ready for FCF (if required). The same numeric
JCN will be assigned to all control and look phase documents. Applicable work centers will
complete the look phase WOs using 0 in the items process field. Maintenance Control completes the
control document using 1 item process field per paragraphs 15.5.29 and 15.5.31. Aircraft Phase
Inspection (Check Crew Not Integrated) Control Document will be completed per paragraph 15.5.33
except work center code must be 020 (Appendix E).
NOTES: 1. Phase, special, and hourly aircraft or engine inspections cannot be combined into
one Control WO. They must be issued separately to satisfy CM requirements.
2. When phase inspections are combined, for example, a combined phase A and B
inspection, each phase requires a separate control document. Look/fix phase
elements that are peculiar to a certain phase inspection are documented under that
control document. Those items common to both of the phase inspections will be
documented to the phase inspection concurrently due. Combining phases is
permitted only during phase implementation.
3. When multiple inspections are being performed at the same time, one control WO
(aircraft) will be written for all inspections with a control WO for each individual
engine or special inspection. For example, an aircraft that is due a Phase B
Inspection, with #1 engine due a 300-hour major inspection, #2 engine due a 600-
hour major inspection, and a 7, 14, 28, and 56-day special inspection would have
control documents with WUCs as follows:
7 & 14 special controlling document 030000A
28 Day special controlling document 030000B
56 Day special controlling document 030000E
c. Look Phase WO. Type WO codes: AL – Acceptance Inspection Look Phase, TL – Transfer
Inspection Look Phase, PL – Phase Look Phase, SL – Special Inspection Look Phase, CL –
Conditional Inspection Look Phase, OL – One-time Inspection Look Phase. This type of document
is used when personnel are permanently or temporarily assigned to the check crew. A work center
assisting in the inspection must be identified in the work center field. Look phase man-hours are
documented on WOs by work centers participating in the inspection. Look phase documents will be
identical to the control document, except as shown in paragraph 15.5.32. SCIR is automatically
documented on look phase documents for those inspections that the aircraft has been put into a down
status due to the inspection. This is done so that accurate AWM can be accounted for by use of the
WO job status. SCIR will not be documented on controlling WOs.
d. Fix Phase WO. Type WO codes: AF – Acceptance Inspection Fix Phase, TF – Transfer
Inspection Fix Phase, PF – Phase Fix Phase, SF – Special Inspection Fix Phase, CF – Conditional
Inspection Fix Phase, OF – One-time Inspection Fix Phase, FF – Preservation Fix Phase, BF –
Depreservation Fix Phase. Fix phase actions, for example, fix in place maintenance actions or
discrepancies, which cannot be corrected during the time allotted for, look phase on the MRC, are
documented on separate WOs. If the fix phase discrepancy affects the mission capability of the
aircraft, it is SCIR related and must be documented per paragraph 15.5.35. Fix phase discrepancies
are not affected by control document procedures and are documented in the normal manner as
described in the preceding paragraphs.
15-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
e. Special Inspections. These inspections are documented using control, look, and fix phase
WOs. Refer to paragraphs 15.5.35 and 15.5.36.
15-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
inspection completion, the control document must be submitted to Maintenance Control with 1 item
process field.
15.5.2.5 Daily, Turnaround, Preflight and Post Flight Inspections
Daily, Turnaround, Preflight and Post flight Inspections. Type WO code: DF –
Daily/Turnaround/Pre/Post Flight Discrepancy. The look phase and required servicing actions are
not documented. Discrepancies which require work center repair actions will be reported to
Maintenance Control. Each reported discrepancy is assigned an alphanumeric JCN and is
documented on a WO. If the discrepancy is SCIR related, the EOC Code must be documented. The
following codes will be used in documenting these discrepancies:
a. For discrepancies discovered during turnaround inspections, use DISC code K and TM code
D.
b. For discrepancies discovered during daily inspections, use DISC code J and TM code D.
c. For discrepancies discovered during preflight or post flight inspections, use most appropriate
DISC code in Appendix E and TM code D.
15.5.3 Aircraft Preservation
The following instructions provide additional information on the aircraft preservation process.
Maintenance Control will issue all preservation, represervation and depreservation WOs. If more
than one work center is involved in the preservation, represervation or depreservation, a controlling
WO will be issued automatically. The applicable publications used in support of the aircraft
preservation process include the NAVAIR 15-01-500 and the daily, special, preservation,
conditional, and ASPA MRCs. Not all aircraft have MRCs revised to include preservation
requirements. For those aircraft, NAVAIR 15-01-500 procedures will be followed.
15.5.3.1 WOs for the aircraft preservation look process fall into four general categories:
a. Initial Preservation. Type WO Code: FC – Preservation Control. Initial preservation is
applied within the time frames listed in NAVAIR 15-01-500 or the applicable MRCs. It includes
requirements that are intended to prevent deterioration of the aircraft while in a non-operating status.
They will be assigned an alphanumeric JCN with DISC Code L and TM Code D.
b. Maintenance While Preserved. Type WO Code: Select most appropriate code for
maintenance being performed refer to Appendix E Type WO/MAF Codes. Maintenance while
preserved includes periodic maintenance requirements that are done after initial preservation is
applied. It includes time sensitive requirements that must be done to maintain the initial
preservation. Specific intervals are in NAVAIR 15-01-500 or applicable MRCs. They will be
assigned an alphanumeric JCN, DISC and TM Codes select the most appropriate code refer to
Appendix E.
c. Represervation. Type WO Code: FC – Preservation Control. Represervation is a complete
renewal of the initial preservation and is done when a specified length of time has elapsed from the
initial preservation date. They will be assigned an alphanumeric JCN with DISC Code L and TM
Code D.
d. Depreservation. Type WO Code: BC – Depreservation Control. Depreservation is done at
the time an aircraft is returned to operating status. It includes removal of protective materials and
equipment and servicing of the aircraft systems. They will be assigned an alphanumeric JCN with
DISC Code L and TM Code D.
15-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.3.2 WO procedures for all fix preservation processes are:
a. Discrepancies. Type WO Codes: FF – Preservation Fix Phase or BF – Depreservation Fix
Phase. Discrepancies discovered during the preservation process look phase will be documented on
separate WOs. They will be assigned an alphanumeric JCN with DISC Code L and TM Code D.
b. When the preservation process is determined to be SCIR related, only the control document
will be used to document SCIR. Any fix phase discrepancies will be SCIR related if they impact the
mission capability of the aircraft.
15.5.4 Work Order (WO) Work Request
a. Type WO code: WR - Work Request. The WO work request will be documented per
paragraph 15.5.43 and is used for, but not limited, to the following paragraphs:
(1) To request check, test, and service of items removed from an aircraft, equipment, or SE
for scheduled maintenance when requested work is beyond the capability of the requesting activity.
NOTE: Work requests for items removed for check, test, service, and local manufacture or
fabrication must be approved and signed by the requesting activity's Maintenance
Control and the supporting activity's Production Control.
(2) To induct items not part of aircraft or SE, for example, pilot’s personal equipment,
oxygen masks, and life preservers that require check, test, and service.
(3) To induct items from Supply for check, test, and service.
(4) To induct items from Supply for build-up, for example, engine, quick engine change kit,
and wheel and tire assembly.
(5) To induct items not having a WUC or not identifiable to a specific type of equipment for
check, test, and service or for local manufacture or fabrication.
(6) To request NDIs, either on-site or at the I-level activity, as required by supported
maintenance activities, when a TD is not involved.
(7) To induct items for RFI certification prior to installation in aircraft upon the return from
standard rework. See 15.1.2.s.(5).
b. Work Request work orders must be deleted via the Work Request Que once the work request
is complete.
15.5.5 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance
a. WO Technical Directive Compliance Procedures (On-Equipment). Type WO codes: TD -
Technical Directive, AT - Technical Directive Assist, ET - Technical Directive (Engine) SCIR, QT -
TD removal. The WO is used to document all TD compliances. The TD compliance WO is also
used by Reporting custodians for planning workloads and material requirements, and for
configuration accounting. Data obtained from the WO allows identification of all direct man-hours
expended complying with directives. Maintenance Control originates the TD compliance WO. If
more than one work center is involved, Maintenance Control must designate one work center to be
responsible for completing the TD compliance WO, and will initiate a separate WO for each work
center to document their portion of the TD. The primary work center will be issued a Technical
Directive (TD) type WO per paragraph 15.5.54 and the other work centers will be issued a TD assist
(AT) type WO per paragraph 15.5.55. TD removals will be documented in the same manner as TD
15-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
incorporations except for MAL code. Use TD status codes listed on Appendix E for the Action
Taken Field on the WO.
b. Technical Directive Compliance Procedures (Off-Equipment). Type WO code: WR – Work
Request. TDs will frequently require off-equipment work, specifying accomplishment at I-level. In
these cases, the activity will use the one-character code, which describes the maintenance level that
was performed in M/L of the TD compliance WO. Refer to paragraph 15.5.4 for Work Request
documentation procedures.
(1) If the TD compliance is directly applicable to a component, the removal and replacement
of the component and the associated man-hours must be documented on a WO. Once the removal is
completed, the maintenance action remains outstanding until reinstallation of the component. A
separate WR WO will be generated for turn-in to the IMA.
(2) If the I-level activity informs the O-level activity that the component requires repair, the
O-level activity must initiate another WO for turn-in and requisitioning purposes using the original
JCN.
15.5.6 Aircraft Engine and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Maintenance Documentation
15.5.6.1 General Information
The aircraft is considered to be the end item when work is performed on engines, except for TD
compliance at the O-level maintenance activity. Engines sent to IMA or depot for any reason will
be considered the end item and the turn-in document will list the engine Assembly Cd and the
engine propulsion system serial number (PSSN) or the module SERNO. When documentation
requires an engine or APU to be identified in the Removed or Installed Item, the CAGE will reflect
the engine or APU Assembly Cd and position number, for example, JHD1. The Part Number will
be left blank when Assembly Cd are used in the CAGE to identify engines/APUs. Documentation
procedures for an aircraft engine or airborne APU are the same with the following exceptions:
a. CAGE for Material Required. When identifying an APU, enter numeric 1 for engine
position; for example, PHA1.
b. CAGE for Removed or Installed Item. When identifying an APU, enter numeric 1 for engine
position; for example, PHA1.
c. When documenting APU enter the engine hour meter or start counter reading (as applicable)
in CM Current Usage Records.
15.5.6.2 Modular Engine TD Compliance
a. Type WO code: TD – Technical Directive.
b. Maintenance Control will generate the TD compliance WO.
c. If more than one work center is involved, Maintenance Control must initiate a separate TD
compliance WO for assist work center to document their portion of the TD.
d. If the TD has multiple parts, a separate WO must be initiated for each part.
e. TDs for modular engines will be issued against the module.
f. The WUC/UNS will be that of the module or component of the module, never the engine.
g. The Assembly Cd will reflect the equipment category and model/series of the engine.
15-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
h. If the TD applies to more than one module, a separate WO with a unique JCN will be issued
for each module.
i. TRANS code 47 will be used for a module regardless of a P/N change or a TD incorporation
on a component.
j. The JCN will be that of the activity requesting the TD incorporation.
k. When a complete engine is being turned in for TD compliance, the PSSN will be entered in
the Discrepancy block.
15.5.7 Engine Cannibalization
a. Type WO code: CM (Cannibalization).
b. Documentation procedures will be per paragraph 15.5.51 using cannibalization wizard in
OOMA.
15.5.8 Engine Inspections
a. Major Inspections. O-level activities do not perform independent major inspections on
nonreciprocating engines. This task is included in the aircraft phase inspections for installed
engines. All major inspections, for example, Handbook of Service Instructions, Hourly Engine
Maintenance Program are done at the I-level per applicable MRCs.
b. Special Inspections. All engine special inspections are documented using control, look, and
fix phase WO per major inspections of aircraft and engines (paragraphs 15.5.36 and 15.5.37). JCN
is auto generated in OOMA. Inspection WUCs have a special matrix in Appendix E to construct the
code. When reporting special inspections that apply to engines, the engine must be identified in the
(H-Z) Failed/Required Material field of the WO.
15.5.9 Support Equipment Maintenance Documentation
a. SE TD Compliance. Type WO code: TD - Technical Directive. TD compliance is
documented using the TD compliance WO per paragraph 15.5.54. Maintenance Control schedules
all TD compliance actions and initiates all TD compliance WOs. The O-level activity originates the
TD compliance WO for each end item sent to the I-level activity for TD compliance.
b. SE Inspections/Periodic Maintenance. All inspections (except preoperational and
postoperational) and periodic maintenance actions are documented on a special inspection WO per
paragraph 15.5.36. The O-level activity will issue a WR type WO for each end item forwarded to
the I-level activity for inspections. Refer to paragraph 15.5.43 for Work Request documentation
procedures.
c. SE Repair. SE repair actions are documented on a WO per paragraph 15.5.14. The O-level
activity issues a WR WO for each end item sent to the I-level activity for repair.
15.5.10 Standard Rework Documentation
NOTE: Refer to 9.1.3 for AIRRS XRAY requirements.
a. Rework performed on aircraft (on-site) by naval aircraft industrial establishments,
contractor’s plants, and other industrial organizations designated by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM will
be documented using control, look, and fix phase documents.
15-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Communication between the D-level and the squadron is crucial since the squadron is
responsible for all aircraft readiness status changes for the depot.
c. D-level activities will notify the reporting custodian upon arrival of the aircraft to be inducted
into rework. At that time, the squadron will initiate the rework control document and XRAY to
place the aircraft in rework status, per 9.1.3.
d. When the D-level activity is ready to change the status of the aircraft, the depot will notify the
squadron, which will complete the control document WO to terminate the aircraft standard rework
status.
e. Rework hours commence accumulation at standard rework control document initiation.
Rework hours stop accumulation when the CDI entry is entered on the last outstanding look phase
document.
NOTE: The rework process encompasses the look phase only for rework purpose.
f. An individual with administrative certification authority may complete and sign the control
document.
g. Detailed documentation:
(1) Type WO codes: IC - PDM, IMC/P, or EPM Control and MC - SDLM (MCI/ASPA)
Control. The control document will be initiated by the reporting activity (paragraph 15.5.44).
(2) Type WO codes: IL - PDM, IMC/P, or EPM Look Phase and ML - SDLM (MCI/ASPA)
Look Phase. Look phase documents will be issued to applicable maintenance work centers upon
initiation of the IC work order to record all O-level support of standard rework (paragraph 15.5.45)
during aircraft induction.
(3) WUC assigned to PDM or IMC/P standard rework are sequential 030IMC1, 030IMC2,
etc. WUC assigned to SDLM (MCI/ASPA) is 030SDLM. WUCs assigned to EPM are matched to
LES Specification Numbers 03TKxxx, 03TSxxx, and 03TZxxx.
h. Look phase documents will be issued for I-level support of standard rework (paragraph
15.5.45). While functioning in this effort, I-level personnel will comply with O-level QA, tool
control, and documentation requirements.
NOTE: Look phase documents are not issued for D-level. Therefore, Work Center X43 is not
currently used and is reserved for future use.
i. Type WO codes: IF – PDM, IMC/P, or EPM Fix phase documents must be issued for repair of
discrepancies discovered during the on-site standard rework process per paragraph 15.5.46.
(1) O-Level (level 1) discrepancies will be completed by the squadron.
NOTE: To provide accurate man-hour accounting by rate, corrective maintenance actions
must be documented against the host work center whenever practical (110, 120, etc.).
(2) I-Level (level 2) discrepancies will be completed using the Work Request (paragraph
15.5.43).
(3) D-Level (level 3) discrepancies must be accomplished by a D-Level activity using assist
work center procedures per paragraphs 15.5.22. If during the repair process a repairable is required,
the repairable item must be ordered on the O-level primary WO.
15-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. I-Level personnel will comply with O-Level QA, tool control, and documentation
requirements.
2. Look phase documents are not issued for D-level.
3. The rework process encompasses the look phase only.
15.5.11 In-Service Repair (ISR) Documentation
ISR is unscheduled D-level repair of operational aircraft damaged beyond the capability of O-level
and I-level activities. ISR is performed by depot field teams at the aircraft operational site.
Reporting custody and Material Condition Reporting Status (MCRS) of the aircraft remain
unchanged during ISR, unless directed otherwise by the ACC. In-Service Repair will be
documented using assist work center. Figure 15-4 is an example of a completed in-service repair
document. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be AD
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E) - Must be X44
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 11
M/L- Must be 3
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE - Must be V.
TYPE MAINT - Must be B
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED.
EOC – Must be R
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (if applicable)
15-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy as submitted in the P&E
request, followed by the Report Control Number (RCN).
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action (as provided
by P&E), the name of the servicing depot, the P&E Request Report Control Number, the depot Field
Team number, Job Order Number, and Work Order Number.
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY (MUST BE SQUADRON QAR or CDQAR)
AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES.
NOTE: Squadron QAR or CDQAR sign-off signifies the repaired item has been visually
inspected per O-level inspection requirements; it does not certify the depot correctly
repaired the item per depot specifications.
15.5.12 Modification Documentation
Modification includes only the incorporation of changes and bulletins and the correction of
discrepancies as required in the directive authorizing the work to be performed. Figure 15-5 is an
example of a completed D-level modification document. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be TD
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E) - Must be X45
INTRM CD (if applicable)
CODE of TD (Appendix E).
BASIC NO of TD.
REV LTR of TD (if applicable)
AMEND of TD (if applicable)
PART of TD (if applicable)
KIT NO of TD (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E), 41 or 47
M/L- Must be 3
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN – See TD Status Codes (Appendix E)
15-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED.
EOC – Must be M
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY (SQUADRON QAR or CDQAR) AND
MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
NOTE: Squadron QAR or CDQAR sign-off signifies the modified item has been visually
inspected per O-level inspection requirements; it does not certify the depot correctly
modified the item per TD specifications.
15.5.13 Excessive Troubleshooting Documentation
Figure 15-6 is an example of a WO documented for excessive troubleshooting with the following
required data fields:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN; must be Y (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
15-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.14 On-Equipment Repair Documentation
Figure 15-7 is an example of a WO documented for on equipment repair with the following required
data fields:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
15-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.15 On-Equipment Repair (Repairable Component Replacement) Documentation
Figure 15-8 is an example of a WO documented for on-equipment repair involving replacement of a
repairable component. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
15-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.16 Turn-In Document
Figure 15-9 is an example of a WO documented for turn-in and subsequent I-level activity
processing of a repairable and locally repaired consumable component. The WO must be completed
per 15.2 and submitted for processing even though the removal, repair, and reinstallation of a
component occur within a single work center. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
15-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
NOTES: 1. If an item is still under warranty at the time of failure, ensure that blocks E47
and E52 are completed.
2. Requisition and turn-in procedures for ALSS assemblies and repair parts must
be per NALCOMIS guidelines where applicable or established in this instruction.
All ALSS turn-ins will be delivered directly to the ALSS pool.
15.5.17 Component Received Missing SRC Card
Figure 15-10is an example of a WO documented when a component is received missing SRC card.
Items missing ASRs, MSRs, or AESRs should be documented in a similar manner. The following
explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE 140 (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be Y
15-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE MAINT B (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
NOTE: If the determination can be made that the component is in fact new, an SRC Card,
ASR, MSR, or AESR will then be initiated by the requisitioning activity.
15.5.18 Component Received Non-RFI and Installed Documentation
Figure 15-11 is an example of a WO documented when a component is received non-RFI and
installed. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be Y
15-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.19 Cannibalization Action WO Documentation
Figure 15-12 is an example of a WO documented for cannibalization action. The removal and
installation of items for cannibalization must be documented on one WO using the cannibalization
wizard in OOMA. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be CM
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS, enter 18 on all end items except engine components (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) – Must be T
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 817, or 818
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
15-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.20 Matched System (Component 1) Documentation
Figure 15-13 is an example of documentation for the Matched System (Component 1) WO. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E), the malfunction code must be the same for all components of a
matched system at the O-Level
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
15-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.21 Matched System (Component 2) Documentation
Figure 15-14 is an example of documentation for the Matched System (Component 2) WO. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E), the malfunction code must be the same for all components of a
matched system at the O-Level
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
15-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.22 Assisting Work Center Documentation.
Figure 15-15 is an example of a WO documented by an assisting work center. The following
explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be AD
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 11
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be V
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
15-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.23 Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) Action Documentation
Figure 15-16 is an example of a WO documented for a FOM action. The FOM action is
documented per paragraph 15.3, except as noted below:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be FO
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS.
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 11 or must be 12 if for engine/engine components
M/L- Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be S
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 800 or 802 if required for corrosion repairs to adjacent
areas
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable). See 15.5.1.8 NOTE
15-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
LOCAL USE - When a component has been removed to FOM, note its serial number (if any) in
this block for reference when the item is reinstalled. If no serial number exists place “0.”
15.5.24 Tire and Wheel Documentation
Figure 15-17 is an example of a WO for a tire or wheel. Figure 15-18 is an example of turn-in
documentation. The tire/wheel assembly will be documented as the major repairable component in
the WO removed item and installed item blocks. Squadrons must order tire/wheel assemblies using
an assigned assembly NIIN. A Local Item Control (LICN) for the tire/wheel assembly will be used
if the TMS aircraft does not have an assigned tire/wheel assembly NIIN. LICN will be LL-TMS-last
four numbers of wheel NIIN, for example LL-AV8-9209. If the wheel is the slip rim type use valve
core half NIIN. If a part number is not available for the wheel assembly use the last four of the
LICN for the part number. Documentation procedures will be per paragraph 15.3, except as noted
below:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
15-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.25 Hosting Activity Repair Documentation
Figure 15-19 is an example of a WO documented for repair action by the hosting activity. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be F
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
15-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.26 Transient Maintenance SCIR Data Documentation
Figure 15-20 is an example of a WO documented for transient maintenance indicating SCIR data.
All data blocks must be completed per paragraph 15.3, except as noted below.
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 72
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be F
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
15-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.27 Removal and Replacement of Cartridges (CART), Cartridge Activated Devices
(CAD), and Propellant Actuated Devices (PAD) (O-Level Maintenance) Documentation
Figure 15-21 is an example of a WO documented for the removal and replacement of aircraft
installed explosive devices. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
15-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.28 Aircraft Mission or SE Reconfiguration Documentation
Figure 15-22 is an example of a WO documented for a change in aircraft mission reconfiguration.
The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 16 for removal and 17 for installation
M/L- Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be P for removal and Q for installation
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 801
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (not applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
15-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.29 Acceptance Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation
Figure 15-23 is an example of a control WO documented for an acceptance inspection. The
following explains documentation:
(1) MCN
(2) JCN
(3) TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be AC for Control and AL for Look Phase
(4) ORG CODE
(5) MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
(6) BUNO/SERNO
(7) ASSY CD
(8) WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
(9) CF REQ (if applicable)
(10) QA REQ (if applicable)
(11) WUC/UNS- Must be 030
(12) TRANS (Appendix E)
(13) M/L
(14) ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1 for Control and 0 for Look Phase
(15) ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
(16) MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
(17) DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
(18) TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be E
(19) DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
(20) EOC (if applicable)
(21) POSIT (if applicable)
(22) DISCREPANCY
(23) CORRECTIVE ACTION
(24) INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL
SIGNATURES (if applicable)
NOTE: Corrected by signature is not applicable on control work orders. Maintenance
Control signatures is not applicable on look phase work orders.
15-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.30 Acceptance Inspection (Fix Phase Discrepancy) Documentation
Figure 15-24 is an example of a WO documented for a fix phase acceptance inspection. Fix phase
discrepancies discovered during the look phase of an acceptance inspection will be documented per
paragraph 15.3, except as noted below:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be AF
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be E
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.31 Acceptance Inspection (Repairable Required) Documentation
Figure 15-25 is an example of a WO documented for an acceptance inspection which requires the
removal/replacement of a repairable component. Repairable required must be documented per
paragraph 15.3, except as noted below:
MCN
15-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be E
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.32 Transfer Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation
Figure 15-26 is an example of a control WO documented for a transfer inspection. The following
explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
15-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be TC for Control and TL for Look Phase
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS- Must be 030
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1 for Control and 0 for Look Phase
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be E
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
(if applicable)
NOTE: Corrected by signature is not applicable on control work orders. Maintenance
Control signatures is not applicable on look phase work orders.
15.5.33 Aircraft Phase Inspection (Check Crew Not Integrated) Control Document
Documentation
Figure 15-27 is an example of a WO documented for an aircraft phase inspection control document
when the check crew is not integrated. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be PC
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
15-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E) - Must be 020
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be G
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.34 Aircraft Phase Inspection Man-Hours (Control and Look Phase) Documentation
Figure 15-28 is an example of a WO documented for man-hours against the look phase of a phase
inspection. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be PC for Phase Control and PL for Phase Look Phase
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
15-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1 for Control Phase and 0 for Look Phase
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be G
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED.
EOC (if applicable).
POSIT (if applicable).
DISCREPANCY.
CORRECTIVE ACTION.
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
(if applicable).
NOTE: Corrected by signature is not applicable on control work orders. Maintenance
Control signatures is not applicable on look phase work orders.
15.5.35 Aircraft Phase Inspection Fix Phase Documentation
Figure 15-29 is an example of a WO documented for a fix phase discrepancy. Fix phase WOs are
completed per paragraph 15.3, except as noted below:
MCN
JCN. This is auto generated in OOMA. The JCN serial number will contain the same data
elements entered on the control document, but with sequential numbering from 01 to 99 in the
second and third positions of the serial number, for example, A01, A02, A03. If more than 99, use
alpha characters in the second and third position, for example, AA1 through AA9, AB1.
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be PF
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
15-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.36 Special Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation
Figure 15-30 is an example of a WO documented for a special inspection control document. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be SC for Control and SL for Look Phase
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
15-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
M/L
ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1 for Control and 0 for Look Phase
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be D, M, or N
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED AND COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL-Enter appropriate data to identify engine (if
applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
(if applicable)
NOTE: Corrected by signature is not applicable on control work orders. Maintenance
Control signatures are not applicable on look phase work orders.
15.5.37 Aircraft Special Inspection (Fix Phase) Documentation
Figure 15-31 is an example of a WO documented for a special inspection fix phase. Fix phase
discrepancies affecting aircraft mission capability would require SCIR documentation. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN. This is auto generated in OOMA. The JCN serial number will contain the same data
elements entered on the control document, but with sequential numbering from 01 to 99 in the
second and third positions of the serial number, for example, A01, A02, A03. If more than 99, use
alpha characters in the second and third position, for example, AA1 through AA9, AB1.
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be SF
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
15-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.38 Aircraft Conditional Inspection Control and Look Phase Documentation
Figure 15-32 is an example of a WO documented for a conditional inspection control document and
the following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be CC for Control and CL for Look Phase
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
NOTES: 1. For AGM conditional inspections, all work centers, to include QA, will have a
WO issued.
2. For those work centers which report no damage, the corrective action will be,
“Inspected areas _____ with no damage.”.
CF REQ (if applicable)
15-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS - Must be 030
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN - Must be 0
MAL CODE Must be 000
DISC CODE - Must be O
TYPE MAINT - Must be S
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
(if applicable)
NOTE: Corrected by signature is not applicable on control work orders. Maintenance
Control signatures are not applicable on look phase work orders.
15.5.39 Aircraft Conditional Inspection (Fix Phase) Documentation
Figure 15-33 is an example of a WO documented for an aircraft conditional inspection fix phase
action. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN. This is auto generated in OOMA. Enter the assigned JCN. The JCN serial number will
contain the same data elements entered on the control document, but with sequential numbering
from 01 to 99 in the second and third positions of the serial number, for example, A01, A02, A03. If
more than 99, use alpha characters in the second and third position, for example, AA1 through AA9,
AB1.
TYPE WO - Must be CF
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
15-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT - Must be S
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.40 Aircraft Preservation Control Documentation
Figure 15-34 is an example of a WO documented for a preservation control document. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO - Must be FC
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others.
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
15-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WUC/UNS - Must be 049
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be D
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.41 Aircraft Depreservation Control Documentation
Figure 15-35 is an example of a WO documented for a depreservation work center action. The
following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be DC
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS- Must be 049
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
15-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be D
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.42 Removal and Replacement for Scheduled Maintenance/High-time Documentation
Figure 15-36 is an example of a WO documented for the removal and replacement of an item for
high-time inspection. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 18, 19, or 23
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be R
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 804
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
15-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable).
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED.
EOC (if applicable).
POSIT (if applicable).
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate).
DISCREPANCY.
CORRECTIVE ACTION.
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES.
15.5.43 WO Work Request Documentation
Figure 15-37 is an example of a WO documented for a WO work request turn-in. The WO work
request is delivered, with the component(s), to Production Control. The following blocks will be
completed:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be WR
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L- Must be 2
ITEM PROCESS
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
INITIATOR
15-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.44 Standard Rework Control Documentation
Figure 15-38 is an example of a completed IMC/P control WO. No SCIR EOC code will be
documented on IMC/P or enhanced phase maintenance (EPM) control WOs. The following
explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be IC or MC
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS - PDM or IMC/P is sequential 030IMC1, 030IMC2, etc. Rework (MCI) is
030REWK. EPM is related to a specific LES Task WUC (03TKxxx)
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L- Must be 3
ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be G
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (not applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.45 Standard Rework Look Phase Documentation
Figure 15-39 is an example of a completed rework look phase document. Look phase documents are
issued to each work center participating in the IMC/P or EPM inspection. No SCIR EOC code will
be documented on look phase documents. The following explains documentation:
MCN
15-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be IL or ML
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS - PDM or IMC/P is sequential 030IMC1, 030IMC2, etc. Rework (MCI) is 030REWK.
EPM is related to a specific LES Task WUC (03TKxxx)
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L- Must be 1 or 2
ITEM PROCESS- Must be 1
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be 0
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 000
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be G
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, AND INSPECTED BY SIGNATURES
15.5.46 Standard Rework Fix Phase Documentation
Figure 15-40 is standard rework fix phase documentation is similar to procedures for documenting
depot In Service Repairs (ISR), paragraph 15.5.11. Documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be IF or MF
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
15-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L- Must be 1
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be M
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be G
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (not applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY, AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.47 Unscheduled Maintenance (Installed APU/Engine) Repairable Replacement
Documentation
Figure 15-41 is an example of a WO documented for a repairable replacement during unscheduled
on-equipment maintenance on an installed engine. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
15-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E) - Must be 25
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be R
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the engine, in
the case of an APU, always enter numeric 1 for engine position in CAGE, field, for example,
PHAB1; record supply requisitions.
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.48 Unscheduled Maintenance (Installed APU/Engine) Repair Documentation
Figure 15-42 is an example of a WO documented for the repair of unscheduled on-equipment
maintenance of installed engines. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
15-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the engine, in
the case of an APU, always enter numeric 1 for engine position in Cage field, for example, PHAB1;
enter the failed part(s)/record supply requisition(s) (if applicable).
DISCREPANCY.
CORRECTIVE ACTION.
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES.
15.5.49 Installation Action (Nondefective Repairable Engine Component) Documentation
Figure 15-43 is an example of a WO documented for the installation of a nondefective repairable
engine component. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
15-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS- Must be 15 (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be Q
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 801
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the engine and
the requisition information for the part that is being cannibalized.
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.50 Removal Action (Nondefective Repairable Engine Component) Documentation
Figure 15-44 is an example of the WO documented for the removal of a nondefective repairable
engine component. The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
15-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TRANS- Must be 14 (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be P
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 801
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the engine and
the requisition information for the part that is being cannibalized.
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.51 Engine Component Cannibalization Documentation
Figure 15-45 is an example of a WO documented for the cannibalization of an engine component.
The following explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be CM
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS- Must be 19 (Appendix E)
M/L
15-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E) - Must be T
MAL CODE (Appendix E) - Must be 812, 813, or 814
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be O
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) - Must be B
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the engine and
the requisition information for the part that is being cannibalized.
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.52 TD Removals Documentation
Figure 15-46 is an example of a WO documented for a TD removal. TD removals will be
documented in the same manner as TD compliances (Figures 15-45 and 15-46) except Action
Taken- Must be TD Status Code Q.
15.5.53 Engine TD Compliance Documentation
Figure 15-47 is an example of a WO documented for TD engine compliance. The following
explains documentation:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be TD
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft or blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
INTRM CD (if applicable)
CODE of TD (Appendix E)
BASIC NO of TD
15-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REV LTR of TD (if applicable)
AMEND of TD (if applicable)
PART of TD (if applicable)
KIT NO of TD (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E), 41 or 47
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN – See TD Status Codes (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.54 TD Compliance Documentation
Figure 15-48 is an example of a WO documented for incorporation of a TD. TD documentation will
be as follows:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be TD
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
INTRM CD (if applicable)
CODE of TD (Appendix E)
15-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BASIC NO of TD.
REV LTR of TD (if applicable)
AMEND of TD (if applicable)
PART of TD (if applicable)
KIT NO of TD (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E), 41 or 47
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN – See TD Status Codes (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.55 TD Assist Compliance Documentation
Figure 15-49 is an example of a WO documented for incorporation of a TD assist. TD assist
documentation will be as follows:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E) - Must be AT
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
INTRM CD (if applicable)
15-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CODE of TD (Appendix E)
BASIC NO of TD
REV LTR of TD (if applicable)
AMEND of TD (if applicable)
PART of TD (if applicable)
KIT NO of TD (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E), 41 or 47
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN – A
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15.5.56 Reinstallation After Check, Test, and Service Documentation
Figure 15-50 is an example of a WO documented for reinstallation of the items that were tested,
inspected, or serviced. The requesting activity will complete the WO that has been held in suspense
as follows:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft, blank for others
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
15-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E)
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15.5.57 Predictive Maintenance Documentation
The following explains documentation for Predictive Maintenance:
MCN
JCN
TYPE WO (Appendix E)
ORG CODE
MODEX of aircraft
BUNO/SERNO
ASSY CD
WORK CENTER (Appendix E)
CF REQ (if applicable)
QA REQ (if applicable)
TURN-IN DOC (if applicable)
WUC/UNS
TRANS (Appendix E)
M/L
ITEM PROCESS
ACTION TAKEN (Appendix E)
MAL CODE (Appendix E)
DISC CODE (Appendix E) - Must be I if HMS Generated, N if PO/FST Analysis, R if QA
Trend Analysis
TYPE MAINT (Appendix E) Must be C
REMOVED/OLD ITEM (if applicable)
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM (if applicable)
DATES (DD MMM YYYY) AND TIMES (TTTT) FOR RECEIVED, IN WORK AND
COMPLETED
EOC (if applicable)
POSIT (if applicable)
(H-Z) FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL (as appropriate)
DISCREPANCY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
INITIATOR, CORRECTED BY, INSPECTED BY AND MAINT CONTROL SIGNATURES
15-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Turn-In Doc WUC/UNS Trans M/L Item Process Action Taken Mal Code Disc Code Type Maint
2.00 1.5 25 JUN 2019 1856 Z 25 JUN 2019 1857 Z 11 JUL 2019 1637 D
Meter In Process Insp Safety EI Posit Fid Tech System Reason
Index F/P A/T MAL Cage QTY PROJ PRI Date ORD DDSN Date RCVD NOMEN
DISCREPANCY INITIATOR
AMCS T MOUDRY
UPON INITIAL INSPECTION OF AFT BRIDGE WAS REJECTED FOR PITTING IN THE BUSHINGS, CA 1000 AROUND
BUSHING AND THE CORNERS DAMAGED WITH VARIOUS BARE METAL AREAS.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
REMOVED AND REPLACED AFT BRIDGE IAW 150-300. AREA SECURE AND FOD FREE AT TIME OF INSPECTION. PEMA SN: 0957.
15-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-89
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-93
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 15-21: Removal and Replacement of Cartridges, Cartridge Activated Devices, and
Propellant Actuated Devices (Organizational Maintenance) (Example)
15-94
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-96
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-97
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-98
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-99
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 15-27: Aircraft Phase Inspection (Check Crew Not Integrated) Control Document
(Example)
15-100
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-101
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-103
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-104
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-105
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-106
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-107
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-108
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-109
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-110
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-111
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-112
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-113
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-114
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-115
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-116
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-117
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-118
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-119
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-120
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-121
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-122
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
15-123
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 16
Intermediate Level (I-Level) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
Table of Contents
16-i
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-ii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-iii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-iv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-v
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-vi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-vii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-viii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-ix
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-27: End Item TD Compliance (No Removal Component) (Example)...................... 218
Figure 16-29: TD Compliance Turn-In Document (Example) .................................................. 220
Figure 16-30: Off-Equipment TD Compliance Action (Example) ............................................ 221
Figure 16-31: TD Compliance Removal (On-Equipment) (Example) ...................................... 222
Figure 16-32: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance Concurrent with a Failed Part
..................................................................................................................................................... 223
Figure 16-33: VIDS/MAF Required for Component TD Compliance ...................................... 224
Figure 16-34: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance With a Failed Part............ 225
Figure 16-35: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance Concurrent with a Failed Part
..................................................................................................................................................... 226
Figure 16-36: Inventory Transaction (Gain) (Example) ............................................................ 227
Figure 16-37: Inventory Transaction (Loss) (Example) ............................................................ 228
Figure 16-38: Removed Component for Calibration (Example) ............................................... 229
Figure 16-39: Component Turn-In Document (Example) ......................................................... 230
Figure 16-40: BCM Action (AMSU) (Example) ....................................................................... 231
Figure 16-41: Troubleshooting Close Out (Example) ............................................................... 232
Figure 16-42: Assisting Work Center (Same WUC) (Example) ................................................ 233
Figure 16-43: Assisting Work Center (Different WUC) (Example) ......................................... 234
Figure 16-44: Component Repaired Using a Repairable Subassembly (Example) ................... 235
Figure 16-45: Subassembly/Module Repair (Suffix) (Example) ............................................... 236
Figure 16-46: Sub-Subassembly/Module Repair (Double Suffix) (Example) .......................... 237
Figure 16-47: Cannibalization (End Item) (Example) ................................................................ 238
Figure 16-48: Cannibalization (From AWP Component) (Example)........................................ 239
Figure 16-49: Cannibalization (Off-Equipment) (Example) ..................................................... 240
Figure 16-50: Matched Set (Repair) (Example) ......................................................................... 241
Figure 16-51: Matched Set (No Repair) (Example) .................................................................. 242
Figure 16-52: Tire and Wheel Documentation (Tires Prepositioned in W/C) (Example) ......... 243
Figure 16-53: Tire and Wheel Documentation (Ordering Replacement Tire) (Example)......... 244
Figure 16-54: Transferring IMA Close Out (Post/Predeployment) (Example) ......................... 245
Figure 16-55: Receiving IMA (Reinitiation Documentation) (Example).................................. 246
Figure 16-56: Component Missing SRC Card (Example) ......................................................... 247
16-x
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-xi
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-75: O-Level ALSS Equipment Due for Scheduled Maintenance (Maintenance and
Material Required) (Completed) (Example) ............................................................................... 266
Figure 16-76: O-Level ALSS Personal Equipment Due For Scheduled Maintenance
(Completed) (Example) .............................................................................................................. 267
Figure 16-77: O-Level ALSS Personal Equipment Due For Scheduled Maintenance
(Maintenance and Material Required) (Completed) (Example) ................................................. 268
Figure 16-78: I-Level ALSS Pool Component Due for Scheduled Maintenance (Completed)
(Example).................................................................................................................................... 269
Figure 16-79: VIDS/MAF Discrepancy (Supply Asset Induction Document) (Material Condition
Tag Missing) (Example) ............................................................................................................. 270
Figure 16-80: Completed Discrepancy VIDS/MAF (Supply Asset Induction Document)
(Material Condition Tag Missing) (Example) ............................................................................ 271
Figure 16-81: TD Compliance Turn-In Document (O-Level) (Example) ................................. 272
Figure 16-82: TD Compliance (IMA Assist) (Example) ........................................................... 273
Figure 16-83: Turn-In for TD Compliance (Example) .............................................................. 274
Figure 16-84: IMA TD Compliance (Example) ........................................................................ 275
Figure 16-85: TD Compliance Removal (Example) .................................................................. 276
Figure 16-86: O-Level Turn-In Control Document for Engine Repair (Example) ................... 277
Figure 16-87: Supply Asset Engine Depreservation (Example) ................................................ 278
Figure 16-88: Supply Asset Engine (Assist VIDS/MAF) Test Cell Run (Example) ................ 279
Figure 16-89: Fix-In-Place (Material Not Required) (Example) ............................................... 280
Figure 16-90: Fix-In-Place (Material Required) (Example) ...................................................... 281
Figure 16-91: Removal/Replacement of a Tracked Consumable Component (Example) ........ 282
Figure 16-92: Removal/Replacement of a Repairable Component with No Repairable Sub-
Subassemblies (Example) ........................................................................................................... 283
Figure 16-93: Removal/Replacement of a Repairable Component with Repairable Sub-
Subassemblies (Example) ........................................................................................................... 284
Figure 16-94: Facilitate Other Maintenance (Example) ............................................................ 285
Figure 16-95: Engine Repair Control Document (Completed VIDS/MAF) (Example)............ 286
Figure 16-96: Supply Asset Engine Build-Up (Example) ......................................................... 287
Figure 16-97: Engine Component Turn-In for Repair (Example) ............................................. 288
16-xii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-xiii
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-xiv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-141: Completed Major Inspection Control Document (Modular Engine Turned-In
Solely for Major Inspection) (Example) ..................................................................................... 332
Figure 16-142: O-Level Activity Request for a Modular Engine TD Compliance by I-Level
Activity (Example)...................................................................................................................... 333
Figure 16-143: Production Control Entries (O-Level Activity Request for TD Compliance)
(Example).................................................................................................................................... 334
Figure 16-144: Completed TD Compliance (Applies to a Module With No Module or
Repairable Component P/N Change) (Example) ........................................................................ 335
Figure 16-145: TD Compliance (Applies to a Module With P/N Change) (Example) ............. 336
Figure 16-146: TD Compliance (Applies to a Component Within A Module) (Example) ....... 337
Figure 16-147: Engine or Module Cannibalization (For a Supported Activity) (Example) ...... 338
Figure 16-148: Removal and Replacement of Cartridges, Cartridge Activated Devices, and
Propellant Actuated Devices (I-Level Maintenance) (Example) ................................................ 339
16-xv
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CHAPTER 16
16.1.1 Introduction
16.1.1.1 This chapter provides direction for OIMA MAF documentation for repairs and services
performed by intermediate level maintenance activities (IMA). Unless different procedures are
specifically called out, the documentation requirements of this chapter apply to repairable
components, engines, SE, AWSE, ALSS, and other items processed by the IMA.
16.1.1.2 Following are general descriptions of the types of maintenance actions IMAs must
document on MAFs:
a. On-equipment work not involving the removal of defective or suspected defective
repairables.
b. Look phase of acceptance, transfer, special, conditional, major aircraft and combined
airframe and engine special inspections, and corrosion, preservation and depreservation.
c. Fix in place actions discovered during inspection.
d. Removal of components for check, test, Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) or service
actions.
e. Removal and replacement actions for cannibalization.
f. Accumulated man-hours as a result of work stoppage for parts or maintenance.
g. Accumulated man-hours during or at the end of a reporting period for a job not
completed, where required by the cognizant ACC or TYCOM.
h. Maintenance actions and man-hours by assisting work center in support of a primary work
center.
i. Support of a repairable item processing through the IMA.
j. Incorporation of TDs and associated maintenance actions.
k. Removal and replacement of repairable components in end items.
l. Repair of removed repairable components.
m. Repair of subcomponents removed from repairable components.
n. Record of ordering and issue of repairable components, subassemblies, and parts.
o. Disposition of components and subassemblies declared BCM.
16-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
This section describes general functions for initiating, updating, and clearing an OIMA MAF
(Figure 16-1). This section also contains an explanation of the functions required to add/delete
the NALCOMIS MAF. The codes used to describe the data throughout the sections of the MAF
are in Appendix E and the applicable WUC structure assigned to the OOMA baseline or the
WUC manual for NALCOMIS users. Specific data fields to be used and data fields requirements
are controlled by the Maintenance Data validation specifications (VALSPEC) in Appendix F.
Specific data field application and requirements are as follows:
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE. This section is provided to ensure historical
records and OOMA CM ALS records are updated in a timely and orderly manner. Required
actions will be accomplished prior to forwarding the MAF to the data analyst for approval. Logs
and Records personnel will screen all MAFs using the appropriate function. Upon indicating
approval, NALCOMIS will electronically post their name to the MAF.
LOCAL USE. This field may be used as desired.
REFERENCE. May be used to enter the supply reference to aid the work center in
requisitioning the failed or required material.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS
NAME or SHIFT. Enter the name or shift of personnel performing the work.
Workers hours update will be used by the CDI or supervisor who will place their
initials in the appropriate data field. Prior to JC or job status changes, for example, work
stoppage, a sight inventory of the tool container(s) must be conducted by the Work Center
Supervisor or CDI.
EMT. NALCOMIS provides for the system generated Elapsed Maintenance Time
(EMT) through its internal clock. However, this field is not displayed in the Accumulated Work
Hour Field on the NALCOMIS MAF.
ACCUMULATED AWM HOURS. This time is automatically calculated.
16-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. A worker, CDI, QAR, Supervisor cannot be in work on more than one WO at
a time.
2. CDQARs and CDIs assigned to their respective production work center will
account for their expended man-hours on the WO while performing mandatory
QA inspections; or in the research and ordering of parts as specified in
maintenance technical manuals, technical directives and other directives. For
inspections that do not require tools, their hours will be accounted for on the WO
by selecting their name, entering “NTR” in the tool box and initialing. The above
process is not considered signing for your town tools, as no tools were required.
3. Work center supervisors may also account for man-hour expenditure involving
research and ordering parts using the same procedures as above.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL. This section will be used to document a failed part
without an AWP situation, a failed part and an AWP situation occurring simultaneously, an
AWP situation without a failed part, and a supply request only, with no failed part or AWP
situation.
NOTE: To ensure high-usage parts stock is maintained in the Pre-Expended Bin (PEB), all
parts that contributed to the failure will be documented in the FAILED
MATERIALS field of the MAF.
INDEX. NALCOMIS will automatically provide for the proper indexing of ordered
parts. These letters represent a specific record type that will be generated via aviation 3M
processing. This allows for the 19 most significant failed parts to be reported against a specific
maintenance action. For example, assignment of index H indicates the first failed part record, Z
indicates the last and 19th failed parts record against the maintenance action. The purpose of
indexing is to flag engineering data items only, not supply usage data. Therefore, only
significant failed parts will be annotated with H - Z in this field, that is those items which are
known or suspected to have contributed to the discrepancy reported in the Discrepancy Field of
the MAF.
F/P. Enter an (x) to denote a failed part if the failed material or parts replaced during the
repair are piece parts that have failed in a major component. Common hardware, nuts, screws,
safety wire, seals, gaskets, washers, and fittings that are routinely replaced during a maintenance
action will be documented only if their failure is known or suspected to have contributed to the
discrepancy.
NOTE: PEB items not in stock and required for repair of a discrepancy will be ordered
against the MAF requiring parts.
AWP. Immediately upon receipt of notification that the repair part(s) is/are not available
on the ship/station, the Work Center Supervisor will ensure an (x) is entered if the failed/required
material is causing an awaiting parts status of the repairable item identified in the WUC Field.
Only those items that caused the AWP status will be marked (x). In all cases, even if notification
of nonavailability of repair parts is not received, the AWP component is to be delivered to the
16-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AWP holding area within 24 hours from the time the need for a repair part was discovered by the
work center. (This field is used at maintenance levels 2 and 3.)
A/T. Enter the one-character alpha or numeric code, which describes the action taken
against the removed module, subassemblies, or significant failed parts required. AT codes are
listed in Appendix E.
MAL. Enter the code that best describes the malfunction occurring within the removed
subassembly. MAL codes are listed in Appendix E.
FSCM. Enter the CAGE code of failed part or required material.
PART NUMBER. Enter the manufacturer's part number of the failed or required
material.
REF SYMBOL. Enter the alphanumeric code which identifies a piece part as distinct
from other items of the same part number in a single subassembly or circuit, such as four of the
same diodes within a circuit, each has the same part number but a different reference symbol.
These are found in the illustrated parts breakdown manual for the weapon system.
QTY. Enter the quantity of failed or required material.
PROJ. Enter the applicable project code.
PRI. Enter the MILSTRIP priority assigned to the material requisition.
DATE ORD. The Julian date the request was placed on order (NALCOMIS generated).
REQ NO. The MILSTRIP requisition number of the material required to complete the
maintenance action (NALCOMIS generated).
DATE REC. The Julian date that requisitioned material is received (NALCOMIS
generated).
WORK UNIT CODE. Enter the WUC that identifies the system, subsystem, or
component on which work is being performed on. All repairable items must have a WUC
assigned, which can be found by querying the applicable NALCOMIS OOMA or the
DECKPLATE WUC Baseline Report. If a WUC cannot be found for a repairable item, submit a
Baseline Trouble Report (BTR) via JDRS to the NAVAIR TEC or WUC. For consumables not
identified by specific WUC, use NHA WUC.
NOTE: General Work Unit Codes 030 (inspection) and 049 (preservation/depreservation)
are used on the MAF as the WUC for conditional and acceptance/transfer
inspections and for preservation/depreservation. Appendix E lists general and
special WUCs.
ACT ORG. The organization code of the organization accomplishing the work
(NALCOMIS generated).
16-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TRANS. Enter the two-character numeric transaction code used to identify the type of data
being reported. Appendix E contains a complete list of these codes with definitions.
M/L. Enter the level of maintenance (1 through 3) which is performed (not necessarily the
level assigned to the activity).
A/T. Enter the one-character alpha or numeric code that describes the action that has been
taken. This code describes what action has been performed on the item identified by the WUC.
AT code A (discrepancy checked, no repair required) is used only in those cases where an
inspection or operational check has been performed and the reported trouble cannot be
duplicated or does not exist. In such cases use the MAL code 799 (no defect). Adjustments
made to peak a system, which is within tolerances, may use this code with the appropriate
malfunction code, for example, A-127, A-281, A-282. A consumable item replaced on a MAF
should reflect the system or NHA code only in the WUC field and AT Code B or C. AT Code R
should be used in the H-Z Failed/Required Material fields for parts replaced. AT Codes are in
Appendix E.
NOTE: The TD status code is a single-character alpha code used to indicate the status of
compliance with a TD. This code applies to the action taken field of the MAF
when reporting TD status. TD Status Codes are listed in Appendix E.
MAL CODE. Enter the three-character alphanumeric code used to describe the malfunction,
which caused the maintenance action on the item described by the WUC. These codes are
divided into three logical groups to assist personnel in finding the most applicable code as
follows (MAL codes are contained in Appendix E):
(1) Conditional (no fault) Group. These codes are used when a nondefective item is
removed, or when the defect/malfunction is not the fault of the item in question.
(2) Reason for Removal Group. These codes are used to generally describe trouble
symptoms or apparent defects prompting removal of malfunctioning items for repair.
(3) Reason for Failure Group. These codes are used to generally describe underlying
defects or basic failure reasons determined during repair of items exhibiting trouble symptoms.
NOTE: Maintenance Control/Production Control must enter the appropriate malfunction
code when initiating a cannibalization MAF.
I/P. Enter the number of times that an action, indicated by an AT code, is applied to the item
identified by the WUC recorded on a MAF, for example, since the fuel nozzle of a jet engine has
a WUC, replacement of five fuel nozzles would be documented as five items processed. In
contrast, replacement of several transistors in an electronic assembly would be documented as
one item processed, with the WUC identifying the electronic assembly being repaired and the
AT code indicating repair. MAFs submitted for close outs by work centers at the end of, or
during a reporting period will indicate 0 items processed. The IP field is limited to two
characters. If the count exceeds 99, an additional form must be prepared and submitted.
HOURS. OIMA automatically calculates man-hours.
16-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
EMT. NALCOMIS, through the internal clock, will automatically calculate EMT. EMT
does not include the clock hours and tenths for cure time, charging time, or leak test when they
are being conducted without maintenance personnel actually monitoring the work. Although the
EMT is directly related to job man-hours, it is not to be confused with actual total man-hours
required to complete a job, for example, if three men worked together for 2.5 hours to make a
repair, the total man-hours would be 7.5 hours and the EMT would be 2.5 hours.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID. Enter the 12 or 13 characters that identify the specific TD
incorporated or being incorporated in the type equipment. This field is divided into seven
sections as follows:
INT. Enter an X to indicate an interim TD; otherwise leave blank.
CODE. Enter the two-character numeric code that denotes the type of directive being
incorporated. TD codes are in Appendix E.
BASIC NO. Enter the four numeric characters identifying the basic TD, preceded by a
zero(s) to complete the field.
RV. Enter the one alpha character that denotes the specific revision of the basic TD.
Leave blank if not applicable.
AM. Enter the one numeric amendment number of the basic TD. Leave blank if not
applicable.
PART. Enter the two-character numeric part number as listed in the TD. Leave blank if
not applicable.
KIT. Enter the two-character alphanumeric number of the specific kit incorporated. If no
kit is required, enter 00 in this section.
NOTE: TDs must be on file within NALCOMIS prior to TD MAF initiation.
TYPE EQUIP. Enter the TEC that describes the end item on which work is being
performed. TEC structuring is explained in Appendix E. The specific TECs are identified in the
NAVAIR Logistics web site TEC Translator (https://deckplate.navair.navy.mil/#/).
NOTE: The OOMA NALCOMIS application uses the Assembly Catalog as an expansion
of the NAVAIR assigned TEC to further identify a specific end item within the
TEC. Assembly codes (Assembly CD) are used exclusively within the OOMA
NALCOMIS application and are defined in Appendix E.
BU/SERNO. Enter the bureau or serial number of the equipment or end item on which work
is being performed. If more than six digits enter the last six; if less than six digits prefix with
sufficient zeros to total six characters. This field must not be blank. Enter 0 in this field when
using the MAF to document work on groups of like items, for example, jacks, stands, common
aeronautical equipment, or items not identified by bureau/serial number. In cases of on-
equipment work at the O-level for personal survival equipment, enter the first letter of the
16-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
aircrewman's first and last name and last four digits of the DOD ID Number (as listed on the
member’s ID card).
W/D. The WD code is a single alpha character that identifies when the need for maintenance
was discovered. The three sets of WD codes that cover the equipment categories are: (1) aircraft
and engines; (2) SE, PME, and expeditionary airfield; and (3) missiles/missile targets.
T/M. Enter the one-character alpha or numeric code used to describe the type of work being
accomplished, for example, scheduled, unscheduled, supply support. Definitions and
explanations of these codes are in Appendix E.
POSIT. Enter POSITs which are used to evaluate performance/logistics characteristics
between identical components. For NALCOMIS application users, POSITs are included in
applicable WUC manuals and are identified by a double asterisk (**) preceding the WUC. The
OOMA NALCOMIS application identifies POSITs as a separate data element within the
applicable baseline. When a component has been identified as position sensitive, it must be
mandatory that the POSIT be documented in block A60 of the MAF. Identifiers are categorized
into two groups as follows:
General Position Codes. A two digit alphanumeric code which indicates a specific
location by use of plain language:
LH/RH - Indicates left-hand or right-hand installation, such as main landing gear
components, tires, side by side cockpit, and components.
FW/AF - Indicates fore and aft positions such as tandem cockpit components.
UP/LW - Indicates upper or lower positions, such as anticollision lights or antennas.
PR/SC/AL - Indicates primary, secondary, or alternate positions, such as hydraulic
components or multiple avionics component installations.
01, 02, 03, 04 - Indicates positions using a sequential numbering system, such as
helicopter rotor dynamic components or a numbering system used to identify the position of fuel
nozzles on a gas turbine engine.
Specific Position Codes. A two digit alphanumeric code which indicates a specific
location using alphanumeric sequencing:
A1 - Bleed Valve, Stg 5, 2 o'clock, #1 engine.
B1 - Bleed Valve, Stg 5, 4 o'clock, #1 engine.
A2 - Bleed Valve, Stg 5, 2 o'clock, #2 engine.
B2 - Bleed Valve, Stg 4, 4 o'clock, #2 engine.
FID. Leave blank (aircraft only).
16-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SFTY/EI. Enter the locally assigned four digit control number from the NAMDRP Report
Control Number.
METER. This field is mandatory when TEC for on-equipment work is G, H, or S and
maintenance level is 1.
SE FSCM. CAGE of the end item of SE (optional).
TECH. Enter an N for all maintenance actions involving Engineering and Technical Service
(ETS) support.
INV CD. Enter the one digit inventory code that describes the status of the equipment
during the transaction (Appendix F).
PERM CD. Leave blank (aircraft only).
REPAIR CYCLE
RECD. Date and Time. This field is automatically generated upon MAF initiation.
IN WORK. Enter Julian date and time.
COMP. Enter Julian date and time completed.
AWAITING MAINTENANCE HRS. Enter the appropriate AWM reason code for the
related maintenance action. Order of significance may be determined by local policy.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC. NALCOMIS tracks and documents all awaiting
maintenance/ supply time. This is calculated by the internal monitoring of job status as related to
supply status/ maintenance status.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM. These fields are completed in NALCOMIS using the appropriate
function, when a repairable component is removed from the end item or major component on
which work is being performed. Enter the CAGE, SERNO, and P/N or lot number for the
CART, CAD, or PAD. If the SERNO is more than 10 characters, enter the last 10. If the P/N is
more than 15 characters, enter the last 15. (For Optimized NALCOMIS the SERNO and P/N
field is limited to a maximum of 15 and 32 characters respectively.) Enter the time/cycle,
preceded by an alpha character as listed in Appendix E. For warranty items, use the second
time/cycle field, enter a W, followed by four digits to indicate the length of the warranty period
in time/cycles, or the date of warranty expiration. Information about warranty length and
expiration date can be found on the data plate affixed to the item, or in its logbook or associated
records. If the current time/cycles figure for an item is greater than the specified warranty length
of that item, no W entry should be made since the item is no longer under warranty. In the third
time/cycle enter an X, followed by the last four characters of the contract number. The contract
number can be found on the data plate affixed to the item, or the logbook or associated records,
or NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS CM ALS records.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM. These fields are completed in NALCOMIS using the
appropriate function, when a repairable component is installed on the end item or the major
16-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
component on which work is being performed. Enter the CAGE, the SERNO and P/N or lot
number for the CART, CAD, or PAD. If the serial number is more than 10 characters, enter the
last 10. If the part number is more than 15 characters, enter the last 15. (For Optimized
NALCOMIS the SERNO and P/N field is limited to a maximum of 15 and 32 characters
respectively.) Enter the time/cycle preceded by an alpha character listed in Appendix E. For
warranty items, use the second time/cycle field, enter a W, followed by four digits to indicate the
length of the warranty period in time/cycles, or the date of warranty expiration. Information
about warranty length and expiration date can be found on the data plate affixed to the item, or in
its logbook or associated records. If the current time/cycles figure for an item is greater than the
specified warranty length of that item, no W entry should be made since the item is no longer
under warranty. In the third time/cycle enter an X, followed by the last four characters of the
contract number. The contract number can be found on the data plate affixed to the item, or the
logbook or associated records, or NTCSS Optimized NALCOMIS CM ALS records.
DISCREPANCY. Enter a detailed narrative description of the reported discrepancy and the
System Reason Field. An example of details is specifying the location and position and
dimensions of visible damage.
PILOT/INITIATOR. Enter the person’s name and rank who discovered the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION. Enter a detailed narrative description of the corrective action(s)
taken to correct the discrepancy, publication used, the statement “FOD/Corrosion free”, the
statement “operational or leak check performed”, and PEMA serno used.
NOTE: If the corrective action was performed per a Fleet Engineering Disposition (FED)
(10.33), the corrective action must include the FED authorization reference
number.
CF REQ/RFI. This is a dual purpose field for use by the O-level and I-level activities. The
O-level will enter an (x) if a check flight is required after completion of the maintenance action.
The IMA will enter an (x) if the repair action is RFI.
QA REQ/BCM REQ. This is a dual purpose field for use by the O-level and I-level
activities. The O-level will enter an (x) if the maintenance action requires a QAR inspection.
(Not applicable to CDI inspection.) The IMA will enter an (x) if the repair action is BCM.
RFI or BCM. NALCOMIS will update this data field based on the action taken entry.
CORRECTED BY. Corrected By will be signed by the trained and certified worker
assigned to the maintenance action. Once the logged on person gives a job status of JC,
NALCOMIS will automatically post the workers name to the corrected by field of the MAF. At
this time, the Hard Copy Notice (HCN)/MAF is closed to the worker and the MAF clearing cycle
has begun.
INSPECTED BY. The CDI/QAR will use the appropriate function to indicate approval of a
specific MAF. NALCOMIS will electronically post the CDI/QARs name to the MAF based on
the logged-on person.
16-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SUPERVISOR. The supervisor will use the appropriate function to indicate approval of a
specific MAF. NALCOMIS will electronically post the supervisor's name to the MAF. The
supervisor's name in the supervisor field signifies completion of the maintenance action,
verification that tool control inventories were conducted at the proper intervals, the component
was adequately preserved and secured for routing to the AMSU, documentation is correct, and
QA measures were adhered to based on the logged-on person. This indicates all tool control
requirements have been complied with.
MAINT CONTROL. The Production Controller will use the appropriate function to
indicate approval of a specific MAF. NALCOMIS will electronically post the controller's name
to the MAF based on the logged-on person.
JCN. The JCN is automatically filled in.
NOTE: The JCN for I-level repair of SE in the subcustody of another department is auto
assigned by NALCOMIS upon Production Control approval, with the I-level
organization code.
WORK CENTER. Enter the appropriate work center code performing the maintenance
action described on the MAF. Work center codes are listed in Appendix E.
STATUS. For level 1 maintenance only, enter "U" for up discrepancy and "D" for down
discrepancy. This data field may be updated using appropriate update function.
INSPT JCN. Used for power plants engine induction.
PRI. Production Control or authorized personnel will fill in this data field to approve the
initiated MAF using the appropriate function.
SYSTEM/REASON. Enter a brief (snap shot) description of the reported discrepancy using
the appropriate function.
MCN. Serial number assigned to each maintenance action.
16.1.2.2 Contingency VIDS/MAF Procedures
In the event OIMA is not functioning, IMAs will document maintenance on OPNAV 4790/60
VIDS/MAF forms (Figure 16-2). Procedures:
NOTE: If the OIMA system is unrecoverable, contact the Naval Information Warfare
Center Fleet Support Center at DSN 647-6373 / COMM 1-833-637-3669 or by
submission of a trouble ticket via: https://nesd-dwp.onbmc.mil for a data recovery
push.
a. VIDS/MAF fields will be filled in per 16.1.2.1. Once OIMA is back on line, information
will be transcribed electronically to OIMA.
b. When using VIDS/MAF forms, Production Control must enter the JCN. The JCN is a 9,
10, or 11 character number that serves as a base for Monthly Data Report (MDR) and Production
16-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Control procedures. The JCN allows for separate identification of each maintenance action, and
provides a link with maintenance actions performed by the IMA in support of an organization.
The JCN is composed of four parts:
(1) Organization (ORG) Code. This is a three-character alphanumeric code that identifies
an organization. It is used in the JCN to identify the organization that originally assigns a JCN to
a maintenance action. In the case of transient aircraft maintenance, the JCN will contain the
ORG code of the aircraft reporting custodian. When an activity is assigned more than one ORG
code, for example, separate codes assigned to an air station Operations Department and Aircraft
Intermediate Maintenance Department or Detachment (AIMD), the ORG code of the department
directly responsible for O-level maintenance will be used in the JCN on all source documents for
aircraft and equipment assigned to the activity. The general format structure of ORG codes is in
Appendix E.
NOTE: All supported organization codes must reside in the NALCOMIS database.
(2) Day. This is a three-character numeric code specifying the day of the year, for
example 01 January is day 001 and 15 January is day 015. This is the date the JCN was assigned
to a maintenance action and does not necessarily reflect the date on which the work was actually
started.
(3) Serial Number. The serial number is either a three character number that runs
sequentially from 001 to 999, or a three character alphanumeric number. This number is
normally assigned in sequence as new jobs are initiated, for example, 001, 002, and 003. When
999 has been assigned, the next number in sequence will be 001. Alphanumeric serial numbers
are used only when documenting inspections other than turnaround, daily, special, conditional,
corrosion, acceptance, and transfer.
(4) Suffix. The JCN suffix is a structured alphabetic or alphanumeric code added to the
basic JCN to identify a subassembly or sub-subassembly repair action performed independently
of the major component repair. The following listing is a breakdown of the double suffix logic:
First Position Second Position Position Identification
Alpha Blank A repairable subassembly, which has repairable
sub-subassemblies.
Alpha Alpha A repairable sub-subassembly removed from a
repairable subassembly.
Numeric Alpha A repairable subassembly with no repairable
sub-subassemblies.
c. Where signatures are required, the individual will print their rank followed by their first
initial and last name in the bottom of the signature block, and sign in the top of the signature
block.
16-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(8) Repairable/Consumable,
(9) Status (Comp, EXREP, Refer or Cancel, and Received Date/Time.
16.1.2.2.2 Pre-recovery Procedures
a. Production Control (PC)/Supply:
(1) IMA Maintenance Material Control Officer (MMCO) and Supply Officer (SUPPO)
will determine when to initiate contingency procedures.
(2) Hold a maintenance meeting with Satellite Production Controls, the DBA/SAA,
Supply and Quality Assurance representatives.
NOTE: The most current copy of your work center reports must be maintained and
communicated with Production Control at all times upon any updates.
(3) Conduct additional meetings as determined by the MMCO and Maintenance Master
Chief Petty Officer (MMCPO)
(4) Revert to using COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790/60 (VIDS/MAFs 5-part).
(5) Establish folders to control VIDS/MAFs. Copy 3 is maintained in main PC. Reports
must be complete, accurate and kept up to date.
(6) OOMA Configuration Management (CM) Auto-Log Sets (ALS) will be manually
updated; and log set Transfer/Receipt will be handled via disk/email.
(7) Immediately perform backup of OOMA when OIMA goes offline. Records of
Engine/APU log sets will be printed and manually updated as required by governing instructions.
(8) PC and work centers will manually update most current copy of BMT.
(9) Annotate non-NALCOMIS maintenance actions on VIDS/MAF Copy 3. Conduct
daily VIDS/MAF verification with work centers.
NOTE: OMA wholesale/repositories and any external databases must lie utilized to
maintain accurate and up-to-date ALS data.
b. All satellite PC's must established a JCN log (Figure 16-3). JCNs will be established as
follows:
(1) Main PC will dictate the use of JCN serial number assignment to their divisions and
satellite Production Controls (i.e. D9M043600, 601, 602). This will prevent duplication of JCN's
during back fit.
(2) Inductions from tenant commands will have JCNs already annotated on the turn-in to
the repair cycle.
c. DBA (supply and maintenance):
16-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
k. WRA/JCN (DDSN).
l. Non-IMA org (attached SRA, attached assists, and attached work requests).
m. Level 2 VIDS/MAFs - In order to successfully back fit all inductions processed while the
system was down, a chronological file of all DD FORM 1348s and VIDS/MAFs must be
maintained. Required folders:
(1) Level 2 VIDS/MAFs LOAD TURN IN DDSN (JASU/DCU).
(2) Level 2 VIDS/MAFs – LOAD VIDS/ MAF RECORD WRA OR SRA (Satellite
PC's).
(3) Level 2 VIDS/MAFs - LOAD VIDS/MAF H-Z RECORD WRA OR SRA (Satellite
PC's).
n Level 2 VIDS/MAFs - CLEAR MATERIAL CONTNGENCY (Supply
DBA/JASU/DCU).
o. Update requisitions supply status (supply action).
p. Clear DIFM return (DCU).
q. Technical Research (maintenance or supply action).
r. Completed VIDS/MAFs (maintenance action).
s. All IMA on equipment VIDS/MAFs (completed and outstanding level 2 VIDS/MAFS,
assist, and work request VIDS/MAFs).
(1) All WRAs with non-IMA JCN org codes should be back fitted first.
(2) All VIDS/MAFs with supply JCNs and ORG codes that are Supply Officer (SO)
assets must be placed in suspense prior to induction.
(3) Ensure status of the turn-in DDSNs and stock numbers issued are clearly visible on
the VIDS/MAF.
(4) The latest status of AWP DDSNs should be on the VIDS/MAF.
t. Supply will not back fit maintenance actions and maintenance will not back fit supply
requisitions.
u. On and Off-equipment cannibalization actions.
NOTE: While NALCOMIS is down, cannibalization actions should be held to a bare
minimum due to possible problems during back fit.
v. Repairable Parts processing:
(1) Material requirements must be back fitted using contingency. Production control must
create the turn in for the repairable.
16-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) The turn in VIDS/MAF that was created during the down-time should be attached to
the WRA.
(3) Supply will clear the requisitions from the Material Contingency Mailbox.
(4) Production control will induct the SRA through AMSU approval box.
(5) Production control will the job status and times to reflect the actual times that apply.
w. On-equipment VIDS/MAF processing Level I VIDS/MAFs:
(1) Ensure all Engine/Test Set/Bench/Support Equipment gain/loss are properly
configured/de-configured in NALCOMIS Asset Configuration and where appropriate accounted
for in OOMA.
(2) Review/update NALCOMIS SESS with close attention to Periodic Maintenance (PM)
reports.
(3) Maintenance back fit team puts the Level 1 VIDS/MAF on the file using VIDS/MAF
Contingency.
(4) Supply back fit team use Material Contingency to bring material requirements added-
to the Level 1 VIDS/MAF by maintenance on line.
(5) Maintenance will induct all repairable items through the AMSU automated mailbox.
(6) Supply back fit personnel will update the DDSNs with the status using requisition
maintenance.
x. OOMA contingency:
(1) Monitor log sets in all folders to avoid log set duplication.
(2) Respective Satellite PC's must transfer/receive log set, as supported squadrons/other
activities may catch up on transfers during down-time.
16.1.3 MAF Processing
16.1.3.1 Overview
a. The Aviation Material Screening Unit (AMSU) receives the defective component with a
MAF. AMSU enters the appropriate data into NALCOMIS using the AMSU Receipt function.
Upon approval, 2 copies of MAFs are generated; one copy is attached to the defective
component for delivery to the applicable work center, and the other copy is for Production
Control.
b. The Work Center Supervisor receives the component, screens the MAF, and assigns a
worker to the maintenance action. The worker performs technical screening and commences the
repair action.
16-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Upon task assignment, the tool container number will be documented using the
NALCOMIS function.
c. If parts are required, the worker will order necessary parts using the appropriate function.
See 16.1.4 for requisitioning procedures.
d. Once maintenance is completed, the worker updates the MAF indicating the appropriate
action, and assigns a job status of JC. At this time a mailbox message is created for the CDI and
the worker attaches a material condition tag to the component.
e. The CDI reviews the MAF in the appropriate NALCOMIS function indicating approval.
At this time NALCOMIS will electronically assign the CDI’s name to the MAF Inspected By
Field. A mailbox message will be created for the Work Center Supervisor.
f. The Work Center Supervisor reviews the MAF in the appropriate NALCOMIS function
and screens the MAF for accuracy and completeness. Upon approval, the Work Center
Supervisor's name is electronically assigned to the MAF and a mailbox message will be created
for Production Control. At this time the AMSU is notified that the component is ready for
pickup.
g. Production Control reviews the MAF completeness. Upon approval, the Production
Controller's name is electronically assigned to the MAF. At this time NALCOMIS generates
two MAFs; one MAF is for the work center, which is used to verify the maintenance report, and
the second MAF will accompany the component to AMSU for disposition. A mailbox message
is created to logs and records for review. Logs and Records personnel will ensure OOMA CM
ALS records are updated for the component or equipment, if applicable.
h. AMSU notifies the Component Control Section (CCS) that the component is ready for
disposition and delivers the component to CCS.
i. The Maintenance Data Base Administrator/Analyst (MDBA/A) reviews the appropriate
mailbox message and approves or rejects completed MAFs. Rejected MAFs are returned to the
work center for corrections. Approved MAFs are then submitted to DECKPLATE.
16.1.3.2 Off-Equipment Work Flow
Figure 16-5 shows the MAF flow for off-equipment work. When a NRFI component is received
at AMSU, the following induction procedures will be followed:
a. If AMSU personnel have the appropriate special maintenance qualification (SMQ), induct
the item by assigning a work priority. NALCOMIS will print two MAFs: one for Production
Control and the second to accompany the component to the work center. The accompanying
OOMA CM ALS record will be moved to an induction status.
b. AMSU personnel who do not have the SMQ to assign a work priority will induct the
component without a priority assigned. NALCOMIS creates the “PC Approval Required”
mailbox message and moves the OOMA CM ALS record to Induction Status. Production
Control approves the MAF by assigning a work priority and indicating approval. Two MAFs
16-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
will be printed; one for Production Control and one to accompany the component to the
appropriate work center.
NOTE: The Production Control copy is for local use.
c. AMSU routes the NRFI component, with a MAF, to the work center. MAF data is
maintained and updated on a continuing basis through on-line functions.
d. When directed by Production Control, the work center places the component in-work
(IW).
e. If the work center determines that repair parts are required the work center uses various
on-line functions confirming the correct part data prior to ordering. Using the appropriate
function, the work center will order the parts required. NALCOMIS provides Production
Control with specific mailbox message identifying each MAF awaiting parts approval.
Components or subcomponents that are removed and replaced will be documented in the OOMA
configuration management (CM) task. Procedures are in the OMA-UG. See 16.1.4 for
requisitioning procedures.
f. Production Control will indicate approval by assigning a project code and issue priority
code and NALCOMIS will automatically assign the proper sequenced document date and serial
number (DDSN) for each approved part and produce required MAFs to support shop replaceable
assembly (SRA) turn-ins and work center updates. Components or subcomponents that are
removed and replaced will be documented in the OOMA CM task. Procedures are in the OMA-
UG/Online Help.
g. If the DDSN local status code reflects nonavailability of the part requisitioned, the work
center changes the MAF job status (JS) to WT (in transit to AWP locker) and routes the part with
MAF to the awaiting parts (AWP) unit. The AWP unit performs receipt function that changes
the MAF JS to WQ (Gear in AWP Work Center). For parts authorized to remain in shop, the
same procedures apply.
h. When all parts are received by the AWP unit, the MAF JS will be upgraded to WB (in
transit from AWP unit to work center) via online functions. If additional parts are required for
induction, repeat the procedures outlined in paragraphs 16.1.3.2.a. through h. above.
i. When the maintenance action is completed, the worker updates the JS to JC (job
complete). NALCOMIS creates the mailbox message for "Collateral Duty Inspector (CDI)
Approval Required" or "Quality Assurance (QA) Approval Required".
NOTE: When the MAF has been completed, if the component is RFI attach a Serviceable
Tag - Material (DD 1574), Figure 16-6, to the component before placing it inside
the shipping container. If the component is NRFI (in a BCM condition), attach a
hard copy Unserviceable Material Tag (DD 1577-2), Figure 16-7, to the
component. Attach the MAF and a paper copy of the material condition tag to the
outside of the shipping container.
16-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
k. When the MAF has been approved by the Work Center Supervisor, NALCOMIS creates
the “Production Control Review” mailbox.
l. When Production Control approves the MAF, NALCOMIS prints two copies of the
completed MAF. The first copy is routed with the component and the other one is retained by
the work center for maintenance report verification. Production Control must ensure OOMA
CM ALS records accurately reflect SERNO, CAGE, P/N, status, and configuration of the
component.
NOTE: If the component is a due in from maintenance (DIFM) asset, NALCOMIS creates
the mailbox message "Completed Repair Actions" once Production Control
review function is complete.
m. AMSU or equivalent picks up the component from the work center and delivers the ready
for issue (RFI)/beyond capability of maintenance (BCM) component to the Aviation Supply
Department (ASD) with the completed MAF, Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR),
Module Service Record (MSR), Assembly Service Record (ASR), Equipment History Record
(EHR), or Scheduled Removal Component (SRC) card and RFI or BCM tag for disposition.
DIFM return moves NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS CM ALS records to RFI, BCM, or
out folder (as applicable).
n. Upon Logs and Records review, NALCOMIS prints two copies of the completed MAF;
one for Production Control's historical file (16.1.7) and the second copy for the QA review.
NALCOMIS creates the mailbox message "Data Analyst Review".
NOTES: 1. NALCOMIS generates configuration documents for updating engine
AESR/MSR and associated records.
2. Requisition and turn-in procedures for Aviation Life Support System (ALSS)
and armament equipment and repair parts must be per Type Commander
(TYCOM) guidelines (where applicable) or as established in this instruction. All
ALSS and armament turn-ins will be delivered directly to the ALSS and
armament pool. The NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS CM ALS records
will be delivered electronically to the ALSS and Armament Equipment Branch.
ALSS and armament equipment maintenance will be documented in CM task.
CM inventory will accurately reflect the physical status.
a. Figure 16-8 illustrates the document flow for on-equipment work of I-level equipment,
such as test benches, and mobile facilities. Procedures:
(1) Production Control receives the equipment and a MAF from the originating activity
for inspection or repair of support equipment (SE) and items for which the originating activity
has Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL) reporting responsibility. Custody Code L items
in user subcustody are processed as user reporting IMRL items for MAF flow during
deployment. Look phase JCNs will be assigned for PM actions. When Production Control
16-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
receives SE that has an OOMA CM ALS, all maintenance will be documented using CM task.
CM Inventory will accurately reflect physical status.
(2) Production Control inducts the MAF into NALCOMIS. NALCOMIS prints two
MAFs; one for customer receipt and the second is routed to the work center.
(3) Once the maintenance action is complete, Production Control retains a copy of the
completed MAF and a copy will accompany the item back to the originating activity.
b. The MAF for each maintenance action is initiated with the following information:
(1) Type Equipment Code (TEC).
(2) BUNO/SERNO.
(3) Discrepancy (required).
(4) Equipment status (required for level 1).
(5) When Discovered Code (required).
(6) JS (optional).
(7) JS Date (optional).
(8) JS Time (required if date entered).
(9) Work Center (required).
(10) Type Maintenance (required).
(11) Maintenance level 1.
(12) WUC (required and must be reside on the database).
(13) Work Priority (allowed with proper SMQ).
(14) Meter (required if maintenance level equals 1).
(15) System Reason (required).
NOTE: Production Control will perform the above functions for DISCD Code O
(Administrative) documents.
c. If Work priority (PRI) is not assigned, NALCOMIS creates mailbox message "Production
Control approval required". Production Control approves the MAF using the appropriate
function and routes the MAF to the work center.
d. When the maintenance action is completed, the worker updates the JS to JC.
NALCOMIS creates the mailbox message for "CDI Approval Required" or "QA Approval
Required":
(1) Upon CDI or QA approval, NALCOMIS creates the "Supervisor Required" mailbox.
16-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(2) When the MAF has been approved by the work center supervisor, NALCOMIS
creates the mailbox message "Production Control Review".
e. When Production Control reviews the MAF, NALCOMIS prints two copies of the
completed MAF, one to be routed with the component. The second copy is retained by the work
center for maintenance report verification.
f. Upon Logs and Records Review NALCOMIS prints two copies of the completed MAF;
one for Production Control's historical file (16.1.8) and one for "QA Review". NALCOMIS
creates mailbox message "Data Analyst Review".
g. MAF flow within the Weapons Department for on-equipment maintenance of AWSE end
items will be the same as the procedures discussed above, even though several of the
maintenance functions, which are organized as separate entities in IMA, may be combined
organizationally into one in the Weapons Department. For example, Maintenance Control, the
work center, and Material Control could exist as a single point in the Weapons Department, and
the standard MAF flow procedure would still be used just as though these three entities had been
geographically, rather than organizationally, collocated.
16.1.3.4 Removed Repairable Subassembly Component
A MAF is used to document removal and subsequent IMA processing of repairable components.
These procedures also apply to consumable components that are inducted into the IMA for
repair. Maintenance on a removed repairable component is off-equipment work (16.1.3.2) and
documented by completing the Hard Copy Notice (HCN) or MAF (paragraph 16.2.5.12).
a. Suffix MAF. NALCOMIS will generate a HCN/MAF for each repairable subassembly
approved in the Material Approval Function. Each additional MAF will be automatically
assigned a suffix to the same JCN (paragraph 16.2.5.13) used for the original maintenance
action, per paragraph 16.1. A suffix is required, even when the maintenance of the removed
subassembly is performed by the same person or shop that removed it.
b. Removed Repairable Subassembly. When ordering or documenting the removal of a
repairable subassembly in NALCOMIS the user must indicate repairable subassembly by
entering a (Y) for yes in the appropriate field. This allows NALCOMIS to set up the appropriate
JCN logic for the MAF. If no repairable sub-subassemblies are removed, this is the last
document required (paragraph 16.2.5.14).
c. Removed Repairable Sub-subassembly. If repairable sub-subassemblies are removed,
repeat the procedures in paragraphs 16.1.3.3.a and 16.1.3.3.b.
16.1.4 Material Requisitioning
Various OIMA functions are used to identify the correct part and order material. When the
requisition is placed, Production Control is notified with a specific mailbox message identifying
each MAF awaiting parts approval. Procedures:
16-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. Production Control will indicate approval by assigning a project code and issue priority
code. NALCOMIS will automatically assign the proper sequenced DDSN for each approved
part and produce required MAFs to support SRA turn-ins and work center updates.
b. If the item is not available within 24 hours, or the DDSN local status code reflects
nonavailability of the part requisitioned, the work center changes the MAF JS to WT (in transit
to AWP locker) and routes the part with MAF to the AWP unit. The AWP unit performs receipt
function that changes the MAF JS to WQ (Gear in AWP Work Center). For parts authorized to
remain in shop, the same procedures apply. Production Control is notified of the status change
via NALCOMIS.
c. If a repairable SRA is requisitioned, the DDSN assigned by NALCOMIS becomes the
turn-in document number on the MAF initiated by the work center for that SRA. NALCOMIS
issues a suffix JCN from the original JCN and the work center packages and preserves the SRA
for induction into the repair activity having cognizance.
d. When all parts are received by the AWP unit, the MAF JS will be upgraded to WB (in
transit from AWP unit to work center) via online functions. The component and parts are
delivered to the work center.
e. A component may go through the AWM, in work, and AWP process many times before
being RFI or it is determined that the item must be shipped to another activity for repair. If so,
ensure the above steps are taken each time the status of the component changes.
f. The following steps are taken to process a WRA for BCM-4 action:
(1) Notify Production Control of the status change from AWP to in work.
(2) Ensure all SRAs are installed and secured, and all documentation is provided for any
missing SRAs.
(3) Preserve for off-station processing.
(4) Complete MAF documentation and notify Production Control of the status change
from in work to BCM-4 via local procedures.
g. NALCOMIS will generate a MAF once the repairable component ordered is approved
using the Material Approval Process, this turn-in will have the same JCN as the end item, except
components removed for calibration. If the component is from supply stock, the turn-in
document will reflect the supply JCN per paragraphs 16.2.5.10 and 16.2.5.11. If the component
is removed from an end item, the document will be generated by NALCOMIS for the work
center that removed it. A turn-in document is required even when the maintenance on the
removed component is performed by the same person or shop that removed it.
16.1.5 Inter-IMA Work Center Assist
The following procedures are used when one work center requires assistance from another work
center within the same IMA:
16-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. The primary work center generates a MAF using the Work Center Assist/Support MAF
Initiation function.
b. Production Control approves the assist MAF using the appropriate on-line function.
NALCOMIS will produce (two) MAFs; one for the assisting work center and one for Production
Control.
c. When the assist MAF has been completed, a copy of the MAF will be provided to the
primary work center.
16.1.6 Repair and Return
a. Processing defective components for shipment to another IMA for Repair and Return:
(1) AMSU receives the defective component with a completed MAF with AT Code D,
condition tag, and associated records or NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS CM ALS records
from the work center and forwards them to Document Control Unit (DCU).
(2) DCU processes the component via the DIFM return function.
(3) Supply ships the component with MAF, associated records, and DOD Single Line
Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) per local supply procedures. NTCSS Optimized
OMA NALCOMIS CM ALS records are transferred electronically to the unit identification code
(UIC) that the component is shipped to.
b. Processing defective components received from another IMA for Repair and Return:
(1) Supply receives the defective component with the D-action MAF, associated records
or OOMA CM ALS records, and DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-
1) per local supply procedures.
(2) Supply delivers the defective component, MAF, and associated records or OOMA
CM ALS records to AMSU.
(3) AMSU inducts the MAF, fills in the Repair and Return, and the Owed Org field.
(4) AMSU receives the component with a completed MAF, and associated records or
OOMA CM ALS records from the work center or production control.
(5) The Component Control Section (CCS) receives the component from AMSU and
processes it to the originating I-level activity via the DIFM return function.
(6) Supply ships the component with MAF, associated records, and DOD Single Line
Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) per local supply procedures. OOMA CM ALS
records are transferred electronically to the UIC that the component is shipped to.
c. Processing components returned from another IMA as a result of a previous BCM Action:
16-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(1) Supply receives the component, MAF, associated records, or OOMA CM ALS
records and DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) per local supply
procedures.
(2) Supply delivers the RFI component and records or OOMA CM ALS records to the
customer. NRFI components received are processed per local procedures.
NOTE: Components shipped as RFI but without an RFI tag will be inducted into the IMA
for check and test. The CCS will initiate the work request using a supply JCN via
on-line functions.
This section describes documentation processes and procedures for BCMI maintenance actions
and D level associated Supply data for those I-level activities with embedded D-level artisans.
These activities are responsible for training D-level artisans on OIMA procedures and ensuring
the documentation is accomplished correctly.
16.1.7.1 I-Level Induction, D-Level BCMI/RFI Process
A component is received from supply and is inducted by JASU into an I-level work center. If
the work center determines the repair action is beyond I-level repair capability but within the
capability of an assigned D-level artisan, the following will occur:
a. The I-level work center notifies Production Control and the artisan the I-level work center
requires D-level assistance in the repair, and documents man-hours invested in the attempt to
repair.
b. The D-Level artisan goes in work using the BCMI web-based application.
c. The D-level orders any repair parts required using the BCMI web-based application,
repairs the component, documents man-hours, the level of maintenance performed, and signs off
the MAF as RFI.
d. I-Level Induction, D-Level BCMI/RFI Documentation Procedures.
(1) The I-level work center will change the current status of the MAF to M1 (AWM
Depot).
(2) The work center will update work hours and tools and complete Transaction Code,
Action Taken Code, Malfunction Code, and Items Processed. The work center must use the
“Notes” tab to provide additional information to the D-level artisan.
(3) The D-level artisan will go in work, order parts, update accumulated work hours,
shift, and tool box information using the BCMI web-based application.
16-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(4) After the D-level artisan completes repair, the artisan updates the job status to M1,
updates the Transaction Code, Action Taken Code, Malfunction Code, and Items Processed.
This allows the artisan to update/change the MAF prior to moving to a JC status.
(5) On the Sign-off tab, validate the MAF. Errors will be displayed in the Error Message
List sub-screen. All errors must be corrected prior to the MAF being moved to a JC status.
(6) Once all errors are corrected, validate MAF again, change the M1 status to JC and
perform sign-offs in the Corrected by, Inspected by and Supervisor blocks (as applicable).
(7) Production Control scan locate the sign-off in the PC Review Mailbox and clear it.
16.1.7.2 I-Level Induction, D-Level Repair, and I-Level RFI Process
A component is received from JASU and inducted into the I-level work center. The I-level work
center determines that depot repair is required; however, the final RFI function belongs to the I-
level work center. The following will occur:
a. The I-level work center notifies Production Control and the artisan the I-level work center
requires D-level assistance in the repair and documents man-hours invested in the initial
maintenance.
b. If the D-level artisan assigned to perform the repair is assigned to a D-level work center,
the I-level technicians will initiate an assist MAF to that work center. D-level artisans directly
assigned to the I-level work center must document their repair on the original MAF.
c. The D-Level artisan goes in work using the BCMI web-based application.
d. The D-level artisan orders any repair parts, documents man-hours and work performed,
signs off assist MAF (if applicable) and notifies I-level personnel that D-level work is complete.
e. I-level technician performs final RFI of item, D-level artisan inspects/verifies and signs
“Inspected By” certifying item is RFI if assist MAF was not used (if both are assigned to the
same work center).
f. I-Level Induction, D-Level Repair, and I-level RFI Documentation Procedures. The
following explains documentation:
(1) A component is received from Supply and is inducted by into an I-level work center.
(2) The I-level work center can go in work, order parts, etc.
(3) The I-level work center determines that required repair is beyond I-level capability
and will change the status of the MAF to M1 (AWM Depot).
(4) The I-level work center will notify Production Control of the need for D-level artisan
repair. If the D-level artisan assigned to perform the repair is assigned to a D-level work center,
the I-level technicians will initiate an assist MAF to that work center. D-level artisans directly
assigned to the I-level work center must document their repair on the original MAF.
16-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(5) The I-level work center must ensure all tools are accounted for and all work hours are
correct on the original MAF. The work center must use the “Notes” tab to provide additional
information to the D-level artisan.
(6) The D-level Artisan will go in work, order parts, update accumulated work hours,
shift, tool box information and complete the repair action using the BCMI web-based
application.
NOTE: All parts required by an artisan to accomplish the repair must be ordered with a D
level work center and identified as a failed part (indexed) on the MAF. The BCMI
web-based application eliminates the requirement for D-level artisans to identify
all ordered parts as failed parts (indexed) in order to capture MAINT/L 3 costs.
(7) Once the repair is complete, the D-level artisan will update the MAF to M6 Status or
sign-off the assist MAF.
(8) The D-level artisan will notify Production Control/I-level work center that the repair
is complete and the need for further I-level work center maintenance.
(9) The D-level artisan will validate the MAF to ensure the MAF is correct and all tools
have been accounted for.
(10) The D-level artisan may use the “Notes” tab to provide additional information that
assists the I-level technicians in the final RFI of the component.
(11) The I-level work center completes the maintenance/RFI run.
(12) The D-level artisan signs the “Inspected By” block of the MAF/WO if the highest
level of repair for the item was maintenance level 3.
NOTES: 1. D-Level artisans must be assigned the necessary SMQs for authorized work
center functions (e.g. “Inspected By” block).
2. If the D-Level artisan cannot repair the inducted component on the assist
MAF, then the D-Level artisan must sign-off the MAF with Action Taken Code F,
notify Production Control and I-Level work center that the repair cannot be
completed, and if recommended the repair action is BCM.
16.1.7.3 D-Level SRA Induction and RFI Process
This scenario is basically the same as an internal SRA repair performed currently, but the ICRL
may need to be updated to reflect the appropriate work center’s capability to repair the SRA. D-
level artisans and I-level technicians should be integrated into the same work center. Work
center integration enables adding the SRA to the I-level work center’s ICRL using the
appropriate D-level capability code (Figure 10.20-2).
16-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
This scenario uses the same processes that are currently used when adding new capability to an I-
level work center. D-level artisans and I-level technicians should be integrated into the same
work center. Work center integration enables adding the SRA to the I-level work center’s ICRL
using the appropriate D-level capability code (Figure 10.20-2).
16.1.7.5 D-Level Assist Process
A component is inducted by JASU into an I-level or D-level work center. During the repair,
assistance is required. Regardless of the maintenance level required for the assist, an assist MAF
will be initiated using existing O-level or I-level NALCOMIS assist MAF procedures. This
applies when repairable parts are not required. Examples include, but are not limited to: NDI,
2M repairs, welding, etc.
NOTE: By definition, a 2M artisan is unable to determine if an item is RFI until the item is
tested using an approved procedure defined in NAVAIR approved publications.
Therefore, 2M artisan procedures are the same as I-level 2M procedures.
Specifically, the original work center will order required parts and forward, with
SRA (circuit card assembly, etc.) and an assist MAF to the D-level 2M artisan.
Once the required repair is complete, the SRA (circuit card assembly) will be
forwarded back to the original work center to verify RFI status.
16.1.7.6 Artisan I-level Training/Assistance Process
D-level artisans should use OIMA to clock man-hours expended on training I-level technicians.
If the artisan is assigned to the same work center as the I-level technician, training hours will be
documented on the original MAF within the I-level work center. If the D-level artisan is
assigned to a D-level work center, the I-level technicians will initiate an assist MAF to that work
center to account for training hours.
16.1.8 Historical Files
a. Production Control will maintain a historical file with copies of completed inspection
MAFs for a minimum of 6 months from the date the MAF was completed. MAFs for preventive
maintenance (PM) inspections will be maintained for 6 months or one complete inspection cycle
whichever is greater. The historical file will be arranged in sequence of equipment
nomenclature, SERNO, and JCN, that is JCN within SERNO within nomenclature. Activities
have the option of establishing historical files by work center as long as the above filing order is
maintained. A temporary file may also contain those MAFs with a close out Action Taken Code
of L or N.
b. Completed engine MAFs must be maintained in the engine historical file by engine type
and serial number, in JCN sequence, for 6 months from the completion date on the engine
induction MAF. The file must contain the completed MAFs for repairs/inspections of the
engine, engine test cell performance sheets, and all the completed local forms generated for pre-
induction screening.
16-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16.2.1 Support Equipment (SE), Training Devices, and Missile Target Documentation
Maintenance on SE, training devices, and missile targets will be documented per the procedures
in this section.
16.2.1.2 On-Equipment SE Work
a. The discrepancy MAF initiation function will be used to initiate MAFs for on-equipment
work performed on an end item of SE, except for calibration. (Refer to paragraph 16.2.2. for
calibration documentation.) If no repairable component is removed, the worker will initiate the
MAF using the appropriate update function. Paragraphs 16.2.5.1 through 16.2.5.8 show on-
equipment documentation. On-equipment work requiring MAF initiation:
(1) Repairing an end item.
(2) Removing a repairable component from an end item for any reason, including
calibration.
(3) Compliance with a TD on an end item.
(4) Inspecting an end item.
(5) Documenting preservation or depreservation.
(6) On-equipment cannibalization.
16.2.1.3 O-Level IMRL Reportable SE
A MAF is used to induct O-level SE into the IMA for repair, periodic inspection, and TD
compliance (paragraph 16.2.5.9). A requesting activity delivers the MAF and SE to the IMA.
Production Control signs the MAF acknowledging receipt of the SE. Use the appropriate
function inducting the item creating a MAF.
16.2.1.4 SE Repair
16-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
b. Corrosion treatment requirements found during the look phase of an inspection will be
documented on a fix phase MAF. The treatment of bare metal is included in this category. Use
AT Code Z and the appropriate Malfunction Code per Appendix E.
c. All unscheduled corrosion prevention is documented on a MAF. Unscheduled SE
cleaning and temporary repairs of bare metal are included in this category. Multiple items
processed may be documented. Use Work Unit Code 040, AT Code 0, Malfunction Code 000,
WD Code O, and TM Code D.
d. Unscheduled corrosion treatment actions are documented on the MAF using AT Code Z
and the appropriate Malfunction Code per Appendix E.
16.2.1.7 SE Preservation and Depreservation
a. MAFs are used to document preservation/depreservation of end items per NAVAIR 17-1-
125.
b. When Production Control approves the preservation/depreservation MAF, NALCOMIS
will automatically assign a numeric serial number JCN. This MAF will be used as the control
document. WUC 049 and TM code D will be used.
c. Upon completion of the preservation/depreservation action the control document will be
processed by Production Control with 1 item processed entered in the items processed field of
the MAF.
d. MAFs are issued to each work center participating in the preservation/depreservation
action. If only one work center is involved in preservation/depreservation action, man-hours
may be accounted for on the control document.
16.2.1.8 SE Technical Directive (TD) Compliance
16.2.1.9.1 Definitions. The SE inventory reporting system provides the SE reporting custodian
with a list of major assets on hand. These reporting system requirements are in addition to the
AMMRL Program and do not negate the reporting requirements published in NAVAIRINST
13650.1. The following terms are used throughout this section in describing how to document
inventory transactions:
a. Controlling Custodian. Support Equipment Controlling Authorities (SECAs) are
responsible for fleet distribution and management of SE assets.
b. Reporting Custodian. Reporting custodian is the activity (usually I-level) having primary
custody of the SE as indicated on the IMRL.
c. Inventory Codes. Inventory status codes define the reporting requirements and current
status of SE in the inventory reporting system. Inventory Code 0 applies to SE. Inventory 0 also
16-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
applies to training devices and missile targets that are required to be inventoried, but for which
no mission capability data is collected.
d. Transaction Codes. SE inventory transactions are described by the transaction codes in
Appendix E.
(1) Inventory Gain (Transaction Code 00). An inventory gain is the receipt of an SE unit
into inventory reporting by a reporting custodian. SE and missile targets will be gained with an
inventory status of 0 only.
(2) Inventory Loss (Transaction Code 03). An inventory loss is when a reporting
custodian transfers an SE unit or strikes it from naval service. An inventory loss is documented
only if the unit has previously been gained and is in the inventory system.
NOTE: Paragraphs 16.2.5.23 and 16.2.5.24 provide examples of MAFs used to document
equipment gain or loss.
16.2.1.9.2 Inventory System Documentation Procedures. The following lists the codes necessary
to properly document inventory transactions:
Transaction Inventory
Code Code Inventory Transaction
00 0 Gain into inventory of an equipment that is inventoried but
for which no mission capability data is collected. These
items will only be gained or lost and will require no change
in material condition reporting status (MCRS) reporting.
This code is used for SE, training devices, and missile target
inventory reporting and is not applicable to aircraft.
03 0 Loss from inventory of equipment that is inventoried but for
which no mission capability data is collected. These items
will only be gained or lost and will require no change in
MCRS reporting. This code is used for SE, training
devices, and missile target inventory reporting and is not
applicable to aircraft.
16.2.1.9.3 Change of Reporting Custodian. All maintenance actions are terminated when an
equipment transfer involves a change of reporting custodian. This is done by completing the
maintenance action on the completed line as of 2400 on the date of the equipment transfer.
Transaction Code 11, AT Code N, and 0 items processed will be used. The only name required
is that of the supervisor. Refer to paragraph 16.2.1.9 for a description of inventory procedures
required for the change of reporting custodian.
16.2.2 Calibration
16.2.2.1 Calibratable Item METER Card. The Precision Measuring Equipment (PME) Work
Center (Work Center 670) of IMAs participating in the MEASURE Program documents all
16-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
calibration and repair actions on the METER Card per OP43P6B. A METER Card is initiated as
a turn-in document for any end item or component processed to the PME Work Center for any
reason. The provisions of this paragraph are not applicable to any maintenance actions
performed on the calibratable building blocks (BBs) of the any automatic test equipment (ATE).
These maintenance actions, including those incident to an off-line or on-line calibration action,
must be documented on the MAF. The calibration actions associated with any calibratable ATE
BB must be documented on the METER Card.
16.2.2.2 Calibration MAF. A MAF is used by work centers, other than Work Center 670 to
document all maintenance actions except calibration. When a component is removed from an
end item for processing to the PME Work Center (for calibration or repair), a supporting MAF is
generated to account for man-hours and EMT expended removing and reinstalling the
component. A separate MAF with a different JCN is required for each component removed.
Paragraph 16.2.5.25 is an example of a MAF documenting the removal of a component for
processing to the PME work center on a METER Card.
NOTE: Only PME that requires parts to be ordered will be inducted via NALCOMIS
procedures. All other repair actions will be completed on the METER Card. NO
EXCEPTIONS.
16-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
material and removed or installed items is done only on the repair action MAF (paragraph
16.2.5.28).
d. Assisting Work Centers Supporting the Basic Repair Action. When more than one work
center works on the same maintenance action, one work center is designated the primary work
center and the other work centers are assisting work centers. The primary work center will
generate a separate MAF for each assisting work center with the same JCN and DISC Code V.
If the assisting and primary work centers work on the same WUC item, the assisting work center
accounts for 0 items processed. Assist MAF documentation will be to the work center that the
personnel performing the task are permanently assigned regardless of the physical location of the
repair station (paragraphs 16.2.5.29 and 16.2.5.30).
16.2.3.1.3 If repairable subassemblies or modules are faulty, a new MAF is initiated for each
subassembly or module per paragraph 16.2.5.31.
a. Suffix and Double Suffix MAF. For each removed subassembly, module, or sub-
subassembly, document per paragraphs 16.1.3, 16.2.5.32, and 16.2.5.33.
b. Material Requisitioning. When a demand is placed on supply for a replacement
subassembly, module, or sub-subassembly using the suffix or double suffix JCN, NALCOMIS
will enter the JCN on the DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (DD 1348-1)
issue document that is generated at ASD. This action is necessary to establish the requirement
for a local repair cycle asset of subassemblies and modules to stock PEBs. The suffix or double
suffix MAF is forwarded to Supply, with the remainder of the suffix or double suffix MAF
processed the same as for any repairable item.
16.2.3.1.4 Failed/Required Material. The requirement for repairable subassemblies, modules, or
sub-subassemblies will be recorded in this field of the original (major component) or
subassembly MAF per paragraph 16.1.3 with the following additional requirements:
a. Project. Enter the MILSTRIP project code assigned by Production Control.
b. Priority. Enter the MILSTRIP priority assigned to the material requisition.
c. Date Ordered. NALCOMIS generated.
d. Requisition Number. NALCOMIS generated.
e. Date Received. NALCOMIS generated.
16.2.3.1.5 Retain the major component, subassembly, or module MAF. In the case of an AWP
situation, the major component, subassembly, or module MAF will be forwarded with the
defective component to the AWP unit.
16.2.3.1.6 When it becomes necessary to transfer a repairable item off ship or station because of
a lack of parts (BCM-4), the unavailable items are entered in the Failed/Required Material fields
and Maintenance/Supply Record fields will be completed to reflect AWP time. Use of AT Code
4 is restricted to occasions when the same AT code is entered for a major assembly identified by
the WUC. Complete the MAF via normal MAF clearing cycle. When the maintenance action is
16-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
completed, the Work Center Supervisor gives the component, the MAF, and material condition
tag to the material delivery representative, and retains a copy of the MAF for MDR verification.
16.2.3.2 Cannibalization
Any order to cannibalize must come from Production Control who will issue and approve a
cannibalization action for the removal and replacement of a component being cannibalized.
Document cannibalization actions per paragraphs 16.2.5.34, 16.2.5.35, and 16.2.5.36.
16.2.3.3 Matched Set
The repair of matched sets will be documented in the same manner shown in paragraph
16.2.5.37.
16.2.3.4 Tire and Wheel Documentation
A built-up tire and wheel assembly is treated as a major repairable component with repairable
subassemblies. If a wheel assembly has a different SERNO on each wheel half, the SERNO of
the valve core half will be used for control and documentation purposes. Man-hours for routine
processing of the wheel, such as cleaning and painting, will be documented on the turn-in MAF.
NDI will be documented on an assist MAF. A MAF prepared by supply will be required when a
wheel assembly replacement must be built up to replenish the supply pool. Supply must submit
a work request for “Test and Check” when an RFI tag is missing or unreadable. The Work
Center Supervisor will inspect the tire to determine serviceability. If unserviceable, the work
request will be signed off with A/T code “F” and the tire carcass will be marked for retread or
scrap and BCM Code 1 or 9 used (as appropriate) (paragraph 16.2.5.38).
NOTE: The unserviceable tire will be returned to supply and identified with the
appropriate code to indicate retread or scrap. Supply will establish a pool based
on the appropriate wheel assembly, part numbers, stock numbers, or pool index
numbers. All requests will be against this number. Supply must pre-expend or
subcustody tires to the tire shop as required. Tires requisitioned on a one-for-one
basis must be ordered using the Failed/Required Material Fields of the MAF.
Enter AT Code R for tires that are categorized as repairable and must be
accounted for on the turn-in MAF. A turn-in suffix MAF is generated
automatically for each tire that is BCM.
Batteries will be turned in to the IMA on a MAF turn-in document. They will be documented as
follows:
a. Batteries received for scheduled maintenance and not requiring maintenance other than
servicing, use Transaction Code 31, AT Code A, and MAL Code 804.
b. Batteries received for repair or scheduled maintenance and requiring maintenance other
than servicing, use Transaction Code 31 or 32, AT Code C, and an appropriate MAL Code.
16-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
c. EMT does not include the clock hours for charging time when maintenance personnel are
not actually monitoring the work.
d. A MAF will not be created for end of service (EOS) unless maintenance requirements
need to be documented.
16.2.3.6 IMA Repair and Return Support
In some instances an IMA will be required to transfer NRFI repairables to another IMA for
repair, such as post deployment off-load by a carrier IMA, or shipment of a BCM item to an
IMA known to have repair capability. Documentation procedures in these instances are as
follows:
a. Transferring IMA Close Out (post and predeployment). Paragraph 16.2.5.39 is an
example of a MAF for post and predeployment close out.
(1) Close out the original MAF, entering the appropriate AT Code (Appendix E) and any
man-hours and EMT expended prior to transfer. In the case of post deployment off-load, use of
AT Code D is mandatory, whether the item was AWP, AWM, or IN WORK at the time of off-
load. In other instances, a BCM Code will ordinarily be appropriate. The MAF will be
submitted by the transferring IMA for processing; a copy of this MAF will accompany the item
to the AMSU or AWP unit and will be shipped with the component to the receiving IMA.
(2) WRAs must have all D-level repairable SRAs installed prior to closing out the MAF
for shipment to the receiving IMA. Likewise, SRAs with attaching D-level repairable SSRAs
must have attaching SSRAs installed prior to closing out the MAF for shipment of the SRA to
the receiving IMA.
(3) WRAs missing FLR components will have such components installed prior to closing
out the MAF for shipment to the receiving IMA provided the component is still available.
Otherwise, document the missing FLR component per the following paragraph.
(4) When a field level repairable SRA has been removed from the WRA and no
replacement SRA is installed prior to off-load, document the close-out (original) MAF as
follows: Failed/Required Material Index - Enter H-Z for each "missing" module, subassembly or
sub-subassembly (as appropriate). Failed Part - Enter an X (as appropriate). Awaiting
Parts - Enter an X (as appropriate). AT code - Enter P. MAL, FSCM, Part Number, Ref
Symbol, Qty, Date Ordered, Requisition Number - Enter appropriate data to identify the missing
unit. Date Received - Enter date the requisition was cancelled. Transaction Code - Enter 32.
(5) On turn-in MAF, ensure FSCM, PN, Ref Symbol, Qty, Date Ordered, and Ref
Number of H-Z field are filled in for each "missing" module, subassembly, or sub-subassembly
(as appropriate).
NOTE: To allow for proper supply documentation ensure CCS is notified of missing FLR
SRAs from the WRA to be shipped off-station. Supply must cancel any off-
ship/station requisitions for missing FLRs prior to closing out the MAF. The
importance of proper documentation cannot be overemphasized.
16-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
When components received from supply prove unsatisfactory, these procedures will be followed.
a. Component received, installed, and determined to be NRFI:
(1) Complete original MAF, Failed/Required Material fields.
(2) Requisition a replacement component using original MAF, Failed/Required Material
Fields. NALCOMIS will automatically generate a turn-in document to accompany the NRFI
component. Ensure the MAF is completed per paragraph 16.1.3 with the following exception:
WD CODE field must be "Y" (received bad from Supply).
b. Component received NRFI (not installed) or improper replacement received. Turn-in the
NRFI/improper component to the AWP unit. The AWP unit will prepare a DOD Single Line
Item Release Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) using Record Type 62 for return of the material to
Supply Response Section (SRS). Ensure all accompanying documentation, for example, RFI tag,
SRC Card, and MAF are returned with all items.
16.2.3.8 Component Received Missing SRC Card, ASR, MSR, or AESR
Components, assemblies, or equipment received from supply missing SRC cards, ASRs, MSRs,
or AESRs must be considered as NRFI and turned in on a DOD Single Line Item Release
Receipt Document (DD 1348-1) prepared by Material Control. If the component is installed and
cannot be determined to be new, it must be considered as faulty. Paragraph 16.2.5.41 is an
example of a MAF documented for turn-in of a component that is missing the SRC card. Items
missing ASRs, MSRs, or AESRs should be documented in a similar manner.
NOTE: If the determination can be made that the component is in fact new, an SRC Card,
ASR, MSR, or AESR will then be initiated by the requisitioning activity.
16-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16.2.3.10 Processing of Items Not Having a WUC or Not Identifiable to a Specific Type
Equipment
The maintenance effort in check, test, servicing of items or equipment for which no WUC exists
or that cannot be identified to a specific TEC is documented as described in paragraph 16.2.3.12,
MAF Work Request.
16.2.3.11 Repair of Supply Assets
The repair of supply assets will be documented in the same manner as discussed in paragraph
16.1.3 with the following exceptions:
a. The local supply department will initiate a MAF completing all required data elements.
b. JCN assignment will be made by the Supply Department using the organization code
assigned to the Supply Department, for example, A8D or C84. Refer to Maintenance Data
VALSPEC in Appendix F.
c. When in receipt of an applicable TD for compliance, the Supply Department, working
with the IMA QA, will screen all assets to ensure modification incorporation (where applicable).
d. The IMA Production Control and Supply will schedule applicable/required maintenance
actions in a timely manner. Paragraph 16.2.5.43 is an example of the MAF documented for an
end item turned in from a supply activity for TD compliance.
16.2.3.12 Maintenance Action Form (MAF) Work Request
16.2.3.12.1 The MAF Work Request is used to document man-hours expended in support of
work or assistance that is beyond the requesting activity's capability and does not involve repair
of aeronautical material. It is used primarily for, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Inducting items from supply for buildup, such as engines and propellers.
b. Inducting items not having a WUC or not identifiable to a specific type equipment for
check, test, service, manufacture, or fabrication.
c. Requesting NDI either on-site or at the IMA when a TD is not involved.
NOTE: Work requests for items removed for local manufacture or fabrication must be
approved and signed by the requesting activity's Maintenance Control Supervisor
and the supporting activity's Production Control Supervisor. Batteries received
for check, test, or service will be documented per paragraph 16.2.3.5. ALSS and
AEP will be documented per paragraph 16.2.3.13.
16.2.3.12.2 Examples of MAF Work Requests are in paragraphs 16.2.5.44 through 16.2.5.52.
16.2.3.12.3 This and subsequent paragraphs outline the procedures for documentation and
processing of maintenance requirements when approved and signed by both the requesting
activity's Maintenance Control Supervisor and the supporting activity's Production Control
Supervisor or their authorized representatives. Upon receipt of the MAF work request and
16-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
item(s), Production Control will sign a copy of the MAF work request, acknowledging receipt of
the item(s), and return it to the originating activity. Upon completion of check, test, or
manufacture, the work center will notify Production Control of job completion. A copy of the
MAF will be attached to the item(s) and routed to Production Control who will notify the
originating activity that the item(s) is/are ready for pickup. Production control will issue the
item(s), with a MAF attached to the item(s) and inform the originating activity that the item(s)
is/are ready for pickup.
16.2.3.12.4 Items completing check, test, or local manufacture will be processed as described in
paragraphs 16.2.5.44 through 16.2.5.52.
16.2.3.13 ALSS and Armament Equipment Pool (AEP) MAF Documentation Procedures
a. ALSS and AEP items will be turned into the IMA on a MAF turn-in document. They will
be documented as follows:
(1) ALSS/AEP received for scheduled maintenance and not requiring maintenance, use
Transaction Code 31, AT Code "A" and MAL Code 804.
(2) ALSS/AEP received for unscheduled or scheduled maintenance and requiring
maintenance use Transaction Code 31 or 32, AT Code "C" and an appropriate MAL Code.
(3) EMT does not include clock hours for leak check time when maintenance personnel
are not actually monitoring the work.
(4) Requisition and turn-in procedures for ALSS/AEP assemblies and repair parts must
be per standard induction/requisition procedures. All turn-ins will be delivered directly to the
respective pool work center.
b. Examples of ALSS and AEP MAF documentation are in paragraphs 16.2.5.53 through
16.2.5.63.
AMA 16.2.3.14 Cartridges (CARTs), Cartridge Actuated Devices (CADs), and Propellant
2024-04 Actuated Devices (PADs) Documentation
Replacement of installed explosive devices requires an individual MAF for removal and
replacement of each device. The removal and replacement action will be documented in the
REMOVED/OLD ITEM and INSTALLED/NEW ITEM blocks using Transaction Code 18 or 19
(as appropriate). The WORK UNIT CODE block (A22) must reflect the WUC that is assigned
in OOMA NALCOMIS baseline or, for NALCOMIS users, obtained from the WUC manual.
The PART NUMBER blocks (E23 and G23) must reflect the lot number of the devices being
removed and installed. TIME/CYCLES blocks (E42 and G38) must have an entry using
Time/Cycle Prefix Code H and the container open date for CARTs or CADs and the propellant
manufacture date for PADs. An example is in paragraph 16.2.5.133.
16-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Supply assets missing the material condition tag/history records will be inducted per paragraphs
16.2.5.64 and 16.2.5.65.
16.2.3.16 Technical Directive (TD) Compliance
The Supply Department manages the Stricken Aircraft Reclamation and Disposal Program per
paragraph 6.6.6. Supply will initiate a MAF work request to induct salvaged components for
IMA verification of material condition. The MAF will be prepared per 16.2.5.64 with the word
"SALVAGED" in the Discrepancy field. A copy of the MAF is retained in the Component
Control Section (CCS) suspense file. When reclaimed components are determined to be RFI,
they will be tagged with a Serviceable Tag - Material (DD 1574), Figure 16-6, and put in stock
as a gain by inventory. If NRFI, the salvaged item will be tagged with an Unserviceable
Material Tag (DD 1577-2), Figure 16-7, and processed with BCM Action Type code D and
shipped to the designated repair point.
NOTE: Refer to 10.46.9.4, and OPNAVINST 3750.6 for general procedures for recovery,
reclamation, and transfer of crash damaged aircraft.
16-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16.2.4 I-Level Engine, Auxiliary Power Unit (APU), and Support Equipment Gas Turbine
Engine (SEGTE) Maintenance Documentation Procedures
16.2.4.1 Overview
a. Documentation procedures are broken down into two parts; conventional engines
(paragraphs 16.2.5.71 through 16.2.5.102) and modular engines (paragraphs 16.2.5.103 through
16.2.5.132.
b. Documentation procedures, whether an aircraft engine, APU, or SEGTE are the same with
the following exceptions:
(1) Failed/Required Material FSCM Field. When identifying an APU or SEGTE always
enter numeric 1 for engine position; for example, PHAB1.
(2) Removed/Old Item or Installed/New Item FSCM Fields. When identifying an APU
or SEGTE always enter numeric 1 for engine position; for example, PHAB1.
(3) Removed/Old Item or Installed/New Item Time/Cycles Fields. When documenting
APU or SEGTE enter the engine hour meter or start counter reading (as appropriate).
16.2.4.2 Corrosion Documentation
a. Control Document. The turn-in document will be retained as a control document until the
repair is complete.
b. All man-hours and EMT expended in accomplishing the repair will be documented on the
MAF.
c. The same JCN will be used for repair actions requiring the removal and replacement of
consumable components and fix-in-place discrepancies.
16-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
d. Suffix JCNs will be used for repair actions requiring the removal and replacement of
repairable components.
e. Examples of conventional engine repair documentation are in paragraphs 16.2.5.71
through 16.2.5.83.
16.2.4.4 Major Engine Inspections
16.2.4.5.1 Technical Directive Compliance MAF Initiation. TD compliance MAF initiation can
be originated from three sources; supply activity, O-level, and I-level Production Control:
16-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
a. The supply activity originates the TD compliance MAF using a supply JCN for TD
compliance on all engines or engine components held as supply stock. Examples of
documentation are in paragraphs 16.2.5.92, 16.2.5.93, and 16.2.5.94.
b. O-level activities originate the TD compliance MAF using an O-level JCN for engines or
engine components sent to the IMA solely for TD compliance. Examples of documentation are
in paragraphs 16.2.5.95, 16.2.5.96, and 16.2.5.97.
c. I-level Production Control originates the TD compliance MAF for engines or engine
components inducted for repair which require TD compliance. Examples of documentation are
in paragraphs 16.2.5.98 and 16.2.5.99.
16.2.4.5.2 O-level activities requesting assistance from the IMA in the incorporation of a TD
must use the procedures per paragraphs 16.2.5.100, 16.2.5.101, and 16.2.5.102.
NOTE: If an engine or engine component sent to the IMA for a TD compliance is found to
require repair, the IMA will inform the O-level activity which must provide a
turn-in MAF for documenting the repair action. The original TD compliance
MAF is destroyed and Production Control initiates a replacement TD compliance
MAF using a supply JCN.
Paragraphs 16.2.5.103 through 16.2.5.117 are examples of repairs on modular engines and
associated components. The TEC Field will reflect the equipment category and model/series of
the engine. For modules, the engine application series (fourth position) will be X, for example,
the F404-GE-400 module would be TXAX.
16.2.4.7 Modular Engine Major Inspections
Modular Engine inspections are documented in the same manner as 16.2.4.4. Examples of major
modular engine inspection documentation are in paragraphs 16.2.5.118 through 16.2.5.126.
16.2.4.8 Modular Engine Technical Directive (TD) Compliance
16.2.4.8.1 All TDs for modular engines will be issued against the module.
16.2.4.8.2 WUC will be that of the module or component of the module but never the engine.
16.2.4.8.3 The TEC Field will reflect the equipment category and model/series of the engine.
For modules, the engine application series (fourth position) will be "X", for example, the F404-
GE-400 module would be TXAX. If a component is being sent from supply for TD compliance,
the TEC will be for the equipment category model/series with an X in the application series
(fourth position), for example, an F404-GE-400 engine component separate from a module
would be TXAX.
16.2.4.8.4 If the TD applies to more than one module, a separate MAF will be issued for each
module.
16-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16.2.4.8.5 Transaction Code 41 will be used with modules that do not have a part number
change.
16.2.4.8.6 Transaction Code 47 will be used for either a module with a part number change or a
TD incorporation on a component. Removed/Old Item Fields and Installed/New Item Fields will
be completed.
16.2.4.8.7 JCN will be that of the activity requesting the TD compliance.
16.2.4.8.8 When a complete engine is turned in for TD compliance, the propulsion system serial
number (PSSN) will be reflected in the Discrepancy Field.
NOTE: If an engine or engine component sent to the IMA for a TD compliance is found to
require repair, the IMA will inform the O-level activity which must provide a
turn-in MAF for documenting the repair action. The original TD compliance
MAF is destroyed and Production Control initiates a replacement TD compliance
MAF using a supply JCN.
Production Control, when authorized by Supply, will initiate cannibalization actions for awaiting
parts repair or non-mission capable supply or partial mission capable supply situations. The
removal of components for cannibalization and the replacement of components after
cannibalization will be documented on one MAF using the procedure outlined in paragraph
16.2.5.132.
16.2.5 Documentation Examples
16-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data to identify the SEGTE, always
enter numeric one (1) for engine position in FSCM field; for example, PDCA1: enter the failed
part(s)/record supply requisition(s). A/T is 0, MAL Code is 000, and QTY is 00000.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TRANS - Must be 12. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E).
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.3 End Item Repair (Removed Repairable Component)
Figure 16-11 is an example of a VIDS/MAF documented when repairing an end item that
involved removal and replacement of a repairable component. A VIDS/MAF with a different
JCN is required for each removed repairable component. The following data fields require
16-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by
using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply
requisitions(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Must be 23. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 1.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates the contract number.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item. Second time
cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates the contract number.
16-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-12 is an example of a FOM VIDS/MAF. A FOM action is the removal and
reinstallation of an RFI component from the same end item in support of another maintenance
action on the end item. The following data fields require entries to document a completed action.
Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply
requisitions(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - Must be S. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 800, 804 or 811. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the appropriate TEC.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
16-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
When more than one work center works on the same maintenance action (Figures 16-13, 16-14,
and 16-15), one will be designated the primary work center and the others are assisting work
centers. Each work center participating in the maintenance action must generate a separate MAF
with the same JCN. The primary work center describes the original method of discovery and
accounts for the number of items processed. Assisting work centers document WD Code V. If
the assisting and the primary work centers work on the same work unit coded item, the assisting
work center accounts for 0 items processed. If they work on different work unit coded items, the
assisting work center accounts for its number of items processed. Refer to paragraph 16.2.5.4 for
an example of FOM actions. Figure 16-13 is an example of the VIDS/MAF documented for a
repair action requiring an assisting work center. The following data fields require entries to
document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-
line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply
requisitions(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
16-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-14 is an example of an assisting work center working on a same work coded item.
The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
16-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-15 is an example of an assisting work center working on a different work unit coded
item. The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data
fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply
requisitions(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Must be the different than the primary work center.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Enter the appropriate Transaction Code. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated upon Production Control approval.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E).
16-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Cannibalization is the removal of an RFI item from one piece of equipment so that it may be
used in a different piece of equipment. Cannibalization is controlled by Maintenance
Control/Production Control, and should be authorized only when it appears that Supply cannot
respond in time to avoid the curtailment of the operational commitment. The cancellation of a
cannibalization JCN should occur only if no cannibalization action has been physically started.
In the event that the actual removal for cannibalization action has been initiated/completed and
the requirement is cancelled, reinstall the cannibalized item, documenting the action as if it were
to FOM. Figure 16-16 is an example of cannibalization and subsequent replacement of a
component from an end item and is documented on a VIDS/MAF in normal manner of a
removed and replaced component. The following data fields require entries for a completed
action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - System generated.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - System generated. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - System generated. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code; must be 812, 813, or 814. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the equipment.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
16-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figures 16-17 and 16-18 are examples of a turn-in VIDS/MAF from a supported activity
requesting scheduled or unscheduled maintenance on a piece of SE. The following data fields
require entries. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions. An
asterisk (*) denotes those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code SI.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Not required.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Not required.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Not required.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being inducted.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Not required.
16-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-22 is an example of the suffix VIDS/MAF turn-in document to initiate an off-
equipment repair of a subassembly removed from a component. A separate turn-in document
with a different suffix of the JCN used for component removal is required for each removed
16-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
subassembly. The following data fields are system generated. Automated AMSU Induction
displays the following information:
WORK UNIT CODE - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code. System generated.
TRANS - (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated.
WORK CENTER - Blank.
DISCREPANCY - System generated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Applies to auto BCM actions.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Applies to auto BCM actions.
MAINT CONTROL - No entry allowed.
16.2.5.14 Off-Equipment Subassembly Repair
16-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
NOTE: If repairable sub-assemblies are removed, repeat the procedures described in
paragraphs 16.2.5.13 and 16.2.5.14 NALCOMIS will automatically assign a double
suffix JCN as outlined in paragraph 16.1.2.2.
Figure 16-24 is an example of an inspection control document. Production Control will generate
a control MAF for each look phase inspection. The control document has a special JCN
constructed per paragraph 16.1 and is used to accumulate the man-hours (NALCOMIS will track
EMT) expended by the primary work center controlling the inspection. Control documents will
account for 1 item processed. If the primary work center performs the entire inspection, the
control document is the only MAF required. If more than one work center is involved in the
look phase, the control MAF will show 1 item processed and 0.0 man-hours and the supporting
look phase MAF will show 0 items processed and accumulated man-hours. The following data
fields require entries for a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated
by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the total number of man-hours if combined with
look phase.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - First three positions must be 030.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code. System generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - System generated. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 000. System generated. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 01.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D - System generated. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
16-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-25 is an example of an inspection supporting document. Each assisting work center
participating in the inspection will generate a look phase supporting MAF. NALCOMIS will
provide the same JCN as the control MAF. Supporting documents are used to accumulate the
man-hours expended by assisting work centers. Supporting documents will account for 0 items
processed. The following data fields require entries for a completed action. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the total number of man-hours if combined with
look phase.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - First three positions must be 030.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code. System generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - System generated. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 000. System generated. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 00.
16-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field. System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the appropriate TEC.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D - System generated. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Not required.
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E).
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.17 Inspection Fix Phase Document
Figure 16-26 is an example of the fix document. Fix phase MAFs are used to document repair of
discrepancies discovered during an inspection. A fix phase MAF has an alpha/numeric JCN
(NALCOMIS auto assigns this JCN) constructed per paragraph 16.1. The WUC identifies the
failed component/system. The following data fields require entries for a completed action.
Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line function.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
16-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data, if required.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data, if required.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated upon Production Control approval.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate work center.
DISCREPANCY- Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy. System generated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF. Not required.
16.2.5.19 TD Compliance Supporting VIDS/MAF
16-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-37 is an example of a VIDS/MAF documented when reporting an equipment loss. The
following data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions:
WORK UNIT CODE - Not required.
ACT ORG - Enter the appropriate Organization Code.
TRANS - Transaction code; system generated.
M/L - Not required.
A/T - Not required.
MAL CODE - Not required.
I/P - Not required.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the appropriate TEC. First position must be D, G, H, M, S, V, or Y.
16-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BU/SERNO - Enter the serial number of the item being processed. Refer to paragraph 16.2.5.23.
W/D - Not required.
T/M - Not required.
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time in whole hours (no tenths) or cycle/starts from the
equipment meter. Prefix with enough zeros and the letter M or S to make a total of five
positions, such as M0921. If the equipment has no meter, enter A0000.
POSIT - Not required.
SFTY/EI - Not required.
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Not required.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Not required.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Not required.
WORK CENTER - Not required.
DISCREPANCY - Not required.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - System generated.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - System generated.
MAINT CONTROL - Not required.
16.2.5.25 Removed Component for Calibration
16-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
M/L - Must be 1.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the item being processed; first position must be D, G, H, M, S,
V, or Y.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number. System
generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E).
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.26 Component Turn-In Document
16-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
removal MAF is required for each removed component to be repaired. An asterisk (*) denotes
those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code "D".
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Not required, unless item is an auto BCM action.
M/L* - Must be 2.
A/T - Not required, unless item is an auto BCM action.
MAL CODE - Not required, unless item is an auto BCM action.
I/P - Not required, unless item is an auto BCM action.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
W/D* - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M* - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI; if applicable.
SFTY/EI* - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number; if applicable.
REPAIR CYCLE* - System generated, may be updated upon induction.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Assigned JCN from the requesting activity.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E). Auto assigned if
on the ICRL.
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT* - Enter the appropriate requisition number for the replacement
component.
CORRECTIVE ACTION* - Not required, unless item is an auto BCM action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR* - Not required, unless item is an auto
BCM action.
16.2.5.27 BCM Action (AMSU)
Figure 16-40 is an example of a BCM action at AMSU. ASD will retain a MAF as a suspense
copy, and the component will be forwarded to the IMA screening unit. The AMSU performs
administrative screening of the component to determine if a check/test/repair capability exists in
16-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
the IMA work centers. If it does not, the AMSU completes the MAF in the following manner.
(*) denotes those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code "D". AMSU
and work centers will not document any man-hours on BCM 1 MAFs.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS* - Must be 31.
M/L* - Must be 2.
A/T* - Must be 1 or 8.
MAL CODE* - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P* - Must be 1.
HOURS* - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
W/D* - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M* - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI* - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE* - System generated, may be updated upon induction.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Assigned JCN from the requesting activity.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code 05A. Auto assigned if on the
ICRL. (Appendix E).
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT - Enter the appropriate requisition number for the replacement
component.
CORRECTIVE ACTION* - System generated.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR* - Signature is electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual PASSWORD/SMQ. NALCOMIS will create the appropriate
mailbox messages as required.
16-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINT CONTROL - Signature electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.28 Troubleshooting Close Out
16-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-42 is an example of an assisting work center working on a same work unit coded item.
The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Must be the same as the primary work center's MAF.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Enter the appropriate Transaction Code. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Items processed must be 0.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
METER - Enter the appropriate meter time (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated upon Production Control approval.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
16-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-43 is an example of an assisting work center working on a different work unit coded
item. For NDI actions done on assist MAF refer to paragraphs 16.2.5.47 and 16.2.5.48 for action
taken and MAL code. The transaction code will be 11 for NDI assists. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Must be different from the primary Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Enter the appropriate Transaction Code. (Appendix E)
M/L - Enter the appropriate maintenance level.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
16-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-44 is an example of removal, replacement, and subsequent repair actions on sub-
assemblies/modules of a major component. When a defective subassembly/module is removed
from a major component undergoing repair in the IMA, and the repair of these items is
accomplished as a separate job, NALCOMIS will generate a proper sequenced suffix JCN after
the requested parts are approved. The failed/required material field is used to document the
repair of the major component. Enter the following information for each subassembly/module
removed. Complete the remainder of the MAF as specified in paragraph 16.1.3. The following
data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are system
generated or updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields completed by the
AMSU induction.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
Upon approval of the requested subassemblies/modules by Production Control, NALCOMIS will
auto assign a DDSN to each failed/required line of the MAF.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the unit being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code.
TRANS - Must be 31or 32. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
16-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-45 is an example of a subassembly repair action documented by completing the suffix
MAF. This is the last MAF required if no repairable subassemblies are removed from the
subassembly. The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some
data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
16-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-47 is an example of a cannibalization of an end item. The removal of items for
cannibalization will be documented on a MAF using the appropriate function and procedures
listed in paragraph 16.1.3. The following data fields require entries to document a completed
action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level organization code. System generated.
TRANS - System generated. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - System generated. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL code; must be 812, 813, 814, 815, 816, 817, or 818
(Appendix E).
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
16-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figures 16-50 and 16-51 are examples of a VIDS/MAF documented when processing a matched
set. Figure 16-50 illustrates repair action and Figure 16-51 illustrates no repair action. When the
"no defect" component is determined at the I-level activity, it must be documented per paragraph
16.1.3 with the following exceptions: Action Taken Code must be A, MAL Description Code
must be 806. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions. An
asterisk (*) denotes those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code D.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), and/or record supply requisition(s).
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code.
TRANS - Must be 31or 32. (Appendix E)
M/L* - Must be 2.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
16-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figures 16-52 and 16-53 are examples of the VIDS/MAF documented for aircraft tire and wheel
actions. The work center must document tire identification and BCM data in the failed and
required material fields of the MAF. Using AMSU Receipt, and various on-line functions the
following data fields require entry. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields completed by the
AMSU induction. Type MAF Code D.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data (as required).
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level organization code. System generated.
16-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-54 is an example of an IMA close out for post/predeployment. The following data
fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or
updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields from the turn-in document.
16-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-89
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-58 is an example of the VIDS/MAF documented for an end item turned in from a
supply activity for TD compliance. The supply activity, after coordinating through the I-level
QA, must initiate a TD compliance MAF for each item requiring TD compliance. The supply
activity must complete the following data fields on the TD compliance MAF prior to issuing to
Production Control for scheduling. The following explains documentation:
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the equipment.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates control number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System will generate Supply ORG JCN.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy and initiator.
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD for supply induction of items
requiring TD compliance.
16-93
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-59 is an example of Work Request VIDS/MAF data fields completed by Production
Control. This information is provided by the requesting activity. Using the appropriate on-line
function, enter the required data. The following explains documentation:
TYPE MAF CODE - "WR".
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Not required.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Not required.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Not required.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Not required.
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - Not required.
MAL CODE - Not required.
I/P - Not required.
HOURS - Not required.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the item being processed.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number, must be on database.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Not required.
SFTY/EI - Not required.
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. May be modified prior to approval.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Not required.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Enter the assigned JCN from the requesting activity.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code; auto assigned if FSCM/part
number is on database ICRL. (Appendix E)
16-94
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-95
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated.
WORK CENTER - System generated.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
PILOT/INITIATOR - System generated.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.46 VIDS/MAF Work Request (Supply Asset Build-Up Induction)
Figure 16-61 is an example of a completed Work Request VIDS/MAF documenting supply asset
build-up inductions. Supply must move the item to suspense prior to performing the Work
Request function. The following data fields require entries. Some data fields are system
generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the appropriate data, as required.
WORK UNIT CODE - System generated.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - System generated.
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - AT Code must be A. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - MAL code, must be 804. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items being processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the appropriate TEC.
16-96
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-97
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-98
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-99
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
NOTE: The NDI technician must sign-off the squadron’s work request. Squadron
Maintenance Control must obtain the Level II copy within 48 hours.
16-100
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-101
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-102
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-103
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being inducted.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 30. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - AT code must be F. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - MAL code must be 570 series. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items being processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the appropriate TEC.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D - WD code. (Appendix E)
T/M - TM code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Not required.
SFTY/EI - Not required.
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Enter the assigned JCN from the requesting activity.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
PILOT/INITIATOR - Enter the name of the person (as appropriate).
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16-104
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-105
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-106
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-107
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-108
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-109
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-110
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-111
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate work center. (Appendix E).
WORK PRIORITY - Enter the appropriate work priority.
SYSTEM REASON - Enter the short narrative description of the discrepancy.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.59 I-Level Armament Equipment Pool Component Due for Scheduled Maintenance
(Completed)
16-112
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-113
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
M/L* - Must be 2.
A/T - AT Code must be C. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - MAL Code must be 804. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items being processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the appropriate TEC.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D* - WD Code must be O. (Appendix E)
T/M* - TM Code must be D. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Not required.
SFTY/EI - Not required.
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data, as required.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Enter the assigned JCN from the requesting activity.
WORK CENTER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
PILOT/INITIATOR* - System generated.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.61 O-Level ALSS Personal Equipment Due For Scheduled Maintenance
(Completed)
16-114
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-115
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-116
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-117
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-79 is an example of a VIDS/MAF documented for items inducted from a supply
activity for check, test, or service. Supply must move the item to suspense prior to performing
the MAF function. The following data fields require entries. Some data fields are system
generated or updated by using on-line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields
completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code D.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Not required.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Not required.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Not required.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the appropriate WUC of item being inducted.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Not required.
16-118
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
M/L* - Must be 2.
A/T - Not required.
MAL CODE - Not required.
I/P - Not required.
HOURS - Not required.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the appropriate TEC.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
W/D* - WD Code must be O.
T/M* - TM Code must be T.
POSIT - Not required.
SFTY/EI - Not required.
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC* - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the FSCM, part number, removed date, serial number of the
removed item(s) and time cycle. If there is no serial number enter 0.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - JCN will have a Supply Org code.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Not required.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Not required.
PILOT/INITIATOR* - Type name.
MAINT CONTROL - Not required.
16.2.5.65 Completed Discrepancy MAF (Supply Asset Induction Document) (Material
Condition Tag Missing)
Figure 16-80 is an example of a completed VIDS/MAF documented for items inducted from a
supply activity for check, test, or service. The following data fields require entries. Some data
fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those
data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF code D.
16-119
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-120
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-81 illustrates the data groups to be completed by the O-level activity on the TD
compliance VIDS/MAF. If the TD is applicable to an end item, such as an aircraft or NC-5, and
a component is to be removed and sent to the IMA for modification or inspection as a portion of
the TD compliance, the man-hours required to remove and reinstall the component will be
documented on a TD compliance WO. The O-level will then originate a TD compliance WO for
each component forwarded to the I-level activity. This TD compliance WO will accompany the
component to the I-level activity for documentation of the assisting TD compliance action, and
processing. The I-level activity will sign a copy, indicating receipt of the component and return
it to the O-level activity as an IOU receipt. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields completed
by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code TD.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART* - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT* - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC for equipment.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI* - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Utilize O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
16-121
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-82 is an example of the VIDS/MAF documented for a TD compliance with the I-level
activity assist. The I-level activity will complete the MAF as an assist work center. An asterisk
(*) denotes those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code TD.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 47. (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated.
A/T - Enter Technical Directive status code, action taken field, must be A.
I/P - Must be 0.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART* - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT* - Enter kit number (if applicable); if not enter 00.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter TEC for the equipment.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number.
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
RECEIVED DATE/TIME - System generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter the
appropriate Julian date and time.
16-122
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Entries are required when TYPE EQUIP is Y, D, S, H, or G series
or whenever an incorporation is being reported against a component related modification.
Second time cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract
number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Utilize O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
Figure 16-83 is an example of a VIDS/MAF documented for items turned in for TD compliance.
If the TD compliance is directly applicable to a component, the removal and replacement of the
component and the associated man-hours will be documented on a VIDS, MAF, or WO. The O-
level activity will then originate a TD compliance WO for the component being forwarded to the
I-level activity. This TD compliance WO will accompany the component to the I-level activity
for documenting the accomplishment of the TD compliance action and processing. If the
component is not ordered, the I-level activity will sign copy 2, indicating receipt of the
component and return copy 2 to the O-level activity as an IOU receipt. An asterisk (*) denotes
those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code TD.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
16-123
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-84 is an example of the VIDS/MAF documented when processing an item for TD
compliance at the I-level activity. The I-level activity will complete the remainder of the TD
compliance MAF accounting for the items(s) processed in IP data field. An asterisk (*) denotes
those data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code TD.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 47. (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated.
A/T - Enter Technical Directive status code, action taken field.
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
16-124
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-125
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-126
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
modification. Second time cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle
indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Utilize O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - System generated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
Figure 16-86 is an example of a VIDS/MAF turn-in control document for engine repair initiated
by the O-level. The following data fields will be transcribed from O-level turn-in VIDS, MAF,
or WO into NALCOMIS AMSU Induction. Type MAF Code D.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
MAL CODE - Enter the conditional MAL Code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the engine.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data to reflect the PSSN as a removed
component. Leave part number data field blank. Second time cycle denotes removal of a
warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Utilize O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy. Provide inspection JCN
for IMA use.
16-127
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSP JCN - Enter ALPHA JCN from the discrepancy block of the Turn-In MAF.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT - Enter the data from the turn-in MAF.
SYSTEM REASON - Enter engine SERNO/MOM.
NOTE: Before any engine can be inducted for repair or inspection the engine must be
loaded to the Configuration Subsystem within NALCOMIS.
Figure 16-87 is an example of a VIDS/MAF for a supply asset engine depreservation. The
following data fields require entries.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter 049.
ACT ORG - System generated.
TRANS - System generated 11.
M/L - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the engine.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN.
W/D - System generated O. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated D. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated with Supply Org.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
SYSTEM REASON - Uncan/depreserve.
NOTE: Before any engine can be inducted for repair or inspection the engine must be
loaded to the Configuration Subsystem within NALCOMIS.
Figure 16-88 is an example of a VIDS/MAF for a supply asset engine (Assist MAF) test cell run.
The following data fields require entries.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
ACT ORG - System generated.
16-128
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-89 is an example of a supporting VIDS/MAF for a fix-in-place repair action not
requiring material. The following data fields require entries to document a completed action.
Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
16-129
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-90 is an example of a supporting VIDS/MAF for a fix-in-place repair action requiring
material. The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data
fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed parts, identify parts that caused AWP
during repair, and/or record supply requisitions.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Enter 12 when material is being indexed in failed required material. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
16-130
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-131
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Must be 18. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Must be R. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
BU/SERNO - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
W/D - System generates W; it can be changed to R or X. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item . Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16-132
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-133
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item. Second time
cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.78 Removal/Replacement of a Repairable Component with Repairable Sub-
Subassemblies
16-134
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-94 is an example of a supporting VIDS/MAF to FOM. The following data fields
require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or
updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - Must be S. (Appendix E)
16-135
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-95 is an example of a completed VIDS/MAF for an engine repair control document.
The following data fields require entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields
completed by the AMSU induction.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG* - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
16-136
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-96 is an example of a VIDS/MAF for a supply asset engine build-up. The following
data fields require entries.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
16-137
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-97 is an example of an engine component turned in for repair. An engine component
turned in for repair will have the following data fields which are system generated when the part
is ordered.
WORK UNIT CODE - System generated.
MAL CODE - Enter conditional MAL code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - System generated.
16-138
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-98 is an example of a completed engine component repair. To complete the repair use
the turn-in document and make the following entries. Some data fields are system generated or
updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields system generated from the turn-
in document.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed part(s), identify parts that caused AWP
during repair, and/or record supply requisition(s) (if applicable).
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Must be 31 or 32. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2, system generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
BU/SERNO* - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
16-139
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-99 is an example of a turn-in document from O-level activity solely for a major engine
inspection. This induction MAF also serves as the inspection control MAF. (*) denotes those
data fields completed by the AMSU induction. Type MAF Code "PC".
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the seven position WUC describing the inspection.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC of the engine.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the PSSN.
W/D* - Must be O.
T/M* - Must be J.
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Reflects the propulsion system as a removed component. Leave part
number blank.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - Enter O-level inspection JCN.
DISCREPANCY* - Enter narrative description of the type of inspection to be performed and
initiator.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT* - Enter turn-in document from O-level turn-in.
16.2.5.85 Control Document Solely for Major Engine Inspection (Completed)
Figure 16-100 an example of a completed control document for a major engine inspection. The
I-level activity will fill in the following blocks on the control document for an engine that has
been inducted into the I-level activity solely for a major engine inspection. Some data fields are
system generated or updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields system
generated from the turn-in document.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
16-140
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - If only one work center is involved in the inspection, look
phase man-hours may be entered on the control document. EMT will be system generated. If
more than one work center is involved, a separate supporting MAF must be documented for each
work center involved in the inspection.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Must be 31. (Appendix E)
M/L* - Must be 2, system generated.
A/T - Must be 0. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 000. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
BU/SERNO* - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
WORK CENTER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - System generated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action and indicate if
RFI or BCM.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
NOTE: If the engine is BCM, it should be documented using a fix phase JCN. The turn-in
document and E blocks will be transferred to the BCM MAF. The inspection
control document for the BCM'd engine will be closed out using Transaction Code
11 and 0 items processed.
16-141
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16.2.5.86 Control Document for Major Engine Inspection (Engine Undergoing Repair)
Figure 16-101 is an example of a supporting control document for an engine undergoing repair
that requires a major inspection. I-level maintenance activities will comply with this instruction
when engines are turned in for repair. If an inspection is required, the IMA will initiate the
MAF. The following explains documentation:
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the seven position WUC describing the inspection.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated from repair MAF.
BU/SERNO - System generated from repair MAF.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - Must be J, system generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated from engine turn-in MAF, must be A00, B00,
etc.
DISCREPANCY - Enter narrative description of the type of inspection to be performed.
SYSTEM/REASON - Enter PSSN and the word INSP.
16.2.5.87 Major Engine Inspection (Look Phase Supporting Work Center)
Figure 16-102 is an example of a look phase supporting work center for a major engine
inspection. If more than one work center is involved in the inspection, a separate supporting
MAF must be documented for each work center. Some data fields are system generated or
updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields system generated from the
control document created. Inspection look MAFs can be initiated when the control MAF is
initiated.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated.
A/T* - System generated. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE* - System generated. (Appendix E)
I/P* - Must be 0, system generated.
16-142
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-103 is an example of the VIDS/MAF documented for a fix-in-place for a major engine
inspection. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions. An
asterisk (*) denotes those data fields system generated from the control document.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Must be 11 or 12. (Appendix E)
16-143
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-144
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-145
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.90 Major Engine Inspection (Component Turn-In)
Figure 16-105 is an example of a component turn-in during a major engine inspection. Turn-in
MAF is created.
WORK UNIT CODE - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated.
BU/SERNO - System generated.
W/D - System generated.
T/M - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated.
DISCREPANCY - System generated.
SYSTEM/REASON - System generated.
16.2.5.91 Major Engine Inspection Completed After Repair Action
Figure 16-106 is an example of a major engine inspection control document after repair action.
I-level maintenance activities will comply with this instruction when engines are turned in for
repair. If an inspection is required, the I-level maintenance activity will initiate the MAF. When
the original repair action is complete and the inspection is complete, there should be two
completed control documents MAFs. The transaction code will be 31 for the repair control
document and 11 for the inspection control document. Some data fields are system generated or
updated by using on-line functions. (*) denotes those data fields system generated from the turn-
in document.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - If only one work center is involved in the inspection, look
phase man-hours may be entered on the control document. EMT will be system generated. If
more than one work center is involved, a separate supporting MAF must be documented for each
work center involved in the inspection.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level organization code; system generated.
TRANS - Must be 11. (Appendix E)
M/L* - Must be 2; system generated.
16-146
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-107 is an example of the entries required by the Supply Department for TD
compliance on all engines or engine components held as supply stock. The following explains
documentation:
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
16-147
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-108 is an example of the entries required by Production Control for TD compliance on
all engines or engine components held as supply stock. An asterisk (*) denotes entries
completed when MAF was initiated.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check LOGS and REC boxes and upon completion of
TD compliance enter name/rate/rank to certify all applicable logs/records have had appropriate
entries made.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the WUC which identifies the engine or component to which the
TD applies.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 41 or 47 (as appropriate); system generated. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2; system generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART* - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT* - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC that identifies the type of engine to which the TD applies.
16-148
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BU/SERNO* - Enter the PSSN of the engine or serial number of the component to which the TD
applies.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for PSSN. Second time cycle denotes
removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
DISCREPANCY* - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy and initiator.
NOTE: Production Control will initiate separate MAFs for each work center involved,
using the same JCN as the control document.
Figure 16-109 is an example of the completed TD compliance (work center entries) for supply
stock. (*) denotes those data fields previously completed by Supply and Production Control.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 41 or 47 (as appropriate).
M/L* - System generated.
A/T - Enter TD Status Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed. The following conditions will apply to the
number of items processed being recorded. (1) TD Status Codes A or W will require 0's. (2) TD
Status Codes C, D, P, or Q will require a minimum of 1 in this data field.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
16-149
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-110 is an example of the O-level originating the TD compliance VIDS/MAF (turn-in)
using an O-level JCN for engines or engine components sent to the I-level activity solely for TD
compliance. The following data fields will be filled in at the I-level activity. Type MAF Code
TD.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC that identifies the type of engine to which the TD applies.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN of the engine or serial number of the component to which the TD
applies; otherwise enter 000000.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
16-150
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-111 is an example of Production Control entries for an O-level engine TD compliance.
(*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART* - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT* - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP* - Enter the TEC for equipment.
BU/SERNO* - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number; must be on database.
POSIT* - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
16-151
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-112 is an example of a completed I-level work center VIDS/MAF for an engine TD
compliance request. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 41. (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate TD Status Code that describes the action taken by the reporting work
center. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed. The following conditions will apply to the
number of items processed: (1) TD Status Codes A or W will require 0's. (2) TD Status codes
C, D, P, or Q will require a 1 in this data field.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - System generated. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - System generated.
16-152
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-153
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC that identifies the type of engine to which the TD applies. Enter
YE series TEC for components.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN of the engine or serial number of the component to which the TD
applies, otherwise enter 000000.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT - Enter kit number.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the FSCM, serial number, part number, and Julian date
removed. Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates
contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Enter a supply JCN.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
NOTES: 1. TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS
Configuration Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
2. Production Control will initiate separate MAFs for each work center involved.
16.2.5.99 I-Level Originated TD Compliance (Completed)
16-154
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-155
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-115 is an example of the entries on the turn-in VIDS/MAF from the O-level activity.
Type MAF Code TD.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC that identifies the type of engine to which the TD applies. Enter
YE series TEC for components.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN of the engine or serial number of the component to which the TD
applies, otherwise enter 000000.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT - Enter kit number.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the FSCM, serial number, part number, Julian date removed.
Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract
number.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
16-156
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-116 is an example of the entries required by AMSU/Production Control for an O-level
TD compliance assist. Type MAF code "TD".
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 41 or 47 (as appropriate). (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC that identifies the type of engine to which the TD applies. Enter
YE series TEC for components.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN of the engine or serial number of the component to which the TD
applies; otherwise enter 000000.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the FSCM, serial number, part number, and Julian date
removed. Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates
contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Utilize O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
PRI - Enter 1, 2, or 3.
16-157
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-158
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-118 is an example of an O-level turn-in VIDS/MAF for a modular engine repair. Type
MAF Code D.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being processed.
MAL CODE - Enter the conditional MAL code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC of the engine.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN.
W/D - Enter the applicable WD code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SAFETY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
16-159
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Reflects the PSSN as a removed component on the turn-in MAF.
Leave part number blank. Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time
cycle indicates contract number.
DISCREPANCY - Enter narrative description of the discrepancy and initiator. Provide
inspection JCN for IMA use.
INSPECTION JCN - Enter inspection JCN from discrepancy field.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT - Transcribe the data from O-level turn-in.
16.2.5.104 Fix-In-Place (Not Requiring Material)
16-160
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated from engine turn-in MAF.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16.2.5.105 Fix-In-Place (Requiring Material)
16-161
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-162
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-163
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 23. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Must be R. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
BU/SERNO - System generated from engine turn-in MAF.
W/D - System generates W; it can be changed to R or X. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item. Second time
cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated from engine turn-in MAF.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16-164
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-123 is an example of a completed engine repair control document. Use the turn-in
document and complete the following blocks. The following data fields require entries to
document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-
line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields completed by the AMSU induction.
Type MAF Code "D".
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Transaction code must be 31. (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated.
BU/SERNO* - System generated.
W/D* - System generated. (Appendix E)
T/M* - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates, and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
WORK CENTER* - System generated. (Appendix E)
16-165
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-166
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-167
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-126 is an example of a completed VIDS/MAF for module repair. Use the turn-in
document and complete the following blocks. The following data fields require entries to
document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-
line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC for the item being removed/replaced.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code; system generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 31. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2; system generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated for the engine module with fourth position X.
BU/SERNO* - System generated for the engine module.
W/D* - System generates W; it can be changed to R or X. (Appendix E)
T/M* - System generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates, and times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
WORK CENTER* - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
16-168
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-128 is an example of a repair of a repairable component with required material. Use
the turn-in document and complete the following blocks. The following data fields require
entries to document a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by
using on-line functions. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED REQUIRED MATERIAL - Record supply requisitions.
WORK UNIT CODE* - Enter the specific WUC for the item being removed/replaced.
16-169
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-129 is an example of a turn-in VIDS/MAF for a repairable component. Use for turn-in
of defective sub-subassembly for sub-subassembly repair in the I-level activity when the repair
16-170
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
of these items is accomplished as a separate job. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that
are system generated.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
MAL CODE - Enter conditional MAL code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated for modules with an X in the fourth position.
BU/SERNO* - System generated to reflect module serial number.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - System generated.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT* - System generated.
16.2.5.115 Repair of a Sub-Subassembly from a Component Subassembly (Completed)
16-171
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-172
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-173
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MAL CODE - Enter conditional MAL Code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated for modules with an X in the fourth position.
BU/SERNO* - System generated to reflect module serial number.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - System generated.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT* - System generated.
16.2.5.118 O-Level Turn-In Control Document Modular Engine Turn-In (Solely for Major
Engine Inspection)
Figure 16-133 is an example of an O-level turn-in control document. Use for turn-in from the O-
level activity to accomplish the induction of the engine. Type MAF Code PC.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the seven position WUC describing the inspection.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC of the engine.
BU/SERNO - Enter the PSSN for the engine.
W/D - Must be O.
T/M - Must be J.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Reflects the PSSN as a removed component. Leave part number
blank.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Use O-level phase JCN.
DISCREPANCY - Enter narrative description of the type of inspection to be performed and
initiator.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT - Use O-level turn-in document number.
SYSTEM/REASON - Enter the engine PSSN and the word MOM.
16.2.5.119 Major Modular Engine Inspection (Look Phase Supporting Work Center)
Figure 16-134 is an example of a look phase supporting work center for a major engine
inspection not requiring any material. If more than one work center is involved in the inspection,
a separate supporting MAF must be documented for each work center. The following data fields
16-174
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
require entries for a completed action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by
using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE - Same as control document.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 11, system generated. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Must be 0. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 000. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 0.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Same as control document, system generated.
BU/SERNO - Same as control document, system generated.
W/D - Same as control document, system generated. (Appendix E)
T/M - Same as control document, system generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the card numbers of the MRC to be complied with.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the MRC card numbers complied with and item numbers of
any discrepancy discovered. Any discrepancy found will have a fix phase JCN assigned.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16-175
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-135 is an example of a look phase supporting work center for a major engine
inspection (Engine Test Cell Run). The following data fields require entries for a completed
action. Some data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
WORK UNIT CODE - Same as control document.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 11, system generated. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Must be 0. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Must be 000. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 0.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Same as control document, system generated.
BU/SERNO - Same as control document, system generated.
W/D - Same as control document, system generated. (Appendix E)
T/M - Same as control document, system generated. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the card numbers of the MRC to be complied with.
16-176
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the MRC card numbers complied with and item numbers of
any discrepancy discovered. Any discrepancy found will have a fix phase JCN assigned.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
SYSTEM/REASON - Enter the engine serial number and the word RUN.
16.2.5.121 Major Engine Inspection (Fix-In-Place)
Figure 16-136 is an example of a fix-in-place VIDS/MAF during a major engine inspection. The
following data fields require entries for a completed action. Some data fields are system
generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Enter the failed parts(s), identify parts that caused AWP
during repair, and/or record supply requisition(s) (if applicable).
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 11 or 12. (Appendix E)
M/L - System generated.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP - Same as control document, system generated.
BU/SERNO - Same as control document, system generated.
W/D - Must be M, system generated. (Appendix E)
T/M - System generated. (Appendix E)
16-177
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-137 is an example of a fix phase module replacement VIDS/MAF during a major
engine inspection. The following data fields require entries for a completed action. Some data
fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Record supply requisitions.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC for the item being requisitioned.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code, system generated.
TRANS - Must be 23. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2; system generated.
A/T - Must be R. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Must be 1.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
16-178
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-138 is an example of a fix phase module replacement MAF during a major engine
inspection. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
MAL CODE - Enter conditional MAL code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated for modules with an X in the fourth position.
BU/SERNO* - System generated to reflect module serial number.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated.
16-179
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-180
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. Second time
cycle denotes removal of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item. Second time
cycle denotes installation of a warranted item. Third time cycle indicates contract number.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
16.2.5.125 Major Engine Inspection (Fix Phase Component Turn-In)
Figure 16-140 is an example of a fix phase component turn-in VIDS/MAF during a major engine
inspection. An asterisk (*) denotes those data fields that are system generated.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
MAL CODE - Enter conditional MAL Code (if applicable); otherwise leave blank.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated for engine TEC.
BU/SERNO* - System generated to reflect engine.
W/D* - System generated.
T/M* - System generated.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM* - System generated.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER* - System generated.
DISCREPANCY* - System generated.
TURN-IN DOCUMENT - System generated.
16.2.5.126 Completed Major Inspection Control Document (Modular Engine Turned-In
Solely for Major Inspection)
Figure 16-141 is an example of a major inspection control document for an engine turned-in
solely for inspection. The following data fields require entries for a completed action. Some
data fields are system generated or updated by using on-line functions.
16-181
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-182
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-142 is an example of the O-level originating the TD compliance VIDS/MAF using an
O-level JCN for modular engine sent to the I-level activity solely for TD compliance. Type
MAF Code TC.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the module or component WUC.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT - Enter X (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE - Enter appropriate code. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO. - Enter basic number.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV - Enter revision (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM - Enter amendment (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART - Enter part (if applicable).
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT - Enter kit number.
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for module to which the TD applies.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number for the module.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Must be filled in under the following circumstances: 1) If module
will have a part number change; 2) If the TD applies to a component within the module, enter the
information concerning the component. Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item.
Third time cycle indicates contract number.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Use O-level JCN.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy and initiator.
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
16-183
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-143 is an example of Production Control entries on an O-level activity request for a
TD compliance VIDS/MAF. An asterisk (*) indicates data entered from the O-level turn-in
document.
WORK UNIT CODE* - System generated.
ACT ORG* - System generated.
TRANS - Transaction Code must be 41 or 47 (as appropriate). (Appendix E)
M/L* - System generated. Must be 2.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID INT* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID CODE* - System generated. (Appendix E)
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID BASIC NO.* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID RV* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID AM* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID PART* - System generated.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE ID KIT* - System generated.
TYPE EQUIP* - System generated.
BU/SERNO* - System generated.
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
SFTY/EI - Enter the appropriate safety/EI number (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Must be filled in under the following circumstances: 1) If module
will have a part number change; 2) If the TD applies to a component within the module, enter the
information concerning the component. Second time cycle denotes removal of a warranted item.
Third time cycle indicates contract number.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy and initiator.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - Use O-level JCN.
WORK CENTER* - System generated. (Appendix E)
NOTE: TD identification information must be loaded to the NALCOMIS Configuration
Subsystem prior to the induction of any TD.
16-184
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-185
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-186
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-187
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-188
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-189
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the FSCM, serial number, part number, Julian date removed,
and appropriate time/cycle data for the installed item.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates and times.
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action taken.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - JCN system generated from module inspection control MAF.
PRI - Production control or authorized personnel will fill in this data field to approve the initiated
MAF.
SYSTEM/REASON - Enter a brief (snap shot) description of the reported discrepancy.
AMA 16.2.5.133 Removal and Replacement of Cartridges (CART), Cartridge Activated Devices
2024-04 (CAD), and Propellant Actuated Devices(PAD) (I-Level Maintenance)
Figure 16-148 is an example of a VIDS/MAF documented for the removal and replacement of
explosive devices. The following explains documentation:
ENTRIES REQUIRED SIGNATURE - Check the appropriate field, signature is electronically
posted.
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS - Enter the appropriate data.
FAILED/REQUIRED MATERIAL - Record supply requisitions.
WORK UNIT CODE - Enter the specific WUC of the item being processed.
ACT ORG - I-level Organization Code. System generated.
TRANS - Must be 18. (Appendix E)
M/L - Must be 2.
A/T - Enter the appropriate AT Code. (Appendix E)
MAL CODE - Enter the appropriate MAL Code. (Appendix E)
I/P - Enter the total number of items processed.
HOURS - System generated from accumulated work hours field.
EMT - System generated.
16-190
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TYPE EQUIP - Enter the TEC for the item being processed; first position must be D, G, H, M, S,
V, or Y.
BU/SERNO - Enter the appropriate bureau/serial number, must be on database.
W/D - Enter the appropriate WD Code. (Appendix E)
T/M - Enter the appropriate TM Code. (Appendix E)
POSIT - Enter the appropriate PSI (if applicable).
REPAIR CYCLE - Received date/time; system generated. In-work/completed date/time; enter
the appropriate Julian date and time.
MAINTENANCE/SUPPLY REC - Enter the appropriate job status, Julian dates/times.
REMOVED/OLD ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the removed/old item. The part number
block (E23) must reflect the lot number of the device removed. The time/cycle block (E42) must
have an entry using time/cycle prefix code H and the container open date (MMYY) for CARTs
or CADs and the manufacture date (MMYY) for PADs.
INSTALLED/NEW ITEM - Enter the appropriate data for the installed/new item. The part
number block (G23) must reflect the lot number of the device installed. The time/cycle block
(G38) must have an entry using time/cycle prefix code H and the container open date (MMYY)
for CARTs or CADs and the manufacture date (MMYY) for PADs.
JOB CONTROL NUMBER - System generated upon Production Control approval.
WORK CENTER - Enter the appropriate Work Center Code. (Appendix E)
DISCREPANCY - Enter the narrative description of the discrepancy.
CORRECTIVE ACTION - Enter the narrative description of the corrective action.
CORRECTED BY/INSPECTED BY/SUPERVISOR - Signatures are electronically posted to the
MAF, based on the individual SMQ/PASSWORD.
MAINT CONTROL - Signature is electronically posted to the MAF, based on the individual's
SMQ.
16-191
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-192
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-193
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-194
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
VIDS/M AF 1
On-Equipment
(End Item)
VIDS/MAF 1
************** ON-EQUIPM ENT WORK. A VIDS/M AF is generated for all work performed on an end item
.
of SE. If no repairable component is removed, this is the only document required.
VIDS/M AF 2
Turn-In
(Component) VIDS/MAF 2
TURN-IN DOCUM ENT. A VIDS/M AF is generated whenever a repairable component is removed from
*************** -
an end item for off-equipment work. A turn-in document will have the same JCN as the removal document, and
will be submitted to AM SU.
VIDS/M AF 2a
Off-Equipment
(Component) VIDS/MAF 2a
OFF-EQUIPM ENT. Complete the maintenance action on the removed component by completing
**************** - If no repairable subassemblies are removed, this is the last document required.
the turn-in document.
VIDS/M AF 3
Suffix Turn-In
(Subassembly)
VIDS/MAF 3
**************** SUFFIX TURN-IN . A VIDS/M AF is generated for each repairable subassembly removed from
component during off-equipment
- work. A suffix VIDS/M AF will have a suffix of the original
. JCN.
VIDS/M AF 3a
Off-Equipment
(Subassembly) VIDS/MAF 3a
OFF-EQUIPM ENT. Complete the maintenance action on a removed subassembly by
**************** completing the suffix turn-in
- document. If no repairable sub-subassembly is removed, this is the last
document required.
NOTE: If a repairable sub-subassembly is removed from a subassembly, repeat the procedures shown in VIDS/M AF 3 and VIDS/M AF 3a.
-
16-195
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-196
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-197
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-198
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-199
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-200
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-10: End Item Repair of a SEGTE (No Removed Component) (Example)
16-201
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-202
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-203
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-204
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-205
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-206
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-207
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-208
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-209
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-210
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-211
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-212
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-213
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-214
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-215
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-216
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-217
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-218
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-219
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-220
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-221
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-222
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 1
On-Equipment
TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 1
(End Item)
END ITEM TD COM PLIANCE. A TD compliance VIDS/M AF is generated for all TDs incorporated
***************** on an end item of SE. If no component is removed, this is the only document required.
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 2
Turn-In TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 2
(Component) TD COM PLIANCE TURN-IN DOCUMENT. A TD compliance turn-in document is
generated whenever a component is removed for off-equipment inspection or modification in
compliance with an end item. .
***************
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF2a
Off-Equipment
(Component) TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 2a
OFF-EQUIPM ENT TO COM PLIANCE. Complete the assist off-
equipment portion of the end item TDs by completing the turn-in
*************** document.
JCN: XYZ 123 456 A
Figure 16-32: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance Concurrent with a
Failed Part
16-223
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Supporting
VIDS/M AF 1
On-Equipment
SUPPORTING VIDS/MAF 1
COM PONENT TD COMPLIANCE. A TD compliance supporting VIDS/M AF is generated to account for on-
(End Item)
equipment work, whenever a RFI component is removed for off-equipment inspection or modification in compliance
with a TD that applies only to the components. The TD compliance is not identified on the supporting VIDS/M AF.
**************** .
JCN: XYZ 123 567
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 2 TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 2
Turn-In TD COM PLIANCE TURN-IN DOCUMENT. A TD compliance turn-in document is generated,
(Component) whenever a component is removed for off-equipment inspection or modification in compliance with
a TD that applies only to the component.
***************** .
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 2a
Off-Equipment TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 2a
(Component) OFF-EQUIPM ENT TD COM PLIANCE. Complete the compliance portion of the
component TD by completing the turn-in document.
*****************
16-224
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Repair
VIDS/M AF 1
On-Equipment REPAIR VIDS/MAF 1
(End Item) ON-EQUIPM ENT WORK. A VIDSW/M AF is generated to document the end item failure and order a replacement
component. M an-hours and EM T expended removing and replacing the component are accounted for on the TD
***************** compliance on-equipment VIDS/M AF (#3 below).
Repair
VIDS/M AF 2
Turn-In REPAIR VIDS/MAF 2
(Component) TURN-IN DOCUM ENT. A turn-in document is generated to initiate repair of the removed component.
This is in addition to the TD compliance turn-in document (#4 below).
****************
Repair
VIDS/M AF 2a
Off-Equipment
(Component) REPAIR VIDS/MAF 2a
OFF-EQUIPM ENT REPAIR. Complete the repair action on the removed component by completing the turn-in
document.
****************
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 3
On-Equipment TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 3
(End Item) END-ITEM TD COM PLIANCE. A TD compliance VIDS/M AF is generated to document the TD compliance on the
end item. M an-hours and EM T expended for component removal will be documented on this VIDS/M AF.
****************
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 4
Turn-In TD COM PLIANCE VIDS/M AF 4
(Component) TD COM PLIANCE TURN-IN DOCUMENT. A VIDS/M AF is generated to initiate the off-equipment
portion of the end item TD compliance action. This is in addition to the repair turn-in document (#2
**************** above).
TD Compliance
VIDS/M AF 4a
Off-Equipment
(Component)
TD COMPLIANCE VIDS/MAF 4a
OFF-EQUIPM ENT TD COM PLIANCE. Complete the assist (off-equipment) portion of the end item TD by
completing the turn-in document.
*****************
Figure 16-34: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance With a Failed Part
16-225
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Repair
MAF 1
On-Equipment REPAIR MAF 1
(End Item) ON-EQUIPMENT WORK. When a TD applies to a component that is removed for failure, the
MAF that documents the failure will also account for the man-hours and EMT expended
***************** removing and replacing the component.
Repair
MAF 2
Turn-In
REPAIR MAF 2
(Component)
TURN-IN DOCUMENT. A turn-in document is generated to initiate repair of the
removed component. This is in addition to the TD compliance turn-in document.
*****************
Repair
MAF 2a
Off-Equipment
REPAIR MAF 2a
(Component)
OFF-EQUIPMENT REPAIR. Complete the repair action on the
removed component by completing the turn-in document
*****************
TD Compliance
MAF 3
Turn-In TD COMPLIANCE MAF 3
(Component) TD COMPLIANCE TURN-IN DOCUMENT. A MAF is generated to initiate the off-equipment
portion of the end item TD compliance action. This is in addition to the repair turn-in document
***************** (#2 above).
TD Compliance
MAF 3a
Off-Equipment
TD COMPLIANCE MAF 3a
(Component)
OFF-EQUIPMENT TD COMPLIANCE. Complete the compliance portion of the
component TD by completing the turn-in document.
*****************
Figure 16-35: VIDS/MAF Required for End Item TD Compliance Concurrent with a
Failed Part
16-226
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-227
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-228
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-229
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-230
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-231
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-232
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-233
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-234
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-235
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-236
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-237
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-238
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-239
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-240
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-241
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-242
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-52: Tire and Wheel Documentation (Tires Prepositioned in W/C) (Example)
16-243
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-53: Tire and Wheel Documentation (Ordering Replacement Tire) (Example)
16-244
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-245
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-246
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-247
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-248
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-249
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-250
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-251
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-61: VIDS/MAF Work Request (Supply Asset Build-Up Induction) (Example)
16-252
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-62: Scheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI In-Shop) (Passed Inspection)
(Example)
16-253
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-63: Scheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI On-Site) (Passed Inspection)
(Example)
16-254
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-64: Scheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI On-Site) (Failed Inspection)
(Example)
16-255
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-65: Scheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI In-Shop) (Failed Inspection)
(Example)
16-256
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-66: Unscheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI In-Shop) (Passed Inspection)
(Example)
16-257
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-67: Unscheduled Maintenance Work Request (NDI In-Shop) (Failed Inspection)
(Example)
16-258
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-259
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-260
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-261
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-262
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-263
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-264
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-74: I-Level Armament Equipment Pool Component Due for Scheduled
Maintenance (Completed) (Example)
16-265
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-75: O-Level ALSS Equipment Due for Scheduled Maintenance (Maintenance
and Material Required) (Completed) (Example)
16-266
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-76: O-Level ALSS Personal Equipment Due For Scheduled Maintenance
(Completed) (Example)
16-267
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-77: O-Level ALSS Personal Equipment Due For Scheduled Maintenance
(Maintenance and Material Required) (Completed) (Example)
16-268
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-78: I-Level ALSS Pool Component Due for Scheduled Maintenance (Completed)
(Example)
16-269
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-270
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-271
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-272
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-273
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-274
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-275
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-276
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-86: O-Level Turn-In Control Document for Engine Repair (Example)
16-277
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-278
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-88: Supply Asset Engine (Assist VIDS/MAF) Test Cell Run (Example)
16-279
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-280
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-281
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-282
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-283
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-284
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-285
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-286
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-287
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-288
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-289
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-99: Turn-In Document Solely for Major Engine Inspection (Example)
16-290
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-100: Control Document Solely for Major Engine Inspection (Completed)
(Example)
16-291
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-101: Control Document for Major Engine Inspection (Engine Undergoing
Repair) (Example)
16-292
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-102: Major Engine Inspection (Look Phase Supporting Work Center) (Example)
16-293
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-294
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-104: Major Engine Inspection (Fix Phase Removal and Replacement of a
Repairable Component) (Example)
16-295
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-296
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-106: Major Engine Inspection Completed After Repair Action (Example)
16-297
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-298
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-108: Supply Asset TD Compliance Request (IMA Production Control Entries)
(Example)
16-299
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-300
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-301
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-302
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-303
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-304
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-305
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-115: O-Level Request for TD Compliance Assist (Engine Component) (Example)
16-306
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-307
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-308
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-118: O-Level Turn-In Control Document for Engine Repair (Modular Engine)
(Example)
16-309
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-310
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-311
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-312
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-313
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-314
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-315
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-316
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-317
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-318
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-319
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-320
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-321
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-322
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-323
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-324
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-134: Major Modular Engine Inspection (Look Phase Supporting Work Center)
(Example)
16-325
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-135: Major Modular Engine Inspection (Look Phase Supporting Work Center)
(Engine Test Cell Run) (Example)
16-326
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-327
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-137: Major Engine Inspection (Fix Phase Module Replacement) (Example)
16-328
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-329
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-139: Major Engine Inspection (Fix Phase Repairable Component Replacement)
(Example)
16-330
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-140: Major Engine Inspection (Fix Phase Component Turn-In) (Example)
16-331
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-141: Completed Major Inspection Control Document (Modular Engine Turned-
In Solely for Major Inspection) (Example)
16-332
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-142: O-Level Activity Request for a Modular Engine TD Compliance by I-Level
Activity (Example)
16-333
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-143: Production Control Entries (O-Level Activity Request for TD Compliance)
(Example)
16-334
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-335
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-336
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-337
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
16-338
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Figure 16-148: Removal and Replacement of Cartridges, Cartridge Activated Devices, and
Propellant Actuated Devices (I-Level Maintenance) (Example)
16-339
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX A
Acronyms, Abbreviations, and Definitions
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2M – MINIATURE/MICROMINIATURE
3M – MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
5S – SORT, STRAIGHTEN, SHINE, STANDARDIZE, AND SUSTAIN – The 5S methodology
helps a workplace remove items that are no longer needed (Sort), organize the items to optimize
efficiency and flow (Straighten), clean the area in order to more easily identify problems (Shine),
implement color coding and labels to stay consistent with other areas (Standardize) and develop
behaviors that keep the workplace organized over the long term (Sustain).
A
A/R – ARRESTS/RECOVERY ASSIST, SECURING AND TRAVERSING
AADB – AUTOMATED AIRCRAFT DISCREPANCY BOOK
AADF – AUTOMATED AIRCRAFT DISCREPANCY FILE
AAE – AIRCRAFT ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT – Equipment is used to mount ordnance to the
aircraft, such as bomb racks and missile launchers (BRU-32, LAU-118, etc.).
AAI – AMMRL ACTIVITY IDENTIFIER – A code used to identify an activity for the purpose of
managing the IMRL.
AAMO – ASSISTANT AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE OFFICER (Marine Corps)
AAAR – AIRCRAFT ACCOUNTING AUDIT REPORT
AAS – AIRCRAFT ARMAMENT SYSTEMS – AAS is comprised of the following sub-systems:
Aircraft Armament Equipment (AAE)/Alternate Mission Equipment (AME), Aircraft Gun Systems
(AGS), Aircraft Crew Served Weapons (ACSW), Aircraft Crew Served Weapon Mounts (ACSW
Mounts), and LASER Aiming Devices (LAD).
ABDR – AIRCRAFT BATTLE DAMAGE REPAIR – Maintenance actions taken during combat
conditions that may provide less than 100 percent restoration of an aircraft and its subsystems to
original strength, mission capability, or configuration.
ABO – AVIATORS BREATHING OXYGEN
ACC – AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN – ACCs administratively control the
assignment, employment, and logistic support of certain aircraft and aircraft engine. CNO
designated ACCs: COMNAVAIRFOR, CNATRA, COMNAVAIRFORES and
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM.
A-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ACCEPTANCE – Assumption of responsibility for, or legal title to, an aircraft, engine or equipment
from another party. Receipt of new aircraft, engine or equipment from a manufacturer (or of any
aircraft from a non-Navy custodian) by a representative authorized to do so by the Navy.
ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION – See INSPECTIONS, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE and SE.
ACCESSORIES – See AIRFRAME ACCESSORIES and ENGINE ACCESSORIES.
ACCOUNTABLE ITEM – Any item that must be accounted for or reported, per directive.
Examples: Equipment that must be accounted for and reported per the AMMRL Program; and tools
that must be accounted for per the Tool Control Program.
ACCUM – ACCUMULATED
ACCUMULATED WORK HOURS – Hours that are expended against a job by individuals within
the same work center.
ACE – AVIATION COMBAT ELEMENT – The aviation organization assigned to a Marine Air-
Ground Task Force.
ACES – AIRCRAFT COST EVALUATION SYSTEM on the CNAP SharePoint at
https://datavis.navair.navy.mil/#/site/NAVAIREnterprise/workbooks/14150/views
ACI – AIRCRAFT CONDITION INSPECTION – Condition inspection of aircraft per parameters
specified in the Type/Model/Series Integrated Maintenance Concept (IMC)/Planned Maintenance
Interval (PMI) specifications.
ACO – ADMINISTRATIVE CONTRACTING OFFICER – Performs assigned functions, duties, or
responsibilities related to the administration of a contract.
ACP – ASSETS CAPITALIZATION PROGRAM
ACSA – ACQUISITION AND CROSS SERVICING AGREEMENT
ACQUISITION LOGISTICS – The management process associated with the design, development,
test, production, fielding, sustainment, and improvement of DoD systems.
ACSP – AIRCRAFT CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM – Program that implements requirements for
aviation confined space entry.
ACSW – AIRCRAFT CREW SERVED WEAPONS
ACT – ACTUAL
ACTION DATE – The Julian date on which a maintenance form is completed by a work center.
ACTION ORGANIZATION – A three-character alphanumeric code that identifies the activity that
actually performs the maintenance action.
A-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
ACTIVE AIRCRAFT – Aircraft currently engaged in supporting flying missions either through
direct assignment to aircraft units or reassignment through any of the logistic processes of supply,
maintenance, or modification.
ADB – AIRCRAFT DISCREPANCY BOOK – Provides maintenance and aircrew with an accurate,
comprehensive, and chronological record and maintenance performed over the last 10 flights.
ADDR – AIRCRAFT DELIVERY DEFICIENCY REPORT – The report submitted by Depot
Aircraft Examiners to document deficiencies associated with inadequate periodic maintenance.
ADDU – ADDITIONAL DUTY
ADJ – ADJUSTMENT
ADMINISTRATIVE CHAIN OF COMMAND – The chain of command as determined by the
administrative organization.
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMANDS (Type Commands) – The commands that provide the tactical
commands with the means to conduct tactical operations. Administration of training, supply, and
repair of fleet units are some of their responsibilities.
ADRL – AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENT LIST
ADW – AVIATION DATA WAREHOUSE – The central collection point for NALCOMIS data.
AE – AGE EXPLORATION – The process of determining age-reliability relationships through
controlled testing and analysis of chance or unintentional events for safety critical items; and from
operating experience for non-safety items.
AEF – AERONAUTICAL EXPEDITIONARY AIRFIELD
AEL – ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGE LIST - Used to specify requirements for shipboard equipage
and lists of miscellaneous material requirements for mechanical, electrical, ordnance, or electronic
system(s) in operating spaces aboard ship.
AEP – ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT POOL
AER – AIRCREW EQUIPMENT RECORD – Aircrew Equipment ALS Records document the
current configuration of survival equipment. Aircrew Equipment Records (AER) are used for
component inventory.
A-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AIR PORTABLE – Equipment that can be carried in an aircraft with only minor dismantling and
reassembly within the capabilities of user units.
AIRCRAFT – An air vehicle, designed primarily for flight in the atmosphere that has incorporated
in its prime design the ability/requirement for human occupancy. See ACTIVE AIRCRAFT;
EXPERIMENTAL AIRCRAFT; INACTIVE AIRCRAFT; PRODUCTION AIRCRAFT;
PROGRAM AIRCRAFT; PROJECT AIRCRAFT; RESERVE AIRCRAFT; RESERVE STOCK
AIRCRAFT; SPECIAL TEST, PERMANENT AIRCRAFT; SPECIAL TEST, TEMPORARY
AIRCRAFT; SUPPORTING AIRCRAFT; and UNIT AIRCRAFT.
AIRCRAFT AIRFRAME – The structural components, including the framework and skin of such
parts as the fuselage, empennage, wings, landing gear (minus tires), and engine mounts.
AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION LIST – A listing of the avionics components
installed in aircraft, ss-referenced to applicable ARRs that contain the support requirements for
outfitting purposes.
AIRCRAFT LOADING TABLE – A data sheet used by the force unit commander containing
information on the load that actually goes into each aircraft.
AIRCRAFT LOGBOOK – A detailed service record maintained for each individual aircraft. See
AESR.
AIRFRAME – See AIRCRAFT AIRFRAME and MISSILE AIRFRAME.
AIRFRAME ACCESSORIES – The items of equipment required for operation of the aircraft and
not considered an integral part of the airframe or engine, such as wheels, brakes, hydraulic
equipment, fuel systems, deicing equipment, anti-icing equipment, and other items regardless of
whether attached to the engine or airframe. See EQUIPMENT, DIVISION OF.
AIRRS – AIRCRAFT INVENTORY AND READINESS REPORTING SYSTEM – Provides up-
to-date and consistent aircraft inventory, readiness data, and flight or utilization data for each
aircraft in the Navy inventory.
AIRS – AIRCRAFT INVENTORY REPORTING SYSTEM
AIRSpeed – The integration and application of LSS and TOC process improvement methods to
consistently deliver readiness with greater efficiency.
AIRSpeed BLACK BELT – A fully trained practitioner of Lean and Six Sigma skills and
techniques. Black Belts typically lead complex projects where higher-level tools or statistical
analysis may be required. Also serves as technical advisor to Green Belts in training, mentoring,
and coaching Green Belt projects.
AIRSpeed GREEN BELT – A part-time leader and participant in CPI events, that require
fundamental Lean and Six Sigma skills and techniques.
AIRWORTHINESS INSPECTION – Applicable to commercial off the shelf aircraft and provides
for a periodic standard D-level rework normally performed per the manufacturer's FAA approved
A-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
maintenance requirements. This rework includes a comprehensive inspection together with critical
defect corrosion correction and compliance with outstanding FAA airworthiness directives and
approved manufacturer's service bulletins.
AIS – AVIATION INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ALE – AUTOMATED LOGISTICS ENVIRONMENT
ALERTS – AVIATION LOGISTIC ELECTRONIC REQUIREMENTS TRAINING SYSTEM
ALIMS – AVIATION LOGISTICS INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
ALLOCATION (PERSONNEL) – The apportionment of personnel numbers to a program or
program element of the Future Defense Plan.
ALLOWANCE (AIRCRAFT) – The quantity and kind of aircraft an organizational unit is
authorized to have. See PROGRAM OPERATING ALLOWANCE.
ALLOWANCE LISTS – Documents used to specify authorized requirements of operational support
inventory for a squadron, IMA, or ship. The allowance is based on the activity's need for the item to
perform its mission, the level of maintenance, and frequency of use.
ALS - AUTOMATED LOGSET – An electronic data set of maintenance, repair/rework, operation,
and miscellaneous history of a specific BUNO aircraft or SERNO equipment.
ALSP – ACQUISITION LOGISTICS SUPPORT PLAN – The ALSP is prepared by the Logistics
Manager to identify all logistics planning for aviation weapon system acquisitions or modifications
of equipment, and is used as guidance for developing and managing the logistics program and
logistics element requirements.
ALSS - AVIATION LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM(S) – Items of equipment and clothing needed to
allow aircrew members and aircraft passengers to function within all parameters of the flight
environment, safely egress from disabled aircraft and descend/ascend to the surface, and survive on
land and water and to interface with rescue forces.
ALTERNATE ITEM – An interchangeable item or suitable substitute capable of performing the
same function(s) as the prime item.
AM – AMENDMENT
AMA – AVIATION MAINTENANCE ADVISORY – A naval message issued by
COMNAVAIRFOR to advise activities of discrepancies with the NAMP compliance being found
during inspections, or to emphasize, correct, or update a NAMP policy.
AMARC – AEROSPACE MAINTENANCE AND REGENERATION CENTER
AMARG – AEROSPACE MAINTENANCE AND REGENERATION GROUP
AMB – AIRCRAFT MISHAP BOARD
A-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AMTRP – Aviation Maintenance Training and Readiness Program – The Marine Corps program
that provides maintenance training standardization, identification of training resources, and a
standardized method for measuring the readiness of work centers, divisions, and departments.
AO – AVIATION ORDNANCEMAN
AOL – ALL OPERATOR LETTERS
AOM – AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE
APA – APPROPRIATION PURCHASE ACCOUNT
APL – ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST - A listing of repair parts prepared for individual equipment
and components.
APML – ASSISTANT PROGRAM MANAGER FOR LOGISTICS
APT – AVIATION PROGRAM TEAM
APPROPRIATION – An authorization, established by an Act of the Congress of the United States,
to spend funds of the U. S. Treasury or incur indebtedness for specified purposes. The Operations
and Maintenance, Navy (O&MN) appropriation funds the operation and maintenance requirements
of Naval aviation.
APU – AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
ARR – ALLOWANCE REQUIREMENTS REGISTER - Documents used to determine authorized
requirements of spare assemblies and repair parts at I-level and O-level maintenance. They are
storeroom items under control of the Supply Department.
ARTICLE (EQUIPMENT OR END ITEM) – Components, assemblies, subassemblies, and parts
connected or associated together to perform an operational function.
ARTISAN – Civilian personnel assigned to, or in support of, an FRC performing I-level and D-level
maintenance. See CIVILIAN.
AS – AVIATION SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TECHNICIAN
ASB – AIRBORNE SOFTWARE BULLETIN
ASBA – AVIATION STANDARDS BRANCH
ASD – AVIATION SUPPORT DIVISION – ASD coordinates all material requirements for
supported activities. ASD is a function of the supporting supply activity, and includes a Component
Control Section and a Supply Response Section.
ASDTP – AVIATION SUPPLY DESK TOP PROCEDURES (MARINE CORPS) – Procedures
implemented in Marine Air Groups (MAG) to ensure standardization of aviation supply operations.
A-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
AVIATION CAPABLE SHIP – A non-aviation ship that can be used as an aviation operating
platform.
AVIATION SHIP – Specifically CV, CVN, and L-Class type ships are designated, for NAMP
purposes, as aviation ships.
AVIONICS – The application of electronics to aviation and astronautics. For NAMP purposes,
avionics is interpreted to include electronic, electrical, instrument, flight control, fire control, and
bombing equipment and their subsystems taken as either independent equipment, groups of
equipment, or integrated systems to accomplish assigned military missions.
AVIONICS SE – AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (common and peculiar). Includes all
equipment of an electronic nature used for, but not limited to, testing, troubleshooting, aligning, or
calibrating aircraft systems and components. Examples of such equipment are general purpose
electronic test equipment, ATE, vacuum pressure testers, temperature, and fuel quantity indicator
test sets.
AVNSUPO – AVIATION SUPPLY OFFICER
AVO – AVIONICS OFFICER
AWBS – AUTOMATED WEIGHT AND BALANCE SYSTEM
AWI – AIR WORTHINESS INSPECTION
AWIS – ALL WEAPONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
AWM – AWAITING MAINTENANCE
AWM REASON CODE – A two-character alphanumeric code that describes the reason for an
AWM condition.
AWM TIME – Time when an aircraft is NMCM or PMCM and no maintenance is being performed
on the systems causing the NMCM or PMCM status. Other maintenance upkeep not causing an
NMCM or PMCM condition may be performed on the aircraft during this period.
AWP – AWAITING PARTS - The condition that exists when materials required to complete a
maintenance action are not available. A maintenance action is classified as AWP when no work can
be performed due to a lack of parts on order.
AWSE – ARMAMENT WEAPONS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT - All equipment used in the loading
of an explosive system or launch device on an aircraft, to include equipment used for the packaging,
bulk handling, storage or stowage, and transportation of weapons, weapon components, and SE
where the principle function is support of the explosive ordnance component or weapon (used
primarily by the Weapons Department).
AZ – AVIATION MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIONMAN
B
A-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
BA – BROAD ARROW
BAILMENT – Government aircraft in the physical custody of a non-military organization (typically
an aircraft manufacturer, aircraft modification company, or contractor providing the Government a
service requiring military aircraft) under the terms of a bailment agreement.
BASIC MISSION – The basic intended function or capability of the aircraft, such as bomber,
fighter, patrol, observation, and utility. See MODEL DESIGNATION.
BASIC MISSION SYMBOL – A letter used to indicate the basic intended function or capability of
the aircraft, such as bomber, fighter, patrol, and utility. See MODEL DESIGNATION.
BCM – BEYOND CAPABILITY OF MAINTENANCE – A term/code used by IMAs when repair
is not authorized at that level or when an activity is not capable of accomplishing the repair because
of a lack of equipment, facilities, technical skills, technical data, or parts. BCM will also be used
when shop backlog precludes repair within time limits specified by existing directives.
BCMI - BEYOND CAPABILITY OF MAINTENANCE INTERDICTION - BCMI is a
Commander, Fleet Readiness Centers (COMFRC) managed program where selected IMAs are
supplemented with on-site D-Level artisans to perform D-Level repair tasks on selected components
that are within the capability of the artisan and the IMA.
BCR – BASELINE CHANGE REPORT
BENCH CHECK – A physical inspection or functional test of an item removed for an alleged
malfunction to determine if the part or item is serviceable or repairable. It also includes a
determination of the extent of maintenance, repair, or possible overhaul required to return it to
serviceable status.
BENCH TEST – The subjection of aircraft, engines, accessories, equipment, and equipage to
prescribed conditions and specifications, with the use of shop test equipment, to ensure proper
functioning.
BER/BR – BEYOND ECONOMIC REPAIR/BEYOND REPAIR
BFIMA – BATTLE FORCE INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY – The IMA that
provides support to units assigned to a battle force during a deployment cycle.
BMT – BUFFER MANAGEMENT TOOL – BMT uses data from NALCOMIS and R-Supply
databases to generate reports focused on what work has priority for repair in order to replenish RFI
inventory (buffers) in a Time Domain.
BOA – BASIC ORDERING AGREEMENT
BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY – Convenes at COMNAVAIRSYSCOM approximately
60 days subsequent to the start of the Board of Inspection and Survey preliminary evaluation and is
attended by representatives of CNO, CNATRA, Fleets, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, NAVSUP WSS
Philadelphia, PA, and contractors. Evaluation of the aircraft and its SE is reported and action to be
taken is determined. Proposed configuration of the aircraft for fleet delivery is established.
A-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Readiness of the aircraft and its associated equipment to commence the Fleet Introduction Program
is a most important decision.
BOD – BOARD OF DIRECTORS
BOM – BILL OF MATERIAL
BOR – BUDGET OPTAR REPORT
BOSS – BUY OUR SPARES SMART
BTR – BASELINE TROUBLE REPORT - Provides a means to report NTCSS Optimized OMA
NALCOMIS baseline deficiencies found in a specific PMA baseline.
BU/SER – BU/SERNO – BUREAU/SERIAL NUMBER
BULLETIN – A document issued by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, which directs a one-time inspection
of equipment, contains related instructions, and disseminates administrative, or management
information as related to maintenance of weapon systems.
BUNO – BUREAU NUMBER – An unhyphenated serial number, not exceeding six digits, used to
identify individual airframes within the naval aircraft inventory. Each BUNO is unique to a
particular airframe. BUNO assignment is controlled by the CNO.
BUPERS – BUREAU OF NAVAL PERSONNEL
C
CAD – CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICE
CAGE – COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY – A five-position code assigned to
manufacturers and non-manufacturers organizational entities and contractors of items procured by
agencies of the federal government.
CAI – CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEM
CALENDAR AGE – The total number of calendar months since acceptance.
CALIBRATE – To make corrections within a calibration facility on items listed in the CALSEL.
CALIBRATION – The process by which calibration installations compare a calibration or TMDE
with a standard of higher accuracy to determine if the instrument being calibrated is within specified
limits throughout its entire range.
CALIBRATION FACILITY – An installation under the control of the military departments or any
agency of DOD that provides calibration services for TMDE and calibration standards used by
activities engaged in research, development, test, and evaluation, production, QA, maintenance,
supply, and operation of weapon system(s), equipment, and other DOD material.
CALIBRATION INTERVAL – The maximum length of time between calibrations that calibration
standards or TMDE are expected to maintain reliable measurement capability.
A-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE – A document that outlines the steps and operations to be followed
by calibration personnel in calibrating an instrument.
CALIBRATION STANDARD – COMNAVAIRSYSCOM calibration installation equipment used
to maintain continuity of value in the units of measurement embodied by periodic comparison with
higher echelon or National Institute of Standards and Technology.
CALSEL – CALIBRATION STANDARD EQUIPMENT LIST
CALSTDS – CALIBRATION STANDARDS
CAMEO – COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMATED MAINTENANCE ENVIRONMENT
OPTIMIZED
CANNIBALIZATION/CANNIBALIZE – The removal of serviceable material/part or component
from one aircraft or equipment for installation into another aircraft or equipment to restore the latter
to a serviceable condition.
CANTRAC – CATALOG OF NAVY TRAINING COURSES (NAVEDTRA 10500) – Contains
information on schools and courses under the purview of NETC Amphibious Forces, Atlantic and
Pacific, and other Navy training commands. The function of CANTRAC is to provide a
consolidated, centrally produced catalog, presenting courses in standardized form.
CANX – CANCELLED – This status code indicates TD that has been cancelled.
CAO – CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION OFFICE
CAR – CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT - A report filed when failure to conform with
accepted standards or specific contractual requirements as outlined in the statement of
work (SOW), or performance work statement (PWS), or in the flight/ground operating
procedures (FOP/GOP).
CART – CARTRIDGE
CAS – CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION SERVICES
CASS – CONSOLIDATED AUTOMATED SUPPORT SYSTEM - An automatic, high speed,
computer controlled, general purpose test system that isolates faults to a piece/part level.
CAT – CATEGORY
CATS – CATAPULTS
CAV-ORM – COMMERCIAL ASSET VISIBILITY - ORGANIC REPAIRABLE MODULE
CBT – COMPUTER BASED TRAINING
CC – CAPABILITY CODE – The code denoting an IMA repair capability, for example A1 (Check
and Test only)
A-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CONTRACT FIELD SERVICES – Those engineering and technical services provided to DOD by
commercial or industrial companies on-site at defense locations by trained and qualified engineers
and technicians.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE – The maintenance of material by commercial organizations
without distinction as to levels of maintenance accomplished and maintenance accomplished by
private industry in government-owned, contractor-operated plants; contractor owned, contractor
operated plants; or by contract field teams.
CONTRACTING OFFICER – A person or persons with the authority to enter into, purchase,
administer, or terminate contracts and make related determinations and findings.
CONTRACTOR – Any individual, corporation, or other non-Department of Defense entity that is
contracted to operate naval aircraft, or to perform or provide support to the maintenance,
modification, or production of Navy aircraft, to include engines, equipment, or components.
CONTRACTOR PLANT SERVICES – Those services provided to personnel of the military
departments in the plants and facilities of the manufacturer of military equipment or components by
trained and qualified engineers and technicians employed by the manufacturer.
CONTRACTOR SUPPORT PROGRAMS – Maintenance programs associated with commercial
derivative aircraft, where Navy personnel perform the O-level maintenance with limited I-level
effort. The contractor issues ready for issue components and provides limited diagnostic assistance.
CONTROL STATION – The portion of a UAS that allows for operator command and control of an
Unmanned Aircraft.
CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN – Activities designated with authority to control the assignment,
employment, and logistic support of certain aircraft, engines, and equipment.
CONTROLLING CUSTODY – Administrative control of the assignment, logistic support,
employment, and responsibility to account for and provide information about aircraft, engines, and
equipment.
CONUS – CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES
CILOP – CONVERSION IN LIEU OF PROCUREMENT – Any conversion, service life extension,
update, expansion/change of mission capability, improvement of combat capability, or combination
of the foregoing. CILOP is performed on existing aircraft for the primary purpose of providing a
modernized aircraft, as an alternative to procuring new aircraft to meet or maintain force levels.
COR – CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE – A representative designated by the
contracting officer who performs primarily technical functions such as providing technical direction,
inspection, approval of shop drawings, testing, approval of samples, and other functions of a
technical or administrative nature not involving a change in the scope, price, terms, or conditions of
the contract or order.
CORRECTIVE ACTION – The resolution of a problem or deficiency.
A-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
principles, to be of sufficient risk as to warrant specific training in advance or concurrently with the
actual performance of maintenance tasks.
CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT – A flight that either does not remain in the local flying area or
remains in the local flying area and terminates at a facility without qualified maintenance support.
CROSSDECK – The transfer of authorized allowance equipment/material from one unit to another
to improve available inventory on board.
CROSS SERVICING – That function performed by one military service in support of another
military service for which reimbursement is required from the service receiving the support. See
SERVICING.
CSD – CUSTOMER SUPPORT DIVISION
CSAMS – CALIBRATION STANDARDS ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CSE – COMMON SUPPORT EQUIPMENT – Comprised of only those general purpose items
supplying or measuring broad parameters of physical properties that are known to be established in
the using service's inventory, for example, ground electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic power units;
towing, hoisting, and fueling devices; signal generation devices; and voltage, amperage, and phase
measuring devices. The application of SE items to other end items, systems, or components does
not in itself justify or classify the items as CSE. CSE is divided as AVIONICS SE (common and
peculiar) and NONAVIONICS SE (common and peculiar).
CSEC – COMPUTERIZED SELF EVALUATION CHECKLIST
CSI – CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM
CSS – CONTRACTOR SUPPORT SERVICES
CST – CUSTOMER SERVICE TEAM
CTPL – CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY – QA CTPL work center 04A.
CTR – CARCASS TRACKING RECORD
CSRIA – CALIBRATION STANDARDS READY ISSUE ACTIVITY
CUSTODY – Cognizance and limited responsibilities for aircraft equipage, equipment, material,
and SE. Categories of custody are CONTROLLING CUSTODY, PHYSICAL CUSTODY, and
REPORTING CUSTODY.
CUSTODY CODES – Custody codes are single position alpha characters, which provide
supplemental accountability detail about an SE transaction and the effect of the transaction on
supply and financial records. These codes identify a specific category of SE items placed in the
primary custody of an IMA and issued to other activities on a subcustody basis.
A-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
CUSTOMER ACTIVITY – MEASURE participants who coordinate the servicing and calibration of
TMDE/TAMS within a specific area, for example, AIMDs, MALS, and ships.
CUSTOMER SERVICE – D-level services, including emergency check, test, minor repair,
manufacture of parts, heat treat, plating, and machine shop service, to relieve NMCS, PMCS, and
work stoppage conditions.
CVN – Multi-Purpose Aircraft Carrier, Nuclear
CVW – Carrier Air Wing
D
DAAS – DEFENSE AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING SYSTEM
DAILY INSPECTION – See INSPECTIONS, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE.
DAR – DAILY AUDIT REPORT
DATA ANALYSIS – For the purpose of the NAMP, Data analysis is the process of collecting,
analyzing and presenting data on past performance in order to provide information to support
decision-making regarding actions needed to improved future performance. See METRIC.
DATA ELEMENT – A single unit of data related to an item record.
DATA STORAGE SET – Monitors the operational status of aircraft weapon systems.
DATA STORAGE UNIT – A storage medium used by the data storage set for significant
maintenance data measured in-flight and after landing.
DBA – DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR
DCB – DYNAMIC COMPONENT BULLETIN
DCF – DOCUMENT CONTROL FORM
DCMA – DEFENSE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT AGENCY
DCMD – DEFENSE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT AREA/DISTRICT
DCNO – DEPUTY CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS
DCNO (M&P) – DEPUTY CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS (MANPOWER AND
PERSONNEL)
DCPS – DEFENSE CIVILIAN PAYROLL SYSTEM
DCU – DOCUMENT CONTROL UNIT
DDSN – DOCUMENT DATE AND SERIAL NUMBER
DECKPLATE – DECISION KNOWLEDGE PROGRAMMING FOR LOGISTICS ANALYSIS
AND TECHNICAL EVALUATION.
A-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
DEFECT – Any nonconformance of the unit or product with specified requirements. Defects are
normally grouped into one or more of the following classes but may be grouped into other classes or
subclasses within these classes:
DEFECT, CRITICAL – A defect that constitutes a hazardous or unsafe condition, or as determined
by experience and judgment could conceivably become so, thus making the aircraft/equipment
unsafe for flight/use or endangering personnel.
DEFECT, MAJOR – A defect, other than critical, that could result in failure or materially reduce the
usability of the unit or part for its intended purpose.
DEFECT, MINOR – A defect that does not materially reduce the usability of the unit or part for its
intended purpose or is a departure from standards but which has no significant bearing on the
effective use or operation of the unit or part.
DEFERRAL – A postponement of an action or event, for example, CO one-time deferral of a TD.
DELIVERY – The logistic process involved in readying an aircraft for transfer from the custody of
a COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Fleet Support Activity to the custody of an operating command.
DESIGNATION – Written appointment to a position or duty. NAMP examples include designation
as a QAR (a position) or to certify aircraft Safe for Flight (a duty).
DESIGN ACTIVITY – The activity responsible for design, preparation, and maintenance of
engineering documents for a given item of military property.
DETACHMENT – A unit physically removed from the location of the parent organization.
DEVIATION – To depart from established policy or procedures, for example, deviation from the
NAMP.
DFARS – DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION
SUPPLEMENT
DFAS – DEFENSE FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING SERVICE – The activity designated to
perform operating budget accounting for the Commanders in Chief, U. S. Atlantic and Pacific Fleets
and respective TYCOMs, including associated accounting and reporting for ships, staffs, designated
shore activities, aviation squadrons, mobile construction battalions, and miscellaneous units and
commands, as assigned.
DIFM – DUE IN FROM MAINTENANCE
DIRECT LABOR – Used to denote work that can be identified to a single, specific job order.
Direct labor generally includes the hands-on maintenance, repair, overhaul, test, and related direct
production effort that follows the established sequence and content of work necessary to accomplish
the billable job. Direct labor does not include the support work identified as either indirect or
general and administrative in nature. See INDIRECT LABOR.
A-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
individual operational functions, such as power supplies, hoist mechanisms, antennas, and vehicles
but to exclude associated nonelectronic equipment identified by other type designating systems.
ELMS – ENHANCED LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
EMI – ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE - Any electromagnetic disturbance that
interrupts, obstructs, or otherwise degrades or limits the performance of electronics/electrical
equipment.
EMIR – ENLISTED MANNING INQUIRY REPORT
EMR – EXPLOSIVE MISHAP REPORT
EMT – ELAPSED MAINTENANCE TIME – For the purposes of Maintenance Data Reporting,
EMT is defined as the actual clock time, in hours and tenths, that maintenance was being performed
on a job. EMT does not include the clock hours and tenths for cure time, charging time, or leak test
when they are being conducted without maintenance personnel actually monitoring the work. EMT
is not the same as total man-hours required to complete a job, for example, if five personnel
complete a job in 2.0 hours of continuous work, the EMT=2.0 hours and the man-hours=10.0. See
DIRECT MAINTENANCE.
END ARTICLE – An end weapon, aircraft system, subsystem, component, or equipment being
procured on a contract, including contractor furnished materials, for example, a transmission, an
engine, a computer, or a radio. Certain end articles are treated as end items for documentation
purposes under aviation 3M.
END ITEM – A final combination of end articles, component parts and materials ready for its
intended use, for example, aircraft, NC-2A, or avionics test bench.
ENGINE ACCESSORIES – Those items of equipment required for engine operation that are not an
integral part of the engine. Such equipment is included in the engine IPB.
ENGINE INSPECTION – See INSPECTION.
EN ROUTE – The physical movement an item transiting from one location to another.
EOC CODE – EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY CODE - EOC codes relate a
particular system/subsystem within a T/M/S of equipment to a specific mission. An EOC code is a
three-character alphanumeric code that identifies the degree of degradation to mission capability and
the system responsible for the degradation.
EOQ – END OF QUARTER
EOR – EQUIPMENT OPERATING RECORD – A record of significant operational and usage data
of certain types of equipment.
EOS – EQUIPMENT OUT OF SERVICE – Those aircraft that are "OUT" of material condition
reporting status (OUT MCRS) and reported in an AIRRS inventory status code other than A.
A-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SYSTEM – A complete system within the weapon such as landing gear system, flight control
system, or radar navigation system.
ANCILLARY DEFINITIONS
ACCESSORY – A part, subassembly, or assembly designed for use in conjunction with or
to supplement another assembly, unit, or set that contributes to the effectiveness without extending
or varying the basic function of the assembly or set. An accessory may be used for testing,
adjusting, or calibrating.
ATTACHMENT – A part, subassembly, or assembly designed for use in conjunction with
another assembly, unit, or set that contributes to the effectiveness by varying the basic function of
the assembly or set.
ERAC – ELECTRONIC RAPID ACTION CHANGE
ERT – EMERGENCY RECLAMATION TEAM
ESA – ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVITY
ESC – EXECUTIVE STEERING COMMITTEE
ESD – ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE - The transfer of electrostatic charge between bodies at
different electrostatic potentials caused by direct contact or induced by an electrostatic field and is
potentially damaging to electrical and electronic equipment.
ESDS – ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE
ESOH – ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
ESSI – ENHANCED SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION
ETF – ENGINE TEST FACILITY - An ETF consists of a Test Facility (most commonly a Gas
Turbine Engine Test System (GTETS) or Global Test Facility (GTF) and Engine Test
Instrumentation (ETI).
ETR – ENGINE TRANSACTION REPORT
ETS – ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL SERVICES – ETS personnel provide fault isolation
and troubleshooting support; technical information research and advice; assistance in resolving
complex technical problems; and OJT in conjunction with the installation, operation, maintenance,
modification, and repair of aircraft weapons systems.
EWIS – ELECTRICAL WIRING INTERCONNECT SYSTEM – Any wire, electrical cabling, or
fiber optic cabling, or a combination of these items, including terminations, installed in any area of
the aircraft for the purpose of transmitting electrical or optical energy, signals or data between two
or more electrical/optical end points.
EXAMINATION – An element of inspection consisting of investigation, without the use of special
laboratory appliances or procedures, of supplies and services to determine conformance to those
A-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FAD – FORCE ACTIVITY DESIGNATOR – The designation that determines material support
priority based on mission.
FAILSAFE – FLEET AIR INTRODUCTION LIAISON SURVIVAL AIRCREW FLIGHT
EQUIPMENT – The program for fleet introduction of new or modified ALSS.
FAILURE – The event, or inoperable state, in which any item or part of an item does not, or would
not, perform as previously specified.
FAILURE CAUSE – The physical or chemical processes, design effects, quality defects, part
misapplication or other processes which are the basic reason for failure or which initiate the physical
processes by which deterioration proceeds to failure.
FAILURE MODE – The specific manner of failure; the engineering mechanism of failure; the
circumstance or sequence of events which leads to a particular functional failure.
FAILURE RATE – The number of failures of an item per unit measure of life (cycles, time, miles,
events, etc. (as applicable) for the item).
FAL – FOCUS AREA LIST – A T/M/S listing of corrosion prone areas derived from PMI-1/IMC/P
event discrepancies, which consume 80 percent of corrosion related repairs.
FAME – F/A-18 AUTOMATED MAINTENANCE ENVIRONMENT
FAR – FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION OR FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION
FASOTRAGRU – See CENNAVAVNTECHTRA and CENNAVAVNTECHTRAU.
FC – FLIGHT CRITICAL – Any identified discrepancy that is directly related to Safety of Flight.
See SAFE FOR FLIGHT.
FCA – FIELD CALIBRATION ACTIVITY – An I-level (W/C 670) calibration activity that
provides calibration/repair services to MEASURE participants.
FCF – FUNCTIONAL CHECK FLIGHT – Flights performed to determine if the airframe, power
plant, accessories, and items of equipage are functioning per predetermined requirements while
subject to the intended operating environment. FCFs are conducted when it is not feasible or
possible to determine safe/required functioning by means of ground checks.
FE – FLEET EQUIPMENT
FEA – FRONT END ANALYSIS
FED – FLEET ENGINEERING DISPOSITION - The process used to authorize repair procedures to
be performed by O, I, and D-level activities for aircraft and components damaged beyond repairable
limits. FED permits deviation from the standard procedures specified in technical manuals on a
case-by-case basis as directed by the cognizant FST engineering authority.
A-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FEDLOG – FEDERAL LOGISTICS DATA – is an interactive query system using a variety of types
of search data to significantly reduce the time required to access all information necessary to
identify and order supplies.
FERRY – The process of flying an aircraft from one physical location to another. Within the
aviation community, this term has two meanings: any flight whose primary purpose is relocation of
the airframe; portable ferry flights conducted per ACC/TYCOM directives.
FH – FLIGHT HOURS
FID – FAULT ISOLATION DETECTION
FID – FIXED INDUCTION DATE – Fixed IMC/P due dates for maintenance intervals as
determined by RCM analysis. For IMC/P aircraft, the fixed date is determined for the start of a PMI
and is numbered sequentially within a tour. FID1 marks the start of the tour and is equal to the PED
of the previous tour.
FIELD MAINTENANCE – Maintenance performed at shore and sea operational sites to rapidly
return aircraft and equipment to operational status. Field maintenance encompasses organizational
level maintenance of aircraft and equipment, intermediate-level (normally off-aircraft/off-
equipment) repair of components and end items, and less complex D-level maintenance that can be
performed at operational sites instead of in industrial depot facilities.
FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE – An employee of a manufacturer of military equipment or
components who provides liaison or advisory service between the company and the Navy for their
company’s equipment or components. See CETS.
FIRST-DEGREE REPAIR – The repair of a damaged or non-operating gas turbine engine, its
accessories, or components to an acceptable operating condition when the repair includes
compressor rotor replacement or disassembly to the extent the compressor rotor could be removed.
See 10.39.
FISC – FLEET INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY CENTER
FIX PHASE – The portion of a scheduled inspection that involves the correction of discrepancies
found during the look phase.
FLE – FATIGUE LIFE EXPENDITURE
FLEET CONTROLLED MATERIAL – Material under the requisitioning, rationing, and issue
control of COMNAVAIRFOR, or its designated controlling agencies. A list of fleet controlled
material is published by the Aviation Material Offices, Norfolk, VA and San Diego, CA.
FLEET INTRODUCTION PROGRAM – An accelerated flight program that lasts approximately
100 flight hours per aircraft, normally conducted at the NAVAIRWARCENACDIV Patuxent River
for the purpose of introducing a new model to fleet personnel for indoctrination in the operation and
maintenance of the aircraft. A secondary purpose is to provide a further check on the readiness of
the aircraft for fleet delivery.
A-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INVENTORY FORMAT 310 – The customer activity maintains the inventory and is
responsible for the accuracy of the information. Provides important information, such as P/N, S/N,
subcustodian, calibration interval, scheduled laboratory code, and next due date.
INVENTORY FORMAT 350 – Normally distributed by customer activities and maintained by
subcustodians. Format 350 lists only items from the parent Format 310 that is checked out to and
under physical control of the subcustodian.
LABORATORY RECALL FORMAT 801/803 – A report that lists all items requiring
calibration during a specified time frame. Format 801 is sorted by customer activity and next due
date and the Format 803 is sorted by next due date. The report lists items requiring servicing in-lab
and on-site, by due date, for the current month, the following 3 months, and items overdue for
calibration.
RECALL FORMAT 802/805 – A report that lists all items requiring calibration during a
specified time frame. Format 802 is sorted by subcustodian and next due date and the Format 805 is
sorted by next due date. Customer activities distribute Format 802 reports to appropriate
subcustodians. The report lists items requiring servicing in-lab and on-site, by due date, for the
current month, the following 3 months, and items overdue for calibration.
FOUNDATION TIER – A publisher and subscriber server located at O-level or I-level activities.
FRC – FLEET READINESS CENTER
FRC AREA COMMAND – An aviation activity authorized to provide/perform integrated off-flight
line repair, in-service I-level and D-level scheduled inspections/modifications, check, test,
repair/manufacture of aeronautical components and SE for supported aircraft.
FRC SITE – An aviation activity assigned to an FRC area command authorized to provide/perform
integrated off-flight line repair, in-service I-level and D-level scheduled inspections/modifications,
check, test, repair/manufacture of aeronautical components and SE for supported aircraft.
FRCE – FLEET READINESS CENTER EAST
FRCSE – FLEET READINESS CENTER SOUTHEAST
FRCSW – FLEET READINESS CENTER SOUTHWEST
FRCWP – FLEET READINESS CENTER WESTERN PACIFIC
FRD – FACILITIES REQUIREMENT DOCUMENT
FREST – FLEET REPLACEMENT ENLISTED SKILLS TRAINING - See
CENNAVAVNTECHTRAU.
FRS – FLEET REPLACEMENT SQUADRON
FRTP – FLEET READINESS TRAINING PLAN
A-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
HELICOPTER DYNAMIC COMPONENT – The part or series of parts that transmits power from
the aircraft power plant to the rotary wing and rotary rudder (main, intermediate, and tail gear
boxes; main and tail rotors; clutches and related drive shafting).
HM – HELICOPTER MINE COUNTERMEASURES
HMC&M – HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT
HMIRS – HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION RESOURCE SYSTEM
HMMS – HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HMR – HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REPORT
HMX – MARINE HELICOPTER SQUADRON
HOF – HEAD OF FAMILY
HOT REFUELING – An operational evolution where an aircraft is refueled while the engine(s) is
(are) operating.
HOT SEATING – An operational evolution where the pilot/crew of an aircraft is changed while the
engine(s) is (are) operating and the aircraft is to be immediately relaunched.
HQ – HEADQUARTERS
HRS – HOURS
HSU – HYDRAULIC SERVICING UNIT
HTS – HYDRAULIC TEST STAND
HUMS – HEALTH AND USAGE MONITORING SYSTEM
I
IA – IMPLEMENTING ARRANGEMENTS
IAFC – INTERIM AIRFRAME CHANGE
IAVC – INTERIM AVIONICS CHANGE
ICD – INITIAL CAPABILITIES DOCUMENT
ICN – INVESTIGATION CONTROL NUMBER
ICP – INVENTORY CONTROL POINT - An organizational unit or activity within a DOD supply
system, assigned the primary responsibility for the material management of a group of items either
for a particular service or for the DOD as a whole. Material inventory management includes
cataloging directions, requirements computation, procurement direction, distribution management,
disposal direction, and general rebuild direction.
ICRL – INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT REPAIR LIST
A-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
instructional software, content, graphics and software management tools used to support
instructional programs (MIL-HDBK-29612-3A).
IMRL – INDIVIDUAL MATERIAL READINESS LIST – A consolidated list shows items and
quantities of certain SE required for material readiness of the aircraft ground activity to which the
list applies. The lists are constructed by extracting those portions of SERMIS that pertain to the
maintenance and material logistics responsibilities of the activity to which the list applies. See
AMMRL.
INACTIVE AIRCRAFT – Non-program and reserve stock aircraft.
INACTIVE TIME – That time during which an item is in the inactive inventory.
INC – INCORPORATED – This status code is used to indicate TD has been completely
incorporated.
INDIRECT LABOR – Used by Depot level to denote production overhead labor that does not meet
the criteria for direct labor. See DIRECT LABOR.
INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY – Industrial establishments equipped to perform aircraft MRO on a large
scale and an extremely wide scope. Only Navy activities designated as a Depot FRC are included in
this explanation.
INFORMAL TRAINING – Training not following any specific curriculum. Usually associated
with OJT.
INITIAL OUTFITTING – The process of issuing, assembling, and delivering allowances of
aeronautical material and equipment to vessels in any one of the following categories: (1) new
construction, (2) conversion, or (3) activating from reserve fleets.
INITIAL TRAINING – Training performed to enable the training agency to acquire the capability
for training. Normally, the initial cadre is composed of instructional personnel. The scope of initial
training includes furnishing those training aids, for example, transparencies, charts, diagrams, and
films, or devices evolved by the manufacturer in the production of new weapons systems,
preparation of technical or instructional publications, and initial instructional training.
INITIATION OF PROCUREMENT ACTION – The time when the approved document requesting
procurement and citing funds is forwarded to the procuring activity. See PROCUREMENT LEAD
TIME.
IN-SHOP MAINTENANCE – Work that requires the use of shop facilities and cannot be normally
performed outside the shop. (Bench test and component disassembly and repair are examples of in-
shop maintenance work.)
INSPECT – To compare the characteristics of an item with established standards.
INSPECTION – The examination and testing of supplies and services, that include raw materials,
components, and intermediate assemblies, to determine whether they conform to specified
requirements.
A-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INSTRUCTIONS – Directives of a continuing nature that are effective until subsequently canceled.
Instructions use a subject classification numbering system per the Navy directives system.
INT – INTERIM – Used to denote interim Technical Directives.
INTERCHANGEABLE ITEMS – Two or more items that have such functional and physical
characteristics as to be equivalent in performance and durability, and are capable of being
interchanged without alteration of the items themselves or of adjoining items except for adjustment.
INTERIM CHANGE – A change having an action classification of immediate or urgent and issued
by message. See CHANGE.
INVENTORY CONTROL – The phase of military logistics that includes management, cataloging,
requirements determination, procurement, distribution, overhaul, and disposal of material.
Synonymous with material control, material management, inventory management, and supply
management.
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT – See INVENTORY CONTROL.
INVENTORY MANAGERS – See ICP.
INVESTIGATION – Inquiry into a condition or situation systematically for the purpose of
developing and providing factual information to cognizant authorities.
IPB – ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN – A manual containing illustrations and part
numbers for all parts of the aircraft or equipment on which it is issued. The IPB contains
information required for ordering parts, including part numbers, and for identifying parts and
arrangements of parts in assemblies.
IPI – ITEMS PROCESSED INTERMEDIATE
IPO – ITEMS PROCESSED ORGANIZATIONAL
IPS – INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION SUPPORT
IPT – INTEGRATED PROGRAM TEAM
IQR – INDIVIDUAL QUALIFICATION RECORD
IRAC – INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE
IRIL – ISSUE/RECEIPT/INVENTORY AND LOCATION
IRIM – INTENSIVE REPAIRABLE ITEM MANAGEMENT
ISE – IN-SERVICE ENGINEERING
ISEA – IN-SERVICE ENGINEERING ACTIVITY
ISEL – IN-SERVICE ENGINEERING LOGISTICS
ISIC – IMMEDIATE SUPERIOR IN COMMAND
A-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Logistic Support Plan, Post Production Support Plan, ALSP, or SSMP maintenance manuals
specific to a particular T/M/S aircraft.
MAINTENANCE CODE – Codes assigned to support items to indicate the maintenance levels
authorized to remove and replace, repair, overhaul, assemble, inspect and test, and condemn items.
Also assigned to maintenance tools and end items of SE to indicate the lowest level of maintenance
requiring the item. See SM&R.
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT – The planned or envisioned methods that will be employed to
sustain the aeronautical system/equipment at a defined level of readiness or in a specified condition
in support of the operational requirement
MAINTENANCE CONTROL – The functional organization within the OMA responsible for
workload control.
MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT – The part of an activity responsible for the aircraft
maintenance functions, also considered a maintenance activity. In the shore establishment, stations
responsible for I-level maintenance will have maintenance departments. See MAINTENANCE
DIVISION/BRANCH.
MAINTENANCE DEPTHS – The complexity or extensiveness of aircraft maintenance functions,
for example, the extent of disassembly, the complexity of a test.
MAINTENANCE DETACHMENT – The part of an aircraft maintenance activity geographically
separated from but administered by the parent activity.
MAINTENANCE DIVISION/BRANCH – The part of an activity responsible for the activity's
aircraft maintenance functions; or the part of an aircraft maintenance department responsible for a
specific part of the department's functions, for example, repair of power plants. In the shore
establishment, stations responsible for only I-level and O-level maintenance will have maintenance
divisions of operations or air departments. See MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT.
MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING – The discipline of maintenance, which develops concepts,
criteria, and technical requirements during the conceptual and acquisition phases to be applied and
maintained in a current status during the operational phase to ensure timely, adequate, and economic
maintenance support of weapon systems and equipment.
MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS – The composite analytical studies, decisions, and
related documentation conducted in connection with the design of an item to determine or influence
the maintainability and reliability characteristics of the item and to determine the total support
requirements resulting from the design.
MAINTENANCE FACILITY – Any building, property, or space designed for, available to, or used
by aircraft maintenance activities. Use of the term refers to shops, hangars, or parking areas, both
afloat and ashore, used primarily for aircraft upkeep or rework purposes.
NOTE: The term aircraft maintenance facility includes installed aircraft SE when applied to
Navy facilities. When applied to Marine Corps facilities, it does not.
A-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
characterization of damaged material, design, and analysis of appropriate repair joint, determination
of adequate materials and processing, and fabrication of the repair.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL – The protection of operational aircraft and
SE systems from material corrosion through corrective and preventive maintenance actions. The
protection of systems is provided by, but not limited to, cleaning, inspections, corrosion removal
and surface treatment, sealants, surface coatings, materials and processes selection, and emergency
reclamation.
ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS – Items made of rubber and rubber-like materials including,
but not limited to, fuel cells, O-rings, hoses, gaskets, seals, potting and sealing compounds, and
protective elastomeric coatings.
ELECTROCHEMICAL POWER SYSTEMS (BATTERIES) – The activities and related
technology required to manufacture, rework, maintain, and improve batteries for fleet support.
ENGINE BLADE/VANE REPAIR – Identifying, development, and implementation of repairs
on DOD gas turbine engine components.
ENGINE COMPOSITES – The general Logistics Research and Development for the
maintenance of composites on engines.
ENVIRONMENTAL – Maintenance processes and procurement actions to reduce/eliminate
environmental pollutants.
FAILURE ANALYSIS – Engineering analysis of metallic materials to determine casual factors
predisposing assemblies to malfunction. Factors such as deficiencies in design and material
selection, manufacture and repair procedures, errors in assembly, and corrosion identification and
control are considered.
FLUID CONTAMINATION – The characterization of dielectric coolants, hydraulic fluids, and
engine lubricants for physical or chemical contamination as it reflects the operational condition of
aircraft systems, components, and SE.
FUELS/LUBRICANTS – Life cycle support of fuels, lubricants, and associated handling and
quality control equipment used for Naval aviation, including turbine engine fuels; turbine engine
lubricants; piston engine lubricants; helicopter gearbox oils; fuel additives (fuel system icing
inhibitor, corrosion inhibitor, antioxidant, metal deactivator); fuel filtration equipment (coalescers,
separators, monitors, housings); fuel quality assurance equipment; aircraft fuel filters; refueling
trucks/equipment; lubricant usage instruction; and fuel/refueling NATOPS manuals.
HEAT DAMAGE EVALUATION – The controlled addition of heat to/removal of heat from
raw materials and aircraft components.
HEAT TREATING – The controlled addition of heat to/removal of heat from raw materials and
aircraft components.
A-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INORGANIC COATINGS – The various methods of coating applications and the physical and
mechanical properties of various coatings. Inorganic coatings are defined as those metallic and
intermetallic coatings applied to metallic substrates for dimensional restoration, corrosion
protection, wear, etc. Examples include chromium plating, cadmium plating, physical vapor
deposition, and ion vapor deposited aluminum. This technology is used to address the
environmental issues pertaining to inorganic coatings, and the effectiveness of metallic and
intermetallic coatings applied to metal and non-metal substrates for corrosion, erosion and wear
protection.
MATERIALS TESTING – Mechanical testing and chemical analysis of material. Mechanical
testing is the method by which the mechanical properties of a material are determined. Mechanical
properties are properties of a material that reveal its elastic and inelastic behavior when force is
applied. This indicates its suitability for mechanical applications, for example, modulus of
elasticity, tensile strength, elongation, hardness, and fatigue limits. Chemical analysis is the
characterization of a substance by definite molecular composition.
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING AND INSPECTION (NDT/I) – The technologies (methods)
for determining characteristics about the physical condition of a part of material, without
permanently changing it. NDI is the application of nondestructive testing to the inspection of parts,
structure, and material to determine condition/ serviceability. Typical defects and conditions to be
detected are those not detectable visually, like fatigue and stress corrosion cracks, inclusions,
porosity, delaminations, disbonds, enclosed FOD, etc. The most frequently used nondestructive
testing methods are Fluorescent Penetrant, Magnetic Particle, Eddy Current, Ultrasonic and
Radiographic. Methods used less frequently in the aircraft industry include thermal imaging,
gamma and neutron radiography, and acoustic emission.
PAINT/ORGANIC COATINGS – The application of materials on surfaces for the purposes of
corrosion prevention, resistance to high-temperature scaling, wear resistance, lubrication, or other
purposes. Application includes aircraft final paint, component paint, engine finish, avionics paint,
oxygen and compressed gas system paint, and corrosion control.
PRESERVATION – The protection of aviation assets (aircraft, SE and mobile facilities) from
material degradation during periods of inactivity, storage, or shipment.
THERMAL SPRAY – The process by which finely divided material in a molten (or semi-
molten) condition is sprayed onto a substrate to form a coating. Feedstocks are in the form of
powder, wire, or rod.
TIRES – The maintenance, performance, improvements, logistic support, and qualification of
new sources for naval aviation.
TRIBOLOGY – The design, friction, lubrication, and wear of contacting surfaces that move
relative to each other. Examples include bearings, cams, and gears.
VIBRATION ANALYSIS – The technologies to detect, quantify, and eliminate defects in
airframes, installed engines, and dynamic components for fixed and rotary wing aircraft.
A-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MANAGEMENT – A general term to denote central executive direction and control of work by an
individual or organization specifically assigned and funded to accomplish the function.
MANAGEMENT AUDIT – A periodic assessment of a command's managerial planning,
organizing, actuating, and controlling compared to what might be the norm of successful operation.
Management auditors do not appraise individual performance.
MAN-HOURS – The total number of accumulated direct maintenance hours (in hours and tenths)
expended in performing a maintenance action. Direct maintenance man-hours are man-hours
expended by personnel assigned to complete the work described on the source document. See
DIRECT MAINTENANCE.
MAN-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT – Equipment used to provide overall protection and comfort to
the aircrew under various flight, emergency, and environmental conditions.
MANUFACTURER – Individual, company, firm, corporation, or government activity engaged in
the fabrication of finished or semi-finished products.
MANUFACTURER CODE – See CAGE.
MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER – See REFERENCE NUMBER.
MAP/FMS – MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM/FOREIGN MILITARY SALES
MAT – MAINTENANCE ASSESSMENT TEAM
MATCALS – MARINE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND LANDING SYSTEMS – An
expeditionary air traffic control system that provides all-weather air traffic control, precision
approach radar, air surveillance radar, tower services, and navigational aids. See MATCD and
MACS.
MATCD – MARINE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL DETACHMENT – MATCDs operate MATCALs
at forward operating bases, expeditionary, and existing airfields. See MACS
MATCHED SET – A group of two or more separate components that function together in a single
system and are normally removed, repaired, checked, adjusted, calibrated, and installed together.
Replacement of a single component of a matched system normally requires
check/adjustment/calibration of the matched set.
MATERIAL – All items necessary for the equipment, maintenance, and support of military
activities without distinction as to their application for administrative or combat purposes, excluding
ships or naval aircraft.
MATERIAL CONDITION – Reporting status with respect to SCIR. See MC, FMC, PMC, and
NMC.
MATERIAL CONTROL – See INVENTORY CONTROL.
A-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MATERIAL CONTROL REGISTER – A register established to record all requisitions for material
passed to the Supply Support Center.
MATERIAL MANAGEMENT – See INVENTORY CONTROL.
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS – Those quantities of items of equipment and supplies necessary to
equip, provide a material pipeline, and sustain a service, formation, organization, or unit in the
fulfillment of its purpose or task during a specified period.
MFR – Master Record File
MAW – MARINE AIRCRAFT WING
MC – METER CODE
MC – MISSION CAPABLE – Material condition of an aircraft that can perform at least one and
potentially all of its missions. MC Hours = EIS Hours - NMC Hours.
MCAPP – MODIFICATION, CORROSION, AND PAINT PROGRAM
MCAS – MARINE CORPS AIR STATION
MCC – MATERIAL CONTROL CODE – A single alphabetic character assigned by the inventory
manager to segregate items into more manageable groupings (fast, medium, or slow movers) or to
relate to field activities special reporting/control requirements.
MCI – MATERIAL CONDITION INSPECTION
MCN – MAINTENANCE ACTION FORM CONTROL NUMBER
MCO – MARINE CORPS ORDER
MCRC – MASTER COMPONENT REWORK CONTROL
MCRS – MATERIAL CONDITION REPORTING STATUS - MCRS refers to the status of an
aircraft for Subsystem Capability Impact Reporting (SCIR). When an aircraft is In Reporting
MCRS (IN-MCRS), SCIR data is accounted for in the aircraft’s Mission Capable (MC) time. When
aircraft is Out of Reporting MCRS (OUT-MCRS), SCIR data is not accounted for in MC time.
MCS – MINE COUNTERMEASURES SHIP
MDA – MILESTONE DECISION AUTHORITY
MDBA/A – MAINTENANCE DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR/ANALYST
MDI – MICROSOFT DOCUMENT IMAGING (FORMAT)
MDPS – MAINTENANCE DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM
MDR – MAINTENANCE DATA REPORT
MDS – MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM
A-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
MISSILE AIRFRAME – The assembled, principal structural components less propulsion system,
control system, electronic equipment, and payload.
MISSILE TARGETS – All recoverable and non-recoverable, remotely controlled or programmed,
unmanned aerial target vehicles; also remotely controlled or programmed powered land target and
target boats, excluding drones.
MISSION – (1) The objective; the task together with the purpose, which clearly indicates the action
to be taken and the reason for it; (2) in common usage, especially when applied to lower military
units, a duty/task assigned to an individual; (3) the dispatching of one or more aircraft to accomplish
one particular task, and (4) missions used in matrix construction and mission impact reporting are
defined for each aircraft T/M/S.
MISSION ESSENTIAL – Anything authorized and assigned to the approved combat and combat
support forces, which would be immediately employed to wage war and provide support for combat
actions.
MISSION ESSENTIAL SUBSYSTEM MATRIX – Subsystems of an aircraft required to perform
the designated missions as determined by use of the applicable MESM.
MMCO – MAINTENANCE MATERIAL CONTROL OFFICER
MMCPO – MAINTENANCE MASTER CHIEF PETTY OFFICER
MME – MISSION MOUNTED EQUIPMENT – As listed in T/M/S MESM.
MMP – MONTHLY MAINTENANCE PLAN
MMT – MAINTENANCE MONITORING TEAM
MNP – (MY NAVY PORTAL) – The goal of MNP is to provide Sailors a single portal with which
they can manage their careers, https://my.navy.mil/.
MO – MAINTENANCE OFFICER
MOA – MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
MOCC – MEASURE OPERATIONAL CONTROL CENTER – The Atlantic and Pacific terminals
of the MEASURE automated information system network. These centers maintain data files for
respective area customers and MEASURE participants. MEASURE products are produced and
distributed via telecommunications, hard copy, or tape to elements of the distributed network and
various agencies on a regular or as required basis.
MOD – MODIFICATION
MODEL DESIGNATION – Each Navy aircraft is designated by a combination of significant letters
and numbers.
MODEX – Side number of aircraft.
A-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Hotel Aviation Reporting Program (SHARP), Marine Corps Sierra Hotel Aviation Reporting
Program (MSHARP), and other up-line reporting systems. Refer to COMNAVAIRFOR M-3717.7
for detailed information on NAVFLIRS.
NAVMAC – NAVY MANPOWER ANALYSIS CENTER
NAVOSH – NAVY OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
NAVPRO – NAVY PLANT REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE
NAVRIIP – NAVAL AVIATION READINESS INTEGRATED IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
NAVRIT – NAVAL AVIATION READINESS IMPROVEMENT TEAM
NAVSAFECEN – NAVAL SAFETY CENTER
NAVSUP – NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND
NAVSUP WSS – NAVAL SUPPLY WEAPON SYSTEMS SUPPORT (formerly NAVICP)
NAVY DEPARTMENT – Refers to the central executive offices of the DON located at the seat of
government. The Navy Department is organizationally comprised of the Office of the Secretary of
the Navy, which includes Civilian Executive Assistants, Office of Staff Assistants, and the
headquarters organizations of the Office of Naval Research, the Office of the Judge Advocate
General, and the ASN(FM/C) of the Navy; the Office of the CNO, the Headquarters, Marine Corps;
and, under the command of the CNO, the headquarters organizations of the Chief of Naval
Personnel and the Chief, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. In addition, the Headquarters, Coast
Guard, is included when the United States Coast Guard is operating as a service in the Navy.
NAVY DIRECTIVES SYSTEM – Consists of instructions and notices employing the standard
subject identification code numbering system for identification and filing purposes. The system is
used throughout the Navy for issuing directives on policy, organization, administrative methods, or
procedures.
NBC – NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL
NBNC – NOTED BUT NOT CORRECTED
NC – NOT CARRIED
NCEA – NONCOMBAT EXPENDITURE ALLOWANCE
NCER – NONCOMBAT EXPENDITURE REQUIREMENTS
NCO – NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICER
NCOIC – NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICER IN CHARGE
NCR – NO CALIBRATION REQUIRED
NDDS – NAVAL DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
A-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-63
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NINC – NOT INCORPORATED – This status code is used to indicate TDs that have been issued,
but has not been incorporated and TDs that are only partially incorporated.
NIS – NOT IN STOCK – This status code is used to indicate TDs that have not been issued.
NIST – NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY
NITRAS – NAVY INTEGRATED TRAINING RESOURCES AND ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM - An automated system responsive to training information requirements from higher
commands provides automated capability to manage and support the training effort throughout the
Navy.
NIWC – NAVAL INFORMATION WARFARE CENTER
NIWC ATLANTIC – This facility maintains NALCOMIS IMA systems, R-Supply, R-ADMIN,
Aviation 3M Micro machine, operation and maintenance of the NALCOMIS OMA Mid-Tier and
JTDI/Technical Manual Server for aviation activities onboard shore stations.
NLL – NAVAL LOGISTICS LIBRARY
NLT – NO LATER THAN
NMC – NOT MISSION CAPABLE – Material condition of an aircraft that is not capable of
performing any of its missions. NMC is subdivided into NMCM and NMCS. NMC Hours = EIS
Hours - MC Hours.
NMCD – NOT MISSION CAPABLE DEPOT – The material condition of an aircraft that is not
capable of performing any of its missions per relevant T/M/S MESM because of standard or special
rework, including, PDM, IMC/P, MCI, MOD, ISR, or depot level maintenance evolution. NMCD
does not start until the aircraft is reported non-flyable or undergoing depot ISR or MOD at the
reporting custodian’s operating site. NMCD is not accounted for in SCIR while the aircraft is out of
reporting for Mission Capable Reporting Status (MCRS). See SCIR.
NMCM – NOT MISSION CAPABLE MAINTENANCE – The material condition of an aircraft that
is not capable of performing any of its missions because of maintenance requirements. Start
NMCM time when the condition is discovered except when the discovery is made in flight. In
flight, malfunction NMCM time starts at the termination of flight. Stop NMCM when maintenance
is completed or interrupted by a supply shortage. Report work stoppage resulting from parts non-
availability as NMCS. NMCM time resumes when required supply item(s) are delivered to the
maintenance activity. NMCM is further defined as NMCM scheduled (S) and NMCM unscheduled
(U). NMCM Hours = NMC Hours - NMCS Hours. See NMC, NMCMS, and NMCMU.
NMCMS – NOT MISSION CAPABLE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULED – The sum of equipment
maintenance hours documented for scheduled engine inspections, special inspections,
phase/calendar inspections and conditional inspections. An aircraft will be considered NMCMS if
panels and equipment removed to conduct area inspections cannot be replaced within 2 hours or if
the aircraft has been utilized to the maximum allowable operating limit prior to the scheduled
A-64
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
maintenance requirement, for example, +10 percent, +3 days. NMCMS Hours = NMCM Hours -
NMCMU Hours. See NMC.
NMCMU – NOT MISSION CAPABLE MAINTENANCE UNSCHEDULED – Sum of
maintenance not defined as scheduled maintenance, occurring during the interval between scheduled
downtime maintenance periods. NMCMU Hours = NMCM Hours - NMCMS Hours.
NMCS – NOT MISSION CAPABLE SUPPLY – The material condition of an aircraft that is not
capable of performing any of its missions because maintenance required to correct the discrepancy
cannot continue due to a supply shortage. Start NMCS time when a supply demand has been made
for an item(s) required to continue maintenance. Stop NMCS time at the time the material is
delivered to the designated delivery point or change of EOC code. NMCS Hours = NMC
Hours - NMCM Hours. See NMC.
NO – NATIONAL ORIGIN
NOAP – NAVY OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM
NOC – NOT OTHERWISE CODED
NOMP – NAVAL ORDNANCE MANAGEMENT POLICY
NONAVIATION SHIP – For NAMP purposes, ships not designated as Aviation Ship, such as CG,
FFG, AFS, DD. Nonaviation ships may be air or aviation capable.
NONAVIONICS SE – Nonavionics SE (common and peculiar) includes all equipment that is
nonelectronic in nature and may be powered or nonpowered. Examples of powered equipment are:
mobile electric power plants, gas turbine powered service equipment; aircraft tow tractors, and
hydraulic service units. Examples of nonpowered equipment are aircraft jacks, aircraft tow bars,
aircraft slings, maintenance work stands, special fittings and fixtures.
NONOPERATING AIRCRAFT – Any aircraft, for the purpose of flight operations, not currently
filling an authorized allowance in an organizational unit. See OPERATING AIRCRAFT.
NOTAL – NOT TO ALL
NOTICES – Directives of a one-time nature or those applicable for a brief period of time. Each
notice contains provisions for its own cancellation. Notices employ a subject classification
numbering system and are part of the Navy directive system.
NPA – NONPROVISIONED AIRCRAFT
NPDC – NAVAL PERSONNEL DEVELOPMENT COMMAND
NPSL – NAVY PRIMARY STANDARDS LABORATORY
NRFI – NON-READY FOR ISSUE
NSAWC – NAVAL STRIKE AND AIRWARFARE CENTER
A-65
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-66
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-67
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-68
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-69
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
P&E – PLANNER AND ESTIMATOR – Depot FRC personnel that evaluate work required to
perform depot-level repairs.
P/N – PART NUMBER
PACKAGING – An all-inclusive term covering cleaning, preserving, packaging, packing, and
marking required to protect items during every phase of shipment, handling, and storage.
PAD – PROPELLANT ACTUATED DEVICE
PAGENR – PAGE NUMBER
PARTICIPATING SERVICE – The military service that uses a multipurpose aeronautical system
and obtains support for it from the executive service.
PARTS KIT – Supporting items and material for the maintenance, repair, and rework of selected
aeronautical repairable end items procured, stocked, requisitioned, accounted for, and used on a kit
basis as one line item. Parts kits should not be confused with the kits issued to perform a one-time
modification of an item or with interim fleet maintenance support kits.
PARTS KIT CODES – Codes assigned to parts kits and items therein, for the maintenance, repair,
and rework of selected, repairable end items. See PROVISIONING SOURCE CODING and
SM&R.
PBL – PERFORMANCE BASED LOGISTICS
PCMTIP – PERSONAL COMPUTER MAINTENANCE TRAINING IMPROVEMENT
PCO – PROCUREMENT CONTRACTING OFFICER – The government contracting officer
directing and administering the acquisition through the award of the contract. Administration of the
contract after award may be delegated to an ACO.
PDB – POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
PDM – PHASED DEPOT MAINTENANCE - PDM divides a T/M/S aircraft’s total Standard
Rework requirements into phases. PDM phases are based on fixed Operating Service Periods
(OSP), expressed in months tailored to the depot maintenance requirements for each T/M/S aircraft.
Several titles are used to denote PDM events: F/A-18 aircraft PDM events are called Planned
Maintenance Intervals (PMI) events; H-60 aircraft PDM events are called Integrated Maintenance
Concept (IMC) events.
PEB – PRE-EXPENDED BIN – A parts bin located within a work space that contains only low
cost, high usage items. A PEB is replenished from stock held by the local supply activity.
PED – PERIOD END DATE - The month and year a given aircraft ended or, if serving in period, is
expected to end the current service period. For IMC/P aircraft, the PED is a fixed date (month and
year) that marks completion of the last POI in a tour and the start of the first PMI in the next tour.
PEDD – PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DISPLAY DEVICE
A-70
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PEMA – PORTABLE ELECTRONIC MAINTENANCE AID. A device used to store and read
electronic technical data.
PEMA SERVICE PACK – A collection of PEMA core application software updates distributed
periodically to update the PEMA operating system, Information Assurance Vulnerability Alert
patches, Information Assurance Vulnerability Bulletins, and anti-virus definitions.
PENETRANT – Methods used for the detection of surface cracks or discontinuities. The inspection
surfaces are sprayed with or immersed in liquid, the excess liquid is removed, and the defect is
indicated visually by color or fluorescence. See NDI.
PEO – PROGRAM EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PERSMAR – PERSONNEL MANNING REPORT
PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS – Those requirements for personnel derived from a maintenance
task that must be performed. See PERSONNEL UTILIZATION.
PERSONNEL UTILIZATION – The actual reporting of accomplishments by personnel assigned.
PHASE INSPECTION – See INSPECTIONS, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE.
PHYSICAL CUSTODY – Actual possession of aircraft, engines, or SE. Physical custody does not
necessarily imply reporting custody.
PID – PHASED INDUCTION DATE
PINC – PREVIOUSLY INCORPORATED – This status code is used to indicate TD has been
previously incorporated.
PIPELINE – The logistics channel by which material and other logistic elements flow from sources
of procurement or repair to their point of use. The aircraft pipeline refers to aircraft being
manufactured for future delivery to the Navy and aircraft already in the inventory that are
undergoing repair/overhaul at a commercial or DoD depot facility. The manpower and training
pipeline refers to personnel undergoing training in route to their ultimate duty assignment.
PJT – PRACTICAL JOB TRAINING – Structured "hands-on" training conducted by the fleet
readiness squadron or supporting I-Level involving an arranged problem, task, or sequence in an
educational environment. See OJT.
PLA – PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS
PLTS – PARTS LIFE TRACKING SYSTEM – An automated system used for tracking the
composition, location, and operating time/cycle counts or life usage indexes of aircraft engines,
propulsion systems, modules, and life limited components. PLTS is used to develop long range
schedules for inspections, removals, replacements, procurements, and rework schedules for these
components, based on usage requirements and fixed or variable usage rates. It provides important
support to the RCM Program.
A-71
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-72
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
POA&M – PLAN OF ACTION AND MILESTONES - A document that identifies actions or tasks
in the specific order needed to accomplish an objective. This document assigns to each action, the
office responsible, and the start and completion date for each action.
POC – POINT OF CONTACT
POCW – PROGRAM OFFICE CERTIFICATION WORKSHEET
POD – PROOF OF DELIVERY
PODS – PORTABLE OIL DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
POE – POINT OF ENTRY
POI – PLANNED OPERATIONAL INTERVAL – Period of time planned for operational use when
the aircraft is under IMC/P or PDM. POI follows a PMI and will vary in length based on actual
maintenance completion. Predetermined end date is the next FID, or at the end of the tour, the PED.
POL – PETROLEUM, OIL, AND LUBRICANT
POM – PROGRAM OBJECTIVE MEMORANDUM
POOL – A grouping of repairable assemblies provided a rework activity as replacements for similar
defective repairable assemblies removed from an aircraft or engine undergoing some phase of
rework that are not to be reworked concurrently with the aircraft or engine from which removed.
These items are provided to prevent disruption of production schedules because the lead time to
obtain the required replacement item from supply and the turnaround time of the aircraft/engine are
not compatible.
POS – POSITION
POSIT – POSITION
PPB – POWER PLANT BULLETIN
PPC – POWER PLANT CHANGE
PPE – PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
PPM – PARTS PER MILLION
PQDR – PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT
PQS – PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION STANDARDS – Documents, which describe the
knowledge and skills trainees, must have to correctly perform their duties. The policy and
procedures for PQS are outlined in OPNAVINST 3500.34.
PR – AIRCREW SURVIVAL EQUIPMENTMAN
PRE-ACCEPTED AIRCRAFT – Any Navy public aircraft which has not been formally brought
into the Aircraft Inventory and Readiness Reporting System (AIRRS) inventory database.
A-73
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-74
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PRODUCTION CONTROL – The functional organization within the IMA responsible for workload
control.
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICER – is equivalent to the Maintenance Material Control Officer
(MMCO) for the Marine Corps and also refers to personnel performing MMCO duties for D-level
activities.
PRODUCTION DIVISION – Any division in the IMA responsible for a specific production
workload, for example, avionics, power plants.
PRODUCTION EQUIVALENT – An approved configuration change to the product baseline
incorporated by the manufacturer during production. The configuration change must have been
approved for retrofit on in-service equipment via a TD.
PROGRAM – A plan or system under which action may be taken toward a stated goal or objective.
A program is generally considered to have some or all of the following elements: (1) a program
manager, (2) a formalized governing directive, (3) designated funding, (4) standardized procedures,
and (5) specialized training.
PROGRAM AIRCRAFT – All production aircraft, except the Board of Inspection and Survey, in
the physical custody of the Navy for which current or future operation within an authorized
allowance is intended or can reasonably be expected. This includes all aircraft in the Navy
inventory except aircraft of experimental configuration, target drones (man-carrying), aircraft retired
but not yet stricken, or aircraft on bailment or loan.
PROGRAM MANAGER – Designated military and civilian personnel responsible for NAMPSOP
and non-NAMPSOP programs.
PROGRAM OPERATING ALLOWANCE – The number of aircraft allowed a unit for flight
operations related to the unit mission.
PROGRAM MONITOR – Designated military and civilian personnel responsible for the ongoing
review of applications of details, plans, policies, practices, procedures, products, directives, and
records of NAMPSOP and non-NAMPSOP programs.
PROGRAM SERVICE LIFE – The sum of operating service period plus nonaging or nonoperating
time, approximates but does not set service life limit and is used for planning, programming, and
budgeting purposes.
PROJ – PROJECT
PROJECT AIRCRAFT – Aircraft in either the controlling custody of the COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
aircraft custodian or in the reporting custody of units of operational test and evaluation force under
an authorized operating allowance for purposes of experiment, research, development, test, and
evaluation (other than rework evaluation of flyability tests) of aircraft and aircraft equipment.
Project aircraft have usually been altered to the extent it is uneconomical to return them to service
configuration.
A-75
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-76
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Q
QA – QUALITY ASSURANCE – A planned and systematic pattern of all the actions necessary to
provide adequate confidence that the item or product conforms to established technical requirements
and will perform satisfactorily in service. See MAINTENANCE QA.
QAR – QUALITY ASSURANCE REPRESENTATIVE
QAWB – QUALITY ASSURANCE WORKBENCH
QAS – QUALITY ASSURANCE SUPERVISOR or QUALITY ASSURANCE SPECIALIST
QASO – QUALITY ASSURANCE SAFETY OBSERVER
QC – QUALITY CONTROL
QEC – QUICK ENGINE CHANGE
QECA – QUICK ENGINE CHANGE ASSEMBLY – An engine completely assembled with a
QECK on a QECS with all accessories, less the propeller for reciprocating or turboprop engines.
QECK – QUICK ENGINE CHANGE KIT – A kit containing all items required for a QECA, less
GFE, engine, and propeller.
QECS – QUICK ENGINE CHANGE STAND – A structural frame, equipped with castors and floor
locks on which a QECA may be mounted.
QPA – QUALIFIED AND PROFICIENT APPRENTICE
QPJ – QUALIFIED AND PROFICIENT JOURNEYMAN
QPT – QUALIFIED AND PROFICIENT TECHNICIAN
QTY – QUANTITY
QUALIFICATION – Attainment of skill or knowledge to perform a task, duty or job. Qualification
normally includes completion of a specified training track and demonstration of proficiency.
Qualification often results in a designation. NAMP example: A designated Plane Captain has
attained the qualifications to perform those tasks covered in the Place Captain training syllabus.
QUALIFIED – Having the qualifications to perform a specified task, duty or job. NAMP example:
A Hydraulic Contamination Analysis Technician is qualified to analyze hydraulic fluid samples.
QUALITY AUDIT – A selective comparison of actual workmanship with a given set of standards
or objectives.
QUALITY CHARACTERISTIC – A product characteristic that has been identified by quality and
reliability assurance as being critical to or necessary for assuring an acceptable quality product or
process.
QUALITY COST –
A-77
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
FAILURE COSTS – Costs incurred when a reworked product does not meet specifications.
Internal failure costs are those failure costs that are incurred before the product is sold to our
customer. External failure costs are those failure costs that are incurred by the FRCs after the
product is sold to our customer.
APPRAISAL COSTS – Costs incurred when a reworked product is verified or analyzed to
determine its conformance to specifications.
PREVENTION COSTS – Costs incurred for planning and maintaining the quality system.
TOTAL QUALITY COST INDEX – Total quality costs or total costs X 100.
TOTAL QUALITY COSTS – Prevention costs and appraisal costs + failure costs.
QVI - QUALITY VERIFICATION INSPECTION
R
R&M – RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY
R-SUPPLY – RELATIONAL SUPPLY
RAC – RAPID ACTION CHANGE
RADCOM – RADAR/COMMUNICATIONS
RADIOGRAPHIC – A method that uses X-rays or similar radiation for the purpose of penetrating
or being scattered by substances to reveal flaws or defects in the part or structure being examined.
See NDI.
RAMEC – RAPID ACTION MINOR ENGINEERING CHANGE
RAST – RECOVERY ASSIST, SECURING AND TRAVERSING
RCA – ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS
RCC – REGIONAL CALIBRATION CENTER
RCM – RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE – An analytical process used to identify PM
tasks to realize the reliability of equipment with least expenditure of resources.
RCN – REPORT CONTROL NUMBER
RCRA – RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT
RCU – REQUISITION CONTROL UNIT
RDT&E – RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT, TEST AND EVALUATION
REBASE – A special inspection performed earlier than the applicable minus three days or 10
percent limit.
RECD – RECEIVED
A-78
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-79
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
REPLACEMENT ITEM – An item, functionally interchangeable with another item, but differs
physically from the original in that the installation of the replacement requires operations such as
drilling, reaming, cutting, filming, or shimming, in addition to the normal application and methods
of attachment.
REPORTING CUSTODIAN – Navy and Marine activities and commercial contractors assigned
custody of aircraft, engines, and SE. Reporting Custodians are responsible for accounting for and
reporting the status of assigned aircraft, engines, and equipment. Each aircraft, engine, or
equipment is in the reporting custody of only one reporting custodian at any given time.
REPORTING CUSTODY – Responsibility to account for and provide information about assigned
aircraft or engines. Reporting custody does not necessarily imply physical custody.
REPORTING PERIOD – For MDS, purposes, a reporting period is 1 month.
REQ/REQN – REQUISITION
RESERVE AIRCRAFT – Aircraft in excess of immediate needs for active aircraft and are retained
in inventory for possible future needs.
RESERVE STOCK AIRCRAFT – Program aircraft in the controlling custody of
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM FS that are not currently and actively engaged in any of the various
logistic processes, such as awaiting or en route to an operating command or to rework required in
normal transition through standard service life. This category includes those aircraft stored-service-
life not completed.
RESOURCES – Military and civilian personnel, material on hand and on order, the entitlement to
procure or use material, utilities, and services required for the performance of a basic mission,
including work or services performed for others.
RESPONSIBILITY CENTER – A command designated to receive and administer an operating
budget.
RETIREMENT – Separation of aircraft from the program inventory. Separation may be
accomplished by (1) strike, (2) transfer to status codes series P, R, S, or Y, or (3) transfer to a
contingency reserve status (code series W).
RETROFIT – Incorporation of an engineering change, at any level, in accepted or in-service items.
REV – REVISION
REWORK (RWK) – Restorative or additive work performed on aircraft, aircraft equipment, and
aircraft SE by D-level FRCs, contractors' plants, and such other industrial establishments designated
by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM. A rework process extends from the time some of the work is started
until all of the work has been completed, including temporary interruptions in direct labor; it also
includes rework evaluation and test and correction of discrepancies determined thereby. See
STANDARD REWORK and SPECIAL REWORK.
REWORK FACILITY:
A-80
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-81
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
RU – RECEIVING UNIT
RWK – REWORK
S
S/N – SER/SERNO – SERIAL NUMBER
SA – SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
SA/A – SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR/ANALYST
SAD – SUPPLY ACCOUNTING DIVISION
SAFE – STRUCTURAL APPRAISAL OF FATIGUE EFFECTS
SAFE FOR FLIGHT – The material condition of an aircraft which, considering mission
requirements and environmental conditions, permits it to be launched, flown and landed safely and
ensures the aircrew has, as a minimum, the operable equipment for safe flight required by:
NAVAIR 01 Series Manual, Aircraft NATOPS; CNAF M-3710.7, General NATOPS; and MESM
provided on CNAP SharePoint https://flankspeed.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/CPF-CNAP-HQ/
Subsystem Capability and Impact Reporting (Safely Flyable Column).
SAFE FOR FLIGHT CERTIFICATION – The decision process performed by authorized and
designated personnel that certifies all W&B requirements have been satisfied, all applicable MRCs
have been complied with (or a deviation has been attained from the appropriate authorities), all
previously known discrepancies that precluded safe flight have been corrected, and all known
discrepancies (evaluated separately and collectively) do not preclude safe flight.
SAFETY LEVEL OF SUPPLY – The quantity of material, in addition to the operating level of
supply, required to be on hand to permit continuous operations in the event of minor interruption of
normal replenishment or unpredictable fluctuations in demand.
SALVAGE – The saving or rescuing of condemned, discarded, or abandoned property and of
materials contained therein for reuse, refabricating, or scrapping.
SAMM – SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR MAIN MENU
SAMPLE – One or more units of product drawn from a lot or batch selected at random without
regard to their quality. The number of units of product in the sample is the sample size.
SAMPLING PLAN – A statement of statistically valid sample size or sizes to be used and the
associated acceptance and rejection criteria.
SAR – SEARCH AND RESCUE
SARDIP – STRICKEN AIRCRAFT RECLAMATION AND DISPOSAL PROGRAM
SB – SERVICE BULLETIN
SCC – SEQUENCE CONTROL CARD
A-82
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-83
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SEATS – SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT ASSET TRACKING SYSTEM – See VFS LIFE SUPPORT.
SEB – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BULLETIN
SEC – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CHANGE
SECA – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTROLLING AUTHORITY – A term applied to major
aviation commands that exercise administrative control of the AMMRL Program SE end items for
allowance and inventory control. The following are designated SECAs: COMNAVAIRFOR,
CNATRA, COMNAVAIRFORES, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, CENNAVAVNTECHTRA, and
PMA-260.
NOTES: 1. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM Aircraft and Support Equipment Branch executes the
SECA functions for all COMNAVAIRSYSCOM field activities, D-level FRCs, FRC
West Det China Lake, FRC Mid Atlantic Patuxent River, and for naval weapons
stations with SE supplied by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM under the scope of the
AMMRL Program.
2. PMA-260 executes SECA functions for the Maritime Prepositioning Force and
for initial outfitting of new construction ships.
SECDEF – SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
SECNAV – SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
SECOND-DEGREE REPAIR – The repair of a damaged or non-operating gas turbine engine, its
accessories, or components to an acceptable operating condition. See 10.39.
SEGTE – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GAS TURBINE ENGINE
SEIS – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IN SERVICE
SEL – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST
SEMS – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
SER – SERIES
SERMIS – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RESOURCES MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEM – The replacement system for the Application Data for Material Readiness List. A
collection of technical and cataloging data identifying SE end items required for O-level, I-level,
and D-level aircraft maintenance. SERMIS provides the SECA with on-line visibility of source,
allowance, inventory, and rework data to aid in inventory control. See AMMRL.
SERNO – SERIAL NUMBER – A number that identifies a specific end item or component. The
number is usually assigned by the manufacturer and is used to differentiate between a particular end
item or component and others of the same T/M/S, design, etc.
SERVICE LIFE – The time period during which the item can be maintained in service without
replacement. Each program aircraft, from acceptance to strike, follows a life cycle consisting of
A-84
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
alternate periods of operating and rework time as prescribed for each model by OPNAVINST
3110.11. Aircraft become eligible for strike upon completion of the life cycle specified for the
model.
SERVICE PERIOD – For aircraft not under IMC/P, a prescribed segment of the service life of
aircraft subject to the PDM process, such as a stated number of calendar months or accumulated
flight hours that an aircraft is in the physical custody of an operating activity for use prior to PDM
or retirement. The number and length of standard service periods, together with associated planning
factors and policies, are set forth in OPNAVINST 3110.11.
SERVICE TEST – A test of an item, system, material, or technique conducted under simulated or
actual operational conditions to determine whether the specified military requirements or
characteristics are satisfied.
SERVICEABLE – The condition of an end item in which all requirements for repair, bench check,
overhaul, or modification (as applicable) have been accomplished making it capable of performing
the function or requirements for which originally designed. The fact that signs of previous use are
apparent does not necessarily mean it is unserviceable. When appearance is not a primary
consideration, and the condition of the item meets all safety and performance requirements, it will
be processed as serviceable.
SERVICING – The replenishment of consumables needed to keep an item in operating condition,
but not including any other preventive maintenance. See COMMON SERVICING, CROSS
SERVICING
SERVMART/MINIMART – A Supply Department activity providing nontechnical supplies of an
administrative and housekeeping nature and high-consumption maintenance materials such as hand
tools, corrosion preventive material, and petroleum, oils and l lubricants (POL). See 6.6.4.
SESS – SUPPORT EQUIPMENT STANDARDIZATION SYSTEM
SET – A unit or units and the necessary assemblies, subassemblies, and parts connected or
associated together to perform an operational function.
SETI – SHAFT ENGINE TEST INSTRUMENTATION
SF – STANDARD FORM
SFOEDL – SUMMARY FILLED ORDER/EXPENDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING
SHIP OPERATIONS – For the purpose of the NAMP, all flights that take off or land aboard a
carrier/ship will be designated as ship operations.
SHML – SHIPS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LIST
SHOP PROCESS CARDS – A ready reference for performing scheduled maintenance on specific
type of aviation life support system equipment and are an extension of the NAVAIR 13-1-6 series
manuals.
A-85
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-86
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SOFTWARE – A set of programs, documents, procedures, and routines associated with the
operation of a computer system.
SOP – STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
SORTIE – An operational flight by one aircraft.
SORTSREPNV – STATUS OF RESOURCES AND TRAINING SYSTEMS JOINT REPORT-
NAVY
SOURCE CODE – Code assigned to support items (spares, repair parts, components, parts, kits,
special tools, test equipment, and SE), to indicate the manner of acquiring items for the
maintenance, repair, or overhaul of end items. See SM&R.
SOW – STATEMENT OF WORK
SPAD – SUPPLY PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION DIVISION
SPARES – Articles identical to, or interchangeable with, the end articles on contract that are
procured over and above the quantity needed for initial installation for support of an aeronautical
system. See REPAIR PART.
SPC – SHOP PROCESS CARD
SPECIAL INSPECTION – See INSPECTION, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE
SPECIAL REWORK – Non-recurring D-level rework of aircraft, aircraft equipment, and SE to
improve or change capability to perform specific missions or functions. Special Rework includes
replacement, removal, addition, alteration, or repair of structural components and installed parts or
equipment. See REWORK.
Aircraft Special Rework includes:
MODERNIZATION – Rework to convert new or newly overhauled aircraft or aircraft
withdrawn from storage to the most modern configuration. Modernization includes incorporation of
applicable changes and bulletins, installation of accessories, and flight testing.
MODIFICATION – Rework to improve or change capability to perform specific missions.
Modification includes only the incorporation of changes and bulletins and the correction of
discrepancies as specified in the directive authorizing the modification rework.
CONVERSION – Rework that alters the basic characteristics of the aircraft to such an extent a
change of any part of the model designation is required, for example, conversion of an AH-1W to
AH-1Z, F-14A to F-14B.
PILOT – Rework to establish overhaul and repair capability for selected components of an
aeronautical system, SE, training equipment, and trainers. Pilot rework may be conducted during
both the preoperational and operational phases of aircraft service life.
A-87
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-88
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-89
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-90
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
SUPPLIES – All items necessary for the equipment, maintenance and operation of a military
command.
SUPPLY – The procurement, distribution, maintenance while in storage, and salvage of supplies
including determination of the kind and quantity of supplies.
SUPPLY MANAGEMENT – See INVENTORY CONTROL.
SUPPLY SCREENING UNIT – The section of the ASD that screens and forwards, for disposition,
all components processed at the IMA.
SUPPORT – The action of a force that aids, protects, complements, or sustains another force per a
directive requiring such action.
SUPPORTING AIRCRAFT – All active aircraft other than unit aircraft.
SURFACE TARGET – See MISSILE TARGET.
SURVEILLANCE – A mode of Type III verification, which allows the use of, reduced verification
through application of an effective audit program. Applicable products and processes are those that
display objective quality evidence or those that display a state of statistical quality control using the
Shop Process Card.
SUSPECT COUNTERFEIT – Material, items, or products in which there is an indication by visual
inspection, testing, or other information that it may meet the definition of counterfeit material
provided herein.
SVC – SERVICE
SWPT – SOFTWARE PRODUCT TEAM
SYSTEM – A composite of subsystems, assemblies, skills, and techniques capable of performing or
supporting an operational or nonoperational role. A complete system includes related facilities,
items, material, services, and personnel such that it can be considered a self-sufficient item in its
intended operation.
T
T/M/S – TYPE/MODEL/SERIES
TABLE OF BASIC ALLOWANCE (TBA) – See AERONAUTICAL ALLOWANCE LISTS.
TACAN – TACTICAL AIRBORNE NAVIGATION
TAD – TEMPORARY ADDITIONAL DUTY
TAMPS – TACTICAL AVIATION MISSION PLANNING SYSTEM
TAT – TURNAROUND TIME – TAT is: The time period that commences with the time an aircraft
is removed from an operating unit to undergo a rework process and terminates when the reworked
aircraft is returned to an operating unit. A change of reporting and controlling custody is not
A-91
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
necessarily involved; however, a change in physical custody is always involved. TAT is the sum of
the following: time en route from an operating unit to the naval facility, time awaiting rework, time
in rework, time awaiting flight check after rework, time in a COMNAVAIRSYSCOM RFI status,
and time en route to an operating unit. The time needed to service, inspect, and check an item prior
to recommitment. The interval between the time a repairable item is removed from use and the time
it is available for reissue in a serviceable condition.
TAT RECOVERABLE MISSILE TARGETS – For recoverable missile targets, TAT is the total
time required to perform a complete post launch rehabilitation inspection commencing with the
onset of decontamination of a recovered target, including all scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance, and testing required to return it to a launch ready condition.
TAXI OPERATOR – Personnel authorized to ground taxi Unmanned Aircraft (UA).
TBA – TABLE OF BASIC ALLOWANCE
TBI – TEST BENCH INSTALLATION – Is a selected replaceable aircraft assembly (normally a
Weapons Replaceable Assembly) installed in a test bench harness, test set or console which is
required in an aviation maintenance shop to accomplish all maintenance, test, and repair of an
aviation system, assembly or component.
TCC - TARGET CAPABILITY CODE – TCC denotes an I-level repair Capability Code (CC)
change expected to occur in the future. See CC.
TCCD - TARGET CAPABILITY CODE DATE – The date an I-level repair Capability Code
change is expected to be in effect. See TCC.
TCD – TARGET COMPLETION DATE
TCM – TOOL CONTROL MANUAL – Contains information that includes material requirements,
tool inventories, and detailed instructions for the implementation and operation of the Tool Control
Program for a specific type/model aircraft.
TCMB – TRAINING CONTINUUM MANAGEMENT BOARD
TCN – TRANSPORTATION CONTROL NUMBER
TCP – TOOL CONTROL PROGRAM
TCR – TRACKED COMPONENT RECORD
TCS – TARGET CONTROL SYSTEM
TD – TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE – A document authorized and issued by COMNAVAIRSYSCOM
to provide technical information necessary to properly and systematically inspect or alter the
configuration of aircraft, engines, systems, or equipment subsequent to establishment of each
respective baseline configuration. TDs include all types of changes and bulletins and consist of
information that cannot be disseminated satisfactorily by revisions to technical manuals. NATEC
controls assignment of TD numbers.
A-92
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-93
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-94
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TIME/CYCLE PREFIX CODE – A one-character alphabetic code that identifies the type of time or
cycle data recorded on the item.
TIME DOMAIN – The focus on quick and reliable flow of material in time.
TIR – TRANSACTION ITEM REPORT
TM – TYPE MAINTENANCE
TM CODE – TYPE MAINTENANCE CODE – A one-character numeric or alphabetic code that
identifies the type of maintenance performed.
TMAPS – TECHNICAL MANUAL APPLICATION SYSTEM
TMDE – TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT - TMDE includes all
devices or aviation SE used to measure, calibrate, gage, test, inspect, diagnose, or otherwise
examine materials, supplies, and equipment to determine compliance with specifications,
engineering drawings, technical orders, technical manuals, maintenance instructions, and/or
serviceability standards.
TMR – TOTAL MISSION REQUIREMENTS
TMS – TRAINING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
TOC – THEORY OF CONSTRAINTS – A management philosophy to effectively identify and
manage constraints that inhibit organizations from achieving their goals.
TOLLGATE – A review process carried out at the end of each step of the “Define, Measure,
Analyze, Improve, and Control” process improvement project. Tollgate reviews help to determine
whether all of the goals within each stage of the project have been achieved successfully and must
be approved by process owners and stakeholders prior to proceeding with the next phase of the
project.
TOP TIER – The Top Tier Replication server is a subscriber to all.
TOT – TOTAL TURNAROUND TIME
TPI – TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION
TPM – TEST PROGRAM MEDIA
TPTI – TURBO PROP TEST INSTRUMENTATION
TPDR – TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORT
TPL – TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY
TPS – TACTICAL PAINT SCHEME
A-95
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
TPS – TEST PROGRAM SET - Items needed to test a unit on ATE. These items include electrical,
mechanical, instructional, and logical decision elements. The TPS elements are test program,
interconnection device, test program instruction, and supplementary data.
T&R – TRAINING AND READINESS
TR – TRANSACTION REPORT
TRR – TRAINING REQUIREMENT REVIEW – A CNO-sponsored review and revalidation of
designated existing weapon system training courses, which identify training track, course, NEC or
MOS, Personnel Qualification Standards, and curriculum deficiencies. The TRR initiates corrective
action and establishes tailored training tracks for enlisted aviation billets.
TRACE CADPAD – TRACEABILITY CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICE/PROPELLANT
ACTUATED DEVICE
TRACE LIFE SUPPORT MODULE – An internet based system, which provides a standardized
method to manage, report, and generate hard copy history records on ALSS components and
installed explosive devices.
TRACKED – All life limited/repairable components in NTCSS Optimized OMA NALCOMIS.
TRAINING AIDS – Any item developed/procured with the primary intent that it will assist in
training and the process of learning.
TRANS – TRANSACTION
TRANSFER – The act of conveying reporting/controlling custody of an aircraft/SE to another
custodian.
TRANSFER INSPECTION – An inspection performed at the time a reporting custodian transfers an
aircraft to another operating activity including delivery to an off-site depot facility. It includes an
inventory of items listed in the AIR, verification of CADs and PADs, configuration verification, and
a daily inspection. CAD, PAD and configuration verifications are performed by visual external
inspection and record examination. See INSPECTIONS, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE and
INSPECTIONS, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE).
TRANSIENT – Personnel, ships, or aircraft stopping temporarily at a station or port to which they
are not assigned/attached and having destination elsewhere.
TRAWING – TRAINING WING
TRCODE – TRANSACTION CODE – A two-character numeric code used to denote the type of
data being reported, and to indicate the record type to be produced.
TRR – TIME TO RELIABLY REPLENISH – The time, in hours or days, it takes once a part is
pulled from the supply shelf until it is back on the supply shelf ready for issue. The formula for
determining a work centers TRR is RRI + RRT = TRR.
A-96
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-97
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
operational environment. The ULSS describes the acquisition logistics support products and
services that have been developed to support fleet introduction.
ULTRASONIC – A method that uses ultrasonic energy to inspect parts of structures for defects,
thickness variations, corrosion, etc. The reflection of ultrasonic energy is observed to determine
discontinuities or measure thickness. This method can be applied to metallic or nonmetallic
materials. See NDI.
UMMIPS – UNIFORM MATERIAL MOVEMENT AND ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM
UNCLAS – UNCLASSIFIED
UNIT – Unit is defined as: (1) a military element whose structure is prescribed by competent
authority, such as a Table of Organization, specifically, part of an organization; (2) an
organizational title of a subdivision of a group in a task force; (3) a standard of basic quantity into
which items of supply are priced, divided, issued, or used; and (4) an assembly or any combination
of parts, subassemblies, and assemblies mounted together, normally capable of independent
operation in a variety of situations.
UNIT AIRCRAFT – Those aircraft provided to an aircraft unit for performance of a flying mission.
UNIT OF ISSUE – The quantity of an item, such as each number, dozen, gallon, pair, pound, ream,
set, or yard. Usually termed "unit of issue" to distinguish from "unit price".
UNK – UNKNOWN
UNMANNED AIRCRAFT – A powered aircraft capable of flight under remote control, or
autonomous programming that does not carry a human operator. Radio controlled aircraft that are
operated exclusively under the Academy of Model Aeronautics National Model Aircraft Safety code
are not considered unmanned aircraft.
UNS – UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE – Maintenance, other than the fix phase of scheduled
maintenance, occurring during the interval between scheduled downtime maintenance periods.
UNS – UNIFIED NUMBERING SYSTEM
UNSCH – UNSCHEDULED
UPKEEP – The preventive, restorative, or additive work performed on aircraft, equipment, and SE
by operating units and aircraft SE activities. The term applies to any method of processing aircraft
required to ensure the completion of standard operating periods or service tours, including but not
limited to the servicing, periodic inspections, functional and bench test, replacement, preservation,
modification, and repair. An upkeep process extends from the time some of the work is started until
all the work is completed, including temporary interruptions in direct labor; it also includes upkeep,
evaluation, test, and correction of discrepancies determined thereby. Upkeep is divided into two
categories, scheduled and special. See MAINTENANCE TYPES.
STANDARD UPKEEP – The periodic or scheduled work performed on aircraft, aircraft
equipment, and aircraft SE after (and as a result of) completion of a prescribed number of flying
A-98
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
hours, operating hours, or calendar days per prescribed inspection or replacement requirements and
such that the end product requirement of the work includes the capability of aircraft or equipment to
serve a full prescribed period of flying hours, operating hours, or calendar days before undergoing
upkeep again.
SPECIAL UPKEEP – The work done to aircraft, aircraft equipment, and aircraft SE to
improve, change, or restore their capability to perform specific missions or functions by
replacement, removal, addition, alteration, or repair of parts/equipment/aircraft, without particular
regard to flying hours, operating hours, calendar days, or operating periods. Special upkeep
includes, but is not limited to, modification, repair, and unscheduled inspection, replacement, or test.
USE (PRIMARY) – The primary reason an operating unit has an allowance of operating aircraft.
USN – UNITED STATES NAVY
USNO – UNITED STATES NAVAL OBSERVATORY
UTIL – UTILIZATION – The average number of hours per unit period of time an aircraft is actually
in flight. Normally, utilization for a particular model aircraft is specified by the average number of
hours flown per operating aircraft per calendar month, for example, E-2C utilization is 30 hours
(meaning an average of 30 flight hours were flown per month per operating aircraft).
UTILIZATION FACTORS – Planned aircraft utilization per 24-hour day or calendar month, as
appropriate. Aircraft utilization factors for various types, classes, and models of aircraft differ and
must be specified for each. These factors are used in computations leading to the determination of
maintenance requirements, for example, maintenance man-hours, spares, and repair parts required.
UUT – UNIT UNDER TEST
V
VALSPECS – VALIDATION SPECIFICATIONS
VAL/VER – VALIDATION/VERIFICATION
VED – VISUAL ELECTRONIC DISPLAY
VENDOR – A manufacturer or supplier of a commercial item.
VERIFICATION – The determination of product quality conformance by (1) actual examination,
(2) measurement, (3) witnessing of tests, or (4) review of documented objective evidence describing
product/quality characteristics and comparison to prescribed quality requirements and performed by
QA group personnel.
VERTREP – VERTICAL REPLENISHMENT
VFC – NAVY COMPOSITE SQUADRON
VFS – VIRTUAL FLEET SUPPORT
A-99
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-100
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
A-101
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
WORK START – The point at which direct maintenance starts. See DIRECT MAINTENANCE.
WORK STOPPAGE – The point at which direct maintenance ceases, requiring the job status to
change from in-work (IW) to any other job status on a WO/MAF. See DIRECT MAINTENANCE.
WP – WORK PACKAGE
WRA – WEAPONS REPLACEABLE ASSEMBLY – A generic term, includes all the replaceable
packages of an avionic equipment, pod, or system as installed in an aircraft weapon system, with the
exception of cables, mounts, and fuse boxes or circuit breakers.
WSE – WEAPONS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT – A category of SE where the principal function is
support of the explosive ordnance component or weapon is used primarily by the Weapons
Department. This equipment may be defined further as being related to air-launched, surface, or
subsurface fired weapons. Air-launched related equipment includes both mechanically/electrically
operated handling equipment and electronic test equipment, defined as WHE and weapons test
equipment, respectively.
WSM – WEAPON SYSTEM MANAGER
WSP – WHOLESALE STOCK POINT
WSPD – WEAPONS SYSTEM PLANNING DOCUMENT – Provides base loading data, planned
procurements, delivery schedules, system inventories, planning factors, material support policy,
training plans, and other related planning information.
WUC – WORK UNIT CODE – A unique alphanumeric identifier of the hierarchical structure of
assemblies, systems, sets, groups, installations, repairable components, life limited, high profile
consumable parts, or areas, or zones of a weapons system. WUCs are utilized for documentation of
maintenance tasks. WUCs may be up to thirty-two numeric or alphanumeric characters in length.
X
XO – EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Y
YYMMDD – YEAR, MONTH, AND DAY (for example, 971231)
Z
ZONAL INSPECTION – See INSPECTIONS, AIRCRAFT/ENGINE/SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
A-102
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX B
Forms and Reports
NOTE: Previous OPNAVINST or COMNAVAIRFOR authority forms are authorized for use
only when the form number and revision date match the form number and revision
date stated in this Appendix.
Retention symbols assigned to reporting requirements, imposed by this instruction, pertain to
completed forms. Retention symbols and definitions are listed below. If no specific retention
period is specified, refer to applicable instructions for retention guidelines. Final records disposition
action will follow the Department of the Navy Records Management Manual (SECNAV M-5210.1).
NOTES: 1. Copy 2 will be filed or disposed of at the squadron analyst's discretion. Copy 3
will be retained by maintenance control for a minimum of 3 months after monthly
reports have been received and verified, then filed. Activities operating OOMA,
refer to paragraph 8.2.5(j) NOTE.
2. Retained until replaced by next like inspection record.
3. Retained for a minimum of 6 months from the completed date.
4. Retain the last completed form and the most current form.
5. Retained for 1 month.
6. Documents with Action Taken Code L may be destroyed after daily verification.
Subsystem Capability Impact Report (SCIR) related Visual Information
System/Maintenance Action Forms (VIDS/MAF) with Action Taken Code N will be
retained for a minimum of 6 months from the completed date.
7. Documents in support of phase or special inspections will be retained for one
complete inspection cycle, or 6 months, whichever is greater. Special inspections
with cycles greater than 6 months retain only those additional inspection documents
for which a like inspection has not been performed during the last 6 months.
8. Retained in the Aircraft Discrepancy Book (ADB) as a separator for 10
subsequent flights. Activities operating OOMA, refer to paragraph 5.1.5.3.(a)
NOTES.
9. For daily reports, the due dates (due back to the user) listed indicate the number
of working days following the date of submission of the source forms to Naval
Information Warfare Center (NIWC) Atlantic. For monthly reports, the due dates
indicate the number of working days following the end of the month.
10. These reports will be retained during the current month and may be destroyed
after receipt and verification of the monthly reports.
11. Contact Measure Occupation Control Center (MOCC), Norfolk or San Diego to
obtain these forms.
B-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
12. For OOMA activities, utilize OOMA generated forms or procure through DoD
or DON form number. For non-OOMA activities, forms may be locally generated as
needed to meet specific aircraft or equipment requirements, provided minimum data
requirements specified in the NAMP are met.
13. Generated through the Automated Weight and Balance System (AWBS).
B-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
OPNAV 4790/58 (07-74) Metrology Equipment and Recall Report N/A NOTE 11
B-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
The following forms are preprinted and automatically distributed to MEASURE OPERATION
CONTROL CENTER, PO BOX 357064, NAS NORTH ISLAND, SAN DIEGO CA 92135-7076:
FORM NO./REV. DATE TITLE
OPNAV 4790/58 (5-75) Metrology Equipment Recall and Report (METER) Card
OPNAV 4790/58A (5-75) Equipment Identification and Receipt Tag
The following form may be ordered from the local Print on Demand System at the Navy
Publications and Printing Service:
B-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
B-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX C
Directives
This appendix provides a listing of the latest directives and publications available at time of
publication. It is the responsibility of the user to determine the current status and distribution of
any directive or publication being used.
DIRECTIVES:
29 CFR Labor
C-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
PUBLICATIONS:
ANSI-ESD TR 20.20 For the Protection of Electrostatic
Discharge Susceptible Items Handbook for
the Development of an Electrostatic
Discharge Control Program for the
Protection of Electronic Parts, Assemblies,
and Equipment
C-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
C-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX D
Local Command Procedures (Sample Format)
(Date)
Encl: (1) (Any diagrams, lists, etc, used in the local procedure.)
1. Introduction. This LCP addresses local procedures for (list the applicable program or
procedure). (Examples: “This LCP addresses local procedures for COMNAVAIRFORINST
4790.2D, Chapter 10, 10.19 Hazardous Material Control and Management (HMC&M) program” or
“This LCP addresses local procedures for COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2D, Chapter 5, procedures
for authorizing BCM Codes 1, 5, 7, and 9.”)
(Example: The following additional HAZMAT training will be completed by all maintenance
personnel: NAS Lemoore Environmental Services Division Hazardous Material (HAZMAT)
Management course.)
(Example: HMC&M Program Manager: Schedule and track completion of the NAS Lemoore
Environmental Services Division HAZMAT Management course. Personnel will complete the
course within 45 days of reporting to the Maintenance Department.)
I. M. MAINTENANCE OFFICER
D-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. LCPs are not mandatory. LCPs will be published only if required to clarify
geographic area requirements, type/model/series specific requirements, or
other command specific details not adequately addressed in the NAMP or
other governing directive. LCPs may not be used to alter or deviate from the
intent of the related policy.
2. Squadrons must submit LCPs to their Wing for review. If the LCP has
application to all wing activities, the Wing will publish a Wing LCP to
standardize procedures and relieve squadrons from the administrative burden
of producing their own LCP.
4. D-level activities may also use the LCP format specified in OPNAVINST
5215.17A.
D-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX E
Maintenance Documentation Codes
E-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Z. Corrosion Treatment.
Includes cleaning, treatment, priming, and painting of corroded items that require no other
repair. This code is always used when actually treating corroded items, either on equipment or in
the shop.
0. Phase and Special inspections, Corrosion Preservation and Depreservation
The numeric 0 will be used in the Action Taken section on all source documents recording look
phase man-hours for acceptance, transfer, special, conditional, major aircraft and combined airframe
and engine special inspections; and corrosion, preservation, and depreservation including the close
out of man-hours on the look phase of those inspections at the end of the reporting period.
NOTE: AT Code D is used only when the Transaction (TRANS) Code in block A32 of
the MAF is 31 or 32. AT Code R may be used when the TRANS Code in block
A32 of the MAF is 11, 12, 18, 19, 23, or 25. The use of AT Code R may be used
in block A35 if one of the following conditions is met: (1) if item removed is
identified by a WUC; (2) for TRANS Code 11 an assisting work center, when
the primary work center used AT Code R. For the assisting work center the
item processed must be "0"; (3) for TRANS Code 18 or 19 only when the work
unit coded items are time sensitive or require entries in logbooks/AESR, such as
spark plugs and CADs; (4) for TRANS Codes 23 or 25. AT Codes P, 0, and S
are also used for engine identification in the (H-Z) Failed/Required Material
section of the MAF.
AT Codes 1 through 9 are restricted to those repairable items of material which have been
administratively or technically screened and found to be non-repairable at an IMA (by designated I-
Level personnel authorized to make these determinations). In keeping with the philosophy of repair
at the lowest practicable level, the IMA is authorized to perform any and all functions for which it
has or can be granted authority and the capability to perform and meet performance specifications.
If more than one BCM code applies, the code reflecting the most serious logistic support deficiency
will be used.
BCM 1 Repair Not Authorized
This code is entered only when the activity is specifically not authorized to repair the item in
applicable directives, for example, required maintenance function not assigned by Source,
Maintenance, and Recoverability (SM&R) code, Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIM),
maintenance plan, other technical decision, peculiar item from an aircraft not supported by an
activity, and SM&R coded XXXXD.
BCM 2 Lack of Equipment, Tools, or Facilities
This code is entered when the repair is authorized but cannot be performed because of a lack of
equipment, tools, or facilities, for example, required equipment is on individual material readiness
list (IMRL) but authorized quantity is zero, receipt of authorized IMRL equipment not expected
within 30 days (zero quantity on hand), return of required equipment from repair or calibration not
expected within 30 days, non-IMRL tools and equipment not on hand, lack of permanently installed
facilities, specifically directed by the ACC/TYCOM.
E-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
flight controls due to Work Center 110 having engine removed. This code should not be confused
with Reason Code 3 (backlog).
M9. Awaiting maintenance funding
This code will be used when the item cannot be repaired due to a lack of support funding for
required repair parts or for Beyond Capability of Maintenance (BCM) action or awaiting
disposition. This code may also be used for non-Supply Officer, TYCOM controlled assets such as
SE, test benches, and engines determined to be in excess of demand or uneconomical to repair.
NRFI assets held in M9 status will be tracked in Buffer Management Tool (BMT) as “Non Due In
From Maintenance (DIFM)” workload and will not be available to the maintenance activity for use
in further trouble shooting or cannibalization.
MF. Lack of facilities
This code will be used for maintenance backlog due to the lack of facilities including hangar,
hangar deck spaces, maintenance area or utility services, such as electricity or air pressure.
CT. Awaiting maintenance cure time
This code will be used when a maintenance task requires time for curing of an adhesive, sealant,
or paint before the maintenance can continue or be completed.
Job Status Codes; Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management Information System
(NALCOMIS)
A1. Pre-Induction Screening. M4. AWM Off Shift.
CC. MAF Canceled. M5. AWM Other.
CM. Contractor Maintenance. M6. AWM Awaiting AIMD.
CP. Contractor Parts. M7. AWM Flight/Operational.
CT. AWM Cure Time (Adhesives, Sealant, M8. AWM Awaiting Other Shops.
Paint)
DD. Analyst Delete. M9. AWM Funding/Disposition
IW. In Work. WB. In Transit from AWP Locker.
JC. Job Complete. WP. AWP In Shop.
M1. AWM In Depot. WQ. AWP In AWP Locker.
M2. AWM SE/Hangar. WS. AWP Work Stoppage.
M3. AWM Backlog. WT. In Transit to AWP Locker.
E-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
084 Check, Test, and Service of Oxygen Equipment. Includes oxygen masks, oxygen
regulators, and liquid oxygen converters.
090 Nonaeronautical Work. Nonaeronautical work is defined as work that cannot be
properly charged to aircraft, power plants, SE, missiles, trainers or other aeronautical
equipment within the scope of TECs "A" through "Y". It includes manufacture,
repair, assembly, disassembly, painting, or other productive labor that contributes to
the overall state of readiness of the reporting unit. Used only with TEC "Z" series.
1000000 The utilization of this WUC is restricted to applicable Technical Directive WO only.
E-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
INVENTORY CODES
Inventory codes denote the status of the aircraft or equipment as it relates to aircraft status codes
assigned to the aircraft. Inventory codes are as follows:
0 INVENTORY ONLY
Equipment that is inventoried but for which no mission capability data is collected. These items
will only be gained or lost and will require no change in Material Condition Reporting Status
(MCRS) reporting. This code is used for SE, training devices, and missile target inventory reporting
and is not applicable to aircraft.
A FULLY OPERATIONAL
Aircraft or equipment in the inventory system that are in a fully operational status. For aircraft,
those in XRAY status A series.
1 PHASE DEPOT MAINTENANCE (PDM)
Aircraft or equipment that is enroute to, awaiting, or undergoing PDM.
2 SPECIAL REWORK AT THE DEPOT FACILITY
Aircraft or equipment that is enroute to, awaiting, or undergoing special rework (modification,
modernization, conversion, or repair) in the physical custody of the depot repair activity.
3 SPECIAL REWORK AT THE REPORTING CUSTODIAN SITE
Aircraft undergoing depot special rework consisting of modernization, modification,
conversions, or incorporating D-level TDs while in the physical custody of the reporting custodian.
4 OTHER
(Decision to Strike, Remove from Service, Bailment, Loan, etc.). Aircraft or equipment that are
affected by reasons other than standard or special rework. Decision to Strike, Remove from
Service, Bailment, Loan, etc.)
NOTE: Inventory Codes 5 through 8 are for future use.
9 INVENTORY LOSS
AIRCRAFT STATUS CODES FOR USE ON INVENTORY CODES
STATUS CODES INVENTORY CODES
ALL A A
ALL D, E, F 1
ALL G, H, I (See NOTE) 2
ALL G, H, I (See NOTE) 3
ALL OTHERS 4
Transfers Regardless Of Status Code 9
NOTE: Depending on the physical location (UNIT SITE).
E-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Circuit Breakers/Relays
W06 Loose circuit breaker (not properly secured)
W07 Improper terminals
W08 Loose terminals
W09 Loose relay terminal
W10 Missing/damaged relay cover
W11 Loose relay (not properly secured)
W12 Corroded relay/hardware
Connectors
W13 Corroded connector/backshell (external)
W14 Loose/improper/missing/damaged hardware
W15 Improper/damaged/missing potting, seal plugs, or sealant
E-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Dielectric (Insulation)
W18 Cracked/brittle/deteriorated insulation
W19 Fluid soaked insulation
W20 Nicked insulation
W21 Torn insulation
W22 Peeling/flaking topcoat insulation
W23 Evidence of carbon tracking/arcing
Installation/Security
W24 Improper wire routing (for example, under flammable fluid carrying line(s))
W25 Incorrect bend radius
W26 Improper wire bundle slack
W27 Damaged/missing/improper potting at feed through
W28 Improper /damaged/missing chafe prevention material - includes grommets, strips,
tubing, insulation sheeting, and insulation tape
W29 Loose/missing/broken standoff
W30 Insufficient clearance
W31 Improperly installed wire bundle assembly cushion clamp, includes rubber slipped,
wires against metal, wires clamped to metal, missing clamp, or clamp cushioning
material
W32 Loose/improper or damaged clamp
W33 Missing/broken/improper ties
W34 Loose/missing/broken safety wire
W35 Oversized/undersized clamps
W36 Fluid soaked/deteriorated clamps
Terminal Boards/Modules/Points
W37 Terminal boards - improper/damaged/loose terminals (studs)
W38 Terminal modules - missing sealing plugs
W39 Damaged/missing terminal boards, modules, separators, or covers
W40 Loose terminal boards, modules, or points
W41 Loose solder joints and crimps
E-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
W42 Overstripping/understripping
W43 Improper/missing endcaps
W44 Improper/damaged/loose terminals (does not include relays or circuit breakers)
W45 Corroded terminals, posts, etc.
W47 Arced/burned/shorted wiring - due to unknown or other causes (including overheat detection
elements)
W48 Broken/open wiring (including overheat detection elements)
E-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
W62 Defective fuse(s), switches, diodes, light bulbs, and other consumables
L02 RAM Discrepancy (loose, cracked, peeled, chipped, gouged, bubbled, wrinkled, reverted,
or missing)
E-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
(Requester's Signature)
Copy to:
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM, Enterprise Services Division
COMFRC FST HQ Technical Data Department, NATEC
b. Mailing address:
COMMANDER NAVAL AIR FORCES
ATTN: N422D
PO BOX 357051
SAN DIEGO, CA 92135-7051
E-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-30
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
and read as MMYY, for example, 0320. (For use with survival equipment and expeditionary
airfield lighting, matting, Fresnel lens, visual communication systems, and CARTs, (CADs, or
PADs.)
K. Arrestments
Number of accumulated aircraft arrestments since new, if available; otherwise, number since
overhaul.
(For use with aircraft-installed arresting gear and expeditionary airfield equipment only). In the
case of expeditionary airfield equipment, use this code to record number of arrestments on the
arrester engine assembly, deck pendant tapes, and tape connector only; use Code M to record hour
meter reading on retriever engine.
L. Landings
Enter the current total of landings recorded on the aircraft. If total exceeds 9,999 landings,
record only the last four digits, for example, 10,231 landings would be recorded as L0231.
M. Meter Time
Number of accumulated hours on equipment and components as shown on the hour meter.
(Enter whole hours only.)
N. Rounds Fired
Enter the total number of rounds fired since overhaul, if available; otherwise, enter the total
number of rounds fired since new. Data will be rounded to the nearest hundred for entering on the
maintenance document. If the figure exceeds 999,999 drop the left most digit and round off to the
nearest hundred. Examples: 46 rounds would be reported as N0000, 68 rounds would be reported
as N0001, 638 rounds would be reported as N0006, 2,437 rounds would be reported as N0024,
180,779 rounds would be reported as N1808, 1,000,241 rounds would be reported as N0002.
P. Cycles
Enter the number of cycles since overhaul, if available; otherwise, enter the number of cycles
since new, for example, number of bombs dropped from a bomb rack.
S. Starts
Enter actual number of starts on equipment/components as shown on start meter or actual
number of starts on equipment/component recorded by other devices.
T. Catapult Shots
Enter the number of actual catapult shots recorded on equipment and components.
U. Months Installed
Number of accumulated months equipment was installed since new (if available); otherwise,
months since overhaul.
W. Warranty
This code indicates that the component is under warranty. After the prefix code, enter the length
of the warranty period in time/cycles, or the date of warranty expiration. Information about
warranty length/expiration date can be found on the data plate affixed to the item, or in its logbook
E-31
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
or associated records. If the expiration of the warranty is by date, enter on the MAF the year and
month, for example, if warranty expires September 2004, enter W0409. For contingency, code W
may be used only in fields E47 and G43.
X. Contract Number
This code indicates the contract number of the component under warranty. After the prefix
code, enter the last four characters of the contract number. The contract number can be found on the
data plate affixed to the item, or the logbook or associated records, for example, if the contract
number is N00019-95-C-0129, enter X0129. For contingency, code X may be used only in fields
E52 and G48 only.
E-32
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-33
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-34
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: When an engine is a supply asset, not undergoing repair or inspection inducted from
an O-level activity TRANS codes 11, 12, 16, 17, or 23 must be used.
E-35
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-36
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-37
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-38
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
3. Third-Degree Repair
Third-degree repair encompasses the same gas turbine engine repair capability as the second-
degree repair except that certain functions which require high maintenance man-hours and are of
low incident rate are excluded.
E-39
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-40
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-41
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-42
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-43
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-44
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
K. Turnaround Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a turnaround inspection.
L. Special Inspection, Preservation/Depreservation
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a special inspection or
preservation/depreservation.
M. Major or Phase Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a phase inspection for
aircraft or during a major inspection for engines. This code will also apply to aircraft for which a
single type of inspection is prescribed (as opposed to intermediate/major) and to periodic
maintenance inspections on SE.
N. NAE Data Analytics
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered by NAE data analytics identified
fault.
NOTE: Use of this code applies to both O and I level documentation.
O. Administrative
This code is used when an administrative action is required, for example, inspection documents,
check, test, or service, cannibalization, FOM.
P. Functional Check flight
This code is used when the need for maintenance is discovered during a flight which was
conducted for the purpose of testing for proper functioning of the airframe, power plant, accessories,
and other items of equipment. The use of this code is limited to those items in the FCF checklist as
requiring test during the flight.
Q. Conditional Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during an inspection which does
not have a prescribed interval and depends upon occurrence of certain circumstances or conditions.
R. QA Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during any receiving, screening,
in-process or final QA inspection (scheduled or unscheduled) conducted by personnel acting in the
capacity of QAR, CDQAR, or CDI. This code is also used when the need for maintenance is
discovered during the performance of QA trend analysis of HMS data per ATA NAMPSOP
10.37.4.1.3.
NOTE: Use of this code applies to both O-Level and I-Level documentation.
S. Oil Analysis Recommendation
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered as a result of a recommendation
from the JOAP/NOAP.
U. Modification/PDM/Overhaul/Airline Maintenance
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during unscheduled D-level
maintenance.
E-45
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-46
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
O. Administrative
This code is used when an administrative action is required, for example, inspection documents,
items removed and replaced for check/test/service, cannibalization, or removal and reinstallation to
FOM.
P. Operational System Check
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a systems test conducted to
discover defects and maladjustments.
Q. Conditional Inspection/AIMD Calibration
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during an inspection or calibration
which does not have a prescribed interval and depends upon occurrence of certain circumstances or
conditions.
R. QA Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during any receiving, screening,
in-process or final QA inspection (scheduled or unscheduled) conducted by personnel acting in the
capacity of QAR, CDQAR, or CDI.
S. Oil Analysis Recommendation
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered as a result of a recommendation
from the JOAP/NOAP.
T. Scheduled Calibration at AIMD
This code applies to TMDE only and is used by the AIMD when a need for maintenance is
discovered during scheduled calibration.
U. D-Level Maintenance/Calibration
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a D-level maintenance or
calibration.
V. Related Maintenance Actions
This code is used when a need for maintenance by another work center is discovered during a
related maintenance action. (Used by assisting work centers only.)
W. In-Shop Repair or Disassembly for Maintenance
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during in-shop repair or
disassembly for maintenance.
Y. Upon Receipt or Withdrawal from Supply
This code is used when parts, components, or assemblies are received or withdrawn from supply
and found to be discrepant upon installation.
E-47
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Code Explanation for Missiles, Missile Targets, Target Engines, and Airborne Mine Counter-
measures Equipment
A. Before Flight Abort Launch Crew
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered by a launch crew before flight
which makes it necessary to abort the mission.
B. Before Flight No Abort Launch Crew
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered by a launch crew before flight and
it is not necessary to abort the mission.
C. In-Flight Abort
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered in-flight and it becomes necessary
to abort the mission.
D. In-Flight No Abort
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered in-flight and it is not necessary to
abort the mission.
G. Acceptance and Transfer Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during initial buildup and test,
acceptance or transfer inspection.
H. Between Flights Ground Crew
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered by ground crew personnel other
than the launch crew, for example, a maintenance crew member notices an oil leak from an engine
while the target or Airborne Mine Countermeasures (AMCM) sled is in the hangar between
operations.
J. Daily Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a daily inspection which is
performed independently of any other inspection.
K. Prelaunch or Turnaround Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a prelaunch or turnaround
inspection.
L. Special Inspection, Preservation/Depreservation
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during a special inspection or
preservation/depreservation.
M. Post Launch Rehabilitation Inspection
This code is used when a need for maintenance is discovered during rehabilitation inspection of
a target, after recovery.
O. Administrative
This code is used when an administrative action is required, for example, inspection documents,
check/test/service, cannibalization, facilitate other maintenance (FOM).
E-48
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-49
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-50
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Code Function
08M Not assigned
08N Not assigned
E-51
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-52
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Code Function
012 General Maintenance Officer Afloat (IM-2)
013 Avionics/Armament Officer Afloat (IM-3)
014 SE Officer Afloat (IM-4)
015 Support Services Officer Afloat(IM-5) (Note 2)
024 Power Plants Production Control (IMA only)
025 Airframes Production Control (IMA only)
026 Avionics Production Control (IMA only)
027 Armament Production Control (IMA only)
028 Aviation Life Support Systems Production Control (IMA only)
029 Support Equipment Production Control (IMA only)
05A Material Screening (AMSU/JASU)
05B Material Procurement/Accounting
400 Power Plants Division
410 Jet Engine Branch
41B CFM56 Aircraft Engine Repair Shop
411 Jet Engine Component Repair Shop
412 Auxiliary Power Units/Support Equipment Gas Turbine Engines
413 Afterburner Shop
414 Power Plants Module Repair Shop
415 Power Plants Can-UnCan Shop
41A Not Assigned
41F J85 Engine Shop
41L T56 Engine Repair Shop
41N T64 Engine Repair Shop
41Q T400 Engine Repair Shop
41R T700 Engine Repair Shop
41T F402 Engine Repair Shop
41U F404 Engine Repair Shop
41V F414 Engine Repair Shop
430 Propeller Branch
431 Propeller Component Repair Shop
E-53
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-54
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-55
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-56
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-57
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-58
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-59
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
E-60
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTES: 1. O-level Work Center Codes may be assigned or used by an IMA if the IMA is
responsible for performing O-level maintenance functions.
E-61
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
2. This work center will be used for non-aircraft maintenance, local organization
purposes only. No documentation in the Aviation 3M Data System is allowed using
this work center code.
3. Work Center 250 will ordinarily be under the administrative control of the local
operations department.
4. I-level Work Center Codes may be assigned or used by an O-level activity, if the
O-level is designated as responsible for performing I-level maintenance function.
5. May be used only when the IMA has been specifically designated by
COMNAVAIRSYSCOM to perform the function (formerly "SX").
6. (All Intermediate Level activities only) All work centers that include the terms
division and branch, for example, 400, 500, 600, 51X, and 62X, are considered
administrative work centers. Administrative functions may be combined at the
branch or division level for work centers with minimal manning. However, a more
specific Work Center Code will be used for the documentation of maintenance and
production efforts.
7. Artisan work centers are considered virtual work centers and were designed to
capture maintenance and production data only. They are not intended to maintain
administrative processes, such as required reading boards, maintenance technical
manual libraries, or associated collateral duties. The majority of these work
centers do not contain enough personnel to maintain those administrative functions.
These functions must be maintained in the corresponding branch or traditional I-
level work center.
8. The occurrence of standard rework (on-site) will be documented by Maintenance
Control. The control MAF/WO will be issued to X40.
9. To provide accurate man-hour accounting by rate, corrective maintenance
actions must be documented against the host work center whenever practical, for
example, 110 and 120.
E-62
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
APPENDIX F
Data Entry Procedures
This appendix contains the data entry procedures necessary to enter aviation maintenance and
material management (3M) data from source documents into the standard 3M formats and the
formats of records to be forwarded to Commander, Naval Air Systems Command (Enterprise
Services Division) and Type Commander (as appropriate). The following applies:
Under the A, N, E, OTHER Column
A = Alphabetic
N = Numeric
E = Either alphabetic or numeric
OTHER = Alphanumeric with embedded Blanks/Special Characters
Under the SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Column
RJ = Right Justified
LJ = Left Justified
ZF = Zero Filled
F-1
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-2
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Enter the local supply organization code of where the document originated.
F-3
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 66
NOTES: 1. TOTPRC will be entered in dollars and cents with an assumed decimal.
2. Enter the local supply organization code of where the document originated.
F-4
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 67
SOURCE NALCOMIS
DOCUMENT
SOURCE RECORD A, N, E, DATA SPECIAL
FIELD POSITIONS OTHER ELEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
B 1-3 E ORG
8-22 4-18 E NSNPN LJ
23-24 19-20 A UI
25-29 21-25 N QTY RJ, ZF
36-39 26-29 N REQDAT
40-43 30-33 E REQNUM
NOT USED 34-44
N 45-48 E TEC
55-56 49-50 E COG
57-59 51-53 E PROJ
60-61 54-55 N PRI
P 56-62 E WUC LJ
R 63-67 E MFGR LJ
70 68 A PURP
71 69 A COND
73 70 E MCC
BELOW V 71-74 N SUPDAT
DCF 75-77 E DPCODE/SUPOR Note 1
G
DCF 78 E AWAY
V 79-80 N RECTYP 67
NOTE: Enter the local supply organization code of where the document originated.
F-5
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Enter the local supply organization code of where the document originated.
F-6
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7B
SOURCE NALCOMIS
DOCUMENT
F-7
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-8
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7C
F-9
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
7C-51 51 E TAPP1
7C-52 52 N NAPP1
7C-53 53 E TAPP2
7C-54 54 N NAPP2
7C-55 55 E TAPP3
F-10
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-11
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7D
F-12
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7E
F-13
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7F
NOTE: Enter the local supply organization code of where the document originated.
F-14
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 7G
F-15
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-16
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type A
F-17
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-18
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type B
F-19
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-20
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type C
F-21
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
NOTE: Only the first position is entered. The second and third positions are computer
generated.
F-22
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type D
NOTE: Only the first position is entered. The second and third positions are computer
generated.
F-23
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type E
F-24
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type F
F-25
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type G
F-26
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-27
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
Record Type 79
F-28
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-29
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2E
28 Oct 2024
F-30